Document ID: EPA-HQ-OW-2002-0049-0150
Agency: epa
Document Type: Supporting & Related Material
Title: 
Posted Date: 2003-03-19T05:00Z

Annotated
Bibliography
of
Economic
and
Biological
Research
Related
to
the
Fishery
Resources
of
the
United
States
Compiled
By
John
M.
Ward
Division
of
Statistics
and
Economics
Office
of
Science
and
Technology
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
June
10,
1997
i
Preface
This
annotated
bibliography
was
initially
developed
from
literature
related
to
the
economics
and
biology
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
south
Atlantic
shrimp
fisheries.
In
the
process
of
assembling
this
information,
it
became
apparent
that
much
of
the
research
done
for
other
fisheries
and
in
other
fields
of
economics
had
relevance
to
the
economic
and
biological
problems
in
the
shrimp
fishery.
For
example,
an
analysis
to
address
the
policy
implications
of
bycatch
discards
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
would
draw
on
research
done
by
fishery
biologists,
descriptions
and
analyses
of
the
problem
in
other
fisheries
around
the
world,
and
the
economic
analysis
of
air
and
water
pollution.
As
a
result,
the
bibliography
became
much
more
extensive
then
originally
planned.
While
not
meant
to
be
a
comprehensive
listing
of
all
fisheries
related
economic
and
biological
research,
hopefully,
it
will
serve
as
a
useful
reference
for
researchers
attempting
to
analyze
proposed
fishery
management
regulations.
The
abstracts,
where
possible,
were
taken
directly
from
the
cited
articles
and
books.
An
index
of
author
names
by
subject
has
been
included
in
this
annotated
bibliography
that
will
be
updated
as
new
information
becomes
available.
Individuals
interested
in
having
specific
references
included
in
future
editions
may
do
so
by
sending
a
copy
of
the
article
or
text
to
the
Southeast
Regional
Office
in
care
of
the
editor.
This
information
is
also
available
on
diskette
for
IBM
compatible
personal
computers.
I
would
like
to
extend
my
appreciation
to
the
people
who
assisted
in
this
project.
I
would
like
to
acknowledge
Richard
Raulerson,
Assistant
Regional
Director
for
Economics
and
Trade
Analysis,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
for
his
support
of
this
project
and
whose
idea
it
was
to
assemble
and
publish
the
information.
Dr.
John
Vondruska
provided
the
information
on
shrimp
processing
and
situation
and
outlook
reports
for
shrimp.
The
staff
at
the
NOAA
library
in
Silver
Spring,
Maryland
tracked
down
most
of
the
literature
cited
in
the
bibliography.
Lastly,
I
appreciate
the
help
of
the
authors
who
provided
copies
of
contract
reports,
staff
reports,
and
other
"
gray"
literature
that
I
could
not
find
elsewhere.
i
i
Table
of
Contents
Page
1
Annotated
Bibliography
Abbas,
L.
(
1977).

To
Eel
or
Not
to
Eel:
An
Economic
Analysis
of
a
Part­
Time
Eel
Fishing
Enterprise.

Sea
Grant
Publication
UNC­
SG­
77­
02,
Center
for
Urban
Affairs
and
Community
Services,
Information
Report
No.
1,
N.
C.
State
University,
Raleigh,
North
Carolina,
February,
8
pp.

This
analysis
is
intended
to
provide
basic
information
on
the
fishery
and
to
serve
as
a
framework
useful
in
deciding
whether
to
enter
the
eel
fishery.

Abdullah,
Nik
Mustapha
R.,
Jabatan
Ekonomi
Sumber
Asli,
Fakulti
Ekonomi
dan
Pengurusan
(
1995).

Towards
an
Integrated
Fisheries
Information
System
in
Malaysia.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
3):
312­
320.

The
authors
propose
a
fisheries
information
data
system
to
improve
fishery
management
decisions
in
Malaysia.
A
description
of
the
existing
fishery
information
data
base
is
critiqued
and
recommendations
for
improving
it
are
provided.

Able,
Kenneth
W.
and
Susan
C.
Kaiser
(
1994).

Synthesis
of
Summer
Flounder
Habitat
Parameters.

Decision
Analysis
Series
No.
1,
NOAA
Coastal
Ocean
Program,
Coastal
Ocean
Office,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
1315
East
West
Highway
(
NCOP),
Silver
Spring,
MD,
May.

This
document
first
presents
an
overview
of
the
economic
importance
and
current
status
of
summer
flounder.
It
then
summarizes
our
present
state
of
knowledge
of
summer
flounder
distribution,
life
history
patterns
and
stock
identification.
This
is
followed
by
a
synopsis
of
habitat
requirements
during
each
life
history
stage.
For
convenience,
this
is
presented
by
general
habitat
as
offshore
eggs,
offshore
larvae,
estuarine
larvae,
estuarine
juveniles,
offshore
juveniles,
and
estuarine
and
offshore
adults.
In
several
instances,
previously
undigested
data
sets
are
analyzed
to
provide
more
detailed
information,
especially
for
estuarine
juveniles.
The
information
is
then
discussed
in
terms
of
its
relevance
to
resource
managers.

Abrams,
Burton
A.
(
1985).

The
Expansion
of
Fishery
Jurisdiction:
Fishery
Interests
and
Congressional
Voting.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
2(
2):
143­
152.

The
Magnuson
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act
of
1976
greatly
broadened
the
scope
of
U.
S.
fishery
regulation.
While
the
act
contained
a
variety
of
features,
its
primary
and
certainly
most
controversial
provision
expanded
the
regulated
fishing
zone
from
12
to
200
miles.
This
paper
identifies
the
primary
gainers
and
losers
from
the
act
and
assesses
their
roles
in
influencing
the
legislative
outcome.
The
voting
behavior
of
congressional
representatives
is
analyzed
by
multi
variate
probit
analysis
to
quantify
the
influences
of
the
major
lobbying
groups.

Abramson,
Norman
J.
and
Patrick
K.
Tomlinson
(
1972).
"
An
Application
of
Yield
Models
to
a
California
Ocean
Shrimp
Population."
Fishery
Bulletin,
70(
3):
1021­
1041.

Two
types
of
yield
models
were
utilized
to
analyze
fishery
data
from
California's
northern
most
bed
of
ocean
shrimp,
Pandalus
jordani.
The
Schaefer
form
of
the
stock
production
model
was
applied
to
catch
and
effort
data
for
the
years
1954
through
1969.
Age­
structured
catch
data
for
1955
through
1968
were
analyzed
by
the
Murphy
method
to
obtain
mortality
rates
and
biomass
estimates.
Catchability
coefficients
and
a
growth
curve
were
also
2
estimated.
Attempts
to
fit
spawner­
recruit
models
to
estimates
obtained
from
the
age­
structured
catch
data
were
inconclusive;
so,
age
specific
mortality
and
growth
estimates
were
only
used
to
fit
a
yield­
per­
recruit
model.
After
comparing
the
results
from
the
two
models,
the
Schaefer
model
was
deemed
most
suitable
for
managing
this
fishery.
The
model
estimated
the
maximum
sustainable
yield
at
2.46
million
pounds.
A
strategy
for
managing
the
fishery
under
a
quota
system
was
proposed.

Acheson,
James
M.
(
1984).
"
Government
Regulation
and
Exploitive
Capacity:
The
Case
of
the
New
England
Groundfishery."
Human
Organization,
43(
4):
319­
329.

The
U.
S.
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management
Act
was
designed
to
control
the
exploitation
of
commercial
marine
species.
However,
during
the
first
two
years
after
this
act
went
into
effect
in
New
England
in
1977,
the
overall
economic
and
regulatory
environment
sent
fishermen
a
mixed
set
of
signals.
Some
factors,
including
aspects
of
regulation,
stimulated
expansion
of
the
groundfishing
fleet;
others
had
the
opposite
effect.
Two
surveys
indicated
fishermen
were
unhappy
with
the
regulations
and
believed
federal
regulation
would
drive
them
out
of
business
and
lead
to
the
demise
of
the
industry.
However,
a
study
of
the
fleet
uncovered
the
fact
that
fishermen
were
purchasing
bigger,
more
versatile
boats
equipped
with
more
sophisticated
electronic
gear.
In
addition,
the
number
of
ground
fishing
boats
increased
dramatically.
Regulations
were
only
one
of
a
number
of
factors
influencing
the
decisions
of
fishermen.
The
age
of
the
fleet,
increased
catches
and
prices
for
fish,
the
increase
in
competition
due
to
the
quota
regulations
themselves,
and
the
economic
difficulties
in
other
fisheries
all
played
a
role.
The
fact
that
regulation
helped
to
produce
a
fleet
with
more
capacity
to
exploit
fish
stocks
raises
some
key
questions
about
ways
to
generate
effective,
equitable
resource
management
policies.

Adams,
Charles
M.
(
1984).
"
Price
Dynamics
in
the
U.
S.
Shrimp
Market."
Ph.
D.
dissertation,
Department
of
Food
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL.

Understanding
the
mechanism
of
price
determination
in
a
dynamic
setting
is
imperative
to
formulating
effective
policy
and
assessing
price
impacts
at
each
market
level.
This
study
examines
the
monthly
and
quarterly
price
determination
process
for
raw­
headless
shrimp
of
the
31­
40
and
21­
25
size
classes.
Price
response
between
market
levels
for
both
size
classes
was
found
to
be
symmetric.
However,
policy
measures
that
alter
the
quantity
or
size
distribution
of
shrimp
through
import
quotas,
tariffs,
or
seasonal
restrictions,
will
have
a
greater
price
impact
on
the
smaller
shrimp.
Increased
supplies
of
maricultural
shrimp
will
have
a
greater
relative
price
impact
on
the
31­
40
size
class.

Adams,
Charles
M.
(
1985).
"
Selected
Economics
Research
Needs
of
the
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Shrimp
Industry
­­
A
Workshop."
Summary
of
a
workshop
held
September
12­
13,
1985,
Madeira
Beach,
Florida.
Technical
Paper
No.
42,
Project
No.
SGEP­
8,
Grant
No.
NA85AA­
DSG059
November,
55
pp.

The
workshop
report
focuses
on
(
1)
the
impact
of
the
development
of
foreign
shrimp
mariculture
on
the
various
sectors
(
production,
processing,
wholesaling,
etc.)
of
the
domestic
shrimp
industry,
(
2)
the
impact
of
future
development
of
seafood
based
analog
products
and
surimi
on
the
domestic
shrimp
industry,
and
(
3)
the
status
of
and
problems
associated
with
the
development
and
improvement
of
econometric
and
bioeconomic
modeling
efforts
concerning
the
domestic
shrimp
industry.
3
Adams,
Charles
M.
(
1987).
"
Yellowfin
Tuna:
Trends
in
Production
and
Value."
Staff
Paper
308,
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
Institute
of
Food
and
Agricultural
Sciences,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
Florida,
May,
20
pp.

The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
briefly
describe
the
trends
in
production,
prices,
and
value
of
yellowfin
tuna
in
the
Gulf
and
south
Atlantic
region,
virtually
all
of
which
is
destined
for
the
fresh
market.
Yellowfin
production
activities
in
the
Gulf
and
south
Atlantic
region
will
be
addressed
with
respect
to
world
and
total
U.
S.
yellowfin
landings.
In
addition,
recent
trends
in
fresh/
frozen
yellowfin
tuna
imports
will
be
examined.

Adams,
Charles
M.
(
1993).
"
A
Preliminary
Assessment
of
Ex­
vessel
Price
Movements
in
the
South
Atlantic
Rock
Shrimp
Fishery."
Report
to
the
Staff
of
the
South
Atlantic
Regional
Fisheries
Management
Council,
November
23,
13
pp.

The
primary
objective
of
this
study
is
to
examine
the
dockside
pricing
structure
of
rock
shrimp
and
determine
if
dockside
prices
per
pound
are
an
increasing
function
of
size
of
shrimp.
Secondarily,
the
importance
of
demand
shifters
(
income
and
availability
of
substitutes)
in
the
determination
of
dockside
prices
is
determined.
The
benefits
of
a
closure
that
allows
shrimp
to
grow
into
the
larger
size
category
is
questionable
because
of
the
long
life
of
the
rock
shrimp
(
20­
22
months)
and
the
common
property
nature
of
the
fishery.

Adams,
Chuck
(
1996).

An
Overview
of
the
Commercial
and
Recreational
Fisheries
Industries
Within
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

The
Southern
Business
and
Economics
Journal,
19(
4):
246­
260.

This
paper
provides
a
brief
descriptive
overview
of
the
commercial
and
recreational
fishing
industries
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
The
importance
of
each
industry
within
the
Gulf
region
and
relative
to
the
U.
S.
is
addressed.
Trends
in
landings,
effort,
and
participation
are
discussed.
State
specific
data
will
be
provided
where
possible.
In
addition,
the
current
management
structure
which
is
charged
with
establishing
policy
and
regulating
the
marine
fisheries
resources
within
the
state
and
federal
waters
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
is
described.
Finally,
current
problematic
issues
and
opportunities
concerning
the
commercial
and
recreational
fisheries
in
the
Gulf
region
are
discussed.

Adams,
Charles
M.
and
Fred
J.
Prochaska
(
1985).
"
Principle
Economic
Factors
Determining
U.
S.
Shrimp
Prices
at
Alternative
Market
Levels."
Draft
report,
Tropical
and
Subtropical
Fisheries
Tech.
Conf.
Proceedings.

This
paper
(
1)
reviews
trends
in
prices,
margins,
and
market
shares
for
21­
25
and
31­
40
count
(
tails
per
pound)
raw,
headless
shrimp,
(
2)
determines
the
direction
of
price
flows
and
the
nature
of
upward
and
downward
price
response
between
ex­
vessel,
wholesale,
and
retail
market
levels,
and
(
3)
determines
the
factors
affecting
prices
for
the
two
size
classes
at
the
three
market
levels.

Adams,
Charles
M.
and
Frank
J.
Lawlor,
III
(
1988).
"
Trends
in
the
Importation
of
Selected
Fresh
and
Frozen
Seafood
Products
into
the
Southeastern
United
States."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Food
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL.

This
paper
describes
the
general
trends
in
imports
for
selected
seafood
4
products
arriving
at
Southeastern
U.
S.
ports
of
entry.
These
trends
are
discussed
in
terms
of
volumes,
seasonality,
fresh
versus
frozen,
product
form,
and
country
of
origin.
The
major
ports
of
entry
are
identified.

Adams,
Darius
M.,
Richard
W.
Haynes,
George
F.
Dutrow,
Richard
L.
Barber,
and
Joseph
M.
Vasievich
(
1982).
"
Private
Investment
in
Forest
Management
and
the
Long­
Term
Supply
of
Timber."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
62(
2):
232­
241.

Timber
supply
behavior
of
private
forest
owners
is
a
major
uncertainty
in
long­
term
forest
product
market
projections.
A
model
of
private
supply
is
developed
that
explains
both
harvest
and
forest
management
investment
decisions.
Comparison
of
two
fifty
year
projections,
one
assuming
constant
management
intensity
and
a
second
using
the
harvest
investment
model,
indicates
that
projected
levels
of
investment
would
have
little
impact
on
markets
prior
to
the
year
2000,
stabilize
real
wood
product
prices
after
2000,
eliminate
softwood
lumber
imports
by
2030,
and
expand
the
dominant
role
of
southern
forest
regions
in
wood
product
markets.

Adams,
Douglas
H.,
Michael
E.
Mitchell,
and
Glenn
R.
Parsons
(
1994).

Seasonal
Occurrence
of
the
White
Shark,
Carcharodon
carcharias,
in
Waters
off
the
Florida
West
Coast,
with
Notes
on
its
Life
History.

Marine
Fisheries
Review,
56(
4):
24­
28.

The
white
shark,
Carcharodon
carcharias,
is
considered
rare
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico;
however,
recent
longline
captures
coupled
with
historical
landings
information
suggest
that
the
species
occurs
seasonally
(
winter­
spring)
within
this
region.
We
examined
a
total
of
seven
adult
and
juvenile
white
sharks
(
185­
472
cm
total
length)
captured
in
waters
off
the
west
coast
of
Florida.
Commercial
longline
fisheries
were
monitored
for
white
sharks
during
all
months
(
1981­
94),
but
this
species
was
captured
only
from
January
to
April.
All
white
sharks
were
captured
in
continental
shelf
waters
from
37
to
222
km
off
the
west
coast
of
Florida
when
sea
surface
temperatures
ranged
from
18.7o
to
21.6oC.
Depths
at
capture
locations
ranged
from
20
to
164
m.
Fishing
gear
typically
used
in
Gulf
of
Mexico
offshore
fisheries
may
not
be
effective
at
capturing
this
species,
and
the
apparent
rarity
of
white
sharks
in
this
area
may
be,
in
part,
a
function
of
gear
bias.

Adasiak,
A.
(
1979).
"
Alaska's
Experience
with
Limited
Entry."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
36:
770­
782.

The
goals
and
structure
of
the
limited
entry
program
in
Alaska
were
defined
by
the
political,
social,
economic,
and
biological
climates
in
which
the
program
was
implemented.
This
paper
outlines
how
these
considerations
formed
the
program
and
discusses
the
impacts
of
the
program
and
the
problems
involved
in
its
implementation.
Other
possible
modes
of
approaching
entry
limitation
are
discussed
in
relation
to
the
possibility
of
limiting
some
currently
unlimited
fisheries.

Addelman,
Sidney
(
1962).
"
Orthogonal
Main­
Effect
Plans
for
Asymmetrical
Factorial
Experiments."
Technometrics,
4(
1):
21­
46.

Plans
for
asymmetrical
factorial
experiments
that
permit
uncorrelated
estimates
of
all
main
effects
when
the
interactions
are
negligible
are
described.
The
construction
of
these
plans
is
based
upon
the
principle
of
proportional
frequencies
of
the
factor
levels.
The
possibilities
of
blocking
these
main
effect
plans,
the
randomization
procedure
and
the
method
of
analysis
are
presented.
5
Addelman,
Sidney
(
1962).
"
Symmetrical
and
Asymmetrical
Fractional
Factorial
Plans."
Technometrics,
4(
1):
47­
58.

Procedures
for
constructing
plans
that
permit
uncorrelated
estimation
of
all
main
effects
and
some
specified
number
of
two
factor
interaction
effects
are
developed
for
symmetrical
factorial
arrangements.
These
plans
can
then
be
adjusted
to
yield
plans
with
similar
properties
for
asymmetrical
factorial
experiments.

Adkins,
Gerald
(
1990).
"
A
Comprehensive
Assessment
of
Bycatch
in
the
Louisiana
Shrimp
Fishery."
Final
report,
MARFIN
Grant
No.
NA89WCH
MF006,
Louisiana
Department
of
Wildlife
and
Fisheries,
Office
of
Fisheries,
Post
Office
Box
189,
Bourg,
Louisiana.

This
project
was
designed
to
survey
nearshore,
inshore
and
wingnet
shrimp
fishermen
in
coastal
Louisiana,
and
assess
the
number,
species
composition,
and
weight
of
all
incidentally
caught
organisms.
The
project
objective
was
to
assess
the
groundfish
bycatch
of
the
Louisiana
shrimp
fishery,
including
effects
of
gear
type,
season,
and
location.
In
trawls,
an
average
fish/
shrimp
ratio
by
weight
was
3.21:
1,
yielding
an
estimated
total
annual
bycatch
of
228
million
pounds.
The
report
contains
a
review
of
previously
conducted
bycatch
trawl
survey
results
and
suggestions
for
reducing
bycatch
discarding
including
utilization,
reduced
trawl
time,
and
limited
entry.

Agardy,
M.
Tundi
(
1994).

Closed
Areas:
A
Tool
to
Complement
Other
Forms
of
Fisheries
Management.

In
Karyn
L.
Gimbel
(
ed.)
Limiting
Access
to
Marine
Fisheries:
Keeping
the
Focus
on
Conservation,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

The
use
of
closed
areas
in
fisheries,
also
known
as
harvest
refugia,
presents
an
effective
way
to
conserve
stocks
and
habitats
threatened
by
over
exploitation,
destructive
fishing,
and
indirect
degradation
caused
by
pollution
or
the
trickle
down
effects
of
poor
resource
management
in
the
vicinity.
Such
area
closures
may
be
established
as
a
fisheries
management
tool,
or
may
be
a
component
of
a
wider
array
of
spatially
defined
management
measures
such
as
exist
in
a
multiple
use
protected
area,
a
biosphere
reserve,
or
a
coastal
management
plan.
Among
the
benefits
that
the
designation
of
closed
areas
accrue
are
conservation
of
stocks
and
species,
maintenance
of
genetic
diversity,
protection
of
spawning
stock
biomass,
reduction
in
growth
overfishing,
simplicity
in
being
able
to
explain
the
management
measure,
relative
ease
of
enforcement,
provision
of
a
baseline
to
monitor
condition
of
stocks
and
the
productivity
or
health
of
the
ecosystem,
and
insurance
against
management
failure.
By
providing
a
means
to
target
differential
pressures
applied
to
different
stocks
and
different
age
groups,
the
closed
area
designation
comes
closest
to
approximating
ecosystem
based,
comprehensive
management.
However,
the
potential
high
costs
relating
to
exclusion
of
certain
users,
the
mechanics
of
boundary
delineation,
scientific
uncertainties
relating
to
identification
of
ecologically
critical
areas,
lost
opportunity,
and
the
spill
over
of
potentially
increasing
fishing
pressure
outside
the
limits
of
the
closed
area
all
necessitate
that
managers
evaluate
costs
and
benefits
carefully
before
using
closed
areas
to
complement
other
forms
of
fisheries
management.

Agnello,
Richard
J.
and
Lawrence
P.
Donnelley
(
1976).
"
Externalities
and
Property
Rights
in
the
Fisheries."
Land
Economics,
52(
4):
518­
529.

In
fisheries
subject
to
a
grounds
quality
externality,
such
as
the
oyster
industry,
the
establishment
of
exclusive
user
rights
may
actually
lead
6
to
increases
in
employment.
An
econometric
analysis
demonstrates
that
productivity
from
the
oyster
grounds
is
larger
under
a
property
rights
system
relative
to
a
common
property
resource,
but
no
empirical
evidence
is
offered
that
supports
the
theoretical
conclusion
that
employment
will
increase.

Agnello,
Richard
J.
and
Lawrence
P.
Donnelley
(
1976).
"
Prices
and
Property
Rights
in
the
Fisheries."
Southern
Economic
Journal,
42(
Oct.):
5253­
262.

When
fish
harvesting
is
treated
as
a
common
property
resource,
distortions
occur
in
the
intraseasonal
production
patterns
of
the
industry
in
the
form
of
relatively
large
intraseasonal
price
variation
with
common
property
when
no
private
property
alternatives
exist.
When
both
private
and
common
property
supplies
are
present,
common
property
price
distortions
take
the
form
of
lower
ex­
vessel
prices.

Agnello,
Richard
J.
and
Yunqi
Han
(
1993).
"
Substitute
Site
Measures
in
a
Varying
Parameter
Model
with
Application
to
Recreational
Fishing."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
8(
1):
65­
77.

This
paper
employs
a
varying
parameter
travel
cost
model
to
determine
the
economic
valuation
of
fishing
trips
and
catch
for
a
sample
of
Long
Island
anglers.
Substitution
measures
in
the
model
are
characterized
in
terms
of
the
number
and
the
quality
of
proximate
alternative
sites.
This
treatment
of
substitution
as
a
site
rather
than
an
individual
characteristic
helps
to
define
a
site's
uniqueness
and
in
addition
provides
a
feasible
means
of
capturing
substitution
effects
when
measures
of
substitution
at
an
individual
level
are
not
available.
Per
trip
consumer
surplus
and
changes
in
consumer
surplus
due
to
catch
changes
are
computed
and
distinguished
by
controls
for
the
availability
and
quality
of
substitute
sites.
Consumer
surplus
and
the
valuation
of
changes
in
catch
are
found
to
be
substantially
lower
when
controlling
for
substitution
effects
which
is
in
agreement
with
most
previous
studies.

Aguirre
International
(
1996).

An
Appraisal
of
the
Social
and
Cultural
Aspects
of
the
Multispecies
Groundfish
Fishery
in
New
England
and
the
Mid­
Atlantic
Regions.

Contract
Number
50­
DGNF­
5­
00008,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Room
14529,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

Aguirre
International
was
engaged
to
report
on
the
social
and
cultural
aspects
of
the
multispecies
groundfish
fishery
(
MGF)
in
New
England
and
the
Mid­
Atlantic
by
ascertaining
community
dependence
on
the
MGF,
providing
information
on
the
demographics
of
the
fishing
industry,
identifying
social
science
data
bases
that
could
be
used
in
subsequent
studies
and
developing
a
classification
system
that
will
aid
in
predicting
the
social
impacts
of
the
changing
fishery
regulations
on
fishery
dependent
communities.

Ahsan,
A.
E.,
J.
L.
Ball,
and
J.
R.
Davidson
(
1972).

Costs
and
earnings
of
Tuna
Vessels
in
Hawaii.

UNIHI­
SEAGRANT­
AR­
72­
01,
University
of
Hawaii
Sea
Grant
Program,
July,
22
pp.

The
study
attempts
to
assess
the
cost­
earnings
situation
of
both
the
aku
(
skipjack
tuna)
and
ahi
(
other
tuna)
fleets.
Cost­
earnings
data
were
derived
primarily
from
personal
surveys
of
boat
owners
and
fishermen.
It
is
hoped
that
this
study
will
throw
light
on
some
aspects
vital
to
the
improvement
of
the
tuna
industry
in
Hawaii.

Aillery,
Marcel
P.,
Paul
Bertels,
Joseph
C.
Cooper,
Michael
R.
Moore,
Stephen
7
J.
Vogel,
and
Marca
Weinberg
(
1994).

Salmon
Recovery
in
the
Pacific
Northwest,
A
Summary
of
Agricultural
and
Other
Economic
Effects.

Agriculture
Information
Bulletin
Number
699,
Economic
Research
Service,
United
States
Department
of
Agriculture,
June.

Measures
that
will
be
taken
in
the
Pacific
Northwest
to
recover
three
Snake
River
wild
salmon
runs
protected
under
the
Endangered
Species
Act
and
to
improve
the
Columbia
River
Basin
salmon
fishery
as
a
whole
will
result
in
various
benefits
and
costs
to
the
Northwest
economy.
This
repot,
which
describes
the
principal
findings
of
a
larger
USDA
study,
analyzes
the
effect
of
Snake
River
management
alternatives
on
agricultural
production,
profit,
and
resource
use
in
the
Northwest.
Measures
examined
include
reservoir
drawdown
along
the
Lower
Snake
River
and
irrigation
water
supply
reductions
in
the
Upper
Snake
River
Basin.
For
the
Northwest
region,
adjustments
in
agricultural
crop
production
cause
producer
profit
to
decrease
by
less
than
$
10
million
per
year
(
less
than
1
percent
in
baseline
profit)
under
five
of
the
seven
scenarios.
Two
scenarios
would
reduce
profit
$
30­
35
million
per
year
(
2­
3
percent
of
baseline).
This
report
also
examines
secondary
impacts
on
regional
income
and
employment
that
result
from
the
adjustments
in
agricultural
production.
Agricultural
employment
could
decrease
by
50
to
2,600
jobs,
depending
on
the
scenario,
while
total
employment
could
decrease
by
600
to
5,500
jobs.
Finally,
this
report
discusses
selected
economic
benefits
of
salmon
recovery,
including
improvements
in
commercial
and
sport
fishing.

Ajuzie,
Emmanuel
I.
S.,
Raymond
J.
Rhodes,
James
C.
Hite,
and
Mark
S.
Henry
(
1989).
"
The
Economic
Impact
of
South
Carolina's
Commercial
Shrimp
Industry,
1987."
Technical
Report
70,
Marine
Resources
Division,
South
Carolina
Wildlife
and
Marine
Resources
Department,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
and
the
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics
and
Rural
Sociology,
Clemson
University,
Clemson,
South
Carolina,
June.

An
input­
output
model
is
used
to
assess
the
economic
impact
of
the
commercial
shrimp
fishery
on
South
Carolina
and
subregions
within
the
state,
specifically
1)
output
($
31.4
million
in
sales),
2)
total
income
($
16.3
million),
3)
value­
added
($
17.8
million),
and
4)
employment
(
1,672
seasonal
and
full­
time
jobs).

Alberini,
Anna
(
1995).

Optimal
Designs
for
Discrete
Choice
Contingent
Valuation
Surveys:
Single­
Bound,
Double­
Bound,
and
Bivariate
Models.

Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
28:
287­
306.

This
paper
finds
the
designs
for
discrete
choice
contingent
valuation
surveys
that
maximize
the
precision
of
a
statistic
of
interest
about
the
public

s
willingness
to
pay
(
WTP)
for
a
change
in
the
environmental
quality,
such
as
median
WTP.
An
optimization
problem
is
set
up,
in
which
the
efficiency
of
the
estimate
of
median
WTP
(
or
a
related
concept)
is
the
objective
function
to
optimize
with
respect
to
the
survey
design
(
i.
e.,
the
set
of
bids
offered
to
the
respondents).
In
deriving
the
optimal
designs,
we
consider
alternative
econometric
models,
such
as
the
basic

single­
bound

model
that
uses
the
responses
to
the
first
payment
question,
the
traditional
interval
data
(
or

double­
bound

)
model
for
surveys
with
a
follow­
up
payment
question,
and
the
recently
proposed
bivariate
binary
response
model.
Simulations
are
carried
out
to
compare
the
alternative
design
principles
and
assess
their
performances
with
respect
to
the
statistic
of
primary
interest,
median
WPT,
and
other
welfare
measures,
such
as
mean
WTP.
Other
designs
that
are
constructed
ad
hoc
are
also
examined.
8
Alcala,
A.
C.
and
G.
R.
Russ
(
1990).

A
Direct
Test
of
the
Effects
of
Protective
Management
on
Abundance
and
Yield
of
Tropical
Marine
Resources.

J.
Cons.
Int.
Explor.
Mer.,
46:
40­
47.

Despite
a
vast
body
of
traditional
knowledge
on
management
of
marine
resources
in
the
tropics,
there
are
few
direct
tests
utilizing
manipulative
or
natural
experiments
of
the
effect
of
protective
management
on
the
abundance
of
marine
resources
and,
more
importantly,
their
yield.
This
paper
reports
on
a
natural
experiment
that
makes
such
a
direct
test.
Approximately
25%
of
the
sub­
tidal
coral
reef
of
Sumilon
Island
(
total
reef
area
to
30
m
isobath
=
0.5
square
km)
in
the
central
Philippines
was
protected
from
all
forms
of
exploitation
from
1974
until
May
1984.
Cessation
of
protective
management
led
to
fishing
of
the
entire
coral
reef.
This
resulted
in
a
significant
reduction
in
abundance
within
the
previously
protected
area
of
the
fishes
which
constituted
the
majority
of
the
yield
from
the
reef.
Catch
per
unit
effort
measure
over
a
one
year
period
eighteen
months
after
protective
management
ceased
was
significantly
less
than
that
measured
over
a
one
year
period
before
protective
management
ceased.
There
was
a
decline
of
54%
in
the
total
yield
of
reef
fishes
from
Sumilon
Island
reef
between
1983/
1984
and
1985/
1986
despite
the
fact
that
only
75%
of
the
reef
was
fished
in
1983/
1984.
The
yield
from
traps
and
gill
nets
(
approximately
64%
of
the
total
yield)
from
the
whole
reef
in
1985/
1986
was
significantly
less
than
the
average
yield
of
the
nonreserve
(
75%
of
the
reef)
measured
during
three
of
the
years
of
protection.
Similarly,
the
yield
from
traps
(
approximately
45%
of
the
total
yield)
in
1985/
1986
was
significantly
less
than
the
average
yield
of
the
nonreserve
(
75%
of
the
reef)
measured
during
six
of
the
years
of
protection.
Protective
management
maintained
high
abundances
of
fishes
in
the
reserve
and
significantly
higher
yields
to
fishermen
from
areas
adjacent
to
the
reserve.
Migration
of
adult
fish
from
the
reserve
to
the
nonreserve
area
during
protection
is
the
simplest
explanation
of
these
results.

Aldenderfer,
Mark
S.
and
Roger
K.
Blashfield
(
1984).
Cluster
Analysis.
Sage
University
Papers,
Quantitative
Applications
in
the
Social
Sciences,
Sage
Publications,
Beverly
Hills.

This
is
an
introduction
to
Cluster
Analysis
for
those
with
no
background
and
for
those
who
need
an
up
to
date
and
systematic
guide
through
the
maze
of
concepts,
techniques,
and
algorithms
associated
with
the
clustering
idea.

Aldrich,
John
H.
and
Forrest
D.
Nelson
(
1984).
Linear
Probability,
Logit,
and
Probit
Models.
Sage
University
Papers,
Quantitative
Applications
in
the
Social
Sciences,
Series/
Number
07­
045,
Sage
Publications,
Beverly
Hills.

The
logit
and
probit
models
that
analyze
dichotomous
and
polytomous
dependent
variables
are
developed.
Although
a
tendency
to
analysis
dichotomous
dependent
variables
with
ordinary
least
squares
regression
techniques
has
existed,
the
authors
demonstrate
that
this
approach
is
not
an
appropriate
strategy.
Probit
analysis
is
more
ideally
suited
to
such
problems
while
logit
ought
to
be
the
method
of
choice
for
polytomous
dependent
variables.

Allard,
J.,
D.
Errico,
and
W.
J.
Reed
(
1988).
"
Irreversible
Investment
and
Optimal
Forest
Exploitation."
Natural
Resource
Modeling,
2:
581­
597.

A
forest
harvest
scheduling
model
that
includes
as
activities
the
level
of
investment
in
harvest
capacity
and
the
accumulated
harvest
capacity
in
each
period,
is
presented.
The
inclusion
of
these
activities,
in
addition
to
the
9
harvest
activities,
allows
for
the
removal
of
harvest
flow
constraints
found
in
more
typical
Model
II
formulations
of
the
harvest
scheduling
problem.
The
optimal
harvest
and
investment
policy
can
be
determined
by
linear
programming
or
quadratic
programming
methods,
depending
on
whether
prices
are
constant
or
supply
dependent.
The
new
model
better
reflects
economic
reality
than
existing
models,
and
provides
a
method
for
determining
the
optimal
economic
development
of
a
forest
industry,
and
the
optimal
draw­
down
of
old
growth
forest.
Numerical
examples
are
given.

Allen,
Donald
M.
and
Joseph
E.
Tashiro
(
1976).
"
Status
of
the
U.
S.
Commercial
Snapper­
Grouper
Fishery."
Pages
41­
76
in
Harvey
R.
Bullis,
Jr.
and
Albert
C.
Jones
(
eds.)
(
1976).
"
Proceedings:
Colloquium
on
Snapper­
Grouper
Fishery
Resources
of
the
Western
Central
Atlantic
Ocean.
Report
Number
17,
Gulf
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission,
New
Orleans,
Louisiana,
Texas
A&
M
University
Sea
Grant
College
and
Mississippi­
Alabama
Sea
Grant
Consortium,
November,
333
pp.

Snappers
and
groupers
have
been
fished
commercially
off
the
south
Atlantic
and
Gulf
states
for
over
a
century
with
portions
of
the
fleet
operating
near
foreign
shores.
At
least
32
species
of
snappers
and
groupers
are
included
in
this
diversified
fishery.
The
1974
commercial
catch
totaled
18.3
million
pounds,
valued
at
9.5
million
dollars.
In
1970,
82.7
million
pounds
were
reported
caught
by
recreational
fishermen.
Analysis
of
the
fishery
is
complicated
by
the
lack
of
basic
catch
information.

Allen,
Douglas
W.
and
Dean
Lueck
(
1993).
"
Transaction
Costs
and
the
Design
of
Cropshare
Contracts."
Rand
Journal
of
Economics,
24(
1):
78­
100.

Modern
cropshare
contracts
are
explained
using
a
model
in
which
agents
are
risk
neutral
and
contract
rules
are
chosen
to
maximize
expected
joint
wealth.
It
is
shown
that
the
farmer
either
bears
the
entire
cost
of
inputs
or
shares
the
costs
with
the
landowner
in
the
same
proportion
as
the
output.
The
incentives
of
altering
the
cropshare
percentage
are
examined
and
are
used
to
derive
implications
about
the
portion
of
the
crop
that
will
be
owned
by
the
farmer.
The
model
is
tested
and
supported
using
data
from
a
1986
survey
of
farmers
and
landowners
in
Nebraska
and
South
Dakota.

Allen,
P.
M.
and
J.
M.
McGlade
(
1987).
"
Modeling
Complex
Human
Systems:
A
Fisheries
Example."
European
Journal
of
Operational
Research,
30:
147­
167.

The
basis
of
current
models
used
in
fishery
management
is
briefly
examined,
and
various
shortcomings
are
discussed.
Alternative,
dynamic
models
are
described
that
are
based
on
the
data
available
for
the
Nova
Scotia
Groundfish
Fisheries.
It
is
shown
that
human
responses
can
amplify
relatively
small
annual
environmental
fluctuations,
leading
to
large,
quasi­
cyclic
changes
in
catch
and
profit.
In
a
detailed
spatial
model
it
is
shown
that
stochastic
behavior
on
the
part
of
some
fishermen
is
necessary
for
the
survival
of
the
fishery,
and
that
the
efficiency
and
size
of
the
industry
depends
very
much
on
the
information
flows
concerning
catch.
A
very
general
discussion
is
given
that
shows
how
these
ideas
are
important
in
our
understanding
of
innovation
and
discovery
in
general
terms.

Allen,
T.
S.
(
1985).
"
Financial
Services
Program."
A
Presentation
to
the
Louisiana
Shrimp
Association
Annual
Meeting,
New
Orleans,
LA,
March.
1
0
A
presentation
refuting
the
contention
that
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
financial
services
program
has
contributed
substantially
to
the
overcapitalization
of
the
Gulf
and
south
Atlantic
shrimp
fleets.

Allen,
T.
S.
(
1994).
"
Shrimp
Data
Trends."
Financial
Services
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

Collection
of
figures
and
charts
concerning
shrimp
data
trends
based
on
government
loan
guarantee
program
information.

Allen,
T.
S.
(
1994).
"
Your
S.
W.
McKeen
Memorandum
of
May
4,
1994,
REF:
"
ITQ's
and
Commercial
Stability."
Memorandum,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
Financial
Services
Branch,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
August.

A
summary
of
a
briefing
to
the
Regional
Directorate,
Fisheries
Management,
and
Economics
Division
from
a
banker's
perspective
on
ITQ's
and
commercial
stability.
Support
for
the
contention
that
ITQs
reallocate
rents
from
quasi­
fixed
factors
of
production
to
relative
more
fixed
factors
of
production
(
ITQs).
In
this
case,
however,
it
is
to
the
detriment
of
the
financial
community
that
provides
loans
and
working
capital
to
fishermen.

Alspach,
Thomas
T.
(
1998).

Mid­
Atlantic
council
Surf
Clam/
Quahog
Quota
Setting
Policy.

Letter,
Law
Offices
of
Thomas
T.
Alspach,
295
Bay
Street,
Suite
One,
Post
Office
box
1358,
Easton,
Maryland,
March,
2
pp.

Economic
models
should
not
be
developed
for
use
in
setting
quota
for
the
surf
clam
and
ocean
quahog
ITQ
fishery.

Altrogge,
Phyllis
D.
(
1976).
"
Further
Analysis
of
the
Estimated
1976
Financial
Condition
of
the
American
Tuna
Purse
Seine
Fleet."
Division
of
Economic
and
Marketing
Research,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
January,
26
pp.

This
analysis
updates
the
economic
analysis
in
the
Environmental
Impact
Statement
using
cost
and
earnings
data
provided
by
Virginia
Flagg.
The
purpose
is
to
present
estimates
of
profitability
of
the
tuna
purse
seine
fleet
in
1976
before
allowance
for
any
impact
that
porpoise
kill­
quotas
or
other
regulatory
measures
may
have
on
the
fleet.

Alvarez,
Jose,
Chris
O.
Andrew,
and
Fred
J.
Prochaska
(
1976).
"
Dual
Structural
Equilibrium
in
the
Florida
Shrimp
Processing
Industry."
Fishery
Bulletin,
74(
4):
879­
883.

Stability,
entry,
exit,
and
mobility
patterns
for
six
size
categories
of
firms
in
the
Florida
shrimp
processing
industry
for
the
1959­
71
period
were
studied
by
utilizing
Markov
Chain
analysis.
Forecasts
over
time
predict
that
a
structural
equilibrium
in
the
industry
will
be
achieved
by
1985.
The
forecasted
changes
in
firm
distribution
suggest
that
Florida
shrimp
industry
sales
will
become
increasingly
concentrated
due
to
expansion
in
number
of
both
small
and
large
firms.
A
dual
equilibrium,
resulting
in
fewer
medium
size
firms
and
more
small
and
large
size
firms,
can
be
explained
by
the
tendency
for
small
firms
to
develop
a
specialty
product
and/
or
services
to
differentiate
their
markets
from
those
of
the
very
large
firms.
Medium
sized
firms,
then,
tend
to
expand
in
size,
or
decline
and
either
move
to
specialty
products
and
services
or
exit
from
the
industry.

Alvarez,
Jose,
Chris
O.
Andrew,
and
Fred
J.
Prochaska
(
1976).
"
Economic
1
1
Structure
of
the
Florida
Shrimp
Processing
Industry."
Report
No.
9,
State
University
System
of
Florida,
Sea
Grant
Program,
February,
46
pp.

This
report
provides
information
about
the
Florida
shrimp
processing
industry
based
on
1972
data
including
the
raw
product
supply
situation,
marketing
channels
and
market
structure,
and
conduct
and
performance.
Changes
and
trends
are
identified
to
assist
firms
and
potential
investors
in
planning
future
participation
in
the
industry.
Specifically,
the
objectives
are
(
1)
delineate
the
organization
and
behavior
of
firms
in
the
Florida
shrimp
processing
industry
by
studying
entry
and
exit,
market
concentration,
product
differentiation,
and
vertical
integration;
(
2)
identify
emerging
changes
and
important
trends
in
procurement,
processing
activities,
and
product
markets
that
will
influence
the
shrimp
processing
industry
in
Florida.

Alverson,
D.
L.
and
Steven
E.
Hughes
(
1997).

Bycatch:
From
Emotion
to
Effective
Natural
Resource
Management.

In
Solving
Bycatch,
Considerations
for
Today
and
Tomorrow,
Alaskan
Sea
Grant
College
Program
Report
No.
96­
03,
University
of
Alaska,
Fairbanks,
Alaska,
322
pp.

Bycatch
of
discards
is
not
a
new
fisheries
management
problem.
Bycatch
has
been
with
us
as
an
integral
component
of
fishing
since
humans
began
to
use
the
world
seas,
lakes,
rivers,
and
streams
as
sources
of
food.
What
is
new,
however,
is
the
explosive
growth
of
bycatch
as
a
major
management
issue
over
the
past
decade
and
the
formal
national
and
international
recognition
that
bycatch
in
many
world
fisheries
constitutes
important
waste
and
raises
conservation,
ecological,
and
economic
issues
requiring
the
priority
attention
of
managers.
This
paper
provides:
(
1)
a
cursory
review
of
the
recent
development
of
bycatch
policy,
(
2)
presentation
of
bycatch
as
a
problem
in
world
fisheries,
(
3)
discussion
of
bycatch
as
a
component
of
fishing
induced
mortalities
with
examples
of
graphics
and
tabular
presentations
of
information
on
fishery
induced
mortalities,
and
(
4)
refections
on
issues
of
a
philosophical
nature.

Alverson,
D.
L.,
M.
H.
Freeberg,
J.
G.
Pope,
and
S.
A.
Murawski
(
1994).

A
Global
Assessment
of
Fisheries
Bycatch
and
Discards.

FAO
Fisheries
Technical
Paper,
No.
339,
Rome,
FAO,
233
pp.

An
average
of
27
million
tons
of
fish
are
discarded
each
year
in
commercial
fisheries.
Of
four
major
gear
groups,
shrimp
trawls
stand
alone
at
the
top
of
the
list.
The
authors
point
to
inadequate
data
to
determine
the
biological,
ecological,
economic,
and
cultural
impacts
of
discards
although
economic
losses
run
to
billions
of
dollars.
However,
it
appears
most
likely
that
socio­
cultural
attitudes
towards
marine
resources
will
guide
international
discard
policies.
Techniques
to
reduce
bycatch
levels
including
traditional
net
selectivity,
fishing
gear
development
and
time/
area
restrictions
are
discussed.
Effort
reduction,
incentive
programmes
and
individual
transferable
quotas
(
that
make
the
vessel
responsible
for
bycatch
reduction)
are
seen
as
promising
avenues
for
the
future.
However,
quick
solutions
to
the
problem
are
unlikely
and
much
more
information
is
required.

Amemiya,
Takeshi,
(
1974).
"
Multivariate
Regression
and
Simultaneous
Equation
Models
when
the
Dependent
Variables
are
Truncated
Normal."
Econometrica,
42(
6):
999­
1012.

This
paper
extends
the
single
equation
regression
model
with
the
truncated
dependent
variable
considered
by
Tobin
and
Amemiya
to
multivariate
and
simultaneous
equation
models
and
proposes
a
computationally
simple
consistent
estimator.
1
2
Amemiya,
Takeshi,
(
1978).
"
The
Estimation
of
a
Simultaneous
Equation
Generalized
Probit
Model."
Econometrica,
46(
5):
1193­
1205.

A
class
of
generalized
least
squares
estimators
are
proposed
and
their
asymptotic
variance­
covariance
matrices
are
obtained
for
a
simultaneous
twoequation
model
in
which
one
of
the
dependent
variables
is
completely
observed
and
the
other
is
observed
only
to
the
extent
of
whether
or
not
it
is
positive.

Amemiya,
Takeshi
(
1978).
"
On
a
Two­
Step
Estimation
of
a
Multivariate
Logit
Model."
Journal
of
Econometrics,
8:
13­
21.

In
this
article
the
author
studies
the
properties
of
the
two­
step
estimation
method
proposed
by
Domencich
and
McFadden
(
Urban
Travel
Demand,
North­
Holland,
1975)
for
a
multivariate
logit
model
and
shows
that
it
is
consistent
but
asymptotically
less
efficient
than
the
maximum
likelihood
estimator.
Its
computation,
however,
can
be
considerably
simpler
than
that
of
the
maximum
likelihood
estimator,
especially
in
models
involving
several
dependent
variables.

Amemiya,
Takeshi,
(
1981).
"
Qualitative
Response
Models:
A
Survey."
Journal
of
Economic
Literature
19(
December):
1483­
1536.

Qualitative
response
(
QR)
models
developed
between
1970
and
1981
are
reviewed
in
this
article
with
special
attention
paid
to
(
1)
the
specification
of
a
model
that
is
consistent
with
economic
theory
and
is
statistically
manageable,
(
2)
the
estimation
of
model
parameters
and
the
hypothesis
tests
based
on
those
estimated
parameters,
and
(
3)
the
criteria
to
use
in
choosing
among
competing
models.
First,
univariate
dichotomous
dependent
variable
models
are
developed,
such
as
the
biometric
applications
of
insect
survival
(
survive
=
1,
death
=
0)
as
a
function
of
insecticide
dosage.
Next,
multinomial
or
multi­
response
models
are
developed
for
the
case
of
choice
of
occupation,
housing,
transportation
choice,
etc.
Lastly,
multivariate
models
are
presented
where
more
than
one
discrete
dependent
variable
exists,
e.
g.
determination
of
the
probability
of
catching
a
fish
given
the
probability
that
one
takes
a
recreational
fishing
trip
P(
Y=
1%
 
X=
1).
Since
the
same
set
of
discrete
data
can
be
analyzed
by
many
different
QR
models,
this
survey
is
most
useful
as
a
guide
in
choosing
an
appropriate
QR
model
from
an
economictheoretic
and
a
statistical
view
point.

Amemiya,
Takeshi
(
1985).
Advanced
Econometrics.
Harvard
University
Press,
Cambridge,
Massachusetts.

This
book
is
intended
as
a
reference
book
for
professional
econometricians
and
as
a
graduate
textbook.
It
contains
an
excellent
review
of
qualitative
response
models.

American
Fisheries
Society
(
1995).

Tampa
AFS
1995
Abstracts.

125th
Annual
Meeting
Tampa,
Florida,
August
27­
31,
248
pp.

The
annotated
bibliography
of
papers
presented
at
the
1995
annual
meeting
of
the
American
Fisheries
Society.
Primarily
fresh
water
species
and
problems
are
discussed,
but
fisheries
management
and
marine
fisheries
are
also
included.

American
Sportfishing
Association
(
1995).

An
Economic
Assessment
of
Marine
recreational
Fishing
in
Maine.

Staff
Report,
ASA,
1033
N.
Fairfax
Street,
Alexandria,
VA,
July,
7
pp.

The
analysis
in
this
report
indicates
the
importance
of
marine
1
3
recreational
fishing
to
the
economy
of
Maine.
An
industry
valued
at
over
$
79
million
supports
about
200,000
anglers
who
make
576,000
trips
seeking
their
favorite
species.
A
large
contingent
of
nonresident
or
tourist
anglers
are
drawn
to
the
quality
fishing
opportunities
the
state
has
to
offer
and
bring
over
$
9
million
new
dollars
into
the
state

s
economy
each
year.

American
Sportfishing
Association
(
1995).

An
Economic
Assessment
of
Marine
recreational
Fishing
in
Massachusetts.

Staff
Report,
ASA,
1033
N.
Fairfax
Street,
Alexandria,
VA,
July,
12
pp.

The
analysis
in
this
report
indicates
the
importance
of
marine
recreational
fishing
to
the
economy
of
Massachusetts.
An
industry
valued
at
over
$
442
million
supports
about
600,000
anglers
who
make
2.5
million
trips
seeking
their
favorite
species.
A
large
contingent
of
nonresident
or
tourist
anglers
are
drawn
to
the
quality
fishing
opportunities
the
state
has
to
offer
and
bring
over
$
50
million
new
dollars
into
the
state

s
economy
each
year.

Andersen,
Peder
(
1982).
"
Commercial
Fisheries
Under
Price
Uncertainty."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
9:
11­
28.

The
deterministic
models
applied
in
economics
of
fisheries
are
extended
to
comprise
price
uncertainty
and
risk
aversion
among
the
fishing
units.
It
is
proved
that
in
the
open
access
fishery
both
the
total
fishing
effort
and
the
number
of
fishing
units
are
reduced
as
the
variance
of
the
price
increases;
that
the
total
fishing
effort
may
be
smaller
in
the
open
access
fishery
than
in
the
optimal
fishery
at
a
high
variance;
that
only
a
fixed
producer
price
system
can
create
a
first
best
optimum,
and
that
a
tax
on
revenue
is
more
efficient
than
both
fishing
unit
quotas
or
tax
on
catch.

Andersen,
Peder
and
Jon
G.
Sutinen
(
1984).
"
Stochastic
Bioeconomics:
A
Review
of
Basic
Methods
and
Results."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
1(
2):
117­
136.

Basic
bioeconomic
models
that
incorporate
uncertainty
are
reviewed
to
show
and
compare
the
principal
methods
used
and
results
reported
in
the
literature.
Beginning
with
a
simple
linear
control
model
of
stock
uncertainty,
we
proceed
to
discuss
more
complex
models
that
explicitly
recognize
risk
preferences,
firm
and
industry
behavior,
and
market
price
effects.
The
effects
of
uncertainty
on
the
results
of
bioeconomic
analysis
are
rarely
unambiguous,
and
in
some
instances
differ
little
from
corresponding
deterministic
results.

Andersen,
Peder
and
Jon
G.
Sutinen
(
1985).
"
Open
Access
Exploitation
of
a
Simple
Fishery."
Draft
of
Chapter
2
from
Peder
Andersen
and
Jon
G.
Sutinen,
The
Economics
of
Fisheries
Exploitation,
unpublished.

This
chapter
establishes
the
basic
bioeconomic
framework
that
is
an
extension
of
the
conventional
micro
firm
and
industry
framework
to
account
for
what
most
regard
as
the
most
fundamental
aspects
of
the
fishery.
The
first
unique
feature
to
account
for
is
that
production
involves
extraction
or
harvest
of
a
renewable
natural
resource.
The
second
unique
feature
is
that
most
fisheries
are
under
open
access,
that
is
property
rights
are
not
private
and
exclusive.

Andersen,
Peder,
Jon
G.
Sutinen,
and
Kathy
Cochran
(
1998).
"
Paying
for
Fishery
Management,
Economic
Implications
of
Alternative
Methods
of
Financing
Management."
Prepared
for
presentation
to
the
IXth
Conference
of
the
International
Institute
of
Fisheries
Economics
and
Trade,
Tromso,
Norway,
8­
11
July,
1998.
1
4
This
paper
applies
elementary
public
choice
theory
to
explain
failures
of
fishery
management
and
investigates
how
alternative
financing
methods
may
be
able
to
correct
this
form
of

governmental
failure.

We
argue
that
who
pays
and
how
they
pay
for
management
services
influences
policies
and
the
economic
performance
of
a
fishery.
In
most
countries,
the
general
treasury
finances
nearly
100
percent
of
the
cost
of
fishery
management.
This
financing
method,
we
reason,
encourages
inefficient
use
of
research,
decision­
making
and
enforcement
resources
and
results
in
poor
management
of
fisheries.
Currently
there
is
a
modest
trend
on
the
part
of
a
few
countries
to
reduce
such
inefficiencies
by
implementing
user
charges
to
recover
a
significant
portion
of
the
cost
of
managing
their
fishery
resources.
We
analyze
the
economic
efficiency
consequences
of
user
charges
and
other
financing
methods,
and
review
the
methods
of
financing
fishery
management
for
Australia,
Canada,
Denmark,
and
the
United
States.

Andersen,
Peder,
Jon
G.
Sutinen,
and
Kathy
Cochran
(
1998).
"
Paying
for
Fishery
Management,
Economic
Implications
of
Alternative
Methods
of
Financing
Management."
Prepared
for
presentation
to
the
IXth
Conference
of
the
International
Institute
of
Fisheries
Economics
and
Trade,
Tromso,
Norway,
8­
11
October(
Revised).

This
paper
applies
elementary
public
choice
theory
to
explain
failures
of
fishery
management
and
investigates
how
alternative
financing
methods
may
be
able
to
correct
this
form
of

governmental
failure.

We
argue
that
who
pays
and
how
they
pay
for
management
services
influences
policies
and
the
economic
performance
of
a
fishery.
In
most
countries,
the
general
treasury
finances
nearly
100
percent
of
the
cost
of
fishery
management.
This
financing
method,
we
reason,
encourages
inefficient
use
of
research,
decision­
making
and
enforcement
resources
and
results
in
poor
management
of
fisheries.
Currently
there
is
a
modest
trend
on
the
part
of
a
few
countries
to
reduce
such
inefficiencies
by
implementing
user
charges
to
recover
a
significant
portion
of
the
cost
of
managing
their
fishery
resources.
We
analyze
the
economic
efficiency
consequences
of
user
charges
and
other
financing
methods,
and
review
the
methods
of
financing
fishery
management
for
Australia,
Canada,
Denmark,
and
the
United
States.

Anderson,
E.
D.
(
1980).
"
Analysis
of
Various
Sources
of
Pelagic
Shark
Catches
in
the
Northwest
and
Western
Central
Atlantic
Ocean
and
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Laboratory
Reference
Document
No.
79­
56,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Fisheries
Center,
Woods
Hole
Laboratory,
Woods
Hole,
MA,
February,
37
pp.

The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
present
(
1)
reported
commercial
catches
of
pelagic
sharks
in
the
U.
S.
FCZ
in
the
Atlantic
and
Gulf
of
Mexico,
(
2)
estimates
of
U.
S.
recreational
catch,
(
3)
estimates
of
bycatch
in
the
U.
S.
and
Canadian
swordfish
longline
fisheries,
(
4)
estimates
of
bycatch
in
the
foreign
squid
trawl
fishery
in
the
Northwest
Atlantic,
and
(
5)
estimates
of
bycatch
in
the
Japanese
tuna
longline
fishery.
Other
possible
sources
of
bycatch
are
mentioned
and
the
general
limitations
and
inadequacies
of
the
entire
data
base
are
discussed.

Anderson,
Eric
E.
(
1986).
"
Taxes
vs.
Quotas
for
Regulating
Fisheries
Under
Uncertainty:
A
Hybrid
Discrete­
Time
Continuous­
Time
Model."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
3(
3):
183­
207.

There
is
a
wide
variety
of
regulatory
instruments
available
for
achieving
economic
efficiency
in
markets
where
externalities
exist.
All
of
them,
when
correctly
designed,
are
equally
effective,
provided
that
complete
information
is
available
and
that
adjustments
to
the
level
of
the
instruments
1
5
can
be
made
costlessly.
However,
with
the
presence
of
uncertainty,
it
is
well
known
that
one
instrument
or
another
may
produce
a
higher
expected
present
value
of
net
social
benefits
than
the
others.
How
uncertainty
affects
the
choice
of
instrument
specifically
in
fishery
management
and
in
other
dynamic
optimization
settings
is
less
well
known.
A
combination
discrete
time
and
continuous
time
stochastic
model
of
a
dynamic
fishery
is
used
to
compare
the
relative
performance
of
a
per
unit
tax
and
quota
in
this
paper.
The
analysis
confirms
the
conclusion
reached
in
the
general
literature
on
optimal
instrument
choice
under
uncertainty:
which
instrument
performs
most
efficiently
depends
on
the
specific
fishery
being
regulated.

Anderson,
Eric
E.
(
1988).
"
Relative
Efficiency
of
Charges
and
Quantity
Controls
in
Fisheries
with
Continuous
Stock
Growth
and
Periodically
Fixed
Instrument
Levels."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5(
3):
215­
230.

This
article
presents
a
simple
combination
discrete
time/
continuous
time
model
that
incorporates
continuous
population
dynamics
and
fishing
activity
together
with
periodic,
rather
than
continuous,
instrument
adjustment
into
the
decision
process
for
choosing
the
optimal
type
and
level
of
regulatory
instrument.
A
per
unit
tax
and
an
allocated
instantaneous
harvest
rate
quota
each
drive
the
system
along
different
time
paths,
and
each
results
in
a
different
present
value
of
the
stream
of
net
benefits
generated
by
harvesting
the
resource.
The
choice
of
instruments
is
fishery
specific;
it
depends
on
the
parameter
values
of
the
fishery
in
question.

Anderson,
F.
J.
(
1979).
"
Ontario
Reforestation
Policy:
Benefits
and
Costs."
Canadian
Public
Policy
­
Analyze
De
Politiques,
3:
336­
347.

The
paper
concludes
that
the
Ontario
program
to
expand
reforestation
in
the
province
with
a
view
to
ensuring
expanded
timber
supplies
in
the
21st
century
does
not
meet
the
test
of
viability
provided
by
tools
of
conventional
benefit
cost
analysis.
A
more
selective
approach,
possibly
oriented
to
survival
of
particular
communities,
should
be
examined
as
an
alternative.

Anderson,
Glen
D.
(
1984).
"
Participation
in
Voluntary
Transfer
of
Development
Rights
Programs:
Landowner
Incentives
and
Design
Issues."
Draft
Report,
Department
of
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
Rhode
Island,
July,
29
pp.

This
paper
examines
landowner
incentives
to
supply
development
rights
under
transfer
of
development
rights
(
TDR),
identify
a
number
of
potential
obstacles
to
the
success
of
voluntary
TDR
and
propose
design
options
for
enhancing
participation.

Anderson,
Glen
D.
and
Richard
C.
Bishop
(
19??).
"
The
Valuation
Problem."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
Rhode
Island.

A
review
of
travel
cost,
hedonic
price,
and
contingent
valuation
techniques
is
provided
in
this
report.

Anderson,
Glen
D.
and
Steven
F.
Edwards
(
198?).
"
The
Role
of
Amenity
Valuation
Techniques
in
the
Assessment
of
Coastal
Land
Use
Policies:
Downzoning
in
Coastal
Towns
in
Southern
Rhode
Island."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island.
1
6
In
this
paper,
the
problem
of
valuing
coastal
amenities
are
examined
and
results
from
an
empirical
study
in
which
the
contingent
valuation
method
and
hedonic
price­
related
technique
were
used
are
presented.
How
data
on
amenity
values
might
be
used
to
analyze
alternative
land
initiatives
are
demonstrated.

Anderson,
James
E.
(
1974).
"
A
Note
on
Welfare
Surpluses
and
Gains
From
Trade
in
General
Equilibrium."
The
American
Economic
Review,
64(
4):
758­
762.

The
author
clarifies
the
concept
of
the
impact
of
a
tariff
on
consumer
and
producer
surplus
measures
of
gains
from
trade.

Anderson,
James
E.
(
1976).
"
The
Social
Cost
of
Input
Distortions:
A
Comment
and
A
Generalization."
The
American
Economic
Review,
66(
1):
235­
238.

Two
recent
papers
on
the
social
cost
of
input
market
distortions
have
committed
an
error
in
that
measures
of
welfare
loss
due
to
an
input
price
distortion
depending
upon
whether
the
measure
is
in
the
output
or
input
market.
This
is
incorrect,
as
intuition
surely
argues,
and
the
source
of
the
error
lies
in
improper
use
of
the
Taylor's
series
expansion.
Correcting
the
error
suggests
a
worthwhile
generalization.

Anderson,
James
E.
(
1984).
"
Pricing
Strategies
for
a
Renewable
Resource
Industry
Faced
with
Competing
New
Technology:
The
Case
of
Aquaculture
and
the
Commercial
Fishery."
Agricultural
Experiment
Station
Contribution
#
2286,
Department
of
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
Rhode
Island,
December.

Technological
change
in
the
form
of
aquaculture
is
becoming
an
important
factor
in
the
market
for
several
species
of
fish.
In
light
of
these
changes,
producers
in
some
ocean
based
fisheries
need
to
evaluate
their
production
and
pricing
strategies
relative
to
their
emerging
competitor
aquaculture.
This
paper
conceptually
analyses
the
optimal
pricing/
production
strategy
for
an
ocean
based
fishery
facing
a
lagged
decreasing
net
demand
resulting
from
the
entry
of
competitive
aquaculturalists.
The
analysis
indicates
that
the
optimal
strategy
consists
of
initially
raising
price
to
a
maximum
level
to
earn
some
fast
profits
taking
advantage
of
the
lagged
decline
in
net
demand.
After
the
demand
declines
and
natural
fish
stocks
are
reduced
such
that
the
singular
arc
is
reached,
price
is
adjusted
downward
to
maintain
the
singular
arc
approach
to
the
long
run
equilibrium.
In
the
long
run,
price
will
be
lower,
natural
fish
stocks
will
be
higher,
and
natural
fish
supply
may
either
be
lower
or
higher
depending
on
the
initial
position
of
the
system
and
the
magnitude
of
the
net
demand
shift.

Anderson,
James
L.
(
1985).
"
Market
Interactions
Between
Aquaculture
and
the
Common­
Property
Commercial
Fishery."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
2(
1):
1­
24.

Market
interactions
between
the
common
property
commercial
fishery
and
(
1)
competitive
aquaculturists
and
(
2)
a
dominant
firm
aquaculturist
are
modeled.
It
is
found
that
the
entry
of
an
competitive
aquaculturist
increases
natural
fish
stocks,
reduces
price,
and
increases
total
supply.
If
initially
the
natural
fish
sock
is
at
a
level
below
maximum
sustainable
yield,
entry
of
the
aquaculturist
results
in
an
increase
in
supply
from
the
commercial
fishery.
In
the
second
part,
the
aquaculturist
is
modeled
as
a
dominant
firm.
In
some
situations,
the
aquaculturist
behaves
in
a
manner
similar
to
the
competitive
case,
but
impacts
on
price,
fish
stock,
and
efficiency
will
not
be
as
large.
It
is
shown
that
there
also
exits
cases
where
the
dominant
1
7
aquaculturist
will
desire
to
promote
overexploitation
of
the
natural
fish
stock.

Anderson,
James
L.
(
1985).
"
Strategic
Design
and
Marketing
of
Aquacultured
Salmon."
Presented
at
the
Symposium
on
Markets
for
Seafood
and
Aquacultural
Products,
Charleston,
South
Carolina,
August
19­
21.

This
research
uses
conjoint
analysis
to
quantitatively
evaluate
buyer
trade
off
for
aquacultured
salmon
products.
Attributes
evaluated
include
species,
country
of
origin,
shelf
life,
fresh
versus
frozen,
product
size,
product
cut,
year
round
versus
seasonal
availability,
consistency
of
supply,
wild
caught
versus
aquacultured,
flesh
color,
delivery
time,
and
price.
The
results
are
employed
to
suggest
optimal
product
design
and
strategies
to
maximize
market
share.

Anderson,
James
L.
(
1987).
"
Allocating
Harvests
Between
Competing
Users
in
Fishery
Management
Decisions:
Appropriate
Economic
Measures
for
Valuation.
Discussion."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
3):
34­
35.

A
discussion
of
J.
E.
Easley
Jr.
and
Fred
J.
Prochaska
(
1987).
"
Allocating
Harvests
Between
Competing
Users
in
Fishery
Management
Decisions:
Appropriate
Economic
Measures
for
Valuation."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
3):
29­
33.

Anderson,
James
L.
(
1988).
"
Analysis
of
the
U.
S.
Market
for
Fresh
and
Frozen
Salmon."
Staff
Papers
Series
88­
07,
College
of
Resource
Development,
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Contribution
Number
22446,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
R.
I.,
May,
65
pp.

The
objectives
of
this
paper
are
to
1)
determine
the
degree
of
substitutability
between
fresh/
frozen
wild
caught
salmon
and
pen
raised
farm
salmon;
2)
determine
potential
demand
for
salmon
currently,
in
1990
and
1995;
and
3)
evaluate
the
impact
of
an
increase
in
farmed
salmon.
Several
methods
we've
utilized
in
the
work
include
conjoint
analysis,
self
explicated
utility
techniques
and
demand
analysis.
Data
were
collected
from
interviews
of
143
salmon
buyers
in
the
U.
S.
Northeast
and
Pacific
Northwest.

Anderson,
J.
L.
and
Sofia
U.
Bettencourt
(
1992).
"
Constraints
and
Opportunities
for
Salmon
Aquaculture
in
the
United
States."
Draft
submitted
to
the
Marine
Fisheries
Review.

This
paper
provides
an
updated
analysis
of
the
major
factors
constraining
the
development
of
salmon
aquaculture
in
the
United
States.
A
brief
outlook
on
recent
macroeconomic
factors
contributing
to
the
industry's
recent
growth
is
offered,
and
the
present
status
of
the
major
producing
regions
delineated.
The
major
constraints
affecting
the
industry
are
then
discussed,
followed
by
a
summary
of
recommendations
aimed
at
improving
the
present
climate
surrounding
the
industry's
development.

Anderson,
J.
L.
and
Sofia
U.
Bettencourt
(
1993).
"
A
Conjoint
Approach
to
Model
Product
Preferences:
The
New
England
Market
for
Fresh
and
Frozen
Salmon."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
8(
1):
31­
49.

This
paper
illustrates
how
conjoint
analysis
can
be
used
to
model
preference
for
food
products,
and
applies
the
technique
to
the
study
of
fresh
and
frozen
salmon
preference
among
buyers
from
two
intermediary
wholesale
levels
in
New
England.
The
degree
of
preference
for
specific
attributes
and
levels
of
the
products
is
compared.
The
paper
also
evaluates
the
performance
and
predictive
1
8
validity
of
a
traditional
additive
conjoint
model
a
hybrid
model
estimated
using
both
ordinary
least
squares,
and
a
maximum
likelihood
hybrid
two­
limit
Tobit
model.

Anderson,
James
L.
and
Cathy
R.
Wessells
(
1996).

Assessment
of
Asian
Shark
Fin
Trade
and
Implications
for
Shark
and
Dogfish
Management.

A
Proposal
submitted
to
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Department
of
Environmental
and
Natural
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
Rhode
Island,
May,
18
pp.

A
proposal
to
preform
a
conjoint
analysis
on
the
wholesale
market
for
dogfish
and
shark
fins.
It
focuses
on
the
product
characteristics
the
fin
buyers
search
for
and
the
impacts
they
have
on
shark
harvest
by
age,
comparisons
of
dogfish
fin
products
to
other
shark
fin
products,
and
the
incorporation
of
this
information
into
shark
harvest
management
to
insure
sustainable
management.

Anderson,
James
L.
and
Michael
Carroll
(
1997).

An
Assessment
of
the
Atlantic
Bluefin
Tuna
Market:
The
Economic
Implications
for
Management
Plans.

A
Proposal
submitted
to
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
by
the
Department
of
Environmental
and
Natural
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
Rhode
Island,
June,
11
pp.

The
present
management
plan
for
the
harvest
of
U.
S.
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna
does
not
account
for
market
factors
that
influence
price.
For
efficient
management,
it
is
essential
that
these
market
implications
be
taken
into
consideration.
This
study
will
examine
factors
which
influence
the
Japanese
wholesale
market
for
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna
and
implications
for
management.
The
goals
are:
(
1)
Evaluate
how
factors
such
as:
quantity
supplied,
time
of
harvest,
and
quality
characteristics
influence
the
price
of
U.
S.
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna
sold
on
the
Japanese
wholesale
market.
(
2)
Determine
the
relationship
between
prices
in
Japan
and
ex­
vessel
prices
received
by
U.
S.
fishermen.
(
3)
Determine
how
different
fishery
management
options
will
influence
gross
revenues
received
by
U.
S.
fishermen.

Anderson,
James
L.
and
James
E.
Wilen
(
1985).
"
Estimating
the
Population
Dynamics
of
Coho
Salmon
(
Oncorhynchus
kisutch)
Using
Pooled
Time­
Series
and
Cross­
Sectional
Data."
Canadian
Journal
of
Fisheries
and
Aquatic
Sciences,
42(
3):
459­
467.

The
population
dynamics
of
natural
and
hatchery
coho
salmon
(
Oncorhynchus
kisutch)
were
estimated
for
three
regions,
(
1)
Washington
coastal,
(
2)
Columbia
River
region,
and
(
3)
Oregon/
California
coastal,
using
pooled
time
series
and
cross
sectional
data.
Two
functional
forms
were
compared:
the
Beverton­
Holt
and
Ricker
models.
Both
models
yielded
very
similar
results.
In
both
cases,
we
found
that
the
natural
coho
stock
recruitment
is
significantly
affected
by
parent
stock
level
(
positive),
parent
stock
density
(
negative),
river
flow
(
positive),
and
hatchery
smolt
release
(
negative).
The
significant
factors
affecting
hatchery
coho
salmon
were
smolt
release
level
(
positive),
smolt
release
density
(
negative),
and
upwelling
(
positive).

Anderson,
James
L.
and
James
E.
Wilen
(
1986).
"
Implications
of
Private
Salmon
Aquaculture
on
Prices,
Production,
and
Management
of
Salmon
Resources."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
68(
4):
866­
879.

The
emergence
of
large
scale
salmon
ranching
in
the
Pacific
Northwest
has
led
to
significant
controversy
over
the
potential
impact
of
salmon
1
9
ranching
on
market
structure,
salmon
prices,
ocean
and
aquacultural
production,
and
salmon
fishing
regulation.
This
paper
models
the
behavior
of
a
dominant
salmon
rancher
facing
a
competitive
open
access
fishery
using
a
dynamic
nonlinear
programming
model.
Primary
attention
is
given
to
production
and
regulation
influencing
strategies
of
an
optimally
managed
salmon
ranch
under
selected
institutional
and
biological
constraints.
The
effect
of
such
behavior
is
evaluated
with
regard
to
salmon
prices,
natural
salmon
stocks,
ocean
fishing
effort,
and
ocean
fishery
productivity.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1973).
"
Optimum
Economic
Yield
of
a
Fishery
Given
a
Variable
Price
of
Output."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
30:
509­
518.

The
majority
of
work
done
in
the
economics
of
fisheries
uses
the
assumption
of
a
fixed
price
of
output.
This
paper
describes
the
effects
on
the
traditional
fisheries
model
of
relaxing
this
assumption,
the
most
important
of
which,
as
far
as
regulation
agencies
are
concerned,
are
the
negation
of
marginal
cost
of
effort
equaling
marginal
revenue
of
effort
as
the
criterion
for
a
social
optimum,
and
the
introduction
of
the
possibility
of
multiple
equilibria
and
multiple
industry
profit
maxima.
Also,
some
new
insights
on
fishery
management
with
variable
price
and
different
assumptions
about
the
number
of
fisheries
and
the
number
of
countries
involved
are
pointed
out.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1975).
"
Analysis
of
Open­
Access
Commercial
Exploitation
and
Maximum
Economic
Yield
in
Biologically
and
Technologically
Interdependent
Fisheries."
Journal
of
the
Fisheries
Research
Board
of
Canada,
32:
1825­
1842.

Fisheries
may
be
interdependent
because
of
biological
relationships
that
exist
between
their
stocks
or
because
the
gear
of
one
affects
mortality
in
the
stock
of
the
other.
The
problems
of
defining
a
maximum
sustainable
yield
in
these
cases
are
discussed.
A
graphical
analysis
is
used
to
describe
the
combinations
of
effort
from
both
fisheries
where
concurrent
exploitation
is
possible
and
which
of
these
combinations
will
result
in
a
simultaneous
equilibrium.
Finally
the
conditions
for
a
combined
maximum
economic
yield
(
MEY)
are
presented
and
it
is
shown
that
they
will
not
hold
if
each
fishery
is
managed
to
obtain
an
individual
MEY.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1980).
"
A
Comparison
of
Limited
Entry
Fishery
Management
Schemes."
Draft
report,
College
of
Marine
Studies
and
Department
of
Economics,
University
of
Delaware,
January,
pp.
65.

This
paper
compares
and
contrasts
four
different
types
of
limited
entry
management
schemes
on
the
basis
of
specified
criteria.
This
framework
consists
of
a
set
of
problems
that
must
be
addressed
to
one
degree
or
another
in
the
implementation
and
operation
of
any
type
of
fishery
management
scheme.
The
goal
is
to
describe
the
best
possible
adaptation
of
each
of
the
schemes
so
that
meaningful
comparisons
can
be
made.
The
final
objective
will
be
to
specify
under
what
conditions
each
of
the
schemes
will
be
most
useful.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
ed.)
(
1981).
Economic
Analysis
for
Fisheries
Management
Plans.
Ann
Arbor
Science,
Ann
Arbor,
Michigan.

The
results
of
a
workshop
at
the
University
of
Delaware
to
address
the
level
of
economic
analysis
required
to
institute
a
fishery
management
plan.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1982).
"
The
Share
System
in
Open­
Access
and
Optimally
Regulated
Fisheries."
Land
Economics,
58(
4):
435­
449.
2
0
This
paper
introduces
the
share
system
into
the
traditional
static
deterministic
model
of
an
exploited
fishery.
The
model
is
used
to
answer
the
questions
(
1)
How
is
the
share
rate
determined
and
how
will
it
affect
open
access
fishing
and
the
rents
earned
by
boat
owners
and
crew?
(
2)
How
will
imperfect
competition
in
the
determination
of
the
share
rate
affect
open
access
fishing
and
rent
distribution?
(
3)
What
are
the
implications
of
the
share
system
for
management,
and
do
they
differ
depending
on
how
the
share
rate
is
determined.?

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1983).
"
The
Demand
Curve
for
Recreational
Fishing
with
an
Application
to
Stock
Enhancement
Activities."
Land
Economics,
59(
3):
279­
286.

This
model
extends
the
McConnell
and
Sutinen
(
1979)
and
Bishop
and
Samples
(
1980)
models
of
recreational
fishing
with
and
without
joint
commercial
harvest
by
incorporating
a
stock
externality
in
the
form
of
a
demand
curve
for
recreational
fishing.
The
effect
each
participant
has
on
others,
in
terms
of
quality
and
quantity,
is
central
to
an
intuitive
understanding
of
recreational
fisheries
management
and
it
can
be
clearly
demonstrated
in
the
demand
curve
model
presented
in
the
paper.
The
model
is
applicable
to
a
number
of
relevant
problems,
including
joint
recreationcommercial
exploitation,
but
here
it
is
only
applied
to
the
optimization
of
enhancement,
a
topic
that
has
not
been
treated
previously.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1984).
"
Uncertainty
in
the
Fisheries
Management
Process."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
1(
1):
77­
87.

The
traditional
bionomic
fisheries
model
is
expanded
to
a
"
bioregunomic"
model
by
including
as
an
independent
part
of
the
system
those
regulation
agencies
and
institutions
that
grant
authority
to
manage
and
that
use
that
authority
to
devise,
implement,
and
enforce
specific
regulations.
In
this
approach,
the
type
of
regulation
used
is
endogenous
to
the
model.
Several
examples
of
these
models
are
introduced
to
show
the
difference
between
a
bioregunomic
yield
and
either
open
access
or
maximum
economic
yield.
Special
emphasis
is
given
to
the
ways
in
which
the
regulatory
process
can
add
uncertainty
to
fisheries
utilization.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1986).
The
Economics
of
Fisheries
Management.
2nd
edition.
The
Johns
Hopkins
University
Press,
Baltimore.

An
excellent
introductory
text
on
the
management
of
fisheries
using
biological
and
economic
models.
The
chapter
on
applied
economics
is
particularly
useful
in
demonstrating
the
value
of
economics
to
managers.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1987).
"
Bridging
the
Gap
Between
Economic
Theory
and
Fisheries
Management:
Can
the
MFCMA
Produce
Economically
Rational
Management?"
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
3):
13­
25.

The
paper
analyzes
the
possibility
and
the
probability
of
appropriate
use
of
fundamental
economic
principles
in
the
fishery
management
plans
developed
under
the
Magnuson
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act.
After
reviewing
the
resource,
industry,
and
government
aspects
of
the
fishery
management
development
process
and
some
of
the
important
aspects
of
both
the
existing
law
and
suggested
changes,
it
is
concluded
that
while
the
possibility
exists,
the
probability
is
quite
low.
Discussion
by
James
E.
Kirkley.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1987).
"
A
Management
Agency
Perspective
of
the
Economics
of
Fisheries
Regulation."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
4:
123­
131.
2
1
The
problem
of
selecting
and
optimally
implementing
a
management
regime
taking
into
account
limited
agency
budgets
is
analyzed.
First,
the
management
problem
from
the
agency's
perspective
is
discussed
by
describing
the
actual
types
of
control
variables.
Then
the
less
than
direct
relationship
between
agency
control
variables
and
fishing
industry
behavior
and
its
importance
in
practical
policy
is
described.
Finally,
the
economic
problem
of
running
a
fishing
agency
is
analyzed.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1988).
"
An
Individual
Transferable
Quota
Program
for
the
Southeast
Trawl
Fishery,
Part
II,
A
Proposed
System."
Draft
report,
College
of
Marine
Studies
and
Department
of
Economics,
University
of
Delaware,
May,
pp.
28.

This
report
provides
a
conceptual
model
of
ITQ
management
of
multispecies
fisheries
and
to
use
the
conclusions
from
the
model,
along
with
more
general
principles
of
basic
fisheries
economics
and
observations
of
real
world
management,
as
the
basis
for
formulating
an
ITQ
program
for
the
southeast
trawl
fishery.
The
conceptual
modeling
is
provided
in
part
1
while
recommendations
for
implementation
are
contained
in
this
second
part.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1989).
"
Optimal
Intra­
and
Interseasonal
Harvesting
Strategies
when
Price
Varies
with
Individual
Size."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
6(
2):
145­
162.

A
major
concept
in
fisheries
management
is
the
optimal
age
for
first
capture.
Because
there
can
be
separate
market
categories
for
fish
of
different
sizes
and
different
costs
for
their
harvest,
a
more
rational
statement
of
the
problem
would
be
to
find
the
optimal
range
of
harvest
sizes
in
any
given
year.
Two
models
for
solving
this
problem
are
presented.
The
shrimp
model
discusses
optimal
harvest
of
a
single
cohort
of
shrimp
as
it
grows
through
a
season.
The
lobster
model
discusses
optimal
simultaneous
harvest
of
several
cohorts
over
several
seasons.
The
difficulty
of
defining
a
cost
per
fish
in
the
lobster
model
makes
it
a
much
more
complex
undertaking.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1989).
"
Enforcement
Issues
in
Selecting
Fisheries
Management
Policy."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
6(
3):
261­
277.

The
purpose
of
this
article
is
to
present
a
frame
of
reference
in
which
to
compare
fisheries
regulations
and
to
identify
enforcement
issues
that
can
be
important
in
practical
policy
application.
The
issues
discussed
include
dockside
versus
at­
sea
monitoring:
ease
of
government
implementation:
period
at
risk
when
in
noncompliance;
ease
and
cost
with
which
industry
participants
can
achieve
ability
to
comply;
ease
of
distinction
between
honest
mistakes,
sloppy
practices,
and
deliberate
cheating;
initial
versus
continued
compliance;
ease
with
which
requirements
can
be
communicated;
ease
with
which
noncompliance
can
be
disguised;
ease
with
which
agents
can
detect
noncompliance
such
that
it
is
admissible
as
evidence;
degree
to
which
personal
or
social
benefits
from
compliance
can
be
demonstrated;
potential
for
citizen
cooperation
identifying
offenders;
likelihood
of
encouraging
rent
seeking
behavior
by
industry
and
of
administrators
being
susceptible
to
it;
ease
with
which
illegal
activities
can
be
detected
under
various
conditions;
relative
ability
to
which
enforcement
is
efficacious
with
respect
to
different
management
objectives;
and
ease
with
which
benefit­
based
priorities
for
enforcement
can
be
identified.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1989).
"
Property
Rights
in
Fisheries:
Lessons
from
the
New
Zealand
Experience."
Draft
report,
College
of
Marine
Studies,
University
of
Delaware,
Newark,
DE,
pp.
53.
2
2
This
paper
evaluates
the
actual
operation
of
an
ITQ
program
in
New
Zealand,
identify
problems
that
have
caused
difficulties
in
the
actual
operation
of
the
program,
to
assess
their
potential
seriousness,
and
where
possible
to
suggest
possible
remedies.
This
program
is
one
of
the
first
in
the
world
and
it
is
the
only
one
that
encompasses
essentially
all
of
a
nation's
marine
fisheries.
The
theoretical
advantages
of
ITQs
are
easy
to
see.
However,
it
is
difficult
to
design
an
actual
program
that
will
actually
achieve
these
benefits
in
a
world
of
less
than
perfect
information
and
costly
and
sometimes
cumbersome
implementation
and
enforcement.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1989).
"
Conceptual
Constructs
for
Practical
ITQ
Management
Policies."
In
P.
A.
Neher
et
al.
(
eds.)
(
1989).
Rights
Based
Fishing,
Kluwer
Academic
Publishers,
pp.
191­
209.

This
report
builds
a
conceptual
model
in
which
any
number
of
practical
management
issues
in
an
individual
transferable
quota
program
(
ITQ)
can
be
discussed.
The
topics
that
are
given
specific
attention,
however,
are
the
nature
of
management
rent,
the
workings
of
the
market
for
ITQs,
resource
rentals,
and
problems
with
bycatch.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1991).
"
Note:
A
Note
of
Market
Power
in
ITQ
Fisheries."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
21:
291­
296.

Individual
transferable
quotas,
ITQs,
in
fisheries
are
analogous
to
transferable
pollution
permits
in
environmental
policy.
However,
they
are
different
in
that
the
right
to
produce
is
for
the
final
product,
the
fish,
whereas
pollution
permits
are
for
a
nonmarket
joint
product
(
i.
e.,
sulfur
dioxide)
of
the
good
produced
for
sale.
In
both
cases,
the
actual
economic
efficiency
effects
of
creating
the
property
rights
depend
upon
the
workings
of
the
market
for
both
the
final
product
and
the
rights.
There
has
been
considerable
work
on
market
failures
for
pollution
permits,
and
this
paper
extends
the
analysis
to
ITQs.
It
is
shown
that
the
difference
between
pollution
permits
and
ITQs
can
change
the
type
and
occurrence
of
failure
in
the
market
for
the
final
product,
but
it
does
not
affect
the
potential
for
failure
in
the
market
for
permits.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1991).
"
Efficient
Policies
to
Maintain
Total
Allowable
Catches
in
ITQ
Fisheries
with
At­
Sea
Processing."
Land
Economics,
67(
2):
141­
57.

This
paper
discusses
the
economic
aspects
of
determining
a
conversion
factor
program
that
will
maintain
the
total
allowable
catch
in
an
individual
transferable
quota
program.
Since
TACs
are
denominated
in
terms
of
total
biomass
but
fish
are
often
landed
after
at
sea
processing,
provision
must
be
made
to
convert
the
landed
weight
to
a
green
weight.
The
conversion
factor
is
a
serious
problem
in
the
New
Zealand
ITQ
program.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1992).
"
Consideration
of
the
Potential
Use
of
Individual
Transferable
Quotas
in
U.
S.
Fisheries."
Vol
1­
5.
Final
Report,
NOAA
Contract
No.
40AANF101849.

Using
four
different
U.
S.
fisheries
as
examples
spanning
a
wide
range
of
situations
from
those
which
are
conducive
to
ITQs
to
those
which
are
problematic
for
ITQs,
this
report
explains
the
general
principles
of
ITQs
and
shows
how
they
might
be
applied
to
specific
fisheries.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1992).
"
Consideration
of
the
Potential
Use
of
Individual
Transferable
Quotas
in
U.
S.
Fisheries."
Vol
1­
5.
2
3
Draft
Report,
NOAA
Contract
No.
40AANF101849.

A
draft
report
of
the
above
cited
study.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1993).
"
Toward
a
Complete
Economic
Theory
of
the
Utilization
and
Management
of
Recreational
Fisheries."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
24:
272­
295.

A
model
of
individual
behavior
for
recreational
fisheries
that
considers
both
the
participation
decision
and
the
activity
level
decision
is
developed.
The
model
also
distinguishes
between
the
catch
rate,
that
is
a
biologically
determined
parameter,
and
the
landings
rate,
that
is
a
control
variable.
Individual
and
fishery
wide
equilibria
under
open
access
are
described
for
both
homogeneous
and
heterogeneous
participants.
Optimal
utilization
is
also
described.
Optimal
utilization
differs
from
open
access
in
terms
of
activity
levels
of
participants
and
number
and
type
of
participants.
Regulations
to
achieve
optimal
utilization
are
described.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1993).
"
Some
Preliminary
Thoughts
on
Discards,
Bycatch
and
Highgrading."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

A
bioeconomic
model
of
a
fishery
is
developed
that
accounts
for
the
discarding
of
a
lower
valued
component
of
the
catch
due
to
high
grading,
low
grading,
and
hold
capacity.
Hold
capacity
is
based
on
a
model
of
a
fishing
trip.
Highgrading
is
a
problem
only
when
the
value
of
the
higher
priced
species
exceeds
the
costs
of
harvesting
it
and
the
costs
of
discarding
the
lower
priced
species.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1993).
"
Enhancing
Economic
Analysis
for
Fishery
Management:
Discussion."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
75(
5):
1194­
1195.

A
discussion
of
Jon
Sutinen's
paper
on
"
Recreational
and
Commercial
Fisheries
Allocation
with
Costly
Enforcement"
and
J.
Walter
Milon's
paper
on
"
U.
S.
Fisheries
Management
and
Economic
Analysis:
Implications
of
the
Alaskan
Groundfish
Controversy."

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1994).
"
An
Economic
Analysis
of
Highgrading
in
ITQ
Fisheries
Regulation
Programs."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
9(
3):
209­
226.

ITQ
management
programs
can
provide
incentives
to
discard
low
valued
fish
so
that
individual
quota
can
be
used
for
relatively
more
valuable
fish.
Such
"
highgrading"
can
also
occur
where
there
are
other
constraints
on
harvest,
such
as
hold
capacity.
This
paper
compares
and
contrasts
the
exact
conditions
under
which
highgrading
will
occur
with
ITQ
and
other
harvest
constraints.
Considering
all
costs,
highgrading
can
be
efficient
with
physical
constraints
but
it
is
an
unfortunate
artifact
of
ITQs.
Whether
or
not
highgrading
will
occur
depends
upon
the
price
differential
between
high
and
low
valued
fish,
the
cost
of
sorting
and
discarding,
and
the
cost
of
reharvest
Policies
for
correcting
or
reducing
ITQ
highgrading
should
it
occur
are
described.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1994).
"
A
Note
on
the
Economics
of
Discards."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
9(
2):
183­
186.

This
paper
discusses
the
basic
economic
principles
of
the
utilization
of
fisheries
where
it
may
be
optimal
to
discard
some
portion
of
the
catch.
The
2
4
analysis
is
in
terms
of
a
very
simple
biological
model
and
the
discussion
is
biased
towards
issues
which
are
discussed
most
frequently
in
public
forum,
often
in
ways
that
ignore
simple
economic
principles.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1994).

What
is
Controlled
or
Limited
Access?

In
Karyn
L.
Gimbel
(
ed.)
Limiting
Access
to
Marine
Fisheries:
Keeping
the
Focus
on
Conservation,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

The
paper
will
compare
and
contrast
open
access
with
controlled
access
modes
of
fisheries
regulation.
While
some
of
the
differences
can
be
quite
subtle,
for
purposes
of
discussion
they
can
be
distinguished
as
follows.
The
former
controls
the
activities
of
participants
but
does
not
explicitly
control
their
number.
The
latter
controls
the
number
of
participants
or
in
some
cases
the
number
of
fishing
units
(
i.
e.,
boats,
traps,
or
the
amount
of
tonnage).
A
controlled
access
program
may
also
control
the
activities
of
the
restricted
number
of
participants.
It
will
be
demonstrated
that
regulations
used
under
open
access
are
often
biologically
ineffective
in
the
long
run
due
to
technological
innovation
and
industry
growth.
In
addition,
they
can
lead
to
economic
inefficiencies
in
harvest
and
processing.
A
prime
motivation
for
the
development
of
controlled
access
regulations
was
to
correct
for
these
two
potential
problems.
Depending
upon
how
they
are
formulated
and
upon
the
nature
of
the
particular
fishery
to
be
managed,
controlled
access
regulations
can
be
successful
in
this
regard.
One
way
of
comparing
open
access
and
controlled
access
management
is
to
see
how
each
of
them
can
address
important
issues
of
different
fisheries.
Controlling
discards,
bycatch,
mortality
in
nursery
areas,
and
maintaining
product
quality
and
industry
viability
are
just
a
few
of
the
many
problems
that
must
be
addressed.
It
is
frequently
the
case
that
potential
management
tools
are
dismissed
because
of
a
perceived
weakness
in
addressing
one
of
these
issues.
Since
there
is
no
perfect
management
tool,
the
important
question
in
comparing
open
access
to
controlled
access
management
techniques
is
not
which
one
has
weaknesses,
but
which
one
can
be
adopted,
implemented
and
enforced
such
that
the
stated
management
objectives
can
be
most
nearly
achieved.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1995).
"
A
Commentary
on
the
Views
of
Environmental
Groups
on
Access
Control
in
Fisheries."
Ocean
and
Coastal
Management,
28(
1­
3):
165­
188.

This
paper
assesses
the
views
of
various
environmental
groups
on
access
control
in
fisheries,
as
stated
in
documents
prepared
by
these
groups.
The
views
range
from
outright
opposition
to
tentative
promotion.
Differing
views
on
the
definition
of
conservation,
the
appropriate
make­
up
of
the
fishing
industry
and
the
likely
make­
up
with
and
without
access
control,
and
the
appropriate
nature
of
property
rights
for
fisheries
are
highlighted.
An
important
aspect
of
the
last
issue
is
the
concern
over
potential

takings

problems
under
the
Fifth
Amendment
to
the
U.
S.
Constitution
when
management
is
imposed
in
rights­
based
fisheries
regimes.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1997).

Open
Access
Fisheries
Utilization
with
an
Endogenous
Regulatory
Structure:
An
Expanded
Analysis.

Draft
report,
College
of
Marine
Studies
and
Department
of
Economics,
University
of
Delaware,
Newark,
DE,
15
pp.

Homans
and
Wilen
(
1997)
develop
a
model
of
a
commercial
fishery
in
which
management
decisions
are
endogenously
determined.
This
study
expands
on
this
approach
by
assuming
that
both
entry
and
exit
of
fishing
vessels
can
occur
using
the
model
proposed
by
Smith
(
1969)
in
which
a
disaggregated
model
of
independent
vessel
behavior
is
employed.
In
addition,
the
nature
of
the
2
5
regulatory
agency
is
expanded
to
consider
the
possibility
of
political
interventions
based
on
the
current
economic
conditions
of
existing
participants.

Anderson,
Lee
G.
(
1997).

Towards
A
Complete
Model
of
Regulated
Commercial
Fishing:
Comparison
of
ITQs
and
Traditional
Regulation.

Draft
report,
College
of
Marine
Studies
and
Department
of
Economics,
University
of
Delaware,
Newark,
DE,
May,
36
pp.

The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
describe
the
efficiency
and
distribution
effects
which
will
occur
during
the
transition
to
ITQ
management
following
a
mode
of
analysis
developed
by
Smith
(
1968).

Anderson,
Lee
G.
and
Dwight
R.
Lee
(
1986).
"
Optimal
Governing
Instrument,
Operation
Level,
and
Enforcement
in
Natural
Resource
Regulation:
The
Case
of
the
Fishery."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
68(
3):
678­
690.

Most
regulation
studies
have
used
industry
output
or
inputs
as
the
control
variable(
s),
but
these
are
only
indirectly
controlled
by
government
action
through
its
choice
of
governing
instrument,
enforcement
procedure,
and
penalty
structure
and
the
operational
level
of
each.
A
model
is
developed
that
demonstrates
how
profit­
maximizing
firms
will
react
to
these
control
variables
taking
into
account
the
benefits
(
extra
production)
and
costs
(
possible
penalties)
of
noncompliance
and
the
ability
to
avoid
detection
on
noncompliance.
The
optimal
operation
level
for
two
sets
of
control
variables
is
derived
and
discussed.

Anderson,
Lee
G.,
Emiko
Maruyama,
and
Maryjane
Middelkoop
(
1999).

The
LEM
Fishery
Simulation
Model.

Presentation
to
the
Office
of
Science
and
Technology,
University
of
Delaware,
Newark,
Delaware,
December.

Foundation
of
the
Excel
computer
simulation
model
of
a
commercial
and
recreational
fishery
using
a
multi­
cohort
biological
constraint
where
fishing
effort
enters
the
model
linearly.
A
copy
of
the
computer
program
is
available
on
disk.

Anderson,
Lee
G.,
Emiko
Maruyama,
and
Maryjane
Middelkoop
(
2000).

The
LEM
Fishery
Simulation
Model.

Draft
Users
Guide,
University
of
Delaware,
Newark,
Delaware,
February,
17
pp.

Foundation
of
the
Excel
computer
simulation
model
of
a
commercial
and
recreational
fishery
using
a
multi­
cohort
biological
constraint
where
fishing
effort
enters
the
model
linearly.
A
copy
of
the
computer
program
is
available
on
disk.

Anderson,
Robert
C.,
Lisa
A.
Hofmann,
and
Michael
Rusin
(
1990).
"
The
Use
of
Economic
Incentive
Mechanisms
in
Environmental
Management."
Research
Paper
#
051,
American
Petroleum
Institute,
1220
L
Street,
Northwest,
Washington,
D.
C.
20005,
June,
pp.
73.

The
principal
alternative
to
direct
regulation
uses
market
forces
in
the
form
of
economic
incentives
to
reduce
pollution.
This
paper
examines
the
existing
record
on
the
use
of
incentive
mechanisms
for
evidence
on
whether
they
have
improved
the
effectiveness
and
efficiency
of
environmental
regulation.

Anderson,
Robert
J.,
Jr.
and
Thomas
D.
Crocker
(
1971).
"
Air
Pollution
2
6
and
Residential
Property
Values."
Urban
Studies,
8:
171­
180.

The
fundamental
hypothesis
of
the
relationship
between
air
pollution
dosages
and
real
estate
values
for
measuring
the
benefits
of
air
pollution
control
is
that
a
portion
of
air
pollution
damage
to
artifacts
and
organisms
is
capitalised
negatively
into
the
value
of
land
and
immobile
durable
improvements
thereon
causing
land
rents
to
vary
inversely
with
air
pollutant
dosages.
This
paper
(
1)
examines
the
theoretical
underpinnings
of
crosssection
studies
of
demand
in
which
characteristics
of
goods
are
used
as
explanatory
variables,
and
(
2)
to
apply
that
rationale
to
the
study
of
air
pollution
and
residential
property
values.

Anderson,
Robert
J.,
Jr.
and
Thomas
D.
Crocker
(
1972).
"
Air
Pollution
and
Property
Values:
a
Reply."
The
Review
of
Economics
and
Statistics,
54(
4):
470­
473.

A
reply
to
Freeman,
A.
M.
III
(
1971).
"
Air
Pollution
and
Property
Values:
A
Methodological
Comment."
The
Review
of
Economics
and
Statistics,
53(
Nov.):
415­
416
contention
that
only
after
a
general
equilibrium
model
including
the
spatial
pattern
of
air
quality
as
a
parameter
is
constructed
may
one
appropriately
infer
relationships
between
air
quality
and
equilibrium
land
values.

Anderson,
Ronald
W.
(
1980).
"
Some
Theory
of
Inverse
Demand
for
Applied
Demand
Analysis."
European
Economic
Review,
14:
281­
290.

Inverse
demand
functions
are
often
useful
econometric
representations
of
consumer
behavior.
This
paper
establishes
some
theoretical
properties
of
inverse
demands
that
aid
their
interpretation
and
facilitate
calculations
related
to
them.
We
introduce
the
notion
of
scale
elasticity
that
is
shown
to
play
for
inverse
demands
much
the
same
role
that
income
elasticity
does
for
direct
demands.
It
is
used
in
a
decomposition
of
Antonelli
effects
that
is
analogous
to
the
Slutsky
equation
for
direct
demands.

Anderson,
Terry
L.
(
1982).
"
The
New
Resource
Economics:
Old
Ideas
and
New
Applications."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
December:
928­
946.

The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
lay
out
the
basic
elements
of
the
emerging
new
resource
economics
(
NRE)
paradigm.
The
scholars
involved
in
the
development
of
this
new
approach
have
simply
applied
the
foundational
contributions
to
a
particular
subset
of
economic
problems.
The
integration
of
these
ideas
and
their
application
to
resource
and
environmental
problems
is
quite
new.
In
this
paper,
I
will
first
argue
why
the
existing
way
of
thinking
would
benefit
from
reform.
Following
this
I
will
integrate
property
rights,
public
choice,
and
Austrian
economics
with
the
standard
neoclassical
paradigm
thereby
identifying
the
salient
components
of
NRE.
Finally,
evidence
will
be
presented
to
support
why
NRE
is
gaining
support.

Anderson,
William
W.
(
1970).
"
Contributions
to
the
Life
Histories
of
Several
Penaeid
Shrimps
(
Penaeidae)
Along
the
south
Atlantic
Coast
of
the
United
States."
U.
S.
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service,
Special
Scientific
Report­
Fisheries
No.
605,
May,
iii
+
24
pp.,
15
figs,
12
tables.

Shrimp,
the
most
valuable
fishery
resource
of
the
south
Atlantic
coast
of
the
United
States,
contributed
about
40
percent
of
the
$
27
million
exvessel
value
of
all
fishery
landings
in
the
area
in
1966.
Three
species
of
shallow
water
penaeid
shrimps
are
of
greatest
commercial
importance:
white
2
7
shrimp,
Penaeus
setiferus;
brown
shrimp,
P.
aztecus;
and
pink
shrimp,
P.
duorarum.
The
shrimp
fishery
is
reviewed
for
trends
in
yield
for
the
area
as
a
unit,
by
State,
and
by
species,
for
the
ten
year
period
1958­
67.
A
trend
toward
steady
decline
in
total
shrimp
landings
is
indicated.
During
studies
on
the
white
shrimp
along
the
south
Atlantic
coast
of
the
United
states
in
1931­
1935,
data
were
obtained
on
the
brown
shrimp;
the
sea
bob,
Xiphopeneus
kroyeri;
and
Trachypeneus
constrictus.
Observations
were
also
made
on
the
pink
shrimp
from
operations
of
the
Bureau
of
Commercial
Fisheries
R/
V
Oregon
of
northeast
Florida
near
Cape
Kennedy
in
1965­
67.
This
report
presents
size
distribution,
ovary
development,
and
sex
ratios
of
the
several
species
of
shrimp,
and
includes
limited
information
on
spawning
season.

Anderson,
William
W.
and
G.
Robert
Lunz
(
1965).
"
Southern
Shrimp...
A
Valuable
Regional
Resource."
Marine
Resources
of
the
Atlantic
Coast,
Leaflet
Number
4,
Atlantic
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission,
P.
O.
2784,
Tallahassee,
Florida,
October,
6
pp.

An
overview
of
the
south
Atlantic
shrimp
fishery
including
the
species
of
shrimp,
management,
and
existing
and
on­
going
research.

Andrade,
Roberto
R.
Enriquez
(
1992).
"
A
Multiobjective
Model
of
the
Pacific
Whiting
Fishery
in
the
United
States."
Dissertation,
Department
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
Oregon
State
University,
Corvallis,
OR.

This
dissertation
develops
a
multiobjective
bioeconomic
policy
model
of
the
Pacific
whiting
fishery
in
the
U.
S.
The
purpose
of
the
model
is
to
analyze
the
implications
(
trade­
offs)
of
resource
allocation
alternatives
on
the
level
of
three
policy
objectives:
present
value
of
net
revenue,
production,
and
female
spawning
biomass.
Pareto
optimal
solutions
for
the
three
policy
objectives
were
generated
under
various
specifications
of
the
model
by
means
of
generating
techniques.
Three
policy
instruments
were
considered:
harvest
quotas,
fleet/
processing
capacity
limits,
and
allocation
between
the
shore­
based
and
offshore
fisheries.
Results
were
presented
in
the
form
of
trade­
off
curves.

Andrew,
Chris
O.,
Fred
J.
Prochaska,
Jose
Alvarez
(
1975).
"
Florida
Shrimp:
From
the
Sea
Through
the
Market."
SUSF­
SG­
75­
005,
Department
of
Food
and
Resource
Economics,
Florida
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Florida
Sea
Grant
Program,
Marine
Advisory
Program,
May,
15
pp.

Even
though
shrimp
are
the
most
valuable
seafood
species
landed
in
Florida,
landings
have
not
kept
pace
with
growth
of
the
shrimp
processing
industry.
Landings
from
Florida
waters
have
remained
constant
over
time,
but
has
declined
as
a
share
of
total
shrimp
processed
due
to
increased
imports
and
the
decline
in
Florida
landings
from
Campeche
and
the
Caribbean.

Andrews,
Elizabeth
J.
and
James
E.
Wilen
(
1988).
"
Angler
Response
to
Success
in
the
California
Salmon
Sportfishery:
Evidence
and
Management
Implications."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5(
2):
125­
138.

This
paper
examines
effort
responsiveness
to
success
in
the
California
salmon
partyboat
sport
fishery.
The
management
process
in
this
important
fishery
involves
setting
target
harvest
levels
for
both
commercial
and
sportfishing
groups
and
then
using
closed
seasons,
restricted
gear,
and
possession
limits
to
dampen
effective
effort.
An
important
component
of
the
management
process
involves
forecasting
sportfishing
effort
and
its
effect
on
2
8
catch
to
advance­
plan
management
actions.
For
want
of
better
information,
simple
proportionality
rules­
of­
thumb
are
used
currently
and
this
paper
examines
the
plausibility
of
these.
Some
simple
models
forecasting
aggregate
angler
participation
and
aggregate
partyboat
catch
on
a
weekly
basis
are
estimated
across
several
different
ports.
Our
findings
suggest
that
anglers
are
responsive
to
recent
success
in
several
ports
(
elasticities
up
to
+.
5)
and
that
angler
participation
affects
catch
with
an
elasticity
exceeding
unity.
These
results
indicate
that
the
simple
rules
of
thumb
currently
in
use
could
be
in
substantial
error.

Androkovich,
Robert
A.
and
Kenneth
R.
Stollery
(
1994).
"
A
Stochastic
Dynamic
Programming
Model
of
Bycatch
Control
in
Fisheries."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
9(
1):
19­
30.

This
paper
builds
a
model
of
fishery
regulation
with
incidental
catch
or
bycatch
and
simulates
it
with
parameters
from
the
Nova
Scotia
cod
and
haddock
fisheries.
When
comparing
optimal
coordinated
taxation
with
the
independent
taxation
of
each
fishery
separately,
we
find
that
independent
taxation
requires
significantly
higher
tax
rates
to
control
the
stock
externality
associated
with
competitive
behavior.
Quotas
are
found
to
be
suboptimal
relative
to
any
form
of
taxation,
because
of
their
inflexibility
in
the
presence
of
uncertainty,
and
because
they
can
control
bycatch
only
indirectly.

Anonymous
(
19??).
"
Feasibility
Study
of
Mariscos
Del
Carmen,
S.
A.
and
Pescadores
De
Mariscos
Del
Carmen,
S.
A."
A
prospectus
prepared
for
a
Mexican
fishing
firm.

A
description
of
the
plant,
boatyard,
and
trawlers
of
a
Mexican
shrimp
fishing
firm
with
a
statement
of
the
net
worth
of
the
company
and
potential
for
future
earnings.

Anonymous
(
19??).
"
Fin
Fishes
Caught
Incidental
to
Shrimp
Trawling
in
the
Western
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Draft
report.

A
discussion
of
the
shrimp
trawl
bycatch
of
finfish
and
potential
markets
for
the
discarded
catch.

Anonymous
(
19??).
"
Fishery
Management
A
Neo­
Institutional
Approach."
Draft
report.

This
paper
is
an
attempt
to
combine
neoclassical
economic
theory
with
institutionalism.
The
neo­
institutional
approach
is
applied
to
fishery
management
problems.

Anonymous
(
19??).
"
Fishing
Capacity
and
Subsidies."
Draft
report.

Discussion
of
fishing
capacity,
subsidies,
and
international
agreements
covering
trade,
fisheries,
and
the
environment.
Provides
legal
grounds
for
pursuing
a
fishing
capacity
reduction
program.

Anonymous
(
19??).
"
A
Plan
for
the
Economic
Assessment
of
Import
Restrictions
Related
to
Sea
Turtle
Protection."
NMFS,
Washington,
D.
C.

An
outline
of
a
proposed
plan
to
determine
the
impacts
of
shrimp
import
restrictions
for
countries
that
do
not
comply
with
U.
S.
regulations
for
the
protection
of
marine
turtles
by
their
shrimp
fishing
fleet.

Anonymous
(
19??).
"
Principles
and
Practices
of
Limited
Entry
System."
2
9
Appendix,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
881,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
April.

This
report,
based
on
the
Ad
Hoc
Limited
Entry
Committee
meeting
in
New
Orleans,
discusses
the
general
nature
of
a
limited
entry
system,
relates
experiences
with
the
system
in
certain
fisheries
in
the
U.
S.
and
other
countries,
and
describes
certain
Gulf
fisheries
that
may
be
amenable
to
and
benefitted
by
a
limited
entry
management
system
should
the
Council
pursue
the
idea
of
using
limited
entry
as
an
alternative
management
system.

Anonymous
(
19??).
"
Unknown
Title."
Source:
James
Opaluch,
Department
of
Natural
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
RI.

Population
dynamics
for
fish
and
bird
populations.

Anonymous
(
19??).
"
The
Use
of
Underages/
Overages
in
the
Atlantic
Swordfish
Fishery."
Concept
Paper,
Highly
Migratory
Management
Division,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring
Maryland.

Presents
the
concept
of
annual
carryover
of
overages/
underages
for
the
bluefin
tuna
quota.
It
suggests
that
the
approach
should
be
thoroughly
studied
and
reviewed
by
NMFS
and
the
ICCAT
Advisory
Committee
before
presentation
at
the
ICCAT
meeting.

Anonymous
(
1972).
"
Report
of
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
Gulf
Coastal
Fisheries
Center,
Fiscal
Years
1970
and
1971."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS
SER­
1,
July,
iii
+
26
pp.,
14
figs.,
4
tables.

Progress
is
reported
at
the
NMFS
Gulf
Coastal
Fisheries
Center
(
formerly
the
Biological
Laboratory,
Galveston,
Texas).
Emphasis
is
placed
on
shrimp,
and
the
research
involves
the
fields
of
mariculture,
population
dynamics,
ecology,
and
oceanography.

Anonymous
(
1981).
"
Estimated
Potential
Socioeconomic
Impacts
of
a
Purse
Seine
Fleet
on
the
Existing
Mackerel
Fisheries."
Draft
report.

A
study
was
conducted
to
estimate
potential
social
and
economic
impacts
on
existing
fisheries
from
the
introduction
of
a
new
gear,
the
purse
seine,
for
harvesting
king
and
Spanish
mackerel
in
the
southeast
region,
principally
Florida.

Anonymous
(
1982).
"
Shrimp
1981."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
44(
9­
10):
58­
59.

A
review
of
the
1981
shrimp
fishery,
harvesting
sector
to
final
consumer
with
emphasis
on
prices,
imports
and
inventory
levels,
and
landings
in
the
United
States.

Anonymous
(
1985).
"
A
Probable
Scenario
for
International
and
Domestic
Tuna
Fisheries
to
the
Year
1995."
White
paper,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service.

The
scenario
presented
is
considered
likely
to
happen
if
the
forces
put
into
effect
by
the
status
quo
were
allowed
to
continue
unabated
until
1995.
3
0
Anonymous
(
1985).
"
Foreign
Trade:
Meaning
Imports
Take
69
Percent
of
the
Market."
The
Fish
Boat,
August,
3
pp.

United
States
imports
of
shrimp
in
1984
set
a
record
at
422.3
million
pounds.

Anonymous
(
1985).
"
Less
Exports
From
Ecuador."
The
Fish
Boat,
August,
2
pp.

Ecuador
shrimp
exports
declined
primarily
due
to
a
reduced
wild
harvest
of
shrimp.

Anonymous
(
1985).
"
Shrimping
'
84:
A
Matter
of
More
Shrimp
Less
Money."
The
Fish
Boat,
August,
4
pp.

A
review
of
domestic
production
and
consumer
demand
for
shrimp.

Anonymous
(
1986).
"
Shrimping
'
85."
The
Fish
Boat,
August:
17­
21.

A
review
of
price
declines
as
domestic
production
and
consumer
demand
for
shrimp
increase.

Anonymous
(
1986).
"
Foreign
Trade."
The
Fish
Boat,
August:
22­
49.

A
review
of
shrimp
imports
including
country
of
origin
and
tends
over
time.

Anonymous
(
1987).
"
Philippine
Shrimp
Culture."
Draft
report,
Office
of
International
Fisheries,
Foreign
Fisheries
Analysis
Branch,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Washington,
D.
C.
11
pp.

Shrimp
imports
have
recently
become
an
important
source
of
foreign
exchange
for
the
Philippines.
An
unstable
wild
catch
makes
increasing
production
from
aquaculture
essential
in
maintaining
these
exports.
While
most
sectors
of
the
Philippine
economy
have
shown
little
or
no
growth
in
recent
years
because
of
political
instability,
the
shrimp
culture
industry
has
grown
steadily,
more
than
enough
to
offset
recent
fluctuations
in
the
wild
shrimp
catch.
Strong
government
and
official
international
support,
along
with
active
private
investment,
has
contributed
much
to
this
growth,
and
this
support
is
expected
to
continue.

Anonymous
(
1987).
"
United
States­
Spain
Fisheries
Trade,
1980­
85."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
3):
91­
96.

A
review
of
the
U.
S.
­
Spain
trade
in
fishery
products
that
indicates
that
U.
S.
exports
to
Spain
are
declining
and
Spain's
exports
to
the
U.
S.
are
on
the
increase;
contrary
to
what
was
expected
when
the
200
mile
exclusive
economic
zone
was
enacted.

Anonymous
(
1988).
Shrimp
Farming
in
the
United
States.
Aquaculture
Digest,
San
Diego,
CA.

The
latest
information
on
the
major
players
in
United
States
shrimp
farming
and
a
brief
overview
of
the
industry.

Anonymous
(
199?).

Economic
and
Biological
Interactions
Between
the
Shrimp
and
Reef
Fisheries
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Draft
report.

Biologists
have
determined
that
the
red
snapper
resource
in
the
Glf
of
3
1
Mexico
is
depleted
for
several
reasons,
including
the
application
of
too
much
fishing
effort
by
commercial
and
recreational
red
snapper
fishermen
and
the
incidental
bycatch
and
discard
of
juvenile
red
snapper
by
the
shrimp
trawl
fleet.
The
ensuing
debate
about
how
best
to
restore
the
red
snapper
population
to
desirable
levels
has
involved
numerous
technological,
political
and
economic
facets.
Among
them
are:
technological
interaction
in
which
shrimping
gear
inadvertently
harvests
other
species,
including
juvenile
red
snapper;
management
interaction
between
fishery
management
plans;
competition
between
commercial
and
recreational
fishermen
and
among
fishermen
with
different
gear
types
within
each
group;
and
economic
trade­
offs
over
time,
among
various
harvesting
groups
and
between
different
groups
of
consumers.
It
constitutes
a
management
problem
that
is
controversial,
challenging,
and,
as
yet,
unresolved.

Anonymous
(
199?).

Norway.

Draft
report.

A
review
of
the
groundfish
industry
in
Norway
including
supply,
resource
management,
bilateral
arrangements,
and
fishing
industry.

Anonymous
(
1992).
"
King
and
Spanish
Mackerel
Prices
by
Gear."
Report,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
June.

King
and
Spanish
mackerel
price
differentials
by
gear
type
exist
in
two
areas
in
the
southeast
region.
However,
data
prevents
more
than
a
qualitative
discussion
of
the
causes.

Anonymous
(
1993).
"
The
Italian
Case."
Paper
presented
at
the
Workshop
on
Enforcement
Measures,
Organization
for
Economic
Co­
Operation
and
Development,
Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture,
and
Fisheries,
Committee
for
Fisheries,
Paris,
September
21­
22.

In
Italy,
enforcement
measures
depend
on
the
management
scheme
adopted
by
government
policy
and
on
the
operating
condition
of
the
fishing
industry.
In
particular,
biological,
technical,
economic,
social,
commercial,
and
financial
features
are
all
considered
as
constraints
in
a
unique
planning
exercise
when
drawing
up
the
management
policy
to
be
implemented
every
three
years.
The
actual
conservationist
policy,
that
is
part
of
the
whole
fisheries
management
plan,
started
in
1982
when
a
licensing
scheme
was
introduced.
Since
then
the
decision
framework
of
public
administration
was
centralized
and
measures
have
been
taken
within
a
triennial
planning
document
approved
by
the
government.

Anonymous
(
1994).
"
The
Catch
About
Fish."
The
Economist,
March
19th,
pp.
13­
14.

Overfishing.

Anonymous
(
1994).
"
Status
of
International
Trade
in
Shark
Species.

Convention
on
International
Trade
in
Endangered
Species
of
Wild
Fauna
and
Flora,
Draft
Resolution
of
the
Conference
of
the
Parties,
November,
7­
18,
2
pp.

A
resolution
to
request
data
on
the
international
trade
in
shark
products
to
determine
its
impact
on
shark
populations
world
wide.

Anonymous
(
1994).
"
An
Empirical
Model
of
Pricing
in
the
Catfish
Industry."
Draft
report
submitted
to
Marine
Resource
Economics.
3
2
The
adoption
of
aquacultural
products
has
extended
the
effects
of
market
forces,
creating
an
imbalance
of
market
power
between
catfish
producers
and
the
processing
sector
that
had
exerted
a
monopsonistic
power
in
certain
region
such
as
west
Alabama.
However,
because
of
the
recent
changes
caused
by
vertical
integration
of
the
catfish
industry,
the
existence
of
an
oligopolistic
power
has
been
identified
in
the
catfish
industry.
An
empirical
model
of
pricing
in
the
catfish
industry
was
developed
using
a
theoretical
model
proposed
by
Appelbaum.
An
analysis
of
the
market
structure
was
conducted
to
provide
estimates
of
conjectural
elasticities
over
time.
Conjectural
elasticities
were
used
to
construct
the
oligopoly
power
index.
Results
show
some
evidence
of
the
existence
of
oligopolistic
power
in
the
catfish
industry
that
further
suggests
some
degree
of
price
enhancement.

Anonymous
(
1994).
"
Management
Options
for
the
Royal
Red
Shrimp
Fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Draft
report,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
July,
13
pp.

A
review
of
the
existing
data
for
the
royal
red
shrimp
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
This
paper
on
Phase
1
of
the
management
approach
is
prepared
by
NMFS
at
the
request
of
the
Council
to
provide
scientific
information
and
advice
and
fishery
management
options
for
the
royal
red
shrimp
fishery
resource.
Phase
1
is
the
first
step
in
a
series
of
four
steps
that
are
intended
to
provide
the
Council
with
the
material
for
a
management
plan
for
this
species.

Anonymous
(
1994).
"
Options
for
Reduction
of
Bycatch
in
Shrimp
Trawls."
Tab
D,
No.
3,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
Briefing
Book
for
the
New
Orleans
Meeting,
November,
19
pp.

Briefly
discusses
the
trends
in
finfish
bycatch
in
the
shrimp
fishery
and
proposes
bycatch
reduction
device
management
regulations
to
control
and
reduce
the
level
of
finfish
bycatch
in
the
fishery.
Alternative
management
measures
such
as
individual
transferable
quotas
for
shrimp
or
license
limitation
programs
to
directly
control
effort
or
correct
the
market
failure
are
not
presented
or
discussed.

Anonymous
(
1994).
"
Preliminary
Alternatives
for
Management
of
the
Royal
Red
Shrimp
Fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Preliminary
draft
report,
December,
13
pp.

This
amendment
provides
for
management
of
the
fishery
for
royal
red
shrimp
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Management
alternatives
include
respecification
of
maximum
sustainable
yield
(
MSY),
setting
total
allowable
catch
(
TAC),
restricting
participation
in
the
fishery,
and
establishing
reporting
requirements.

Anonymous
(
1994).
"
The
Tragedy
of
the
Oceans."
The
Economist,
March
19th,
pp.
21­
24.

Overfishing
and
pollution
are
exhausting
the
seas.
The
decline
will
be
reversed
only
if
governments
stop
subsidies
to
fishing
fleets,
police
their
waters
well,
and
hardest
of
all,
persuade
fishermen
to
trust
them.

Anonymous
(
1995).
Bio­
Economic
Modelling
in
the
EU,
Concerted
Action
Coordination
of
Research
in
Fishery
Economics,
Working
Document
Nr:
7,(
AIR
CT94
1489),
Workshop,
Edinburgh,
October:
148­
158.

Proceedings
of
a
workshop
on
bioeconomic
modeling
in
the
European
Union.
3
3
Anonymous
(
1995).

Demand
for
Imported
Shrimp
in
U.
S.:
An
Application
of
Transcendental
Logarithmic
Demand
System.

Draft
report.

Since
the
early
1980'
s,
U.
S.
shrimp
imports
have
been
experiencing
a
transition
from
wild­
caught
shrimp
to
farm­
raised
products.
This
paper
sought
to
analyze
the
U.
S.
demand
for
shrimp
products.
Using
the
Transcendental
Logarithmic
Demand
System
(
TL),
the
findings
show
that
demand
is
inelastic
for
all
shrimp
products.
Nonlinear
impacts
and
joint
impacts
of
expenditures
are
significant.
No
significant
shifts
in
preferences
for
the
U.
S.
shrimp
consumers
have
happened.

Anonymous
(
1995).

The
Dynamics
of
Regulated
Open
Access
Resource
Use.

Draft
report.

This
paper
models
interaction
between
a
regulatory
agency
and
an
open
access
industry
exploiting
a
resource.
Both
groups
are
modeled
with
plausible
behavioral
assumptions
and
the
joint
dynamics
of
their
interaction
are
examined.
The
qualitative
nature
of
the
interaction
depends
upon
relative
response
speeds
as
well
as
other
structural
parameters.

Anonymous
(
1995).

Individual
Transferable
Quotas:
Modeling
Participation
and
Exit
Decisions.

Draft
report.

This
paper
analyzes
labor/
leisure
choices
for
individual
fishermen
jointly
with
their
quota
demands.
The
model
is
suitable
for
analyzing
some
important
issues
in
ITQ
design,
particularly
determinants
of
exit/
participation
decisions.
The
model
suggests
how
personal
characteristics
interact
with
market
variables
to
influence
the
exit/
stay
decision
and
participation.

Anonymous
(
1995).
"
Possible
Options
for
Controlled
Access
to
the
Spanish
Mackerel
Fishery
Under
the
Jurisdiction
of
the
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council."
Draft
NEPA
Scoping
Document.

This
paper
discusses
various
options
for
managing
the
Spanish
mackerel
fishery
under
controlled
access.
A
brief
description
of
the
fishery
is
presented,
followed
by
a
discussion
of
the
problems
in
the
fishery
that
could
be
solved
by
a
controlled
access
regime.
A
number
of
instruments
that
could
be
utilized
under
controlled
access
are
discussed.
These
range
from
what
could
be
considered
as
the
most
free
market
situation,
to
instruments
that
could
impose
certain
restrictions,
and
finally
to
a
no
action
situation.
Some
comments
are
provided
on
deciding
the
process
of
how
to
decide
on
initial
eligibility,
and
how
to
set
the
initial
TAC.
The
discussions
are
broad
based
enough
to
give
the
public
an
opportunity
to
evaluate
the
different
options.

Anonymous
(
1995).
"
Rent
and
Development
Issues
in
the
Pacific
Islands
Tuna
Fishery."
Draft
Working
Paper
IV,
The
World
Bank,
Washington,
D.
C.

The
potential
rents
that
could
be
generated
by
the
tuna
fisheries
in
the
south
Pacific
under
proper
management
are
estimated.
While
it
is
recognized
that
optimal
rents
generated
by
the
fishery
cannot
be
accurately
estimated
based
simply
on
summaries
of
observed
data,
an
in­
depth
analysis
to
determine
the
level
of
rents
generated
by
the
fishery
was
not
conducted.
Rents
were
estimated
to
be
between
10%
and
15%
of
the
value
of
the
resource
with
current
fishing
fees
averaging
4%
to
5%.
The
implication
is
that
increases
in
fees
to
nations
controlling
the
fishing
grounds
would
be
appropriate.
3
4
Anonymous
(
1995).
"
Rents
and
Taxes
in
an
Individual
Transferable
Quota
Fishery."
Draft
manuscript,
Marine
Resource
Economics.

Taxing
pure
rents
is
usually
considered
the
least
distortionary
method
for
raising
revenues.
In
the
literature
on
fishery
economics,
the
term
"
rent"
is
regularly
employed,
suggesting
that
pure
rents
exist
in
that
sector.
Indeed,
with
the
recent
development
of
individual
transferable
quotas,
the
resulting
market
value
of
quota
has
been
treated
as
reflecting
pure
resource
rents.
In
this
paper,
the
view
that
the
market
value
of
quota
represents
a
pure
rent
that
can
be
readily
extracted
in
a
nondistortionary
manner
by
the
taxing
authority
is
challenged.

Anonymous
(
1995).
"
Shrimp
License
Management."
In
An
Act
Relating
to
the
Authority
to
Establish
License
Management
Programs
for
Commercial
Fishing,
Section
1,
Chapter
77,
Parks
and
Wildlife
Code,
Subchapter
F,
January.

A
law
proposed
by
the
Texas
State
Legislature
requiring
transferable
licenses
for
inshore,
commercial
bay
and
bait
shrimp
boats.

Anonymous
(
1995).

Spatial
Modeling
Environment
References.

Unknown
source.

A
list
of
references
to
aid
in
the
development
of
ecological
and
economic
systems
models
using
spatial
modeling
techniques.

Anonymous
(
1996).

Coordination
of
United
States
and
International
Efforts
to
Improve
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity.

Proposal,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

This
paper
identifies
and
suggests
coordination
for
U.
S.
and
international
efforts
planned
or
in
process
to
improve
the
management
of
fishing
capacity.

Anonymous
(
1996).
"
Economics
Without
Free­
Disposal:
The
Problem
of
Quota­
Induced
Discarding
in
Heterogenous
Fisheries."
Draft
manuscript,
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management.

Individual
quota
(
IQ)
programs
are
a
promising
and
increasingly
common
means
of
regulating
fisheries.
This
paper
examines
how
profit
maximizing
fishers
respond
to
different
types
of
IQ
programs
in
fisheries
where
many
types
of
fish
are
harvested
simultaneously.
The
paper
first
specifies
a
joint
production
function
for
the
fishery.
Using
this
technology,
the
responses
of
profit
maximizing
fishers
to
different
IQ
programs
are
analyzed.
This
analysis
shows
first
that
the
most
common
types
of
individual
quota
program
can
induce
discarding,
and
second
that
of
all
possible
individual
quota
programs,
only
those
that
regulate
the
value
of
harvest
never
induce
discarding.
Since
discarded
fish
have
a
high
mortality
rate,

value­
based

individual
quota
programs
are
superior
to
their
more
conventional
counterparts
in
that
they
waste
fewer
fish.
These
results
are
driven
by
the
fact
that
the
fishing
technology
examined
here
does
not
satisfy
a

free­
disposal

assumption.
Since
this
free
disposal
assumption
is
ubiquitous
in
production
theory,
and
not
obviously
true,
the
framework
developed
herein
is
useful
for
analyzing
a
broad
class
of
problems
involving
joint
production.

Anonymous
(
1996).

An
Overview
of
the
Impacts
on
the
Biological
Status
of
Sharks.

Draft
Animals
Committee
Discussion
Paper
Pursuant
to
Cites
Resolution
Conf.
9.17,
August,
7
pp.

The
executive
summary
from
a
paper
that
provides
an
overview
of
the
3
5
impacts
on
the
biological
status
of
shark
populations
worldwide.
The
biological
characteristics
of
sharks
are
reviewed
along
with
the
analytical
problems
deriving
from
the
limited
available
data
on
sharks
worldwide.
Current
or
potentially
negative
influences
on
shark
populations
are
outlined,
including
directed
commercial
and
recreational
fisheries,
bycatch
and
discards
of
sharks,
overexploitation
of
prey
species,
habitat
degradation
in
pupping
and
nursery
areas,
and
beach
netting.
An
overview
of
these
impacts
is
provided
by
region
and
country.
Methods
currently
employed
to
address
these
impacts
are
discussed
as
well
as
actions
taken
to
date
by
international
scientific
and
fishery
organizations.
The
conclusions
address
issues
required
to
develop
a
more
complete
understanding
of
the
biological
status
of
sharks
worldwide.

Anonymous
(
1996).

Summary
of
State
Regulations
Affecting
Shark
Resources
By
States
Maine
Through
Texas.

Meeting
of
the
Shark
Operations
Team,
Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
August
27­
28,
2
pp.

The
states
from
Maine
through
Texas
were
surveyed
during
June
1996
to
determine
what
regulations
exist
that
either
directly
or
indirectly
affected
the
harvest
of
shark
resources.
These
regulations
are
summarized
in
this
document.

Anonymous
(
1997).

Coordination
of
United
States
and
International
Efforts
to
Improve
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity.

Proposal,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

This
paper
identifies
and
suggests
coordination
for
U.
S.
and
international
efforts
planned
or
in
process
to
improve
the
management
of
fishing
capacity.

Anonymous
(
1997).

Discussion
Paper
on
Supply
and
Demand
Projections
for
Fish
and
Fisheries
Products.

Submitted
by
Japan
for
the
Eighth
FWG,
APEC.

A
proposal
to
conduct
supply
and
demand
analysis
for
fishery
products
in
the
APEC
region.

Anonymous
(
1997).

MRFSS
Economic
Add­
On
Survey.

Version
May
3,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

Add
on
intercept
survey
instrument
for
recreational
valuation
study.

Anonymous
(
1997).
Untitled.
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service.

Quota
monitoring
report
that
reviews
the
current
status
of
red
snapper
landings
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Anonymous
(
1997).

Bibliography
for
the
Florida
Keys
National
Marine
Sanctuary
Socioeconomic
Monitoring
Plan.

National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

A
set
of
references
on
the
economics
related
to
marine
sanctuaries
in
the
Florida
Keys.

Anonymous
(
1998).

A
Brief
Summary
of
Existing
Situation
of
Relevant
High
Sea
Stock,
in
Particular
for
Highly
Migratory
Species.

Japan,
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity,
La
Jolla
California,
U.
S.
A.,
April
15­
18,
3
pp.
3
6
This
paper
is
intended
to
review
the
situation
of
high
seas
resources
and
fisheries
targeting
at
them
in
the
hope
to
contribute
to
the
discussion
at
the
Expert
Meeting
on
management
of
Fishing
Capacity
to
be
held
in
April
this
year.
In
assessing
the
degrees
of
fishing
capacity,
the
starting
point
should
be
clarification
of
the
present
state
of
resources
and
fisheries.
The
fishery
resources
dealt
in
this
paper
include
tuna,
bottom
fishes
and
salmon.
This
paper
utilizes
to
the
fullest
extent
the
present
knowledge
available
on
the
state
of
many
of
the
high
seas
resources
and
fisheries
shared
by
regional
fisheries
management
organizations.

Anonymous
(
1998).

Broader
Policy
and
Institutional
Considerations.

Draft
Report,
Working
Group
4,
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity,
FAO,
La
Jolla
CA,
April
15­
18,
5
pp.

A
series
of
recommendations
on
policy
issues
related
to
the
management
of
capacity
on
a
national
and
international
basis
are
presented.
Institutional
requirements
include
the
establishment
of
a
registry
of
vessels
and
boats
in
the
fishing
industry
and
the
collection
of
economic
data
necessary
to
study
the
dynamics
of
entry
and
exit
behavior
in
the
fishing
fleet.
Co­
management
was
strongly
recommended
as
a
means
of
controlling
excess
capacity
and
subsidies
were
discouraged.

Anonymous
(
1998).

The
Deep
Green
Sea.

The
Economist,
May,
23.

A
survey
of
issues
concerning
the
use
of
the
oceans
as
a
commons.

Anonymous
(
1998).

FAO
Consultation
on
Fishing
Capacity.

Draft
Report,
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity,
FAO,
La
Jolla
CA,
April
15­
18,
1
pp.

Proposal
for
working
definitions
of
key
terms
to
be
adopted
by
the
Technical
Working
Group.

Anonymous
(
1998).

Incentive
Blocking
Control
Methods:
Preparation
of
Guidelines.

Day
1
Report,
Working
Group
2,
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity,
FAO,
La
Jolla
CA,
April
15­
18.

Whilst
incentive
blocking
methods
are
frequently
seen
as
problematical,
there
are
many
fisheries
in
both
developed
and
developing
situations
where
they
offer
a
viable
(
and
often
the
only
alternative)
to
managing
capacity.
It
is
considered
that
in
general
the
well
known
shortcomings
associated
with
incentive
blocking
mechanisms
have
been
managed
poorly,
and
in
the
light
of
experience,
such
measures
can
be
and
are
used
successfully
in
certain
circumstances.

Anonymous
(
1998).

Incentive
Blocking
Control
Methods
&
High
Seas.

Working
Group
2,
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity,
FAO,
La
Jolla
CA,
April
15­
18.

An
agenda
to
facilitate
discussion
of
incentive
blocking
methods
to
control
fishing
capacity
in
high
seas.

Anonymous
(
1998).

Issues
in
the
Management
of
Capacity.

Draft
Report,
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity,
FAO,
La
Jolla
CA,
April
15­
18,
3
pp.

An
issue
paper
raising
concerns
and
opinions
for
discussion
at
the
Technical
Working
Group.
3
7
Anonymous
(
1998).

Management
of
Fishing
Capacity.

U.
S.
Position
Paper,
October
26­
30,
FAO
Consultations.

The
U.
S.
position
on
adopting
a
global
plan
of
action
for
the
management
of
fishing
capacity.

Anonymous
(
1998).

Measurement
&
Monitoring
of
Fishing
Capacity.

Working
Group
1,
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity,
FAO,
La
Jolla
CA,
April
15­
18.

An
agenda
to
facilitate
discussion
of
incentive
blocking
methods
to
control
fishing
capacity
in
high
seas.

Anonymous
(
1998).

Recreational
Value
of
Sport­
Boat
Fishing:
Corpus
Christi
Bay,
Texas.

Draft.

This
study
applies
the
travel
cost
model
using
survey
data
collected
by
the
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife.
The
demand
model
for
sport­
boat
fishing
was
estimated
empirically
using
a
Maximum
Likelihood
approach,
which
recognizes
that
the
travel
cost
data
are
of
a
discrete
nature
and
subject
to
systematic
truncation.
The
estimates
generated
in
this
study
validate
the
notion
that
the
sport­
boat
fishing
services
provided
by
the
Corpus
Christi
Bays
are
significant,
and
that
improvements
in
habitat
and
water
quality
could
result
in
significant
gains
in
economic
value.

Anonymous
(
1998).

Report
of
Working
Group
3
on
Incentive
Adjusting
Control
Methods
and
Reduction
of
Capacity.

Draft
Report,
Working
Group
3,
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity,
FAO,
La
Jolla
CA,
April
15­
18,
5
pp.

Incentive
adjusting
control
methods
include
individual
quotas,
taxes,
group
fishing
rights,
and
individual
effort
quotas
because
they
tend
to
improve
or
tighten
the
connection
between
those
persons
making
fishery
management
and
capacity
decisions
and
the
persons
bearing
the
full
consequences
of
those
decisions.
If
the
consequences
are
entirely
borne
by
the
decision
maker,
there
are
no
external
effects
of
the
decision
and
the
decision­
maker
tends
to
act
in
the
social
interest
when
serving
his
selfinterest
It
is
important
to
realize
that
the
different
incentive
adjusting
control
methods
have
widely
different
implications
in
terms
of
wealth
generation
and,
in
particular,
its
distribution.
These
methods
potentially
could
lead
to
reductions
in
fishing
capacity
if
properly
applied
in
certain
fisheries.

Anonymous
(
1998).

Surf
Clam
Advisory
Report.

Report
to
the
Mid­
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council,
Annapolis,
MD,
March.

Report
on
the
biological
status
of
the
surf
clam
and
ocean
quahog
fishery
in
the
mid­
Atlantic
ocean.

Anthony,
Vaughn
C.
(
1990).

Fundamentals
of
Fisheries
Management
­­
The
Resource.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Fisheries
Center,
Woods
Hole,
MA,
October,
88
pp.

An
explanation
of
the
assessment
of
single
species
fish
stocks,
their
fisheries,
and
an
explanation
of
the
procedures,
advantages,
and
problems
of
different
management
techniques
is
provided.
The
multispecies
problem,
environmental
effects,
and
the
very
important
subject
of
risk
are
touched
on
in
the
paper.
The
social
and
economic
options
that
are
so
very
important
in
adjusting
the
optimum
biological
yields
are
not
discussed.
3
8
Antozzi,
William
O.
(
1993).
"
Import
and
Export
Trends
for
Selected
Seafood
Products
of
Interest
to
the
Southeast,
January
to
June,
1993."
Draft
report,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

This
report
is
a
six
month
update
to
the
annual
report
on
import
and
export
trends.
Products
and
countries
were
selected
based
on
relevance
to
current
trade
negotiations.
Original
trade
data
has
been
compiled
by
the
Bureau
of
the
Census
and
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service.
Sources
of
explanatory
information
include
U.
S.
foreign
embassy
reports
and
U.
S.
seafood
product
exporters
and
importers.

Appeldoorn,
R.,
J.
Beets,
J.
Bohnsack,
S.
Bolden,
D.
Matos,
S.
Meyers,
A.
Rosario,
Y.
Sadovy,
and
W.
Tobias
(
1992).
"
Shallow
Water
Reef
Fish
Stock
Assessment
for
the
U.
S.
Caribbean."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SEFSC­
304,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Miami,
Florida,
March,
70
pp.

A
stock
assessment
workshop
examined
fishery
trends
for
shallow
water
reef
fishes
in
the
U.
S.
Caribbean
based
on
available
fishery
landings
and
biostatistical
data.
Puerto
Rico,
St.
Croix,
and
the
combined
St.
Thomas/
St.
John
areas
were
chosen
as
appropriate
geographical
units
for
analysis.
The
workshop
focused
on
comparing
1985
with
1990
because
the
data
for
these
years
were
nearly
complete.
Trends
in
catch
per
unit
effort
were
examined
using
data
from
other
years
when
sufficient
data
were
available.
Deep
water
reef
fishes,
although
technically
not
included
in
the
Shallow
Water
Reef
Fish
Fishery
Management
Plan,
were
also
examined
because
of
their
importance
to
the
reef
fish
fishery.

Aquatic
Farms,
Ltd
(
1989).
"
Asia­
Wide
Shrimp
Agro­
Industry
Sector
Study.
"
Final
report
submitted
to
The
World
Band,
1818
H
Street,
N.
W.,
Washington,
D.
C.
20433,
June,
283
pp.

This
study
provides
an
analysis
of
global
marketing
trends
in
demand
and
supply
for
shrimp
exports
including
price
and
volume
projections;
and
a
review
of
the
shrimp
subsector
in
seven
Asian
countries
(
India,
Bangladesh,
Thailand,
Malaysia,
Indonesia,
Philippines,
and
China),
indicating
potential
areas
of
financial
and
technical
assistance
in
the
development
of
shrimp
agroindustries
The
study
assesses
the
scope
for
the
expansion
of
shrimp
exports
from
the
seven
countries
and
determines
assistance
needs
in
the
development
of
shrimp
aquaculture.

Araujo,
A.
and
J.
A.
Scheinkman
(
1983).
"
Maximum
Principle
and
Transversality
Condition
for
Concave
Infinite
Horizon
Economic
Models."
Journal
of
Economic
Theory,
30:
1­
16.

Necessary
conditions
for
optimality
in
infinite
horizon
concave
maximization
problems,
that
include
a
generalized
"
Euler
Equation"
and
a
transversality
condition
at
infinity,
are
established.
The
formulation
admits
implicit
state
constraints
and
utility
functions
with
infinite
steepness
at
the
boundary.
For
these
reasons
support
prices
present
discontinuities
and
a
theorem
characterizing
such
discontinuities
is
present.

Armstrong,
C.
W.
(
1994).
"
Cooperative
Solutions
in
a
Transboundary
Fishery:
The
Russian­
Norwegian
Co­
Management
of
the
Arcto­
Norwegian
Cod
Stock."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
9(
4):
329­
351.
3
9
To
focus
on
the
necessity
of
justifying
a
specific
choice
of
cooperative
solution
for
applied
analysis,
a
cooperative
game
theoretic
setting
is
used
to
describe
possible
solutions
for
the
Russian­
Norwegian
joint
management
of
the
migratory
Arcto­
Norwegian
cod
stock.
Three
different
cooperative
solutions,
as
well
as
cooperative
compensated
solutions
to
the
problem,
are
introduced
and
discussed.
The
cooperative
solutions
are
compared
to
one
another
in
terms
of
the
parties'
preferences,
threats
and
maximum
points,
and
further
set
into
a
context
of
compensated
exchange.
Based
on
the
cooperative
and
compensated
solutions
discussed,
a
negotiation
framework
is
established
in
which
four
distinct
stages
of
decision
making
can
be
identified.
Finally,
the
different
solutions
are
discussed
in
the
setting
of
Norway
and
Russia's
current
political
and
economic
environment.
The
so
called
Salukvadze
solution,
compensated
or
not,
can
be
seen
to
be
an
appropriate
solution
to
the
fisheries
problem.
The
compensation
must
be
paid
over
time
to
Russia.

Arnarson,
Ingolfur
(
199?).

A
Fishery
Management
Model.
The
Case
of
the

Olympic
System

with
an
Application
to
Alaska.

Working
Paper,
Oregon
State
University,
Oregon,
34
pp.

This
model
of
an
Olympic
System
fishery
treats
biological
factors
as
exogenous
variables
and
emphasizes
the
capture
of
economic
and
institutional
change
under
different
fishery
management
schemes.
The
model
works
on
a
multi­
product,
multi­
sector,
and
multi­
species
basis
either
seasonally
or
annually.
The
model
does
not
include
capital
flow
in
the
sector
and
as
such
is
a
short
term
model.

Arnarson,
Ingolfur
and
Pall
Jensson
(
199?).

The
Impact
of
Product
Mix
on
Optimal
Fishing
Quota.

Working
Paper,
Oregon
State
University,
Oregon
and
University
of
Iceland,
15
pp.

In
this
paper,
we
focus
on
the
impact
of
product
mix
decisions
made
by
operators
in
the
fisheries
on
the
sales
prices
and
on
the
optimal
individual
fishing
quota
allocated
to
each
vessel.
It
is
shown
that
an
optimal
fisheries
management
scheme
cannot
be
determined
without
considering
the
market
prices
and
the
production
attributes
of
the
fish
products.
Also,
contrary
to
the
results
of
fisheries
economic
models
to
now,
it
is
not
necessarily
optimal
to
give
as
high
a
quota
as
possible
to
each
vessel,
and
thus
to
operate
as
few
vessels
as
possible.

Arnarson,
Ingolfur
and
Pall
Jensson
(
199?).

Simulation
Model
of
Factory
Trawler
Operation.

Working
Paper,
Oregon
State
University,
Oregon
and
University
of
Iceland,
19
pp.

The
paper
describes
a
model
with
simulates
a
factory
trawler,
haul
by
haul
and
trip
by
trip.
The
case
of
a
factory
trawler
is
chosen
because
it
has
both
the
catching
and
the
processing
operations.
A
LP
model
is
embedded
to
plan
the
processing
of
each
haul

s
catch.
Among
the
many
potential
applications
of
the
model,
the
two
discussed
in
the
paper
are
the
testing
of
decision
support
systems
and
an
analysis
of
the
impacts
of
different
fisheries
management
schemes
on
the
individual
firms.

Arnarson,
Ingolfur
and
Richard
S.
Johnston
(
199?).

A
New
Approach
to
Fishery
Management
with
a
Application
to
the
Fisheries
in
Gulf
of
Alaska
and
Bering
Sea.

Working
Paper,
Norwegian
College
of
Fishery
Science,
University
of
Tromsoe,
Norway
and
Department
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
Oregon
State
University,
Oregon,
34
pp.

A
linear
programming
approach
to
multi­
species,
multi­
product
fishery
management
based
on
an
institutional
analysis
of
weak
and
strong
ownership
of
4
0
living
marine
resources
is
proposed
for
the
Alaskan
groundfish
fishery.

Arnason,
Ragnar
(
1989).
"
Minimum
Information
Management
with
the
Help
of
Catch
Quotas."
In
P.
A.
Neher
et
al
(
eds.)
Rights
Based
Fishing,
p.
215­
241.

This
paper
agues
that
in
most
ocean
fisheries
the
data
requirements
for
the
calculation
of
optimal
tax
rates,
catch
quotas,
etc.
greatly
exceed
the
capacity
of
any
resource
manager.
It
follows
that
management
systems
based
on
such
approaches
are
of
little
practical
use.
On
the
other
hand,
there
appear
to
exist
institutional
arrangements
that
allow
the
resource
manager
to
take
advantage
of
the
market
mechanism
to
solve
the
management
problem.
This
paper
addresses
this
issue.
It
attempts
to
specify
institutional
arrangements
of
the
fisheries
and
management
procedures
that
permit
optimal
management
with
minimal
use
of
extraneous
information.
This
is
referred
to
in
the
paper
as
minimum
information
management
schemes
(
MIMS).

Arnason,
Ragnar
(
1993).
"
On
Catch
Discarding
in
Fisheries."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

This
paper
finds
that
the
imposition
of
an
ITQ
program
on
a
fishery
in
which
differential
market
grades
exist
will
lead
to
increased
discarding
of
the
smaller
fish.

Arnason,
Ragnar
(
1993).
"
The
Icelandic
Individual
Transferable
Quota
System:
A
Descriptive
Account."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
8(
3):
201­
218.

This
paper
provides
a
brief
description
of
the
evolution
and
current
structure
of
the
individual
quota
system
(
IQ)
in
the
Icelandic
fisheries.
This
particular
fisheries
management
system
was
introduced
at
different
times
in
different
fisheries­
in
the
herring
fisheries
in
1976,
in
the
capelin
fishery
in
1980,
and
the
demersal
fisheries
in
1984.
Since
1990
all
Icelandic
fisheries
have
been
subject
to
a
uniform
system
of
individual
transferable
quotas
(
ITQs).
The
paper
discusses
the
social
and
economic
impetus
for
the
initial
adoption
of
the
ITQ
fisheries
system
in
the
various
fisheries,
sketches
its
subsequent
development
and
describes
the
key
elements
of
the
current
system.
Assessments
of
the
economic
impact
of
the
ITQ
system
are
presented
in
the
las
part
of
the
paper.
Although
a
definitive
study
of
this
impact
is
not
available,
the
various
indicators
presented
generally
indicate
an
improvement,
sometimes
substantial
one,
in
the
economic
efficiency
of
the
fisheries
in
question.

Arnason,
Ragnar
(
1994).
"
On
Catch
Discarding
in
Fisheries."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
9(
3):
189­
207.

This
paper
examines
the
economics
of
catch
discarding
in
fisheries.
To
study
this
issue
a
simple
dynamic
fisheries
model
is
constructed.
On
the
basis
of
this
model,
it
is
demonstrated
that
in
a
differentiated
fishery
discarding
of
catch
may
be
socially
optimal.
The
paper
goes
on
to
show
that
individual
firms
in
a
free
access,
competitive
fishery
employ
the
socially
optimal
discarding
rule.
In
contrast,
the
individual
transferable
quota
(
ITQ)
fisheries
management
regime
tends
to
generate
an
excessive
incentive
for
discarding
catch.
The
problem,
however,
does
not
appear
to
derive
from
the
ITQ
system
as
such.
Rather,
it
seems
to
depend
on
the
imperfect
application
of
the
system
to
real
fisheries.
The
concept
of
a
discarding
function
is
defined
and
it
is
shown
that
at
least
within
the
framework
of
the
model
4
1
employed
the
discarding
function
for
an
ITQ
fishery
dominates
the
one
for
free
access,
competitive
fisheries.
Numerical
examples
are
provided.
Finally,
possible
remedies
of
the
discarding
problem
are
briefly
discussed.

Arnason,
Ragnar
(
1995).

On
Selectivity
and
Discarding
in
an
ITQ
Fishery.

In,
Bio­
Economic
Modelling
in
the
EU,
Concerted
Action
Coordination
of
Research
in
Fishery
Economics,
Working
Document
Nr:
7,(
AIR
CT94
1489),
Workshop,
Edinburgh,
October:
92­
99.

The
theory
on
discarding
of
catch
at
sea
demonstrates
that
an
unmodified
application
of
the
ITQ
fisheries
management
system
induces
an
incentive
for
discarding
of
fish
in
excess
of
what
is
socially
optimal.
In
fact,
the
basic
result
is
that
there
is
no
simple
relationship
between
discards
and
the
two
management
systems
of
ITQ
fisheries
management
and
an
unmanaged
fishery.
Discards
may
either
increase
or
decrease
as
a
consequence
of
the
introduction
of
an
ITQ
management
system
depending
upon
the
fishing
gear
selectivity
and
fishing
ground
choice
made
by
the
participants.
Although
the
tendency
to
discard
harvested
fish
may
increase
under
an
ITQ
fisheries
management
system,
the
impact
of
the
same
system
on
harvesting
selectivity
may
actually
lead
to
a
reduction
in
the
total
volume
of
discards.

Arnason,
Ragnar
(
1998).

Ocean
Fisheries
Management:
Implications
for
the
Volume
and
Quality
of
Fish
Supply.

Fisheries
Research,
34:
215­
225.

This
paper
considers
the
probable
impact
of
improved
fisheries
management
on
the
volume
and
quality
of
fish
supply.
It
is
shown
that
the
transition
from
a
rent
dissipation
equilibrium
(
where
most
open
access
fisheries
find
themselves)
to
an
economically
efficient
equilibrium
may
just
as
easily
entail
a
decrease
as
an
increase
in
the
volume
of
harvest.
Indeed,
given
the
current
level
of
the
world

s
fish
stocks,
it
appears
unlikely
that
the
current
trend
toward
economically
efficient
fisheries
management
regimes
will
result
in
a
significant
increase
in
the
worldwide
supply
of
marine
catches.
Therefore,
it
seems
that
a
sustained
increase
in
the
future
volume
of
fish
supply
must
continue
to
come
from
fish
farming.
The
movement
toward
more
efficient
fisheries
management
regimes
is,
on
the
other
hand,
likely
to
substantially
enhance
the
quality
of
landed
catch.
Due
to
fish
stock
and
fishing
capital
dynamics,
however,
this
effect
is
likely
to
be
stronger
in
the
short
rather
than
the
long
run.

Arnason,
Ragnar
(
1998).

Notes
on
the
Impact
of
ITQs
in
Iceland.

Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity,
FAO,
La
Jolla
CA,
April
15­
18,
5
pp.

The
individual
vessel
quota
system
in
Iceland
seems
to
have
yielded
considerable
economic
benefits.
New
investment
in
fishing
capital
has
been
reduced
and
the
fishing
fleet
has
contracted.
In
some
fisheries,
the
number
of
operating
units
has
dropped
significantly.
Fishing
effort
has
also
been
significantly
reduced.
Finally,
estimates
of
the
actual
economic
rents
generated
by
the
system
as
well
as
analysis
of
quota
values
strongly
indicate
that
very
substantial
economic
benefits
are
already
being
generated
by
this
management
system.

Arndorfer,
David
J.
and
Nancy
Bockstael
(
1986).
"
Estimating
the
Effects
of
King
Mackerel
Bag
Limits
on
Charter
Boat
Captains
and
Anglers."
Prepared
under
contract
for
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida
33149
by
Environmental
Resources
Management­
North
Central,
Inc.,
Suite
200,
835
Sterling
Avenue,
Palatine,
Illinois
60067.
4
2
This
report
researches
techniques
for
estimating
the
effects
of
bag
limits
on
recreational
anglers,
and
provides
preliminary
estimates
for
the
recreational
anglers
in
Panama
City
Beach
and
Destin,
Florida
as
part
of
a
pilot
study
of
the
charter
boat
industry
in
northwestern
Florida.

Arnold,
Vic
(
196?).
"
Shrimp."
Unpublished
working
paper.

In
this
study,
vessels
from
13
major
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
ports
were
surveyed
to
determine
their
cost
and
earning
structure.
This
information
was
combined
with
effort
data
for
a
sample
of
vessels
spending
50
percent
or
more
of
their
time
on
the
Tortugas
shrimp
grounds.
Using
both
these
series
of
data,
broken
down
into
vessel
size
categories
and
specifying
the
distribution
of
landings
between
three
Florida
ports,
a
linear
programming
model
was
developed
for
the
expressed
purpose
of
determining
the
optimal
patterns,
the
distribution
of
species
and
the
cost
components
of
vessel
operations.
Using
constraints
based
on
various
assumptions,
results
were
derived
that
suggested
considerable
differences
from
current
port
use
patterns.
Social
benefits
derived
from
their
application
demonstrate
the
value
of
this
technique.

Arnott,
Richard
J.
and
Joseph
E.
Stiglitz
(
1979).
"
Aggregate
Land
Rents,
Expenditure
on
Public
Goods,
and
Optimal
City
Size."
The
Quarterly
Journal
of
Economics,
43(
4):
471­
500.

This
paper
explores
the
relationship
between
aggregate
land
rents
and
public
expenditure
in
a
residential
urban
economy.

Arrow,
Kenneth
J.
(
1964).
"
Optimal
Capital
Policy,
the
Cost
of
Capital,
and
Myopic
Decision
Rules."
Annals
of
the
Institute
of
Statistical
Mathematics,
16:
21­
30.

The
rule
for
an
optimal
investment
policy
requires
equating
at
any
moment
of
time,
the
instantaneous
marginal
productivity
of
capital
to
C(
t)
which
is
determined
by
depreciation
conditions
and
the
future
course
of
the
rate
of
interest
and
is
independent
of
the
profit
function.
This
rule
is
myopic
in
that
the
future
movements
of
the
profit
function
play
no
role
in
the
determination
of
the
current
stock
of
capital
and
therefore
of
current
investment.
The
rate
of
interest
in
question
is
the
instantaneous
or
shortterm
rate,
not
as
usually
assumed
a
long­
term
rate
and
the
depreciation
(
replacement)
component
is
not
purely
technological
but
in
general
depends
on
future
interest
rates.

Arrow,
Kenneth
J.
and
Sheldon
Chang
(
1982).
"
Optimal
Pricing,
Use,
and
Exploration
of
Uncertain
Natural
Resource
Stocks."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
9:
1­
10.

Units
of
natural
resources
to
be
called
"
mines"
are
assumed
distributed
over
an
unexplored
territory
according
to
a
Poisson
process
in
space.
At
any
moment,
total
reserves
and
unexplored
land
are
given.
Society
can
determine
the
rate
of
consumption
and
the
rate
of
exploration.
Reserves
are
drawn
down
by
consumption
and
increased
by
discoveries
made
during
exploration;
the
amount
of
unexplored
land
is
decreased
by
exploration.
At
any
moment,
the
payoff
of
society
is
a
concave
function
of
consumption
less
a
linear
function
of
exploration
with
future
payoffs
discounted.
Optimal
policies
are
considered
and,
in
particular,
it
is
shown
for
a
large
amount
of
unexplored
land
the
shadow
prices
of
reserves
and
of
unexplored
land
move
in
random
cycles
but
show
only
a
slight
upward
tread,
thereby
casting
some
light
on
the
failure
of
mineral
prices
to
rise
at
the
market
rate
of
interest.

Arrow,
Kenneth
J.
and
Mordecai
Kurz
(
1970).
Public
Investment,
The
Rate
4
3
of
Return,
and
Optimal
Fiscal
Policy.
Resources
for
the
Future,
Inc.,
The
Johns
Hopkins
Press,
Baltimore.

A
path
breaking
formulation
of
the
problems
of
public
expenditure
in
the
context
of
modern
economic
growth
theory
has
been
produced
in
this
book.
The
authors
tie
the
determination
of
the
allocation
of
resources
between
public
and
private
sectors
to
the
goal
of
getting
the
economic
system
onto
an
efficient
growth
path.
While
the
models
utilized
are
highly
abstract,
there
are
provocative
implications
for
the
determination
of
the
appropriate
discount
rate
and
the
entire
process
of
economic
planning.

Arrow,
Kenneth,
Robert
Solow,
Paul
R.
Portney,
Edward
E.
Leamer,
Roy
Radner,
and
Howard
Schuman
(
1993).
"
Report
of
the
NOAA
Panel
on
Contingent
Valuation."
Panel
report,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Washington,
D.
C.

Following
the
introduction,
the
drawbacks
to
the
CV
technique
are
discussed
in
Section
II.
Section
III
discusses
several
key
issues
concerning
the
design
of
CV
surveys,
including
use
of
the
referendum
format
to
elicit
individual
values,
ways
of
addressing
the
so­
called
"
embedding"
problem,
and
the
evaluation
of
damages
that
last
for
some
period
but
not
forever.
Section
IV
presents
guidelines
to
which
the
Panel
believes
any
CV
study
should
adhere
if
the
study
is
to
produce
information
useful
in
natural
resource
damage
assessment.
In
Section
V
a
research
agenda
is
described;
it
is
the
Panel's
belief
that
future
applications
of
the
CV
technique
may
be
less
time
consuming
and
contentious
if
the
research
described
in
the
agenda
is
carried
out.
Section
VI
presents
the
Panel's
conclusions.

Asche,
Frank
(
1997).

Trade
Disputes
and
Productivity
Gains:
The
Curse
of
Farmed
Salmon
Production?

Marine
Resource
Economics,
12(
1):
67­
73.

The
relationship
between
productivity
developments
and
price
declines
in
salmon
farming
using
Norwegian
data
is
the
focus
of
this
paper.
This
is
of
interest
because
international
trade
conflicts
in
relation
to
farmed
salmon
between
Norway,
the
largest
producer,
and
the
producer
nations
with
poor
profitability
have
resulted
in
trade
restrictions
on
several
occasions.

Ashford,
Lori
S.
and
Jeanne
A.
Noble
(
1996).

Population
Policy:
Consensus
and
Challenges.

Consequences,
2(
2):
24­
36.

A
consensus
was
developed
at
the
International
Conference
on
Population
and
Development
held
in
Cairo
in
1994
that
recognizes
that
consumption
in
wealthy
countries
and
rapid
population
growth
in
poor
countries
put
pressure
on
the
natural
environment,
both
locally
and
globally.
Yet,
rather
than
simply
equating
population
policy
with
family
planning,
the
new
thinking
is
that
population
growth
should
be
stabilized
by
attacking
some
of
the
roots
of
the
problem:
by
improving
women

s
access
to
education,
health
care,
and
economic
and
political
decisions.
How
the
consensus
emerged,
what
it
will
cost
to
implement
a
world
program
of
action,
and
the
challenges
that
governments
in
rich
and
poor
countries
face
in
addressing
these
issues
is
reviewed
here.

Asian
Pacific
Economics
Committee
Fisheries
Working
Group
(
1997).

Trade
and
Investment
Liberalization
in
Fisheries,
Phase
I:
Tariffs.

Draft
Report,
Los
Cabos,
Mexico,
June
11­
12.

This
report
on
tariffs
is
the
first
of
a
four
part
fisheries
sector
trade
study
program
aimed
at
providing
a
better
understanding
of
the
fisheries
tariffs
among
the
APEC
economies.
High
tariffs
that
serve
as
an
impediment
to
4
4
trade,
are
highlighted
in
the
report.

Asian
Pacific
Economics
Cooperation
(
1997).

Inventory
of
Fisheries
Administrations
and
Organizations
in
APEC
Member.

Fisheries
Working
Group,
Singapore.

This
inventory
provides
basic
information
on
fishery
administrations
and
organizations
of
APEC
members
to
improve
understanding
among
APEC
members
and
facilitate
coordination
and
cooperation
among
the
relevant
fishery
agencies
and
organizations
of
APEC
members.

Assaf,
George
B.,
Brent
G.
Kroetch,
and
Subodh
C.
Mathur
(
1986).

Nonmarket
Valuations
of
Accidental
Oil
Spills:
A
Survey
of
Economic
and
Legal
Principles.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
2(
3):
211­
237.

This
paper
presents
an
overview
of
legal
and
economic
theories
used
to
assess
liability
and
damages
for
loss
of
nonmarket
goods
arising
from
an
accidental
oil
spill.
Several
different
economic
methods
used
for
quantifying
values
are
discussed
and
critiqued.
Also
reviewed
are
the
fundamental
legal
doctrines
that
permit
individuals
and
public
agencies
to
seek
compensation
for
these
damages.
To
illustrate
the
applicability
of
these
economic
and
legal
theories,
two
case
studies
are
presented
and
evaluated
in
terms
of
the
principles
presented
earlier.

Atkinson,
Scott
E.
(
1983).
"
Marketable
Pollution
Permits
and
Acid
Rain
Externalities."
Canadian
Journal
of
Economics,
16:
704­
722.

This
paper
examines
the
economic
implications
of
currently
proposed
marketable
pollution
right
(
MPR)
systems
for
attaining
ambient
air
quality
standards
in
local
airsheds.
We
show
that
(
1)
the
magnitude
of
local
control
costs
for
one
MPR
system
must
be
less
than
or
equal
to
that
under
the
current
pollution
control
system
and
(
2)
if
this
MPR
system
significantly
reduces
local
costs
of
control,
it
must
significantly
increase
local
ambient
degradation
and,
with
high
probability,
the
extent
of
long
range
sulfate
deposition.
A
simulation
for
a
region
of
the
Ohio
River
Basin
indicates
that
the
cost
saving
and
increased
ambient
degradation
and
sulfate
deposition
in
the
Northeast
and
Canada
should
be
large.

Atkinson,
Scott
E.
and
T.
H.
Tietenberg
(
1982).
"
The
Empirical
Properties
of
Two
Classes
of
Designs
for
Transferable
Discharge
Permit
Markets."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
9:
101­
121.

Previous
work
by
Atkinson
and
Lewis
and
Anderson
it
al.
has
indicated
the
tremendous
cost
advantages
to
be
achieved
by
moving
from
a
policy
based
on
emission
standards
to
one
based
on
marketable
emission
permits.
As
Tietenberg
points
out,
however,
neither
of
the
major
permit
designs
treated
in
the
literature
are
optimal
from
all
points
of
view.
This
has
triggered
a
search
for
alternative
permit
designs,
that
while
they
may
not
minimize
compliance
costs
have
sufficient
other
virtues
as
to
make
them
attractive
on
other
grounds.
The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
examine,
within
the
context
of
an
empirical
mathematical
programming
model,
the
air
quality
emission,
and
cost
consequences
of
two
classes
of
the
permit
designs
that
can
be
implemented
in
the
absence
of
information
on
control
costs.
This
case
study
involves
particulate
control
in
St.
Louis.

Atkinson,
Scott
E.,
Christopher
Cornwell,
and
Olaf
Honerkamp
(
1999).
"
Measuring
and
Decomposing
Productivity
Change:
Stochastic
Distance
Function
Estimation
vs.
DEA."
Draft
Report,
Department
4
5
of
Economics,
University
of
Georgia,
Athens,
GA,
August,
26
pp.

Linear
programming
techniques
have
been
widely
used
to
compute
Malmquist
indices
of
productivity
change
as
ratios
of
fitted
distances
from
a
convex
hull
frontier.
These
indices
are
then
decomposed
into
technical
and
efficiency
change.
However,
since
this
approach
is
non­
stochastic,
inference
is
problematic.
Further,
although
the
Malmquist
index
is
valid
for
any
degree
of
returns
to
scale,
productivity
change
is
measured
relative
to
a
constant
returns
to
scale
frontier.
As
an
alternative,
we
develop
and
estimate
a
flexible
stochastic
distance
frontier
which
allows
for
statistical
inference
and
imposes
no
restrictions
on
returns
to
scale.
We
indicate
how
productivity
change
can
be
decomposed
into
technical
and
efficiency
change
and
specify
an
appropriate
generalized
method
of
moments
strategy.
Finally,
comparisons
are
drawn
between
the
stochastic
and
non­
stochastic
methods
using
a
panel
of
electric
utilities.

Atlantic
Coastal
Cooperative
Statistics
Program
(
1998).

Social
and
Economic
Surveys
for
Commercial
Harvesters.

Appendix
D.

Survey
of
commercial
and
recreational
economic
data
questionnaire
forms.

Atlantic
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission
(
1998).

Study
of
Federal
Investment.

Draft
report.
1444
Eye
Street,
N.
W.,
Sixth
Floor,
Washington,
D.
C.,
December.

The
historical
background
of
the
development
of
government
fisheries
policy
including
efforts
to
promote
the
development
of
fishing
activity
and
efforts
to
conserve
fishery
resources
provides
an
introduction
to
two
broad
concept
papers
on
subsidy
issues
and
capacity
as
they
apply
to
fisheries.

Atran,
Steven
(
1994).
"
Quick
Estimate
of
Recreational
Red
Snapper
Reduction
From
a
15"
Size
Limit."
Memorandum
to
the
Stock
Assessment
Panel,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
W.
Kennedy
Blvd.,
Tampa,
FL,
November,
26
pp.

A
"
back
of
the
envelope"
type
analysis
of
the
impact
of
a
7
fish
bag
limit/
15"
size
limit
regulation
on
recreational
pounds
of
red
snapper
harvest
for
1995.

Atran,
Steven
(
1997).
"
Gulf
of
Mexico
Recreational
Red
Snapper
Closes
Nov.
27.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
The
Commons
at
Rivergate,
3018
U.
S.
Highway
301
North,
Suite
1000,
Tampa,
Florida,
November,
3
pp.

Answers
to
a
series
of
questions
concerning
red
snapper
biological
assessments
and
data
collection
techniques.

Attaran,
Mohsen
and
Massoud
M.
Saghafi
(
1988).
"
Concentration
Trends
and
Profitability
in
the
U.
S.
Manufacturing
Sector:
1970­
84."
Applied
Economics,
20:
1497­
1510.

It
has
been
suggested
that
the
U.
S.
economy
is
becoming
more
concentrated
and
less
competitive.
Concentration
is
also
claimed
to
affect
the
return
and
risk
of
companies.
In
this
paper,
using
the
entropy
technique,
the
concentration
index
for
the
manufacturing
sector
of
the
U.
S.
economy
has
been
computed
and
the
concentration
trend
has
been
analyzed.
Furthermore,
the
impact
of
concentration
on
return
and
risk
of
manufacturing
companies
is
investigated.
4
6
Attaran,
Mohsen
and
Martin
Zwick
(
19??).
"
An
Information
Theory
approach
to
Measuring
Industrial
Diversification."
Journal
of
Economic
Studies,
16(
1):
19­
30.

Paper
presents
the
Shannon
entropy
measure
of
diversity
to
determine
concentration
in
a
market.

Ault,
Jerald
S.,
James
A.
Bohnsack,
and
Geoffrey
A.
Meester
(
1998).

A
Retrospective
(
1979­
1996)
Multispecies
Assessment
of
Coral
Reef
Fish
Stocks
in
the
Florida
Keys
USA.

Draft
report
presented
at
the
National
Stock
Assessment
Workshop,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Key
Largo,
FL.

A
baseline
assessment
for
35
economically
and
ecologically
important
Florida
Keys
reef
fish
stocks
is
provided
using
a
systems
approach
that
integrates
sampling,
statistics,
and
mathematical
modeling.
Quantitative
fishery
independent
data
from
reef
fish
visual
surveys
conducted
by
SCUBA
divers
from
1979­
1995
were
used
to
develop
estimates
of
population
abundance,
assemblage
composition,
and
stock
structures
in
relation
to
key
physical
and
habitat
factors.
Exploitation
effects
were
assessed
using
a
new
length­
based
algorithm
that
calculates
total
mortality
rates
from
estimates
of

average
length
of
fish
in
the
exploitable
phase
of
the
stock.

These
estimates
were
highly
correlated
for
two
statistically
independent
headboat
catches.
We
developed
a
reef
fish
equilibrium
exploitation
simulation
(
REEFS)
model
and
used
estimates
of
fishing
mortality
to
assess
yield
per
recruit
relative
to
fishing
intensity
and
gear
selectivity,
and
spawning
potential
ratio
(
SPR)
relative
to
U.
S.
federal

overfishing

standards.
Our
analysis
show
that
13
of
16
groupers
(
Epinephilinae),
7
of
13
snappers
(
Lutjanidae),
one
wrasse
(
Labridae),
and
2
of
5
grunts
(
Haemulidae)
are
below
the
30%
SPR
overfishing
minimum.
Some
stocks
appear
to
have
been
chronically
overfished
since
the
late
1970'
s.
The
Florida
Keys
reef
fish
fishery
exhibits
classic

serial
overfishing

in
which
the
largest,
most
desirable
and
vulnerable
species
are
depleted
by
fishing.
Rapid
growth
of
the
barracuda
population
(
Sphyraenidae)
during
the
same
period
suggests
that
fishing
has
contributed
to
substantial
changes
in
community
structure
and
dynamics.

Austin,
C.
Bruce
(
1981).
"
A
Interpretive
Review
of
Socio­
Economic
Study
of
Mackerel
Purse
Seine
Fishery."
Task
II
Report,
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council,
One
Southpark
Circle,
Ste.
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina,
May,
24
pp.

This
report
summarizes
the
results
of
the
analysis
and
interpretations
of
the
data
collected
under
task
II
of
a
contract
to
study
the
mackerel
purse
seine
fleet
in
the
south
Atlantic.

Austin,
C.
Bruce,
Robert
D.
Brugger,
J.
Connor
Davis,
Donald
P.
deSylva,
and
David
M.
Kittrell
(
1976).
"
Summary
of
a
Survey
of
Recreational
Billfish
and
Tuna
Fishing
Boats
Along
the
East
and
Gulf
Coast
States."
Report
to
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
September.

An
analysis
of
700
questionnaires
on
recreational
fishing
for
billfish
that
survived
a
fire
at
the
Rosenstiel
School
of
Marine
and
Atmospheric
Science
collected
in
1967­
68.

Azzam,
Azzeddine
M.
and
John
R.
Schroeter
(
1995).

The
Tradeoff
Between
Oligopsony
Power
and
Cost
Efficiency
in
Horizontal
Consolidation:
An
Example
from
Beef
Packing.

American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
77(
4):
825­
836.
4
7
In
this
paper,
we
model
the
tradeoff
between
regional
oligopsony
power
and
cost
efficiency
resulting
from
consolidation
in
a
food
processing
industry.
The
model
can
be
used
to
calculate
the
cost
reductions
necessary
to
offset
the
anticompetitive
effects
of
market
power
and
to
compare
them
to
actual
cost
savings
achieved
through
plant
scale
or
multiplant
operating
economies.
For
an
application,
we
choose
the
beef
packing
industry.
For
this
case,
we
find
that
the
estimated
cost
savings
necessary
to
neutralize
the
anticompetitive
effects
of
consolidation
in
beef
packing
are
about
half
the
actual
cost
savings
from
scale
economies.

Babson,
Bob
(
1994).
"
Limitations
on
Foreign
Ownership
of
IFQ."
Position
Paper
presented
at
the
Limited
Access
Workshop,
Seattle,
Washington,
November
1­
3.
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
General
Council,
Alaska
Region.

A
legal
discussion
of
the
foreign
ownership
of
individual
fishery
quota
(
IFQ).
Just
as
is
required
for
domestic
vessels,
the
Anti­
Reflagging
Act
requires
majority
domestic
ownership
of
IFQs.

Bailey,
Michael
(
1995).

Meeting
of
the
Shark
Operations
Team.

Summary
Report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
June
8th.

Report
summarizing
the
shark
operations
team
meeting
where
the
annual
stock
access
was
presented.
The
meeting
is
summarized
and
recommendations
for
future
management
actions
are
taken.
Also
includes
Rusty
Hudson

s
comments
on
the
shark
stock
assessment
and
need
for
management
action.

Bailey,
Michael
(
1995).

Options
for
Establishing
an
Interim
Permit
Moratorium
and
Eligibility
Criteria
for
the
Atlantic
Shark
Fishery.

Draft
Report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
July.

This
paper
discusses
possible
options
for
controlling
access
to
the
Atlantic
shark
fishery
via
a
permit
moratorium.

Bailey,
Michael
(
1996).

Atlantic
Sharks
Fishery
Management.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

Management
history
and
fact
sheet.

Bailey,
Michael
(
1996).

Atlantic
Sharks,
Specific
Data
Needs.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

A
listing
of
information
necessary
for
the
management
of
shark
species.
Includes
biological,
fisheries,
assessment
and
management,
and
socioeconomic
data
and
analyses.

Bailey,
C.
Michael
(
1996).

The
Integrated
Shark
Research
and
Management
Program
(
ISHARK).

1996
Semi­
annual
Report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

A
summary
of
the
ISHARK
program
accomplishments
during
1996
to
augment
and
improve
biological
and
economic
data
related
to
the
shark
fisheries
of
the
United
States.
4
8
Bainton,
Barry,
John
Catena,
and
Dick
Allen
(
1987).
"
Matching
Capital
to
Resources
in
the
Fish
Harvesting
Industry,
Limited
Entry
and/
or
Other
Alternatives."
Background
Paper
for
the
Conference,
Atlantic
Offshore
Fishermen's
Association.

The
central
issue
is
how
are
decisions
affecting
capitalization
in
the
fish
harvesting
industry
made,
and
how
can
they
be
influenced
to
avoid
overcapitalization.

Baker,
Gregory
L.
and
Jerry
P.
Collub
(
1990).
Chaotic
Dynamics.
Cambridge
University
Press,
New
York.

Do
not
have
a
copy
of
this
one
yet.

Bakun,
Andrew
(
1990).
"
Global
Climate
Change
and
Intensification
of
Coastal
Ocean
Upwelling."
Science,
247:
198­
201.

A
mechanism
exists
whereby
global
greenhouse
warming
could,
by
intensifying
the
alongshore
wind
stress
on
the
ocean
surface,
lead
to
acceleration
of
coastal
upwelling.
Evidence
from
several
different
regions
suggest
that
the
major
coastal
upwelling
systems
of
the
world
have
been
growing
in
upwelling
intensity
as
greenhouse
gases
have
accumulated
in
the
earth's
atmosphere.
Thus
the
cool
foggy
summer
conditions
that
typify
the
coastlands
of
northern
California
and
other
similar
upwelling
region
might,
under
global
warming,
become
even
more
pronounced.
Effects
of
enhanced
upwelling
on
the
marine
ecosystem
are
uncertain
but
potential
dramatic.

Baldwin,
Rebecca
T.
and
Bernard
A.
Megrey
(
1988).
"
Bioeconomic
Simulation
Model
of
the
Walleye
Pollock
Fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Alaska."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS
F/
NWC­
145,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service.

A
bioeconomic
simulation
model
was
used
to
evaluate
the
effect
of
alternative
harvesting
strategies
on
the
biological
status
and
profit
potential
of
the
walleye
pollock
(
Theragra
chalcogramma)
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Alaska.
The
simulation
model,
which
projects
future
stock
condition
given
likely
catch
and
recruitment
scenarios,
integrates
an
age
structured
population
dynamics
submodel
with
an
economic
submodel.
The
biological
submodel
describes
temporal
partitioning
of
the
annual
harvest
between
a
January
through
April
roe
fishery
that
targets
on
prespawning
aggregations
in
Shelikof
Strait
and
the
fishery
that
occurs
during
the
rest
of
the
year
in
the
central
and
western
gulf.
The
economic
submodel
includes
cost
and
revenue
functions
for
the
harvesting
sector.
Results
of
the
simulations
indicate
that:
1)
the
timing
of
the
harvest
can
be
an
important
factor
affecting
stock
condition
when
quotas
are
high
and
2)
a
reduction
in
the
quota
for
1987,
to
protect
the
strong
1984
year
class
that
was
first
available
to
the
fishery
in
1987,
would
reduce
the
discounted
present
value
of
profits
from
the
fishery
in
the
20
year
simulation.

Ball,
V.
Eldon
(
1988).
"
Modeling
Supply
Response
in
a
Multiproduct
Framework."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
&
0(
4):
813­
825.

The
paper
models
multiproduct
supply
response
in
agriculture
and
tests
key
assumptions
traditionally
maintained
in
supply
response
studies.
The
technology
is
approximated
by
a
restricted
profit
function.
The
properties
of
the
restricted
profit
function
are
imposed
during
estimation.
The
hypothesis
that
maintains
the
existence
of
output
price
and
quantity
indexes
that
satisfy
4
9
the
adding­
up
property
is
rejected.
The
existence
of
individual
production
functions
for
each
output
is
also
rejected.
Unless
joint
production
is
permitted,
the
estimates
of
responsiveness
of
a
particular
commodity
to
changes
in
own
price
or
prices
of
competing
outputs
are
likely
to
be
considerably
understated.

Ballantine,
W.
J.
(
1994).

The
Practicality
and
Benefits
of
a
Marine
Reserve
Network.

In
Karyn
L.
Gimbel
(
ed.)
Limiting
Access
to
Marine
Fisheries:
Keeping
the
Focus
on
Conservation,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

Marine
reserves
in
New
Zealand
have
proven
to
be
(
1)
popular,
(
2)
practical
to
enforce,
(
3)
useful
for
finding
out
more
about
basic
marine
conditions
and
processes,
(
4)
providing
a
more
natural
baseline
for
marine
managers,
and
(
5)
supportive
of
the
natural
ecosystem
without
requiring
any
particular
knowledge
of
what
this
is
or
how
it
operates.

Ballard,
Kenneth
and
James
Roberts
(
1977).

Empirical
Estimation
of
the
Capacity
Utilization
Rates
of
Fishing
Vessels
in
10
Major
Pacific
Coast
Fisheries.

Office
of
Scientific
and
Technical
Services,
Washington,
D.
C.,
March,
35
pp.

This
paper
proposes
to
measure
the
harvesting
capacity
of
the
major
elements
of
the
U.
S.
Pacific
fishing
fleet.
The
type
of
capacity
used
is
called

peak­
to­
peak

capacity
and
reflects
the
percentage
of
potential
harvest
that
the
industry
would
be
willing
to
produce
if
there
were
not
constraints
on
resource
availability
or
restrictions
on
resource
harvesting.
Because
the
definition
of
capacity
is
extremely
crucial
to
this
analysis
and
its
application,
the
underlying
assumptions
is
crucial
to
the
methodology
chosen
to
calculate
capacity.
Ten
Pacific
coast
fisheries
have
been
examined
for
15
to
17
years.
These
fisheries
account
for
86
percent
of
the
dollar
volume
and
72
percent
of
the
total
weight
volume
of
landings
in
the
Pacific
area.

Banks,
Richard
(
1998).

Adjustments
to
Fishing
Capacity
in
the
European
Union.

Draft
Report,
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity,
La
Jolla,
CA,
U.
S.
A.,
April
15­
18,
Nautilus
Consultants,
March,
29
pp.

An
evaluation
of
the
fishing
vessel
decommissioning
scheme
of
the
European
Union
to
achieve
a
20
percent
reduction
in
bottom
trawl
fisheries
and
a
15
percent
reduction
in
beam
trawl
fisheries
for
benthic
stocks.

Barbera,
Anthony
J.
and
Virginia
D.
McConnell
(
1986).
"
Effects
of
Pollution
Control
on
Industry
Productivity:
A
Factor
Demand
Approach."
The
Journal
of
Industrial
Economics,
35(
2):
161­
172.

Four
major
manufacturing
industries
are
examined.
The
abatement
effect
on
capital
and
labor
productivity
are
determined
from
parameters
of
a
system
of
factor
demand
equations
that
allow
for
disequilibrium
in
factor
markets.
The
system
is
estimated
for
each
industry
with
annual
time
series
data
from
1960
to
1980.
Abatement
requirements
were
found
to
retard
both
average
capital
productivity
and
average
labor
productivity
in
three
of
the
four
industries;
paper,
chemicals
and
primary
metals.
For
several
industries
in
which
factor
productivity
was
slower
after
1973,
environmental
controls
accounted
for
a
significant
proportion
of
that
slow
down.

Bardach,
J.
E.
(
1987).
"
Global
Warming
and
the
Coastal
Zone."
Draft
report
prepared
for
the
Developing
Policies
for
Responding
to
5
0
Future
Climatic
Change,
Technical
Workshop,
Villach,
Austria,
Sept.
28
­
Oct.
2
by
Environment
and
Policy
Institute,
East­
West
Center.

This
paper
treats
the
shore
zones,
such
as
reefs,
salt
marshes,
mangroves,
salt
ponds
or
now
nice
covered
Arctic
shores
and
coastal
fisheries
and
aquaculture
or
some
lands
now
wrested
from
the
sea
for
agriculture,
which
are
not
likely
to
receive
the
same
degree
of
attention
as
the
cities
with
regard
to
sea
level
rise.
The
paper
deals
firs
t
with
living
resources,
then
with
physical
resources
such
as
sand
and
gravel,
or
salt
making,
as
well
as
with
certain
uses
of
the
sea
or
the
shore
such
as
waste
disposal
or
recreation,
and
ends
with
a
discussion
of
specific
environments.

Bardarson,
Hermann
and
Terje
Vassdal
(
19??).
"
Efficiency
in
Norwegian
Trawl
Fisheries;
A
Nonparametric
Frontier
Production
Analysis."
Draft
report,
Norwegian
College
of
Fishery
Science,
University
of
Tromso,
Breivika,

9037
Tromso,
Norway.

This
paper
focuses
on
efficiency
in
trawler
vessels
operating
in
the
Norwegian
cod
fisheries.
In
the
last
10
to
15
years,
the
trawler
fleet
and
the
corresponding
land­
based
industry
have
gone
through
considerable
structural
changes.
The
trawler
fleet
is
composed
into
two
segments;
those
delivering
fresh/
chilled
cod
to
the
land­
based
industry
and
those
vessels
producing
the
catch
on
board
into
fillets
and
thus
bypassing
the
land­
based
industry.
The
increasing
number
of
factory
trawlers
have
resulted
in
regional
and
political
conflicts.
There
has
been
a
lack
of
economic
analysis
comparing
the
productivity
in
factory
trawlers
contra
fresh
fish
trawlers
and
land­
based
production.
Productivity
measurement
based
on
nonparametric
frontiers
have
become
a
standard
procedure
for
analyzing
the
performance
of
production
units.
The
efficiency
analysis
used
by
us
is
based
on
Data
Envelopment
Analysis
(
DEA)
where
miro
data
from
the
trawler
fleet
is
used
to
define
a
nonparametric
best
practice
frontier
which
shows
the
total
factor
productivity
of
each
unit
relative
to
that
frontier
in
the
period
1985
to
1996.
The
results
shows
the
structural
efficiency
of
the
trawler
fleet
with
respect
to
size,
processing
technology,
quota
restrictions
and
variations
in
vessel
specific
productivity.

Barnett,
Harold
J.
(
1979).
"
Scarcity
and
Growth
Revisited."
Chapter
8
in
V.
Kerry
Smith
(
ed.)
Scarcity
and
Growth
Reconsidered,
Published
for
Resources
for
the
Future
by
Johns
Hopkins
University
Press,
Baltimore
and
London.

This
chapter
reviews
the
natural
resource
trends
during
the
last
twenty
years
for
the
United
States
including
abundance,
unit
costs,
and
prices,
and
the
environmental
effects
of
meeting
the
needs
for
natural
resources.

Barnett,
Harold
J.
and
Chandler
Morse
(
1963).
Scarcity
and
Growth,
The
Economics
of
Natural
Resource
Availability.
Resources
for
the
Future,
Inc.,
The
Johns
Hopkins
Press,
Baltimore.

The
authors
address
the
man/
land
or
the
population/
resource
problem
afresh,
in
terms
of
the
latest
statistical
information
and
modern
analytical
tools.
They
have
re­
examined
the
propositions
propounded
by
Malthus,
Ricardo,
and
John
Stuart
Mill;
and
they
have
thought
deeply
about
the
roots
of
the
American
Conservation
Movement
associated
with
Theodore
Roosevelt
and
Gifford
Pinchot
as
these
roots
may
be
traced
back
into
Darwinism
and
the
speculations
of
George
Marsh.
They
have
emerged
with
a
clearer
view
of
where
the
essence
of
the
problem
is
now
to
be
found
and
what
it
means
for
people
today.

Baron­
Mounce,
E.
A.,
W.
R.
Keithly,
and
K.
J.
Roberts
(
1991).
"
Shrimp
5
1
Facts."
Louisiana
State
University
Sea
Grant
Report.

The
information
presented
in
this
booklet
has
been
compiled
from
several
sources
to
best
illustrate
many
aspects
of
the
shrimp
fishery
in
past
years.
The
material
is
presented
in
charts
and
graphs
to
give
the
reader
a
quick
and
easy
reference
for
trends
occurring
in
the
shrimp
fishery.
A
brief
narrative
is
provided
at
the
beginning
of
each
of
the
following
sections:
(
1)
shrimp
species,
(
2)
shrimping
seasons
in
inshore
and
offshore
waters,
(
3)
shrimp
size,
(
4)
shrimping
effort,
(
5)
participation
in
the
commercial
shrimp
fishery,
(
6)
recreational
shrimping,
and
(
7)
shrimp
supply
and
processing.

Barr,
Louis
(
1970).
"
Alaska's
Fishery
Resources
­
The
Shrimps."
U.
S.
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service,
Fishery
Leaflet
631,
January,
iii
+
10
pp.,
7
figs.,
1
table.

Shrimp
fishing
began
in
Alaska
over
50
years
ago.
Recently
the
annual
domestic
catch
has
been
as
high
as
40
million
pounds.
Japanese
and
Soviet
Union
fishermen
operating
in
Alaskan
waters
have
caught
as
much
as
70
million
pounds
annually
in
recent
years.
The
five
commercially
important
shrimp
of
Alaska
belong
to
the
family
Pandalidae;
the
most
important
is
the
pink
shrimp,
Pandalus
borealis.
The
complicated
life
histories
of
these
shrimp
are
all
similar.
The
shrimp
develop
first
as
males
and
after
several
years
transform
to
females,
which
they
remain
for
the
rest
of
their
lives.
United
States
fishermen
use
otter
trawls,
beam
trawls,
and
pots,
and
deliver
their
catch
to
ports
in
Alaska;
foreign
fishermen
use
larger
otter
trawls
and
process
the
catch
at
sea.
The
Alaska
Department
of
Fish
and
Game
and
the
Bureau
of
Commercial
Fisheries
are
studying
the
shrimp.
They
are
sampling
the
commercial
catch,
trying
to
improve
the
product,
and
conducting
exploratory
fishing
and
biological
research.

Barr,
Louis
(
1973).
"
Studies
of
Spot
Shrimp,
Pandalus
platyceros,
at
Little
Port
Walter,
Alaska."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
35(
3­
4):
65­
66.

A
summary
of
the
existing
and
planned
biological
research
being
conducted
on
and
the
life
history
of
spot
shrimp
at
Little
Port
Walter,
Alaska.

Barrett,
James
T.
(
1984).
"
Challenges
of
Development
for
the
Manager."
Chapter
17
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

Although
marine
resources
are
jointly
shared
by
many
user
groups,
commercial
fishermen
are
primarily
to
blame
for
the
overfishing
of
all
fish
stocks.
If
shore
side
development
was
banned
and
all
wetlands
returned
to
their
pristine
condition,
commercial
fishermen
could
still
harvest
all
the
fish
in
the
sea.

Barss,
William
H.
(
1993).
"
Pacific
Hagfish,
Eptatretus
stouti,
and
Black
Hagfish,
E.
deani:
The
Oregon
Fishery
and
Port
Sampling
Observations,
1988­
92."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
55(
4):
19­
30.

In
1988,
the
Oregon
Department
of
Fish
and
Wildlife
began
sampling
and
monitoring
the
development
of
a
new
fishery
for
Pacific
hagfish,
and
black
hagfish.
Hagfish
landings
by
Oregon
trap
vessels
have
ranged
from
11,695
kg
in
1988
to
340,774
kg
in
1992.
Whole
frozen
fish
were
shipped
to
South
Korea
5
2
for
the
"
eel
skin"
leather
market.
From
1988
through
1989,
I
sampled
924
Pacific
hagfish
and
897
black
hagfish
from
commercial
and
research
catches.
Mean
length
of
fish
sampled
from
commercial
landings
was
39.6
cm
for
Pacific
hagfish
and
34.5
cm
for
black
hagfish.
Weight­
length
relationships
(
W=
Alb)
were
calculated
for
males
and
females
of
both
species.
Fifty
percent
maturity
for
male
and
female
Pacific
hagfish
was
35
cm
and
38
cm,
respectively.
Examination
of
gonads
for
both
species
indicated
that
spawning
either
occurs
throughout
the
year
or
the
spawning
period
is
protracted.
Mature
females
of
both
species
had
from
one
to
three
distinct
sizes
of
eggs,
but
they
usually
carried
only
one
group
of
eggs
over
5
mm
in
length.
Mature
Pacific
hagfish
females
averages
28
eggs
over
5
mm
in
length,
and
black
hagfish
females
averaged
14
eggs
over
5
mm
in
length.
Hermaphroditism
was
found
in
0.2%
of
the
Pacific
hagfish
examined.

Barten,
A.
P.
(
1964).
"
Consumer
Demand
Functions
Under
Conditions
of
Almost
Additive
Preferences."
Econometrica,
32(
1­
2):
1­
38.

This
paper
addresses
the
gap
between
the
theory
of
consumer
demand
and
empirical
demand
research.
The
theory
of
consumer
demand
is
reformulated
along
the
lines
set
out
in
the
articles
by
Frisch
and
Houthakker.
However,
their
specialization
to
direct
(
or
indirect)
additivity
of
the
utility
function
may
be
considered
too
severe
a
restriction
for
the
level
of
aggregation
of
the
data
that
are
available
in
this
case.
A
modification
of
direct
additivity
has
therefore
been
introduced
to
take
account
of
specific
interaction
between
the
different
types
of
consumers'
expenditure.
The
theory
and
the
resulting
restrictions
on
the
elasticities
to
be
estimated
are
discussed
in
section
2.
The
data
used
for
the
estimation
are
a
set
of
time
series
describing
total
consumer
expenditure
in
the
Netherlands
on
fourteen
types
of
commodities
or
services
and
the
corresponding
price
indices
covering
the
periods
1921­
1939
and
1948­
1958.

Barten,
A.
P.
and
L.
J.
Bettendorf
(
1989).
"
Price
Formation
of
Fish,
An
Application
of
an
Inverse
Demand
System."
European
Economic
Review,
33:
1509­
1525.

Inverse
demand
systems
explain
price
variations
as
functions
of
quantity
variations.
They
have
properties
analogous
to
those
of
regular
demand
systems.
There
are
very
few
examples
of
their
empirical
application.
In
part
this
is
due
to
lack
of
data
for
which
price
is
the
decision
variable
and
the
quantity
given.
The
case
of
fish
landed
at
Belgian
sea
ports
appears
to
suit
an
inverse
demand
system
well.
A
Rotterdam
variant
of
such
a
system
is
estimated.
Allais
interaction
intensities
have
been
derived
and
show
a
reasonable
pattern.

Bateman,
Herbert
H.
(
1984).
"
Congress
Views
The
Chesapeake
Bay."
Chapter
2
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

Opening
address
at
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium
stressing
nonpoint
specific
pollution
of
Chesapeake
Bay
and
Congress'
intention
to
reduce
pollution
and
restore
the
habitat.

Batie,
Sandra
S.
and
Leonard
Shabman
(
1979).
"
Valuing
Nonmarket
Goods
­
Conceptual
and
Empirical
Issues:
Discussion."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
61(
5):
931­
932.
5
3
Discusses
the
papers
by
McConnell
(
1979)
and
Bishop
and
Heberlein
(
1979)
and
states
that
additional
research
needs
to
be
done
before
nonmarket
valuation
studies
are
of
use
to
policy
makers.

Bator,
Francis
M.
(
1957).
"
The
Simple
Analytics
of
Welfare
Maximization."
American
Economic
Review,
47:
22­
59.

This
paper
presents
a
complete
and
concise
nonmathematical
treatment
of
the
problem
of
welfare
maximization
in
its
"
new
welfare
economics"
aspects.

Bator,
Francis
M.
(
1958).
"
The
Anatomy
of
Market
Failure."
The
Quarterly
Journal
of
Economics,
(
August):
351­
379.

The
paper
explores
those
phenomenon
that
cause
even
errorless
profitand
preference­
maximizing
calculation
in
a
stationary
context
of
perfect
information
and
foresight
to
fail
to
sustain
Pareto
efficient
allocation.

Battese,
George
E.
and
Sumiter
S.
Broca
(
1996).

Functional
Forms
of
Stochastic
Frontier
Production
Functions
and
Models
for
Technical
Inefficiency
Effects:
A
Comparative
Study
for
Wheat
Farmers
in
Pakistan.

No.
4/
96,
CEPA
Working
Papers,
Department
of
Econometrics,
University
of
New
England,
Armidale,
NSW
2351,
Australia,
26
pp.

This
paper
considers
translog
and
Cobb­
Douglas
stochastic
frontiers
in
which
the
technical
inefficiency
effects
are
defined
by
three
different
models.
The
models
involved
are
the
time
varying
inefficiency
model,
proposed
by
Battese
and
Coelli
(
1992),
the
inefficiency
effects
model
for
panel
data,
proposed
by
Battese
and
Coelli
(
1995),
and
the
non­
neutral
frontier
model,
proposed
by
Huang
and
Liu
(
1994).
Technical
change
is
also
accounted
for
in
the
frontier
models.
Predicted
technical
efficiencies
of
the
wheat
farmers
and
estimates
of
the
elasticities
of
wheat
production
with
respect
to
the
different
inputs
and
the
returns
to
scale
parameter
are
compared
under
the
different
model
specifications.

Battese,
G.
E.
and
T.
J.
Coelli
(
1993).

A
Stochastic
Frontier
Production
Function
Incorporating
a
Model
for
Technical
Inefficiency
Effects.

No.
6,
October,
27
pp.

A
stochastic
frontier
production
function
is
defined
for
panel
data
on
firms,
in
which
the
non­
negative
technical
inefficiency
effects
are
assumed
to
be
a
function
of
firm­
specific
variables
and
vary
over
time.
The
maximumlikelihood
method
is
applied
for
the
estimation
of
the
parameters
of
the
model
and
prediction
of
the
technical
efficiencies
of
the
firms
over
time.
Am
empirical
application
of
the
inefficiency
stochastic
frontier
model
is
obtained
using
up
to
ten
years
of
data
on
paddy
farmers
from
an
Indian
village.

Baumol,
William
J.
(
1982).
"
Applied
Fairness
Theory
and
Rationing
Policy."
The
American
Economic
Review,
72(
4):
639­
651.

While
this
paper
deals
with
many
issues
related
to
a
variety
of
rationing
forms,
its
primary
purpose
is
to
show
that
the
fairness
criterion
is
operational;
that
it
can
be
applied
to
concrete
problems
and
that
with
its
aid
one
can
derive
results
that
are
not
all
obvious
in
advance.
Of
course,
rationing
was
selected
for
that
purpose
because
of
all
economic
equity
issues,
it
seems
to
lend
itself
most
readily
to
this
sort
of
approach.

Baumol,
William
J.
and
Wallace
E.
Oates
(
1975).
"
Externalities:
Definition,
Significant
Types,
and
Optimal­
Pricing
Conditions."
5
4
Chapter
3
in
The
Theory
of
Environmental
Policy.
Prentice
Hall,
Englewood
Cliffs,
NJ.

Technological
and
pecuniary
externalities
and
public
and
private
externalities
are
defined
and
discussed
in
this
chapter.
Solutions
such
as
taxes
equal
to
the
marginal
social
damage
are
discussed.

Baumol,
William
J.
and
Wallace
E.
Oates
(
1975).
"
Introduction
to
Part
2."
Chapter
9
in
The
Theory
of
Environmental
Policy.
Prentice
Hall,
Englewood
Cliffs,
NJ.

An
introduction
to
welfare
theory
applied
to
practical
problems
in
environmental
policy.

Baumol,
William
J.
and
Wallace
E.
Oates
(
1975).
"
Efficiency
Without
Optimality:
The
Charges
and
Standards
Approach."
Chapter
10
in
The
Theory
of
Environmental
Policy.
Prentice
Hall,
Englewood
Cliffs,
NJ.

This
chapter
presents
a
proposal
for
a
feasible
tax­
subsidy
program.
A
practical
and
effective
procedure
for
the
protection
of
the
environment
is
suggested;
the
use
of
pollution
charges
to
implement
a
predetermined
set
of
standards
for
environmental
quality.
Some
degree
of
arbitrariness
in
the
design
of
such
standards
is
inevitable.
And
in
agreeing
to
such
a
procedure,
one
gives
up
any
attempt
to
reach
any
true
social
optimum.
Yet
this
proposal,
that
is
essentially
a
"
satisficing"
approach
to
the
problem,
can
be
shown
to
offer
some
significant
optimality
properties.
Aside
from
the
administrative
savings
made
possible
by
avoidance
of
central
direction
and
direct
controls,
we
will
show
that
the
proposed
procedures,
properly
designed
and
implemented,
can
lead
to
the
attainment
of
the
selected
standards
and
that
in
appropriate
circumstances,
they
can
do
so
at
something
approximating
minimum
cost
to
society.

Baumol,
William
J.
and
Wallace
E.
Oates
(
1975).
"
Stochastic
Influences,
Direct
Controls,
and
Taxes."
Chapter
11
in
The
Theory
of
Environmental
Policy.
Prentice
Hall,
Englewood
Cliffs,
NJ.

Chapter
11
suggests
that
direct
controls
can
be
a
useful
supplement
to
a
system
of
charges
for
the
continuing
maintenance
of
acceptable
environmental
conditions.
Their
usefulness
arises
from
the
inflexibility
of
tax
rates
and
the
comparative
ease
with
which
certain
types
of
direct
controls
can
be
instituted,
policed,
and
removed.
The
problem
is
that
the
state
of
environmental
quality
at
any
time
depends
not
only
on
the
level
of
emissions
but
on
such
essentially
stochastic
influences
as
wind
velocity
and
rainfall,
that
determine
the
rapidity
of
the
dispersion
of
accumulated
pollutants.
As
a
result,
we
can
expect
occasional
environmental
crises
that
can
be
predicted
only
a
short
time
before
they
occur.
It
would
be
too
costly
to
society
to
keep
tax
rates
sufficiently
high
to
prevent
such
emergencies
at
all
times.
Instead,
it
may
be
less
expensive
in
such
cases
to
make
temporary
use
of
direct
controls,
despite
their
static
inefficiency.
The
chapter
ends
with
the
description
of
a
nonlinear
programming
model
that
illustrates
the
logic
of
the
design
of
an
optimal
mixed
program.

Baumol,
William
J.
and
Wallace
E.
Oates
(
1975).
"
Taxes
vs.
Subsidies:
A
Partial
Analysis."
Chapter
12
in
The
Theory
of
Environmental
Policy.
Prentice
Hall,
Englewood
Cliffs,
NJ.

Chapter
12
examines
the
use
of
subsidies
as
a
reward
for
decreased
damage
by
those
who
generate
the
externalities.
First,
we
describe
formally
5
5
the
conditions
under
which
fees
and
subsidies
are
equivalent.
Here
we
find
that
the
equivalent
subsidy
is
a
very
strange
sort
of
construct,
one
that
we
are
unlikely
to
encounter
in
practice.
Next,
we
show
that
subsidies
in
the
more
conventional
sense
are
a
poor
substitute
for
taxes.
Although
the
two
may
be
equally
effective
in
reducing
emissions
by
the
individual
firm,
the
subsidy
encourages
the
entry
of
new
firms
into
the
industry,
whereas
taxes
encourage
their
exit.
As
a
result,
we
can
expect
that
a
subsidy
program
will
be
less
effective
in
discouraging
pollution
than
a
tax
program
with
similar
marginal
rates.
In
particular,
we
find
that,
under
pure
competition,
if
emissions
are
uniquely
determined
by
the
industry's
output
level
and
rise
monotonically
with
output,
a
subsidy
program
will
necessarily
backfire.
Although
the
subsidy
will
produce
a
reduction
in
the
emissions
of
each
firm,
it
will
lead
to
an
entry
of
new
firms
that
more
than
offsets
it.
Total
emissions
under
a
subsidy
program
will
in
this
case
always
be
greater
than
they
would
have
been
if
no
cleanup
subsidy
program
had
ever
been
instituted.

Baumol,
William
J.
and
Wallace
E.
Oates
(
1988).
The
Theory
of
Environmental
Policy,
Second
Edition.
Cambridge
University
Press,
New
York.

This
book
places
special
emphasis
on
transferable
permit
systems
for
controlling
emissions,
discusses
the
setting
of
standards
for
environmental
quality
and
asks
whether
such
standards
should
be
set
by
national
or
"
local"
authorities,
and
revises
the
treatment
of
depletable
and
undepletable
externalities
based
on
articles
by
A.
Myrick
Freeman.

Baxter,
Kenneth
N.
and
Elizabeth
Scott­
Denton
(
eds.)
(
1992).
Proceedings
of
the
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center
Shrimp
Resource
Review,
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SEFSC­
299,
August,
186
pp.

This
report
serves
as
an
official
record
of
the
shrimp
research
program
review.
Each
program
component
of
the
shrimp
research
program
is
presented
in
abstract
form.
Hard
copies
of
visual
aids
and
the
questions/
clarifications
session
immediately
follow
each
abstract.

Baxter,
Kenneth
N.,
Carlton
H.
Furr,
Jr.,
and
Elizabeth
Scott
(
1988).
"
The
Commercial
Bait
Shrimp
Fishery
in
Galveston
Bay,
Texas,
1959­
87."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
50(
2):
20­
28.

Information
about
landings
and
species
composition
associated
with
the
bait
shrimp
industry
of
the
Galveston
Bay
system
has
been
collected
on
a
weekly
schedule
from
1959
through
1984
and
on
a
more
limited
basis
since
1985.
Collectively,
the
bait
index
and
the
postlarval
index
provide:
1)
a
reliable
indication
of
the
subsequent
offshore
harvest
and
2)
a
long
term
correlation
between
juvenile
abundance
and
changing
environmental
conditions.
In
addition,
insight
into
local
fishing
practices
and
trends
provide
background
for
continuing
research
needed
to
enhance
production
value
of
the
shrimp
stock.

Bayley,
Peter
B.
and
Douglas
J.
Austen
(
1989).

Fisheries
Analysis
System:
Data
Management
and
Analysis
for
Fisheries
Management
and
Research.

American
Fisheries
Society
Symposium,
6:
199­
205.

The
fisheries
analysis
system
(
FAS)
is
a
computerized
data
management
system
that
was
designed
for
analyses
of
local
and
statewide
data
sets
for
fisheries
management
and
research
purposes.
Outputs
allow
tabular
and
graphical
presentation
of
summary
data
among
water
bodies
and
years,
and
text
file
generation
for
statistical
packages.
5
6
Beals,
Ralph
E.,
Mildred
B.
Levy,
and
Leon
N.
Moses
(
1976).
"
Rationality
and
Migration
in
Ghana."
The
Review
of
Economics
and
Statistics,
49:
480­
486.

This
paper
seeks
to
estimate
the
effects
of
income
and
other
variables
on
the
pattern
of
interregional
labor
migration
in
Ghana.
While
not
a
logit
or
probit
model,
the
authors
use
linear
regression
to
estimate
the
coefficients
of
independent
variables
that
affect
the
percent
of
individuals
that
migrate
into
and
out
of
a
region
within
Ghana.

Bearden,
C.,
R.
Low,
R.
Rhodes,
R.
Van
Dolah,
C.
Wenner,
E.
Wenner,
and
D.
Whitaker
(
1985).
"
A
Review
and
Analysis
of
Commercial
Shrimp
Trawling
in
the
Sounds
and
Bays
of
South
Carolina."
South
Carolina
Marine
Resources
Center,
Technical
Report
No.
62,
October,
51
pp.

There
has
been
a
commercial
trawl
fishery
for
shrimp
in
South
Carolina's
sounds
and
bays
for
over
thirty
years,
and
the
controversy
surrounding
this
practice
is
a
longstanding
one.
Major
issues
of
concern
are
related
to
potential
ecological
effects
and
impacts
upon
commercial
and
recreational
fisheries.
The
prevailing
management
philosophy
has
been
to
permit
shrimp
trawling
at
appropriate
times
in
offshore
waters,
sounds,
and
bays
while
prohibiting
it
in
the
tidal
creeks
and
rivers
that
serve
as
nursery
areas.
This
summary
presents
the
historical
background
of
the
sound
and
bay
policy,
describes
the
rationale
for
allowing
inside
trawling,
provides
information
on
the
issues,
specifies
recommendations,
and
lists
alternatives
for
the
management
of
the
sound
and
bay
resources.

Beattie,
B.
R.
and
C.
R.
Taylor.
The
Economics
of
Production.
New
York:
John
Wiley
and
Sons,
1985.

This
textbook
is
for
a
course
in
production
economics
theory
and
the
theory
of
the
firm
for
a
first
year
graduate
student.

Beaumariage,
D.
S.
and
Lewis
H.
Bullock
(
1976).
"
Biological
Research
on
Snappers
and
Groupers
as
Related
to
Fishery
Management
Requirements."
Pages
86­
94
in
Harvey
R.
Bullis,
Jr.
and
Albert
C.
Jones
(
eds.)
(
1976).
"
Proceedings:
Colloquium
on
Snapper­
Grouper
Fishery
Resources
of
the
Western
Central
Atlantic
Ocean.
Report
Number
17,
Gulf
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission,
New
Orleans,
Louisiana,
Texas
A&
M
University
Sea
Grant
College
and
Mississippi­
Alabama
Sea
Grant
Consortium,
November,
333
pp.

Fewer
than
two
dozen
pertinent
studies
have
been
published
on
the
biology
of
snappers
and
groupers
as
related
to
fishery
management
requirements.
Almost
half
of
this
research
was
based
on
tagging
programs
which
described
migratory
patterns.
There
has
been
only
one
major
effort
on
the
basic
life
history
of
red
grouper
(
Epinephelus
morio)
and
two
investigations
on
red
snapper
(
Lutjanus
campechanus)
life
history.
This
paucity
of
data
exemplifies
the
need
for
similar
life
history
studies,
if
sound
management
policies
are
to
be
adopted
in
assuring
maximum
sustained
yield.

Beckmann,
Martin
J.
(
1975).
"
The
Limits
to
Growth
in
a
Neoclassical
World."
American
Economic
Review,
65:
695­
699.

The
Club
of
Rome
study
on
the
limits
to
growth
treats
preferences,
production
technology,
and
the
economy
unconventionally
and
implausibly
according
to
many
economists.
This
paper
is
an
attempt
to
reformulate
the
5
7
allocation
problem
for
exhaustible
resources
in
neoclassical
terms.

Beddington,
John
R.
and
Colin
W.
Clark
(
1984).
"
Allocation
Problems
Between
National
and
Foreign
Fisheries
with
a
Fluctuating
Fish
Resource."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
1(
2):
137­
154.

The
problem
of
allocating
the
rights
to
exploit
fish
resources
between
domestic
and
foreign
fleets
is
posed
in
the
context
of
a
fluctuating
fish
stock.
Such
fluctuations
are
ubiquitous
and
are
driven
by
the
recruitment
variation.
A
number
of
biological
models
are
proposed
to
describe
the
dynamics
of
the
resource.
It
is
supposed
that
harvesting
by
both
foreign
and
domestic
fleets
is
permitted,
and
the
possibilities
for
allocation
between
these
two
fleets
are
examined.
The
optimal
allocation
policy
is
derived
for
a
number
of
different
economic
and
biological
situations.
In
many
situations
it
will
be
optimal
for
there
to
be
a
mix
of
foreign
and
domestic
fishing
on
the
resource.
This
result
implies
that
licensing
and
joint
venture
agreements
between
coastal
states
and
distant
water
fishing
nations
may
be
desirable
from
the
point
of
view
of
the
coastal
state,
even
in
the
long
term.

Beddington,
J.
R.
and
Robert
M.
May
(
1977).
"
Harvesting
Natural
Populations
in
a
Randomly
Fluctuating
Environment."
Science,
197:
463­
465.

As
harvesting
effort
and
yield
are
increased,
animal
populations
that
are
being
harvested
for
sustained
yield
will
take
longer
to
recover
from
environmentally
imposed
disturbances.
One
consequence
is
that
the
coefficient
of
variation
(
the
relative
variance)
of
the
yield
increases
as
the
point
of
maximum
sustained
yield
(
MSY)
is
approached.
When
overexploitation
has
resulted
in
a
population
smaller
than
that
for
MSY,
high
effort
produces
a
low
average
yield
with
high
variance.
These
observations
accord
with
observed
trends
in
several
fish
and
whaling
industries.
We
expect
these
effects
to
be
more
pronounced
for
a
harvesting
strategy
based
on
constant
quotas
than
for
one
based
on
constant
effort.
Although
developed
in
a
MSY
context,
the
conclusions
also
apply
if
the
aim
is
to
maximize
the
present
value
of
(
discounted)
net
economic
revenue.

Beddington,
John
R.,
C.
M.
K.
Watts
and
W.
D.
C.
Wright
(
1975).
"
Optimal
Cropping
of
Self­
Reproducible
Natural
Resources."
Econometrica,
43:
789­
802.

Models
of
the
behavior
of
populations
of
self­
reproducible
natural
resources
in
an
economic
framework
have
rarely
anticipated
the
consequences
of
different
forms
of
production
functions.
This
paper
investigates
sufficient
conditions
for
extinction
in
a
very
general
model
as
well
as
a
model
having
a
specific
production
function.
In
the
second
section
additional
considerations
relating
to
extinction
are
deduced
as
well
as
the
existence
of
a
watershed
level
of
population.
These
conclusions
are
exemplified
using
data
from
one
particular
population
of
red
deer.

Beideman,
Nelson
R.
(
1995).
Letter.
Addressed
to
the
Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
July
17.

Comments
on
the
proposed
swordfish
total
allowable
catch
rulemaking.
An
interesting
and
insightful
discussion
of
the
sociology
and
economics
of
the
longline
fishery
in
the
North
Atlantic.

Beideman,
Nelson
R.
and
Terri
Beideman(
1995).

Summary:
BWFA
Swordfish
1995
TAC
Comments.

FAX
Transmission.
Addressed
to
the
Highly
Migratory
5
8
Species
Management
Division,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
July
17,
17
pp.

Formal
Blue
Water
Fishermen

s
Association
comments
on
the
proposed
1995
TAC
for
swordfish.

Bell,
Johann
D.
(
1983).

Effects
of
Depth
and
Marine
Reserve
Fishing
Restrictions
on
the
Structure
of
a
Rocky
Reef
Fish
Assemblage
in
the
North­
Western
Mediterranean
Sea.

Journal
of
Applied
Ecology,
20:
357­
369.

The
present
study
used
an
underwater
observation
technique
that
accounted
for
both
the
abundance
and
size
class
structure
of
each
fish
species
within
a
transect
area,
and
was
designed
to
(
i)
determine
the
effect
of
depth
on
the
structure
of
the
rocky
reef
fish
assemblage,
(
ii)
assess
the
effectiveness
of
a
marine
reserve
as
a
sanctuary
for
rocky
reef
fishes
by
examining
differences
in
the
structure
of
fish
communities
at
similar
depths
within
and
outside
the
reserve,
and
(
iii)
describe
fish
communities
at
two
depths
within
the
reserve
as
a
basis
for
monitoring
further
changes
in
their
structure.

Bell,
Frederick
(
1972).
"
Technological
Externalities
and
Common­
Property
Resources:
An
Empirical
Study
of
the
U.
S.
Northern
Lobster
Fishery."
Journal
of
Political
Economy,
80(
1):
148­
158.

This
paper
demonstrates
the
effect
of
technological
externalities
on
the
production
of
northern
lobsters,
a
common
property
resource.
An
increase
in
effort
(
that
is,
size
of
the
industry)
of
100,000
traps
fished
will
depress
landings
per
trap
for
the
individual
firm
by
2.4
pounds.
Therefore,
the
northern
lobster
industry
produces
so
as
to
equate
average
revenue
to
long
run
average
cost.
Approximately
one­
half
of
the
present
fishing
effort
would
be
needed
to
achieve
economic
efficiency
or
marginal
cost
pricing.
The
goal
of
allocative
efficiency
should
be
weighted
against
the
strategy
to
provide
somewhat
greater
employment,
especially
in
rural
areas
where
labor
opportunity
cost
is
relatively
low.

Bell,
Frederick
(
1986).
"
Mitigating
the
Tragedy
of
the
Commons."
Southern
Economic
Journal,
52(
3):
653­
664.

As
fish
farming
has
emerged
to
compete
with
a
preexisting
common
property
fishery
sector,
rent
dissipation
and
consequently
welfare
losses
may
be
reduced.
Fish
farming
increases
the
increment
to
supply
resulting
in
lower
prices
and
reduces
the
quantity
supplied
by
the
commons
(
not
necessarily
true).
Welfare
gains
accrue
only
when
marginal
cost
is
rising
faster
than
average
cost,
which
is
the
usual
case
in
the
wild
fisheries.
Using
data
from
the
Louisiana
pond
and
wild
crawfishing
industries
for
1978,
fish
farming
of
crawfish
reduced
potential
welfare
losses
by
76
percent.
See
AJAE
article
below.

Bell,
Frederick
(
1986).
"
Competition
from
Fish
Farming
in
Influencing
Rent
Dissipation:
The
Crawfish
Fishery."
American
Agricultural
Economics
Association,
February:
95­
101.

As
fish
farming
has
emerged
to
compete
with
a
preexisting
common
property
fishery
sector,
rent
dissipation
and
consequently
welfare
losses
may
be
reduced.
Fish
farming
increases
the
increment
to
supply
resulting
in
lower
prices
and
reduces
the
quantity
supplied
by
the
commons
(
not
necessarily
true).
Welfare
gains
accrue
only
when
marginal
cost
is
rising
faster
than
average
cost,
which
is
the
usual
case
in
the
wild
fisheries.
Using
data
from
5
9
the
Louisiana
pond
and
wild
crawfishing
industries
for
1978,
fish
farming
of
crawfish
reduced
potential
welfare
losses
by
76
percent.
See
SEJ
article
above.

Bell,
Frederick
(
1989).
"
Main
Quarry
Hypothesis
and
Salmon
Angling."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
6(
1):
71­
82.

This
article
explores
the
main
quarry
hypothesis,
which
is
a
variant
of
the
general
fishing
success
hypothesis.
It
is
argued
that
for
some
recreational
fisheries
it
may
be
more
important
that
the
angler
catch
his
target
or
main
quarry
than
the
quantitative
number
of
fish
caught
in
influencing
the
number
of
fishing
days
and
the
overall
quality
of
the
recreational
experience.
A
theoretical
function
is
specified
to
explain
the
length
of
the
fishing
trip
to
Ireland
by
anglers
that
have
designated
salmon
as
their
main
quarry.
The
empirical
estimation
of
this
function
indicates
that
the
length
of
the
fishing
trip
is
positively
related
to
travel
cost,
but
inversely
related
on­
site
cost
per
day.
Ceteris
paribus,
the
length
of
the
salmon
trip
to
Ireland,
is
increased
by
nearly
23%
when
the
angler
gets
his
main
quarry,
stressing
the
importance
of
the
quality
of
the
catch
rather
than
quantitative
number
of
fish
caught.
This
finding
calls
into
question
the
traditional
fishing
success
variables
such
as
catch
per
day
for
many
recreational
fisheries.

Bell,
Frederick
W.
(
1989).
"
Application
of
Wetland
Valuation
Theory
to
Florida
Fisheries."
Department
of
Economics,
Florida
State
University,
Tallahassee,
Florida
32306,
Florida
Sea
Grant
Program,
Project
Number
R/
C­
E­
25,
Grant
Number
NA86AA­
D­
SG068,
Report
Number
95,
June,
118
pp.

The
focus
of
this
report
is
an
evaluation
in
economic
terms
of
the
value
of
estuarine
wetlands
to
marine
fisheries
in
Florida.
The
marginal
productivity
theory
of
estuarine
wetland
valuation
is
used
to
determine
the
value
of
the
marginal
products
of
an
acre
of
saltwater
marsh
in
the
production
of
estuarine
dependent
species
of
fish.

Bell,
Frederick
W.
(
1997).

Review
of
the
Economics
of
Management
Strategies
for
Red
Snapper
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Draft
report
for
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Department
of
Economics,
Florida
State
University,
Tallahassee,
FL,
September,
22
pp.

This
paper
is
a
peer
review
of
the
appropriateness
of
management
measures
in
the
fishery
management
plan
for
red
snapper
in
the
gulf
of
Mexico
for
conserving
and
managing
the
resource
and
a
consideration
of
the
cost
and
benefits
of
all
reasonable
alternatives
to
an
individual
fishing
quota
program
for
the
red
snpapper
resource.

Bell,
Frederick
W.
and
Vernon
R.
Leeworthy
(
1987).
"
Economic
Demand
for
Marinas
and
Projected
Impact
on
Wetlands."
Land
Economics,
63(
1):
79­
91.

This
article
develops
a
theoretical
framework
for
marina
demand
and
empirically
estimates
such
a
logit
and
OLS
model
using
Florida
as
a
case
study.
Projections
of
the
pattern
of
land
use
for
marinas
can
be
studied
in
the
light
of
current
environmental
policies.
The
analysis
for
Florida
indicates
that
environmental
concerns
involving
marinas
and
the
call
for
rigid
permitting
of
additional
sites
may
not
be
based
on
large
wetland
requirements
and
that
marina­
wetland
compatibility
studies
should
be
considered.
6
0
Bell,
Frederick
W.,
Darrel
A.
Nash,
Ernest
W.
Carlson,
Frederick
V.
Waugh,
Richard
K.
Kinoshita,
and
Richard
F.
Fullenbaum
(
1975).
"
A
World
Model
of
Living
Marine
Resources."
Chapter
11
in
Walter
C.
Labys
(
ed.).
Quantitative
Models
of
Commodity
Markets.
Ballinger
Publishing
Company,
Cambridge,
Mass.

A
bioeconomic
model
has
been
constructed
to
determine
how
future
increases
in
world
population
and
income
will
impact
fish
resources.
This
model
is
essentially
a
set
of
relationships
describing
the
main
biological
and
economic
forces
that
determine
the
maximum
sustainable
supply
of
fish
from
the
ocean,
the
amounts
caught
and
consumed,
the
prices,
the
costs
of
production,
and
consumer
income
and
population.
Its
contribution
to
commodity
modeling
methodology
is
that
it
integrates
relevant
biological
and
utilization
factors
into
a
single
system
structure.

Bell,
Frederick
W.,
Philip
E.
Sorensen,
and
Vernon
R.
Leeworthy
(
1982).
"
The
Economic
Impact
and
Valuation
of
Saltwater
Recreational
Fisheries
in
Florida."
SGR­
47,
Florida
Sea
Grant
College,
August,
118
pp.

This
project
quantifies
both
the
market
and
nonmarket
value
and
economic
importance
of
Florida's
saltwater
recreational
fishery.
The
objectives
are:
(
1)
to
produce
statistically
reliable
estimates
of
the
value
per
recreational
day
and
yearly
of
Florida's
saltwater
sport
fishing;
(
2)
to
provide
a
demographic
and
economic
profile
of
instate
and
out
of
state
sport
fishermen;
(
3)
to
determine
the
impact
of
saltwater
sport
fishing
on
the
Florida
economy;
and
(
4)
to
identify
regions
of
critical
state
concern
with
respect
to
a
decline
in
productivity
of
saltwater
sport
fishing
in
Florida
waters
due
to
overfishing,
pollution,
etc.

Ben­
Akiva,
Moshe
and
Frank
S.
Koppelman
(
1974).
"
Multidimensional
Choice
Models:
Alternative
Structures
of
Travel
Demand
Models."
National
Research
Council,
Transportation
Research
Board,
149:
129­
142.

A
multidimensional
choice
situation
can
be
represented
by
a
simultaneous
or
recursive
model
structure.
The
paper
described
assumptions
of
each
structure
and
argued
that,
in
the
absence
of
restrictive
assumptions
about
behavior,
travel
decisions
are
more
realistically
represented
by
a
simultaneous
model
structure.
It
is
simple
to
estimate
a
recursive
structure,
for
each
choice
model
contains
fewer
alternatives
and
variables.
The
primary
issues
in
the
selection
of
a
strategy
for
calibration
are
(
a)
whether
calibrating
the
simultaneous
model
is
feasible
and
(
b)
what
effect
the
use
of
a
recursive
rather
than
a
simultaneous
model
structure
has
on
the
estimated
parameters.

Ben­
Akiva,
Moshe
and
Steven
R.
Lerman
(
1974).
"
Some
Estimation
Results
of
a
Simultaneous
Model
of
Auto
ownership
and
Mode
Choice
to
Work."
Transportation,
3:
357­
376.

This
paper
describes
the
theory,
development,
and
estimation
of
a
simultaneous
disaggregate
model
of
automobile
ownership
and
mode
to
work
choices.
The
motivation
for
such
a
model
and
the
general
theory
of
the
simultaneous
probabilistic
choice
model
are
discussed.
The
general
model
specification
and
the
set
of
choices
assumed
to
be
available
to
each
household
is
then
considered.
Finally,
the
variables
used
in
the
model
are
defined
and
the
estimation
results
are
presented.

Benavie,
Arthur
(
1970).
"
The
Economics
of
the
Maximum
Principle."
Western
Economics
Journal,
8:
426­
430.
6
1
This
note
provides
an
economic
interpretation
of
the
maximum
principle
of
Pontriagin.
A
recent
paper
by
Dorfman
has
developed
the
economics
of
this
principle
as
applied
to
a
capital
theory
model.
We
present
a
generalization
of
Dorfman's
result.

Benford,
Frank
A.
(
1995).

A
Model
of
the
North
Carolina
Bay
Scallop
Fishery
With
Endogenous
Fishing
Effort
and
Entry.

Natural
Resource
Modeling,
9(
3):
197­
228.

The
principle
purpose
of
this
model
is
to
aid
in
the
evaluation
and
design
of
regulations
that
affect
the
fishery.
It
differs
from
most
previous
models
with
a
similar
purpose
in
three
ways.
(
1)
Daily
fishing
costs
are
assumed
to
vary
among
fishermen.
(
2)
Daily
fishing
effort
is
determined
endogenously
rather
than
being
treated
as
a
control
variable.
(
3)
Entry
into
the
fishery
is
determined
endogenously
up
to
a
cap
imposed
by
the
regulatory
agency.
The
model
explains
the
adverse
reaction
to
a
proposed
attempt
to
increase
the
value
of
the
fishery
by
delaying
the
opening
date.
The
model
is
used
to
predict
the
economic
consequences
of
four
feasible
sets
of
regulations.

Benirschka,
Martin
and
James
K.
Binkley
(
1995).
"
Optimal
Storage
and
Marketing
Over
Space
and
Time."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
77(
3):
512­
524.

Borrowing
from
the
theory
of
optimal
resource
extraction,
we
develop
the
mechanism
guiding
efficient
commodity
storage
and
marketing
over
producing
regions
through
the
crop
year.
Optimal
storage
occurs
at
producing
areas,
and
time
in
storage
varies
directly
with
distance
to
market.
Prices
grow
with
interest
rates
in
locations
where
storage
is
efficient
but
more
slowly
elsewhere,
which
explains
why
market
prices
(
i.
e.
prices
at
the
market)
grow
more
slowly
than
interest
rates.
The
model
is
empirically
supported
by
examining
storage
in
the
Corn
Belt,
rates
of
price
growth
at
various
points,
and
quarterly
grain
marketings.

Benway,
Robert
L.,
Kevin
P.
Thomas,
and
Jack
W.
Jossi
(
1993).
"
Watercolumn
Thermal
Structure
in
the
Middle
Atlantic
Bight
and
Gulf
of
Maine
during
1978­
92."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
F/
NEC­
97,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Region,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Woods
Hole,
Massachusetts,
March,
154
pp.

This
report
presents
water
column
temperature
data
for
the
Middle
Atlantic
Bight
and
Gulf
of
Maine
during
1978­
92.
Data
were
collected
by
expendable
bathythermographs
deployed
by
merchant
ships
during
monthly
transects
of
both
bodies
of
water.
Data
are
presented
as
contoured
vertical
sections.
Methods
of
data
collection,
management,
and
portrayal
are
discussed.

Berck,
Peter
(
1979).
"
The
Economics
of
Timber:
A
Renewable
Resource
in
the
Long
Run."
The
Bell
Journal
of
Economics,
10(
2):
447­
62.

Critics
of
current
and
historical
trends
in
timber
production
contend
that
private
owners
cut
their
woods
more
quickly
than
optimal,
while
public
managers
cut
their
forests
more
slowly
than
optimal.
Using
the
douglas
fir
industry,
this
paper
shows
that
private
entrepreneurs
holding
rational
expectations
with
respect
to
future
prices
have
historically
been
discounting
the
future
at
a
real
rate
of
5
percent
­
a
much
lower
rate
than
that
available
for
other
private
investments
­
and,
therefore,
that
these
owners
have
not
cut
6
2
their
forests
prematurely.
In
the
case
of
public
management,
calculated
shadow
losses
incurred
by
holding
old
timber
are
so
great
that
an
appeal
to
nontimber
use
values
is
not
sufficient
to
reconcile
management
practices.
Finally,
predictions
for
the
long­
term
price
trends
for
timber
indicate
a
slowdown
in
the
rate
of
price
increase.

Berck,
Peter
(
1979).
"
Open
Access
and
Extinction."
Econometrics,
47(
4):
877­
882.

This
paper
reconsiders
necessary
conditions
for
extinction
of
an
animal
population.
Containing
many
of
the
models
previously
developed
in
the
literature,
the
general
model
proposed
here
suggests
that
(
i)
conditions
for
extinction
depend
exclusively
on
the
relation
of
a
minimum
viable
population
size
to
the
minimum
population
size
at
which
any
exploitation
is
profitable,
(
ii)
necessary
conditions
for
extinction
need
not
be
characterized
in
terms
of
returns­
to­
scale
parameters
or
growth
rates
as
other
authors
have
contended,
and
(
iii)
possible
short
run
shutdown
may
save
a
population
from
extinction
if
the
fish
population
at
the
time
of
shutdown
is
large
enough
to
sustain
the
species.

Berck,
Peter
(
1981).
"
Optimal
Management
of
Renewable
Resources
with
Growing
Demand
and
Stock
Externalities."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
8:
105­
117.

In
an
equilibrium
framework,
optimal
management
of
renewable
resources
in
the
presence
of
growing
demand
or
externalities
leads
to
steady
states
that
differ
from
those
characterized
by
rate
of
interest
equals
rate
of
change
in
growth
plus
rate
of
change
in
prices.
Measures
to
reach
an
optimum
with
externalities
other
than
direct
controls
are
found
to
be
critically
mediated
by
the
costs
of
harvesting.

Berck,
Peter
and
Jeffrey
M.
Perloff
(
1982).
"
An
Open­
Access
Fishery
with
Rational
Expectations."
Working
Paper
No.
187,
Division
of
Agricultural
Sciences,
California
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Giannini
Foundation
of
Agricultural
Economics,
University
of
California,
December,
34
pp.

How
potential
entrants
to
an
open
access
fishery
form
their
expectations
determines
the
fishery's
adjustment
path
to
a
steady
state
but
not
the
steady
state
values
themselves.
It
is
well
known
that,
in
the
standard
model
with
myopic
expectations
(
those
based
on
current
values),
boats
enter
the
fishery
only
when
the
fish
stock
is
greater
than
its
steady
state
stock.
We
show
that,
with
rational
expectations
(
perfect
foresight),
however,
boats
may
enter
when
the
fish
stock
is
much
lower
than
its
steady
state
value
if
the
boat
fleet
is
sufficiently
small.
This
paper
contrasts
myopic
and
rational
expectations
within
a
general
dynamic
model
of
an
open
access
fishery.

Berck,
Peter
and
Jeffrey
M.
Perloff
(
1984).
"
An
Open­
Access
Fishery
with
Rational
Expectations."
Econometrica,
52(
2):
489­
506.

How
potential
entrants
to
an
open
access
fishery
form
their
expectations
determines
the
fishery's
adjustment
path
to
a
steady
state
but
not
the
steady
state
values
themselves.
It
is
well
known
that,
in
the
standard
model
with
myopic
expectations
(
those
based
on
current
values),
boats
enter
the
fishery
only
when
the
fish
stock
is
greater
than
its
steady
state
stock.
We
show
that,
with
rational
expectations
(
perfect
foresight),
however,
boats
may
enter
when
the
fish
stock
is
much
lower
than
its
steady
state
value
if
the
boat
fleet
is
sufficiently
small.
This
paper
contrasts
myopic
and
rational
expectations
within
a
general
dynamic
model
of
an
open
access
fishery.
6
3
Bergin,
Anthony
(
1997).

Albatross
and
Longlining
­
Managing
Seabird
Bycatch.

Marine
Policy,
21(
1):
63­
72.

Seabirds
can
be
accidentally
injured
or
killed
during
certain
types
of
fishing.
The
fishing
method
currently
under
most
scrutiny
for
its
impact
on
seabird
populations
is
demersal
and
pelagic
longlining.
The
main
species
of
concern
at
present
are
albatross.
This
paper
outlines
current
mitigation
measures,
both
gear
and
operational
changes,
to
deal
with
the
problem.
It
is
suggested
that
measures
can
be
developed
that
achieve
a
reduction
in
bird
loss
and
are
practical
and
economic
for
the
fishing
industry.

Bergstrom,
John
C.
and
John
R.
Stoll
(
1993).

Value
Estimator
Models
for
Wetlands­
Based
Recreational
Use
Values.

Land
Economics,
69(
2):
132­
137.

Evaluation
and
implementation
of
policies
affecting
wetlands
management
may
require
measurement
of
the
economic
value
of
the
policies
to
individuals
and
groups.
A
potentially
powerful
means
for
measuring
changes
in
wetlandsbased
recreational
values
is
the
use
of
value
estimator
models.
The
general
specification
and
potential
applications
of
value
estimator
models
for
wetlands­
based
recreational
use
values
are
discussed
in
this
paper.
Future
research
needs
are
also
identified.

Bergstrom,
Theodore
C.
(
1982).
"
On
Capturing
Oil
Rents
with
a
National
Excise
Tax."
The
American
Economic
Review,
72(
1):
194­
201.

In
a
static
competitive
analysis
the
entire
burden
of
an
excise
tax
on
a
good
in
fixed
supply
falls
on
the
supplier.
Imposing
a
tax
does
not
affect
the
price
paid
by
consumers
and
the
price
received
by
suppliers
falls
by
the
amount
of
the
tax.
One
is
tempted
to
conjecture
that
this
result
extends
to
the
case
of
costlessly
extracted
depletable
r
Although
he
amount
of
such
a
resource
that
is
supplied
in
any
single
period
can
change
in
response
to
variation
in
the
intertemporal
price
structure,
the
total
amount
available
for
all
time
is
fixed.
Thus
it
is
plausible
that
the
effects
of
an
excise
tax
imposed
once
and
forever
might
be
the
same
in
the
static
model.
This
conjecture
turns
out
to
be
true.

Berkeley,
Steven
A.
(
1985).
A
Letter
to
W.
Steven
Otwell.
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Management
Council,
1
Southpark
Circle,
Charleston,
S.
C.,
December.

Summarized
data
on
Japanese
yellowfin
tuna
catch
from
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
FCZ.

Berkeley,
Steven
A.,
Edwin
W.
Irby,
Jr.,
and
John
W.
Jolley,
Jr.
(
1981).
"
Florida's
Commercial
Swordfish
Fishery:
Longline
Gear
and
Methods."
MAP­
14,
Marine
Advisory
Bulletin,
Florida
Sea
Grant
College
in
cooperation
with
University
of
Miami,
Rosenstiel
School
of
Marine
and
Atmospheric
Science
and
Florida
Department
of
Natural
Resources,
West
Palm
Beach
Field
Station,
Marine
Advisory
Program,
Florida
Cooperative
Extension
Service,
6022
McCarty
Hall,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL,
August,
23
pp.

The
paper
briefly
describes
commercial
fishing
methods
employed
in
the
swordfish
fishery.

Berkes,
Fikret
(
1985).
"
Fishermen
and
'
The
Tragedy
of
the
Commons'."
Environmental
Conservation,
12(
3):
199­
206.

Both
natural
and
social
scientists
have
reported
from
diverse
regions
of
6
4
the
world
how
certain
local
populations
have
maintained
viable
systems
of
resource
management
by
successfully
self­
regulating
resource
harvesting
activities.
Far
from
being
owned
by
on
one
and
freely
open
to
any
user,
many
of
the
fish
stocks
of
the
world
are
under
claims
of
ownership
by
communities
of
fishermen
who
exercise
use­
rights
and
who
control
access
to
the
resource.
Open
access
and
common
property
conditions
were
created
and
the
tragedy
started
only
after
the
destruction
of
such
traditional
marine
tenure
systems.

Berkson,
J.
(
1944).
"
Application
of
the
Logistic
Function
to
Bio­
assay."
Journal
of
the
American
Statistical
Association,
39:
357­
365.

A
comparison
of
the
normal
and
logistic
functions
in
the
analysis
of
drug
dosage
mortality.
The
results
indicate
that
the
logistic
curve
results
are
as
good
as
or
better
than
the
normal
model
results.

Berndt,
Ernst
R.
and
Melvyn
A.
Fuss
(
1989).
"
Economic
Capacity
Utilization
and
Productivity
Measurement
for
Multiproduct
Firms
with
Multiple
Quasi­
Fixed
Inputs."
Working
Paper
No.
2932,
National
Bureau
of
Economic
Research,
Inc.,
1050
Massachusetts
Avenue,
Cambridge,
MA,
April,
36
pp.

In
this
paper,
we
develop
measures
of
economic
capacity
output
and
economic
capacity
utilization
for
firms
producing
multiple
outputs
and
having
one
or
more
quasi­
fixed
inputs.
Although
we
produce
an
impossibility
theorem
showing
that
based
only
on
the
assumption
of
cost
minimization,
the
concept
of
capacity
output
is
undefined
whenever
the
number
of
outputs
(
I)
exceeds
the
number
of
fixed
inputs
(
M),
we
are
able
to
provide
alternative
constructive
procedures
for
defining
capacity
output
whenever
I<=
M.
We
also
propose
a
number
of
additional
primal
and
dual
measures
of
utilization
of
the
variable
and
fixed
inputs.
Including
a
multi­
fixed
input
analog
to
Tobin

s
q.
We
relate
these
alternative
utilization
measures
to
one
another,
and
show
that
unambiguous
inequality
relationships
among
them
(
relative
to
unity)
can
typically
be
specified
a
priori
only
under
rather
restrictive
assumptions.
We
show
that
unless
restrictive
assumptions
are
made,
the
multi­
fixed
input
analogs
to
Tobin

s
q
have
little
informational
content
regarding
incentives
for
net
investment
of
any
specific
fixed
input.
Finally,
we
demonstrate
the
usefulness
of
the
alternative
utilization
measures
by
showing
how
they
can
be
incorporated
to
adjust
traditional
measures
of
multi­
factor
productivity
growth
for
variations
in
short
run
utilization.

Berndt,
Ernst
R.
and
David
O.
Wood
(
1975).
"
Technology,
Prices,
and
the
Derived
Demand
for
Energy."
The
Review
of
Economics
and
Statistics,
62(
3):
259­
268.

This
paper
presents
evidence
on
the
possibilities
for
substitution
between
energy
and
nonenergy
inputs.
Our
principal
finding
is
that
technological
possibilities
for
substitution
between
energy
and
nonenergy
inputs
are
present,
but
to
a
somewhat
limited
extent.
Specifically,
we
find
that
energy
demand
is
price
responsive,
energy
and
labor
are
slightly
substitutable,
and
energy
and
capital
are
complementary.
We
also
find
that
our
data
do
not
support
the
value
added
specification
typically
used
in
studies
of
production
and
investment
behavior.

Berndt,
Ernst
R.
and
David
O.
Wood
(
1979).
"
Engineering
and
Econometric
Interpretations
of
Energy­
Capital
Complementarily."
The
American
Economic
Review,
69(
3):
342­
354.

This
paper
provides
a
reconciliation
and
interpretation
of
engineering
and
econometric
studies
of
energy­
capital
substitutability
versus
6
5
complementarily
from
economic
and
engineering
studies.
An
analytical
framework
is
developed
that
reconciles
the
engineering
evidence
with
the
possibility
of
energy­
capital
complementarily.
Empirical
evidence
reconciling
the
seemingly
disparate
econometric
results
of
energy
complementarily
and
substitutability
is
also
presented.

Berrien,
Peter
and
Doris
Finan
(
1977).

Biological
and
Fisheries
Data
on
Spanish
Mackerel,
Scomberomorus
maculatus
(
Mitchill).

Technical
Series
Report
No.
9,
Sandy
Hook
Laboratory,
Northeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
Highlands,
N.
J.,
November,
52
pp.

A
summary
of
the
biology
and
brief
description
of
the
fishery
for
Spanish
mackerel.

Berry,
Brian
J.
L.
and
Robert
S.
Bednarz
(
1975).
"
A
Hedonic
Model
of
Prices
and
Assessments
for
Single­
Family
Homes:
Does
the
Assessor
Follow
the
Market
or
the
Market
Follow
the
Assessor?"
Land
Economics,
:
21­
40.

The
paper
explores
the
question
of
who
is
likely
to
benefit
from
a
change
in
the
Cook
County
assessment
system
and
who
is
likely
to
find
that
his
taxes
are
increased.
Factors
determining
the
selling
price
of
single
family
homes
in
Chicago
are
compared
with
factors
related
to
variations
in
property
tax
assessments,
to
discover
the
ways
in
which
the
market
and
the
assessor
differ.
The
results
of
these
comparisons
are
then
combined
to
reveal
those
factors
causing
variations
in
the
assessment:
price
ratio
whose
effects
would
be
eliminated
by
uniform
percentage
taxation
based
on
market
values.

Bertsekas,
Dimitri
P.
(
1976).
Dynamic
Programming
and
Stochastic
Control.
Academic
Press,
New
York.

The
basic
objective
of
the
book
is
to
provide
a
unified
framework
for
sequential
decision
making
under
uncertainty
and
to
stress
the
few
fundamental
concepts
underlying
the
treatment
of
uncertainty
and
the
technique
of
dynamic
programming.

Bessette,
Cheryl
(
1985).

Growth,
Distribution,
and
Abundance
of
Juvenile
Penaeid
Shrimp
in
Galveston
Bay.

Thesis,
Department
of
Biology,
University
of
Houston,
Houston,
Texas,
August,
132
pp.

The
bait
shrimp
industry
of
Galveston
Bay
was
studied
from
May
through
November
of
1984
to
identify
patterns
of
abundance
and
distribution
of
juvenile
shrimp,
Penaeus
aztecus
and
P.
setiferus,
and
to
note
the
growth
of
both
populations
before
movement
of
each
to
offshore
waters.
In
addition
to
the
work
conducted
on
shrimp,
a
characterization
of
the
incidental
catch
(
all
animals
caught
besides
shrimp)
was
also
performed.

Beverton,
R.
J.
H.
(
1994).
Notes
on
the
Use
of
Theoretical
Models
in
the
Study
of
the
Dynamics
of
Exploited
Fish
Populations.
Marine
Fisheries
Section,
American
Fisheries
Society,
Special
Publication
1.

This
book
reprints
a
series
of
lectures
given
in
1951
at
the
U.
S.
Fisheries
Laboratory,
Beaufort,
North
Carolina
by
the
author
on
the
theory
of
fishing
and
the
analysis
of
the
dynamics
of
fish
populations.
The
bulk
of
the
material
on
which
the
lectures
were
based
was
taken
from
recent
work
by
the
author
in
collaboration
with
Dr.
S.
J.
Holt.
6
6
Beverton,
Raymond
J.
H.
and
Sidney
J.
Holt
(
1957).
On
the
Dynamics
of
Exploited
Fish
Populations.
Fishery
Investigations,
Series
II,
Volume
XIX,
Ministry
of
Agriclulture,
fisheries
and
Food,
London:
Her
Majesty

s
Stationery
Office.

The
initial
investigation
into
fish
population
dynamics.

Bhattacharyya,
Arunava,
Thomas
R.
Harris,
Rangesan
Narayanan,
and
Kambiz
Raffiee
(
1995).

Technical
Efficiency
of
Rural
Water
Utilities.

Journal
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
20(
3):
373­
391.

Technical
efficiency
of
rural
water
utilities
is
determined
using
frontier
production
functions.
An
indirect
production
function
is
developed
to
model
the
two­
step
production
process
of
a
local
government
controlled
firm.
Data
from
26
rural
Nevada
water
utilities
are
used
to
estimate
inefficiency
in
terms
of
firm
specific
variables.
A
multi
step
estimation
procedure
is
used
instead
of
single
step
maximum
likelihood
estimation.
Model
selection
tests
are
used
to
choose
the
best
model.
Privately
owned
utilities
are
most
efficient;
self­
governing
water
districts
are
the
least
efficient.
Municipal
governments
operate
the
most
and
least
efficient
utilities.

Biais,
G.
(
1994).
"
A
Decade
of
Fisheries
Resources
Management
By
TACS
in
European
Community
Waters
from
1983
to
1992."
C.
M.
1994/
T:
2,
Theme
Session
on
Improving
the
Link
Between
Fisheries
Science
and
Management:
Biological,
Social,
and
Economic
Considerations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Seas,
82nd
Statutory
Meeting,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September.

In
1983,
the
European
Community
agreed
on
a
management
and
conservation
regime
for
fisheries
resources
by
adopting
the
EEC
regulation
no
170/
83.
This
has
been
one
of
the
main
text
of
the
Common
Fisheries
Policy
for
ten
years.
It
gave
a
major
place
to
Total
Allowable
Catch
(
TAC)
by
stock
or
by
group
of
stock.
After
ten
years
of
implementation
of
this
regime,
the
European
Commission
admitted
that
it
had
some
large
insufficiencies
(
ECC,
1991).
The
EEC
regulation
no
3760/
92,
which
has
replaced
the
EEC
regulation
no
170/
83
since
the
end
of
1992,
put
some
stress
on
other
management
instruments,
e.
g.
licenses,
and
on
the
possibility
of
using
TACs
by
fishery
or
over
several
years.
Nevertheless,
the
annual
TAC
by
stock
appears
to
still
have
a
future
and
it
seems
interesting
to
look
at
data
in
the
debate
on
their
performance.

Bibb,
Sally
(
1994).
"
Monitoring
Catch,
Bycatch,
and
Discards
for
Individual
Vessels."
Position
Paper
presented
at
the
Limited
Access
Workshop,
Seattle,
Washington,
November
1­
3.
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Alaska
Region,
P.
O.
Box
21668,
709
West
9th
Street,
Juneau,
Alaska,
October.

A
description
of
the
groundfish
bycatch
problem
in
Alaskan
waters
and
the
effect
of
ITQ
management
on
bycatch
levels.

Bielsa,
Lourdes
M.,
William
H.
Murdich,
and
Ronald
F.
Labisky
(
1983).
"
Pink
Shrimp."
Species
Profiles:
Life
Histories
and
Environmental
Requirements
of
Coastal
Fishes
and
Invertebrates
(
South
Florida),
Performed
for
Coastal
Ecology
Group,
Waterways
Experiment
Station,
U.
S.
Army
Corps
of
Engineers,
Vicksburg,
MS
and
National
Coastal
Ecosystems
Team,
Division
of
Biological
Services,
Research
and
Development,
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service,
U.
S.
Department
of
the
Interior,
Washington,
D.
C.
October,
21
pp.
6
7
This
species
profile
is
one
of
a
series
on
coastal
aquatic
organisms,
principally
fish,
of
sport,
commercial,
or
ecological
importance.
The
profiles
are
designed
to
provide
coastal
managers,
engineers,
and
biologists
with
a
brief
comprehensive
sketch
of
the
biological
characteristics
and
environmental
requirements
of
the
species
and
to
describe
how
populations
of
the
species
may
be
expected
to
react
to
environmental
changes
caused
by
coastal
development.
Each
profile
has
sections
on
taxonomy,
life
history,
ecological
role,
environmental
requirements,
and
economic
importance,
if
applicable.
A
Habitat
Suitability
Index
(
HSI)
model
is
being
prepared
by
the
U.
S.
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service
for
the
pink
shrimp.
HSI
models
are
designed
to
provide
a
numerical
index
of
the
relative
value
of
a
given
site
as
fish
or
wildlife
habitat.

Bigford,
Thomas
E.
(
1991).
"
Sea­
Level
Rise,
Nearshore
Fisheries,
and
the
Fishing
Industry."
Coastal
Management,
19:
417­
437.

Global
meteorological
conditions
may
be
changing,
and
sea
levels
over
the
next
centuries
could
rise
at
rates
usually
measured
over
millennia.
As
a
result,
fish
habitats,
fishery
yields,
and
the
industry's
shoreside
infrastructure
could
change
dramatically.
This
article
summarizes
predicted
sea­
level
changes;
forecasts
possible
short­
and
long­
term
effects
on
fish
habitats,
valued
estuarine
and
coastal
species,
and
fishing
industry
sectors;
and
recommends
specific
actions
to
maintain
a
viable
fishing
industry.
Lacking
applicable
research
results,
most
effects
are
extrapolated
from
professional
opinions
and
related
research
on
other
coastal
industries
or
features.
Emphasis
is
on
the
United
States'
Atlantic
Coast.
Predicted
impacts
should
change
over
time.
Some
short­
term
changes
could
be
beneficial
as
new
habitats
are
created
for
estuarine
species,
but
the
long­
term
implications
on
most
sectors,
especially
shoreside
industries,
are
more
negative
than
positive.
Potential
impacts
should
inspire
harvesting
and
processing
sectors
to
participate
in
remedial
planning,
where
assistance
is
available
from
coastal
managers.
Recommendations
address
deficiencies
in
natural
resource
management
strategies,
development
policies,
short­
and
long­
term
waterfront
plans,
decision­
making
protocols
for
actions
such
as
wetland
permits,
and
priorities
for
remedial
action.

Binswanger,
Hans
P.
(
1974).
"
A
Cost
Function
Approach
to
the
Measurement
of
Elasticities
of
Factor
Demand
and
Elasticities
of
Substitution."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
56(
2):
377­
387.

This
paper
derives
the
Allen
partial
elasticity
of
substitution
in
terms
of
the
cross
derivatives
of
the
cost
function.
Then,
the
result
is
applied
to
the
case
of
the
translog
cost
function
and
methods
to
avoid
estimation
biases
caused
by
neutral
and
non­
neutral
efficiency
differences
are
presented.
Finally,
the
translog
method
is
used
to
derive
estimates
of
elasticities
of
derived
demand
and
of
elasticities
of
substitution
for
the
agricultural
sector
using
U.
S.
cross
sectional
data
of
states
for
the
years
1949,
1959,
and
1964.

Bird,
Peter
J.
W.
N.
(
1986).
"
Econometric
Estimation
of
World
Salmon
Demand."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
3(
2):
169­
182.

This
paper
reports
the
estimation
of
a
single
equation
model
of
the
world
market
price
of
salmon
over
the
period
1958­
1982.
The
equation
estimated
explains
the
equilibrium
price
in
terms
of
world
salmon
landings,
OECD
consumer
expenditures,
and
the
price
of
a
substitute.
The
equation
is
specified
dynamically.
It
implies
relatively
elastic
short
run
responses
of
demand
to
price
and
income
changes,
together
with
the
persistence
of
habits
6
8
over
a
longer
period.

Birnie,
Patricia
(
1982).
"
IWC
­
A
New
Era."
Marine
Policy,
January:
74­
76.

Report
on
the
33rd
meeting
of
the
International
Whaling
Commission
including
the
withdrawal
of
Canada
from
the
Commission
and
the
outcome
of
a
proposed
international
commercial
whaling
moratorium.

Biro,
Elizabeth
(
1992).
"
Wide
Support
for
the
Wreckfish
Plan."
National
Fisherman,
July:
16­
19.

The
final
installment
in
the
series
on
individual
transferable
quotas
(
ITQs)
focuses
on
a
system
that
has
a
great
chance
of
success.
Wreckfishermen
and
regulators
alike
seized
an
opportunity
to
carefully
manage
a
fishery
before
it
got
out
to
hand.

Bishop,
Richard
C.
(
1978).
"
Endangered
Species
and
Uncertainty:
The
Economics
of
the
Safe
Minimum
Standard."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
60(
1):
10­
18.

Species
extinction
irreversibly
narrows
the
reservoir
of
potential
resources.
The
future
repercussions
of
this
narrowing
are
uncertain.
This
paper
develops
the
safe
minimum
standard
(
SMS)
approach
to
public
decisions
involving
endangered
species.
The
SMS
approach
is
based
on
game
theory
and
calls
for
avoidance
of
extinction
unless
the
social
costs
are
unacceptably
large.
The
level
at
which
costs
become
excessive
is
a
matter
of
intergenerational
distribution.
The
paper
also
explores
important
linkages
between
the
SMS
approach
and
recent
literature
on
preservation
of
natural
environments.

Bishop,
Richard
C.
(
1987).
"
Economic
Values
Defined."
Chapter
3
in
Decker,
Daniel
J.
and
Gary
R.
Goff
(
eds.)
Valuing
Wildlife,
Economic
and
Social
Perspectives,
Westview
Press,
Boulder,
CO.

This
chapter
explains
fundamental
economic
concepts
that
underlie
wildlife
valuation.
These
fundamental
economic
concepts
will
clarify
economists
objections
to
expenditures
as
a
measure
of
value.
Finally,
the
concepts
will
show
that
part
of
the
tension
between
wildlifers
and
economists
can
be
traced
to
a
basic
difference
in
their
perspectives;
wildlifers
and
economists
bring
different
held
values
to
bear
on
wildlife
issues.

Bishop,
Richard
C.
and
Thomas
A.
Heberlein
(
1979).
"
Measuring
Values
of
Extramarket
Goods:
Are
Indirect
Measures
Biased?"
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
61(
5):
926­
930.

A
number
of
potential
sources
of
bias
in
the
contingent
valuation
and
travel
cost
methods
of
valuing
outdoor
recreation
have
been
discussed
in
the
literature.
These
are
summarized
in
the
first
section
of
the
paper.
When
summed
together,
these
potential
problems
are
sufficient
to
justify
considerable
skepticism
about
the
accuracy
of
resulting
value
estimates.
In
the
second
section
of
the
paper,
we
report
the
results
of
an
experiment
where
TC
and
CV
values
were
compared
to
values
based
on
actual
cash
transactions.
Though
preliminary,
the
results
of
this
experiment
indicate
that
substantial
biases
exist
in
both
TC
and
CV
estimates.

Bishop,
Richard
C.
and
Karl
C.
Samples
(
1980).
"
Sport
and
Commercial
Fishing
Conflicts:
A
Theoretical
Analysis."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
(
7):
220­
233.
6
9
A
recreational
sector
is
added
to
a
standard
commercial
fishing
optimal
control
model
to
identify
public
decision
variables
that
should
be
considered
when
determining
optimal
population
levels
and
allocating
harvestable
fish
between
sport
and
commercial
users.
Both
linear
and
nonlinear
models
are
presented.
A
predator­
prey
relationship
is
also
considered.
Results
derived
from
the
models
indicate
that
shortcomings
exist
with
current
economic
inputs
to
policy
making
because
of
failure
to
consider
relevant
bioeconomic
relationships.
Future
research
topics
to
remedy
this
are
discussed.

Bishop,
Richard
C.,
Thomas
A.
Heberlein,
and
Mary
Jo
Kealy
(
198?).
"
Contingent
Valuation
of
Environmental
Assets:
Comparisons
with
a
Simulated
Market."
Draft
report.

The
evidence
to
support
the
view
that
people
confronting
a
contingent
valuation
mechanism
do
not
have
well
developed
beliefs
about
how
they
would
behave
in
real
markets
for
environmental
assets
comes
primarily
from
an
experiment
involving
Wisconsin
goose
hunting
permits.
These
permits
were
evaluated
using
several
CV
mechanism
and
a
travel
cost
model.
They
were
also
evaluated
in
a
"
simulated
market"
where
permit
holders
were
offered
real
money
not
to
hunt.
The
results
show
that
contingent
values
could
easily
be
in
error
by
50
percent
or
more.
After
describing
the
experiment
and
its
results,
the
remainder
of
the
paper
explores
the
reasons
for
these
errors
with
particular
emphasis
on
the
artificiality
of
CV
mechanisms.
Several
conclusions
emerge,
including
one
particularly
interesting
hypothesis:
Our
results
and
those
of
some
other
studies
seem
to
show
that
CV
mechanisms
tend
to
underestimate
willingness
to
pay
and
overvalue
environmental
assets
when
the
criterion
is
willingness
to
accept
compensation.

Bjorndal,
Trond
(
1988).
"
The
Optimal
Management
of
North
Sea
Herring."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
15:
9­
29.

A
discrete
time
dynamic
bioeconomic
model
for
a
fish
resource
is
developed.
The
objective
is
maximization
of
discounted
net
revenues
subject
to
changes
in
stock
size.
The
model
of
population
dynamics
is
described
by
a
delay­
difference
equation.
Natural
growth
and
recruitment
are
related
to
stock
size,
with
recruitment
taking
place
with
a
time
lag.
Conditions
characterizing
the
optimal
stock
level
are
derived.
The
model
is
applied
to
North
Sea
herring.
Estimates
of
the
optimal
stock
level
are
given,
and
optimal
trajectories
derived.
Due
to
the
schooling
behavior
of
herring,
it
is
shown
that
open
access
amy
cause
stock
extinction.

Bjorndal,
Trond
(
1988).
"
Optimal
Harvesting
of
Farmed
Fish."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5(
2):
139­
159.

This
paper
analyzes
the
optimal
harvesting
of
farmed
fish.
A
biological
model
for
a
year
class
of
fish
is
specified.
Output
price
and
costs
are
added
to
constitute
a
bioeconomic
model.
The
effects
of
economic
and
biological
parameters
on
optimal
harvesting
are
analyzed.
Examples
of
optimal
harvesting
for
salmon
and
turbot
are
given.

Bjorndal,
Trond
(
1989).
"
Production
in
a
Schooling
Fishery:
The
Case
of
the
North
Sea
Herring
Fishery."
Land
Economics,
65(
1):
49­
56.

This
paper
undertakes
an
empirical
analysis
of
the
harvest
function
for
the
North
Sea
herring
fishery.
The
empirical
results
indicate
that
there
is
a
rising
marginal
product
to
the
variable
input
in
the
fishery.
Fishery
regulations
that
were
in
force,
including
total
quotas
and
closed
seasons,
are
found
to
be
either
ineffective
or
causing
boats
to
operate
inefficiently.
7
0
Bjorndal,
Trond
and
Jon
M.
Conrad
(
1987).
"
Capital
Dynamics
in
the
North
Sea
Herring
Fishery."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
4:
63­
74.

A
discrete
time
model
is
formulated
to
model
decisions
of
boats
to
enter
or
exit
the
North
Sea
herring
fishery.
A
lagged
model
is
specified
to
reflect
adjustment
time
to
changes
in
profits.
The
empirical
results
indicate
that
fleet
adjustment
in
this
fishery
primarily
depends
on
current
period
profits
and
that
the
opportunity
cost
may
depend
on
returns
in
the
alternative
fishery
(
mackerel).
Lagged
variables
reflecting
vessel
construction
time
accounted
for
a
small
increase
in
the
statistical
fit.
The
hypothesis
that
entry
in
response
to
positive
profits
is
more
elastic
than
exit
due
to
negative
profits
was
not
supported
by
the
results.
The
harvesting
industry's
capital
investment
model
was
relatively
simplistic
reflecting
the
limited
data
set
available
to
the
authors.
The
annual
data
covered
a
relatively
short
period
of
time
and
probably
little
cross
sectional
data
existed
for
this
fishery.
These
limitations
restrict
the
available
degrees
of
freedom
necessary
to
construct
and
estimated
more
sophisticated
models.

Black,
Robert,
Bruce
McKenney,
Robert
Unsworth,
and
Nicholas
Flores
(
1998).

Economic
Analysis
for
Hydropower
Project
Relicensing:
Guidance
and
Alternative
Methods.

Industrial
Economics,
Incorporated,
2057
Massachusetts
Avenue,
Cambridge,
Massachusetts,
October.

A
review
of
the
Federal
Power
Regulatory
Commission
guidelines
of
cost
benefit
analysis
for
relicensing
hydropower
projects.
Comments
and
suggestions
for
improving
the
analyses
are
included.

Blackman,
Sue
Anne
Batey
and
William
J.
Baumol
(
1980).
"
Modified
Fiscal
Incentives
in
Environmental
Policy."
Land
Economics,
56(
4):
417­
431.

We
have
sought
to
describe
how
ingenuity
can
devise
a
variety
of
modified
environmental
programs
that
in
different
degrees
approximate
the
pure
financial
incentives
advocated
by
many
economists.

Blake,
Kevin
S.
(
1996).

Modeling
Preferences
for
Regulatory
Options:
A
Case
Study
of
the
Northeast
Recreational
Bluefin
Tuna
Fisherman.

Non­
Thesis,
Department
of
Environmental
and
Natural
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
R.
I.,
August,
86
pp.

Since
passage
of
the
Magnuson
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act
of
1977,
U.
S.
fishery
managers
have
concerned
themselves
with
achieving

optimum
social
yield

.
To
effect
this
mandate,
fishery
managers
have
focused
on
direct
effort
controls
without
determining
how
fishermen,
commercial
or
recreational,
may
prefer
the
fishery
be
regulated.
Using
contingent
valuation
methods,
economists
may
determine
if
preferences
exist
for
some
types
of
regulations.
This
paper
uses
contingent,
or
discrete,
choice
questions
from
a
1991
mail
survey
of
Northeastern
recreational
Western
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna
fishermen
o
demonstrate
that
fishermen
have
preferences
for
catch
limit
regulations.

Blomo,
Vito
J.
(
1983).
"
Economic
Criteria
Regarding
Diversification
Through
Public
and/
or
Private
Sector
Financing."
Report
V
in
Assessment
of
Shrimp
Industry
Potentials
and
Conflicts,
Volume
II,
Shrimp
Notes
Incorporated,
417
Eliza
Street,
New
Orleans,
Louisiana,
August,
22
pp.

Cyclical
swings
in
the
profitability
of
shrimp
harvesting
operations
has
7
1
prompted
an
evaluation
of
diversifying
the
scope
of
fishing
activities.
This
report
first
develops
economic
criteria
the
vessel
owner
can
use
to
determine
the
profitability
of
any
additional
investment
including
the
advisability
of
borrowing
additional
investment
funds.
Secondly,
with
financing
for
diversification
from
public
and/
or
private
sources
being
likely,
economic
criteria
will
be
developed
so
that
funds
from
these
sources
are
loaned
out
and
committed
with
minimal
risk
and
with
a
high
degree
of
accountability
to
the
public
for
public
funds.

Blomo,
Vito
J.
and
James
E.
Easley
(
1983).
"
Awareness
Program
for
Shrimp
Harvesters
as
to
the
Uses
of
Various
By­
Catch,
The
On­
Going
Development
of
the
Turtle
Excluder
Device
(
TED)
Information
Program."
Report
IV
in
Assessment
of
Shrimp
Industry
Potentials
and
Conflicts,
Volume
II,
Shrimp
Notes
Incorporated,
417
Eliza
Street,
New
Orleans,
Louisiana,
August,
23
pp.

The
purpose
of
this
report
is
to
discuss
alternatives
for
an
awareness
program
for
shrimp
fishermen
regarding
bycatch
utilization.
Bycatch
reduction
of
undesirable
sizes
and
species
is
an
integral
part
of
the
problem,
hence
is
also
addressed.
The
first
section
below
briefly
summarizes
recent
information
on
bycatch,
its
utilization
and
problems
surrounding
bycatch
utilization.
The
second
section
discusses
possible
objectives
of
an
awareness
program
and
types
of
information
that
would
be
required.
The
third
section
then
addresses
strategies
that
might
be
pursued
in
terms
of
vehicles
for
conducting
an
awareness
program.
The
next
section
discusses
possible
content
and
delivery
methods
for
a
Turtle
Excluder
Device
(
TED)
information
program.
As
such,
it
emphasizes
bycatch
reduction.
The
last
section
then
discusses
techniques
for
monitoring
the
effectiveness
of
an
awareness
program.
Monitoring
will
be
important
to
future
decisions
concerning
whether
to
continue
such
a
program.

Blomo,
Vito
J.
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1978).
"
Costs
and
Returns
Data:
Florida­
Based
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Trawlers,
1977."
TAMU­
SG­
79­
604,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Texas
A&
M
University,
October,
33
pp.

This
report
summarizes
estimates
of
costs
and
returns
for
vessels
of
different
characteristics
that
anchor
in
Florida
and
trawl
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Data
for
the
calendar
year
1977
were
collected
from
vessel
owners.
Results
are
presented
in
self
explanatory
tables.
No
attempt
is
made
to
draw
inferences
or
discuss
implications
of
trends,
or
relationships
that
may
be
apparent
in
the
data.
The
file
also
contains
a
June,
1978
draft
final
report
to
NMFS.

Blomo,
Vito
J.
and
John
P.
Nichols
(
1974).
"
Utilization
of
Finfishes
Caught
Incidental
to
Shrimp
Trawling
in
the
Western
Gulf
of
Mexico,
Part
I:
Evaluation
of
Markets."
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics
and
Rural
Sociology,
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Texas
A&
M
University,
June,
85
pp.

Discarded
trawl
fish
can
be
processed
into
fish
meal,
fish
solubles,
fish
oil,
pet
food,
and
various
forms
of
seafood.
This
study
evaluates
the
nature
of
the
markets
potentially
available
for
trawl
fish
and
estimates
potential
volumes
that
could
be
marketed
through
these
channels.
Price
flexibilities
were
estimated
for
each
market
to
evaluate
impact
of
increased
supplies
on
price.
Based
on
these
estimated
relationships,
current
market
conditions
and
the
availability
of
trawl
fish
in
the
Western
Gulf
of
Mexico,
potential
volumes
that
could
move
through
each
market
were
determined.
For
example,
the
total
catch
of
trawl
fish
by
shrimpers
of
368
million
pounds
could
move
through
the
reduction
market
with
only
a
negligible
effect
on
7
2
price.
The
lack
of
viable
marketing
facilities
along
the
Texas
Coast
for
many
product
forms
is
an
important
limitation
on
flow
of
trawl
fish
into
market
channels.

Blomo,
Vito
J.,
Wade
L.
Griffin,
and
John
P.
Nichols
(
1978).
"
Catch­
Effort
and
Price­
Cost
Trends
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery:
Implications
on
Mexico's
Extended
Jurisdiction."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
40(
8):
24­
28.

This
paper
reviews
the
trends
in
the
catch­
effort
and
price­
cost
relationships
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.
In
addition,
these
relationships
provide
a
rudimentary
framework
for
analyzing
the
effect
of
Mexico's
extended
200­
mile
jurisdiction.
This
paper
updates
the
data
series
presented
by
Nichols
and
Griffin
(
1975)
and
also
provides
a
more
accurate
estimate
of
fishing
effort
by
shrimp
vessels
(
Griffin,
1977).

Blomo,
V.
J.,
J.
P.
Nichols,
W.
L.
Griffin,
and
W.
E.
Grant
(
1982).
"
Dynamic
Modeling
of
the
Eastern
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
64(
3):
475­
482.

The
impact
of
alternative
management
schemes
on
the
shrimp
fishery
of
the
eastern
Gulf
of
Mexico
is
analyzed
and
compared
to
a
baseline
using
simulation
techniques
(
GBFSM).
The
fishery's
biological
and
economic
functions
are
modeled
including
intraseasonal
shrimp
growth
rates,
differences
in
demand
for
shrimp
by
size,
and
a
heterogenous
fishing
fleet.
Using
consumer
and
producer
surplus
techniques,
new
fishing
regulations
appear
socially
optimal
compared
to
the
baseline.
A
rent
maximization
scheme
increases
social
surplus
to
its
highest
level.
However,
applying
such
a
scheme
to
one
part
of
the
total
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
is
not
recommended.

Blomo,
V.,
K.
Stokes,
W.
Griffin,
W.
Grant,
and
J.
Nichols
(
1978).
"
Bioeconomic
Modeling
of
the
Gulf
Shrimp
Fishery:
An
Application
to
Galveston
Bay
and
Adjacent
Offshore
Areas."
Southern
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
10(
1):
119­
125.

This
article
incorporates
a
nonlinear
optimization
procedure
into
the
simulation
model
developed
by
Grant
and
Griffin
(
1979).
The
simulation
model
that
integrates
the
biological
relationships
and
shrimp
fleet
characteristics
is
combined
with
economic
theory
into
a
12
month
analysis
that
maximizes
net
income
to
the
industry
(
gross
returns
over
costs)
over
a
shrimping
season.
The
analysis
can
also
evaluate
changes
in
several
institutional
parameters
that
affect
the
utilization
of
the
common
property
shrimp
resource.

Blonder,
Greg
(
1995).

Faded
Genes.

AT&
T
Bell
Labs.

In
2088,
our
branch
on
the
tree
of
life
will
come
crashing
down.
We
will
be
driven
to
extinction
by
a
smarter
and
more
adaptable
species,
the
computer.
And
our
only
alternative
is
to
tinker
with
the
very
stuff
that
makes
us
human,
our
genes.

Blue
Water
Fishermen

s
Association
(
1997).

Economic
Impacts
to
the
U.
S.
Pelagic
Longline
Fishery
due
to
Wasteful,
Misguided
U.
S.
Unilateral
Management
Policies
of
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service.

P.
O.
Box
579,
910
Bayview
Ave.,
Barnegat
Light,
NJ,
17
pp.

A
fishery
description
and
estimates
of
the
negative
economic
impacts
associated
with
several
NMFS
Highly
Migratory
Species
management
policies.
7
3
Bockstael,
N.
E.
(
1976).
"
Analysis
of
Investment
Behavior
and
Price
Determination:
Analytical
Input
for
the
Formation
of
Policy
in
the
Fisheries."
Dissertation,
Department
of
Natural
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
Rhode
Island.

This
study
provides
a
theoretical
base
and
an
analytical
model
that
would
allow
for
the
generation
of
necessary
information
inputs
to
policy
decisions
regarding
foreign
fishing
within
the
U.
S.
extended
fisheries
zone.
Two
segments
of
the
analysis
include
a
fisheries
investment
behavior
and
economic
agent
behavior
model.
The
coordination
of
the
two
segments
into
an
interrelated,
policy
oriented,
prediction
model
is
discussed.

Bockstael,
Nancy
(
1978).
"
Seafood
Processing
Capacity
in
Commercial
Fisheries
Management:
Discussion."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
60(
5):
1026­
1027.

Reply
to
Prochaska,
F.
J.
(
1978).
"
Theoretical
and
Empirical
Considerations
for
Estimating
Capacity
and
Capacity
Utilization
in
Commercial
Fisheries."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
60(
5):
1020­
1025.

Bockstael,
N.
E.
(
1984).
"
Uncertainty
About
Consumption
and
Consumer
Uncertainty."
Draft
report.

Uncertainty
in
the
context
of
demand
for
fisheries
products
suggests
two
quite
distinct
issues.
The
first
is
the
uncertainty
that
resource
managers
face
in
predicting
demand;
the
second
is
the
uncertainty
that
faces
consumers
of
fishery
products.
This
paper
argues
that
the
first
either
is
of
little
importance
relative
to
other
prediction
problems
of
fishery
managers
or
provides
no
new
problems
of
analysis.
However,
the
second
issue
relates
to
the
demand
for
quality,
a
topic
receiving
much
attention
in
the
recent
economic
literature
and
one
that
has
particular
significance
for
the
demand
for
seafood.
When
producers
in
a
competitive
industry
have
control
over
quality
but
consumers
cannot
perceive
quality
upon
inspection,
welfare
gains
can
be
made
from
imposing
minimum
quality
standards.
In
addition,
publicly
supplied
and
accurate
information
about
quality
would
have
returns
to
both
parties
when
consumers,
uncertain
about
the
health
risks
related
to
fish
consumption,
exhibit
risk
averse
behavior.

Bockstael,
N.
E.
(
1984).
"
Uncertainty
About
Consumption
and
Consumer
Uncertainty."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
1(
1):
67­
76.

Uncertainty
in
the
context
of
demand
for
fisheries
products
suggests
two
quite
distinct
issues.
The
first
is
the
uncertainty
that
resource
managers
face
in
predicting
demand;
the
second
is
the
uncertainty
that
faces
consumers
of
fishery
products.
This
paper
argues
that
the
first
either
(
a)
is
of
little
importance
relative
to
other
prediction
problems
of
fishery
managers
or
(
b)
provides
no
new
problems
of
analysis.
However,
the
second
issue
relates
to
the
demand
for
quality,
a
topic
receiving
much
attention
in
the
recent
economic
literature
and
one
that
has
particular
significance
for
the
demand
for
seafood.
When
producers
in
a
competitive
industry
have
control
over
quality
but
consumers
cannot
perceive
quality
upon
inspection,
welfare
gains
can
be
made
from
imposing
minimum
quality
standards.
In
addition,
publicly
supplied
and
accurate
information
about
quality
would
have
returns
to
both
parties
when
consumers,
uncertain
about
the
health
risks
related
to
fish
consumption,
exhibit
risk
averse
behavior.

Bockstael,
N.
E.
and
Catherine
L.
Kling
(
1988).
"
Valuing
Environmental
Quality:
Weak
Complementarity
with
Sets
of
Goods."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
70(
3):
654­
662.
7
4
In
practice,
it
is
frequently
impossible
to
identify
a
single
good
that
is
a
weak
complement
to
an
environmental
amenity
for
which
welfare
measures
are
desired.
However,
a
set
of
goods
exhibiting
this
property
sometimes
exists,
e.
g.,
water
related
recreational
activities
when
the
nonmarket
good
to
be
valued
is
water
quality.
A
set
of
weak
complements
is
defined
and
implications
for
welfare
measurement
presented.
The
proper
welfare
measure
now
involves
evaluation
of
a
line
integral
and
simple
additions
of
areas
under
demand
curves
will
not
always
be
correct.
However,
under
certain
econometric
circumstances,
approximate
welfare
measures
can
be
obtained
from
estimated
functions.

Bockstael,
Nancy
E.
and
Kenneth
E.
McConnell
(
1979).
"
Calculating
Equivalent
and
Compensating
Variation
for
Natural
Resource
Facilities."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
RI,
August,
15
pp.

This
paper
addresses
the
theoretical
and
applied
difficulties
involved
in
estimating
compensated
and
equivalent
variation
for
large
price
changes
in
natural
resource
facilities.
Unambiguous
measures
of
welfare
changes
cannot
be
calculated
when
a
resource
is
eliminated
(
price
changes
from
zero
to
infinity).
Also,
contingent
valuation
measures
are
preferred
to
the
direct
approach
of
travel
cost
demand
analysis
for
estimating
consumer
surplus
due
to
the
difficulties
of
using
Willig's
bounds
in
this
case
of
zero
demand
for
access
to
the
natural
resource
(
trips).

Bockstael,
Nancy
E.
and
Kenneth
E.
McConnell
(
1981).
"
Theory
and
Estimation
of
the
Household
Production
Function
for
Wildlife
Recreation."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
8:
199­
214.

The
household
production
function
is
an
intuitively
appealing
way
to
model
man's
interaction
with
nature.
This
paper
models
the
interaction
between
the
household's
behavior
and
publicly
provided
inputs
into
wildlife
recreation.
The
paper
shows
how
to
compute
benefits,
assuming
that
the
household
production
function
is
known.
The
household
production
function
approach
collapses
to
the
simple
travel
cost
approach
when
households
are
unable
to
substitute
their
own
inputs
for
publicly
provided
inputs.
In
addition,
the
paper
demonstrates
the
conditions
under
which
the
parameters
of
cost
an
preference
functions
can
be
identified.
The
conditions
for
identification
are
quite
restrictive
when
several
choices
are
endogenous.

Bockstael,
Nancy
E.
and
Kenneth
E.
McConnell
(
1983).
"
Welfare
Measurement
in
the
Household
Production
Framework."
American
Economic
Review,
73(
4):
806­
814,

A
new
conceptual
basis
for
welfare
measurement
of
nonmarket
goods
is
provided.
The
paper
shows
that
the
traditionally
conceived
Marshallian
demands
are
not
uniquely
defined.
In
contrast,
the
utility
constant
marginal
value
functions
that
are
dependent
only
on
preferences
and
not
technology
do
exist
and
have
the
usual
normative
interpretation.
Regardless
of
joint
production
or
nonconstant
returns
to
scale,
the
area
behind
the
marginal
value
and
marginal
cost
curves
measure
economic
surplus.
Changes
in
this
area
measure
welfare
effects
associated
with
changes
in
the
individual's
economic
environment.
Finally,
the
paper
shows
that
equivalent
measures
of
welfare
change
can
often
be
obtained
in
the
market
for
goods
that
serve
as
inputs
into
the
household
production
process
without
assuming
that
the
technology
is
known.

Bockstael,
N.
E.
and
J.
J.
Opaluch
(
1983).
"
Discrete
Modeling
of
Supply
7
5
Response
Under
Uncertainty:
The
Case
of
the
Fishery."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
10:
125­
137.

In
the
absence
of
complete
control
in
a
regulated
industry,
effective
management
requires
prediction
of
firms'
behavioral
responses
to
public
policy.
This
paper
develops
a
discrete
choice
model
of
supply
response
under
uncertainty
and
applies
it
to
fishery
choice
problems
of
New
England
fishing
firms.
While
fishermen
demonstrate
a
bias
towards
remaining
within
the
same
fishery,
sufficient
incentives,
in
terms
of
changes
in
expected
returns
and
risk,
are
shown
to
elicit
response.
Due
to
extreme
uncertainty
concerning
population
dynamics
of
fish
stocks,
a
satisficing
approach
to
management,
facilitated
by
this
type
of
modeling,
may
be
more
appropriate
than
bioeconomic
optimization.

Bockstael,
Nancy
E.
and
Ivar
E.
Strand,
Jr.
(
1987).
"
The
Effect
of
Common
Sources
of
Regression
Error
on
Benefit
Estimates."
Land
Economics,
63(
1):
11­
20.

This
paper
explores
how
the
assumptions
about
sources
of
error
influence
estimates
of
recreational
benefits.
A
discussion
of
the
various
sources
of
error
in
demand
estimation
is
first
offered.
The
analysis
is
confined
to
omitted
variables
and
measurement
error
or
random
preferences.
These
represent
the
primary
explanations
for
the
stochastic
term
in
recreational
demand
analysis.
Also,
they
can
be
treated
with
the
same
estimation
technique
and
hence
imply
identical
estimators.

Bockstael,
Nancy
E.
and
Ivar
E.
Strand,
Jr.
(
1993).
"
Free
Trade
and
Global
Resources:
The
Case
of
Protected
Marine
Species."
Paper
prepared
for
the
IDB/
ECLAC
Project
on
Trade
Liberalization,
June,
1993.

The
authors
determine
the
impacts
of
institutional
rules
for
the
international
trade
of
seafood
on
protected
and
endangered
species
focusing
on
the
dolphin/
tuna
and
shrimp/
turtle
controversies.
Because
of
differences
in
the
processing
and
harvesting
industries
for
tuna
and
shrimp,
essentially
different
results
were
obtained
to
protect
endangered
turtles
and
protected
dolphins.

Bockstael,
Nancy
E.,
Ivar
E.
Strand,
Jr.,
and
W.
Michael
Hanemann
(
1984).
"
Time
and
Income
Constraints
in
Recreation
Demand
Analysis."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Maryland,
March,
33
pp.

In
this
paper,
the
existing
recreational
demand
analysis
is
improved
by
developing
a
defensible
model
of
recreation
behavior
conditional
on
labor
market
decisions.
The
primary
purpose
is
to
explore
the
implications
of
realistic
time
and
income
constraints
for
modeling
the
behavior
of
recreationalists.
These
constraints
are
developed
from
the
labor
supply
literature
which
is
also
used
to
identify
the
appropriate
econometric
estimation
techniques.
The
proposed
approach
incorporates
a
defensible
method
for
treating
the
value
of
time
as
well
as
addressing
the
sample
selection
bias
arising
from
sampling
only
participants.
Exact
measures
of
recreational
benefits
are
developed
by
estimating
demand
functions
consistent
with
utility
maximization.
In
the
final
section,
recreational
benefits
estimated
from
this
approach
are
compared
with
those
generated
by
conventional
models
and
estimation
practices.

Bockstael,
Nancy
E.,
Ivar
E.
Strand,
and
W.
Michael
Hanemann
(
1987).
"
Time
and
the
Recreational
Demand
Model."
American
Journal
of
7
6
Agricultural
Economics,
69(
2):
293­
302.

In
this
paper,
a
theoretically
consistent
approach
to
including
time
costs
in
recreational
demand
models
is
developed.
The
demand
model
is
conditional
on
the
recreationist's
labor
market
situation.
For
individuals
at
corner
solutions
in
the
labor
market,
utility
maximization
is
subject
to
two
constraints,
leading
to
a
demand
function
with
travel
costs
and
travel
time
as
independent
variables.
With
interior
solutions
in
the
labor
market,
time
is
valued
at
the
wage
rate
and
combined
with
travel
costs
to
produce
one
"
full
cost"
variable.
In
an
illustration,
welfare
measures
based
on
the
new
model
are
estimated
for
a
sample
of
sportfishermen.

Bockstael,
N.
E.,
W.
Michael
Hanemann,
and
Catherine
L.
Kling
(
198?).
"
A
Survey
of
Models
of
Recreation
Demand
in
a
Multiple
Site
Framework."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
University
of
Maryland,
College
Park,
MD.

A
topic
that
has
received
particular
attention
in
the
recreational
demand
modeling
literature
is
the
modeling
of
the
demand
for
systems
of
alternative
sites,
as
compared
with
the
more
traditional
single
site
modeling
approaches.
The
multiple
site
models
are
frequently
complex,
diverging
from
simple
intuitive
extensions
of
the
single
site
model.
They
are
also
diverse,
and
this
together
with
their
complexity
makes
assessment
and
comparison
of
models
and
results
difficult.
While
problems
in
the
theory
and
application
of
single
site
models
remain,
most
practitioners
understand
these
models
and
their
inherent
problems
and
can
apply
them
with
a
cautious
confidence.
In
contrast,
multiple
site
models
are
difficult
to
sort
out,
to
interpret,
and
to
estimate.
In
this
paper,
we
first
explore
the
reasons
why
multiple
site
models
have
been
developed
and
outline
a
number
of
the
approaches
which
have
been
used.
We
then
asses
these
models
with
a
specific
criteria
in
mind:
how
well
do
they
account
for
the
specific
nature
of
benefit
changes
in
a
multiple
site
framework?
Using
a
common
data
set,
we
demonstrate
a
few
of
the
estimation
techniques.

Bockstael,
N.
E.,
K.
E.
McConnell,
I.
E.
Strand
(
1989).
"
Measuring
the
Benefits
of
Improvements
in
Water
Quality:
The
Chesapeake
Bay."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
6(
1):
1­
18.

Federal,
state,
and
local
government
agencies
have
joined
forces
in
the
ambitious
and
expensive
task
of
improving
the
water
quality
of
the
Chesapeake
Bay.
Clean
up
efforts
will
be
devoted
to
three
major
problems:
nutrient
over
enrichment,
toxic
substances,
and
the
decline
of
submerged
aquatic
vegetation.
Although
the
beneficiaries
are
ultimately
human,
criteria
for
judging
the
Bay's
water
quality
have
been
primarily
biological
and
physical.
This
paper
addresses
the
question
of
the
human
values
from
the
Bay.
How
do
people
use
the
Bay
and
how
much
are
they
willing
to
pay
for
the
changes
in
water
quality
that
improve
their
use:
With
a
variety
of
methods
and
data
sources,
we
estimate
the
annual
aggregate
willingness
to
pay
for
a
moderate
improvement
in
the
Chesapeake
Bay's
water
quality
to
be
in
the
range
of
$
10
to
$
100
million
in
1984
dollars.

Bockstael,
N.
E.,
K.
E.
McConnell,
I.
E.
Strand
(
1989).
"
A
Random
Utility
Model
for
Sportfishing:
Some
Preliminary
Results
for
Florida."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
6(
3):
245­
260.

The
gray
literature
in
the
field
of
nonmarket
benefit
measurement
has
made
extensive
use
of
the
random
utility
(
or
discrete
choice)
model
in
recent
years,
but
few
applications
appear
in
the
literature.
This
article
provides
7
7
such
an
application,
illustrating
the
technique
with
preliminary
results
from
a
regional
study
modeling
east
coast
sportfishing
behavior.
The
article
discusses
some
of
the
strengths
and
weaknesses
of
the
random
utility
model.
It
also
illustrates
how
data
regularly
collected
by
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
can
be
supplemented
with
economic
survey
data
to
estimate
these
discrete
choice
behavioral
models.

Bohi,
Douglas
R.
and
Michael
A.
Toman
(
1984).
Analyzing
Nonrenewable
Resource
Supply.
Resources
for
the
Future,
Washington,
D.
C.

This
study
is
concerned
with
the
general
problem
of
using
economic
models
of
nonrenewable
resource
supply
to
understand
actual
supply
behavior.

Bohnsack,
James
A.
and
Douglas
Harper
(
1987).
"
Automated
Landings
Assessment
for
Responsive
Management
(
ALARM)
Package
for
Gulf
of
Mexico
Commercial
Reef
Fish
Landings:
March
1987
Summary."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Reef
Resources
Team,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
March,
16
pp.

A
summary
of
landings
of
reef
fish
species
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
commercial
reef
fish
fishery.

Bohnsack,
James
A.,
Ausbon
Brown,
and
Douglas
Harper
(
1987).
"
Automated
Landings
Assessment
for
Responsive
Management
(
ALARM)
Package
for
Gulf
of
Mexico
Commercial
Reef
Fish
Landings:
1987
Summary."
Contribution
No.
CRD­
86/
87­
29,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Coastal
Resources
Division,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
June,
17
pp.

A
summary
of
the
1986
landings
of
reef
fish
species
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
commercial
reef
fish
fishery.

Booth,
Douglas
E.
(
1989).

Hydroelectric
Dams
and
the
Decline
of
Chinook
Salmon
in
the
Columbia
River
Basin.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
6(
3):
195­
211.

The
decline
of
chinook
salmon
runs
into
the
mouth
of
the
Columbia
River
in
recent
decades
is
thought
to
be
partly
attributable
to
the
construction
of
hydroelectric
dams.
The
purpose
of
this
article
is
to
estimate
the
magnitude
of
losses
in
chinook
salmon
runs
caused
by
hydroelectric
dams,
using
regression
analysis.
Such
estimates
are
not
only
of
historical
interest
but
also
can
potentially
affect
the
extent
of
efforts
to
mitigate
salmon
losses
from
hydropower
operations.
Congress
has
mandated
the
Northwest
Power
Planning
Council
to
consider
the
magnitude
of
run
losses
caused
by
hydroelectric
operations
in
determining
the
extent
of
mitigation
efforts.

Borseman,
John,
Michael
P.
Sissenwine,
Merton
C.
Ingham,
and
Wallace
G.
Smith
(
1984).
"
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Opportunities."
Chapter
15
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

In
addition
to
enhancement
and
development
of
new
fishing
opportunities,
the
management
agencies
are
also
responsible
for
promoting
conservation.
This
apparent
dilemma
has
led
the
agencies
to
be
more
creative
in
their
fisheries
7
8
resource
and
development
programs,
and
has
led
the
agencies
to
the
examination
of
new
methods
for
providing
greater
utilization
of
resources
without
overexploitation.

Bosch,
Darrell
J.
and
Leonard
A.
Shabman
(
1989).

The
Decline
of
Private
Sector
Oyster
Culture
in
Virginia:
Causes
and
Remedial
Policies.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
6(
3):
227­
243.

Oyster
production
from
private
grounds
in
Virginia
has
declined
significantly
since
1960.
Restoring
industry
production
requires
a
better
understanding
of
the
reasons
for
this
decline.
Currently,
state
fishery
managers
and
the
popular
press
attribute
the
decline
to
the
oyster
disease
Haplosporidium
nelsoni
(
MSX).
In
fact,
private
planters
themselves
consider
MSX
disease
as
the
primary
constraint
on
the
future
profitability
of
private
oyster
culture.
This
study
analyzes
potential
causes
of
the
decline
using
a
simulation
model
of
oyster
production
with
data
from
the
1960'
s,
1970'
s,
and
1980'
s.
The
analysis
suggests
that
rising
seed
prices
driven
by
economic
and
productivity
changes
are
more
important
than
MSX
in
reducing
the
economic
incentives
to
private
planting.
Therefore,
reducing
oyster
seed
prices
is
an
effective
policy
strategy.
However,
education
of
planters
will
also
be
needed
to
assure
a
better
understanding
of
the
profit
potential
in
oyster
planting.

Bose,
Shekar
and
Alistair
McIlgorm
(
1996).

Substitutability
Among
Species
in
the
Japanese
Tuna
Market:
A
Cointegration
Analysis.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
3):
143­
155.

This
paper
examines
two
sets
of
hypotheses
concerning
the
existence
and
the
cause
of
the
long
run
inter­
species
price
relationships
in
the
Japanese
tuna
market.
A
shock
variable
is
introduced
into
the
system
to
determine
the
degree
of
influence
on
the
price
relationships
as
well
as
the
magnitude
of
the
power
in
explaining
the
variation
in
prices
of
tuna
species.
Although
in
most
cases
the
coefficient
estimates
of
the
shock
variable
are
statistically
significant,
overall,
the
variable
does
not
have
significant
explanatory
power
in
both
bivariate
and
multivariate
regressions.
We
also
find
that
the
degree
of
substitutability
between
bigeye
and
albacore
is
substantially
lower
than
the
degree
of
substitutability
between
bigeye
and
albacore
is
substantially
lower
than
the
degree
of
substitutability
between
bigeye
and
yellowfin
and,
yellowfin
and
albacore.

Boskin,
Michael
J.
(
1974).
"
A
Conditional
Logit
Model
of
Occupational
Choice."
Journal
of
Political
Economy,
82:
389­
98.

The
conditional
logit
decision
model
is
applied
to
the
choice
of
occupation
by
individual
workers
to
test
the
implications
of
the
theory
of
human
capital.
The
empirical
results
support
the
human
capital
hypothesis
that
workers
choose
occupations
to
maximize
the
discounted
present
value
of
potential
lifetime
work
time.
Allowing
for
imperfect
capital
markets
by
including
training
costs
relative
to
wealth
and
for
unemployment
by
including
the
discounted
present
value
of
expected
earnings
foregone
due
to
unemployment
also
yielded
results
consistent
with
a
priori
expectations.

Botton,
Mark
L.
and
John
W.
Ropes
(
1987).
"
The
Horseshoe
Crab,
Limulus
polyphemus,
Fishery
and
Resource
in
the
United
States."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
3):
57­
61.

The
American
horseshoe
crab
is
a
focus
for
increasing
economic
and
scientific
importance
because
its
blood
has
important
biomedical
applications
and
because
the
crab
is
used
as
bait
in
several
fisheries.
In
addition,
horseshoe
crab
eggs
may
be
critical
as
a
source
of
food
for
migratory
7
9
shorebird
populations
of
the
Delaware
Bay
region,
and
adult
crabs
are
predators
of
valuable
clam
resources.
Fishing
related
mortality
in
the
United
States
is
estimated
minimally
at
350,000
crabs
per
year,
mostly
in
the
middle
Atlantic
and
southern
New
England
states.
Bait
operations
apparently
kill
(
10­
20
times
the
number
of
animals
killed
for
bleeding
to
obtain
the
valuable
Limulus
amoebocyte
lysate
(
LAL).
Based
on
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
groundfish
trawl
surveys,
the
population
of
horseshoe
crabs
on
the
middle
Atlantic
continental
shelf
has
remailed
relatively
constant
since
1975
at
2.3
to
4.1
million
individuals.
Exploitation
may
not
be
trivial,
particularly
if
local
populations
are
targeted
during
the
spawning
period;
we
suggest
several
foci
for
further
investigations
on
this
species.
There
is
no
evidence
that
current
levels
of
harvesting
are
depleting
the
resource.
It
is
important,
however,
to
continue
monitoring
activity,
particularly
if
levels
of
exploitation
increase.

Bouchelle,
E.
Lee
(
1992).
"
An
Economic
Analysis
of
Harvest
Restrictions
in
the
North
Atlantic
Swordfish
Fishery."
Thesis,
Department
of
Food
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL,
December.

In
an
attempt
to
reduce
fishing
mortality
of
the
North
Atlantic
swordfish
fishery,
domestic
and
international
management
agencies
have
cooperated
in
a
multilateral
effort
to
establish
quotas
and
minimum
size
requirements
in
the
fishery.
These
restrictions
can
have
significant
economic
consequences
on
the
participants
in
the
fishery.
A
four
equation
partial
equilibrium
model
of
swordfish
and
tuna
supply
and
demand
is
developed
to
derive
a
general
equilibrium
swordfish
demand
function.
The
empirical
model
predicts
behavior
consistent
with
general
equilibrium
theory.

Bouchelle,
E.
Lee,
Eric
Thunberg,
Charles
Adams,
and
James
L.
Seale
Jr.
(
1991).
"
The
North
Atlantic
Swordfish
Fishery:
Problems,
Trends
and
Management."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Food
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL.

This
paper
begins
with
a
historic
overview
of
the
swordfish
fishery.
The
problems
that
have
developed
within
the
fishery
become
evident
as
we
discuss
production
trends.
The
evolution
of
the
original
swordfish
management
plan
is
traced
to
today's
impending
regulations.
Since
the
U.
S.
is
the
primary
importer
of
swordfish
the
role
of
imports
is
analyzed
within
a
simple
economic
trade
model.
We
will
conclude
with
a
summary
of
the
impacts
of
the
regulations
that
affect
domestic
producers
and
consumers.
However,
because
of
the
number
of
countries
involved
in
the
North
Atlantic
swordfish
fishery,
the
regulations
have
international
implications
as
well.
Two
Versions.

Bowen,
B.
K.
(
1987).
"
Fisheries
Management
and
Recreational
Fisheries
in
Western
Australia."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
177­
178.

A
review
of
fishery
management
in
western
Australia
and
the
effect
limited
entry
programs
for
commercial
fisheries
has
on
recreational
activities.

Bowen,
Bernard
K.,
Bob
Lindner,
Marec
Pty
Ltd,
and
Neil
McLaughlan
(
1994).
"
Long
Term
Management
Strategies
for
the
Western
Rock
Lobster
Fishery."
Volumes
1
to
4,
Fishery
Management
Paper
Numbers
67
to
70,
Fisheries
Department
of
Western
Australia,
108
Adelaide
Terrace,
East
Perth,
October,
67
pp.

This
report
focuses
on
the
options
for
the
future
management
of
the
Australian
rock
lobster
fishery
in
relation
to
(
i)
the
continued
use
of
input
8
0
controls
and
(
ii)
the
use
of
output
controls.
Optimum
fleet
size
is
considered
and
its
associated
implications
for
the
rules
for
pot
transfer,
pot
reduction
and
boat
replacement,
and
license
splitting.

Bowes,
Michael
D.
and
John
V.
Krutilla
(
1985).
"
Multiple
Use
Management
of
Public
Forestlands."
Chapter
12
in
Kneese,
Allen
V.
and
James
L.
Sweeney
(
ed.).
Handbook
of
Natural
Resource
and
Energy
Economics,
Vol.
II,
Elsevier
Science
Publishers
B.
V.

This
chapter
is
intended
to
provide
a
background
in
economic
concepts
specifically
focused
on
the
multiple
use
management
of
public
forestlands
by
extending
the
models
introduced
in
Chapter
2.
The
managers
of
these
lands
must,
in
addition
to
considering
the
value
of
timber
harvests,
the
primary
focus
of
Chapter
2,
consider
the
various
nonmarket
amenity
services
such
as
recreation,
water
flow
and
wildlife
which
are
influenced
by
alterations
in
the
standing
stocks
of
timber.
We
discuss
research
results
on
the
relation
of
such
multiple
use
management
to
single
purpose
timber
management.
The
presentation
is
motivated
by
a
number
of
issues
of
current
concern:
the
withdrawal
of
lands
from
timber
management,
the
specialization
or
diversification
of
land
use,
the
level
and
stability
of
timber
supply,
and
the
wisdom
of
certain
accepted
rule­
of­
thumb
principles
of
public
forestland
management
related
to
the
age
and
level
of
harvests.

Boxall,
Peter
C.
(
1995).

The
Economic
Value
of
Lottery­
Rationed
Recreational
Hunting.

Canadian
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
43(
1):
119­
131.

Lottery­
rationed
permit
systems
are
used
to
allocate
hunting
opportunities
where
demand
for
permits
exceeds
the
ability
of
the
animal
populations
to
sustain
hunting
harvest
levels.
Attempts
to
estimate
the
values
of
lottery­
rationed
hunting
use
a
zonal
travel
cost
model
where
applications
per
capita
formed
the
dependent
variable
and
expected
travel
costs
represent
the
price
variable.
This
paper
reexamines
this
analysis
using
a
discrete
choice
travel
cost
model
which
incorporates
the
expectation
of
receiving
a
permit.
This
model
is
developed
for
lottery­
rationed
antelope
hunting
in
Alberta.
Choice
in
the
lottery­
rationed
hunting
context
involves
selecting
one
site
from
a
set
defined
through
management
regulations.
The
discrete
choice
travel
cost
model
is
proposed
as
superior
to
the
early
models
because
it
better
represents
this
behavioral
process.

Boyce,
John
R.
(
1987).
"
Information
and
Uncertainty:
A
Behavioral
Model
of
a
Commercial
Fishery."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
University
of
California,
Davis.

This
paper
addresses
fishery
management
from
a
within
season
point
of
view;
the
movement
of
fishermen
with
multiple
locational
choices.
A
model
is
developed
that
explains
fishing
fleet
allocation
among
the
alternative
locations
given
uncertainty
with
respect
to
the
catch
rates
in
each
location
and
competition
between
the
fishermen
for
the
allowed
catch.
The
model
focuses
upon
the
decision
rules
under
which
rational
risk­
neutral
agents
would
choose
to
operate
when
competing
with
other
agents
in
a
stochastic
environment.

Boyce,
John
R.
(
1988).
"
Rent
Dissipation
from
Entry
and
Exit
in
a
Fishery."
Draft
report.

This
paper
examines
the
dissipation
of
rents
that
occurs
in
an
open
access
fishery
within
a
season.
The
behavioral
model
that
is
developed
below
explicitly
assumes
that
agents
seek
to
maximize
their
expected
profits
over
a
fishing
season.
To
do
so,
agents
must
account
for
both
the
variable
costs
and
8
1
the
fixed
costs.
The
fixed
costs
in
this
model
are
essentially
the
costs
of
entering
the
fishery.
These
may
be
in
terms
of
foregone
opportunity
costs
or
in
terms
of
direct
costs
of
entering
such
as
the
costs
of
fuel
and
crew
time
to
move
from
the
home
port
to
the
fishery.

Boyce,
John
R.
(
1988).
"
An
Econometric
Model
of
Entry
and
Exit
in
a
Fishery."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Economics,
University
of
Alaska,
Fairbanks,
Fairbanks,
Alaska,
99775.

A
set
of
simple
behavioral
relationships
are
postulated
that
may
be
used
to
determine
the
number
of
agents
who
will
actively
participate
in
the
fishery
at
any
moment
in
time
and
the
spatial
distribution
of
the
agents
over
a
fishery
with
multiple
locations.
These
relationships
are
then
used
to
develop
a
switching
regression
model
that
predicts
the
participation
rates
and
distribution
for
the
British
Columbia
Salmon
fishery
from
the
observed
data
of
catch
and
effort.
A
crowding
externality,
a
stock
externality,
and
costs
increasing
from
most
to
least
efficient
are
incorporated
into
the
model.
The
results
of
the
model
estimation
are
not
provided.

Boyce,
John
R.
(
1991).
"
The
Economics
of
Bycatch
Regulation
in
the
North
Pacific."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Economics,
University
of
Alaska,
Fairbanks,
Fairbanks,
Alaska,
99775.

The
North
Pacific
groundfish
fishery
is
modeled
to
determine
the
impact
of
ITQ
and
penalty
box
management
schemes
on
firm
bycatch
levels.
It
is
the
heterogeneity
of
the
fishery
and
the
fact
that
decisions
are
made
in
the
political
process
that
drives
the
selection
of
institutions
over
common
property
resources.
I
should
come
as
no
surprise
then
that
when
the
industry
was
faced
with
a
real
choice
of
how
to
deal
with
the
problem,
that
it
chose
to
implement
a
system
that
most
closely
resembled
the
status
quo.

Boyce,
John
R.
(
1992).
"
Individual
Transferable
Quotas
and
Production
Externalities
in
a
Fishery."
Natural
Resource
Modeling,
6(
4):
385­
408.

This
paper
determines
the
conditions
under
which
an
individual
transferable
quota
(
ITQ)
system
will
cause
fishermen
to
engage
in
cost
decreasing,
rather
than
cost
increasing,
competition.
If
there
are
production
externalities
(
e.
g.,
congestion
or
stock
externalities)
present,
the
market
price
of
a
quota
will
not
be
fully
reflected
in
these
externalities.
Thus,
fishermen
will
not
fully
internalize
the
externalities
in
their
effort
decisions.
Even
if
there
are
no
production
externalities,
an
individual
fisherman
imposes
costs
on
others
under
open
access
by
removing
a
fish
that
was
available
to
all
fishermen.
An
ITQ
system
allows
the
individual
who
values
that
fish
most
to
obtain
the
right
to
harvest
the
fish,
so
each
fisherman
must
internalize
the
full
social
cost.
Thus,
an
ITQ
system
is
capable
of
solving
the
common
property
externality
but
not
the
production
externalities
in
a
fishery.

Boyce,
John
R.
(
1993).
"
Using
Participation
Data
to
Estimate
Fishing
Costs
for
Commercial
Salmon
Fisheries
in
Alaska."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

Using
the
number
of
fishermen
participating
in
a
particular
opening
as
a
proxy
for
net
revenues,
estimates
of
fishing
costs
can
be
estimated
using
total
revenues.
The
results
are
used
to
estimate
producer
surplus
for
each
of
nine
fisheries
for
the
1990
season.
8
2
Boyce,
John
R.
(
1993).
"
Using
Participation
Data
to
Estimate
Fishing
Costs
for
Commercial
Salmon
Fisheries
in
Alaska."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
8(
4):
367­
394.

This
paper
estimates
the
fishing
costs
and
the
returns
to
fishing
from
nine
commercial
salmon
fleets
in
Alaska.
The
econometric
model
uses
a
twostage
least
squares
estimation
procedure
to
estimate
the
effect
of
congestion
and
heterogeneity
on
the
returns
to
fishermen.
The
hypotheses
that
fishermen
are
homogenous
and
that
there
is
no
congestion
externality
present
in
the
fisheries
are
strongly
rejected.
The
data
indicates
that
fishermen
are
quite
heterogeneous
in
fishing
skill
levels.
This
difference
accounts
for
the
overall
estimates
of
positive
net
returns
to
the
common
property
fisheries.
Estimates
of
the
net
returns
to
the
fisheries
suggest
that
the
returns
to
different
gear
types
vary
largely.
The
set
net
fleets
are
found
to
have
the
highest
return
as
a
percentage
of
total
revenues.

Boyce,
John
R.
(
1995).

Optimal
Capital
Accumulation
in
a
Fishery:
A
Nonlinear
Irreversible
Investment
Model.

Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
28:
324­
339.

A
nonlinear
two
state
variable,
two
control
variable
model
of
a
fishery
with
irreversible
investment
and
harvest
capacity
constraints
is
examined.
The
model
relaxes
assumptions
of
linearity
in
investment
costs
and
variable
harvest
profits
in
an
earlier
model
by
Clark,
Clarke,
and
Munro
(
1979).
In
both
the
linear
and
nonlinear
models,
the
optimal
capital
accumulation
paths
in
new
fisheries
is
characterized
by
a
period
in
which
the
physical
capital
stock
level
exceeds
its
long
run
sustainable
equilibrium.
However,
unlike
the
linear
model,
periods
of
positive
net
(
but
declining
gross)
investment
are
optimal
in
the
nonlinear
model.
This
accords
with
observed
capital
accumulation
paths
from
a
number
of
fisheries.
The
paper
also
finds
different
effects
in
optimal
harvest
policy
depending
upon
whether
the
linearity
appears
in
the
variable
profits
function
or
the
investment
cost
function.

Boyce,
John
R.
(
1996).
"
An
Economic
Analysis
of
the
Fisheries
Bycatch
Problem."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
31(
3):
314­
336.

Bycatch
is
the
incidental
take
of
a
species
that
has
value
to
some
other
group.
This
paper
compares
open
access
and
individual
transferable
quota
equilibria
to
the
equilibrium
in
which
the
joint
value
of
the
fisheries
is
maximized.
The
open
access
induced
problems
can
be
corrected
by
an
individual
transferable
quota
system
only
if
both
the
target
species
and
the
bycatch
species
have
tradable
quotas,
and
only
if
the
bycatch
species
does
not
have
existence
value.
There
exists
a
range
of
the
bycatch­
to­
target
species
harvest
levels
for
which
the
total
harvest
of
each
will
be
exactly
taken
by
a
given
technology,
even
under
open
access.
However,
there
may
not
even
exist
a
unique
open
access
equilibrium
if
bycatch
is
allocated
by

rule
of
capture.

Prohibitions
on
the
sale
of
bycatch
reduce
the
bycatch
level,
but
they
also
reduce
social
welfare.

Boyce,
John,
Mark
Herrmann,
Diane
Bischak,
and
Joshua
Greenberg
(
1993).
"
The
Alaska
Salmon
Enhancement
Program:
A
Cost/
Benefit
Analysis."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

In
May
1991,
the
Alaska
Senate's
Special
Committee
on
Domestic
and
International
Commercial
Fisheries
initiated
the
first
review
of
the
state's
salmon
enhancement
program
since
its
inception
20
years
ago.
As
part
of
this
review,
a
cost/
benefit
analysis
of
the
State's
enhancement
program
for
8
3
sockeye,
chinook,
coho,
chum,
and
pink
salmon
was
performed
with
cooperation
from
the
Fisheries
Research
Enhancement
Division
of
the
Alaska
Department
of
Fish
and
Game.
Results
indicate
that
for
all
species,
except
chinook,
net
benefits
will
decrease
as
the
enhancement
program
is
expanded,
and
increase
if
the
enhancement
program
is
scaled
back.
However,
in
only
the
case
of
pink
salmon
was
the
estimated
effect
judged
to
be
significant
enough
to
warrant
the
recommendation
that
the
state
would
benefit
from
the
reduction
of
the
hatchery
program.
Under
this
scenario
there
would,
however,
be
significant
regional
differences.
For
all
scenarios,
it
is
recommended
that
the
State
of
Alaska
reduce
its
funding
of
the
enhancement
program
and
allow
the
fishers,
through
the
private
nonprofit
hatcheries,
to
fund
the
programs
that
they
consider
to
be
profitable.

Boyce,
John,
Mark
Herrmann,
Diane
Bischak,
and
Joshua
Greenberg
(
1993).
"
The
Alaska
Salmon
Enhancement
Program:
A
Cost/
Benefit
Analysis."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
8(
4):
293­
312.

In
May
1991,
the
Alaska
Senate's
Special
Committee
on
Domestic
and
International
Commercial
Fisheries
initiated
the
first
review
of
the
state's
salmon
enhancement
program
since
its
inception
20
years
ago.
As
part
of
this
review,
a
cost/
benefit
analysis
of
the
State's
enhancement
program
for
salmon
was
performed
with
cooperation
from
the
Fisheries
Research
Enhancement
Division
of
the
Alaska
Department
of
Fish
and
Game.
The
main
results
are
that
the
additional
producer's
surplus
generated
by
the
pink
and
sockeye
hatchery
programs
are
estimated
to
be
less
than
the
costs
of
running
these
programs.
Eliminating
the
entire
pink
or
sockeye
salmon
programs
is
estimated
to
increase
net
benefits
by
about
8%
and
6%,
respectively.
A
15%
increase
in
either
program
is
estimated
to
result
in
a
reduction
in
net
benefits
and
a
15%
decrease
in
either
program
is
estimated
to
result
in
a
slight
increase
in
net
benefits.
Estimates
of
the
confidence
intervals
for
net
benefits
suggest
that
the
gains
from
the
elimination
of
either
the
pink
program
or
the
sockeye
program
are
statistically
different
from
zero.
However,
changes
of
plus
or
minus
15%
of
current
hatchery
production
are
found
not
to
statistically
affect
net
benefits.

Boyd,
Rick
O.
and
Christopher
M.
Dewees
(
1992).
"
Putting
Theory
into
Practice:
Individual
Transferable
Quotas
in
New
Zealand's
Fisheries."
Society
and
Natural
Resources,
5:
179­
198.

New
Zealand's
implementation
of
an
individual
transferable
quota
(
ITQ)
management
system
in
1986
for
most
of
its
fisheries
is
being
observed
closely
world
wide.
We
describe
New
Zealand's
ITQ
system
and
analyze
the
first
5
years
of
the
New
Zealand
experience.
We
use
Copes'
(
1986)
paper
as
a
catalyst
to
compare
his
assessment
of
potential
problems
of
individual
quotas
with
the
actual
operation
of
individual
quotas
in
New
Zealand.
The
brief
New
Zealand
ITQ
experience
demonstrates
that
the
economic
rationale
behind
individual
transferable
quotas
is
sound.
We
discuss
the
problems
and
positive
effects
of
New
Zealand's
experience.
Individual
transferable
quotas
should
not
be
viewed
as
a
panacea,
but
simple
as
another
fisheries
management
option.

Boyle,
Kevin
J.
and
Richard
C.
Bishop
(
1988).
"
Welfare
Measurements
Using
Contingent
Valuation:
A
Comparison
of
Techniques."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
70(
1):
20­
28.

Three
commonly
used
techniques
of
asking
contingent
valuation
questions
are
compared:
iterative
bidding,
payment
cards,
and
dichotomous
choice.
The
results
reveal
that
no
single
contingent
valuation
technique
is
neutral
in
the
elicitation
of
hicksian
surplus
and
each
technique
has
its
strengths
and
weaknesses.
The
iterative
bidding
estimates
contain
a
starting
point
bias,
8
4
while
the
payment
card
and
dichotomous
choice
estimates
were
influenced
by
the
interviewers
soliciting
the
contingent
values.
Finally,
the
analysis
of
dichotomous
choice
responses
involves
unresolved
issues
that
warrant
further
investigation.
On
the
other
hand,
dichotomous
choice
is
the
easiest
technique
to
administer
in
a
survey
setting.

Brainerd,
Theophilus
R.
(
1995).
"
Fishery
Co­
Management:
A
Discussion
Paper."
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Management
Council,
One
Southpark
circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
SC,
January,
18
pp.

This
paper
discusses
some
of
the
factors
that
should
be
considered
when
deciding
whether
a
fishery
could
be
managed
by
some
form
of
a
co­
management
system.
It
provides
case
studies
of
three
forms
of
fishery
co­
management
systems
that
are
in
place
and
that
have
achieved
some
measure
of
success.
It
examines
their
strengths
and
weaknesses,
and
provides
suggestions
for
deciding
how
to
structure
a
system
to
suit
a
particular
fishery.

Brainerd,
Theophilus
R.
(
1998).
"
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis."
Draft
Summary
of
Workshop
Proceedings,
Long
Beach,
California,
Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
September
14­
15
March,
24
pp.

A
summary
of
the
proceedings
of
a
workshop
to
develop
recommendations
of
existing
certification
criteria
for
regulatory
flexibility
Act
analyses.

Brainerd,
Theophilus
R.
(
1995).
"
Potential
Options
for
Inclusion
in
Snapper
Grouper
Amendment
9:
Controlled
Access
to
the
Snapper
Grouper
Fishery."
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Management
Council,
One
Southpark
circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
SC,
March,
19
pp.

The
Council
is
currently
developing
Amendment
8
to
the
snapper
grouper
FMP.
The
proposed
actions
include
additional
regulations
for
(
1)
greater
amberjack
in
Monroe
County,
Florida;
(
2)
yellowtail
snapper;
(
3)
multi­
day
bag
limits;
(
4)
prohibiting
possession
of
fish
traps
in
the
south
Atlantic
EEZ
to
increase
enforcement;
(
5)
specifying
the
time
when
commercial
permits
are
available;
and
(
6)
limiting
access
based
on
the
number
of
permitted
fishermen
that
have
complied
with
all
reporting
requirements.
At
its
February
1995
meeting
in
St.
Augustine,
Florida,
the
Council
referred
the
proposed
action
limiting
access
to
the
snapper
grouper
fishery
to
the
Controlled
Access
Committee
as
the
appropriate
committee
to
develop
actions
for
controlled
access.
This
document
presents
various
options
for
controlled
access
to
the
snapper
grouper
fishery.

Brainerd,
Theophilus
R.,
John
M.
Ward,
and
John
R.
Gauvin
(
1994).
"
A
Look
at
the
Utility
of
Socioeconomic
Data
for
the
Individual
Transferable
Quota
(
ITQ)
Program
for
the
Wreckfish
(
Polyprion
Americanus)
Fishery
in
the
South
Atlantic
Region."
Draft
report
presented
at
the
Atlantic
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission
Workshop
on
Socio­
Economic
Data
and
Analysis
for
Recreational
Fisheries
Management
in
Annapolis,
Maryland,
July,
18
pp.

The
individual
transferable
quota
(
ITQ)
program
for
wreckfish
in
the
south
Atlantic
was
first
implemented
during
the
1992­
1993
season.
The
program
has
now
entered
its
third
year
and
so
far
no
changes
have
been
made
to
the
initial
actions
that
established
the
ITQ
program.
A
monitoring
program
has
been
tracking
landings,
shares
and
coupons
transactions,
among
others
and
has
provided
information
to
the
stock
assessment
group
that
meets
annually
to
evaluate
the
status
of
the
fishery.
This
paper
presents
a
brief
background
of
8
5
the
fishery,
the
conception,
development,
and
implementation
of
the
ITQ
program.
Monitoring
the
progress
of
the
program
is
vital
to
evaluating
whether
it
is
fulfilling
its
objectives.
The
use
of
socioeconomic
data
is
important
not
only
for
this
process,
but
also
in
developing
the
ITQ
program.
A
close
look
is
given
to
the
role
socioeconomic
data
has
played
in
this
process.
Some
thoughts
are
provided
on
the
lessons
learned
from
this
process
and
to
what
types
of
socioeconomic
data
could
improve
future
implementation
of
ITQ
programs.

Brainerd,
Theophilus
R.,
John
M.
Ward,
and
John
R.
Gauvin
(
1994).
"
A
Look
at
the
Utility
of
Socioeconomic
Data
for
the
Individual
Transferable
Quota
(
ITQ)
Program
for
the
Wreckfish
(
Polyprion
Americanus)
Fishery
in
the
South
Atlantic
Region."
Paper
presented
at
the
Atlantic
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission
Workshop
on
Socio­
Economic
Data
and
Analysis
for
Recreational
Fisheries
Management
in
Annapolis,
Maryland,
July,
19
pp.

The
individual
transferable
quota
(
ITQ)
program
for
wreckfish
in
the
south
Atlantic
was
first
implemented
during
the
1992­
1993
season.
The
program
has
now
entered
its
third
year
and
so
far
no
changes
have
been
made
to
the
initial
actions
that
established
the
ITQ
program.
A
monitoring
program
has
been
tracking
landings,
shares
and
coupons
transactions,
among
others
and
has
provided
information
to
the
stock
assessment
group
that
meets
annually
to
evaluate
the
status
of
the
fishery.
This
paper
presents
a
brief
background
of
the
fishery,
the
conception,
development,
and
implementation
of
the
ITQ
program.
Monitoring
the
progress
of
the
program
is
vital
to
evaluating
whether
it
is
fulfilling
its
objectives.
The
use
of
socioeconomic
data
is
important
not
only
for
this
process,
but
also
in
developing
the
ITQ
program.
A
close
look
is
given
to
the
role
socioeconomic
data
has
played
in
this
process.
Some
thoughts
are
provided
on
the
lessons
learned
from
this
process
and
to
what
types
of
socioeconomic
data
could
improve
future
implementation
of
ITQ
programs.

Brander,
James
A.
and
M.
Scott
Taylor
(
1998).

Open
Access
Renewable
Resources:
Trade
and
Trade
Policy
in
a
Two­
Country
Model.

Journal
of
International
Economics,
44(
2):
181­
210.

This
paper
develops
a
two­
good,
two­
country
model
with
national
open
access
renewable
resources.
We
derive
an
appropriate
analog
of

factor
proportions

for
the
renewable
resource
case
and
link
it
to
trade
patterns
and
to
the
likelihood
of
diversified
production.
The
resource
importer
gains
from
trade.
However,
a
diversified
resource
exporting
country
necessarily
suffers
a
decline
in
steady
state
utility
resulting
from
trade,
and
may
lose
along
the
entire
transition
path.
Thus
the
basic

gains
from
trade

presumption
is
substantially
undermined
by
open
access
resources.
Tariffs
imposed
by
the
resource
importing
country
always
benefit
the
resource
exporter
and
may
be
Pareto­
improving.

Brandt,
Hartmut
(
1999).

Stretching
Our
Fish
Stocks.

Samudra
(
Sept):
37­
42.

A
discussion
of
capacity,
overfishing,
and
demand
for
seafood.
The
author
suggests
that
the
inelastic
demand
for
fish
is
responsible
for
overcapitalization
in
fisheries.
He
feels
this
brings
into
question
the
usefulness
of
using
ITQ
to
efficiently
manage
fish
stocks.
Two
suggested
types
of
intervention
to
improve
marine
ecological
outcomes
depend
on
(
1)
the
future
success
of
direct
government
actions
to
reduce
worldwide
catching
overcapacities,
and
the
coordination
of
these
actions
at
the
international
level
and
(
2)
the
successful
propagation
of
ecologically,
socially,
and
economically
rational
fishery
policies.
8
6
Brandt,
Sylvia
(
1997).

Regulation
and
Productivity
in
a
Common
Property
Resource
Industry:
A
Case
Study
of
the
Middle
Atlantic
Surf
Clam
Fishery.

Draft
report,
University
of
California,
Berkeley,
CA.

The
impact
of
regulation
of
inputs
and
the
establishment
of
property
rights
on
productivity
are
contrasted
using
a
Tornqvist
index
with
and
without
the
effect
of
abundance
included
in
the
productivity
estimates.
The
negative
productivity
during
periods
of
binding
quotas
confirms
economists

predictions
for
limited
access.
The
available
data
indicate
favorable
results
of
ITQ
management,
though
only
time
will
tell
if
these
initial
trends
will
continue.
Accounting
for
changes
in
abundance
removes
the
variation
in
productivity
which
is
due
to
variations
in
environmental
conditions
and
reduces
the
annual
average
productivity
growth
by
66%.

Brannan,
Darrell
R.
(
1989).
"
An
Economic
Analysis
of
Multispecies
Production
in
Florida's
Commercial
In­
Shore
Fishery."
Thesis,
Department
of
Food
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL.

An
economic
analysis
of
the
inshore
fisheries
for
mullet,
seatrout,
and
red
drum
is
presented
in
this
thesis.
Output
supply
equations
are
estimated
using
translog
revenue
functions.
Own
price
elasticities
for
each
species
are
calculated
and
shadow
values
of
effort
are
derived
from
the
translog
revenue
functions.

Brannon,
Gerard
M.
(
1975).
"
U.
S.
Taxes
on
Energy
Resources."
American
Economic
Review,
65(
2):
397­
406.

A
review
of
U.
S.
tax
policy
towards
energy
resources;
past,
present,
and
future.

Branstetter,
Henry
R.
(
1976).
"
Statement
Before
the
United
States
International
Trade
Commission."
President
Ocean
Garden
Products,
Inc.,
January,
53
pp.

The
National
Shrimp
Congress
proposes
that
duties
and
quota
restrictions
be
placed
upon
shrimp
products
imported
to
the
United
States
to
provide
market
stability
for
the
domestic
producers
and
to
assist
them
in
combating
the
major
increases
in
operating
costs
that
have
occurred
during
the
past
several
years.

Branstetter,
Steve
(
1993).
"
Update
of
Foundation
Activities
for
Bycatch
Reduction
Program."
Memorandum
from
the
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Development
Foundation,
Inc.,
September
17.

An
update
on
the
Foundation's
activities
concerning
the
bycatch
reduction
research
program.
A
total
of
1,000
observer
days
for
both
characterization
and
BRD
work
aboard
cooperating
commercial
vessels
have
been
completed.
A
summary
of
the
data
collected
to
date
is
included
in
the
report.

Brauer,
F.
and
A.
C.
Soudack
(
1979).
"
Stability
Regions
and
Transition
Phenomena
for
Harvested
Predator­
Prey
Systems."
J.
Math.
Biology,
7:
319­
337.

We
analyze
the
global
behavior
of
a
predator­
prey
system
under
constant
rate
predator
harvesting,
showing
how
to
classify
the
possibilities
and
determine
the
region
of
asymptotic
stability
by
a
combination
of
relatively
elementary
theoretical
methods
and
computer
simulations.

Bresnyan,
Edward
and
Eric
Thunberg
(
1992).
"
Economic
Analysis
of
a
8
7
Multi­
Species
Fishery."
Presented
at
The
American
Agricultural
Economics
Association
Annual
Meeting,
Baltimore,
Maryland.

The
paper
reports
on
the
results
of
an
analysis
of
the
economic
interrelationships
in
Florida's
commercial
near­
shore
fishery.
A
dual­
based
revenue
function
is
specified
to
estimate
own­
price
and
cross­
price
elasticities
of
supply
for
selected
key
species.
Implications
for
fishery
management
policy
is
discussed.

Brewster­
Geisz,
Karyl
K.
(
1997).

Preliminary
Results
of
Atlantic
Bluefin
Tuna
(
Thunnus
thynnus)
Catch
Rates
in
U.
S.
Commercial
Longline
Pelagic
Fisheries:
1991­
1995.

Draft
report,
Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
October.

The
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
NMFS)
is
attempting
to
decrease
discards,
particularly
dead
discards,
of
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna
(
Thunnus
thynnus)
by
U.
S.
commercial
longline
pelagic
fisheries.
This
document
describes
preliminary
analyses
of
logbook
and
dealer
weight
out
slips
collected
from
1991
to
1995.
Analyses
partition
trip
data
into
three
regions:
fish
caught
north
of
34
degrees
latitude,
fish
caught
south
of
23
degrees
latitude,
and
fish
caught
in
the
Gulf
of
mexico.
Non­
parametric
tests
were
conducted
on
the
data
by
region
and
season.
Initial
results
indicate
significant
differences
between
the
number
of
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna
caught
and
discarded
per
trip
by
season
and
region.
This
suggests
time/
area
closures
may
reduce
discards
by
the
U.
S.
commercial
longline
pelagic
fisheries.

Bribitzer,
Clem
(
1991).

Review
of
the
1990
COE
Update
of
the
1984
Economic
Analysis
of
Manteo
(
Shallowbag)
Bay
Project.

Draft
Report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
December,
11
pp.

A
critique
of
The
Corps
of
Engineers

economic
analysis
which
is
built
on
several
critical
assumptions.
The
Corps
assumes
that
through
better
fisheries
management
many
currently
depleted
fish
stocks
will
be
rebuilt
to
former
robust
level.
The
Corps
further
assumes
that
the
fishery
management
(
including
those
stocks
that
are
not
under
the
aegis
of
the
Magnuson
Act)
will
be
effective
in
preventing
overcapitalization.
That
is,
potential
economic
rents
created
by
the
stabilization
of
Oregon
Inlet
will
not
be
dissipated
by
increases
in
the
number,
average
size,
or
efficiency
of
the
current
fishing
fleet.
In
practice
this
probably
means
that
the
fisheries
will
be
managed
using
some
sort
of
individual
transferable
fishing
quotas.
Implicit
in
the
Corps

analysis
is
also
the
assumption
that
the
general
condition
of
fisheries
habitat
will
not
continue
to
deteriorate
and
that
the
presence
of
the
jetties
will
not
harm
fisheries
through
disruption
of
larval
transport
through
the
inlet.
The
author
questions
the
usefulness
of
the
Corps

analysis.

Bricklemyer,
Bo
(
1985).
"
Sea
Turtle
Rescue
Efforts."
Draft
report
for
the
Center
for
Environmental
Education.

Report
on
TED
regulations
and
actions.
History
of
laws
enacted
to
protect
sea
turtles.

Bricklemyer,
Eugene
C.,
Jr.,
Suzanne
Ludicello,
and
Hans
J.
Hartmann
(
1990).
"
Discarded
Catch
in
U.
S.
Commercial
Marine
Fisheries."
In
Audubon
Wildlife
Report,
1989/
1990,
pp.
259­
295.

This
chapter
examines
the
discard
problem
in
U.
S.
managed
waters.
It
also
examines
the
mechanisms
for
regulation
fisheries,
and
the
reasons
why
U.
S.
fishery
managers,
for
the
most
part,
do
not
apply
those
mechanisms
to
8
8
reducing
discards.
This
chapter
explores
how
the
practice
of
discard
has
become
institutionalized
to
such
a
degree
that
managers
in
effect
sanction
waste
by
counting
discards
against
the
catch
quotas
of
directed
fisheries
that
wish
to
take
and
use
the
very
species
discarded.
It
questions
whether
this
policy
of
allocating
catch
levels
first
to
a
fishery
that
must
discard
this
take
is
in
keeping
with
a
stated
national
policy
of
wise
use
of
marine
resources.

Broadus,
James
M.
(
).
"
Impacts
of
Future
Sea
Level
Rise."
Chapter
13,
Source
Unknown.

General
overview
of
the
sea
level
rise
problem
as
it
affects
the
coastal
zone.
The
changes
to
expect
in
the
coming
decades
and
their
implications
for
us
are
the
issues
at
hand.

Broadus,
J.
M.
(
1986).

Asian
Pacific
Marine
Minerals
and
Industry
Structure.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
3(
1):
63­
88.

Eventual
development
of
marine
minerals
potential
in
the
Asian
Pacific
would
likely
draw
on
the
technology,
skills,
and
experience
of
the
emerging
international
seabed
mining
industry.
As
a
result
of
strategic
behavior
by
its
firms,
this
small
numbers
industrial

strategic
group

has
created
a
level
of
capacity
for
seabed
mining
exploration
and
research
and
development
(
R&
D)
that
far
exceeds
the
near
term
level
of
activity
expected
in
seabed
mining.
The
paper
reports
on
the
nature
of
preproduction
industry
structure
(
or

protostructure

)
in
seabed
mining
and
draws
implications
for
efforts
to
develop
the
resource
potential
of
Asian
Pacific
marine
minerals.
Seabed
minerals
exploration
and
R&
D
services
might
be
offered
to
Asian
Pacific
nations
at
bargain
prices
(
below
unit
cost)
by
firms
with
first
starter
advantages
in
the
emerging
industry.
However,
cautionary
notes
are
included
about
constraints
on
the
economic
potential
of
the
regions

s
deep
sea
minerals
such
as
manganese
nodules,
polymetallic
sulfides,
and
cobalt
crusts.

Brod,
Andrew
C.
and
William
M.
Shobe
(
1994).
"
The
Market
for
Fishing
Quota:
Lessons
From
the
Wreckfish
Fishery."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Economics,
University
of
North
Carolina
at
Greensboro,
November,
22
pp.

This
paper
explores
the
reasons
for
the
observed
behavior
of
the
wreckfish
catch
and
the
market
for
quota
and
annual
leases
of
quota.
Understanding
these
observations
may
have
important
implications
for
the
management
of
ITQ
fisheries;
it
may
change
our
expectations
of
how
much
of
the
actual
resource
rents
can
actually
be
recovered
under
realistic
management
conditions
and
it
may
point
to
changes
in
management
that
allow
for
the
greater
recovery
of
otherwise
lost
rents.

Brod,
Andrew
C.
and
William
M.
Shobe
(
1996).
"
The
Demand
for
ITQs:
The
Puzzle
of
the
Atlantic
Wreckfish
Industry."
Working
Papers
Series:
ECO960201,
Working
Papers
in
Economics,
Center
for
Applied
Research,
Joseph
M.
Bryan
School
of
Business
and
Economics,
University
of
North
Carolina
at
Greensboro,
February,
29
pp.

Recent
experience
with
individual
transferable
quotas
(
ITQs)
as
a
tool
of
fisheries
management
has
begun
to
shed
empirical
light
on
the
well
established
theory
of
ITQs.
The
Atlantic
wreckfish
(
Polyprion
americanus)
is
currently
under
ITQ
management
by
the
U.
S.
federal
government,
and
in
may
ways
the
theoretical
predictions
about
ITQs
have
been
borne
out
by
developments
in
this
fishery.
But
an
unexpected
puzzle
has
arisen;
not
all
owners
of
wreckfish
quotas
are
using
their
fishing
rights,
even
though
the
market
price
8
9
of
quota
has
increased
over
time.
We
evaluate
two
possible
explanations
of
this
phenomenon,
first
that
fishermen
in
this
small
fishery
are
withholding
their
ITQs
to
improve
a
depleted
stock,
and
second
that
a
combination
of
fixed
costs
and
opportunities
in
other
fisheries
has
created
an
excess
ex
post
supply
of
ITQs.
We
argue
that
the
first
explanation
is
inconsistent
with
the
observed
facts
of
the
wreckfish
fishery,
but
that
the
second
appears
to
match
those
facts
fairly
well.
We
conclude
with
a
discussion
of
the
implications
of
our
results
for
ITQ
management.

Bromley,
Daniel
W.
(
19??).
"
Property
Rights
and
Economic
Incentives
in
Resource
and
Environmental
Economics."
Draft
of
a
paper
presented
at
"
The
Political
Economy
of
Natural
Resource
and
Environmental
Use,"
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
University
of
Wisconsin,
Madison.

The
paper
presents
a
conceptual
view
of
property
rights
as
they
influence
resource
control
and
hence
resource
use.

Bromley,
Daniel
W.
(
1978).
"
Property
Rules,
Liability
Rules,
and
Environmental
Economics."
Journal
of
Economic
Issues,
12(
1):
43­
60.

A
taxonomy
of
entitlements
is
presented.

Bronsard,
Camille
and
Lise
Salvas­
Bronsard
(
1984).
"
On
Price
Exogeneity
in
Complete
Demand
Systems."
Journal
of
Econometrics,
24:
235­
247.

Complete
demand
systems
have
always
been
estimated
under
the
assumption
that
either
prices
or
quantities
were
exogenous.
In
this
paper,
we
introduce
some
explicit
price
adjustment
process
and
test
the
assumption
of
exogeneity
of
prices.
Comparing
the
model
with
endogenous
prices
to
the
model
with
exogenous
prices
will
reveal
that
the
assumption
of
the
exogeneity
of
prices
is
not
a
very
dramatic
one
as
both
estimated
models
are
very
similar
in
many
experiments
with
American
and
Canadian
data.
Applying
a
system
wide
Wu­
Hausman
test
and
a
likelihood
ratio
test,
will
always
lead
us
to
reject
the
exogeneity
of
prices
in
three
commodity
models,
while
at
the
more
disaggregated
level,
prices
may
often
be
considered
as
exogenous.

Brooks,
David
B.
(
eds.)
(
1974).
Resource
Economics,
Selected
Works
of
Orris
C.
Herfindahl,
Washington,
D.
C.,
Resources
for
the
Future.

The
collected
works
of
Orris
C.
Herfindahl
concerning
the
nature
and
scope
of
resource
economics,
natural
resource
supply
and
conservation,
the
application
of
economics
to
the
minerals
industry,
the
supply
of
natural
resource
information,
and
the
quality
of
the
natural
environment.

Brooks,
Prescilla
(
1986).
REN
410
Notes.
Department
of
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
Rhode
Island.

Introductory
fisheries
economics
taught
by
Dr.
Jon
Sutinen
course
notes.

Brookshire,
David
S.,
Mark
A.
Thayer,
William
D.
Schulze,
and
Ralph
C.
D'Arge
(
1982).
"
Valuing
Public
Goods:
a
Comparison
of
Survey
and
Hedonic
Approaches."
American
Economic
Review,
72(
1):
165­
177.

This
paper
reports
on
an
experiment
designed
to
validate
the
survey
approach
by
direct
comparison
to
a
hedonic
property
value
study.

Brorsen,
B.
Wade,
Jean­
Paul
Chavas,
and
Warren
R.
Grant
(
1987).
"
A
9
0
Market
Equilibrium
Analysis
of
the
Impact
of
Risk
on
the
U.
S.
Rice
Industry."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
69(
4):
733­
739.

An
economic
model
of
supply
and
demand
for
U.
S.
rice
suggests
that
increases
in
risk
result
in
decreased
acreage
and
increased
marketing
margins.
In
a
market
equilibrium
context,
the
empirical
results
also
suggest
rice
production
and
rice
prices
are
more
responsive
to
changes
in
risk
faced
by
marketing
firms
than
changes
in
risk
faced
by
producing
firms.

Browder,
Joan
A.
(
1983).
"
Vessel
Activity
Relative
to
the
Texas
Closure,
1981
and
1982."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SEFC­
118,
U.
S.
Dept.
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami,
Laboratory,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida
33149­
10999.

A
quantitative
description
of
shrimp
vessel
activity
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
relative
to
the
Texas
closure
in
1981
and
1982
has
been
prepared
to
determine
if
Louisiana
ports
are
more
heavily
utilized
because
of
the
closure,
if
Louisiana
offshore
fishing
grounds
are
more
heavily
utilized
because
of
the
closure,
if
vessels
have
been
prevented
from
fishing
by
the
closure,
and
if
benefits
of
the
closure
accrue
to
only
a
small
proportion
of
the
fleet.
This
is
a
brute
force
analysis
of
some
extremely
large
data
sets.

Browder,
Joan
A.,
J.
Connor
Davis,
and
Eulalie
Sullivan
(
1978).
"
The
Paying
Passenger
Recreational
Fisheries
of
the
Florida
Gulf
Coast
and
Keys."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL.

Four
types
of
paying
passenger
recreational
fisheries
operate
on
the
Florida
Gulf
Coast
and
in
the
Florida
Keys.
An
estimated
604
captains
were
active
in
the
fisheries
in
1977.
Target
species
differ
with
fishery
type
and
region
of
operation.
Declining
catches
(
catch
per
unit
effort)
and
increased
operating
costs,
particularly
for
fuel,
are
major
problems
of
these
fisheries
according
to
the
captains.
In
those
fisheries
where
previous
information
is
available
the
number
of
operations
has
increased
in
the
past
fifteen
years
in
the
Florida
Keys,
decreased
greatly
on
the
west
Florida
coast
and
decreased
slightly
on
the
northwest
Florida
coast.

Browder,
Joan
A.,
L.
Nelson
May,
Jr.,
Alan
Rosenthal,
James
G.
Gosselink,
and
Robert
H.
Baumann
(
1989).
"
Modeling
Future
Trends
in
Wetland
Loss
and
Brown
Shrimp
Production
in
Louisiana
Using
Thematic
Mapper
Imagery."
Remote
Sens.
Environ.,
28:
45­
59.

The
land­
water
interface
of
coastal
marshes
may
influence
the
production
of
estuarine
dependent
fisheries
more
than
the
area
of
these
marshes.
To
test
this
hypothesis,
we
created
a
spatial
model
to
explore
the
dynamic
relationship
between
land­
water
interface
and
degree
of
land
loss
in
disintegrating
coastal
marshes
of
Louisiana's
Barataria,
Terrebonne,
and
Timbalier
basins.
Calibrating
our
model
with
Landsat
Thematic
Mapper
satellite
imagery,
we
found
a
parabolic
relationship
between
land­
water
interface
and
marsh
disintegration.
Aggregated
simulation
data
suggested
that
the
land­
water
interface
in
the
study
area
will
soon
reach
its
maximum
and
then
decline.
We
found
a
statistically
significant
positive
linear
relationship
between
brown
shrimp
catch
and
total
interface
length
over
the
past
28
years.
This
relationship
suggests
that
shrimp
yields
will
decline
when
interface
declines,
possibly
beginning
about
1995.
9
1
Brown,
Ausbon,
Jr.,
James
A.
Bohnsack,
and
Douglas
Harper
(
1989).
"
Automated
Landings
Assessment
for
Responsive
Management
(
ALARM):
Gulf
of
Mexico
Commercial
Reef
Fish
Landings,
December
1989."
Contribution
No.
CRD­
89/
90­
02,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Coastal
Resources
Division,
75
Virginia
Beach
Dr.,
Miami,
FL,
December,
4
pp.

Summary
of
red
snapper
landings
in
graphical
form
from
1979
to
1987.

Brown,
Bradford
(
1995).

Briefing
Document
Blue
Tuna.

Draft
report,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
13
pp.

A
history
of
the
ICCAT
bluefin
tuna
work
from
the
perspective
of
the
author.

Brown,
Gardner,
Jr.
(
1974).
"
An
Optimal
Program
for
Managing
Common
Property
Resources
with
Congestion
Externalities."
Journal
of
Political
Economy,
Jan/
Feb:
161­
173.

This
paper
derives
an
optimum
program
for
managing
a
common
property
natural
resource
whose
rate
of
growth
of
the
resource
stock
depends
on
the
resource
stock
level
and
the
current
rate
of
extraction.
If
the
resource
stock
initially
is
sufficiently
small
it
is
shown
that
it
will
be
socially
optimal
to
have
a
period
of
no
extraction.
When
extraction
begins,
it
and
the
variable
factor
increase
faster
than
the
resource
stock
is
increasing.
Changes
reflecting
the
imputed
marginal
social
value
of
the
resource
are
a
decreasing
function
of
the
level
of
the
stock.
These
results
differ
from
Smith
(
1968)
recent
static
treatment
of
the
same
problem
and
are
discussed
below.

Brown,
Gardner,
Jr.
(
1981).
"
Hedonic
Demand
Functions
with
Linear
and
Non­
Linear
Budget
Constraints."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Economics,
University
of
Washington,
November,
35
pp.

Consumers
do
not
always
face
constant
unit
prices
for
the
goods
and
services
they
purchase.
The
urban
and
environmental
literature
abounds
in
examples
where
implicit
prices
are
nonlinear.
We
show
that
nonlinear
budget
constraints
fundamentally
alter
the
demand
relationship.
The
exogenous
parameter
(
marginal
price)
consumers
face
in
the
linear
case
is
replaced
by
an
exogenous
price
function
(
the
price
gradient)
in
the
nonlinear
case.
Two
ways
are
developed
in
Section
II
to
solve
the
demand
functional:
a
parametric
approach
and
a
system
equation
approach.

Brown,
Gardner,
M.
(
1997).

Economic
Review
of
the
Red
Snapper
Fishery.

Draft
report
for
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Department
of
Economics
University
of
Washington,
Box
353330,
Seattle,
Washington,
September,
25
pp.


It
would
be
a
very
rare
fishery
for
which
the
economic
analysis
is
adequate.

Brown,
Gardner,
Jr.
and
J.
John
Charbonneau
(
1978).
"
The
Value
of
Wildlife
Estimated
by
the
Hedonic
Approach."
Working
Paper
No.
6,
Division
of
Program
Plans,
U.
S.
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service,
March,
25
pp.
9
2
This
paper
describes
a
model
for
deriving
hunting
and
fishing
values
based
on
the
hedonic
price
approach
and
estimates
such
values
using
data
from
the
1975
National
Survey
of
Hunting,
Fishing
and
Wildlife
Associated
Recreation.

Brown,
Gardner,
Jr.
and
Barry
C.
Field
(
1978).
"
Implications
of
Alternative
Measures
of
Natural
Resource
Scarcity."
Journal
of
Political
Economy,
86(
2):
229­
243.

We
argue
that
the
most
commonly
used
measures
of
natural
resource
scarcity
are
deficient.
The
discussion
begins
with
some
general
comments
on
natural
resource
scarcity,
then
turns
to
a
description
and
evaluation
of
each
of
the
major
scarcity
indices:
unit
cost,
product
output
prices,
and
rental
rates.
Rental
rates
are
an
useful
proxy,
marginal
discovery
costs
are
preferred
over
the
rival
measures.
But
there
are
important
instances
where
good
scarcity
indicators
may
be
entirely
absent.

Brown,
Gardner,
Jr.
and
C.
B.
McGuire
(
1967).
"
A
Socially
Optimal
Pricing
Policy
for
a
Public
Water
Agency,"
Water
Resources
Research,
3(
1):
33­
43.

A
simple
model
is
developed
for
determining
the
socially
optimum
price
to
charge
locationally
differentiated
irrigation
districts
for
both
surface
and
groundwater
supplies.
Steady
state
conditions
are
assumed
for
groundwater
conditions
and
water
demand
functions.
A
divergence
between
social
and
private
optimums
arises
from
the
existence
of
unadjudicated
rights
to
groundwater
supplies.
The
social
optimum
can
be
achieved
by
an
appropriately
conceived
taxing
policy.
Water
prices,
tax
rates,
and
optimum
lift
levels
are
estimated
for
seven
irrigation
districts,
members
of
a
master
water
agency.

Brown,
Gardner,
Jr.
and
Robert
Mendelsohn
(
1984).
"
The
Hedonic
Travel
Cost
Method."
The
Review
of
Economics
and
Statistics,
66:
427­
433.

The
hedonic
travel
cost
method
is
a
technique
that
reveals
how
much
users
are
willing
to
pay
for
the
individual
characteristics
of
outdoor
recreation
sites.
The
prices
of
recreation
attributes
are
estimated
by
regressing
travel
costs
on
the
bundles
of
characteristics
associated
with
each
of
several
potential
destination
sites.
The
demand
for
site
characteristics
on
site
quality
is
then
revealed
by
comparing
the
site
selection
of
users
facing
different
attribute
prices.
The
technique
is
applied
to
value
steelhead
fish
density
in
Washington
State
streams.

Brown,
Gardner,
Jr.
and
Henry
O.
Pollakowski
(
1977).
"
Economic
Valuation
of
Shoreline."
Review
of
Economics
and
Statistics,
59(
August):
272­
278.

Shoreline
development
is
a
growing
public
policy
issue
in
many
urban
areas.
This
paper
extends
recent
economic
work
that
has
produced
quantitative
measures
of
value
for
phenomena
hitherto
restricted
to
qualitative
expression.
First
examined
is
the
choice
of
housing
attributes,
including
water
related
open
space
and
proximity
to
bodies
of
water,
faced
by
a
household
in
a
metropolitan
area.
Next,
the
process
of
implicit
price
formation
is
examined,
and,
employing
data
on
individual
dwelling
units
in
a
metropolitan
area
with
numerous
bodies
of
water,
these
implicit
prices
are
estimated.
Then,
the
question
of
what
can
and
cannot
be
inferred
from
these
results
about
the
demand
for
open
space
and
the
welfare
gains
or
losses
resulting
from
possible
changes
in
the
amount
of
water
related
open
space.

Brown,
Gary
L.
(
1981).
"
A
Survey
of
Recreational
Shrimping
in
the
Bay
9
3
and
Sound
Systems
of
the
Gulf
Coast
for
1980."
Final
report,
HSRRR
81/
2­
PON
prepared
for
Gulf
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission,
Gulf
Coast
Research
Laboratory,
Ocean
Springs,
Mississippi
29564,
April,
28,
140
pp.

This
paper
reports
the
results
of
a
1980
survey
of
recreational
shrimpers
along
the
bay
and
sound
systems
of
the
Gulf
Coast
in
1979
and
1980
that
was
conducted
complementarily
with
the
NMFS
recreational
finfish
survey
(
MRFSS?).

Brown,
Gary
(
1994).
"
Self­
Implemented
Limited
Entry.

In
Karyn
L.
Gimbel
(
ed.)
Limiting
Access
to
Marine
Fisheries:
Keeping
the
Focus
on
Conservation,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

Recently
the
situation
in
Argentina
was
one
of
declining
fishery
production
in
the
domestic
arena,
with
only
25­
30
percent
of
the
resource
being
exploited.
Lack
of
technology
and
working
capital
led
to
abandonment
of
substantial
parts
of
the
fleet,
and
flight
from
the
industry.
A
new
government
administration
took
an
aggressive
stance
and
attempted
to
reduce
manipulation
and
tampering
in
the
management
process,
and
reduce
union
control
over
the
industry.
To
encourage
investment
and
attract
new
technology
a
quota
scheme
was
established.
Allocations
of
quota
share
were
made
between
local
fishing
groups
and
foreign
subsidiaries
as
well,
via
an
auction.
Supplemental
conservation
measures
such
as
gear
restrictions
and
seasonal
closures
were
implemented
to
address
biological
concerns.
The
preliminary
results
indicated
that
the
new
system
was
dramatically
better
than
the
prior
system,
and
was
highly
successful
in
attracting
capital
and
technology.
Two
models
are
currently
being
evaluated
by
a
variety
of
fishing
groups.
One
essentially
creates
a
co­
op
system
that
includes
a
negotiated
fee
structure
and
submitted
performance
criteria.
The
other
model
uses
a
tonnage
allocation
system,
under
which
an
auction
is
held
for
the
industry
to
purchase
shares
of
quota.

Brown,
James
N.
and
Harvey
S.
Rosen
(
1982).
"
On
the
Estimation
of
Structural
Hedonic
Price
Models."
Econometrica,
50(
3):
765­
768.

This
paper
points
out
certain
pitfalls
in
Rosen's
estimation
procedure
which,
if
ignored,
could
lead
to
major
identification
problems.

Brown,
Mark
Murray­
(
1996).

1996
Atlantic
Bluefin
Tuna
landing
Data.

Memorandum
to
William
Hogarth,
Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Region,
Gloucester,
MA.

Current
versus
previous
year
landings
information
for
bluefin
tuna
including
number
of
fish,
average
and
gross
weight,
and
adjusted
quota.

Brusher,
Harold
A.
and
Barbara
Jayne
Palko
(
198?).
"
An
Analysis
of
Marine
Recreational
Catch
and
Effort
Data
from
a
1983
Charterboat
Survey
of
the
Southeastern
United
States
and
the
U.
S.
Caribbean."
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
NOAA,
Panama
City
Laboratory,
3500
Delwood
Beach
Road,
Panama
City,
FL.

A
survey
of
charterboats
from
coastal
areas
of
the
southeastern
United
States,
Gulf
of
Mexico,
and
Caribbean
was
undertaken
in
1983.
Captains
were
contracted
to
provide
daily
catch
and
effort
data.
They
reported
on
3,479
of
9
4
3,503
available
boat
fishing
weeks.
A
total
of
348,976
pelagic
and
demersal
fish
were
caught
in
46,921.5
hours
of
effort.
Species
catch
and
catch
per
boat
hour
(
CPH)
are
presented
annually,
monthly,
and
geographically.
Data
are
compared
with
similar
results
obtained
in
a
1982
pilot
survey.
The
charterboat
survey
provided
timely
CPH
data.

Brusher,
Harold
A.
and
Barbara
Jayne
Palko
(
1987).
"
Results
from
the
1984
and
1985
Charterboat
Surveys
in
Southeastern
U.
S.
Waters
and
the
U.
S.
Caribbean
Sea."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
109­
117.

In
1984
and
1985,
surveys
of
southeastern
U.
S.
waters,
including
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
the
U.
S.
caribbean
Sea,
were
conducted
to
gather
catch
and
effort
records
from
charterboat
captains
located
along
coastal
areas.
Captains
were
contracted
to
supply
daily
records
of
fishing
activity.
During
the
2
year
period,
10,380
fishing
trips,
48,231
hours
of
fishing
effort
were
expended
and
342,258
fishes
were
caught.
Species,
catches,
and
catch
per
boat
fishing
hour
are
presented
by
year,
month,
and
area.
Major
species
groups
caught
by
trolling
included
mackerels
and
tunas,
while
other
than
trolling
methods
caught
mostly
snappers,
groupers,
and
croakers.
Annual
response
rates
for
returning
log
forms
for
the
1984
and
1985
surveys
were
98.8
and
95.7
percent,
respectively.

Brusher,
Harold
A.,
Mark
L.
Williams,
and
Lee
Trent
(
1982).
"
Catch
and
Effort
Data
from
the
Charterboat
Fishery
in
the
Southeastern
United
States­­
A
Pilot
Study."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Panama
City
Laboratory,
3500
Delwood
Beach
Road,
Panama
City,
Florida.

This
survey
was
designed
to
determine
the
efficiency
of
contracting
with
selected
charterboat
captains
to
provide
catch
and
effort
data.
Data
included
date,
zones
fished,
method
of
fishing,
hours
fished,
and
numbers
of
each
species
caught.

Brusher,
Harold
A.,
Mark
L.
Williams,
Lee
Trent,
and
Barbara
Jayne
Palko
(
1982).
"
Using
Charterboat
Catch
Records
for
Fisheries
Management."
Draft
report,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Panama
City
Laboratory,
3500
Delwood
Beach
Road,
Panama
City,
FL.

A
pilot
survey
to
study
the
feasibility
of
using
catch
records
from
charterboats
for
obtaining
daily
catch
and
effort
data
was
initiated
on
28
March
1982.
Nine
charterboat
captains
produced
records
for
39,410
marine
fishes
caught
in
4,392
trolling
hours
and
in
919.5
hours
using
other
fishing
techniques.
Captains
were
contracted
to
supply
daily
records
of
fishing
zones,
fishing
methods,
and
all
species
in
their
respective
catches.
Response
rate
(
i.
e.,
weekly
submission
of
logs)
was
90.4
percent
for
all
boat
fishing
weeks
between
28
March
and
31
December
1982.
The
potential
use
of
this
type
of
recreational
data
is
discussed.

Brusher,
Harold
A.,
Mark
L.
Williams,
Lee
Trent,
and
Barbara
Jayne
Palko
(
1984).
"
Using
Charterboat
Catch
Records
for
Fisheries
Management."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
46(
3):
48­
55.

A
pilot
survey
to
study
the
feasibility
of
using
catch
records
from
charterboats
for
obtaining
daily
catch
and
effort
data
was
initiated
on
28
March
1982.
Nine
charterboat
captains
produced
records
for
39,410
marine
fishes
caught
in
4,392
trolling
hours
and
in
919.5
hours
using
other
fishing
techniques.
Captains
were
contracted
to
supply
daily
records
of
fishing
9
5
zones,
fishing
methods,
and
all
species
in
their
respective
catches.
Response
rate
(
i.
e.,
weekly
submission
of
logs)
was
90.4
percent
for
all
boat
fishing
weeks
between
28
March
and
31
December
1982.
The
potential
use
of
this
type
of
recreational
data
is
discussed.

Bryan,
C.
E.
(
1983).
"
Abundance
of
Brown
Shrimp
(
Penaeus
aztecus)
as
Related
to
the
1982
Closure
of
the
Texas
Territorial
Sea
to
Shrimping."
Management
Data
Series
Number
52,
Coastal
Fisheries
Branch,
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department.

To
determine
the
closing
and
opening
dates
of
the
shrimping
season
in
the
Texas
territorial
sea
in
1982
and
relative
abundance
of
brown
shrimp
in
1981
and
1982,
samples
were
taken
with
18.3
m
bag
seines
along
shorelines
of
seven
bay
systems;
with
6.1
m
trawls
in
the
deeper
portions
of
three
bay
systems
and
in
five
passes
leading
from
the
bays
to
the
Gulf;
and
with
12.2
m
trawls
in
Gulf
of
Mexico
waters
off
the
central
coast.
The
purpose
of
the
closed
season
was
to
protect
small
shrimp
from
fishing
until
they
reached
a
larger,
more
valuable
size
and
to
minimize
waste
caused
by
discarding
smaller
sizes
during
the
harvest.
Based
on
biological
sampling
in
April
the
closed
season
dates
were
set
for
25
May
to
14
July
1982.
Additional
sampling
through
July
verified
that
these
dates
were
appropriate
to
accomplish
the
purpose
of
the
closure.

Bryan,
C.
E.
and
Terry
J.
Cody
(
1975).
"
Discarding
of
Shrimp
and
Associated
Organisms
on
the
Texas
Brown
Shrimp
(
Penaeus
Aztecus
Ives)
Grounds."
Draft
report,
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department.

From
June
1973
through
June
1975,
the
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department
took
89
samples
with
the
commercial
shrimping
fleet
in
the
northwestern
Gulf
of
Mexico
to
provide
more
information
on
the
discarding
of
shrimp
and
associated
organisms
in
the
Texas
brown
shrimp
fishery.
Shrimp
discards
averaged
40%
by
number
and
26%
by
weight
in
1973
and
37%
by
number
and
22%
by
weight
in
1974
samples.
Most
of
the
shrimp
discarding
took
place
in
June,
July,
and
August.
Using
the
average
yearly
landings
of
brown
shrimp
for
the
last
nine
years,
an
estimated
14.9
million
kilograms
(
32.8
million
pounds)
of
small
shrimp
and
116
million
kilograms
(
255
million
pounds)
of
associated
organisms
were
discarded
per
year.
Comparisons
of
catch
rates
for
various
types
of
trawls
is
also
discussed.

Bryan,
C.
E.,
Terry
J.
Cody,
and
Gary
C.
Matlock
(
1982).
"
Organisms
Captured
by
the
Commercial
Shrimp
Fleet."
Technical
Series
No.
31,
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department.

During
June­
December
1973
and
1974,
81
samples
were
collected
with
a
13.7
m.
wide
otter
trawls
from
aboard
a
research
vessel
in
the
same
areas
that
commercial
shrimp
vessels
were
fishing
on
the
Texas
brown
shrimp
grounds.
This
study
was
done
to
estimate
the
amounts
and
kinds
of
organisms
captured
during
shrimping
operations
and
to
estimate
the
amounts
discarded
and
times
when
most
discarding
occurred.
Economic
waste
of
small
shrimp
discarding
could
be
minimized
if
legal
size
limitations
were
removed
and
waters
were
closed
to
shrimping
when
small,
less
preferred
shrimp
predominated.
Under
present
conditions,
no
monetary
incentive
to
market
other
invertebrates
and
fish
species
captured
on
the
brown
shrimp
grounds
appears
to
exist
because
of
their
relatively
low
volume
and
small
size.

Buchanan,
Chester
C.,
Richard
B.
Stone,
and
Frank
W.
Steimle
(
1988).
"
Marine
Recreational
Boat
Fishery
of
the
New
York
Bight
Apex
in
1971."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
50(
2):
6­
19.
9
6
The
marine
recreational
boat
fishery
in
the
heavily
populated
New
York
City
metropolitan
area
has
not
been
well
described.
This
paper
describes
the
1971
catch
composition
and
the
distribution
of
estimated
effort
over
spatial
and
seasonal
scales
and
between
major
vessel
types
(
party,
charter,
and
private
boats)
engaged
in
the
fishery.
Anglers
spent
an
estimated
2.3
million
hours
fishing
in
the
New
York
Bight
apex
in
1971,
over
half
of
this
by
party
boat
anglers,
and
caught
almost
8
million
game
fish.
Overall
effort
was
about
equal
for
pelagic
and
demersal
species
and
was
generally
concentrated
nearshore.
There
appeared
to
be
a
substantial
change
in
the
fishery
since
the
late
1940'
s
and
early
1950'
s,
possibly
reflecting
socioeconomic
trends
and
population
dynamics
of
the
fish
species.

Buchanan,
James
M.
(
1980).
"
Rent
Seeking
and
Profit
Seeking."
Chapter
1
in
Toward
a
Theory
of
the
Rent
Seeking
Society,
College
Station,
Texas
A&
M
University.

As
institutions
have
moved
away
from
ordered
markets
toward
the
near
chaos
of
direct
political
allocation,
rent
seeking
has
emerged
as
a
significant
social
phenomenon.

Buchanan,
James
M.
and
Gordon
Tullock
(
1975).
"
Polluters'
Profits
and
Political
Response:
Direct
Controls
Versus
Taxes."
American
Economic
Review,
65(
1):
139­
147.

Economists
of
divergent
political
persuasions
agree
on
the
superior
efficacy
of
penalty
taxes
as
instruments
for
controlling
significant
external
diseconomies
that
involve
the
interaction
of
many
parties.
However,
political
leaders
and
bureaucratic
administrators,
charges
with
doing
something
about
these
problems,
appear
to
favor
direct
controls.
Our
purpose
in
this
paper
is
to
present
a
positive
theory
of
externality
control
that
explains
the
observed
frequency
of
direct
regulation
as
opposed
to
penalty
taxes
or
charges.
In
the
public
choice
theory
of
policy,
the
interests
of
those
who
are
subjected
to
the
control
instruments
must
be
taken
into
account
as
well
as
the
interests
of
those
affected
by
the
external
diseconomies.
As
we
develop
this
theory
of
policy
we
shall
also
emphasize
an
elementary
efficiency
basis
for
preferring
taxes
and
charges
which
heretofore
has
been
neglected
by
economists.

Buck,
Eugene
H.
(
1995).

Overcapitalization
in
the
U.
S.
Commercial
Fishing
Industry.

Senior
Analyst
in
Natural
Resources
Policy,
Environment
and
Natural
Resources
Policy
Division,
Congressional
Research
Service,
The
Library
of
Congress,
Washington,
D.
C.
20540,
February
22,
17
pp.

A
review
of
the
concepts
of
overcapitalization
in
world
and
U.
S.
domestic
fisheries,
its
causes,
and
possible
solutions
written
for
a
nontechnical
audience.
With
too
many
fishermen
vying
for
too
few
fish,
the
U.
S.
commercial
fishing
industry
is
becoming
as
overcapitalized
as
the
resource
is
over
fished.
A
management
regime
that
addresses
open
access
concerns
appears
warranted,
as
does
an
overall
reduction
in
fishing
capacity.
Nevertheless,
significant
questions
remain.
In
particular,
how
and
in
what
form
should
access
be
addressed?
In
what
sector(
s)
and
by
what
means
ought
reductions
in
capital
invested
in
the
commercial
fishing
industry
occur?
And,
what
is
the
role
of
the
Federal
government
in
such
proceedings?
These
questions
and
several
others
await
careful
evaluation
by
scientists,
conservationists,
industry
experts,
and
lawmakers
alike,
while
the
fates
of
fishermen
and
the
fish
they
depend
upon
hang
in
the
balance.

Buck,
Eugene
H.
(
1995).

Individual
Transferable
Quotas
in
Fisheries
Management.

Senior
Analyst
in
Natural
Resources
Policy,
Environment
and
Natural
Resources
Policy
Division,
Congressional
Research
Service,
9
7
The
Library
of
Congress,
Washington,
D.
C.
20540,
July,
18
pp.

A
discussion
of
individual
transferable
quotas
(
ITQs)
in
terms
of
their
application
to
fisheries
management.
Pros
and
cons
of
ITQs
are
presented
based
on
their
application
in
three
U.
S.
domestic
fisheries
and
in
six
other
countries.
Problems
arising
from
program
design
are
separated
from
those
inherent
to
the
ITQ
concept.

Buerger,
Robert
and
James
R.
Kahn
(
1989).
"
New
York
Value
of
Chesapeake
Striped
Bass."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
6(
1):
19­
25.

This
article
looks
at
the
interstate
open
access
externalities
associated
with
Chesapeake
Bay
striped
bass.
These
fish
spawn
in
the
Chesapeake
Bay
and
then
migrate
to
other
areas
of
the
East
Coast.
The
Chesapeake
striped
bass
have
been
in
substantial
decline
over
the
last
decade.
Of
specific
interest
are
the
losses
suffered
in
New
York
from
the
decline
in
striped
bass
production
from
the
Chesapeake
Bay.
This
is
done
by
estimating
demand
and
supply
curves
for
commercial
fishing
and
then
computing
the
losses
in
consumers'
and
producers'
surplus
associated
with
the
decline,
estimated
to
be
$
396,000
per
year.

Bullis,
Harvey
R.,
Jr.
and
Albert
C.
Jones
(
eds.)
(
1976).
"
Proceedings:
Colloquium
on
Snapper­
Grouper
Fishery
Resources
of
the
Western
Central
Atlantic
Ocean.
Report
Number
17,
Gulf
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission,
New
Orleans,
Louisiana,
Texas
A&
M
University
Sea
Grant
College
and
Mississippi­
Alabama
Sea
Grant
Consortium,
November,
333
pp.

The
purpose
of
the
colloquium
was
to
assemble
information
on
the
snapper
and
grouper
resources
in
the
region
and
to
provide
a
forum
to
discuss
the
problems
of
the
fishing
industries.

Burgess,
Ed
(
1996).

Snapper/
Grouper
Permits
Issued
Since
1992.

Memorandum
to
Theo
Brainerd,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive
N.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
May
2,
3
pp.

SERO
has
resolved
differences
between
the
NMFS
Annual
Reports
and
previously
derived
SERO
estimates
of
the
number
of
vessels
with
snapper/
grouper
permits
for
the
years
1992
through
1995.
Numbers
of
vessels
for
each
year
are
provided.

Burgess,
James
(
1997).

Biological
Effects/
El
Nino/
FWD.

Memorandum
to
Gene
Cope,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
October,
2
pp.

Brief
notes
on
the
potential
biological
effects
of
El
Nino
on
domestic
fish
stocks.

Burke,
L.,
C.
Annand,
R.
Barbara,
L.
Brander,
M.
A.
Etter,
D.
Liew,
R.
O'Boyle,
and
G.
Peacock
(
1994).
"
The
Scotia­
Fundy
Inshore
Dragger
Fleet
ITQ
Program
Background,
Implementation,
and
Results
to
Date."
C.
M.
1994/
T:
35,
Theme
Session
on
Improving
the
Link
Between
Fisheries
Science
and
Management:
Biological,
Social,
and
Economic
Considerations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Seas,
82nd
Statutory
Meeting,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September.

After
Canada
extended
its
200
mile
limit
in
1977,
the
inshore
small
9
8
dragger
fleet
in
the
Scotia­
Fundy
Region
grew
dramatically
in
fishing
power.
By
1989,
fleet
capacity
had
exceeded
that
required
to
harvest
the
resource
at
F0.1
by
four
times.
This
increase
in
capacity
was
paralleled
by
an
expansion
of
regulations
to
contain
effort
and
protect
the
stocks.
In
1989,
management
plan
negotiations
broke
down
and
a
Task
Force
was
struck
to
define
a
new
management
system.
Among
other
initiatives,
it
was
recommended
that
Individual
Transferable
Quotas
(
ITQ)
be
implemented.
During
1990,
the
ITQ
program
was
designed
through
joint
DFO/
industry
committees
and
launched
in
1991.
Since
then,
dragger
fleet
capacity
has
been
reduced,
with
concentration
of
quota
in
fewer
boats.
There
have
also
been
changes
in
price
structure,
seasonal
pattern
of
landing
and
fishermen's
attitudes.
However,
it
is
not
obvious
that
at
sea
fishing
practices
have
changed.
As
well,
due
to
recent
resource
declines,
effort
has
been
displaced
to
non­
ITQ
fisheries.
This
paper
documents
the
background
to
the
ITQ
program,
its
implementation
and
what
has
been
achieved
to
date.

Burness,
H.
Stuart
(
1976).
"
On
the
Taxation
of
Nonreplenishable
Natural
Resources."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
3:
289­
311.

A
resource
constraint
alters
the
profit
maximizing
decision
rule
for
a
natural
resource
producer.
Such
a
producer
also
responds
differently
to
common
policy
instruments.
For
a
zero
rate
of
discount,
it
is
shown
that
a
franchise
(
lump
sum),
severance
(
ad
valorem
or
unit),
or
profit
tax
result,
respectively,
is
increased,
unchanged,
and
unchanged
output.
These
results
are
generalized
to
the
case
when
the
rate
of
discount
is
nonzero
and
tax
rates
vary
over
time.
A
tax
subsidy
scheme
for
guaranteeing
the
equality
of
optimal
social
and
private
rates
of
depletion
is
presented
for
a
case
where
these
rates
diverge.

Burns,
Scott
(
1997).

The
Role
of
Trade
Policies
in
the
Fishing
Sector.

:
Natural
Resource
Management
Workshop,
World
Wildlife
Fund,
U.
S.,
Washington,
D.
C.,
April,
6
pp.

Proposal
and
agenda
for
a
workshop
in
Geneva
on
subsidies
in
fish
harvesting
sectors
worldwide.
Case
studies
are
provided
as
a
basis
for
a
discussion.

Burt,
Oscar
R.
(
1964).
"
Optimal
Resource
Use
Over
Time
with
an
Application
to
Ground
Water."
Management
Science,
11(
1):
80­
93.

This
paper
is
concerned
with
optimal
allocation
over
time
of
a
single
resource
that
is
either
fixed
in
supply
or
only
partially
renewable
at
a
point
in
time.
Some
resources
that
fall
in
this
category
are
mineral
deposits,
ground
water,
petroleum,
wildlife,
and
fish.
A
functional
equation
is
obtained
from
a
dynamic
programming
formulation
of
the
problem.
This
functional
equation
is
used
to
derive
approximate
decision
rules
for
resource
use
as
a
function
of
current
supply.
The
results
are
applied
to
ground
water
storage
control
and
tested
empirically
by
comparison
with
a
decision
rule
obtained
by
detailed
numerical
methods.

Burt,
Oscar
R.
(
1967).
"
Temporal
Allocation
of
Groundwater."
Water
Resources
Research,
3(
1):
45­
56.

A
relatively
simple
economic
model
for
allocation
of
groundwater
in
time
is
developed.
The
economic
consequences
of
altering
various
parameters
in
the
model
are
examined
with
respect
to
the
effect
on
equilibrium
stocks
and
rate
of
use.
The
concept
of
a
conditional
decision
rule
for
stochastic
groundwater
recharge
and
the
properties
of
the
implied
equilibrium
are
discussed.
In
its
9
9
simplest
form,
the
derived
decision
rule
is
to
equate
marginal
net
output
with
respect
to
rate
of
use
to
capitalized
marginal
net
output
with
respect
to
water
stocks.

Burt,
Oscar
R.
and
Durward
Brewer
(
1971).
"
Estimation
of
Net
Social
Benefits
From
Outdoor
Recreation."
Econometrica,
39(
5):
813­
827.

An
economic
framework
is
presented
for
measurement
of
the
net
social
benefits
that
can
be
attributed
to
development
of
a
new
outdoor
recreation
site,
taking
into
consideration
the
influence
that
existing
recreation
developments
have
on
the
demand
for
services
from
the
newly
developed
site.
Methods
are
given
for
statistically
estimating
the
empirical
measures
needed
to
apply
the
model,
and
an
application
is
made
to
water
oriented
outdoor
recreation
in
Missouri.
Results
of
the
application
suggest
that
investments
in
outdoor
recreation
can
be
evaluated
under
an
objective
economic
decision
criterion.

Burt,
O.
And
R.
Cummings
(
1970).

Production
and
Investment
in
Natural
Resource
Industries.

American
Economic
Review,
60:
576­
90.

This
paper
attempts
to
provide
a
general
model
that
could
be
adapted
and
the
results
applicable
to
any
specific
resource.
Earlier
reports
concerning
specific
resources
would
fall
out
as
a
special
case
of
a
general
theory
concerning
the
intertemporal
allocation
of
natural
resources.

Butler,
Richard
W.,
Walter
A.
Nelson,
and
Tyrrell
A.
Henwood
(
1987).

A
Trawl
Survey
Method
for
Estimating
Loggerhead
Turtle,
Caretta
Caretta,
Abundance
in
Five
Eastern
Florida
Channels
and
Inlets.

Fishery
Bulletin,
85(
3):
447­
453.

Five
eastern
Florida
navigational
channels
were
surveyed
on
a
quarterly
basis
from
November
1981
through
August
1982.
The
purpose
of
the
surveys
was
to
provide
estimates
of
loggerhead
turtle
abundance
for
each
channel
over
all
seasons
of
the
year.
Standard
methods
for
estimating
loggerhead
turtle
abundance
from
trawl
samples
were
developed,
and
the
probability
of
capture
in
a
30
m
by
1,483
m
substation
was
estimated
to
be
0.28
±
0.05
(
95%
confidence
level).
Abundance
estimates
based
on
this
probability
of
capture
were
then
developed
for
each
channel
and
survey.
Of
the
channels
surveyed,
only
Port
Canaveral
harbored
significant
concentrations
of
loggerhead
turtles;
populations
ranged
from
701
±
291
turtles
in
February
to
a
low
of
38
±
26
turtles
in
August.
A
few
loggerhead
turtles
were
captured
in
the
other
channels,
but
infrequency
of
occurrence
suggested
random
encounters
rather
than
areas
of
concentration.

Byrne,
Richard,
Wade
Griffin,
and
Joy
Clark
(
1988).
"
Four
Teds
and
Analysis
of
Variance."
Natural
Resource
Working
Papers
Series,
Natural
Resource
Workgroup,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas
77843.

The
Cape
Canaveral
data
is
analyzed
statistically
to
determine
the
effects
of
the
four
TEDs.
First,
we
describe
the
structure
of
the
experiment.
Then,
we
present
the
Anova
table
and
perform
tests
of
hypotheses.
Next,
we
analyze
the
percent
of
shrimp
retention
of
the
four
TEDs
using
confidence
intervals.
Finally,
we
perform
multiple
comparisons
to
determine
which
TEDs
have
the
highest
yields.

CWA
(
1995).

Report
on
Survey
Regarding
TED
Compliance.

Draft
Report,
November,
29
pp.
1
0
0
Shrimp
fishing
and
specifically
shrimper
non­
compliance
with
the
use
of
Turtle
Excluder
Devices
(
TEDs)
have
been
deemed
the
most
plausible
causes
of
ongoing
mortality
in
endangered
sea
turtles.
Our
objectives
were
1)
to
quantify
the
prevalence
of
TED
use,
2)
to
identify
barriers
to
TED
use,
3)
quantify
the
perception
of
the
barriers,
and
4)
identify
means
to
enhance
compliance.

Cabot,
Courtenay
Bromfield
(
1996).

Shrimp
and
Sea
Turtles
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico:
An
Economic
Analysis
of
the
Effects
of
Turtle
Excluder
Devices
on
the
Shrimp
Fishery
and
the
Benefits
of
Protecting
Sea
Turtles.

Senior
Honors
Thesis,
Northwestern
University,
May,
50
pp.

This
study
analyzes
the
effects
of
the
use
of
Turtle
Excluder
Devices
(
TEDs)
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.
It
also
examines
the
benefits
of
protecting
a
sea
turtle.
Regression
analysis
indicates
that
TED
regulations
are
having
a
statistically
significant
negative
impact
on
the
fishery

s
landings
and
revenue.
Data
also
indicate
that
the
fishery
is
overcapitalized
and
possibly
over
harvested.
A
preliminary
analysis
of
the
value
of
a
sea
turtle
is
accomplished
through
the
use
of
the
contingent
valuation
method.

Caddy,
J.
F.
and
R.
Mahon
(
1995).
Reference
Points
for
Fisheries
Management.
FAO
Fisheries
Technical
Paper
No.
347,
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations,
Rome,
83
pp.

This
paper
reviews
the
conceptual
background
and
application
of
technical
reference
points
in
fishery
management.
Despite
considerable
investment
in
stock
assessment
methodology
and
expertise,
fisheries
worldwide
are
overexploited.
This
appears
to
be
due
to
a
mismatch
between
the
precision
of
assessment
and
the
precision
of
management.
Two
types
of
reference
points
are
recognized:
target
reference
points
(
TRPs)
and
limit
reference
points
(
LRPs).
The
use
of
MSY
as
a
target
reference
point
is
considered
in
the
light
of
past
performance
of
fishery
management,
and
it
is
suggested
that
MSY
and
other
reference
points
formerly
used
as
targets,
may
be
more
appropriately
applied
as
LRPs.
The
recent
trend
towards
the
quantification
of
uncertainty
and
estimation
of
risk
in
the
provision
of
advice
is
considered
to
be
good,
but
the
cost
and
availability
of
information
and
expertise
required
may
preclude
the
use
of
these
techniques
for
many
small
or
low
value
stocks
and
for
most
stocks
in
developing
countries.
The
recent
trend
towards
inclusion
of

ecosystem
concepts

in
setting
fishery
management
objectives
is
also
seen
as
good,
and
overdue.
Although
still
in
their
formative
stages,
ecosystem
concepts
can
still
provide
LRPs.
Effective
management
will
require
a

set
of
rules

comprising
both
TRPs
and
LRPs.
In
most
national
and
international
fishery
management
situations,
the
current
institutional
structure
will
probably
require
some
modification
to
successfully
apply
these
sets
of
rules.
Fisheries
management
organizations
will
continue
to
assess
and
manage
fisheries
routinely,
but
management
may
need
to
develop
an
independent
review
which
comes
into
play
when
resource
production
limits
are
approached.
The
action
to
be
taken
at
such
limits
should
be
discussed
and
agreed
on
in
advance.

Caillouet,
Charles
W.,
Jr.
and
Kenneth
N.
Baxter
(
1973).
"
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Resource
Research."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
35(
3­
4):
21­
24.

This
paper
describes
shrimp
resource
research
presently
being
conducted
by
the
Galveston
Laboratory
of
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
Gulf
Coastal
Fisheries
Center.
Discussed
are
plans
for
development
of
a
mathematical
model
capable
of
explaining
and
predicting
changes
in
shrimp
catch,
and
on­
going
mark
recapture
experiments,
prediction
of
catch,
stock
1
0
1
identification
studies,
and
study
of
spawning
grounds.
Trends
in
Texas
and
Louisiana
brown
and
white
shrimp
catches
and
catch
rates
are
presented.

Caillouet,
Charles
Wax,
Jr.
and
Dennis
Brian
Koi
(
1983).
"
Ex­
Vessel
Value
and
Size
Composition
of
Reported
May­
August
Catches
of
Brown
Shrimp
and
White
Shrimp
from
1960
to
1981
as
Related
to
the
Texas
Closure."
Gulf
Research
Reports,
7(
3):
187­
203.

Indices
were
used
to
test
for
trends
in
ex­
vessel
price
spread
(
value
per
shrimp
by
size
category),
size
composition,
and
ex­
vessel
value
composition
of
the
reported
May­
August
catches
(
inshore
and
offshore
combined)
of
brown
shrimp
(
Penaeus
aztecus)
and
white
shrimp
(
P.
setiferus)
from
the
Texas
coast,
the
Mississippi
River
to
Texas,
and
Pensacola
to
the
Mississippi
River,
from
1960
to
1981.
Levels
of
reported
May­
August
catch
and
ex­
vessel
value
of
the
catch
also
were
examined
for
the
same
period.
Statistical
tests
were
conducted
to
determine
if
1981
was
an
outlier
as
compared
to
other
years,
in
the
context
of
impacts
of
closure
of
the
fishery
conservation
zone
(
FCZ)
off
Texas
to
shrimping
from
May
22
to
July
15,
1981,
a
management
measure
referred
to
as
the
Texas
Closure.

Caillouet,
Charles
W.,
Frank
J.
Patella,
and
William
B.
Jackson
(
1979).
"
Relationship
Between
Marketing
Category
(
Count)
Composition
and
Ex­
Vessel
Value
of
Reported
Annual
Catches
of
Shrimp
in
the
Eastern
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
(
May­
June):
1­
7.

The
relationship
between
estimated
ex­
vessel
value
of
reported
annual
shrimp
catches
and
weight
of
these
catches
is
used
to
show
the
effects
of
regional
differences
in
count
composition
of
these
catches,
a
function
of
differences
in
shrimp
laws
and
harvesting
strategy.
It
seems
clear
that
the
strategy
of
harvesting
large
proportions
of
larger
shrimp
in
Texas
increases
both
the
weight
and
ex­
vessel
value
of
these
catches.
Social
impacts
and
economic
inputs
beyond
the
ex­
vessel
level
also
require
consideration
in
studies
of
effects
of
harvesting
strategy.

Caillouet,
Charles
W.,
Frank
J.
Patella,
and
William
B.
Jackson
(
1980).
"
Trends
Toward
Decreasing
Size
of
Brown
Shrimp,
Penaeus
Aztecus,
and
White
Shrimp,
Penaeus
Setiferus,
in
Reported
Annual
Catches
from
Texas
and
Louisiana."
Fishery
Bulletin,
77(
4):
985­
989.

An
exponential
model
adequately
characterized
the
size
composition
(
expressed
as
a
regression
of
transformed
cumulative
percentage
of
weight
on
size
category)
of
reported
annual
catches
of
brown
and
white
shrimp
in
Texas
and
Louisiana
from
1959
to
1976.
Louisiana
catches
contained
considerably
greater
proportions
of
small
shrimp
than
did
Texas
catches.
For
both
species
and
states,
there
was
a
significant
trend
toward
increases
in
the
proportion
of
small
shrimp
in
the
catches
over
the
period.

Caillouet,
Charles
W.,
Jr.,
B.
J.
Fontenot,
Jr.,
W.
S.
Perret,
R.
J.
Dugas,
and
H.
F.
Hebert
(
1971).
"
Catches
of
Postlarval
White
Shrimp
Penaeus
setiferus
(
Linn.)
and
Brown
Shrimp,
P.
aztecus,
Ives,
and
Temperature
and
Salinity
Observations
in
Vermilion
Bay,
Louisiana,
March
1963
to
April
1967."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
NOAA,
NMFS,
Data
Report
64,
July,
39
pp.

A
small
trawl
towed
in
a
semicircle
of
30.5
m
(
100
ft)
radius
in
shallow
water
near
the
shoreline
was
used
to
collect
postlarval
white
shrimp
and
brown
shrimp.
Dates
and
hour
of
sampling,
catches
of
postlarvae,
species
composition
and
subsamples
of
the
catches,
and
water
temperature
and
salinity
data
are
presented.
1
0
2
Caillouet,
Charles
W.,
Jr.,
Marcel
J.
Duronslet,
Andre
M.
Landry,
Jr.,
Dickie
B.
Revera,
Donna
J.
Shaver,
Kerry
M.
Stanley,
Erich
K.
Stabenau,
and
Robert
W.
Heinly
(
1990).
"
Sea
Turtle
Strandings
and
Shrimping
Effort
in
the
Northwestern
Gulf
of
Mexico,
1986­
1989."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Galveston,
Texas
77551­
5997.

The
purpose
of
this
paper
was
an
examination
of
sea
turtle
strandings
and
shrimping
effort
in
the
northwestern
Gulf
of
Mexico
during
1986­
1989
to
determine
the
relationship
if
any
between
them.
The
study
confuses
correlation
with
causation.

Caillouet,
Charles
W.,
Jr.,
Marcel
J.
Duronslet,
Andre
M.
Landry,
Jr.,
Dickie
B.
Revera,
Donna
J.
Shaver,
Kerry
M.
Stanley,
Robert
W.
Heinly,
and
Erich
K.
Stabenau
(
1991).
"
Sea
Turtle
Strandings
and
Shrimp
Fishing
Effort
in
the
Northwestern
Gulf
of
Mexico,
1986­
1989."
Fishery
Bulletin,
89(
4):
712­
718.

Incidental
capture
of
sea
turtles
in
shrimp
trawls
is
the
most
important
human
cause
of
sea
turtle
mortality.
In
this
study,
a
product­
moment
correlation
analysis
to
test
the
null
hypothesis
that
there
was
no
relationship
between
monthly
sea
turtle
strandings
and
shrimp
fishing
effort
on
the
northwestern
Gulf
of
Mexico
coast
during
1986­
89.
A
positive,
statistically
significant
result
was
found
causing
the
null
hypothesis
to
be
rejected.
Several
caveats
to
the
analysis
are
cited
including
the
effects
of
wind,
waves,
tides,
and
scavengers
on
the
stranding
levels
of
turtles.
These
caveats
tend
to
reduce
the
implied
causation
that
shrimp
fishing
effort
levels
affects
turtle
stranding
levels.

Cameron,
Trudy
Ann
(
1988).
"
A
New
Paradigm
for
Valuing
Non­
market
Goods
Using
Referendum
Data:
Maximum
Likelihood
Estimation
by
Censored
Logistic
Regression."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
15:
355­
379.

This
paper
challenges
the
W.
M.
Hanemann
(
1984)
and
C.
Sellar,
J.
P.
Chavas,
and
J.
R.
Stoll
(
1986)
utilizations
of
logit
models
to
estimate
the
value
of
nonmarket
resources
from
"
referendum"
survey
data.
These
data
are
more
informative
than
conventional
choice
data.
The
"
random
utility"
interpretation
of
logit
models
is
therefore
too
restrictive.
Bypassing
the
utility
function
entirely,
it
will
be
shown
that
parameters
and
standard
errors
for
utility­
theoretic
inverse
Hicksian
demand
functions
can
be
extracted
directly
and
much
more
simply.
Estimated
demand
functions
need
not
be
limited
to
those
corresponding
to
the
linear
in
parameters
utility
difference
specification
that
can
be
handled
by
packaged
logit
programs.

Cameron,
Trudy
Ann
(
1992).
"
Combining
Contingent
Valuation
and
Travel
Cost
Data
for
the
Valuation
of
Nonmarket
Goods.

Land
Economics,
68(
3):
302­
317.

The
travel
cost
method
(
TCM)
has
long
been
used
to
infer
the
economic
value
of
nonmarket
resources
and
public
goods.
More
recently,
contingent
valuation
(
CVM)
survey
methods
have
gained
popularity
for
eliciting
these
values.
Here,
CVM
survey
responses
are
combined
with
TCM
data
on
actual
market
behavior
to
estimate
jointly
both
the
parameters
of
the
underlying
utility
function
and
its
corresponding
ordinary
demand
function.
This
is
a
prototypical
empirical
example
of
a
new
modeling
strategy,
variants
of
which
should
provide
useful
in
many
applications,
especially
where
reliance
on
a
single
valuation
method
is
undesirable.
1
0
3
Cameron,
Trudy
Ann
and
John
Quiggin
(
1994).
"
Estimation
Using
Contingent
Valuation
Data
from
a

Dichotomous
Choice
with
Follow­
Up

Questionnaire.

Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
27:
218­
234.

Dichotomous
choice
(
referendum)
contingent
valuation
questions
are
inefficient
in
that
a
very
large
number
of
observations
are
required
to
identify
a
distribution
of
resource
values
with
any
degree
of
accuracy.
An
alternative
questioning
strategy
introduce
a
follow
up
dichotomous
choice
question.
We
generalize
upon
previous
analyses
of
this
type
of
data
by
relaxing
the
assumption
that
the
identical
unobserved
resource
value
motivates
both
responses.
While
values
implied
by
the
first
and
second
responses
are
highly
correlated
and
may
be
drawn
from
the
same
distribution,
they
are
definitely
not
identical.
Furthermore,
assuming
that
they
are
can
severely
distort
the
estimated
valuation
distribution.

Campbell,
David,
Tony
Battaglene,
and
Sean
Pascoe
(
1991).

Management
Options
for
the
Southern
Shark
Fishery.

Australian
Bureau
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
Discussion
Paper
91.12,
December,
43
pp.

Falling
shark
stocks
led
to
interim
management
plan
based
on
input
controls.
Task
force
created
to
examine
future
management
options
that
include
annual
total
allowable
shark
catch,
reductions
in
amount
of
nets,
and
individual
transferable
catch
quotas.
This
study
estimates
the
likely
effects
of
each
of
the
proposed
management
options
on
shark
stocks
and
the
shark
fishing
industry.
A
bioeconomic
model
of
the
fishery
has
been
developed
to
help
in
this
assessment.

Campbell,
Donald
E.
(
1987).
Resource
Allocation
Mechanisms.
Cambridge
University
Press.

This
book
is
concerned
with
the
general
welfare
implications
of
individual
decisions
in
systems
in
which
some
sort
of
coordination
of
individual
activities
is
essential
to
the
achievement
of
a
high
level
of
overall
welfare.

Campbell,
H.
F.
and
A.
McIlgorm
(
1995).

Australian
Vessel
Performance
in
the
East
Coast
Tuna
Longline
Fishery.

Marine
Fishery
Review,
57(
3­
4):
35­
39.

A
sample
of
daily
observations
on
the
activities
of
Australian
vessels
longlining
for
yellowfin
tuna,
Thunnus
albacares,
during
1987­
90
was
analyzed,
using
a
production
function
approach,
to
determine
the
effects
of
vessel
characteristics
and
operational
practices
and
conditions.
Significant
differences
were
found
between
the
tuna
fisheries
in
the
northern
and
southern
regions
of
the
inshore
yellowfin
tuna
fishery
in
the
east
Australian
Exclusive
Economic
Zone.
The
type
of
vessel
used,
and
fishing
practices
such
as
soaktime,
patrolling
the
longline,
and
choice
of
surface
water
temperature
were
found
to
have
significant
effects
on
yellowfin
tuna
catch
rates.

Campbell,
H.
F.
and
R.
B.
Nicholl
(
1995).

Allocating
Yellowfin
Tuna
Between
the
Multispecies
Purse
Seine
and
Longline
Fleets.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
1):
35­
58.

Yellowfin
tuna
in
the
western
Pacific
are
harvested
as
juveniles
by
purse
seiners
and
as
adults
by
longliners.
The
study
presents
estimates
of
the
multi­
species
harvest
technology
of
these
two
types
of
vessels
operating
in
Papua
New
Guinea

s
Exclusive
Economic
Zone.
The
results,
together
with
price
and
cost
information
and
estimates
of
the
impact
of
the
purse
seine
1
0
4
catch
on
the
catch
rates
of
longline
vessels
are
used
to
perform
a
benefit/
cost
analysis
of
a
reallocation
of
juvenile
yellowfin
through
a
one
percent
decline
in
purse
seine
harvest
in
P.
N.
G.

s
EEZ.
The
marginal
benefit
of
investment
in
the
yellowfin
stock
is
found
to
exceed
that
of
marginal
cost,
suggesting
that
there
may
be
an
economic
case
for
a
reallocation.

Campbell,
Page,
Ted
Storck,
Vanenise
Price,
and
Lance
Robinson
(
1992).
"
Trends
in
Texas
Commercial
Fishery
Landings,
1972­
1991."
Management
Data
Series
No.
86,
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department,
Fisheries
and
Wildlife
Division,
4200
Smith
School
Road,
Austin,
Texas.

This
report
summarizes
annual
commercial
landings
and
ex­
vessel
value
statistics
of
finfish
and
shellfish
harvested
from
Texas
bays
and
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
off
Texas.
These
landings
and
value
data
for
individual
species
groups
are
summarized
according
to
bay
system
or
Gulf
area
from
which
the
product
was
taken
and
by
month
landed.
Total
coast
wide
landings
in
1991
were
more
than
102
million
pounds
and
ex­
vessel
value
was
over
$
199
million.
These
values
were
11%
and
19%,
respectively,
below
the
record
values
of
1986.
Shrimp
accounted
for
89%
of
the
weight
and
94%
of
ex­
vessel
value
of
all
seafood
landed
in
calendar
year
1991.
During
1991
blue
crabs,
Eastern
oysters
and
finfish
made
up
6%,
3%,
and
2%
of
total
landings
and
1%,
4%,
and
1%
of
the
total
ex­
vessel
value,
respectively.
Compared
to
1990
prices,
the
1991
average
unit
price
for
shrimp
increased;
the
unit
prices
of
blue
crabs
did
not
change,
while
the
unit
price
of
Eastern
oysters
decreased
22%.
Finfish
unit
prices
generally
declined.

Canning,
Patrick
and
Harry
Vroomen
(
1994).

Welfare
Impacts
of
a
Trade
Restriction:
An
Equilibrium
Approach
and
Application
in
the
Potash
Industry.

Technical
Bulletin
No.
1834,
Resources
and
Technology
Division,
Economic
Research
Service,
U.
S.
Department
of
Agriculture,
June,
25
pp.

A
three­
sector
equilibrium
open
economy
model
is
developed
for
measuring
welfare
effects
of
a
trade
restriction.
The
approach
is
applied
to
the
U.
S./
Canadian
trade
agreement
on
potash
(
USCTAP).
The
net
effect
of
USCTAP
to
U.
S.
firms,
households,
and
the
government
over
the
July
1987­
June
1992
period
was
a
social
welfare
cost
of
$
815
million.
The
big
losers
were
U.
S.
potash
users
(­$
956
million),
while
Canadian
potash
producers
(+$
723
million),
U.
S.
potash
producers
(+$
211
million),
and
other
foreign
producers
(+$
99
million)
were
the
big
winners
(
in
1987
dollars).
Other
countries
that
import
U.
S.
goods
that
contain
potash
as
an
input
incurred
additional
costs
of
$
40
million,
due
to
higher
prices
of
those
goods,
resulting
in
a
net
gain
of
$
59
million
to
other
countries.
U.
S.
taxpayers
bear
a
lighter
burden
(­$
55
million)
due
to
USCTAP.

Capps,
Oral,
Jr.
(
1982).
"
Consumer
Expenditure
Patterns
for
Fish
and
Shellfish."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
44(
3):
1­
6.

This
study
investigates
the
nature
and
magnitude
of
the
influence
of
household
income,
and
socioeconomic
and
demographic
variates
on
aggregate
seafood
expenditure
in
the
United
States.

Caputo,
Michael
R.
(
1990).
"
A
Qualitative
Characterization
of
the
competitive
Nonrenewable
Resource
Extracting
Firm."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
18:
206­
226.

Using
variational
differential
equations,
a
systematic
qualitative
analysis
is
carried
out
for
the
competitive
nonrenewable
resource
extracting
1
0
5
firm.
The
parameters
of
interest
are
the
output
price,
variable
input
price,
discount
rate,
lease
length,
initial
resource
stock,
and
various
tax
rates.
The
effects
of
changes
in
these
parameters
on
the
entire
optimal
time
paths
of
the
current
shadow
value
of
the
stock,
the
resource
stock,
and
the
extraction
rate
are
characterized
in
the
perturbed
phase
plan.

Caribbean
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1996).

Fishery
Management
Plan,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
and
Final
Environmental
Impact
Statement
for
the
Queen
Conch
Resources
of
Puerto
Rico
and
the
United
States
Virgin
Island.

268
Munoz
Rivera
Ave.,
Suite
1108,
San
Juan,
Puerto
Rico,
June,
78
pp.

The
fishery
management
plan
imposes
limits
on
the
harvesting
of
queen
conch
to
curb
overfishing
in
the
EEZ.
However
if
recruitment
is
dependent
on
conch
populations
in
other
Caribbean
countries,
cooperative
efforts
with
other
nations
will
be
necessary
to
effectively
manage
queen
conch
throughout
its
range.

Caribbean
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1997).

Amendment
Number
1
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Corals
and
Reef
Associated
Plants
and
Invertebrates
of
Puerto
Rico
and
the
United
States
Virgin
Islands
for
Establishing
a
Marine
Conservation
District
Including
Regulatory
Impact
Review
and
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis
and
an
Environmental
Impact
Statement.

268
Munoz
Rivera
Ave.,
Suite
1108,
San
Juan,
Puerto
Rico,
September,
54
pp.

The
Council
is
proposing
the
establishment
of
a
Marine
Conservation
District
(
MCD)
in
the
EEZ.
The
expected
effects
of
the
MCDs
under
the
Coral
FMP
and
this
amendment
are
(
1)
to
provide
refuge
and
replenishment
areas
to
ensure
continued
abundance
and
diversity
of
reef
resources;
(
2)
to
protect
critical
spawning
stock
and
recruits
from
depletion
and
overfishing,
thus
increasing
abundance
of
fishery
resources;
(
3)
to
protect
coral
and
coral
habitat;
and
94)
to
improve
opportunities
for
eco­
tourism.
An
excellent
regulatory
impact
analysis
of
the
plan
is
included
in
the
document.

Caribbean
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1998).

Essential
Fish
Habitat
(
EFH)
Generic
Amendment
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plans
(
FMPs)
of
the
U.
S.
Caribbean,
Volume
I
and
II.

Draft,
268
Munoz
Rivera
Ave.,
Suite
1108,
San
Juan,
Puerto
Rico,
September,
54
pp.

This
generic
amendment
amends
FMPs
for
reef
fish,
spiny
lobster,
queen
conch,
and
coral
to
address
EFH.
The
generic
amendment
identifies
and
describes
EFH
for
selected
management
unit
species,
identifies
threats
to
EFH
from
fishing
and
non­
fishing
activities,
presents,
where
possible,
options
to
conserve
and
enhance
EFH,
and
identifies
research
needs.
This
amendment
proposes
no
management
measures,
and,
therefore,
no
regulations
are
anticipated.
It
is
expected
that
the
final
amendment
will
contain
an
environmental
assessment.

Carlberg,
Stig
R.
(
1994).
"
Quality
Assurance,
What
it
is
and
What
it
is
not."
C.
M.
1994/(
C+
E+
L):
2,
Joint
Session
on
Quality
Assurance
of
Marine
Measurements,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
82nd
Statutory
Meeting,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September,
4
pp.

This
paper
discusses
some
aspects
of
quality;
what
it
is
and
how
it
can
be
regarded
to
avoid
or
at
least
reduce
ambiguity.
It
describes
the
relation
between
quality
assurance
and
standardization,
accreditation,
and
other
terms
that
are
frequently
used
and
often
misunderstood
in
this
context.
The
paper
1
0
6
also
discusses
how
one
can
assure
that
a
certain
quality
is
achieved
in
a
production
(
e.
g.
chemical
analysis)
and
demonstrates
that
a
consistent
management
system
is
needed
for
this
purpose.
On
the
other
hand,
the
paper
does
not
contain
detailed
arguments
why
quality
assurance
is
necessary
nor
how
a
quality
assurance
system
should
be
designed
in
detail.
These
aspects
are
covered
by
other
contributions
to
the
Joint
Session.

Carlton,
Frank
E.
(
1984).
"
Introduction
to
Symposium."
Chapter
1
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

Introduction
to
the
symposium
whose
objectives
are
to
achieve
recognition
of
marine
recreational
fisheries
as
an
important
element
of
national
policy;
to
identify
major
marine
recreational
fisheries
problems
and
develop
fresh
solutions
thereto;
and
to
foster
effective
management
regimes
for
the
conservation
of
living
marine
resources.

Carothers,
Paul
E.
and
William
E.
Grant
(
1987).
"
Fishery
Management
Implications
of
Recruitment
Seasonality:
Simulation
of
the
Texas
Fishery
for
the
Brown
Shrimp,
Penaeus
aztecus."
Ecological
Modeling,
36:
239­
268.

The
relationship
between
recruitment
seasonality
and
ordination
of
alternative
management
policies
for
the
Texas
brown
shrimp
(
Penaeus
aztecus)
fishery
is
explored
through
utilization
of
a
general
stochastic
simulation
model
developed
for
annual
crop
marine
fisheries.
The
model
represents
harvest
dynamics
within
the
fishery
through
a
series
of
finite
difference
equations
representing
recruitment,
growth,
migration,
and
mortality
of
brown
shrimp,
and
fishing
effort.
The
model
is
parameterized
to
reflect
two
alternative
representations
of
brown
shrimp
recruitment
dynamics,
and
the
behavior
of
each
model
version
is
explored
under
four
management
policy
options.
The
alternative
recruitment
representations
differ
in
temporal
pattern
of
postlarval
brown
shrimp
immigration
into
coastal
estuaries,
and
the
management
policy
options
reflect
variations
in
seasonal
closures
and
minimum
size
restrictions
for
the
fishery.
Analysis
of
model
outputs
identified
a
statistically
significant
interaction
between
recruitment
representation
and
the
performance
of
the
alternative
management
policies
based
upon
predicted
harvests
within
the
fishery.
This
interaction
indicates
the
failure
of
the
alternative
recruitment
model
versions
to
produce
a
consistent
predicted
harvest
response
over
all
management
policy
options.
Under
an
average
representation
of
postlarval
recruitment
pattern,
no
significant
differences
in
management
option
performance
were
detected,
while
two
of
four
management
options
produced
significantly
lower
harvests
under
a
seasonally
variable
recruitment
pattern.

Carpenter,
James
S.
(
1965).
"
A
Review
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Red
Snapper
Fishery."
U.
S.
Department
of
the
Interior,
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service,
Bureau
of
Commercial
Fisheries,
Circular
208,
Washington,
D.
C.

Developments
in
the
fourth
most
valuable
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
are
shown
by
comparing
vessels,
fishing
grounds,
gear,
equipment,
and
fishing
methods,
handling
and
marketing,
and
production
techniques
and
methods.

Carrier,
Roy
R.
(
1996).

Regulatory
Reform
and
Private
Property
Rights
Protection.

Staff
Paper
SP
96­
4,
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
Institute
of
Food
and
Agricultural
Sciences,
University
of
1
0
7
Florida,
Gainesville,
Florida,
May,
9
pp.

Upon
gaining
control
of
Congress
in
the
elections
of
November
1994,
the
new
Republican
majority
in
Congress
embarked
on
an
aggressive
campaign
to
fulfill
its

Contract
With
American.

Among
its
priorities
was
regulatory
reform.
Included
in
regulatory
reform
were
measures
to
protect
property
owners,
under
certain
circumstances,
from
losses
in
property
values
resulting
from
the
imposition
of
environmental
regulations.
Although
passed
by
the
House
of
Representatives
in
1995,
the
Senate
had
not
yet
acted
on
the
measures
a
year
later.
Private
property
rights
protection
legislation
passed
by
the
1995
Florida
Legislature
was
signed
into
law
in
May
1995.
The
manner
of
its
implementation
and
the
nature
of
its
impacts
remain
to
be
seen.

Carroll,
Michael
J.
(
1998).

An
Assessment
of
the
Atlantic
Bluefin
Tuna
Market:
The
Economic
Implications
for
Management.
Masters
of
Science
Thesis,
Environmental
and
Natural
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
RI.

The
U.
S.
Atlantic
Bluefin
Tuna
Fishery
under
pressure
from
the
International
Commission
for
the
Conservation
of
Atlantic
Tuna
(
ICCAT)
and
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
NMFS)
has
been
confronted
with
substantial
quota
reductions
in
recent
years.
Effort
reduction
strategies
used
to
sustain
these
quota
cuts
combined
with
increased
participation
have
created
market
gluts
and
decreased
the
length
of
the
season.
Apparent
implications
of
these
problems
have
decreased
the
price
received
by
U.
S.
fishermen
for
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna.
Optimal
management
of
the
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna
requires
these
market
implications
be
considered.
This
research
econometrically
examines
factors
that
influence
ex­
vessel
price,
focusing
on
changes
in
quantity
supplied,
quality
characteristics,
gear
types
used,
and
spatial
and
temporal
harvests.
Results
of
this
research
indicate
gains
in
gross
revenues
to
the
U.
S.
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna
fishery
are
possible
through
reduction
in
excessive
daily
production
and
shifts
in
temporal
harvests
into
later
periods
of
the
season.

Carroll,
Raymond
J.
and
David
Ruppert
(
1984).
"
Power
Transformations
When
Fitting
Theoretical
Models
to
Data."
Journal
of
the
American
Statistical
Association,
79(
386):
321­
328.

Power
transformations
in
nonlinear
regression
problems
are
investigated
when
there
is
a
physical
model
for
the
response
but
little
understanding
of
the
underlying
error
structure.
In
such
circumstances,
and
unlike
the
ordinary
power
transformation
model,
both
the
response
and
the
model
must
be
transformed
simultaneously
and
in
the
same
way.
We
show
by
asymptotic
theory
and
a
small
Monte
Carlo
study
that
for
estimating
the
model
parameters
there
is
little
cost
for
not
knowing
the
correct
transform
a
priori;
this
is
in
dramatic
contrast
to
the
results
for
the
usual
case
where
only
the
response
is
transformed.
Possible
applications
of
the
theory
are
illustrated
by
examples.

Carson,
Rachel
(
1962).
"
Rivers
of
Death."
Chapter
9
from
Rachel
L.
Carson,
Silent
Spring,
Houghton
Mifflin
Company,
Boston,
The
Riverside
Press,
Cambridge.

A
discussion
of
the
effect
of
pollution
on
shrimp
and
finfish
stocks
in
U.
S.
coastal
estuaries.

Carson,
Richard
T.
and
Robert
Cameron
Mitchell(
1995).
"
Sequencing
and
Nesting
in
Contingent
Valuation
Surveys."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
28:
155­
173.
1
0
8
The
term

embedding

is
ill
defined
and
has
been
applied
to
distinct
phenomena,
some
predicted
by
economic
theory
and
others
not.
This
paper
lays
out
a
theoretical
framework
for
looking
at
these
phenomena
and
provides
a
set
of
well
defined
terms.
Included
is
a
discussion
of
survey
design
problems
that
may
induce
spurious
evidence
in
favor
of
the
hypothesis
that
respondents
are
insensitive
to
the
scope
of
the
good
being
valued.
An
empirical
example
of
the
component
sensitivity
is
provided.
This
test
rejects
the
hypothesis
that
respondents
are
insensitive
to
the
scope
of
the
good
being
valued.

Carson,
Richard
T.,
Norman
F.
Meade,
and
V.
Kerry
Smith
(
1993).
"
Introducing
the
Issues."
Choices,
2nd
Quarter:
5­
8.

The
contingent
value
passive
use
value
debate.

Casey,
Keith
E.,
Christopher
M.
Dewees,
Bruce
R.
Turris,
and
James
E.
Wilen
(
1995).

The
Effects
of
Individual
Vessel
Quotas
in
the
British
Columbia
Halibut
Fishery.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
3):
211­
230.

Implementation
of
individual
vessel
quotas
(
IVQs)
in
the
British
Columbia
halibut
fishery
has
provided
a
unique
opportunity
to
examine
the
effects
of
this
management
technique
on
a
previously
intense

derby

fishery.
This
paper
describes
the
changes
that
have
occurred
in
the
fishery
since
the
introduction
of
individual
vessel
quotas
in
1991.
The
results
presented
here
are
largely
based
on
the
finds
of
two
surveys.
In
September
1993,
we
conducted
in­
depth
interviews
with
most
of
the
major
halibut
processors
in
British
Columbia.
These
processors
reported
significant
changes
in
the
processing
and
marketing
of
halibut.
In
Spring
1993,
we
conducted
a
mail
survey
of
all
435
licensed
halibut
fishermen.
The
survey
consisted
of
several
series
of
questions
designed
to
measure
changes
in
fishing
operations
(
crew
size,
fishing
practices,
etc.),
quota
leasing
activities,
changes
in
fishing
income,
and
opinions
about
the
effects
of
IVQs.
The
results
presented
here
provide
important
information
about
the
effects
of
the
British
Columbia
halibut
IVQ
program
to
date
and
will
be
useful
for
comparison
to
similar
management
programs
implemented
elsewhere.

Casteel,
Pamela
(
1991).
"
Bycatch
A
Matter
of
Opinion."
Texas
Shores,
23(
3):
1­
33.
Texas
A&
M
University
Sea
Grant
College
Program
and
Palacios
Marine
Education
Center.

A
collection
of
articles
concerning
bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.

Casteel,
Pamela
(
1993).
"
Scary
Stepchild
of
the
Sea."
Texas
Shores,
26(
2/
3):
4­
21.
Texas
Sea
Grant
Program,
Texas
A&
M
University,
P.
O.
Box
1675,
Galveston,
Texas.

Sharks
are
a
highly
valuable
resource
both
commercially
and
recreationally
and
are
a
highly
vulnerable
population
of
animals.
Although
sharks
have
evolved
as
apex
predators,
they
are
ill
equipped
to
endure
man

s
intense
exploitation.

Castro,
Carlos
A.
and
Scott
J.
Soares
(
eds.)
(
1996).

Proceedings
of
the
Symposium
on
the
Potential
for
Development
of
Aquaculture
in
Massachusetts.

NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
NE­
109,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Region,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Woods
Hole,
Massachusetts,
January,
26
pp.

Proceedings
from
a
symposium
on
the
potential
for
developing
aquaculture
1
0
9
in
New
England
as
a
possible
source
of
employment
for
those
displaced
from
the
wild
harvest
fishery
operations
due
to
the
collapse
of
the
groundfish
fishery.

Castro,
Jose

I.
(
1993).

A
Field
Guide
to
the
Sharks
Commonly
Caught
in
Commercial
Fisheries
of
the
Southeastern
United
States.

NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SEFSC­
338,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
December,
43
pp.

The
purpose
of
this
guide
is
to
enable
fishery
personnel
to
identify
sharks
and
shark
carcasses
by
their
diagnostic
characteristics.
It
is
intended
for
identification
of
only
those
species
commonly
found
in
commercial
or
recreational
landings.
The
information
is
abridged
from
Jose

I.
Castro,
The
Sharks
of
North
American
Waters
(
1993)
Texas
A&
M
University
Press,
College
Station,
Texas,
189
pp.

Castro,
Kathleen,
Tony
Corey,
Joseph
DeAlteris,
and
Chris
Gagnon
(
eds.)
(
1996).

Proceedings
of
the
East
Coast
Bycatch
Conference.

Rhode
Island
Sea
Grant,
University
of
Rhode
Island
Bay
Campus,
Narragansett,
RI,
December,
160
pp.

Proceedings
of
a
workshop
between
industry
and
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
hosted
by
Sea
Grant
to
address
bycatch
issues
on
the
east
coast
of
the
United
States.
The
goals
of
the
workshop
are,
first,
to
recognize
that
bycatch
is
a
regional
problem
that
has
contributed
to
depressed
fish
stocks,
but
that
it
is
a
manageable
problem
that
can
be
solved
when
the
industry
is
involved
with
all
the
major
players.
Second,
to
generate
new
joint
research
projects
in
specific
fisheries
to
address
the
real
bycatch
problem
and
education
programs
to
address
perceived
problems.

Cato,
James
C.
(
1986).
"
Emerging
Tuna
Fishery
Gains
Attention."
Marine
Log,
Winter
1985­
86,
Florida
Sea
Grant
College
Publication.

Announcing
a
new
Sea
Grant
program
to
assist
the
newly
emerging
fresh
tuna
fishery.

Cato,
James
C.
and
Herman
E.
Kumpf
(
1990).
"
The
Economic
Influence
of
Population
Growth,
Fisheries,
Coastal
and
Marine
Industries,
and
Tourism
Derived
from
Use
of
The
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Presented
at
The
Environmental
and
Economic
Status
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
December
2­
5,
1990,
Clarion
Hotel,
New
Orleans,
Louisiana.

This
paper
focuses
on
the
economic
use
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico's
resources
by
pointing
out
some
of
the
major
economic
values
associated
with
them.

Cato,
James
C.
and
Frank
J.
Lawlor
(
1981).
"
Small
Boat
Longlining
For
Swordfish
on
Florida's
East
Coast:
An
Economic
Analysis."
MAP­
15,
Marine
Advisory
Bulletin
of
Florida
Sea
Grant
College
in
cooperation
with
the
Food
and
resource
Economics
Department,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL.

This
bulletin
contains
a
method
for
making
a
profitability
analysis
based
on
cost
and
returns
of
a
36
foot
swordfish
longline
vessel
on
Florida's
lower
Atlantic
coast.
In
addition,
an
number
of
other
factors
that
merit
consideration
before
becoming
a
fisherman
are
also
discussed.
Potential
investors
who
are
not
experienced
in
fishing
should
pay
particular
attention
to
the
estimated
costs
and
returns
statements.
Net
returns
and
the
return
on
investment
to
an
absentee
owner
are
often
much
different
than
those
to
a
1
1
0
captain/
owner.
The
same
techniques
can
be
used
in
analyzing
any
fishery.

Cato,
James
C.
and
Fred
J.
Prochaska
(
1976).
"
The
Gulf
of
Mexico
Commercial
and
Recreational
Red
Snapper­
Grouper
Fishery:
An
Economic
Analysis
of
Production,
Marketing,
and
Prices."
Pages
95­
128
in
Harvey
R.
Bullis,
Jr.
and
Albert
C.
Jones
(
eds.)
"
Proceedings:
Colloquium
on
Snapper­
Grouper
Fishery
Resources
of
the
Western
Central
Atlantic
Ocean.
Report
Number
17,
Gulf
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission,
New
Orleans,
Louisiana,
Texas
A&
M
University
Sea
Grant
College
and
Mississippi­
Alabama
Sea
Grant
Consortium,
November,
333
pp.

Owners
and
captains
of
both
commercial
red
snapper
boats
and
party
boats
along
the
north
Florida
Gulf
coast
were
interviewed
in
1975.
Cost
and
return
data
were
collected
and
analyzed
for
1974.
Also
documented
and
analyzed
was
the
economic
importance
to
the
region
of
the
commercial
and
party
boat
industry.
Price
analyses
are
conducted
and
compared
with
past
research.
A
description
of
marketing
channels
is
provided
with
special
emphasis
placed
on
the
role
of
imports.
Finally,
the
need
for
management
programs
in
the
red
snapper­
grouper
industry
receives
comment.

Cato,
James
C.
and
Fred
J.
Prochaska
(
1977).
"
A
Statistical
and
Budgetary
Economic
Analysis
of
Florida
Based
Gulf
of
Mexico
Red
Snapper­
Grouper
Vessels
by
Size
and
Location,
1974­
75."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
39(
11):
6­
14.

This
paper
combines
the
analysis
of
production
data
for
the
northern
gulf
commercial
vessels
with
additional
production
data
collected
from
the
Florida
west
coast
or
southeastern
gulf
red
snapper­
grouper
production
area
to
provide
a
comparative
report
on
the
costs
and
returns
for
vessels
operation
in
these
two
areas.
Two
methods
of
analysis
were
used
to
analyze
the
cost
and
returns
data.
First,
an
ordinary
least
squares
regression
equation
using
dummy
variables
was
used
to
determine
if
statistically
significant
differences
exist
in
costs
and
revenues
between
port
locations
and
size
of
the
fishing
firm.
Second,
specific
differences
in
costs
and
revenues
by
firm
size
and
port
location
are
analyzed
using
detailed
cost
and
return
budgets
for
the
four
classes
of
vessels.

Cato,
James
C.,
and
Carlos
A.
Lima
Dos
Santos
(
1998).

European
Union
1997
Seafood­
Safety
Ban:
The
Economic
Impact
on
Bangladesh
Shrimp
Processing.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
13(
3):
215­
227.

Major
markets
for
Bangladesh
frozen
shrimp
are
the
European
Union,
the
United
States,
and
Japan.
Bangladesh
frozen
shrimp
imports
into
the
EU
and
the
U.
S.
have
experienced
safety
and
quality
problems.
The
1997
European
Commission
ban
on
Bangladesh
seafood
imports
into
the
EU
cost
the
Bangladesh
frozen
shrimp
processing
industry
US
$
14.665
million
in
lost
revenues.

Cato,
James
C.,
Fred
J.
Prochaska,
and
Peter
C.
H.
Pritchard
(
1978).
An
Analysis
of
the
Capture,
Marketing
and
Utilization
of
Marine
Turtles.
Final
Report,
Purchase
Order
No.
01­
7­
042­
11283,
Environmental
Assessment
Division,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
St.
Petersburg,
Florida.

The
objectives
of
this
report
are
to
1)
determine
sources
of
published
and
documented
data
concerning
sea
turtle
harvesting,
consumption
and
prices;
2)
analyze
trends
in
production
and
consumption
of
sea
turtle
meats
and
shells
by
country
from
best
available
statistics;
3)
determine
from
available
statistics
international
trade
patterns
in
sea
turtle
meats
and
shells;
and
4)
1
1
1
through
informal
consultation
in
selected
areas
gather
information
on
turtle
harvest
and
trade
not
reported
in
trade
statistics
because
of
inadequate
or
nonexistent
record
keeping
or
through
deliberate
attempts
to
circumvent
protective
laws.

Caulkins,
Peter
P.
(
1982).
"
An
Empirical
Study
of
the
Recreational
Benefits
Generated
by
a
Water
quality
Improvement."
Masters
Thesis,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
University
of
Wisconsin­
Madison.

Two
different
methods
of
estimating
the
economic
benefits
that
accrue
to
recreationalists
at
Shadow
Lake
in
Wisconsin
as
a
result
of
an
improvement
in
that
lake's
water
quality
are
developed
and
compared.
The
conventional
travel
cost
model
is
compared
to
a
multinomial
logit
share
model
that
is
able
to
explicitly
incorporate
as
arguments
not
only
the
different
substitute
sites
used
by
each
lake
recreationalist
but
also
each
site's
quality
characteristics
including
water
quality.
The
difference
in
the
benefit
estimates
derived
from
these
two
models
reflects,
in
part,
this
difference
in
dealing
with
the
substitutes.

Caulkins,
Peter
P.,
Richard
C.
Bishop,
and
Nicolaas
W.
Bouwes
(
1985).
"
Omitted
Cross­
Price
Variable
Biases
in
the
Linear
Travel
Cost
Model:
Correcting
Common
Misperceptions."
Land
Economics,
61(
2):
182­
187.

It
is
apparent
that
the
traditional
economic
demand
relationship
between
two
substitute
goods
has
been
confused
with
the
relationship
of
the
own
and
cross­
price
proxies
used
in
a
travel
cost
demand
equation.
Adequate
consideration
has
not
been
given
to
how
these
price
proxy
variables
are
generated.
The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
make
explicit
the
behavioral
relationship
of
these
price
proxy
variables,
explain
what
factors
govern
this
relationship,
and
present
the
rules
and
conditions
for
determining
the
nature
of
the
bias
when
the
cross­
price
terms
are
omitted
from
the
estimated,
linear
travel
cost
demand
equation.
While
a
simplified
two
site
cases
is
used
in
this
analysis,
the
insights
gained
can
be
employed
in
analyzing
more
complicated,
multiple
site
situations.

Cauvin,
D.
M.
(
1979).
"
Regulating
Access
in
Canada's
Inland
Fisheries."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
36:
827­
836.

Uncontrolled
access
in
Canada's
inland
fisheries
has
served
neither
the
resource
manager's
interest
in
protecting
fish
stocks
nor
the
economist's
interest
in
promoting
the
most
efficient
use
of
all
factors
of
production,
including
fisheries
resources.
Economically
accessible
fisheries
have
generally
attracted
more
labor
and
capital
than
is
required
to
harvest
the
productive
potential
of
fisheries
resources.
As
a
result,
costs
of
production
are
high
in
relation
to
the
value
of
production
and
profit
margins
have
been
eroded.
Of
equal
importance,
a
return
from
the
resource
in
the
form
of
a
resource
rent
has
been
foregone.
Access
control
and
a
price
system
represent
management
options
to
control
excess
fishing
effort,
promote
economic
efficiency
in
the
deployment
of
private
and
public
resources,
and
promote
fiscal
accountability
in
government.

Centaur
Associates,
Inc.
(
1981).
"
Socio­
Economic
Study
of
Mackerel
Purse
Fishery."
Task
I
and
Task
II
Report
prepared
for
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
9450
Koger
Boulevard,
St.
Petersburg,
Florida.

This
report
is
part
one
and
two
of
a
study
to
estimate
the
probable
1
1
2
economic
and
sociological
impacts
if
purse
seine
gear
is
allowed
to
participate
in
the
harvest
of
Spanish
and
king
mackerel
in
the
Fishery
Conservation
Zone
of
the
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
regions.

Centaur
Associates
Inc.
(
1985).
Commercial
Fishing
Cost
Return
Profiles
for
Gulf
Coast
Areas.
Prepared
for
Army
Corps
of
Engineers
Mobile
District,
109
St.
Joseph
Street,
Mobile,
Alabama.
Under
Contract
No.
DACWOl­
84­
C­
0111.

Final
report
of
a
shrimp
vessel
cost
and
returns
survey
contract
of
selected
ports
in
Mississippi
and
Alabama.
Summarized
data
is
provided
in
the
form
of
tables
with
some
preliminary
analysis
of
wage
rates,
returns
to
owner
for
management,
returns
to
the
vessel,
daily
operating
costs,
and
unit
operating
costs.
Hard
copy
of
the
raw
data
is
also
included
in
the
file.

Centaur
Associates
Inc.
(
1990).
"
Environmental
Costs
of
Fishing
Ground
Preemption
and
Gear
Loss."
Chapter
6
of
a
draft
report
prepared
for
the
Mineral
Management
Service,
Department
of
Interior,
June
16,
39
pp.

This
section
addresses
non­
oil
spill
impacts
on
the
commercial
fishing
industry
due
to
loss
of
access
to
fishing
grounds,
and
to
damage
or
loss
of
fishing
gear.
The
placement
of
OCS
structures,
such
as
production
platforms
and
pipelines,
in
the
waters
of
the
Outer
Continental
Shelf,
have
been
shown
to
prevent
a
certain
amount
of
ocean
area
from
being
used
by
fishing
industry.
This
area
foreclosure
can
lead
to
a
potential
reduction
in
catch
for
the
industry
,
and
an
associated
economic
loss.
OCS
oil
and
gas
activity
can
also
cause
loss
or
damage
to
fishing
gear,
due
to
sea
floor
structures,
debris
and
other
sea
floor
disruptions.
In
certain
instances,
increased
vessel
traffic
associated
with
offshore
oil
development
can
cause
damage
to
fixed
fishing
gear
such
as
pots
or
traps.

Cesario,
Frank
J.
(
1973).
"
A
Generalized
Trip
Distribution
Model."
Journal
of
Regional
Science,
13(
2):
233­
247.

A
new
trip
distribution
model
that
hypothesizes
statistical
regularities
in
travel
behavior
is
developed.
To
begin
the
development
of
the
model,
operational
definitions
of
origin
emissiveness
and
destination
attractiveness
were
advanced.
It
was
pointed
out
that
heterogeneous
trip
costs
typically
found
to
exist
in
trip
making
systems
tend
to
distort
the
pure
trip
patterns
such
that
the
cost
of
travelling
from
each
origin
to
each
destination
must
be
explicitly
introduced
into
the
analysis.
A
linear
model,
for
which
data
requirements
are
quite
meager,
was
developed
to
estimate
parameters
of
the
generalized
model
and
test
for
existence
of
origin
and
destination
effects,
cost
effects,
and
origin
destination
interactions.
This
model
and
the
ensuing
analysis
conform
to
what
is
known
in
statistics
as
the
analysis
of
covariance.

Cesario,
Frank
J.
(
1976).
"
Value
of
Time
in
Recreation
Benefit
Studies."
Land
Economics,
52(
1):
32­
41.

Explicitly
incorporating
travel
time
valuations
in
recreation
benefit
analysis
seems
vastly
superior
to
excluding
them
on
both
theoretical
and
practical
grounds.
As
further
research
turns
up
more
refined
estimates
of
travel
time
valuations
in
different
circumstances,
future
studies
should
make
use
of
them.
In
the
meantime
the
results
presented
here
should
lead
to
improved
estimates.

Cesario,
F.
J.
and
J.
L.
Knetsch
(
1976).
"
A
Recreation
Site
Demand
and
Benefit
Estimation
Model."
Regional
Studies,
10:
97­
104.
1
1
3
A
model
useful
for
estimating
both
the
numbers
of
visits
per
unit
time
attracted
to
recreation
sites
in
a
region
and
the
primary
social
benefits
associated
with
these
sites
is
developed.
The
visitor
component
of
the
model
predicts
use
as
a
function
of
the
characteristics
of
population
centers,
recreation
sites
and
spatial
separation.
The
benefits
component
of
the
model
estimates
aggregate
willingness
to
pay
using
an
extension
of
the
familiar
Clawson­
Knetsch
travel
cost
technique.
Novel
features
of
the
model
include
incorporation
of
an
way
to
capture
substitution
effects
of
price
changes
and
inclusion
of
a
measure
of
time
cost
as
well
as
money
cost
in
the
analysis.
An
application
is
provided.

Chambers,
James
R.
(
1991).
"
Trends
in
National
Habitat
Degradation,
Fishery
Declines,
and
NMFS'
National
Habitat
Conservation
Program."
Report,
Office
of
the
Chief
Scientist,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration.

Man's
habitat
degradation
of
coastal,
estuarine,
and
riverine
systems
most
drastically
affects
estuarine
dependent
species,
and
generally
at
their
most
sensitive
stages.
Habitat
loss
and
degradation,
unlike
over
fishing
or
natural
mortality,
generally
leads
to
permanent
population
effects.
In
most
cases,
declines
in
living
marine
resources
are
probably
due
to
a
combination
of
overfishing,
habitat
degradation
and
natural
factors.

Chambers,
James
R.
(
1995).
"
Strengthen
Habitat
Protection
to
Rebuild
U.
S.
Marine
Fisheries
and
Restore
Coastal
Ecosystem
Health."
Draft
Report,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
26
pp.

Without
including
fishery
habitat
protection
as
an
essential
element,

fishery
management

is
merely
the
management
of
harvesting,
which
alone
will
not
ensure
maximum
sustainable
populations
for
future
generations.
In
the
view
of
many,
the
protection
of
essential
habitats
must
be
adopted
as
a
coequal
objective
with
protection
of
stocks
if
the
national
goal
of
conservation
of
populations
of
marine
fish
and
shellfish
is
to
be
realized.
This
paper
provides
the
rationale
for
creating
a
strong
National
Habitat
Protection
Program
to
rebuild
the
nation

s
marine
fisheries
populations
and
protect
U.
S.
coastal
ecosystem
health.

Chambers,
James
R.
(
1996).
"
Inshore­
Dependency
of
U.
S.
Marine
Fishery
Resources."
Draft
Report,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
June,
8
pp.

Coastal
marine
waters
and
tributary
river
systems
contain
a
variety
of
habitats
such
as
wetlands,
sea
grass
beds,
coral
reefs,
and
mud
flats
that
collectively
are
essential
to
the
reproduction,
growth,
and
survival
of
a
majority
of
the
marine
fish
and
shellfish
of
the
United
States.
However,
such
productive
habitats
continue
to
be
destroyed
and
degraded
by
water
development
projects,
housing,
agriculture,
logging,
water
diversion,
pollution
and
other
human
induced
ecosystem
alterations.
Concurrently,
marine
fishery
populations
have
experienced
great
declines
due
primarily
to
the
combined
effects
of
overfishing
and
inshore
habitat
degradation
and
loss.
Even
at
todays
depressed
population
levels,
marine
fishery
resources
are
extremely
valuable
­
contributing
$
50
billion
per
year
to
the
nation

s
GNP.
A
detailed
evaluation
of
the
composition
of
the
U.
S.
commercial
landings
of
fish
and
invertebrates
determined
that
75%
of
the
total
(
by
weight)
and
63%
(
by
value)
in
1991
was
composed
of
species
that
are
dependent
for
their
survival
on
inshore
habitats.
Moreover,
between
1978
and
1991,
commercial
landings
of
inshore­
dependent
fish
and
shellfish
in
the
lower
48
states
declined
18%
in
weight
and
32%
in
value
1
1
4
($
450
million
lost
annually).

Chambers,
Robert
B.
and
Ivar
E.
Strand,
Jr.
(
1986).
"
Estimating
Parameters
of
a
Renewable
Resource
Model
Without
Population
Data."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
2(
3):
263­
274.

A
general
approach
to
determining
parameters
of
a
traditional
bioeconomic
model
is
offered
for
the
situation
in
which
knowledge
of
resource
abundance
is
unknown.
Production
parameters
(
such
as
catchability
coefficients)
and
biological
factors
(
such
as
natural
mortality
and
recruitment)
are
included
in
the
model.
The
general
model
is
articulated
for
a
typical
fishery
and
further
specified
to
obtain
estimates
of
parameters
for
the
St.
John's
river
Shad
fishery.
The
results,
considering
the
illustrative
nature
of
the
analysis,
are
promising
and
suggest
avenues
of
additional
research.

Chambers,
Robert
B.,
Rolf
Fare,
Shawna
Grosskopf,
James
Kirkley,
Johan
A.
Mistiaen,
Catherine
J.
Morrison
Paul,
Dale
Squires,
and
Ivar
E.
Strand,
Jr.
(
1999).
"
A
Workshop
on
Measuring
Productivity
in
Fisheries."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Maryland,
May.

A
summary
of
the
results
of
a
workshop
held
to
develop
an
index
of
fishery
productivity.
Unique
problems
arising
from
common
property
fisheries,
regulation,
and
multiple
outputs
were
discussed
in
the
context
of
existing
productivity
theory.
Case
studies
were
presented
for
a
number
of
different
approaches
including
econometric
analysis
and
an
application
of
a
Malmquist
index.

Chapman,
D.
G.
(
1964).
"
A
Critical
Study
of
Pribilof
Fur
Seal
Population
Estimates."
Fishery
Bulletin,
63(
3):
657­
669.

Previously
unresolved
problems
in
the
populations
studies
of
the
Pribilof
fur
seal
are
reviewed.
The
tagging
estimates
of
fur
seal
pups
may
have
been
biased
by
tag
mortality
and
hence
the
apparent
year
class
fluctuations
after
1952
may
be
unreal.
A
set
of
cumulative
estimates
are
given
for
the
number
of
pups
born
in
each
year
since
1950.
These
cumulative
estimates
depend
on
the
estimate
of
the
ratio
of
survival
of
females
to
males
from
birth
to
age
3.
An
estimate
of
this
ratio
is
given.
The
implications
of
this
study
on
the
population
dynamics
model
of
the
fur
seal
are
reviewed:
in
particular
while
the
exact
model
is
less
definite,
the
suggested
optimum
population
level
is
almost
unchanged
from
that
suggested
in
earlier
studies.

Charles,
Anthony
T.
(
1983).
"
Optimal
Fisheries
Investment:
Comparative
Dynamics
for
a
Deterministic
Seasonal
Fishery."
Can
J.
Fish.
Aquat.
Sci.,
40:
2069­
2079.

A
dynamic
fisheries
model
is
developed
to
simultaneously
optimize
investment
in
the
resource
stock
(
the
fish)
and
investment
in
the
capital
stock
(
the
fleet).
Each
of
these
investment
problems
faces
a
major
complication;
investment
in
the
resource
is
constrained
by
the
natural
population
dynamics,
while
investment
in
the
physical
capital
stock
tends
to
be
irreversible
because
capital
used
in
natural
resource
industries
is
often
nonmalleable.
The
model
assumes
a
seasonal
fishery
in
which
annual
escapement
and
capital
investment
levels
can
be
controlled.
A
dynamic
programming
approach
is
used
to
analyze
the
model
heuristically
and
numerically.
The
comparative
dynamics
of
optimal
investment
strategies
are
studied,
with
regard
to
(
i)
delays
in
investment,
(
ii)
population
dynamics
parameters,
(
iii)
fish
price,
(
iv)
capital
cost,
(
v)
depreciation
rate,
and
(
vi)
discount
rate.
In
1
1
5
particular,
the
depreciation
rate
and
the
ratio
of
unit
capital
costs
to
unit
operating
costs
play
interesting
and
complex
roles
in
determining
optimal
investment
levels.

Charles,
Anthony
T.
(
1983).
"
Optimal
Fisheries
Investment
Under
Uncertainty."
Can
J.
Fish.
Aquat.
Sci.,
40:
2080­
2091.

A
full
analysis
of
optimal
fisheries
investment
strategies
must
take
into
account
high
levels
of
uncertainty
in
future
fishery
returns,
as
well
as
irreversibility
of
investment
in
specialized,
nonmalleable
fishing
fleets.
A
stochastic
optimization
model
is
analyzed
using
dynamic
programming
to
determine
optimal
policy
functions
for
both
fleet
investment
and
fish
stock
management
within
an
uncertain
environment.
The
resulting
policies
are
qualitatively
similar
to
those
found
in
the
corresponding
deterministic
case,
but
quantitative
differences
can
be
substantial.
Simulation
results
show
that
optimal
fleet
capacity
should
be
expected
to
fluctuate
over
a
fairly
wide
range,
induced
by
stochastic
variations
in
the
biomass.
However,
d
the
performance
of
a
linear­
cost
risk­
neutral
fishery
is
fairly
insensitive
to
variations
in
investment
and
escapement
policies
around
their
optimum
levels,
so
that
economic
optimization
is
"
forgiving"
within
this
context.
A
framework
of
balancing
upside
and
downside
investment
risks
is
used
here
to
explain
the
roles
of
several
fishery
parameters
in
relation
to
optimal
investment
under
uncertainty.
In
particular,
the
intrinsic
growth
rate
of
the
resource
and
the
ratio
of
unit
capital
costs
to
unit
operating
costs
are
found
to
be
key
parameters
in
determining
whether
investment
should
be
higher
or
lower
under
uncertainty.

Charles,
Anthony
T.
(
1988).
"
Fishery
Socioeconomics:
A
Survey."
Land
Economics,
64(
3):
276­
295.

This
paper
reviews
the
relevant
literature
on
fishery
socioeconomics,
addressing
the
questions:
What
contribution
can
multi­
objective
socioeconomic
analysis
play
in
fisheries
economics
and
in
practical
fisheries
management?
What
insights
can
be
obtained
from
existing
socioeconomic
research?
What
specific
questions
need
to
be
emphasized
in
future
research?

Charles,
Anthony
T.
(
1989).
"
Bio­
Socio­
Economic
Fishery
Models:
Labour
Dynamics
and
Multi­
Objective
Management."
Can
J.
Fish.
Aquat.
Sci.,
46:
1313­
1322.

Fishery
systems
involve
complex
interactions
between
resource
stocks
and
the
people
involved
in
harvesting
those
stocks.
While
the
population
dynamics
of
fish
stocks
have
received
considerable
attention
in
the
ecological
literature,
the
dynamics
of
human
communities
dependent
on
the
fishery
are
equally
important.
Indeed,
the
joint
dynamics
of
the
fish
stocks
and
the
fishermen
must
be
taken
into
account
in
determining
appropriate
management
policies.
A
bio­
socio­
economic
modelling
approach
is
developed
here
to
incorporate
these
effects
within
a
multi­
objective
optimization
framework.
Fishery
labour
dynamics
are
determined
by
the
decisions
of
individual
fishermen,
with
net
migration
into
and
out
of
the
fishery
(
and
hence
the
fishing
community)
dependent
on
internal
conditions,
such
as
per
capita
incomes
and
employment
rates,
as
well
as
on
the
state
of
the
external
economy.
The
task
of
fishery
management
is
then
one
of
balancing
multiple
objectives
­
such
as
conservation,
income
generation,
employment,
and
community
stability
­
subject
to
fish
and
fishermen
dynamics.
Control
theory
and
simulation
methods
are
used
to
study
the
bio­
socio­
economic
dynamics
of
the
fishery
system
and
the
interactions
of
multiple
management
objectives
in
determining
the
resulting
fishery
equilibrium.
Implications
for
fishery
policy
development
are
also
discussed.
1
1
6
Charles,
Anthony
T.
and
Gordon
R.
Munro
(
1985).
"
Irreversible
Investment
and
Optimal
Fisheries
Management:
A
Stochastic
Analysis."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
1(
3):
247­
264.

In
recent
years,
attention
has
been
devoted
to
fishery
management
problems
that
arise
because
capital
embodied
in
fishing
fleets
is
often
nonmalleable,
having
few
if
any
alternative
uses.
This
problem
of
irreversible
investment
was
analyzed
by
Clark
et
al.
(
1979),
using
a
deterministic
model.
In
reality,
however,
most
investment
decisions
must
be
made
within
an
uncertain
environment.
This
paper
describes
recent
efforts
to
account
for
uncertainty
in
analyzing
the
problem
of
optimal
fishery
investment,
where
the
uncertainty
is
caused
by
stochastic
variability
in
the
resource
stock
from
year
to
year.

Charles,
Anthony
T.
and
William
J.
Reed
(
1985).
"
A
Bioeconomic
Analysis
of
Sequential
Fisheries:
Competition,
Coexistence,
and
Optimal
Harvest
Allocation
Between
Inshore
and
Offshore
Fleets."
Can
J.
Fish.
Aquat.
Sci.,
42:
952­
962.

A
bioeconomic
model
is
developed
to
determine
optimal
harvest
allocation
between

offshore

and

inshore

fleets
exploiting
a
single
fish
stock
in
sequential
fisheries.
The
socially
optimal
policy
for
maximizing
total
discounted
rent
is
determined
in
terms
of
optimal
escapement
levels
in
each
fishery.
Whether
exclusion
or
coexistence
of
the
two
fleets
occurs
under
open
access
and
under
optimal
management
is
found
to
depend
primarily
on
inshore/
offshore
price
and
cost
ratios,
together
with
biological
parameters
related
to
the
age
structure
of
the
fish
stock.
We
discuss
how
fishery
regulations,
such
as
separate
landings
taxes
imposed
on
each
fleet,
can
be
used
to
jointly
optimize
open­
access
exploitation
in
sequential
fisheries.

Charles,
Anthony
T.,
Theophilus
R.
Brainerd,
Alicia
Bermudez
M.,
Herminigildo
M.
Montalvo,
and
Robert
S.
Pomeroy
(
1994).
Fisheries
Socioeconomics
in
the
Developing
World,
Regional
Assessments
and
an
Annotated
Bibliography.
International
Development
Research
Centre,
P.
O.
Box
8500,
Ottawa,
ON,
Canada,
K1G
3H9,
March,
163
pp.

In
fisheries
of
the
developing
world,
where
social
and
economic
concerns
often
dominate,
intelligent
policy
making
requires
an
adequate
understanding
of
both
"
economic"
and
"
human"
factors
­­
the
economic
structure
and
dynamics
of
the
fishery
system,
on
the
one
hand,
and
the
role
of
social,
cultural,
institutional
and
political
aspects
on
the
other.
Interdisciplinary
linkages
between
these
two
elements
form
the
essence
of
fishery
socioeconomics,
that
addresses
a
wide
range
of
topics:
analyses
of
management
and
developmental
goals,
income
distribution,
social
accounting,
fishery
ownership
and
access,
fisher
dynamics
and
labor
markets,
the
socioeconomic
structure
of
fishing
communities,
economic
aspects
of
gender
differences,
the
nature
of
fishery
decision
making,
and
so
on.
Despite
its
recognized
practical
importance,
the
fishery
socioeconomic
literature
is
widely
dispersed
and
often
inaccessible.
This
report
presents
the
results
of
an
international
effort
to
compile
this
literature
and
to
assess
the
"
state
of
the
art"
in
socioeconomic
research
on
developing
fisheries
and
aquaculture.
The
report
consists
of
two
key
elements:
(
1)
a
series
of
regionally
based
assessments
of
fishery
socioeconomics
research,
for
each
of
Africa,
Latin
America
and
Asia/
Pacific,
and
(
2)
an
extensive
annotated
bibliography
(
on
diskette)
containing
over
100
references
from
across
the
developing
world.

Charles
River
Associates
(
1983).
"
Modeling
the
Short­
Run
Behavior
of
the
New
England
Groundfish
Industry."
Final
report
prepared
for
1
1
7
the
New
England
Fishery
Management
Council.
Charles
River
Associates,
200
Clarendon
Street
Boston,
Massachusetts
02116,
May,
78
pp.

This
project
developed
a
short
run
forecasting
model
of
the
New
England
groundfish
industry.
The
model
is
to
be
used
in
formulating
plans
to
manage
the
industry.

Charron,
J.
P.
and
G.
E.
Coles
(
1975).

Costs
and
Earnings
of
Selected
Fishing
Enterprises,
Nova
Scotia,
1974.

Department
of
Fisheries,
Province
of
Nova
Scotia
and
Fishing
Services
Directorate,
Fisheries
and
Marine
Service,
Environment,
Ottawa,
Canada,
December,
39
pp.

This
report
contains
the
results
of
some
Nova
Scotia
selected
fishing
enterprises
for
the
year
1974.
Profiles
are
developed
for
35
vessels
in
six
vessel
classes
corresponding
to
hull,
gear,
or
fishery
of
specialization.

Chaudhuri,
Kripasindhu
(
1988).
"
Dynamic
Optimization
of
Combined
Harvesting
of
a
Two­
Species
Fishery."
Ecological
Modeling,
41:
17­
25.

The
problem
of
dynamic
optimization
of
the
exploitation
policy
connected
with
the
combined
harvesting
of
two
competing
fish
species
each
of
which
obeys
the
logistic
growth
law
is
considered
in
this
paper.
The
singular
extremal
trajectory
in
the
phase
plan
is
derived
by
taking
the
harvesting
effort
as
a
dynamic
variable.
Biological
or
bioeconomic
interpretations
of
the
constraints
required
for
this
singular
extremal
are
also
given.

Chauvin,
William
D.
(
1985).
"
The
World
Market,
How
1985
Shrimp
Production
May
Affect
1986
Supplies."
Seafood
Leader,
(
Winter):
81­
96.

The
impact
of
international
supply
and
demand
conditions,
such
as
shrimp
farming,
on
prices
is
discussed
in
this
paper.

Chauvin,
William
D.
(
1992).
"
Asia's
Aquaculture
Success
has
Taken
the
World
Shrimp
Market
By
Storm."
Seafood
Business,
(
July/
August):
45­
89.

A
market
report
on
the
impact
of
black
tiger
shrimp
aquaculture
on
the
world
demand
for
shrimp
and
shrimp
prices.

Chauvin,
William
D.
and
Kenneth
J.
Roberts
(
1983).
"
Impact
of
Pond­
Raised
Shrimp,
Particularly
from
South
America,
On
the
U.
S.
Market."
Report
VII
in
Assessment
of
Shrimp
Industry
Potentials
and
Conflicts,
Volume
One,
Shrimp
Notes
Incorporated,
417
Eliza
Street,
New
Orleans,
Louisiana,
August,
106
pp.

This
paper
discusses
the
impact
of
pond
raised
(
aquaculture)
shrimp
on
U.
S.
markets
with
special
emphasis
on
Ecuador
and
other
international
markets
for
shrimp.

Chavas,
Jean­
Paul,
and
Thomas
L.
Cox
(
1994).

A
Primal­
Dual
Approach
to
Nonparametric
Productivity
Analysis:
The
Case
of
U.
S.
Agriculture.

Staff
Paper
372,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
University
of
Wisconsin,
Madison,
WS,
Feb,
19
pp.

Nonparametric
methods
for
measuring
productivity
indexes
based
on
bounds
for
the
underlying
production
technology
are
presented.
Following
Banker
and
1
1
8
Maindiratta,
the
lower
bound
is
obtained
from
a
primal
approach
while
the
upper
bound
corresponds
to
a
dual
approach
to
nonparametric
production
analysis.
These
nonparametric
bounds
are
then
used
to
estimate
input­
based
and
output­
based
distance
functions.
These
radial
series
data
on
U.
S.
agriculture
indicates
a
large
gap
between
the
primal
lower
bound
and
the
dual
upper
bound.
This
generates
striking
differences
between
the
primal
and
dual
nonparametric
productivity
indexes.

Chavas,
Jean­
Paul,
and
Matthew
Holt
(
1995).

Nonlinear
Dynamics
and
Economic
Instability:
The
Optimal
Management
of
a
Biological
Population.

Journal
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
20(
2):
231­
46.

Assuming
a
competitive
market,
conditions
are
determined
for
when
a
steady
state
equilibrium
does
not
exist
in
the
optimal
dynamic
management
of
a
biological
population.
Irregular
and
unpredictable
behavior
(
called

chaos

)
can
arise
from
rational
economic
decision
making.
High
interest
rate,
adjustment
costs,
and
an
inelastic
demand
can
contribute
to
market
instability.

Cheng,
Hsiang­
tai
and
Oral
Capps,
Jr.
(
1987).
"
Demand
for
Disaggregate
Fish
and
Shellfish
Species
in
the
United
States."
Bulletin
87­
2,
Virginia
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Virginia
Polytechnic
Institute
and
State
University.

The
primary
objective
of
this
research
is
to
provide
quantitative
information,
notably
own­
price,
income,
and
household
size
elasticity
measures,
about
consumer
behavior
relating
to
specific
fish
and
shellfish
products.

Cheng,
Hsiang­
tai
and
Oral
Capps,
Jr.
(
1988).
"
Demand
Analysis
of
Fresh
and
Frozen
Finfish
and
Shellfish
in
the
United
States."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
70(
3):
533­
542.

Household
expenditures
for
at
home
consumption
on
three
species
of
shellfish
and
five
species
of
finfish
were
analyzed.
Factors
explaining
the
variation
of
expenditures
on
seafood
commodities
were
own
price,
household
income,
coupon
value,
household
size,
geographic
region,
urbanization,
race,
and
seasonality.
Own­
price
elasticities
ranged
from
­
0.45
(
flounder/
sole)
to
­
1.13
(
oysters).
Expenditures
on
fishery
products
were
more
sensitive
to
changes
in
household
size
than
to
changes
in
household
income.
Cross­
price
effects
of
red
meat
and
poultry
were
not
statistically
significant.
For
comparison
purposes,
estimates
of
own
price,
income,
and
household
size
elasticities
from
the
literature
were
made
with
this
set
of
elasticities.

Chester,
A.
J.,
J.
Braun,
F.
A.
Cross,
S.
P.
Epperly,
J.
V.
Merriner,
and
P.
A.
Tester
(
1994).
"
AVHRR
Imagery
and
the
Near
Real­
Time
Conservation
of
Endangered
Sea
Turtles
in
the
Western
North
Atlantic."
Proceedings
of
the
WMO/
IOC
Technical
Conference
on
Space­
Based
Ocean
Observations,
September,
1993
(
WMO/
TD­
No.
649).
Bergen,
Norway,
pp.
184­
189.

Surface
seawater
temperature
imagery
from
the
Advanced
Very
High
Resolution
Radiometry
(
AVHRR)
sensor
of
the
U.
S.
A.'
s
NOAA­
11
polar
orbiting
satellite
is
being
used
to
reduce
the
impact
of
commercial
trawl
fishing
on
populations
of
threatened
and
endangered
sea
turtles
off
the
east
coast
of
the
U.
S.
A.
During
late
autumn
and
early
winter,
southerly
migrating
summer
flounder
(
Paralichthys
dentatus)
and
sea
turtles
co­
occur
on
the
narrow
continental
shelf
in
the
vicinity
of
Cape
Hatteras,
North
Carolina.
All
five
sea
turtle
species
found
in
this
area
are
protected
under
the
Endangered
1
1
9
Species
Act
(
PL93­
205);
four
of
the
five
are
known
to
be
captured
and
drowned
in
flounder
trawl
nets.
Superimposition
of
sea
turtle
positions
(
from
aerial
surveys
and
at
sea
observers)
on
AVHRR
imagery
demonstrate
that
risks
to
sea
turtles
are
greatest
when
water
temperatures
are
11o
or
greater.
Seawater
temperatures
in
this
area,
documented
by
AVHRR
imagery,
are
highly
influenced
by
the
position
and
activity
of
the
Gulf
Stream,
both
of
which
are
unpredictable
on
time
scales
necessary
for
the
management
of
sea
turtle/
fishery
interactions.
During
the
past
three
fishing
seasons,
turtle
conservation
measures,
such
as
tow
time
restrictions
and
turtle
excluder
devices,
have
been
imposed
on
the
fishery.
AVHRR
imagery
is
being
used
to
evaluate
and
modify,
in
near
teal­
time,
the
duration
and
geographic
extent
of
existing
regulations,
so
that
sea
turtles
receive
adequate
protection
and
the
fishery,
with
reasonable
restrictions,
can
continue
to
operate.

Cheung,
Steven
N.
S.
(
1970).
"
The
Structure
of
a
Contract
and
the
Theory
of
a
Non­
Exclusive
Resource."
Journal
of
Law
and
Economics,
13(
April):
49­
70.

A
common
property
externality
is
defined
using
the
right
of
contract
concept.
The
absence
of
contractual
stipulations
governing
resource
use
that
would
exist
if
the
fishing
ground
were
private
property,
alters
the
constraint
of
competition
and
affects
resource
allocation
in
a
number
of
ways.
The
alleged
externalities
in
fisheries
are
thus
attributable
to
the
absence
of
the
right
to
contract.

Chin­
Hwa
Sun
(
199?).

Optimal
Number
of
Fishing
Vessels
for
Taiwan

s
Offshore
Fisheries
­
A
Comparison
of
Different
Fleet
Size
Reduction
Policies.

Preliminary
Draft,
Institute
of
Fisheries
Economics,
National
Taiwan
Ocean
University,
2
Pei­
Ning
Road,
Keelung,
Taiwan,
Republic
of
China,
32
pp.

This
study
compares
the
harvest
capacity
of
Taiwan

s
offshore
fishing
fleet
to
sustainable
yields
fo
offshore
fisheries
and
evaluates
different
legislative
strategies
designed
to
reduce
the
fishing
fleet.
Aggregate
fisheries
resource
dynamic
movement
and
harvest
functions
are
specified
and
estimated.
Results
show
that
the
resource
stock
of
the
offshore
fisheries
in
Taiwan
starts
to
decline
since
1973.
Based
on
dynamic
simulations,
this
study
shows
that
neither
the

Program
to
Restrict
the
Building
of
New
Vessels

nor
a
combination
of
this
program
with
the

Vessel
Retirement
and
Buyback
Program

is
sufficient
to
avoid
the
downward
trend
in
fisheries
harvests
and
the
deteriorating
state
of
fisheries
resource
stocks.
While
reducing
fishing
effort
to
maximum
sustainable
yields
(
MSY)
might
suffice
as
an
initial
vessel
reduction
measure,
attaining
MSY
within
5
to
10
years
seems
preferable
over
one
year
approach.
The
long­
run
economic
situation
would
be
further
improved
by
an
additional
reduction
of
fishing
effort
to
the
optimal
yield
(
OY)
level.

Chittenden,
Mark
E.,
Jr.
and
John
D.
McEachran
(
1976).
"
Composition,
Ecology,
and
Dynamics
of
Demersal
Fish
Communities
on
the
Northwestern
Gulf
of
Mexico
Continental
Shelf,
with
a
Similar
Synopsis
for
the
Entire
Gulf."
TAMU­
SG­
76­
208,
Department
of
Wildlife
and
Fisheries
Sciences,
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas
77843,
July,
104
pp.

Relative
biomass
was
much
higher
on
the
brown
shrimp
grounds
than
on
the
white
shrimp
grounds.
Relative
biomass
was
much
higher
in
summer
than
during
winter,
especially
on
the
white
shrimp
grounds.
Overall,
11.35
volumes
of
discard
were
landed
to
one
volume
of
headed
shrimp.
We
estimate
that
about
219,050
metric
tons
of
fish
were
discarded
annually
in
the
Gulf
by
Texas­
based
1
2
0
shrimp
trawlers
during
the
period
1962­
71.
Typical
life
spans
appear
to
be
only
one
or
two
years,
so
that
these
fishes
must
mature
rapidly.
Their
theoretical
total
annual
mortality
rates
are
about
90­
100%,
so
that
there
must
be
a
rapid
turnover
of
biomass
on
the
shrimp
grounds.
Fishes
with
this
type
of
life
cycle
tend
to
withstand
extensive
fishing
without
danger
of
over
harvesting,
so
that
they
apparently
have
great
fisheries
potential.
The
Gulf
shrimp
fishery
at
present
does
not
appear
to
be
over
harvesting
the
demersal
fishes.

Chopin,
Frank,
Yoshihiro
Inoue,
Y.
Matsushita,
and
Takafumi
Arimoto
(
1997).

Sources
of
Accounted
and
Unaccounted
Fishing
Mortality.

In
Solving
Bycatch,
Considerations
for
Today
and
Tomorrow,
Alaskan
Sea
Grant
College
Program
Report
No.
96­
03,
University
of
Alaska,
Fairbanks,
Alaska,
322
pp.

Discarding
of
nontarget
species
and
sizes
of
fish
by
commercial
fishing
vessels
is
a
common
practice
in
many
fisheries
around
the
world
and
is
currently
estimated
at
27
million
tons
globally.
Efforts
to
reduce
discarding
through
mechanical
selection
were
started
over
100
years
ago
and
were
the
precursor
to
mesh
selectivity
research
in
many
European
countries.
The
release
of
fish
through
mechanical
selection
is
now
a
preferred
management
tool
in
many
fisheries.
In
recent
years,
research
into
fish
mortality
after
escape
has
shown
that
mortalities
vary
by
gear
type
and
species,
may
be
immediate
or
delayed,
and
may
be
due
to
injuries
or
stressors
associated
with
capture­
escape
trauma.
In
addition
to
escape
mortality,
there
are
other
unaccounted
mortalities
associated
with
different
capture
technologies.
This
paper
reviews
sources
of
unaccounted
fishing
mortality,
presents
a
general
model
of
the
capture
process,
and
proposes
a
set
of
conservation
technology
penalties
for
discards,
ghost
fishing,
and
escape
mortalities
for
each
gear
type
and
fleet
sector.
An
effective
conservation
philosophy
for
reducing
resource
waste
must
include
a
shift
of
research
to
the
commercial
sector
and
a
review
program
to
allow
for
penalty
reductions
when
new
technologies
are
introduced.

Christensen,
Laurits
R.
(
1977).
"
Estimating
U.
S.
Consumer
Preferences
for
Meat
with
a
Flexible
Utility
Function."
Journal
of
Econometrics,
5:
37­
53.

Direct
and
indirect
translog
utility
functions
provide
budget
share
equations
that
are
both
flexible
and
consistent
with
the
theory
of
utility
maximization.
These
forms
are
attractive
for
modeling
consumer
behavior.
Because
of
their
flexibility
they
are
ideal
for
testing
hypotheses
such
as
additivity
of
preferences.
In
this
paper,
we
use
the
translog
methodology
to
analyze
U.
S.
consumption
of
the
four
principal
categories
of
meat­
fish,
beef,
poultry,
and
pork.
We
decisively
reject
the
hypothesis
of
additivity.
However,
further
testing
for
partial
additivity
reveals
that
(
beef)
and
(
fish,
poultry,
pork)
are
additively
separable
subgroups
of
meat.

Christensen,
Laurits
R.,
Dale
W.
Jorgenson,
and
Lawrence
J.
Lau
(
1975).
"
Transcendental
Logarithmic
Utility
Functions."
American
Economic
Review,
65(
3):
367­
383.

A
test
of
the
theory
of
demand
is
developed
that
does
not
employ
additivity
of
homotheticity
as
part
of
the
maintained
hypothesis.
Secondly,
the
duality
between
prices
and
quantities
in
the
theory
of
demand
is
exploited.
The
indirect
utility
function
is
represented
by
functions
that
are
quadratic
in
the
logarithms
of
ratios
of
prices
to
total
expenditure,
paralleling
the
treatment
of
the
direct
utility
function.
The
resulting
indirect
utility
functions
provide
a
local
second­
order
approximation
to
any
1
2
1
indirect
utility
function.

Christensen,
Steen
and
Niels
Vestergaard
(
1993).
"
A
Bioeconomic
Analysis
of
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
Greenland
in
the
Davis
Strait."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

Shrimp
(
Pandalus
borealis)
is
by
far
the
most
important
species
in
the
Greenland
fisheries
and
the
present
basis
of
Greenland's
economy
(
90%
of
total
exports
and
30%
of
the
world
supply
of
cold
water
shrimp).
To
provide
guidance
on
the
effects
of
yield
from
management
measures
designed
to
reduce
the
quota
by
20%
for
1993,
this
paper
presents
a
bioeconomic
analysis
based
on
estimates
of
the
total
mortality,
growth,
discard,
and
the
1991
operating
costs
that
determines
the
resource
rent
and
optimum
effort
of
the
shrimp
fishery
in
the
Davis
Strait.
Effort
must
be
reduced
by
at
least
40%
compared
to
the
1991
level
to
obtain
MEY.
The
gain
in
economic
rent
is
estimated
to
be
at
least
19%
compared
to
the
economic
rent
of
1991.

Christensen,
Steen
and
Niels
Vestergaard
(
1993).
"
A
Bioeconomic
Analysis
of
the
Greenland
Shrimp
Fishery
in
the
Davis
Strait."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
8(
4):
345­
365.

This
paper
presents
a
bioeconomic
analysis
determining
the
resource
rent
and
optimum
effort
of
the
shrimp
(
Pandalus
borealis)
fishery
in
the
Davis
Strait
taking
into
account
the
discard
behavior
of
the
fleet.
It
is
demonstrated
that
from
an
economic
point
of
view
the
shrimp
stock
in
the
Davis
Strait
is
substantially
overfished.
To
obtain
the
maximum
economic
yield,
the
effort
must
be
reduced
by
at
least
40%
compared
to
the
effort
level
of
1991.
The
gain
in
resource
rent
by
reducing
effort
is
estimated
to
be
at
least
20%
compared
to
the
resource
rent
of
1991.

Christmas,
J.
Y.
and
David
J.
Etzold
(
eds.)
(
1977).
"
The
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
United
States:
A
Regional
Management
Plan."
Technical
Report
Series,
No.
2,
Gulf
Coast
Research
Laboratory,
Ocean
Springs,
Mississippi,
August,
128
pp.

The
regional
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
management
plan
documents
the
problems
and
lists
the
goals
and
objectives
necessary
to
manage
the
shrimp
resources
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
provide
optimum
sustained
benefits
for
the
nation.
The
fishery
is
described,
shrimp
producing
zones
of
the
region
are
identified
for
preservation
and
improvement,
and
statistics
collection
is
facilitated.
The
report
promotes
research
in
bio­
social­
economic
model
development,
development
of
a
regional
management
plan,
and
extension
education
of
shrimp
fishermen.

Christmas,
J.
Y.,
David
J.
Etzold,
Larry
B.
Simpson,
and
Stephen
Meyers
(
eds.)
(
1988).
"
The
Menhaden
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
United
States:
A
Regional
Management
Plan."
Number
18,
Published
by
the
Gulf
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission,
Ocean
Springs,
Mississippi,
November.

The
first
regional
management
plan
(
Christmas
and
Etzold,
1977)
was
adopted
and
implemented
by
the
Gulf
State­
Federal
Fishery
Management
Board
in
1977.
Results
of
ongoing
review
and
evaluation
of
research
and
management
achievements
warranted
a
revised
management
plan.
The
goal
of
the
plan
is
to
develop
a
gulf
menhaden
management
strategy
that
will
allow
an
annual
maximum
harvest
that
protects
the
stock
from
overfishing
on
a
continuing
basis.

Christy,
Francis
T.
(
1964).

Efficiency
in
the
Use
of
Marine
Resources.

1
2
2
Reprint
Number
49,
Resources
for
the
Future,
Inc.,
1755
Massachusetts
Avenue,
NW,
Washington,
D.
C.,
September,
8
pp.

This
paper
discusses
the
economic
consequences
of
common
property
natural
resources
and
suggests
some
economic
criteria
that
may
help
to
provide
the
basis
for
improvements
in
the
efficient
exploitation
of
marine
resources.
First,
different
kinds
of
common
property
resources
and
the
reasons
why
use
of
these
resources
is
shared
rather
than
appropriated
by
individuals
or
firms
are
identified.
Second,
some
of
the
more
damaging
consequences
of
common
property
exploitation
are
discussed
with
particular
emphasis
on
economic
inefficiency.
The
need
for
public
control
and
that
the
choice
of
objectives
for
control
measures
should
include
economic
criteria
is
pointed
out.
Finally,
policy
and
research
problems
that
need
to
be
solved
if
marine
resource
exploitation
is
to
become
more
efficient
in
an
economic
sense
are
raised.

Christy,
Francis
T.
(
1996).

The
Death
Rattle
of
Open
Access
and
the
Advent
of
Property
Rights
Regimes
in
Fisheries.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
4):
287­
304.

This
paper
is
an
attempt
to
collate
the
new
paradigm
of
property
rights
management
for
fisheries.
The
paper
begins
with
a
discussion
of
the
present
paradigm
of
common
property
or
open
access
fisheries
management
and
the
costs
associated
with
maintaining
them.
It
then
postulates
the
future
paradigms
as
a
basis
for
setting
the
goals
towards
which
we
should
be
striving
and
for
identifying
the
most
significant
obstacles
in
the
path.
The
forces
at
work
that
are
leading
to
the
new
paradigms
are
discussed.
The
paper
concludes
with
an
identification
of
some
of
the
challenges
for
administration
and
research.
An
excellent
paper.

Christy,
Francis
T.
(
1996).

Over­
Capacity
in
Fisheries:
Problems
and
Approaches.

Draft
Report,
IMARIBA,
June,
31
pp.

Some
suggestions
are
made
for
steps
that
might
be
followed
to
facilitate
the
task
of
reducing
over­
capacity.
Basic
to
the
approach
is
the
need
to
provide
the
institutions
and
create
the
conditions
that
will
give
the
fishermen
the
incentives
to
control
their
investment.
Over
the
long
run,
the
best
solution
to
problems
of
fisheries
will
occur
when
the
fishermen
assume
the
responsibilities
for
management.

Christy,
Francis
T.
(
1997).

The
Development
and
Management
of
Marine
Fisheries
in
Latin
America
and
the
Caribbean.

Policy
Research
Paper
No.
ENV­
110,
July,
82
pp.

There
is
a
global
and
regional
awareness
that
marine
fisheries
resources
have
been
mismanaged.
It
is
becoming
clear
that
although
proper
management
of
fisheries
is
a
difficult
task,
it
can
succeed
in
capturing
economic
rents
that
were
formerly
dissipated,
and
in
achieving
sustainable
use
of
the
resources.
This
paper
attempts
to
provide
the
background
information
necessary
for
the
development
of
a
new
strategy
for
the
International
Development
Bank
(
IDB)
and
offers
some
suggestions
for
its
formulation
and
implementation.

Christy,
F.
and
A.
D.
Scott
(
1965).
The
Common
Wealth
in
Ocean
Fisheries.
The
Johns
Hopkins
Press,
Baltimore,
Maryland.
281
p.

The
authors
explore
the
problems
of
ocean
resources
to
determine
if
contributions
toward
solutions
can
be
made
by
social
scientists.
A
better
understanding
of
the
nature
of
the
fisheries
of
the
high
seas
and
the
legal
and
economic
problems
stemming
from
the
common
property
characteristic
has
to
be
the
starting
point
for
improvements
in
national
policy
and
international
1
2
3
cooperation.

Chu,
D.
K.
Y.
(
1986).

Government
Policies,
Economic
Development,
and
Possible
Environmental
Effects
at
the
Land­
Water
Interfaces
of
Guangdong
Province,
China.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
3(
1):
29­
44.

The
coastal
zone
of
South
China
is
characterized
by
many
features
that
are
shared
by
other
developing
countries.
It
is
a
long
inhabited
area
with
lengthy
coastlines,
dotted
by
several
modern
cities
and
a
large
number
of
fishing
ports.
Because
of
heavy
population
pressure,
large
demand
for
food,
and
the
drive
to
develop
modern
industries,
extensive
embankment
and
reclamation
schemes
are
undertaken,
leading
to
many
ecological
feedbacks,
such
as
heavy
silting
of
the
estuaries,
pollution
of
coastal
waters,
and
depletion
of
fishery
resources
nearby.
The
recent
development
of
offshore
oil
and
gas
fields
on
the
continental
shelf
of
the
South
China
Sea
has
further
complicated
the
issue.
On
the
other
hand,
one
can
anticipate
rapid
economic
development
along
the
coast;
on
the
other,
there
is
higher
risk
of
environmental
disasters.
It
is
thus
necessary
to
strengthen
the
present
environmental
surveillance
system
and
the
research
effort
on
the
environmental
economics
of
the
area.

Cicchetti,
Charles
J.,
Anthony
C.
Fisher,
and
V.
Kerry
Smith
(
1976).
"
An
Econometric
Evaluation
of
A
Generalized
Consumer
Surplus
Measure:
The
Mineral
King
Controversy."
Econometrica,
44(
6):
1259­
1276.

This
paper
develops
a
household
production
model
of
individual
behavior
to
focus
on
the
choice
of
recreational
activities.
This
framework
is
used
to
propose
a
generalized
approach
for
measuring
the
consumer
surplus
associated
with
a
natural
resource
development
project.
The
model
is
applied
to
the
proposed
Mineral
King
project
in
California.
The
results
indicate
that
the
project
is
unlikely
to
yield
a
positive
net
present
value.

Ciriacy­
Wantrup,
S.
V.
and
Richard
C.
Bishop
(
1975).
"
Common
Property
as
a
Concept
in
Natural
Resources
Policy."
Natural
Resources
Journal,
15(
October):
713­
727.

A
discussion
of
the
common
property
concept
in
natural
resource
policy
and
its
misuse
by
analysts
to
mean
open
access
resources.
Common
property
institutions
to
regulate
fugitive
resources
include
total
quotas
and
may
work
well
to
conserve
resources
for
the
future.

Clark,
Allen
L.
and
Jennifer
Cook
Clark
(
1986).

Marine
Metallic
Mineral
Resources
of
the
Pacific
Basin.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
3(
1):
44­
62.

In
the
1970'
s
and
1980'
s,
the
ocean
became
a
focus
of
attention
for
mineral
producers
and
consumers.
This
paper
surveys
that
trend
with
particular
emphasis
on
several
specific
metals
and
types
of
resource
deposit.
In
particular,
the
known
and
speculative
details
of
manganese
nodules,
cobalt
rich
manganese
crusts,
and
polymetallic
massive
sulfides
are
discussed
and
analyzed
in
an
economic
context.

Clark,
Colin
W.
(
1973).
"
The
Economics
of
Overexploitation."
Science,
181:
630­
633.

Severe
depletion
of
renewable
resources
may
result
from
high
discount
rates
used
by
private
exploiters.

Clark,
Colin
W.
(
1973).
"
Profit
Maximization
and
the
Extinction
of
1
2
4
Animal
Species."
J.
Polit.
Econ.,
81:
950­
961.

In
this
paper,
a
simple
mathematical
model
for
the
commercial
exploitation
of
a
natural
animal
population
is
constructed
and
analyzed.
The
model
takes
into
account
the
response
of
the
population
to
harvesting
pressure,
the
increasing
harvesting
costs
associated
with
decreasing
population
levels,
and
the
preference
of
the
harvesters
for
present
over
future
revenues.
The
principle
conclusion
of
the
analysis
is
that,
depending
on
certain
easily
stated
biological
and
economic
conditions,
extermination
of
the
entire
population
may
appear
as
the
most
attractive
policy,
even
to
an
individual
resource
owner.

Clark,
Colin
W.
(
1979).
"
Towards
a
Predictive
Model
for
the
Economic
Regulation
of
Commercial
Fisheries."
Resources
Paper
No.
40,
Department
of
Economics,
University
of
British
Columbia,
Vancouver,
Canada
V6T
1W5.

A
model
of
the
commercial
fishery,
incorporating
the
microeconomic
decisions
of
individual
vessel
operation,
is
developed
and
employed
to
predict
the
consequences
of
various
methods
of
regulation,
including:
(
i)
total
catch
quotas;
(
ii)
limited
entry;
(
iii)
taxes
on
catch
(
or
effort);
(
iv)
allocated
catch
(
or
effort)
quotas.
Among
the
principal
predictions
of
the
analysis
are:
(
a)
total
catch
quotas
do
not
improve
the
economic
performance
of
an
open­
access
fishery;
(
b)
limited
entry
results
in
distortion
of
inputs
unless
every
input
is
controlled;
(
c)
taxes
and
allocated
transferrable
catch
quotas
are
theoretically
equivalent
to
one
another
in
terms
of
economic
efficiency,
and
both
are
capable
in
principle
of
optimizing
exploitation
of
the
commonproperty
fishery.

Clark,
Colin
W.
(
1980).
"
Towards
a
Predictive
Model
for
the
Economic
Regulation
of
Commercial
Fisheries."
Can.
J.
Fish.
Aquat.
Sci.,
37:
1111­
1129.

A
model
of
the
commercial
fishery,
incorporating
the
microeconomic
decisions
of
individual
vessel
operation,
is
developed
and
employed
to
predict
the
consequences
of
various
methods
of
regulation,
including:
(
i)
total
catch
quotas;
(
ii)
vessel
licenses;
(
iii)
taxes
on
catch
(
or
effort);
(
iv)
allocated
catch
(
or
effort)
quotas.
Among
the
principal
predictions
of
the
analysis
are:
(
a)
total
catch
quotas
do
not
improve
the
economic
performance
of
an
open
access
fishery;
(
b)
limited
entry
results
in
distortion
of
inputs
unless
every
input
is
controlled;
(
c)
taxes
and
allocated
transferable
catch
quotas
are
theoretically
equivalent
to
one
another
in
terms
of
economic
efficiency,
and
both
are
capable
in
principle
of
optimizing
exploitation
of
the
common
property
fishery.

Clark,
Colin
W.
(
1980).
"
Restricted
Access
to
Common­
Property
Fishery
Resources:
a
Game­
Theoretic
Analysis."
Chapter
7
in
P.
T.
Liu
(
ed.)
Dynamic
Optimization
and
Mathematical
Economics,
New
York:
Plenum
Press.

This
paper
addresses
the
case
of
limited
access
in
a
fishery
where
there
are
N
sole
owners
of
the
resource
whose
inputs
are
constrained
under
various
limited
access
management
scenarios.

Clark,
Colin
W.
(
1985).

The
Effect
of
Fishermen

s
Quotas
on
Expected
Catch
Rates.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
1(
4):
419­
427.

Fishermen

s
quotas
have
the
effect
of
truncating
catches
at
the
catch
limit.
Hence
the
expected
catch
is
smaller
than
the
quota.
A
simple
search
1
2
5
model
is
developed
that
provides
an
estimation
of
the
factor
by
which
expected
catches
are
reduced.

Clark,
Colin
W.
(
1990).
Mathematical
Bioeconomics,
The
Optimal
Management
of
Renewable
Resources,
Second
Edition.
John
Wiley
&
Sons,
Inc.,
New
York.

This
book
is
concerned
with
the
Economics
of
the
sustainable
use
of
biological
resources
and
with
understanding
why
such
resources
have
often
been
used
in
a
nonsustainable
manner.

Clark,
C.
W.
and
G.
P.
Kirkwood
(
1979).
"
Bioeconomic
Model
of
the
Gulf
of
Carpentaria
Prawn
Fishery."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.
36:
1304­
1312.

A
bioeconomic
model
of
the
Gulf
of
Carpentaria
prawn
fishery
that
employs
21
parameters
to
describe
the
performance
of
two
classes
of
vessels
exploiting
several
stocks
of
prawns
is
developed.
The
model
predicts
the
number
of
vessels
of
each
class
entering
the
fishery
under
free
access,
and
is
also
used
to
estimate
the
economically
optimal
number
of
vessels
of
each
type.

Clark,
Colin
W.
and
R.
Lamberson
(
1982).
"
An
Economic
History
and
Analysis
of
Pelagic
Whaling."
Marine
Policy,
April:
103­
120.

Following
the
introduction
of
sea
going
factory
vessels
by
Norwegian
whalers
in
the
1926
season,
the
international
whaling
industry
underwent
a
large
expansion
that
ultimately
resulted
in
depletion
of
many
valuable
stocks
of
whales.
Attempts
at
conservation
under
the
auspices
of
the
International
Whaling
Commission
met
with
limited
but
growing
success,
until
a
new
management
policy
was
adopted
in
1975.
By
1980
the
killing
of
most
species
of
baleen
whales
had
been
prohibited.
The
authors
review
the
economic
history
of
pelagic
whaling
during
this
period,
and
present
a
corresponding
economic
analysis.
A
brief
survey
of
mathematical
models
of
the
whaling
industry
is
given
in
the
Appendix.

Clark,
Colin
W.
and
Marc
Mangel
(
1979).
"
Aggregation
and
Fishery
Dynamics:
A
Theoretical
Study
of
Schooling
and
the
Purse
Seine
Tuna
Fisheries."
Fishery
Bulletin,
77(
2):
317­
337.

This
paper
describes
mathematical
models
of
exploited
fish
stocks
under
the
assumption
that
a
certain
portion
of
the
stock
becomes
available
through
a
dynamic
aggregation
process.
The
surface
tuna
fishery
is
used
throughout
as
an
example.
The
effects
of
aggregation
on
yield­
effort
relationships,
indices
of
abundance,
and
fishery
dynamics
are
discussed.
The
predictions
of
the
theory
are
notably
different
from
those
obtained
from
general
production
fishery
models,
particularly
in
cases
where
the
available
substock
has
a
finite
saturation
level.
Possible
effects
include
fishery
"
catastrophes"
and
lack
of
significant
correlation
between
catch
per
unit
effort
statistics
and
stock
abundance.
Various
management
implications
of
the
models
are
also
discussed.

Clark,
Colin
W.,
Frank
H.
Clarke,
and
Gordon
R.
Munro
(
1979).
"
The
Optimal
Exploitation
of
Renewable
Resource
Stocks:
Problems
of
irreversible
Investment."
Econometrica,
47(
1):
25­
47.

This
paper
studies
the
effects
of
irreversibility
of
capital
investment
upon
optimal
exploitation
policies
for
renewable
resource
stocks.
It
is
demonstrated
that
although
the
long
term
optimal
sustained
yield
is
not
affected
by
the
assumption
of
irreversibility
(
except
in
extreme
cases),
the
1
2
6
short
term
dynamic
behavior
of
an
optimal
policy
may
depend
significantly
upon
the
assumption.
It
is
suggested
that
the
results
may
have
profound
implications
for
problems
of
rehabilitation
of
overexploited
fisheries
and
other
renewable
resource
stocks.

Clark,
Colin,
Gordon
Edwards,
and
Michael
Friedlaender
(
1973).
"
Beverton­
Holt
Model
of
a
Commercial
Fishery:
Optimal
Dynamics."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
30:
1629­
1640.

The
problem
of
optimal
regulation
of
a
fishery
is
discussed.
Of
special
interest
is
the
problem
of
regulating
an
overexploited
fishery
by
reducing
effort
to
allow
the
fish
population
to
build
up
to
a
suitable
level.

Clark,
Colin
W.,
Anthony
T.
Charles,
John
R.
Beddington,
and
Marc
Mangel
(
1985).
"
Optimal
Capacity
Decisions
in
a
Developing
Fishery."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
2(
1):
25­
53.

The
problem
of
estimating
optimal
fishing
capacity
for
a
developing
fishery
is
discussed,
using
the
methods
of
Bayesian
decision
analysis.
The
results
obtained
indicate
that
quite
good
decisions
can
often
be
made
on
the
basis
of
limited
prior
information
as
to
fish
stock
productivity,
particularly
if
a
conservative
approach
allowing
for
subsequent
increases
in
capacity
is
employed.

Clark,
I.
N.,
P.
J.
Major,
and
N.
Mollett
(
1988).
"
Development
and
Implementation
of
New
Zealand's
ITQ
Management
System."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5(
4):
325­
349.

In
1986
an
individual
transferable
quota
management
system
was
introduced
into
the
New
Zealand
finfish
fisheries.
This
article
describes
the
ITQ
system
and
provides
an
analysis
of
its
successes
and
shortcomings
to
date.

Clark,
I.
N.,
P.
J.
Major,
and
N.
Mollett
(
1989).
"
The
Development
and
Implementation
of
New
Zealand's
ITQ
Management
System."
Pages
117­
145
in
P.
A.
Neher,
R.
Arnason,
and
N.
Mollett
(
eds.)
Rights
Based
Fishing
Dordrecht:
Kluwer
Academic
Publishers.

In
1986
an
individual
transferable
quota
management
system
was
introduced
into
the
New
Zealand
finfish
fisheries.
This
article
describes
the
ITQ
system
and
provides
an
analysis
of
its
successes
and
shortcomings
to
date.

Clark,
Jerry
and
Richard
S.
Johnston
(
1986).
"
Open
Access,
Market
Structure,
Optimality
and
Entrepreneurship
in
the
Fishery."
Proceedings,
International
Conference
of
Fisheries,
Universite
du
Quebec
a
Rimouski,
Rimouski,
Canada,
August
10
to
15,
pp.
429­
437.

Since
the
seminal
papers
of
Gordon
and
Scott,
fishery
economists
have
attempted
to
(
1)
understand
resource
use
under
conditions
of
open
access
and
(
2)
devise
prescriptions
for
improved
resource
use
under
the
notion
of
social
optimality.
Much
more
effort
has
been
given
to
(
2)
that
to
(
1).
In
this
paper,
we
argue
for
a
reallocation
of
effort.

Clark,
Joy
Lynn
McCoy
(
1988).
"
The
Economic
Impact
of
Proposed
Ted
Regulations
on
Texas
Shrimp
Fishermen."
Dissertation,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
TX,
185
pp.

Shrimp
fishermen
trawling
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
south
Atlantic
inadvertently
capture
and
kill
turtles
that
are
classified
as
endangered
1
2
7
species.
Recent
legislation
requires
the
use
of
a
Turtle
Excluder
Device
(
TED)
that
when
placed
in
the
shrimp
trawl
prevents
turtle
mortality.
The
impact
of
the
TED
on
shrimp
production
is
not
known.
Analysis
of
TED
regulations
using
an
annual
firm
level
simulation
model
indicated
that
the
average
gulf
fleet
had
a
low
probability
of
being
an
economic
success
before
enacting
the
regulations.
An
assumption
that
the
TED
regulations
result
in
decreased
production
aggravated
this
condition,
while
an
analysis
assuming
a
positive
impact
on
production
slightly
improved
the
economic
viability
of
the
firm.
When
an
analysis
was
conducted
on
a
monthly
basis
considering
industry
wide
interaction
between
landings
per
vessel
in
one
time
period
and
available
shrimp
stock
the
next,
the
impact
of
the
TED
regulations
was
mitigated.
A
decrease
(
increase)
in
effective
effort
each
time
period,
as
the
result
of
using
a
TED,
increased
(
decreased)
available
stock
in
succeeding
time
periods
and
reduced
the
negative
(
positive)
impact
upon
production.
In
both
analyses,
a
negative
impact
of
the
TED
on
shrimp
production
resulted
in
a
decline
in
the
economic
viability
of
the
firm.
Likewise,
a
positive
impact
improved
the
firm's
economic
viability.

Clark,
Joy
L.
(
1996).

The
Gulf
of
Mexico:
An
Introduction.

The
Southern
Business
and
Economics
Journal,
19(
4):
242­
245.

An
introduction
to
a
special
issue
designed
to
represent
some
of
the
conflicts
that
are
occurring
in
the
use
of
Gulf
of
Mexico
resources.
Each
article
provides
insight
into
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
from
which
many
people
want
to
extract
revenue.
With
the
growth
of
the
population
within
the
surrounding
states
and
the
growth
in
the
recreation
and
retirement
communities,
the
conflict
over
the
use
of
these
resources
is
sure
to
increase.

Clark,
Joy
L.
and
H.
Dean
Moberly
(
1996).

Identification
and
Evaluation
of
Alternative
Enterprises
for
a
Representative
Producer
in
the
Alabama
Shrimp
Fishery.

The
Southern
Business
and
Economics
Journal,
19(
4):
293­
302.

Alternatives
available
for
a
representative
shrimp
producer
in
the
Alabama
Gulf
Coast
are
considered.
Alternatives
include
captaining
and
charter
vessel
operations.
Using
a
10
year
mixed
integer
linear
program,
a
switch
from
shrimp
would
not
occur
unless
returns
to
shrimping
declined
by
50
percent.
The
result
confirms
the
tendency
for
shrimp
fishing
assets
to
remain
in
the
industry
long
after
returns
have
begun
to
decline.
The
paper
first
describes
a
representative
producer
and
the
alternative
uses
of
this
shrimp
producer

s
resources.
Then,
a
linear
programming
model
is
developed
and
is
then
used
to
evaluate
changes
in
the
fishery.

Clark,
Joy
and
Wade
Griffin
(
1987).
"
Costs
and
Returns
of
Seven
Texas
Shrimp
Vessels."
Natural
Resources
Working
Papers
Series,
Natural
Resource
Workgroup,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas
77843.

This
report
presents
summaries
of
costs
and
returns
information
for
seven
categories
of
vessels
shrimping
off
the
Texas
coast.
This
information
can
be
compared
with
a
vessel
of
similar
type.
Trends
of
revenue,
variable
costs
and
pounds
landed
for
these
categories
are
also
presented.

Clark,
Joy,
Wade
Griffin,
Jerry
Clark,
and
James
Richardson
(
19??).
"
Economic
Impact
of
TED
on
the
Shrimp
Industry
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Draft
report,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas.

The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
estimate
the
costs
and
returns
to
1
2
8
individual
gulf
vessels
of
using
a
turtle
excluder
device,
a
key
issue
in
the
ongoing
debate
over
whether
TEDs
should
be
used.
The
results
of
four
scenarios
indicated
a
decline
for
negative
impacts
and
an
increase
for
positive
impacts
on
shrimp
production.

Clark,
Joy,
Wade
Griffin,
Jerry
Clark,
and
James
Richardson
(
1991).
"
Simulated
Economic
Impact
of
TED
Regulations
on
Selected
Vessels
in
the
Texas
Shrimp
Fishery."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
53(
2):
1­
8.

Shrimp
fishermen
trawling
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
south
Atlantic
inadvertently
capture
and
kill
sea
turtles
that
are
classified
as
endangered
species.
Recent
legislation
requires
the
use
of
a
Turtle
Excluder
Device
(
TED),
that
when
in
place
in
the
shrimp
trawl,
reduces
sea
turtle
mortality.
The
impact
of
the
TED
on
shrimp
production
is
not
known.
This
intermediate
analysis
of
the
TED
regulations
using
an
annual
firm
level
simulation
model
indicates
that
the
average
Texas
shrimp
vessel
had
a
low
probability
of
being
an
economic
success
before
regulations
were
enacted.
An
assumption
that
the
TED
regulations
resulted
in
decreased
production
aggravated
this
condition
and
the
change
in
Ending
Net
Worth
and
Net
Present
Value
of
Ending
Net
Worth
before
and
after
a
TED
was
placed
in
the
net
was
significant
at
the
5
percent
level.
However,
the
difference
in
the
Internal
Rate
of
Return
for
the
TED
and
non­
TED
simulations
was
not
significant
unless
the
TED
caused
a
substantial
change
in
catch.
This
analysis
did
not
allow
for
interactions
between
the
fishermen
in
the
shrimp
industry,
an
assumption
that
could
significantly
alter
the
impact
of
TED
use
on
the
catch
and
earnings
of
the
individual
shrimp
vessel.

Clarke,
Raymond
P.
and
Stacey
S.
Yoshimoto
(
1990).
"
Application
of
the
Leslie
Model
to
Commercial
Catch
and
Effort
of
the
Slipper
Lobster,
Scyllarides
squammosus,
Fishery
in
the
Northwestern
Hawaiian
Islands."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
52(
2):
1­
7.

Commercial
catch
and
effort
data
were
fit
to
the
Leslie
model
to
estimate
preexploitation
abundance
and
the
catchability
coefficient
of
slipper
lobster,
Scyllarides
squammosus,
in
the
Northwestern
Hawaiian
Islands
(
NWHI).
A
single
vessel
fished
for
34
consecutive
days
in
the
vicinity
of
Laysan
Island
and
caught
126,127
total
slipper
lobster
in
36,170
trap
hauls.
Adjusted
catch
of
legal
slipper
lobster
dropped
from
a
high
of
3.70
to
1.16
lobster
per
trap
haul.
Preexploitation
abundance
at
Laysan
Island
was
an
estimate
204,000
legal
slipper
lobster,
which
was
extrapolated
to
yield
an
estimate
of
1.2
x
106
to
3.8
x
106
lobster
for
the
entire
NWHI
slipper
lobster
fishery.

Clark,
Simon
and
Donald
A.
R.
George
(
1990).
"
Investment
in
the
British
Fishing
Industry."
Economics
Research
Papers,
No.
10,
Sea
Fish
Industry
Authority,
Fisheries
Economics
Research
Unit,
Sea
Fisheries
House,
10
Young
St.,
Edinburgh
EH2
4JQ.

Vessel
length
or
horsepower
are
used
as
proxies
for
firm
size
in
an
applied
study
of
the
capital
investment
level
for
each
new
boat
that
enters
the
fishing
industry.
The
price
of
fish
although
statistically
insignificant
in
the
linear
model
had
a
positive
effect
on
the
level
of
new
investment.
Fuel
prices
and
the
interest
rate
were
not
statistically
significant
in
the
model
due
to
the
nature
of
the
data
or
the
behavior
of
fishermen,
respectively.
The
grant
rate
was
highly
significant
in
determining
the
level
of
investment
in
a
new
boat.
However,
this
may
have
been
a
dominate
variable
in
the
regression
equation
causing
other
important
variables
to
appear
insignificant.
1
2
9
Clark,
Stephen
H.
and
Charles
W.
Caillouet,
Jr.
(
1973).
"
White
Shrimp
(
Penaeus
setiferus)
Population
Trends
in
a
Tidal
Marsh
Pond.
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
35(
3­
4):
27­
29.

Ketchen's
modification
of
the
Leslie
fishing
success
method
was
used
to
estimate
initial
population
and
rates
of
immigration,
fishing,
and
other
losses
(
emigration
and
natural
mortality)
in
a
white
shrimp
population
in
a
Texas
tidal
marsh
pond.
The
significant
decline
in
catch
rates
of
marked
and
unmarked
shrimp
during
the
experiment
was
due
to
fishing
and
other
causes
(
emigration
and
natural
mortality),
but
the
reduction
due
to
fishing
was
less
than
that
due
to
other
causes.
We
believe
that
this
or
similar
methods
offer
considerable
promise
in
future
studies
of
this
nature.

Clark,
Stephen
H.
and
William
J.
Overholtz
(
1979).
"
Review
and
Assessment
of
the
Georges
Bank
and
Gulf
of
Maine
Haddock
Fishery."
Laboratory
Reference
No.
79­
05,
January,
NOAA,
NMFS,
NEFC,
Woods
Hole
Laboratory,
Woods
Hole,
Massachusetts
02543.

Haddock
(
Melanogrammus
aeglefinus)
constituted
New
England's
most
important
groundfish
resource
for
many
decades
and
from
the
early
1920'
s
to
the
mid­
1960'
s
was
one
of
the
most
valuable
fishery
resources
in
the
United
States;
total
landed
value
averaged
between
10
and
12
million
dollars
from
1940­
1960
and
increased
to
a
record
high
of
13.9
million
dollars
in
1966
(
Lyles,
1968),
before
declining
in
subsequent
years.
Prior
to
1900,
this
species
was
of
minor
importance,
being
inferior
to
cod
(
Gadus
morhua)
for
salting
purposes,
and
consequently
it
was
little
utilized
in
historical
times
although
use
of
ice
aboard
some
of
the
bank
vessels
towards
the
close
of
the
19th
century
resulted
in
development
of
a
limited
fishery
(
Smith
and
Olson,
MS,
1976).
Introduction
of
filleting
and
freezing
methods,
however,
resulted
in
an
expanded
market
for
haddock
(
Schuck,
1951)
and
with
the
introduction
of
otter
trawls
and
diesel
engines,
the
USA
haddock
fishery
expanded
rapidly.
Landings
from
all
areas
reached
an
all­
time
high
of
132,300
metric
tons
in
1929
before
declining
to
an
average
of
66,000
tons
from
1931­
1965;
subsequently
landings
declined
precipitously
with
the
collapse
of
the
Georges
Bank
haddock
fishery
in
the
late
1960'
s.
Total
USA
landings
averaged
approximately
5,000
tons
from
1972­
1976;
provisional
statistics
for
1977
indicate
a
total
USA
catch
of
12,900
tons,
and
preliminary
estimates
for
1978
indicate
a
USA
catch
of
17,700
tons.

Clawson,
Marion
(
ed.)
(
1977).
Research
in
Forest
Economics
and
Forest
Policy.
Research
Paper
R­
3,
Resources
for
the
Future,
Washington,
D.
C.

Papers
from
the
symposium
are
intended
to
cover
all
aspects
of
forest
economics
and
forest
policy.

Clay,
Douglas
(
1989).
"
A
Comparison
of
Two
Stratification
Schemes
Used
in
Sampling
Canadian
Atlantic
Cod,
Gadus
morhua."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
51(
1):
33­
38.

Sampling
is
a
key
element
in
the
assessment
of
any
fish
stock.
It
is
often
one
of
the
most
expensive
activities
of
the
management
process;
thus,
improved
efficiency
can
result
in
significant
cost
savings.
In
most
cases
a
two
phase
sampling
strategy
is
employed.
Two
commonly
used
versions
of
such
stratified
random
schemes
were
simulated
using
a
test
population
based
on
Atlantic
cod,
Gadus
morhua.
A
1
otolith
per
1
cm
length
frequency
currently
used
for
many
flatfish
and
some
smaller
gadoids
and
a
3
otolith
per
3
cm
length
frequency
currently
used
for
many
of
the
larger
gadoids.
No
difference
was
detected
in
the
age
composition
or
mean
length
at
age
for
either
scheme;
1
3
0
however,
10
percent
fewer
otoliths
were
collected
in
1
for
1
sampling
than
3
for
3.
There
was
an
improvement
of
between
30
and
60
percent
in
the
coefficient
of
variation
of
the
estimated
catch
numbers
at
age
using
the
1
for
1
compared
with
the
3
for
3
stratified
sampling.
For
these
reasons
and
other
operations
considerations,
the
1
for
1
stratified
random
design
of
sampling
appears
to
be
superior.

Clay,
Patricia
M.
(
1993).
"
Fisheries
Social
Science
Gathering:
Informal
Roundtables
on
Current
Research."
Economics
Investigation,
National
Marine
Fisheries
service,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Woods
Hole,
Massachusetts,
October,
50
pp.

A
roundtable
discussion
of
the
uses
of
social
science
in
the
fisheries
management
process.
Topics
included
nonmarket
valuation,
comanagement,
individual
transferable
quotas,
social
impact
assessment,
and
policy
formulation.

Clay,
Patricia
M.
(
1994).
"
Social
and
Cultural
Considerations
with
Regard
to
Limited
Access."
Position
Paper
presented
at
the
Limited
Access
Workshop,
Seattle,
Washington,
November
1­
3.
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Woods
Hole,
MA,
October.

The
paper
considers
the
issues
of
equity,
lifestyle,
and
community
in
regards
to
limited
access
management.

Clay,
Patricia
M.
(
1998).
"
Guidelines
for
Routine
Capture
Fishery
Data
Collection."
Prepared
for
the
United
Nations
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Woods
Hole,
MA,
April.

This
report
outlines
for
fisheries
managers
some
of
the
critical
policy
questions
and
management
issues,
describes
performance
indicators
useful
in
evaluating
policies,
and
describes
general
data
types
required
for
effective
management.
This
general
overview
can
then
serve
as
the
basis
for
developing
specific
data
collection
and
analysis
programs
appropriate
to
particular
nations
and
regions.

Clement
Associates,
Inc.
(
1989).
"
"
Shrimp
Trawling
Requirements"
Rulemaking:
Initial
Technical
Review."
Report
prepared
by
Clement
Associates,
Inc.,
9300
Lee
Highway,
Fairfax,
Virginia
22031,
September
14,
16
pp.

An
analysis
of
the
data
and
analysis
underlying
the
shrimp
trawling
requirements
proposed
by
NMFS
that
indicates
the
technical
basis
for
the
rule
is
not
solid
and
additional
analysis
and
data
collection
is
necessary
before
trawl
time
limitations
and
TED
regulations
be
imposed
on
the
industry.

Clinton,
William
(
1993).

Regulatory
Planning
and
Review.

Executive
Order
12866,
Federal
Register,
58(
190):
51735­
51744.

With
this
executive
order,
the
Federal
Government
begins
a
program
to
reform
and
make
more
efficient
the
regulatory
process.

Coan,
Atilio
L.,
Jr.,
Kenneth
E.
Wallace,
and
Alan
R.
Jackson
(
1992).
"
Differences
in
Dolphin
Mortality
Rates
in
Night
and
Day
Sets
for
the
U.
S.
Eastern
Tropical
Pacific
Tuna
Purse
Seine
Fishery."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
54(
2):
7­
14.
1
3
1
Because
dolphins
sometimes
travel
with
yellowfin
tuna,
Thunnus
albacares,
in
the
eastern
tropical
Pacific
(
ETP),
purse
seiners
use
the
dolphins
to
locate
and
capture
tuna
schools.
During
the
process
of
setting
the
purse
seine
nets,
dolphins
often
become
entangled
and
drown
before
they
can
be
released.
Data
for
the
U.
S.
purse
seine
fleet
in
the
ETP
during
1979­
88
show
that
dolphin
mortality
rates
in
sets
made
during
the
night
are
higher
than
mortality
rates
in
sets
made
during
the
day.
Even
with
efforts
to
reduce
night
set
mortality
rates
through
the
use
of
high
intensity
floodlights,
night
set
mortality
rates
remain
higher.
The
data
are
also
used
to
simulate
a
regulation
on
the
fishery
aimed
at
eliminating
night
sets
and
show
that
dolphin
mortality
rates
would
decrease.

Coase,
R.
H.
(
1960).
"
The
Problem
of
Social
Cost."
The
Journal
of
Law
and
Economics,
3:
1­
44.

This
paper
is
concerned
with
those
actions
of
business
firms
that
have
harmful
effects
on
others.
The
real
question
is
whether
A
should
be
allowed
to
harm
B
or
should
B
be
allowed
to
harm
A
with
the
avoidance
of
the
more
serious
harm.
What
answer
should
be
given
is
not
clear
unless
we
know
the
value
of
what
is
obtained
as
well
as
the
value
of
what
is
sacrificed
to
obtain
it.
The
problem
has
to
be
looked
at
in
total
and
at
the
margin.

Coase,
R.
H.
(
1992).
"
The
Institutional
Structure
of
Production."
American
Economic
Review,
82(
4):
713­
719.

Presentation
given
on
receipt
of
the
1991
Nobel
prize
in
Economic
Sciences.

Cobb,
Stephen
P.,
Charles
R.
Futch,
and
David
K.
Camp
(
1973).
"
The
Rock
Shrimp,
Sicyonia
Brevirostris
Stimpson,
1871
(
Decapoda,
Penaeidae)."
Memoirs
of
the
Hourglass
Cruises,
Vol.
III,
Part
I,
February,
38
pp.

Rock
shrimp
were
collected
monthly
from
the
west
Florida
shelf
during
Project
Hourglass.
A
total
of
973
rock
shrimp
were
weighted,
measured,
sexed,
and
examined
for
morphological
variation.
Ovaries
of
463
females
were
removed
and
classified
and
studies
of
carapace
length
for
males
and
females
were
conducted.
Rock
shrimp
is
a
generalize
carnivore
feeding
primarily
on
mollusks
and
crustaceans.
Feeding
activity
is
nocturnal
and
occurs
yearlong.
No
economically
important
concentrations
of
rock
shrimp
were
found
in
the
study
area,
but
populations
with
apparent
economic
potential
have
been
reported
off
Cape
St.
George,
Florida,
Cape
Canaveral,
and
Isla
Contoy,
Mexico.

Cochran,
William
G.
(
1963).
Sampling
Techniques,
2nd
Edition.
John
Wiley
&
Sons,
Inc.

The
purpose
of
this
book
is
to
present
a
comprehensive
account
of
sampling
theory
as
it
has
been
developed
for
use
in
sample
surveys,
with
illustrations
to
show
how
the
theory
is
applied
in
practice
and
with
a
supply
of
exercises
to
be
worked
by
the
student.

Cody,
Terry
J.,
Paul
C.
Hammerschmidt,
Gary
C.
Matlock,
C.
E.
Bryan,
Jerry
E.
Clark,
and
R.
Page
Campbell
(
1989).
"
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
in
Texas
Waters.
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department,
Coastal
Fisheries
Branch,
4200
Smith
School
Road,
Austin,
Texas
78744.

A
proposed
shrimp
fishery
management
plan
for
the
Texas
territorial
sea.
1
3
2
Coelli,
Tim
(
1994).

A
Guide
to
FRONTIER
Version
4.1:
A
Computer
Program
for
Stochastic
Frontier
Production
and
Cost
Function
Estimation.

Draft
Working
Paper,
Department
of
Econometrics,
University
of
New
England,
Armidale,
NSW,
2351,
Australia,
October,
38
pp.

This
paper
describes
a
computer
program
which
has
been
written
to
provide
maximum
likelihood
estimates
of
the
parameters
of
a
number
of
stochastic
production
and
cost
functions.
The
stochastic
frontier
models
considered
can
accommodate
(
unbalanced)
panel
data
and
assume
firm
effects
that
are
distributed
as
truncated
normal
random
variables.
The
two
primary
model
specifications
considered
in
the
program
are
an
error
components
specification
with
time­
varying
efficiencies
permitted
(
Battese
and
Coelli,
1992),
which
was
estimated
by
FRONTIER
Version
2.0,
and
a
model
specification
in
which
the
firm
effects
are
directly
influenced
by
a
number
of
variables
(
Battese
and
Coelli,
1993).
The
computer
program
also
permits
the
estimation
of
many
other
models
which
have
appeared
in
the
literature
through
the
imposition
of
simple
restrictions.
Asymptotic
estimates
of
standard
errors
are
calculated
along
with
individual
and
mean
efficiency
estimates.

Coelli,
Tim
(
1996).

A
Guide
to
DEAP
Version
2.0:
A
Data
Envelopment
Analysis
(
Computer)
Program.

CEPA
Working
Paper
96/
08,
Centre
for
Efficiency
and
Productivity
Analysis,
Department
of
Econometrics,
University
of
New
England,
Armidale,
NSW,
2351,
Australia,
50
pp.

This
paper
describes
a
computer
program
which
has
been
written
to
conduct
data
envelopment
analyses
(
DEA)
for
the
purpose
of
calculating
efficiencies
in
production.
The
method
implemented
in
the
program
are
based
upon
the
work
of
Rolf
Fare,
Shawna
Grosskopf,
and
their
associates.
Three
principle
options
are
available
in
the
computer
program.
The
first
involves
the
standard
CRS
and
VRS
DEA
models
(
that
involve
the
calculation
of
technical
and
scale
efficiencies)
which
are
outlined
in
Fare,
Grosskopf,
and
Lovell
(
1994).
The
second
option
considers
the
extension
of
these
models
to
account
for
cost
and
allocative
efficiencies.
These
methods
are
also
outlined
in
Fare
et
al.
(
1994).
The
third
option
considers
the
application
of
Malmquist
DEA
methods
to
panel
data
to
calculate
indices
of
total
factor
productivity
(
TFP)
change;
technological
change;
technical
efficiency
change;
and
scale
efficiency
change.
These
latter
methods
are
discussed
in
Fare,
Grosskopf,
Norris,
and
Zhang
(
1994).
All
methods
are
available
in
either
an
input
or
an
output
orientation
(
with
the
exception
of
the
cost
efficiencies
option).

Coelli,
Tim
(
1996).

A
Guide
to
DEAP
Version
2.1:
A
Data
Envelopment
Analysis
(
Computer)
Program.

CEPA
Working
Paper
96/
08,
Centre
for
Efficiency
and
Productivity
Analysis,
Department
of
Econometrics,
University
of
New
England,
Armidale,
NSW,
2351,
Australia,
50
pp.

This
paper
describes
a
computer
program
which
has
been
written
to
conduct
data
envelopment
analyses
(
DEA)
for
the
purpose
of
calculating
efficiencies
in
production.
The
method
implemented
in
the
program
are
based
upon
the
work
of
Rolf
Fare,
Shawna
Grosskopf,
and
their
associates.
Three
principle
options
are
available
in
the
computer
program.
The
first
involves
the
standard
CRS
and
VRS
DEA
models
(
that
involve
the
calculation
of
technical
and
scale
efficiencies)
which
are
outlined
in
Fare,
Grosskopf,
and
Lovell
(
1994).
The
second
option
considers
the
extension
of
these
models
to
account
for
cost
and
allocative
efficiencies.
These
methods
are
also
outlined
in
Fare
et
al.
(
1994).
The
third
option
considers
the
application
of
Malmquist
DEA
methods
to
panel
data
to
calculate
indices
of
total
factor
productivity
(
TFP)
change;
technological
change;
technical
efficiency
change;
and
scale
efficiency
change.
These
latter
methods
are
discussed
in
Fare,
Grosskopf,
Norris,
and
Zhang
(
1994).
All
methods
are
available
in
either
an
input
or
an
1
3
3
output
orientation
(
with
the
exception
of
the
cost
efficiencies
option).

Coelli,
Tim
(
1998).

A
Multi­
Stage
Methodology
for
the
Solution
of
Orientated
DEA
Models.

Draft
to
appear
in
Operations
Research
Letters,
Centre
for
Efficiency
and
Productivity
Analysis,
Department
of
Econometrics,
University
of
New
England,
Armidale,
NSW,
2351,
Australia,
November,
16
pp.

The
majority
of
DEA
studies
use
a
two­
stage
linear
programming
(
LP)
process
to
solve
orientated
DEA
models.
There
are
two
significant
problems
associated
with
the
second
stage
of
this
process.
The
first
is
that
the
sum
of
slacks
is
maximized
rather
than
minimized
and
hence
will
identify
not
the
nearest
efficient
point
but
the
furthest
efficient
point.
The
second
problem
is
that
it
is
not
invariant
to
units
of
measurement.
In
this
paper,
we
propose
a
multi­
stage
DEA
methodology
which
involves
a
sequence
of
radial
LP

s.
We
observe
that
this
new
approach
will
identify
more
representative
efficient
points
and
that
it
is
also
invariant
to
units
of
measurement.
The
methodology
is
illustrated
using
a
simple
example.

Coggins,
Jay
S.
and
John
R.
Swinton
(
19??).

The
Price
of
Pollution:
A
Dual
Approach
to
Valuing
SO2
Allowances.

Forthcoming
J.
Environmental
Economics
and
Management.

Under
the
1990
Clean
Air
Act
Amendments,
a
market­
based
scheme
to
reduce
U.
S.
sulfur
dioxide
emissions
takes
effect
in
1995.
Indications
are
that
participation
in
the
market
will
be
light
and
allowance
prices
will
be
lower
than
was
once
expected.
Using
an
output
distance
function
approach,
for
Wisconsin
coal­
burning
utility
plants
we
estimate
the
shadow
price
of
SO2
abatement,
which
should
approximate
the
allowance
price.
The
estimated
average
shadow
price
is
above
the
prices
at
which
the
few
observed
allowance
trades
have
occurred.
Wisconsin

s
stringent
state
SO2
legislation
may
explain
a
portion
of
this
divergence.

Coglan,
Louisa,
Sean
Pascoe,
and
Simon
Mardle
(
199?).

DEA
Versus
Econometric
Analysis
of
Efficiency
in
Fisheries.

Department
of
Economics,
University
of
Portsmouth,
UK.

Economists
have
often
used
econometrics
to
estimate
stochastic
production
frontiers
to
assess
the
level
of
efficiency
of
individual
enterprises.
Data
Envelopment
Analysis
(
DEA)
has
been
proposed
as
an
alternative
approach
to
measure
the
relative
efficiency
of
individual
enterprises.
A
key
advantage
of
DEA
is
that,
unlike
econometric
approaches,
it
does
not
require
a
specific
production
function
to
be
imposed.
In
this
paper,
DEA
is
used
to
estimate
the
relative
efficiency
of
demersal
trawlers
operating
in
the
English
Channel.
The
results
from
this
analysis
are
compared
to
the
results
of
an
econometric
analysis
using
the
same
data.
Conclusions
about
the
relative
benefits
of
the
approaches
are
presented.
The
results
suggest
that
the
econometric
production
frontier
approach
may
result
in
some
efficient
boats
appearing
as
inefficient.

Cohen,
Maurie
J.
(
1995).

Technological
Disasters
and
Natural
Resource
Damage
Assessment:
An
Evaluation
of
the
Exxon
Valdez
Oil
Spill.

Land
Economics,
71(
1):
65­
82.

Ex
post
analysis
can
enhance
assessment
of
the
social
costs
of
technological
disasters.
This
paper
employs
a
market
model
to
evaluate
the
economic
losses
of
the
1989
Exxon
Valdez
oil
spill
on
south
central
Alaska

s
fisheries.
The
upper
bound
of
the
accident

s
first
year
social
costs
on
these
resources
is
$
108
million,
approximately
27
percent
of
exvessel
value.
Second
1
3
4
year
effects
may
have
been
as
high
as
$
47
million.
More
probable
estimates
of
the
oil
spill

s
actual
social
costs
are
likely
less
than
these
amounts.
Precise
determination
of
the
accident

s
impacts
is
constrained
by
the
dynamic
interaction
of
numerous
biological
and
economic
variables.

Collie,
Jeremy
S.
and
Paul
D.
Spencer
(
1994).

Modeling
Predator­
Prey
Dynamics
in
a
Fluctuating
Environment.

Canadian
Journal
of
Fisheries
and
Aquatic
Sciences,
51(
12):
2665­
2672.

Large
fluctuations
in
the
abundance
of
marine
fish
are
revealed
in
scale
deposits
from
before
the
twentieth
century
and
are
thought
to
be
environmentally
induced.
We
investigate
how
a
fluctuating
environment
and
predation
may
combine
to
cause
abrupt
shifts
in
fish
abundance
on
decadal
time
scales.
For
example,
the
biomass
of
Pacific
herring
(
Clupea
pallasi)
off
Vancouver
Island
appears
to
be
negatively
related
to
sea
surface
temperature
(
SST)
and
the
abundance
of
its
predator,
Pacific
hake
(
Merluccius
productus).
We
used
first­
order
differential
equations
to
develop
a
two
species,
predatorprey
model
faced
with
stochastic
variability.
A
nonlinear,
predator
functional
response
potentially
gives
rise
to
multiple
equilibrium
abundance
levels.
Environmental
variability
was
simulated
as

red
noise

(
variance
is
a
decreasing
function
of
frequency)
with
a
spectrum
derived
from
SST
data.
Stochastic
variations
caused
the
predator­
prey
abundances
to
shift
between
high
and
low
equilibrium
levels.
Fishing
the
prey
population
can
precipitate
collapses
to
the
low
equilibrium
level
and
prolong
the
time
to
recovery.
When
run
with
actual
catches
and
SST
anomalies
from
1951
to
1988,
the
model
simulated
prey
abundances
with
a
pattern
similar
to
the
observed
herring
biomass.

Collins,
Elaine
V.,
Maureen
Woods,
Isobel
C.
Sheifer,
and
Janice
Beattie
(
1994).

Bibliography
of
Synthesis
Documents
on
Selected
Coastal
Ocean
Topics.

Decision
Analysis
Series
No.
3,
NOAA
Coastal
Ocean
Program,
Coastal
Ocean
Office,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
1315
East
West
Highway
(
Sta.
15140),
Silver
Spring,
MD,
October.

This
bibliography
is
subdivided
into
four
main
topics
or
sections;
ecosystems,
coastal
water
body
conditions,
natural
disasters,
and
resource
management.
In
the
ecosystems
section,
emphasis
is
placed
on
organisms
in
their
environment
on
the
major
coastlines
of
the
U.
S.
In
the
second
section,
coastal
water
body
conditions,
the
environment
itself
is
emphasized.
References
were
found
for
the
Alaskan
coast,
but
none
were
found
for
Hawaii.
The
third
section,
coastal
water
body
conditions,
the
environment
itself
is
emphasized.
References
were
found
for
the
Alaskan
coast,
but
none
were
found
for
Hawaii.
The
third
section,
on
natural
disasters,
emphasizes
environmental
impacts
resulting
from
natural
phenomena.
Guidelines,
planning
and
management
reports,
modeling
documents,
strategic
and
restoration
plans,
and
environmental
economics
related
to
sustainability
are
included
in
the
fourth
section,
resource
management.
Author,
geographic,
and
subject
indices
are
provided.

Comins,
H.
N.
and
M.
P.
Hassell
(
1979).
"
The
Dynamics
of
Optimally
Foraging
Predators
and
Parasitoids."
Journal
of
Animal
Ecology,
48:
335­
351.

The
paper
bridges
the
gap
between
optimal
foraging
models
and
predatorprey
or
parasitoid­
host
population
models.
The
parasitoid
optimal
foraging
model
that
we
derive
assumes
each
individual
parasitoid
to
maximize
its
rate
of
encounter
with
healthy
hosts
in
a
patchy
environment.
The
model
is
used
to
generate
the
searching
strategy
of
a
population
of
parasitoids,
from
which
their
overall
searching
efficiency
can
be
calculated.
We
then
explore
the
1
3
5
dynamics
of
a
difference
equation
population
model
in
which
the
parasitoids
forage
optimally.
The
conditions
for
local
stability
are
derived
and
some
global
properties
discussed.
Although
optimal
foraging
is
important
to
parasitoid
reproductive
fitness,
the
resulting
dynamics
are
qualitatively
similar
to
those
produced
by
the
model
of
Hassell
&
May
(
1973)
in
which
the
parasitoids
do
not
forage
optimally
but
have
a
fixed
aggregation
strategy.

Commission
of
the
European
Communities
(
1993).

Statistical
Study
of
the
Fish
and
Aquaculture
Processing
Sector
in
the
European
Community,
European
Review.

Directorate­
General
for
Fisheries,
Directorate
Structures,
Cofrepeche,
165,
Rue
Jean­
Jacques
Rousseau,
F­
92138
Issy­
Les­
Moulineaux
Cedex.

This
report
updates
information
on
the
European
Communities
aquaculture
and
fishery
products
processing
industry
dealing
with
products
for
human
consumption
using
a
statistical
study
of
the
1982­
1991
time
period.
The
study
covers
all
processed
products
and
summarizes
11
national
surveys.

Comptroller
General
(
1985).
"
Early
Assessment
of
Interior's
Area­
Wide
Program
for
Leasing
Offshore
Lands."
Report
to
the
Chairman,
Subcommittee
on
Oversight
and
Investigations
Committee
On
Energy
and
Commerce
House
of
Representatives
of
the
United
States,
GAO/
RCED­
85­
66,
July
15,102
pp.

This
report
discusses
the
impact
of
recent
area­
wide
sales
for
leasing
offshore
lands.
The
report
also
discusses
the
Interior
Department's
new
bidacceptance
procedures
for
ensuring
that
it
receives
fair
market
value
for
leased
offshore
lands
and
Interior's
streamlined
presale
planning
process
for
providing
states
and
others
affected
by
offshore
activities
an
opportunity
to
participate
in
the
process.

Conand,
Chantal
and
Maria
Byrne
(
1993).
"
A
Review
of
Recent
Developments
in
the
World
Sea
Cucumber
Fisheries."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
55(
4):
1­
13.

Sea
cucumbers
(
Holothuridae
and
Stichopodidae)
have
been
harvested
commercially
for
at
least
1,000
years.
The
world
fisheries
for
sea
cucumbers,
however,
are
not
well
documented
and
in
general
are
poorly
managed.
Depending
upon
the
species
exploited,
there
are
two
processing
procedures
for
the
sea
cucumber
product.
Some
species
are
eaten
raw,
while
most
commercial
species
are
processed
into
a
dry
product
called
beche­
de­
mer
or
trepang.
This
dry
product
is
exported
to
a
central
market
such
as
Hong
Kong
and
then
re­
exported
to
the
consumers.
In
this
review,
recent
statistics
on
the
world
sea
cucumber
fisheries,
collected
from
different
services,
are
detailed
for
each
major
fishing
area.
Case
studies
for
each
fishing
area
are
also
presented.
Recent
major
changes
in
the
Indo­
Pacific
fishery
include
the
participation
of
new
producer
countries,
the
shift
in
the
species
being
exploited,
and
an
increase
in
the
Chinese
market.
The
expansion
of
the
largely
monospecific
temperate
North
Pacific
fisheries
is
also
described.
Statistics
from
Hong
Kong,
Singapore,
Taiwan,
and
the
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
provide
valuable
information
on
the
producer
and
importer
countries.
Particular
attention
is
paid
to
the
reciprocal
trade
of
beche­
de­
mer
between
Hong
Kong
and
Singapore.
An
evaluation
of
the
world
sea
cucumber
landings
and
beche­
de­
mer
production
is
presented.
Recent
developments
include
an
expansion
of
the
Hong
Kong
market
due
to
increased
demand
by
China,
the
importance
of
Indonesia
as
a
major
world
producer,
and
an
increase
in
the
fisheries
of
Tropical
Pacific
nations.
This
increase
is
best
documented
for
New
Caledonia
and
Fiji.
Ways
to
improve
the
access
and
the
reliability
of
the
statistics
for
the
sea
cucumber
fishery
are
discussed,
as
is
the
potential
for
management
of
1
3
6
artisanal
fisheries.

Condrey,
Richard
E.
(
198?).
"
Shrimp
Population
Models
and
Management
Strategies:
Potentials
for
Enhancing
Yields."
Draft
report,
Coastal
Fisheries
Institute,
Center
for
Wetland
Resources,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
Louisiana
70803­
7503.

The
use
of
models
in
management
of
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
is
reviewed
and
deficiencies
discussed.
The
historical
use
has
been
primarily
limited
to
a
continuing
reevaluation
of
two
narrowly
constructed
management
measures
that
were
designed
to
provide
moderate
increases
in
yield.
Areas
of
major
social
or
ecological
concern
and
areas
in
which
yield
can
be
dramatically
enhanced
have
received
little
attention.
Specific
examples
discussed
include
wetland
loss,
the
use
of
TEDs,
and
the
excessive
growthoverfishing
that
occurs
in
some
states.

Condrey,
Richard
E.,
James
G.
Gosselink,
and
Harry
J.
Bennett
(
1972).
"
Comparison
of
the
Assimilation
of
Different
Diets
By
Penaeus
setiferus
and
P.
aztecus."
Fishery
Bulletin,
70(
4):
1281­
1292.

Juvenile
penaeid
shrimp
showed
high
and
comparable
assimilation
efficiencies
(
80­
85%)
on
a
variety
of
plant
and
animal
diets.
In
general
assimilation
efficiencies
for
proteins
and
lipids
were
consistently
high;
for
carbohydrates,
low.
Organic
assimilation
per
gram
organic
weight
of
white
shrimp,
Penaeus
setiferus,
proceeded
at
3.7
mg
hr­
1
on
an
axenic
diatom
and
8.4
mg
hr­
1
on
an
artificial
diet.
The
assimilation
efficiency
was
lower
for
shrimp
feeding
on
the
algal
mat
coating
Spartina
alterniflora
than
on
two
components
of
the
mat.
Feeding
mechanisms
and
probable
natural
diets
are
discussed
as
a
basis
for
further
study.

Congress
(
1996).

Sustainable
Fisheries
Act.

An
Act,
104th
Congress
of
the
United
States
of
America,
Second
Session,
Washington,
D.
C.

An
Act
to
amend
the
Magnuson
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act
to
authorize
appropriations,
to
provide
for
sustainable
fisheries,
and
for
other
purposes.

Conklin,
James
E.
and
William
C.
Kolberg
(
1996).

Chaos
For
the
Halibut?

Marine
Resource
Economics,
9(
2):
159­
182.

A
generalized
method
for
analyzing
stability
potential
in
discrete
time
renewable
resource
models
subject
to
market
driven
harvest
is
discussed.
Two
means
by
which
harvest
activity
can
influence
dynamical
properties
of
renewable
resource
models
are
identified:
the

growth
factor

and
the

market
response
effect

.
The
growth
factor
is
a
systematic
influence
on
stability
tied
to
changes
in
the
position
of
the
bioeconomic
equilibrium
point
along
a
given
open
access
supply
locus.
The
market
response
effect
involves
variation
in
harvest
in
response
to
stock
level
changes.
Enhancing
the
harvest
response
by
changing
the
slope
of
the
demand
schedule
can
thrust
the
model
into
instability,
chaos,
and
extinction
without
changing
the
bioeconomic
equilibrium
point
for
the
Pacific
Halibut
Fishery
Model
based
on
a
modified
discrete
time
version
of
the
traditional
Schaefer
model.
Enhancing
harvest
response
via
slope
preserving
increases
in
market
demand
can
push
the
model
into
instability,
chaos,
and
even
extinction.
Finally,
similar
adjustments
in
market
demand
may
be
capable
of
eliminating
instability
and
chaos
rooted
in
powerful
intrinsic
growth
of
the
stock.

Conrad,
Jon
M.
(
1982).
"
Management
of
a
Multiple
Cohort
Fishery:
The
Hard
Clam
in
Great
South
Bay."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
1
3
7
Economics,
64(
3):
463­
474.

This
paper
develops
a
reasonably
general
multiple
cohort
model
and
derives
conditions
for
optimal
harvest
and
age
structure
based
on
a
discrete
time
control
problem
that
maximizes
the
present
value
of
net
revenues
subject
to
recruitment
and
spawning
constraints.
The
model
is
applied
to
the
hard
clam
resource
in
Great
South
Bay,
that
is
located
on
Long
Island,
New
York.
The
steady
state
optimum
calls
for
exclusive
harvesting
of
the
younger,
and
more
valuable,
"
littleneck"
cohorts;
leaving
the
older,
and
less
valuable,
"
cherrystone"
and
"
chowder"
cohorts
to
specialize
in
regeneration.

Conrad,
Jon
M.
(
1985).
"
Residuals
Management:
Disposal
of
Sewage
Sludge
in
the
New
York
Bight."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
1(
4):
321­
345.

This
paper
discusses
a
problem
facing
New
York
and
several
other
coastal
cities:
how
and
where
they
should
dispose
of
the
sludge
produced
in
the
treatment
of
municipal
and
industrial
wastewater.
A
dynamic
model
of
sludge
accumulation
is
constructed
that
identifies
conditions
under
which
it
is
optimal
to

cease
and
switch

or
dispose
simultaneously
at
both
near
shore
and
offshore
sites.
Environmental
conditions
in
the
New
York
bight
are
discussed
along
with
incidents
occurring
during
the
summer
of
1976
that
galvanized
public
concern
over
the
amount
and
types
of
contaminants
entering
the
bight.
While
sludge­
related
were
not
a
major
factor
in
either
incident,
the
cost
of
sludge­
related
degradation,
particularly
if
inner
bight
fisheries
were
well
managed,
is
probably
sufficient
to
warrant
disposing
of
sludge
at
the
more
distant
106
mile
site.
It
is
important
to
institute
ecological
and
economic
monitoring
of
both
the
offshore
and
near
shore
sites
if
the
role
of
ocean
disposal
in
residuals
management
is
to
be
better
defined.

Conrad,
Jon
M.
(
1987).
"
The
Magnuson
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management
Act:
An
Economic
Assessment
of
the
First
10
Years."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
3):
3­
12.

The
Magnuson
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management
Act
was
enacted
in
1976
and
implemented
in
1977.
In
an
analysis
of
data
collected
by
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
one
observes
a
significant
increase
in
the
landings
of
fish
and
shellfish
and
in
nominal
and
real
ex­
vessel
revenue.
The
present
value
of
net
variable
revenues
for
the
1968­
76
period
was
estimated
at
$
1.1
billion
compared
with
#
3.8
billion
for
the
1977­
85
period.
The
increase
in
net
revenues,
however,
appears
to
be
declining
due
to
the
increase
in
the
number
of
vessels
in
the
U.
S.
domestic
fleet.
The
time
path
for
net
revenues
suggests
that
the
industry
is
headed
toward
a
new
(
purely
domestic)
open
access
equilibrium
where
revenue
equals
cost
and
the
imputed
value
of
the
resource
is
driven
to
zero
(
rent
dissipation).
It
is
well
known
that
open
access
results
in
welfare
losses
to
both
consumers
and
the
fishing
industry.
If
these
welfare
losses
are
to
be
avoided,
the
eight
regional
management
councils
and
the
Department
of
Commerce
must
adopt
policies
that
will
reduce
yield
in
the
short
run
(
thereby
allowing
stocks
to
increase)
and
efficiently
harvest
optimum
yield
in
the
long
run.
Transferable
quotas
for
single
species
fisheries
and
transferable
effort
quotas
(
rights)
in
multispecies
fisheries
are
attractive
because
they
encourage
efficient
(
least
cost)
harvest
and
afford
flexibility
in
a
world
where
the
stocks
of
individual
species
are
subject
to
fluctuation.
Discussion
by
Ivar
Strand.

Conrad,
Jon
M.
(
1993).
"
Bioeconomic
Models
of
the
Fishery."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

A
survey
on
the
recent
literature
on
bioeconomics
in
five
sections;
1
3
8
introduction
and
overview
of
commercial
fishing,
an
open
access
model,
harvest
and
effort
as
control
variables,
two
empirical
studies
on
North
Sea
herring
and
Pacific
whiting,
and
contrasting
with
biological
management
techniques.

Conrad,
Jon
M.
and
Richard
Adu­
Asamoah
(
1986).
"
Single
and
Multispecies
Systems:
The
Case
of
Tuna
in
the
Eastern
Tropical
Atlantic."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
13(
1):
50­
68.

The
commercial
tuna
fishery
in
the
Eastern
Tropical
Atlantic
is
based
on
harvests
from
three
species
of
tuna:
Yellowfin,
Skipjack,
and
Bigeye.
Two
models
are
developed
to
examine
the
bioeconomics
of
this
fishery.
In
the
first
model,
species
are
presumed
ecologically
independent
and
selectively
harvested.
In
the
second
model,
two
of
the
species
(
Yellowfin
and
Skipjack)
are
assumed
to
be
interspecific
competitors
and
jointly
harvested
independent
of
the
third
species
(
Bigeye).
Data
on
landings,
effort,
cost,
and
revenue
are
assembled
allowing
estimates
of
the
bioeconomic
parameters
for
the
model
where
all
species
are
independent
and
selectively
harvested.
Open
access
and
bioeconomic
equilibria
are
identified
for
a
combination
of
cost
and
discount
rates.
The
pristine,
open
access,
and
bioeconomic
equilibria
are
also
determined
for
the
multispecies
model
based
on
parameters
from
the
single
species
(
independent)
models
and
plausible
values
for
interaction
and
joint
production
coefficients.
Equilibria
are
compared,
and
management
policies
from
a
single
and
multispecies
perspective
are
explored.

Conrad,
Jon
M.
and
Colin
W.
Clark
(
1987).
Natural
Resource
Economics.
Cambridge
University
Press,
Cambridge.

The
text
deals
with
resource
allocation
and
optimization,
renewable
and
nonrenewable
resources,
environmental
management,
and
stochastic
resource
models
in
a
dynamic
context.
It
is
intended
to
fill
the
perceived
gap
between
theoretical
analysis
and
empirical
applications
of
that
theory
using
the
solution
to
numerical
problems
approach.

Conrad,
Jon
M.,
Dale
Squires,
and
Jim
Kirkley
(
1984).
"
Lectures
on
the
Economics
of
Fisheries
Production."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS
F/
NWC­
60,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Ocean
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
July,
93
pp.

These
lectures
are
an
attempt
to
review
the
relatively
recent
advances
in
dynamic
modeling
and
production
theory
as
they
relate
to
the
economic
management
of
single
and
multiple
species
fisheries.
They
will
also
assess
the
impediments
to
applying
modern
production
theory
when
estimating
bioeconomic
parameters.
The
first
lecture
reviews
the
relationship
between
the
production
function,
the
growth
function,
and
the
yield
effort
function
for
the
single
species
fishery
and
extends
these
concepts
to
the
multispecies
fishery
using
the
multiple
output
production
function.
In
the
second
lecture,
the
early
literature
on
fisheries
production
is
reviewed.
The
assumptions
underlying
duality
based
estimation
techniques
as
they
relate
to
multispecies
production
are
examined
in
greater
detail.
The
third
lecture
discusses
recent
empirical
work
on
the
New
England
trawler
fleet.

Conroy,
Patricia
D.
and
John
R.
Poffenberger
(
1986).
"
Estimated
Impacts
of
Texas
Closure
Regulation
on
Ex­
Vessel
Prices
and
Value
of
Shrimp,
1983
and
1984."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFC­
171,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
February,
16
pp.
1
3
9
The
Fishery
Conservation
Zone
(
FCZ)
off
the
coast
of
Texas
has
been
closed
to
shrimping
since
1981
(
mid
May
to
mid
July)
to
coincide
with
the
closure
of
the
Texas
territorial
sea.
These
areas
were
closed
to
increase
the
size
of
commercially
harvested
brown
shrimp.
The
econometric
analysis
of
brown
shrimp
supply­
demand
relationships
for
three
shrimp
sizes
(
small:
more
than
67
tails
per
pound;
medium:
31­
67
tails
per
pound;
and
large:
less
than
31
tails
per
pound)
estimated
the
changes
in
ex­
vessel
prices
associated
with
simulated
changes
in
landings.
The
estimate
0.4
million
pound
increase
in
landings
due
to
the
FCZ
closure
resulted
in
an
increase
in
revenue
of
$
6.7
million
for
May
1983
through
April
1984.
Preliminary
estimates
of
the
closure
effect
for
May­
August
1984
show
a
decrease
in
landings
of
0.8
million
pounds
with
an
increase
in
revenue
of
$
5.8
million.
Changes
in
landings
and
value
are
due
to
the
estimated
decrease
in
catch
of
lower
valued
small
shrimp
with
an
increase
in
higher
valued
medium
and
large
shrimp.
The
combined
closure
of
the
Texas
territorial
sea
and
the
Texas
FCZ
in
1983
was
estimated
to
have
increased
brown
shrimp
landings
by
3.5
million
pounds,
with
a
resulting
increase
in
revenue
of
$
31.7
million
for
May
1983
through
April
1984.

Considine,
T.
J.,
T.
D.
Mount,
and
T.
J.
Tyrrell
(
1980).
"
The
Application
of
Linear
Logit
Models
to
Input
Demand
Studies:
A
More
General
Formulation."
College
of
Agriculture
and
Life
Sciences
at
Cornell
and
the
Agricultural
Experiment
Station
at
the
University
of
Rhode
Island
Contribution
#
1970.

Linear
logit
models
have
been
criticized
by
t.
H.
Oum
(
1979)
on
the
grounds
that
they
imply
rigid
a
priori
restrictions
of
the
cross­
price
elasticities
and
on
the
elasticities
of
substitution.
The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
show
that
Oum's
results
are
attributed
solely
to
the
restrictive
model
specifications
identified
by
the
author
and
not
to
the
analytical
properties
of
linear
logit
models.
A
more
general
formulation
of
a
multinomial
logit
model
for
cost
shares
is
presented,
and
with
this
specification,
the
price
elasticities
and
elasticities
of
substitution
do
not
depend
on
the
selection
of
the
base
mode.
Furthermore,
predicted
expenditures
are
always
positive.
In
addition,
the
adding
up
properties
that
are
characteristic
of
a
multinomial
problem
are
automatically
satisfied.
The
model
also
provides
considerable
flexibility
since
the
inclusion
of
noneconomic
explanatory
variables
does
not
affect
the
economic
properties
of
the
model.

Coogan,
Colleen
(
1995).

Incidental
Take
Statement.

Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
December,
3
pp.

Incidental
take
level
and
terms
and
conditions
necessary
to
minimize
and
monitor
takes
in
the
swordfish
longline
fishery
are
established.

Coogan,
Colleen
(
1996).

Incidental
Take
Statement.

Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
December,
3
pp.

Incidental
take
level
and
terms
and
conditions
necessary
to
minimize
and
monitor
takes
in
the
drift
gillnet
fisheries
are
established.

Cook,
B.
A.
(
1988).
"
Discount
Effects
and
Canada's
PACIFIC
Halibut
Fishery."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5(
1):
71­
77.

In
a
recent
edition
of
this
journal,
we
undertook
a
static
bioeconomic
analysis
of
Canada's
Pacific
halibut
fishery,
and
optimal
harvesting
levels
were
established
according
to
different
optimizing
criteria,
including
the
1
4
0
maximization
of
the
sum
of
inframarginal
and
resource
rents,
the
maximization
of
the
social
surplus,
and
the
maximization
of
resource
rent.
This
paper
extends
the
analysis
to
a
dynamic
framework.

Cook,
B.
A.
and
Parzival
Copes
(
1987).
"
Optimal
Levels
for
Canada's
Pacific
Halibut
Catch."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
4(
1):
45­
61.

The
exclusion
from
U.
S.
waters
since
1981
has
greatly
reduced
the
harvest
potential
for
Canada's
Pacific
halibut
fleet,
making
it
particularly
important
that
halibut
resources
in
the
Canadian
zone
be
exploited
at
optimal
levels.
This
paper
provides
a
bioeconomic
analysis
of
the
joint­
stock
fishery
in
Area
2
convention
waters.
Using
Canadian
cost
and
revenue
relationships,
optimal
harvesting
levels
are
established
according
to
three
different
criteria,
including
not
only
the
maximization
of
resource
rent,
but
also
the
maximization
of
a
more
inclusive
social
surplus
and
the
maximization
of
benefits
for
the
harvesting
sector.
Estimates
are
made
of
halibut
demand,
as
well
as
yield­
effort
and
cost­
effort
relationships
to
calculate
the
various
optima.
The
implications
of
this
analysis
for
a
Canadian
fleet
confined
to
the
Canadian
200
mile
zone
of
Area
2
are
then
discussed.

Cook,
Harry
L.
and
M.
Alice
Murphy
(
1971).
"
Early
Development
Stages
of
the
Brown
Shrimp,
Penaeus
aztecus
Ives,
Reared
in
the
Laboratory."
Fishery
Bulletin,
69(
1):
223­
239.

The
larval
and
first
postlarval
stages
of
the
brown
shrimp,
Penaeus
aztecus
Ives,
reared
from
eggs
spawned
in
the
laboratory,
as
well
as
the
eggs
themselves,
are
described
and
illustrated.
The
larvae
and
first
postlarva
are
compared
with
those
of
the
pink
shrimp,
P.
duorarum
Burkenroad,
and
white
shrimp,
P.
setiferus
(
Linn.).

Cook,
Jonathan
and
Ali
Hashim
(
1994).
"
Fiscal
Alternatives
for
the
Fisheries
Sector."
Draft,
EPCS
Economic
Paper
No.
4,
Third
Fisheries
Project,
Fisheries
Economics
and
Statistics
Program,
Economic
Planning
and
Coordination
Section,
Ministry
of
Fisheries
and
Agriculture,
Male,
Republic
of
Maldives,
November,
33
pp.

This
study
reviews
the
Maldives'
overall
fiscal
situation
and
assesses
the
likely
contribution
of
the
fisheries
sector
in
the
medium
term.
Options
for
increasing
revenues
are
discussed.
The
main
recommendations
are
(
1)
the
current
exemption
of
fishing
vessels
from
paying
the
vessel
registration
fee
should
be
eliminated;
(
2)
The
120
day
rule
should
likewise
be
eliminated.
A
parallel
regulation
to
ensure
continued
provision
of
landings
data
to
the
island
clerks
would
be
required,
with
loss
of
the
fishing
license
imposed
as
a
sanction
in
the
event
of
non­
reporting;
(
3)
MIFCO
currently
provides
about
40
percent
of
the
catching
sector's
fuel
supplies.
The
company
has
recently
been
granted
exemption
from
fuel
excise.
Since
this
will
provide
an
unfair
advantage
compared
to
privates
sector
suppliers,
it
is
suggested
that
the
exemption
be
extended
to
all
fuel
supplies
to
the
fishing
industry;
(
4)
While
an
export
tax
on
processed
fish
represents
a
straight
forward
method
of
revenue
generation
it
is
not
recommended,
based
on
both
economic
efficiency
and
social
criteria.
Overall,
the
government's
options
with
respect
to
increasing
revenues
from
the
sector
appear
to
be
limited.

Cooke,
Larry
(
1985).
"
Introduction."
Chapter
1
in
Estimates
of
Undiscovered,
Economically
Recoverable
Oil
and
Gas
Resources
for
the
Outer
Continental
Shelf
as
of
July,
1984.
U.
S.
Department
of
Interior,
Minerals
Management
Service,
Washington,
D.
C.,
pp.
1­
19.

This
report
presents
estimates
of
the
undiscovered
economically
1
4
1
recoverable
oil
and
gas
resources
for
Federal
offshore
areas
and
describes
the
methodology
used
to
derive
them.

Cooper,
Christopher
(
1991).
"
Shrimpers
Search
for
Inexpensive
and
Simple
Fish
Excluder."
National
Fisherman,
January:
40­
43.

Shrimpers
on
the
East
and
Gulf
coasts
have
been
given
a
three
year
breather.
They
have
until
at
least
1994
to
develop
a
way
to
reduce
finfish
bycatch.

Cooter,
Robert
and
Elhanan
Helpman
(
1974).
"
Optimal
Income
Taxation
for
Transfer
Payments
Under
Different
Social
Welfare
Criteria."
The
Quarterly
Journal
of
Economics,
(
Nov):
656­
670.

The
distributive
branch
of
government
must
calculate
the
income
tax
for
optimal
redistribution
by
maximizing
a
social
welfare
function
constrained
by
technology
and
the
announcement
effects
of
the
tax.
A
partial
equilibrium
analysis
that
takes
into
account
the
announcement
effect
upon
work
effort
shows
that
the
marginal
tax
rate
that
is
optimal
for
any
particular
social
welfare
function
increases
with
inequality
in
the
distribution
of
productive
skill.
The
ranking
of
social
welfare
functions
by
size
of
optimal
marginal
tax
rate
was
Rawls
>
Nash
>
Bentham
>
Elitist,
regardless
of
the
distribution
of
productive
skill
or
the
elasticity
of
substitution.
The
inverse
of
this
ranking
did
not
always
correspond
to
the
ranking
of
social
welfare
functions
by
the
size
of
the
Gini
coefficient.
The
social
welfare
function
implicit
in
actual
U.
S.
government
transfer
activity
under
Musgrave's
best
assumption
and
the
intermediate
ability
distribution
was
democratic,
as
predicted
by
the
median
rule.

Copes,
P.
(
1970).
"
The
Backward­
Bending
Supply
Curve
of
the
Fishing
Industry."
Scottish
Journal
of
Political
Economy,
17(
1):
69­
77.

The
economic
theory
of
fisheries
has
emphasized
the
common
property
nature
of
the
fishery
resource
that
generally
leads
to
an
over
exploitation
and
dissipation
of
the
rent
that
the
resource
could
have
yielded.
The
literature
stresses
on
the
supply
side
the
relationship
of
output
to
the
amount
of
fishing
effort
and
hence
to
cost.
But
the
consequences
of
these
and
other
relationships
in
terms
of
conventional
supply
and
demand
analysis
do
not
appear
to
have
been
treated
exhaustively.
This
article
demonstrates
that
the
long
run
supply
curve
of
a
fishery
may
be
expected
to
exhibit
a
negative
slope
for
higher
price
ranges.
A
few
of
the
consequences
of
this
phenomenon
are
explored.

Copes,
P.
(
1972)
"
Factor
Rents,
Sole
Ownership,
and
the
Optimum
Levels
of
Fisheries
Exploitation."
The
Manchester
School,
40:
145­
163.

Economic
theory
as
applied
to
common
property
resources
such
as
fisheries
holds
that
rents
will
be
dissipated
resulting
in
losses
to
society
using
maximum
net
economic
yield
as
a
measurement
criteria.
This
article
applies
conventional
welfare
maximization
to
balance
the
considerations
of
resource
rent
with
that
of
competing
social
benefits
that
may
be
derived
from
the
exploitation
of
a
fishery;
focusing
on
consumer
and
producer
surplus
accruing
to
factors
other
than
the
fishery
resource
itself.

Copes,
P.
(
1986).
"
A
Critical
Review
of
the
Individual
Quota
as
a
Device
in
Fisheries
Management."
Land
Economics,
62(
3),
pp.
278­
291.

The
author
presents
many
sound
arguments
against
the
use
of
individual
1
4
2
quotas
as
a
fisheries
management
instrument
citing
the
results
of
actual
applications.
Individual
quotas
are
not
useful
in
the
fisheries
"
rationalization"
process
unless
they
are
transferable.
However
individual
transferable
quotas
have
unsightly
equity
and
income
reallocation
effects.
The
question
that
remains
unanswered
in
the
paper
is
whether
ITQ's
are
preferable
to
the
common
property
or
open
access
fishery
scenario.

Copes,
Parzival
(
1997).
"
Social
Impacts
of
Fisheries
Management
Regimes
Based
on
Individual
Quotas."
In
Gisli
Palsson
and
Guthrun
Petursdottir
(
eds.),
Social
Implications
of
Quota
Systems
in
Fisheries,
61­
90.
Proceedings
of
the
Workshop
on
Social
Implications
of
Quota
Systems
in
fisheries,
Vestman
Islands,
Iceland,
May
1996,
Copenhagen:
Nordic
Council
of
Ministers.

The
objective
of
this
paper
is
to
present
an
analytical
description
and
classification
of
observable
impacts
that
individual
quota
(
IQ)
regimes
may
have
on
social
conditions
affecting
fishers
and
fishing
communities.
The
pursuit
of
greater
net
benefits
to
society
that
is
the
purported
purpose
of
IQ
regimes,
suggest
compatibility
with
a
general
goal
of
greater
social
welfare.
However,
there
are
a
number
of
reasons
why
IQ
regimes
may
fail
in
this
regard
and
instead
may
be
the
cause
of
adverse
impacts
on
social
welfare.
Three
reasons
are
conceptual
exclusion,
conventional
disregard,
and
injection
of
negative
externalities.
In
choosing
a
fisheries
management
system,
the
challenge
now
is
to
reach
consensus
on
a
multiobjective
decision­
making
process
which
will
give
agreed
weights
in
trading
off
measures
of
economic
efficiency
and
social
desirability
that
need
to
be
taken
into
account.

Corbett,
Michael
G.
(
1970).
"
Machine
for
Separating
Northern
Shrimp,
Pandalus
borealis,
from
Fish
and
Trash
in
the
Catch."
Fishery
Industrial
Research,
6(
2):
53­
62.

Because
of
the
labor
required
in
separating
northern
shrimp
from
the
unwanted
components
of
the
catch
that
are
taken
along
with
it,
this
valuable
resource
in
the
Gulf
of
Maine
is
not
harvested
to
the
extend
possible.
Consequently,
a
machine
was
developed
to
separate
the
shrimp
from
the
bulk
of
groundfish
and
other
species
taken
in
trawl
catches
during
exploratory
and
commercial
fishing.
Its
use
eliminates
the
laborious
task
of
sorting
the
catch
by
hand.
Yet
the
separator
recovers
about
95
percent
of
the
shrimp
that
are
fed
into
it,
while
eliminating
about
90
percent
of
the
trash.

Corkett,
C.
J.
(
1997).

Managing
the
Fisheries
By
Social
Engineering:
A
Re­
Evaluation
of
the
Methods
of
Stock
Assessment.

J.
Appl.
Ichthyol,
13:
159­
170.

This
paper
criticizes
the
management
of
the
world

s
fisheries
that
are
based
upon
the
use
of
positive
predictions
derived
from
fisheries
models,
an
instrumentalist
approach
that
is
illustrated
by
the
practical
application
of
Graham­
Schaefer
models
constructed
according
to
the
verificationist

s
view
of
science.
It
is
proposed
that
Karl
Popper

s
technological
social
science,
designed
to
solve
problems
of
social
tradition
of
which
overfishing
is
an
example
would
fill
this
lacuna.
This
technology
would
employ
the
services
of
a
social
engineer,
a
modern
fisheries
manager,
who
should
use
the
prescientific
method
of
trial
and
error
and
the
negative
guidance
of
bold
pattern
predications
to
re­
evacuate
the
institutions
of
fisheries
management.

Cornes,
Richard
and
Todd
Sandler
(
1983).
"
On
Commons
and
Tragedies."
American
Economic
Review,
73(
4):
787­
792.

This
paper
extends
the
study
of
the
commons
to
include
a
nonzero
1
4
3
conjectural
variation
regarding
what
one
exploiter
thinks
will
be
the
effect
of
his
exploitation
on
the
exploitation
efforts
of
others.
The
resulting
analysis
indicates
that
the
degree
of
over­
or
underexploitation
of
the
commons
depends
on
the
particular
conjecture
and
the
underlying
technology.
For
a
representative
commons
model
we
show
that
consistent
conjectures,
those
that
conform
with
reality,
cannot
characterize
standard
Nash
equilibria.
Additionally,
non­
Nash
behavior
is
shown
to
be
inconsistent
in
all
but
one
case,
a
case
corresponding
to
zero
profits
even
in
the
instance
of
a
finite
number
of
firms.

Cornwell,
Christopher
and
Peter
Schmidt
(
1996).

Production
Frontiers
and
Efficiency
Measurement.

Chapter
32
in
The
Econometrics
of
Panel
Data:
A
Handbook
of
the
Theory
with
Applications,
2nd
Revised
Edition,
Dordrecht:
Kluwer
Academic
Publishers.

This
chapter
concentrates
on
the
estimation
of
production
frontiers
and
the
measurement
of
technical
inefficiency
relative
to
them.

Costanza,
Robert
and
Stephen
C.
Farber
(
1986).
"
The
Economic
Valuation
and
Management
of
Wetlands."
Presented
at
the
National
Wetland
Symposium
on
Mitigation
of
Impacts
and
Losses,
October
8­
10,
International
Hotel,
New
Orleans,
LA.

A
willingness­
to­
pay
and
energy
analysis
valuation
techniques
were
used
to
estimate
the
value
of
an
acre
of
Louisiana
wetlands.
It
seems
clear
that
no
amount
of
effort
will
produce
very
precise
estimates
of
wetland
values
and
we
suspect
this
is
also
the
case
for
several
other
classes
of
natural
resources.
One
school
of
thought
holds
that
until
precise
estimates
of
wetland
values
are
available
we
should
not
attempt
to
evaluate
these
resources
at
all,
or
should
use
only
the
market
price.
A
second
school
holds
that
wetlands
are
priceless,
their
real
value
can
never
be
even
imprecisely
quantified
and
we
should
therefore
spare
no
expense
in
preserving
them.
We
contend
that
there
are
rational
methods
for
dealing
with
this
imprecision
and
uncertainty
without
taking
either
of
these
extreme
positions.
We
elaborate
a
Wetlands
Trust
Fund
system
that
would
solve
most
of
the
problems.

Coste,
Sharon
(
1995).
"
News
Release."
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council,
1
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
S.
C.,
February,
16.

Update
on
issues
affecting
the
south
Atlantic
fisheries.
Live
Rock
Aquaculture
permit
system
approved
by
Council.
Wreckfish
TAC
status
quo
maintained.
Rock
shrimp
final
action
deferred.

Cox,
D.
R.
(
1970).
The
Analysis
of
Binary
Data,
Chapman
and
Hall,
London.

This
monograph
concerns
the
analysis
of
binary
or
quantal
data,
i.
e.
data
in
which
an
observation
takes
one
of
two
possible
forms,
e.
g.
success
or
failure.
The
central
problem
is
to
study
how
the
probability
of
success
depends
on
explanatory
variables
and
groupings
of
the
material.

Coxhead,
Ian
and
Sisira
Jayasuriya
(
1995).

Trade
and
Tax
Policy
Reform
and
the
Environment:
The
Economics
of
Soil
Erosion
in
Developing
Countries.

American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
77(
3):
631­
644.

The
widespread
view
that
trade
reform
is
bad
for
the
environment
has
rarely
been
subjected
to
close
scrutiny.
In
a
developing
country
model
we
trace
general
equilibrium
impacts
of
tax
and
tariff
policy
changes
on
upland
resource
allocation
and,
by
implication,
on
the
rate
of
erosion.
Our
analysis
1
4
4
highlights
the
role
of
domestic
market
linkages
as
conduits
between
lowland
and
upland
economies.
When
economy
wide
effects
are
taken
into
account,
indirect
polices
such
as
tariff
reforms
may
in
some
cases
provide
better
means
for
reducing
upland
erosion
than
would
direct
environmental
policies.

Crabbe,
Philippe
J.
(
1983).
"
The
Contribution
of
L.
C.
Gray
to
the
Economic
Theory
of
Exhaustible
Natural
Resources
and
Its
Roots
in
the
History
of
Economic
Thought."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management
10:
195­
220.

This
paper
opens
with
an
assessment
of
natural
resources
economics
up
to
1913­
14
when
Gray
published
two
pioneering
articles
in
natural
resource
economics
(
Part
I).
an
in
depth
study
of
Gray,
weighing
his
contribution
to
the
microeconomic
theory
of
the
mine
and
the
macroeconomic
theory
of
conservation
against
current
literature,
constitutes
the
main
body
of
the
paper
(
Part
II).
Gray
and
Hotelling's
contributions
to
the
theory
of
the
mine
are
compared
(
Part
III).
The
paper
concludes
with
a
comparison
drawn
between
the
author's
findings
and
the
scant
attention
previously
paid
to
Gray's
contributions
to
natural
resource
economics.

Crabbe,
Philippe
J.
and
Ngo
Van
Long
(
1989).
"
Optimal
Forest
Rotation
under
Monopoly
and
Competition."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
17:
54­
65.

The
two
main
propositions
of
the
paper
establish
sufficient
conditions
for
the
optimal
rotation
to
be
invariant
to
market
structure
whether
monopolistic,
competitive,
or
maximizing
the
temporal
sum
of
consumer's
surpluses.
A
corollary
to
the
second
proposition
yields
sufficient
conditions
for
the
monopolistic
rotation
to
be
actually
longer
than
the
competitive
one.

Cragg,
John
G.
(
1971).
"
Some
Statistical
Models
for
Limited
Dependent
Variables
with
Application
to
the
Demand
for
Durable
Goods."
Econometrica,
39(
5):
829­
844.

Several
models
for
limited
dependent
variables
are
examined.
Estimation
in
and
discrimination
among
the
various
models
are
considered,
followed
by
a
small
sampling
experiment
into
the
procedures
and
an
example
of
their
application.

Cramer,
Deborah
(
1995).
"
Troubled
Waters."
Atlantic
Monthly,
June:
22­
26.

Throughout
the
world
fisheries
have
been
ravaged
to
near
extinction.
A
look
at
one
of
the
most
badly
depleted
sites:
to
save
it,
thousands
of
fishermen
will
have
to
lose
their
jobs.

Crean,
Kevin
and
David
Symes
(
1994).
"
Social
Objectives,
Social
Research
and
the
Recalibration
of
Management
Policies
in
Fisheries:
The
Case
of
the
European
Union."
C.
M.
1994/
T:
21,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Seas,
Annual
Science
Conference,
St.
John's
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September.

Within
most
fisheries
policies,
social
objectives
have
hitherto
been
unstated,
non­
specific
or
unprioritized.
The
policies
have,
in
effect,
been
driven
by
conservation
and
economically
orientated
goals.
Trends
in
the
North
Atlantic
fisheries
have
necessitated
the
down
scaling
of
fishing
effort
and
the
schemes
for
reducing
fishing
capacity
carry
profound
implications
for
the
social
welfare
of
fishing
communities
and
fishery
dependent
regions.
Within
the
European
Union's
Common
Fisheries
Policy,
serious
consideration
is
now
1
4
5
being
given
to
the
formulation
of
social
objectives.
A
key
question
is
whether
those
objectives
should
be
internalized
within
the
fisheries
management
strategies
or
remain
externalized
and
devolved
to
other
policy
sectors
(
social
policy,
regional
policy,
etc.).
The
paper
explores
the
scope
for
incorporating
social
objectives
in
alternative
management
strategies
and
develops
an
agenda
for
policy
related
social
science
research.
It
draws
upon
the
proceedings
of
an
European
Union
funded
international
workshop
held
in
Brussels
in
May,
1994.

Criddle,
Keith
R.,
and
Arthur
M.
Havenner
(
1989).
"
Forecasting
Halibut
Biomass
Using
System
Theoretic
Time­
Series
Methods."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
(
May):
422­
431.

A
new
procedure
introduced
by
Masanao
Aoki
uses
the
ideas
of
linear
systems
theory
to
identify
and
estimate
time­
series
models.
A
slightly
modified
version
of
this
procedure
is
used
to
forecast
halibut
biomass
in
total
and
by
regulatory
area
and
subarea,
and
the
out­
of­
sample
forecasts
are
evaluated
for
eight
years.
All
models
produce
highly
accurate
forecasts
of
biomass,
with
errors
well
within
the
bounds
required
for
setting
catch
limits
in
the
following
year.

Cronin,
Francis
J.
(
1982).
Valuing
Nonmarket
Goods
Through
Contingent
Markets.
Prepared
for
the
U.
S.
Environmental
Protection
Agency
by
Battelle,
Pacific
Northwest
Laboratory.

To
estimate
the
value
of
public
good
externalities
and
thus
determine
their
efficient
levels
of
production,
several
researchers
have
recommended
the
use
of
interview
techniques.
In
fact,
contingent
market
valuations
of
externalities
have
recently
been
employed
in
studies
of
recreational
activity
and
visibility.
Furthermore,
because
of
the
limitations
inherent
in
other
techniques
and
society's
increased
concern
with
allocation
efficiency,
contingent
market
valuation
is
likely
to
become
an
important
tool
in
determining
the
types
and
levels
of
public
goods
produced.
Despite
the
recent
spate
of
studies
employing
contingent
markets,
uncertainties
remain
regarding
the
existence
and
impacts
of
biases
often
associated
with
this
technique.
Included
among
these
are
hypothetical
bias,
strategic
bias,
information
bias,
and
interviewer
bias.
If
the
results
of
contingent
market
valuation
are
to
be
credible,
the
uncertainties
surrounding
these
biases
must
be
resolved.
If
no
biases
exist,
no
actions
need
be
taken;
if
biases
do
exist,
however,
methods
to
mitigate
their
impacts
or
to
estimate
their
influences
must
be
developed.
This
paper
estimates
the
extent
and
significance
of
three
biases
associated
with
contingent
market
analysis
­
strategic
bias,
information
bias,
and
interviewer
bias.
The
contingent
market
analyzed
is
that
for
improved
water
quality.
The
values
households
place
on
improved
water
quality
are
obtained
from
a
random
sample
of
almost
2,000
households
in
Washington,
D.
C.
metropolitan
reach
of
the
Potomac
River.
Thus,
the
analysis
also
provides
information
necessary
to
select
the
optimal
level
of
water
quality.
The
findings
indicate
that
the
value
attached
to
improved
water
quality
is
substantially
higher
than
that
estimated
in
prior
studies.
Perhaps
of
more
general
importance,
the
findings
support
the
hypothesis
that
respondents
engage
in
strategic
behavior.
Respondents
who
were
given
incentives
to
bias
their
revealed
value
downward
were
found
to
have
mean
bids
significantly
lower
than
households
who
were
given
incentives
to
bias
their
revealed
values
upward.
In
addition,
statistically
significant
evidence
supporting
the
existence
of
both
information
and
interviewer
bias
was
found.

Crookshank,
Steven
L.
(
1991).
"
The
Economics
of
Wetland
Valuation."
Report
prepared
for
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service.
1
4
6
This
report
describes
the
basic
concepts
of
economics
and
the
tools
used
to
answer
the
question
of
how
much
wetlands
should
be
preserved
and
what
is
the
value
of
the
land
in
its
natural
state,
and
the
methods
used
to
estimate
demand
curves
for
wetlands.
These
methods
are
then
divided
into
those
that
adhere
to
economic
theory
and
those
that
were
developed
outside
of
the
paradigm
of
economics.

Cropper,
Maureen
L.
(
1988).
"
A
Note
on
the
Extinction
of
Renewable
Resources."
journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
15:
64­
70.

This
paper
presents
two
sets
of
conditions
under
which
a
sole
owner
of
a
renewable
resource
stock
who
maximizes
a
nonlinear
benefit
function
would
find
it
more
profitable
to
harvest
the
stock
to
extinction
than
follow
a
continuous
harvesting
strategy.
When
the
minimum
viable
resource
stock
is
positive,
extinction
is
optimal
as
long
as
the
initial
resource
stock
is
sufficiently
small,
regardless
of
the
discount
rate.
When
the
minimum
viable
resource
stock
is
zero
and
the
discount
rate
exceeds
the
growth
potential
of
the
species
extinction
is
optimal
for
sufficiently
small
initial
stocks.

Cropper,
Maureen
L.
and
Wallace
E.
Oates
(
1992).
"
Environmental
Economics:
A
Survey."
Journal
of
Economic
Literature,
30(
2):
675­
740.

The
evolution
of
environmental
policy
has
inevitably
brought
economic
issues
to
the
fore.
Our
survey
of
environmental
economics
is
structured
with
an
eye
toward
its
policy
potential.
For
this
purpose,
we
have
tried
to
distinguish
between
environmental
economics
that
deals
with
(
1)
the
regulation
of
polluting
activities
and
(
2)
the
valuation
of
environmental
amenities
and
natural
resource
economics
that
deals
with
the
intertemporal
allocation
of
renewable
and
nonrenewable
resources.

Crothers,
Grant
T.
(
1986).
"
Individual
Transferable
Quotas:
the
New
Zealand
Experience."
Draft
Report,
Ministry
of
Agriculture
and
Fisheries,
Wellington,
New
Zealand.

A
historical
overview
of
fisheries
management
in
New
Zealand
with
special
emphasis
on
individual
transferable
quotas.
The
introduction
of
ITQ
established
long
term
economic
principles
which
have
created
a
new
fisheries
management
environment.
Within
certain
conservation
constraints,
allocation
of
fisheries
resources
is
now
largely
dictated
by
market
forces.
To
appreciate
New
Zealand's
market
oriented
management
approach,
it
is
necessary
to
view
the
commercial
fishery
in
its
physical
and
historical
context.

Crouch,
Ben
M.
(
1989).
"
Mexican
Shrimp,
Texas
Shrimpers,
and
Maritime
Conflict:
The
Creation
of
a
White
Collar
Crime."
Deviant
Behavior,
10:
211­
232.

Though
not
its
specific
intent,
the
1981
amendment
of
the
Lacey
Act
transformed
a
traditional
practice
among
south
Texas
shrimpers­
fishing
in
Mexican
waters­­
into
a
violation
of
federal
maritime
law.
Prior
to
the
amendment
this
practice
was
overlooked
by
U.
S.
authorities
and
only
sporadically
controlled
by
Mexican
authorities.
Federal
strategies
for
Lacey
Act
enforcement
in
the
northern
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
shrimper
reactions
to
them
led
to
an
escalation
of
conflict
between
U.
S.
fishermen
and
authorities.
Drawing
on
official
documents
and
extensive
interviews
with
both
shrimpers
and
federal
agents,
the
analysis
examines
federal
authority
and
shrimper
interaction
over
time
and
applies
Turk's
theory
of
normative­
legal
conflict
to
explain
the
course
of
that
interaction.
1
4
7
Crouse,
Deborah
T.,
Larry
B.
Crowder,
and
Hal
Caswell
(
1987).

A
Stage­
Based
Population
Model
for
Loggerhead
Sea
Turtles
and
Implications
for
Conservation.

Ecology,
68(
5):
1412­
1423.

Management
of
many
species
is
currently
based
on
an
inadequate
understanding
of
their
population
dynamics.
Lack
of
age
specific
demographic
information
particularly
for
long
lived
iteroparous
species,
has
impeded
development
of
useful
models.
We
use
a
Lefkovitch
stage
class
matrix
model,
based
on
a
preliminary
life
table
developed
by
Frazer
(
1983),
to
point
to
interim
management
measures
and
to
identify
those
data
most
critical
to
refining
our
knowledge
about
the
population
dynamics
of
threatened
loggerhead
sea
turtles
(
Caretta
caretta).
Population
projections
are
used
to
examine
the
sensitivity
of
Frazer

s
life
table
to
variations
in
parameter
estimates
as
well
as
the
likely
response
of
the
population
to
various
management
alternatives.
Current
management
practices
appear
to
be
focused
on
the
least
responsive
life
stage,
eggs
on
nesting
beaches.
Alternative
protection
efforts
for
juvenile
loggerheads,
such
as
using
turtle
excluder
devices
(
TEDs)
may
be
far
more
effective.

Crowley,
Thomas
J.
(
1996).
"
Remembrance
of
Things
Past:
Greenhouse
Lessons
from
the
Geological
Record."
Consequences,
2(
1):
3­
12.

Were
the
earth
to
warm
by
the
2o
C
given
in
the
middle
range
of
the
consensus
projections
of
the
Intergovernmental
Panel
on
Climate
Change,
the
mean
surface
temperature
would
climb
to
higher
values
than
any
known
in
the
last
two
million
years.
Were
the
amount
of
carbon
dioxide
in
the
air
to
double,
the
surface
temperatures
would
rise
even
higher.
We
have
now
consumed
about
5
percent
of
the
total
reservoir
of
fossil
fuels,
predominantly
coal,
that
is
still
in
the
ground.
Were
we
to
burn
all
or
most
of
what
remains,
the
carbon
dioxide
released
to
the
air
could
drive
global
surface
temperatures
to
levels
last
known
about
100
million
years
ago,
at
the
time
of
the
dinosaurs.
While
questions
remain
regarding
possible,
ameliorating
feedbacks
from
other
elements
of
the
climate
system,
all
that
is
known
from
the
record
of
the
past
confirms
a
direct
connection
between
greenhouse
gases
and
surface
temperature.

Crutchfield,
James
A.
(
1956).
"
Common
Property
Resources
and
Factor
Allocation."
Canadian
Journal
of
Economics
and
Political
Science,
22(
3):
292­
300.

Two
recent
articles
by
Gordon
and
Scott
present
an
interesting
analysis
of
the
conditions
for
economic
maximization
in
a
renewable
resource
industry
the
primary
raw
material
for
which
is
drawn
from
the
public
domain.
While
their
criticism
of
the
concepts
that
now
govern
fishery
conservation
programs
will
be
generally
accepted
among
the
handful
of
economists
dealing
with
the
fishing
industry,
some
aspects
of
the
problem
call
for
additional
consideration.
In
this
paper
I
should
like
to
elaborate
and
modify
the
general
outlines
of
the
analysis,
largely
in
terms
of
a
specific
and
important
case:
the
Pacific
halibut
fishery.

Crutchfield,
James
A.
(
1961).
"
An
Economic
Evaluation
of
Alternative
Methods
of
Fishery
Regulation."
Journal
of
Law
and
Economics,
4:
131­
43.

The
time
is
ripe
to
take
a
careful
look
at
our
techniques
of
fishery
management
from
the
standpoint
of
their
economic
effects.
Accepting
without
further
inquiry
the
fact
that
rational
utilization
of
the
major
Pacific
Coast
fish
populations
requires
limitation
of
fishing
mortality,
let
us
turn
to
two
equally
significant
questions:
how
can
this
limitation
of
catch
be
made
effective,
and
which
of
the
alternative
methods
will
minimize
the
long
run
1
4
8
cost
of
any
given
level
of
output
selected?

Crutchfield,
James
A.
(
1973).
"
Economic
and
Political
Objectives
in
Fishery
Management.
Trans.
Am.
Fish.
Soc.,
102(
2):
481­
491.

On
the
ground
that
no
discussion
of
objectives
is
meaningful
except
in
terms
of
their
inherent
social
goals
and
of
our
actual
capacity
to
achieve
them,
this
paper
is
somewhat
broader
in
coverage
than
its
title
suggests.
Section
II
reviews
the
changes
in
attitude
toward
the
objectives
of
fishery
management
over
the
past
decade
and
indicates
the
need
for
further
development
in
this
critical
area.
The
third
section
evaluates
briefly
recent
extensions
of
the
bioeconomic
theory
of
fishing
under
open
entry
and
under
institutionally
constrained
conditions.
The
final
section
deals
with
changes
in
the
political
and
administrative
environment,
with
particular
reference
to
modification
of
objectives
and
of
management
techniques
in
specific
programs.

Crutchfield,
James
A.
(
1979).
"
Economic
and
Social
Implications
of
the
Main
Policy
Alternatives
for
Controlling
Fishing
Effort."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
36:
742­
752.

Discussion
of
the
need
for
economic
rationalization
has
led
to
increasing
interest
in
alternative
strategies
to
control
fishing
effort
in
efficient
ways.
Three
basic
alternatives
are
considered:
taxation,
control
of
fishing
inputs
("
limited
entry"),
and
direct
limitation
of
output
through
individual
fisherman
quotas.
Each
is
analyzed
in
terms
of
specified
elements
of
economic
efficiency,
distribution
effects,
freedom
to
choose
fishing
methods
and
strategies,
and
administrative
feasibility.
It
is
noted
that
in
practice
all
would
be
used
in
combination
with
other
direct
measures
to
assure
flexible
control
over
fishing
mortality.
A
number
of
common
objections
to
economic
rationalization
of
open
access
fisheries
(
e.
g.
creation
of
monopoly
power,
unemployment,
failure
to
reduce
consumer
prices,
and
nonmonetary
values
associated
with
fishing)
are
analyzed
and
rejected
as
largely
invalid.
While
the
inherent
short­
term
instability
of
commercial
fishing
and
data
problems
preclude
any
"
maximizing"
model
of
a
rationalized
fishery,
the
prospects
for
workable
programs
leading
to
improved
economic
performance
without
adverse
societal
impacts
are
excellent.

Crutchfield,
J.
A.
and
Giulio
Pontecorvo
(
1969).
The
Pacific
Salmon
Fisheries,
A
Study
of
Irrational
Conservation.
Resources
for
the
Future,
Johns
Hopkins
Press,
Baltimore,
Maryland.

This
book
demonstrates
the
consequences
of
open
access
and
irrational
conservation,
develops
a
model
that
can
be
used
in
other
case
studies,
and
sets
the
framework
for
control
of
access
and
for
the
establishment
of
effective
conservation
rules
and
efficient
economic
measures.

Crutchfield,
J.
A.
and
A.
Zellner
(
1961).
"
Economic
Aspects
of
the
Pacific
Halibut
Fishery."
Fishery
Industrial
Research,
Vol
1.,
No.
1,
Washington
D.
C.:
U.
S.
Department
of
Interior.
173
p.

Under
international
regulation
by
the
Canadian
and
United
States
governments,
the
Pacific
halibut
fishery,
that
once
faced
depletion,
has
been
restored
to
a
high
level
of
productivity.
Although
the
stocks
of
halibut
now
are
adequately
protected,
economic
weaknesses
in
the
fishery
prompted
the
study
reported
here
that
discusses
the
basic
theory
of
the
regulation,
analyzes
its
economic
effects,
and
presents
the
conclusions
drawn
from
the
analysis
and
their
implications
for
public
policy.

Crutchfield,
Stephen
R.
(
1986).
"
Personal
Computer
Simulations
of
Two
1
4
9
New
England
Trawl
Fisheries."
Fisheries
Research,
4:
157­
165.

This
paper
outlines
the
basic
components
of
two
personal
computer
based
bioeconomic
simulators
for
New
England
otter
trawlers
and
presents
selective
results
illustrating
their
use
for
policy
analysis.
It
has
proved
difficult
to
monitor
the
economic
status
of
commercial
fisheries
because
of
technical,
bureaucratic
and
cost
considerations
associated
with
survey
procedures,
and
the
difficulty
of
timely
acquisition
of
biological
and
harvest
data.
The
author
has
developed
an
alternative
approach
that
combines
information
from
various
data
bases,
including
periodic
surveys,
and
integrates
them
in
a
budgeting
or
economic
engineering
approach.
The
result
of
these
adaptations
is
a
tool
useful
for
extension
education
as
well
as
for
research
policy
evaluation.

Crutchfield,
Stephen
R.
(
1986).
"
The
Off­
Farm
Impacts
of
Agricultural
Runoff
on
Commercial
Fisheries."
Report
prepared
for
presentation
at
the
Annual
Meetings
of
the
Western
Economic
Association,
Vancouver,
July,
43
pp.

To
date,
little
empirical
or
theoretical
work
has
been
done
on
the
external
impact
of
agricultural
activities
on
marine
commercial
fisheries.
In
part,
this
has
been
due
to
the
difficulty
of
establishing
quantifiable
links
between
the
two
sectors.
In
this
paper,
we
present
a
preliminary
analysis
of
the
effects
of
agricultural
nonpoint
source
pollution
on
commercial
fishing,
an
indication
of
the
magnitude
of
the
problem,
and
a
conceptual
framework
with
which
to
address
this
issue.

Crutchfield,
Stephen
R.
(
1986).
"
U.
S.
Demand
for
Selected
Groundfish
Products,
1967­
80:
Comment."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
68(
4):
1018­
1020.

Criticisms
of
Tsoa,
Schrank,
and
Roy
(
1982)
paper
on
groundfish
demand.

Crutchfield,
Stephen
R.
(
1987).
"
Development
and
Application
of
Financial
Simulators
for
the
Fishing
Industry."
Computers
and
Electronics
in
Agriculture,
1:
309­
319.

This
paper
outlines
the
basic
components
of
the
vessel
simulator
for
otter
trawlers
and
presents
selective
results
illustrating
its
use
for
policy
analysis.
It
has
proven
difficult
to
monitor
economic
status
of
commercial
fisheries
because
of
technical,
bureaucratic,
and
cost
considerations
associated
with
survey
procedures
and
the
difficulty
of
timely
acquisition
of
biological
and
harvest
data.
The
author
has
developed
an
alternative
approach
that
combines
information
from
various
data
bases,
including
periodic
surveys,
and
integrates
them
in
a
budgeting
or
'
economic
engineering'
approach.
The
result
of
these
adaptations
is
a
tool
useful
for
extension
education
as
well
as
for
research
policy
evaluation.
As
an
example
the
simulation
program
is
used
to
evaluate
the
economic
performance
of
the
New
England
otter
trawl
fishing
fleet
during
the
period
after
the
200
mile
limit
was
imposed.
Other
applications
are
suggested
for
financial
advisors
and
investors.

Crutchfield,
Stephen
R.
and
John
M.
Gates
(
198?).
"
The
Impact
of
Extended
Fisheries
Jurisdiction
on
the
New
England
Otter
Trawl
Fleet."
Draft
Report,
Department
of
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
RI.

Prior
to
the
enactment
of
the
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management
Act
of
1976,
it
was
widely
anticipated
that
extension
of
fisheries
jurisdiction
to
200
miles
by
the
United
States
would
result
in
substantial
economic
benefit
to
1
5
0
the
domestic
fishing
industry.
This
paper
examines
the
economic
consequences
of
extended
jurisdiction
on
the
New
England
otter
trawl
fleet.
The
traditional
analyses
of
exploited
fisheries
show
that
in
the
absence
of
controls
on
entry
into
the
domestic
fishery
exclusion
of
foreign
fleets
will
only
yield
temporary
economic
surpluses
as
rents
will
eventually
be
dissipated
by
additional
domestic
fishing
effort.
Using
a
simulation
program
for
this
fishery,
revenues
and
costs
for
representative
vessels
from
four
major
New
England
ports
from
1976
to
1982
are
calculated,
and
net
economic
returns
to
owners,
captains,
and
crew
are
estimated.
For
three
of
the
four
ports
considered,
the
estimated
real
economic
surplus
for
the
typical
vessel
peaked
in
1977­
78
and
declined
dramatically
through
1982.
While
this
result
is
consistent
with
rent
dissipation
through
overfishing,
other
factors
indicate
that
this
decline
in
economic
surplus
may
be
due
to
exogenous
factors.

Crutchfield,
Stephen
R.
and
John
M.
Gates
(
1985).
"
The
Impact
of
Extended
Fisheries
Jurisdiction
on
the
New
England
Otter
Trawl
Fleet."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
2(
2):
153­
173.

During
the
introduction
of
the
Magnuson
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management
Act
(
MFCMA)
of
1976
it
was
widely
anticipated
that
extension
of
fishery
jurisdiction
to
200
miles
by
the
United
States
would
result
in
substantial
economic
benefits
to
the
domestic
fishing
industry.
The
traditional
analyses
of
exploited
fisheries
show
that
in
the
absence
of
controls
on
entry
into
the
domestic
fishery,
exclusion
of
foreign
fleets
will
only
yield
temporary
economic
rents
which
will
eventually
be
dissipated
by
additional
domestic
fishing
effort.
This
paper
examines
post­
MFCMA
trends
for
the
New
England
Otter
Trawl
fleet
to
determine
the
extent
to
which
this
hypothesis
holds.
By
using
a
simulation
program
for
this
fishery,
revenues
and
costs
for
representative
vessels
from
four
major
New
England
ports
from
1976
to
1982
were
calculated
and
factor
rents
to
owners,
captains,
and
crew
were
estimated.
For
three
of
the
four
ports
considered,
the
estimated
real
economic
surplus
for
the
typical
vessel
peaked
in
1977­
1978
and
declined
dramatically
through
1982.
While
this
finding
indicates
that
some
of
the
potential
rents
from
the
fishery
may
have
been
dissipated
by
a
substantial
increase
in
fleet
size,
other
indicators
show
that
this
decline
in
economic
surplus
may
have
been
due
to
exogenous
factors
and
not
rent
dissipation
as
predicted
by
standard
models.

Cumberland,
John
H.
(
1987).
"
Need
Economic
Development
be
Hazardous
to
the
Health
of
the
Chesapeake
Bay?"
Marine
Resource
Economics,
4:
81­
93.

This
paper
adds
environmental
and
mass
balance
relationships
to
an
economic
model
to
explore
the
welfare
implications
of
alternative
patterns
of
regional
development.
It
concludes
that
improvements
in
welfare
can
be
achieved
by
selecting
those
types
of
economic
activity
that
yield
high
ratios
of
economic
benefit
per
unit
of
pollution
generated.
Methods
are
examined
for
achieving
selectivity
in
designing
economic
development
programs
to
capture
the
benefits
of
development
while
protecting
environmental
resources.

Cummins,
Robert
C.,
Jr.
and
Albert
C.
Jones
(
1973).
"
Distribution
of
Commercial
Shrimp
off
the
Northeastern
Coast
of
South
American."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
35(
3­
4):
31­
35.

A
report
on
the
RV
Oregon
II
survey
of
the
shrimp
fishing
grounds
off
the
coasts
of
Guyana,
Surinam,
and
French
Guiana
in
June
and
July
of
1972.

Cummings,
N.
J.
and
T.
W.
Chewning
(
1986).
"
Recent
Catch
and
Catch
per
Unit
of
Effort
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Red
Snapper
and
Grouper
1
5
1
Fisheries."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Miami
Laboratory,
Coastal
Resources
Division,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
March,
36
pp.

This
report
provides
1)
nominal
commercial
landings
by
U.
S.
fishermen
of
red
snapper
and
groupers
(
groupers
are
unclassified
as
to
species
in
the
reporting
statistics
except
for
warsaw
grouper
(
E.
nigritus)
and
jewfish
(
E.
itajara)
from
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
for
1962­
1985,
2)
estimates
of
catches
of
red
snapper,
red
grouper,
gag
grouper,
and
black
grouper
by
U.
S.
recreational
fishermen
for
1978­
1985,
and
3)
results
of
a
preliminary
CPUE
analysis
of
daily
fishing
logs
of
recreational
charterboats
catching
red
snapper,
red
grouper,
gag
grouper,
and
black
grouper.

Cummings,
R.
G.,
D.
S.
Brookshire,
W.
D.
Schulze,
and
D.
L.
Coursey
(
1984).
"
Valuing
Environmental
Goods:
A
State
of
the
Arts
Assessment
of
the
Contingent
Valuation
Method."
USEPA
research
project
#
CR­
811077­
01­
0.

This
report
summarizes
a
larger
work
by
the
authors
that
has
as
its
focus
an
assessment
of
the
state
of
the
art
of
the
Contingent
Valuation
Method.

Cunningham,
Jeffrey
J.
(
1986).
"
Status
of
the
Developing
Fresh
Yellowfin
Tuna
Industry
in
the
Southeast
Region,
1980­
85."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9450
Koger
Blvd.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
7
pp.

An
assessment
of
the
yellowfin
tuna
fishery
in
the
southeastern
United
States
for
the
1980­
85
time
period.
Two
major
factors
explaining
the
rise
in
yellowfin
tuna
production
are
the
increased
demand
for
sashimi
and
sushi
in
this
country
and
falling
rates
of
return
in
alternative
opportunities
such
as
swordfish
longlining.

Cunningham,
Stephen
(
1993).
"
Fishermen's
Incomes
and
Fisheries
Management."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

The
improvement
of
fishermen's
income
is
one
objective
of
fishery
management
systems
especially
in
developing
countries.
Yet,
it
is
difficult
to
find
cases
where
such
an
objective
has
been
attained.
The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
consider
the
reasons
for
the
widespread
failure
to
achieve
a
sustainable
improvement
in
fishermen's
incomes
and
to
make
policy
proposals
designed
to
improve
the
changes
of
achieving
this
goal
in
the
future.
The
conclusions
reached
seem
likely
to
be
especially
relevant
to
developing
countries,
but
may
also
apply
to
developed
countries
with
regions
that
are
dependent
on
fishing.

Cunningham,
Stephen
(
1994).
"
Fishermen's
Incomes
and
Fisheries
Management."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
9(
3):
241­
252.

The
improvement
of
fishermen's
income
is
often
a
central
objective
of
fisheries
management
programs,
especially
in
developing
countries.
This
paper
considers
the
determinants
of
fishermen's
incomes
and
discusses
the
way
in
which
different
management
methods
may
be
expected
to
affect
incomes.
Stress
is
laid
upon
the
difference
between
wealth
and
income.
It
is
argued
that
many
management
measures
are
likely
to
have
a
significant
effect
on
wealth
but
little,
if
any,
on
income.
In
designing
management
systems
which
have
income
improvement
as
a
goal,
care
needs
therefore
to
be
taken
if
a
sustainable
1
5
2
improvement
in
incomes
is
to
be
achieved
rather
than
a,
perhaps
unintended,
wealth
redistribution.

Currie,
John
Martin,
Andrew
Schmitz
(
1971).
"
The
Concept
of
Economic
Surplus
and
Its
Use
in
Economic
Analysis."
The
Economic
Journal,
81(
324):
741­
799.

Over
the
years
considerable
discussion
has
been
directed
towards
making
the
economic
surplus
concept
as
precise
as
possible.
The
first
part
of
this
paper
summarizes
the
major
theoretical
developments
that
have
taken
place
since
the
concept
was
first
suggested.
The
second
part
considers
some
of
the
more
significant
applications
of
the
concept
of
economic
surplus.
Finally,
the
reasons
for
the
controversy
surrounding
this
concept
are
discussed.

Curtis,
Rita
(
1997).

The
Effect
of
Aggregation
in
Fishery
Supply
Models.

Draft,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
University
of
Maryland,
College
Park,
Maryland,
August,
22
pp.

Three
assumptions
in
fisheries
economics
may
give
rise
to
misleading
estimates
of
supply;
aggregate
fishing
effort,
single
species
analyses
of
multispecies
fisheries,
and
aggregating
fishing
days
to
the
trip
level.
This
paper
focuses
on
the
third
assumption
using
Hawaii

s
multispecies
pelagic
longline
fishery
as
an
empirical
example.
Using
a
revenue
function
approach,
aggregation
consistency
is
tested
and
rejected
for
all
trip
classifications.
Hence
a
policy
maker
relying
on
results
generated
from
the
trip
level
model
would
draw
the
erroneous
conclusion
that
economic
factors
do
not
influence
production,
that
production
is
strictly
biologically
determined.

Curtis,
Rita
(
1998).

The
Effect
of
Temporal
Aggregation
in
Fishery
Production
Models.

Draft,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
University
of
Maryland,
College
Park,
Maryland,
August,
28
pp.

Aggregation
theory
is
reviewed
and
the
implications
for
fishery
economics
is
discussed.
This
is
followed
by
a
characterization
of
nonjointness
in
multispecies
production
and
the
relationship
between
aggregation
and
input
price
nonjointness.
To
further
ground
this
discussion,
an
empirical
example
using
data
from
Hawaii

s
longline
fishery
is
then
provided
in
the
third
section.
Temporal
aggregation
consistency
is
tested
and
rejected
for
all
three
trip
classifications.
Hence
a
policy
maker
relying
on
results
generated
from
the
trip
level
model
would
draw
the
erroneous
conclusion
that
economic
factors
do
not
influence
production,
that
production
is
strictly
biologically
determined.
The
importance
of
accurate
supply
measures
is
demonstrated
by
comparing
a
hypothetical
individual
transferable
quotas
program
that
might
arise
using
results
from
the
aggregated
model
against
an
ITQ
program
based
on
disaggregate
results.
Overall,
the
ITQ
program
based
on
the
aggregate
model
results
in
unnecessarily
stringent
catch
restrictions.

Dahlman,
Carl
J.
(
1979).
"
The
Problem
of
Externality."
The
Journal
of
Law
and
Economics,
22:
141­
162.

This
paper
provides
a
systematic
analysis
of
exactly
what
kinds
of
transaction
costs
are
necessary
to
generate
externalities
and
studies
the
relationship
between
the
Coase
theory
of
externalities
and
the
standard
Pigou
tradition.

Dahlstrom,
W.
A.
(
1973).
"
Status
of
the
California
Ocean
Shrimp
Resource
and
Its
Management."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
35(
3­
4):
55­
59.
1
5
3
The
development
and
history
of
regulation
and
management
for
ocean
shrimp
(
Pandalus
jordani)
fishery
off
the
U.
S.
Pacific
coast
are
described.
Biological
data
on
distribution,
migration,
life
history,
size,
age,
growth,
and
mortality
is
summarized.
The
status
of
the
resource
is
questionable
with
low
yields
expected
in
the
future.

Dailey,
James
(
1989).
"
Fish
Stocking
in
Texas
Bays:
1975­
1988."
Management
Data
Series
No.
10,
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department,
Fisheries
Division,
4200
Smith
School
road,
Austin,
Texas
78744.

In
1988,
67
million
red
drum
(
Scianenops
ocellatus)
eggs,
fry
and
fingerlings
were
stocked
into
Texas
Bays.
Matagorda
Bay
received
14
million
fry
and
fingerling
spotted
seatrout
(
Cynoscion
nebulosus).
Galveston
Bay
received
4
million
striped
bass
(
Morone
saxatilis)
fry
and
313
thousand
fingerlings.
The
Brazos
River
received
570
striped
bass
fingerlings.

Daly,
Herman
E.
(
1987).
"
The
Economic
Growth
Debate:
What
Some
Economists
Have
Learned
But
Many
Have
Not."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
14:
323­
336.

This
paper
examines
the
biophysical
and
ethicosocially
limits
to
growth
and
the
nature
of
the
welfare
losses
that
come
about
when
each
limit
is
stressed
by
growth.

Dalton,
Rod
(
1995).
"
Options
for
Establishing
an
Interim
Permit
Moratorium
and
Eligibility
Criteria
for
the
Atlantic
Swordfish
Fishery."
Discussion
paper,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Highly
Migratory
Species
Division,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
January,
17
pp.

This
paper
discusses
possible
options
for
controlling
access
to
the
Atlantic
swordfish
fishery
via
a
permit
moratorium.

Dandelski,
John
R.
and
Eugene
H.
Buck
(
1998).

Marine
Dead
Zones:
Understanding
the
Problem.

CRS
Report
for
Congress,
Environment
and
Natural
Resources
Policy
Division,
Congressional
Research
Service,
Library
of
Congress,
November,
8
pp.

The
largest
hypoxic
area
affecting
the
United
States
is
in
the
northern
Gulf
of
Mexico
near
the
mouth
of
the
Mississippi
River,
but
others
also
exist.
Research
has
been
conducted
to
better
identify
the
human
activities
that
contribute
to
increasing
the
intensity
and
duration
of,
as
well
as
the
area
affected
by,
hypoxic
events,
and
to
begin
formulating
control
strategies.
This
report
presents
an
overview
of
the
causes
of
hypoxia,
the
U.
S.
areas
of
most
concern,
relevant
federal
research
programs,
and
legislation
in
the
105th
Congress
to
authorize
and
fund
additional
research.

Danville
Research
Associates,
Inc.
(
1982).
"
Work
Plan
for
the
Development
of
Cost,
Revenue
and
Income
Profiles
for
the
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Shrimp
Fleets."
Contract
No.
NA82­
GA­
C­
00041,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida
33149,
December
1.

A
work
plan
for
developing
statistically
sound
data
on
the
operating
costs
and
revenues
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
south
Atlantic
shrimp
fleets.

Danville
Research
Associates,
Inc.
(
1983).
"
Mackerel
Vessel
Enumeration
Study."
Contract
No.
NA82­
GA­
C­
00026,
National
Marine
Fisheries
1
5
4
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida
33149,
October
10.

The
primary
objective
of
this
project
was
to
conduct
a
census
of
the
commercial
mackerel
vessels
active
in
either
the
king
or
Spanish
mackerel
fishery
using
an
observation
technique.
Additional
project
objectives
included
monitoring
the
fleet
during
the
primary
season
with
respect
to
the
level
of
activity,
vessel
mobility,
and
vessel
gear
or
fishery
flexibility;
develop
and
test
a
non­
survey,
unobtrusive
methodology
for
monitoring
the
fleet;
and
recommend
a
data
collection
methodology
for
efficiently
collecting
similar
data
on
a
regular
basis.

Danville
Research
Associates,
Inc.
(
1984).
"
Survey
of
the
Shrimp
Processing
Industry
in
the
Southeast."
Chapter
3,
Draft
final
report,
Contract
No.
NA84­
WC­
C­
06032,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida
33149,
September
30,
1984.

Summary
of
data
set
collected
under
contract
for
a
study
of
shrimp
processors
in
the
Southeast
Region.

Darcy,
George
H.
(
1984).
"
Problems
in
the
United
States
Shrimp
Industry:
Are
Import
Restrictions
the
Answer."
Draft
report.

Because
of
fluctuating
and
generally
decreasing
profitability
of
producers
(
fishermen)
in
the
U.
S.
shrimp
industry,
the
industry
has
requested
that
import
restrictions
be
placed
on
foreign
shrimp.
The
analysis
that
follows
considers
the
problem
of
profitability,
attempts
to
identify
the
underlying
causes,
addresses
the
issue
of
import
restrictions,
and
suggests
alternative
means
for
solving
the
economic
problems
of
the
industry.

Darcy,
George
H.
(
1998).
"
Draft
Report
to
Congress
on
the
Shrimp
trawl
Bycatch
Program."
Draft
report,
Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
May,
73
pp.

A
draft
report
on
the
southeast
regions
finfish
bycatch
reduction
program
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
southern
Atlantic
states
shrimp
fishery.
It
summarizes
the
observer
and
bycatch
reduction
gear
modification
program
and
presents
the
cost
benefit
analysis
developed
to
satisfy
a
request
from
Congress
requiring
a
comprehensive
analysis
of
this
fishery
problem.

Dasgupta,
Partha
and
Geoffrey
Heal
(
1974).
"
The
Optimal
Depletion
of
Exhaustible
Resources."
Review
of
Economic
Studies,
Symposium
on
the
Economics
of
Exhaustible
Resources,
3:
3­
28.

This
paper
explores
the
problems
that
appear
to
arise
naturally
when
the
existence
of
exhaustible
resources
is
incorporated
into
the
study
of
intertemporal
plans.

Dasgupta,
Partha,
Richard
J.
Gilbert,
and
Joseph
E.
Stiglitz
(
1982).
"
Invention
and
Innovation
Under
Alternative
Market
Structures:
The
Case
of
Natural
Resources."
Review
of
Economic
Studies,
49:
567­
582.

This
paper
examines
the
interactions
between
market
structure
and
resource
allocation
over
time
when
there
is
endogenous
technical
progress.
The
structures
considered
are
a
planned
economy,
pure
monopoly,
and
competition
with
patent
rights.
In
an
efficient
allocation
the
date
of
invention
coincides
with
the
date
of
innovation
(
the
date
at
which
technology
1
5
5
is
used).
This
is
also
true
with
a
pure
monopoly,
but
monopoly
retards
technical
progress
relative
to
the
efficient
level.
Competition
for
patents
rights
to
a
new
technology
results
in
excessively
rapid
technical
progress
if
the
resource
endowment
of
the
economy
is
sufficiently
large.
Also,
competition
may
lead
to
sleeping
patents,
where
invention
strictly
precedes
the
date
of
innovation.

David,
Elizabeth
L.
(
1971).
"
Public
Perceptions
of
Water
Quality."
Water
Resources
Research,
7(
3):
453­
457.

Water
pollution
is
perceived
by
the
general
public
to
be
of
increasing
concern
as
a
major
problem
facing
the
state.
From
a
survey
of
a
representative
sample
of
adults
in
Wisconsin,
it
was
shown
that
the
public
has
rather
definite
ideas
about
what
constitutes
a
description
of
pollution.
The
respondents
mentioned
algae
and
murky,
dark
water
but
did
not
often
mention
attributes
such
as
chemicals
or
disease
germs
that
are
not
detected
by
the
human
sensory
system.
When
the
respondents
were
asked
to
name
water
in
the
state
that
they
felt
was
polluted,
they
named
waters
that
in
fact
have
the
characteristics
they
described
when
defining
pollution.
The
most
widely
used
indicators
of
water
pollution
seem
insufficient
in
light
of
the
public
definition
of,
and
concern
about,
water
pollution.

Davidse,
W.
P.,
K.
Cormack,
E.
Oakeshott,
H.
Frost,
C.
Jensen,
H.
S.
Rey,
F.
Foucault,
and
C.
Tall
(
1993).

Costs
and
Earnings
of
Fishing
Fleets
in
Four
EC
Countries.

Onderzoekverslag
110,
Department
Fishery,
Agricultural
Economics
Research
Institute
(
LEI­
DLO),
P.
O.
Box
29703
2502
LS,
The
Hague,
The
Netherlands,
June.

This
report
contains
a
harmonized
presentation
and
calculation
of
costs
and
earnings
of
fishing
vessels
in
the
Netherlands,
Denmark,
France,
and
the
United
Kingdom.
This
harmonization
will
facilitate
the
development
of
sectoral
fleet
models.
Current
costs
and
earnings
investigations
in
the
four
countries
show
big
differences
in
calculation
of
the
bottom
line
figure.
Uniformity
in
collecting
and
calculating
costs
and
earnings
is
important
in
view
of
the
construction
off
economic
fleet
models.
This
uniformity
was
one
to
the
main
aims
of
the
study.

Davis,
Gary
E.
(
1980).
"
Juvenile
Spiny
Lobster
Management
or
How
to
Make
the
Most
of
What
You
Get."
Fisheries,
5(
4):
57­
59.

Larval
production
and
survival,
equitable
allocation
and
efficient
harvest
among
fishermen
and
maximization
of
yield
per
postlarval
recruit
are
identified
as
three
major
elements
amenable
to
management
actions
in
spiny
lobster
fisheries.
Minimum
harvestable
lobster
size,
habitat
protection
and
enhancement,
trap
escape
vents,
and
nursery
sanctuaries
are
some
of
the
means
of
improving
yield
per
postlarval
recruit.

Davis,
Gary
E.
(
1989).
"
Designated
Harvest
Refugia:
The
Next
Stage
of
Marine
Fishery
Management
in
California."
CalCOFI
Rep.,
30:
53­
58.

Marine
fishery
management
has
traditionally
been
based
on
the
biology
and
population
dynamics
of
individual
target
species.
Management
controls
are
generally
exercised
through
limits
on
individual
fish
sizes,
seasons
of
harvest,
catch
limits,
and
restrictions
on
gear
efficiency
designed
to
protect
reproductive
stocks.
Distance
from
port
and
depth
provided
de
facto
refugia
from
harvest
during
the
first
century
of
modern
exploitation,
but
recently
few
California
nearshore
demersal
fisheries
have
been
able
to
sustain
high
yields
using
traditional
species
specific
management
strategies.
Designated
harvest
refugia,
or
fisheries
reserves,
should
now
be
1
5
6
evaluated
as
management
tools
to
enhance
or
sustain
these
coastal
fisheries.
In
other
parts
of
the
world,
designated
harvest
refugia
provide
recruits
to
adjacent
harvest
zones,
protect
the
genetic
diversity
of
wild
stocks,
and
serve
as
experimental
controls
for
determinations
of
potential
yield.
This
concept
could
be
adapted
to
California's
coastal
ecosystems
by
applying
accepted
theories
from
ecology
and
conservation
biology.
Hypotheses
regarding
the
optimum
number,
size,
and
distribution
of
fishery
reserves
in
relation
to
harvested
zones
should
be
empirically
tested
in
existing
marine
parks
and
reserves
and
in
additional
protected
areas
set
aside
especially
for
this
purpose.

Davis,
Gary
E.
and
Jon
W.
Dodrill
(
1989).

Recreational
Fishery
and
Population
Dynamics
of
Spiny
Lobsters,
Panulirus
Argus,
in
Florida
Bay,
Everglades
National
Park,
1977­
1980.

Bulletin
of
Marine
Science,
44(
1):
78­
88.

Florida
spiny
lobsters,
Panulirus
argus,
occupied
the
southern
twothirds
of
Florida
Bay
in
Everglades
National
Park.
Field
studies
of
3,570
tagged
lobsters
revealed
that
they
pass
through
Florida
Bay,
using
it
for
less
than
three
years
as
juveniles,
between
their
planktonic
larval
stages
in
the
open
ocean
and
adulthood
on
coral
reefs.
Lobsters
from
the
bay
support
commercial
and
recreational
fisheries
outside
of
Everglades
National
Park
from
Dry
Tortugas
to
Pacific
Reef
near
Miami.
Growth
rates
of
juvenile
lobsters
in
Florida
Bay
are
the
highest
on
record,
which
may
be
a
reflection
of
optimum
habitat
with
abundant
food
and
shelter.
Reportedly,
the
average­
sized
lobster
taken
by
commercial
bully
netters
in
the
bay
prior
to
1965
was
90­
95
mm
carapace
length.
The
park

s
recreational
harvest
in
1978­
1979
was
about
20,000
lobsters
with
a
mean
size
of
83
mm
CL,
and
about
44,000
lobsters
(
x
88
mm
CL)
in
the
1979­
1980
season.
The
fishery
also
provided
7,500
to
8,000
person­
days
of
recreation
each
year
for
about
1,000
persons.
In
1980,
a
lobster
nursery
sanctuary
was
created
in
the
Everglades
National
Park
portion
of
Florida
Bay
to
restore
the
natural
conditions
of
the
bay
and
provide
more
lobsters
for
harvest
in
adjacent
fisheries.

Davis,
Gary
E.
and
Jenifer
E.
Dugan
(
1994).

Applications
of
Marine
Refugia
or
Replenishment
Zones
to
Fisheries
Management.

In
Karyn
L.
Gimbel
(
ed.)
Limiting
Access
to
Marine
Fisheries:
Keeping
the
Focus
on
Conservation,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

Marine
resources
appear
to
be
particularly
vulnerable
to
the

tragedy
of
the
commons

wherein
uncontrolled
access
to
commonly
owned
renewable
resources
results
in
the
depletion
of
those
resources.
Current
fishery
management
regimes
based
on
single
species
that
use
maximum
sustainable
yields,
size
and
bag
limits,
seasonal
closures,
and
limited
entry
approaches
appear
to
offer
little
hope
for
the
restoration
of
impacted
fisheries
and
marine
ecosystems.
New
approaches
are
critically
needed.
Marine
fishery
refugia,
areas
unaltered
by
harvest
that
serve
as
sources
of
replenishment,
offer
hope
for
the
restoration
and
stabilization
of
yields
for
coastal
marine
fisheries
and
communities.
Although
most
reserves
were
not
designed
for
fishery
management
purposes,
our
review
of
studies
of
these
small
unharvested
areas
indicate
that
increases
in
the
abundance,
individual
size
and
reproductive
potential
of
target
species,
and
increases
in
species
diversity
occurred
withing
reserves
of
various
sizes,
shapes,
and
histories
in
marine
communities
ranging
from
coral
reefs
to
kelp
forests.
In
a
few
cases,
yields
were
higher
in
areas
surrounding
the
reserves.
Our
preliminary
results
indicate
that
fishery
refugia
should
be
further
examined
as
a
management
option,
particularly
for
long
lived
coastal
species.
1
5
7
Day,
Susan
Virginia
(
1988).
"
Estimating
the
Non­
Consumptive
Use
Value
of
Whale
Watching:
An
Application
of
the
Travel
Cost
and
Contingent
Valuation
Techniques."
Chapters
3,
4,
6,
Appendix
A,
and
the
Bibliography
of
a
Masters
Thesis,
Department
of
Natural
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
Rhode
Island.

This
thesis
measures
the
non­
consumptive
use
value
of
whale
watching
using
travel
cost
and
contingent
value
techniques.
The
consumer
surplus
estimate
of
$
23.00
from
the
travel
cost
techniques
was
approximately
equivalent
to
the
contingent
value
technique
estimate
of
$
21.11
or
a
capitalized
value
between
$
66
and
$
118
million.

De
Sylva,
Donald
P.
(
1954).
"
The
Live
Bait
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Northeast
Coast
of
Florida."
Technical
Series,
No.
11,
Marine
Laboratory,
University
of
Miami,
Coral
Gables
34,
Florida.

This
investigation
studied
the
biological
and
economic
aspects
of
the
fishery
in
relation
to
the
shrimping
areas
involved,
the
species
of
shrimp
caught,
fishery
methods
and
gear,
catch
composition
ecology
of
the
shrimp
area,
effects
of
certain
gear
on
the
ecology
of
shrimp
areas,
especially
pushnets,
statistics
and
economics
of
the
fishery,
and
methods
of
holding
and
transporting
live
shrimp.
During
this
three
month
study
from
June
to
August,
1953,
47
fishermen
and
dealers
were
interviewed
and
field
studies
were
conducted
to
collect
and
observe
the
fishing
methods.

Deacon,
Robert
T.
(
1989).
"
An
Empirical
Model
of
Fishery
Dynamics."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
16:
167­
183.

The
multiple­
cohort
approach
to
population
dynamics
is
seldom
used
for
empirical
analysis
of
catch
and
effort
data
due
to
the
complexity
of
the
resulting
models
and
to
limitations
on
available
data.
The
present
paper
addresses
these
problems
by
adopting
a
discrete
time
framework
and
simplifying
assumptions
for
growth,
mortality,
and
recruitment.
The
result
is
a
readily
estimated
econometric
model
of
the
commercial
catch
that
is
consistent
with
the
multiple­
cohort
paradigm.
This
model
is
applied
to
catch
and
effort
data
for
the
California
abalone
fishery
and
the
estimates
obtained
are
used
to
analyze
policy.

Deaton,
Angus
and
John
Muellbauer
(
1980).
"
An
Almost
Ideal
Demand
System."
American
Economic
Review,
70(
3):
312­
326.

A
new
model
is
proposed
and
estimated
that
is
of
comparable
generality
to
the
Rotterdam
and
translog
models
but
that
has
considerable
advantages
over
both.
This
model,
called
the
Almost
Ideal
Demand
System
(
AIDS),
gives
an
arbitrary
first­
order
approximation
to
any
demand
system;
it
satisfies
the
axioms
of
choice
exactly;
it
aggregates
perfectly
over
consumers
without
invoking
parallel
linear
Engel
curves;
it
has
a
functional
form
that
is
consistent
with
known
household
budget
data;
it
is
simple
to
estimate,
largely
avoiding
the
need
for
nonlinear
estimation;
and
it
can
be
used
to
test
the
restrictions
of
homogeneity
and
symmetry
through
linear
restrictions
on
fixed
parameters.
Although
many
of
these
desirable
properties
are
possessed
by
one
or
other
of
the
Rotterdam
or
translog
models,
neither
possesses
all
of
them
simultaneously.

Deaton,
Angus
and
John
Muellbauer
(
1980).
Economics
and
Consumer
Behavior.
Chapters
6,
12,
13,
and
14.
Cambridge
University
Press,
New
York.
1
5
8
The
theory
of
market
demand,
the
consumption
function
and
intertemporal
choice,
the
demand
for
durable
goods,
and
choice
under
uncertainty
are
included
in
these
chapters.

DeGeorge,
Frank
(
1992).
"
North
Pacific
Fisheries
Amendments
Lack
Adequate
Support."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
Office
of
the
Inspector
General,
Office
of
Audits,
NOAA
Division.

The
economic
analysis
of
amendments
18
and
23
­
Proposed
Inshore/
Offshore
Allocation
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plans
for
the
Groundfish
Fishery
of
the
Bering
Sea
and
Aleutian
Islands
and
the
Gulf
of
Alaska
was
inadequate
because
the
council
did
not
apply
a
cost­
benefit
framework
to
the
analysis
in
spite
of
legal
requirements
and
sound
economic
principles.
Moreover,
the
economic
model
applied
by
the
council
was
inappropriate
and
produced
unreliable
results.
Our
conclusions
of
the
economic
analysis
are
consistent
with
assessments
made
by
the
council's
own
committee
of
scientific
and
statistical
experts
and
NMFS
economists.

Degner,
Robert
L.,
Charles
M.
Adams,
and
Susan
D.
Moss
(
1989).
"
An
Analysis
of
Potential
Regulatory
Changes
on
the
Economic
Structure
of
the
Eastern
Gulf
of
Mexico
Finfish
Industry
Centered
in
Florida."
Department
of
Food
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL.

Long
term
and
seasonal
production
and
market
trends
for
mullet
and
seatrout
in
Florida
are
analyzed.
Annual
boat
level
earnings
profiles
for
fishermen
producing
mullet,
seatrout,
and
complementary
species
are
estimated.
Economic
impacts
on
fishermen
resulting
from
alternative
resource
management
policies
are
analyzed
on
a
statewide
basis
and
also
for
individual
counties.
For
the
mullet
industry,
basic
elements
of
market
structure
and
concentration
are
examined,
and
market
channels
and
product
flows
for
mullet
in
the
round,
red
and
white
roe,
and
other
mullet
products
are
described.

Dellenbarger,
Lynn
E.
and
Alvin
R.
Schupp
(
1987).
"
Socio­
Economic
Factors
Influencing
Catfish
Consumption."
Paper
submitted
to
the
Journal
of
The
World
Aquaculture
Society.

Catfish
are
a
major
aquacultural
species
in
the
United
States.
As
production
expands
through
increased
acreage
and
improved
production
practices,
additional
knowledge
of
market
opportunities
for
catfish
is
needed
to
direct
further
expansion
of
the
industry.
This
study
analyzes
the
socioeconomic
characteristics
associated
with
home
consumption
of
catfish.
Data
were
obtained
through
a
questionnaire
mailed
to
residents
in
seven
metropolitan
areas
in
1986.
A
logit
analysis,
that
determines
the
relationship
between
family
size,
race,
income,
occupational
status,
and
location
of
the
household,
and
the
probability
of
catfish
consumption
was
conducted.
Results
of
the
analysis
indicate
that
family
size,
family
income,
and
occupational
status
of
the
household
head
positively
influence
the
probability
of
at
home
catfish
consumption.,
Presence
of
children
in
the
household
was
a
characteristic
found
to
reduce
the
probability
of
household
catfish
consumption.

Demsetz,
Harold
(
1967).
"
Toward
a
Theory
of
Property
Rights."
American
Economic
Review,
57(
May):
347­
359.

The
paper
discusses
the
concept
and
role
of
property
rights
in
social
systems,
offers
guidance
for
investigating
the
emergence
of
property
rights,
and
sets
forth
some
principles
relevant
to
the
coalescing
of
property
rights
into
particular
bundles
and
to
the
determination
of
the
ownership
structure
1
5
9
that
will
be
associated
with
these
bundles.

Dennis,
Karen
C.,
Robert
J.
Nicholls,
and
Stephen
P.
Leatherman
(
1991).
"
Reconnaissance
Level
Survey."
U.
S.
EPA
Coastal
Land
Loss
Studies,
Laboratory
for
Coastal
research
&
center
for
Global
Change,
University
of
Maryland,
College
Park,
MD
20742,
July
22.

A
proposal
to
develop
a
methodology
that
will
provide
a
better
estimate
of
the
potential
impacts
and
cost
of
accelerated
sea
level
rise
and
help
to
fulfil
the
IPCC
(
1990)
aim
of
quantifying
the
impacts
and
possible
responses
of
a
one
meter
rise
in
sea
level.

DeReynier,
Yvonne
and
Gerry
Hadden
(
1995).

To
Catch
or
Not
to
Catch:
Fishing
Selectively
for
Salmon.

In
Brad
Warren,
Win­
Win
Bycatch
Solutions.
National
Fisheries
Conservation
Center,
Seattle
WA.

Different
gear
modifications
and
educational
programs
are
discussed
to
reduce
bycatch,
discarding,
and
mortality
in
the
salmon
fishery
by
species
and
gear
type.

Deseran,
Forrest
A.
(
1997).

Louisiana
Shrimp
Fishermen
and
Local
Economies:
A
Survey.

Sea
Grant,
Louisiana
State
University,
January,
24
pp.

This
paper
reports
the
findings
of
a
telephone
survey
of
Louisiana
shrimp
fishermen.
It
is
part
of
a
study
that
examines
the
social
and
economic
implications
of
changes
occurring
in
Louisiana

s
coastal
industries.
The
purpose
is
to
learn
more
about
shrimp
fishermen,
their
families,
and
their
communities.

Desvousges,
William
H.
and
Venetia
A.
Skahen
(
1987).
Techniques
to
Measure
Damages
to
Natural
Resources.
Final
report,
EPA
contract
Number
68­
01­
7033,
Interior
Purchase
Order
No.
A072286A­
000,
RTI
Project
Number
3142­
05­
FR,
3589­
01­
FR,
Center
for
Economics
Research,
Research
Triangle
Institute,
Research
Triangle
Park,
North
Carolina
prepared
for
CERCLA
301
Task
Force,
U.
S.
Department
of
the
Interior,
Washington,
D.
C.

This
report
pertains
to
estimating
damages
for
injuries
to
natural
resources
in
a
type
B
assessment
(
alternative
protocols
for
conducting
assessments
in
individual
cases
of
loss).
This
document
describes
techniques
and
helps
guide
trustees
through
the
selection
of
techniques
for
measuring
damages
to
natural
resources
covered
under
CERCLA.
Familiarity
with
basic
economic
valuation
concepts
and
the
techniques
or
approaches
economics
use
to
measure
damages
will
help
trustees
anticipate
the
key
valuation
questions.
However,
this
document
is
not
meant
to
supply
all
information
a
trustee
would
need
to
perform
the
damage
determination
phase
of
a
type
B
natural
resource
damage
assessment.
In
implementing
the
concepts
and
techniques
described
in
this
information
document,
trustees
should
obtain
the
services
of
a
economist
knowledgeable
in
the
fields
of
environmental
or
resource
economics.

Desvousges,
William
H.
and
V.
Kerry
Smith
(
1983).
Benefit­
Cost
Assessment
Handbook
for
Water
Programs.
Prepared
for
U.
S.
Environmental
Protection
Agency,
Economic
Analysis
Division,
Washington,
DC
20460.

This
book
provides
suggestions
about
how
to
evaluate
the
economic
aspects
of
a
proposed
policy
as
a
regular
part
of
the
decision
process.
These
evaluations
can
identify
water
quality
policies
that
have
highest
priority,
sot
hat
society's
resources
can
be
directed
to
the
areas
that
will
have
the
1
6
0
greatest
benefits.
They
also
can
serve
as
one
of
several
analyses
that
support
the
decision
process
for
any
specific
water
quality
policy.
Case
studies
are
used
to
clarify
points.
Data
needs,
key
assumptions,
and
other
relevant
points
are
covered
for
different
ways
of
determining
the
relationship
between
desirable
and
undesirable
effects
of
a
program
decision.

Desvousges,
William
H.,
V.
Kerry
Smith,
and
Matthew
P.
McGivney
(
1983).
A
Comparison
of
Alternative
Approaches
for
Estimating
Recreation
and
Related
Benefits
of
Water
Quality
Improvements.
EPA
Contract
No.
68­
01­
5838,
U.
S.
Environmental
Protection
Agency,
Economic
Analysis
Division,
Washington,
D.
C.
20460.

The
results
of
this
project
strongly
support
the
feasibility
of
measuring
the
recreation
and
related
benefits
of
water
quality
improvements.
Moreover,
the
benefits
measurement
approaches
­
several
contingent
valuation
formats
and
the
travel
cost
method
­
show
consistent
results
for
comparable
changes
in
water
quality.
Indeed,
the
range
of
variation
is
generally
less
than
that
expected
in
models
used
to
translate
the
effects
of
effluents
in
a
water
body
into
the
corresponding
water
quality
parameters.
In
addition,
the
results
also
clearly
show
that
the
intrinsic
benefits
of
water
quality
improvements,
especially
option
values,
can
be
measured
and
that
they
are
a
sizable
portion
(
greater
than
half)
of
the
total
recreation
and
related
benefits
total.

Desvousges,
William
H.,
Alicia
R.
Gable,
Richard
W.
Dunford,
and
Sara
P.
Hudson
(
1993).
"
Contingent
Valuation:
the
Wrong
Tool
to
Measure
Passive­
Use
Losses."
Choices,
2nd
Quarter:
9­
11.

Passive
use
values
have
no
associated
behavior
to
use
in
estimation
of
existence
value
of
unique
natural
resources.

Devadoss,
S.
and
William
H.
Meyers
(
1987).
"
Relative
Prices
and
Money:
Further
Results
for
the
United
States."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
69(
4):
838­
842.

Empirical
results
support
the
hypothesis
that
agricultural
prices
respond
faster
than
manufactured
product
prices
to
a
change
in
money
supply
in
the
United
States.
Sims'
vector
autoregression
(
VAR)
technique
was
applied
in
examining
this
hypothesis.
The
monte
carlo
integration
method
was
used
to
test
the
significance
of
the
impulse
responses
generated
by
the
VAR
technique.

Devadoss,
Stephen,
Jurgen
Kropf,
and
Thomas
Wahl
(
1995).
"
Trade
Creation
and
Diversion
Effects
of
the
North
American
Free
Trade
Agreement
of
U.
S.
Sugar
Imports
from
Mexico."
Journal
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
20(
2):
215­
230.

A
world
sugar
model
consisting
of
21
countries
was
developed
to
determine
the
effects
of
NAFTA
on
U.
S.
and
Mexican
sugar
markets
and
to
quantify
the
trade
creation
and
diversion
effects
on
U.
S.
imports
from
Mexico.
Mexican
sugar
production
increases
under
NAFTA,
causing
Mexico
to
become
a
net
exporter.
NAFTA
induces
sugar
imports
from
Mexico
to
displace
U.
S.
production,
to
meet
demand
expansion,
and
also
to
divert
U.
S.
imports
from
other
foreign
suppliers
to
Mexico.
Effects
of
NAFTA
on
the
U.
S.
sugar
market
are
small
because
of
the
side
agreements
which
limit
Mexican
exports
and
which
include
corn
sweetener
consumption
when
computing
Mexico

s
production
surplus.

DeVoretz,
Don
and
Richard
Schwindt
(
1985).

Harvesting
Canadian
Fish
and
Rents:
A
Partial
Review
of
the
Report
of
the
Commission
on
Canadian
Pacific
Fisheries
Policy.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
4(
1):
347­
367.
1
6
1
The
Canadian
Pacific
fisheries
currently
suffer
from
excess
harvesting
capacity.
A
recent
Royal
Commission
has
recommended
a
joint
scheme
of
royalties
on
the
catch
and
a
novel
license
auction
plan
to
alleviate
the
problem.
This
paper
investigates
the
impact
of
these
two
policies.
First,
the
total
royalty
revenue
is
measured
and
then
the
royalty
incidence
across
fishermen,
processors,
and
consumers
is
estimated.
Next,
we
analyze
the
license
auction
scheme
to
calculate
the
costs
of
these
two
policies.
First,
the
total
royalty
revenue
is
measured
and
then
the
royalty
incidence
across
fishermen,
processors,
and
consumers
is
estimated.
Next,
we
analyze
the
license
auction
scheme
to
calculate
the
costs
of
purchasing
the
licenses
to
the
fishermen
and
the
net
costs
of
purchasing
the
licenses
to
the
fishermen
and
the
net
proceeds
to
the
government
after
the
retirement
of
one­
half
the
fleet
under
alternative
possible
selling
strategies
of
fishermen.
We
conclude
that
the
royalty
scheme
would
finance
the
retirement
of
the
fleet
in
13
years
and
that
the
incidence
of
the
royalty
would
vary
greatly
across
species/
gear
type.
The
license
auction
scheme,
in
contrast,
is
a
potent
policy
measure
which
under
several
scenarios
could
fully
fund
the
buy­
back
program
and
contribute
significantly
to
public
revenue.

Dewees,
Christopher
M.
(
1989).

Assessment
of
the
Implementation
of
Individual
Transferable
Quotas
in
New
Zealand

s
Inshore
Fishery.

North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
9(
2):
131­
139.

In
1986,
New
Zealand
implemented
an
individual
transferable
quota
system
(
ITQ)
for
selected
inshore
fish
species
to
promote
conservation
of
stocks
and
to
improve
the
economic
efficiency
of
the
fishing
industry.
The
objectives
of
this
study
were
to
assess
perceived
problems
and
benefits
of
this
new
system
and
its
effect
on
the
fishing
industry.
Data
were
obtained
through
interviews
with
62
industry
participants
from
the
Auckland
region
and
14
Ministry
of
Agriculture
and
Fisheries
staff.
Over
75%
of
the
fishermen
were
making
significant
changes
in
their
business
because
of
ITQs.
These
changes
included
minimization
of
costs
and
maximization
of
price
received
for
their
catch,
practices
consistent
with
economic
theory
about
ITQs.
Industry
and
management
agency
interviewees
generally
recognized
ITQ
benefits
of
reduced
competition,
resource
conservation,
increased
retirement
security,
reduced
economic
risk,
possession
of
a
valuable
asset,
improved
ability
to
plan,
and
the
professionalization
of
fishing.
Problems
with
the
system
included
discarding
of
catches
not
included
in
an
individual

s
quota,
discarding
of
the
lower
priced
portion
of
catches
of
some
species,
enforcement,
accuracy
of
total
allowable
catch
quotas,
quota
aggregation
by
companies,
and
high
cost
to
youths
interested
in
entering
the
fishery.
After
6
months
under
ITQs,
56%
of
the
fishermen
and
100%
of
the
agency
staff
interviewed
felt
this
new
system
of
managing
fisheries
would
be
successful.

Dewees,
Christopher
M.
and
Glenn
R.
Hawkes
(
1988).

Technical
Innovation
in
the
Pacific
Coast
Trawl
Fishery:
The
Effects
of
Fishermen

s
Characteristics
and
Perceptions
on
Adoption
Behavior.

Human
Organization,
47(
3):
224­
234.

The
adoption/
nonadoption
of
technical
innovations
was
examined
in
the
Pacific
Coast
Trawl
fishery
using
a
model
based
on
recent
conceptual
issues
raised
in
the
innovation
diffusion
literature.
Included
in
the
model
were
variables
measuring
each
fisherman

s
personal
characteristics
and
situation,
attitudes
about
fishing,
and
perceptions
of
each
innovation

s
characteristics.
Data
were
collected
in
83
personal
interviews
during
spring
1984,
a
period
of
economic
crisis
in
the
fleet.
The
results
indicate
that
a
different
subset
of
independent
variables
explained
the
adoption
of
each
innovation.
This
appears
to
be
due
to
the
innovation­
by­
innovation
differences
in
the
match
between
the
potential
adopter
and
the
innovation.
The
effect
of
variables
on
1
6
2
adoption/
nonadoption
varied
across
innovations.
The
characteristics
of
potential
adopters
and
the
characteristics
of
the
innovations,
as
perceived
by
the
potential
adopters,
were
both
important
determinants
of
adoption/
nonadoption.

Di,
Jin
(
1994).

Multimedia
Waste
Disposal
Optimization
under
Uncertainty
with
an
Ocean
Option.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
9(
2):
119­
139.

Many
communities
face
a
waste
management
crisis.
An
increase
in
waste
generation
and
decline
in
available
landfill
capacity
have
led
to
rapid
increases
in
waste
management
costs.
Using
sewage
sludge
management
in
coastal
New
York
and
New
Jersey
as
an
example,
this
paper
examines
optimal
multimedia
waste
disposal
under
cost
uncertainty.
Using
expected
value
variance
analysis,
the
study
looks
at
the
effects
on
the
optimal
disposal
strategy
of
uncertainty
associated
with
waste
management
cost
and
the
community

s
risk
preferences.
The
results
indicate
that,
based
on
available
cost
data,
the
optimal
strategy
of
a
moderately
risk
averse
decision
maker
is
to
manage
sludge
through
land
based
facilities.
These
results
hold
over
a
wide
range
of
risk
aversion
parameters
and
even
at
low
levels
of
cost
uncertainty.
Thus,
the
Ocean
Dumping
Ban
Act
of
1988
is
consistent
with
such
results.

Di,
Jin
and
Hauke
L.
Kite­
Powell
(
1995).

Environmental
Liability,
Marine
Insurance
and
An
Optimal
Risk
Sharing
Strategy
for
Marine
Oil
Transport.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
1):
1­
19.

Recent
changes
in
the
U.
S.
liability
regime
for
oil
pollution
damage
are
precipitating
a
potential
insurance
crisis
for
oil
carriers
operating
in
U.
S.
waters.
While
liability
rules
can
be
useful
in
causing
the
oil
transport
industry
to
internalize
the
costs
of
oil
pollution,
unlimited
liability
combined
with
uncertainty
in
damage
valuation
can
result
in
great
costs
to
society,
including
the
possible
disruption
of
oil
supplies.
We
formulate
a
model
to
determine
an
optimal
level
of
risk­
sharing
for
oil
pollution
damage
between
the
public
and
the
foreign
tanker
industry,
and
show
how
a
socially
optimal
limit
to
liability
can
be
determined.

Di,
Jin,
Eric
Thunberg,
Hauke
L.
Kite­
Powell,
and
Kevin
Blake
(
2000).

Total
Factor
Productivity
Change
in
New
England
Fisheries:
1964­
1993.

Draft
Report,
Marine
Policy
Center,
Woods
Hole
Oceanographic
Institution,
Woods
Hole,
February,
42
pp.

New
England
fisheries
have
experienced
dramatic
changes
in
management
institutions
and
instruments
during
the
past
30
years.
The
recent
collapse
of
several
important
commercial
fish
stocks
has
heightened
public
debate
over
fisheries
management.
We
develop
estimates
of
total
factor
productivity
(
TFP)
change
in
New
England
fisheries
form
1964
to
1993,
suing
a
procedure
similar
to
Squires

(
1992)
method,
which
extends
standard
TFP
measurement
by
including
the
effect
of
fluctuations
in
open
access
fish
stocks.
The
results
indicate
that
TFP
increased
on
average
by
4.8
percent
per
year
from
1964
to
1993.
A
higher
average
rate
of
increase
was
achieved
from
1964
to
1983,
possibly
due
to
new
technologies
(
e.
g.,
fish
finders).
TFP
declined
at
0.12
percent
annually
from
1984
to
1993,
due
to
str4ingent
output
and
effort
control
measures.
A
healthy
level
of
resource
stocks
is
a
preconditi8on
for
sustained
productivity
growth
in
the
fishing
industry.
Failure
to
consider
the
stock
factor
in
an
open
access
resource
industry
can
cause
policies
intended
to
promote
productivity
growth
to
drive
the
stock
to
extinction.
To
achieve
productivity
growth
while
maintaining
a
sustainable
stock
level,
it
si
necessary
to
reduce
fleet
size.
1
6
3
Diaby,
Souleymane
(
1996).

Economic
Impact
Analysis
of
the
Ivorian
Sardinella
Fishery.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
1):
31­
42.

A
bioeconomic
simulation
model
of
the
Ivorian
sardinella
fishery
is
developed
to
identify
and
quantify
welfare
effects
stemming
from
resource
exploitation
controlled
by
a
fishermen

s
monopoly.
The
biological
and
economic
components
are
modeled
to
include
multicohorts
and
multispecies,
the
demand
facing
the
industrial
sector,
and
a
heterogeneous
fishing
fleet
under
exploitation
conditions
with
and
without
cycles.
A
profit
maximization
scenario
indicates
that
management
of
the
fishery
under
the
current
fleet
structure
is
not
socially
optimal.
The
analysis
is
extended
to
include
the
competition
from
an
expanding
artisanal
sector
of
the
fishery.
Any
changes
in
public
policies
leading
to
the
expansion
of
the
artisanal
fishery
would
result
in
increases
in
consumer
benefits
from
the
fishery,
while
the
benefits
to
the
syndicate
decrease.

Diamond,
Peter
A.
and
Jerry
A.
Hausman
(
1994).
"
Contingent
Valuation:
Is
Some
Number
Better
than
No
Number."
Journal
of
Economic
Perspectives,
8(
4):
45­
64.

The
evidence
supports
the
conclusion
that
to
date,
contingent
valuation
surveys
do
not
measure
the
preferences
they
attempt
to
measure.
Moreover,
reasons
are
present
for
thinking
that
changes
in
survey
methods
are
not
likely
to
change
this
conclusion.
Viewed
alternatively
as
opinion
polls
on
possible
government
actions,
these
surveys
do
not
have
much
information
to
contribute
to
informed
policy
making.
Thus,
reliance
on
contingent
valuation
surveys
in
either
damage
assessments
or
in
government
decision
making
is
basically
misguided.

Dickie,
L.
M.
(
1973).
"
Management
of
Fisheries;
Ecological
Subsystems."
Transactions
of
the
American
Fisheries
Society,
2:
470­
480.

In
this
paper,
I
wish
to
set
forth
some
views
of
the
present
state
of
knowledge
of
fishery
related
ecosystems.
I
wish
to
particularly
emphasize
what
appear
to
me
to
be
apparently
contradictory
results
of
the
application
of
various
logical
model
systems
employed
in
fisheries
research
and
management.
I
will
then
explore
some
of
the
limitations
of
these
concepts
and
attempt
to
describe
the
alternative
consequences
they
imply
for
management
practices.
Finally,
I
will
use
this
occasion
to
outline
briefly
what
seem
to
me
to
be
some
promising
recent
developments
that
may
take
us
in
the
direction
of
reconceptualizing
our
theoretical
systems
and
that
may
be
leading
us
towards
the
kinds
of
scientific
observations
that
will
permit
better
prediction:
hence
management.

Dickie,
L.
M.
(
1979).
"
Perspectives
on
Fisheries
Biology
and
Implications
for
Management."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
36:
838­
844.

Descriptions
of
fisheries
systems
for
purposes
of
management
often
seem
to
imply
a
naturally
predetermined
biological
structure
and
functioning
of
the
resource.
However,
such
basic
characteristics
as
stock
definition,
species
composition,
levels
of
production,
and
biological
efficiency
are
parameters
that
have
generally
been
adapted
to
suit
particular
fishery
conditions
and
in
any
case
are
variables
that
interact
with
both
environment
and
the
nature
of
industrial
exploitation.
In
the
interests
of
economic
or
social
analyses
in
fisheries
these
biological
descriptors
should
normally
be
amenable
to
redefinition
or
redescription
without
prejudice
to
their
reliability
as
indices
of
natural
production.
1
6
4
Dietz,
Elizabeth
(
1994).
"
Measuring
Employee
Bonuses:
A
Review
of
Test
Surveys."
Compensation
and
Working
Conditions,
46(
5):
13­
17.

Responding
to
the
development
of
non­
wage
cash
payments
in
the
work
force,
the
Bureau
of
Labor
Statistics
(
BLS)
tested
the
feasibility
of
collecting
data
on
non­
wage
cash
payments.
Preliminary
tests
were
conducted
in
various
occupational
wage
surveys
in
1989
and
1990.
BLS
plans
to
resume
testing
in
its
Occupational
Compensation
Survey
Program
as
part
of
a
major
survey
redesign
slated
to
begin
in
1995.
This
article
describes
the
preliminary
test
surveys,
discusses
their
results,
and
identifies
issues
involved
in
collecting
reliable,
statistically
sound
data
on
non­
wage
cash
payments.

Dietz,
Elizabeth
and
John
Steinmeyer
(
1994).
"
Testing
Joint
Collection
of
Wage
and
Demographic
Data."
Compensation
and
Working
Conditions,
46(
10):
7­
11.

This
article
summarizes
the
Bureau
of
Labor
Statistics'
experience
in
conducting
the
1989
and
1990
test
studies
of
Occupational
Wage
Surveys
to
determine
if
earnings
inequality
among
race,
sex,
age,
and
other
demographic
groups
existed.
It
also
relates
how
the
test
survey
results
fell
short
of
objectives
and
describes
some
of
the
pitfalls
of
demographic
data
collection.

Diewert,
W.
E.
(
1971).
"
A
Note
on
the
Elasticity
of
Derived
Demand
in
the
N­
Factor
Case."
Econometrica,(
May):
192­
198.

Hicks
formula
for
the
price
elasticity
of
derived
demand
for
a
factor
of
production
in
terms
of
the
price
elasticity
of
demand
for
the
product,
the
price
elasticity
of
supply
of
a
competing
factor,
the
first
factor's
share
and
the
elasticity
of
substitution
between
the
two
factors
is
tested
when
the
number
of
factors
is
greater
than
two.

Diop,
Hamady
and
Richard
F.
Kazmierczak,
Jr.
(
1996).

Technology
and
Management
in
Mauritanian
Cephalopod
Fisheries

Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
2):
71­
84.

If
the
technology
in
a
multispecies
fishery
is
such
that
there
is
jointness
in
inputs
and
nonseparability
between
inputs
and
outputs,
then
management
on
a
species
by
species
basis
may
lead
to
unintended
outcomes,
including
over
exploitation
of
the
resource.
This
study
investigates
the
nature
of
the
technical
and
economic
relationships
underlying
the
1989­
90
Mauritanian
cephalopod
fishery
by
estimating
a
system
of
dual
output
supply
functions
derived
from
a
generalized
Leontief
revenue
function.
Model
results
indicate
the
existence
of
jointness
in
inputs
and
nonseparability
between
inputs
and
outputs
in
the
fishery.
Cross
price
elasticities
indicated
a
number
of
substitute
and
complementary
relationships,
with
these
relationships
changing
in
magnitude
across
years.
Taken
together,
the
results
suggest
that
any
attempts
to
economically
manage
the
resource
should
be
based
on
multiproduct
production
theory,
not
single
species
biological
response
functions.
Besides
ruling
out
single
species
management,
the
dominance
of
substitute
relationships
in
the
Mauritanian
cephalopod
fishery
precludes
the
use
of

key
species

management
of
the
entire
resource.

Dirlam,
Joel
and
Daniel
Georgianna
(
1994).
"
Recent
Adjustments
in
New
England
Fresh
Groundfish
Processing."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
9(
4):
375­
384.

A
review
of
the
New
England
fish
processing
industry
since
the
introduction
of
the
Magnuson
Act
in
1977.
Rising
production
has
been
replaced
1
6
5
with
the
collapse
of
the
domestic
fishery
due
to
stock
depletion.
Foreign
imports
have
replaced
domestic
production.
With
the
collapse
of
Canadian
stocks,
processing
firms
in
New
England
have
begun
to
exit
the
industry.
Along
with
this
concentration,
larger,
more
diversified
firms
are
dominating
the
processing
industry
as
smaller
firms
are
forced
to
exit.
Lower
priced
substitute
species
will
not
alleviate
the
financial
crisis
faced
by
processors
due
to
the
groundfish
shortage
problem.

Ditton,
Robert
B.
and
Thomas
L.
Goodale
(
1973).
"
Water
Quality
Perception
and
the
Recreational
Uses
of
Green
Bay,
Lake
Michigan."
Water
Resources
Research,
9(
3):
569­
579.

How
people
perceive
Green
Bay
as
a
recreation
resource,
how
perceptions
differed
between
groups,
and
how
these
perceptions
related
to
recreation
use
patterns,
are
identified.
Whereas
seven
of
ten
household
heads
interviewed
participated
in
boating,
or
swimming,
only
three
of
the
ten
used
Green
bay
during
the
preceding
12
months,
indicating
that
Green
Bay
was
not
a
focal
point
of
water
based
recreation
among
residents
of
the
five
county
study
area.
Chi
square
test
groups
differed
significantly
on
most
comparisons
when
used
to
describe
the
Bay
and
its
most
bothersome
physical
and
water
quality
characteristics.
Generally,
participants
and
those
who
use
the
Bay
were
less
apt
to
cite
unpleasant
smell
and
dead
fish
as
major
problems
and
more
apt
to
cite
such
problems
as
winds,
waves,
and
cloudiness.
Comparisons
between
three
user
groups
(
fishermen,
boaters,
and
swimmers)
indicated
swimmers
and
boaters
differed
most
in
their
perception
of
the
Bay
and
its
troublesome
characteristics,
with
fishermen
occupying
a
position
between
the
two
groups.

Ditton,
Robert
B.
and
Anthony
J.
Fedler
(
1989).
"
Importance
of
Fish
Consumption
to
Sport
Fishermen:
A
Reply
to
Matlock
et
al.
(
1988)."
Fisheries,
14(
4):
4­
6.

The
authors
concerns
with
the
Matlock
et
al.
paper
include
the
authors
failed
methologically,
other
reasons
exist
for
the
observed
behavior,
poor
literature
review,
and
the
paper
exhibits
little
understanding
of
human
dimensions
concepts.

Ditton,
R.
B.
and
Mark
R.
Fisher
(
1990).
"
Characteristics,
Behavior,
Attitudes,
Expenditures,
Harvest,
and
Management
Preferences
of
Billfish
Tournament
Anglers."
Final
report
prepared
for
the
Billfish
Foundation,
Miami,
Florida.
Department
of
Wildlife
and
Fisheries
Sciences,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
TX
77843.

A
mail
survey
of
1,984
billfish
anglers
was
completed
in
1989­
1990
based
on
27
tournaments
held
in
the
U.
S.
western
Atlantic
Ocean
with
a
response
rate
of
62%.
Sociological
analysis
is
presented
that
identify
the
user
groups
and
describe
their
characteristics,
such
as
age,
income
level,
and
education
level.
A
technical
appendix
is
also
included
under
separate
cover.

Ditton,
Robert
B.
and
Jeffrey
D.
Vize
(
1987).
"
Business
Turnover
in
the
Texas
Charter
Fishing
Industry,
1975­
85."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
162­
165.

This
paper
follows
the
guidelines
used
in
Ditton
and
Loomis
(
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
47(
1):
43­
47,
1985)
and
continues
the
temporal
analysis
of
the
charter
fishing
industry
using
a
third
inventory
to
analyze
turnover
and
stability
between
1975
and
1985.
Comparing
the
study
findings
from
1980
to
1985
with
those
from
1975
to
1980
shows
that
the
Texas
charter
fishing
industry
continues
to
have
high
turnover
rates
and
overall
instability.
Of
1
6
6
the
original
1975
population
of
charter
boat
operators,
only
25
percent
were
in
operation
during
1985.
In
addition
to
a
more
complete
understanding
of
the
Texas
charter
fishing
industry,
this
paper
presents
an
approach
that
can
be
used
elsewhere
to
understand
charter
industry
trends.

Ditton,
R.
B.,
D.
A.
Gill,
and
C.
L.
MacGregor
(
1991).
"
Understanding
the
Market
for
Charter
and
Headboat
Fishing
Services."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
53(
1):
19­
26.

Published
and
unpublished
research
findings
regarding
charter
and
headboat
fishing
customers
from
11
studies
were
reviewed
to
provide
a
marketing
data
base
for
operators
and
to
guide
further
research
efforts.
Generally
charter/
headboat
fishing
is
a
male­
oriented
activity.
Customers
were
between
30
and
55
years
of
age.
Although
both
groups
of
anglers
considered
themselves
to
be
experienced,
charter
boat
anglers
had
fished
for
more
years.
Charter
anglers
fished
more
often
with
their
families
and
headboat
anglers
more
often
with
their
friends.
Charter
boat
anglers
reported
higher
incomes
than
headboat
anglers.
Relaxation,
having
fun,
and
escaping
from
daily
pressures
were
generally
more
important
to
both
groups
of
anglers
than
motives
relative
to
catching
fish.
Most
anglers
indicated
that
the
skills
and
performance
of
the
captain
and
crew
contributed
heavily
to
the
overall
evaluation
of
their
fishing
experience.
Anglers
were
more
heavily
influenced
to
choose
a
particular
captain
or
boat
by
informal
advertising
methods
(
i.
e.
word
of
mouth
recommendations,
reputation,
and
visits
to
the
marina)
than
formal
methods
(
i.
e.
advertisements,
brochures,
ratio,
and
television).
Charter
anglers
relied
more
on
word­
of­
mouth
recommendations
and
headboat
customers
were
more
influenced
by
previous
experiences.
Implications
for
further
research
are
discussed.

Ditton,
Robert
B.,
Stephen
M.
Holland,
and
Duane
A.
Gill
(
1991).
"
The
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
Party
Boat
Industry:
Activity
Centers,
Species
Targeted,
and
Fisheries
Management
Opinions."
Paper
submitted
to
the
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
February
25.

In
addition
to
providing
an
overview
of
the
party
boat
fishery
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico,
a
management
oriented
methodology
is
presented
that
can
be
used
elsewhere
to
assess
regulatory
impacts.
Party
boat
operators
were
interviewed
to
determine
species
targeted,
percent
time
committed
to
targeting
each
species,
and
opinions
of
current
catch
restrictions.
Over
two
thirds
of
the
fleet
was
located
on
the
west
coast
of
Florida.
Overall,
most
boats
targeted
less
than
5
species.
Four
species
accounted
for
90
percent
of
the
estimated
effort
by
party
boats
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico:
snapper,
grouper,
amberjack,
and
king
mackerel.
Party
boat
effort
in
Texas
was
devoted
primarily
to
snapper
whereas
in
Florida
most
effort
was
devoted
to
snapper
and
grouper
collectively.
Party
boat
operators
were
diverse
in
their
opinions
of
management
regulations
in
force
when
interviewed.
Results
revealed
why
major
opposition
would
be
expected
from
Texas
party
boat
operators
for
red
snapper
bag
limits
and
other
restrictions
proposed
by
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council.

Ditton,
Robert
B.,
Stephen
M.
Holland,
and
Duane
A.
Gill
(
1992).
"
The
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
Party
Boat
Industry:
Activity
Centers,
Species
Targeted,
and
Fisheries
Management
Opinions."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
54(
2):
15­
20.

In
addition
to
providing
an
overview
of
the
party
boat
fishery
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico,
a
management
oriented
methodology
is
presented
that
can
be
used
elsewhere
to
assess
regulatory
impacts.
Party
boat
operators
were
interviewed
to
determine
species
targeted,
percent
time
committed
to
targeting
1
6
7
each
species,
and
opinions
of
current
catch
restrictions.
Over
two
thirds
of
the
fleet
was
located
on
the
west
coast
of
Florida.
Overall,
most
boats
targeted
less
than
5
species.
Four
species
accounted
for
90
percent
of
the
estimated
effort
by
party
boats
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico:
snapper,
grouper,
amberjack,
and
king
mackerel.
Party
boat
effort
in
Texas
was
devoted
primarily
to
snapper
whereas
in
Florida
most
effort
was
devoted
to
snapper
and
grouper
collectively.
Party
boat
operators
were
diverse
in
their
opinions
of
management
regulations
in
force
when
interviewed.
Results
revealed
why
major
opposition
would
be
expected
from
Texas
party
boat
operators
for
red
snapper
bag
limits
and
other
restrictions
proposed
by
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council.

Ditton,
Robert
B.,
David
K.
Loomis,
Alan
D.
Risenhoover,
Seungdam
Choi,
Maury
F.
Osborn,
Jerry
Clark,
Robin
Riechers,
and
Gary
C.
Matlock
(
1990).
"
Demographics,
Participation,
Attitudes,
Expenditures,
and
Management
Preferences
of
Texas
Saltwater
Anglers,
1986."
Management
Data
Series
No.
18,
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department,
Fisheries
Division,
4200
Smith
School
Road,
Austin,
Texas
78744.

Results
of
a
survey
of
Texas
saltwater
fishermen
concerning
demographics,
attitudes
toward
management
tools,
fishing
motivations,
species
preferences
and
annual
expenditures.

Ditton,
Robert
B.,
John
R.
Stoll,
and
Duane
A.
Gill
(
1989).
"
The
Social
Structure
and
Economics
of
the
Charter
and
Party
Boat
Fishing
Fleets
in
Alabama,
Mississippi,
Louisiana,
and
Texas."
Department
of
Wildlife
and
Fisheries
Sciences
and
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas,
January,
323
pp.

This
project
provides
federal
and
state
fisheries
managers
with
aggregated
information
about
charter
and
party
boat
operators
and
their
businesses
in
the
four
state
study
region.
Beyond
a
current
listing
of
charter
and
party
boat
operators
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
there
has
been
a
need
for
social
and
economic
baseline
data
on
these
fisheries
to
evaluate
the
effects
of
management
rules
prior
to
implementation.

Division
of
Economic
Research
(
1970).
"
Basic
Economic
Indicators:
Shrimp,
Atlantic
and
Gulf,
Master
Plan
Fishery
50
10
27."
Working
Paper
No.
57,
Bureau
of
Commercial
Fisheries,
May,
70
pp.

Pertinent
economic,
technological,
and
biological
data
are
assembled
in
this
report
for
the
Atlantic
and
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
for
the
years
1947
to
1968.

Division
of
Marine
Fisheries
(
1990).

Super
Shooters
Pass
Test.

News
Release,
North
Carolina
Department
of
Environment,
Health,
and
Natural
Resources,
Morehead
City,
N.
C.
2
pp.

A
report
on
the
successful
testing
of
the
super
shooter
turtle
excluder
device
in
Pamlico
Sound.

Dixit,
Avinash
(
1989).
"
Entry
and
Exit
Decisions
Under
Uncertainty."
Journal
of
Political
Economy,
97(
3):
620­
638.

A
firm's
entry
and
exit
decisions
when
the
output
price
follows
a
random
walk
are
examined.
An
idle
firm
and
an
active
firm
are
viewed
as
assets
that
are
call
options
on
each
other.
The
solution
is
a
pair
of
trigger
prices
for
1
6
8
entry
and
exit.
The
entry
trigger
exceeds
the
variable
cost
plus
the
interest
on
the
entry
cost,
and
the
exit
trigger
is
less
than
the
variable
cost
minus
the
interest
on
the
exit
cost.
These
gaps
produce
"
hysteresis."
Numerical
solutions
are
obtained
for
several
parameter
values;
hysteresis
is
found
to
be
significant
even
with
small
sunk
costs.

Dixit,
Avinash
and
Albert
S.
Kyle
(
1985).
"
The
Use
of
Protection
and
Subsidies
for
Entry
Promotion
and
Deterrence."
The
American
Economic
review,
75(
1);
139­
152.

The
aim
of
this
paper
is
to
begin
analysis
of
the
functioning
of
international
markets
and
the
role
of
policies
towards
them.
To
model
the
issues
adequately,
the
potential
for
strategic
behavior
on
part
of
both
governments
and
firms
must
be
taken
into
the
account.
Furthermore,
it
is
important
to
recognize
that
the
strategies
of
governments
interact
with
those
of
rims.
The
appropriate
model
is
therefore
a
game­
theoretic
one,
with
the
governments
and
the
firms
as
the
players.

Dixon,
Robert
L.
and
Gene
R.
Huntsman
(
198?).
"
Catches
and
Fishing
Effort
Associated
with
the
United
States
South
Atlantic
Headboat
Fleet,
1972­
1982."
United
States
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
Beaufort,
NC.

This
report
presents
estimates
of
the
catch
made
and
effort
expended
by
anglers
fishing
from
headboats
that
have
operated
along
the
U.
S.
south
Atlantic
coast
since
1972.
The
estimates
result
from
data
collected
through
the
south
Atlantic
headboat
survey.
The
survey,
conducted
by
the
Beaufort
Laboratory,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
and
begun
in
1972,
was
designed
to
provide
such
indices
of
the
quality
of
reef
fishing
as
a
measure
of
the
annual
catch,
of
the
catch
per
unit
of
effort
and
of
the
mean
size
by
species.
Additionally,
survey
personnel
collected
biological
materials
to
support
studies
of
growth,
diet
and
reproduction
of
important
reef
fishes.

Dodd,
C.
Kenneth,
Jr.
(
19??).
"
Nesting
of
the
Green
Turtle,
Chelonia
mydas,
in
Florida
­
A
Hopeful
Trend?"
Office
of
Endangered
Species,
U.
S.
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service,
Washington,
D.
C.

Except
for
accounts
of
Audubon
and
Brice
in
the
1800'
s,
reliable
records
of
the
nesting
of
the
green
turtle
do
not
occur
in
the
literature.
Even
these
accounts
focus
on
populations
in
the
Keys
and
the
Cape
Sable
region.
Beginning
with
the
report
of
two
nests
prior
to
1959,
the
number
of
nests
recorded
in
Florida
has
steadily
increased;
at
least
366
nests
were
confirmed
in
1980.
The
majority
of
nests
occurred
from
Merritt
Island
south
to
Key
Biscayne,
most
of
which
were
laid
on
relatively
undisturbed
beaches.
Five
reasons
can
be
advanced
for
this
apparent
increase:
increased
surveillance
of
nesting
beaches,
increased
awareness
of
sea
turtles
and
their
problems,
protective
legislation,
the
success
of
a
head
starting
program
located
on
Hutchinson
Island,
and
the
possibility
that
some
turtles
are
immigrating
from
populations
further
south.
While
better
surveillance
and
public
awareness
may
be
responsible
for
perception
of
an
increasing
turtle
population,
it
is
likely
that
the
increase
is
real
and
has
resulted
form
a
combination
of
the
latter
three
reasons.
A
review
of
the
level
of
historical
green
turtle
nesting,
as
well
as
a
year
by
year
record
of
nesting
since
1959,
is
provided.

Dol,
Wietse
(
1995).

Flatfish
2.0:
A
Spatial
Bio­
Economic
Simulation
Model
for
the
Dutch
Beam
Trawl
Fishery.

In,
Bio­
Economic
Modelling
in
the
1
6
9
EU,
Concerted
Action
Coordination
of
Research
in
Fishery
Economics,
Working
Document
Nr:
7,(
AIR
CT94
1489),
Workshop,
Edinburgh,
October:
2­
30.

This
paper
will
discuss
a
spatial
bio­
economic
simulation
model
for
plaice
and
sole,
aimed
at
sustainable
use
and
improvement
of
aqua
living
environment.
This
paper
will
focus
on
the
economic
part
of
the
bio­
economic
model.
A
description
is
given
of
the
objectives
of
the
model,
the
data
used,
discuss
the
relations
in
the
simulation
model,
discuss
the
problems
we
had
to
overcome,
and
present
some
results.

Doll,
John
P.
(
1972).
"
An
Econometric
Analysis
of
Shrimp
Ex­
Vessel
Prices,
1950­
1968."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
54(
August):
431­
440.

A
five
equation
demand
model
of
the
U.
S.
shrimp
market
was
estimated
using
annual
data
for
the
period
from
1950
to
1968.
Prices,
consumption,
and
ending
stocks
were
the
jointly
determined
variables;
predetermined
variables
were
shrimp
supplies
and
consumer
income.
Ex­
vessel
price
variations
resulted
largely
from
variations
in
domestic
landings.
Imports
reduced
the
general
level
of
ex­
vessel
prices
but
did
not
contribute
substantially
to
price
variability
except
in
isolated
instances.
Large
price
drops
occurred
during
periods
of
recession
when
increases
in
demand
were
slowed
and
stocks
began
to
build,
while
landings
and
imports
increased
substantially
over
the
previous
year.

Doll,
John
P.
(
1985).
"
An
Economics
Research
Plan
for
the
Northeast
Fisheries
Center."
Program
Review
Report
prepared
for
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Woods
Hole,
MA,
January,
55
pp.

A
plan
to
develop
an
economics
research
program
for
the
Northeast
Fisheries
Center.

Doll,
John
P.
(
1988).
"
Traditional
Economic
Models
of
Fishing
Vessels:
A
Review
With
Discussion."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5(
2):
99­
128.

Vessel
production
functions,
cost
curves,
and
related
short­
run
concepts
in
the
fishery
economics
literature
are
reviewed
and
microeconomic
theory
assumptions
are
invoked
to
develop
applications
for
vessels
operating
in
a
trawl
fishery.
Suggested
extensions
included
relaxing
the
certainty
assumption
and
developing
a
dynamic
process
to
determine
trip
duration.

Doll,
John
P.
and
Sean
B.
Chin
(????).
"
A
Use
for
Principal
Components
in
Price
Analysis."
Research
Notes,
?:
591­
593.

The
purpose
of
this
note
is
to
show
how
principal
components
can
be
used
as
an
aid
in
understanding
the
nature
of
the
fluctuations
present
in
several
series
of
annual
shrimp
prices.

Dore,
Ian
(
1993).
"
Shrimp
Futures."
American
Seafood
Institute
Report,
4(
7):
23­
25.

A
basic
description
of
hedging
in
the
newly
opened
shrimp
futures
market.

Dorfman,
Robert
(
1969).
"
An
Economic
Interpretation
of
Optimal
Control
Theory."
American
Economic
Review,
46:
817­
831.
1
7
0
The
main
thesis
of
this
paper
is
that
optimal
control
theory
is
formally
identical
with
capital
theory,
and
that
its
main
insights
can
be
attained
by
strictly
economic
reasoning.
This
thesis
will
be
supported
by
deriving
the
principal
theorem
of
optimal
control
theory,
called
the
maximum
principle,
by
means
of
economic
analysis.

Doubleday,
W.
G.
and
D.
Rivard
(
eds.)
(
1981).
Bottom
Trawl
Surveys,
Proceedings
of
a
Workshop
held
at
Ottawa,
November
12­
14,
1980,
Canadian
Special
Publication
of
Fisheries
and
Aquatic
Sciences
58,
Department
of
Fisheries
and
Oceans,
Ottawa,
1981.

This
publication
contains
the
proceedings
of
a
Workshop
on
bottom
trawl
surveys,
as
applied
to
the
assessment
of
groundfish
and
shrimp
stocks.
The
Workshop
reviewed
the
history
of
trawl
surveys
in
the
Northwest
Atlantic
and
discussed
problems
associated
with
survey
design,
abundance
estimation
and
sampling
techniques.
The
value
of
research
survey
data
has
been
clearly
demonstrated
and
the
benefits
of
improved
accuracy
and
efficiency
are
now
evident.
Finally,
the
proceedings
contain
specific
recommendations
on
various
aspects
of
survey
design,
abundance
estimation
and
trawl
technique
to
form
a
basis
for
improved
surveys
in
the
future.

Doumar,
Robert,
Judge
(
1998).

Summer
Flounder
Decision.

Civil
Action
No.
2:
97cv339,
United
States
District
Court
for
the
Eastern
District
of
Virginia,
Norfolk
Division.

Order
and
opinion
over
turning
the
summer
flounder
quota
regulations
set
by
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service.

Dow,
Robert
L.,
Frederick
W.
Bell,
and
Donald
M.
Harriman
(
1975).
"
Bioeconomic
Relationships
for
the
Maine
Lobster
Fishery
with
Consideration
of
Alternative
Management
Schemes."
NOAA
Technical
Report
NMFS
SSFR­
683,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Seattle,
WA,
March,
44
pp.

The
objectives
of
this
study
are
to
measure
the
biological
factors
that
determine
the
trend
and
fluctuations
in
abundance
and
production
of
the
Maine
American
lobster;
to
analyze
the
impact
of
such
economic
forces
as
the
demand
for
lobster
and
cost
of
operations
on
the
production
of
lobster
from
this
biological
resource;
to
measure
the
returns
to
lobster
boat
owners
operating
in
the
fishery;
to
establish
a
model
for
evaluating
the
economic
­
biological
interrelationships
so
important
to
fisheries
management;
to
analyze
the
impact
on
fishermen
and
the
lobster
resource
of
alternative
management
schemes
designed
to
prevent
excessive
capitalization
of
the
fishery;
to
determine
if
the
economy
and
fishing
industry
will
be
improved
by
better
fishery
management.

Dower,
Roger
C.
and
Paul
F.
Scodari
(
1987).
"
Compensation
for
Natural
Resource
Injury:
An
Emerging
Federal
Framework."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
4:
155­
174.

This
paper
provides
an
overview
of
the
emerging
"
Superfund"
natural
resource
damage
assessment
and
compensation
framework
and
a
review
of
several
economic
and
legal
issues
that
are
likely
to
affect
the
ability
of
the
framework
to
achieve
its
objectives.
The
Superfund
Act
as
amended
establishes
a
federal
regulatory
structure
that
provides
a
legal
"
legitimization"
for
the
use
of
economic
based
nonmarket
valuation
techniques
in
judicial
proceedings
involving
natural
resource
injuries
resulting
from
oil
and
hazardous
waste
1
7
1
spills
and
releases.
While
the
regulations
have
the
potential
to
foster
more
appropriate
compensation
as
well
as
prospective
incentives
to
limit
damages
to
natural
resources,
several
controversial
elements,
definitions,
and
assumptions
built
into
the
damage
assessment
regulations
appear
to
have
the
potential
to
undermine
the
efficiency
and
equity
of
damage
assessments.
These
issues
reflect
the
difficulty
of
integrating
economic
concepts
of
natural
resource
value
and
their
estimation
into
the
legal
environment.

Dressel,
David
M.,
Donald
R.
Whitaker,
and
The­
Wei
Hu
(
1983).
"
The
U.
S.
Oyster
Industry,
An
Economic
Profile
for
Policy
and
Regulatory
Analysis."
Final
report,
Saltonstall/
Kennedy
Project,
National
Fisheries
Institute,
Washington,
D.
C.

The
oyster
industry,
which
encompasses
18
of
the
21
coastal
states,
has
the
broadest
geographical
distribution
in
the
seafood
industry.
It
is
the
economic
focus
of
many
rural
coastal
communities
and
provides
direct
employment
for
watermen
and
plant
processing
personnel
in
addition
to
supporting
numerous
marine­
related
businesses.
The
amount
of
formal
integration
between
the
harvesting,
processing,
and
marketing
sectors
of
the
industry
is
limited.
However,
vertical
integration
is
found
in
large
processing
operations
that
obtain
supply
through
aquaculture
and
from
private
oyster
grounds.

Drynan,
Ross
G.
and
Frances
Sandiford
(
1985).

Incorporating
Economic
Objectives
in
Goal
Programs
for
Fisheries
Management.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
2(
2):
175­
195.

Allowing
for
the
biological
and
economic
complexities
pertaining
to
a
particular
fishery
requires
a
phased,
hierarchical
approach
to
fishery
management.
Mathematical
programming
models,
particularly
goal
programs
are
applicable
to
this
type
of
management
problem
because
they
can
readily
accommodate
the
constraints
and
targets
set
in
previous
phases
as
well
as
any
new
ones
that
may
be
required.
There
are
a
number
of
goal
programming
formulations
that
may
be
useful
for
modeling
the
objectives
of
fishery
management
problems.
Furthermore,
economic
objectives
can
be
interpreted
in
different
ways.
The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
illustrate
a
range
of
goal
programming
specifications
into
which
alternative
economic
objectives
have
been
incorporated.

DuBose,
William
P.,
IV
and
Gilbert
C.
Radonski
(
1984).
"
Problems
Confronting
the
Marine
Recreational
Fishing
Industry."
Chapter
8
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

In
an
effort
to
better
understand
the
recreational
fishing
industry,
the
authors
describe
and
evaluate
repetitive
and
non­
repetitive
fishing
related
expenditures
and
their
timing.

Duffy,
John,
Jr.
and
David
B.
Johnson
(
1979).
"
Study
of
Costs
and
Earnings
of
Bay
Shrimp
Fishermen
in
Louisiana."
Contract
Number
03­
7­
042­
35132,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
Louisiana.

This
survey
was
conducted
to
develop
1977
economic
data
on
the
inshore
shrimping
industry
located
in
the
Louisiana
parishes
of
St.
Mary,
Lafourche,
and
Terrebonne.
Economic
information
was
gathered
on
mean
average
landings
of
shrimp
for
various
boat
sizes,
as
well
as
mean
family
size
and
total
family
1
7
2
income
due
to
shrimping.
Data
were
also
gathered
on
total
variable
costs,
total
fixed
costs,
and
net
revenue
by
vessel
size.
Other
data
gathered
included
information
on
marketing
channels,
and
subjective
appraisals
of
the
problems
confronted
by
recreational
and
commercial
shrimpers.
Although
much
data
were
obtained,
and
despite
elaborate
measures
taken
to
obtain
the
cooperation
of
the
interviewees,
there
was
considerable
reluctance
on
the
part
of
the
shrimpers
to
reveal
catch,
income,
or
even
cost
data.

Dugan,
J.
E.,
and
G.
E.
Davis
(
1993).

Applications
of
Marine
Refugia
to
Coastal
Fisheries
Management.

Can.
J.
Fish.
Aquat.
Sci.,
50:
2029­
2042.

Marine
fisheries
refugia,
unaltered
areas
that
serve
as
sources
of
replenishment,
can
potentially
compensate
for
recruitment
and
ecosystem
over
fishing
and
enhance
fishery
yields
for
some
coastal
stocks.
The
efficacy
of
Refugia
in
fisheries
management
is
virtually
untested,
despite
the
existence
of
many
marine
parks
and
reserves.
Evidence
from
existing
marine
reserves
indicates
that
increased
abundance,
individual
size,
reproductive
output,
and
species
diversity
occurred
in
a
variety
of
marine
species
in
refuges
of
various
sizes,
shapes,
and
histories
in
communities
ranging
from
coral
reefs
to
temperate
kelp
forests.
Fishery
yield
enhancement
in
areas
surrounding
refuges
occurred
in
the
few
studies
where
yields
were
examined.
The
export
of
propagules
required
to
enhance
fisheries
in
areas
surrounding
refugia
adds
a
level
of
complexity
to
the
design
of
fishery
refugia
beyond
that
of
terrestrial
reserves.
Fishery
refugia
design
should
consider
species
life
fisheries,
oceanographic
regimes,
habitat
quality,
and
socioeconomic
factors.
Further
evaluation
of
existing
marine
refuges
and
the
investigation
of
experimental
refugia
over
appropriate
time
spans
will
help
resolve
questions
of
optimal
sizes,
shapes,
and
distribution
of
fishery
refugia.

Dugas,
Ron,
Rick
Leard,
and
Mark
Berrigan
(
1991).

A
Partial
Bibliography
of
Oyster
Cultch
Materials
and
Resource
Management
Projects.

Gulf
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission,
P.
O.
Box
726,
Ocean
Springs,
MS,
July,
12
pp.

This
bibliography
primarily
focuses
on
research
and
management
projects
dealing
with
the
use
of
various
clutch
materials
and
planting
methods.
It
also
includes
citations
of
past
management
projects.
Dumas,
Chris
and
Troy
Schmitz
(
1995).

Measuring
the
Impact
of
Environmental
Regulations.

American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
77(
5):
1172­
1176.

In
this
paper,
we
examine
the
domestic
welfare
effects
of
environmental
regulations
in
the
context
of
distorted
trade
markets.

Dunham,
Denis
(
1992).
Food
Cost
Review.
Agricultural
Economic
Report
No.
672,
Commodity
Economics
Division,
Economic
Research
Service,
U.
S.
Department
of
Agriculture,
1301
New
York
Avenue,
N.
W.,
Washington,
D.
C.,
46
pp.

Food
prices,
as
measured
by
the
Consumer
Price
Index
(
CPI),
increased
1.2
percent
in
1992,
less
than
half
the
1991
price
increase
of
2.9
percent.
The
1992
increase
was
the
lowest
since
1967,
when
the
index
rose
0.9
percent.
Higher
charges
for
processing
and
distribution
mainly
accounted
for
the
1992
increase.
The
prices
farmers
received
for
commodities,
as
measured
by
the
farm
value
of
USDA

s
market
basket
of
foods,
declined
2.5
percent.
The
farm
value
share
of
the
food
dollar
spent
in
grocery
stores
in
1992
was
26
percent,
down
from
27
percent
in
1991.
The
farm­
to­
retail
price
spread
of
USDA

s
market
basket
of
foods
rose
2
percent,
partly
reflecting
higher
prices
of
inputs,
such
as
labor.
1
7
3
Dunn,
James
W.
and
James
S.
Shortle
(
1988).
"
Agricultural
Nonpoint
Source
Pollution
Control
in
Theory
and
Practice."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5(
3):
259­
270.

The
theory
of
efficient
policy
instruments
for
agricultural
pollution
control
has
been
evolving.
Some
new
developments
suggest
that
policies
using
financial
incentives
to
encourage
desirable
farming
practices
are
superior
to
those
focusing
on
runoff
directly
or
restrictions
of
farming
practices.
However,
the
theoretical
models
used
to
derive
such
results
make
assumptions
about
conditions
that
may
not
hold.
As
a
result,
implementation
of
the
findings
of
such
models
is
not
necessarily
routine.
This
article
attempts
to
summarize
these
studies
and
interpret
their
implications
for
agricultural
nonpoint
source
pollution
control
for
the
Chesapeake
Bay.

Dupont,
D.
P.
(
1987).
"
Input
Substitution
and
Rent
Dissipation
in
the
British
Columbia
Commercial
Salmon
Fishery."
Draft
report,
University
of
British
Columbia.

The
paper
presents
a
short
run
model
of
a
fishing
firm
in
a
limited
entry
fishery
subject
to
vessel
level
input
restrictions.
Cross
sectional
data
from
the
British
Columbia
commercial
salmon
fishery
are
used
to
test
for
the
presence
of
input
substitutability.
Inferences
may
then
be
made
about
the
ability
of
the
fisherman
to
dissipate
rent
from
the
fishery.
The
choice
of
this
fishery
is
appropriate,
since
it
was
one
of
the
first
to
adopt
limited
entry
licensing
to
combat
the
problems
generated
by
years
of
open
access
fishing.

Dupont,
D.
P.
(
1990).
"
Rent
Dissipation
in
Restricted
Access
Fisheries."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
19:
26­
44.

Restricted
access
fisheries,
created
to
solve
the
open
access
problem
of
rent
dissipation,
have
not
been
successful.
Three
common
sources
of
dissipated
rent
are
input
substitution,
fleet
redundancy,
and
fleet
composition.
Regulators
on
the
west
coast
of
Canada
have
focused
on
finding
solutions
for
the
first
source.
This
paper
questions
the
wisdom
of
past
policy
by
developing
and
implementing
a
method
for
measuring
rent
dissipation
in
restricted
access
fisheries.
Results
from
the
British
Columbia
salmon
fishery
suggest
that
regulators
should
concentrate
instead
on
improving
fleet
composition
and
removing
excess
vessels.

Dupont,
D.
P.
(
1991).
"
Testing
for
Input
Substitution
in
a
Regulated
Fisheries."
American
Journal
Agricultural
Economics,
February,
155­
164.

Input
restrictions
are
commonly
used
to
prevent
rent
dissipation
in
fisheries.
This
paper
examines
whether
these
schemes
are
successful
by
calculation
the
degree
of
input
substitution
between
restricted
and
unrestricted
inputs.
Conventional
elasticities
of
substitution
cannot
be
used
when
the
firm
faces
controls
on
the
use
of
some
inputs.
In
this
case,
the
appropriate
measure
of
substitution,
the
elasticity
of
intensity,
must
be
used.
Data
from
the
British
Columbia
salmon
fishery
provide
evidence
of
input
substitution
possibilities
for
two
vessel
types.
These
results
call
into
question
the
usefulness
of
input
control
schemes.

Dupont,
D.
P.
(
1993).
"
Price
Uncertainty,
Expectations
Formation
and
Fishers'
Location
Choices."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

This
paper
deals
with
the
effects
of
uncertain
output
prices
upon
1
7
4
fishers'
location
choices.
It
employs
ARIMA
models
to
construct
the
price
forecasts
used
by
fishers
in
a
model
that
generates
expected
profits
for
three
fishing
locations
in
the
British
Columbia
salmon
fishery.
A
random
utility
model
of
fishing
location
choice
is
then
estimated
using
two
different
sets
of
regressors.
The
first
is
expected
seasonal
profit
and
its
variability.
The
second
is
expected
wealth
and
its
variability,
where
expected
wealth
is
taken
to
be
the
sum
of
the
known
preseason
wealth
and
the
expected
profitability
of
a
given
fishing
location.
Results
show
that
expected
profitability
is
a
significant
determinant
of
fishing
location
choice
but
that
expected
wealth
plays
an
even
bigger
role.
This
suggests
that
there
is
a
type
of
income
or
stock
effect
present
in
decisions
made
by
fishers.
The
results
also
provide
evidence
that
the
variability
of
profits
or
wealth
is
generally
a
less
significant
component
in
regard
to
fishing
location
choice.
In
fact,
some
fishers
thrive
on
greater
variability,
thereby
providing
some
evidence
of
the
risk
loving
behavior
typically
attributed
to
fishers.
This
is
not
the
case,
however,
for
all
fishers
since
some
are
found
to
be
risk
neutral
and
even
risk
averse.

Dupont,
D.
P.
(
1993).
"
Price
Uncertainty,
Expectations
Formation
and
Fishers'
Location
Choices."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
8(
3):
219­
247.

This
paper
deals
with
the
effects
of
uncertain
output
prices
upon
fishers'
location
choices.
It
employs
ARIMA
models
to
construct
the
price
forecasts
used
by
fishers
in
a
model
that
generates
expected
profits
for
three
fishing
locations
in
the
British
Columbia
salmon
fishery.
A
random
utility
model
of
fishing
location
choice
is
then
estimated
using
two
different
sets
of
regressors.
The
first
is
expected
seasonal
profit
and
its
variability.
The
second
is
expected
wealth
and
its
variability,
where
expected
wealth
is
taken
to
be
the
sum
of
the
known
preseason
wealth
and
the
expected
profitability
of
a
given
fishing
location.
Results
show
that
expected
profitability
is
a
significant
determinant
of
fishing
location
choice
but
that
expected
wealth
plays
an
even
bigger
role.
This
suggests
that
there
is
a
type
of
income
or
stock
effect
present
in
decisions
made
by
fishers.
The
results
also
provide
evidence
that
the
variability
of
profits
or
wealth
is
generally
a
less
significant
component
in
regard
to
fishing
location
choice.
In
fact,
some
fishers
thrive
on
greater
variability,
thereby
providing
some
evidence
of
the
risk
loving
behavior
typically
attributed
to
fishers.
This
is
not
the
case,
however,
for
all
fishers
since
some
are
found
to
be
risk
neutral
and
even
risk
averse.
Given
the
finding
that
fishers
do
respond
to
economic
incentives,
one
policy
implication
concerns
the
ability
of
fisheries
managers
to
alter
the
dispersion
of
fishers
over
fishing
locations
via
the
adjustment
of
the
economic
incentives
by
means
of
differential
royalty
taxes.
A
second
policy
implication
results
from
the
finding
of
risk
loving
behavior.
This
calls
into
question
models
that
assume
risk
averse
behavior
and
predict
a
dominance
of
corp
sharing
contracts
over
wage
contracts.

Dupont,
Diane
P.
and
Shelley
A.
Phipps
(
1991).
"
Distributional
Consequences
of
Fisheries
Regulations."
Canadian
Journal
of
Economics,
24(
1):
206­
220.

An
empirical
methodology
for
evaluating
fisheries
regulations
in
terms
of
both
rent
gains
and
employment
losses
is
proposed.
A
royalty
tax
and
a
change
in
catch
distribution
among
competing
vessel
types
are
compared
with
the
status
quo
of
restricted
access.
The
case
study
is
the
British
Columbia
commercial
salmon
fishery.
Results
suggest
that
rent
gains
associated
with
the
alternatives
are
not
always
sufficient
to
compensate
for
losses
in
fishing
income.
1
7
5
Dybas,
Cheryl
Lyn
(
1997).

Appetite
for
Slow­
Reproducing
Fish
Breeds
Worry
Over
Stocks.

The
Washington
Post,
October
27,
4
pp.

The
grenadier,
a
deep
sea,
slow
growing
fish
for
which
little
biological
information
exists,
off
the
coast
of
California
may
be
overfished
and
is
causing
concern
amongst
fishermen
and
biologists.

Dyer,
Christopher
L.
and
Richard
L.
Leard
(
1992).
"
Folk
Management
in
the
Oyster
Fishery
of
the
United
States
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Forthcoming:
American
Anthropologist.

This
paper
proposes
folk
management
as
cultural
practices
having
a
conservative
function
in
fishery
management.
Folk
management
is
defined
and
described
and
its
role
in
the
management
of
oysters
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
discussed.
The
sociocultural
impact
of
folk
management
on
oyster
management
within
the
states
of
Florida,
Alabama,
Mississippi,
and
Louisiana.
Oystering
communities
within
these
states
are
described
as
natural
resource
communities
(
NRCs)
and
the
application
of
folk
management
concepts
is
discussed
with
recognition
of
the
unique
nature
of
NRCs
that
has
facilitated
the
development
of
user
assisted
management
or
comanagement.

Dyer,
Christopher
L.
and
Mark
Moberg
(
1992).
"
The
'
Moral
Economy'
of
Resistance:
Turtle
Excluder
Devices
and
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishermen."
Forthcoming:
Marine
Anthropological
Studies.

This
article
examines
how
shrimp
fishermen
in
two
communities
on
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
have
responded
to
federal
regulations
requiring
the
use
of
Turtle
Excluder
Devices
(
TEDs)
on
shrimp
trawlers.
Coming
at
a
time
of
contraction
in
the
fishery
due
to
low
producer
prices
and
high
operating
costs,
TED
regulations
have
engendered
intense
opposition
in
many
areas.
Resistance
to
TEDs
stems
from
shrimpers'
perception
that
the
regulations
are
an
unjust
threat
to
their
livelihoods.
Such
beliefs
are
not
unlike
those
underlying
other
spontaneous
resistance
movements,
such
as
agrarian
uprisings
of
the
poor
and
dispossessed.
Recommendations
for
alternatives
are
made
that
would
provide
incentives
for
conservation
while
lessening
the
economic
hardship
of
shrimpers
and
their
families.

Dyer,
Christopher
L.,
Duane
A.
Gill,
and
J.
Steven
Picou
(
1992).
"
Social
Disruption
and
the
Valdez
Oil
Spill:
Alaskan
Natives
in
a
Natural
Resource
Community."
Sociological
Spectrum,
12:
105­
126.

This
study
presents
a
conceptual
model
for
examining
the
social
impacts
of
the
Valdez
oil
spill
on
natural
resource
dependent
communities.
Data
on
social
and
subsistence
disruption
experienced
by
Alaskan
natives
are
analyzed
for
two
time
periods:
1989
and
1990.
The
results
reveal
substantial
uncertainty
and
disruption,
with
indications
of
changing
patterns
for
long
term
social
impacts.
The
study
concludes
with
recommendations
for
restoration
and
recovery
suggested
from
the
results
of
our
data
analysis
and
the
natural
resource
community
model.

Eales,
James
and
James
E.
Wilen
(
1986).
"
An
Examination
of
Fishing
Location
Choice
in
the
Pink
Shrimp
Fishery."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
2(
4):
331­
351.

This
article
analyzes
fishing
location
choices
made
by
pink
shrimp
(
Pandalus
jordani)
fishermen
fishing
off
the
coast
of
northern
California.
Data
were
gathered
for
17
commercial
vessels
making
3000
net
sets
over
a
season.
A
simple
multiple
choice
logit
model
was
used
to
examine
whether
recent
information
on
success
in
various
regions
aids
in
explaining
location
1
7
6
choice.
Results
suggest
that
fishermen
do
account
for
economic
factors
in
a
manner
consistent
with
economic
theories
of
choice.

Earth
Council
and
Institute
for
Research
on
Public
Expenditure
(
1997).

Economic
Incentives
for
Sustainable
Development.

Draft
Report.
P.
O.
Box
2323­
1002,
San
Jose

,
Costa
Rica,
and
Oranjestraat
8,
2514JB
The
Hague,
The
Netherlands.

The
first
and
imperative
step
for
government
policy
in
realizing
the
right
incentive
structure
is
to
identify
and
reduce
subsidies
with
adverse
effects
on
the
environment
as
well
as
on
the
overall
efficiency
of
the
economy.
This
report
aims
to
present
sound
analyses
of
government
interventions
and
to
come
forward
with
suggestions
to
promote
a
general
policy
move
towards
reducing
environmentally
damaging
subsidies.

Easley,
J.
E.,
Jr.
(
1982).
"
A
Preliminary
Estimate
of
the
Payoff
to
Investing
in
a
Turtle
Excluder
Device
for
Shrimp
Trawls."
Final
report
prepared
for
Monitor
International
and
The
Center
for
Environmental
Education
in
cooperation
with
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service.

This
analysis
looks
at
the
economic
feasibility
of
adoption
of
a
turtle
excluder
device
(
TED)
based
on
private
costs
and
benefits.
That
is,
can
fishermen
be
expected
to
adopt
the
gear
on
its
own
merits.
This
analysis
excludes
social
costs
that
affect
the
decision
to
require
TED
use.

Easley,
J.
E.,
Jr.
(
1988).
"
An
Analysis
of
Recent
Price
Trends
and
Sources
of
Revenue
in
the
East
Coast
Swordfish
Fishery."
Prepared
for
the
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council,
1
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699.

This
report
summarizes
recent
price
trends
in
the
swordfish
and
related
fisheries.
While
selected
tuna
prices
have
increased
recently,
deflated
regional
average
prices,
and
relative
prices,
do
not
show
the
spectacular
changes
that
conventional
wisdom
leads
us
to
believe.
This
is
not
to
dispute
recent
prices
offered,
for
example,
for
bluefin,
but
suggests
that
quantities
are
still
(
through
1987)
sufficiently
small
that
average
real
prices
and
relative
prices
show
something
less
than
spectacular
movement.
Based
on
revenue
profiles,
tuna
are
obviously
important
to
the
longline
fishery,
particularly
in
the
Gulf
region
and
the
NEUS
region.
Bigeye
and
yellowfin
may
be
increasingly
important
in
explaining
revenue
in
the
CARB
region,
based
on
1986­
1987
changes.
Additional
years'
revenue
profiles
will
allow
tracking
the
share
of
various
species
in
longline
trip
revenue.

Easley,
J.
E.,
Jr.
(
1992).
"
Selected
Issues
in
Modeling
Allocation
of
Fishery
Harvests."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
7(
2):
41­
56.

This
paper
examines
selected
issues
that
are
likely
to
be
important
in
improving
economists'
models
of
allocation
of
fishery
harvests
between
commercial
and
recreational
harvesters.
Valuation
in
the
commercial
sector
is
emphasized
with
harvests
of
a
species
subject
to
allocation
viewed
as
an
input
into
production
of
consumer
fishery
goods.
Substitution
possibilities
in
production
of
these
consumer
goods,
and
data
generally
available
to
economists
are
discussed
as
motivations
for
application
of
the
general
equilibrium
derived
demand
to
valuation
in
the
commercial
sector.
Conceptual
and
empirical
problems
in
applying
the
function
are
discussed.

Easley,
J.
E.,
Jr.
and
Fred
J.
Prochaska
(
1987).
"
Allocating
Harvests
Between
Competing
Users
in
Fishery
Management
Decisions:
1
7
7
Appropriate
Economic
Measures
for
Valuation."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
3):
29­
33.

This
paper
discusses
decision
making
by
fishery
managers
and
economists'
efforts
to
model
fisheries.
Arguments
and
casual
evidence
are
presented
to
suggest
that
distributional
issues
matter
to
managers.
The
paper
concludes
with
a
practical
measure
suggested
as
a
means
of
achieving
efficiency
goals
while
simultaneously
resolving
conflicts
between
competing
harvesting
groups.

Easley,
J.
E.,
Jr.,
and
Walter
N.
Thurman
(
1993).
"
Valuation
of
Commercial
Harvests:
Practical
Considerations
for
Fishery
Management
of
the
General
Equilibrium
Derived
Demand
and
a
Recent
Application."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

This
paper
focuses
on
multimarket
welfare
analysis
in
markets
other
than
the
vessel
sector
of
a
species
in
question
and
subject
to
a
change
in
regulation.
The
technique
to
be
applied
is
the
general
equilibrium
(
GE)
or
multimarket
derived
demand
surplus
analysis.
The
derived
demand
conceptual
framework
was
developed
by
Hicks
(
1963)
and
by
Diewert
(
1971).
The
Welfare
significance
of
general
equilibrium
surplus
areas
was
established
by
Just,
Hueth,
and
Schmitz
(
1982).
The
analytical
base
for
measurement
of
welfare
effects
in
horizontally
related
markets
(
e.
g.
species
other
than
the
one
being
subjected
to
reduced
harvests,
and
which
substitute
in
production
for
the
given
species),
and
an
early
application
to
a
fishery
are
discussed
in
Thurman
and
Easley
(
1992).
The
next
section
briefly
sketches
out
the
conceptual
framework
for
estimating
multimarket
effects
in
a
single
market
(
e.
g.,
the
vessel
level).
Following
this
conceptual
section,
we
present
results
from
applying
the
GE
derived
demand
model
to
the
North
Carolina
flounder
fishery.

Easley,
J.
E.,
Jr.,
Chuck
Adams,
Walter
N.
Thurman,
and
Joel
Kincaid
(
1993).
"
The
Derived
Demand
for
Commercially
Harvested
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
King
Mackerel:
Partial
and
General
Equilibrium
Models."
Project
Report
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
March
29,
42
pp.

This
study
estimates
both
partial
and
general
equilibrium
demand
models
for
the
commercial
king
mackerel
fishery
using
monthly,
vessel
level
data
covering
the
1977­
1991
time
period
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
south
Atlantic
regions.
Estimated
changes
in
consumer
welfare
given
hypothetical
shifts
in
commercial
king
mackerel
harvest
allocations
are
provided.

Easley,
J.
E.,
Jr.,
V.
Kerry
Smith,
Michael
K.
Wohlgenant,
and
Walter
N.
Thurman
(
1989).
"
Allocating
Recreational
­
Commercial
Fishery
Harvests:
Literature
Reviews
and
Preliminary
Work
Toward
Modeling
the
Issue."
Executive
Summary,
Final
Report
Submitted
to
the
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Development
Foundation,
Inc.,
GASAFDFI
No.
37­
09­
28750/
6000,
NMFS
Award
No.
NA88­
WC­
H­
06070,
March
24,
20
pp.

This
project
has
reviewed
the
fishery
economics
literature
relevant
to
valuing
harvests
in
an
allocation
model.
It
also
presents
results
of
early
exploration
into
many
of
the
issues
that
will
have
to
be
addressed
in
developing
a
derived­
demand
based
model
for
allocation
of
commercial
and
recreational
harvests.
At
this
point,
we
are
optimistic
that
such
a
model
can
in
fact
be
developed
as
a
guide
to
economists
and
managers;
however,
much
remains
to
be
modeled
and
refined
before
an
allocation
model
can
be
applied.

Eckert,
R.
(
19??).
The
Enclosure
of
Ocean
Resources.
Chapters
1
and
2.
1
7
8
Sources
of
market
failure,
public
ownership
of
resources,
equity
versus
efficiency,
and
government
failure
and
its
sources.

Economics
and
Statistics
Office
(
1988).
"
Fishing
Trends
and
Conditions
in
the
Southeast
Region,
1988."
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
45
pp.

This
report
contains
information
on
conditions
and
developments
in
the
fishing
industry
in
the
southeastern
U.
S.
during
1988.
The
information
was
provided
by
Federal
and
State
fishery
reporting
specialists
located
in
major
fishing
ports
throughout
the
southeast.
The
landings
and
value
data
in
the
report
are
preliminary
and
subject
to
change.

Economics
and
Trade
Analysis
Division
(
1993).
"
Economic
Considerations
for
Management
of
Gulf
Reef
Fish."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9450
Koger
Blvd.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

A
review
of
the
available
data
for
the
reef
fish
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Economics
and
Trade
Analysis
Division
(
1993).
"
Stock
Assessment
and
Fishery
Evaluation
for
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Fish
of
the
South
Atlantic
and
Gulf
Coasts."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9450
Koger
Blvd.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.,
April.

Coastal
migratory
pelagics
SAFE
report
which
includes
a
history
of
federal
management,
the
1993
mackerel
stock
assessment
panel
report,
and
the
socioeconomic
panel
report.

Economics
and
Trade
Analysis
Division
(
1995).
"
Data
and
Information
Provided
to
the
Gulf
Council's
Socio­
Economic
Panel."
Volumes
1
and
2,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
April.

A
2
volume
report
summarizing
existing
commercial
and
recreational
data
for
the
coastal
migratory
pelagics
fishery
in
the
southeastern
region.

Economic
Investigations
(
1992).
"
Economic
Analysis
of
Effort
Reduction
in
the
Multispecies
Groundfish
Fishery."
Report
to
the
Groundfish
(
Multispecies)
Committee,
Woods
Hole
Laboratory,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
April,
52
pp.

This
document
presents
results
of
the
economic
analysis
of
a
consent
decree
to
rebuild
groundfish
stocks
that
included
the
following
management
scenarios
for
analysis:
(
1)
10%
reductions
in
days
at
sea
during
each
of
the
first
5
years;
(
2)
25%
reductions
in
days
at
sea
during
1993
and
1995;
and
(
3)
the
full
50
%
reduction
in
days
at
sea
in
1993.
Background
material
on
basic
economic
concepts
and
evaluation
methodologies
is
presented.
Demand
analyses
are
reported
and
used
to
predict
prices,
harvest
revenues,
and
consumer
benefits
during
1993­
2002.
Revenue
predictions
are
combined
with
various
cost
scenarios
in
an
analysis
of
net
economic
benefits
of
50%
reductions
in
days
at
sea.
Results
are
summarized
and
discussed.

Economic
Issues
Working
Group
(
2000).

Hydroelectric
Project
Relicensing.

1
7
9
Draft
Phase
I
Report,
March,
45
pp.

An
assessment
of
economic
methods
to
value
hydroelectric
relicensing
applications
is
made
in
this
report.
The
techniques
used
by
various
federal
agencies
to
conduct
analyses
required
by
federal
and
state
law
are
reviewed.
A
section
summarizing
the
types
of
analyses
that
should
be
used
is
presented.
The
report
focuses
primarily
on
short
run
impacts
that
directly
affect
the
river
environment.
One
major
omission
is
the
lack
of
a
long
run
or
downstream
impacts
in
the
assessment
of
costs
and
benefits.
The
assertion
that
changes
in
national
income
can
be
used
to
estimate
net
benefits
is
suspect.
No
concise
recommendations
are
provided
nor
are
any
multi­
discipline
analyses
suggested.

Economic
Research
Laboratory
(
1973).
"
Basic
Economic
Indicators,
Shrimp
1947­
72."
Current
Fisheries
Statistics
No.
6131,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
United
States
Department
of
Commerce,
Washington,
D.
C.,
June,
55
pp.

This
report
brings
together
pertinent
economic,
technological,
and
biological
data
that
reflects
the
behavior
of
the
U.
S.
shrimp
fishery.

Economic
Research
Laboratory
(
1974).
"
Basic
Economic
Indicators,
American
and
Spiny
Lobsters,
1947­
73."
Current
Fisheries
Statistics
No.
6272,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
United
States
Department
of
Commerce,
Washington,
D.
C.,
August,
58
pp.

This
report
brings
together
pertinent
economic,
technological,
and
biological
data
that
reflects
the
behavior
of
the
U.
S.
lobster
fishery.

Edwards,
Steven
F.
(
1989).
"
On
Estimating
Household
Demand
for
Outdoor
Recreation
from
Property
Values:
An
Exploration."
Northeastern
Journal
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
18(
2):
140­
148.

This
paper
explores
how
hedonic
price
analysis
might
be
used
to
estimate
the
surplus
benefits
of
local
outdoor
recreation
when
distance
to
the
recreational
site
is
captured
in
property
values.
The
model
is
characterized
by
the
endogenous
choice
of
distance
to
a
local
recreational
area
by
households
in
coastal
property
markets
and
by
the
capitalization
of
proximity
in
property
values.
Equilibrium
occurs
when
the
reduction
in
the
cost
of
a
property
due
to
a
marginal
increase
in
distance
to
the
recreational
area
equals
the
associated
loss
in
recreational
surplus
resulting
from
increased
travel
costs.
The
theoretical
model
is
applied
in
an
exploratory
analysis
of
the
"
demand"
for
distance
to
the
nearest
public
beach
from
which
total
surplus
benefits
are
estimated.

Edwards,
Steven
F.
(
1989).
"
Allocating
Fish
Stocks
Between
Commercial
and
Recreational
Fisheries:
An
Economics
Primer."
Draft
report,
Economics
Investigation
Unit,
Northeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Woods
Hole,
MA
02543,
September
13,
111
pp.

An
earlier
draft
of
"
An
Economics
Guide
to
Allocation
of
Fish
Stocks
Between
Commercial
and
Recreational
Fisheries."
See
below.

Edwards,
Steven
F.
(
1989).
"
Evidence
of
Structural
Change
in
Demand
for
Seafood."
Draft
report,
NEFC,
Woods
Hole,
MA
02543.
1
8
0
The
results
from
graphical
and
two­
phase
regression
analyses
of
time
series
data
on
seafood
consumption
and
relative
prices
corroborated
beliefs
that
preferences
for
seafood
strengthened
in
response
to
medical
evidence
that
seafood
promotes
nutrition
and
health.
The
graphical
analyses
revealed
steady
increases
in
per
capita
consumption
of
seafood
since
the
1960'
s
despite
concurrent
increases
in
the
price
of
seafood
relative
to
income,
to
all
foods,
and
to
the
prices
of
other
meats.
Also,
the
mid­
1960'
s
and
mid­
1980'
s
appeared
to
mark
periods
of
accelerated
change.
Two­
phase
regression
analyses
of
reduced
form
models
of
both
per
capita
consumption
and
the
price
of
seafood
quantified
these
apparent
trends
and
identified
points
of
accelerated
change.
Some
implications
of
these
results
for
specifying
demand
models,
for
estimating
consumer
benefits,
and
for
projecting
fishing
pressure
on
wild
stocks
were
highlighted.

Edwards,
Steven
F.
(
1990).
"
An
Economics
Guide
to
Allocation
of
Fish
Stocks
Between
Commercial
and
Recreational
Fisheries."
NOAA
Technical
Report
NMFS
94,
Nov.

The
increasingly
intense
competition
between
commercial
and
recreational
fishermen
for
access
to
fish
stocks
has
focused
attention
on
the
economic
implications
of
fishery
allocations.
Indeed,
one
can
scarcely
find
a
management
plan
or
amendment
that
does
not
at
least
refer
to
the
relative
food
and
sport
values
of
fish
and
to
how
expenditures
by
commercial
and
recreational
fishermen
on
equipment
and
supplies
stimulate
the
economy.
However,
many
of
the
arguments
raised
by
constituents
to
influence
such
allocations,
while
having
an
seemingly
"
economics"
ring
to
them,
are
usually
incomplete,
distorted,
and
even
incorrect.
This
report
offers
fishery
managers
and
other
interested
parties
a
guide
to
correct
notions
of
economic
value
and
to
the
appropriate
ways
to
characterize,
estimate,
and
compare
value.
In
particular,
introductory
material
from
benefit­
cost
analysis
and
input­
output
analysis
is
described
and
illustrated.
In
the
process,
several
familiar
specious
arguments
are
exposed.

Edwards,
Steven
F.
(
1991).
"
A
Critique
of
Three
"
Economics"
Arguments
Commonly
Used
to
Influence
Fishery
Allocations."
North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
11(
2):
121­
130.

Three
familiar
"
economics"
arguments
commonly
used
by
commercial
fishermen
and
anglers
to
influence
fishery
allocations
are
specious
in
the
context
of
fishery
valuation.
The
"
market
argument"
and
the
"
revenues
argument"
are
based
on
incorrect
notions
of
economic
value
and
are
focused
on
purely
financial
matters
such
as
expenditures
and
revenues
instead
of
on
consumer
and
producer
surpluses.
In
contrast,
the
"
cumulative­
value
argument"
sometimes
addresses
correct
notions
of
economic
value,
but
the
values
of
commercial
and
sport
fisheries
are
not
properly
compared.
A
conceptually
correct
benefit­
cost
analysis
of
allocation
between
the
two
fisheries
is
illustrated.

Edwards,
Steven
F.
(
1994).
"
An
Economics
History
of
U.
S.
Fisheries
and
Their
Management."
Draft
report,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Woods
Hole,
MA.

The
history
of
fisheries
management
in
the
U.
S.
and
its
implications
for
the
future.
Five
case
studies
are
presented,
including
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp,
and
conclusions
are
drawn
based
on
the
success
of
fisheries
management
in
these
fisheries.
Overall,
a
bleak
future
is
predicted
for
the
fishing
industry.

Edwards,
Steven
F.
(
1994).
"
Beyond
ITQs."
Position
Paper
presented
at
1
8
1
the
Limited
Access
Workshop,
Seattle,
Washington,
November
1­
3.
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Woods
Hole,
MA,
October.

The
paper
discusses
whether
ITQs
are
a
resource
right
or
a
usufructuary
or
harvest
right.
As
a
harvest
right,
the
ITQ
holder
does
not
have
the
ability
to
set
TAC
and
may
still
have
incentives
to
act
inefficiently;
highgrading
of
catch.
ITQ
may,
however,
be
a
step
toward
resource
rights
since
New
Zealand
ITQ
holders
have
appropriated
management
rights
from
the
government
by
agreeing
to
harvest
less
than
the
TAC,
enforce
rules,
and
fund
research
in
the
orange
roughy
and
abalone
fisheries.

Edwards,
Steven
F.
(
1994).

Managing
Marine
Fisheries
by
Controlled
Access:
What
Alternatives
are
Available?

In
Karyn
L.
Gimbel
(
ed.)
Limiting
Access
to
Marine
Fisheries:
Keeping
the
Focus
on
Conservation,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

Alternatives
to
control
(
or
limit)
access
to
marine
fish
resources
are
classified
on
the
basis
of
who
owns
the
legal
right
of
exclusion.
Throughout
the
world,
participation
in
some
marine
fisheries
is
controlled
by
the
state
through
allocation
of
usufructuary
rights
of
access
or
harvest.
License
limitation,
individual
transferable
quotas,
and
area
licensing
are
forms
of
usufructuary
rights
controlled
by
state
regulatory
regimes.
Unappreciated,
though,
are
many
instances
of
participation
being
controlled
by
collectives
of
individual
harvesters.
In
collective
choice
regimes,
commercial
fishermen
and
others
with
interests
in
a
marine
fish
resource
contract
access
as
well
as
usufructuary
rights.
Finally,
private
property
regimes
also
control
access
to
marine
fish
resources.
In
this
alternative,
participation
is
authorized
by
a
single,
private
entity.
The
entity
could
be
a
commercial
fishing
or
fish
processing
corporation,
a
charter
fishing
enterprise,
or
conceivably,
a
conservation
organization,
depending
on
the
initial
allocation
of
rights
and
the
opportunity
to
market
the
rights.
In
addition
to
controlling
access,
the
right
to
exclude
people
from
a
fish
resource
strongly
favors
both
conservation
and
economic
efficiency,
especially
when
exclusion
is
coupled
with
the
rights
of
management
and
market
transfer
and
when
rights
are
backed
by
the
state.
Judging
from
theory
and
case
studies,
usufructuary
rights
alone
have
yielded
limited
conservation
and
economic
benefits
from
use
of
fish
and
other
natural
resources
under
a
state
regulatory
regime.
However,
usufructuary
rights
are
widely
believed
to
be
superior
to
open
access,
and
they
are
a
necessary
phase
in
the
evolution
of
potentially
better
collective
choice
or
private
property
regimes.

Edwards,
Steven
F.
(
1994).
"
Ownership
of
Renewable
Ocean
Resources."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
9(
3):
253­
273.

Much
of
the
recent
fisheries
economics
literature
promotes
usufructuary
rights
policies
to
lessen
the
dissipation
of
resource
rents.
However,
this
literature
does
not
count
institutional
inefficiencies
which
result
from
rent
seeking
and
the
principal
agent
problem
when
a
centralized
government
controls
access
to
renewable
ocean
resources.
As
a
result,
the
efficiency
of
usufructuary
rights
programs,
including
ITQs,
throughout
the
economy
could
be
exaggerated.
From
a
dynamic
standpoint,
though,
usufructuary
rights
policies
remain
an
important
avenue
for
residual
claimants
to
contract
for
less
attenuated
institutions
of
common
or
private
property
rights.
These
conclusions
are
drawn
from
a
survey
of
the
property
rights
and
public
choice
literatures.

Edwards,
Steven
F.
(
1998).
"
Rent­
Seeking
in
the
U.
S.
Atlantic
Sea
1
8
2
Scallop
Fishery."
Draft
report,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Woods
Hole,
MA,
October,
25
pp.

Two
phases
of
rent­
seeking
in
the
U.
S.
Atlantic
sea
scallop
fishery
are
described.
The
phase
that
began
when
the
Magnuson­
Stevens
Act
was
implemented
in
1977
and
lasted
over
10
years
saw
harvesters
overcapitalize
the
fishery
to
capture
residual
rents
in
the
public
domain.
Rents
were
apparently
dissipated
within
approximately
three
years
after
which
the
marginal
revenue
product
of
effort
remained
below
the
marginal
cost
of
effort
given
resource
abundance
each
year.
Resource
depletion
and
high
fixed
costs
led
to
negative
average
vessel
(
accounting)
profit
during
the
mid­
1980'
s
and
throughout
the
1990'
s
due,
in
part,
to
non­
transferable
effort
quotas
and
closed
areas
beginning
in
1994.
Despite
these
dire
financial
circumstances,
however,
efforts
to
develop
property
rights
in
the
fishery
beginning
during
the
late
1980'
s
have
been
stymied
by
heterogeneities
among
fishermen,
especially
the
potential
distribution
of
rents
if
effort
quotas
that
were
implemented
by
Amendment
4
to
the
New
England
Fishery
Management
Council

s
Sea
Scallop
Fishery
management
Plan
became
transferrable.
Estimates
of
ownership
of
effort
quotas
indicate
that
75
percent
of
the
sea
scallopers
own
one
or
fewer
full­
time­
equivalent
permits
compared
to
5­
10
permits
owned
by
4
percent
of
the
quota
holders.
The
paper
concludes
with
a
discussion
of
future
prospects
in
the
fishery
related
to
exclusive
areas
and
sea
scallop
culture.

Edwards,
Steven
F.
and
Glen
D.
Anderson
(
1984).
"
Land
Use
Conflicts
in
the
Coastal
Zone:
An
Approach
for
the
Analysis
of
the
Opportunity
Costs
of
Protecting
Coastal
Resources."
Journal
of
the
Northeastern
Agricultural
Economics
Council,
14:
73­
81.

The
implicit
price
(
hedonic)
equation
for
the
housing
market
in
a
coastal
town
in
southern
Rhode
Island
was
estimated
using
a
conditional
Box­
Cox
maximum
likelihood
procedure.
Linear,
log­
linear,
and
semi­
log
functional
forms
were
rejected
with
95%
confidence.
Estimates
of
marginal
implicit
prices
for
water
related
attributes
(
view
of,
frontage
on,
and
proximity
to
a
coastal
salt
water
pond)
derived
from
these
rejected
models
were
quite
different
from
those
determined
from
the
optimal
functional
form.
This
result
has
important
ramifications
for
public
policy,
as
is
shown
in
an
example,
since
these
attributes
were
found
to
be
highly
valued
in
the
housing
market.

Edwards,
Steven
F.
and
Cynthia
Carlson
(
1989).
"
On
Estimating
Compensation
for
Injury
to
Publicly
Owned
Marine
Resources."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
6(
1):
27­
42.

The
public
has
an
established
right
to
use
certain
marine
resources
including
fish
stocks,
beaches,
and
marine
waters,
for
certain
purposes,
including
recreational
fishing.
Rights
in
public
resources
are
held
in
trust
by
federal
and
state
governments
for
the
public,
both
now
and
in
the
future.
Given
public
rights,
we
not
only
argue
that
minimum
willingness­
to­
acceptcompensation
(
WTA)
is
the
theoretically
correct
measure
of
economic
damages
when
a
publicly
owned
marine
resource
is
injured,
but
that
it
is,
in
fact,
feasible
to
measure
WTA
and
therefore,
WTA
should
be
used
to
estimate
compensation.
Two
utility
theoretic
approaches
for
welfare
analysis,
that
use
Hausman's
(
1981)
method
and
the
contingent
valuation
method,
are
outlined.

Edwards,
Steven
F.
and
Frank
J.
Gable
(
1991).
"
Estimating
the
Value
of
Beach
Recreation
from
Property
Values:
An
Exploration
with
Comparisons
to
Nourishment
Costs."
Ocean
&
Shoreline
Management,
15:
37­
55.
1
8
3
This
paper
explores
how
the
economic
value
of
recreation
at
local
public
beaches
can
be
estimated
from
nearby
property
values.
The
negative
effect
of
distance
from
the
nearest
public
beach
on
coastal
property
values
was
used
to
reveal
recreational
value.
Estimates
of
recreational
value
were
also
compared
to
the
costs
of
beach
nourishment
that
were
calculated
from
a
simulation
of
beach
erosion
caused,
in
part,
by
increases
in
relative
sea­
level.
Although
a
complete
benefit­
cost
analysis
was
not
feasible,
the
results
suggest
that
potential
losses
of
recreational
value
by
local
users
alone
could
establish
the
efficiency
of
beach
nourishment
projects.

Edwards,
Steven
F.
and
Steven
A.
Murawski
(
1993).

Potential
Economic
Benefits
from
Efficient
Harvest
of
New
England
Groundfish.

North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
13:
437­
449.

Dissipation
of
economic
benefits
from
commercial
harvest
of
the
multispecies
groundfish
resource
in
U.
S.
waters
off
New
England
was
estimated
from
dynamic
optimization
of
empirical
bioeconomic
models.
Net
economic
value
could
be
maximized
by
an
estimate
70%
reduction
in
fishing
effort,
resulting
in
a
sevenfold
increase
in
the
size
of
the
harvestable
resource
and
a
threefold
increase
in
sustainable
yield.
Under
these
conditions,
fishers,
seafood
industries,
and
consumers
could
benefit
from
an
estimated
US$
150
million
increase
in
sustainable
net
economic
value
each
year,
including
about
$
130
million
in
resource
rent.
Consumers
in
the
region
could
profit
further
from
the
nutritional
and
health
benefits
of
up
to
an
additional
6
lb
of
fresh
fish
per
capita.
Policies
to
achieve
these
benefits
are
highlighted.
Augmenting
state
ownership
of
the
resource
with
market
transfers
of
individual
effort
or
harvest
quotas
is
preferred
to
open
access,
but
common
property
or
individual
private
property
regimes
are
more
likely
to
benefit
society.

Edwards,
S.,
Al
Bejda,
and
A.
Richards
(
1991).
"
Sole
Ownership
of
Living
Marine
Resources:
A
Possible
Solution
to
Overfishing."
Draft
report
prepared
by
the
Northeast
Fisheries
Center
Research
Council,
September
5.

This
report
explores
the
meaning
and
application
of
sole
ownership
of
living
marine
resources
with
the
purpose
of
promoting
an
informed
and
timely
discussion
of
its
utility
and
feasibility.
The
major
findings
and
conclusions
are:
(
1)
fish
resources
are
the
only
publicly
owned
natural
resources
in
the
United
States
that
are
both
widely
subject
to
open
access
and
available
to
harvesters
at
no
cost;
(
2)
both
overfishing
and
the
resultant
dissipation
of
billions
of
dollars
of
resource
value
result
from
the
absence
of
well
defined
(
i.
e.
permanent,
enforceable,
and
transferable)
property
rights
to
the
living
marine
resources;
(
3)
fishery
quotas
and
effort
restrictions
address
only
the
symptoms
of
open
access,
not
the
fundamental
problem
of
a
lack
of
property
rights
to
the
resource
and
its
productivity;
(
4)
the
incentives
that
influence
decisions
of
fishermen
and
public
officials
are
fundamental
to
the
presence
of
both
"
market
failure"
and
"
government
failure;"
(
5)
sole
ownership­­
not
limited
entry
or
ITQs­­
could
provide
resource
owners
with
the
necessary
incentives
to
husband
the
fish
resources.

Edwards,
S.,
Allen
J.
Bejda,
and
A.
Richards
(
1993).
"
Sole
Ownership
of
Living
Marine
Resources."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
F/
NEC­
99,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Region,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
May,
21
pp.

This
report
explores
the
meaning
and
application
of
sole
ownership
of
living
marine
resources.
Its
purpose
was
to
promote
an
informed
and
timely
1
8
4
discussion
of
the
utility
and
feasibility
of
instituting
common
property
or
individual
private
property
in
marine
waters.
Accordingly,
why
open
access
results
in
the
depletion
of
fish
resources
was
explained;
both
public
and
private
forms
of
sole
ownership
were
characterized;
sole
ownership
was
contrasted
with
other
forms
of
controlled
access,
particularly
limited
entry
and
ITQs
under
a
state
ownership
regime;
the
political
economy
of
natural
resource
management
was
surveyed/
and
a
sole
ownership
strawman
of
the
Northwest
Atlantic
groundfish
resource
in
U.
S.
waters
was
begun.

Ehui,
Simeon
K.,
Thomas
W.
Hertel,
and
Paul
V.
Preckel
(
1990).
"
Forest
Resource
Depletion,
Soil
Dynamics,
and
Agricultural
Productivity
in
the
Tropics."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
18:
136­
154.

A
two­
sector
dynamic
model
for
agriculture
and
forestry
is
proposed.
Agricultural
yields
are
a
function
of
the
rate
of
deforestation,
the
forest
stock,
and
purchased
inputs.
We
examine
the
impact
of
changes
in
the
social
discount
rate,
net
returns
to
agriculture,
and
direct
marginal
benefits
of
the
forest
stock
benefits
on
the
optimal
deforestation
path
under
the
assumption
of
a
quadratic
agricultural
yield
function.
Finally,
steady­
state
comparative
static
analysis
is
conducted.

Eichenberg,
Tim
and
Debby
Crouse
(
1995).

TEDs
AA:
Comments
Due
Nov
13.

Email
Center
for
Marine
Conservation,
Washington,
D.
C.,
November,
3
pp.

A
call
for
written
comments
to
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
protesting
the
petition
by
the
Texas
Shrimp
Association
to
repeal
TED
regulations
in
offshore
waters
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Eichhorn,
W.,
R.
Henn,
K.
Neumann,
and
R.
W.
Shephard
(
ed.)
(
1982).
Economic
Theory
of
Natural
Resources.
Physica­
Verlag,
Wurzburg­
Wien,
Germany.

This
book
contains
42
articles
on
natural
resource
economics
that
represent
the
state
of
the
art
covering
six
subject
areas
including
production,
extraction,
exploration,
markets,
energy
modeling,
environment,
and
welfare.

Eldridge,
Peter
J.
(
19??).
"
The
Relationship
of
(
M),
the
Instantaneous
Natural
Mortality
Rate,
to
Population
Stability
of
Highly
Fecund
Species."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
15
pp.

This
article
explores
the
relationship
between
the
natural
mortality
rate
(
M)
and
recruitment
under
the
hypothesis
that
the
recruitment
process
determines
the
natural
mortality
rate.
Under
this
hypothesis
if
one
understands
the
relationship
between
the
natural
mortality
rate
and
recruitment,
one
will
be
able
to
determine
the
impact
of
fishing
upon
recruitment
because
fishing
can
be
considered
as
a
controllable
component
of
the
natural
mortality
rate.
Stated
somewhat
differently,
the
natural
mortality
rate,
set
by
the
recruitment
process,
determines
how
much
fishing
a
resource
can
sustain.

Eldridge,
Peter
J.
(
1995).
"
Preliminary
1995
Gulf
Red
Snapper
Landings."
Memorandum,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive
North,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service.
April
20,
3
pp.

Quota
monitoring
report
with
comparison
to
1994
and
1993
landings.
1
8
5
Ellerbrock,
Michael
J.
and
J.
Walter
Milon
(
1984).
"
A
Methodology
for
Estimating
the
Economic
Impact
of
Sportfishing
Tournaments."
Sea
Grant
Project
No.
IR­
81­
9,
Grant
No.
NA80AA­
D­
00038,
Report
Number
59,
Florida
Sea
Grant
College,
Department
of
Food
and
Resource
Economics,
Institute
of
Food
and
Agricultural
Sciences,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL,
March,
27
pp.

This
report
presents
one
methodology
for
estimating
the
economic
impact
of
sportfishing
tournaments.
It
discusses
objectives,
personnel
and
computational
needs,
survey
design,
sample
selection,
survey
distribution
and
collection,
data
analysis,
multiplier
effects,
report
of
findings,
and
methodological
limitations.
References
are
made
to
economic
impact
studies
previously
conducted
of
three
offshore
sportfishing
tournaments
in
Florida.
This
report
can
be
used
as
a
guide
for
local
groups
to
conduct
their
own
studies
of
the
economic
impact
of
sportfishing
tournaments
and
other
short
term
entertainment
events.

Ellis,
James
E.
(
1972).
"
The
Use
of
Electricity
in
Conjunction
with
a
12.5
Meter
(
Headrope)
Gulf­
of­
Mexico
Shrimp
Trawl
in
Lake
Michigan."
NOAA
Technical
Report,
NMFS,
SSRF­
653,
March,
iv
+
10
pp.,
11
Figs.,
4
Tables.

The
catching
efficiency
of
a
12.5
meter
standard
shrimp
trawl
and
the
same
trawl
fitted
with
three
different
electrode
array
systems
with
power
on
and
power
off
was
investigated.
The
standard
trawl
caught
1.54
times
or
54.2%
more
kilograms
of
fish
than
the
electrode
equipped
trawl
with
power
off.
The
electrode
array
hanging
across
the
mouth
area
of
the
trawl
acted
as
a
visual
stimulant
and
thus
reduced
the
trawl's
catch
rate.
Overall,
the
electrical
trawl
with
power
on
caught
1.19
times
or
19.0%
more
kilograms
of
fish
than
the
electrical
trawl
with
power
off.
Array
2
with
power
on
had
the
best
catch
rate;
1.86
times
or
86.9%
more
kilograms
of
fish
than
the
power
off
catch
rate.
The
avoidance
of
fish
to
an
electrode
array
was
more
than
offset
with
the
catch
rate
of
array
2
with
power
on.
The
dominance
patterns
of
the
catches
with
each
system
tested
did
not
change
significantly
with
the
exception
of
chub
catches
with
array
2
with
power
on.
Length
selectivity
was
highly
significant
for
chubs
caught
with
arrays
2
and
3
with
power
on.
No
significant
length
selectivity
occurred
with
the
other
species
landed.

Elnagheeb,
Abdelmoneim
H.
and
Jeffrey
L.
Jordan
(
1995).

Comparing
Three
Approaches
That
Generate
Bids
for
the
Referendum
Contingent
Valuation
Method.

Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
29:
92­
104.

Two
Monte
Carlo
willingness­
to­
pay
(
WTP)
models
were
constructed
to
compare
three
approaches
that
generate
bids
for
the
referendum
contingent
valuation
method
(
CVM).
In
the
first
model,
WTP
was
normally
distributed,
and
in
the
second,
was
log
normally
distributed.
The
bid
approaches
were
those
of
K.
L.
Boyle,
M.
P.
Welsh,
and
R.
C.
Bishop
(
1988),
J.
C.
Cooper
(
1993),
and
an
ad
hoc
third
approach.
Some
properties
of
these
approaches
were
discussed.
WTP
estimates
from
the
three
approaches
were
compared
to
the
true
value.
Results
indicated
that
Boyle
et
al.

s
approach
was
preferred,
especially
when
variation
in
WTP
was
low.
Estimates
from
the
three
approaches
became
more
comparable
as
WTP
Variability
and
sample
size
increased.

Emami,
Ali,
Lewis
E.
Queirolo,
and
Richard
S.
Johnston
(
1994).

Trade
Restrictions
and
Trade
Reversal:
Lessons
from
the
U.
S.­
Canada
Herring
Dispute.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
9(
1):
31­
45.

This
paper
analyzes
international
trade
in
value
added
products
when
free
trade
and
perfect
competition
in
the
market
for
an
intermediate
product,
1
8
6
such
as
raw
fish,
are
the
exception
rather
than
the
rule.
The
study
presents
models
showing
that
restrictions
on
the
exportation
of
raw
fish
from
an
exporting
country
can
make
possible
monopsony
behavior
by
fish
processors
in
a
rival
exporting
country
and
they
outline
the
market
behavior
of
the
players
under
such
circumstances.
The
analysis
illustrates
how,
under
such
conditions,
economic
forces
contribute
to
the
creation
of
trade
disputes.
It
further
demonstrates
how
expansion
of
the
demand
for
final
product
may,
through
trade
reversal
pressures,
dilute
the
market
power
of
the
processor
monopsony
and
make
trade
restriction
policies
irrelevant.

Emerson,
William
(
1996).

The
Economic
Aspects
of
the
Management
of
Living
Marine
Resources.

Presentation
for
PECC
Task
Force
on
Fisheries
Development
and
Cooperation,
Symposium
on
The
Interrelationship
Between
Fisheries
Management
Practices
and
International
Trade,
Wellington,
New
Zealand,
November,
8
pp.

The
aims
of
the
study
are
to
review
the
management
practices
and
experiences
in
member
countries
with
a
view
to
identifying
common
problems
and
considering
how
economic
instruments
can
be
applied
to
improve
the
efficiency
of
the
management
of
living
marine
resources;
to
consider
the
economic
aspects
of
managing
living
marine
resources,
including
aspects
of
structural
adjustment,
the
management
of
fisheries
with
multiple
species,
highly
migratory
species,
and
straddling
stocks;
and
to
identify
areas
where
international
coordination
and
collaboration
may
prove
useful.

Emiliani,
Dennis
A.
(
1977).
"
Equipment
for
Holding
and
Releasing
Penaeid
Shrimp
During
Marking
Experiments."
Fisheries
Bulletin,
69(
1):
247­
251.

Personnel
of
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Biological
Laboratory
at
Galveston,
Texas,
have
conducted
numerous
mark
recapture
experiments
to
obtain
information
on
the
movement,
growth,
and
mortality
of
penaeid
shrimp.
These
experiments
were
carried
out
under
a
variety
of
conditions
at
sea
and
in
coastal
bays.
Several
types
of
specialized
equipment
were
developed
to
overcome
problems
of
holding,
handling,
and
releasing
shrimp
during
the
marking
phase
of
these
experiments.
Some
of
this
equipment
has
been
described
previously
by
Costello
(
1964).
Holding
tanks,
a
cooling
unit,
and
two
devices
used
to
transport
shrimp
to
the
sea
floor
are
described
here.

Engle,
Carole
R.
and
Pierre­
Justin
Kouka
(
1995).

Potential
Consumer
Acceptance
of
Canned
Bighead
Carp:
A
Structural
Model
Analysis.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
2):
101­
116.

The
effects
of
socio­
demographic
factors
on
consumer
ratings
of
product
attributes
of
an
experimental
canned
bighead
product
were
analyzed.
OLS
techniques
were
used
to
evaluate
the
effects
of
experience
consuming
other
canned
fish
products,
race,
gender,
age,
and
income
on
the
taste,
texture,
appearance,
and
aroma
of
canned
bighead.
A
logit
analysis
was
then
used
to
measure
the
effects
of
these
variables
on
binary
choice
variables
related
to
preference
comparisons
and
willingness
to
pay
as
much
for
canned
bighead
as
for
canned
salmon
and
canned
tuna.
Responses
between
the
comparisons
of
canned
bighead
and
canned
salmon
or
canned
tuna
varied.
Income,
region,
and
gender
significantly
affected
ratings
on
product
attributes
while
taste
variables
significantly
affected
consumers

willingness
to
pay
as
much
for
canned
bighead
as
for
canned
tuna.
Conditional
probabilities
showed
more
clearly
the
effects
of
age,
income,
and
gender
on
taste
ratings,
the
subsequent
effects
of
taste
on
preferences,
and
ultimately
on
willingness
to
pay.
Probabilities
estimated
showed
that
canned
bighead
competes
more
favorably
with
canned
tuna
than
with
canned
salmon.
1
8
7
Engle,
Carole
R.,
Upton
Hatch,
and
Scott
M.
Swinton
(
1988).
"
Factors
Affecting
Retail
Grocery
Demand
for
Seafood
Products
in
East­
Central
Alabama
and
West­
Central
Georgia."
Journal
of
the
Alabama
Academy
of
Science,
59(
1):
1­
16.

This
paper
presents
a
detailed
description
of
the
grocery
market
for
channel
catfish
as
compared
to
other
fish
and
seafood
products.
Data
on
monthly
sales,
volumes,
product
form,
prices,
and
observed
customer
characteristics
are
presented
for
all
seafood
products
in
grocery
stores
and
supermarkets
within
the
sample
area.

Englin,
Jeffrey
E.
and
Mark
S.
Klan
(
1990).
"
Optimal
Taxation:
Timber
and
Externalities."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
18:
263­
275.

The
paper
presents
a
model
of
the
relationship
between
timber
taxation
and
externalities.
Optimal
pigouvian
taxation
formulas
are
derived
within
this
framework
for
common
taxes.
A
simulation
model
of
Douglas
fir
is
used
to
estimate
the
size
and
direction
of
these
effects.
The
results
show
that
taxation
policy
can
have
a
marked
impact
on
the
production
of
externalities,
depending
on
tree
species
and
land
productivity.

Englin,
Jeffrey
E.
and
J.
S.
Shonkwiler
(
1994).
"
A
Latent
Variables
Approach
to
the
Travel
Cost
Model."
Draft
Report,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
University
of
Nevada,
Reno,
Nevada,
August,
24
pp.

One
of
the
difficulties
facing
researchers
who
wish
to
apply
travel
cost
models
is
the
construction
of
a
travel
cost
variable.
This
difficulty
results
from
the
need
to
include
travel
costs
as
an
explanatory
variable
when
applying
conventional
econometric
procedures.
This
paper
approaches
the
problem
from
the
maintained
hypothesis
that
travel
costs
are
inherently
unobservable.
The
research
develops
an
econometric
approach
that
views
travel
costs
as
an
unobserved
latent
variable.
The
latent
variable
approach
utilizes
indicators
to
capture
the
role
of
individual
travel
costs
in
recreational
demand
models.
The
latent
variables
approach
has
at
least
two
advantages
over
conventional
approaches.
One,
the
indicators
can
include
both
traditional
components
such
as
travel
time
and
travel
distance
and
nontraditional
components
such
as
the
scenic
beauty
of
a
trip.
Second,
the
estimation
procedure
results
in
each
indicator
being
valued
in
dollar
terms.

English,
Donald
B.
K.,
Warren
Kriesel,
Vernon
R.
Leeworthy,
and
Peter
C.
Wiley
(
1996).

Economic
Contribution
of
Recreating
Visitors
to
the
Florida
Keys/
Key
West.

Linking
the
Economy
and
Environment
of
Florida
Keys/
Florida
Bay.
Outdoor
Recreation
and
Wilderness
Assessment
Group,
Southern
Forest
Research
Station,
USDA­
Forest
Service,
Athens,
GA,
November,
22
pp.

An
economic
impact
analysis
is
conducted
to
estimate
the
economic
contribution
(
sales,
employment,
and
income)
of
both
resident
and
visitor
recreational
uses
of
the
Florida
Keys
and
Florida
Bay
to
the
Monroe
County
economy
and
the
South
Florida
regional
economy.
Also
provided
is
an
overview
of
the
baseline
economy
with
definitions
of
various
concepts
used
in
the
analysis,
a
summary
of
results,
and
an
explanation
of
the
methodology
used
in
the
analysis.

Environmental
Health
Center
(
199?).

Covering
the
Coasts.

A
Reporters
Guide
to
Coastal
and
Marine
Resources,
National
Safety
Council,
Product
Number
12994­
0000,
1019
19th
Street,
N.
W.,
Suite
401,
Washington,
D.
C.
1
8
8
This
guidebook
broadly
defines
the
marine
and
coastal
environments,
the
resources
themselves,
and
also
the
wide
range
of
challenges
that
must
be
effectively
addressed
in
managing
them.
It
does
not
attempt
to
answer
all
questions.
Rather,
it
is
intended
to
provide
reporters
with
information
that
can
aid
them
in
more
effectively
pursuing
answers
on
their
own.

Epperly,
Sheryan
P.,
Joanne
Braun,
Alexander
J.
Chester
(
1995).
"
Aerial
Surveys
for
Sea
Turtles
in
North
Carolina
Inshore
Waters."
Fishery
Bulletin,
93:
254­
261.

Aerial
surveys
for
sea
turtles
conducted
in
Core
Sound
and
Pamlico
Sound,
North
Carolina,
1989­
91
indicated
a
spring
immigration
by
the
turtles
into
these
sounds
and
a
summer
time
dispersal
followed
by
emigration
in
the
late
fall
and
early
winter.
Estimates
of
density
in
Core
Sound
were
greater
than
estimates
for
Pamlico
Sound.
Core
Sound
density
estimates
were
comparable
to
those
reported
for
the
lower
Chesapeake
Bay
and
those
reported
from
offshore
pelagic
surveys
in
the
region.
The
data
were
analyzed
by
stripand
line­
transect
methods,
and
the
choice
of
analysis
did
not
influence
the
overall
conclusions.
The
abundance
of
sea
turtles
in
the
inshore
waters
of
the
Atlantic
Coast
at
densities
at
least
as
great
as
in
the
ocean
indicates
the
importance
of
these
estuarine
habitats
for
the
foraging
and
development
of
immature
turtles.

Epperly,
Sheryan
P.,
Joanne
Braun,
and
Allison
Veishlow
(
1995).
"
Sea
Turtles
in
North
Carolina
Waters."
Conservation
Biology,
9(
2):
384­
394.

Until
the
turn
of
the
century
the
inshore
waters
of
North
Carolina
harbored
populations
of
sea
turtles
large
enough
to
support
a
commercial
fishery.
Based
on
a
4
to
5
year
record
of
sighting
reports
by
the
public,
interviews
of
recreational
fishermen,
and
records
kept
by
commercial
fishermen,
the
waters
continue
to
provide
important
developmental
habitats
for
loggerhead,
green,
and
Kemp's
ridley
sea
turtles.
Leatherback
and
hawksbill
sea
turtles
infrequently
entered
the
inshore
waters.
Reports
from
the
public
and
commercial
fishermen
indicated
that
sea
turtles
were
present
offshore
North
Carolina
all
year
and
were
present
in
inshore
waters
April
through
December.
Sea
turtles
were
encountered
most
frequently
in
the
Atlantic
Ocean,
but
seasonal
encounters
in
some
inshore
waters,
such
as
Core
and
Pamlico
Sounds,
often
were
greater.
In
early
May
large
numbers
of
leatherbacks
were
sighted
in
the
ocean
and
moved
northward
along
the
beach.
Reported
sighting
of
leatherbacks
declined
markedly
by
late
June.
Based
on
incidental
captures
by
commercial
fishermen
loggerhead
turtles
were
the
most
numerous
species
in
Pamlico
and
Core
Sounds
(
80%),
followed
by
green
(
15%)
and
Kemp's
ridley
sea
turtles
(
5%).
Most
captured
turtles
were
immature,
and
all
were
released
alive.
The
abundance
of
immature
sea
turtles
in
North
Carolina
inshore
waters
serves
to
emphasize
that
southeast
U.
S.
estuaries
are
important
habitats
for
these
threatened
and
endangered
species.
This
recognition
supported
the
decision
of
the
U.
S.
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
to
extend
the
requirement
for
turtle
excluder
devices
in
shrimp
trawls
to
inshore
areas
during
the
entire
year;
full
implementation
of
these
requirements
was
achieved
by
December
1994.

Epperly,
Sheryan
P.,
Joanne
Braun,
Alexander
J.
Chester,
Ford
A.
Cross,
John
V.
Merriner,
and
Patricia
A.
Tester
(
1995).
"
Winter
Distribution
of
Sea
Turtles
in
the
Vicinity
of
Cape
Hatteras
and
Their
Interactions
with
the
Summer
Flounder
Trawl
Fishery."
Bulletin
of
Marine
Science,
56(
2):
547­
568.

Aerial
surveys
of
North
Carolina
offshore
waters
between
Cape
Lookout
1
8
9
and
the
North
Carolina/
Virginia
state
line
were
conducted
November
1991­
March
1992
to
determine
the
abundance
of
sea
turtles
in
the
area
where
a
trawl
fishery
for
summer
flounder
was
active
and
to
relate
the
distribution
of
turtles
to
physical
oceanographic
processes.

Erhardt,
Nelson
M.
(
1990).
"
Review
of
the
Age
and
Growth
of
Swordfish
Xiphias
gladius
in
the
Northwestern
Atlantic."
ICCAT
Working
Document
SCRS/
90/,
Division
of
Biology
and
Living
Resources,
Rosenstiel
School
of
Marine
and
Atmospheric
Science,
University
of
Miami,
4600
Rickenbacker
Causeway,
Miami,
Florida.

The
primary
goal
of
the
work
reported
here
was
to
thoroughly
review
the
original
data
pertaining
to
the
age
and
growth
of
swordfish
in
the
western
north
Atlantic
ocean.
A
second
objective
was
to
derive
age­
at­
length
curves
that
would
accurately
represent
growth
of
swordfish
throughout
its
entire
life
span.

Etkins,
Robert
and
Edward
S.
Epstein
(
1982).
"
The
Rise
of
Global
Mean
Sea
Level
as
an
Indication
of
Climate
Change."
Science,
215:
287­
289.

Rising
mean
sea
level
is
a
significant
indicator
of
global
climate
change.
The
principal
factors
that
can
have
contributed
to
the
observed
increases
of
global
mean
sea
level
in
recent
decades
are
thermal
expansion
of
the
oceans
and
the
discharge
of
polar
ice
sheets.
Monitoring
of
global
mean
sea
level,
ocean
surface
temperatures,
and
the
earth's
speed
of
rotation
should
be
complemented
by
monitoring
of
the
polar
ice
sheets,
as
is
now
possible
by
satellite
telemetry.
All
parts
of
the
puzzle
need
to
be
examined
in
order
that
a
consistent
picture
emerge.

Etzold,
David
J.
and
J.
Y.
Christmas
(
eds.)
(
1977).
"
A
Comprehensive
Summary
of
The
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
United
States:
A
Regional
Management
Plan."
Technical
Report
Series,
No.
2,
Part
2,
Gulf
Coast
Research
Laboratory,
Ocean
Springs,
Mississippi,
November,
20
pp.

This
document
lists
the
goals
and
objectives
of
the
regional
plan
to
manage
the
shrimp
resources
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
to
provide
for
optimum
sustained
benefits
for
the
nation.
The
fishery
is
described,
shrimp
producing
zones
of
the
region
are
identified
for
preservation
and
improvement,
and
statistics
collection
is
facilitated.
The
plan
promotes
research
in
biosocial
economic
model
development,
development
of
a
regional
management
plan,
and
extension
education
of
shrimp
fishermen.

Etzold,
David
J.,
J.
Y.
Christmas,
and
Vito
Blomo
(
1983).
"
Analysis
of
Environmental
and
Demand
Factors
on
Shrimp
Production
in
the
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
United
States,
Impact
on
Harvesters
and
Processors."
Report
I
in
Assessment
of
Shrimp
Industry
Potentials
and
Conflicts,
Volume
One,
Shrimp
Notes
Incorporated,
417
Eliza
Street,
New
Orleans,
Louisiana,
August,
191
pp.

The
basic
purposes
of
this
study
are
to
review
the
relevant
literature
and
using
the
best
available
data
provide
estimates
of
the
impact
of
these
environmental
and
demand
changes
on
the
future
potential
size
composition
and
volume
of
the
harvest
from
wild
shrimp
in
the
South
Atlantic
and
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Also,
to
estimate
the
impact
of
future
domestic
supply
from
the
harvest
of
U.
S.
wild
stocks
on
the
movement
of
harvesters
in
and
out
of
the
shrimp
industry
in
the
study
area.
1
9
0
Everett,
John
(
1984).
"
Fisheries
Development."
Chapter
5
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

Fisheries
development
has
been
the
subject
of
persistent
debate
in
the
federal
government.
Most
of
this
debate
centers
on
the
appropriate
federal
role
in
fisheries
development.
The
issue
is
complicated
by
the
venerable
tradition
of
government
intervention
in
industries
other
than
fisheries.
The
debate
is
of
interest
to
the
recreational
fishing
community
because,
within
the
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration
(
NOAA),
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
NMFS)
has
a
policy
that
the
fishing
industry
is
composed
of
commercial
and
recreational
segments
and
that
our
programs
should
benefit
both
segments.

Faber,
Mark
I.
(
1990).
"
Swordfish
Logbook
Newsletter
1990."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SEFC­
270,
USDOC,
NOAA,
NMFS,
SEFC,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL
33149.

This
newsletter
is
designed
to
explain
how
the
swordfish
logbook
data
are
being
used
and
to
provide
some
results
and
summaries
of
these
data.
Topics
include
(
1)
a
description
of
the
process
involved
in
handling
the
logbook
forms,
(
2)
summaries
for
the
1987
and
1988
data
of
numbers
of
swordfish,
tunas
and
billfish
caught
by
area
with
associated
effort
in
hooks
fished,
(
3)
preliminary
summaries
of
the
1989
data,
(
4)
maps
of
reported
fishing
locations
for
1987­
89,
(
5)
discussion
of
the
revisions
to
the
1991
logbook
forms,
and
(
6)
names
of
people
to
contact
for
further
information.

Fable,
William
A.
and
Eugene
L.
Nakamura
(
1986).
"
Observations
on
Purse­
Seined
King
Mackerel
(
Scomberomorus
cavalla)
and
Spanish
Mackerel
(
Scomberomorus
maculatus),
March
1983­
March
1986."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFC­
183,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Panama
City
Laboratory,
3500
Delwood
Beach
Road,
Panama
City,
Florida,
April,
44
pp.

This
report
summarizes
the
observations
made
and
data
collected
on
fishing
activities,
species
in
the
catches,
and
size
and
sex
composition
of
mackerels
while
aboard
purse
seine
vessels
from
March
1983
through
March
1986.

Fable,
William
A.,
Jr.,
Lee
Trent,
Gilbert
W.
Bane,
and
Steven
W.
Ellsworth
(
1987).
"
Movements
of
King
Mackerel,
Scomberomorus
cavalla,
Tagged
in
Southeast
Louisiana,
1983­
85."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
98­
101.

King
mackerel
(
1,968)
caught
by
hook
and
line
off
Grand
Isle,
Louisiana
were
tagged
with
internal
anchor
tags
and
released
between
1983
and
1985.
Fifty
five
tags
were
recovered,
providing
an
overall
return
rate
of
2.8
percent.
King
mackerel
tagged
in
winter
were
returned
in
every
month
of
the
year,
but
always
from
the
Grand
Isle
area
or
westward
as
far
as
Veracruz,
Mexico.
All
but
one
summer
tagged
fish
were
returned
in
winter
months
from
the
Grand
Isle
area,
Key
West,
Florida,
or
from
Mexico.
Winter
tagged
fish
were
mostly
large
and
mostly
remained
in
the
northwest
Gulf.
Summer
tagged
fish
tended
to
stay
in
the
northwest
Gulf
if
they
were
large,
or
migrated
to
south
Florida
or
Mexico
if
they
were
small.
The
data
indicate
that
the
northwest
Gulf
maintains
resident
large
king
mackerel
year
round,
and
that
these
fish
mix
with
smaller
migrants
from
south
Florida
and
Mexico
to
some
1
9
1
degree
in
warmer
months.

Fagnan,
Sheila
(
1990).
"
Halibut
Individual
Quotas:
A
Benefit
Cost
Analysis."
Internal
DFO
Report,
Fishing
Resource
Analysis
Unit,
Program
Planning
and
Economics
Branch,
fisheries
and
Oceans
­
Pacific
Region,
August.

A
cost
benefit
analysis
of
the
proposed
adoption
of
the
IVQ
management
system
including
transferability
after
the
two
year
pilot
program
is
presented
in
this
report.
The
move
to
a
nontransferable
IVQ
based
management
system
is
predicted
to
provide
net
benefits
totaling
$
140
million
(
ranging
from
$
75
to
$
210
million)
while
even
greater
benefits
are
expected
when
quota
becomes
transferable.

Fair,
Ray
C.
(
1971).
"
The
Optimal
Distribution
of
Income."
The
Quarterly
Journal
of
Economics,
85(
4):
551­
579.

This
paper
attempts
to
derive
bounds
on
the
optimal
distribution
of
income
under
a
particular
set
of
value
judgements.

Farmer,
Charles
H.,
III,
Charles
W.
Boardman,
and
J.
David
Whitaker
(
1977).

The
South
Carolina
Shrimp
Fishery.

South
Carolina
Wildlife
and
Marine
Resources
Department,
Division
of
Marine
Resources,
Office
of
Conservation
and
Management,
Educational
Report
Number
8,
July,
49
pp.

This
report
provides
a
broad
perspective
of
the
current
shrimp
management
program
of
the
Division
of
Marine
Resources.
The
report
describes
the
South
Carolina
fishery,
the
life
cycle
of
shrimp,
and
the
management
program.

Fare,
Rolf
(
1984).

The
Existence
of
Plant
Capacity.

International
Economic
Review,
25(
1):
209­
213.

This
paper
characterizes
two
definitions
of
plant
capacity.
The
weaker
notion
requires
that
when
some
factors
are
bounded
and
the
others
variable,
the
least
upper
bound
of
the
output
rate
is
finite.
The
stronger
notion
requires
in
addition
that
the
supremum
is
attained.

Fare,
Rolf
and
Daniel
Primont
(
1995).

The
Opportunity
Cost
of
Duality.

Draft
report,
Department
of
Economics,
SIU­
C,
Carbondale,
IL,
April,
12
pp.

A
dual
representation
of
a
technology,
e.
g.,
a
cost
function,
may
not
contain
all
of
the
technological
information,
but
it
will
contain
all
of
the
information
about
input
vectors
that
would
be
chosen
by
a
cost
minimizing
firm.
At
least
this
much
is
clear
for
deterministic
technologies.
The
main
question
addressed
in
this
paper
is
whether
the
same
can
be
said
about
stochastic
technologies
and
their
dual
representations.
Despite
some
pessimism
expressed
in
the
stochastic
frontier
literature
on
this
question,
we
argue
that
there
is
no
extra
cost
imposed
in
the
stochastic
case.
Thus,
the
conclusion
of
this
paper
is:
JUST
DUAL
IT!

Fare,
Rolf,
Shawna
Grosskopf,
and
James
E.
Kirkley
(
1999).

Capacity
Measures
and
Their
Relevance
for
Productivity.

Presentation
at
the
Fishery
Productivity
Workshop,
Department
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Maryland,
College
Park,
February
19­
20.

An
application
of
a
Malmquist
index
to
panel
data
that
decomposes
productivity
into
technical
efficiency,
capacity
utilization
over
time,
and
1
9
2
technical
change.

Fare,
Rolf,
Shawna
Grosskopf,
and
James
E.
Kirkley
(
1999).

An
Introduction
to
DEA.

Presentation
at
the
Fishery
Productivity
Workshop,
Department
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Maryland,
College
Park,
February
19­
20.

An
introduction
to
Data
Envelopment
Analysis;
definitions,
sources
in
literature,
a
brief
tutorial,
and
an
example.

Fare,
Rolf,
Shawna
Grosskopf,
and
James
E.
Kirkley
(
1999).

Multi­
Output
Capacity
Measures
and
Their
Relevance
for
Productivity.

Presentation
at
the
Fishery
Productivity
Workshop,
Department
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Maryland,
College
Park,
February
19­
20.

In
this
paper
measures
of
capacity
following
those
suggested
Leif
Johansen
(
1968)
are
developed.
By
taking
advantage
of
Shepard

s
duality,
Shephard
(
1970)
see
also
Fare
and
Primont
(
1995),
both
primal
and
dual
multioutput
measures
of
capacity
can
be
derived.
Having
generalized
the
capacity
utilization
measures,
we
show
how
these
may
be
entered
into
measures
of
productivity.
In
particular,
following
DeBorger
and
Kerstens
(
1999),
we
show
how
the
Malmquist
direct
and
indirect
productivity
measures
are
related
to
our
various
measures
of
capacity
utilization
efficiency.

Fare,
Rolf,
Shawna
Grosskopf,
and
Mary
Norris
(
1997).

Productivity
Growth,
Technical
Progress,
and
Efficiency
Change
in
Industrialized
Countries:
Reply.

American
Economic
Review,
87(
5):
1040­
1043.

A
response
to
the
Ray
and
Desli
(
1997)
comment
on
the
uniqueness
of
the
Fare
et
al.
(
1994)
decomposition
of
the
Malmquist
productivity
index.

Fare,
Rolf,
Shawna
Grosskopf,
and
Pontus
Roos
(
1996).

On
Two
Definitions
of
Productivity.

Economic
Letters,
53:
269­
274.

Caves
et
al.
in
1982
introduced
a
productivity
measure

that
does
not
proceed
from
a
continuous
timer
presentation.

They
named
these
indexes
after
Sten
Malmquist
who
in
1953
used
ratios
of
distance
functions
to
formulate
quantity
indexes
in
the
consumer
contest.
In
a
later
paper,
Diewert
proposed
an
alternative
definition
of
productivity
also
based
on
distance
functions,
which
he
attributed
to
Hicks
and
Moorsteen.
In
this
letter
we
provide
necessary
and
sufficient
conditions
for
the
Malmquist
productivity
index
to
equal
the
Hicks­
Moorsteen
index.

Fare,
Rolf,
Shawna
Grosskopf,
C.
A.
Knox
Lovell,
and
Suthathip
Yaisawarng
(
1993).

Derivation
of
Shadow
Prices
for
Undesirable
Outputs:
A
Distance
Function
Approach.

The
Review
of
Economics
and
Statistics,
Notes:
374­
380.

Many
production
activities
generate
undesirable
byproducts
in
conjunction
with
the
desirable
outputs
they
produce.
Pittman
(
1983)
showed
how
to
adjust
productivity
calculations,
and
Fare
et
al.
(
1989)
showed
how
to
adjust
efficiency
measures,
in
the
presence
of
undesirable
outputs.
Here,
we
show
how
to
estimate
output
distance
functions
as
frontiers
to
generate
shadow
values
of
the
undesirable
outputs
that
are
required
to
make
both
types
of
adjustment.
An
empirical
application
is
provided.

Fare,
Rolf,
Shawna
Grosskopf,
C.
A.
Knox
Lovell,
and
Carl
Pasurka
(
1989).

Multilateral
Productivity
Comparison
When
Some
Outputs
are
Undesirable:
1
9
3
A
Nonparametric
Approach.

The
Review
of
Economics
and
Statistics,
71(
1):
90­
98.

Multilateral
productivity
comparisons
of
firms
producing
multiple
outputs,
some
of
which
are
undesirable,
are
obtained
by
making
two
modifications
to
the
standard
Farrell
approach
to
efficiency
measurement.
The
restriction
that
production
technology
satisfy
strong
disposability
of
outputs
is
relaxed
to
allow
for
the
fact
the
undesirable
outputs
may
be
freely
disposable,
and
the
efficiency
measures
are
modified
to
allow
for
an
asymmetric
treatment
of
desirable
and
undesirable
outputs.
Performance
measures
that
satisfy
these
requirements
are
calculated
as
solutions
to
programming
problems.
The
methodology
is
applied
to
a
sample
of
mills
producing
paper
and
pollutants.

Farr,
Sam
(
1997).

The
Oceans
Act
of
1997.

H.
R.
2547,
House
of
Representatives,
Washington,
D.
C.,
August.

A
bill
to
create
a
Stratton­
like
Commission
to
assess
the
past,
present,
and
future
of
our
ocean
resources.

Fedler,
Anthony
J.
(
1984).
"
Elements
of
Motivation
and
Satisfaction
in
the
Marine
Recreational
Fishing
Experience."
Chapter
10
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

The
purpose
of
this
chapter
is
threefold:
examine
motivations
for
going
marine
recreational
fishing
(
MRF),
determine
how
these
motives
are
related
to
satisfaction
with
the
MRF
experience,
and
assess
the
usefulness
of
this
knowledge
about
motivations
and
satisfactions
in
the
construction
of
conservation,
development,
and
management
strategies.

Fedler,
Anthony
J.
and
David
M.
Nickum
(
1993).
"
The
1991
Economic
Impact
of
Sport
Fishing
in
Maine."
U.
S.
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service
Cooperative
Grant
Agreement
No.
14­
48­
0009­
93­
1248,
American
Sportfishing
Association,
1033
Fairfax
Street,
Suite
200,
Alexandria,
VA.

This
report
summarizes
the
economic
impacts
of
angler
expenditures
on
the
state's
economy.
U.
S.
anglers
who
went
fishing
in
Maine
during
1991
spent
over
$
190
million
for
goods
and
services
in
many
businesses
throughout
the
state.
The
economic
effects
of
these
expenditures
totaled
over
$
336
million
and
rippled
throughout
the
economy
with
impacts
felt
throughout
the
state.
These
impacts
sustained
old
jobs
and
created
new
ones.
They
generated
sales
and
income
taxes
that
benefitted
government
agency
programs
at
all
levels.
In
many
small
communities,
angler
expenditures
were
central
to
economic
health
and
growth.

Fedler,
Anthony
J.
and
David
M.
Nickum
(
1993).
"
The
1991
Economic
Impact
of
Sport
Fishing
in
Massachusetts."
U.
S.
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service
Cooperative
Grant
Agreement
No.
14­
48­
0009­
1248,
American
Sportfishing
Association,
1033
Fairfax
Street,
Suite
200,
Alexandria,
VA.

This
report
summarizes
the
economic
impacts
of
angler
expenditures
on
the
state's
economy.
U.
S.
anglers
who
went
fishing
in
Massachusetts
during
1991
spent
over
$
401
million
for
goods
and
services
in
many
businesses
throughout
the
state.
The
economic
effects
of
these
expenditures
totaled
over
1
9
4
$
766
million
and
rippled
throughout
the
economy
with
impacts
felt
throughout
the
state.
These
impacts
sustained
old
jobs
and
created
new
ones.
They
generated
sales
and
income
taxes
that
benefitted
government
agency
programs
at
all
levels.
In
many
small
communities,
angler
expenditures
were
central
to
economic
health
and
growth.

Fedler,
Anthony
J.
and
David
M.
Nickum
(
1994).
"
The
1991
Economic
Impact
of
Sport
Fishing
in
Florida."
Paper
presented
at
the
Atlantic
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission
Workshop
on
Socio­
Economic
Data
and
Analysis
for
Recreational
Fisheries
Management
in
Annapolis,
Maryland,
July,
18
pp.
by
the
Sport
Fishing
Institute,
1010
Massachusetts
Avenue,
N.
W.,
Washington,
D.
C.

This
report
summarizes
the
economic
impacts
of
angler
expenditures
on
the
state's
economy.
U.
S.
anglers
who
went
fishing
in
Florida
during
1991
spent
over
$
1.9
billion
for
goods
and
services
in
many
businesses
throughout
the
state.
The
economic
effects
of
these
expenditures
totaled
nearly
$
3.5
billion
and
rippled
throughout
the
economy
with
impacts
felt
throughout
the
state.
These
impacts
sustained
old
jobs
and
created
new
ones.
They
generated
sales
and
income
taxes
that
benefitted
government
agency
programs
at
all
levels.
In
many
small
communities,
angler
expenditures
were
central
to
economic
health
and
growth.

Fee,
Russ
(
1992).
"
Shrimp­
Bycatch
Conference
Explores
the
Options."
National
Fisherman,
August:
23­
25.

An
article
summarizing
the
international
conference
on
bycatch
in
Buena
Vista,
Florida.
The
meeting
consensus
is
that
finfish
bycatch
is
real
and
that
it
either
will
be
eliminated
or
used
in
ways
that
will
be
biologically
and
economically
sound.
Yet
three
days
of
talk
led
to
no
definite
solutions.
Bycatch
does
not
lend
itself
to
simple
answers.

Fee,
Russ
(
1993).
"
Shrimpers
can
Expect
a
Decline
as
Louisiana
Marshland
Recedes."
National
Fisherman,
73(
11):
18­
19.

Louisiana's
coastal
wetlands
are
slowly
sinking
into
the
sea
and
with
them
may
be
going
the
future
of
the
$
400
million
a
year
shrimping
industry
of
the
northern
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Feenberg,
Daniel
and
Edwin
S.
Mills
(
1980).
Measuring
the
Benefits
of
Water
Pollution
Abatement,
Academic
Press,
New
York.

This
book
is
about
measuring
the
benefits
of
water
pollution
abatement,
but
the
techniques
also
apply
to
air
pollution
abatement.
It
is
about
the
benefit
side
of
the
benefit
­
cost
calculus.

Feeny,
David,
Susan
Hanna,
and
Arthur
F.
McEvoy
(
1996).
"
Questioning
the
Assumptions
of
the

Tragedy
of
the
Commons

Model
of
Fisheries."
Land
Economics,
72(
2):
187­
205.

The

tragedy
of
the
commons

argument
predicts
the
overexploitation
of
resources
held
in
common.
There
is
a
great
deal
of
evidence
to
the
contrary.
The
descriptive
accuracy
and
predictive
validity
of
six
categories
of
assumptions
of
the
argument
are
examined.
These
include
individual
motivations,
characteristics
of
individuals,
nature
of
institutional
arrangements,
interactions
among
users,
the
ability
of
users
to
create
new
arrangements,
and
the
behavior
of
regulatory
authorities.
The
tragedy
of
the
commons
argument
is
seriously
incomplete.
It
needs
to
be
replaced
by
a
richer
and
more
accurate
framework.
1
9
5
Ferguson,
Maury
O.
and
Albert
W.
Green
(
1987).
"
An
Estimate
of
Unsurveyed
Coastal
Recreational
Boat
Fishing
Activity
in
Texas."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
155­
161.

The
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
has
conducted
on
site
creel
surveys
to
estimate
saltwater
sportfishing
landings
and
pressure
since
1974.
Boat
trips
originating
from
launch
sites
such
as
marina
wet
slips
and
boathouses
at
private
residences
have
not
been
surveyed
and
were
not
included
in
landings
and
pressure
estimates.
In
1982
a
mail
survey
of
boat
owners
registered
in
Texas
was
conducted
to
estimate
the
percent
of
saltwater
sportfishing
boat
trips
that
were
missed
by
the
on
site
survey
and
the
percent
and
number
of
registered
Texas
boat
owners
who
use
their
boats
for
saltwater
fishing.
From
25
to
30
percent
of
all
saltwater
sportfishing
boat
trips
originated
from
unsurveyed
launch
sites.
Therefore,
the
TPWD
on
site
boat
survey
underestimates
saltwater
sportfishing
boat
pressure
by
355,000
to
426,000
trips
annually.
Of
the
estimated
79,200
saltwater
fishing
boat
owners,
18
percent
never
launched
from
surveyed
sites
in
1982.

Fernandez,
Antonio
(
1995).

Entry
Into
Force
of
the
Management
Recommendations
Adopted
by
ICCAT.

Memorandum
from
the
International
Commission
for
the
Conservation
of
Atlantic
Tunas,
Madrid,
Spain,
to
the
Secretary
of
State,
Washington,
D.
C.,
October.

The
text
of
the
recommendations
for
bluefin
tuna
fishing
in
the
eastern
Atlantic
Ocean
and
Mediterranean
Sea,
bluefin
tuna
fishing
in
the
western
Atlantic
Ocean,
limitation
of
catches
of
southern
Albacore,
and
Atlantic
swordfish
are
presented
in
this
memorandum.

Fernandez,
Antonio
(
1995).

Report
of
the
1995
SCRS
Meeting.

International
Commission
for
the
Conservation
of
Atlantic
Tunas,
Madrid,
Spain,
October.

This
report
contains
the
proceedings
of
the
Plenary
Session,
including
the
Executive
Summaries
on
the
species,
and
the
appendices
attached
to
the
Report.

Ferrara,
Ida
and
Paul
C.
Missios
(
1996).

Transboundary
Renewable
Resource
Management:
A
Dynamic
Game
With
Differing
Noncooperative
Payoffs.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
4):
239­
245.

Recent
conflicts
over
fish
stocks,
such
as
salmon
and
turbot,
have
revived
public
interest
in
the
optimal
management
of
transboundary
renewable
natural
resources.
Given
that
enforcement
of
binding
contracts
is
often
a
major
obstacle,
dynamically
consistent
or
self­
enforcing
contracting,
as
proposed
by
Vislie
(
1987),
must
be
relied
upon.
A
more
general
model
is
developed
which
recognizes
that,
in
the
absence
of
a
cooperative
agreement,
two
countries
may
enjoy
differing
economic
payoffs.
The
predictions
of
the
model
are
consistent
with,
and
provide
insights
into,
the
particulars
of
recent
disputes.

Fischer,
Stanley
(
1997).

Capital
Account
Liberalization
and
the
Role
of
the
IMF.

International
Monetary
Fund,
September,
13
pp.

The
author
addresses
disagrees
with
the
contention
that
the
recent
market
turbulence
in
East
Asia
does
suggests
that
the
IMF
capital
account
is
more
often
the
source
of
economic
difficulties
and
risk
rather
than
benefit,
and
therefore
that
capital
account
liberalization
should
be
delayed
as
long
as
possible.
1
9
6
Fisher,
Anthony
C.,
John
Krutilla,
and
Charles
J.
Cicchetti
(
1972).
"
The
Economics
of
Environmental
Preservation:
A
Theoretical
and
Empirical
Analysis."
The
American
Economic
Review,
62:
605­
619.

Krutilla
has
argued
that
private
market
allocations
are
likely
to
preserve
less
than
the
socially
optimal
amount
of
natural
environments.
Moreover,
he
concludes
that
the
optimal
amount
is
likely
to
be
increasing
over
time
­
a
particularly
serious
problem
in
view
of
the
irreversibility
of
many
environmental
transformations.
This
paper
extends
Krutilla's
discussion
in
two
ways.
First,
a
model
is
developed
for
the
allocation
of
natural
environments
between
preservation
and
development.
Then,
the
model
is
applied
to
the
Hells
Canyon
issue
of
whether
it
should
remain
in
its
natural
state
or
be
developed
as
a
hydroelectric
facility.

Fisher,
Mark
R.
and
Robert
B.
Ditton
(
1991).
"
Characteristics
of
U.
S.
Tournament
Billfish
Anglers
in
the
Atlantic
Ocean."
Draft
report
submitted
to
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
pp.
20.

A
mail
survey
of
1,984
U.
S.
billfish
tournament
anglers
was
completed
to
examine
their
fishing
activity,
attitudes,
trip
expenditures,
consumer's
surplus,
catch
levels,
and
management
preferences.
A
sample
of
1,984
anglers
was
drawn
from
billfish
tournaments
in
the
western
Atlantic
Ocean
during
1989.
A
response
rate
of
61
percent
was
obtained.
Anglers
averaged
13
billfish
trips
per
year,
catching
a
billfish
40
percent
of
the
time.
Eighty­
nine
percent
of
billfish
caught
were
released
with
less
than
one
billfish
per
year
per
angler
retained.
Catch
and
retention
rates
varied
by
region.
Expenditures
averaged
$
1,600
per
trip,
but
varied
by
region.
The
annual
consumers's
surplus
was
$
262
per
angler,
but
increased
to
$
448
per
angler
if
billfish
populations
were
to
increase.
An
estimated
7,915
tournament
anglers
in
the
U.
S.
western
Atlantic
spent
$
179
million
in
pursuit
of
billfish
in
1989.
Anglers
opposed
management
options
that
would
diminish
their
ability
to
catch
a
billfish,
but
supported
options
limiting
the
number
of
billfish
landed.

Fisher,
Mark
R.
and
Robert
B.
Ditton
(
1992).
"
A
Social
and
Economic
Characterization
of
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
Recreational
Shark
Fishery."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Wildlife
and
Fisheries
Sciences,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
TX
77843,
July.

A
mail
survey
of
tournament
shark
anglers
and
party
boat
shark
anglers
was
completed
to
examine
their
fishing
activity,
attitudes,
trip
expenditures,
and
consumer
surplus.
A
sample
of
700
shark
anglers
was
selected
from
tournaments
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
during
1990,
and
a
sample
of
party
boat
shark
anglers
was
drawn
from
Port
Aransas,
Texas
party
boat
anglers
during
the
summer
of
1991.
A
response
rate
of
58%
(
excluding
non­
deliverables)
was
obtained
from
tournament
anglers.
The
sample
of
party
boat
shark
anglers
was
too
small
to
provide
useful
results.
Tournament
shark
anglers
reported
fishing
an
average
of
58
days
per
year
and
targeted
sharks
and
other
large
marine
species.
Tournaments
occupy
a
small
portion
of
their
fishing
effort.
If
this
group
of
anglers
were
not
able
to
fish
for
sharks,
one­
third
indicated
no
other
species
would
be
an
acceptable
substitute,
while
others
were
willing
to
substitute
other
large
marine
species.
Shark
trip
expenditures
averaged
$
197
per
trip
with
a
consumer
surplus
of
$
111
per
trip.
Based
on
MRFSS
estimates
of
the
number
of
shark
fishing
trips,
we
estimate
a
total
of
$
43
million
was
spent
by
shark
anglers
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
with
a
consumer
surplus
of
$
24
million
for
a
gross
value
of
the
shark
fishery
of
$
66
million.
MRFSS
estimates
of
the
number
of
sharks
landed
indicate
an
equivalent
use
value
of
$
183
per
shark.
Logit
model
results
appear
incorrect,
no
explanation
of
consumer
surplus
derivation
is
given,
no
underlying
economic
model
is
provided.
1
9
7
Fisher,
Mark
R.
and
Robert
B.
Ditton
(
1993).
"
A
Social
and
Economic
Characterization
of
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
Recreational
Shark
Fishery."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
55(
3):
21­
27.

A
mail
survey
of
tournament
shark
anglers
and
party
boat
shark
anglers
was
completed
to
examine
their
fishing
activity,
attitudes,
trip
expenditures,
and
consumer
surplus.
A
sample
of
700
shark
anglers
was
selected
from
tournaments
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
during
1990,
and
a
sample
of
party
boat
shark
anglers
was
drawn
from
Port
Aransas,
Texas
party
boat
anglers
during
the
summer
of
1991.
A
response
rate
of
58%
(
excluding
non­
deliverables)
was
obtained
from
tournament
anglers.
The
sample
of
party
boat
shark
anglers
was
too
small
to
provide
useful
results.
Tournament
shark
anglers
reported
fishing
an
average
of
58
days
per
year
and
targeted
sharks
and
other
large
marine
species.
Tournaments
occupy
a
small
portion
of
their
fishing
effort.
If
this
group
of
anglers
were
not
able
to
fish
for
sharks,
one­
third
indicated
no
other
species
would
be
an
acceptable
substitute,
while
others
were
willing
to
substitute
other
large
marine
species.
Shark
trip
expenditures
averaged
$
197
per
trip
with
a
consumer
surplus
of
$
111
per
trip.
Based
on
MRFSS
estimates
of
the
number
of
shark
fishing
trips,
we
estimate
a
total
of
$
43
million
was
spent
by
shark
anglers
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
with
a
consumer
surplus
of
$
24
million
for
a
gross
value
of
the
shark
fishery
of
$
66
million.
MRFSS
estimates
of
the
number
of
sharks
landed
indicate
an
equivalent
use
value
of
$
183
per
shark.

Fisheries
Committee
(
1998).

The
Implications
of
Responsible
Post­
Harvesting
Practices
and
Trade
on
Responsible
Fishing.

Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture,
and
Fisheries,
OECD,
Spain,
11
pp.

This
paper
provides
an
outline
of
the
study
into
the
implications
of
responsible
post
harvesting
practices
and
trade.
The
paper
describes
the
suggested
content
of
the
national
reports.
Post
harvest
practices
include
market
demand
for
fish
or
various
size,
trade
patterns,
policies
by
management
agencies,
etc.,
that
impact
fishermen

s
behavior
to
circumvent
responsible
fishing
practices.

Fisheries
and
Oceans
(
1990).
"
Proposal
for
Monitoring
and
Enforcement
of
the
Halibut
Fishery
Under
Individual
Vessel
Quotas."
Department
of
Fisheries
and
Oceans,
Canada,
August.

The
monitoring
and
enforcement
plan
suggested
in
this
paper
is
broken
down
into
six
parts:
reporting
process,
observer
program,
Department
of
Fisheries
and
Oceans
enforcement,
penalties,
self
enforcement,
and
public
participation
that
are
discussed
separately.
Discussion
on
the
personnel
and
funding
requirements
for
the
program
are
also
outlined.

Fisheries
and
Oceans
(
1991).
"
1991
Halibut
Management
Plan."
Department
of
Fisheries
and
Oceans,
Canada,
April.

A
Canada
halibut
fishery
individual
vessel
quota
(
IVQ)
program
is
outlined
in
this
report.

Fisheries
Statistics
Division
(
1997).

Processed
Products
Survey.

Version
3.0,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
December.

The
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
and
its
predecessor
agencies
have
been
collecting
seafood
processing
data
since
1918.
This
survey
is
the
only
comprehensive
review
of
the
U.
S.
seafood
industry
conducted
annually.

Fitzpatrick,
John
(
1995).

Technology
and
Fisheries
Legislation.

TCPA/
8P7,
1
9
8
Technical
Consultation
on
the
Precautionary
Approach
to
Capture
Fisheries
(
TCPA),
FAO
Scientific
Meeting,
Lysekil,
Sweden,
June,
22
pp.

This
document
reviews
technology
adopted
by
the
fishing
industry.
It
explains
how
technology
required
to
comply
with
international
conventions
has
been
further
developed
and
adopted,
on
a
voluntary
basis,
by
the
industry.
It
is
suggested
that
to
assess
risks
and
reduce
uncertainty,
a
thorough
analysis
should
be
made
of
the
world

s
fleets
of
fishing
vessels
and
fishing
gear;
that
there
should
be
a
standard
method
for
the
measurement
and
classification
of
fishing
vessels
and
gear;
and
that
fleet
restructuring
policies
should
be
elaborated
on
the
basis
of
a
full
understanding
of
technology
required
for
the
implementation
of
conservation
and
management
measures
(
if
they
are
to
be
effective)
as
well
as
to
benefit
industry.
The
document
concludes
that
requirements
for
the
adoption
of
technology,
or
developments
thereof,
should
be
incorporated
in
legislation.

Fitzpatrick,
John
and
Chris
Newton
(
1998).

Assessment
of
the
World

s
Fishing
Fleet
1991­
1997.

Greenpeace
International,
January.

The
expansion
in
the
size
and
capacity
of
the
world

s
fishing
fleets,
as
noted
by
the
FAO
1995
State
of
World
Fisheries
and
Aquaculture,
has
continued
to
increase
over
the
period
1991
­
1996.
A
slow
down
in
new
additions
occurred
in
1995
and
1996.
In
1997,
the
orders
for
new
vessels
show
a
return
to
construction
of
vessels
with
large
tonnage.
Throughout
the
period,
additions
to
the
world

s
fleet
continue
to
exceed
deletions.
In
this
connection,
there
is
evidence
that
the
fishing
fleets
are
not
being
restructured,
that
capacity
is
not
being
effectively
reduced,
and
that
states
with
open
registers
are
increasing
their
capacity.

Flaaten,
Ola
(
1991).
"
Bioeconomics
of
Sustainable
Harvest
of
Competing
Species."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
20:
163­
180.

The
concept
of
maximum
sustainable
yield
frontier
(
MSF)
is
applied
to
a
Gause
model
of
competing
species.
Maximizing
the
present
value
of
economic
rent
under
costless
harvesting
with
positive
discount
rate
implies
optimal
stock
levels
below
the
locus
of
MSF
stocks.
Maximizing
economic
rent
with
positive
harvesting
costs
and
zero
discount
rate
implies
optimal
stock
levels
above
the
locus
of
MSF
stocks.
It
is
shown
how
the
optimal
steady
state
stock
levels
are
altered
by
changes
in
the
exogenous
discount
rate,
harvest
prices,
and
harvest
costs.
Optimal
harvesting
might
imply
harvesting
of
one
of
the
two
species
at
a
loss.

Flaaten,
Ola,
Knut
Heel,
and
Kjell
G.
Salvanes
(
1995).
"
The
Invisible
Resource
Rent
in
Limited
Entry
and
Quota
Managed
Fisheries:
The
Case
of
Norwegian
Purse
Seine
Fisheries."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
4):
341­
356.

This
paper
tests
empirically
to
what
extent
the
rent
in
a
limited
entry
and
quota
managed
fishery
is
capitalized
in
the
value
of
a
vessel
license.
This
is
done
by
comparing
the
profitability
of
Norwegian
purse
seine
vessels
that
received
their
licenses
for
free,
to
the
profitability
of
vessels
whose
licenses
were
purchased
along
with
the
vessel.
In
a
sample
of
forty
three
vessels,
thirty
one
had
obtained
their
licenses
for
free
when
the
licensing
system
was
introduced
in
1973,
whereas
twelve
owners
had
bought
licensed
vessels
later.
Costs
and
earnings
data
for
1983
and
1984
show
that
those
vessels
that
received
free
licenses
have
a
significantly
higher
profitability
than
the
other
vessel
group.
The
main
reason
for
this
is
that
the
owners
who
bought
licensed
vessels
had
the
highest
capital
costs.
Policy
implications
of
1
9
9
these
findings
are
indicated.

Flagg,
V.
G.
(
1977).
"
Optimal
Output
and
Economic
Rent
of
the
Eastern
Tropical
Pacific
Tuna
Fishery:
An
Empirical
Analysis."
American
Journal
of
Economics
and
Sociology,
36(
1):
19­
32.

An
empirical
analysis
of
the
yellowfin
tuna
catch
of
the
eastern
tropical
Pacific
tuna
fishery
indicates
that
the
difference
between
maximum
sustainable
yield
and
maximum
economic
yield
varies
directly
with
the
cost
per
unit
of
effort
and
inversely
with
the
price
per
unit
of
output.
If
costs
do
not
rise,
the
difference
approaches
zero
in
a
fishery
characterized
by
expanding
demand
and
price.
If
overcapitalization
were
avoided,
resource
rent
could
be
maximized.

Fletcher,
Jerald
J.,
Richard
E.
Howitt,
and
Warren
E.
Johnston
(
1988).
"
Management
of
Multipurpose
Heterogeneous
Fishing
Fleets
Under
Uncertainty."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
4:
249­
270.

This
paper
describes
an
approach
to
modeling
fisheries
in
policy
analysis
when
the
population
dynamics
are
not
well
known
and
the
fleet
is
composed
of
a
variety
of
multipurpose
vessels.
An
empirical
application
of
the
methodology
to
the
northern
California
Dungeness
crab
fishery
is
discussed.
A
multivariate
time
series
intertemporal
(
year
to
year)
relationships
for
a
simulation
model
describing
both
within
season
and
year
to
year
fleet
behavior.
Appropriate
modifications
for
the
simulation
model
parameters
reflect
alternative
policy
scenarios.
The
analysis
of
the
simulation
outcomes
provide
insight
into
fleet
response
to
several
management
alternatives
that
have
been
considered
for
the
crab
fishery.

Flood,
R.
C.
(
1991).

The
Cost
and
Earnings
of
Capture
Fisheries,
Aquaculture,
and
Livestock
Industry
­
A
Selective
Annotated
Bibliography.

FAO
Fisheries
Circular
No.
843,
Fishery
Development
Planning
Service,
Fishery
Policy
and
Planning
Division,
Fisheries
Department,
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations,
Rome,
November,
32
pp.

This
bibliography
aims
to
facilitate
access
to
recorded
experience
and
data
regarding
the
costs
and
earnings
in
fisheries
and
livestock
industry,
to
stimulate
the
sharing
of
information
and
to
broaden
knowledge
in
the
field.

Folsom,
William
B.
(
1995).

World
Swordfish
Fishing,
An
Analysis
of
Swordfishing
Operations
Past
­
Present
­
Future.

Draft
Volume
II.
Africa
and
the
Middle
East,
Office
of
International
Affairs,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland.

Twelve
African
nations
fishing
for
swordfish
caught
2,166
tons
in
1994.
The
majority
of
the
catch
was
made
by
Morocco
who
caught
1,068
tons
in
the
North
Atlantic
and
Mediterranean
Sea.
Algerian
fishermen
caught
600
tons
and
Tunisian
fishermen
caught
234
tons
in
the
Mediterranean
while
Ghanaian
canoe
fishermen
landed
235
tons
in
the
South
Atlantic.
The
importance
of
the
fishing
grounds
off
West
and
Southwest
Africa
is
not
the
harvest
of
African
fishermen
­­
mostly
artisanal
canoe
fishermen
­­
but
rather
the
potential
for
significant
catches
by
European
flag
or
Asian
flag
fishermen.
The
Spanish
swordfish
fleet
moved
into
the
South
Atlantic
in
1986
and
by
1994
reported
a
harvest
of
7,937
tons
­­
as
compared
with
264
tons
harvested
by
Angola,
Benin,
Ghana,
Ivory
Coast,
Nigeria,
South
Africa,
and
Togo
in
these
same
waters
in
1994.
In
the
Mediterranean
Sea
the
North
African
nations
face
problems
associated
with
over
exploitation
during
the
past
few
decades
that
makes
catching
swordfish
increasingly
difficult.
Kenyan
fishermen
reported
modest
2
0
0
harvests
of
swordfish
in
1990,
but
no
recent
harvest
have
been
reported.
Omani
and
Yemeni
fishermen
are
landing
small
quantities
of
swordfish,
but
landings
may
increase
in
1995
if
various
joint
venture
projects
sought
by
Omani
fishing
companies
can
be
finalized.
The
French
Overseas
Department
of
La
Reunion
has
a
swordfish
fishery
that
lands
about
400
tons
annually;
this
fishery
is
growing.

Fontaine,
Clark
T.
(
1971).
"
Conversion
Tables
for
Commercially
Important
Penaeid
Shrimp
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
NOAA,
NMFS,
Data
Report
70,
December,
9
pp.

Tables
are
divided
by
classifications
commonly
used
by
the
industry
to
designate
landings
of
whole
or
headless
brown
(
Penaeus
aztecus),
white
(
P.
setiferus),
and
pink
(
P.
duorarum)
shrimp.
Data
presented
by
sex
and
sexes
combined
for
each
species
include
shrimp
that
range
from
70
to
235
mm
total
length.

Fontenot,
Donna
D.,
Richard
E.
Condrey,
and
Theodore
B.
Ford
(
1980).
"
A
Menhaden
Bibliography."
Prepared
for
the
Gulf
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission,
Ocean
Springs,
Mississippi
by
the
Center
for
Wetland
Resources,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
Louisiana,
January,
105
pp.

A
listing
of
a
computerized
bibliography
of
articles
related
to
the
menhaden
fishery
and
its
biology.

Fonyo,
Carolyn
M.,
Joan
A.
Browder,
and
Susan
L.
Brunenmeister
(
1983).
"
Dynamics
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fleet,
1981."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida.

This
study
was
designed
to
describe
shrimp
vessel
mobility
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
in
1981
and
to
gain
a
better
understanding
of
the
dynamics
of
the
shrimp
fleet
on
a
gulf
wide
scale
toward
the
purpose
of
more
effective
management
of
the
fishery.

Fonyo,
Carolyn
M.,
Joan
A.
Browder,
and
Susan
L.
Brunenmeister
(
1983).
"
Mobility
Patterns
and
Characteristics
of
Shrimp
Vessels
Fishing
Off
Texas,
1981."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFC­
120,
U.
S.
Dept.
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida
33149­
1099.

This
study
identifies
vessels
fishing
off
Texas
in
1981.
Their
mobility
patterns
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
are
determined.
Seasonal
fishing
and
port
use
patterns
are
determined.
Physical
vessel
characteristics
according
to
mobility
pattern
are
identified.
Vessel
activity
according
to
mobility
pattern
is
determined.
Relationships
between
vessel
characteristics
and
activity
are
discovered.
Lastly,
the
suitability
of
available
data
bases
for
further
studies
of
fleet
structure
and
behavior
is
assessed.

Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
Fisheries
Department
(
1998).

FAO
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity.

Preliminary
Version,
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity,
FAO,
La
Jolla
CA,
April
15­
18,
Food
and
Agricultural
Organization
of
the
United
Nations,
Rome,
Italy,
41
pp.
2
0
1
The
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity
reviewed
the
various
issues
related
to
measurement
and
monitoring;
management
and
reduction
methods;
broader
policy
and
institutional
considerations;
as
well
as
specific
high
seas
aspects.
The
Technical
Working
Group
(
TWG)
emphasized
the
timeliness
of
this
meeting
and
stressed
the
crucial
need
for
countries
and
the
international
community
at
large
to
urgently
take
steps
to
address
and
prevent
overcapacity
(
overcapitalisation)
as
recommended
by
the
Code
of
Conduct
for
Responsible
Fisheries
which
the
FAO
Conference
adopted
in
1995.
The
TWG
produced
a
wide
consensus
on
the
need:
to
develop
more
appropriate
measurement
methods
and
monitoring
mechanisms,
including
fishing
vessel
registry;
to
give
far
greater
emphasis
to
fleet
monitoring
and
the
assessment
of
fleet
dynamics;
to
adopt
policies
which
clearly
specify
access
conditions;
to
give
a
greater
priority
to
management
methods
aiming
at
adjusting
rather
than
blocking
the
pervasive
tendency
for
overfishing
and
overinvestment
resulting
from
open
access
conditions;
to
reassess
and
strengthened
management
methods
used
and
implementation
procedure,
in
recognition
that
the
applicability
of
available
management
methods
would
nevertheless
remain
situation
specific;
and
to
approach
the
reduction
of
fishing
capacity
with
care,
avoiding
spillover
effects
and
carefully
controlling
the
induced
effects
of
scrapping
programmes.
The
TWG
provided
guidance
and
made
a
number
of
recommendations
to
better
address
and
tackle
these
issues
within
national
jurisdictions.
The
TWG
also
recognized
that
the
high
seas
may
be
confronted
with
an
even
greater
overcapitalization
problem
than
EEZ
fisheries
due
to
the
prevalence
of
rather
open
access
conditions
and
the
fact
that
there
are
at
present
no
internationally
agreed
measure
to
cause
states
to
control
fishing
capacity.
It
recommended
that
the
1995
UN
Agreement
and
the
FAO
Compliance
Agreement
be
urgently
ratified.
The
TWG
further
suggested
that
complementary
measures
would
be
required,
aiming
in
particular
at:
improving
monitoring
mechanisms
for
high
seas
fleets;
strengthening
and
empowering
regional
fishery
organizations;
creating
new
organizations
to
ensure
full
coverage
of
the
resource
concerned;
controlling
the
disposal
(

dumping

)
of
excess
national
capacity
in
general,
and
of
older
vessels
to
developing
countries
in
particular;
and
at
addressing
the
growing
importance
of
flags
of
convenience.
Finally,
the
TWG
felt
that
much
more
research
work
and
institutional
building
efforts
were
still
required
at
both
national
and
international
levels
to
improve
present
capacities
to
properly
address
the
many
issues
pertaining
to
the
effective
control
and
reduction
of
fishing
capacity.

Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations
(
1998).

Measurement
and
Monitoring
of
Fishing
Capacity.

Draft
Report
of
Working
Group
#
1,
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity,
FAO,
La
Jolla
CA,
April
15­
18,
13
pp.

Definitions,
methods
of
measurement,
monitoring
indicators
for
addressing
excess
capacity
in
global
fisheries.
Existing,
target,
and
limit
capacity
are
defined.
Data
requirements
and
recommendations
are
made
to
develop
preliminary
estimates
of
current
capacity
and
to
develop
precise
estimates
of
capacity.
Estimation
techniques
are
also
discussed
as
an
appendix.
A
basic
system
for
monitoring
and
assessment
is
recommended
with
a
recommendation
for
establishing
an
international
registry
of
fishing
vessel
and
boat
characteristics.

Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
Fisheries
Department
(
1998).

Report
of
the
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity.

FAO
Fisheries
Report
No.
586,
FAO,
La
Jolla
CA,
April
15­
18,
Food
and
Agricultural
Organization
of
the
United
Nations,
Rome,
Italy,
57
pp.
2
0
2
The
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity
reviewed
the
various
issues
related
to
measurement
and
monitoring;
management
and
reduction
methods;
broader
policy
and
institutional
considerations;
as
well
as
specific
high
seas
aspects.
The
Technical
Working
Group
(
TWG)
emphasized
the
timeliness
of
this
meeting
and
stressed
the
crucial
need
for
countries
and
the
international
community
at
large
to
urgently
take
steps
to
address
and
prevent
overcapacity
(
overcapitalisation)
as
recommended
by
the
Code
of
Conduct
for
Responsible
Fisheries
which
the
FAO
Conference
adopted
in
1995.
The
TWG
produced
a
wide
consensus
on
the
need:
to
develop
more
appropriate
measurement
methods
and
monitoring
mechanisms,
including
fishing
vessel
registry;
to
give
far
greater
emphasis
to
fleet
monitoring
and
the
assessment
of
fleet
dynamics;
to
adopt
policies
which
clearly
specify
access
conditions;
to
give
a
greater
priority
to
management
methods
aiming
at
adjusting
rather
than
blocking
the
pervasive
tendency
for
overfishing
and
overinvestment
resulting
from
open
access
conditions;
to
reassess
and
strengthened
management
methods
used
and
implementation
procedure,
in
recognition
that
the
applicability
of
available
management
methods
would
nevertheless
remain
situation
specific;
and
to
approach
the
reduction
of
fishing
capacity
with
care,
avoiding
spillover
effects
and
carefully
controlling
the
induced
effects
of
scrapping
programmes.
The
TWG
provided
guidance
and
made
a
number
of
recommendations
to
better
address
and
tackle
these
issues
within
national
jurisdictions.
The
TWG
also
recognized
that
the
high
seas
may
be
confronted
with
an
even
greater
overcapitalization
problem
than
EEZ
fisheries
due
to
the
prevalence
of
rather
open
access
conditions
and
the
fact
that
there
are
at
present
no
internationally
agreed
measure
to
cause
states
to
control
fishing
capacity.
It
recommended
that
the
1995
UN
Agreement
and
the
FAO
Compliance
Agreement
be
urgently
ratified.
The
TWG
further
suggested
that
complementary
measures
would
be
required,
aiming
in
particular
at:
improving
monitoring
mechanisms
for
high
seas
fleets;
strengthening
and
empowering
regional
fishery
organizations;
creating
new
organizations
to
ensure
full
coverage
of
the
resource
concerned;
controlling
the
disposal
(

dumping

)
of
excess
national
capacity
in
general,
and
of
older
vessels
to
developing
countries
in
particular;
and
at
addressing
the
growing
importance
of
flags
of
convenience.
Finally,
the
TWG
felt
that
much
more
research
work
and
institutional
building
efforts
were
still
required
at
both
national
and
international
levels
to
improve
present
capacities
to
properly
address
the
many
issues
pertaining
to
the
effective
control
and
reduction
of
fishing
capacity.

Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations
and
International
Development
Research
Centre
(
1982).
Fish
ByCatch:
Bonus
from
the
Sea,
Report
of
a
Technical
Consultation
on
Shrimp
Bycatch
Utilization
held
in
Georgetown,
Guyana,
October
27­
30,
1981.
Ottawa
Ont.,
IDRC,
163
pp.

The
problem
of
postharvest
loss
derives
from
the
carrying
capacity
of
the
shrimp
trawlers,
reflecting
design,
size,
operational
system,
and
cost.
The
term
bycatch
refers
to
all
the
fish
and
other
organisms
incidentally
harvested
by
the
trawling
operations.
In
the
past,
all
the
bycatch
was
discarded
into
the
sea
and
only
the
shrimp
retained.
This
practice
resulted
in
high
losses
from
the
discards.
Now,
it
has
become
increasingly
common
to
select
and
retain
some
marketable
fish.
Bycatch
quantities
are,
therefore,
no
longer
the
same
as
the
discards
in
every
area
where
shrimp
trawling
occurs.
Assessment
is
necessary
for
both
the
bycatch
and
the
discards.

Foster,
Kevin
and
Chris
McCarron
(
1994).
"
Summary
of
Fishery
Regulations
for
Atlantic
Tuna
Fisheries."
Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.
2
0
3
This
pamphlet
was
prepared
to
inform
interested
fishermen
about
the
Atlantic
Tuna
fisheries
regulations.

Fowle,
Suzanne
(
1993).
Fish
for
the
Future:
A
Citizen's
Guide
to
Federal
Marine
Fisheries
Management.
Center
for
Marine
Conservation,
Washington,
D.
C.

This
guide
explains
how
to
become
a
fishery
conservation
activist.
It
describes
the
tools
to
advocate
conservation
through
fishery
management.
In
the
guide
is
found
background
information
on
the
terms
and
definitions
used
in
fishery
management,
including
gear
types
and
management
strategies;
facts
about
the
decline
in
fish
populations
and
management
failures;
an
explanation
of
the
federal
fishery
management
during
this
process;
and
suggestions
on
how
to
make
your
voice
heard
in
Congress
and
at
local
public
hearings
and
how
to
write
effective
letters.

Fowle,
Suzanne
and
Rose
Bierce
(
eds.)
(
1992).
Proceedings
of
the
Shrimp
Trawl
Bycatch
Workshop,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation,
November
22­
23,
1991,
St.
Petersburg,
Florida.

The
proceedings
of
a
workshop
on
shrimp
bycatch
including
effects
of
shrimp
trawl
bycatch
on
finfish
populations
and
ecosystems,
socioeconomic
effects
of
shrimp
trawl
bycatch,
shrimp
bycatch
and
fishery
management,
and
ongoing
research
efforts.

Fowler,
Sarah,
Carl
Safina,
and
Merry
Camhi
(
1996).
Shark
News.
Newsletter
of
the
IUCN
Shark
Specialist
Group,
Volume
7,
July,
16
pp.

A
series
of
articles
on
shark
tagging,
population
genetics,
tag
and
release
mortality,
and
telemetry
and
data
storage
tags.

Fox,
William
W.,
Jr.
(
1975).
"
Fitting
the
Generalized
Stock
Production
Model
by
Least­
Squares
and
Equilibrium
Approximation."
Fishery
Bulletin,
73(
1):
23­
37.

A
least­
squares
method
for
fitting
the
generalized
stock
production
to
fishery
catch
and
fishing
effort
data
which
utilizes
the
equilibrium
approximation
approach
is
described.
A
weighting
procedure
for
providing
improved
estimates
of
equilibrium
fishing
effort
and
an
estimator
of
the
catchability
coefficient
are
developed.
A
computer
program
PRODFIT
for
performing
the
calculations
is
presented.
The
utility
and
performance
of
PRODFIT
is
illustrated
with
data
from
a
simulated
pandalid
shrimp
population.

Fox,
William
W.,
Jr.
(
1990).
"
A
Perspective
on
the
Current
State
of
Fisheries
Statistics."
Paper
presented
at
the
Woods
Hole
Oceanographic
Institute
Marine
Policy
Center,
October
22­
23,
pp.
6.

This
presentation
describes
the
evolution
of
the
fishery
dependent
statistics
in
the
U.
S.
and
describes
current
directions
for
change.

Fox,
William
W.,
Jr.
(
1990).
"
The
Need
for
More
Precise
Fishery
Predictions
­
A
King
Mackerel
Case
History."
Paper
presented
to
MAFAC,
F/
AKC,
and
U.
S.
D.
O.
C.

A
speech
that
identifies
the
need
for
improved
biological,
economic,
and
sociological
data
to
resolve
fishery
conflicts
between
commercial
and
recreational
fishermen
in
the
king
mackerel
fishery.
The
solution
is
to
collect
improved
biological
data
from
which
improved
confidence
limits
can
be
2
0
4
estimated.
A
proposed
budget
is
presented.

Fox,
William
W.,
Jr.
(
1991).
"
Focus
on
the
Fisheries."
Washington
Post,
August
24.,
Washington,
D.
C.

A
rebuttal
to
an
editorial
(
included)
that
suggests
that
fishery
resources
are
being
depleted
under
federal
management.
The
principles
of
renewable
marine
resources,
the
failure
of
open
access,
and
individual
transferable
quotas
are
advanced
as
the
goals
and
objectives
of
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service.

Frank,
Kenneth
T.,
R.
Ian
Perry,
and
Kenneth
F.
Drinkwater
(
1990).
"
Predicted
Response
of
Northwest
Atlantic
Invertebrate
and
Fish
Stocks
to
CO2­
Induced
Climate
Change."
Transactions
of
the
American
Fisheries
Society,
119:
353­
365.

We
discuss
the
effect
of
changes
in
oceanographic
conditions
induced
by
a
global
increase
in
atmospheric
CO2
on
the
location,
composition,
and
recruitment
of
invertebrate
and
finfish
populations
inhabiting
the
region
from
the
Gulf
of
Maine
to
the
Labrador
Shelf.
Published
studies
exist
for
the
region
that
link
historical
climate
fluctuations
with
fish
distributions
or
that
use
physical
data
as
proxy
variables
for
nutrient
flux,
advection,
and
stratification
to
predict
species
recruitment
patterns
and
stock
size
differences.
We
used
these
models
in
conjunction
with
a
physical
oceanographic
scenario
resulting
from
a
doubling
of
atmospheric
CO2
to
speculate
on
the
most
probable
consequences
to
the
fisheries
of
Atlantic
Canada.
For
example,
a
general
warming
and
freshening
of
the
continental
shelf
waters
is
anticipated.
We
expect
this
to
lead
to
shifts
in
the
geographic
distribution
of
several
commercially
important
groundfish
stocks,
especially
those
that
are
presently
at
the
extreme
limits
of
their
species
ranges.
Earlier
arrival
times
and
later
departures
are
expected
for
pelagic
species
that
undergo
extensive
seasonal
migrations.
Higher
temperatures
and
increased
water
column
stratification
may
result
in
less
organic
material
reaching
the
bottom
and
tend
to
favor
a
pelagic
fish
community.
Our
analysis
is
highly
speculative,
in
part
because
of
uncertainties
in
the
predicted
physical
changes,
but
also
because
of
the
limited
knowledge
of
the
processes
linking
physical
oceanography
with
fisheries.

Fraser,
G.
Alex
(
1979).
"
Limited
Entry:
Experience
of
the
British
Columbia
Salmon
Fishery."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
36:
754­
763.

In
1969
a
program
of
limited
entry
was
introduced
in
the
B.
C.
salmon
fishery;
this
indicates
the
near
desperation
of
fisheries
managers
at
the
apparent
bankruptcy
of
more
traditional
management
measures.
Also,
this
introduction
represents
a
significant
break
in
traditional
management
orientation.
The
goals
of
management
were
broadened
to
encompass
not
only
resource
conservation,
but
also
socioeconomic
rationalization.
Unfortunately,
the
program
was
ill
designed
to
achieve
either
objective.
In
spite
of
license
limitation
it
appears
that
fishing
costs
and
fishing
capacity
are
still
growing
at
a
rapid
rate.
Although
vessel
numbers
are
declining,
much
of
the
potential
benefits
are
being
offset
by
increasing
capacity
and
capital
intensity
in
the
individual
vessels
that
now
make
up
the
limited
fleet.
While
some
benefits
may
remain
from
the
program
due
to
the
rapid
increase
in
the
value
of
the
salmon
resource
over
recent
years,
the
distribution
of
these
benefits
is
somewhat
anomalous.
The
public
purse
has
gained
little
because
license
revenues
represent
a
small
proportion
of
the
total
management
costs
of
the
fishery.
At
the
same
time,
it
cannot
be
interpreted
that
fishermen
will
be
the
long
run
beneficiaries
of
the
program.
The
only
clear
winners
are
the
original
group
of
license
holders.
Various
adjustments
in
the
structure
of
2
0
5
the
licensing
program
have
been
considered
to
address
these
problems.
While
the
most
practical
and
effective
of
these
is
a
system
of
landings
royalties
or
taxes
on
output,
it
remains
the
least
politically
attractive.
If
the
British
Columbia
licensing
programs
is
to
become
an
effective
vehicle
for
decreasing
fishing
costs
and
fishing
capacity,
some
difficult
decisions
are
required.

Frazer,
Nat
B.
(
1982).

Demography
of
the
Loggerhead
Sea
Turtle,
Caretta
Caretta.

Draft
report,
Institute
of
Ecology,
University
of
Georgia,
Athens,
Georgia,
June.

This
paper
presents
a
methodology
for
computing
demographic
parameters
for
adult
loggerhead
sea
turtles
as
well
as
suggestions
toward
a
methodology
for
calculating
age­
specific
survivorship
of
juvenile
turtles
in
the
wild.

Frazer,
Nat
B.
(
1984).

A
Model
for
Assessing
Mean
Age­
Specific
Fecundity
in
Sea
Turtle
Populations.

Draft
report,
Marine
Policy
and
Ocean
Management
Center,
Woods
Hole
Oceanographic
Institution,
Woods
Hole,
MA.

A
model
is
developed
to
estimate
mean
age­
specific
fecundity
for
sea
turtle
populations.
Information
on
the
numbers
of
eggs
laid
by
female
turtles
of
known
relative
ages
is
used
to
estimate
the
mean
number
of
eggs
that
will
be
laid
by
females
that
are
reproducing
at
a
given
age.
Information
about
frequencies
of
interseasonal
nesting
intervals
is
then
used
to
adjust
the
agespecific
fecundities
to
reflect
the
substantial
proportion
of
females
for
each
age
class
that
do
not
reproduce
in
a
particular
season
(
i.
e.,
at
a
particular
age).
The
model
is
developed
with
data
collected
on
adult
female
loggerhead
turtles,
Caretta
caretta,
nesting
on
Little
Cumberland
Island,
Georgia,
USA,
from
1969
through
1981.
The
model
is
applicable
to
species
of
marine
and
freshwater
turtles
in
which
individual
females
may
not
reproduce
each
year
(
i.
e.,
at
each
consecutive
age).

Frazer,
Nat
B.
(
1986).

Survival
from
Egg
to
Adulthood
in
a
Declining
Population
of
Loggerhead
Turtles,
Caretta
Caretta.

Herpetologica,
42(
1):
47­
55.

Previous
estimates
of
survival
rates
of
sea
turtle
eggs
or
hatchlings
to
adulthood
depend
upon
the
assumption
that
their
populations
are
neither
increasing
nor
decreasing
in
numbers.
The
assumption
is
made
in
spite
of
the
fact
that
recent
interest
in
sea
turtle
demography
stems
from
the
belief
that
populations
are
in
decline.
This
paper
presents
estimates
of
the
survival
rate
from
egg
to
maturity
necessary
to
maintain
a
populations
of
loggerhead
turtles,
Caretta
caretta,
at
its
present
observed
rate
of
decline.
Conventional
demographic
equations
were
used
along
with
values
of
adult
survivorship,
fecundity
and
alternative
estimates
of
age
at
maturity
from
the
literature.
Results
indicate
that
the
proportion
of
eggs
surviving
to
adulthood
lies
between
0.0009
and
0.0018
in
this
declining
population,
as
opposed
to
an
estimated
value
of
0.0025
in
the
unlikely
event
that
the
population
is
stationary.
These
results
suggest
that
previous
studies
have
overestimated
survival
of
eggs
or
hatchlings
to
maturity
in
sea
turtle
populations.
The
methodology
may
be
used
to
assess
gross
survivorship
from
egg
to
adulthood
in
increasing
or
decreasing
populations
of
any
species
in
which
adults
and
eggs
are
more
easily
studied
than
are
juveniles.

Frazer,
Nat
B.
and
Llewellyn
M.
Ehrhart(
1984).

Preliminary
Growth
Models
for
Green,
Chelonia
mydas,
and
Loggerhead,
Caretta
Caretta,
Turtles
in
the
Wild.

Draft
report,
Marine
Policy
and
Ocean
Management
Center,
Woods
Hole
Oceanographic
Institution,
Woods
Hole,
MA
and
Department
of
Biological
Sciences,
Department
of
Biological
Sciences,
University
of
Central
Florida,
Orlando,
Florida.
2
0
6
Capture­
recapture
measurements
of
11
wild
green
turtles
and
of
28
wild
loggerhead
turtles
in
Florida
indicate
that
growth
in
straight
line
carapace
length
fits
von
Bertalanffy
growth
models
better
than
logistic
models.
The
von
Bertalanffy
model
for
green
turtle
growth
yields
estimates
for
age
at
maturity
of
between
18
and
27
years,
based
on
the
carapace
length
of
the
smallest
nesting
female(
88
cm)
and
the
mean
length
of
all
nesting
females
(
99
cm).
The
model
for
loggerheads
yields
estimates
of
between
12
and
30
years,
also
based
on
carapace
measurements
of
the
smallest
nesting
female
(
74
cm)
and
the
mean
carapace
length
of
all
nesting
females
(
92
cm).
It
is
suggested
that
the
upper
estimates
provide
more
realistic
indications
of
mean
age
at
first
maturity.

Frazer,
Nat
B.
and
Frank
J.
Schwartz
(
1984).

Growth
Curves
for
Captive
Loggerhead
Turtles,
Caretta
Caretta,
in
North
Carolina,
USA.

Bulletin
of
Marine
Science,
34(
3):
485­
489.

Growth
equations
for
two
loggerhead
turtles
raised
in
captivity
for
14
years
are
compared
to
an
analysis
conducted
by
Uchida
(
1967).
The
results
obtained
in
the
two
studies
differ
substantially.

Freeman,
A.
Myrick
III
(
1979).
"
Approaches
to
Measuring
Public
Goods
Demands."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
61(
5):
915­
920.

This
paper
presents
a
brief
review
of
the
three
major
approaches
to
estimation
of
public
good
demands
and
benefits
and
a
somewhat
more
detailed
discussion
of
those
techniques
that
are
based
on
market
interactions
between
public
and
private
goods.
The
analysis
is
limited
to
those
public
goods
that
are
arguments
in
individual
utility
functions.
Public
goods
that
are
inputs
in
production
processes
for
marketed
goods,
for
example,
air
quality
in
agricultural
production,
affect
cost,
supply,
and
factor
demand
functions
and
through
them
affect
one
or
more
of
the
following:
output
prices,
factor
prices,
and
profits
(
quasi­
rents).
The
benefits
of
increases
in
public
goods
supply
can
be
measured
in
a
conceptually
straightforward
manner
from
observable
market
data.

Freeman,
A.
Myrick
III
(
1979).
"
Hedonic
Prices,
Property
Values
and
Measuring
Environmental
Benefits:
A
Survey
of
the
Issues."
Scand.
J.
of
Economics,
154­
173.

This
paper
provides
a
review
of
the
theoretical
basis
and
the
assumptions
required
to
use
hedonic
price
equations
derived
from
property
value
data
to
obtain
measures
of
the
prices
and
the
inverse
demand
functions
for
environmental
amenities
such
as
air
quality.
It
also
includes
a
review
and
assessment
of
existing
empirical
applications
of
the
technique
to
problems
of
air
and
water
quality
and
urban
noise.

Freeman,
A.
Myrick
III
(
1979).
"
The
Benefits
of
Air
and
Water
Pollution
Control:
A
Review
and
Synthesis
of
Recent
Estimates."
A
report
prepared
for
the
Council
on
Environmental
Quality.
Bowdoin
College,
Brunswick,
Maine
04011,
174
pp.

This
report
reviews
and
synthesizes
the
large
number
of
previous
studies
of
the
benefits
from
air
and
water
pollution
control
and
tries
to
make
theoretical
and
applied
sense
of
the
various
estimates
to
provide
a
standardized
set
of
benefit
estimates
where
ever
possible.

Freeman,
A.
Myrick
III
(
1993).
"
The
Economics
of
Valuing
Marine
Recreation:
A
Review
of
the
Empirical
Evidence."
A
report
2
0
7
submitted
to
the
Office
of
Policy
Planning
and
Evaluation,
U.
S.
Environmental
Protection
Agency,
Washington,
D.
C.
Department
of
Economics,
Bowdoin
College,
Brunswick,
Maine
04011,
September,
35
pp.

The
question
addressed
in
this
report
is
whether
the
available
economics
literature
provides
a
basis
for
estimating
the
benefits
to
marine
recreation
attributable
to
the
water
pollution
control
programs
of
federal,
state,
and
local
agencies.
While
numerous
techniques
exist,
estimates
of
net
benefit
from
water
quality
improvements
are
not
consistent.
No
direct
evidence
exists
that
supports
the
contention
that
the
Federal
Water
Pollution
Control
Act
(
FWPCA)
of
1972
has
actual
improved
the
recreational
fishing
experience.
It
appears
that
the
upper
bound
estimates
of
fishing
benefits
from
the
FWPCA
should
not
exceed
$
1
billion
per
year.

Freeman,
A.
Myrick
III
(
1995).
"
The
Benefits
of
Water
Quality
Improvements
for
Marine
Recreation:
A
Review
of
the
Empirical
Evidence."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
4):
385­
406.

This
paper
reviews
the
empirical
literature
on
the
economic
value
of
marine
recreation
fishing,
beach
visits,
and
boating.
Questions
addressed
include:
What
values
do
people
place
on
changes
in
the
attributes
of
recreation
sites
and
activities?
What
do
we
know
about
how
water
pollution
control
policy
affects
these
attributes?
And,
is
it
feasible
to
use
the
value
information
obtained
for
specific
sites
and/
or
activities
to
estimate
the
benefits
of
improving
marine
water
quality?
The
literature
establishes
that
some
measures
of
pollution
reduce
the
values
of
trips
to
beaches
and
that
improved
fishing
success
is
valued
by
recreational
anglers.
However,
there
is
substantial
variation
in
value
measures
across
studies.
Welfare
estimates
can
be
sensitive
to
model
specification
and
estimation.
In
the
case
of
marine
recreational
fishing,
the
links
between
pollution
control
policy
and
the
attributes
of
the
activity
that
people
value
(
catch
rate)
have
not
been
established.

Freund,
R.
J.
and
R.
R.
Wilson
(
1974).
"
An
Example
of
a
Gravity
Model
to
Estimate
Recreation
Travel."
Journal
of
Leisure
Research,
6:
241­
256.

A
gravity
model
to
explain
recreational
travel
and
participation
in
Texas
is
estimated.

Fricke,
Peter
H.
(
1992).
"
Guidance
for
Social
Impact
Assessment
for
Marine
Fishery
Management
and
Planning."
Draft
report,
USDOC,
NOAA,
NMFS,
Silver
Springs,
MD.

This
document
provides
fishery
managers
with
an
understanding
of
the
objectives
and
techniques
of
Sociological
Impact
Assessment.

Fricke,
Peter
H.
(
1994).
"
Pacific
Coast
Groundfish
Fishery
Limited
Entry
Program:
Interim
Summary
Information
on
Appeals
Received."
Position
paper
presented
at
the
Limited
Access
Workshop,
Seattle,
Washington,
November
1­
3.
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northwest
Regional
Office,
Seattle,
Washington.

A
review
of
the
appeals
process
for
the
Pacific
coast
groundfish
fishery
limited
entry
program.
Approximately
44
percent
of
denied
applications
or
16
percent
of
all
applications
were
appealed.
Of
the
appeals
decided
(
76
percent
of
total),
23
percent
were
granted.
2
0
8
Fritz,
Eugene
S.
and
Francis
M.
Schuler
(
1984).
"
Why
Develop
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries."
Chapter
6
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

Development
of
marine
recreational
fisheries
will
help
(
1)
to
satisfy
the
demands
of
a
constantly
growing
number
of
recreational
fishermen
without
adversely
affecting
stressed
fish
populations;
(
2)
to
realize
an
economic
gain
from
presently
underutilized
stocks;
(
3)
to
promote
or
improve
economic
development
and
employment
opportunities
in
coastal
communities;
and
(
4)
to
compensate
for
interannual
fluctuations
of
stocks
of
target
species
of
species
complexes.
Both
the
benefits
and
constraints
to
recreational
development
must
be
considered
when
determining
why
marine
recreational
fishing
should
be
further
developed.

Fritz,
Lowell
W.,
Richard
C.
Ferrero,
and
Ronald
J.
Berg
(
1995).

The
Threatened
Status
of
Steller
Sea
Lions,
Eumetopias
jubatus,
under
the
Endangered
Species
Act:
Effects
on
Alaska
Groundfish
Fisheries
Management.

Marine
Fisheries
Review,
57(
2):
14­
27.

In
April
1990,
the
Steller
sea
lion,
Eumetopias
jubatus,
was
listed
as
threatened
under
the
U.
S.
Endangered
Species
Act
by
emergency
action.
Competitive
interactions
with
the
billion
dollar
Alaska
commercial
groundfish
fisheries
have
been
suggested
as
one
of
the
possible
contributing
factors
to
the
Steller
sea
lion
population
decline.
Since
the
listing,
fisheries
managers
have
attempted
to
address
the
potential
impacts
of
the
groundfish
fisheries
on
Steller
sea
lion
recovery.
In
this
paper,
we
review
pertinent
Federal
legislation,
biological
information
on
the
Steller
sea
lion
decline,
changes
in
the
Alaska
trawl
fishery
for
walleye
pollock,
Theragra
chalcogramma,
since
the
late
1970'
s,
and
possible
interactions
between
fisheries
and
sea
lions.
Using
three
cases,
we
illustrate
how
the
listing
of
Steller
sea
lions
has
affected
Alaska
groundfish
fisheries
through:
1)
actions
taken
at
the
time
of
listing
designed
to
limit
the
potential
for
direct
humanrelated
sea
lion
mortality,
2)
actions
addressing
spatial
and
temporal
separation
of
fisheries
from
sea
lions,
and
3)
introduction
of
risk­
adverse
stock
assessment
methodologies
and
Steller
sea
lion
conservation
considerations
directly
in
the
annual
quota
setting
process.
This
discussion
shows
some
of
the
ways
that
North
Pacific
groundfish
resource
managers
have
begun
to
explicitly
consider
the
conservation
of
marine
mammal
and
other
nontarget
species.

Frost,
Hans
(
1984).
"
Fisheries
Management
and
Uncertainty
Within
the
EEC."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
1(
1):
97­
103.

Fisheries
management
within
the
EEC
is
subject
to
ambiguous
goal
formulations,
ranging
from
the
biological
goal
of
maximum
sustainable
yield
to
intangible
political
goals.
The
management
body
within
the
EEC
consists
of
various
official
and
political
committees
that
impose
both
bureaucratic
and
political
uncertainty
on
the
fishing
industry.
It
is
argued
here
that,
as
a
result
of
this
uncertainty,
fishing
effort
in
the
short
run
will
tend
to
rise,
but
in
the
long
run
will
tend
to
decline.
It
is
also
argued
that
the
reduction
of
uncertainty
will
depend
on
a
more
careful
and
less
ambiguous
goal
formulation.

Frost,
Hans
and
Niels
Vestergaard
(
1995).

An
Operational
Approach
to
Assess
Management
Regulation,
Subject
to
Different
Management
Objectives.

In,
Bio­
Economic
Modelling
in
the
EU,
Concerted
2
0
9
Action
Coordination
of
Research
in
Fishery
Economics,
Working
Document
Nr:
7,(
AIR
CT94
1489),
Workshop,
Edinburgh,
October:
52­
67.

A
constrained
optimization
model
is
developed
to
determine
the
impact
of
fishing
effort
constraints
on
profits,
the
issuing
process
of
effort
licenses
and
allocation,
management
and
control
costs,
bioeconomic
efficiency,
income
distribution,
and
compliance
in
European
Union
fisheries.
Given
the
limited
yield
from
the
fish
stocks
(
implicit
TAC),
the
transition
from
TAC
to
effort
regulation
problem
is
to
determine
the
level
of
effort,
preferably
expressed
in
umber
of
fishing
days
for
fleet
segments,
that
corresponds
to
the
amount
of
fish
a
particular
stock
may
yield,
be
it
a
quota
or
sustainable
yield.

Fulton,
Murray
and
Richard
E.
Just
(
1989).
"
Antitrust,
Exploration,
and
Social
Optimality
in
Nonrenewable
Resource
Markets."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
17:
1­
21.

Dependence
of
electrical
utilities
on
uncertain
supplies
of
uranium
apparently
has
led
to
an
unusual
conditioning
of
uranium
demand
on
the
uncertainty
of
supply
that,
in
turn,
depends
on
the
volume
of
reserves.
This
paper
examines
the
implications
of
controlling
resource
production
uncertainty
through
exploration.
Exploration
gives
a
monopolistic
resource
supplier
another
tool
(
in
addition
to
restricting
output)
that
can
be
used
to
exercise
market
power.
Exploration,
however,
is
not
subject
to
antitrust
regulation.
Results
show
that
traditional
antitrust
laws
may
move
such
an
industry
away
rather
than
toward
social
optimality.

Funk,
Fritz
(
1993).

Preliminary
Forecasts
of
Catch
and
Stock
Abundance
for
1993
Alaska
Herring
Fisheries.

Regional
Information
Report
No.
5J93­
06,
Alaska
Department
of
Fish
and
Game,
P.
O.
Box
25526,
Juneau,
Alaska,
May,
92
pp.

The
Pacific
herring
Clupea
pallasi
sac
roe
harvest
in
Alaska
for
1993
is
projected
to
be
76,063
tons.
Herring
food/
bait
harvests
for
1993
are
projected
to
be
9,938
tons.
Herring
spawn­
on­
pound­
kelp
fisheries
are
expected
to
produce
335
tons
of
product
and
spawn­
on­
wild­
kelp
harvests
are
expected
to
produce
an
additional
443
tons.
The
projected
sac
roe,
food/
bait,
and
spawn­
on­­
kelp
harvests
are
expected
to
increase
from
the
1992
levels.
The
1992
herring
harvest
had
an
estimated
value
to
fishermen
of
$
31,504,867.
Of
the
total
1992
value,
sac
roe
fisheries
contributed
$
25,160,330,
spawn­
onpound
kelp
fisheries
$
3,722,000,
food/
bait
fisheries
$
2,135,156,
and
spawn­
onwild
kelp
fisheries
$
487,381.
Excellent
recruitment
from
the
1988
year
class
in
most
areas
has
caused
stock
levels
to
increase.
In
many
areas
the
1988
year
class
appears
to
be
the
largest
on
record.
This
strong
year
class
will
be
age
5
for
the
1993
harvest.

Funk,
Robert
D.,
Wade
L.
Griffin,
James
W.
Mjelde,
and
John
M.
Ward
(
1999).
"
A
General
Bioeconomic
Fisheries
Simulation
Model
of
License
Limitation
and
Buyback
in
the
Texas
Bay
Shrimp
Fishery."
Manuscript
submitted
to
the
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics.

The
effect
of
a
license
limitation
and
buyback
program
being
implemented
for
the
Texas
bay
shrimp
fishery
on
effort,
rents,
license
price,
and
consumer
and
producer
surplus
is
simulated.
Results
indicate
the
current
program
will
not
reduce
effort
and
increase
rents
until
year
16
of
the
program.
To
decrease
the
time
necessary
to
reduce
effort,
additional
funds
to
buyback
licenses
are
necessary.
Simulated
results
indicate
that
an
additional
$
500,000
available
per
year
at
the
beginning
of
the
program
to
buy
licenses
2
1
0
will
reduce
effort
and
positive
rents
will
be
incurred
starting
in
year
three
of
the
program.
Increased
funds
available
to
the
program
also
result
in
the
largest
impact
on
consumer
and
producer
surplus
changes.
Although
the
present
value
of
changes
is
positive
for
both
producer
and
consumer
surplus,
producers
clearly
gain
more
than
consumers.

Funk,
Robert
D.,
Wade
L.
Griffin,
James
W.
Mjelde,
Teofilo
Ozuna,
Jr.,
and
John
M.
Ward
(
1997).
"
A
Method
of
Imputing
and
Simulating
Costs
and
Returns
in
Fisheries."
Manuscript
submitted
to
the
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management.

A
methodology
is
developed
capable
of
generating
cost
and
revenue
trends
over
time
within
a
fishery.
The
method
is
developed
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
where
NMFS
landings
data,
as
well
as
a
series
of
costs
and
returns
survey
data
are
available.
The
method
is
designed
to
use
information
available
in
NMFS
landings
files
to
forecast
cash
costs
on
a
per
trip
basis.
Annual
industry
level
cost
estimates
are
then
obtained
by
aggregating
per
trip
costs.
This
method
is
easily
transferable
to
other
fisheries
which
have
previous
cost
surveys
to
develop
similar
models
to
simulate
cash
costs.

Funk,
Robert
D.,
Wade
L.
Griffin,
James
W.
Mjelde,
Teofilo
Ozuna,
Jr.,
and
John
M.
Ward
(
1998).
"
A
Method
of
Imputing
and
Simulating
Costs
and
Returns
in
Fisheries."
Manuscript
submitted
to
the
Journal
of
Marine
Resource
Economics.

A
methodology
is
developed
capable
of
generating
cost
and
revenue
trends
over
time
within
a
fishery.
The
method
is
designed
to
use
information
available
in
NMFS
landings
files
to
forecast
cash
costs
on
a
per
trip
basis.
Annual
industry
level
cost
estimates
are
then
obtained
by
aggregating
per
trip
costs.
The
method
is
applied
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
fishery
where
NMFS
landings
data,
as
well
as
a
series
of
costs
and
returns
survey
data
are
available.
The
methodology
is
transferable
to
other
fisheries
which
have
previous
cost
surveys
to
develop
similar
models
to
simulate
cash
costs.

Funk,
Robert
D.,
Wade
L.
Griffin,
James
W.
Mjelde,
Teofilo
Ozuna,
Jr.,
and
John
M.
Ward
(
1998).
"
A
Method
of
Imputing
and
Simulating
Costs
and
Returns
in
Fisheries."
Journal
of
Marine
Resource
Economics,
?(??):???­???.

A
methodology
is
developed
capable
of
generating
cost
and
revenue
trends
over
time
within
a
fishery.
The
method
is
designed
to
use
information
available
in
NMFS
landings
files
to
forecast
cash
costs
on
a
per
trip
basis.
Annual
industry
level
cost
estimates
are
then
obtained
by
aggregating
per
trip
costs.
The
method
is
applied
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
fishery
where
NMFS
landings
data,
as
well
as
a
series
of
costs
and
returns
survey
data
are
available.
The
methodology
is
transferable
to
other
fisheries
which
have
previous
cost
surveys
to
develop
similar
models
to
simulate
cash
costs.

Funk,
Robert
D.,
Wade
L.
Griffin,
James
W.
Mjelde,
Teofilo
Ozuna,
Jr.,
and
John
M.
Ward
(
1998).
"
A
Method
of
Imputing
and
Simulating
Costs
and
Returns
in
Fisheries."
Journal
of
Marine
Resource
Economics,
13(
3):
171­
183.

A
methodology
capable
of
generating
cost
and
revenue
trends
over
time
within
a
fishery
is
developed.
The
method
is
designed
to
use
information
available
in
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
NMFS)
landings
files
to
forecast
cash
costs
on
a
per
trip
basis.
Annual
industry
level
cost
estimates
are
then
obtained
by
aggregating
per
trip
costs.
The
method
is
applied
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
fishery
where
NMFS
landings
data,
as
well
as
a
series
of
2
1
1
costs
and
returns
survey
data
are
available.
The
methodology
is
transferable
to
other
fisheries
that
have
previous
cost
surveys.

Furlong,
William
J.
(
1991).
"
The
Deterrent
Effect
of
Regulatory
Enforcement
in
the
Fishery."
Land
Economics,
67(
1):
116­
129.

The
common
property
problem
derives
from
the
incompatibility
of
individual
incentives
with
collective
interests.
In
the
fishery
this
incompatibility
results
in
a
greater
than
optimum
stock
depletion.
Authorities
have
responded
to
overfishing
with
a
cornucopia
of
regulations.
In
practice,
most
of
the
widely
employed
regulations
are
not
self­
enforcing;
enforcement
costs
must
therefore
be
incurred.
The
purpose
of
the
present
study
is
to
investigate
the
deterrent
effect
of
regulatory
enforcement
in
the
fishery.
In
particular,
estimates
of
the
so
called
"
supply
of
offenses:
are
obtained
with
observations
of
individual
behavior
drawn
from
a
random
survey
of
fishermen.
The
study
focuses
upon
the
response
of
violation
rates
to
changes
in
different
enforcement
sanctions.
Insight
into
the
relative
effectiveness
of
alternative
enforcement
tools
may
lead
to
a
more
efficient
regulatory
policy.

Galbraith,
R.
D.
and
P.
A.
M.
Steward
(
1995).

Bio­
Economic
Modelling
Workshop.

In,
Bio­
Economic
Modelling
in
the
EU,
Concerted
Action
Coordination
of
Research
in
Fishery
Economics,
Working
Document
Nr:
7,(
AIR
CT94
1489),
Workshop,
Edinburgh,
October:
148­
158.

In
the
light
of
current
concerns
with
over­
exploitation
of
traditional
stocks,
past
and
present
definitions
of
fishing
effort
are
discussed
and
the
concepts
of
fishing
time
and
fishing
power
in
relation
to
vessel
parameters
and
gear
performance
examined.
Proposals
are
set
out
on
how
gear
size
might
be
monitored
and
current
research
projects
are
briefly
discussed.

Gallastegui,
Carmen
(
1983).
"
An
Economic
Analysis
of
Sardine
Fishing
in
the
Gulf
of
Valencia
(
Spain)."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
10:
138­
150.

The
optimal
management
of
a
particular
fishery
is
illustrated.
Using
data
describing
previous
fishery
exploitation,
relevant
biological
and
economic
relationships
are
estimated,
then
the
optimum
levels
of
catches,
effort,
and
stock
are
calculated.
The
prices
that
if
implemented,
would
ensure
the
current
efficient
exploitation
of
the
fishery
are
also
calculated.
Finally,
the
welfare
gains
that
can
be
achieved
by
a
movement
from
the
free
market
equilibrium
to
the
socially
optimum
solution
are
demonstrated.

Gallaway,
B.
J.
and
W.
J.
Gazey
(
1996).

A
Review
of
the
Goodyear
(
1995)
Red
Snapper
Stock
Assessment.

Report
prepared
for
presentation
to
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
W.
Kennedy
Blvd.,
Tampa,
FL,
August,
45
pp.

A
review
of
Goodyear

s
(
1995)
red
snapper
stock
assessment
that
suggests
that
environmental
factors
were
not
adequately
addressed;
specifically
the
hypoxic
zone
off
of
Louisiana
and
the
impact
of
oil
platforms
on
aggregation
of
red
snappers.
Also,
mortality
rates
for
age
0
and
age
1
fish
are
set
too
low
in
Goodyear

s
analysis.
His
conclusions
that
variation
of
the
natural
mortality
rates
would
not
change
the
results
based
on
a
sensitivity
analysis
using
conditional
survival
rates
from
fishing
are
misleading.
A
broader
assessment
is
suggested
that
includes
fishery,
oceanographic,
and
habitat
submodels.
Goodyear
(
1996)
refutes
this
review
of
the
assessment.

Gallaway,
B.
J.,
J.
D.
Bryan,
L.
R.
Martin,
and
J.
G.
Cole
(
1995).

Sea
Turtle
2
1
2
and
Shrimp
Fishery
Interactions
­
Is
a
New
Management
Strategy
Needed?

Report
prepared
for
the
Texas
Shrimp
Association
by
LGL
Ecological
Research
Associates,
Inc.,
1410
Cavitt
Street,
Bryan,
Texas,
April,
79
pp.

An
analysis
of
existing
data
that
supports
a
management
alternative
to
the
existing
turtle
excluder
device
(
TED)
regulations.
The
authors
propose
that
TEDs
be
used
by
shrimp
fishermen
in
inshore
and
near
shore
waters
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
to
reduce
marine
turtle
bycatch
and
associated
mortalities
and
strandings
levels.
However
offshore
shrimp
fishing
vessels
should
be
exempt
from
the
TED
use
requirement
since
no
turtle
bycatch
levels
are
associated
with
shrimp
trawling
in
these
waters
based
on
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
NMFS)
observer
data.

Galtsoff,
Paul
S.
(
1962).
The
Story
of
the
Bureau
of
Commercial
Fisheries
Biological
Laboratory
Woods
Hole,
Massachusetts.
Circular
145,
Bureau
of
Commercial
Fisheries,
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service,
United
States
Department
of
the
Interior,
May,
121
pp.

The
history
of
the
Woods
Hole
Laboratory
from
its
inception
in
1871
to
1962.
The
outlook
for
the
future
chapter
is
especially
interesting
in
light
of
what
actually
occurred.

Galveston
Laboratory
(
1992).
"
Shrimp
Trawl
Bycatch
Characterization,
Sampling
Protocol
Manual
for
Data
Collection."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
September,
62
pp.

Onboard
data
collection
for
the
purpose
of
bycatch
characterization
will
consist
of
sampling
trawl
catches
taken
from
commercial
shrimp
fishery
vessels
operating
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
U.
S.
south
Atlantic.
Data
relevant
to
species
composition,
abundance
and
life
history
will
be
gathered
from
each
tow.
Sample
size
and
allocation
of
samples
by
stratum
(
i.
e.
fishing
location,
season,
trawl
type,
and
TED
type)
have
been
included
in
the
sampling
design
and
are
discussed
in
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service's
(
NMFS)
"
Shrimp
Trawl
Bycatch
Research
Requirements
Document",
1991.
The
procedures
outlined
here
for
sampling
trawl
catches
have
been
prepared
by
personnel
at
NMFS,
and
are
consistent
with
the
Southeast
Area
Monitoring
and
Assessment
Program's
(
SEAMAP)
data
management
system.
This
protocol
or
similar
data
collection
methods
are
recommended
for
use
in
all
regional
bycatch
assessment
programs
to
facilitate
the
accessibility
and
analysis
of
integrated
data
sets.

Galveston
Laboratory
(
1992).
"
Evaluation
of
Bycatch
Reduction
Devices,
Sampling
Protocol
Manual
for
Data
Collection."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
September,
62
pp.

The
Southeast
Area
Monitoring
and
Assessment
Program
(
SEAMAP)
has
a
standard
data
collection
system
used
by
state
and
federal
research
labs
and
universities
in
the
southeast
region.
This
method
of
data
collection
is
recommended
for
the
regional
bycatch
research
program
to
standardize
data
collection
procedures,
analyses,
and
allow
data
to
be
pooled
into
a
common
data
base
using
existing
hardware
and
software.
Procedures
are
outlined
here
for
sampling
catch
from
different
bycatch
reduction
devices.

Galveston
Laboratory
(
1993).
"
Biological
Review
of
the
1993
Texas
Closure."
Report
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
December,
23
pp.
2
1
3
This
report
contains
an
overview
of
recruitment,
fishing
trends,
distribution
of
catch
from
Texas
waters,
shrimp
landings
by
port,
and
white
shrimp
catch
off
Texas
as
impacted
by
the
Texas
closure
regulation.

Galveston
Laboratory
(
1994).
"
Biological
Review
of
the
1994
Texas
Closure."
Report
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
December,
26
pp.

This
report
contains
an
overview
of
recruitment,
fishing
trends,
distribution
of
catch
from
Texas
waters,
shrimp
landings
by
port,
and
white
shrimp
catch
off
Texas
as
impacted
by
the
Texas
closure
regulation.

Garcia,
S.
(
1983).
"
The
Stock­
Recruitment
Relationship
in
Shrimps:
Reality
or
Artifacts
and
Misinterpretations?"
Oceanogr.
Trop.,
18(
1):
25­
48.

After
a
detailed
review
of
the
information
available
on
stockrecruitment
relationships
and
environmentally
driven
variations
of
abundance
in
shrimp,
the
impact
of
this
variability
on
the
apparent
shape
of
the
SRR
is
examined.
The
existence
of
a
strong
autocorrelation
in
yearly
data
is
stressed
and
it
is
concluded
that
the
presently
available
relationships
do
not
demonstrate
that
the
recruitment
of
shrimps
is
a
function
of
stock
size.
Examination
of
the
particular
case
when
seasonal
relationships
have
been
established
with
monthly
data
shows
that
despite
a
certain
similarity
in
shape
they
should
not
be
interpreted
as
SRR
sensu
stricto
and
a
three
dimensional
interpretation
is
proposed
instead.
The
other
possible
sources
of
error
and
bias
are
finally
examined
and
the
consequences
of
the
above
findings
on
management
strategies
are
briefly
discussed.

Garcia,
S.
(
1984).
"
A
Note
on
Environmental
Aspects
of
Penaeid
Shrimp
Biology
and
Dynamics."
In
Penaeid
Shrimps
­
Their
biology
and
management,
J.
A.
Gulland
and
B.
J.
Rothschild
(
eds.),
Fishing
News
Books
Limited,
Farnham,
England.

Shrimps
are
short­
lived
animals
living
in
highly
variable
inshore
areas
during
the
juvenile
phase
and
are
therefore
subject
to
particularly
strong
environmentally
driven
variability
in
recruitment
and
stock
size.
This
paper
examines
the
likely
consequences
of
this
fact
on
the
surplus
yield
production
and
stock­
recruitment
modeling
underlining
the
high
risk
of
generating
artifactual
models
when
the
data
series
are
short.

Garcia,
S.
(
1988).
"
Tropical
Penaeid
Prawns."
Chapter
9
in
Fish
Population
Dynamics,
2nd
Edition,
J.
A.
Gulland
(
ed.),
John
Wiley
&
Sons
ltd.,
New
York.

The
main
characteristics
of
penaeids
as
tropical
short­
lived
animals
are
pointed
out
here
to
show
differences
and
similarities
with
the
better
known
resources
of
temperate
waters.

Garcia,
S.
M.
and
C.
Newton
(
1995).

Current
Situation,
Trends
and
Prospects
in
World
Capture
Fisheries.

Presented
at
the
Conference
on
Fisheries
Management,
Global
Trends,
Seattle
(
Washington,
U.
S.
A.),
June
14­
16,
1994,
FAO
Fisheries
Department,
Rome
Italy,
10
pp.

Following
an
earlier
analysis
provided
by
FAO
(
1993),
the
paper
gives
an
update
of
the
trends
and
future
perspectives
of
world
fisheries.
It
describes
and
comments
on
worldwide
trends
in
landings,
trade,
prices,
and
fleet
size.
It
illustrates
the
decrease
in
landings
in
the
last
3
years,
the
relationship
2
1
4
between
landings
and
prices
and
the
large
overcapacity
in
world
fishing
fleets.
It
provides
a
review
of
the
state
of
world
fishery
resources,
globally,
by
region
and
species
groups,
as
well
as
a
brief
account
of
environmental
impacts
on
fisheries.
It
presents
an
economic
perspective
for
world
fisheries
which
underlines
further
the
overcapacity
and
subsidy
issues
that
characterize
modern
fisheries.
In
conclusion,
it
discusses
management
issues
including
the
need
for
fleet
reduction
policies,
the
potential
combined
effect
of
international
trade
on
resources
depletion
in
developing
exporting
countries,
throwing
into
question
the
overall
sustainability
of
the
world
fishery
system.

Gardner,
Bruce
L.
(
1975).
"
The
Farm­
Retail
Price
Spread
in
a
Competitive
Food
Industry."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
57(
3):
399­
409.

Consistency
with
market
equilibrium
places
constraints
on
the
pricing
policies
of
food
marketing
firms
in
a
competitive
industry.
This
paper
examines
the
implications
of
simultaneous
equilibrium
in
three
related
markets:
retail
food,
farm
output,
and
marketing
services.
From
equations
representing
the
demand
and
supply
sides
of
each
market,
elasticities
are
generated
that
show
how
the
farm­
retail
price
spread
changes
when
food
demand,
farm
product
supply,
or
the
supply
function
of
marketing
services
shifts.
Implications
for
the
viability
of
simple
markup
pricing
rules
and
the
determinants
of
the
farmer's
share
of
the
food
dollar
are
discussed.

Gardner,
M.
(
1988).
"
Enterprise
Allocation
System
in
the
Offshore
Groundfish
Sector
in
Atlantic
Canada."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5(
4):
389­
432.

Following
the
extension
of
fisheries
jurisdiction
to
200
miles
in
1977,
Canada
managed
its
Atlantic
groundfish
fisheries
using
total
allowable
catches
and
a
variety
of
traditional
controls
on
fishing
effort.
These
controls
were
largely
ineffective
in
resolving
two
of
the
inherent
problems
arising
from
the
common
property
characteristics
of
the
fishery:
competitive
fishing
in
the
short
run
and
the
tendency
toward
overcapitalization
in
the
long
run.
In
1982
a
system
of
output
controls
in
the
form
of
enterprise
allocations
was
implemented
in
the
offshore
sector
of
the
fishery.
This
article
describes
the
elements
of
the
system
and
examines
the
changes
in
operating
and
investment
behavior
of
the
companies
holding
the
enterprise
allocations.
The
bundle
of
rights
incorporated
in
the
enterprise
allocation
is
assessed
and
suggestions
are
made
on
how
these
rights
might
be
modified
to
improve
gains
in
efficiency
already
achieved.
A
case
study
of
the
impact
of
the
system
on
one
vertically
integrated
company
is
presented.
The
merits
of
the
system
are
contrasted
with
behavior
in
the
inshore
sector
still
subject
to
traditional
input
controls.

Gardner,
Michael
(
1994).
"
Input
Controls
vs.
Rights­
Based
Management:
The
Political
Economy
of
Fisheries
Management
in
Atlantic
Canada."
C.
M.
1994/
T:
53,
Theme
Session
on
Improving
the
Link
Between
Fisheries
Science
and
Management:
Biological,
Social,
and
Economic
Considerations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Seas,
82nd
Statutory
Meeting,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September.

This
paper
examines
the
Canadian
experience
with
quota
managed
fisheries,
reviewing
institutional
structures
and
approaches.
It
begins
with
a
review
of
management
objectives
following
the
extension
of
jurisdiction
and
traces
the
nature
and
rationale
of
changes.
The
specific
measures
used
to
achieve
objectives
are
examined
from
a
theoretical
and
practical
perspective.
The
measures
fall
into
two
broad
categories:
conventional
input
controls:
2
1
5
vessel
and
gear
restrictions;
and,
output
controls:
tradable
and
non­
tradable
enterprise/
individual
quotas.
The
experience
indicates
that
input
controls
are
largely
ineffective
in
constraining
effort.
These
measures
fail
to
address
the
common
property
characteristics
of
the
resource
and
consequently
failed
to
blunt
the
incentives
for
share
maximization
and
increased
capitalization.
These
in
turn
lead
to
overfishing
and
misreporting,
thereby
undermining
management
objectives.
Output
controls
fare
better
in
constraining
effort.
They
lead
to
fleet
rationalization
and
improved
quality
and
flow
of
raw
material
to
processing
facilities.
But
they
may
also
lead
to
highgrading
and
discarding,
as
quantity
incentives
give
way
to
unit
value
incentives
under
the
rights
based
regime.
Some
of
the
early
failures
and
more
recent
successes
of
policy
are
outlined,
lessons
are
drawn
and
suggestions
made
about
future
directions.

Garnaut,
Ross
and
Anthony
Clunies
Ross
(
1975).
"
Uncertainty,
Risk
Aversion
and
the
Taxing
of
Natural
Resource
Projects."
The
Economic
Journal,
(
June):
272­
287.

Whatever
national
benefit
is
to
be
derived
from
natural
resources
must
come
mainly
through
taxation.
This
paper
analyses
the
problem
and
suggests
an
approach
which
appears
to
do
less
to
reduce
efficiency
in
the
use
of
resources
than
any
alternative
taxation
system.

Gaski,
Andrea
I.
and
Sonja
Fordham
(
1996).

Trade
in
Elasmopbranchs.

The
TRAFFIC
Network
and
the
Center
for
Marine
Conservation,
Washington,
D.
C.,
June,
2
pp.

The
international
trade
in
elasmobranchs
(
sharks)
is
under
study
by
the
World
Wildlife
Fund
and
the
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
which
will
produce
an
overview
trade
report
in
November.

Gately,
Dermot
(
1984).
"
A
Ten­
Year
Retrospective:
OPEC
and
the
World
Oil
Market."
Journal
of
Economic
Literature,
21:
1100­
1114.

This
paper
reviews
the
main
events
in
the
world
oil
market
since
1973
and
some
major
explanations
as
to
what
happened
and
why.
Then
there
is
a
discussion
of
some
projections
for
the
next
two
decades
and
of
some
implications
of
various
theories
about
OPEC's
decision
making
process.
What
we
learned
about
modeling
OPEC
and
the
world
oil
market
is
then
summarized.
This
includes:
the
dominant
theoretical
approach
based
on
the
wealth
maximization
model
of
Harold
Hotelling
(
1931);
the
simulation
approach
most
common
in
the
applied
literature,
that
envisages
target
capacity
utilization
pricing
by
OPEC;
and
the
difficult
problem
of
modeling
price
behavior
during
disruptions.
Finally,
some
important
unresolved
theoretical
and
empirical
issues
are
discussed.

Gates,
John
M.
(
1974).
"
Demand
Price,
Fish
Size
and
the
Price
of
Fish."
Canadian
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
22(
3):
1­
12.

Despite
considerable
work
in
fisheries
economics
on
the
supply
side,
little
attention
has
been
devoted
to
theoretical
aspects
of
the
relationship
between
ex­
vessel
price
and
landings.
One
of
the
widely
recognized
determinants
of
fish
prices
is
fish
size,
yet
virtually
all
empirical
analyses
of
the
demand
for
fish
ignore
fish
size.
In
this
paper
a
demand
function
is
postulated
that
includes
fish
size
as
a
continuous
demand
shift
parameter
and
the
implications
of
fish
size
to
the
relationship
between
price
and
quantity
are
examined.
It
is
concluded
that
bioeconomic
models
of
the
fishery
that
ignore
fish
size
may
yield
policy
conclusions
that
are
quantitatively
and,
in
some
cases,
qualitatively
inaccurate.
2
1
6
Gates,
John
M.
(
1984).
"
Principal
Types
of
Uncertainty
in
Fishing
Operations."
Marine
Resources
Economics,
1(
1):
31­
49.

Uncertainty
in
harvest
has
received
relatively
little
study
in
fisheries
economics.
Given
a
paucity
of
literature
in
the
area,
this
paper
describes
uncertainty
in
very
general
terms
and
uses
sample
data
from
several
sources
to
illustrate
the
discussion.
Major
sources
of
uncertainty
in
harvest
are
identified
as
catch
rates,
equipment
performance,
prices,
weather,
quality
of
inputs,
and
institutions.

Gates,
John
M.
and
Stephen
R.
Crutchfield
(
1985).
"
Measuring
the
Performance
of
the
Fishing
Industry
Using
Financial
Simulators."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
RI.

The
New
England
industry
has
been
the
focus
of
much
research
related
to
fisheries
management
and
the
economic
status
of
fishermen.
It
has
proven
difficult
to
monitor
economic
status
because
of
technical,
bureaucratic
and
cost
considerations
associated
with
survey
procedures.
The
authors
have
developed
an
alternative
approach
that
combines
information
various
data
bases,
including
periodic
surveys,
and
integrates
them
in
a
budgeting
or
economic
engineering
approach.
The
development
of
these
programs
originated
on
mainframe
computers
but
has
since
been
adapted
to
personal
computers.
The
result
of
these
adaptations
is
a
tool
useful
for
extension
education
as
well
as
for
research
policy
evaluation.
This
paper
outlines
the
basic
components
of
the
vessel
simulator
for
otter
trawlers
and
presents
selective
results
illustrating
its
use
for
policy
analysis.
Other
applications
are
suggested
for
financial
advisors
and
investors.

Gates,
John
M.
and
Virgil
J.
Norton
(
1974).
The
Benefits
of
Fisheries
Regulation:
A
Case
Study
of
the
New
England
Yellowtail
Flounder
Fishery,
Department
of
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Marine
Technical
Report
No.
21,
Kingston,
RI,
Sea
Grant.

To
provide
insight
into
the
potential
economic
gains
from
an
effective
management
program,
the
authors
evaluated
the
impact
of
controlling
the
levels
of
domestic
and
foreign
effort
and
mesh
size
in
the
yellowtail
flounder
fishery.
This
fishery
was
selected
because
of
its
long
time
importance
to
New
England
and
because
there
are
indications
that
the
existing
and
generally
increasing
effort
on
this
species
has
caused
biological
as
well
as
economic
overfishing.

Gates,
John
M.,
Elizabeth
Gibbs,
and
Carole
Jaworski
(
1992).
"
A
Report
on
Social
Science
Research
in
U.
S.
Marine
Fisheries."
Summary
of
a
Workshop
at
the
University
of
Rhode
Island,
W.
Alton
Jones
Campus,
Rhode
Island
Sea
Grant,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Bay
Campus,
Narragansett,
RI,
January,
17
pp.

This
report
summarizes
priorities
for
social
science
research
in
fisheries
developed
at
a
workshop
held
at
the
University
of
Rhode
Island.
Priority
1
is
provision
of
basic
information
for
industry
(
commercial
and
recreational)
and
for
managers.
Priority
2
is
assessment
of
social,
economic,
and
cultural
aspects
of
fisheries
under
alternative
public
policies.
Priority
3
is
investigation
of
communication,
participation,
and
education
in
the
management
process.
Priority
4
is
investigation
of
alternative
institutions
for
fisheries
governance.
Each
priority
is
discussed
in
detail.

Gates,
John,
Dan
Holland,
and
Eyjolfur
Gudmundsson
(
1996).

Theory
and
Practice
of
Fishing
Vessel
Buyback
Programs.

A
Report
Prepared
for
the
2
1
7
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Department
of
Environmental
and
Natural
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
RI,
November,
40
pp.

This
report
describes
programs
called

buyback
programs

which
buy
back
fishing
vessels
and
permits
in
limited
access
fisheries.
The
first
objective
of
the
report
is
to
survey
buyback
programs
in
various
parts
of
the
world
to
glean
lessons
from
the
history
of
such
attempts.
The
second
part
was
to
be
a
case
study
of
the
current
attempt
at
vessel
buybacks
in
New
England
and
would
relate
other
program
experiences
back
to
the
New
England
experiment
to
determine
possible
outcomes.
Given
the
greater
resistance
in
the
U.
S.
to
governmental
intervention
and
control,
it
is
unlikely
that
the
U.
S.
will
have
better
luck
than
other
countries
in
conserving
fishery
resources
via
vessel
buybacks.

Gates,
John,
Dan
Holland,
and
Eyjolfur
Gudmundsson
(
1997).

Theory
and
Practice
of
Fishing
Vessel
Buyback
Programs.

In
World
Wildlife
Fund

s
Subsidies
and
Depletion
of
World
Fisheries,
WWF

s
Endangered
Seas
Campaign,
1250
Twenty­
Fourth
St.,
NW,
Washington,
D.
C.,
136
pp.

This
report
describes
programs
called

buyback
programs

which
buy
back
fishing
vessels
and
permits
in
limited
access
fisheries.
The
first
objective
of
the
report
is
to
survey
buyback
programs
in
various
parts
of
the
world
to
glean
lessons
from
the
history
of
such
attempts.
The
second
part
was
to
be
a
case
study
of
the
current
attempt
at
vessel
buybacks
in
New
England
and
would
relate
other
program
experiences
back
to
the
New
England
experiment
to
determine
possible
outcomes.
Given
the
greater
resistance
in
the
U.
S.
to
governmental
intervention
and
control,
it
is
unlikely
that
the
U.
S.
will
have
better
luck
than
other
countries
in
conserving
fishery
resources
via
vessel
buybacks.

Gates,
J.
M.,
Joel
Dirlam,
Philippe
Lallemand,
and
Jung
Hee
Cho
(
1998).

The
Costs
of
Small
Trawlers.

Draft
report,
Department
of
Environmental
&
Natural
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
RI,
February,
32
pp.

The
results
of
an
economic
survey
of
small
northeast
fishing
vessels
using
otter
trawl
gear
is
described.
The
population
consisted
of
572
persons
who
were
holders
of
groundfish
permits,
had
fishing
vessels
of
65
feet
or
less,
and
who
reported
catches
in
New
England
using
trawl
gear
in
1996.
A
10
percent
response
rate
was
achieved
from
a
mail
survey
of
a
questionnaire
that
generated
35
usable
responses
from
a
probable
population
of
420
fishermen.
The
results
of
our
mail
survey
of
small
trawlers
are
presented
in
three
sets
of
tables
and
2
figures.
Each
table
summarizes
quantitative
data
responses
by
providing
two
or
more
measures
of
central
tendency
(
the
mean
or

average

and
the
median),
and
two
measures
of
variability
(
the
standard
deviation
and
the
range).

Gates,
John,
Timothy
Hennessey,
Lawrence
Juda,
and
Jon
G.
Sutinen
(
1997).

Sustaining
Marine
Ecosystems:
The
Human
Dimension.

Rhode
Island
Sea
Grant
Proposal,
Department
of
Environmental
and
Natural
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
RI,
7
pp.

A
proposal
to
develop
two
workshops
and
compile
research
for
a
book
containing
the
state
of
the
art
information
on
the
impact
of
large
marine
ecosystems
on
the
people
dependent
upon
this
resource.

Gaudet,
Gerard
and
Pierre
Lasserre
(
1988).
"
On
Comparing
Monopoly
and
Competition
in
Exhaustible
Resource
Exploitation."
Journal
of
2
1
8
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
15:
412­
418.

It
is
widely
believed
that
exhaustible
resource
monopolies
do
not
enjoy
as
much
market
power
as
standard
non­
resource
monopolies,
and
may
even
produce
in
a
socially
optimal
way.
We
argue
that
this
paradoxical
result
arises
from
an
inappropriate
comparison
methodology.
When
similar
assumptions
are
applied
to
the
resource
and
the
conventional
case,
we
show
that
the
resource
monopoly
behaves
as
expected;
i.
e.
restricts
supply.

Gautam,
Amy
Buss
(
1996).

Primer.

Chapter
1
in
draft
OLEO
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
8
pp.

An
introduction
to
economic
concepts
used
in
fisheries
management.

Gautam,
Amy
Buss
(
1996).

The
Southeast
Region
Report.

Chapter
6
in
draft
OLEO
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland.

The
commercial,
recreational,
and
processor
sectors
of
the
southeast
region
fishing
industry
with
management
problems,
implications,
and
expectations
for
the
future.

Gautam,
Amy
Buss
(
1996).

Individual
Fishing
Quota
Report.

Proposal,
National
Research
Council,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland.

A
proposal
to
analyze
individual
fishing
quotas
(
IFQ

s)
by
the
National
Research
Council
as
required
by
Congress.

Gautam,
Amy
B.
and
Andrew
W.
Kitts
(
1996).

Data
Description
and
Statistical
Summary
of
the
1983­
92
Cost­
Earnings
Data
Base
for
Northeast
U.
S.
Commercial
Fishing
Vessels.

NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
NE­
112,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Region,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Woods
Hole,
Massachusetts,
December,
21
pp.

Data
from
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service

s
Capital
Construction
Fund
are
summarized
to
provide
a
financial
profile
of
Northeast
U.
S.
commercial
fishing
vessels.
Averages
for
various
cost
categories
are
presented
by
tonnage
class,
fishery,
and
effort
level.
Costs
are
also
presented
as
percentages
of
total
revenue.
Data
are
then
evaluated
for
how
well
they
represent
the
Northeast
fishing
fleet.
Potential
uses
and
pitfalls
of
using
these
data
for
economic
analyses
are
also
discussed.

Gautam,
Amy
and
Scott
Steinback
(
1996).

Valuation
of
Recreational
Fisheries
in
the
Northeast
U.
S.
Striped
Bass:
A
Case
Study.

Presented
at
EIFAC
Symposium
on
Social,
Economic,
and
Management
Aspects
of
Recreational
Fisheries,
Dublin,
Ireland,
June,
23
pp.

As
fishery
resources
in
the
northeastern
U.
S.
decline,
allocation
of
resources
between
commercial
and
recreational
fishermen
is
becoming
increasingly
contentious.
To
estimate
the
value
of
recreational
fishing
in
the
northeast,
approximately
8,000
anglers
from
Maine
to
Virginia
were
administered
a
two­
part
survey
(
at
the
fishing
site,
and
in
a
follow­
up
phone
interview)
in
1994
in
conjunction
with
the
U.
S.

s
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Statistical
Survey.
Using
striped
bass
as
a
case
study,
contingent
valuation,
travel
cost
and
random
utility
models
are
estimated,
and
the
impacts
of
changes
in
bag
limits
and
catch
rates
are
analyzed
for
management
purposes.
The
study
illustrates
the
simplicity
and
utility
of
adding
a
2
1
9
limited
number
of
socio­
economic
questions
to
an
existing
national
recreational
survey.

Gautam,
Amy
Buss
and
Ivar
Strand
(
1995).

Leisure/
Labor
Tradeoffs:
The
Backward­
Bending
Labor
Supply
in
Fisheries.

Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
draft,
23
pp.

Economists
have
understood
that
the
open
access
nature
of
fishing
grounds
can
cause
the
long
run
fishery
supply
to
bend
backward.
There
is
also
increasing
speculation
that
fishermen
respond
to
falling
output
price
either
by
increasing
or
decreasing
effort,
depending
on
the
circumstances.
This
suggests
a
short
run
backward
bending
supply
of
fishing
labor.
A
dynamic
model
of
fishermen

s
behavior
is
developed
to
account
for
the
behavior.
The
model
highlights
both
contemporaneous
and
intertemporal
trade
offs
between
labor
and
leisure.
The
model
is
tested
and
the
results
indicate
that
the
short
run
labor
supply
in
fisheries
may
exhibit
backward
bending
properties.
A
discussion
explains
by
these
results
challenge
many
traditional
regulatory
strategies
(
e.
g.
output
taxes)
that
address
problems
of
open
access.

Gautam,
Amy
Buss,
Ivar
Strand,
and
James
Kirkley
(
1996).

Leisure/
Labor
Tradeoffs:
The
Backward­
Bending
Labor
Supply
in
Fisheries.

Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
31(
3):
352­
367.

Economists
have
understood
that
the
open
access
nature
of
fishing
grounds
can
cause
the
long
run
fishery
supply
to
bend
backward.
There
is
also
increasing
speculation
that
fishermen
respond
to
falling
output
price
either
by
increasing
or
decreasing
effort,
depending
on
the
circumstances.
This
suggests
a
short
run
backward
bending
supply
of
fishing
labor.
A
dynamic,
utility­
theoretic
model
of
fishermen

s
behavior
is
developed
to
address
this
possibility.
The
model
highlights
both
contemporaneous
and
intertemporal
trade
offs
between
labor
and
leisure.
The
model
is
tested
and
the
results
indicate
that
the
short
run
labor
supply
in
fisheries
may
exhibit
backward
bending
properties.
The
results
challenge
many
traditional
regulatory
strategies
(
e.
g.
output
taxes)
that
address
problems
of
open
access.

Gauvin,
John
(
1990).
"
Estimation
of
Supply
and
Demand
Functions
for
Broadbill
Swordfish
in
the
United
States."
Draft
report,
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council,
Charleston,
South
Carolina,
January,
14
pp.

Using
a
two
stage
least
squares
simultaneous
equation
model,
an
analysis
of
swordfish
supply
and
demand
in
the
United
States
is
presented.
The
estimated
model
is
used
to
determine
the
impacts
of
proposed
management
regulations
for
consumer
and
producer
surplus
measures
is
discussed.

Gauvin,
John
(
1993).
"
Discussion
and
Clarification
of
the
Economic
Issues
Involved
with
King
Mackerel
Trip
Limits
or
TACs
by
Gear."
Draft
and
Final
report,
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Management
Council,
Charleston,
South
Carolina.

Good
descriptive
discussion
of
net
benefits
applied
to
the
proposed
king
mackerel
management
plan.

Gauvin,
John
R.
(
1994).

The
South
Atlantic
Wreckfish
Fishery:
A
Preliminary
Evaluation
of
the
Conservation
Effects
of
a
Working
ITQ
System.

In
Karyn
L.
Gimbel
(
ed.)
Limiting
Access
to
Marine
Fisheries:
Keeping
the
Focus
on
Conservation,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.
2
2
0
This
paper
outlines
some
of
the
conservation
benefits
that
individual
transferable
quota
(
ITQ)
management
of
the
wreckfish
fishery
has
created.
Herein
it
si
argued
that
ITQs
are
primarily
designed
to
address
the
economic
shortcomings
of
open
access
but
that
conservation
benefits
can
result
form
the
vesting
aspects
and
economic
rationalization
of
an
ITQ.
Preliminary
evidence
form
the
wreckfish
case
suggests
that
fishermen
have
embraced
the
long­
term
conservation
of
the
wreckfish
stock
and
habitat
where
wreckfish
are
found
because
it
is
clearly
in
their
best
economic
interest
to
do
so.
Optimism
must
remain
guarded
at
this
point
because
results
are
preliminary,
wreckfish
is
a
rather
different
fishery,
and
the
wreckfish
ITQ
has
apparently
shifted
fishing
effort
to
other
fisheries
still
managed
by
open
access,
hereby
potentially
aggravating
problems
in
those
fisheries.
These
caveats
acknowledged,
early
success
with
the
wreckfish
ITQ
argues
for
expansion
of
the
effort
to
put
other
fisheries
under
ITQs
and
underlines
the
importance
of
developing
a
comprehensive
policy
to
evaluate
and
implement
ITQ
management
for
other
fisheries
in
the
United
States.

Gauvin,
John
R.,
John
M.
Ward,
and
Edward
E.
Burgess
(
1993).
"
A
Description
and
Preliminary
Evaluation
of
the
Wreckfish
(
Polyprion
Americanus)
Fishery
Under
Individual
Transferable
Quotas."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

The
individual
transferable
quota
(
ITQ)
system
for
wreckfish
in
the
south
Atlantic
will
be
an
important
test
of
the
practical
merits
of
individual
quota
management
for
finfish
fisheries
in
the
United
States.
This
paper
describes
the
wreckfish
ITQ
program
in
detail
and
discusses
difficulties
encountered
in
its
development.
Beyond
providing
information
on
the
practical
constraints
of
setting
up
ITQs
to
managers
contemplating
ITQs
for
other
fisheries,
another
goal
is
to
evaluate
the
degree
to
which
the
wreckfish
ITQ
program
is
accomplishing
its
resource
conservation,
economic,
and
conflict
reduction
objectives.
Analysis
of
data
and
experiences
over
the
one
and
onehalf
year
period
during
which
the
wreckfish
ITQ
has
been
in
place
are
provided.
Linked
to
the
discussion
of
accomplishing
objectives
is
an
evaluation
of
the
degree
that
consolidation
has
taken
place
and
the
tradeoff
between
efficiency
goals
and
concerns
over
monopoly
power.

Gauvin,
John
R.,
John
M.
Ward,
and
Edward
E.
Burgess
(
1994).
"
Description
and
Evaluation
of
the
Wreckfish
(
Polyprion
Americanus)
Fishery
Under
Individual
Transferable
Quotas."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
9(
2):
99­
118.

The
individual
transferable
quota
(
ITQ)
system
for
wreckfish
in
the
south
Atlantic
will
be
an
important
test
of
the
practical
merits
of
individual
quota
management
for
finfish
fisheries
in
the
United
States.
This
paper
describes
the
wreckfish
ITQ
program
in
detail
and
discusses
difficulties
encountered
in
its
development.
Beyond
providing
information
on
the
practical
constraints
of
setting
up
ITQs
to
managers
contemplating
ITQs
for
other
fisheries,
another
goal
is
to
evaluate
the
degree
to
which
the
wreckfish
ITQ
program
is
accomplishing
its
resource
conservation,
economic,
and
conflict
reduction
objectives.
Analysis
of
data
and
experiences
over
the
one
and
onehalf
year
period
during
which
the
wreckfish
ITQ
has
been
in
place
are
provided.
Linked
to
the
discussion
of
accomplishing
objectives
is
an
evaluation
of
the
degree
that
consolidation
has
taken
place
and
the
tradeoff
between
efficiency
goals
and
concerns
over
monopoly
power.

Gay,
Joel
(
1995).

Naming
Names,
NMFS
Lists
Bycatch
Rate,
boat
by
Boat.

In
Brad
Warren,
Win­
Win
Bycatch
Solutions.
National
Fisheries
Conservation
Center,
Seattle
WA.
2
2
1
At
the
request
of
industry,
NMFS
lists
the
vessel
name
and
its
bycatch
rate
for
the
Chinook
salmon
fishery.
Information
is
available
upon
request
or
on
the
NMFS
bulletin
board.

Gay,
Joel
(
1995).

Rock
Sole
Fishery,
One
of
the
Dirtiest,
But
Slowly
Cleaning
Up.

In
Brad
Warren,
Win­
Win
Bycatch
Solutions.
National
Fisheries
Conservation
Center,
Seattle
WA.

A
discussion
of
the
rock
sole
fishermen

s
efforts
to
voluntarily
reduce
bycatch
without
government
regulations.
Solutions
discussed
include
individual
fishermen

s
quotas,
individual
bycatch
quotas,
gear
modifications,
and
closed
areas.

Geen,
Gerry
and
Mark
Nayar
(
1988).
"
Individual
Transferable
Quotas
in
the
Southern
Bluefin
Tuna
Fishery:
An
Economic
Appraisal."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5(
4):
356­
387.

A
system
of
individual
transferable
quotas
(
ITQs)
was
introduced
into
the
southern
bluefin
tuna
(
SBT)
fishery
in
1984.
This
was
the
first
such
management
system
to
be
introduced
in
Australia
and
among
the
first
worldwide.
Its
introduction
marketed
a
radical
departure
from
traditional
management
regimes
based
on
limiting
the
number
of
boats
allowed
to
operate
and
other
input
controls.
Because
ITQs
are
a
potential
management
option
for
many
other
fisheries,
their
success
or
otherwise
in
improving
the
economic
performance
and
prospects
of
the
SBT
fishery
is
likely
to
have
ramifications
for
the
future
direction
of
fisheries
management
in
Australia.
The
impact
of
the
ITQ
scheme
on
fishery
profitability
is
assessed
in
relation
to
the
expected
outcomes
of
alternative
management
programs
if
they
had
been
introduced
instead
of
ITQs.
A
model
that
draws
together
the
major
biological,
physical,
and
economic
relationships
in
the
fishery
provides
a
framework
for
this
analysis.

Georgianna,
Daniel
L.
(
1998).

Hook
Gear
Fishery
of
the
North
Atlantic.

Draft
report,
University
of
Massachusetts,
Dartmouth.

Cost
and
earnings
survey
of
the
North
Atlantic
hook
and
line
fishery.

Georgianna,
Daniel
L.
and
Alan
Cass
(
1998).

The
Cost
of
Hook
Fishing
for
Groundfish
in
Northeastern
United
States.

Cooperative
Marine
Education
and
Research
Program,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Contract
Number
NA67FE0420,
University
of
Massachusetts
Dartmouth,
North
Dartmouth,
MA,
September,
40
pp.

This
document
reports
the
results
of
surveying
hook
fishing
vessel
owners
about
fishing
effort,
vessel
characteristics,
operating
costs
and
overhead
costs
in
the
groundfish
hook
fishery.
This
document
also
reports
information
from
port
agents
and
others
on
vessel
and
fleet
characteristics,
and
information
from
suppliers
on
prices
of
inputs
used
in
the
groundfish
hook
fishery.

Georgianna,
Daniel
L.,
Alan
Cass,
and
Keith
Brough
(
1998).

The
Cost
of
Hook
Fishing
for
Groundfish
in
Northeastern
United
States.

Cooperative
Marine
Education
and
Research
Program,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Contract
Number
NA67FE0420,
University
of
Massachusetts
Dartmouth,
North
Dartmouth,
MA,
September,
99
pp.

This
document
reports
the
results
of
surveying
hook
fishing
vessel
owners
about
fishing
effort,
vessel
characteristics,
operating
costs
and
overhead
costs
in
the
groundfish
hook
fishery.
This
document
also
reports
2
2
2
information
from
port
agents
and
others
on
vessel
and
fleet
characteristics,
and
information
from
suppliers
on
prices
of
inputs
used
in
the
groundfish
hook
fishery.

Georgianna,
Daniel
L.
and
William
V.
Hogan
(
1986).

Production
Costs
in
Atlantic
Fresh
Fish
Processing.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
2(
3):
275­
292.

Production
costs
for
fresh
Atlantic
groundfish
and
scallop
processing
are
examined
using
direct
observation,
linear
regression
analysis,
and
cost
accounting.
Assuming
that
management
chooses
a
production
technique
where
marginal
costs
are
constant
over
a
wide
range
of
production
due
to
management

s
expectation
of
predictable
and
unpredictable
variation
in
product
demand
and
exvessel
supply,
estimates
of
marginal
cost
for
nonfish
inputs
from
linear
regression
results
and
from
cost
accounting
are
compared.
Also,
regression
results
for
physical
yield
from
fish
inputs
are
compared
to
estimates
from
the
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce.
The
similarity
in
results
between
these
independent
forms
of
estimation
supports
the
maintained
hypothesis
of
constant
marginal
cost
over
a
wide
range
of
production.

Geraci,
V.
J.
and
W.
Prewo
(
1982).
"
An
Empirical
Demand
and
Supply
Model
of
International
Trade."
Review
of
Economics
and
Statistics,
64:
433­
449.

This
study
develops
an
empirical
model
for
the
joint
determination
of
the
demand
and
supply
for
bilateral
trade,
in
which
both
bilateral
quantities
and
bilateral
prices
are
endogenous.

Gianessi,
Leonard
P.,
Raymond
J.
Kopp,
Peter
Kuch,
Cynthia
Puffer,
and
Robert
Torla
(
1988).
"
Welfare
Implications
of
Restricted
Triazine
Herbicide
Use
in
the
Chesapeake
Bay
Region."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5(
3):
243­
258.

The
United
States
Environmental
Protection
Agency
has
responsibility
under
the
Federal
Insecticide,
Fungicide,
and
Rodenticide
Act
(
FIFRA)
to
formulate
pesticide
policies
on
the
basis
of
risk­
benefit
analyses.
To
measure
the
benefits
of
pesticide
use,
one
must
look
at
the
losses
in
consumer
and
producer
surpluses
that
would
accompany
the
banning
of
a
particular
pesticide.
A
typical
scenario
is
one
in
which
the
banned
pesticide
is
replaced
by
another
that
is
more
costly
and/
or
less
effective.
The
resulting
decrease
in
supply
raises
the
price
of
the
crop
on
which
the
banned
pesticide
is
used,
and
may
alter
the
prices
of
substitute
and
complementary
corps
as
well.
This
article
presents
a
simulation
model
of
corn
and
soybean
implications
of
a
local
ban
on
triazine
herbicides.
It
reports
estimates
of
lost
producer
and
consumer
surplus
and
the
effect
that
the
ban
would
have
on
the
profitability
of
agricultural
production
in
the
region.

Gibson,
David
J.
M.
(
1981).
"
A
Handbook
on
Processing
Southern
Bluefin
Tuna
for
the
Fresh
Chilled
Sashimi
Market
in
Japan."
Ministry
of
Agriculture
and
Fisheries,
New
Zealand
Fishing
Industry
Board,
Wellington,
New
Zealand.

The
manual
comprises
five
sections.
The
introduction
gives
a
brief
background
to
the
biology,
the
fishery,
the
market,
and
the
quality
and
grading
of
southern
bluefin
tuna
caught
in
the
New
Zealand
zone.
The
main
section
explains
the
processing
techniques,
the
reasons
behind
the
methods
used,
and
the
problems
that
can
arise.
There
are
sections
on
handling
and
storage
in
ice
and
freezing
chilled
fish
and
finally
a
section
on
packing
large
fish
for
export
by
air
in
accordance
with
the
International
Air
2
2
3
Transport
Association
regulations
and
guidelines.

Gilbert,
David
John
(
1988).
"
Use
of
a
Simple
Age­
Structured
Bioeconomic
Model
to
Estimate
Optimal
Long­
Run
Surpluses."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5:
23­
42.

When
the
New
Zealand
government
introduced
individual
transferable
quotas
for
major
commercial
fish
stocks,
allocation
for
some
stocks
exceeded
their
total
allowable
catches
and
made
it
necessary
to
buy
back
immediately
some
of
the
quota.
Quota
was
offered
back
by
tender.
A
simple
age
structured
bioeconomic
model
was
used
to
estimate
long
run
optimal
surpluses.
From
these,
the
maximum
prices
that
should
be
paid
by
government
for
quota
were
derived.
The
use
of
an
age
structured
model
proved
convenient
for
this
purpose
as
the
necessary
parameter
estimates
tend
to
arise
naturally
from
literature
sources
and
the
population
dynamics
are
transparent.
If
stocks
were
managed
optimally,
the
long
run
value
of
quota
would
be
equivalent
to
the
net
present
value
of
the
surplus
at
the
dynamic
maximum
economic
yield.
Long
run
surpluses
proved
to
be
dependent
on
the
relative
changes
in
catch
rates
and
costs
of
fishing
that
resulted
from
changes
in
stock
biomass.
Optimal
surpluses
of
up
to
45%
of
the
greenweight
revenues
were
obtained
for
heavily
exploited,
long
lived
stocks.
Only
small
long
run
surpluses
were
obtained
for
short
lived
or
very
lightly
exploited
stocks.

Gilbert,
Richard
J.
(
1979).
"
Optimal
Depletion
of
an
Uncertain
Stock."
Review
of
Economic
Studies,
46:
47­
57.

This
paper
characterizes
optimal
extraction
from
a
resource
stock
of
uncertain
size
and
examines
the
value
of
information
about
the
size
of
the
stock
assuming
costs
and
social
preferences
are
known.
Given
fairly
typical
assumptions,
uncertainty
implies
a
more
conservative
extraction
policy
when
exploration
does
not
exist.
With
exploration
possible,
it
is
shown
to
be
optimal
to
invest
in
exploration
to
maintain
a
stock
of
known
reserves.

Gill,
Duane
A.,
Robert
B.
Ditton,
and
Stephen
M.
Holland
(
1993).
"
Charter
and
Party
Boat
Operators
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico:
A
Social
Structure
Perspective."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
55(
3):
16­
20.

To
better
address
the
charter
and
party
boat
fishery
needs
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico,
fishery
managers
must
understand
the
linkages
between
the
industry
and
other
groups
and
organizations
that
affect
its
success.
Gulf
state
charter
and
party
boat
operators
were
interviewed
to
ascertain
the
extent
of
their
social
network
linkages,
membership
in
community
organizations,
business
community
relationships,
and
linkages
to
information
sources.
Approximately
one­
third
to
one­
half
of
the
charter
and
party
boat
operators
did
not
belong
to
local
community
organizations
that
could
assist
their
business
through
tourism
promotion
or
natural
resource
protection.
Despite
their
limited
integration
in
the
community,
the
vast
majority
of
operators
gave
and
received
referrals
from
other
businesses.
Of
four
major
information
sources,
the
National
Weather
Service
and
the
County
Marine
Extension
agents
were
rated
highest
and
lowest,
respectively,
in
mean
importance
to
charter
and
party
boat
operators.
Results
suggest
that
business
success
can
be
enhanced
by
strengthening
network
ties
between
operators
and
local
businesses,
chambers
of
commerce,
and
tourism
organizations.
For
this
to
occur,
individual
operators
and
charter/
party
boat
organizations
need
to
become
more
effective
in
representing
industry
interests.
Informational
linkages
between
industry
and
government
agencies
also
need
improvement.

Gillespie,
William
C.,
James
C.
Hite,
and
John
S.
Lytle
(
1969).
"
An
2
2
4
Econometric
Analysis
of
the
U.
S.
Shrimp
Industry."
Economics
of
Marine
Resources
No.
2,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics
and
Rural
Sociology,
South
Carolina
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Clemson
University,
Clemson,
South
Carolina
in
cooperation
with
Coastal
Plains
Regional
Commission.

This
study
assesses
the
economic
feasibility
of
imposing
a
quota
on
shrimp
imports.
Thai
study
was
based
on
the
primary
hypothesis
that
a
quota
on
shrimp
imports,
if
used
by
itself
and
not
coordinated
with
a
program
designed
to
limit
the
entry
of
more
craft
into
the
industry,
would
not
improve
the
economic
position
of
the
average
shrimp
fisherman
in
the
industry.
More
specifically,
it
was
hypothesized
that
a
quota
would
increase
wholesale
and
ex­
vessel
prices
more
than
they
would
have
increased
without
the
quota;
the
increase
in
prices
would
encourage
the
entry
of
more
craft
into
the
industry;
and
the
increase
in
the
number
of
craft
in
the
industry
and
rising
cost
would
prevent
the
real
revenue
per
craft
from
increasing.
A
secondary
objective
of
this
study
was
to
assess
the
economic
feasibility
of
imposing
a
limit
on
the
number
of
craft
in
the
industry.
It
was
hypothesized
that
a
limit
on
the
number
of
craft
in
the
industry,
if
used
by
itself,
would
not
increase
the
deflated
revenue
per
craft.
Another
secondary
objective
was
to
assess
the
effect
on
the
shrimp
population
of
increases
in
fishing
effort.
It
was
hypothesized
that
increases
in
fishing
effort
would
overfish
the
shrimp
population
and
actually
reduce
the
quantity
of
shrimp
supplied.

Gillig,
Tasana
(
1996).

ITQ
Model.

Draft
report,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas.

Theoretical
dynamic
model
used
to
derive
the
demand
for
individual
transferable
quotas
in
a
stylized
fishery.

Gillig,
Tasana,
Teofilo
Ozuna,
Jr.,
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1998).

On
the
Use
of
Count
Models
for
Recreation
Demand
Analysis.

Draft
report,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas,
January,
18
pp.

This
article
shows
how
to
mathematically
decompose
changes
in
the
conditional
mean
of
the
Poisson
and
negative
binomial
models.
The
importance
of
the
decomposition
is
demonstrated
by
decomposing
elasticities
and
changes
in
expected
consumer
surplus.
The
usefulness
of
the
various
decompositions
is
demonstrated
by
applying
them
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
recreational
red
snapper
fishery.
The
application
suggests
that
more
information
can
be
extracted
from
the
estimated
coefficients
of
the
Poisson
and
negative
binomial
models
than
is
commonly
realized.

Gilmartin,
William
G.
and
George
A.
Antonelis
(
1998).

Recommended
Recovery
Actions
for
the
Hawaiian
Monk
Seal
Population
at
Midway
Island.

NOAATM
NMFS­
SWFSC­
253,
southwest
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
May,
14
pp.

The
recommendations
of
a
workshop
to
facilitate
recovery
of
the
monk
seal
population
at
Midway
were
the
basis
for
developing
recovery
actions
presented
in
this
document.
Workshop
participants
were
presented
background
data
on
the
Midway
monk
seal
population,
results
of
the
1992
monk
seal
rehabilitation
and
translocation
to
Midway,
population
trend
data
for
certain
Midway
reef
fishes,
and
results
of
the
Kure
Atoll
monk
seal
recovery
efforts
during
1985­
91
and
1993­
95.

Gimbel,
Karyn
L.
(
ed.)
(
1994).
Limiting
Access
to
Marine
2
2
5
Fisheries:
Keeping
the
Focus
on
Conservation.
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

The
results
of
a
workshop
entitled
"
Managing
Marine
Fisheries
by
Limiting
Access"
held
in
Annapolis,
Maryland
in
1992.
Contributed
papers
and
the
results
of
the
ensuing
discussions
are
contained
in
the
report.

Ginsburgh,
Victor
A.
(
1973).
"
A
Further
Note
on
the
Derivation
of
Quarterly
Figures
Consistent
with
Annual
Data."
Applied
Statistics,
22:
368­
374.

Several
methods
have
been
devised
to
deal
with
the
problem
of
constructing
quarterly
data
when
either
(
a)
related
series
are
available
or
(
b)
when
only
annual
totals
exist.
Methods
(
a)
lead
to
quarterly
figures
inconsistent
with
annual
totals.
Methods
(
b)
adds
nothing
to
the
economic
interpretation
of
the
quarterly
phenomenon.

Ginter,
Jay
J.
C.
(
1994).
"
Summary
of
First
Limited
Access
Workshop."
Memorandum,
Chief,
Limited
Access
Planning
Branch,
Alaska
Regional
Office,
Juneau,
Alaska.

The
key
accomplishments
of
the
workshop
are
presented
in
the
memorandum.

Ginter,
Jay
J.
C.
(
1996).
"
Community
Development
Quota
Report."
Proposal,
National
Resource
Council,
Chief,
Limited
Access
Planning
Branch,
Alaska
Regional
Office,
Juneau,
Alaska.

A
proposal
to
analyze
the
performance
and
effectiveness
of
community
development
quota
programs.

Gitschlag,
Gregg
R.
and
Jon
K.
Hale
(
1993).
"
Susceptibility
of
Sea
Turtles
to
Underwater
Explosives
at
Offshore
Energy
Structure
Removals."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Galveston,
Texas.

Observers
were
stationed
at
offshore
sites
to
monitor
and
protect
sea
turtles
during
the
explosive
removal
of
oil
and
gas
structures
in
waters
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Comparisons
of
sighting
rates
and
effective
survey
distances
for
day
and
night
surveys
suggested
sea
turtles
moved
closer
to
structure
removal
locations
at
night.

Glantz,
Michael
H.
and
Lucy
E.
Feingold
(
eds.)
(
1990).
Summary
Report
of
the
Climate
Variability,
Climate
Change
and
Fisheries
Project,
Environmental
Societal
Impacts
Group
National
Center
for
Atmospheric
Research,
P.
O.
Box
3000,
Boulder,
Colorado
80307­
3000.

During
the
past
decade
there
has
been
considerable
speculation
about
the
possible
impacts
of
a
global
warming
on
terrestrial
ecosystems.
This
study
addresses
the
potential
implications
for
fisheries
and
societies
of
the
regional
impacts
of
a
global
warming
of
the
atmosphere
based
on
an
assessment
of
15
case
studies
from
around
the
globe.

Glen,
John
J.
(
1995).

An
Optimization
Model
of
the
Western
Mackerel
Fishery.

In,
Bio­
Economic
Modelling
in
the
EU,
Concerted
Action
Coordination
of
Research
in
Fishery
Economics,
Working
Document
Nr:
7,(
AIR
CT94
1489),
Workshop,
Edinburgh,
October:
129­
147.

In
the
multi­
cohort
bioeconomic
models
that
have
been
developed
for
2
2
6
fishery
policy
evaluation,
the
length
of
the
planning
period
and
the
state
of
the
stock
at
the
end
of
this
period
must
be
specified,
although
both
these
factors
influence
the
results.
It
is
suggested
that
this
limitation
can
be
overcome
by
evaluating
policy
over
an
infinite
horizon.
An
optimization
model
for
evaluating
policy
in
a
multi­
cohort
single
species
fishery
over
an
infinite
planning
horizon
id
developed
by
incorporating
results
from
a
steady
state
fishery
model
in
a
multi­
period
model.
The
use
of
this
approach
is
illustrated
using
data
for
the
western
mackerel
fishery.

Godcharles,
Mark
F.
(
1993).
"
Synoptic
History
of
Federal
Management
of
King
and
Spanish
Mackerel
and
Other
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Species
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
the
South
Atlantic."
A
contribution
to
the
1993
SAFE
Report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
May.

A
review
of
the
management
history
of
the
migratory
coastal
pelagics
fishery
from
the
implementation
of
the
fishery
management
plan
to
amendment
6.

Godcharles,
Mark
F.
(
1997).
"
Catch
Limits
Approved
for
King
and
Spanish
Mackerel."
News
release,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
April.

A
news
release
issued
to
announce
catch
limits
approved
for
king
and
Spanish
mackerel
fisheries
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
south
Atlantic
groups.
Attached
is
a
history
of
management
regulations
indicating
initial
allocations
and
subsequent
landings
of
the
two
species
since
regulations
were
initially
imposed.

Godcharles,
Mark
F.
and
Michael
D.
Murphy
(
1986).
"
Species
Profiles:
Life
History
and
Environmental
Requirements
of
Coastal
Fishes
and
Invertebrates
(
South
Florida),
King
Mackerel
and
Spanish
Mackerel."
U.
S.
Fish
and
Wildlife
Serve
Biological
Report
82(
11.58),
U.
S.
Army
corps
of
Engineers,
TR
EL­
82­
4,
June,
18
pp.

This
species
profile
is
one
of
a
series
on
coastal
aquatic
organisms,
principally
fish,
of
sport,
commercial,
or
ecological
importance.
The
profiles
are
designed
to
provide
coastal
managers,
engineers,
and
biologists
with
a
brief
comprehensive
sketch
of
the
biological
characteristics
and
environmental
requirements
of
the
species
and
to
describe
how
populations
of
the
species
may
be
expected
to
react
to
environmental
changes
caused
by
coastal
development.
Each
profile
has
sections
on
taxonomy,
life
history,
ecological
role,
environmental
requirements,
and
economic
importance,
if
applicable.

Goh,
Bean­
San
(
1980).
Management
and
Analysis
of
Biological
Populations.
Developments
in
Agricultural
and
Managed­
Forest
Ecology,
Elsevier
Scientific
Publishing
Company,
New
York.

The
two
objectives
of
this
book
are
to
demonstrate
that
Liapunov
and
Liapunov­
like
functions
can
be
success
fully
used
to
establish,
in
a
nonlinear
population
model,
stability
relative
to
realistic
perturbations
and
to
demonstrate
the
usefulness
of
optimal
control
theory
in
the
management
of
biological
populations.
Management
policies
should
always
be
implemented
in
a
feedback
manner.
This
would
reduce
some
of
the
adverse
effects
of
uncertainties
in
an
ecosystem
in
the
real
world.

Gold,
Susan
M.
(
1996).

Fisheries
Logbook
System,
Preliminary
Design
Draft.

Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Miami,
FL,
February,
36
pp.
2
2
7
The
aim
of
this
paper
is
to
provide
a
road
map
for
the
creation
of
a
consolidated
logbook
system
that
will
be
flexible
enough
to
meet
the
challenges
of
ever
growing
and
changing
regulations.

Goldberger,
Arthur
S.
(
1968).
"
The
Interpretation
and
Estimation
of
Cobb­
Douglas
Functions."
Econometrica,
35(
3­
4):
464­
472.

For
empirical
implementation
of
the
Cobb­
Douglas
function,
it
is
customary
to
append
a
multiplicative
lognormal
disturbance
and
fit
a
linear
regression
in
the
logarithmic
variables.
When
this
is
done,
attention
is
shifted
(
apparently
unwittingly)
to
the
conditional
median
from
the
conditional
mean
that
is
ordinarily
the
prime
target
of
study.
The
customary
procedure
may
be
modified
to
provide
minimum
variance
unbiased
estimation
of
the
conditional
median
or
conditional
mean.

Goldman,
Marshall
I.
and
Shigeto
Tsuru
(
1985).
"
Economics
of
Environment
and
Renewable
Resources
in
Socialist
Systems."
Chapter
16
in
Kneese,
Allen
V.
and
James
L.
Sweeney
(
ed.).
Handbook
of
Natural
Resource
and
Energy
Economics,
Vol.
II,
Elsevier
Science
Publishers
B.
V.

The
economics
of
pollution
in
socialist
states.
Pollution
is
no
better
and
may
be
worse
in
the
Soviet
Union
and
China
due
to
their
concern
about
developing
an
industrial
base
to
compete
with
the
West.

Gomersall,
C.
Nicholas
(
1992).
"
Open­
Access
Fishery
Models:
Relaxing
a
Constraint
and
Removing
an
Econometric
Obstacle,

Marine
Resource
Economics,
7:
59­
73.

Over
the
past
30
years,
a
widely
accepted
model
of

open­
access

fisheries
has
been
developed,
yet
empirical
tests
of
the
standard
model
have
been
relatively
few.
One
difficulty
is
that
fish
stocks,
the
levels
of
which
affect
the
rate
of
catch,
are
not
directly
observable.
Simplifying
assumptions
are
generally
required,
such
as
the
assumption
that
catchability
does
not
change
over
time.
Estimation
on
the
basis
of
the
standard
model
also
raises
difficulties
in
specification,
if
contemporaneous
correlation
of
the
error
term
with
one
fo
the
regressors
is
to
be
avoided.
This
paper
describes
an
algorithm
that
imposes
a
less
restrictive
pattern
than
constancy
on
catchability,
yet
does
so
in
an
econometrically
acceptable
fashion.
It
also
reports
on
an
application
of
this
algorithm
to
the
Flemish
Cap
groundfish
fishery
over
the
period
from
1971
to
1985.

Gonzalez,
Exequiel
(
1996).
"
Territorial
Use
Rights
in
Chilean
Fisheries."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
3):
211­
218.

A
description
of
the
application
of
territorial
use
rights
(
TURFs)
among
traditional
artisanal
fishing
communities
called

Areas
for
Management
and
Exploitation
of
Benthonic
Resources

(
AMEBR)
in
Chile.

Goodreau,
Louis
J.
(
1987).
"
Enforcement
of
the
MFCMA:
An
Economist's
Perspective.
Discussion."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
4):
44.

A
Discussion
of
John
G.
Sutinen
(
1987).
"
Enforcement
of
the
MFCMA:
An
Economist's
Perspective."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
4):
36­
43.

Goodyear,
C.
Phillip
(
1989).
"
LSIM
­
A
Length­
Based
fish
Population
Simulation
Model."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFC
219,
U.
S.
D.
O.
C.,
NOAA,
NMFS,
SEFC,
Miami
Laboratory,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida
33149,
February,
pp.
55.
2
2
8
LSIM
is
a
length­
based
simulation
model
for
fish
populations
in
which
females
spawn
with
an
annual
periodicity
throughout
their
adult
lives.
It
is
designed
to
facilitate
analyses
of
dynamics
of
such
populations,
forecast
consequences
of
management
alternatives,
and
explore
the
implications
of
alternative
hypotheses
concerning
such
things
as
growth,
mortality,
migration,
or
reproduction.

Goodyear,
C.
Phillip
(
1990).
"
Addendum,
Status
of
Red
Snapper
Stocks
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
Report
for
1990."
CRD
89/
90­
05A,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Coastal
Resources
Division.

This
summarizes
the
results
of
additional
analyses
performed
subsequent
to
the
completion
of
the
1990
Gulf
of
mexico
red
snapper
assessment
(
Goodyear
and
Phares,
1990).
These
analyses
include
an
evaluation
of
the
implications
of
sharing
the
cumulative
bag
limit
among
headboat
patrons
and
various
analyses
performed
at
the
request
of
the
Reef
Fish
Assessment
Panel
that
met
to
review
the
assessment
and
other
information
to
formulate
advice
for
the
Gulf
council
concerning
the
level
of
acceptable
biological
catch
and
other
matters
related
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
red
snapper
fishery.

Goodyear,
C.
Phillip
(
1990).
"
Spawning
Stock
Biomass
per
Recruit
in
Fisheries
Management:
Foundation
and
Current
Use."
In
Press,
Canadian
Journal
of
Fisheries
and
Aquatic
Sciences.

Spawning
stock
biomass
per
recruit
(
SSBR)
estimates
the
expected
lifetime
reproductive
potential
of
an
average
recruit
(
P)
that
is
an
important
correlate
of
population
growth
potential.
The
ration
of
the
fished
to
unfished
magnitude
of
P
is
the
spawning
potential
ratio
(
SPR)
and
is
a
measure
of
the
impact
of
fishing
on
the
potential
productivity
of
a
stock.
Current
use
of
SPR
merges
concepts
developed
to
quantify
the
compensation
require
for
population
persistence
given
anthropogenic
increases
in
mortality
with
observations
of
stock
productivity
and
SSBR
for
fisheries
in
the
western
North
Atlantic.
It
has
a
firm
theoretical
basis
and
is
evaluated
against
yield
per
recruit
and
contrasted
with
other
traditional
biological
reference
points.
SPR
is
widely
used
in
U.
S.
fisheries
managed
under
the
Magnuson
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act,
usually
in
the
context
of
a
percentage
of
the
unfished
SSBR.
Its
implementation
is
intended
to
be
risk
aversive
through
selection
of
minimum
acceptable
levels
above
which
stocks
maintain
acceptable
productivity.
The
behavior
of
the
underlying
principles
suggests
SPR
values
below
about
0.2
should
be
avoided
unless
there
is
evidence
for
exceptionally
strong
density
dependence
in
the
stock.
Critical
levels
have
typically
been
set
in
the
range
of
0.2
to
0.3
primarily
based
upon
the
experience
in
the
northwest
Atlantic.

Goodyear,
C.
Phillip
(
1992).
"
Red
Snapper
in
U.
S.
Waters
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Contribution:
MIA
91/
92­
70,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Coastal
Resources
Division,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL.

The
biological
stock
assessment
of
the
red
snapper
fishery
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
is
presented
in
this
paper.
The
conservation
measures
currently
in
place
are
enhancing
the
condition
of
the
stock.
However,
without
the
planned
permanent
reduction
of
50%
in
the
bycatch
mortality
rate
in
1994
or
an
even
higher
reduction
in
1995,
it
will
not
be
possible
to
attain
the
spawning
stock
goals
of
the
Plan
by
the
target
date
of
2007
and
to
also
allow
the
directed
fishery
to
operate
under
the
current
catch
limit
of
4
million
pounds.

Goodyear,
C.
Phillip
(
1993).
"
Red
Snapper
in
U.
S.
Waters
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
1992
Assessment
Update."
Contribution:
MIA
92/
93­
76,
2
2
9
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Coastal
Resources
Division,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL.

This
document
updates
tables
and
analyses
that
were
presented
in
the
1992
assessment
(
Goodyear,
1992).
New
data
are
available
for
the
1993
commercial
harvest,
the
1992
recreational
harvest,
and
recruitment
indices
for
the
1991
and
1992
year
classes.
These
data
permit
characterization
of
the
size
and
age
composition
of
the
1992
commercial
and
recreational
catches
that
were
not
available
for
the
previous
assessment.
The
time
series
available
to
estimate
catch
per
unit
effort
for
all
sectors
of
the
recreation
fishery
are
also
extended
through
1992.
These
data
were
used
to
re­
estimate
historical
fishing
mortalities
for
the
directed
fishery
and
shrimp
bycatch
mortality
using
the
methods
described
in
the
earlier
assessment.
The
possible
implications
for
several
management
alternatives
were
also
forecasted
based
on
the
current
best
estimates
of
fishing
mortality
and
recruitment.
The
results
of
the
present
analyses
are
presented
in
figures
and
tables
numbered
to
correspond
to
those
in
the
previous
work.
A
new
executive
summary,
tables,
and
figures
are
provided.

Goodyear,
C.
Phillip
(
1993).

Spawning
Stock
Biomass
per
Recruit
in
Fisheries
Management:
Foundation
and
Current
Use.

Pages
67­
81
in
S.
J.
Smith,
J.
J.
Hunt,
and
D.
Rivard
(
ed.)
Risk
Evaluation
and
Biological
Reference
Points
for
Fisheries
Management,
Can.
Spec.
Publ.
Fish.
Aquat.
Sci.
120.

Spawning
stock
biomass
per
recruit
(
SSBR)
estimates
the
expected
lifetime
reproductive
potential
of
an
average
recruit
(
P),
which
is
an
important
correlate
of
population
growth
potential.
The
ratio
of
the
fished
to
unfished
magnitude
of
P
is
the
spawning
potential
ratio
(
SPR)
and
is
a
measure
of
the
impact
of
fishing
on
the
potential
productivity
of
the
stock.
Current
use
of
SPR
merges
concepts
developed
to
quantify
the
compensation
required
for
population
persistence
given
anthropogenic
increases
in
mortality
with
observations
of
stock
productivity
and
SSBR
for
fisheries
in
the
western
North
Atlantic.
It
has
a
firm
theoretical
basis
and
is
evaluated
against
yield
per
recruit
and
contrasted
with
other
traditional
biological
reference
points.
SPR
is
widely
used
in
U.
S.
fisheries
managed
under
the
Magnuson
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act,
usually
in
the
context
of
a
percentage
of
the
unfished
SSBR.
Its
implementation
is
intended
to
be
risk
aversive
through
selection
of
minimum
acceptable
levels
above
which
stocks
maintain
acceptable
productivity.
The
behavior
of
the
underlying
principles
suggests
SPR
values
below
about
0.2
should
be
avoided
unless
there
is
evidence
for
exceptionally
strong
density
dependence
in
the
stock.
Critical
levels
have
typically
been
set
in
the
range
of
0.2
to
0.3
primarily
based
upon
the
experience
in
the
northwest
Atlantic.

Goodyear,
C.
Phillip
(
1994).
"
Red
Snapper
in
U.
S.
Waters
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Contribution:
MIA
93/
94­
63,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Coastal
Resources
Division,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL.

The
1994
red
snapper
stock
assessment
report
concludes
that
the
stock
conservation
measures
currently
in
place
are
enhancing
the
condition
of
the
stock.
However,
if
the
50%
reduction
in
bycatch
mortality
rate
is
not
achieved
in
the
near
future,
it
will
not
be
possible
to
attain
the
spawning
stock
goals
of
the
plan
by
the
target
date
of
2009
and
to
also
allow
the
directed
fishery
to
operate
under
the
current
catch
limit
of
6
million
pounds.
These
estimates
are
considerably
more
pessimistic
than
those
presented
in
1993,
primarily
because
the
1993
and
1994
catches
exceeded
TAC.

Goodyear,
C.
Phillip
(
1994).
"
Biological
Reference
Points
for
Red
2
3
0
Grouper:
Effects
of
Uncertainty
about
Growth."
MIA­
93/
94­
60,
Miami
Laboratory,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Miami,
FL,
June,
26
pp.

The
effects
of
uncertainty
about
growth
of
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
red
grouper
(
Epinephelus
morio)
on
estimates
of
their
population
statistics
was
evaluated
by
computing
the
statistics
for
each
of
several
competing
von
Bertalanffy
growth
equations
fitted
to
length
at
age
data
from
different
sources
and
time
periods.
Estimates
of
asymptotic
lengths
varied
from
27.7
inches
to
68
inches
total
length.
These
equations
were
used
to
estimate
the
age
composition
of
the
1986­
1992
combined
harvest
and
to
estimate
total
mortality
through
means
of
catch
curves
constructed
for
1986­
1989,
before
the
20
inch
minimum
size
and
for
1990­
1992
when
the
minimum
size
was
in
place.
All
of
the
mortality
rate
estimates
and
yield
per
recruit
(
YPR)
and
spawning
potential
ratio
(
SPR)
evaluations
assume
equilibrium
conditions.
The
catch
curve
estimates
of
mortality
that
were
derived
from
ages
estimated
from
lengths
were
biased
low.
Simulated
data
were
analyzed
to
develop
bias
correction
equations
which
were
subsequently
used
in
an
attempt
to
remove
the
bias.
Estimated
total
mortality
for
fully
recruited
ages
ranged
from
Z=
0.286
to
Z=
0.548
for
1986­
1989
and
from
Z=
0.453
to
Z=
1.545
for
1990­
1992
depending
on
the
growth
model
selected.
This
equilibrium
assumption
is
known
to
be
violated
for
the
later
period,
because
of
the
introduction
of
the
20
inch
minimum
size,
hence
the
latter
estimates
are
suspect.
The
consequence
of
this
defect
was
not
evaluated.
The
results
of
this
study
support
additional
detailed
examination
of
red
grouper
growth
rates.
Furthermore,
if
age
structured
assessment
methods
are
to
be
employed
with
this
stock
we
must
begin
routine
collection
of
data
to
develop
annual
age­
length
keys
to
estimate
the
age
composition
of
the
catch
of
this
fishery.

Goodyear,
C.
Phillip
(
1995).
"
Red
Snapper
in
U.
S.
Waters
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Contribution:
MIA
95/
96­
05,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Coastal
Resources
Division,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL.

SPR
in
1984
varied
with
the
assumed
post
bycatch
natural
mortality
level.
At
M=
0.1,
the
SPR
was
estimated
to
be
below
1%.
Corresponding
values
for
M=
0.15
and
M=
0.2
were
about
3%
and
4%,
respectively.
The
estimate
for
each
level
of
post
bycatch
natural
mortality
is
far
below
the
minimally
acceptable
level
of
20%
adopted
by
the
Gulf
Council
for
this
fishery.
There
has
been
very
little
improvement
in
the
estimates
since
1984,
partly
because
year
classes
partly
protected
by
recent
conservation
actions
have
not
yet
become
important
contributors
to
the
spawning
stock.
Several
scenarios
of
total
allowable
catch
(
TAC)
and
shrimp
bycatch
mortality
reductions
were
evaluated.
In
each
the
bycatch
mortality
was
reduced
5.8%
in
1993
and
10.1%
in
1994
from
the
1984­
1989
mean
based
on
reduced
shrimp
effort.
The
projections
indicate
that,
if
shrimp
bycatch
mortality
is
reduced
to
24%
in
1996,
37%
in
1997,
and
50%
in
1998
of
the
1984­
1989
average,
the
TAC
for
1995
could
be
4536
tons
(
10
million
pounds)
or
less
and
still
meet
the
SPR
goal
by
the
target
date.

Goodyear,
C.
Phillip
(
1996).
"
Comments
on
the
Gallaway
and
Gazey
Review
of
the
Goodyear
(
1995)
Red
Snapper
Stock
Assessment."
Contribution:
MIA
95/
96­?,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Coastal
Resources
Division,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
12
pp.

A
rebuttal
to
the
Gallaway
and
Gazey
(
1996)
review
of
the
Goodyear
(
1995)
red
snapper
stock
assessment
specifically
addressing
the
dead
zone,
natural
mortality
effects,
and
platform
effects
cited
as
problems
by
the
2
3
1
reviewers.
Additional,
specific
comments
on
the
review
are
provided
by
the
author.

Goodyear,
C.
Phillip
(
1996).
"
Red
Snapper
Bycatch
Mortality:
Implications
of
Possible
Estimate
Bias
on
Parameters
of
the
Recovery
Plan."
Contract
report
prepared
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
415
Ridgewood
Road,
Key
Biscayne,
FL,
15
pp.

To
examine
the
consequences
of
possible
bias
in
the
estimates
of
red
snapper
bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery,
the
number
of
juveniles
taken
as
part
of
the
bycatch
were
adjusted
downward
by
14
and
33
percent.
Adjusting
for
these
biases
only
slightly
improves
the
estimates
of
current
stock
status.
A
50
percent
reduction
in
shrimp
bycatch
is
still
required
in
1997.
The
magnitude
of
the
postulated
error
in
the
bycatch
estimates
is
insufficient
to
meaningfully
affect
the
need
to
reduce
bycatch
of
red
snapper
by
the
shrimp
fishery.

Goodyear,
C.
Phillip
and
Sigurd
W.
Christensen
(
1984).
"
On
the
Ability
of
Detect
the
Influence
of
Spawning
Stock
on
Recruitment."
North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
4:
186­
193.

Simulated
observations
of
spawning
stock
size,
recruitment,
and
two
random
environmental
variables
were
obtained
from
a
density­
independent
Leslie
matrix
model.
Recruitment
to
age
1
was
directly
proportional
to
population
fecundity
but
strongly
influenced
by
the
effects
of
the
random
environmental
variables.
The
simulated
observations
were
subjected
to
multiple
regression
analysis
that
detected
the
influence
of
the
random
environmental
variables
but
did
not
reliably
detect
the
influence
of
spawning
stock.
these
results
indicate
that
multiple
regression
is
unreliable
in
detecting
the
influence
of
stock
on
recruitment
when
annual
variations
in
recruitment
are
primarily
due
to
environmental
factors.

Goodyear,
C.
Phillip
and
Patricia
Phares
(
1990).
"
Status
of
Red
Snapper
Stocks
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Report
for
1990."
Contribution:
CRD
89/
90­
05,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Coastal
Resources
Division,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL
33149­
1099.

The
conservation
measures
currently
in
place
are
unlikely
to
enhance
the
condition
of
the
stock
without
the
assistance
of
an
unforeseen,
environmentally
controlled
increase
in
recruitment.
Stringent
conservation
measures
will
be
required
of
the
directed
fishery
to
attain
the
spawning
stock
goals
of
the
Plan
and
will
likely
be
required
to
persist
indefinitely
if
the
shrimp
trawl
discard
mortality
cannot
be
controlled.

Goodyear,
C.
Phillip
and
Michael
J.
Schirripa
(
1993).
"
The
Red
Grouper
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Coastal
Resources
Division,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
August,
122
pp.

The
biological
stock
assessment
for
red
grouper
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
is
presented
in
the
paper.

Goodwin,
Susan
Ann
(
1977).
"
Measuring
the
Value
of
Housing
Quality
­
A
Note."
Journal
of
regional
Science,
17(
1):
107­
115.

Kain
and
Quigley's
paper
was
the
catalyst
for
a
study
of
rental
housing
quality
in
the
metropolitan
Boston
area
(
Goodwin)
undertaken
in
1970­
1971.
In
it,
a
range
of
apartment,
town
socioeconomic
variables,
and
an
extensive
2
3
2
selection
of
location
characteristics
were
included
in
the
regressions
on
monthly
rents.
This
article
concentrates
on
that
portion
of
the
Boston
study
that
probed
the
influence
of
locational
factors,
and,
in
particular,
explored
the
impact
of
a
new
employment
accessibility
index
on
rents.

Gordon,
Daniel
V.
and
Rognvaldur
Hannesson
(
1996).
"
On
Prices
of
Fresh
and
Frozen
Cod
Fish
in
European
and
U.
S.
Markets."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
4):
223­
238.

The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
test
for
price
linkages
among
European
France,
Germany,
and
U.
K.)
and
U.
S.
prices
of
whole
fresh
cod
and
frozen
cod
fillets.
In
testing
for
a
cointegrated
system,
we
use
both
the
two­
stage
Engle­
Granger
and
Johansen
procedures.
Short
run
price
dynamics
are
measured
using
an
error­
correction
model.
Based
on
monthly
import
price
observations
from
1980
to
1992,
the
empirical
results
show
no
long
run
price
relationships
for
fresh
cod
between
European
and
U.
S.
markets,
but
we
do
measure
long
run
price
linkages
for
frozen
cod
fillets.
Withing
Europe
the
markets
for
both
fresh
and
frozen
cod
product
are
well
integrated.
The
U.
S.
fresh
cod
market
is
distinct
and
separate
from
European
markets,
while
the
U.
S.
frozen
cod
market
shows
no
short
run
links
to
European
markets.
There
is
weak
evidence
for
a
long
run
international
market
in
frozen
cod
fillets.

Gordon,
Daniel
V.,
Kjell
G.
Salvanes,
and
Frank
Atkins
(
1993).
"
A
Fish
is
a
Fish
is
a
Fish?
Testing
for
Market
Linkages
on
the
Paris
Fish
Market."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
8(
4):
331­
343.

This
paper
applies
both
the
Engle­
Granger
and
Johansen
cointegration
test
procedures
to
determine
the
existence
of
market
linkage
among
high
valued
(
salmon
and
turbot)
and
low
valued
(
cod)
fish
species
using
monthly
average
wholesale
price
data
recorded
on
the
Paris
fish
market.
We
find
that
the
price
of
salmon
is
determined
exogenously
to
the
system
of
prices
examined
and
that
the
market
for
salmon
is
not
linked
to
the
markets
for
turbot
or
cod.

Gordon,
H.
Scott
(
1953).
"
An
Economic
Approach
to
the
Optimum
Utilization
of
Fisheries
Resources."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
10(
7):
442­
457.

The
purpose
of
the
paper
is
to
approach
the
problems
of
optimum
human
utilization
of
fishery
resources
from
the
side
of
one
of
the
social
scienceseconomics
I
believe
that
an
application
of
some
of
the
standard
devices
of
economic
theory
can
help
to
clarify
the
objectives
of
conservation
and
contribute
to
a
better
evaluation
of
control
measures.

Gordon,
H.
Scott
(
1954).
"
The
Economic
Theory
of
a
Common­
Property
Resource:
The
Fishery."
Journal
of
Political
Economy,
62:
124­
42.

This
paper
examines
the
economic
theory
of
natural
resource
utilization
as
it
pertains
to
the
fishing
industry.
It
will
appear
that
most
of
the
problems
associated
with
the
words
"
conservation"
or
"
depletion"
or
"
overexploitation"
in
fisheries
are
manifestations
of
the
fact
that
the
natural
resources
of
the
sea
yield
no
economic
rent.
Fishery
resources
are
unusual
in
the
fact
of
their
common
property
nature;
but
they
are
not
unique,
and
similar
problems
are
encountered
in
other
cases
of
common
property
resource
industries,
such
as
petroleum
production,
hunting
and
trapping,
etc.
Although
the
theory
presented
in
the
following
pages
is
worked
out
in
terms
of
the
fishing
industry,
it
is
applicable
generally
to
all
cases
where
natural
resources
are
owned
in
common
and
exploited
under
conditions
of
individualistic
competition.
2
3
3
Gordon,
H.
Scott
(
1958).
"
Economics
and
the
Conservation
Question."
Journal
of
Law
and
Economics,
14:
110­
121.

The
chief
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
present,
in
as
nontechnical
terms
as
possible,
the
basic
economic
theory
of
the
conservation
problem.
It
is
written
with
the
hope
of
contributing
something
towards
the
rationalization
of
conservation
policy
by
making
the
economist's
point
of
view
more
widely
understood.

Gorte,
Ross
W.,
Eugene
H.
Buck,
David
M.
Sale,
and
Adrienne
C.
Grenfell
(
1985).
"
Limiting
Access
for
Commercial
Fish
Harvesting."
Prepared
at
the
Request
of
the
House
Committee
on
Merchant
Marine
and
Fisheries
by
Congressional
Research
Service,
The
Library
of
Congress,
Washington,
D.
C.
20540,
October
7,
71
pp.

Commercial
fish
harvesters
are
often
able
to
exploit
fisheries
resources
beyond
sustainable
levels,
heightening
competition
and
reducing
their
incomes.
Limited
access
(
restricting
who
is
allowed
to
harvest
fisheries
resources)
is
one
approach
to
addressing
such
problems.
This
paper
describes
the
three
basic
limited
access
mechanisms
(
input
restrictions:
licenses
and
permits;
economic
disincentives:
taxes
and
fees;
and
harvest
allocations:
harvester
quotas
and
shares)
and
briefly
catalogs
existing
limited
access
programs.
There
are
also
sections
on
case
law
involving
limited
access
in
the
United
States
and
on
access
to
other
natural
resources
as
well
as
an
extensive
bibliography
on
limited
access.

Gosselink,
James
G.,
Eugene
P.
Odum,
and
R.
M.
Pope
(
1974).
"
The
Value
of
the
Tidal
Marsh."
LSU­
SG­
74­
03,
Center
For
Wetland
Resources,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
LA.

Natural
tidal
marshes
are
evaluated
in
monetary
terms.
Byproduct
production
(
fisheries,
etc.)
on
a
per
acre
basis
yields
a
value
of
only
about
$
100
per
year,
even
when
the
whole
value
of
the
fishery
is
imputed
to
the
marsh.
More
intensive
uses,
such
as
oyster
aquaculture,
that
preserve
many
of
the
natural
functions
of
the
marsh­
estuarine
ecosystem,
have
a
potential
up
to
$
1000
per
acre
per
year.
The
potential
for
waste
assimilation
is
much
higher,
about
$
2500
per
acre
per
year
for
tertiary
treatment.
Summation
of
the
noncompeting
uses
approaches
an
ecological
life
support
value
of
about
$
4000
per
acre
per
year,
based
on
the
gross
primary
productivity
(
in
energy
terms)
of
the
natural
marsh,
using
a
conversion
ratio
from
energy
to
dollars
based
on
the
ratio
of
Gross
National
Product
to
National
Energy
Consumption.
When
these
annual
social
values
of
$
2500
­
$
4000
are
income
capitalized
at
a
5%
interest
rate
the
estimated
total
social
values
are
$
50,000
to
$
80,000
per
acre.
Some
estuaries,
such
as
the
Potomac
or
the
Hudson,
are
now
performing
waste
assimilation
work
of
even
greater
value,
but
such
estuaries
are
overloaded
to
the
point
of
degradation.
Analysis
based
on
the
total
value
of
the
life
support
role
of
a
natural
tidal
marsh­
estuary
suggests
that
a
strategy
of
optimization
in
land
use
planning
should
replace,
or
supplement,
reliance
on
the
pricing
system
which
is
inadequate
for
preservation
of
natural
systems
that
increase
in
value
with
the
intensity
of
adjacent
development.

Gottinger,
Hans
Werner
(
ed.)
(
1974).
Systems
Approaches
and
Environmental
Problems.
Vandenhoeck
&
Ruprecht,
Gottingen,
Germany.

An
international
conference
on
new
methods
and
techniques
relating
to
the
problems
involved
in
solving
environmental
problems
using
systems
theory.
2
3
4
Gould,
J.
R.
(
1972).
"
Extinction
of
a
Fishery
by
Commercial
Exploitation:
A
Note."
J.
Polit.
Econ.,
80:
1031­
1038.

This
paper
reexamines
the
inference
by
Smith
(
1969)
that
the
received
doctrine
is
unable
to
handle
the
situation
in
which
a
species
may
be
exploited
to
the
point
of
extinction.
The
theory
implies
that
short
of
zero
unit
costs
the
equilibrium
yield
to
competitive
exploitation
is
never
zero
with
an
extinct
population.

Gracia,
Adolfo
(
1991).
"
Spawning
Stock­
Recruitment
Relationships
of
White
Shrimp
in
the
Southwestern
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Transactions
of
the
American
fisheries
Society,
120:
519­
527.

The
annual
spawner­
recruit
relationship
for
white
shrimp
Penaeus
setiferus
in
the
southwestern
Gulf
of
Mexico
did
not
show
a
significant
correlation
(
0.10>
P>
0.05)
from
1973
to
1984.
I
attribute
this
to
the
effect
of
environmental
factors
as
well
as
to
the
interannual
variability
of
recruitment
strength
in
the
main
cohorts
throughout
each
year.
A
Ricker
stock­
recruitment
relationship
was
established
for
dominant
cohorts
in
the
1973­
1984
study
period.
The
variance
explained
by
the
model
increased
from
70
to
82%
(
multiple
correlation
r=
0.903,
P<
0.001)
when
river
discharges
during
the
spawning
month
and
before
recruitment
were
included.
I
propose
that
the
magnitude
of
recruitment
largely
depends
on
the
carrying
capacity
of
critical
nursery
habitats.
Fishing
effort
is
related
to
recruit
abundance
and
has
a
direct
effect
in
determining
spawner
stock
size
(
multiple
correlation
r=
0.91,
P<
0.001).
Through
multiple­
regression
techniques,
a
surface
was
defined
where
the
recruitment
level
varied
according
to
spawning
stock
size
as
well
as
to
river
discharge.

Grafton,
R.
Quentin
(
1993).
"
Rent
Capture
in
a
Rights
Based
Fishery."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

The
paper
presents
a
comparison
of
different
methods
of
rent
capture
and
the
first
empirical
analysis
of
the
effects
of
rent
capture
upon
a
fishery
managed
with
individual
transferable
quotas.
Using
simulations
from
a
unit
profit
function,
individual
vessel
profits
that
include
intra­
marginal
rents
and
a
resource
rent
are
predicted
for
1990.
A
quota
rental
charge,
profit
charge,
lump
sum
charge,
and
an
ad
valorem
royalty
are
then
compared
on
a
theoretical
basis
and
with
simulations
using
the
predicted
profits
of
fishers.
The
criteria
for
comparison
include
their
effect
on
the
distribution
of
profits
after
rent
capture,
distortions
imposed
on
the
fishery,
the
relative
tax
burden
imposed
on
different
fishers,
flexibility
to
adjust
to
changes
in
the
fishery,
and
the
potential
for
fishers
to
avoid
paying
a
rental
charge.

Grafton,
R.
Quentin
(
1994).
"
A
Note
on
Uncertainty
and
Rent
Capture
in
an
ITQ
Fishery."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
27:
286­
294.

This
note
addresses
the
effect
of
uncertainty
on
the
expected
resource
rent,
the
short
run
quota
equilibrium,
and
the
methods
of
rent
capture
in
an
individual
transferable
quota
fishery
with
heterogeneous
fishers.
It
presents
some
new
results
on
the
effects
of
output
price
uncertainty
on
the
quota
demands,
the
short
run
equilibrium,
and
the
possible
choice
of
a
method
of
rent
capture.

Grafton,
R.
Quentin
(
1995).
"
Rent
Capture
in
a
Rights­
Based
Fishery."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
28:
48­
67.
2
3
5
The
paper
compares
four
methods
of
rent
capture
in
a
fishery
managed
with
individual
transferable
quotas
using
simulations
from
a
unit
profit
function.
Some
theoretical
properties
of
a
quota
rental
charge,
profit
charge,
lump
sum
charge,
and
an
ad
valorem
royalty
are
examined
and
then
compared
in
simulations
in
terms
of
the
distribution
of
profits,
distortions
to
the
fishery,
the
relative
burden
on
fishers,
and
flexibility
to
adjust
to
changes
in
the
fishery.

Grafton,
R.
Quentin
(
1996).

Implications
of
Taxing
Quota
Value
in
an
Individual
Transferable
Quota
Fishery:
Comment.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
2):
125­
127.

A
response
to
an
article
by
Johnson
(
1995)
that
examines
the
effects
of
imposing
resource
rentals
on
fishermen
in
an
individual
transferable
quota
(
ITQ)
fishery.
In
a
second
best
world,
a
tax
on
ITQ
value
may
not
be
ideal,
but
could
be
preferable
to
no
tax
under
certain
conditions.

Grafton,
R.
Quentin
and
J.
Silva­
Echenique
(
1997).

How
to
Manage
Nature?
Strategies,
Predator­
Prey
Models,
and
Chaos.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
12(
2):
127­
143.

The
Lotka­
Volterra
predator­
prey
model
exemplifies
the
implicit
and
explicit
assumptions
managers
often
have
regarding
species
interaction
­
populations
are
stable
or
fluctuate
periodically.
The
reality
is
often
much
more
complicated
and
there
is
overwhelming
evidence
that
many
populations
fluctuate
in
a
nonperiodic
way.
Using
a
discrete
predator­
prey
model
that
generates
chaos,
it
is
possible
to
qualitatively
mimic
the
interaction
of
some
predator­
prey
populations.
The
implications
of
the
paper
are
that
managers
should
place
greater
emphasis
on
theoretical
modeling
and
simulations,
try
to
understand
ecosystems
and
broad
relationships
between
species
rather
than
obtain
minute
details
and
data
on
individual
populations,
make
management
as
flexible
as
possible
to
help
people
adjust
to
rapid
changes
in
populations,
employ
mixed
strategies
so
as
to
give
options
whatever
the
underlying
dynamics,
and,
where
appropriate,
experiment
with
different
strategies
for
different
subpopulations
to
learn
more
about
the
effectiveness
of
alternative
management
approaches.

Granger,
C.
W.
J.
(
1989).
Forecasting
in
Business
and
Economics.
Academic
Press,
Inc.,
New
York.

This
text
provides
a
clear
cut
strategy
for
tackling
a
forecasting
problem.
The
importance
of
the
selection
of
a
relevant
information
set
is
emphasized
together
with
the
question
of
how
to
evaluate
one's
forecasts
once
they
have
been
prepared.
With
this
strategy
in
mind,
a
variety
of
forecasting
techniques
and
problems,
of
increasing
scope
and
complexity,
are
discussed.

Grant,
George
(
1990).
"
The
U.
S.
Swordfish
Industry:
A
Socio­
Economic
Overview."
Final
Report,
New
Jersey
fisheries
Development
Commission,
April,
29
pp.

This
monograph
presents
a
compilation
of
descriptive,
survey
and
analytical
data
relating
to
the
possible
socioeconomic
impacts
of
Amendment
1
to
the
Swordfish
Management
Plan
focusing
on
the
state
of
New
Jersey
fishery.

Grant,
William
E.
(
1986).
Systems
Analysis
and
Simulation
in
Wildlife
and
Fisheries
Sciences.
John
Wiley
&
Sons,
New
York.

The
book's
objectives
are
to
describe
the
systems
approach
to
problem
solving,
demonstrate
its
applicability
to
wildlife
and
fisheries
problems,
and
2
3
6
develop
a
general
understanding
and
basic
vocabulary
in
selected
areas
of
mathematics,
statistics,
and
computer
science
as
they
relate
to
ecological
modeling
while
providing
a
hands­
on
approach
to
learning
modeling
skills.

Grant,
W.
E.
and
W.
L.
Griffin
(
1979).
"
A
Bioeconomic
Model
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
Transactions
of
the
American
Fisheries
Society,
108(
1):
1­
13.

A
bioeconomic
model
of
the
brown
shrimp
fishery
in
Galveston
Bay,
Texas
and
adjacent
offshore
waters
accurately
predicts
the
general
trends
in
the
seasonality
of
shrimp
harvest
and
the
distribution
of
the
harvest
in
relation
to
size
of
shrimp
and
water
depth.

Grant,
W.
E.,
W.
L.
Griffin,
and
J.
P.
Warren
(
1981).
"
A
Management
Model
of
the
Northwest
African
Cephalopod
Fishery."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
43(
11):
1­
10.

Two
versions
of
a
bioeconomic
model
(
GBFSM)
of
the
northwest
African
cephalopod
fishery,
one
assuming
an
instantaneous
natural
mortality
rate
of
M=
1.25
on
an
annual
basis
and
the
other
a
rate
of
M=
2.0,
predict
the
harvest
of
octopus,
Octopus
vulgaris;
cuttlefish,
Sepia
spp.;
and
squid,
Loligo
spp.
These
predictions
are
compared
with
actual
harvest
data,
the
sensitivity
of
model
behavior
to
changes
in
important
biological
parameters
is
examined,
and
two
management
schemes
for
the
fishery
are
evaluated.

Grant,
William
E.,
Wade
L.
Griffin,
and
Mervin
J.
Yetley
(
198?).
"
Bio­
Socio­
Economic
Model
of
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
Outline
of
a
proposal,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas.

A
draft
proposal
to
develop
a
multi­
disciplinary
model
of
the
shrimp
fishery
system.

Grant,
W.
E.,
K.
G.
Isakson,
and
W.
L.
Griffin
(
1981).
"
A
General
Bioeconomic
Simulation
Model
for
Annual
Crop
Marine
Fisheries."
Ecological
Modeling,
13:
195­
219.

A
generalized
bioeconomic
simulation
model
(
GBFSM)
of
annual
crop
marine
fisheries
is
described
and
its
use
in
marine
fisheries
management
is
demonstrated.
The
biological
submodel
represents
the
recruitment
of
new
organisms
into
the
fishery,
the
movement
of
organisms
from
one
fishing
area
to
another
and
from
one
depth
to
another,
the
growth
of
organisms
and
the
mortality
of
organisms
resulting
from
both
natural
causes
and
from
fishing.
The
economic
submodel
represents
the
fishing
effort
exerted
on
each
resource
species,
the
monetary
costs
of
fishing,
the
value
of
the
harvest
and
the
rent
(
or
excess
profits)
to
the
fishery.
Basic
dynamics
of
the
model
result
from
changes
in
the
number
of
organisms
in
the
fishery
over
time,
which
can
be
summarized
as
a
set
of
difference
equations
of
the
general
form
CN/
Ct
=
R
+
I
­
E
­
M
­
F
where
CN/
Ct
is
the
net
change
in
number
of
organisms
in
the
fishery
over
time
(
t),
R
is
recruitment,
I
is
immigration,
E
is
emigration,
M
is
natural
mortality,
and
F
is
fishing
mortality.
The
driving
variable
is
R
whereas
I,
E,
M,
and
F
are
functions
of
the
state
of
the
system
at
any
given
point
in
time.
The
model
can
be
run
in
a
deterministic
or
stochastic
mode.
Values
for
parameters
affecting
rates
of
recruitment,
movement,
growth,
natural
mortality
and
fishing
mortality
can
be
selected
from
uniform,
triangular
or
normal
distributions.
Use
of
the
model
within
a
fisheries
management
framework
is
demonstrated
by
evaluating
several
management
alternatives
for
the
pink
shrimp
fishery
on
2
3
7
the
Tortugas
grounds
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Steps
involved
in
use
of
the
model,
including
parameterization,
validation,
sensitivity
analysis
and
stochastic
simulations
of
management
policies
are
explained.

Grady,
Patrick,
Gordon
Munro,
Paul
MacNeil,
Alex
Fekete,
and
Gong
Xue
(
1998).

Free
Trade
and
Investment
in
the
Fisheries
Sector
of
the
Asia­
Pacific
Region:
An
Economic
Analysis
of
Tariffs.

Draft
report,
Ref:
F98/
CP/
00267,
Global
Economics
Ltd.,
Suite
307,
63
Sparks
St.,
Ottawa,
Ontario,
October,
82
pp.

The
authors
find
that
trade
liberalization
in
fishery
products
could
potentially
improve
net
economic
benefits
among
APEC
member
countries.
This
recommendation
is
based
on
a
simple
model
of
international
trade
and
assumes
that
APEC
member
countries
will
take
the
necessary
corrective
management
actions
in
their
own
countries.

Grady,
Patrick,
Gordon
Munro,
Paul
MacNeil,
Alex
Fekete,
and
Gong
Xue
(
1999).

Free
Trade
and
Investment
in
the
Fisheries
Sector
of
the
Asia­
Pacific
Region:
An
Economic
Analysis
of
Tariffs.

Draft
report,
Ref:
F98/
CP/
00267,
Global
Economics
Ltd.,
Suite
307,
63
Sparks
St.,
Ottawa,
Ontario,
October,
82
pp.

The
authors
find
that
trade
liberalization
in
fishery
products
could
potentially
improve
net
economic
benefits
among
APEC
member
countries.
This
recommendation
is
based
on
a
simple
model
of
international
trade
and
assumes
that
APEC
member
countries
will
take
the
necessary
corrective
management
actions
in
their
own
countries
to
correct
for
market
failures.
It
also
assumes
that
aquaculture
will
increase
to
fill
any
wild
harvest
short
fall
created
by
trade
liberalization.

Gray,
Lewis
Cecil
(
1914).
"
Rent
Under
the
Assumption
of
Exhaustibility."
The
Quarterly
Journal
of
Economics,
28:
466­
489.

The
real
economic
rent
of
exhaustible
resources
comprise
the
entire
net
return
from
the
rent
bearer,
including
the
royalty.

Greboval,
Dominique
(
1997).

Expert
Consultation
on
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity.

Draft
proposal,
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations,
Rome,
Italy.

A
proposal
to
develop
a
expert
panel
to
develop
guidelines
on
the
measurement
and
control
of
fishing
capacity
in
global
fisheries.
The
scope
is
limited
to
major
industrial
marine
fisheries
with
consideration
given
to
mixed
species
harvest
operations
and
less
developed
countries.

Greboval,
Dominique
(
1997).

Fishing
Capacity
in
National
Jurisdictions
and
High
Sea.

Draft
report,
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations,
Rome,
Italy.

A
discussion
of
the
implications
for
controlling
overcapitalization
and
excess
capacity
in
national
and
high
seas
fisheries.
While
over
capacity
and
overcapitalization
are
assumed
to
be
similar
while
their
legal
environments
are
different.
To
control
high
seas
fishing
capacity,
existing
international
agreements
would
have
to
be
strengthened.

Greboval,
Dominique
(
1999).

Managing
Fishing
Capacity.

FAO
Fisheries
Technical
Paper
386,
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations,
Rome,
Italy.
2
3
8
Excessive
fishing
capacity
is
largely
responsible
for
the
degradation
of
marine
fisheries
resources,
for
the
dissipation
of
food
production
potential
and
for
significant
economic
waste,
especially
manifest
in
the
form
of
redundant
fishing
inputs.
The
globalization
of
this
phenomenon
and
the
impact
of
excessive
fishing
capacity
on
the
biological
and
economic
condition
of
many
fisheries
throughout
the
world
have
been
a
matter
of
increasing
concern
in
recent
years.
Selected
papers
prepared
as
reference
material
for
a
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity
in
La
Jolla,
are
presented
in
this
FAO
Fisheries
Technical
Paper.
Underlying
economics
and
methods
of
control
are
reviewed.
Specific
aspects
of
high
seas
fisheries
are
addressed.
Issues
raised
in
measur9ing
fishing
capacity
and
capacity
utilization
are
extensively
exp0lored.
Difficulties
associated
with
the
assessment
of
fishing
capacity
at
the
global
level
are
also
briefly
discussed.
to
org
Greboval,
Dominique
and
Gordon
Munro
(
1997).

Overcapitalization
and
Excess
Capacity
in
World
Fisheries:
Underlying
Economics
and
Methods
of
Control.

Draft
report,
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations,
Rome,
Italy.

A
discussion
of
the
possible
means
of
control
and
reduction
of
fisheries
overcapitalization.

Greboval,
Dominique
and
Gordon
Munro
(
1998).

Overcapitalization
and
Excess
Capacity
in
World
Fisheries:
Underlying
Economics
and
Methods
of
Control.

Revised
draft
report,
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity,
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations,
Rome,
Italy.

A
discussion
of
the
economics
of
overcapitalization
and
possible
means
of
control
to
reduce
fisheries
overcapitalization.

Green,
John
M.
(
1984).
"
Recommendations
for
Action:
Panel
4
Potentials
for
Expanded
Resource
Use."
Chapter
23
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

Recommendations
for
the
conservation
and
preservation
of
marine
habitat
as
a
base
for
recreational
and
commercial
fisheries.

Green,
Paul
E.
(
1984).
"
Hybrid
Models
for
Conjoint
Analysis:
an
Expository
Review."
Journal
of
Marketing
Research,
May:
155­
271.

Over
the
past
few
years
hybrid
models
for
conjoint
analysis
have
been
developed
to
reduce
data
collection
effort
and
time.
Hybrid
models
combine
features
of
selfexplicated
utility
measurement
with
more
traditional
conjoint
analysis.
A
classification
of
hybrid
models
is
presented,
followed
by
a
review
of
their
comparative
performance
in
cross
validation
tests.
Though
hybrid
models
represent
an
attempt
to
cope
with
an
important
practical
problem
in
industry
applications
of
conjoint
techniques,
these
models
entail
a
number
of
untested
assumptions
requiring
further
theoretical
analysis
and
empirical
research.
Suggestions
are
offered
on
future
studies
that
are
essential
before
the
role
of
hybrid
models
in
conjoint
methods
can
be
evaluated
properly.

Green,
Paul
E.
and
V.
Srinivasan
(
1978).
"
Conjoint
Analysis
in
Consumer
Research:
Issues
and
Outlook."
Journal
of
Consumer
Research,
5:
103­
123.
2
3
9
Since
1971
conjoint
analysis
has
been
applied
to
a
wide
variety
of
problems
in
consumer
research.
This
paper
discusses
various
issues
involved
in
implementing
conjoint
analysis
and
describes
some
new
technical
developments
and
application
areas
for
the
methodology.

Green,
Paul
E.
and
Yoram
Wind
(
1975).
"
New
Way
to
Measure
Consumers'
Judgments."
Chapter
3
in
New
Product
Forecasting,
pages
89­
108
reprinted
from
Harvard
Business
Review,
(
July­
August).

Conjoint
measurement
starts
with
the
consumer's
overall
or
global
judgments
about
a
set
of
complex
alternatives
and
then
decomposes
his
or
her
original
evaluations
into
separate
and
compatible
utility
scales
by
which
the
original
global
judgments
can
be
reconstituted
providing
a
manager
with
the
relative
importance
of
different
product
attributes.

Green,
Trellis
G.
(
1984).
"
Compensating
and
Equivalent
Variation
of
the
Florida
Saltwater
Tourist
Fishery."
Ph.
D.
Dissertation,
Department
of
Economics,
Florida
State
University.

The
study
establishes
the
value
in
recreational
use
of
Florida's
saltwater
tourist
fishery,
using
exact
Hicksian
compensating
and
equivalent
variation
methods.
The
Hicksian
approach
removes
the
approximating
error
of
Marshall's
consumer
surplus
measures.
The
theoretical
model
underlying
the
angling
experience
emphasizes
the
multipurpose
mature
of
the
tourist
trip.
It
is
based
upon
a
Gibbs
type
approach
in
which
variable
on­
site
cost
proxies
market
price
and
travel
cost
enters
the
budget
constraint.
On­
site
cost
and
angling
success
rate
are
explicitly
incorporated
into
a
system
of
behavioral
relations.
Some
restrictive
assumptions
found
in
similar
studies
are
relaxed
with
composite
goods
utility.
Empirical
estimates
for
aggregated
and
subgroup
angling
categories
are
made
with
multiple
equation
models
of
identified
linear
and
nonlinear
specifications.
There
is
some
evidence
that
shore
anglers
might
be
more
and
less
sensitive
to
changes
in
on­
site
cost
and
success
rate,
respectively.
Single
equation
models
are
also
used,
but
exhibit
downward
coefficient
bias.
Results
corroborate
the
findings
of
previous
studies
that
the
market
and
nonmarket
values
of
Florida's
marine
recreational
fishery
are
very
large
relative
to
state
product
and/
or
commercial
sector
activity.
Inelastic
short
run
price
and
success
rate
elasticity
is
confirmed.
Hicksian
methods
are
not
shown
to
be
significantly
more
accurate
than
most
Marshallian
ones,
except
in
the
case
of
the
direct
aggregate
user
opinion
method.
Sensitivity
analysis
offers
policy
implications
supporting
a
marine
tourist
fishing
license
and
stock
rebuilding
schemes,
such
as
bag
limits
for
depleted
species.
The
unrecoverable
deadweight
burden
to
society
caused
by
a
$
10
annual
tourist
fishing
license
is
less
than
one
percent
of
the
$
31
million
in
direct,
adjusted
license
revenues
estimated
to
be
forthcoming
annually.

Green,
Trellis
G.
(
1989).
The
Economic
Value
and
Policy
Implications
of
Recreational
Red
Drum
Success
Rate
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
MARFIN
Grant
No.
NA87WC­
H­
06146.

The
author
undertakes
an
assessment
of
the
MRFSS
data
base
using
red
drum
as
a
target
species
in
a
recreational
fishing
trip.
A
red
drum
angler
profile
is
provided
and
success
elasticity
is
estimated
and
used
in
the
estimation
of
welfare
benefits
of
red
drum
reallocation
management
measures.
A
suggested
policy
to
move
the
fishery
closer
to
optimal
yield
is
a
reallocation
of
red
drum
stocks
to
recreational
anglers.
One
weakness
of
the
study
is
the
lack
of
a
comparable
commercial
harvest
sector
to
base
model
conclusions
concerning
reallocation.
2
4
0
Green,
Trellis
G.
(
1994).
"
Allocation
Between
Commercial
and
Recreational
Sectors
in
Stressed
Marine
Fisheries."
Society
and
Natural
Resources,
7:
39­
56.

This
paper
provides
an
overview
of
the
economic
approach
to
open
access,
optimum
fishery
allocation
between
commercial
and
recreational
users.
The
goal
is
to
familiarize
noneconomists
with
efficiency
concepts,
such
as
net
benefit,
that
pertain
to
optimum
allocation.
A
theoretical
model
of
the
policy
trade
off
between
economic
efficiency
and
social
equity
is
also
developed.
Net
benefit
is
distinguished
from
economic
impact
that
cannot
guarantee
optimum
allocation.
Finally,
empirical
methods
are
applied
to
the
red
drum
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Results
support
policies
that
reallocate
wild
red
drum
from
the
commercial
to
the
recreational
fishery.

Greenberg,
Joshua
A.,
Mark
Herrmann,
and
John
McCracken
(
1995).

An
International
Supply
and
Demand
Model
for
Alaska
Snow
Crab.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
3):
231­
246.

The
Alaska
snow
crab
fishery
has
increased
in
commercial
importance
as
the
king
and
Tanner
crab
stocks
have
declined.
The
commercial
success
of
snow
crab
has
led
to
a
rejuvenation
of
the
Alaska
crab
fleet.
This
success
has
led
to
important
economic
questions
about
snow
crab
markets.
This
paper
is
the
first
to
econometrically
model
the
world
snow
crab
markets
and
addresses
the
specific
question
of
whether
a
400
million
pound
harvest
in
1992
would
have
enhance
gross
receipts
to
the
Alaska
snow
crab
fleet.
The
results
do
not
support
industry

s
concern
that
a
1992
400
million
pound
harvest
would
have
depressed
gross
fishery
returns.

Greene,
Gretchen,
Charles
B.
Moss,
and
Thomas
H.
Spreen
(
1997).
"
The
Demand
for
Recreational
Fishing
in
Tampa
Bay,
Florida:
A
Random
Utility
Approach."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
forthcoming,
May.

An
estimation
of
demand
for
recreational
fishing
in
Tampa
Bay,
Florida,
can
facilitate
the
environmental
management
of
the
bay.
A
nested
random
utility
travel
cost
model
is
used
to
estimate
access
values.
Results
suggest
average
annual
values
for
the
bay
alone
are
$
18.14
and
$
0.048
for
participants
and
nonparticipants,
respectively.

Greene,
Gretchen,
Charles
B.
Moss,
and
Eric
Thunberg
(
1994).
"
Estimation
of
Recreational
Anglers'
Value
of
Reef­
Fish
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Submitted
to
Resource
Economics,
January.

Several
public
policy
issues
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
region
involve
the
value
of
the
reef
fish
recreational
fishery.
This
study
estimates
the
economic
impact
of
this
fishery
using
a
travel
cost
procedure.
The
results
indicate
that
the
fishery
generates
$
460
million
within
the
state
of
Florida
annually.

Greene,
Gretchen,
Charles
B.
Moss,
and
Eric
Thunberg
(
1994).
"
Estimation
of
Recreational
Anglers'
Value
of
Reef­
Fish
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Draft
MARFIN
report,
Department
of
Food
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL.
September.

Several
public
policy
issues
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
region
involve
the
value
of
the
reef
fish
recreational
fishery.
This
study
estimates
the
economic
impact
of
this
fishery
using
a
travel
cost
procedure.
Demand
for
recreational
reef
fishing
is
estimated
as
a
function
of
travel
costs
and
other
costs
paid,
and
of
success
of
catch.
The
results
indicate
that
the
fishery
2
4
1
generates
$
566.8
million
within
the
state
of
Florida
annually.
Further
a
20%
reduction
in
the
average
catch
reduced
these
total
expenditures
by
$
32.1
million.

Greene,
Gretchen,
Charles
B.
Moss,
and
Eric
M.
Thunberg
(
1994).
"
Estimation
of
Recreational
Anglers'
Value
of
Reef­
Fish
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Final
MARFIN
report,
Contract
No.
NA37FF0054,
Department
of
Food
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL.
September.

Several
public
policy
issues
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
region
involve
the
value
of
the
reef
fish
recreational
fishery.
This
study
estimates
the
economic
impact
of
this
fishery
using
a
travel
cost
procedure.
Demand
for
recreational
reef
fishing
is
estimated
as
a
function
of
travel
costs
and
other
costs
paid,
and
of
success
of
catch.
The
results
indicate
that
a
20%
reduction
in
the
average
catch
reduced
expenditures
by
$
32.1
million.
The
fishery
is
estimated
to
generate
$
385.6
million
in
total
expenditures
within
the
state
of
Florida
annually.

Greer,
Jed
(
1995).

The
Big
Business
Takeover
of
U.
S.
Fisheries:
Privatizing
the
Oceans
Through
Individual
Transferable
Quotas
(
ITQs).
Greenpeace,
1436
U
Street,
N.
W.,
Washington,
D.
C.,
April.

A
unique
report
biased
against
the
adoption
of
ITQs
in
U.
S.
fisheries
that
selectively
cites
material
from
the
literature
and
takes
quotas
from
authors
out
of
context.
Evidence
from
the
literature
that
does
not
support
their
position
is
ignored.
Confusion
also
exists
about
the
basic
concepts
underlying
different
proposed
rights
based
management
regulations
such
as
individual
quotas
and
individual
transferable
quotas.

Gregory,
D.
R.,
Jr.
(
1988).
"
An
Annotated
Bibliography
of
Literature
Pertaining
to
Reef
Fish
Bycatch
in
Shrimp
Trawls."
Gulf
of
Mexico
fishery
Management
Council,
March,
13
pp.

An
annotated
bibliography
of
reef
fish
bycatch
literature.

Gregory,
Douglas
R.
(
Chairman)
(
1994).
"
1994
Report
of
the
Reef
Fish
Stock
Assessme
Panel."
Reef
Fish
Assessment
Panel,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida.

The
report
reviews
the
reef
fish
stock
assessment
and
recommends
a
range
of
allowable
biological
catch
and
framework
measures
required
to
attain
management
goals.
This
report
also
documents
data
collection
problems
in
conjunction
with
minimum
size
fishery
management
regulations
in
the
red
grouper
fishery
that
severely
bias
stock
assessment
estimates.

Grice,
Frank,
Russell
A.
Cookingham,
Deborah
Cramer,
Eleanor
M.
Dorsey,
William
G.
Gordon,
Henry
Lyman,
Frank
Mirarchi,
and
David
B.
Rockland
(
1990).

New
England
Groundfish
In
Crisis
­­
Again.

Report
of
the
Massachusetts
Offshore
Groundfish
Task
Force,
December,
33
pp.

The
task
force
has
examined
the
recent
precipitous
decline
in
groundfish
landings
in
New
England
and
concluded
that
the
primary
cause
is
overfishing
by
American
fishers
due
to
mismanagement
of
the
resource.

Griffith,
David
and
Christopher
L.
Dyer
(
1996).

An
Appraisal
of
the
Social
and
Cultural
Aspects
of
the
Multispecies
Groundfish
Fishery
in
New
England
and
the
Mid­
Atlantic
Regions.

Contract
Number
50­
DGNF­
5­
00008,
2
4
2
Aguirre
International,
Bethesda,
MD
for
the
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

Aguirre
International
was
engaged
to
report
on
the
social
and
cultural
aspects
of
the
multispecies
groundfish
fishery
by
ascertaining
community­
dependence
on
the
MGF,
providing
information
on
the
demographics
of
the
fishing
industry,
identifying
social
science
data
bases
that
could
be
used
in
follow­
up
studies
and
developing
a
classification
system
that
will
aid
in
predicting
the
social
impacts
of
the
changing
fishery
regulations
on
fishery
dependent
communities.

Grigalunas,
Thomas
(
1984).
"
Hydrocarbon
Economics."
Chapter
22
in
Resource
Use
and
Use
Conflicts
in
the
Exclusive
Economics
Zone.
Proceedings
of
Workshop
sponsored
by
the
Center
for
Ocean
Management
Studies.

Economic
issues
in
managing
the
exclusive
economic
zone
(
EEZ)
are
discussed
based
on
experiences
with
the
Outer
Continental
Shelf
Lands
Act
Amendments
of
1978.
Specifically,
regulations
versus
economic
incentives
to
avoid
oil
spills,
social
tradeoffs
of
alternative
leasing
systems,
and
the
rate
of
leasing
are
discussed.
Basically,
the
EEZ
proclamation
does
not
raise
any
fundamentally
new
management
issues
for
oil
and
gas
exploitation
in
federal
waters.
Nonetheless,
the
economic
importance
of
the
hydrocarbon
resources
in
federal
waters,
the
variety
of
diverging
interests
concerned
with
their
development,
and
the
movement
of
exploitation
toward
deeper
waters
and
harsher
environments
assure
that
the
management
of
oil
and
gas
in
the
EEZ
will
remain
a
topic
of
considerable
significance
and
public
debate.

Grigalunas,
Thomas
A.,
James
J.
Opaluch,
Deborah
French,
and
Mark
Reed
(
1986).
"
Measuring
Damages
to
Marine
Natural
Resources:
Application
of
An
Integrated
Ocean
Systems/
Economic
Model."
Draft
report,
Economic
Analysis
Inc.,
Wakefield,
R.
I.,
July,
32
pp.

Several
pieces
of
federal
environmental
regulation
establish
strict
liability
for
damages
from
spills
of
oil
and
hazardous
substances.
This
paper
discusses
the
approach
proposed
by
the
U.
S.
Department
of
Interior
for
evaluating
"
Type
A"
spills
of
oil
or
hazardous
substances
in
the
marine
environment.
The
approach
employs
an
integrated
ocean
systems/
economic
model
to
simulate
the
physical
fates,
biological
effects,
and
the
resulting
economic
damages
from
spills
in
the
marine
environment.
Some
preliminary
results
are
presented
for
hypothetical
spills
of
a
number
of
substances
in
a
variety
of
environments.
The
results
show
that
the
size
and
shape
of
the
damage
function
depend
on
a
variety
of
properties
of
the
substance
spilled
and
the
environment
in
which
the
spill
occurs.

Grigalunas,
Thomas
A.,
Robert
C.
Anderson,
Gardner
M.
Brown,
Jr.,
Richard
Congar,
Norman
F.
Meade,
and
Philip
E.
Sorensen
(
1986).

Estimating
the
Cost
of
Oil
Spills:
Lessons
from
the
Amoco
Cadiz
Incidence.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
2(
3):
239­
262.

This
paper
addresses
some
of
the
conceptual
and
empirical
issues
involved
with
estimating
the
economic
costs
of
oil
spills,
using
a
comprehensive
economic
analysis
of
the
1978
supertanker
Amoco
Cadiz
incident
as
a
case
study.
Estimates
are
made
of
the
market
and
nonmarket­
valued
costs
of
the
spill
and
their
distribution
among
the
residents
of
the
affected
region,
the
nation,
and
the
rest
of
the
world.
The
implications
of
the
case
study
for
the
analysis
of
future
oil
spill
incidents
are
examined.

Griffin,
James
M.
and
Henry
B.
Steele
(
1980).
Energy
Economics
and
Policy.
Academic
Press,
Inc.,
New
York.
2
4
3
This
book
provides
a
unified
analysis
of
energy
economics
and
energy
policy
using
a
microanalytic
approach
to
complex
policy
problems
that
offers
the
prospect
of
markedly
improving
policy
decisions.
Using
oil
and
gas
within
a
cost
benefit
framework,
decision
makers
are
provided
the
tools
to
act
so
as
to
minimize
the
economic
cost
of
achieving
the
goals
that
they
are
empowered
to
pursue.

Griffin,
Kerry
(
19??).

Factors
Affecting
the
North
Pacific
Groundfish
Fishery.

Draft
report,
18
pp.

The
inshore/
offshore
allocation
debate
has
dominated
the
discussion
of
management
of
groundfish
fisheries
of
the
north
Pacific
in
recent
years.
This,
along
with
several
other
factors,
influences
the
groundfish
market.
These
other
factors
include
quality
concerns,
other
fishing
management
decisions,
world
economic
dynamics,
and
the
status
of
the
rest
of
the
world

s
groundfish
fisheries.
These
issues
are
discussed,
although
special
emphasis
will
be
given
to
the
inshore/
offshore
allocation
debate
and
the
management
strategy
for
north
Pacific
groundfish.

Griffin,
Wade
L.
(
1977).
"
Time
Trends
in
the
Harvesting
Sector
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Industry."
DIR
77­
1,
SP­
2,
The
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas,
March,
32
pp.

Time
trends
in
pounds
landed,
days
fished,
fleet
size,
fishing
effort
index
numbers,
and
value
are
presented
and
discussed.

Griffin,
Wade
L.
(
1994).
"
Shrimp
Fishing
Cost
and
Returns
in
Texas."
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas.

Trends
in
costs
and
returns
for
vessels
greater
than
60
feet
operating
off
the
Texas
coast.

Griffin,
Wade
L.
(
1996).

Quantitative
Methods
in
Agricultural
Economics
and
Agribusiness.

Agricultural
Economics
317,
Class
Notes,
First
Summer
Session,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University.

An
introduction
to
mathematical
economics
and
econometrics.

Griffin,
Wade
L.
(
1996).

Quantitative
Methods
in
Agricultural
Economics
and
Agribusiness.

Agricultural
Economics
317,
Answers
to
Exercises,
First
Summer
Session,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University.

Answers
to
exercises
in
an
introduction
to
mathematical
economics
and
econometrics.

Griffin,
Wade
L.
(
1996).
"
Shrimp
Bycatch
Reduction:
Impacts
on
the
Shrimp
and
Red
Snapper
Harvesting
Sectors
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
MARFIN
Proposal,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas.

A
proposal
to
measure
the
impact
of
alternative
management
policies
on
shrimp
and
red
snapper
fisheries
by
measuring
the
changes
in
consumer
and
producer
surplus.
The
specific
objectives
are
to:
1)
review
literature
and
collect
available
data
on
the
red
snapper
fishery,
2)
Develop
a
parent­
stock
recruitment
relationship
in
GBFSM
for
the
red
snapper
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
3)
Develop
a
submodel
for
the
recreational
harvesting
sector
in
GBFSM
2
4
4
of
the
red
snapper
fishery,
4)
Develop
a
submodel
for
the
commercial
harvesting
sector
in
GBFSM
of
the
red
snapper
fishery,
5)
Incorporate
the
demand
models
into
GBFSM,
6)
Develop
a
submodel
to
generate
producer
and
consumer
surplus
for
the
shrimp
and
red
snapper
fisheries,
7)
Parameterize
the
biological
and
economic
components
of
the
red
snapper
submodels,
and
8)
Estimate
the
economic
impacts
on
the
shrimp
harvesting
sector
and
the
red
snapper
recreational
and
commercial
sectors
due
to
seasonal/
area
closures
and
use
of
BRDs
imposed
on
the
Gulf
shrimp
fishery.

Griffin,
Wade
L.
and
Bruce
R.
Beattie
(
1978).
"
Economic
Impact
of
Mexico's
200­
Mile
Offshore
Fishing
Zone
on
the
United
States
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
Land
Economics,
54(
1)
27­
38.

A
simple
static
equilibrium
model
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
is
developed
using
cost
data
collected
for
1974
and
1975
to
determine
the
impact
of
the
200­
mile
limit
imposed
by
Mexico
on
shrimp
fishermen
operating
out
of
Texas
and
Florida.
Given
the
present
shrimp
price
and
cost
of
production
situation,
the
adjustment
to
the
Mexican
200
mile
limit
will
not
result
in
negative
rents
for
the
U.
S.
Gulf
shrimp
fleet.

Griffin,
Wade
L.
and
William
E.
Grant
(
1976).
"
A
Profile
of
Bio­
Economic
Models
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Resource."
Proposal,
RF­
77­
11,
submitted
by
the
Texas
A&
M
Research
Foundation
to
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
September,
7
pp.

The
two
objectives
of
the
proposed
study
are
(
1)
to
develop
a
profile
of
various
bioeconomic
models
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
resource,
determine
the
data
requirements
of
each
model,
the
cost
of
each
model,
and
the
time
frame
in
which
each
can
be
developed
and
(
2)
to
provide
a
framework
for
coordination
and
development
of
multidisciplinary
studies
of
the
shrimp
fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
management
strategies
related
to
it.

Griffin,
Wade
L.
and
William
E.
Grant
(
1991).
"
General
Bioeconomic
Fisheries
Simulation
Model."
Developed
at
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas
77843­
2124.

This
manual
describes
in
detail
a
General
Bioeconomic
Fisheries
Simulation
Model
(
GBFSM)
Version
2.0
designed
for
use
in
management
programs
of
marine
fish
species
that
do
not
exhibit
a
significant
relationship
between
the
size
of
the
parental
population
and
the
number
of
young
recruited
into
the
fishery.

Griffin,
Wade
L.
and
Holly
Hendrickson
(
1992).
"
Bycatch
Related
Data
Set
Descriptions
and
Formats."
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Tx.

A
description
of
data
sets
related
to
finfish
bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
as
part
of
a
on­
going
S/
K
contract.

Griffin,
Wade
L.
and
Holly
Hendrickson
(
1992).
"
Potential
for
Reduction
of
Shrimp
Trawl
Bycatch
of
Selected
Finfish
Species
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Final
Report,
Saltonstall­
Kennedy
Project
No.
NA17FL0099,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration.

The
General
Bioeconomic
Fisheries
Simulation
Model
was
used
to
estimate
the
changes
in
bycatch
and
economic
rent
that
would
result
under
different
fishery
management
policies.
Bycatch
reduction
devices
were
found
to
be
more
effective
than
closures
at
reducing
bycatch
and
also
less
costly
to
fishermen.
2
4
5
The
September
version
incorporates
editorial
comments
based
on
a
review
of
the
August
version.

Griffin,
Wade
L.
and
L.
L.
Jones
(
1975).
"
Economic
Impact
of
Commercial
Shrimp
Landings
on
the
Economy
of
Texas."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
37(
7):
12­
14.

This
report
focuses
on
the
economic
contribution
that
shrimp
producers
make
to
Texas
to
evaluate
the
potential
economic
value
of
shrimp
production.

Griffin,
Wade
L.
and
John
P.
Nichols
(
1976).
"
An
Analysis
of
Increasing
Costs
to
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Vessel
Owners:
1971­
75."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
38(
3):
8­
12.

This
report
is
intended
to
provide
current
information
on
the
economics
of
owning
and
operating
a
shrimp
vessel
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Lower
shrimp
prices
coupled
with
rapidly
escalating
prices
for
fuel
and
other
input
items
have
brought
about
a
cost­
price
squeeze
that
has
put
the
vessel
owners
in
a
struggle
for
economic
survival.
Cost
and
returns
estimates
are
based
on
1971
and
1973
data
collected
from
shrimp
vessel
owners.
More
specifically,
this
report
includes:
1)
Estimated
break­
even
annual
shrimp
catches
with
various
exvessel
shrimp
prices
for
1971,
1973,
1974,
and
1975;
and
2)
Evaluation
of
expected
cost
and
returns
in
1975.

Griffin,
W.
L.
and
Chris
Oliver
(
1991).
"
Evaluation
of
the
Economic
Impacts
of
Turtle
Excluder
Devices
(
TEDs)
on
the
Shrimp
Production
Sector
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Draft
report,
MARFIN
Project
NO.
NA­
87­
WC­
H­
06139.
Agricultural
Economics
Dept.,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
TX
77843­
2124.

By
accounting
for
the
dynamics
of
the
shrimp
population,
a
more
accurate
representation
of
the
gains
and
losses
from
the
implementation
of
TED
regulations
was
provided.
Percent
loss
by
region
varied
with
the
fishing
pressure
of
each
region;
the
higher
the
fishing
pressure
the
less
the
overall
loss
to
each
region.
Across
all
regions,
an
estimate
by
the
NMFS
of
a
10%
loss
in
shrimp
retention
due
to
the
use
of
TEDs
translated
only
to
an
overall
5.3%
loss
in
landings
in
the
entire
Gulf
region.
In
economic
terms,
this
renders
a
16.2
million
dollar
loss
of
rent
to
vessels
and
crew
in
the
shrimp
fishing
industry
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Regional
compliance
ranged
from
61
to
91%
based
on
Coast
Guard
estimates,
therefore,
overall
loss
in
rent
was
reduced
to
12.8
million
dollars.
However,
the
loss
in
rent
to
vessel
owners
and
crew
who
complied
with
the
TED
regulation
was
15.7
million
dollars,
while
the
gain
in
rent
to
non­
complying
owners
and
crew
was
2.9
million
dollars.
The
overall
loss
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
industry,
based
on
the
1990
individual
tow
losses
of
0.7%,
was
a
decline
in
rent
of
4.5
million
dollars
most
of
which
was
due
to
the
purchase
of
the
TEDs.
These
short
run
results
indicate
that
nominal
days
fished
in
the
long
run
must
decrease
for
the
industry
to
move
to
a
new
equilibrium.
This
is
true
across
all
vessel
classes
and
regions,
since
they
all
incurred
negative
rents.
Estimating
the
net
present
value
for
this
adjustment
process,
over
time,
is
reserved
for
future
analysis.
Two
problems
with
the
analysis
are
the
short
run
time
scale
employed
and
the
use
of
a
homogeneous
fleet
assumption.
Limiting
the
analysis
to
the
impacts
next
year
does
not
allow
the
fleet
size
to
adjust
to
increased
costs
and
reduced
revenues
caused
by
adoption
of
the
TEDs
in
their
harvesting
operations.
A
stock
effect
from
reduced
fleet
size
should
cause
the
catch
per
unit
effort
to
increase
and
total
catch
to
remain
the
same.
The
analysis
uses
the
assumption
of
a
homogeneous
fleet
where
total
revenue
equals
total
cost
even
though
three
separate
vessel
size
classes
are
employed
in
the
analysis.
2
4
6
The
impacts
of
TEDs
on
the
highliner
is
not
accounted
for
using
this
assumption.
Given
the
stock
effect
and
the
reduced
fleet
size,
the
inframarginal
firm
could
actually
generate
a
positive
rent
due
to
the
adoption
of
TEDs
by
the
marginal
firm.

Griffin,
W.
L.
and
Chris
Oliver
(
1991).
"
Evaluation
of
the
Economic
Impacts
of
Turtle
Excluder
Devices
(
TEDs)
on
the
Shrimp
Industry
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
MARFIN
Project
NO.
NA­
87­
WC­
H­
06139.
Agricultural
Economics
Dept.,
Texas
A&
M
University
College
Station,
TX
77843­
2124.

By
accounting
for
the
dynamics
of
the
shrimp
population,
a
more
accurate
representation
of
the
gains
and
losses
from
the
implementation
of
TED
regulations
was
provided.
Percent
loss
by
region
varied
with
the
fishing
pressure
of
each
region;
the
higher
the
fishing
pressure
the
less
the
overall
loss
to
each
region.
Across
all
regions,
an
estimate
by
the
NMFS
of
a
10%
loss
in
shrimp
retention
due
to
the
use
of
TEDs
translated
to
an
overall
5.3%
loss
in
landings
in
the
entire
Gulf
region.
In
economic
terms,
this
renders
a
16.2
million
dollar
loss
of
rent
to
vessels
and
crew
in
the
shrimp
fishing
industry
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Regional
compliance
ranged
from
61
to
91%
based
on
Coast
Guard
estimates,
therefore,
overall
loss
in
rent
was
reduced
to
12.8
million
dollars.
However,
the
loss
in
rent
to
vessel
owners
and
crew
who
complied
with
the
TED
regulation
was
15.7
million
dollars,
while
the
gain
in
rent
to
non­
complying
owners
and
crew
was
2.9
million
dollars.
The
overall
loss
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
industry,
based
on
the
1990
individual
tow
losses
of
0.7%,
was
a
decline
in
rent
of
4.5
million
dollars
most
of
which
was
due
to
the
purchase
of
the
TEDs.
These
short
run
results
indicate
that
nominal
days
fished
in
the
long
run
must
decrease
for
the
industry
to
move
to
a
new
equilibrium.
This
is
true
across
all
vessel
classes
and
regions,
since
they
all
incurred
negative
rents.
Estimating
the
net
present
value
for
this
adjustment
process,
over
time,
is
reserved
for
future
analysis.
Two
problems
with
the
analysis
are
the
short
run
time
scale
employed
and
the
use
of
a
homogeneous
fleet
assumption.
Limiting
the
analysis
to
the
impacts
next
year
does
not
allow
the
fleet
size
to
adjust
to
increased
costs
and
reduced
revenues
caused
by
adoption
of
the
TEDs
in
their
harvesting
operations.
A
stock
effect
from
reduced
fleet
size
should
cause
the
catch
per
unit
effort
to
increase
and
total
catch
to
remain
the
same.
The
analysis
uses
the
assumption
of
a
homogeneous
fleet
where
total
revenue
equals
total
cost
even
though
three
separate
vessel
size
classes
are
employed
in
the
analysis.
The
impacts
of
TEDs
on
the
highliner
is
not
accounted
for
using
this
assumption.
Given
the
stock
effect
and
the
reduced
fleet
size,
the
inframarginal
firm
could
actually
generate
a
positive
rent
due
to
the
adoption
of
TEDs
by
the
marginal
firm.

Griffin,
Wade
L.
and
Arvind
K.
Shah
(
1994).
"
Estimation
of
Standardized
Effort
in
the
Heterogeneous
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fleet."
MARFIN
Project
No.
NA37FF0053­
01,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
April,
24
pp.

This
project
estimates
standardized
effort
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.
Specifically,
it
develops
a
method
to
estimate
standardized
effort
from
the
vessel
operating
units
files
and
the
interviewed
shrimp
landings
file,
develops
a
method
to
expand
days
fished
from
the
interviewed
shrimp
landings
files
to
the
total
landings
files,
and
characterizes
the
historical
trends
of
the
shrimp
fishery
relative
to
vessel
configuration,
nominal
effort
(
nominal
days
fished)
and
standardized
effort.

Griffin,
Wade
L.
and
Arvind
K.
Shah
(
1995).
"
Estimation
of
Standardized
Effort
in
the
Heterogeneous
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fleet."
MARFIN
2
4
7
Project
No.
NA37FF0053­
01,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
February,
50
pp.

This
project
estimates
standardized
effort
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.
Specifically,
it
develops
a
method
to
estimate
standardized
effort
from
the
vessel
operating
units
files
and
the
interviewed
shrimp
landings
file,
develops
a
method
to
expand
days
fished
from
the
interviewed
shrimp
landings
files
to
the
total
landings
files,
and
characterizes
the
historical
trends
of
the
shrimp
fishery
relative
to
vessel
configuration,
nominal
effort
(
nominal
days
fished)
and
standardized
effort.

Griffin,
Wade
L.
and
Sayra
G.
Thacker
(
1994).
"
Combined
Indoor/
Outdoor
Red
Drum
Aquaculture:
A
Stochastic
Sensitivity
Analysis."
Journal
of
Applied
Aquaculture,
4(
3):
1­
22.

Stochastic
sensitivity
analysis
was
used
to
examine
a
combined
indoor
fingerling
and
outdoor
grow­
out
red
drum
aquaculture
facility.
Three
important
biological
and
three
important
economic
factors
were
varied
individually
to
determine
the
chance
of
survival
(
farm
does
not
go
bankrupt),
and
chance
of
economic
success
(
net
present
value
greater
than
zero).
Because
individuals
have
a
different
preference
for
risk,
an
investor
must
determine
his
own
required
rate
of
return
(
RRR)
for
his
investment.
For
this
reason,
chances
of
economic
success
ranging
from
5
to
20%
are
given
in
the
results.
If
an
investor's
RRR
is
below
10%,
he
has
a
better
chance
of
achieving
economic
success
if
the
farm
is
100%
equity
financed.
If
his
RRR
is
greater
than
10%,
he
has
a
better
chance
of
achieving
economic
success
if
the
farm
is
50%
equity
financed.
Finally,
management
capabilities
have
a
tremendous
impact
on
chances
of
economic
success.

Griffin,
Wade
L.
and
N.
J.
Wardlaw
(
1974).
"
Economic
Analysis
of
Costs
and
Returns
of
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Vessels:
1973."
Final
report,
Contract
No.
03­
4­
042­
18,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
NOAA,
U.
S.
Dept.
of
Commerce,
September,
107
pp.

This
study
develops
a
vessel
classification
system,
evaluates
each
vessel
class
with
respect
to
costs
and
returns,
determines
break­
even
quantities
of
shrimp
landed
for
each
class,
investigates
the
implications
of
price
changes
for
each
class,
and
determines
the
optimal
vessel
configuration
with
respect
to
profitability.

Griffin,
Wade
L.
and
N.
J.
Wardlaw
(
1975).
"
Economic
Analysis
of
Costs
and
Returns
of
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Vessels:
1973."
Departmental
Technical
Report
Number
74­
3,
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas,
43
pp.

Throughout
the
Gulf
shrimp
fleet
there
is
a
wide
range
in
vessel
size,
construction,
power,
and
capability.
There
is
also
a
wide
range
of
variable
costs,
fixed
costs,
investment
requirements,
and
profitability
associated
with
the
various
vessel
configurations.
The
overall
objectives
of
this
study,
using
1973
data,
are
to
(
1)
develop
a
vessel
classification
system,
(
2)
evaluate
each
vessel
class
with
respect
to
costs
and
returns,
(
3)
determine
break­
even
quantities
of
shrimp
landed
for
each
class,
(
4)
investigate
the
implications
of
price
changes
for
each
class,
and
(
5)
determine
the
optimal
vessel
configuration
with
respect
to
returns
to
the
owner.

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
Melvin
L.
Cross,
and
John
P.
Nichols
(
1977).
"
Effort
Measurement
in
the
Heterogeneous
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fleet."
Department
Technical
Report
Number
77­
5,
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Texas
A&
M
University.
2
4
8
To
calculate
the
total
effort
of
the
fleet,
the
effort
index
of
vessels
operating
in
the
shrimp
fishery
must
be
determined
where
effort
is
defined
as
the
amount
of
fishing
power
that
a
vessel
can
exert
in
a
day
fished
relative
to
that
of
a
standard
vessel.

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
Melvin
L.
Cross,
and
George
W.
Ryan
(
1974).
"
Seasonal
and
Movement
Patterns
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
Department
Technical
Report
Number
74­
4,
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Texas
A&
M
University.

This
study
describes
the
migration
trends
and
production
patterns
for
brown,
pink,
and
white
shrimp
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
for
1963
to
1971.

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
Dhazn
Gillig,
and
Teofilo
Ozuna,
Jr.,
(
1999).

An
Economic
Assessment
of
Gulf
of
Mexico
Red
Snapper
Management
Policies.

NOAA
Grant
No.
NA57FF0284,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
TX,
June,
145
pp.

This
study
comprehensively
assesses
the
biological
and
economic
consequences
of
the
commercial
and
recreational
red
snapper
and
shrimp
fisheries
for
various
red
snapper
fishery
management
policies
which
are
aimed
at
improving
red
snapper
stocks.
The
GBFSM
has
been
expanded
to
include
red
snapper
commercial
and
recreational
demand
and
population
dynamics.
The
policy
analysis
of
various
alternatives
to
recover
red
snapper
stocks
finds
the
most
preferable
policy
to
be
the
1998
current
policy
of
BRD
adoption.

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
Linda
A.
Jensen,
and
Charles
M.
Adams
(
1983).
"
Installation
Manual
for
Budget
Simulation
System."
In
"
A
Generalized
Budget
Simulation
Model
for
Fishing
Vessels."
Draft
Version
1,
Sea
Grant
No.
04­
8­
M01­
133,
Texas
A&
M
University,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
College
Station,
Texas.

This
manual
is
designed
to
enable
the
user
to
install
and
test
either
the
Aquaculture
Budget
Simulation
System
or
the
Vessel
Budget
Simulation
System.

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
Linda
A.
Jensen,
and
Charles
M.
Adams
(
1983).
"
User
Manual
for
Data
Management
System."
Volume
1
in
"
A
Generalized
Budget
Simulation
Model
for
Fishing
Vessels."
Draft
Version
1,
Sea
Grant
No.
04­
8­
M01­
133,
Texas
A&
M
University,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
College
Station,
Texas.

This
manual
discusses
the
mechanics
of
operating
the
data
management
program
(
DMP)
and
provides
detailed
descriptions
of
the
variables
to
be
entered
into
the
direct
access
(
D­
A)
files.

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
Linda
A.
Jensen,
and
Charles
M.
Adams
(
1983).
"
User
Manual
for
Budget
Simulation
System."
Volume
2
in
"
A
Generalized
Budget
Simulation
Model
for
Fishing
Vessels."
Draft
Version
1,
Sea
Grant
No.
04­
8­
M01­
133,
Texas
A&
M
University,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
College
Station,
Texas.

This
manual
contains
three
sections:
the
general
descriptions
of
the
operations
of
the
budget
simulator
program,
a
description
of
each
agenda,
including
operations
performed
in
the
called
subroutines,
and
the
Appendix
tables
containing
codes
for
variables,
data
description
and
data
format
2
4
9
information.

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
Linda
A.
Jensen,
and
Charles
M.
Adams
(
1983).
"
A
Generalized
Budget
Simulation
Model
for
Fishing
Vessels."
TAMUSG
83­
203,
Marine
Information
Service,
Sea
Grant
College
Program,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas,
January,
113
pp.

The
Vessel
Budget
Simulator
System
(
VBSS)
enables
a
user
to
select
and
equip
a
vessel
to
be
operated
in
any
fishing
ground
normally
frequented
by
U.
S.
owned
vessels.
The
physical
flow
of
inputs
into
the
production
process
aboard
a
vessel
is
simulated
to
produce
the
information
required
for
financial
reports.
This
system
consists
of
two
programs;
a
data
management
program
(
DMP)
in
COBOL
that
is
used
to
create
and
update
direct
access
(
D­
A)
physical
inventory
files
and
a
budget
simulation
program
(
BSP)
in
FORTRAN
that
performs
all
operational
procedures.
Part
1
of
the
manual
describes
the
use
of
the
DMP
while
Part
2
describes
the
use
of
the
BSP.

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
Ronald
D.
Lacewell,
and
Wayne
A.
Hayenga
(
1974).
"
Estimated
Costs,
Returns,
and
Financial
Analysis:
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Vessels."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
36(
12):
1­
4.

This
report
results
from
an
economic
evaluation
of
shrimp
landings
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
based
on
data
available
from
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
and
is
intended
for
financial
institutions,
shrimp
vessel
owners,
and
prospective
shrimp
vessel
owners.
The
first
part
of
this
report
indicates
costs
and
returns
of
shrimp
vessels
in
1971.
The
second
part
is
an
investment
analysis
including
cash
flow
and
rate
of
return
on
a
shrimp
vessel
entering
the
Gulf
shrimping
fleet.
The
last
section
reflects
cost
changes
in
the
base
1971
data
to
account
for
cost
levels
experienced
in
early
1974.

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
Ronald
D.
Lacewell,
and
John
P.
Nichols
(
1976).
"
Optimum
Effort
and
Rent
Distribution
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics
Nov:
644­
652.

Traditional
methods
used
to
estimate
fishing
effort
that
maximize
rent
to
an
open
access
resource
have
almost
universally
assumed
all
costs
are
directly
proportional
to
effort.
When
crews
receive
a
fixed
share
of
gross
returns,
labor
costs
are
proportional
to
catch.
Hence,
rent
accrues
to
crews
as
well
as
vessel
owners
under
limited
entry.
A
model
that
allows
costs
to
be
proportional
to
effort
and
catch
is
applied
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.
This
study
indicates
that
traditional
analysis
would
result
in
management
schemes
that
overtax
vessels
and
ignore
rent
accruing
to
crews.

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
J.
Nichols,
and
Ronald
D.
Lacewell
(
1973).
"
Trends
in
Catch/
Effort
Series:
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
Project
Number
03­
3­
042­
19,
Department
Technical
Report
Number
74,
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Texas
A&
M
University,
December,
85
pp.

The
objective
of
this
study
is
to
determine
time
series
relationships
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
resource
with
respect
to
catch,
effort,
and
catch
per
unit
effort.

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
J.
Nichols,
and
Joe
Bob
Smith
(
1975).
"
Economic
Analysis
of
Returns
to
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Vessel
Owners
for
the
Period
1971­
1975."
Dir
75­
1,
SP­
4,
The
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Texas
A&
M
University
System,
College
Station,
Texas,
July.
2
5
0
This
report
provides
current
information
on
the
economics
of
owning
and
operating
a
shrimp
vessel
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
for
the
period
1971­
1975.
The
break­
even
annual
shrimp
catches
with
various
ex­
vessel
shrimp
prices
for
1971,
1973,
1974,
and
1975
are
estimated
and
the
expected
cost
and
returns
in
1975
are
evaluated.

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
Deborah
Tolman,
and
Chris
Oliver
(
1993).
"
Economic
Impacts
of
TEDs
on
the
Shrimp
Production
Sector."
Society
and
Natural
Resources,
6:
291­
308.

The
economic
impact
of
the
effects
of
the
Turtle
Excluder
Device
(
TEDs)
used
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
to
control
the
numbers
of
turtles
caught
in
shrimp
trawl
nets
is
analyzed.
This
is
a
major
concern
to
the
shrimp
fishing
economy
due
to
the
potential
loss
of
shrimp.
A
simulation
modeling
technique
is
used
which
estimates
the
changes
in
landings,
revenues,
costs,
and
the
economic
rents.
A
base
scenario
in
which
no
TEDs
are
used
is
compared
with
five
different
scenarios
where
the
TED
is
used
by
vessels
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
The
analysis
was
based
on
a
single
year
impact.
The
implementation
of
the
TED
comes
with
costs
to
the
vessel
owners
and
crew
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Since
the
implementation
of
the
TEDs
does
cause
negative
rent,
it
is
a
certainty,
all
other
things
remaining
equal,
that
some
vessel
owners
and
crew
will
leave
the
industry.
The
number
to
leave
the
industry
will
depend
on
how
effective
they
are
at
learning
to
use
the
TED
effectively.

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
John
Ward,
and
James
Nance
(
1996).
"
A
Bioeconomic
Analysis
of
Existing
and
Proposed
Management
Alternatives
to
Control
Sea
Turtle
Mortality
In
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
Presentation,
Symposium
on
the
Consequences
and
Management
of
Fisheries
Bycatch,
the
American
Fisheries
Society
Annual
Meeting,
Dearborn
Michigan,
August
26­
29,
13
pp.

The
General
Bioeconomic
Fishery
Simulation
Model
was
used
to
examine
the
effectiveness
of
four
proposed
management
alternatives
to
reduce
sea
turtle
bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
John
Ward,
and
James
Nance
(
1996).
"
A
Bioeconomic
Analysis
of
Management
Alternatives
to
Control
Sea
Turtle
Mortality
In
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
Proceedings,
Fisheries
Bycatch:
Consequences
and
Management,
Alaska
Sea
Grant
Report
97­
02:
57­
62,
Dearborn
Michigan,
August
27­
28,
13
pp.

The
General
Bioeconomic
Fishery
Simulation
Model
was
used
to
examine
the
effectiveness
of
four
proposed
management
alternatives
to
reduce
sea
turtle
bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
Newton
J.
Wardlaw,
and
John
P.
Nichols
(
1976).
"
Economic
and
Financial
Analysis
of
Increasing
Costs
in
the
Gulf
Shrimp
Fleet."
Fishery
Bulletin,
74(
2):
301­
309.

The
115
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
vessels
used
in
this
study
were
grouped
into
classes
I
(
larger
vessels)
through
V
(
smaller
vessels)
based
on
their
type
of
construction,
length
of
keel,
and
index
of
effort.
In
1973,
class
II
vessels
were
the
only
vessels
able
to
register
a
positive
return
to
owner's
labor
and
management,
$
560;
the
other
four
classes
registered
negative
returns.
The
payback
period
occurred
during
the
eighth
year
due
to
the
sale
of
the
vessels
in
classes
II,
III,
and
V,
whereas
payback
did
not
occur
for
classes
I
and
IV.
A
positive
rate
of
return
on
investment
was
experienced
by
the
vessels
in
classes
II,
III,
and
V
in
the
amount
of
13.21,
2.65,
and
2.63%,
respectively.
The
internal
rate
of
return
on
investment
was
negative
for
2
5
1
vessels
in
classes
I
and
IV.
Input
prices
increased
some
20%
from
1973
to
1974
whereas
production
remained
approximately
constant
and
ex­
vessel
shrimp
prices
were
lower.
Thus,
none
of
the
classes
of
vessels
would
have
experienced
a
break­
even
cash
flow
for
1974.
Increasing
input
cost
another
10%
above
the
1974
level,
and
assuming
normal
production,
the
average
vessel
in
class
II
seems
to
be
operating
at
a
better
than
a
break­
even
level
in
1975
assuming
ex­
vessel
shrimp
prices
remain
constant
at
1973
levels.
Classes
I,
III,
IV,
and
V
experienced
less
than
break­
even
cash
flows
under
the
same
conditions
in
1975.

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
Newton
J.
Wardlaw,
and
John
P.
Nichols
(
1976).
"
Cost
and
Return
Analysis
By
Selected
Vessel
Characteristics:
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery,
1971­
1975."
MP­
1253C,
The
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas.

This
report
is
intended
to
provide
current
information
concerning
the
economics
of
owning
and
operating
a
shrimp
vessel
for
use
by
owners,
managers,
financial
institutions
and
public
policy
makers.

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
Jim
Cato,
John
Gates,
and
Fred
Prochaska
(
1981).
"
Socioeconomic
Budget
Simulator."
Final
report,
Contract
No.
NA80­
GA­
C­
00011,
NMFS,
SEFC,
Miami,
Florida,
pp.
269.

This
project
develops
an
enterprise
budget
simulator
for
commercial
fishing
vessels
using
collected
cost
and
earning
information
on
the
Gulf
shrimp,
Florida
paying
passenger
and
New
England
fishing
fleets,
and
compares
the
predicted
results
to
actual
data.

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
Jerry
Clark,
Joy
Clark,
and
James
Richardson
(
1988).
"
Economic
Impact
of
TED
on
the
Shrimp
Industry
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Final
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Grant
No,
NA­
WC­
H­
06130.

This
research
project
estimates
the
costs
and
returns
to
individual
shrimpers
for
their
adoption
of
the
turtle
excluder
device
(
TED).

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
Melvin
L.
Cross,
Ronald
D.
Lacewell,
and
John
P.
Nichols
(
1973).
"
Effort
Index
for
Vessels
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fleet."
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Texas
A&
M
University.

A
total
effort
index
based
on
vessel
characteristics
is
calculated
for
the
shrimp
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
The
report
includes
an
extensive
review
of
the
literature;
a
description
of
the
model,
associated
data
sets,
and
the
statistical
procedure
employed;
the
empirical
results;
and
lastly,
a
summary
and
conclusions.

Griffin,
W.
L.,
W.
E.
Grant,
R.
W.
Brick,
and
J.
S.
Hanson
(
1984).
"
A
Bioeconomic
Model
of
Shrimp
Maricultural
Systems
in
the
U.
S.
A."
Ecological
Modelling,
25:
47­
68.

A
general
conceptual
model
of
a
marine
shrimp
farming
system
representing
important
relationships
between
the
engineering
design
of
facilities,
the
environmental
and
managerial
factors
affecting
shrimp
growth
and
survival,
and
the
factors
affecting
production
costs
and
profit
is
presented.
Based
upon
this
conceptual
model,
a
bioeconomic
simulation
model
is
developed
to
assess
the
economic
feasibility
of
a
projected
penaeid
shrimp
maricultural
operation
along
the
Texas
coast,
and
to
evaluate
the
effects
of
2
5
2
changes
in
an
important
managerial
variable
rate
of
water
flow,
on
the
biological
and
economic
productivity
of
the
system.
The
conceptual
model
consists
of
five
interconnected
parts
including
environmental,
production,
engineering,
marketing,
and
profit
submodels.
The
bioeconomic
simulation
model
is
coded
in
FORTRAN
to
simulate
system
behavior
with
a
daily
time
step
on
a
digital
computer.
Results
of
simulations
of
a
projected
penaeid
shrimp
maricultural
operation
along
the
Texas
coast
suggest
that
such
an
operation
would
be
marginally
economically
feasible
when
based
upon
the
particular
assumptions
of
this
study.
Baseline
simulations
predict
a
mean
annual
profit
of
US
$
275
per
acre
with
a
standard
deviation
of
US
$
122
per
acre,
which
represents
a
2%
chance
of
economic
loss.
The
predicted
annual
return
on
investment
is
4.5%.
The
role
of
modelling
in
development
of
shrimp
maricultural
systems
in
the
United
States
is
discussed.

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
Johannes
A.
D.
Lambregts,
M.
W.
Yates,
and
A.
Garcia
(
1993).
"
The
Impact
of
Aquaculture
Pond
Engineering
Design
on
the
Returns
to
Shrimp
Farms."
Journal
of
the
World
Aquaculture
Society,
24(
1):
23­
30.

The
effects
of
a
pond
design
on
the
internal
rate
of
return
of
a
40
ha
shrimp
farm
is
evaluated.
The
influence
of
four
pond
construction
parameters
(
pond
size,
pond
shape,
levee
crown
size,
and
canal
bank
slope)
on
the
total
amount
of
earth
moved
and
construction
cost
is
determined
using
an
engineering
design
model.
The
bioeconomic
model,
MARSIM,
calculates
returns
to
farms
with
the
design
modifications.
Of
the
four
parameters,
the
pond
shape
is
the
most
influential
over
the
range
considered
(
from
17%
to
8%).
Pond
size
is
the
second
most
important
parameter
(
from
17%
to
21%).
Levee
width
and
canal
bank
slope
influence
are
of
lesser
importance
(<
1%
change).

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
John
P.
Nichols,
Robert
G.
Anderson,
James
E.
Buckner,
and
Charles
M.
Adams
(
1978).
"
Costs
and
Returns
Data:
Texas
Shrimp
Trawlers
Gulf
of
Mexico
1974­
1975."
TAMU­
SG­
79­
601,
Texas
A&
M
University,
Sea
Grant
College
Program,
September,
97.

This
report
summarizes
estimates
of
costs
and
returns
for
vessels
of
different
characteristics
that
anchor
in
Texas
and
shrimp
trawl
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Data
for
1974
and
1975
were
obtained
from
vessel
owners.
Results
are
presented
in
self
explanatory
tables.
No
attempt
is
made
to
draw
inferences
or
discuss
implications
of
trends
or
relationships
that
may
be
apparent
in
the
data.

Griffin,
W.,
J.
Warren,
J.
Nichols,
W.
Grant,
and
C.
Pardy
(
1983).
"
The
Texas
Shrimp
Fishery:
Analysis
of
Six
Management
Alternatives
Using
the
General
Bioeconomic
Fishery
Simulation
Model
(
GBFSM)."
TAMU­
SG­
84­
202,
Sea
Grant
College
Program,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station
Texas,
Oct.,
66
pages.

Six
management
alternatives
were
evaluated
in
terms
of
their
impact
on
total
landings,
amount
of
discards,
cost
and
returns,
and
fishing
effort
employed.
Management
alternatives
consisted
of
closure
of
specified
areas
for
particular
periods
of
time,
changes
in
count
size
regulations,
or
both.
The
analyses
were
conducted
using
the
General
Bioeconomic
Fishery
Simulation
Model
designed
to
represent
the
important
biological
and
economic
processes
of
the
Texas
shrimp
fishery.
Impacts
were
estimated
both
for
the
first
year
and
for
a
long
run
situation,
that
gave
the
industry
time
to
adjust
by
increasing
or
decreasing
the
number
of
bay
boats
and
Gulf
vessels.

Griffin,
Wade
L.,
Kenneth
Roberts,
Antonio
B.
Lamberte,
John
M.
Ward,
2
5
3
and
Holly
M.
Hendrickson
(
1992).
"
Considerations
for
the
Potential
Use
of
Individual
Transferable
Quotas
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
Volume
3
of
a
report
prepared
for
the
NOAA,
NMFS,
Silver
Spring
MD,
January
17,
pp.
125.

The
report
investigates
the
possibilities
of
developing
an
individual
transferable
quota
system
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.
If
industry
cooperation
can
be
developed
through
a
comanagement
system,
then
the
potential
for
generating
substantial
net
benefits
for
the
fishery
and
the
nation
exist
through
the
increase
in
harvesting
sector
profits,
declines
in
bycatch
of
endangered
species,
and
the
increase
in
production
of
finfish
in
commercial
and
recreational
fisheries
for
bycatch
finfish
species.
However,
substantial
changes
will
have
to
occur
in
the
shrimp
fishery
institutions
that
presently
exist.
For
example,
a
credit
card
system
to
record
landings
and
price
information
through
a
central
clearing
house
will
have
to
be
implemented
and
fishermen
organizations
will
have
to
be
developed
by
the
industry.

Griffin,
W.
L.,
Holly
Hendrickson,
Chris
Oliver,
Gary
Matlock,
C.
E.
Bryan,
Robin
Riechers,
and
Jerry
Clark
(
1992).
"
An
Economic
Analysis
of
Texas
Shrimp
Season
Closures."
A
draft
and
revisions
submitted
to
the
Marine
Fisheries
Review.

Management
of
the
Texas
penaeid
shrimp
fishery
is
aimed
at
increasing
revenue
from
brown
shrimp
(
Penaeus
aztecus)
landings
and
decreasing
the
level
of
discards.
Since
1960
Texas
has
closed
its
territorial
sea
for
45
to
60
days
during
peak
migration
of
brown
shrimp
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
In
1981,
the
closure
was
extended
to
200
miles
to
include
the
U.
S.
Exclusive
Economic
Zone.
In
this
study,
simulation
modeling
was
used
to
estimate
the
changes
in
landings,
revenue,
costs,
and
economic
rent
attributable
to
the
Texas
closure.
Four
additional
analyses
were
conducted
to
estimate
the
effects
of
closing
the
Gulf
1­
4
fathom
zone
for
45
to
60
days,
with
and
without
effort
redirected
to
inshore
waters.
Distributional
impacts
were
analyzed
in
terms
of
costs,
revenues,
and
rents,
by
vessel
class,
shrimp
species,
vessel
owner,
and
crew.
Two
problems
with
the
theoretical
discussion
of
the
model
appear
to
exist
in
the
article.
The
movement
along
the
preclosure
yield
curve
should
actually
occur
on
the
post
closure
yield
curve.
This
leads
to
an
incorrect
interpretation
of
short
run
rent
generated
by
the
regulation.
That
is,
effort
increases
prior
to
the
management
regulation.
Secondly,
the
costs
curves
are
incorrectly
defined.
The
equilibriums
and
the
resulting
interpretations
of
rent
appear
to
be
different
for
each
curve.

Griffin,
W.
L.,
Holly
Hendrickson,
Chris
Oliver,
Gary
Matlock,
C.
E.
Bryan,
Robin
Riechers,
and
Jerry
Clark
(
1993).
"
An
Economic
Analysis
of
Texas
Shrimp
Season
Closures."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
54(
3):
21­
28.

Management
of
the
Texas
penaeid
shrimp
fishery
is
aimed
at
increasing
revenue
from
brown
shrimp,
Penaeus
aztecus,
landings
and
decreasing
the
level
of
discards.
Since
1960
Texas
has
closed
its
territorial
sea
for
45­
60
days
during
peak
migration
of
brown
shrimp
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
In
1981,
the
closure
was
extended
to
200
miles
to
include
the
U.
S.
Exclusive
Economic
Zone.
Simulation
modeling
is
used
in
this
paper
to
estimate
the
changes
in
landings,
revenue,
costs,
and
economic
rent
attributable
to
the
Texas
closure.
Four
additional
analyses
were
conducted
to
estimate
the
effects
of
closing
the
Gulf
1
to
4
fathom
zone
for
45
and
60
days,
with
and
without
effort
redirected
to
inshore
waters.
Distributional
impacts
are
analyzed
in
terms
of
costs,
revenues,
and
rents,
by
vessel
class,
shrimp
species,
vessel
owner,
and
crew.

Griffin,
Wade,
Chris
Oliver,
Bruce
McCarl,
Gary
Matlock,
C.
E.
Bryan,
2
5
4
Robin
Riechers,
and
Jerry
Clark
(
1989).
"
Shrimp
Fisheries
Management
to
Increase
Economic
Returns."
Final
report,
MARFIN
Project
No.
NA88WC­
H­
MF199,
USDOC,
NOAA,
NMFS,
SERO,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

This
report
analyzes
the
effects
of
various
management
alternatives
on
the
shrimp
fishery
for
Texas.
A
simulation
modeling
technique
is
used
that
estimates
the
changes
in
landings,
revenues,
costs,
and
ultimately,
economic
rents
(
profits
to
the
fishery
taking
into
account
all
costs
including
opportunity
costs
of
fishing)
attributable
to
the
fishery
under
the
various
management
alternatives
set
forth.
The
simulation
model
is
programmed
to
depict
the
average
fishery
conditions
for
the
period
1963­
1980.
This
is
based
on
average
patterns
and
levels
of
fishing
effort
for
this
period
under
average
environmental
conditions
and
the
model
generates
average
landings
for
the
same
period
for
comparison
to
actual
data.

Grigalunas,
Thomas
A.,
James
J.
Opaluch,
Deborah
French,
and
Mark
Reed
(
1987).
"
Measuring
Damages
to
Marine
Natural
Resources
from
Pollution
Incidents
under
CERCLA:
Applications
of
an
Integrated
Ocean
Systems/
Economic
Model."
Staff
Paper
Series
Department
of
Resources,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
Rhode
Island.

Several
pieces
of
federal
environmental
regulation
establish
strict
liability
for
damages
from
spills
of
oil
and
hazardous
substances.
This
paper
discusses
the
Natural
Resource
Damage
Assessment
Model
for
Coastal
and
Marine
Environments
that
is
to
be
used
for
assessing
damages
from
spills
of
oil
or
hazardous
substances
in
coastal
and
marine
environments
under
CERCLA
and
the
Clear
Water
Act
as
amended.
The
approach
employs
an
integrated
ocean
systems/
economic
model
to
simulate
the
physical
fates
and
biological
effects
of
a
spill
and
to
measure
the
resulting
economic
damages.
To
illustrate
application
of
the
model,
selected
results
are
presented
for
hypothetical
spills
of
a
number
of
substances
in
a
variety
of
environments.
The
results
show
that
the
damage
function
depends
on
the
physical
and
chemical
properties
of
the
substance
spilled,
the
season,
and
the
environment
in
which
the
spill
occurs.

Grigalunas,
Thomas
A.,
James
J.
Opaluch,
Deborah
French,
and
Mark
Reed
(
1988).
"
Measuring
Damages
to
Marine
Natural
Resources
from
Pollution
Incidents
under
CERCLA:
Applications
of
an
Integrated
Ocean
Systems/
Economic
Model."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5:
1­
21.

Several
pieces
of
federal
environmental
regulation
establish
strict
liability
for
damages
from
spills
of
oil
and
hazardous
substances.
This
paper
discusses
the
Natural
Resource
Damage
Assessment
Model
for
Coastal
and
Marine
Environments
that
is
to
be
used
for
assessing
damages
from
spills
of
oil
or
hazardous
substances
in
coastal
and
marine
environments
under
CERCLA
and
the
Clear
Water
Act
as
amended.
The
approach
employs
an
integrated
ocean
systems/
economic
model
to
simulate
the
physical
fates
and
biological
effects
of
a
spill
and
to
measure
the
resulting
economic
damages.
To
illustrate
application
of
the
model,
selected
results
are
presented
for
hypothetical
spills
of
a
number
of
substances
in
a
variety
of
environments.
The
results
show
that
the
damage
function
depends
on
the
physical
and
chemical
properties
of
the
substance
spilled,
the
season,
and
the
environment
in
which
the
spill
occurs.

Grissim,
John
(
1995).

Mass
marking,
Identification
of
Salmon
can
Help
Separate
Hatchery
from
Wild
Stocks.

In
Brad
Warren,
Win­
Win
Bycatch
Solutions.
National
Fisheries
Conservation
Center,
Seattle
WA.
2
5
5
By
clipping
the
adipose
fin
on
young
hatchery
salmon,
the
fish
can
be
clearly
identified
and
ensure
the
escapement
of
wild
stocks
that
are
declining
and
threatened
at
a
cost
of
$
4
million
for
the
Coho
stock
alone.

Gronau,
Reuben
(
1974).
"
Wage
Comparisons
­
A
Selectivity
Bias."
The
Journal
of
Political
Economy,
82:
1119­
1143.

The
wage
rate
a
person
receives
depends
not
only
on
the
wage
offered
(
a
function
of
his
market
characteristics),
but
also
on
his
job­
search
strategy.
The
higher
his
wage
demands,
the
higher
the
wage
he
can
expect,
though
the
probability
of
finding
an
adequate
job
is
lower.
When
comparing
wages
of
different
population
groups,
one
must
take
their
different
search
policies
into
account.
Ignoring
these
differences
results
in
a
selectivity
bias.
This
bias
is
particularly
relevant
for
the
secondary
labor
groups;
it
may
distort
our
conclusions
about
male­
female
and
white­
nonwhite
wage
differentials,
the
age­
earning
profiles,
the
rate
of
return
and
the
rate
of
depreciation
of
human
capital,
and
the
determinants
of
labor­
force
participation.

Gross,
George
B.
(
1973).
"
Shrimp
Industry
of
Central
America,
Caribbean
Sea,
and
Northern
South
America."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
35(
3­
4):
36­
55.

This
report
reviews
the
shrimp
fishery
of
South
and
Central
America
and
the
Caribbean
on
a
country
by
country
basis
for
1961
to
1971.
The
ten
year
trend
in
pounds
and
value
are
discussed,
the
activities
of
major
harvesters
are
summarized,
and
a
description
of
each
fishery
is
provided.

Groth,
Philip
(
1980).
"
The
Socio­
Demographic
Characteristics
of
the
Shrimp
Fishing
Community
in
South
Central
Louisiana."
A
report
of
continued
work
on
socio­
demographic
aspects
of
the
"
Shrimp
Mark­
Recapture
Study,"
NMFS,
NOAA,
Contract
Number
03­
7­
042­
35132,
May,
pp.
87.

This
report
summarizes
the
demographic
characteristics
of
residents
of
a
three
parish
shrimp
community
of
south
central
Louisiana.

Gu,
Guang
and
James
L.
Anderson
(
1994).
"
Deseasonalized
State­
Space
Time
Series
Forecasting
with
Application
to
the
U.
S.
Salmon
Market."
RI­
94­
101,
URI/
OSU
Research
Paper
Series,
A
USDA
Cooperative
State
Research
Service
Joint
Research
Project
between
the
University
of
Rhode
Island
and
Oregon
State
University,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
Rhode
Island,
November,
22
pp.

An
approach
that
combines
seasonality
removal
with
a
multivariate,
state­
space,
time
series
forecasting
model
is
developed
to
provide
short
run
forecasts
for
the
U.
S.
salmon
market.
Time
series
included
in
the
model
are:
U.
S.
fresh
Atlantic
salmon
wholesale
price
index;
fresh
salmon
(
Atlantic,
coho,
and
chinook)
monthly
U.
S.
import
quantities
and
prices;
and
U.
S.
chum
and
sockeye
salmon
monthly
export
prices.
Four
versions
of
the
state­
space
forecasting
model
are
compared
in
terms
of
their
statistical
performance
during
out
of
sample
forecasts.
Out
of
sample
3,
6
and
12
month
ahead
directional
predictions
are
generated
to
test
the
models'
performance
in
terms
of
direction.
Under
identical
modeling
conditions,
out
of
sample
statistical
and
directional
tests
indicate
that
deseasonalization
improves
the
overall
performance
of
the
state­
space
model.
As
a
result,
a
linear,
deseasonalized,
state­
space
forecasting
model
is
selected
to
provide
twelve
monthly
out
of
sample
forecasts
for
all
series.
2
5
6
Gu,
Guang
and
James
L.
Anderson
(
1995).
"
Deseasonalized
State­
Space
Time
Series
Forecasting
with
Application
to
the
U.
S.
Salmon
Market."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
2):
171­
185.

An
approach
that
combines
seasonality
removal
with
a
multivariate,
state­
space,
time
series
forecasting
model
is
developed
to
provide
short
run
forecasts
for
the
U.
S.
salmon
market.
Time
series
included
in
the
model
are:
U.
S.
fresh
Atlantic
salmon
wholesale
price
index;
fresh
salmon
(
Atlantic,
coho,
and
chinook)
monthly
U.
S.
import
quantities
and
prices;
and
U.
S.
chum
and
sockeye
salmon
monthly
export
prices.
Four
versions
of
the
state­
space
forecasting
model
are
compared
in
terms
of
their
statistical
performance
during
out
of
sample
forecasts.
Out
of
sample
3,
6,
and
12
month
ahead
directional
predictions
are
generated
to
test
the
models'
performance
in
terms
of
direction.
Under
identical
modeling
conditions,
out
of
sample
statistical
and
directional
tests
indicate
that
deseasonalization
improves
the
overall
performance
of
the
state­
space
model.
As
a
result,
a
linear,
deseasonalized,
state­
space
forecasting
model
is
selected
to
provide
twelve
monthly
out
of
sample
forecasts
for
all
series.

Gugliotta,
Guy
(
1997).

Fight
Over
Quotas
Roils
the
Top
of
Food
Chain.

Washington
Post,
Tuesday,
June
3,
page
A17.

Newspaper
article
on
the
impact
of
a
fifty
percent
reduction
in
total
allowable
catch
on
the
shark
fishing
fleet.

Guilkey,
David
K.,
C.
A.
Knox
Lovell,
and
Robin
C.
Sickles
(
1983).
"
A
Comparison
of
the
Performance
of
Three
Flexible
Functional
Forms."
International
Economic
Review,
24(
3):
591­
616.

This
study
continues
and
broadens
the
line
of
attack
initiated
by
Wales
(
1977)
who
used
Monte
Carlo
techniques
in
a
effort
to
determine
the
range
of
data
points
over
which
translog
and
generalized
Leontief
forms
provided
acceptable
approximations
to
a
two
input
linearly
homogeneous
CES
technology.
At
issue
is
the
ability
of
estimating
models
derived
from
three
flexible
functional
forms
to
track
a
known
technology
over
a
range
of
observations.
The
three
flexible
forms
we
consider
are
the
translog,
the
generalized
Leontief,
and
the
generalized
Cobb­
Douglas.
The
Monte
Carlo
experiments
we
conduct
are
based
on
a
known
technology
whose
complexity
(
i.
e.,
scale
and
substitution
structure)
is
permitted
to
vary
across
experiments,
and
on
a
data
base
whose
characteristics
(
i.
e.,
range
and
correlation)
are
held
fixed
across
experiments.

Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Development
Foundation,
Inc.
(
1988).
"
Seafood
from
the
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
States."
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Development
Foundation,
Inc.,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
669,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
November,
27
pp.

This
packet
of
material
provides
facts
and
figures
about
the
1987
seafood
products
of
the
Gulf
and
south
Atlantic
states
of
Virginia,
North
Carolina,
South
Carolina,
Georgia,
Florida,
Alabama,
Mississippi,
Louisiana,
and
Texas.
This
is
an
updated
version
of
a
packet
originally
based
on
1984
data.
To
identify
trends,
the
1984
data
is
frequently
referenced
after
providing
the
1987
data.
Data
on
landings
and
value
of
catch,
their
relation
to
the
U.
S.
total,
unique
attributes
of
the
region's
species,
the
impact
they
contribute
to
the
nation's
economy,
and
a
discussion
of
the
people
producing
the
products
and
the
gear
they
use
is
included
in
the
first
section.
Also
included
is
an
overview
of
present
and
projected
seafood
consumption.
This
is
followed
by
a
summary
of
the
importance
and
characteristics
of
the
seafood
2
5
7
industry
in
each
of
the
nine
states
that
form
the
Gulf
and
south
Atlantic
region.

Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Development
Foundation,
Inc.
(
1994).
"
Organization
and
Management
of
a
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
Ocean
Fishery
By­
Catch
Management
Program."
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Development
Foundation,
Inc.,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
669,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
April.

This
one
year
project
provided
for
the
initiation
of
research
designed
to
gather
information
which
will
eventually
lead
to
the
successful
reduction
of
finfish
bycatch
in
the
shrimp
fishery.
Such
a
result
is
ecologically
and
economically
beneficial
to
the
industry,
the
region,
and
the
Nation.
Successful
completion
of
a
bycatch
reduction
program
will
economically
benefit
the
shrimp
industry
and
other
fisheries
affected
by
the
incidental
mortality
that
occurs
in
the
shrimp
fishery,
and
have
a
positive
ecological
impact
on
the
marine
faunal
community
that
inhabits
the
shrimp
grounds.

Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Development
Foundation,
Inc.
(
1995).
"
An
Industry
Workshop
Addressing
Bycatch
Issues
in
Southeastern
U.
S.
Fisheries."
A
Report
to
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
NMFS
Purchase
Order
No.
43AANF504465,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
669,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
November.

A
workshop
report
designed
to
provide
input,
perspective,
and
information
from
the
southeast
U.
S.
industry
leadership
on
regional
bycatch
issues
and
how
the
issues
may
be
addressed
in
various
fisheries.

Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Development
Foundation,
Inc.
(
1996).
"
Commercial
Shark
Fishery
Observer
Program."
Final
Report
MARFIN
Award
NA47FF0008,
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Development
Foundation,
Inc.,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
669,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
March.

To
garner
otherwise
unobtainable
information,
and
thus
enhance
the
reliability
of
management
strategies,
observers
aboard
voluntarily
participating
commercial
shark
vessels
documented
a
sample
catch
and
effort
of
the
southeast
U.
S.
commercial
shark
longline
fishery.
With
only
two
years
of
data,
no
conclusive
trends
can
be
determined
concerning
the
health
of
the
shark
stock,
but
given
that
much
of
the
catch
inside
10­
15
fathoms
is
immature
fish
or
pregnant
females,
continued
fishing
pressure
in
nearshore
(<
10
fm)
waters
may
have
substantial
negative
impacts
on
the
stock;
to
the
long
term
detriment
of
the
stock
and
fishery.
Excluding
these
nearshore
efforts,
recruitment
to
the
fishery
is
substantial
by
the
time
the
fish
are
135
cm
FL
(
12
years
of
age).
Based
on
this
age
structure,
a
minimum
size
limit
of
perhaps
140
cm
FL
for
sandbar
sharks
might
be
an
appropriate
management
measure.
Very
preliminary
estimates
indicate
that
with
such
measures,
which
would
equal
approximately
a
10%
reduction
in
quota,
the
sandbar
shark
stock
could
increase
in
numbers
with
continued
fishing.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1980).
"
Draft
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Groundfish
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
881,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
April.

Implementation
of
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Groundfish
will
provide
for
gear
restrictions
in
the
shrimp
fishery
to
reduce
bycatch
of
groundfish
when
such
gear
is
proven
to
be
effective
and
meets
specified
2
5
8
criteria.
Nursery
sanctuaries
in
state
waters
and
habitat
protection
are
encouraged.
Data
reporting
is
required
from
harvesters
and
processors.
The
Secretary
is
provided
with
authority
to
set
seasons,
restrict
gear,
and
close
areas
in
the
FCZ
when
harvest
is
expected
to
exceed
MSY
by
ten
percent.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1981).
"
Draft
Fishery
Management
Plan,
Environmental
Impact
Statement
and
Regulatory
Analysis
for
Groundfish
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
881,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
January,
39
pp.

Implementation
of
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Groundfish
will
provide
for
gear
restrictions
in
the
shrimp
fishery
to
reduce
bycatch
of
groundfish
when
such
gear
is
proven
to
be
effective
and
meets
specified
criteria.
Nursery
sanctuaries
in
state
waters
and
habitat
protection
are
encouraged.
Data
reporting
is
required
from
harvesters
and
processors.
The
Secretary
is
provided
with
authority
to
set
seasons,
restrict
gear,
and
close
areas
in
the
FCZ
when
harvest
is
expected
to
exceed
MSY
by
ten
percent.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1980).
"
Draft
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shark
and
Other
Elasmobranch
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
881,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
July.

The
proposed
action
will
result
in
management
of
the
shark
and
other
elasmobranch
in
the
U.
S.
Fishery
Conservation
Zone
(
FCZ)
under
the
jurisdiction
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council.
The
basic
objective
will
be
to
manage
these
stocks
for
their
optimum
yield.
Specific
objectives
are
to
minimize
foreign
fishing
bycatch
and
mortality
of
species
other
than
sharks
for
which
no
surplus
(
TALFF)
is
available.
Maximize
the
benefits
derived
by
domestic
fishermen
from
the
shark
and
other
elasmobranch
resource.
Minimize
conflicts
among
the
participants
in
the
shark
fishery
and
other
fisheries
in
the
FCZ.
Establish
a
data
collection
system
which
will
provide
the
information
necessary
for
future
management
of
the
fishery.
Recognizing
that
a
surplus
exists
in
the
fishery
and
that
it
is
an
underutilized
resource,
a
long
term
objective
shall
be
support
of
a
fishery
development
program.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1981).
"
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
United
States
Waters."
Draft
Update,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
881,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
November.

The
fishery
management
plan
for
shrimp
whose
goal
is
to
manage
the
shrimp
fishery
of
the
United
States
waters
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
to
attain
the
greatest
overall
benefit
to
the
nation
with
particular
reference
to
food
production
and
recreational
opportunities
on
the
basis
of
maximum
sustainable
yield
as
modified
by
relevant
economic,
social,
or
ecological
factors.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1987).
"
Amendment
Number
1
and
Environmental
Assessment
and
Supplemental
Regulatory
Impact
Review
and
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis
to
the
Secretarial
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Red
Drum
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
881,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
May,
25
pp.

This
amendment
by
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
respecifies
problems
in
the
fishery
and
objectives
of
the
FMP,
modifies
the
management
unit,
provides
a
procedure
for
setting
total
allowable
catch
(
TAC),
2
5
9
provides
for
allocation
of
the
TAC,
and
deletes
the
FMP
exemption
to
states'
law.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1988).
"
Amendment
4
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
United
States
Waters,
Includes
Environmental
Assessment
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
881,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida
33609,
August.

Amendment
No.
4
identifies
additional
problems
which
have
developed
in
the
fishery
and
revises
the
objectives
of
the
FMP
accordingly.
The
annual
review
process
for
the
Tortugas
sanctuary
is
simplified,
and
the
Council
and
Regional
Director
review
for
the
Texas
closure
is
extended
to
February
1st.
White
shrimp
taken
in
the
EEZ
are
to
be
landed
in
accord
with
a
state's
size
possession
regulations
to
provide
consistency
and
facility
of
enforcement
with
the
State
of
Louisiana.
This
latter
action
is
to
be
implemented
at
such
time
when
Louisiana
provides
for
an
incidental
catch
of
undersized
white
shrimp
in
the
fishery
for
seabobs.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1990).
"
Supplement
to
Amendment
4
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
United
States
Waters,
Includes
Environmental
Assessment
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
881,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida
33609,
February.

White
shrimp
taken
in
the
EEZ
and
transported
into
Louisiana
are
to
be
landed
in
accord
with
Louisiana's
size
possession
regulations
when
possessed
within
the
jurisdiction
of
that
state.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1991).
"
Amendment
Number
5
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
United
States
Waters,
Includes
Environmental
Assessment
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
881,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida
33609,
January.

A
definition
of
overfishing
and
measures
to
restore
overfished
stocks
is
proposed
for
brown
and
pink
shrimp.
Seabobs
and
rock
shrimp
are
removed
from
the
management
unit.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1991).
"
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagics
Limited
Access
options
Paper."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
881,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida
33609,
August.

A
review
of
the
coastal
migratory
pelagics
fishery
with
a
discussion
of
limited
access
alternatives
that
could
be
implemented
to
maximize
net
economic
benefits
to
the
nation.
The
species
to
be
regulated,
the
area,
and
the
participants
under
a
license
limitation
or
individual
transferable
quota
system
are
discussed.
Additional
topics
include
windfall
profits,
rent
sharing,
and
appeals
boards.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1991).
"
An
Options
Paper
for
a
Limited
Access
System
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
881,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida
33609,
August.

A
paper
that
discusses
several
limited
access
systems
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1991).
"
An
Options
Paper
for
2
6
0
a
Limited
Access
System
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
881,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida
33609,
August.

A
revision
of
the
options
paper
cited
above
that
discusses
several
limited
access
systems
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1992).
"
Regulatory
Amendment
to
the
Reef
Fish
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Setting
the
1993
Red
Snapper
Total
Allowable
Catch."
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Tampa,
Florida,
October,
29
pp.

Regulatory
amendment,
regulatory
impact
review
(
RIR),
and
environmental
assessment
(
EA)
specifying
total
allowable
catch
(
TAC)
for
red
snapper
for
1993.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1992).
"
Amendment
3
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Red
Drum
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
(
Includes
Environmental
Assessment
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review)."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida
33609.

The
Council
recognized
the
present
annual
assessment
schedule
as
an
unnecessary
burden
and
determined
that
a
two
year
time
frame,
starting
in
1993,
would
still
allow
comprehensive
monitoring
of
recovery
of
the
red
drum
stock,
while
allowing
NMFS
stock
assessment
personnel
to
devote
scarce
resources
to
other
fisheries
in
need
of
evaluation.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1992).
"
Amendment
Number
6
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
United
States
Waters
Includes
Environmental
Assessment
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida
33609.

A
definition
of
overfishing
and
measures
to
restore
overfished
stocks
is
proposed
for
white
shrimp.
The
size
of
the
Tortugas
Sanctuary
is
to
be
adjusted
seasonally
based
on
an
annual
assessment
of
stocks.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1993).
"
Public
Hearing
Draft
Amendment
7
to
the
Reef
Fish
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Reef
Fish
Resources
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida
33609.

Draft
reef
fish
amendment
7
includes
the
proposed
individual
transferable
quota
regulations
for
red
snapper
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1994).
"
Amendment
Number
7
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
United
States
Waters,
Includes
Environmental
Assessment
with
Regulatory
Impact
Review
and
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
January,
28
pp.

This
amendment
provides
a
definition
of
overfishing
for
white
shrimp
and
provides
for
remedial
action
to
restore
the
stock
if
overfishing
should
occur.
It
provides
for
revising
the
overfishing
indices
for
brown,
white,
and
pink
shrimp
when
new
data
become
available.
A
total
allowable
level
of
foreign
fishing
for
royal
red
shrimp
is
to
be
terminated
to
allow
a
higher
level
of
catch
by
the
domestic
fleet.
A
revised
definition
of
overfishing
and
a
2
6
1
procedure
for
updating
maximum
sustainable
yield
(
MSY)
for
royal
red
shrimp
is
provided.
Environmental
and
economic
impacts
are
evaluated.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1994).
"
The
ITQ
Red
Snapper
System
Under
Council
Preferred
Alternatives."
Prepared
for
the
Ad
Hoc
Red
Snapper
Advisory
Panel
meeting
in
New
Orleans,
August
8­
9,
5
pp.

A
set
of
questions
and
answers
concerning
the
red
snapper
ITQ
program
for
the
commercial
reef
fish
fishery.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1994).
"
Draft
Amendment
8
and
Environmental
Assessment
(
Effort
Management
Amendment)
to
the
Reef
Fish
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Reef
Fish
Resources
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
November,
141
pp.

The
amendment
includes
a
discussion
of
license
limitation,
individual
transferable
quotas,
and
the
status
quo
in
the
reef
fish
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
It
also
includes
the
Regulatory
Impact
Review
and
the
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1995).
"
Draft
Amendment
3
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Coral
and
Coral
Reefs
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Including
an
Environmental
Assessment,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
and
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
February,
27
pp.

This
amendment
extends
the
live
rock
regulations
promulgated
in
amendment
2
to
include
an
annual
quota
during
phaseout,
revision
of
trip
limits,
closed
area
off
Florida's
Panhandle,
redefinition
of
allowable
octocorals,
and
limited
personal
use
harvest.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1995).
"
Draft
Amendment
8
and
Environmental
Assessment
(
Effort
Management
Amendment)
to
the
Reef
Fish
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Reef
Fish
Resources
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
May,
151
pp.

This
amendment
proposes
rights
based
fishery
management
to
increase
the
stability
of
the
red
snapper
fishery
in
terms
of
fishing
patterns
and
markets,
to
avoid
to
the
extent
practicable
the
derby
type
fishing
season,
to
promote
flexibility
for
the
fishermen
in
their
fishing
operations,
to
provide
for
cost
effective
and
enforceable
management
of
the
fishery,
and
to
optimize
net
benefits
from
the
fishery.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1995).

Draft
Amendment
Number
9
to
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
U.
S.
Waters
With
Supplemental
Environmental
Impact
Statement,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis,
and
Social
Impact
Assessment.

Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
August,
17
pp.

The
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
proposes
an
amendment
to
the
fishery
management
plan
for
the
shrimp
fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
U.
S.
waters,
to
require
a
reduction
of
the
unwanted
bycatch
of
finfish,
particularly
the
red
snapper.
The
requirement
of
fish
escapement
devices
in
the
shrimp
trawl
is
proposed
to
allow
rebuilding
of
the
overfished
stock
of
2
6
2
red
snapper.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1995).

Fishing
Regulations
for
Gulf
of
Mexico
Federal
Waters.

Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
February.

A
list
of
fishing
regulations
for
all
federal
managed
fisheries
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1995).
"
Reef
Fish
Motions."
Council
Meeting
Minutes,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
January,
4
pp.

Motions
concerning
reef
fish
fishery
management
plan.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1995).
"
Regulatory
Amendment
to
the
Reef
Fish
Fishery
Management
Plan
to
Set
1996
Red
Snapper
Total
Allowable
Catch."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
December,
49
pp.

This
regulatory
amendment
proposes
changes
to
the
red
snapper
TAC
for
1966.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1995).
"
Statement
of
Organization
Practices
and
Procedures."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
September,
38
pp.

As
required
by
the
Magnuson
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act,
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
has
prepared
and
published
this
statement
or
organization,
practices,
and
procedures.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1996).

Draft
Amendment
Number
9
to
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
U.
S.
Waters
With
Supplemental
Environmental
Impact
Statement,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis,
and
Social
Impact
Assessment.

Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
March,
53
pp.

The
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
proposes
an
amendment
to
the
fishery
management
plan
for
the
shrimp
fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
U.
S.
waters,
to
require
a
reduction
of
the
unwanted
bycatch
of
finfish,
particularly
the
red
snapper.
The
requirement
of
fish
escapement
devices
in
the
shrimp
trawl
is
proposed
to
allow
rebuilding
of
the
overfished
stock
of
red
snapper.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1996).

Draft
Amendment
Number
9
to
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
U.
S.
Waters
With
Supplemental
Environmental
Impact
Statement,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis,
and
Social
Impact
Assessment.

Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
May,
125
pp.

This
DSEIS
addresses
the
issue
that
shrimp
trawls
have
a
significant
bycatch
of
nontarget
species
of
finfish,
most
of
which
are
discarded
dead.
Consequently,
fisheries
directed
at
the
discarded
species
and
other
fauna
may
be
adversely
affected
and
ecosystem
diversity
may
be
reduced.
Red
snapper
is
one
species
documented
to
be
overfished
and
unable
to
recover
because
of
the
unacceptably
high
mortality
of
juveniles
taken
incidentally
in
shrimp
trawls.
2
6
3
Alternatives
are
presented
that
will
reduce
bycatch.
Because
BRDs
are
not
100
percent
effective,
some
reduced
level
of
incidental
take
will
continue
to
occur.
A
reduction
or
loss
of
shrimp
through
the
BRD
also
may
occur.
The
amount
of
shrimp
loss
is
dependent
on
the
type
of
BRD
used
and
the
operation
of
the
trawl
and
vessel.
In
areas
not
directly
affected
by
this
action
(
i.
e.,
state
controlled
waters),
the
fishery
may
continue
to
take
incidental
catch.
Ecological
modeling
suggests
that
the
use
of
the
three
most
effective
BRDs
will
result
in
a
decline
in
shrimp
biomass
ranging
from
5.9
to
8.2
percent
(
Martinez
et
al.
1966)
as
a
result
of
increased
predation
and
a
reduction
in
available
nutrients
for
recycling.
The
subsequent
effect
on
shrimp
landings
is
unknown
because
over
the
fast
five
years
natural
variability
in
landings
has
averaged
about
12
percent.
However,
the
impact
of
BRDs
on
the
shrimp
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
is
expected
to
be
substantial
ranging
from
3.6
billion
to
­
1.6
billion
dollars.
The
expected
preferred
BRD
that
achieve
the
bycatch
reduction
target
of
50
percent
should
reduce
the
value
of
the
shrimp
fishery
by
280
million
dollars.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1996).

Draft
Amendment
Number
9
to
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
U.
S.
Waters
With
Supplemental
Environmental
Impact
Statement,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis,
and
Social
Impact
Assessment.

Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
September,
145
pp.

This
DSEIS
addresses
the
issue
that
shrimp
trawls
have
a
significant
bycatch
of
nontarget
species
of
finfish;
most
of
which
are
discarded
dead.
Consequently,
fisheries
directed
at
the
discarded
species
and
other
fauna
may
be
adversely
affected
and
ecosystem
diversity
may
be
reduced.
Red
snapper
is
one
species
documented
to
be
overfished
and
unable
to
recover
because
of
the
unacceptably
high
mortality
of
juveniles
taken
incidentally
in
shrimp
trawls.
Alternatives
are
presented
that
will
reduce
bycatch.
The
proposed
measures
address
problem
number
4
of
the
FMP
concerning
conflicts
with
the
Gulf

s
reef
fish
fishery
and
Management
Objective
number
5
to
minimize
the
incidental
capture
of
finfish
by
shrimpers,
when
appropriate.
Because
BRDs
are
not
100
percent
effective,
some
reduced
level
of
incidental
take
will
continue
to
occur.
A
reduction
or
loss
of
shrimp
through
the
BRD
also
may
occur.
The
amount
of
shrimp
loss
is
dependent
on
the
type
of
BRD
used
and
the
operation
of
the
trawl
and
vessel.
In
areas
not
directly
affected
by
this
action
(
i.
e.,
state
controlled
waters),
the
fishery
may
continue
to
take
incidental
catch.
Ecological
modeling
suggests
that
the
use
of
the
three
most
effective
BRDs
will
result
in
a
decline
in
shrimp
biomass
ranging
from
5.9
to
8.2
percent
(
Martinez
et
al.
1966)
as
a
result
of
increased
predation
and
a
reduction
in
available
nutrients
for
recycling.
The
subsequent
effect
on
shrimp
landings
is
unknown
because
over
the
fast
five
years
natural
variability
in
landings
has
averaged
about
12
percent.
However,
the
impact
of
BRDs
on
the
shrimp
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
is
expected
to
be
substantial
ranging
from
1.1
billion
to
­.
366
billion
dollars.
The
expected
preferred
BRD
that
achieve
the
bycatch
reduction
target
of
50
percent
should
reduce
the
value
of
the
shrimp
fishery
by
117
million
dollars.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1996).

Minutes.

Shrimp
Advisory
Panel,
Biloxi,
Mississippi,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
June
10,
16
pp.

Review
of
shrimp
amendment
9
to
reduce
bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
with
recommendations
to
improve
the
amendment.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1996).

Minutes.

Shrimp
Advisory
Panel,
Biloxi,
Mississippi,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
2
6
4
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
November
4,
7
pp.

Review
of
shrimp
amendment
9
regulatory
impact
review
to
reduce
bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1996).

Minutes.

Standing
and
Special
Shrimp
Scientific
and
Statistical
Committees,
Biloxi,
Mississippi,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
November
4,
7
pp.

Review
of
shrimp
amendment
9
regulatory
impact
review
to
reduce
bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1996).

Minutes.

Joint
Standing
Scientific
and
Statistical
Committee
and
Special
Shrimp
Scientific
and
Statistical
Committee,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
June
12,
8
pp.

Review
of
shrimp
amendment
9
to
reduce
bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
with
recommendations
to
improve
the
amendment.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1996).

NMFS
Southeast
Region
Recreational
Economic
Survey
and
Demand
Workshop.

Clearwater
Airport
LaQuinta
Inn,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
November
7­
8.

A
collection
of
reports
and
materials
presented
at
the
recreational
demand
workshop
designed
to
modify
the
economic
add
on
to
the
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Statistics
Surveys.
A
draft
copy
of
the
meeting
minutes
is
also
included.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1996).

Summary
of
the
Standing
and
Special
Shrimp
Scientific
and
Statistical
Committee
Meeting.

Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
June
12,
2
pp.

Review
of
shrimp
amendment
9
to
reduce
bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
with
recommendations
to
improve
the
amendment.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1997).

Amendment
Number
9
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
U.
S.
Waters
With
Supplemental
Environmental
Impact
Statement,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis,
and
Social
Impact
Assessment.

The
Commons
at
Rivergate,
3018
U.
S.
Highway
301
North,
Suite
1000,
Tampa,
Florida,
February,
153
pp.

The
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
proposes
an
amendment
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
U.
S.
Waters,
to
reduce
unwanted
bycatch
of
juvenile
red
snapper
with
ancillary
benefits
to
other
finfish
species.
The
requirement
of
bycatch
reduction
devices
in
shrimp
trawls
is
proposed
to
allow
rebuilding
of
the
overfished
stock
of
red
snapper
at
a
cost
to
society
net
of
benefits
of
$
117
million
and
a
3.3%
reduction
in
fleet
size.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1997).

Amendment
Number
15
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Reef
Fish
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
(
Includes
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis,
and
Environmental
Assessment).

The
Commons
at
Rivergate,
3018
U.
S.
Highway
301
North,
Suite
1000,
Tampa,
Florida,
June,
99
pp.
2
6
5
This
document
principally
includes
alternatives
for
creating
a
license
limitation
system
for
the
commercial
red
snapper
fishery;
alternatives
for
defining
harvest
allowances
of
reef
fish
from
traps,
other
than
permitted
fish
traps,
stone
crab
traps
and
lobster
traps;
size
limits
for
vermilion
snapper,
removal
of
grunts,
porgies,
and
sea
bass
from
the
FMP;
greater
amberjack
seasonal
closure;
and
20­
fish
aggregate
bag
limit
modifications.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1997).

Draft
Minutes
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
One
Hundred
and
Fifty­
Third
Meeting,
Duck
Key
Florida.

The
Commons
at
Rivergate,
3018
U.
S.
Highway
301
North,
Suite
1000,
Tampa,
Florida,
July,
68
pp.

Draft
minutes
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
meeting
held
in
Duck
Key,
Florida.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1998).

Checklist
For
FMP
Amendments.

The
Commons
at
Rivergate,
3018
U.
S.
Highway
301
North,
Suite
1000,
Tampa,
Florida,
August,
9
pp.

This
checklist
addresses
questions
that
should
be
considered
in
making
amendments
to
FMP

s
to
comply
with
National
Standard
1
of
the
SFA,
following
NMFS

National
Standard
Guidelines.
Most
items
in
the
checklist
make
reference
to
specific
sections
in
the
document

Technical
Guidance
on
the
Use
of
Precautionary
Approaches
to
Implementing
National
Standard
1
of
the
Magnuson­
Stevens
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act,

which
should
be
consulted
for
further
elaboration.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1998).

Generic
Amendment
for
Addressing
Essential
Fish
Habitat
Requirements
in
the
Following
Fishery
Management
Plans
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico:
Shrimp,
Red
Drum,
Reef
Fish,
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Resources,
Stone
Crab,
Spiny
Lobster,
and
Coral
and
Coral
Reefs.

The
Commons
at
Rivergate,
3018
U.
S.
Highway
301
North,
Suite
1000,
Tampa,
Florida,
October,
238
pp.

Essential
fish
habitat
(
EFH)
is
identified
and
described
based
on
areas
where
various
life
stages
of
26
representative
managed
species
and
coral
complex
commonly
occur.
They
were
selected
because
sufficient
information
existed
to
document
and
map
their
habitat
associations
and
use.
Threats
to
EFH
from
fishing
and
non­
fishing
activities
are
identified.
Options
to
conserve
and
enhance
EFH
are
provided.
Research
needs
also
are
identified.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1998).

Draft
Minutes
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
Joint
Reef
Fish/
Shrimp
Management
Committees
Meeting,
Mobile,
Alabama.

The
Commons
at
Rivergate,
3018
U.
S.
Highway
301
North,
Suite
1000,
Tampa,
Florida,
September.

Shrimp
and
finfish
bycatch
discard
rates
based
on
gear
testing,
and
bycatch
characterization
studies
are
presented
to
the
Council
by
NMFS.
Bycatch
reduction
device
evaluation
analysis
presents
the
results
for
new
devices
and
the
observer
program
that
went
into
effect
to
determine
if
sufficient
red
snapper
had
been
saved
in
the
shrimp
fishery
to
justify
the
release
of
additional
quota
to
commercial
and
recreational
fishermen.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
and
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1990).
"
Regulatory
Impact
Review
of
Changes
in
TAC,
Quotas,
and
Bag
Limits
for
King
and
Spanish
Mackerel,
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
Atlantic
Migratory
Groups,
Managed
under
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Resources
of
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
the
South
Atlantic."
Southeast
Regional
2
6
6
Office,
9450
Koger
Blvd.,
St.
Petersburg,
Fl,
May,
14
pp.

The
RIR
addresses
the
problems
of
(
1)
Atlantic
and
Gulf
Spanish
mackerel
and
Gulf
king
mackerel
stocks
are
being
overfished
and
(
2)
new
recruits
into
the
Atlantic
and
Gulf
Spanish
mackerel
and
Gulf
king
mackerel
stocks
need
protection
to
allow
for
an
increase
in
the
spawning
stock
biomass.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
and
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1991).
"
Regulatory
Impact
Review
of
1991/
1992
Fishing
Year
Changes
in
TAC,
Quotas,
and
Bag
Limits
for
King
and
Spanish
Mackerel,
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
Atlantic
Migratory
Groups,
Managed
under
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Resources
of
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
the
South
Atlantic."
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9450
Koger
Blvd.,
St.
Petersburg,
Fl,
August,
14
pp.

The
RIR
addresses
the
problems
of
(
1)
Atlantic
and
Gulf
Spanish
mackerel
and
Gulf
king
mackerel
stocks
are
being
overfished
and
(
2)
new
recruits
into
the
Atlantic
and
Gulf
Spanish
mackerel
and
Gulf
king
mackerel
stocks
need
protection
to
allow
for
an
increase
in
the
spawning
stock
biomass.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
and
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1985).
"
Final
Amendment
1,
Fishery
Management
Plan,
Environmental
Impact
Statement
for
the
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Resources
(
Mackerels)."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
881,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
April.

The
proposed
action
will
amend
an
existing
fishery
management
plan
in
response
to
new
scientific
findings
particularly
with
respect
to
the
king
mackerel
stock.
This
stock
is
to
be
divided
into
migratory
groups
for
management
purposes.
The
plan
is
to
be
provided
with
more
flexibility
to
address
changes
in
the
fish
populations.
In
the
initial
plan
years
restrictions
are
proposed
for
the
Gulf
migratory
group
of
king
mackerel
to
restore
reduced
populations
resulting
from
overfishing.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
and
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1986).
"
Amendment
Number
2
and
Environmental
Assessment
and
Supplemental
Regulatory
Impact
Review
and
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Resources
(
Mackerels)."
Draft,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
881,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
September,
25
pp.

This
amendment
clarifies
the
intent
of
the
Councils
to
set
total
allowable
catch
(
TAC)
for
mackerels
within
framework
guidelines,
revises
maximum
sustainable
yield,
adjusts
TAC,
and
establishes
allocation
procedures
for
Spanish
mackerel,
regulates
mackerel
fishing
gear,
and
provides
for
fishing
permits.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
and
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1987).
"
Revised
Amendment
Number
2
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Resources
(
Mackerels),
Includes
Environmental
Assessment,
Supplemental
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
and
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
881,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
March,
32
pp.

This
amendment
clarifies
the
intent
of
the
Councils
to
set
total
allowable
catch
(
TAC)
for
mackerels
within
framework
guidelines,
revises
2
6
7
maximum
sustainable
yield,
adjusts
TAC,
and
establishes
allocation
procedures
for
Spanish
mackerel,
regulates
mackerel
fishing
gear,
and
provides
for
fishing
permits.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
and
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1987).
"
Supplemental
Regulatory
Impact
Review
of
Pre­
Season
Changes
in
TAC,
Quotas,
and
Bag
Limits
for
King
and
Spanish
Mackerel
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
Atlantic
Migratory
Groups
managed
under
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Resources
of
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
the
South
Atlantic."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
881,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida.

This
amendment
clarifies
the
intent
of
the
Councils
to
set
total
allowable
catch
(
TAC)
for
mackerels
within
framework
guidelines,
revises
maximum
sustainable
yield,
adjusts
TAC,
and
establishes
allocation
procedures
for
Spanish
mackerel.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
and
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1994).
"
Amendment
2
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Coral
and
Coral
Reefs
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
Including
a
Final
Supplemental
Environmental
Impact
Statement,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
and
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
July,
56
pp.

The
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
Councils
(
Councils)
propose
an
amendment
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Coral
and
Coral
Reefs
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
the
South
Atlantic
(
FMP)
that
adds
"
live
rock"
to
the
fishery
management
unit.
Live
rock
means
certain
living
marine
organisms
or
an
assemblage
thereof
attached
to
a
hard
substrate
(
including
dead
coral
or
rock).
In
addition
to
corals,
these
organisms
include
anemones,
sponges,
tube
worms,
bryozoans,
sea
squirts,
and
algae.
Management
will
include
harvest
limitations
and
prohibitions
to
prevent
fishery
habitat
loss,
permitting
of
harvesters,
and
a
provision
for
aquaculture
of
live
rock.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
and
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1995).
"
Amendment
8
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Resources
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
Includes
Draft
Supplemental
Environmental
Impact
Statement,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
and
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
October,
84
pp.

The
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Councils
(
Councils)
propose
an
amendment
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Resources
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
(
FMP)
to
adjust
management
procedures
for
king
and
Spanish
mackerels,
cobia,
and
dolphin.
Proposed
changes
include
requirements
for
gear,
transfer
of
mackerel
at
sea,
stock
boundary
adjustments,
change
in
the
definition
of
overfishing,
permitting
requirements,
and
extension
of
the
range
of
management
for
cobia.
Also
proposed
is
a
reallocation
of
Atlantic
Spanish
mackerel,
possible
changes
in
trip
limits
for
cobia
and
dolphin,
and
additional
flexibility
for
changes
to
be
made
as
seasonal
adjustment
by
regulatory
amendment.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
and
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1995).
"
Draft
Amendment
8
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Resources
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
Includes
Draft
Supplemental
2
6
8
Environmental
Impact
Statement,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
and
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis."
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
November,
97
pp.

The
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Councils
(
Councils)
propose
an
amendment
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Resources
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
(
FMP)
to
adjust
management
procedures
for
king
and
Spanish
mackerels,
cobia,
and
dolphin.
Proposed
changes
include
requirements
for
gear,
transfer
of
mackerel
at
sea,
stock
boundary
adjustments,
change
in
the
definition
of
overfishing,
permitting
requirements,
and
extension
of
the
range
of
management
for
cobia.
Also
proposed
is
a
reallocation
of
Atlantic
Spanish
mackerel,
possible
changes
in
trip
limits
for
cobia
and
dolphin,
and
additional
flexibility
for
changes
to
be
made
as
seasonal
adjustment
by
regulatory
amendment.

Gulf
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission
(
1986).

Striped
Bass
Fishery
Management
Plan.

Larry
Nicholson
(
ed.),
P.
O.
Box
726,
Ocean
Springs,
MS,
November.

A
management
plan
to
restore
and
maintain
the
striped
bass
population
throughout
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Gulf
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission
(
1992).

Striped
Bass
Fishery
Management
Plan,
Amendment
1.

P.
O.
Box
726,
Ocean
Springs,
MS,
May,
13
pp.

To
restore
and
maintain
the
striped
bass
population
throughout
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
it
is
recommended
that
the
sale
and/
or
purchase
of
striped
bass
harvested
from
public
waters
be
prohibited,
a
bag
limit
of
six
fish
per
person
per
day
with
a
minimum
size
limit
of
eighteen
inches
total
length
be
established,
and
that
the
states
bordering
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
region
participate
in
the
stocking
of
striped
bass
fry
and/
or
fingerlings
in
coastal
areas
on
an
annual
basis,
with
the
goal
of
ten
million
fish
per
year
stocked
with
at
least
500,000
being
phase
two
fingerling.

Gulf
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission
(
1995).

A
Profile
of
the
Western
Gulf
Stone
Crab,
Menippe
adina.

Number
31,
P.
O.
Box
726,
Ocean
Springs,
MS,
January.

The
western
Gulf
stone
crab
(
Menippe
adina)
ranges
in
coastal
waters
from
northwest
Florida
around
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
to
the
state
of
Tamaulipus,
Mexico.
Currently,
M.
adina
supports
small,
directed
commercial
fisheries
in
Louisiana
and
Texas.
In
Mississippi
and
Alabama,
the
fishery
exists
as
a
limited,
seasonal
bycatch
component
of
the
blue
crab
(
Callinectes
sapidus)
fishery.
High
dockside
value
of
stone
crab
claws
and
an
apparently
unsatisfied
market
demand
have
created
interest
in
further
development
of
commercial
fisheries
for
stone
crabs.
The
goal
of
this
document
is
to
provide
a
data
base
for
use
in
development
of
management
measures.
The
objectives
are
to
summarize
available
literature,
data,
and
regulations
pertaining
to
the
western
Gulf
stone
crab
and
to
describe
the
fishery.

Gulland,
John
A.
(
1974).
The
Management
of
Marine
Fisheries.
University
of
Washington
Press,
Seattle.

The
management
of
marine
fisheries
presents
a
complex
mixture
of
biological,
economic,
social,
and
political
problems.
In
recent
years
this
subject
has
earned
increasing
attention
owing
both
to
the
growing
pressures
on
the
world
fish
stocks,
and
to
the
general
concern
with
the
proper
use
of
the
environment,
of
which
the
rational
harvesting
of
fish
in
the
sea
is
an
2
6
9
important
special
case.

Gulland,
John
A.
(
ed.)
(
1978).
Fish
Population
Dynamics.
John
Wiley
&
Sons,
New
York.

A
review
of
the
status
of
fish
population
dynamics.
The
historical
development
of
the
science
is
followed
by
a
description
of
methods
and
practical
applications
using
different
species
of
fish.
The
intent
of
this
volume
is
to
make
a
fuller
and
more
rational
use
of
the
resources
of
the
sea.

Gulland,
John
A.
(
1982).
"
Long­
Term
Potential
Effects
from
Management
of
the
Fish
Resources
of
the
North
Atlantic."
J.
Cons.
Int.
Explor.
Mer.,
40(
1):
8­
16.

Long­
term
benefits
from
improved
fishery
management
can
be
placed
in
four
classes
­
greater
gross
value
of
the
catch;
reduced
costs
of
capture;
better
allocation
of
benefits,
e.
g.
between
different
regions,
or
different
sections
of
the
community;
and
reduced
administrative
and
similar
burdens.
These
benefits
are
discussed
in
general
terms,
and
in
relation
to
the
value
of
the
North
Sea
fisheries.
Though
the
volume
of
the
catch
from
the
North
Sea
has
more
than
doubled
in
the
last
20
years,
the
value
(
at
fixed
prices)
has
probably
not
changed
much.
Different
patterns
of
fishing
might
increase
the
value
of
the
North
Sea
catch
by
50%
or
more.
The
total
net
benefits
from
better
management
of
the
northeast
Atlantic
fisheries
might
be
a
billion
dollars
annually.

Gulland,
John
A.
(
1989).
"
Comments
on
Giulio
Pontecorvo's
"
The
State
of
Worldwide
Fishery
Statistics:
A
Modest
Proposal"."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
6(
1):
85­
86.

Gulland
takes
exception
to
Pontecorvo's
view
of
FAO's
ability
to
supply
world
wide
fishery
statistics
data.

Gulland,
John
A.
and
M.
A.
Robinson
(
1973).
"
Economics
of
Fishery
Management."
Journal
of
the
Fisheries
Research
Board
of
Canada,
30(
12­
2):
2042­
2050.

In
an
unmanaged
fishery
the
costs
of
catching
a
unit
weight
of
fish
will
tend
to
rise
until
they
are
equal
to
the
value
of
the
catch.
There
is
likely
to
be
an
excessive
amount
of
fishing
that
adds
to
the
costs,
but
adds
little
or
nothing
to
the
total
catch,
and
may
even
decrease
it.
In
practice
the
amount
of
fishing
will
often
exceed
the
equilibrium,
due
to
delays
in
reacting
to
falling
catch
rates,
year
to
year
fluctuation
in
the
fishery,
etc.
The
labor
and
capital
engaged
in
fishing
is
often
relatively
immobile,
and
once
excess
capacity
has
developed
it
is
not
easily
reduced
without
special
measures.
A
number
of
different
measures
are
available
to
control
both
the
amount
of
fishing
and
the
sizes
of
the
fish
caught.
These
are
outlined,
and
the
advantages
and
disadvantages
briefly
discussed.
Several
of
the
methods
of
controlling
the
amount
of
fishing
tend
to
add
to
unit
costs,
and
therefore
offer
little
long
term
benefits.
These
benefits
can
only
be
assured
by
control
of
the
total
capacity
engaged
in
a
fishery,
such
as
through
allocation
of
shares
to
individual
countries
in
an
international
fishery,
or
by
license
limitation
in
a
national
fishery.

Gulland,
John
A.
and
Brian
J.
Rothschild
(
eds.)
(
1984).
Penaeid
shrimps
­
their
biology
and
management,
Fishing
News
Books
Ltd.,
Farnham,
Surrey,
UK.

Proceedings
of
an
international
workshop
on
the
scientific
basis
for
the
2
7
0
management
of
penaeid
shrimp
held
at
Key
West,
Florida,
in
November,
1981.
Primarily
biological
papers
were
presented
covering
policy
in
different
countries,
behavior,
types
of
analysis,
interaction
with
other
species,
environmental
factors,
and
management.

Gutherz,
Elmer
J.
and
Gilmore
J.
Pellegrin
(
1985).
"
Report
on
Snapper­
Grouper
Mortality
by
Shrimp
Trawlers
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Report
prepared
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council.
Mississippi
Laboratories,
Pascagoula
Laboratory,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
NOAA,
Pascagoula,
MS
39567­
0112.

The
purpose
of
this
report,
utilizing
available
commercial
discard
and
resource
assessment
data,
is
to
provide
a
more
precise
estimate
of
juvenile
red
snapper
mortality
caused
by
shrimp
trawlers
than
that
reported
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
Reef
Fish
Management
Plan.
In
addition,
the
information
provided
can
be
used
to
establish
timing
of
recruitment
into
the
fishery;
not
the
snapper
fishery,
but
the
first
exploitation
of
red
snapper
by
the
shrimp
fishery.

Gutherz,
Elmer
J.
and
Gilmore
J.
Pellegrin
(
1988).
"
Estimate
of
the
Catch
of
Red
Snapper,
Lutjanus
campechanus,
by
Shrimp
Trawlers
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
50(
1):
17­
25.

This
paper,
utilizing
available
commercial
bycatch
and
resource
assessment
data,
provides
a
more
precise
estimate
of
the
catch
of
juvenile
red
snapper
by
shrimp
trawlers
than
that
reported
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1980)
Reef
fish
Management
Plan.
In
addition,
the
information
provided
may
be
useful
for
estimating
the
timing
of
first
exploitation
of
red
snapper
by
the
shrimp
fishery.

Haab,
Timothy
C.
and
Robert
L.
Hicks
(
1997).

Accounting
for
Choice
Set
Endogeneity
in
Random
Utility
Models
of
Recreational
Demand.

Draft,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
University
of
Maryland,
College
Park,
MD,
January,
24
pp.

Modeling
the
choice
among
a
discrete
set
of
recreation
alternatives
is
driven
by
the
possible
patterns
of
substitution
among
sites.
Researchers
typically
assume
that
the
individual

s
choice
set
is
the
same
as
the
set
of
alternatives
included
in
the
recreation
survey
instrument.
This
need
not
be
the
case.
We
derive
a
generalization
of
the
standard
multinomial
logit
random
utility
model
which
allows
for
the
possibility
of
heterogeneous
choice
sets
that
are
endogenously
determined
in
the
model.
The
possible
biases
introduced
by
erroneously
specifying
each
individual

s
choice
set
are
investigated
in
two
examples.
Using
these
examples,
we
show
that
parameter
and
compensating
variation
estimates
differ
greatly
between
the
endogenous
choice
set
model
and
the
traditional
logit
model.
The
new
endogenous
choice
set
model
is
shown
to
be
manageable
for
a
small
number
of
alternatives,
and
two
examples
provide
grounds
for
optimism
in
further
applications
of
the
model.

Habron,
Geoffrey
B.,
Pamela
M.
Mace,
Steven
Koplin,
and
Gerry
Scott
(
1994).

United
States
Imports
of
Swordfish
(
1974­
June
1994).

ICCAT
Working
Document
SCRS/
94/
120,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

Total
and
country­
specific
data
are
presented
for
U.
S.
swordfish
imports
in
terms
of
both
dressed
weight
and
value
in
U.
S.
dollars.
Total
imports
increased
from
11.6
mt
in
1975
to
1240
mt
in
1984,
then
jumped
to
4114
mt
in
2
7
1
1985
and
peaked
in
1990
at
7475
mt.
Imports
fell
to
5838
mt
in
1993,
and
have
only
reached
1741
mt
through
June
of
1994.
Swordfish
imports
now
exceed
domestic
Atlantic
swordfish
production.
In
recent
years,
most
of
the
imports
have
come
from
the
western
Pacific.
Since
1990,
imports
have
fallen
from
every
country
except
Canada,
Antigua
and
Barbuda,
Barbados,
Grenada,
St.
Vincent,
Bermuda,
Venezuela,
Uruguay,
Italy,
and
New
Zealand,
where
total
swordfish
imports
have
steadily
increased.
Imports
from
countries
such
as
Trinidad
and
Tobago,
Japan,
Singapore,
and
Taiwan
have
fluctuated.

Haby,
Michael
G.
and
Richard
E.
Tillman
(
1992).
"
The
Texas
Shrimp
Industry:
A
Briefing
Report."
TAMU­
SG­
92­
501,
Texas
Marine
Advisory
Service,
July,
18
pp.

This
report
presents
current
trends
and
conditions
in
the
Texas
shrimp
industry
and
evaluates
how
these
factors
impact
individual
production,
processing,
and
marketing
firms
for
1991.

Haby,
Michael
G.,
Richard
E.
Tillman,
and
Lucy
Gibbs
(
1991).
"
The
Texas
Shrimp
Industry:
A
Summary
of
Production,
Processing,
and
Marketing
Activities."
Report,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
Agricultural
Extension
Service,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas.

Shrimp
is
the
backbone
of
the
Texas
seafood
economy,
and
is
easily
the
most
valuable
fishery
in
the
state.
Shrimp
are
harvested
year
round
with
70
percent
harvested
between
July
and
December.
With
increased
production
came
investment
in
shore
side
processing
facilities.
Lender
participation
has
been
essential
in
making
the
Texas
shrimp
industry
an
economic
success.
Every
attempt
has
been
made
to
incorporate
the
most
recent
data
into
this
report.

Haby,
Michael
G.,
Russell
J.
Miget,
and
Gary
L.
Graham
(
1992).
"
A
Preliminary
Assessment
of
the
1992
Shrimping
Season."
Departments
of
Agricultural
Economics
and
Wildlife
and
Fisheries
Sciences,
Texas
Agricultural
Extension
Service,
Sea
Grant
College
Program,
Texas
A&
M
University,
September,
51
pp.

This
report
quantifies
current
and
anticipated
shrimp
production
in
1992
and
offers
reasons
why
landings
in
some
ports
are
significantly
below
historic
expected
values.
It
begins
with
a
review
of
shrimp
production
in
Texas
from
both
a
long
run
and
seasonal
perspective
followed
by
a
discussion
of
habitat
requirements
of
larval
and
subadult
penaeid
shrimp.
Next,
the
methods
used
to
evaluate
the
1992
season
are
enumerated.
The
report
concludes
with
a
discussion
of
the
1992
season
(
both
realized
and
anticipated)
from
both
a
coastal
and
county
perspective.
Detailed
data
tables
that
support
this
section
are
found
in
the
appendix.
All
data
pertaining
to
each
county
are
presented
alphabetically,
followed
by
a
coastal
summary.

Haby,
Michael
G.,
Richard
A.
Edwards,
E.
Anthony
Reisinger,
Richard
E.
Tillman,
and
William
R.
Younger
(
1993).
"
The
Importance
of
Seafood­
Linked
Employment
and
Payroll
in
Texas."
TAMU­
SG­
93­
503,
Texas
Marine
Advisory
Service,
May,
10
pp.

This
report
quantifies
the
employment
and
payroll
attributable
to
businesses
that
depend
on
the
Texas
seafood
industry
for
sales
or
purchases.
Seafood
linked
in
1989
is
estimated
at
30,036
full
time
jobs
with
an
annual
payroll
of
$
326.5
million.
Among
coastal
counties,
the
seafood
industry
is
often
the
largest
taxpayer
as
well
as
the
largest
employer.

Hadden,
Gerald
(
1995).

Funding
for
Fisheries
Bycatch
Initiatives.

In
Brad
2
7
2
Warren,
Win­
Win
Bycatch
Solutions.
National
Fisheries
Conservation
Center,
Seattle
WA.

A
list
of
funding
sources
for
bycatch
reduction
research
within
and
outside
the
federal
government
is
presented.
In
addition,
information
on
preparing
proposals,
cooperating
with
academic
researchers
and
the
fishing
industry,
and
the
most
appropriate
means
of
approaching
the
funding
sources
is
provided.

Hadden,
Gerald
(
1995).

Watching
the
Pot.

In
Brad
Warren,
Win­
Win
Bycatch
Solutions.
National
Fisheries
Conservation
Center,
Seattle
WA.

Maine
lobstermen
have
been
successful
conservationists
well
before
federal
regulations
required
the
use
of
escape
hatches
and
biodegradable
vents,
the
v­
notching
of
female
lobster
tails,
and
limiting
the
number
of
traps
per
fisherman.

Hadley,
David
(
1998).

Estimation
of
Shadow
Prices
for
Undesirable
Outputs:
An
Application
to
UK
Dairy
Farms.

Paper
presented
at
the
American
Agricultural
Economics
Association
Annual
Meetings,
Salt
Lake
City,
Utah,
August
2­
5,
16
pp.

Analysis
of
agricultural
production
generally
ignores
the
undesirable
outputs
(
such
as
nitrate
or
pesticide
contamination
of
water)
that
are
produced
alongside
desirable,
marketable
outputs.
This
paper
presents
the
results
of
research
which
integrates
a
simple
physical
model
of
nitrate
leaching
from
dairy
production
into
a
multiple
input/
multiple
output
representation
of
the
production
technology:
the
output
distance
function.
Estimation
of
the
output
distance
function
as
a
frontier
allows
for
the
derivation
of
shadow
prices
of
the
undesirable
output
which
can
be
interpreted
as
the
marginal
abatement
costs
that
each
producer
faces.
The
study
uses
an
unbalanced
panel
data
set
derived
from
annual
survey
returns
from
330
individual
UK
dairy
farms
which
span
the
period
1982
to
1992
and
totals
to
2130
observations.
The
shadow
price
for
the
undesirable
output
evaluated
at
the
mean
of
the
data
is
estimated
to
be
­
29.34
Pounds
Sterling.

Hagan,
Philip
and
Gary
Henry
(
1986).

Potential
Effects
of
Differing
Management
Programs
on
the
Southern
Bluefin
Tuna
Fishery.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
3(
4):
353­
389.

A
model
of
the
Southern
Bluefin
Tuna
(
SBT)
fishery
is
developed
and
used
to
explore
the
likely
biological
and
economic
consequences
of
adopting
various
management
programs
for
the
fishery.
Issues
addressed
include
both
regional
and
international
aspects
since
SBT
are
exploited
by
Japanese
and
New
Zealand
fishermen
as
well
as
their
Australian
counterparts.
Simulation
results
from
the
model
suggest
that
there
exists
an
annual
sustainable
level
of
catch
on
the
part
of
Australian
and
Japanese
fishermen
which
would
maintain
fish
stocks
at
a

safe

level
but
this
level
of
catch,
as
well
as
its
composition,
is
not
unique
so
that
there
is
room
for
negotiation
between
the
major
fishing
nations
on
a
mutually
agreeable
management
program;
that
the
effects
of
heavy
fishing
of
younger
fish
early
in
their
migratory
path
has
disproportionate
consequences
for
all
other
users
of
the
resource;
and
that
there
exists
some
scope
for
some
form
of
socially
acceptable
tradeoff
between
biological
and
economic
objectives.

Hair,
Jay
D.
(
1984).
"
Confronting
Habitat
Constraints."
Chapter
14
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
2
7
3
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

Habitat
can
no
longer
be
ignored
in
decisions
that
affect
recreational
fisheries.
Habitat
must
be
protected,
enhanced,
and
restored
to
develop
recreational
fisheries.

Hall,
Martin
A.
(
1997).

Strategic
Issues
in
Managing
Fishery
Bycatches.

In
Solving
Bycatch,
Considerations
for
Today
and
Tomorrow,
Alaskan
Sea
Grant
College
Program
Report
No.
96­
03,
University
of
Alaska,
Fairbanks,
Alaska,
322
pp.

A
brief
analysis
is
made
of
the
strategies
that
can
be
used
to
reduce
bycatches
in
fisheries.
They
fall
under
two
basic
types:
reduction
of
the
level
of
effort,
and
reduction
of
the
average
bycatch
per
unit
of
effort
(
BPUE).
The
former
frequently
results
in
lower
catches
of
the
target
species.
Reduction
in
BPUE,
on
the
other
hand,
may
offer
a
way
to
mitigate
the
problems
with
fewer
negative
impacts
on
the
fisheries.
Identifying
the
environmental,
biological,
and
technological
reasons
why
bycatches
happen
is
the
key
point
of
those
strategies
that
attempt
to
deal
with
the
problems
while
at
the
same
time
maintaining
the
use
of
the
resources
involved.
Five

lines
of
defense

are
identified
to
try
to
mitigate
or
solve
bycatch
problems.
The
Tuna­
Dolphin
Program
of
the
Inter­
American
Tropical
Tuna
Commission,
is
used
as
a
case
study
to
illustrate
different
issues.
Finally,
some
of
the
conditions
that
have
helped
solve
this
problem
are
presented.
Even
though
it
is
clear
that
each
fishery
will
have
to
develop
its
own
set
of
solutions,
there
are
some
common
traits
that
may
help
in
the
search
for
solutions.

Halstead,
John
M.
and
Minkang
Zhu
(
1987).
"
Managing
Risk
and
Uncertainty
in
Agricultural
Nonpoint
Source
Contamination
of
Ground
Water:
Sources
and­­
Solutions
(?)."
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Virginia
Polytechnic
Institute
and
State
University,
Blacksburg,
Virginia,
June,
25
pp.

This
paper
describes
the
nature
and
sources
of
uncertainty
faced
by
the
economist
attempting
to
analyze
alternative
policies
for
management
of
agricultural
nonpoint
source
pollution
of
ground
water.
Since
the
nature
of
the
nonpoint
problem
makes
many
of
the
techniques
used
to
control
point
source
pollutants
infeasible,
approaches
to
the
ground
water
problem
often
involve
a
modeling
component
to
simulate
both
physical
movement
of
agricultural
chemicals
and
decision
making
of
economic
units.
This
paper
focuses
primarily
on
how
uncertainty
affects
this
modeling
process.

Hamalainen,
Raimo
P.,
Jukka
Ruusunen,
and
Veijo
Kaitala
(
1986).
"
Myopic
Stackelberg
Equilibria
and
Social
Coordination
in
a
Share
Contract
Fishery."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
3(
3):
209­
235.

A
general
dynamic
model
of
fishing
under
harvest
share
contracts
is
developed.
Vessel
owners
hire
fishermen
to
work
on
the
vessels
and
pay
them
a
share
of
the
catch
and
an
additional
wage.
The
harvest
rate
depends
on
labor
input,
capital
input,
and
stock
level.
Neither
of
the
agents
is
unionized.
On
each
vessel
we
have
a
principal
agent
setting
where
the
crews

labor
input
decisions
and
vessel
owners

decisions
about
harvest
shares
are
based
on
myopic
optimization.
However,
in
this
first
analysis
of
the
model
risk
is
not
included
in
the
formulation.
The
paper
concentrates
on
the
incentive
effects
and
in
this
framework
the
reason
for
a
share
contract
to
exist
is
the
avoidance
of
transaction
costs.
In
a
share
contract
fishery
both
labor
input
and
resource
use
are
inefficient.
A
detailed
analysis
of
the
effectiveness
of
different
regulation
policies
is
presented.
2
7
4
Hamalainen,
Raimo
P.,
Jukka
Ruusunen,
and
Veijo
Kaitala
(
1990).
"
Cartels
and
Dynamic
Contracts
in
Sharefishing."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
19:
175­
192.

This
paper
studies
a
principal­
agent
model
of
a
fishery,
where
cooperative
vessel
owners
hire
unorganized
fishermen
to
operate
the
vessels.
On
each
vessel
fishermen's
remuneration
is
a
share
of
the
value
of
the
catch.
The
results
show
that
harvest
shares
of
myopic
fishermen
will
be
reduced
when
cartels
are
established.
Intertemporal
optimization
of
the
resource
use
by
the
cartel
is
accompanied
by
the
problem
of
the
cartel's
viability.
Share
contracts
are
traditionally
motivated
by
risk
sharing
and
by
the
avoidance
of
labor
monitoring.
The
results
of
this
paper
suggest
new
important
reasons
for
the
commonness
of
share
contracts
in
fishing.
Sharefishing
is
a
self­
adaptive
and
time
consistent
remuneration
system
as
it
automatically
accommodates
differences
in
individual
crews'
labor
supplies
due
to
differences
in
fishermen's
skills
and
cost
factors.
An
essential
result
found
that
supports
harvest
sharing
is
the
relative
simplicity
of
the
social
management
policy;
optimal
regulation
is
accomplished
by
a
constant
subsidy
on
the
price
of
fish.
The
subsidy
policy
is
time
consistent
and
does
not
change
as
the
stock
level
changes.
The
paper
also
addresses
conditions
under
which
stock
extinction
does
not
occur
in
sharefishing.

Hamilton,
Marcia
S.
and
Stephen
W.
Huffman
(
1997).

Cost­
Earnings
Study
of
Hawaii

s
Small
Boat
Fishery,
1995­
1996.

SOEST
97­
01,
JIMAR
Contribution
97­
314,
Pelagic
Fisheries
Research
Program,
Joint
Institute
for
Marine
and
Atmospheric
Research,
1000
Pope
Road,
Honolulu,
HI,
102
pp.

The
focus
of
the
study
was
Hawaii

s
1995­
1996
small
pelagic
fishery.
Vessel
owners
and
operators
were
surveyed
through
both
in­
person
and
mail­
back
surveys.
Information
was
obtained
on
569
small
boat
fishermen.
Data
includes
information
on
vessel
operations
and
characteristics,
investment
and
fixed
costs,
trip
costs,
annual
catches,
sales
and
gross
revenue,
as
well
as
operator
demographics.
Surveys
were
stratified
into
four
groups
based
on
fishermen

s
motivations
and
reliance
on
fishing
income:
full­
time
fishermen
were
defined
as
those
who
reported
receiving
over
50%
of
their
income
from
fishing
profits,
part­
time
fishermen
received
50%
or
less
of
their
income
from
fishing,
expense
fishermen
sold
fish
only
to
cover
trip
costs,
and
recreational
fishermen
did
not
sell
any
part
of
their
catch
over
the
previous
12
months.
Clear
differences
were
evident
among
groups.
Fishing
intensity
(
number
of
trips
taken
over
the
previous
12
months),
catch,
and
gross
revenue
were
all
found
to
decrease
as
operators

reliance
on
fishing
income
decreased
(
from
full­
time
to
recreational).
A
majority
of
fishermen
reported
using
more
than
one
gear
type,
however,
full­
time
fishermen
reported
doing
more
handlining
relative
to
trolling
when
compared
to
other
groups.
Average
trip
costs
were
similar
across
groups,
with
full­
time
fishermen
spending
more
on
ice
and
bait
than
others.
An
examination
of
the
data
on
pelagic
vessels
by
vessel
length
was
also
carried
out.
Sixty­
six
percent
of
the
completed
surveys
belonged
to
vessels
between
16
and
24
feet
in
length
overall.
In
general,
investment,
costs,
and
catches
rose
along
with
vessel
size.
Operators
of
larger
vessels
reported
a
greater
emphasis
on
handlining
than
did
smaller
vessels
but
all
sizes
utilized
multiple
gear
types
during
the
previous
12
months.

Hamilton,
Marcia
S.,
Rita
E.
Curtis,
and
Michael
D.
Travis
(
1996).

Cost­
Earnings
Study
of
the
Hawaii­
Based
Domestic
Longline
Fleet.

SOEST
96­
03,
JIMAR
Contribution
96­
300,
Pelagic
Fisheries
Research
Program,
Joint
Institute
for
Marine
and
Atmospheric
Research,
1000
Pope
Road,
Honolulu,
HI,
59
pp.
2
7
5
This
project
provides
baseline
information
to
fishery
managers
and
participants
in
the
Hawaii
based
domestic
longline
fishery.
The
focus
of
study
was
the
1993
Hawaii
based
domestic
longline
fleet.
This
fishery
has
been
a
limited
entry
fishery
since
1991.
In
1993,
there
were
167
permits
issued
to
longline
vessels,
of
which
122
vessels
made
at
least
one
landing.
Total
1993
fleet
landings
as
estimated
by
National
Marine
Fishery
Service
were
25
million
pounds
with
an
exvessel
value
of
$
55
million.
This
report
provides
a
summary
of
1993
vessel
operations
and
earnings;
information
on
other
years
can
be
expected
to
vary
substantially.

Hamilton,
Marcia
S.,
Rita
E.
Curtis,
and
Michael
D.
Travis
(
1996).

Hawaii
Longline
Vessel
Economics.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
2):
137­
140.

This
report
provides
a
summary
of
1993
vessel
operations
and
earnings.
While
the
Hawaii
longline
fleet
averaged
a
positive
net
return
from
their
1993
operations,
the
level
of
profits
varied
substantially
between
groups
of
vessels.
When
analyzed
by
target
species,
mixed
target
vessels
earned
the
highest
net
return.
Although
the
gross
revenue
earned
by
this
group
was
less
than
that
earned
by
swordfish
vessels,
mixed
vessels
had
somewhat
lower
variable
costs
and
substantially
lower
fixed
costs.

Hammack,
Judd
and
Gardner
Mallard
Brown,
Jr.
(
1974).
Waterfowl
and
Wetlands:
Toward
Bioeconomic
Analysis.
Resources
for
the
Future,
Inc.,
Johns
Hopkins
University
Press,
Baltimore.

The
book
deals
with
alternative
methods
of
valuing
outdoor
recreational
resources
in
general
and
develops
a
theoretical
framework
for
the
valuation
of
waterfowl
in
particular.
Empirical
results
are
derived
from
the
waterfowl
valuation
model,
biometric
relationships
are
posited
and
tested
with
mallard
data,
crude
cost­
benefit
analyses
on
existing
prairie
wetlands
are
determined,
and
the
questions
of
how
many
waterfowl
and
how
many
ponds
are
appropriate
in
a
dynamic
setting
is
explored.

Hamnett,
Michael
P.,
Christopher
B.
Jones,
Wendy
L.
Schultz
(
1989).
"
Policy
Development
and
Planning
for
Global
Climate
Change
and
Sea
Level
Rise
in
the
Pacific
Islands."
Joint
Working
Group
on
Policy
and
Planning
Implications
for
Global
Climate
Change
in
the
Pacific
Basin,
Pacific
Basin
Development
Council,
UH
Social
Science
Research
Institute.

This
paper
outlines
the
approach
developed
to
address
the
five
public
policy
problems
associated
with
global
climate
change
in
the
Pacific
Islands;
i.
e.
(
1)
the
potential
impacts
of
global
climate
change
could
be
so
catastrophic
that
neither
our
policy
makers
nor
the
people
we
serve
want
to
consider
the
possibility;
(
2)
compared
to
other
policy
issues,
the
potential
impacts
of
global
warming
appear
much
less
immediate;
(
3)
Pacific
Island
countries
and
territories
do
not
contribute
even
a
fraction
of
global
emissions
of
greenhouse
gases,
and
laws
or
domestic
policies
developed
in
the
islands
to
restrict
emissions
would
have
little
or
no
impact
on
the
intensification
of
the
greenhouse
effect;
(
4)
the
lack
of
scientific
certainty
about
the
relationships
between
emissions
and
global
warming
and
between
warming
and
other
environmental
changes
allows
policy
makers
to
dismiss
the
problem;
(
5)
policy
makers
have
been
provided
with
little
guidance
about
what
they
could
possibly
do
about
the
global
climate
change
and
its
impacts.
It
is
organized
in
terms
of
those
policy
problems
and
concludes
with
a
brief
description
of
the
methods
to
be
employed
in
the
pilot
project.

Hanemann,
W.
Michael
(
1984).
"
Discrete/
Continuous
Models
of
Consumer
Demand."
Econometrica,
52(
3):
541­
561.
2
7
6
This
paper
develops
a
unified
framework
for
formulating
econometric
models
of
discrete/
continuous
consumer
choices
in
which
the
discrete
and
continuous
choices
both
flow
from
the
same
underlying
(
random)
utility
maximization
decision.
As
a
special
case
a
number
of
models
suitable
for
empirical
application
are
developed
where
the
discrete
choice
is
among
different
f=
brands
of
a
commodity.
Since
these
brands
are
essentially
substitutes,
the
consumer
prefers
to
buy
only
one
brand
at
any
time;
the
discrete
choice
is
which
brand
to
select
and
the
continuous
choice
is
how
many
units
to
buy.

Hanemann,
W.
Michael
(
1984).
"
Welfare
Evaluations
in
Contingent
Valuation
Experiments
with
Discrete
Responses."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
66(
3):
339­
341.

Since
the
work
of
Bishop
and
Heberlein,
a
number
of
contingent
valuation
experiments
have
appeared
involving
discrete
responses
that
are
analyzed
by
logit
or
similar
techniques.
This
paper
addresses
the
issues
of
how
the
logit
models
should
be
formulated
to
be
consistent
with
the
hypothesis
of
utility
maximization
and
how
measures
of
compensating
and
equivalent
surplus
should
be
derived
from
the
fitted
models.
Two
distinct
types
of
welfare
measures
are
introduced
and
then
estimated
from
Bishop
and
Heberlein's
data.

Hanemann,
W.
Michael
(
1994).
"
Valuing
the
Environment
Through
Contingent
Valuation."
Journal
of
Economic
Perspectives,
8(
4):
19­
43.

This
paper
focuses
generally
on
the
use
of
contingent
valuation
to
measure
people's
values
for
environmental
resources,
rather
than
specifically
on
natural
resource
damages.
It
will
describe
how
researchers
go
about
conducting
reliable
surveys.
It
then
addresses
some
common
objections
to
surveys
and,
lastly,
considers
the
compatibility
between
contingent
valuation
and
economic
theory.

Hanemann,
W.
Michael
and
Edward
Morey
(
1992).
"
Separability,
Partial
Demand
Systems,
and
Consumer's
Surplus
Measures."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
22:
241­
258.

In
practice,
complete
demand
systems
are
not
estimated.
Rather,
either
an
incomplete
demand
system
is
estimated,
or
separability
is
invoked
and
a
partial
demand
system
is
estimated.
This
paper
considers
the
relationship
between
the
conventional
compensating
variation
(
equivalent
variation)
and
the
corresponding
welfare
measure
that
can
be
derived
from
a
partial
demand
system
and
the
current
budget
allocation
to
the
separable
group.
Even
assuming
the
separability
assumption
invoked
is
appropriate,
these
partial
measures
provide,
in
general,
only
a
limited
amount
of
information
about
the
compensating
variation
and
no
information
about
the
equivalent
variation.
Great
care
is
therefore
needed
when
using
partial
welfare
measures
to
evaluate
policy.

Hanemann,
W.
Michael
and
Ivar
E.
Strand
(
1993).
"
Natural
Resource
Damage
Assessment:
Economic
Implications
for
Fisheries
Management."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
75(
5):
1188­
1193
This
paper
considers
similarities
and
contrasts
between
the
economic
concepts
and
procedures
used
in
connection
with
natural
resources
damages
assessment
and
those
that
arise
in
connection
with
fisheries
management.
The
more
significant
point
that
we
make
is
the
requirement
for
a
consistent
approach
to
economic
valuation,
to
eliminate
opportunities
for
mistakes
in
the
2
7
7
economic
analysis
and
to
provide
a
coherent
economic
argument
for
politicians,
bureaucrats,
and
the
public.
The
problem
arises
because
of
the
fragmentation
in
the
legal
and
political
setting
within
which
economic
analysis
is
conducted
and
the
fact
that
these
different
entities
have
different
viewpoints
and
adopt
different
guidelines.

Hanna,
Susan
S.
(
(
1994).

Co­
management.

In
Karyn
L.
Gimbel
(
ed.)
Limiting
Access
to
Marine
Fisheries:
Keeping
the
Focus
on
Conservation,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

Successful
common
property
resource
management
systems
are
based
on
effective
control.
Effective
control
of
the
exploitation
of
natural
resource
systems
is
often
extremely
difficult
to
obtain
due
to
underlying
ecological
uncertainty,
resource
scale,
heterogeneity
of
users,
diverse
objectives,
high
coordination
and
enforcement
costs,
and
a
lack
of
understanding
about
organizational
structure
and
process.
These
difficulties
often
lead
to
attempts
to
manage
by

technical
expertise

to
obtain

efficient

solutions.
Co­
management,
as
power
sharing
between
government
agencies
and
user
groups,
is
a
mechanism
for
realizing
effective
control.
Co­
management
extends
beyond
the
efficiency
objective
to
encompass
legitimacy
and
equity.
Structuring
comanagement
requires
investment
in
human
capital
of
scientists,
decision
makers,
and
user
groups
to
build
required
skills
of
coordination
and
negotiation.
The
history
of
a
fishery
and
its
existing
institutions­
both
formal
and
informal­
influence
the
probability
of
co­
management
success.
This
paper
focuses
on
the
benefits
and
costs
of
co­
management;
its
necessary
conditions
as
well
as
its
vulnerabilities.
Some
key
aspects
of
building
a
comanagement
process
are
identified
and
compared
to
other
management
processes.

Hannesson,
Rognvaldur
(
1974).
Economics
of
Fisheries:
Some
Problems
of
Efficiency.
Studentlitteratur,
Lund,
Sweden.

Thesis
focusing
on
fisheries
economics
in
general
and
the
North
Atlantic
cod
and
the
fishing
limits
controversy
in
particular.

Hannesson,
R.
(
1975).
"
Fishery
Dynamics:
A
North
Atlantic
Cod
Fishery."
Canadian
Journal
of
Economics,
8(
2):
151­
173.

First,
the
optimal
harvesting
of
a
single
cohort
is
discussed,
assuming
that
a
unit
of
fishing
effort
always
removes
a
constant
proportion
of
the
fish
stock.
Discounting
is
shown
to
imply
a
longer
fishing
season,
and
only
in
special
cases
should
the
stock
be
depleted
to
an
uneconomic
level
as
quickly
as
possible.
Then
the
relative
merits
of
periodic
and
sustained
fishing
of
a
stock
consisting
of
several
cohorts
are
studied
by
simulating
a
Beverton­
Holt
model
of
a
cod
fishery.
The
impact
of
cost,
discounting,
and
natural
fluctuations
on
the
time­
pattern
of
fishing
is
discussed,
as
well
as
the
practicability
of
periodic
fishing.

Hannesson,
Rognvaldur
(
1978).
Economics
of
Fisheries,
An
Introduction.
Universitetsforlaget,
Begen,
Columbia
University
Press,
New
York.

An
introductory
text
in
fisheries
economics
using
comparative
statics.

Hannesson,
R.
(
1983).
"
Bioeconomic
Production
Function
in
Fisheries:
Theoretical
and
Empirical
Analysis."
Can.
J.
fish.
Aquat.
Sci.
40:
968­
982.

The
traditional
fishing
effort
approach
to
fisheries
economics
implies
the
existence
of
a
production
function
with
fishing
effort
and
fish
abundance
as
independent
variables.
The
existence
of
bionomic
equilibrium
depends
on
2
7
8
the
shape
of
this
production
function,
as
well
as
the
demand
and
effort
cost
functions.
The
fishing
effort
approach
is
integrated
with
neoclassical
production
function
analysis
where
labor
and
capital
produce
an
effort
frontier
production
function
that
can
be
estimated
for
selected
Norwegian
fisheries.
Optimal
vessel
size
and
capital
intensity
can
be
estimated.
Fishing
vessels
appear
to
be
undersized
but
not
too
capital
intensive.

Hannesson,
Rognvaldur
(
1983).
"
Optimal
Harvesting
of
Ecologically
Interdependent
Fish
Species."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
10:
329­
345.

The
optimal
exploitation
of
a
two­
species
predator­
prey
system
is
considered,
using
Lotka­
Volterra
type
equations.
Due
to
the
density
dependence
of
ecological
efficiency,
both
species
should
be
harvested
simultaneously
over
a
range
of
relative
prices.
Beyond
the
limits
of
this
price
range,
either
the
prey
species
should
be
utilized
indirectly
by
harvesting
the
predator,
or
the
predator
should
be
eliminated
to
maximize
the
prey
yield.
Neglecting
harvesting
costs,
the
simultaneous
harvest
of
prey
and
predators
requires
that
a
unit
of
prey
biomass
increase
in
value
by
being
"
processed"
by
predators.
Certain
results
from
single
species
fishery
models
are
shown
not
to
apply
to
multispecies
models.
These
are
as
follows:
(
i)
Optimal
regulation
of
a
free
access
fishery
may
call
for
subsidizing
instead
of
taxing
the
harvest
of
predator
species.
(
ii)
Increasing
the
discount
rate
may,
at
"
moderate"
levels,
imply
that
the
optimal
standing
stock
of
biomass
increases
instead
of
decreasing.
(
iii)
a
rising
price
of
a
falling
cost
per
unit
fishing
effort
of
a
species
may
raise
and
not
lower
the
optimal
standing
stock
of
that
species.

Hannesson,
Rognvaldur
(
1984).
"
Fisheries
Management
and
Uncertainty."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
1(
1):
89­
96.

This
paper
explores
likely
changes
in
the
types
and
extent
of
uncertainty
resulting
from
increased
regulation
of
fisheries.
Specifically,
fisheries
management
may
be
a
principal
source
of
uncertainty,
and
institutional
uncertainty
may
be
substituted
for
the
uncertainty
of
nature.

Hannesson,
Rognvaldur
(
1985).
"
The
Effects
of
a
Fishermen's
Monopoly
in
the
Market
for
Unprocessed
Fish."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
2(
1):
75­
85.

This
paper
considers
the
effects
of
granting
a
fishermen's
sales
organization
exclusive
rights
to
sell
unprocessed
fish.
On
the
assumption
that
the
fishermen's
monopoly
is
able
to
discriminate
between
plants
and
end
use
alternatives
in
its
pricing
policy,
the
conditions
for
profit
maximization
are
derived
and
compared
with
the
conditions
for
social
efficiency.
It
is
found
that
the
monopoly
would
be
efficient
if
its
costs
for
obtaining
the
fish
are
identical
to
the
social
costs,
the
marginal
processing
cost
is
constant,
and
either
the
price
of
the
finished
product
is
constant
or
the
product
is
exported
so
that
consumer's
surplus
is
not
a
part
of
the
social
benefit.
A
fishermen's
monopoly
may
thus
achieve
the
objectives
of
an
export
cartel.
When
the
marginal
processing
cost
is
rising
the
monopoly
will
over
conserve
the
fish
resource,
provided
that
its
cost
of
providing
the
fish
is
not
sufficiently
below
the
social
cost.
Finally,
the
analysis
is
extended
to
the
special
case
in
which
processors
have
established
a
price
discriminating
monopoly
in
the
market
for
the
finished
products
but
distribute
the
resulting
profit
through
higher
accounting
prices
while
leaving
individual
processors
to
decide
how
much
fish
to
buy
for
processing.
This
system
passes
the
benefits
from
price
discrimination
in
the
markets
for
finished
products
on
to
the
fishermen's
monopoly.
2
7
9
Hannesson,
Rognvaldur
(
1985).
"
Inefficiency
Through
Government
Regulations:
The
Case
of
Norway

s
Fishery
Policy."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
2(
2):
115­
141.

The
fishery
is
a
classic
example
of
market
failure.
Government
intervention
does
not
necessarily
correct
this,
but
may
instead
seek
economically
inefficient
solutions,
because
of
either
a
deliberate
trade
off
between
efficiency
and
equity
or
political
expediency.
Norway

s
fishery
policy
is
seen
as
a
case
in
point.
Its
stated
objectives
put
a
low
priority
on
economic
efficiency,
while
various
objectives
based
on
equity
are
put
in
the
foreground.
The
result
is
that
the
contribution
of
Norway

s
fisheries
to
the
national
income
is
slight.
Norway

s
fishery
policy
consists
of
two
largely
uncoordinated
parts,
one
concerned
with
maintaining
fishermen

s
incomes
and
the
other
with
managing
fish
stocks.
Since
the
introduction
of
the
200
mile
limit,
most
fish
stocks
exploited
by
Norway
have
been
managed
by
total
allowable
catches
(
TACs).
While
this
has
prevented
the
depletion
of
fish
stocks,
the
regulations
introduced
to
enforce
the
TACs
have
been
an
economic
failure.
The
setting
of
TACs
has
in
some
cases
revealed
a
willingness
to
attain
solutions
expedient
in
the
short
term
at
the
expense
of
long
term
benefits.

Hannesson,
Rognvaldur
(
1986).
"
The
Effect
of
the
Discount
Rate
on
the
Optimal
Exploitation
of
Renewable
Resources."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
3(
4):
319­
329.

In
a
recent
paper,
Farzin
(
1984)
has
shown
that
the
impact
of
the
discount
rate
on
the
optimal
rate
of
depletion
of
an
exhaustible
resource
is
ambiguous.
Since
Clark

s
(
1973)
paper
on
the
extinction
of
animal
species,
it
has
been
recognized
that
a
higher
discount
rate
increases
the
optimal
rate
of
exploitation
and
increases
the
likelihood
of
extinction,
but
ignores
the
capital
cost
implication
of
a
higher
discount
rate;
the
effect
discussed
by
Farzin.
In
this
paper,
the
effect
of
the
discount
rate
on
the
optimal
rate
of
exploitation
and
standing
stock
of
a
renewable
resource
such
as
fish
is
examined.
This
effect
is
ambiguous
with
the
ambiguity
depending
on
the
dual
role
of
the
discount
rate.
On
the
one
hand,
the
discount
rate
expresses
a
required
rate
of
return
on
a
growing
asset.
For
a
renewable
resource
with
a
concave
growth
function,
a
higher
rate
of
discount
implies
a
smaller
standing
stock.
Ont
the
other
hand,
the
discount
rate
expresses
the
opportunity
cost
of
capital
to
be
invested
in
harvesting
equipment.
A
higher
discount
rate
thus
means
more
costly
harvesting,
which
in
turn
implies
a
less
intensive
optimal
harvesting
and
a
larger
standing
stock.

Hannesson,
Rognvaldur
(
1987).
"
Optimal
Catch
Capacity
and
Fishing
Effort
in
Deterministic
and
Stochastic
Fishery
Models."
Fisheries
Research,
5:
1­
21.

This
paper
is
a
survey
of
fisheries
economics
aimed
mainly
at
fisheries
biologists.
The
paper
begins
by
reviewing
the
static
theory,
which
established
two
major
results.
(
I)
Free
access
leads
to
over­
exploitation,
and
(
ii)
the
optimal
rate
of
exploitation
is
less
than
the
maximum
sustainable
yield.
The
latter
could
be
regarded
as
an
antithesis
to
the
biological
doctrine
that
fish
stocks
should
be
managed
to
give
maximum
sustainable
yield
(
MSY).
Dynamic
theory,
which
is
considered
next,
showed
that
the
optimal
rate
of
exploitation
could
be
either
less
or
greater
than
the
MSY
rate.
In
particular,
a
higher
discount
rate
was
shown
to
imply
a
higher
rate
of
exploitation.
This,
however,
ignores
the
role
of
capital
invested
in
the
harvesting
sector.
Once
it
is
recognized
that
a
higher
discount
rate
implies
a
higher
required
rate
of
return
on
capital,
the
impact
of
the
discount
rate
2
8
0
on
the
optimal
rate
of
exploitation
becomes
ambiguous.
The
paper
examines
the
impact
of
the
discount
rate
with
and
without
stock­
dependent
harvesting
costs.
This
leads
on
to
the
question
o
how
the
risk
of
extinction
under
free
access
depends
on
the
sensitivity
of
unit
harvesting
costs,
or
catch
per
unit
of
effort,
to
the
size
of
the
exploited
stock.
Finally,
stochastic
fishery
models
are
briefly
considered.
The
main
purpose
of
this
part
of
the
paper
is
to
demonstrate
that
deterministic
fishery
models
may
give
poor
guidance
for
managing
the
stochastic
fisheries
of
the
real
world,
even
if
risk
neutrality
and
constant
prices
are
assumed.
To
demonstrate
this
as
clearly
as
possible,
the
unit
cost
of
harvesting
is
assumed
to
be
constant,
implying
that
the
optimal
rate
of
exploitation
is
constant
in
a
deterministic
model.
First,
we
consider
the
simple
case
of
time­
invariant
stochastic
catch
quotas
(
no
population
dynamics),
and
demonstrate
how
optimal
catch
capacity
depends
on
the
cost
of
investing
in
the
necessary
equipment.
Then
we
consider
population
dynamics,
where
expected
future
catch
quotas
depend
on
how
much
is
being
taken
presently.
Optimal
catch
capacity
depends
on
the
cost
of
investment
in
this
case
as
well,
but
the
derivation
of
optimal
harvesting
and
investment
policies
becomes
more
complicated.

Hannesson,
R.
(
1988).
"
Fixed
or
Variable
Catch
Quotas?
The
Importance
of
Population
Dynamics
and
Stock
Dependent
Costs."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5(
4):
415­
432.

This
article
considers
two
questions
concerning
fluctuations
in
fish
stocks
and
catches:
are
they
possible
beneficial
and
would
fishery
managers
opt
for
a
strategy
that
enhances
stock
or
catch
quota
variability
or
both?
For
this
analysis,
three
models
are
followed:
in
the
first,
variations
in
stock
abundance
are
stochastic
with
no
population
dynamics;
in
the
second,
the
stock
in
a
certain
time
period
depends
on
a
stochastic
recruitment
to
the
stock
and
survivors
from
the
previous
time
period;
and
the
third
is
a
year
class
model
that
has
more
complicated
population
dynamics
but
is
more
realistic.
The
article
implicitly
assumes
that
property
rights
exist
by
using
profit
maximizing
mathematical
techniques.

Hannesson,
Rognvaldur
(
1993).
"
Enclosure
of
the
Commons:
Two
Paradoxes."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

de
Meza
and
Gould
(
1992)
show
that
the
rent
from
enclosing
a
free
access
resource
may,
at
the
wage
rate
prior
to
enclosure,
be
positive
while
the
social
benefit
is
negative.
Hence
there
may
be
an
incentive
to
privatize
a
common
resource
even
when
this
is
not
warranted
for
reasons
of
efficiency.
Books
and
Heijdra
(
1990)
have
criticized
Buchanan
(
1980)
for
a
similar
approach
when
demonstrating
that
the
potential
benefits
of
enclosing
the
commons
may
be
dissipated
through
rent
seeking.
In
this
paper
we
show
that
de
Meza
and
Gould's
conclusion
that
the
rent
from
enclosure
will
be
higher
than
the
social
benefit
at
the
free
access
wage
rate
still
holds
when
there
is
a
real
cost
of
the
enclosure
and
diminishing
returns
in
both
sectors
of
the
economy.
It
may,
however,
happen
that
the
resource
rent
after
enclosure
is
negative
while
the
social
benefit
of
enclosure
is
positive.
Hence
we
might
end
up
in
the
curious
situation
that
neither
free
access
nor
enclosure
is
an
equilibrium.

Hannesson,
Rognvaldur
(
1993).
"
Fishing
Capacity
and
Harvest
Rules."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
8(
2):
133­
143.

In
this
note
we
consider
the
choice
of
optimum
fishing
capacity
for
fish
stocks
that
vary
at
random.
In
models
with
stochastic
variations
of
fish
2
8
1
stocks,
optimum
fishing
capacity
is
normally
a
decision
variable
separate
from
fishing
effort.
It
is
shown
how
the
optimum
fishing
capacity
depends
on
the
price
of
fish,
the
cost
of
capacity,
and
the

harvest
rule

linking
the
permitted
catch
to
the
size
of
the
fish
stock.
Operating
costs
may
also
influence
the
optimum
capacity
through
the
effect
of
stock

thinning

on
the
cost
per
unit
of
fish
caught
and
the
level
at
which
further
depletion
becomes
unprofitable.

Hannesson,
Rognvaldur
(
1994).
"
Optimum
Fishing
Capacity
and
International
Transfer
of
Excess
Allowable
Catches."
Land
Economics,
70(
3):
330­
344.

This
paper
considers
optimum
fleet
capacity
for
fish
stocks
that
vary
randomly
and
are
managed
by
separate
states.
Assigning
a
particular
fleet
to
a
particular
stock
will
be
less
profitable
than
allowing
fleets
to
move
between
stocks.
Transfer
of
excess
catch
quotas
between
states
improves
profitability,
but
produces
a
global
optimum
only
if
payments
are
attached
to
the
transfer.
A
free
transfer
of
excess
quotas
results
in
overcapacity
and
dissipation
of
rents.
A
Nash
bargaining
solution
with
respect
to
transfer
prices,
but
without
side
payments,
gives
solutions
very
close
to
the
global
optimum.

Hannesson,
Rognvaldur
(
1997).
"
Fishing
as
a
Supergame."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
32:
309­
322.

This
paper
considers
how
cooperative
solutions
to
games
of
sharing
fish
resources
can
be
supported
by
threat
strategies.
With
highly
mobile
fish
stocks,
the
number
of
agents
compatible
with
a
cooperative
self­
enforcing
solution
is
not
very
high
for
reasonable
values
of
the
discount
rate,
but
sensitive
to
changes
in
the
discount
rate
and
costs
and
to
cost
heterogeneity.
With
migrating
stocks,
where
growth
and
reproduction
depend
on
how
much
all
agents
leave
behind
after
harvesting,
the
likelihood
of
a
cooperative,
selfenforcing
equilibrium
is
increased.
With
a
dominant
player
and
a
competitive
fringe
the
rents
and
optimum
stock
level
of
the
dominant
player
fall
quickly
as
the
share
of
the
competitive
fringe
increases.

Hannesson,
Rognvaldur
(
1998).

Distribution
of
Benefits
from
International
Trade
in
Fishery
Products?

Discussion
paper
prepared
for
the
FAO
EMail
Conference
on
Fisheries
Trade
and
Food
Security,
The
Norwegian
School
of
Economics
and
Business
Administration,
Bergen,
Norway,
7
pp.

The
subject
of
international
trade
is
controversial
and
at
times
emotional.
Yet
the
theory
of
international
trade,
its
generation
of
economic
benefits
and
its
impact
on
their
distribution
is
well
developed
and
uncontroversial.
The
generation
and
the
distribution
of
gains
from
fish
trade
can
be
in
unexpected
directions,
as
they
depend
critically
on
how
well
countries
manage
their
fish
resources.
Countries
that
do
so
badly
or
not
at
all
are
more
likely
than
not
to
lose
from
trading
in
fish;
opening
up
trade
is
like
opening
up
a
waste
disposal
bin
into
which
productive
resources
will
be
thrown
to
little
or
no
good
purpose.
If
on
the
other
hand
such
countries
were
to
import
fish
as
a
result
of
trade
they
might
in
fact
gain;
lower
fish
prices
would
lower
the
temptation
to
waste
resources.
The
need
for
fish
exporting
countries
to
manage
their
fisheries
prudently
can
hardly
be
overstated.

Hannesson,
Rognvaldur
(
1998).
"
Marine
Reserves:
What
Would
They
Accomplish?"
Marine
Resource
Economics,
13(
3):
159­
170.

A
marine
reserve
is
defined
as
a
subset
of
the
area
over
which
a
fish
stock
is
dispersed
and
closed
to
fishing.
This
paper
investigates
what
will
2
8
2
happen
to
fishing
outside
the
marine
reserve
and
to
the
stock
size
in
the
entire
area
as
a
result
of
establishing
a
marine
reserve.
Three
regimes
are
compared:
(
i)
open
access
to
the
entire
area,
(
ii)
open
access
to
the
area
outside
the
marine
reserve,
and
(
iii)
optimum
fishing
in
the
entire
area.
Two
models
are
used:
(
i)
a
continuous­
time
model,
and
(
ii)
a
discrete­
time
model,
both
using
the
logistic
growth
equation.
Both
models
are
deterministic
equilibrium
models.
The
conservation
effect
of
a
marine
reserve
is
shown
to
be
critically
dependent
on
the
size
of
the
marine
reserve
and
the
migration
rate
of
fish.
A
marine
reserve
will
increase
fishing
costs
and
overcapitalization
in
the
fishing
industry,
to
the
extent
that
it
has
any
conservation
effect
on
the
stock,
and
in
a
seasonal
fishery
it
will
shorten
the
fishing
season.
For
stocks
with
moderate
to
high
migration
rates,
a
marine
reserve
of
a
moderate
size
will
have
only
a
small
conservation
effect,
compared
with
open
access
to
the
entire
area
inhabited
by
a
stock.
The
higher
the
migration
rate
of
fish,
the
larger
the
marine
reserve
must
be
in
order
to
achieve
a
given
level
of
stock
conservation.
A
marine
reserve
of
an
appropriate
size
would
achieve
the
same
conservation
effect
as
optimum
fishing,
but
with
a
smaller
catch.

Hannesson,
Rognvaldur
and
Stein
Ivar
Steinshamn
(
1991).
"
How
to
Set
Catch
Quotas:
Constant
Effort
or
Constant
Catch?"
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
20:
71­
91.

This
paper
considers
whether
the
total
allowable
catch
from
a
fish
stock
should
be
a
fixed
annual
quantity
or
based
on
constant
fishing
effort.
It
consists
of
two
parts,
a
theoretical
part
and
an
empirical
part
based
on
data
from
the
Arcto­
Norwegian
cod
stock.
In
the
theoretical
part
it
is
shown
that
realistic
cost
and
revenue
functions
have
opposite
effects
on
whether
a
constant
quota
or
a
constant
effort
yields
the
highest
expected
profit.
A
concave
revenue
function
implies
that
a
constant
quota
will
be
preferable,
while
a
stock
dependent
unit
cost
of
landed
fish
has
the
opposite
implication.
The
empirical
part
investigates
how
large
the
difference
between
the
average
profit
yielded
by
the
two
strategies
is
likely
to
be,
on
the
basis
of
some
stylized
facts
about
the
Arcto­
Norwegian
cod
stock.
The
size
of
this
stock
fluctuates
considerably
over
time,
due
mainly
to
fluctuations
in
the
size
of
year
classes.
Spectral
analysis
indicates
cyclical
movements,
and
so
a
sine
curve
was
used
to
generate
recruitment
cycles.
The
difference
in
average
profit
yielded
by
the
two
harvest
strategies
is
very
small
in
most
cases,
or
of
the
order
of
1­
2%.
This
result
is
relatively
robust
with
respect
to
alternative
specifications
of
the
cost
and
the
revenue
functions,
but
a
maximum
difference
of
20%
was
produced
by
a
non­
stock­
dependent
unit
cost
of
fish
and
a
kinked
revenue
function,
where
catches
exceeding
a
certain
quantity
are
worthless.

Hanson,
Gregory
D.,
James
W.
Dunn,
and
Ganesh
P.
Rauniyar
(
1996).

Marketing
Characteristics
Associated
with
Seafood
Counters
in
Grocery
Stores.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
1):
11­
22.

This
study
provides
a
benchmark
analysis
of
seafood
counter
characteristics
corresponding
to
the
peaking
of
per
capita
seafood
demand
in
the
U.
S.
Logistic
regression
results
show
separate
seafood
counters
are
less
likely
in
small
stores,
in
rural
stores,
and
in
stores
in
low
or
medium
income
areas.
Chain
stores
and
stores
with
a
significant
number
of
non­
white
customers
were
more
likely
to
have
a
seafood
counter.
Stores
in
the
East
South
Central
region
were
less
likely,
and
stores
in
New
England
more
likely
to
have
a
seafood
counter.
The
likelihood
that
sores
will
develop
seafood
counters
was
related
to
differences
in
sales
volume,
floor
space,
urban/
rural
location,
income
level
of
clients
and
regional
location.
Continuing
innovations
in
marketing
technology
of
seafood
counters
are
likely
to
provide
2
8
3
expanded
marketing
opportunities
in
the
future.

Hanson,
J.
S.,
W.
L.
Griffin,
J.
W.
Richardson,
and
C.
J.
Nixon
(
1985).
"
Economic
Feasibility
of
Shrimp
Farming
in
Texas:
An
Investment
Analysis
for
Semi­
Intensive
Pond
Grow­
Out."
Journal
of
World
Mariculture,
16:
129­
150.

A
firm
level
simulation
model
(
MARSIM)
was
developed
to
analyze
the
survival
of
different
shrimp
farm
sizes
in
Texas.
The
model
simulates
the
annual
activities
of
a
shrimp
farm:
production,
finances,
cash
receipts,
capital
replacement
and
depreciation,
cash
flows,
income
taxes,
balances,
and
growth.
A
firm
is
replicated
50
times
over
a
10
year
planning
horizon.
Random
values
for
shrimp
growth
and
survival,
temperature,
hurricanes,
and
prices
received
in
each
of
10
years
are
generated
from
multivariate
empirical
probability
density
functions
(
pdf)
for
these
variables.
For
the
analysis
summarized
here,
a
shrimp
farm
was
simulated
using
3
different
size
systems
and
4
different
pond
sizes.
Results
indicate
that
higher
rates
of
return
and
faster
payback
are
associated
with
larger
total
farm
size
and
larger
ponds.
For
large
farms
(
400
surface
hectares),
pond
size
becomes
less
critical
to
obtaining
an
acceptable
rate
of
return
to
investment.
The
amount
of
time
taken
to
construct
a
facility
significantly
impacts
the
rate
of
return.
Hurricanes,
prices,
production,
and
temperature
variation
are
also
critical
factors
affecting
the
firm's
returns
and
survival.

Harberger,
Arnold
C.
(
1971).
"
Three
Basic
Postulates
for
Applied
Welfare
Economics:
An
Interpretive
Essay."
Journal
of
Economic
Literature,
9(
3):
785­
797.

The
postulates
are
(
a)
the
competitive
demand
price
for
a
given
unit
measures
the
value
of
that
unit
to
the
demander;
(
b)
the
competitive
supply
price
for
a
given
unit
measures
the
value
of
that
unit
to
the
supplier;
and
(
c)
when
evaluating
the
net
benefits
for
costs
of
a
given
action,
the
costs
and
benefits
accruing
to
each
member
of
that
relevant
group
should
normally
be
added
without
regard
to
the
individual
to
whom
they
accrue.

Hardin,
Garrett
(
1968).
"
The
Tragedy
of
the
Commons."
Science,
162(
December):
1243­
1248.

The
population
problem
has
no
technical
solution;
it
requires
a
fundamental
extension
in
morality.

Hardy,
Linda
(
1995).
"
Data
Request."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
fisheries
Science
Center,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
101
Pivers
Island
Road,
Beaufort,
N.
C.,
March.

Formats
describing
south
Atlantic
shrimp
landings
data
for
1991
to
1993
and
the
vessel
operating
units
file
for
the
southeastern
region
for
1990
to
1993.

Harper,
Douglas
E.
(
1994).
"
The
1994
Spiny
Lobster
Update
of
Trends
in
Landings,
CPUE,
and
Size
of
Harvested
Lobster."
Miami
Laboratory
Contribution
No.
MIA­
93/
94­
82,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
September,
14
pp.

The
objectives
of
this
report
are
to
examine
(
1)
trends
in
commercial
landings
and
effort,
(
2)
catch
per
unit
effort
(
CPUE),
and
(
3)
size
of
lobster
in
commercial
and
recreational
catches.
2
8
4
Harper,
Douglas
E.
and
David
B.
McClellan
(
1997).
"
A
Review
of
the
Biology
and
Fishery
for
Gray
Triggerfish,
Balistes
capriscus,
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Miami
Laboratory
Contribution
No.
MIA­
96/
97­
52,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
September,
17
pp.

The
commercial
and
recreational
harvest
trends
are
examined
and
the
biological,
life
history,
and
population
parameters
presented
in
the
literature
are
summarized.

Harrington,
Dave
(
1994).
"
Bycatch
Reduction
of
TEDS."
Presented
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Corpus
Christi,
TX,
May,
7
pp.

This
paper
reviews
the
reduction
in
finfish
bycatch
in
shrimp
trawls
that
are
equipped
with
turtle
excluder
devices.
It
argues
that
finfish
bycatch
should
be
reduced
as
much
as
possible
without
harm
to
the
shrimp
fishery
since
the
impact
of
bycatch
on
finfish
stock
size
may
not
be
as
great
as
is
sometimes
claimed.

Harrington,
David
L.
(
1994).
"
A
Case
of
Double
Deception."
Georgia
Sea
Grant
College
Program,
Marine
Extension
Service
and
MAS
Leader,
University
of
Georgia.

A
news
release
that
describes
video
footage
used
to
promote
the
cause
of
the
Florida
net
ban
as
fraudulent.

Harris,
Kenneth
C.
(
1994).
"
1993­
94
Wreckfish
Season
Quota
Report."
Memorandum,
United
States
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
Beaufort,
N.
C.
28516­
9722.

Status
of
the
wreckfish
fishery
ITQ
program
from
1991
to
1993
fishing
seasons.

Harris,
Kenneth
C.
(
1996).
"
1995­
96
Wreckfish
Fishery
Annual
Report."
United
States
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
Beaufort,
N.
C.
28516­
9722.

Status
of
the
wreckfish
fishery
ITQ
program
from
1991
to
1995
fishing
seasons.

Harris,
Kenneth
C.
and
Linda
F.
Hardy
(
1995).
"
The
1994­
95
Wreckfish
Fishery
Annual
Report."
United
States
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
Beaufort,
N.
C.
28516­
9722.

Status
of
the
wreckfish
fishery
ITQ
program
from
1991
to
1995
fishing
seasons.

Harrison,
David,
Jr.
and
Daniel
L.
Rubinfeld
(
1978).
"
Hedonic
Housing
Prices
and
the
Demand
for
Clean
Air."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
5:
81­
102.

This
paper
investigates
the
methodological
problems
with
the
use
of
2
8
5
housing
market
data
to
measure
the
willingness
to
pay
for
clean
air.
With
the
use
of
a
hedonic
housing
price
model
and
data
for
the
boston
metropolitan
area,
quantitative
estimates
of
the
willingness
to
pay
for
air
quality
improvements
are
generated.
Marginal
air
pollution
damages
as
revealed
in
the
housing
market
are
found
to
increase
with
the
level
of
air
pollution
and
with
household
income.
The
results
are
relatively
sensitive
to
the
specification
of
the
hedonic
housing
price
equation,
but
insensitive
to
the
specification
of
the
air
quality
demand
equation.

Hartley,
Michael
J.
(
1976).
"
The
Tobit
and
Probit
Models:
Maximum
Likelihood
Estimation
by
Ordinary
Least
Squares."
Discussion
Paper
Number
374,
Economic
Research
Group,
Department
of
Economics,
State
University
of
New
York
at
Buffalo.

This
paper
proposes
an
alternative
method
for
the
calculation
of
the
Maximum
Likelihood
Estimator
(
MLE)
for
the
Tobit
and
Probit
models,
that
resolves
the
difficulties
with
the
convergence
of
the
Gauss­
Newton
algorithm,
has
the
virtue
that
it
is
computationally
much
simpler,
and
affords
a
unified
interpretation
of
each
of
these
models
from
the
perspective
of
incomplete
data
regression
models.

Hartwick,
John
M.
(
1978).
"
Exploitation
of
Many
Deposits
of
an
Exhaustible
Resource."
Econometrica,
46(
1):
201­
217.

Given
a
known
demand
schedule
for
a
mineral
at
each
instant
of
time
and
many
deposits
with
different
known
extraction
costs
per
ton
(
different
qualities)
and
different
known
sizes,
how
should
exploitation
be
organized?
How
does
an
exogenous
change
in
the
size
of
deposit
i
or
in
the
extraction
costs
per
unit
in
deposit
i
affect
the
program
of
exploitation?
These
questions
are
investigated
for
the
case
of
extraction
costs
constant
per
ton
for
deposit
i.
The
comparative
static
analysis
parallels
that
for
a
problem
with
many
income
classes
in
location
theory.

Harvey,
David
J.
(
1992).
"
Farmed­
Raised
Shrimp:
Impacts
on
U.
S.
Seafood
Trade."
Aquaculture,
Situation
and
Outlook
Report,
Department
of
Agriculture,
Economic
Research
Service,
Aqua­
8,
March,
7
pp.

Improvements
in
techniques
for
producing
farm
raised
shrimp
in
the
1980'
s
greatly
increased
total
supplies,
which
caused
real
prices
for
both
domestic
landings
and
imports
to
fall.
With
real
import
prices
declining
25
percent
between
1986
and
1990,
U.
S.
imports
increased
dramatically,
especially
from
countries
with
expanding
farm
raised
shrimp
production.
The
effect
of
these
trends
has
been
to
increase
U.
S.
shrimp
supplies
over
73
percent
and
to
make
shrimp
imports
the
largest
component
of
the
trade
deficit
in
seafood.

Hashim,
Ali
and
Jonathan
Cook
(
1994).
"
Resource
Rent
in
the
Fisheries
Sector."
Draft,
EPCS
Economics
Paper
No.
2,
Fisheries
Economics
and
Statistics
Program,
Third
Fisheries
Project,
Economic
Planning
And
Coordination
Section,
Ministry
of
Fisheries
and
Agriculture,
Male,
Republic
of
Maldives,
April.

This
study
analyses
the
capacity
of
the
major
sectors
of
the
Maldivian
fishing
industry
to
pay
resource
rent
to
the
government
in
relation
to
its
access
to
the
country's
fish
resources.
A
major
objective
of
the
study
is
to
provide
input
to
a
second
study
being
undertaken
under
the
project;
Study
4
that
analyses
the
fiscal
alternatives
open
to
the
government.
The
ability
of
the
fishing
industry
to
meet
an
increased
proportion
of
the
national
budget
is
a
direct
function
of
the
profitability
of
the
industry
that
is
analyzed
in
some
detail
in
this
report.
2
8
6
Hashim,
Ali
and
Jonathan
Cook
(
1994).
"
Resource
Rent
in
the
Fisheries
Sector."
Draft,
EPCS
Economics
Paper
No.
6,
Fisheries
Economics
and
Statistics
Program,
Third
Fisheries
Project,
Economic
Planning
And
Coordination
Section,
Ministry
of
Fisheries
and
Agriculture,
Male,
Republic
of
Maldives,
November,
19
pp.

Fisheries
in
many
countries
have
been
demonstrated
to
generate
super
normal
profits
in
either
the
short
or
long
run.
In
the
short
run,
such
profits
may
be
realized
when
a
new
fishery
is
developed
and
there
are
consequently
few
boats
fishing
a
relatively
large
resource.
In
an
open
access
fishery,
these
rents
are
normally
dissipated
as
more
vessels
enter
the
fishery
and
catch
per
unit
effort
(
CPUE)
falls.
If,
however,
the
resource
is
large
and/
or
effort
is
limited
by
government
regulation,
super
normal
profits
may
continue
in
the
long
run.
In
this
case,
the
government
may
appropriate
some
of
these
profits
as
a
'
resource
rent';
a
payment
by
users
for
the
use
of
a
common
property
resource.
Examples,
are
widely
found
in
the
mining
sector,
where
the
minerals
are
owned
by
the
government
and
companies
are
granted
extraction
rights
in
return
for
a
royalty
or
rent.

Haspel,
Abraham
E.
and
F.
Reed
Johnson
(
1982).
"
Multiple
Destination
Trip
Bias
in
Recreation
Benefit
Estimation."
Land
Economics,
58(
3):
364­
372.

This
study
examines
the
consequences
of
multiple
destination
trips
on
travel
cost
estimates
of
benefits,
suggests
a
means
of
correcting
the
bias
that
arises
under
such
circumstances,
and
obtains
nearly
identical
value
estimates
from
the
travel
cost
method
and
from
a
direct
question
on
willingness
to
pay.
The
magnitude
of
multiple
destination
bias
is
illustrated
and
possible
solutions
to
this
problem
are
considered
using
itinerary
information
from
visitors
to
Bryce
Canyon
National
Park.

Hatch,
Upton
and
Chien
Feng
Tai
(
1997).
"
A
Survey
of
Aquaculture
Production
Economics
and
Management."
Aquaculture
Economics
and
Management,
1(
1):
1­
15.

The
literature
on
production
economics
and
management
of
fish
culture
has
grown
as
aquaculture
has
matured
as
a
commercial
industry.
Salmon,
catfish,
shrimp,
and
trout
are
the
focus
of
this
literature
survey
as
a
reflection
of
the
volume
of
research
that
has
been
completed
on
these
species
and
their
importance
in
U.
S.
production
and
world
trade.
In
addition,
a
discussion
of
low
resource
production
systems
is
included
that
is
dominated
by
tilapia
and
carp
culture
systems.
A
brief
overview
of
the
principles
of
aquaculture
production
economics
and
management
is
presented
followed
by
a
review
of
economic
studies.

Hatch,
Upton,
R.
Agbayani,
and
E.
Belleza
(
1996).
"
Economic
Analysis
of
Prawn
(
Penaeus
monodon)
Culture
in
the
Philippines,
II:
Grow­
out
Operations."
Asian
Fisheries
Science,
9:
127­
141.

The
dramatic
fall
in
prawn
prices
coupled
with
environmental
concerns
has
resulted
in
a
relative
stagnation
of
prawn
grow­
out
operations
in
the
Philippines.
The
sector
recently
experienced
a
lack
of
direction
and
growth,
combined
with
crowded
watersheds,
excessive
use
of
water
bodies,
overuse
of
groundwater
and
continued
destruction
of
mangrove.
A
field
survey
of
prawn
growers
conducted
in
1992
was
used
to
develop
economic
estimates
for
representative
production
systems:
intensive,
semi­
intensive,
extensive,
and
prawn­
milkfish
rotation.
Existing
intensive
facilities
can
be
operated
efficiently
and
profitably,
but
new
intensive
operations
will
most
likely
need
to
include
water
treatment
capabilities
for
water
entering
and
exiting
grow­
2
8
7
out
ponds.
Canals,
reservoirs,
or
ponds
used
for
water
quality
improvement
may
be
able
to
concurrently
produce
a
profitable
crop,
such
as
milkfish­
prawn
rotation.
Internal
rate
of
return
for
semi­
intensive
ponds
using
earthen
ponds
was
higher
than
for
other
culture
systems.
If,
over
time,
water
quality
and
conservation
constraints
are
sufficiently
addressed,
stocking
densities
might
be
increased.
Research
and
extension
programs
targeting
equity
should
focus
on
integrated
systems.

Hausman,
Jerry
A.
(
1981).
"
Exact
Consumer's
Surplus
and
Deadweight
Loss."
American
Economic
Review,
71(
4):
662­
676.

In
this
paper,
the
primary
case
of
a
single
price
change
considered
by
Willig,
that
is
also
the
situation
in
which
consumer
surplus
is
often
used
in
applied
work,
no
approximation
is
necessary.
From
an
estimate
of
the
demand
curve,
the
exact
consumer
surplus
can
be
derived
whether
it
is
the
compensating
variation,
equivalent
variation,
or
some
measure
of
utility
change.
The
basic
idea
used
in
deriving
the
exact
measure
of
consumer
surplus
is
to
use
the
observed
market
demand
curve
to
derive
the
unobserved
compensated
demand
curve.
It
is
this
latter
demand
curve
that
leads
to
the
compensating
variation
and
equivalent
variation.

Hausman,
Jerry
A.
and
Daniel
McFadden
(
1984).
"
Specification
Tests
for
the
Multinomial
Logit
Model."
Econometrica,
52(
5):
1219­
1240.

Discrete
choice
models
are
now
used
in
a
variety
of
situations
in
applied
econometrics.
By
far
the
model
specification
that
is
used
most
often
is
the
multinomial
logit
model.
Yet
it
is
widely
known
that
a
potentially
important
drawback
of
the
multinomial
logit
model
is
the
independence
from
irrelevant
alternatives
property.
While
most
analysts
recognize
the
implications
of
the
independence
of
irrelevant
alternatives
property,
it
has
remained
basically
a
maintained
assumption
in
applications.
In
this
paper
we
provide
two
sets
of
computationally
convenient
specification
tests
for
the
multinomial
logit
model.
The
first
test
is
an
application
of
the
Hausman
(
1978)
specification
test
procedure.
The
basic
idea
for
the
test
here
is
to
test
the
reverse
implication
of
the
independence
from
irrelevant
alternatives
property.
The
test
statistic
is
easy
to
compute
sine
it
only
requires
computation
of
a
quadratic
form
that
involves
the
difference
of
the
parameter
estimates
and
the
differences
of
the
estimated
covariance
matrices.
The
second
set
of
specification
tests
that
we
propose
is
based
on
more
classical
test
procedures.
We
consider
a
generalization
of
the
multinomial
logit
model
that
is
called
the
nested
logit
model.
Since
the
multinomial
logit
model
is
a
special
case
of
the
more
general
model
when
a
given
parameter
equals
one,
classical
test
procedures
such
as
the
Wald,
likelihood
ratio,
and
Lagrange
multiplier
tests
can
be
used.
The
two
sets
of
specification
test
procedures
are
then
compared
for
an
example
where
exact
and
approximate
comparisons
are
possible.

Hausman,
Jerry
A.
and
David
A.
Wise
(
1976).
"
The
Evaluation
of
Results
from
Truncated
Samples:
The
New
Jersey
Income
Maintenance
Experiment."
Annuals
of
Economic
and
social
Measurement,
5:
421­
445.

Estimates
of
the
effects
of
tax
and
income
guarantee
values
on
hours
worked
by
white
males
in
the
New
Jersey
income
maintenance
experiment
are
presented
after
developing
a
procedure
to
take
explicit
account
of
the
truncating
sampling
procedure
used
to
select
participants
in
the
experiment.
The
estimated
effects
of
an
income
maintenance
scheme
like
that
imposed
by
the
experiment
are
substantially
larger
than
those
obtained
by
other
2
8
8
investigators.

Hausman,
J.
A.
and
D.
A.
Wise
(
1978).
"
A
Conditional
Probit
Model
for
Qualitative
Choice:
Discrete
Decisions
Recognizing
Interdependence
and
Heterogeneous
Preferences."
Econometrica,
Mar.,
pp.
403­
26.

A
three
response,
unordered
(
general)
probit
model,
an
independent
logit
model,
and
independent
probit
model
are
estimated
to
explain
the
modal
choice
between
driving
own
car,
sharing
a
ride,
and
riding
a
bus
for
557
workers
in
Washington,
D.
C.
Logit
and
independent
probit
give
similar
results
both
in
estimation
and
in
the
forecast
of
the
probability
of
using
a
new
mode.
General
probit
differs
significantly
from
the
other
two
models
both
in
estimation
and
the
forecast
about
the
new
mode.
General
probit
fits
best.
Primarily
an
article
about
the
creation
of
a
new
computer
program
to
estimate
the
parameters
of
a
model.

Havenner,
Arthur
and
Masanao
Aoki
(
1987).
"
Econometrics
and
Linear
Systems
Theory
in
Multivariate
Time
Series
Analysis."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
University
of
California,
Davis,
March,
24
pp.

An
approach
to
modelling
multivariate
time
series
based
on
linear
systems
theory
is
presented
and
related
to
more
traditional
econometric
methods
to
the
advantage
of
both.
The
linear
system
theory
development
provides
direct
information
on
model
choice,
a
set
of
exclusion
restrictions
that
are
not
sequence
dependent
and
are
stable,
an
extension
to
multiple
period
forecast
error
tradeoffs,
and
a
formal
norm
on
the
approximation
of
the
model
to
the
observed
autocovariance
sequence,
among
other
things.
The
link
to
econometrics,
on
the
other
hand,
provides
an
interpretation
of
the
criterion
underlying
the
estimators,
the
sampling
theory
of
the
resulting
estimators,
and
their
properties,
an
understanding
of
certain
(
econometric)
identification
issues
related
to
these
estimators
and
suggested
improvements
based
on
the
analysis,
and
straightforward
tests
of
model
order
­­
in
addition
to
relating
the
linear
systems
procedure
to
a
body
of
logic
familiar
to
econometricians
and
statisticians.

Hayenga,
Wayne
A.,
Ronald
D.
Lacewell,
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1974).
"
An
Economic
and
Financial
Analysis
of
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Vessels."
MP­
1138,
The
Texas
A&
M
University
System,
Texas
Agricultural
Extension
Service,
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station.

This
report
includes
budgeted
estimates
of
variable
and
fixed
costs
of
landing
shrimp,
estimated
break­
even
annual
shrimp
catches
with
various
shrimp
prices
for
the
vessel
sizes
of
53­
65
foot
and
66
to
72
foot
lengths,
evaluation
of
a
prospective
investment
in
a
shrimp
vessel
entering
the
Gulf
shrimping
fleet,
using
internal
rate
of
return
and
payback
procedures
of
investment
analysis,
and
an
updated
estimated
cost
level
for
spring
1974.

Hayes,
Robert
G.
(
1984).
"
Recommendations
for
Action:
Panel
1
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Development."
Chapter
20
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

This
paper
attempts
to
define
what
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
development
is
and
to
suggest
appropriate
development
actions
for
the
future.
I
would
like
to
start
by
making
two
fundamental
points:
1)
fisheries
development
cannot
be
accomplished
in
a
vacuum
­
it
is
clear
that
we
need
2
8
9
responsible
and
good
fisheries
management
to
ensure
the
efficacy
of
development
and
viability
of
the
resource,
and
2)
we
have
got
to
look
at
fisheries
development
in
the
recreational
sector
differently
than
we've
looked
at
it
in
the
past.

Hayne,
Don
W.
(
1990).
"
Report
of
my
Attendance
of
Workshop
at
Pascagoula,
Mississippi
in
mid­
May,
1990."
Memorandum
to
Douglas
R.
Gregory,
North
Carolina
State
University,
Raleigh,
NC,
June,
7
pp.

Comments
concerning
a
workshop
to
compare
the
results
of
two
studies
of
the
red
snapper
fishery
with
divergent
results
by
Gutherz
and
Pellegrin
(
1987)
and
Nichols
et
al.
(
1987).

Haynes,
Jos
and
Sean
Pascoe
(
1988).
"
A
Policy
Model
of
the
Northern
Prawn
Fishery."
Occasional
Paper
103,
Australian
Bureau
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
GPO
Box
1563,
Canberra
2601.

The
northern
prawn
fishery
has
been
subject
to
management
since
the
early
1970'
s
in
an
attempt
to
control
the
expansion
of
effort
and
prevent
the
overexploitation
of
the
resource.
Many
of
the
management
policies
developed
over
this
period
have
proved
to
be
ineffective
in
controlling
effort.
Moreover,
the
increasing
cost
of
management
and
the
need
to
avoid
costly
and
ineffective
measures
will
lead
to
increasing
demands
for
analysis
of
the
cost
effectiveness
of
such
policies.
This
report
outlines
the
mathematical
programming
model
of
the
fishery
designed
to
assess
current
and
alternative
management
policies
on
both
effort
and
profitability.
Then
the
short
and
long
run
effects
of
the
current
and
alternative
management
policies
on
the
fishery
are
assessed.

Heaps,
Terry
(
1995).

Density
Dependent
Growth
and
the
Culling
of
Farmed
Fish.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
3):
285­
298.

The
aquaculture
model
of
Arnason
(
1992)
is
extended
to
allow
for
density
dependent
growth.
It
is
then
shown
that
the
optimal
management
policy
for
a
fish
farm
may
include
a
period
in
which
there
is
culling
of
the
stock
up
to
a
final
slaughter
date
when
all
the
remaining
fish
are
slaughtered.
Results
in
Heaps
(
1993),
who
dealt
with
density
independent
growth,
for
the
effects
of
changes
in
model
parameters
on
the
optimal
final
slaughter
weight
are
shown
to
generalize
to
the
case
of
density
dependent
growth.
As
well,
a
numerical
example
is
provided
where
culling
is
definitely
part
of
the
optimal
management
plan.

Heckman,
James
(
1974).
"
Shadow
Prices,
Market
Wages,
and
Labor
Supply."
Econometrica,
42(
4):
679­
694.

A
common
set
of
parameters
that
underlie
the
functions
determining
the
probability
that
a
woman
works,
her
hours
of
work,
her
observed
wage
rate,
and
her
asking
wage
or
shadow
price
of
time
is
derived
in
this
paper.
Two
behavioral
schedules
are
relied
upon:
the
function
determining
the
wage
a
woman
faces
in
the
market
(
the
offered
wage),
and
the
function
determining
the
value
a
woman
places
on
her
time
(
the
asking
wage).
If
a
woman
works,
her
hours
of
work
adjust
to
equate
these
wages
if
she
has
freedom
to
set
her
working
hours.
If
a
woman
does
not
work,
no
offered
wage
matches
her
asking
wage.
If
both
wage
schedules
are
estimated,
the
estimated
parameters
can
be
used
to
determine
the
probability
that
a
woman
works,
her
actual
hours
of
work
given
that
she
works,
the
potential
market
wage
rates
facing
nonworking
women,
and
the
implicit
value
of
time
for
nonworking
women.
2
9
0
Heckman,
James
(
1974).
"
Sample
Selection
Bias
as
a
Specification
Error."
Econometrica,
47(
1):
153­
162.

This
paper
discusses
the
bias
that
results
from
using
nonrandomly
selected
samples
to
estimate
behavioral
relationships
as
an
ordinary
specification
error
or
omitted
variables
bias.
A
simple
consistent
two
stage
estimator
is
considered
that
enables
analysts
to
utilize
simple
regression
methods
to
estimate
behavioral
functions
by
least
squares
methods.
The
asymptotic
distribution
of
the
estimator
is
derived.

Heckman,
James
(
1976).
"
The
Common
Structure
of
Statistical
Models
of
Truncation,
Sample
Selection
and
Limited
Dependent
Variables
and
a
Simple
Estimator
for
Such
Models."
Annals
of
Economic
and
Social
Measurement,
5:
475­
492.

This
paper
presents
a
unified
treatment
of
statistical
models
for
truncation,
sample
selection
and
limited
dependent
variables.
A
simple
estimator
is
proposed
that
permits
estimation
of
those
models
by
least
squares,
and
probit
analysis.
In
an
empirical
example,
it
is
shown
that
the
estimator
yields
estimates
close
to
the
maximum
likelihood
estimates.

Heen,
Knut
(
1989).

Impact
Analysis
of
Multispecies
Marine
Resource
Management.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
6(
4):
331­
348.

In
an
attempt
to
study
the
regional
income
and
employment
impact
of
different
harvesting
regimes
and
harvesting
patterns
of
marine
resources,
this
article
demonstrates
an
approach
of
combining
multispecies
bioeconomic
modeling
and
input­
output
(
I­))
analysis.
The
applicability
and
usefulness
of
this
approach
is
demonstrated
by
implementing
the
model
with
data
from
North
Norway
and
the
Barents
Sea
fisheries.

Hein,
Stephen
and
Paul
Meier
(
1995).

Skimmers:
Their
Development
and
Use
in
Coastal
Louisiana.

Marine
Fisheries
Review,
57(
1):
17­
24.

The
origin,
development,
and
utilization
of
the
skimmer
net
is
reviewed
along
with
other
historical
shrimp
gears
used
in
coastal
Louisiana.
The
skimmer
was
developed
to
catch
white
shrimp,
Penaeus
setiferus,
observed
jumping
over
the
cork
line
(
headrope)
of
trawls
being
worked
in
shallow
waters.
A
description
of
the
gear
is
presented
including
basic
components
and
various
frame
designs
used
by
fishermen
during
its
development.
The
advantages
of
skimmers
over
bottom
trawls
include;
multiple
use
as
both
trawl
and
butterfly
net
(
wing
net),
ease
of
deployment,
increased
maneuverability,
reduction
and
greater
survivability
of
bycatch,
and
ability
to
cover
more
area
due
to
increased
speed
and
continuous
fishing
capability.
Disadvantages
may
include
compromising
vessel
stability
when
stored
upright
on
the
deck,
possible
damage
to
water
bottoms
when
improperly
rigged,
and
limitation
to
a
12
foot
(
3.6
m)
maximum
depth
due
to
size
restrictions.
The
growing
popularity
of
the
skimmer
net
is
evident
by
its
introduction
into
North
Carolina
and
inquiries
from
other
southeastern
Atlantic
and
Gulf
coast
states.

Heinsohn,
George
E.
(
1972).
"
A
Study
of
Dugongs
(
Dugong)
in
Northern
Queensland,
Australia."
Biological
Conservation,
4(
3):
205­
213.

The
Dugong
population
in
the
vicinity
of
Townsville,
Queensland,
has
been
severely
decimated
as
a
result
of
a
government
sponsored
shark
netting
program
begun
in
1964.
Only
7
out
of
a
total
of
158
Dugongs
netted
from
1964
to
1971
survived
drowning
and
were
released.
Eight­
two
Dugongs
were
caught
during
the
first
year
(
1964­
65),
after
which
the
yearly
catch
has
fluctuated
between
16
and
6.
Females
constituted
48
(
69.6
percent)
of
69
sexed
Dugongs
2
9
1
caught.
Births
appear
to
be
seasonal,
occurring
mainly
in
August
and
September.
A
growth
curve
has
been
constructed,
making
it
possible
to
estimate
ages
on
the
basis
of
body
length.
Young
accompany
their
mothers
for
more
than
a
year
after
birth.
Sexual
maturity
is
attained
at
about
2
years
of
age
by
both
sexes.
Mature
Dugongs
have
a
total
body
length
of
2.4
meters
or
longer.
The
majority
of
Dugongs
caught
after
the
first
14
months
of
shark
netting
were
young
animals
estimated
to
be
from
1
to
3
years
old.
There
were
no
size
and
sex
data
available
for
the
first
14
months
of
netting.
Dugongs
prefer
extensive
protected
shallow
water
areas
where
they
feed
selectively
on
four
genera
of
sea
grasses
occurring
near
Townsville.
Aspects
of
Dugong
conservation
and
the
need
for
extensive
ecological
work
discussed.

Helfand,
Gloria
E.
and
Brett
W.
House
(
1995).

Regulating
Nonpoint
Source
Pollution
Under
Heterogeneous
Conditions.

American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
77(
4):
1024­
1032.

Because
of
difficulties
in
measuring
effluent
from
nonpoint
pollution,
proposals
for
regulating
agricultural
runoff
often
suggest
instruments
applied
to
inputs
or
management
practices.
When
pollution
functions
vary
across
sources,
uniform
input
instruments
cannot
achieve
a
least
cost
pollution
reduction,
but
efficient
instruments
may
be
difficult
to
administer.
In
this
paper
we
analyze
lettuce
production
on
two
soils
in
California

s
Salinas
Valley
to
consider
empirical
costs
associated
with
uniform
input
taxes
and
regulations.
The
results
suggest
that
uniform
instruments
may
mot
be
costly
relative
to
an
efficient
baseline.
Though
taxes
are
more
efficient,
farmers
have
higher
profits
with
regulations.

Helgath,
Sheila
and
Richard
Rainery
(
1987).
"
Fishery
Management
Alternatives."
Research
Request
Number
87­
003188,
The
Alaska
Board
of
Fisheries,
Senate
Advisory
council,
Alaska
State
Legislature,
October,
106
pp.

This
report
considers
some
of
the
pertinent
issues
central
to
fisheries
management
in
Alaska
in
terms
of
the
effectiveness
of
the
Board
of
Fisheries
as
presently
organized
given
the
collapse
of
the
December,
1986
meeting
and
the
renewed
call
for
a
reappraisal
of
the
board
structure
and
process.

Hellerstein,
Daniel
(
1995).

Welfare
Estimation
Using
Aggregate
and
Individual­
Observation
Models:
A
Comparison
Using
Monte
Carlo
Techniques.

American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
77(
3):
620­
630.

Due
to
the
weak
behavioral
foundations
of
aggregate
demand
models,
zonal
travel
cost
models
have
been
largely
abandoned
in
favor
of
models
based
on
individual
observations.
However,
sample
selection
difficulties
in
individual
observation
models
often
require
the
use
of
distribution
sensitive
limited
dependent
variables
estimators.
In
this
paper
I
use
Monte
Carlo
simulations
to
investigate
whether
the
bias
form
aggregation
is
worse
than
possible
bias
from
these
narrowly
specified
estimators.
Somewhat
surprisingly,
the
results
indicate
that
zonal
models
often
outperform
the
individual
observation
models,
especially
when
using
an
aggregate
model
that
incorporates
intra
zonal
variance
of
the
explanatory
variables.

Hellsten,
Martin
(
1988).
"
Socially
Optimal
Forestry."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
15:
387­
394.

The
Faustmann
rule
is
the
major
contribution
of
economic
theory
to
the
analysis
of
forestry
management.
It
is
typical
to
consider
the
Faustmann
rule
in
the
context
of
a
model
of
a
forestry
firm
in
which
there
is
some
periodicity
in
the
rate
of
harvesting
over
time.
This
paper
on
the
other
hand
2
9
2
shows
the
Faustmann
rule
to
be
associated
with
socially
optimal
sustained
yield
or
steady
state
regimes.
In
the
course
of
so
doing,
attention
is
placed
on
the
role
of
the
shadow
price
of
a
tree
in
the
determination
of
an
optimal
harvesting
policy.

Helvey,
Mark,
Stephen
J.
Crooke,
and
Peter
A.
Milone
(
1987).
"
Marine
Recreational
Fishing
and
Associated
State­
Federal
Research
in
California,
Hawaii,
and
the
Pacific
Island
Territories."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
8­
14.

This
paper
provides
an
overview
of
marine
recreational
fishing
within
the
NMFS
southwest
region
and
briefly
outlines
a
few
of
the
ongoing
and
future
state­
federal
research
and
assistance
programs
addressing
recreational
fishing.

Henderson,
J.
V.
and
M.
Tugwell
(
1979).
"
Exploitation
of
the
Lobster
Fishery:
Some
Empirical
Results."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
6:
287­
296.

This
paper
analyzes
the
optimal
and
free
market
utilization
of
the
lobster
fishery
and
applies
the
results
to
two
fishing
areas
in
Canada.
Biomass
relationships
and
a
production
function
are
estimated
and
the
empirical
results
are
used
to
calculate
hypothetical
optimal
fishing
solutions.
The
welfare
losses
from
overutilization
of
the
fishing
areas
are
examined.

Hendrickson,
Holly
M.
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1993).
"
An
Analysis
of
Management
Policies
for
Reducing
Shrimp
Bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
forthcoming.

Every
year
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fleet
catches
and
discards
millions
of
pounds
of
finfish.
Dwindling
populations
of
some
commercially
and
recreationally
valuable
fish
species
have
raised
concerns
over
the
effects
of
shrimp
bycatch
on
fish
stocks.
The
General
Bioeconomic
Fisheries
Simulation
model
was
used
to
estimate
the
changes
in
economic
rent
and
bycatch
of
red
snapper
Lutjanus
campechanus,
king
mackerel
Scomberomorus
cavalla,
and
Atlantic
croaker
Micropogonias
undulatus,
that
would
result
under
two
fishery
management
policies:
Bycatch
Reduction
Devices
(
BRDs)
and
season/
area
closures.
The
BRDs
were
found
to
be
more
effective
than
closures
at
reducing
bycatch
and
also
less
costly
to
fishermen.
Under
the
BRD
scenarios,
reductions
in
discards
ranged
from
20.2
to
42.5%
for
red
snapper,
king
mackerel
discards
fell
approximately
89%,
and
Atlantic
croaker
discards
fell
about
45%.
Under
closure
policies,
the
change
in
discards
ranged
from
a
2.1
to
15%
decline
for
red
snapper,
a
1.9%
increase
to
a
39.3%
decrease
for
king
mackerel,
and
a
0.1
to
12.9%
decline
for
Atlantic
croaker.
The
BRD
policies
produced
present
value
10
year
rent
streams
(
1985
US$)
ranging
from
­$
16.434
to
­$
27.007
million,
and
closure
policies
generated
10
year
rent
streams
ranging
from
­$
35.181
to
­$
54.563
million.

Hendrickson,
Holly
M.
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1993).
"
An
Analysis
of
Management
Policies
for
Reducing
Shrimp
Bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
13:
686­
697.

Every
year
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fleet
catches
and
discards
millions
of
pounds
of
finfish.
Dwindling
populations
of
some
commercially
and
recreationally
valuable
fish
species
have
raised
concerns
over
the
effects
of
shrimp
bycatch
on
fish
stocks.
The
general
bioeconomic
fisheries
simulation
2
9
3
model
was
used
to
estimate
the
changes
in
economic
rent
and
bycatch
of
red
snapper
Lutjanus
campechanus,
king
mackerel
Scomberomorus
cavalla,
and
Atlantic
croaker
Micropogonias
undulatus,
that
would
result
under
two
fishery
management
policies:
Bycatch
Reduction
Devices
(
BRDs)
and
season/
area
closures.
The
BRDs
were
found
to
be
more
effective
than
closures
at
reducing
bycatch
and
also
less
costly
to
fishermen.
Under
the
BRD
scenarios,
reductions
in
discards
ranged
from
20.2
to
42.5%
for
red
snapper,
king
mackerel
discards
fell
approximately
89%,
and
Atlantic
croaker
discards
fell
about
45%.
Under
closure
policies,
the
change
in
discards
ranged
from
a
2.1
to
15%
decline
for
red
snapper,
a
1.9%
increase
to
a
39.3%
decrease
for
king
mackerel,
and
a
0.1
to
12.9%
decline
for
Atlantic
croaker.
The
BRD
policies
produced
present
value
10
year
rent
streams
(
1985
US$)
ranging
from
­$
16.434
to
­$
27.007
million,
and
closure
policies
generated
10
year
rent
streams
ranging
from
­$
35.182
to
­$
54.561
million.

Hendrix,
Sherman
S.
(
1994).
"
Marine
Flora
and
Fauna
of
the
Eastern
United
States,
Platyhelminthes:
Monogenea."
NOAA
Technical
Report
NMFS
121,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Seattle,
Washington,
August,
107
pp.

This
manual
includes
an
introduction
to
the
general
biology
of
the
platyhelminth
class
Monogenea,
an
illustrated
key
to
the
generic
level,
an
annotated
systematic
list
of
108
species
in
75
genera
and
28
families,
a
glossary
of
terms,
a
host­
parasite
list,
a
selected
bibliography,
and
a
systematic
index.
The
species
listed
have
been
reported
on
fishes
taken
in
the
coastal
waters
of
the
northwestern
Atlantic
Ocean
from
the
U.
S.­
Canada
border
to
Beaufort,
North
Carolina.
Many
of
the
species,
however,
have
wider
geographic
distributions
that
are
not
reported
herein
unless
adjacent
to
the
geographic
area
above.
In
addition,
a
single
species
of
Neodermata,
Udonella
caligorum,
that
is
found
attached
to
copepods
on
fish
gills
is
also
listed.

Hennessy,
David
A.
(
1995).

Microeconomics
of
Agricultural
Grading:
Impacts
on
the
Marketing
Channel.:
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
77(
4):
980­
989.

In
this
paper,
I
focus
on
how
grade
prices
affect
the
provision
of
product
transformation
skills
in
the
food
marketing
system.
A
self­
protection
model
is
used
to
show
how
resources
are
allocated
to
protect
the
potential
value
of
commodities
in
the
marketing
channel.
Resource
allocations
may
be
complementary,
and
complementarity
may
be
exploited
to
expand
an
industry.
Further,
uncertainty
concerning
skill
levels
may
inhibit
expansion.
Because
two
primary
objectives
of
agricultural
extension
involve
facilitating
skill
acquisition
and
disseminating
market
information,
the
model
confirms
roles
for
extension
personnel.
The
optimal
location
of
transformation
skills
in
a
sequence
of
operations
is
also
studied.

Henwood,
Tyrrell
A.
(
1987).
"
Age,
Growth,
Survival
and
Mortality
in
Loggerhead
Turtles,
Caretta,
Estimated
from
Tag­
Recapture
Experiments."
Draft
report,
NMFS,
SEFC,
Pascagoula
Laboratory,
Pascagoula,
MS.

Recaptures
of
previously
measured
and
tagged
loggerhead
turtles
from
coastal
waters
of
Florida,
Georgia,
and
South
Carolina
were
analyzed
to
determine
growth
rates
in
the
wild.
Fitting
the
von
Bertalanffy
and
logistic
growth
models
to
loggerhead
data,
age
estimates
are
computed
and
survival
and
mortality
estimates
are
derived.
In
Adult
turtles
mean
survival
rate
was
0.92
and
mean
mortality
rate
was
0.08.
2
9
4
Henwood,
Tyrrell
A.
and
Jonathan
D.
Moulding
(
19??).
"
Some
Morphohometric
Relationships
in
the
Western
Atlantic
Loggerhead
Turtle,
Caretta."
Draft
Report,
NMFS.

The
relationship
of
total
tail
length
to
total
straight­
line
carapace
length
was
found
to
be
an
accurate
indicator
of
sex
in
mature
male
turtles,
and
is
assumed
to
be
a
good
indicator
of
sex
in
adult
female
turtles
as
well.
In
subadult
turtles,
the
tail
measurement
does
not
appear
to
be
a
usable
indicator
of
sex.

Henwood,
Tyrrell
A.
and
Larry
H.
Ogren
(
1987).
"
Distribution
and
Migrations
of
Immature
Kemp's
Ridley
Turtles
(
Lepidochelys
kempi)
and
Green
turtles
(
chelonia
mydas)
Off
Florida,
Georgia,
and
South
Carolina."
Northeast
Gulf
Science,
9(
2):
153­
159.

This
paper
presents
results
of
sea
turtle
research
at
Cape
Canaveral,
FL
from
1978­
1984.
Captures
of
Kemp's
ridley
and
green
turtles
were
analyzed
to
determine
seasonal
occurrence,
size
composition,
and
movement
patterns.
For
Kemp's
ridley,
additional
capture
records
from
Georgia
and
South
Carolina
were
included
in
the
analyses
for
comparative
purposes.

Henwood,
Tyrrell
A.
and
Warren
E.
Stuntz
(
1987).
"
Analysis
of
Sea
Turtle
Captures
and
Mortalities
During
Commercial
Shrimp
Trawling."
Fishery
Bulletin,
Notes,
85(
4):
813­
816.

This
report
provides
a
preliminary
analysis
of
existing
data
collected
by
fisheries
observers
during
commercial
U.
S.
shrimp
trawling.
Estimated
turtle
CPUE
and
mortalities
for
loggerhead,
Kemp's
ridley,
and
green
turtles
are
provided.

Henwood,
Tyrrell
A.,
Warren
E.
Stuntz,
and
Nancy
Thompson
(
1991).
"
Evaluation
of
U.
S.
Turtle
Protective
Measures
Under
Existing
TED
Regulations,
Including
Estimates
of
Shrimp
Trawler
Related
Mortality
in
the
Greater
Caribbean."
Draft
Report,
USDOC,
NMFS,
SERO,
9450
Koger
Blvd.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL
33702,
20
pp.

Sea
turtle
catch
and
mortality
by
U.
S.
shrimp
trawlers
under
current
sea
turtle
conservation
regulations
and
import
restrictions
were
evaluated.
This
required
a
rather
complex
analysis
of
shrimping
effort,
turtle
catch
rates,
turtle
mortality
rates,
effectiveness
of
TEDs
and
tow
time
restrictions,
and
compliance
with
existing
regulations.
Results
of
these
analyses
were
used
in
determining
(
1)
whether
changes
in
existing
regulations
to
provide
additional
protection
to
endangered
and
threatened
sea
turtles
were
warranted
and
(
2)
the
rates
with
which
foreign,
shrimp
importing
nations
would
have
to
comply
under
P.
L.
101­
162.

Henwood,
Tyrrell
A.,
Warren
E.
Stuntz,
and
Nancy
Thompson
(
1992).
"
Evaluation
of
U.
S.
Turtle
Protective
Measures
Under
Existing
TED
Regulations,
Including
Estimates
of
Shrimp
Trawler
Related
Mortality
in
the
Wider
Caribbean."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFSC­
303,
USDOC,
NMFS,
SEFC,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida
33149,
March,
15
pp.

Sea
turtle
catch
and
mortality
by
U.
S.
shrimp
trawlers
under
current
sea
turtle
conservation
regulations
were
evaluated.
This
required
a
rather
complex
analysis
of
shrimping
effort,
turtle
catch
rates,
turtle
mortality
rates,
effectiveness
of
TEDs
and
tow
time
restrictions,
and
compliance
with
existing
regulations.
Results
of
these
analyses
were
used
in
determining
whether
changes
in
existing
regulations
to
provide
additional
protection
to
2
9
5
endangered
and
threatened
sea
turtles
were
warranted.

Herfindahl,
Orris
C.
(
1955).
"
Some
Fundamentals
of
Mineral
Economics."
Land
Economics,
31:
131­
138.

The
paper
provides
a
simple
account
of
some
processes
involved
in
the
economics
of
exhausting
assets,
especially
on
account
of
exploration.
The
resulting
analytic
framework
should
be
helpful
in
evaluating
recent
suggestions
on
materials
policy
and
also
in
thinking
about
currently
pressing
problems
flowing
from
widely
advertised
"
shortages"
of
certain
minerals.

Herfindahl,
Orris
C.
and
Allen
V.
Kneese
(
1974).
Economic
Theory
of
Natural
Resources,
Resources
for
the
Future,
Inc.,
Charles
E.
Merrill
Publishing
Company,
Columbus,
Ohio.

The
main
goal
is
to
provide
theoretical
constructs
in
a
somewhat
narrow
sense
that
are
useful
in
analyzing
problems
in
the
management
of
natural
resources.
Empirical
material
on
particular
natural
resources
are
included
only
to
show
how
theory
can
be
used.

Herfindahl,
Orris
C.
and
Allen
V.
Kneese
(
1974).
"
Dynamics­
Capital
Theory."
Chapter
3
in
Orris
C.
Herfindahl
and
Allen
V.
Kneese,
Economic
Theory
of
Natural
Resources,
Resources
for
the
Future,
Inc.,
Charles
E.
Merrill
Publishing
Company,
Columbus,
Ohio.

Capital
theory
develops
a
coherent
view
of
the
forces
that
determine
saving
and
investment
and
their
rates
of
return
from
one
period
to
the
next.
If
this
task
is
fulfilled
not
only
for
the
next
period
but
for
many
periods
into
the
future,
the
theory
will
also
have
explained
the
forces
determining
the
size
of
the
capital
stock
at
any
time
and
any
equilibria
or
quasiequilibria
to
which
the
system
is
moving.
A
stationary
state
without
capital
accumulation
is
one
of
the
possibilities.

Herrick,
Samuel
F.,
Jr.
(
1984).
"
U.
S.
Tuna
Trade
Summary,
1982."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
46(
1):
1­
6.

Information
pertaining
to
the
production
of
raw
and
processed
tuna
by
the
U.
S.
tuna
industry
during
1983
and
the
consumption
of
tuna
products
by
U.
S.
consumers
is
reviewed
in
detail.
In
the
last
section,
the
economic
impact
of
reduced
tuna
harvesting
and
processing
activity
during
1982
is
analyzed
for
the
California
based
segment
of
the
U.
S.
tuna
industry.

Herrick,
Samuel
F.,
Jr.
and
Steven
J.
Koplin
(
1984).
"
1983
U.
S.
Tuna
Trade
Summary."
Administrative
Report
SWR­
84­
1,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southwest
Region,
300
S.
Ferry
Street,
Terminal
Island,
CA,
June,
20
pp.,
12
tables.

Information
pertaining
to
the
production
of
raw
and
processed
tuna
by
the
U.
S.
tuna
industry
during
1983
and
the
consumption
of
tuna
products
by
U.
S.
consumers
is
reviewed
in
detail.
A
number
of
issues
and
events
are
discussed
that
affected
the
industry's
performance
during
1983.

Herrick,
Samuel
F.,
Jr.
and
Steven
J.
Koplin
(
1984).
"
U.
S.
Tuna
Trade
Summary,
1983."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
46(
4):
65­
72.

The
1983
production
of
white
and
light
meat
tuna
by
the
U.
S.
tuna
industry
and
consumption
of
tuna
products
by
U.
S.
consumers
is
reviewed
in
detail.
Some
of
the
issues
and
events
that
affected
the
industry's
performance
in
1984
are
analyzed
in
the
final
section
of
the
paper.
2
9
6
Herrick,
Samuel
F.,
Jr.
and
Steven
J.
Koplin
(
1985).
"
U.
S.
Tuna
Trade
Summary,
1984."
Administrative
Report
SWR­
85­
6,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southwest
Region,
300
S.
Ferry
Street,
Terminal
Island,
CA,
June,
24
pp.

The
1984
production
of
white
and
light
meat
tuna
by
the
U.
S.
tuna
industry
and
consumption
of
tuna
products
by
U.
S.
consumers
is
reviewed
in
detail.
Some
of
the
issues
and
events
that
affected
the
industry's
performance
in
1984
are
analyzed
in
the
final
section
of
the
paper.

Herrick,
Samuel
F.,
Jr.
and
Steven
J.
Koplin
(
1986).
"
U.
S.
Tuna
Trade
Summary,
1984."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
48(
3):
28­
37.

The
1984
production
of
white
and
light
meat
tuna
by
the
U.
S.
tuna
industry
and
consumption
of
tuna
products
by
U.
S.
consumers
is
reviewed
in
detail.
Some
of
the
issues
and
events
that
affected
the
industry's
performance
in
1984
are
analyzed
in
the
final
section
of
the
paper.

Herrick,
Samuel
F.,
Jr.
and
Steven
J.
Koplin
(
1987).
"
U.
S.
Tuna
Trade
Summary,
1985."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
3):
73­
84.

The
white
and
light
meat
tuna
produced
by
the
U.
S.
tuna
industry
and
consumption
of
tuna
products
by
U.
S.
consumers
is
reviewed
for
1985.
In
addition,
the
economic
performance
of
the
U.
S.
tropical
tuna
purse
seine
fleet
is
analyzed
over
the
period
1979­
83.

Herrick,
Samuel,
Jr.,
Jeffery
G.
Lee,
and
Dale
Squires
(
1992).

Documentation
for
the
West
Coast
Fishing
Fleet
Cost­
Earnings
Data
Base.

Administrative
Report
LF­
92­
23,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southwest
Fisheries
Science
Center,
P.
O.
Box
271,
La
Jolla,
CA,
June.

The
west
coast
fishing
fleet
cost­
earnings
data
base
(
CEDB)
was
created
to
consolidate
fishing
vessel
cost
and
earnings
data
into
an
informational
and
analytical
data
base
that
would
support
economic
research
and
provide
economic
information
on
selected
U.
S.,
west
coast
fisheries.

Herrick,
Samuel
F.,
Jr.,
Byron
Rader,
and
Dale
Squires
(
1997).

Access
Fees
and
Economic
Benefits
in
the
Western
Pacific
United
States
Purse
Seine
Tuna
Fishery.

Marine
Policy,
21(
1):
83­
96.

Ideally,
fees
paid
by
distant
water
fishing
nations
for
access
to
tuna
resources
in
exclusive
economic
zones
would
approximate
the
net
economic
value
of
the
tuna
harvested,
while
leaving
fishing
operations
profitable.
This
paper
develops
a
linear
programming
approach
to
assess
short
run
profitability,
optimum
access
fees,
and
net
economic
benefits
for
U.
S.
tropical
tuna
purse
seiners
operating
under
the
South
Pacific
Tuna
Treaty.
Results
suggest
that
there
is
potential
for
sizable
short
run
profits
and
net
economic
benefits
after
payment
of
an
access
fee
equal
to
the
imputed
marginal
value
of
the
tuna
harvested.

Herrick,
Samuel,
Jr.,
Ivar
Strand,
Dale
Squires,
Morton
Miller,
Douglas
Lipton,
John
Walden,
Stephen
Freese
(
1994).

Application
of
Benefit­
Cost
Analysis
to
Fisheries
Allocation
Decisions:
The
Case
of
Alaska
Walleye
Pollock
and
Pacific
Cod.

North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
14:
726­
741.

The
controversy
surrounding
a
proposal
to
allocate
walleye
pollock
Theragra
chalcogramma
and
Pacific
cod
Gadus
macrocephalus
harvested
in
U.
S.
fisheries
off
Alaska
is
reviewed.
The
walleye
pollock
allocation,
which
2
9
7
generated
the
most
concern,
would
apportion
specific
shares
of
the
allowable
catch
to
each
of
the
two
harvesting
sectors,
inshore
and
offshore,
along
with
a
set­
aside
for
Alaska
community
development.
The
potential
transfer
is
of
enormous
economic
value
for
industry
participants
and
underscores
the
importance
of
identifying
the
net
economic
gains
or
losses
to
the
nation
that
might
arise
under
the
proposed
allocation
scheme.
For
these
reasons,
a
benefit­
cost
analysis
was
pivotal
in
the
allocation
decisions
reached
by
the
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce.
The
benefit­
cost
analysis
of
the
allocation
proposal
served
to
focus
attention
on
the
need
for
consistent
social
welfare
accounting,
of
the
kind
that
benefit­
cost
analysis
provides,
when
management
actions
are
evaluated.
Conceptual
and
practical
problems
associated
with
the
analysis
are
discussed
as
well
as
their
solutions,
and
fundamental
concerns
that
may
be
peculiar
to
benefit­
cost
analysis
in
fisheries
are
specifically
noted.

Herrmann,
Mark
(
1993).
"
Using
an
International
Econometric
Model
to
Forecast
Alaska
Salmon
Revenues."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

A
revenue
analysis
was
performed
as
part
of
a
comprehensive
review
of
the
Alaska
salmon
enhancement
program
to
examine
the
effects
of
various
salmon
enhancement
production
levels
on
future
revenue
generated
to
salmon
fishers
working
in
Alaska
waters.
The
results
were
then
used
in
a
cost
benefit
analysis
of
the
state's
enhancement
program
for
sockeye,
chinook,
coho,
chum,
and
pink
salmon.
Results
of
the
revenue
analysis
indicate
that
for
all
species,
except
pink
salmon,
future
revenues
would
increase
if
output
from
salmon
enhancement
were
expanded.
For
pink
salmon,
revenues
would
decrease
if
salmon
enhancement
were
expanded
and
increase
if
salmon
enhancement
were
scaled
back.
However,
a
complete
elimination
of
the
pink
hatchery
program
would
decrease
revenues.
For
all
species,
there
are
important
regional
differences.

Herrmann,
Mark
(
1993).
"
Using
an
International
Econometric
Model
to
Forecast
Alaska
Salmon
Revenues."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
8(
3):
249­
271.

As
Alaska
prices
tumbled
in
the
1990'
s,
Alaska's
Senate
Special
Committee
on
Domestic
and
International
Commercial
Fisheries
requested
a
comprehensive
review
of
the
Alaska
salmon
enhancement
program.
As
a
part
of
this
review,
a
revenue
analysis
was
performed
to
examine
the
effects
of
various
salmon
enhancement
production
levels
on
future
revenue
generated
to
salmon
fishers
working
in
Alaska
waters.
The
results
were
then
used
in
a
cost/
benefit
analysis
of
the
state's
enhancement
program
for
sockeye,
chinook,
coho,
chum,
and
pink
salmon.
This
report
focuses
on
the
two
most
important
Alaska
salmon
species,
sockeye
and
pink.
Results
of
the
revenue
analysis
indicate
that
for
sockeye
salmon,
future
revenues
would
increase
if
output
from
salmon
enhancement
were
expanded.
For
pink
salmon,
revenues
would
decrease
if
salmon
enhancement
were
expanded
and
increase
if
salmon
enhancement
were
scaled
back.
However,
a
complete
elimination
of
the
pink
hatchery
program
would
decrease
revenues.
For
both
species,
there
are
important
regional
differences.

Herrmann,
Mark
and
Joshua
A.
Greenberg
(
1994).
"
A
Revenue
Analysis
of
the
Alaska
Pink
Salmon
Fishery."
North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
14:
537­
549.

The
Alaska
salmon
industry
is
suffering
from
declining
prices
due
to
an
increasing
supply
of
Salmon
worldwide.
This
has
led
to
a
much
needed
economic
evaluation
of
the
Alaska
salmon
enhancement
program
and
especially
of
the
2
9
8
hatchery
system
for
pink
salmon
Oncorhynchus
gorbuscha.
An
econometric
model
of
world
salmon
markets
was
used
to
evaluate
possible
future
pink
salmon
enhancement
production
scenarios,
as
requested
by
the
Alaska
State
Legislature
and
the
Alaska
Department
of
Fish
and
Game.
Results
of
this
model,
based
on
point
estimates,
indicate
that
if
pink
salmon
production
for
enhancement
were
decreased,
revenues
to
pink
salmon
fishers
in
Alaska
would
rise,
although
there
would
be
regional
differences.
However,
a
complete
elimination
of
the
Alaska
salmon
enhancement
program
would
decrease
revenues.

Hewett,
Steven
W.
and
Barry
L.
Johnson
(
1989).

A
General
Bioenergetics
Model
for
Fishes.

American
Fisheries
Society
Symposium,
6:
206­
208.

Bioenergetics
models
allow
fish
growth
or
food
consumption
to
be
estimated
from
a
combination
of
laboratory
and
field
data.
Models
for
many
different
species
of
fish
have
been
developed,
with
slight
variations
in
approach.
Our
current
microcomputer
model
merges
and
simplifies
many
of
the
models
that
have
been
developed,
with
the
hope
that
fisheries
researchers
and
managers
can
apply
these
models
to
questions
relating
to
fish
growth
and
consumption
under
any
given
environmental
or
biotic
conditions.
Model
documentation
includes
energetics
parameters
for
a
wide
variety
of
species
that
have
been
modeled
in
the
past.
Other
applications­
specific
inputs
include
seasonal
temperature
regimes,
seasonal
or
ontogenetic
changes
in
energy
density,
diet
composition,
and
end
points
of
growth
over
some
time
interval.
Adjustments
in
biomass,
due
to
biotic
or
abiotic
factors,
occur
more
quickly
through
growth
than
through
population
density.
The
growth
of
an
individual
is
an
integrator
of
food
consumption
over
time.
This
model
uses
the
observed
growth
over
some
interval
of
time
to
calculate
an
estimate
of
the
prey
biomass
consumed
over
that
interval
under
the
given
environmental
conditions,
and
thus
it
is
a
powerful
tool
for
estimating
predator
impact
on
prey
populations.
It
can
also
be
used
to
predict
the
effect
of
an
environmental
change
on
growth,
or
to
predict
the
growth
of
fish
introduced
to
new
conditions.

Hicks,
J.
R.
(
1939).
"
The
Foundations
of
Welfare
Economics."
The
Economic
Journal,
Dec.:
696­
712.

The
basics
of
the
new
welfare
economics
are
set
out
in
this
paper.

Hicks,
J.
R.
(
1942).
"
Consumers'
Surplus
and
Index­
Numbers."
The
Review
of
Economic
Studies,
9/
10(
9):
126­
137.

What
happens
to
consumer
surplus
when
several
prices
vary?

Hicks,
J.
R.
(
1943).
"
The
Four
Consumer's
Surpluses."
The
Review
of
Economic
Studies,
:
31­
41.

A
proof
of
the
correct
measure
of
consumer
surplus
and
the
Marshallian
measure
is
presented
that
greatly
simplifies
the
results
of
the
earlier
series
of
articles.

Hicks,
Robert
L.
(
1994).
"
Indirect
Environmental
Effects
of
U.
S.
Marine
Mammal
and
Trade
Policies."
Chapter
5
in
Commercial
Fisheries
Harvesting,
Conservation
and
Pollution:
Preferences
and
Conflicts,
NMFS
Contract
NA­
26FD­
0135­
01,
National
Saltonstall­
Kennedy
Program,
Department
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Maryland,
College
Park,
Maryland.

The
implications
for
trade
liberalization
by
Japan
for
beef
products
of
seafood
demand
and
environmental
impacts
are
considered
by
discussing
2
9
9
important
components
of
Japanese
meat
demand,
development
and
estimation
of
a
demand
model,
and
using
the
price
elasticity
estimates
simulate
several
policy
scenarios.

Hicks,
Robert
L.
(
1994).
"
Production
and
Marine
Mammals."
Chapter
4
in
Commercial
Fisheries
Harvesting,
Conservation
and
Pollution:
Preferences
and
Conflicts,
NMFS
Contract
NA­
26FD­
0135­
01,
National
Saltonstall­
Kennedy
Program,
Department
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Maryland,
College
Park,
Maryland.

The
impact
of
regulations
to
prevent
marine
mammal
mortality
in
association
with
commercial
fishing
activities
on
producers
is
addressed.
Specifically,
the
welfare
affects
of
a
regulation
in
the
eastern
tropical
Pacific
tuna
fishery
that
is
designed
to
reduce
dolphin
bycatch
is
assumed
to
cause
firms
to
make
either
spacial
or
technical
substitution
is
investigated.

Hicks,
R.
L.
(
1995).
"
The
Cost
of
Marine
Mammal
Protection:
A
Spatial
Model
of
Dolphin
Avoidance
by
Tuna
Fishermen
in
the
Eastern
Tropical
Pacific."
Ph.
D.
Thesis
Prospectus,
Department
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Maryland,
College
Park,
Maryland,
March
24,
27
pp.

A
proposal
to
analyze
the
cost
of
U.
S.
marine
mammal
policies
to
fishermen
by
studying
the
trade­
offs
resulting
from
dolphin
protection.
In
the
process,
a
discrete
choice
model
of
tuna
fishing
incorporating
uncertainty,
dynamic
aspects
of
decision
making,
and
cost
estimates
of
dolphin
avoidance
will
be
presented.
The
model
and
applied
work
will
add
to
the
marine
resource
economic
literature
by
introducing
geographical
modeling
and
econometric
analysis
which
are
more
sophisticated
than
currently
practiced.

Hicks,
Rob,
Scott
Steinback,
Amy
Gautam,
and
Eric
Thunberg
(
1998).

The
Economic
Value
of
New
England
and
Mid­
Atlantic
Sportfishing
in
1994.

Volume
2,
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Office
of
Science
and
Technology,
Fishery
Statistics
and
Economics
Division,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
September.

The
main
goals
of
the
survey
of
anglers
in
1994
in
the
Northeastern
United
states
were
to
(
1)
collect
demographic
and
economic
data
on
marine
recreational
fishing
participants,
and
(
2)
estimate
statistical
demand
models
for
recreational
fisheries
that
were
under
management
in
1994
or
were
expected
to
be
managed
in
the
near
future.
This
volume
presents
the
results
of
the
estimation
of
the
demand
models,
and
reports
the
estimated
value
of
recreational
fishing
in
the
Northeast.

Hiett,
Robert
L.,
Kathryn
A.
Chandler,
Audrey
K.
Reniere,
and
A.
Richard
Bolstein
(
1983).
"
Socioeconomic
Aspects
of
Marine
Recreational
Fishing."
Final
report,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Contract
No.
80­
ABC­
00152.
Prepared
by
KCA
Research,
Inc.,
5501
Cherokee
Avenue,
Suite
111,
Alexandria,
Virginia,
May,
101
pp.

The
results
from
the
telephone
survey
of
2,400
households
and
7,000
personal
interviews
to
collect
information
about
marine
recreational
fishermen,
information
about
marine
fishing
trips
in
general,
trip
expenditure
information,
catch
and
disposition
of
catch
information,
and
information
about
angler
satisfaction.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1993).
"
Swordfish
Fact
3
0
0
Sheet."
Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

List
of
regulations
that
affect
the
swordfish
fishery
of
the
United
States.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
199?).
"
A
Guide
to
the
Tunas
of
the
Western
Atlantic
Ocean.

Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

The
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
has
develop
this
pamphlet
to
assist
commercial,
charter/
headboat,
and
recreational
users
and
dealers/
buyers
in
identifying
the
seven
regulated
Atlantic
tuna
species
as
well
as
one
unregulated
Atlantic
tuna
species.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1993).
"
Framework
Seasonal
Adjustment
of
Management
Measures
under
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Sharks,
Includes
Environmental
Assessment
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review."
Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

Regulations
that
impose
trip
limits
on
the
large
coastal
sharks
for
commercial
fishing
vessels
are
evaluated
and
enacted.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1994).
"
Draft
Environmental
Impact
Statement
for
a
Regulatory
Amendment
for
the
Western
Atlantic
Bluefin
Tuna
Fishery."
Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

The
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
proposes
to
implement
a
regulatory
amendment
for
the
1995
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna
fishery
consistent
with
recommendations
from
the
1993
and
1994
meetings
of
the
International
Commission
for
the
Conservation
of
Atlantic
Tunas
(
ICCAT).
Five
national
quota
alternatives
are
examined,
in
combination
with
four
domestic
quota
allocation
alternatives,
as
well
as
three
access
control
alternatives.
There
are
clear
tradeoffs
between
the
commercial
and
recreational
fishery
in
establishing
domestic
quota
allocations.
Overall,
long
term
economic
gains,
whether
from
commercial
net
revenues
or
angler
consumer
surplus
or
a
combination
of
the
two,
can
only
occur
under
short
term
economic
losses.
Access
control
alternatives
address
overcapitalization
in
the
fishery
and
vary
widely
in
operation
and
effects
on
the
fishery,
such
as
equitability,
acceptability,
management
costs,
employment,
and
overall
economic
efficiency.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1995).
"
Amendment
1
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Swordfish
Including
an
Environmental
Assessment,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
and
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis.

Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
September,
3
pp.

An
outline
for
developing
a
permit
moratorium
amendment
to
the
swordfish
fishery
management
plan.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1995).
"
Amendment
1
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Shark
Including
an
3
0
1
Environmental
Assessment,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
and
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis.

Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
December,
134
pp.

An
outline
for
developing
a
permit
moratorium
amendment
to
the
swordfish
fishery
management
plan.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1995).
"
Amendment
1
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Shark
Including
an
Environmental
Assessment,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
and
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis.

Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
May,
135
pp.

A
permit
moratorium
for
the
shark
fishery
is
developed
in
this
fishery
management
plan
amendment.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1995).
"
Atlantic
Sharks
Fishery
Management.

Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

Summary
of
the
fishery
management
plan,
plan
development,
objectives,
measures,
list
of
actions,
and
list
of
major
actions.
A
description
of
the
fishery
from
Our
Living
Oceans
(
1993)
is
also
attached.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1995).
"
Draft
Environmental
Assessment
and
Draft
Regulatory
Impact
Review
on
a
Proposed
Rule
to
Establish
1995
Catch
Limits
for
the
Atlantic
Swordfish
Fishery.

Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
June,
32
pp.

This
document
has
been
prepared
to
provide
background
on
the
fishery
and
to
assess
the
likely
economic
effects
of
the
proposed
rule
which
is
to
impose
the
1995
U.
S.
quota
recommendation
approved
by
ICCAT.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1995).
"
Final
Environmental
Assessment
for
a
Regulatory
Amendment
for
the
Western
Atlantic
Bluefin
Tuna
Fishery.

Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
July,
142
pp.

The
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
proposes
to
implement
a
regulatory
amendment
for
the
1995
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna
fishery
consistent
with
recommendations
from
the
1994
meeting
of
the
International
Commission
for
the
Conservation
of
Atlantic
Tunas
(
ICCAT).
Four
national
quota
alternatives
are
examined
in
combination
with
five
domestic
quota
allocation
alternatives
and
three
access
control
alternatives;
lottery,
limited
entry
with
fleet
wide
quota,
and
individual
transferable
quotas.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1995).
"
Final
Environmental
Assessment
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review
on
a
Final
Rule
to
Establish
1995
Catch
Limits
for
the
Atlantic
Swordfish
Fishery.

Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
June,
32
pp.
3
0
2
This
document
has
been
prepared
to
provide
background
on
the
fishery
and
to
assess
the
likely
economic
effects
of
the
proposed
rule
which
is
to
impose
the
1995
U.
S.
quota
recommendation
approved
by
ICCAT.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1995).
"
Framework
Seasonal
Adjustment
of
Management
Measures
Under
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Sharks,
Final
Environmental
Assessment
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review.

Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
April,
17
pp.

The
proposed
action
would
revise
commercial
quotas
on
large
coastal
sharks.
There
would
be
no
change
in
the
pelagic
quota
and
there
would
be
no
quota
imposed
on
small
coastal
sharks.
This
action
represents
a
long
term
measure
to
address
stock
problems
associated
with
the
shark
fishery.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1995).
"
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Act
and
Draft
Regulatory
Impact
Review
for
Regulatory
Adjustments
for
the
1995
Western
Atlantic
Tuna
Fishery.

Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
April,
65
pp.

Proposed
regulations
for
the
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna
fishery
are
evaluated
in
this
RIR.
Restrictions
on
days
fished,
allocations
of
TAC
between
commercial
and
recreational
fishermen,
monthly
quotas,
permit
moratorium,
minimum
size
limits,
and
dealer
permits
are
the
major
actions
addressed.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1995).
"
Issues/
Options.

Options
paper,
Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
June
8,
2
pp.

The
significant
issues
and
options
to
be
considered
at
the
shark
operations
team
meeting.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1995).
"
Options
for
Establishing
an
Interim
Permit
Moratorium
and
Eligibility
Criteria
for
the
Atlantic
Swordfish
Fishery."
Discussion
Paper,
Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

The
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
is
considering
a
temporary
moratorium
on
issuance
of
permits
for
the
Atlantic
swordfish
fishery.
This
paper
discusses
possible
options
for
controlling
access
to
the
Atlantic
swordfish
fishery
via
a
permit
moratorium.
The
options
discussed
are
not
all
inclusive;
suggestions
for
alternative
approaches
are
also
encouraged.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1995).
"
Options
for
Establishing
an
Interim
Permit
Moratorium
and
Eligibility
Criteria
for
the
Atlantic
Shark
Fishery."
Options
Paper,
Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.,
July.

The
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
is
considering
a
temporary
moratorium
on
issuance
of
permits
for
the
Atlantic
shark
fishery.
This
paper
discusses
possible
options
for
controlling
access
to
the
Atlantic
shark
fishery
via
a
permit
moratorium.
The
options
discussed
are
not
all
inclusive;
suggestions
for
alternative
approaches
are
also
encouraged
3
0
3
Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1995).
"
Property
Rights­
Based
Management
in
the
ABT
Fishery."
Draft
Report,
Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

A
discussion
of
a
harvest
rights
(
HR)
fishery
management
plan
for
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna
similar
in
structure
to
an
individual
transferable
quota
system.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1995).
"
Regulatory
Impact
Review
and
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis
for
the
Final
Rule
for
the
1995
Atlantic
Tuna
Fishery."
Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
July,
64
pp.

RIR
and
RFA
for
final
regulations
concerning
quota
allocations
by
category,
measures
to
extend
the
fishing
season,
changes
in
permitting,
reporting
requirements,
and
quotas
for
bluefin
tuna
fishermen.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1995).
"
Supplemental
Draft
Environmental
Impact
Statement
for
a
Regulatory
Amendment
for
the
Western
Atlantic
Bluefin
Tuna
Fishery."
Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

The
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
proposes
to
implement
a
regulatory
amendment
for
the
1995
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna
fishery
consistent
with
recommendations
from
the
1994
meetings
of
the
International
Commission
for
the
Conservation
of
Atlantic
Tunas
(
ICCAT).
Four
national
quota
alternatives
are
examined,
in
combination
with
five
domestic
quota
allocation
alternatives,
and
three
access
control
alternatives.
There
are
clear
tradeoffs
between
short
term
economic
benefits
(
net
commercial
revenues
and
angler
consumer
surplus)
and
long
term
biological
benefits
(
increases
in
stock
size).
The
preferred
alternative
for
1995
consists
of
a
preferred
quota
alternative
(
2200
mt)
and
a
preferred
domestic
allocation
alternative
(
status
quo).
A
brief
discussion
of
three
access
control
alternatives
is
provided.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1995).
"
Towards
Rationalization
of
HMS
Fisheries."
A
Draft
Concept
Paper,
Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

Discusses
the
benefits
and
costs
conceptually
of
a
permit
moratorium
for
highly
migratory
species;
tuna,
swordfish,
and
shark.
Comments
on
draft
are
also
included.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1995).
"
Towards
Rationalization
of
Fisheries
for
Atlantic
Highly
Migratory
Species."
A
Concept
Paper,
Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

This
paper
lays
out
the
general
options
for
defining
a
permit
moratorium
as
an
interim
management
strategy
to
freeze
fishing
capacity
near
current
levels
while
working
with
the
fishing
industry
and
the
public
to
develop
a
more
flexible,
comprehensive,
long
term
management
solution.
Supplemental
options
papers
for
the
U.
S.
Atlantic
swordfish
and
shark
fisheries
have
also
been
prepared.
Options
for
long
term
management
solutions
will
be
outlined
in
a
second
forthcoming
concept
paper.
3
0
4
Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1996).
"
Amendment
1
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Sharks
Including
an
Environmental
Assessment
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review.

Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
May.

A
permit
moratorium
amendment
to
the
shark
fishery
management
plan.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1996).
"
Amendment
1
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Sharks
Including
an
Environmental
Assessment
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review.

Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
July,
77
pp.

A
permit
moratorium
amendment
to
the
shark
fishery
management
plan.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1996).
"
Amendment
1
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Sharks
Including
an
Environmental
Assessment
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review.

Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
September,
77
pp.

A
permit
moratorium
amendment
to
the
shark
fishery
management
plan.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1996).
"
Amendment
1
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Swordfish
Including
an
Environmental
Assessment,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
and
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis.

Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
June,
101
pp.

A
permit
moratorium
amendment
to
the
swordfish
fishery
management
plan.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1996).
"
Amendment
1
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Swordfish
Including
an
Environmental
Assessment
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review.

Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
July,
109
pp.

A
permit
moratorium
amendment
to
the
swordfish
fishery
management
plan.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1996).
"
Atlantic
Swordfish
Fishery;
Quotas,
Minimum
Size,
and
Technical
Changes."
Proposed
Rules,
Federal
Register,
Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

NMFS
proposes
to
amend
the
regulations
governing
the
Atlantic
swordfish
fishery
to:
Reduce
the
total
allowable
catch
(
TAC)
to
2,625
metric
tons
(
mt)
dressed
weight
(
dw)
via
a
split
season
(
June
1
­
May
31),
decrease
the
minimum
size
to
73
cm
(
29
inches)
cleithrum
to
caudal
keel
measure
and
eliminate
the
trip
allowance
for
undersized
fish,
and
make
technical
changes
to
ensure
consistency
of
regulations.
The
intent
of
this
action
is
to
protect
the
swordfish
resource
while
allowing
harvests
of
swordfish
consistent
with
recommendations
of
the
International
Commission
for
the
Conservation
of
Atlantic
Tunas
(
ICCAT).

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1996).
"
Fisheries
Service
3
0
5
Proposes
Improvements
to
Bluefin
Tuna
Angling
Category
Management."
96­
R161,
Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

The
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
today
announced
immediate
further
improvements
to
management
of
the
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna
recreational
fishery,
known
as
the
Angling
category.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1996).
"
Framework
Seasonal
Adjustment
of
Management
Measures
under
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Sharks,
Final
Environmental
Assessment
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review."
Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
March,
19
pp.

The
proposed
action
would
revise
commercial
quotas
on
large
coastal
sharks.
There
would
be
no
change
in
the
pelagic
quota
and
there
would
be
no
quota
imposed
on
small
coastal
sharks.
This
action
represents
a
long
term
measure
to
address
stock
problems
associated
with
the
shark
fishery.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1996).
"
Framework
Seasonal
Adjustment
of
Management
Measures
under
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Sharks,
Final
Environmental
Assessment
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review."
Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
August,
23
pp.

The
proposed
action
would
revise
commercial
quotas
on
large
coastal
sharks.
There
would
be
no
change
in
the
pelagic
quota
and
there
would
be
no
quota
imposed
on
small
coastal
sharks.
This
action
represents
a
long
term
measure
to
address
stock
problems
associated
with
the
shark
fishery.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1996).
"
Framework
Seasonal
Adjustment
of
Management
Measures
under
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Sharks,
Draft
Environmental
Assessment
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review."
Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
November,
35
pp.

The
proposed
action
is
intented
as
a
one
year
measure
to
implement
the
recommendation
of
the
Shark
Evaluation
Workshop
(
SEW)
for
an
immediate
50%
reduction
in
effective
fishing
mortality.
The
proposed
action
is
intended
as
a
one
year
measure
becasue
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
NMFS)
believes
that
a
long
term
rebuilding
schedule
is
needed
to
address
the
overfished
status
of
large
coastal
sharks.
The
proposed
action
would
ensure
that
allowable
catch
levels
of
Atlantic
sharks
are
consistent
with
the
best
available
scientific
information
while
NMFS
develops
a
long
term
rebuilding
schedule
for
large
coastal
sharks.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1996).
"
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
1996
Atlantic
Tunas
Program."
GPO:
1996­
170­
603
QL
3,
Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

Summary
of
fishery
information
and
regulations
for
Atlantic
tuna
fisheries.
3
0
6
Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1996).
"
NMFS
Proposes
Consolidation
of
HMS
Regulations."
,
Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

A
listing
of
the
substantive
changes
to
the
rules
and
regulations
applying
to
the
highly
migratory
species
management
group
caused
by
the
consolidation
of
regulations
required
under
the
President

s
Regulatory
Reinvention
Initiative.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1996).
"
Historic
Rationale,
Effectiveness,
and
Biological
Efficiency
of
Existing
Regulations
for
the
U.
S.
Atlantic
Bluefin
Tuna
Fisheries."
Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
September,
85
pp.

This
report
response
to
a
Congressional
directive
to
describe
the
biological
rationale
for
each
regional
and
category
allocation,
including
directed
and
incidental
categories,
in
light
of
the
average
size,
age,
and
maturity
of
bluefin
tuna
caught
in
each
fishery
and
the
effect
of
this
harvest
on
stock
rebuilding
and
sustainable
yield.
The
report
examines
the
history
and
evaluates
the
level
of
wasteful
discarding,
and
evaluates
the
effectiveness
of
non­
quota
regulations
at
constraining
harvests
within
regions.
Comments
on
how
the
levels
of
participation
in
specific
fisheries
in
terms
of
vessels
and
trips,
enforcement
implications,
and
the
importance
of
monitoring
information
provided
by
these
allocations
affect
the
precision
of
the
stock
assessment
estimates
are
also
provided.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1997).
"
1997
Bluefin
Tuna
Angler
Survey."
Office
of
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
February,
11
pp.

The
questionnaire
for
the
1997
recreational
angler
survey
for
bluefin
tuna
fishermen.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1997).
"
Draft
Amendment
1
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Swordfish
Including
an
Environmental
Assessment
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review.

Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
January,
107
pp.

A
permit
moratorium
amendment
to
the
swordfish
fishery
management
plan.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1998).
"
Atlantic
Swordfish
Fishery;
South
Atlantic
Quotas;
Quota
Adjustment
Procedures.

Federal
Register,
63(
111):
31710­
31713,
Wednesday,
June
10.

Annual
quotas
for
the
south
Atlantic
swordfish
fishery
are
established.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1998).
"
Draft
Extended
Analysis
of
the
Socio­
Economic
Effects
of
the
1997
Regulations
on
the
Atlantic
Large
Coastal
Shark
Fishery.

Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
March.

Draft
analysis
of
data
from
existing
shark
related
data
bases
used
to
3
0
7
address
the
concerns
raised
in
Southern
Offshore
Fishing
Association,
et
al.,
vs.
William
M.
Daley.
While
conclusions
have
not
been
written,
analysis
indicates
relatively
little
is
known
concerning
the
economics
of
the
shark
fishery.
Necessary
data
on
operating
costs,
switching
behavior,
production
functions
have
not
been
analyzed
even
though
data
appears
to
be
available.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1998).
"
Draft
Consideration
of
the
Economic
Effects
and
Potential
Alternatives
to
the
1997
Quotas
on
the
Atlantic
Large
Coastal
Shark
Fishery.

Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
April.

This
document
responds
to
the
judicial
order
in
Southern
Offshore
Fishing
Association,
et
al.,
vs.
William
M.
Daley
to
consider
the
economic
effects
and
potential
alternatives
to
the
1997
quotas
on
the
Atlantic
large
coastal
shark
fishery.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1998).
"
Draft
Environmental
Assessment
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
Proposed
Rule
to
Establish
1998
Catch
Quotas
for
the
South
Atlantic
Swordfish
Fishery.

Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
May.

The
proposed
rule
is
needed
to
ensure
that
the
allowable
1998,
1999,
2000
U.
S.
catch
levels
of
south
Atlantic
swordfish
are
consistent
with
approved
ICCAT
recommendations
based
on
the
best
available
scientific
information.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1998).
"
Draft
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Tunas,
Swordfish,
and
Sharks.

Volumes
I
and
II,
Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
May.

This
document
is
the
fishery
management
plan
(
FMP)
for
Atlantic
tunas,
swordfish,
and
sharks,
highly
migratory
species
that
inhabit
the
Atlantic
Ocean
and
adjacent
waters.
It
replaces
the
existing
shark
and
swordfish
FMPs
and
establishes
a
FMP
for
tunas.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1998).
"
Final
Consideration
of
the
Economic
Effects
and
Potential
Alternatives
to
the
1997
Quotas
on
the
Atlantic
Large
Coastal
Shark
Fishery.

Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
May,
76
pp.

This
document
responds
to
the
judicial
order
in
Southern
Offshore
Fishing
Association,
et
al.,
vs.
William
M.
Daley
to
consider
the
economic
effects
and
potential
alternatives
to
the
1997
quotas
on
the
Atlantic
large
coastal
shark
fishery.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division
(
1998).
"
Shark
Economic
Analysis
per
Judge
Merryday.

Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
March.

Initial
data
summaries
of
existing
shark
related
data
bases
that
could
be
used
to
address
the
concerns
raised
in
Southern
Offshore
Fishing
Association,
et
al.,
vs.
William
M.
Daley.
3
0
8
Hightower,
Joseph
E.
and
William
H.
Lenarz
(
1989).

Using
GENMOD
to
Develop
Harvesting
Policies
for
Multiaged
Fish
Stocks.

American
Fisheries
Society
Symposium,
6:
209­
210.

Program
GENMOD
is
a
microcomputer
based
simulation
program
that
applies
an
age
structured
population
model
to
problems
of
optimal
harvesting
policy.
It
can
be
used
to
explore
alternative
harvesting
policies
and
determine
the
policy
that
best
satisfies
conflicting
objectives
of
fishery
management.
This
public
domain
program
is
written
for
IBM
PC
and
PC
compatible
systems.

Hilborn,
R.
(
1976).
"
Optimal
Exploitation
of
Multiple
Stocks
by
a
Common
Fishery:
A
New
Methodology."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
33:
1­
5.

Optimal
harvest
rates
for
mixed
stocks
of
fish
are
calculated
using
stochastic
dynamic
programming.
This
technique
is
shown
to
be
superior
to
the
best
methods
currently
described
in
the
literature.
The
Ricker
stock
recruitment
curve
is
assumed
for
two
stocks
harvested
by
the
same
fishery.
The
optimal
harvest
rates
are
calculated
as
a
function
of
the
size
of
each
stock,
for
a
series
of
possible
parameter
values.
The
dynamic
programming
solution
is
similar
to
the
fixed
escapement
policy
only
when
the
two
stocks
have
similar
Ricker
parameters
or
when
the
two
stocks
are
of
equal
size.
Normally,
one
should
harvest
harder
than
calculated
from
fixed
escapement
analysis.

Hilborn,
Ray
(
1985).
"
Fleet
Dynamics
and
Individual
Variation:
Why
Some
People
Catch
More
Fish
than
Others."
Canadian
Journal
of
Fisheries
and
Aquatic
Science
42:
2­
13.

Most
fisheries
problems
arise
from
a
failure
to
understand
and
manage
fishermen,
and
that
the
study
of
fishermen
should
be
a
major
part
of
fisheries
research.
The
dynamic
behavior
of
fishing
fleets
can
be
broken
into
four
components:
investment,
movement,
catching
power,
and
discarding.
The
literature
in
each
area
is
reviewed
and
the
needed
research
described.
The
second
part
of
this
paper
examines
the
causes
and
consequences
of
individual
variation
in
catch
in
a
commercial
purse
seine
fishery
and
a
recreational
hook
and
line
fishery.
It
is
shown
that
the
catch
is
highly
concentrated
in
the
recreational
fishery
with
a
small
proportion
of
frequent
anglers
catching
a
large
portion
of
the
fish.
Catch
is
more
equitable
distributed
in
the
purse
seine
fishery.
The
consequence
of
individual
variation
includes
the
observation
that
small
annual
bag
limits
in
the
sport
fishery
could
reduce
the
total
catch
significantly
while
leaving
most
anglers
unaffected
and
the
fact
that
buy
back
of
the
most
successful
vessels
would
reduce
the
commercial
catch
by
relatively
little.

Hilborn,
Ray
and
Randall
M.
Peterman
(
1995).
"
The
Development
of
Scientific
Advice
with
Incomplete
Information
in
the
Context
of
the
Precautionary
Approach."
TCPA/
BP4,
Technical
Consultation
on
the
Precautionary
Approach
to
Capture
Fisheries
(
TCPA),
FAO
Scientific
Meeting,
Lysekil,
Sweden,
May,
20
pp.

Scientists
and
decision
makers
involved
in
fisheries
management
will
always
be
faced
with
uncertainties
and
risks,
yet
decisions
have
to
be
made.
We
discuss
seven
sources
of
uncertainties
and
illustrate
how
these
have
affected
the
success
or
failure
of
past
decisions
in
fisheries
management.
We
then
describe
how
scientists
should
incorporate
information
on
uncertainties
into
the
advice
given
to
decision
makers
by
using
the
formal
techniques
of
decision
analysis
and
statistical
power
analysis.
Despite
the
limitations
of
quantitative
techniques,
these
methods
are
the
best
way
of
informing
decision
3
0
9
makers
about
the
implications
of
uncertainties
in
fisheries
management,
regardless
of
whether
decisions
are
made
in
a
risk­
neutral
or
a
risk­
adverse,
precautionary
context.
In
addition,
we
discuss
the
findings
of
cognitive
psychologists
on
how
best
to
communicate
information
about
uncertainties
to
managers,
user
groups
and
scientists.
Finally,
in
situations
where
weak
data
create
large
uncertainties,
institutional
mechanisms
that
internalize
feedbacks
may
create
incentives
for
a
longer
term
viewpoint
among
harvesters.

Hildebrand,
Henry
H.
(
19??).
"
A
Study
of
the
Fauna
of
the
Brown
Shrimp
(
Penaeus
aztecus
Ives)
Grounds
in
the
Western
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Institute
of
Marine
Science,
The
University
of
Texas,
Port
Aransas,
Texas.

A
major
undertaking
was
the
collection
and
compilation
of
information
on
the
distribution
and
relative
abundance
of
the
animals
taken
in
trawls
in
the
brown
shrimp
fishery
as
a
base
for
ecological
studies
and
more
generally
they
add
considerably
to
the
general
picture
of
the
fauna
of
the
western
Gulf.

Hildebrand,
Henry
H.
(
1980).
"
Report
on
the
Incidental
Capture,
Harassment,
and
Mortality
of
Sea
Turtles
in
Texas."
Final
report,
NMFS
Contract
No.
NA80­
GG­
A­
00160,
Pascagoula,
laboratory,
SEFC,
NMFS.

This
report
attempts
to
evaluate
the
impacts
of
all
types
of
fishing
gear
on
the
five
species
of
sea
turtles
by
gear,
locality,
and
season.

Hinkle,
Robert
L.
(
1999).

Order
Denying
Petitions
Challenging
Regulations.

The
Florida
Wildlife
Federation,
et
al.,
v.
William
M.
Daley,
et
al.
Case
No.
4:
98cv01­
RH,
United
States
District
Court
for
the
Northern
District
of
Florida,
Tallahassee
Division.

A
decision
on
the
law
suit
by
the
Texas
Shrimp
Association
that
charge
among
other
things
that
the
economic
analysis
was
done
incorrectly.
The
judge
found
that
the
economic
analysis
was
done
well
and
that
a
finding
of
a
negative
net
benefit
for
a
regulation
is
not
sufficient
for
that
regulation
to
be
dismissed.
Other
factors
can
be
taken
into
consideration
in
determining
if
a
regulation
can
be
promulgated.
The
summary
judgement
requested
by
the
plaintiffs
was
denied.

Hinga,
Kenneth
R.,
Heeseon
Jeon,
and
Noelle
F.
Lewis
(
1995).

Marine
Eutrophication
Review.

Decision
Analysis
Series
No.
4,
NOAA
Coastal
Ocean
Program,
Coastal
Ocean
Office,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
1315
East­
West
Highway
(
NCOP),
Silver
Spring,
MD,
January.

Quantifying
the
effects
of
nitrogen
enrichment
on
phytoplankton
in
coastal
ecosystems.
The
results
of
three
different
approaches
are
used
to
investigate
relationships
between
nitrogen
availability
and
phytoplankton
primary
production
and
abundance
in
coastal
ecosystems.
The
three
approaches
are
controlled
experiments
in
marine
enclosures,
history
of
changes
in
coastal
ecosystems,
and
cross
system
comparisons.
Most
systems
can
be
expected
to
have
increased
primary
production
with
increased
nitrogen
loadings
or
long
term
average
concentration.
Nitrogen
availability
alone
is
not
a
very
precise
predictor
of
phytoplankton
production
or
abundance.
The
magnitude
of
the
change
in
phytoplankton
production
or
abundance
found
for
most
systems
is
typically
in
the
range
of
1.4
to
3
times
for
a
doubling
in
nitrogen
loading
or
concentration.
However,
there
are
coastal
ecosystems
that
have
not
followed
the
general
relationships
found.
Until
the
characteristics
that
sets
those
systems
apart
from
other
systems
can
be
identified,
there
is
no
guarantee
that
3
1
0
any
individual
system
will
have
the
typical
response.

Hinman,
Ken
(
ed.)
(
1996).

In
Defense
of
the
Councils.

National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
3
West
Market
Street,
Leesburg,
Virginia.

An
editorial
claiming
that
inaction
by
NMFS
in
the
management
of
Highly
Migratory
Species
is
sufficient
reason
to
return
management
to
the
Council
system
for
these
species
of
fish.
It
displays
a
certain
amount
of
naivety
since
inaction
by
the
Councils
was
the
original
reason
Congress
assigned
the
responsibility
to
the
NMFS
in
the
first
place.
However,
without
reorganization,
the
appearance
of
progress
is
impossible.

Hinman,
Ken
and
Carl
Paulsen
(
1993).

The
Crowded
Sea,
An
Issue
paper
on
Limiting
Entry
to
Marine
Fisheries.

National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
3
West
Market
Street,
Leesburg,
Virginia,
November.

While
urging
a
reasoned
and
deliberate
pace
in
planning
the
application
and
implementation
of
limited
entry
schemes,
we
suggest
some
basic
principles
to
guide
the
use
of
limited
entry
as
a
management
tool
and
enhance
its
potential
for
success
and
conclude
with
recommendations
for
legal
and
policy
changes
at
the
federal
level.

Hoagland,
Porter,
and
Di
Jin
(
1997).

A
Model
of
Bycatch
Involving
a
Passive
Use
Stock.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
12(
1):
11­
28.

We
develop
a
simple
extension
of
the
theory
of
multispecies
fisheries
management
to
analyze
a
problem
where
one
fish
or
animal
stock
has
no
commercial
market
but
instead
is
valued
passively.
We
interpret
a
typical
bycatch
problem
as
a
standard
multispecies
fisheries
management
problem,
and
we
develop
a
multispecies
model
incorporating
both
monetary
damages
associated
with
bycatch
and
variable
biological
relationships.
We
examine
the
behavior
of
the
model
with
a
numerical
example
focusing
on
the
case
of
the
bycatch
of
sported
and
other
dolphins
in
the
eastern
tropical
Pacific
(
ETP)
yellowfin
tuna
fishery.

Hoagland,
Porter,
Di
Jin,
Patricia
Lee,
Christopher
Croft,
Lyn
Davidson,
and
Sarah
Wallis
(
1996).

Market­
Based
Incentives
to
Reduce
Fisheries
Bycatch.

NOAA
Contract
No.
50­
DGNF­
5­
00172,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
February,
120
pp.

This
report
represents
a
first
step
at
considering
the
potential
for
the
use
of
market
based
incentives
to
aid
in
the
resolution
of
fishery
bycatch
problems.
Market­
based
incentives
have
several
advantages
over
more
traditional
command
and
control
approaches,
including
cost
effective
allocations
of
environmental
controls;
incentives
for
firms
to
seek
technological
solutions;
flexibility;
returns
to
the
public
for
the
use
of
its
resources;
and
lower
administrative
costs
in
some
cases.

Hoar,
Peter,
John
Hoey,
Jim
Nance,
and
Chris
Nelson
(
eds.)
(
1992).
"
A
Research
Plan
Addressing
Finfish
Bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
Shrimp
Fisheries."
Final
report,
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Development
Foundation,
Inc.,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
669,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
August.

The
program
of
study
to
address
the
biological,
economic,
and
social
impacts
of
reducing
the
incidence
of
bycatch
in
the
southeastern
region
shrimp
fishery.
The
plan
emphasizes
biological
research
and
gear
modifications,
but
does
recognize
the
need
for
economic
analysis
and
nongear
bycatch
reduction
alternative
regulations.
3
1
1
Hoar,
Peter,
John
Hoey,
Chris
Nelson,
and
Jim
Nance
(
eds.)
(
1992).
"
A
Research
Plan
Addressing
Finfish
Bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
Shrimp
Fisheries."
Draft
report,
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Development
Foundation,
Inc.,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
669,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
May.

The
program
of
study
to
address
the
biological,
economic,
and
social
impacts
of
reducing
the
incidence
of
bycatch
in
the
southeastern
region
shrimp
fishery.
The
plan
emphasizes
biological
research
and
gear
modifications,
but
does
recognize
the
need
for
economic
analysis
and
nongear
bycatch
reduction
alternative
regulations.
An
executive
summary
is
included
as
a
separate
document.

Hobart,
W.
L.
(
1987).
"
Scientific
and
Technical
Publications
on
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
182­
186.

List
of
primarily
biological
publications
concerning
recreationally
caught
fish
species.

Hobart,
W.
L.
(
1993).
"
Authors,
Titles,
and
Subjects
in
the
Marine
Fisheries
Review
55(
1­
4),
1993."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
55(
4):
31­
35.

An
index
and
list
of
titles
of
articles
published
in
the
journal
during
1993.

Hobart,
W.
L.
(
Ed.)
(
1995).
Baird

s
Legacy:
The
History
and
Accomplishments
of
NOAA

s
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1971­
1996.
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
F/
SPO­
18,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
December.

The
accomplishments
of
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
from
the
time
of
its
first
commissioner,
Spencer
Fullerton
Baird,
to
the
present.

Hobson,
Edmund
S.
and
William
H.
Lenarz
(
1977).
"
Report
of
a
Colloquium
on
the
Multispecies
Fisheries
Problem,
June
1976."
U.
S.
Dep.
Comm.
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
39:
8­
13.

The
colloquium
concentrated
on
identifying
the
types
of
research
that
could
be
expected
to
best
benefit
fisheries
management,
and
immediately
recognize
that
sound
research
programs
would
be
unlikely
without
stable
management
objectives.
Because
management
objectives
determine
the
information
needed,
and
thus
research
plans,
changes
in
these
objectives,
amplified
by
the
many
interactions
among
the
system's
components
could
be
profoundly
disruptive.

Hodge,
Scott
A.
and
Adam
Thierer
(
1995).

A
Blueprint
to
Abolish
the
Department
of
Commerce.

The
Heritage
Foundation.

A
plan
that
dismantles
the
Department
of
Commerce
by
eliminating
or
transferring
existing
programs
to
other
agencies.

Hoey,
John,
Rebecca
Lent,
and
Alycia
Anderson
(
1995).

Long
Term
Allocation
Issues
for
Atlantic
Swordfish.

Draft
Discussion
Paper,
National
Fisheries
Institute
and
the
Highly
Migratory
Management
Division,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Springs,
MD,
September,
12
pp.

An
overview
of
the
rends
in
Atlantic
swordfish
landings
by
the
major
3
1
2
fishing
nations
is
presented.
The
statistics
include
landings
in
the
North
and
South
Atlantic
as
well
as
the
share
of
total
landings
attributable
to
individual
countries.
In
addition,
because
the
United
States
is
a
major
market
for
swordfish,
trends
in
imports
by
country
of
origin
are
also
presented,
in
an
effort
to
demonstrate
cases
in
which
increased
landings
(
sometimes
contrary
to
the
spirit
of
the
ICCAT
agreement)
have
appeared
on
the
United
States
market.

Hoey,
John,
A.
Bertolino,
J.
Cramer,
and
C.
Rogers
(
1994).

Recent
Trends
in
the
U.
S.
Atlantic
Longline
Fishery.

ICCAT
­
SCRS/
94/
123,
Fishery
Review,
35
pp.

A
review
of
the
Atlantic
longline
fisheries
generated
from
voluntary
and
mandatory
monitoring
programs.
Information
presented
includes
fleet
size,
longline
effort,
species
composition,
and
regional
trends.
Direct
and
indirect
impacts
of
domestic
and
international
regulations
on
swordfish,
tuna,
marlin,
sailfish,
sea
turtles,
marine
mammals,
and
shark
are
discussed.

Hof,
John
G.
and
David
A.
King
(
1982).
"
On
the
Necessity
of
Simultaneous
Recreation
Demand
Equation
Estimation."
Land
Economics,
58(
4):
547­
552.

A
critique
of
Burt
and
Brewer
(
1971)
and
Cicchetti,
Fisher,
and
Smith
(
1976)
approach
to
recreation
benefit
estimation
and
a
suggested
alternative
approach
that
is
less
costly
to
employ.
See
Ward
(
1983)
comment
and
reply.

Hof,
John
G.
and
David
A.
King
(
1983).
"
On
the
Necessity
of
Simultaneous
Recreation
Demand
Equation
Estimation:
Reply."
Land
Economics,
59(
4):
459­
460.

The
authors
concur
with
the
comments
of
Ward
(
1983)
and
offer
two
points
of
clarification
concerning
the
use
of
line
integrals
and
the
difference
between
consumer
surplus
and
the
compensating
variation
caused
by
the
presence
of
income
effects.

Hogan,
William
and
Daniel
Georgianna
(
1989).

U.
S.
Fish
Processing
Capacity
and
Imports
of
Whole
Groundfish
from
Canada.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
6(
3):
213­
225.

Capacity
in
the
U.
S.
fish
processing
industry
increased
with
the
U.
S.
fishing
fleet
following
establishment
of
the
200
mile
limit
in
1977.
As
U.
S.
landings
declined
after
1983,
whole
imports
from
Canada
have
increased.
Focusing
on
cod,
haddock,
and
flounder,
this
study
specifies
a
system
of
equations
to
model
the
U.
S.
processing
sector.
The
model
analyzes
short
run
decisions
in
processing
and
hypothesizes
that
both
the
hoarding
of
skilled
labor
and
the
desire
to
maintain
specific
retail
customers
prompts
processors
to
attempt
to
maintain
output
when
their
principal
product
sources,
U.
S.
landings,
decline.
Specifically,
processors
are
hypothesized
to
bid
higher
U.
S.
exvessel
prices
and
to
demand
more
whole
imports
from
Canada.
Underutilization
of
processing
capacity
is
found
to
have
a
significant
positive
effect
on
U.
S.
processors

demand
for
whole
imports.
Whole
imports
are
found
to
have
a
significant
negative
effect
on
U.
S.
exvessel
prices.

Hogarth,
William
T.
(
1996).

Executive
Summary
­
Shark
OT
Meeting.

Memorandum
for
members
of
the
Shark
Operations
Team,
Highly
Migratory
Management
Division,
Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
September,
3
pp.

An
executive
summary
of
the
shark
operations
team
meeting
that
3
1
3
recommended
a
50%
reduction
in
total
allowable
catch
for
1997.

Hoggarth,
Daniel
D.
(
1994).
"
Management
Strategies
and
Their
Sensitivity
to
Parameter
Uncertainties
in
a
Model
of
Artisanal
River
Fisheries."
C.
M.
1994/
T:
30,
Theme
Session
on
Improving
the
Link
Between
Fisheries
Science
and
Management:
Biological,
Social,
and
Economic
Considerations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
82nd
Statutory
Meeting,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September,
8
pp.

This
paper
examines
the
effects
of
four
management
strategies
­
effort
limitations,
closed
seasons,
mesh
size
increases,
and
gear
bans
­
on
different
social
groups
in
artisanal
fishing
communities.
In
the
floodplain
river
fisheries
examined,
strong
technical
interactions
exist
between
the
many
different
gears.
The
management
strategies
often
give
rise
to
substantial
reallocations
of
yields
between
these
gears,
but,
due
to
the
balance
of
benefits
and
losses,
overall
total
yields
are
fairly
insensitive
to
management.
None
of
the
scenarios
examined
particularly
benefit
the
gears
most
used
by
the
poorer
or
most
vulnerable
fishermen.

Holiman,
Stephen
Glenn
(
1994).
"
A
Discussion
of
the
Economic
Implications
of
Regulatory
Change
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Recreational
Reef
Fish
Fishery."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
August,
15
pp.

This
document
presents
a
discussion
of
the
current
management,
catch
performance,
management
options,
and
the
economic
implications
of
regulatory
change
for
the
recreational
reef
fishery
of
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
with
emphasis
on
red
snapper,
red
grouper,
and
gag.

Holiman,
Stephen
Glenn
(
1994).
"
Management
History
and
Recreational
Catch
and
Effort
for
Gulf
of
Mexico
Red
Snapper,
Red
Grouper,
and
Gag,
1992­
93."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
August,
13
pp.

This
document
presents
a
management
history
and
summary
statistics
for
the
recreational
reef
fishery
of
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico.
The
discussion
focuses
on
red
snapper,
red
grouper,
and
gag.

Holiman,
Stephen
Glenn
(
1994).
"
Recreational
Fisheries
Reference
Material."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
November.

A
bibliography
of
references
pertaining
to
recreational
fishery
resources.

Holiman,
Stephen
Glenn
(
1994).
"
Status
of
the
Recreational
Fisheries
of
the
South
Atlantic
and
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

A
review
of
the
status
of
landings
and
management
measures
in
place
for
the
recreational
fisheries
of
the
southeastern
region
of
the
United
States.

Holiman,
Stephen
Glenn
(
1995).
"
Hard
Clam
(
Mercenaria
Mercenaria)
Aquaculture
Under
Production
Uncertainty."
Presented
at
the
15th
Milford
Aquaculture
Seminar,
February
21­
23,
20
pp.
3
1
4
Dynamic
programming
methods
were
applied
to
a
stochastic
analysis
of
hard
clam
grow
out
in
Florida
to
determine
the
impacts
of
uncertainty
on
production
design
and
financial
returns.
The
sources
of
uncertainty
incorporated
into
the
model
were
production
uncertainty
resulting
from
variable
growth
response
to
environmental
and
production
conditions,
and
revenue
uncertainty
resulting
from
variable
prices.

Holiman,
Stephen
Glenn
(
1996).
"
Estimating
Recreational
Effort
Using
the
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Statistics
Survey
Data."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFSC­
389,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
July,
20
pp.

This
document
provides
programs
for
estimating
three
measures
of
recreational
effort
(
target
effort,
catch,
and
directed
effort)
using
the
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Statistics
Survey
(
MRFSS)
data
set.
The
programs
produce
results
that
indicate
that
catch
effort
exceeds
target
effort
and
directed
effort
exceeds
catch
and
target
effort
taken
separately.
This
information
can
be
used
to
evaluate
trends
in
fishing
effort
and
aid
in
estimating
the
potential
impacts
of
regulation.

Holiman,
Stephen
Glenn
(
1996).
"
Landings
Estimates
Under
A
Zero
King
Mackerel
Bag
Limit
for
Charterboat
Captains
and
Crew
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
September.

Gulf
of
Mexico
king
mackerel
recreational
landings
projections
produced
under
a
zero
bag
limit
for
charterboat
captains
and
crew
is
presented
based
on
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Statistics
Survey,
NMFS
Charter
boat
Survey,
NMFS
Headboat
Survey,
and
the
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Survey
data.

Holiman,
Stephen
Glenn
(
1996).
"
Recreational
Fisheries
Reference
Material."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
August.

A
bibliography
of
references
pertaining
to
recreational
fishery
resources.

Holiman,
Stephen
Glenn
(
1996).
"
Summary
Document,
Recreational
Marine
Demand
Estimation
Studies."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
November,
28
pp.

Annotated
bibliography
of
recreational
demand
studies
emphasizing
southeastern
region
studies
and
an
assessment
of
independent
variable
performance.

Holiman,
Stephen
Glenn
(
1997).
"
For­
Hire
Sector
Data
Relevant
to
Closure
Considerations
in
the
Red
Snapper
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
August.

This
document
contains
catch
and
effort
data
useful
for
evaluating
the
relative
importance
of
red
snapper
to
the
for­
hire
sector
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
some
potential
impacts
of
closure
under
a
quota
monitoring
system.
3
1
5
Holiman,
Stephen
Glenn
(
1997).
"
Summary
Data
for
the
South
Atlantic
Reef
Fish
Fishery,
1982­
96."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
September.

Summary
statistics
for
the
recreational
reef
fish
fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
derived
from
the
NMFS
MRFSS
survey,
the
NMFS
Headboat
Survey,
and
the
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Survey
data
sets.
These
summaries
may
contain
some
errors
due
to
the
expansion
of
the
MRFSS
data
set.

Holland,
Daniel
S.
(
1999).

On
Direct
and
Indirect
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity.

Thalassorama,
Marine
Resource
Economics,
14(
3):
263­
267.

Excess
capacity
is
a
severe
and
costly
problem
that
has
led
both
to
overfishing
and
reduction
in
the
net
benefits
derived
from
fishery
resources.
However,
excess
capacity
is
only
a
symptom
of
an
underlying
failure
of
the
management
system.
Attempts
to
reduce
or
control
capacity
will
likely
be
offset
by
expansion
of
uncontrolled
inputs.
Failure
to
address
the
causes
of
excess
capacity
will
ensure
that
managers
will
face
the
same
problems
again
sooner
or
later.

Holland,
Daniel
S.
and
Richard
J.
Brazee
(
1996).

Marine
Reserves
for
Fisheries
Management.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
3):
157­
171.

Conventional
methods
of
regulating
commercial
fisheries
restrict
catch
by
limiting
either
the
quantity
or
efficiency
of
fishing
effort,
or
by
putting
direct
limits
on
catch.
These
regulatory
practices
are
neither
feasible
nor
desirable
for
many
fisheries,
and
have
failed
to
conserve
fishery
stocks
in
other
fisheries.
Marine
reserves
may
be
an
effective
alternative
management
strategy
for
some
fisheries.
Here
we
develop
a
dynamic
model
of
marine
reserves
applicable
to
inshore
fisheries.
In
contrast
to
previous
models
of
reserves,
the
model
is
fully
dynamic
and
provides
information
on
both
equilibrium
conditions
and
the
path
to
equilibrium.
A
simulation
model
based
on
red
snapper
data
from
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
is
presented.
The
simulation
results
suggest
that
marine
reserves
can
sustain
or
increase
yields
for
moderate
to
heavily
fished
fisheries
but
will
probably
not
improve
yields
for
lightly
fished
fisheries.

Holland,
Daniel
S.
and
Jon
G.
Sutinen
(
1997).

Draft
Guidelines
on
Excess
Capacity
in
Fisheries.

Draft
report,
Department
of
Environmental
and
Natural
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
RI,
December,
18
pp.

This
draft
of
technical
guidelines
on
the
management
of
fishing
capacity
is
prepared
in
the
general
context
of
the
Code
of
Conduct
for
Responsible
Fisheries.
The
draft
guidelines
cover
the
definition
of
fishing
capacity
and
excess
capacity,
measurement
aspects,
control
mechanisms
and
approaches
to
reducing
capacity.
The
draft
guidelines
introduce
concepts
and
issues,
identifies
options,
and
provides
guidance
and
advice
to
fisheries
managers/
policy
makers
from
a
world
wide
perspective.
Special
issues
addressed
include
intra­
sectoral
and
international
mobility,
regional
and
international
dimensions,
subsidies
and
buybacks,
basic
monitoring
requirements,
small­
scale
tropical
fisheries,
complementary
roles
of
conventional
management
techniques,
precautionary
considerations,
allocation
among
competing
user
groups
and
equity.

Holland,
Daniel
S.
and
Jon
G.
Sutinen
(
1998).

Draft
Guidelines
on
Fishing
Capacity.

Draft
report,
Department
of
Environmental
and
Natural
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
RI,
December,
3
1
6
18
pp.

This
draft
of
technical
guidelines
on
the
management
of
fishing
capacity
is
prepared
in
the
general
context
of
the
Code
of
Conduct
for
Responsible
Fisheries.
The
draft
guidelines
cover
the
definition
of
fishing
capacity
and
excess
capacity,
measurement
aspects,
control
mechanisms
and
approaches
to
reducing
capacity.
The
draft
guidelines
introduce
concepts
and
issues,
identifies
options,
and
provides
guidance
and
advice
to
fisheries
managers/
policy
makers
from
a
world
wide
perspective.
Special
issues
addressed
include
intra­
sectoral
and
international
mobility,
regional
and
international
dimensions,
subsidies
and
buybacks,
and
small­
scale
tropical
fisheries.

Holland,
Daniel
S.
and
Cathy
R.
Wessells
(
1997).

Predicting
Consumer
Preferences
for
Seafood:
What

s
in
a
Label?

Draft
report,
Department
of
Environmental
and
Natural
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
RI,
April,
15
pp.

This
paper
addresses
relevant
questions
which
should
be
answered
by
the
seafood
industry
regarding
seafood
labeling.
Questions
answered
by
this
paper
are:
1)
do
consumers
want
seafood
safety
information;
2)
does
it
matter
which
agency
of
the
government
is
in
charge
of
seafood
safety
programs;
3)
do
they
want
method
of
production
information;
and,
4)
which
production
method
do
they
prefer?
A
rank­
ordered
logit
model
is
estimated
using
data
collected
by
a
mail
survey
of
consumers
in
the
Northeastern
and
Mid­
Atlantic
U.
S.
The
questions,
based
on
conjoint
analysis,
are
used
to
determine
the
average
relative
importance
and
value
of
the
three
product
attributes,
and
to
estimate
the
relative
attractiveness
of
particular
products
to
consumers.
When
used
in
combination
with
demographic
data
and
responses
to
questions
on
perceptions,
the
analysis
suggests
market
segmentations
and
potential
marketing
strategies
based
on
the
heterogeneity
in
preferences
among
consumers.

Holland,
Daniel
S.
and
Jon
G.
Sutinen
(
1999).

An
Empirical
Model
of
Fleet
Dynamics
in
New
England
Trawl
Fisheries.

Can.
J.
Fish.
Aquat.
Sci.,
56:
253­
264.

Regulations
and
changes
in
market
and
environmental
conditions
that
change
the
profitability
of
one
fishery
or
area
will
result
in
a
redistribution
of
fishing
effort
among
alternative
fisheries
or
areas.
The
magnitude
of
this
effort
displacement
will
depend
on
the
relative
profitability
of
the
alternatives
for
the
individual
fishers
affected.
When
fishing
areas
and
fishers
are
heterogeneous,
simple
aggregate
effort
models
such
as
those
based
on
ideal
free
distribution
theory
may
provide
inaccurate
predictions.
We
present
an
empirical
model
of
individual
vessel
fishery
and
location
choice
based
on
trip
data
for
a
group
of
over
400
large
trawlers
fishing
in
New
England.
The
model
uses
lagged
average
revenue
rates
for
different
alternatives
and
the
individual
vessel

s
past
behavior
to
predict
choice
of
species
group
and
fishing
location
on
a
trip­
by­
trip
basis.
This
model
is
used
to
predict
aggregate
effort
levels
in
different
fisheries
and
areas
over
time.

Holland,
Daniel
S.,
Eyjolfur
Gudmundsson,
and
John
Gates
(
1999).

Do
Fishing
Vessel
Buyback
Programs
Work:
A
Survey
of
the
Evidence.

Marine
Policy,
23(
1):
47­
69.

Vessel
and
license
buyback
programs
are
being
used
increasingly
as
a
tool
to
reduce
overcapacity
in
fisheries.
This
paper
examines
buybacks
programs
in
a
number
of
fisheries
around
the
world,
to
evaluate
their
effectiveness
in
achieving
their
objectives.
We
show
that,
though
the
3
1
7
objectives
are
usually
similar,
the
design
of
different
buyback
programs
varies
widely
with
important
ramifications.
Although
proper
design
can
improve
the
performance
of
buyback
programs,
we
conclude
buyback
programs
are
generally
not
an
effective
way
to
address
the
problems
they
are
meant
to
solve.

Holland,
Stephen
M.
and
J.
Walter
Milon
(
1989).
"
The
Structure
and
Economics
of
the
Charter
and
Party
Boat
Fishing
Fleet
of
the
Gulf
Coast
of
Florida."
Final
MARFIN
Report,
Contract
No.
NA87WC­
H­
06141,
Department
of
Recreation,
Parks,
and
Tourism
and
Department
of
Food
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL,
June,
278
pp.

A
study
of
the
Florida
west
coast
charter
and
party
boat
fishing
fleet
with
a
comparison
to
an
earlier
study.

Holland,
Stephen
M.,
Robert
B.
Ditton,
and
Duane
A.
Gill
(
1991).
"
The
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
Charter
Boat
Industry:
Activity
Centers,
Species
Targeted,
and
Fisheries
Management
Opinions."
Paper
submitted
to
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
March
15,
pp
26.

The
charter
boat
industry
in
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
provides
access
to
offshore
fishing
opportunities
for
approximately
570,000
passengers
per
year
on
971
boats.
A
25
percent
random
sample
of
charter
boat
operators
was
interviewed
during
1987­
1988
to
determine
species
targeted,
percent
time
committed
to
targeting
each
species
and
reactions
to
existing
catch
restrictions.
Three­
fourths
of
the
charter
boat
fleet
was
in
Florida,
13
percent
in
Texas,
5
percent
in
Louisiana,
4
percent
in
alabama,
and
2
percent
in
Mississippi.
Responses
were
diverse
regarding
species
focus
within
the
region.
Species
of
dominant
importance
included
groupers,
snapper,
king
mackerel,
spotted
seatrout,
and
red
drum.
Catch
restrictions
were
generally
supported
with
higher
levels
of
opposition
to
restricted
high
effort
fish
and/
or
one
fish
or
closed
fishery
limits.

Holland,
Stephen
M.,
Robert
B.
Ditton,
and
Duane
A.
Gill
(
1992).
"
The
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
Charter
Boat
Industry:
Activity
Centers,
Species
Targeted,
and
Fisheries
Management
Opinions."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
54(
2):
21­
27.

The
charter
boat
industry
in
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
provides
access
to
offshore
fishing
opportunities
for
approximately
570,000
passengers
per
year
on
971
boats.
A
25
percent
random
sample
of
charter
boat
operators
was
interviewed
during
1987­
1988
to
determine
species
targeted,
percent
time
committed
to
targeting
each
species
and
reactions
to
existing
catch
restrictions.
Three­
fourths
of
the
charter
boat
fleet
was
in
Florida,
13
percent
in
Texas,
5
percent
in
Louisiana,
4
percent
in
alabama,
and
2
percent
in
Mississippi.
Responses
were
diverse
regarding
species
focus
within
the
region.
Species
of
dominant
importance
included
groupers,
snapper,
king
mackerel,
spotted
seatrout,
and
red
drum.
Catch
restrictions
were
generally
supported
with
higher
levels
of
opposition
to
restricted
high
effort
fish
and/
or
one
fish
or
closed
fishery
limits.

Holliday,
Mark
(
1987).
"
United
States
Recreational
Fisheries,
1986."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
166­
173.

A
review
of
landings
in
the
United
States
recreational
fisheries
for
1986.

Holliday,
Mark
C.
(
1996).
"
Re­
engineering
NMFS
Fisheries
Statistics
...
3
1
8
Creation
of
a
Core
Program."
Fishery
Statistics
Division,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
March,
22
pp.

A
concept
paper
presenting
the
design
and
need
for
a
centralized
fisheries
statistics
program
that
would
collect
biological,
economic,
and
socio/
anthropological
data.
This
data
base
would
be
used
to
assist
fishery
managers
in
developing
solutions
to
pressing
allocation
problems
in
U.
S.
domestic
fisheries.
Its
main
attractive
feature
is
its
cost
effectiveness
in
developing
relational
data
bases
that
rely
on
presently
existing
NMFS
expertise
without
creating
additional
burdens
on
time
or
resources.

Holliday,
Mark
and
Morton
Miller
(
1992).
"
Minutes
of
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
Economics
Workshop."
Southwest
Fisheries
Science
Center,
La
Jolla,
CA,
December
2­
3,
15
pp.

Minutes
of
the
Economics
Workshop
meeting
concerning
various
economic
responsibilities
in
the
NMFS
regions
and
plans
for
the
development
of
an
economic
assessment
of
fishery
stocks
nation
wide.
Richard
Raulerson's
comments
are
also
included
in
the
file.

Holliday,
Mark
C.
and
Barbara
K.
O'Bannon
(
1990).
"
Historical
Catch
Statistics,
Atlantic
and
Gulf
Coast
States,
1879
­
1989."
Current
Fishery
Statistics
No.
9010,
Historical
Series
5­
9
revised,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
October.

Federal
fishery
statistics
have
been
collected
by
a
number
of
agencies,
including
the
Fish
Commission,
Bureau
of
Fisheries,
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service,
Bureau
of
Commercial
Fisheries,
and
Bureau
of
the
Census.
The
data
have
been
published
in
several
series
of
reports.
Since
funds
for
conducting
statistical
surveys
have
been
limited,
there
have
been
wide
variations
in
the
frequency
of
the
surveys
in
the
various
areas.
This
has
made
it
difficult
to
determine
the
years
in
which
data
were
available
for
the
various
sections,
and
also
to
locate
the
reports
in
which
the
results
of
surveys
were
published.
The
following
bibliography
was
prepared
to
make
it
easier
to
locate
the
results
of
the
various
canvasses
of
the
fisheries
of
the
Atlantic
and
Gulf
states.
No
attempt
has
been
made
to
include
those
publications
giving
fragmentary
or
summary
data
only,
or
data
on
only
certain
fisheries
or
states.
Unless
otherwise
noted,
all
are
publications
of
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
or
its
predecessor
agencies.

Hollin,
Dewayne
and
Steven
R.
Windh
(
1984).

Cutting
Fuel
Costs,
Alternative
for
Commercial
Fishermen.

TAMU­
SG­
84­
504,
Sea
Grant
College
Program,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas.

This
study,
funded
by
the
National
Shrimp
Congress,
gathered
energy
conservation
information
that
might
help
fishermen
make
decisions
about
ways
to
conserve
fuel
on
both
a
short­
term
and
long­
term
basis.

Hollowed,
Anne
B.,
Rebecca
T.
Baldwin,
Richard
Ferrero,
Lowell
Fritz,
and
Bernard
Megrey
(
1994).
"
An
Examination
of
Marine
Mammal
and
Walleye
Pollock
Fisheries
in
the
Gulf
of
Alaska
Using
A
Stochastic
Bio­
Economic
Simulation
Model."
C.
M.
1994/
7:
16,
Theme
Session
on
Improving
the
Link
Between
Fisheries
Science
and
Management:
Biological,
Social,
and
Economic
Considerations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
82nd
Statutory
Meeting,
3
1
9
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September.

In
this
paper,
we
describe
the
multidisciplinary
effort
of
scientists
at
the
Alaska
Fisheries
Science
Center
(
AFSC)
to
gather
the
type
of
information
necessary
to
parameterize
a
bioeconomic
model.
The
framework
for
developing
a
quantitative
bioeconomic
modeling
approach
to
explore
the
potential
tradeoffs
of
various
fisheries
management
strategies
in
the
Gulf
of
Alaska
ecosystem
is
presented.
The
model
quantifies
risks
associates
with
adopting
a
given
harvest
strategy
in
terms
of
the
value
of
increased
yield,
and
the
maintenance
of
both
walleye
pollock
and
marine
mammal
populations.
The
simulation
model
included
process
error
in
estimating
recruitment
and
measurement
error
in
the
stock
assessment
procedures.

Holm,
Petter
and
Leigh
Mazany
(
1995).

Changes
in
the
Organization
of
the
Norwegian
Fishing
Industry.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
3):
299­
312.

The
wealth
and
prosperity
of
the
Norwegian
fishing
sector
is
due
to
its
corporatist
arrangements
giving
it
great
political
power
and
influence.
Changes
in
this
institutional
structure
are
underway
toward
a
pluralist
system
that
has
weakened
the
fishing
sector.
The
consequences
of
this
reform
and
its
impact
on
the
prosperity
of
Norwegian
fishermen
is
the
focus
of
this
article.
The
corporatist
institutions
of
the
Norwegian
fishery
sector
and
their
interrelationships
are
first
described.
Second,
the
current
reform
process
is
outlined
and
its
causes
are
discussed.
Finally,
the
extent
to
which
the
prosperity
and
influence
of
the
Norwegian
fishery
sector
can
be
attributed
to
the
corporatist
arrangements
and
whether
the
present
reforms
mean
an
end
to
this
situation
are
discussed.

Holmes,
Krys
(
1994).

Three
Roads
to
Bycatch
Control,
The
Ferment
of
the
North
Pacific.

In
Brad
Warren
(
ed.).
Win­
Win
Bycatch
Solutions.
National
Fisheries
Conservation
Center,
Seattle
WA.

The
individual
fishing
quota,
harvest
priority,
and
full
retention/
full
utilization
program
regulations
to
control
bycatch
in
the
north
Pacific
fisheries
are
presented
and
briefly
discussed.

Homans,
Frances
and
James
E.
Wilen
(
1997).

A
Model
of
Regulated
Open
Access
Resource
Use.

Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
32(
1):
1­
21.

This
paper
develops
a
model
of
regulated
open
access
resource
exploitation.
The
regulatory
model
assumes
that
regulators
are
goal
oriented,
choosing
target
harvest
levels
according
to
a
safe
stock
concept.
The
harvest
quotas
are
implemented
by
setting
season
lengths,
conditioned
on
the
industry
fishing
capacity.
The
industry
enters
until
rents
are
dissipated,
conditioned
on
season
length
regulations.
Harvest
levels,
fishing
capacity,
season
length,
and
biomass
are
determined
jointly.
Using
parameter
estimates
from
the
long
regulated
North
Pacific
Halibut
fishery,
predictions
of
these
variables
from
the
regulated
open
access
model
are
compared
to
predictions
that
arise
from
the
Gordon
model.

Hooper,
Peter
(
1976).
"
Forecasting
U.
S.
Export
and
Import
Prices
and
Volumes
in
a
Changing
World
Economy."
Federal
Reserve
board,
International
Finance
Discussions
Paper
No.
99.

This
paper
describes
the
construction
and
performance
of
a
forecasting
model
that
follows
in
the
tradition
of
partial
equilibrium
econometric
models
of
U.
S.
trade,
but
with
several
important
modifications
in
light
of
recent
changes
in
the
world
economy.
3
2
0
Hopkins,
Jane
Chadwick
(
1983).
"
An
Analysis
of
the
Impact
of
Alternative
Import
Management
Policies
for
Shrimp."
Thesis,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
December,
117
pp.

A
five
equation
econometric
model
was
specified
and
estimated
using
1955­
1980
data
to
analyze
restrictive
import
policies.
Benefits
of
such
measures
were
found
to
be
tenuous
in
simulations
with
benefits
dissipated
through
new
entrants.
While
all
of
the
policies
led
to
only
modest
improvements
in
the
price
level,
the
variability
in
prices
was
reduced.
The
benefits
from
restricting
imports
may
not
be
as
readily
apparent
as
has
been
suggested
by
some
advocates.

Hornbaker,
Robert
H.,
Bruce
L.
Dixon,
and
Steven
T.
Sonka
(
1989).
"
Estimating
Production
Activity
Costs
for
Multioutput
Firms
with
a
Random
Coefficient
Regression
Model."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
71(
1):
167­
177.

A
random
coefficient
regression
model
provides
an
approach
for
estimating
the
mean
variable
costs
of
specific
enterprise
production
activities
for
each
output
over
a
population
of
multioutput
firms.
The
model
specifically
acknowledges
that
these
farm
level
costs
vary
from
farm
to
farm.
In
addition,
best
linear
unbiased
predictions
can
be
estimated
for
each
activity
for
an
individual
farm.
The
mean
estimates
are
quite
useful
for
ex
post
cost
analysis,
thereby
providing
per
unit
cost
estimates
for
farmers,
governmental
agencies,
and
researchers.
The
best
linear
unbiased
predictions
can
be
used
by
individual
farmers
for
planning
yearly
operations,
applying
for
operating
loans,
and
analyzing
marketing
strategies.

Hotelling,
Harold
(
1931).
"
The
Economics
of
Exhaustible
Resources."
Journal
of
Political
Economy,
39(
2):
137­
175.

The
comparative
static
theory
of
economics
does
not
lend
itself
to
an
analysis
of
natural
resources
that
are
nonrenewable
or
are
renewable
at
slow
rates
(
forests,
oil,
etc.).
A
dynamic
approach
to
solving
resource
allocation
over
time
is
presented
using
the
calculus
of
variations.

Houde,
Edward
D.
(
1993).

Results
of
the
1993
Species
Working
Group
Workshop.

Report
of
the
Swordfish
Working
Group
ICCAT
Advisory
Committee
Meeting.

Recommendations
of
the
working
group
to
the
Advisory
Committee
on
stock
identification
and
structure,
age
and
growth,
minimum
size
regulations,
catches
and
CPUE,
and
the
need
for
earlier
assessments.

Houston,
Jack
E.
and
Amelia
E.
Nieto
(
1988).
"
Regional
Shrimp
Market
Responses
to
Domestic
Landings
and
Imports."
Journal
of
Food
Distribution
Research,
Feb:
99­
107.

U.
S.
shrimp
landings
are
divided
into
four
geographic
regional
markets
and
may
be
further
subdivided
into
species
and
size
characteristics.
Seemingly
unrelated
regressions
are
used
to
analyze
regional
price
responses
of
variable
annual
landings
of
shrimp.
The
contemporaneous
correlation
of
competing
market
supplies
and
demands
accounted
for
an
improvement
in
forecasting
reliability
in
each
area
and
for
species
and
size
relationships.
Imports
were
shown
to
affect
regional
markets
unevenly,
having
a
significantly
higher
impact
on
south
Atlantic
shrimp
prices
than
on
Gulf
of
Mexico,
West
Coast,
or
New
England
markets.
Real
disposable
personal
income
affected
West
Coast
and
south
Atlantic
prices
much
more
dramatically
than
those
of
Gulf
3
2
1
Coast
markets.
The
composition
of
the
catch
by
size
and
species
in
each
season
introduced
variable
responses
by
regional
market.
Also,
south
Atlantic
appeared
least
price­
sensitive
to
its
own
catch.

Houston,
Jack
E.,
Amelia
E.
Nieto,
James
E.
Epperson,
Ho­
Shui
Li,
and
George
W.
Lewis
(
1989).
"
Factors
Affecting
Local
Prices
of
Shrimp
Landings."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
6:
163­
172.

Variation
in
the
species
and
size
composition
of
local
and
regional
shrimp
landings
result
in
uncertain
and
sometimes
volatile
ex­
vessel
prices
paid
to
fishermen.
A
seemingly
unrelated
regressions
price­
modeling
framework
was
used
to
forecast
contemporaneous
price
effects
of
the
composition
of
shrimp
landing
in
closely
associated
market
regions.
Price
responses
to
U.
S.
regional
shrimp
landings
and
to
imports
were
significantly
related
to
differentiated
markets
by
species
and
location.
Regional
consumer
income
impacts
on
average
ex­
vessel
prices
for
each
species
were
also
significantly
different.
Implications
of
shrimp
price
response
differences
in
related
local
markets
are
also
discussed.

Hu,
Teh­
Wei,
Donald
R.
Whitaker,
and
D.
Lynne
Kaltreider
(
1983).
"
The
New
England
Groundfish
Industry.
An
Economic
Profile
for
Policy
and
Regulatory
Analysts."
Final
report,
Saltonstall/
Kennedy
Project,
National
Fisheries
Institute,
Washington,
D.
C.

A
description
of
the
New
England
Groundfish
fishery,
its
biology,
industry
structure,
and
markets
is
provided
in
the
report.
A
simplistic
demand
analysis
indicates
that
a
8.3
or
5.4
percent
reduction
in
consumption
for
haddock
or
ocean
perch
occurs
with
each
10
percent
increase
in
price.

Hu,
Teh­
Wei,
David
M.
Dressel,
Donald
R.
Whitaker,
and
D.
Lynne
Kaltreider
(
1983).
"
The
Maine
Sardine
Industry,
An
Economic
Profile
for
Policy
and
Regulatory
Analysts."
Final
report,
Saltonstall/
Kennedy
Project,
National
Fisheries
Institute,
Washington,
D.
C.

A
description
of
the
Maine
sardine
fishery,
its
biology,
industry
structure,
and
markets
is
provided
in
the
report.
A
simplistic
demand
analysis
indicates
that
a
6
percent
reduction
in
consumption
occurs
with
each
10
percent
increase
in
sardine
price.

Hu,
Teh­
Wei,
Donald
R.
Whitaker,
and
D.
Lynne
Kaltreider
(
1983).
"
The
U.
S.
Menhaden
Industry,
An
Economic
Profile
for
Policy
and
Regulatory
Analysts."
Final
report,
Saltonstall/
Kennedy
Project,
National
Fisheries
Institute,
Washington,
D.
C.

The
use
of
whole
menhaden
for
fertilizer
has
been
documented
as
far
back
as
the
American
Indians
prior
to
settlement
of
the
country
by
the
European
colonists,
and
this
use
of
menhaden
for
fertilizer
continued
into
the
1800'
s.
The
menhaden
oil
industry
has
grown
steadily
since
its
genesis
in
Rhode
Island
in
1811.
In
the
1900'
s,
menhaden's
primary
use
changed
from
fertilizer
to
feed
for
poultry,
swine,
and
cattle,
and
the
oil
began
to
be
used
in
manufacturing
soap,
certain
paints,
linoleum,
waterproof
fabrics,
and
margarine
and
shortenings
(
in
Europe).
These
uses
of
the
meal
and
oil
still
predominate.

Hu,
Teh­
Wei,
Donald
R.
Whitaker,
and
D.
Lynne
Kaltreider
(
1983).
"
The
U.
S.
Shrimp
Industry,
An
Economic
Profile
for
Policy
and
Regulatory
Analysts."
Final
report,
Saltonstall/
Kennedy
Project,
National
Fisheries
Institute,
Washington,
D.
C.
3
2
2
While
other
studies
have
discussed
the
economic
status
and
problems
of
the
U.
S.
shrimp
harvesting
sector
(
e.
g.
Hutchinson,
1978),
this
study
focuses
on
the
U.
S.
shrimp
processing
industry.
Three
separate
economic
profiles
of
the
shrimp
industry
are
contained
in
this
volume:
(
1)
a
profile
of
the
overall
shrimp
industry
with
special
reference
to
headless
and
peeled
shrimp,
(
2)
a
profile
of
the
breaded
shrimp
industry,
and
(
3)
a
profile
of
the
southern
canned
shrimp
industry.
In
each
profile,
the
data
were
obtained
from
processors
whose
plants
made
at
least
95
percent
of
their
sales
from
the
particular
shrimp
product
profiled.

Hu,
Zuliu
and
Mohsin
S.
Khan
(
1997).

Why
is
China
Growing
So
Fast?

Economic
Issues
8,
International
Monetary
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

In
1978,
after
years
of
state
control
of
all
productive
assets,
the
government
of
China
embarked
on
a
major
program
of
economic
reform.
While
pre­
1978
China
had
seen
annual
growth
of
6
percent
a
year,
post­
1978
China
averaged
9
percent
a
year.
Although
capital
accumulation
was
important
in
explaining
this
shift,
as
were
the
number
of
Chinese
workers,
a
sharp,
sustained
increase
in
productivity
was
the
driving
force
behind
the
economic
boom.
This
marks
a
departures
from
the
traditional
view
of
development
in
which
capital
investment
takes
the
lead.

Huang,
Hann­
Jin,
Wade
L.
Griffin,
and
David
V.
Aldrich
(
1984).
"
A
Preliminary
Economic
Feasibility
Analysis
of
a
Proposed
Commercial
Penaeid
Shrimp
Culture
Operation."
Journal
of
World
Mariculture,
15:
95­
105.

This
analysis
utilized
the
production
data
obtained
in
1982
from
ponds
at
the
Cedar
Bayou
Texas
A&
M
Mariculture
Facility,
east
of
Baytown,
Texas.
The
Aquaculture
Budget
Simulation
System
developed
at
Texas
A&
M
University
was
applied
to
create
budgetary
information
including
the
net
return,
economic
profit,
break
even
quantities
and
prices,
and
net
present
values
over
a
10
year
horizon.
This
information
was
used
to
evaluate
the
economic
feasibility
of
different
stocking
strategies
at
a
proposed
76
ha
commercial
penaeid
shrimp
culture
operation.
The
stocking
strategies
consist
of
monoculture
of
Penaeus
stylirostris
at
10
and
20/
m2
respectively
and
polyculture
of
P.
stylirostris
with
P.
vannamei
at
two
ratios
(
3:
1
and
1:
3)
with
a
total
density
of
20/
m2.
The
results
indicated
that
only
the
polyculture
of
75%
P.
vannamei
with
25%
P.
stylirostris
is
economically
profitable.
This
stocking
strategy
yields
an
economic
profit
of
$
54,589
for
the
first
year
of
operation.
The
break
even
production
of
1,526
kg/
ha
is
less
than
the
expected
annual
production
of
1,919
kg/
ha.
The
break
even
price
of
$
6.11/
kg
is
less
than
the
market
price
of
$
8.23/
kg.
The
net
present
value
is
$
839,424
over
10
years
considering
the
beginning
$
20,000
cash
and
20%
of
the
total
investment
as
owner's
investment.
The
payback
occurred
following
the
second
year's
harvest.

Huang,
Kuo
S.
(
1988).
"
An
Inverse
Demand
System
for
U.
S.
Composite
Foods."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
70(
4):
902­
909.

This
article
provides
a
theoretically
consistent
framework
for
estimating
a
complete
price
dependent
demand
system,
where
the
concept
of
distance
function
and
its
related
substitution
and
scale
effects
are
used.
The
approach
is
applied
to
a
U.
S.
demand
system
consisting
of
thirteen
food
and
one
nonfood
categories.

Huang,
Kuo
S.
(
1994).
"
A
Further
Look
at
Flexibilities
and
Elasticities."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
76:
313­
317.
3
2
3
relationships
between
price
elasticities
and
price
flexibilities
are
examined
with
emphasis
on
comparing
sizes
of
difference
between
a
directly
estimated
demand
matrix
and
an
inverted
demand
matrix.
Results
show
that
by
using
inverted
elasticities
to
represent
flexibilities
or
vice
versa,
sizable
measurement
errors
may
be
committed.
In
agricultural
policy
and
program
analysis,
a
directly
estimated
demand
matrix
should
be
used.

Hudson,
J.
Harold,
Donald
M.
Allen,
and
T.
J.
Costello
(
1970).
"
The
Flora
and
Fauna
of
a
Basin
in
Central
Florida
Bay."
U.
S.
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service,
Special
Scientific
Report
­
Fisheries,
No.
604,
May,
iii+
14
pp.,
2
Figs.,
1
Table.

One
hundred
ninety­
six
species
of
plants
and
animals
are
reported
from
a
nursery
area
for
pink
shrimp,
Penaeus
duorarum,
in
a
basin
of
central
Florida
Bay.
Many
of
the
organisms
are
benthic
and
associated
with
shallow
beds
of
turtle
grass,
Thalassia
testudinum.
Although
abrupt
habitat
variations
may
affect
species
distribution,
the
general
distribution
of
organisms
in
the
basin
and
bay
defines
environments
influenced
by
different
water
masses.

Hudson,
Russell
(
1996).

Statement
of
the
Directed
Shark
Fishery
Association.

Prepared
for
the
Atlantic
Shark
Operations
Team
meeting
of
August
27­
28,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
Directed
Shark
Fishery
Association,
505
NW
90
Avenue,
Chiefland,
Florida,
September,
3
pp.

Comments
by
the
commercial
shark
fishermen

s
association
on
the
proposed
regulation
to
reduce
harvest
quotas
in
the
directed
shark
fishery
delivered
at
the
shark
operations
team
meeting.
The
quota
reductions
are
emotionally
driven
without
a
sound
scientific
basis,
the
existing
quotas
already
have
lead
to
a
stabilization
of
the
shark
stocks,
other
countries
need
to
be
involved
in
the
quota
reductions,
and
juvenile
sharks
need
protection
as
well
as
the
adults
in
the
offshore
waters.

Huppert,
D.
D.
(
1979).
"
Implications
of
Multipurpose
Fleets
and
Mixed
Stocks
for
Control
Policies."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.
36:
845­
854.

Management
of
harvests
from
mixed
stocks
and
multipurpose
fleets
requires
the
use
of
concepts
not
discussed
in
single
species
fishery
models.
Optimum
harvest
of
a
group
of
mixed
stocks
implies
that
an
aggregate
objective
pertaining
to
the
multispecies
catch
is
maximized.
This
usually
prohibits
the
attainment
of
the
maximum
sustained
yield
or
the
maximum
economic
yield
for
each
individual
stock.
Operation
of
a
multipurpose
fleet
is
economically
justifiable
when
there
are
significant
annual
or
seasonal
fluctuations
in
fish
stock
abundance.
A
simple
linear
model
is
developed
in
this
paper
to
demonstrate
how
the
multipurpose
fleet
can
be
a
necessary
part
of
rational
management.

Huppert,
D.
D.
(
1983).
"
NMFS
Guidelines
on
Economic
Valuation
of
Marine
Recreational
Fishing."
NOAA,
NMFS,
Technical
Memorandum,
NOAA­
TMNMFS
SWFC­
32,
June.

This
guideline
provides
a
rudimentary
explanation
of
what
an
economic
evaluation
of
recreation
is
all
about.
The
guidelines
emphasizes
the
tactics
of
producing
a
defensible
statement
of
economic
value
rather
than
the
quantitative
techniques
and
theoretical
models
needed
to
actually
measure
the
value.

Huppert,
Daniel
D.
(
ed.)
(
1987).
"
Limited
Access
Alternatives
for
the
Pacific
Groundfish
Fishery."
NOAA
Technical
Report
NMFS
52,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
3
2
4
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
May,
pp.
46.

This
report
contains
the
results
of
a
working
group
that
examined
alternative
approaches
of
limiting
access
to
the
Pacific
coast
groundfish
fishery.

Huppert,
Daniel
D.
(
1988).
"
Managing
Alaska
Groundfish:
Current
Problems
and
Management
Alternatives."
FRI­
UW­
8805,
Fisheries
Research
Institute,
School
of
Fisheries
WH­
10,
University
of
Washington,
Seattle
Washington
98195.

This
study
reviews
the
current
problems
in
the
fishery,
the
various
regulatory
options,
and
analyzes
the
advantages
of
various
feasible
approaches.

Huppert,
Dan
D.
(
1990).
"
Economic
Benefits
From
Commercial
Fishing."
Draft
report
in
Kearney/
Centaur
(
1990).
"
Evaluation
and
Demonstration
of
Valuation
Methodologies
Applicable
to
Sport
and
Commercial
Fisheries."
Draft
report,
Alexandria,
VA.

It
is
often
asserted
that
measuring
benefits
from
marketed
goods
is
a
relatively
easy
task
compared
to
the
problem
of
measuring
nonmarket
values.
However,
this
approach
becomes
more
problematical
when
market
data
is
confidential
and
unavailable
to
the
analyst,
when
externalities
and
unpriced
inputs
are
important,
and
when
pervasive
regulations
and
institutional
norms
impose
nonprice
constraints
on
firms,
consumers,
and
primary
resource
suppliers.
The
commercial
fisheries
exhibit
all
these
complications.
Hence,
practical
assessment
of
economic
benefits
from
fisheries
involves
a
variety
of
special
models,
approximations,
and
approaches
which
are
tailored
to
specific
circumstances.
Choosing
from
among
these
necessarily
calls
upon
the
independent
judgement
of
the
analyst.
This
chapter
seeks
to
assist
in
those
judgements.

Huppert,
Dan
D.
(
1990).
"
Analysis
of
Commercial
Fishermen
Behavior,
Fishing
Costs
and
Net
Benefits
Estimation."
Draft
report
in
Kearney/
Centaur
(
1990).
"
Evaluation
and
Demonstration
of
Valuation
Methodologies
Applicable
to
Sport
and
Commercial
Fisheries."
Draft
report,
Alexandria,
VA.

This
report
summarizes
the
existing
economics
literature
concerning
open
access,
bioeconomic
dynamics,
behavior
of
the
fishing
fleet
under
regulatory
constraints,
and
conditions
of
labor
supply
and
provides
specific
guidance
incorporating
the
following
in
benefits
estimates:
Entry
and
exit
of
fishing
firms,
Labor
supply
in
fisheries,
measurement
and
costs
of
fishing
effort,
and
effects
of
multi­
species
fisheries
with
targeting
behavior.

Huppert,
Daniel
D.
(
1995).
"
Risk
Assessment,
Economics,
and
Precautionary
Fishery
Management."
TCPA/
8P3,
Technical
Consultation
on
the
Precautionary
Approach
to
Capture
Fisheries
(
TCPA),
FAO
Scientific
Meeting,
Lysekil,
Sweden,
May,
20
pp.

Widespread
alarm
over
depletion
of
the
world

s
marine
fish
stocks
and
possible
collapse
of
ocean
ecosystems
is
one
of
the
most
predominant
perceived
risks
in
fishery
management.
The
perception
is
that
high
levels
of
harvest
could
more
or
less
permanently
diminish
the
economically
valuable
fish
resources
and
marine
mammal
populations.
Cod
on
the
Grand
Banks
off
Newfoundland,
red
king
crab
in
the
Bering
sea,
and
the
listing
of
northern
sea
lion
populations
in
the
western
Gulf
of
Alaska
and
Aleutian
Island
as
endangered
species
are
three
examples
of
the
most
dramatic
risks.
This
paper
3
2
5
will
survey
more
broadly
the
sources
of
risk
and
related
aspects
of
decision
making
under
uncertainty,
dealing
with
stock
collapse
and
extinction
as
one
end
of
the
spectrum.
The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
explore
concepts
and
processes
common
in
risk
assessment,
extend
the
discussion
to
include
economic
aspects
of
risk
management,
and
relate
that
information
to
the
ongoing
discussion
of
risk
and
biological
reference
points
in
the
fisheries
management
literature.
I
assume
the
ultimate
objective
of
this
technical
process
is
to
contribute
information
to
a
specific
decision
making
system.
The
approach
I
take
is
discursive
and
selective.
I
will
mention
in
passing
economic
perspectives
on
endangered
species
conservation,
discuss
some
problems
in
valuing
economic
outcomes
of
decisions,
raise
the
issue
of
whether
standard
economic
optimization
approaches
address
concerns
for
risk,
and
touch
upon
the
problems
posed
by
introduction
of
discount
rates
in
economic
assessment
of
risk
management
strategies.

Huppert,
Daniel
D.
and
Dale
Squires
(
1986).

Potential
Economic
Benefits
and
Optimum
Fleet
Size
in
the
Pacific
Coast
Trawl
Fleet.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
3(
4):
297­
318.

Limited
entry
to
the
Pacific
coast
groundfish
fishery
poses
two
principal
questions:
(
1)
How
large
are
the
potential
economic
returns
under
limited
access
management
and
(
2)
will
the
economic
benefits
exceed
the
program
costs
plus
costs
associated
with
transitory
dislocations
in
the
fishery?
This
paper
reports
on
a
partial
evaluation
of
the
first
question,
based
on
a
mixed
integer
programming
model
that
computes
optimum
fleet
size,
fishing
effort
configuration,
and
associated
economic
surplus.
The
multispecies
fishery,
economic
parameters,
annual
harvest
constraints,
and
summary
results
are
presented.
Overall
a
maximum
economic
profit
of
about
$
12
million
can
be
generated
by
a
trawl
fleet
that
is
about
38
percent
smaller
than
the
baseline
1984
fleet
with
a
23
percent
reduction
in
weeks
fished.
Another
important
conclusion
is
that
economic
profits
would
suffer
if
fishing
vessels
are
prevented
from
shifting
among
groundfish,
pink
shrimp,
and
joint
venture
fisheries.

Huppert,
Daniel
D.
and
Todd
W.
Mittleman
(
1993).

Economic
Effects
of
the
United
Nations
Moratorium
on
High
Seas
Driftnet
Fishing.

NOAA­
TM­
NMFSSWFSC
194,
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
Southwest
Fisheries
Science
Center,
December,
59
pp..

The
report
documents
the
status
and
tends
in
the
driftnet
fleet,
summarizes
industry
and
governmental
plans
for
the
near
future,
and
assesses
possible
fleet
adaptations
to
the
moratorium
from
a
political/
economic
perspective.
Status
and
trends
include
information
on
numbers,
size,
age,
and
capabilities
of
the
existing
fleet,
and
institutional
restrictions
on
opportunities
for
vessels
and
labor
to
shrift
into
alternative
fisheries.
Information
on
plans
includes
expressed
intentions
of
fleet
operations
and
government
officials
in
the
three
Asian
nations,
and
a
extended
assessment
of
logical
options
for
the
fleet.
The
political
and
economic
assessment
will
focus
on
strategies
and
actions
likely
to
flow
from
private
economic
decision
making
and
from
international
and
domestic
political
pressures
in
the
Asian
fishing
nations.

Hutchings,
Jeffrey
A.,
Carl
Walters,
and
Richard
L.
Haedrich
(
1997).

Is
Scientific
Inquiry
Incompatible
With
Government
Information
Control.

Canadian
Journal
of
Fisheries
and
Aquatic
Science,
54:
1198­
1210.

Government
administered
science
in
Canada
and
its
potential
for
bureaucratic
and
political
interference
merits
examination
in
the
wake
of
the
biological
an
socioeconomic
catastrophes
associated
with
recent
fishery
3
2
6
collapses.
We
cite
specific
research
on
Atlantic
cod
(
Gadus
morhua)
and
Pacific
salmon
(
Oncorhynchus
spp.)
habitat
to
illustrate
how
nonscience
influences
can
interfere
with
the
dissemination
of
scientific
information
and
the
conduct
of
science
in
the
Canadian
Department
of
Fisheries
and
Oceans.
The
present
framework
for
linking
fisheries
science
with
fisheries
management
has
permitted,
intentionally
or
unintentionally,
a
suppression
of
scientific
uncertainty
and
a
failure
to
document
comprehensively
legitimate
differences
in
scientific
opinion.
We
suggest
that
the
conservation
of
natural
resources
is
not
facilitated
by
science
integrated
within
a
political
body.
The
formation
of
a
politically
independent
organization
of
fisheries
scientists,
or
some
such
reorganization
of
the
link
between
scientific
research
and
the
management
of
natural
resources,
merits
serious
and
open
debate.

Hutchinson,
Roger
W.
(
1978).
"
Status
and
Problems
of
the
American
Shrimp
Industry."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
40:
29­
31.

The
shrimp
industry
of
the
U.
S.
enjoyed
two
successful
years
in
1976
and
1977
and
expectations
are
that
1978
will
also
prove
to
be
successful.
This
account
gives
the
current
status
of
the
U.
S.
shrimp
industry
plus
a
brief
description
of
various
problems
facing
it.

Idyll,
C.
P.
(
1973).
"
The
Anchovy
Crisis."
Scientific
American,
228:
22­
29.

Over
the
past
decade
the
world's
largest
fishery
has
been
in
the
Peru
Current.
A
periodic
ecological
disturbance,
combined
with
the
heavy
fishing,
now
threatens
to
destroy
the
industry.

Impact
Assessment
Inc.
(
1991).

Community
Profiles
Developed
for
the
Social
Impact
Assessment
of
the
Inshore/
Offshore
Amendment
Proposal.

Submitted
to
the
North
Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council,
January,
39
pp.

A
series
of
community
impact
assessments
for
the
inshore/
offshore
allocation
proposal.
It
provides
background
information
for
six
fishing
communities
for
use
in
future
discussions
of
proposed
fishery
management
regulations.
Communities
included
are
Kodiak,
Sand
Point,
St.
Paul,
Unalaska
in
Alaska,
Bellingham,
Washington
and
Newport,
Oregon.

International
Commission
for
the
Conservation
of
Atlantic
Tunas
(
1988).
"
Report
for
biennial
Period,
1988­
89."
Madrid,
Spain.

Annual
report
of
the
ICCAT
for
Atlantic
tunas.

International
Commission
for
the
Conservation
of
Atlantic
Tunas
(
1992).
"
Report
of
the
Standing
Committee
on
Research
and
Statistics
(
SCRS)."
Madrid,
October
26­
November
6.

The
report
includes
Tunas
and
Swordfish.

International
Commission
for
the
Conservation
of
Atlantic
Tunas
(
1994).
"
Swordfish.

SCRS
Report,
November
22.

The
report
includes
a
description
of
the
swordfish
fishery,
the
state
of
the
stock,
the
effects
of
current
regulations,
and
recommendations
for
the
future.

International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea
(
1994).
"
Abstracts
of
Scientific
Papers."
82nd
Statutory
Meeting,
St.
John's,
3
2
7
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September
22­
30.

Annotated
bibliography
of
papers
presented
at
the
meeting.

International
Trade
Centre
(
1983).
Shrimps:
A
Survey
of
the
World
Market.
UNCTAD,
GATT,
Geneva.

Market
study
of
frozen
and
canned
shrimps;
international
coverage
gives
summary
of
market
opportunities
for
developing
countries;
comments
and
data
on
world
supply
and
demand,
market
characteristics,
competition,
prices,
distribution
network;
production
for
major
producing
areas
and
countries;
gives
recommendations
on
quality
and
marketing
aspects;
and
specifically
for
Belgium,
France,
Germany
F.
R.,
Italy,
Netherlands,
Spain,
UK,
USA,
Japan,
Hong
Kong,
and
Australia
gives
comments
and
data
on
production,
foreign
trade,
market
characteristics
and
access,
competition,
distribution
network,
food
standards
and
regulations;
and
gives
an
annotated
bibliography
of
publications
relevant
to
shrimp
marketing.

Interorganizational
Committee
on
Guidelines
and
Principles
(
1994).
"
Guidelines
and
Principles
for
Social
Impact
Assessment."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
F/
SPO­
16,
May,
29
pp.

The
purpose
of
the
Interorganizational
Committee
on
Guidelines
and
Principles
for
Social
Impact
Assessment
(
SIA)
is
to
outline
a
set
of
guidelines
and
principles
that
will
assist
agencies
and
private
interests
in
fulfilling
their
obligations
under
National
Environmental
and
Policy
Act
(
NEPA),
related
authorities
and
agency
mandates.

Isaac,
R.
Mark
(
1987).
"
The
Value
of
Information
in
Resource
Exploration:
The
Interaction
of
Strategic
Plays
and
Institutional
Rules."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
14:
313­
322.

Several
characteristics
of
information
used
in
resource
exploration
have
led
to
conjectures
that
the
private
market
will
provide
a
suboptimal
amount
of
such
information.
A
public
information
provision
has
been
proposed
as
a
remedy,
both
for
problems
of
underproduction
and
overproduction
of
private
information.
This
paper
demonstrates
that,
barring
exceptional
conditions,
public
provision
of
information
cannot
be
guaranteed
to
be
a
generic
solution
to
the
private
information
overprovision
problem.
In
fact,
an
example
is
developed
to
demonstrate
the
possibility
that
public
information
exacerbates
the
private
overprovision
problem.

Isaakson,
K.
G.,
W.
I.
Grant,
and
W.
L.
Griffin
(
1982).
"
General
Bioeconomic
Fisheries
Simulation
Model:
A
Detailed
Model
Documentation."
Journal
of
the
International
Society
of
Ecological
Modeling,
4(
1­
2):
61­
85.

A
general
bioeconomic
fisheries
simulation
model
(
GBFSM)
designed
for
use
in
annual­
crop
marine
fisheries
management
programs
is
described.
The
purpose
of
the
model
is
to
predict
the
effects
of
alternative
management
policies
on
a
fishery.
Effects
are
assessed
in
terms
of
total
harvest;
species,
size
class,
and
seasonal
distributions
of
the
harvest;
total
revenue,
fishing
costs,
and
rent
in
the
fishery;
and
the
distribution
of
revenue,
costs,
and
rent
among
different
classes
of
fishing
vessels.
A
variable
number
of
species,
size­
classes,
fishing
areas,
depths,
and
vessel
classes
can
be
represented
in
the
model
at
the
user's
discretion.
The
model
can
be
deterministic
or
can
have
stochastic
components.
3
2
8
Information
needed
and
the
steps
involved
in
use
of
the
model
are
presented
in
two
sections.
The
first
section
provides
user
documentation
and
indicates
the
model's
capabilities,
General
program
structure,
available
options,
data
requirements,
and
an
example
problem
are
presented.
The
second
section
provides
programmer
documentation.
Model
algorithms
are
presented
in
detail
and
the
fisheries
system
processes
represented
in
each
subroutine
are
described.

Itano,
Glen,
Richard
Condrey,
and
James
Geaghan
(
198?).
"
Count
Laws
on
Overwintering
White
Shrimp:
Effect
on
Yield­
Per­
Recruit."
Draft
report,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
LA.

The
study
was
designed
to
assess
the
change
in
yield
associated
with
existing
state
laws
that
prevent
the
landing
of
"
small"
white
shrimp
during
the
winter
months.
This
evaluation
has
been
accomplished
using
a
yield
per
recruit
analysis
in
which
estimates
of
natural
and
fishing
mortality,
average
initial
number
of
shrimp
recruited
to
the
overwintering
fishery,
and
the
annual
temperature
regime
with
temperature
and
size
dependent
growth
rate
equation
(
Phares,
1980)
have
been
combined.

Iversen,
E.
S.,
D.
M.
Allen,
and
J.
B.
Higman
(
1993).
Shrimp
Capture
and
Culture
Fisheries
of
the
United
States.
John
Wiley
&
Sons,
Inc.,
New
York.

A
simplistic
discussion
of
the
biology
and
the
fisheries
for
shrimp
from
the
Carolinas
to
Texas
is
presented.
Primarily
warm
water
species
are
included
with
limited
discussions
on
the
cold
water
species
of
shrimp.
The
commercial
fisheries
are
described,
but
little
economic
information
is
included.
The
section
on
fisheries
management
outlines
many
of
the
problems
facing
shrimp
managers
and
biologies,
but
does
not
indicate
the
root
causes
of
growth
overfishing
of
shrimp
or
bycatch
of
finfish
in
the
shrimp
fishery.
Overall,
it
is
a
good
general
discussion
of
the
southeastern
region
shrimp
fishery
from
a
biological
point
of
view.

Jacobson,
Susan
and
Daniel
D.
Huppert
(
1986).
"
Pacific
Fisheries
Information
Network:
Documentation
for
Construction
of
the
Research
Data
Base."
Administrative
Report
LJ­
86­
34,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southwest
Fisheries
Center,
P.
O.
Box
271,
La
Jolla,
CA,
December,
66
pp.

The
Pacific
Fisheries
Information
Network
(
PacFIN)
consists
of
two
main
components:
a
management
data
base
and
a
research
data
base.
This
document
describes
the
content
and
design
of
the
research
data
base.
It
traces
the
computerized
method
of
combining
individual
fishery
data
files
submitted
by
participating
member
states
­­
California,
Oregon,
and
Washington
­­
into
contiguous
data
file
sets
by
year.
This
document
was
written
as
an
encompassing
description
for
user
and
programmer.
Thus,
it
contains
generalized
schemes
complemented
by
specific
tables
outlining
their
exact
content.

Jamison,
Judy
(
1994).
"
Foundation
Conducts
Shrimp
Meeting:
Bycatch
Found
Highly
Exaggerated."
News
release,
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Development
Foundation,
Inc.,
October,
2
pp.

Results
of
the
shrimp
trawl
bycatch
study
workshop
indicate
that
the
correct
bycatch
ratio
is
three
to
four
pounds
of
finfish
to
one
pound
of
shrimp.
Testing
of
proposed
bycatch
reduction
devices
have
indicated
that
gear
modifications
can
reduce
bycatch
by
as
much
as
one­
third.

Jennings,
M.
G.
(
1993).
"
Fisheries
Enforcement
:
The
UK
Approach."
3
2
9
Paper
presented
at
the
Workshop
on
Enforcement
Measures,
Organization
for
Economic
Co­
Operation
and
Development,
Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture,
and
Fisheries,
Committee
for
Fisheries,
Paris,
September
21­
22.

There
is
a
tendency
to
impose
greater
controls
and
more
restrictions
in
the
face
of
reducing
fish
stocks,
themselves
often
caused
in
part
by
noncompliance
by
fishermen
with
current
regulations.
It
is
not
obvious
that
the
more
complex
regime
will
be
more
effective
than
the
lesser,
particularly
if
as
is
likely
it
requires
additional
enforcement
resources;
such
additional
complexity
can
itself
be
self
defeating,
both
as
lacking
the
understanding
and
support
of
fishermen
and
the
ability
to
enforce
compliance.
Any
regime
requires
regular
review
as
to
its
enforceability,
the
implications
of
some
degree
on
noncompliance,
and
the
level
of
resources
required
to
maintain
its
effectiveness.

Jennings,
M.
G.
(
1993).
"
Surveillance
and
control
of
Marine
Resources."
Paper
presented
at
the
Workshop
on
Enforcement
Measures,
Organization
for
Economic
Co­
Operation
and
Development,
Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture,
and
Fisheries,
Committee
for
Fisheries,
Paris,
September
21­
22.

This
paper
is
a
brief
review
of
the
surveillance
and
control
implications
of
the
Law
of
the
Sea
that
places
on
coastal
states
both
obligations
and
rights
in
relation
to
the
exploitation
of
marine
resources
in
their
exclusive
economic
zones
or
extended
fisheries
jurisdiction.
It
emphasizes
the
need
for
international
agreement
that
still
arises
where
a
fish
stock
can
be
exploited
in
more
than
one
coastal
state's
zone
or
partly
on
the
high
seas
and
points
out
the
difficulties
in
achieving
such
agreements
where
data
is
lacking,
where
there
are
varying
conservation
measures
or
where
standards
of
control
differ
from
state
to
state.
It
points
out
that
the
surveillance
and
control
system
may,
in
certain
circumstances
be
the
instrument
for
obtaining
some
basic
data
required
to
determine
the
fisheries
management
regime
and
then
examines
in
some
detail
the
requirements
of
various
elements
in
the
surveillance
and
control
system
­
both
at
sea
and
ashore.

Jensen,
A.
L.
(
1984).
"
Logistic
Surplus­
Production
Model
with
Explicit
Terms
for
Growth,
Mortality,
and
Recruitment."
Transactions
of
the
American
Fisheries
Society,
113:
617­
626.

Conventional
interpretations
of
the
logistic
equation
and
the
logistic
surplus­
production
model
appear
to
indicate
that
regulation
of
population
size
occurs
as
a
result
of
competition
for
resources
among
the
recruited
members
of
a
population.
Compensation
for
fishing
mortality
may
involve
increased
growth
of
adults
and
an
increase
in
fecundity,
but
the
major
compensatory
factor
is
increased
survival
of
early
life
stages.
In
this
study,
the
logistic
surplusproduction
model
is
formulated
in
explicit
terms
for
growth,
reproduction,
and
mortality,
and
in
this
new
formulation
the
capacity
of
a
population
to
increase
and
sustain
a
fishery
is
based
on
a
stock­
recruitment
relation
that
is
a
more
realistic
interpretation
of
fishery
dynamics.
All
parameters
can
be
estimated
with
catch
and
effort
data.
The
models
were
applied
to
the
American
lobster
Homarus
americanus
fishery
in
Maine
and
the
spiny
dogfish
Squalus
acanthias
fishery.
There
is
a
considerable
difference
in
the
stock­
production
curves
between
the
two
fisheries
that
can
be
interpreted
in
terms
of
a
similar
difference
in
the
spawner­
recruit
curves.
Because
spiny
dogfish
produce
relatively
few
young,
they
have
a
lower
potential
for
increase
than
American
lobsters
and
their
rate
of
recruitment
does
not
increase
with
exploitation
as
greatly
as
that
for
lobsters.
3
3
0
Jensen,
Carsten
Lynge
(
1998).
"
Investment
Behavior
and
Tax
Policy."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
13(
3):
185­
196.

This
paper
concerns
the
behavioral
modeling
of
the
aggregated
capital
dynamics
in
the
Danish
fishing
fleet.
The
emphasis
is
placed
on
testing
the
impact
of
the
after­
tax
user
cost
of
capital
and
aggregated
profit
on
capital
dynamics
in
the
fishing
fleet.
It
is
argued
that
the
investment
behavior
is
driven
by
the
incentives
created
by
implemented
tax
and
depreciation
legislation.
The
policy
implication
of
the
study
is
that
a
tax
on
capital
is
seen
as
an
effective
tool
in
controlling
incentives
for
overcapitalization
in
the
fishing
fleet.

Jensen,
Frank
and
Niels
Vestergaard
(
1999).
"
Regulation
of
Renewable
Resources
in
Federal
Systems:
The
Case
of
Fishery
in
the
EU."
Working
Paper
No.
3/
99,
University
of
Southern
Denmark,
Denmark,
July,
51
pp.

The
EU
regulation
of
fisheries
is
decided
in
two
levels.
The
level
of
the
total
allowable
catch
(
TAC)
for
the
most
important
species
is
decided
every
year
by
the
Council
of
Ministers.
The
TACs
are
allocated
t
the
Member
States
as
quotas.
The
Member
states
determine
who
is
going
to
harvest
the
quota.
There
is,
however,
an
information
problem
associated
with
this
structure.
It
does
not
take
into
account
how
efficient
fishermen
in
different
countries
are.
In
this
paper
we
model
the
information
problem
as
an
adverse
selection
problem
and
analyze
an
EU
tax
coupled
t
effort
as
an
alternative
to
the
TAC
system.
We
work
with
the
hypothesis
that
EU
suffers
from
a
fiscal
illusion
and
includes
tax
revenue
in
the
objective
function
in
order
to
finance
other,
also
inefficient,
operations.
Even
in
the
light
of
these
imperfections
there
are
at
least
two
reasons
for
re3commeding
an
EU
tax.
First,
it
can
be
used
to
correct
part
of
the
market
failure
associated
with
fishery.
Second,
it
can
be
used
to
secure
correct
revelation
of
types
in
the
light
of
asymmetric
information.

Jensen,
William
and
Hans
Radtke
(
1987).
"
Recreational
Fishing:
A
Conceptual
Overview
for
Economic
Impact
Modeling."
Draft
report.

This
paper
is
concerned
with
the
concept
of
impact
assessment
as
it
relates
to
recreational
fishing
activities.
More
narrowly,
it
focuses
primarily
on
the
ocean
fisheries.
It
is
hoped
that
a
well
defined
impact
assessment
procedure
will
limit
the
misuses
of
economic
information
and
reduce
the
number
of
confusing
statements
made.
Contains
an
overview
of
the
assessment
of
economic
impacts.

Jensen,
William
and
Hans
Radtke
(
1988).
"
Recreational
Fishing
Economic
Assessment
Model."
(
Version
1.1),
Resource
Valuations,
Inc.,
17618
S.
W.
Lake
Haven
Dr.,
Lake
Oswego,
Oregon.

A
menu
driven
computer
program
that
allows
the
evaluation
of
the
economic
impact
of
recreational
fishing
activities.

Jentoft,
Svein
(
1989).
"
Fisheries
Co­
Management:
Delegating
Government
Responsibility
to
Fishermen's
Organizations."
Marine
Policy,
13:
137­
154.

This
article
addresses
the
role
of
cooperative
organizations
in
fisheries
management
and
the
extent
to
which
fishermen's
organizations
are
capable
of
handling
regulatory
functions.
What
are
the
problems
inherent
in
the
cooperative
management
approach,
and
what
may
be
the
benefits
compared
to
other
regulatory
systems?
Which
circumstances
may
be
beneficial
for
the
3
3
1
success
of
co­
management?
The
author
draws
on
comparative
international
experiences
to
form
conclusions
regarding
the
efficacy
of
a
cooperative
management
regime.

Johansson,
Per­
Olov
and
Karl­
Gustaf
Lofgren
(
1985).
The
Economics
of
Forestry
and
Natural
Resources.
Basil
Blackwell,
New
York.

This
books
objective
is
to
synthesize
and
integrate
the
existing
work
of
forest
economic
theory.
In
a
number
of
cases,
however,
this
involves
pushing
the
theory
forward
in
new
directions
of
treating
new
cases
that
have
escaped
earlier
investigators,
but
nevertheless
seem
worth
pursuing.

Johnson,
Jeffrey
C.
and
Michael
K.
Orbach
(
1996).

Fisheries
Research
Reports
to
The
Fisheries
Moratorium
Steering
Committee.

UNC­
SG­
96­
08,
North
Carolina
Sea
Grant
College
Program,
Technical
Report
96­
07,
Institute
for
Coastal
and
Marine
Resources,
Department
of
Sociology,
East
Carolina
University,
Greenville,
North
Carolina.

This
report
assesses
the
current
state
of
North
Carolina
fisheries
with
respect
to
the
relationship
between
effort,
catch,
and
landings
and
the
social
and
economic
conditions
in
the
fisheries.
It
collects
data
on
effort
control
or
reduction
systems
which
are
currently
in
use
in
other
fisheries,
and
their
characteristics
and
effects
with
respect
to
the
needs
of
North
Carolina
fisheries.
It
conducted
fishery
constituent
workshops
on
limited
entry
alternatives.
Finally,
it
develops
a
framework
to
evaluate
the
appropriateness
of
various
limited
entry
alternatives
for
North
Carolina
fisheries.

Johnson,
Jeffrey,
David
C.
Griffith,
and
James
D.
Murray
(
1987).
"
Encouraging
the
Use
of
Underutilized
Marine
Fishes
by
Southeastern
U.
S.
Anglers,
Part
I:
The
Research."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
122­
137.

This
paper
is
the
first
of
a
two
part
series
that
describes
and
discusses
the
integration
of
research
and
extension
increase
to
the
use
of
nontraditional
fishes
among
marine
recreational
fishermen
in
the
southeastern
United
States.
Recreational
fishermen
within
this
region
target
and
use
or
reject
fish
on
the
basis
of
a
variety
of
criteria.
Many
fish
caught
incidentally
are
discarded
because
of
myth,
rumor,
or
perceived
negative
characteristics
that
mask
the
species'
positive
values.
To
discover
the
factors
influencing
the
angler's
evaluations
concerning
the
desirability
of
fish
that
ultimately
affects
their
decision
to
accept
or
reject
a
particular
species,
we
collected
judged­
similarity
and
belief­
frame
comparison
data
in
Florida,
North
Carolina,
and
Texas,
analyzing
these
data
with
the
use
of
multidimensional
scaling,
hierarchical
clustering,
and
entailment
analysis.
We
briefly
describe
the
use
of
these
procedures
in
providing
for
a
systematic
understanding
of
fishermen's
perceptions
concerning
fish
and
discuss
the
implications
of
our
findings
for
the
development
of
educational
material
directed
at
enhancing
the
image
of
certain
underutilized
species
among
marine
recreational
fishermen.

Johnson,
Neal
S.
and
Richard
M.
Adams
(
1989).
"
On
the
Marginal
Value
of
a
Fish:
Some
Evidence
from
a
Steelhead
Fishery."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
6(
1):
43­
55.

Policy
makers
and
other
interested
parties
frequently
request
information
on
the
recreational
value
of
a
fish.
Although
fishing
valuation
studies
date
back
at
least
25
years,
most
studies
focus
on
the
average
value
of
a
fish.
If
the
purpose
of
such
estimates
is
to
measure
the
value
of
3
3
2
incremental
changes
in
fish
numbers,
then
use
of
average
estimates
may
lead
to
an
incorrect
policy
decisions.
?
the
objective
of
this
analysis
is
to
estimate
the
marginal
value
of
a
steelhead
trout
in
a
recreational
fishery
on
the
John
Day
River
of
Oregon.
The
study
uses
contingent
valuation
procedures
to
elicit
willingness
to
pay
estimates
for
improvements
in
fish
numbers
and
success
rates.
For
the
anglers
in
this
survey,
the
value
of
an
additional
steelhead
is
$
6.65
under
current
catch
conditions.
This
value
is
much
lower
than
values
currently
used
in
public
debates
in
the
Pacific
Northwest,
but
similar
to
some
marginal
values
reported
in
the
recent
literature.
Implications
of
these
values
relative
to
average
values
are
discussed.

Johnson,
Ronald
N.
(
1996).
"
Implications
of
Taxing
Quota
Value
in
an
Individual
Transferable
Quota
Fishery."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
4):
327­
340.

Taxing
pure
rents
is
usually
considered
the
least
distortionary
method
for
raising
revenues.
In
the
literature
on
fishery
economics,
the
term

rent

is
regularly
employed,
suggesting
that
pure
rents
exist
in
that
sector.
Indeed,
with
the
recent
development
of
individual
transferable
quotas,
the
resulting
market
value
of
quota
has
been
treated
as
reflecting
pure
resource
rents.
In
this
paper,
the
view
that
the
market
value
of
quota
represents
a
pure
rent
that
can
be
readily
extracted
in
a
nondistortionary
manner
by
the
taxing
authority
is
challenged
because
that
argument
ignores
both
economic
incentives
and
political
realities.

Johnson,
Ronald
N.
(
1996).
"
Implications
of
Taxing
Quota
Value
in
an
Individual
Transferable
Quota
Fishery:
Reply."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
2):
129­
130.

A
reply
to
Grafton
(
1996)
comments
on
the
original
article.
Major
points
of
disagreement
are
on
the
governments
role
in
capturing
resource
rents
generated
by
ITQ
management
programs.

Johnson,
Ronald
N.
and
Gary
D.
Libecap
(
1982).
"
Contracting
Problems
and
Regulation:
The
Case
of
the
Fishery."
The
American
Economic
Review,
72(
December):
1005­
1022.

This
paper
addresses
why
fisheries
retain
common
property
aspects
with
overcapitalization
and
excessive
labor
input
given
the
large
and
growing
literature
on
the
persuasiveness
of
the
economic
efficiency
criteria.
The
failure
of
the
regulatory
response
to
address
these
problems
is
also
addressed.

Johnson,
Terry
(
1996).
"
Changing
Fisheries
of
the
Russian
Far
East."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
2):
131­
135.

Compared
to
the
mature
and
relatively
orderly
fisheries
of
the
U.
S.,
the
Russian
Far
East
(
FRE)
industry
is
in
a
period
of
rapid
and
dramatic
change.
The
new
Russian
entrepreneurs
are
breaking
into
markets
previously
controlled
by
Americans,
and
this
is
affecting
prices
paid
for
some
products,
such
as
king
crab
and
halibut.
On
the
other
hand,
change
has
not
come
as
quickly
as
some
observers
had
predicted,
and
the
effects
of
Russian
salmon
on
world
markets,
for
example,
has
so
far
been
less
than
many
had
expected.
The
huge
and
gradually
more
affluent
domestic
market
is
absorbing
much
of
the
FRE

s
fisheries
output.
Russian
industrialists
will
continue
to
pour
cash
into
the
fisheries
as
long
as
the
fisheries
continue
to
produce
attractive
returns,
and
at
present
it
seems
that
will
be
the
case
for
some
time
to
come.

Johnston,
Richard
S.
(
1990).
"
International
Issues
in
Valuation
of
3
3
3
Commercial
Fisheries."
Draft
report
in
Kearney/
Centaur
(
1990).
"
Evaluation
and
Demonstration
of
Valuation
Methodologies
Applicable
to
Sport
and
Commercial
Fisheries."
Draft
report,
Alexandria,
VA.

Events
in
international
markets
can
have
enormous
consequences
in
domestic
markets
and
may
importantly
affect
the
relationship
between
fish
landings
and
marginal
net
economic
value.
Attempts
to
implement
the
equimarginal
rule
may
require
reallocation
in
response
to
those
events.
Failure
to
recognize
interdependencies
between
international
trade
policy
and
resource
management
may
lead
to
unexpected
results.
Collaboration
between
fishery
managers
and
trade
policymakers
may
reduce
this
problem.
Whether
or
not
the
equi­
marginal
principle,
as
a
norm,
is
adopted
by
fishery
managers
who
must
consider
political
and
other
"
non­
economic"
criteria,
it
may
offer
guidance
for
potentially
useful
research.
For
fishery
managers,
this
suggests
a
better
understanding
of
the
markets
into
which
the
resources
they
manage
move.

Johnston,
Richard
S.
(
1992).

Fisheries
Development,
Fisheries
Management,
and
Externalities.

Discussion
Paper
No.
165,
The
World
Bank,
1818
H.
Street,
NW,
Washington,
D.
C.

Because
of
the
externalities
that
exist
within
fisheries
and
between
fisheries
and
other
sectors
of
the
economy,
fishery
management
may
be
an
important
component
of
a
fishery
development
strategy.
Recognizing
that
there
may
be
gains
from
internalizing
externalities
within
the
fishery
may
contribute
significantly
to
meeting
the
goals
of
fishery
development.
Also
recognizing
the
interdependencies
with
other
sectors
of
the
economy
may
prevent
unanticipated
consequences
from
the
adoption
of
fishery
development
strategies.
A
development
policy
that
looks
at
the
potential
contribution
of
the
fishery
to
the
entire
economy
and
considers
development
from
that
perspective,
rather
than
from
a
solely
fishery
point
of
view,
should
minimize
frustration
and
increase
the
chances
of
achieving
development
goals.

Johnston,
Richard
S.
and
James
R.
Wilson
(
1987).
"
Interdependencies
Among
Fisheries
Management,
Fisheries
Trade,
and
Fisheries
Development:
Experiences
with
Extended
Jurisdiction."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
3):
45­
55.

This
paper
discusses
the
new
environment
created
by
the
passage
of
the
Magnuson
fisheries
Conservation
and
Management
Act
(
MFCMA)
and
what
it
means
for
the
development
and
management
of
U.
S.
fisheries
resources
with
particular
reference
to
international
trade.
Two
views
regarding
extended
jurisdiction
presented
by
the
authors
are
(
1)
the
endogeneity
of
the
level
of
property
rights
and
the
pattern
and
terms
of
trade
of
a
nation,
and
(
2)
the
effect
of
exogenous
factors,
particularly
global
macroeconomic
tends,
on
trade.

Johnston,
Robert
J.
and
Jon
G.
Sutinen
(
1996).
"
Uncertain
Biomass
Shift
and
Collapse:
Implications
for
Harvest
Policy
in
the
Fishery."
Land
Economics,
72(
4):
500­
518.

This
paper
addresses
uncertain
biomass
shifts
in
renewable
resources.
A
biomass
shift
occurs
when
a
dominant
renewable
resource
stock
collapses
and
its
ecosystem
niche
is
filled
by
a
replacement
species
which
increases
in
abundance
after
the
initial
collapse.
This
paper
develops
a
bioeconomic
model
for
a
fishery
subject
to
random
biomass
shift.
Optimal
policy
for
three
causes
of
biomass
shift
­
environmental
perturbation,
overfishing,
and
a
combination
of
these
two
factors
­
is
derived
and
compared
to
optimal
policy
when
the
risk
of
biomass
shrift
is
not
present.
For
each
cause
of
biomass
shift,
the
model
allows
for
a
valued
and
non­
valued
replacement
species.
3
3
4
Jones,
Albert
C.
and
James
R.
Zweifel
(
1982).
"
Shrimp
Fleet
Mobility
in
Relation
to
the
1981
Texas
Closure."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
44(
9­
10):
50­
54.

This
study
was
undertaken
to
provide
information
on
the
seasonal
fishing
activities
of
the
Gulf
shrimp
fleet.
The
study
describes
the
mobility
of
western
Gulf
shrimp
vessels,
compares
fleet
mobility
in
1981
with
that
in
earlier
years,
and
relates
the
results
to
the
1981
closure
of
the
Texas
brown
shrimp
fishery.
Companion
studies
in
this
series
address
the
effect
of
this
fishing
activity
on
catch
rates
and
utilization
of
shoreside
facilities.

Jones,
Albert
C.,
Edward
F.
Klima,
and
John
R.
Poffenberger
(
1982).
"
Effects
of
the
1981
Closure
on
the
Texas
Shrimp
Fishery."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
44(
9­
10):
1­
4.

An
introduction
that
summarizes
the
results
of
the
Texas
Closure
Analysis
for
the
1981
shrimp
fishing
season.

Jones,
Albert
C.,
James
M.
Nance,
and
William
O.
Antozzi
(
1994).
"
A
Review
of
the
Royal
Red
Shrimp
Resource
and
Fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Report
prepared
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
by
the
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center
and
the
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
September
19.

Possible
management
options
for
royal
red
shrimp
are
reviewed
in
this
report.
The
report
also
presents
information
on
the
biology,
fishery,
and
market
situation
for
royal
red
shrimp.

Jones,
Christopher
B.
(
1989).
"
Sea
Level
Rise:
Assessing
the
Scientific
Debate."
Joint
Working
Group
on
Policy
and
Planning
Implications
for
Global
Climate
Change
in
the
Pacific
Basin,
Pacific
Basin
Development
Council,
UH
Social
Science
Research
Institute,
March,
pp.
27.

This
paper
summarizes
the
background
of
scientific
issues
and
debates
surrounding
the
climate
change
headlines.
While
the
goal
is
to
present
a
balanced,
reflective
portrait
of
those
debates,
the
overall
message
sent
to
policy­
makers
and
planners
must
still
be
the
need
to
act
now
to
plan
for
this
emerging
global
crisis.
In
other
words,
while
various
interpretations
exist
as
to
whether
the
sea
level
is
rising,
it
is
abundantly
clear
to
this
author
that
policies
and
planning
for
action
must
be
developed
soon.

Jones,
Lonnie
L.,
John
W.
Adams,
Wade
L.
Griffin,
and
Jeffrey
Allen
(
1974).
"
Impact
of
Commercial
Shrimp
Landings
on
the
Economy
of
Texas
and
Coastal
Regions."
TAMU­
SG­
75­
204,
NOAA
Grant
No.
04­
3­
158­
18,
December,
pp.
18.

The
value
of
commercial
shrimp
landings
for
1971
in
the
state
of
Texas
was
$
63.9
million.
In
the
three
coastal
regions
of
Brownsville­
Aransas,
Port
Lavaca­
Galveston,
and
Beaumont­
Port
Arthur
in
1971
this
value
was
$
37.6,
$
23.6,
and
$
2.7
million,
respectively.
These
commercial
shrimp
landings
have
a
significant
impact
on
the
economy
of
Texas
and
on
the
economies
of
the
three
coastal
regions.
The
estimated
direct,
indirect
and
induced
impact
of
1971
commercial
shrimp
landings
on
the
Texas
economy
was
$
197.2
million
in
output;
$
56.8
million
in
personal
incomes;
and
6,083
persons
employed.
Within
the
Brownsville­
Aransas
region,
the
$
37.6
million
landings
by
the
commercial
shrimp
industry
stimulated
total
economic
output
of
$
92.5
million.
The
$
23.6
million
landings
by
the
commercial
shrimp
industry
within
the
Port
Lavaca­
3
3
5
Galveston
region
stimulated
total
economic
output
of
$
55.9
million.
Total
economic
output
of
$
8.5
million
was
stimulated
by
the
$
2.7
million
landings
by
the
commercial
shrimp
industry
within
the
Beaumont­
Port
Arthur
region.

Jones,
Robert
P.
and
Chris
Doolin
(
1990).
"
Industry
and
Regulatory
Interface
to
address
Concerns
for
Seafood
Product
Quality
and
Safety."
Southeastern
Fisheries
Association,
Inc.,
Tallahassee,
Florida,
June.

A
series
of
meetings
were
arranged
to
discuss
regulatory
and
industry
responsibilities
and
concerns
concerning
seafood
product
quality
and
safety.

Jones,
Robert
P.,
Chris
Doolin,
Barbara
Jean
Gravlee,
Malinda
U.
Jones,
and
Kayce
Stewart
(
1992).
"
An
International
Conference
on
Bycatch
in
the
Shrimp
Industry."
Conference
Schedule
&
Abstracts,
May
24­
27,
Lake
Buena
Vista,
Florida,
Southeastern
Fisheries
Association,
Inc.
and
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration.

Abstracts
from
an
international
conference
on
bycatch
whose
objectives
were
to
summarize
information
on
the
status
of
the
bycatch
problem
and
alternative
shrimp
harvesting
techniques
for
bycatch
reduction,
identify
future
research
needs
for
addressing
bycatch,
obtain
input
from
scientists,
fishermen,
fishery
managers,
and
environmentalists
on
future
management
strategies,
and
provide
for
the
dissemination
of
research
and
conference
recommendations
for
evaluation
by
representatives
of
the
scientific,
commercial
and
recreational,
and
environmental
communities.

Jones,
T.
M.,
J.
W.
Hubbard,
and
K.
J.
Roberts
(
1979).
"
Productivity
and
Profitability
of
South
Carolina
Shrimp
Vessels,
1971­
75."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
41:
8­
14.

This
study
uses
data
from
a
45
vessel
sample
of
South
Carolina's
double
rig
resident
shrimp
trawlers
to
analyze
resource
productivity
and
profitability
in
the
fishery
from
1971
to
1975.
Smaller
vessels
(<
55
feet)
were
more
profitable,
and
averaged
14
years
older
than
the
larger
(>
55
feet)
vessels
and
had
lower
operating
costs.
Placing
vessels
of
both
size
classes
on
the
same
risk
and
financing
cost
basis
would
result
in
slightly
higher
percentage
returns,
i.
e.
lower
losses,
to
investment
in
the
larger
trawlers
than
to
investment
in
the
smaller
trawlers.
The
opportunity
cost
analysis
indicated
that
shrimping
labor
is
earning
less
than
its
opportunity
income,
as
is
new
capital
investment,
but
that
management
(
the
vessel
captains)
is
earning
above
what
it
would
in
its
best
alternative.
The
larger
vessels
typically
possessed
about
1.4
times
the
fishing
power
of
the
typical
smaller
vessels;
engine
horsepower
was
the
most
significant
predictor
of
fishing
power.
However,
multiplication
of
the
vessel
fishing
power
index
by
the
transformed
fuel
consumption
variable
showed
that
the
average
larger
vessel
exerted
only
15
percent
more
effort
in
the
fishery
than
did
the
typical
smaller
vessel.

Josupeit,
Helga
(
1989).
"
The
European
Shrimp
Market
­
Coldwater
Versus
Warmwater."
Globefish
Research
Programme,
Vol.
3,
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations,
Fishery
Industries
Division,
00100
Rome,
Italy,
November,
pp.
48.

This
study
examines
current
markets
and
future
market
prospects
for
coldwater
and
warmwater
shrimp
in
the
European
Community.
The
study
is
divided
into
4
parts.
A
brief
analysis
is
given
of
the
present
production
situation
for
coldwater
shrimp
in
European
countries,
the
general
supply
patterns
as
well
as
brief
information
on
competing
markets
for
European
3
3
6
coldwater
shrimp.

Jovanovic,
Boyan
and
Saul
Lach
(
1989).
"
Entry,
Exit,
and
Diffusion
with
Learning
by
Doing."
The
American
Economic
Review,
79(
4):
690­
699.

Early
entry
has
the
advantage
of
higher
revenues
per
unit
of
output
early
on.
Late
entry
has
the
benefit
of
learning
from
the
experience
of
earlier
entrants,
and
hence
lower
production
costs.
These
advantages
are
balanced
off
in
a
continuous
time
perfect
foresight
equilibrium.
Competition
generates
S­
shaped
diffusion,
and
staggered
entry
and
exit.
A
monopolist
will
innovate
less
than
a
competitive
industry,
but
the
innovation
that
he
does
do,
he
will
do
sooner.

Juan,
Ya­
Sheng,
Wade
L.
Griffin,
and
Addison
L.
Lawrence
(
1988).
"
Production
Costs
of
Juvenile
Penaeid
Shrimp
in
an
Intensive
Greenhouse
Raceway
Nursery
System."
Journal
of
the
World
Aquaculture
Society,
19(
3):
149­
160.

This
analysis
compared
the
use
of
an
intensive
nursery
raceway
system
with
direct
stocking
of
post­
larval
shrimp
(
PLS)
into
growout
ponds.
The
intensive
raceway
system
allows
two
crops
to
be
produced
in
Texas
where
only
one
crop
is
feasible
with
direct
stocking.
Both
investment
and
operational
costs
are
analyzed
for
three
types
of
greenhouses
and
three
types
of
raceways
where
the
types
vary
in
cost
and
lengths
of
life.
Three
growout
pond
stocking
densities
and
two
farm
sizes
were
evaluated
for
each
combination
of
greenhouse
and
raceway
type.
Investment
costs
ranged
from
$
142,000,
for
the
small
farm
using
the
least
expensive
greenhouse
and
raceway
and
utilizing
the
lowest
stocking
density,
to
about
$
2.3
million,
for
the
large
farm
using
the
most
expensive
greenhouse
and
raceway,
respectively,
per
1,000
one
gram
juveniles
produced.
Under
technology
available
at
the
time
of
this
analysis,
direct
stocking
growout
ponds
with
PLS
and
producing
one
crop
per
year
is
more
profitable
than
stocking
one
gram
juveniles
and
producing
two
crops
per
year
on
the
Texas
coast.

Judd,
Kenneth
L.
(
1991).
"
A
Review
of
Recursive
Methods
in
Economic
Dynamics."
Journal
of
Economic
Literature,
29(
March):
69­
77.

Book
review.

Juhl,
Rolf
and
Shelby
B.
Drummond
(
197?).
"
Shrimp
Bycatch
Investigation
in
the
United
States
of
American,
A
Status
Report."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Pascagoula
Laboratory,
Pascagoula,
Mississippi.

Shrimp
have
supported
the
most
valuable
fishery
in
the
United
States
for
many
years.
Although
the
fishery
for
the
cold
water
species
Crangon
and
Pandalus
has
increased
in
recent
years
in
the
New
England
and
Alaska
areas,
the
mainstay
is
still
the
penaeid
shrimp
of
the
southeastern
United
States.
Three
species
make
up
the
bulk
of
the
catch,
Penaeus
aztecus,
P.
duorarum,
and
P.
setiferus.
The
center
of
this
fishery
is
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
along
the
southeastern
seaboard
of
the
United
States.
The
average
annual
catch
of
penaeids
over
the
past
25
years
has
been
close
to
100,000
tons
in
those
areas.
Production
in
recent
years
from
other
countries
in
the
CICAR
area,
including
Brazil,
has
been
70,000
tons;
worldwide
the
total
annual
catch
is
close
to
700,000
tons.
Minor
periodic
annual
variations
in
production
have
occurred,
attributed
generally
to
adverse
environmental
or
economic
factors.
Although
the
shrimp
bycatch
problem
was
long
known
in
the
United
states,
it
was
not
until
late
1972
that
a
project
was
implemented
to
study
the
situation.
Basic
3
3
7
information
was
needed
for
management
purposes,
for
possible
use
of
bycatch
and
for
application
to
design
of
gear
that
would
reduce
the
catch
of
fish
(
savings
gear),
e.
g.,
electric
or
separator
trawls.
In
view
of
the
relevance
of
the
bycatch
problem
to
other
nations
in
the
CICAR
area,
a
description
of
the
ongoing
work
and
preliminary
results
are
presented.

Juneau,
Conrad
L.
Jr.
and
Judd
F.
Pollard
(
1981).
"
A
Survey
of
the
Recreational
Shrimp
and
Finfish
Harvests
of
the
Vermilion
Bay
Area
and
Their
Impact
on
Commercial
Fishery
Resources."
Technical
Bulletin
No.
33,
Louisiana
Department
of
Wildlife
and
Fisheries,
New
Orleans,
Louisiana,
July,
40
pp.

A
creel
survey
was
conducted
within
a
portion
of
Vermilion
Bay,
Louisiana,
that
included
data
on
both
finfish
and
shrimp.
Data
collected
included
instantaneous
counts
and
pertinent
information
from
field
interviews.
Effort,
catch
per
hour,
and
harvest
were
calculated
for
both
recreational
and
commercial
finfish
fishermen
and
shrimpers.
Comparisons
of
catch,
effort,
and
harvest
were
also
made
among
user
groups
and
how
each
related
to
the
resource.
Recommendations
are
made
concerning
the
management
of
the
associated
fisheries.

Just,
Richard
E.
and
Darrell
L.
Hueth
(
1977).
"
Welfare
Measures
in
a
Multimarket
Framework."
Working
Paper
No.
11,
California
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Giannini
Foundation
of
Agricultural
Economics,
November,
15
pp.

This
paper
has
studied
welfare
measures
in
a
vertically
structured
sector.
The
area
behind
a
general
equilibrium
demand
curve
in
an
intermediate
market
does
not
measure
benefits
to
buyers
in
that
market
alone,
but
rather
measures
the
sum
of
rents
to
producers
selling
in
all
higher
markets
plus
final
consumer's
surplus.
Symmetrically,
the
area
behind
the
general
equilibrium
supply
curve
in
an
intermediate
market
measures
not
only
rents
for
producers
selling
in
that
market,
but
also
rents
for
all
producers
selling
in
more
basic
markets
plus
initial
resource
supplier's
surplus.
A
simple
and
practical
approach
to
studying
the
distribution
of
welfare
effects
over
all
other
market
groups
in
a
sector
is
thus
to
estimate
areas
behind
general
equilibrium
supply
and
demand
curves
in
the
market
of
interest.

Just,
Richard
E.
and
Darrell
L.
Hueth
(
1979).
"
Welfare
Measures
in
a
Multimarket
Framework."
American
Economic
Review,
69(
5):
947­
954.

This
paper
has
studied
welfare
measures
in
a
vertically
structured
sector.
The
area
behind
a
general
equilibrium
demand
curve
in
an
intermediate
market
does
not
measure
benefits
to
buyers
in
that
market
alone,
but
rather
measures
the
sum
of
rents
to
producers
selling
in
all
higher
markets
plus
final
consumer's
surplus.
Symmetrically,
the
area
behind
the
general
equilibrium
supply
curve
in
an
intermediate
market
measures
not
only
rents
for
producers
selling
in
that
market,
but
also
rents
for
all
producers
selling
in
more
basic
markets
plus
initial
resource
supplier's
surplus.
A
simple
and
practical
approach
to
studying
the
distribution
of
welfare
effects
over
all
other
market
groups
in
a
sector
is
thus
to
estimate
areas
behind
general
equilibrium
supply
and
demand
curves
in
the
market
of
interest.

Justen,
Michael
E.
(
1988).
"
The
Federal
Fisheries
Permit
Program
of
the
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Fishery
Off
the
Southeastern
United
States."
Draft
report,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
St.
Petersburg,
Florida.

As
part
of
a
management
strategy
to
rebuild
the
depleted
stocks
of
king
3
3
8
and
Spanish
mackerel,
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
councils
developed
ceilings
on
catches
and
Allocated
portions
to
the
recreational
and
commercial
harvesters.
Recreational
anglers
must
comply
with
bag
limits
and
a
quota
while
the
commercial
anglers
comply
with
a
quota.
Federal
fisheries
permits
identify
and
allow
the
owner
or
operator
to
possess
mackerels
in
excess
of
the
bag
limits.
To
qualify
for
a
permit,
an
owner
or
operator
of
the
fishing
vessel
must
derive
at
least
10
percent
of
their
earned
income
from
commercial
fishing.
Earned
income
means
wages
and
salaries
of
crew
on
a
commercial
fishing
vessel,
gross
income
from
the
sale
of
fish
for
a
commercial
fishing
business,
or
income
from
services
involving
the
sale
of
fish.
Since
the
permit
and
earned
income
requirements
became
regulations
in
1985,
this
combination
has
been
effective
at
identifying
those
anglers
exempt
from
the
bag
limits
and
those
anglers
who
must
comply
with
them.

Kaczynski,
Wlodzimierz
(
1979).
"
Responses
and
Adjustments
of
Foreign
Fleets
to
Controls
Imposed
by
Coastal
Nations."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
36:
800­
810.

Foreign
distant
water
fishing
fleets
expanded
quickly
during
the
last
15
years
and
in
some
ocean
areas
accounted
for
a
larger
portion
of
the
coastal
fishery
resources
harvest
than
neighboring
coastal
nations.
Extension
of
national
jurisdiction
sharply
decreased
these
activities.
Catch
and
fishing
effort
limitations
imposed
by
coastal
states
were
of
particular
concern
for
foreign
fleets.
To
attenuate
adverse
effects
of
these
restrictions,
distant
water
fishing
operators
are
considering
three
basic
and
mutually
complementing
solutions:
better
utilization
of
their
own
coastal
resources
until
now
frequently
neglected,
shifting
a
part
of
their
fleets
to
open
ocean
fishing
operations,
and
continuing
highly
restricted
and
reorganized
fisheries
in
coastal
zones
of
other
nations.
Fishing
activities
within
the
200
mile
economic
zone
involve
utilization
of
surplus
quotas
allocated
by
coastal
states,
quicker
development
of
joint
venture
operations
with
coastal
partners,
increased
purchases
of
fresh
fish
from
local
fishermen,
and
transfer
of
technology
and
know
how
mainly
to
the
developing
coastal
countries.
Supplies
of
goods
and
services
are
also
accepted
by
foreign
fleets
in
exchange
for
access
rights
to
the
marine
living
resources
of
the
coastal
nations.
However,
all
these
adjustments
of
foreign
fleets
are
considered
an
intermediate
stage
of
the
long
run
trend
in
which
the
coastal
state
will
be
able
to
develop
the
resources
without
substantial
participation
of
foreign
fishermen.
This
trend
is
analyzed
in
the
North
Pacific
distant
water
fisheries
development
during
recent
years.

Kagawa,
Kenji,
Yoshihiro
Kuronuma,
and
Osamu
Baba
(
1998).

Economic
Analysis
Concerning
Fishing
Capacity.

Prepared
for
the
FAO
Expert
Consultation
on
Excess
Capacity,
La
Jolla,
CA
by
the
Far
Seas
Fisheries
Division,
Fisheries
Agency,
Government
of
Japan,
Tokyo,
Japan,
April,
20
pp.

Chapter
1
envisages
the
causes
of
excessive
fishing
capacity,
its
consequences
and
the
measures
to
be
taken
on
a
comprehensive
basis
from
the
viewpoint
of
fisheries
management.
Specific
explanations
are
given,
taking
the
case
of
distant­
water
tuna
longline
fishing
based
on
East
Asia.
Chapter
2
analyzes
the
possibility
of
reducing
excessive
fishing
capacity
by
means
of
output
control
such
as
TAC
and
the
effectiveness
of
such
measures.
Chapter
3
analyzes
the
possibility
of
input
control
such
as
control
on
the
number
of
fishing
vessels
and
its
effectiveness.

Kahn,
James
R.
(
1988).
"
Measuring
the
Economic
Damages
Associated
with
Terrestrial
Pollution
of
Marine
Ecosystems."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
4:
193­
209.
3
3
9
This
paper
looks
at
the
problem
of
modeling
the
welfare
consequences
of
the
effects
of
environmental
changes
on
the
bioeconomic
equilibrium
of
fisheries.
The
equilibrium
catch
equation
is
suggested
as
the
most
appropriate
mechanism
for
modeling
these
effects.
Several
different
models
are
presented,
based
on
the
availability
of
data.
It
is
shown
that
a
model
in
which
the
equilibrium
catch
function
is
estimated
directly
as
a
function
of
environmental
quality
will
be
superior
to
a
model
that
takes
the
stock
effects
from
an
independent
ecosystem
model.
Models
are
also
suggested
for
those
cases
in
which
only
proxies
for
stock
levels
are
available,
and
for
those
cases
in
which
no
stock
data
are
available.
An
earlier
draft
report
is
also
included
in
the
file.

Kahn,
James
R.
and
W.
Michael
Kemp
(
1985).
"
Economic
Losses
Associated
with
the
Degradation
of
an
Ecosystem:
The
Case
of
Submerged
Aquatic
Vegetation
in
Chesapeake
Bay."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
12:
246­
263.

This
study
employs
theoretical
and
empirical
concepts
from
ecology
and
economics
to
derive
a
lower
bound
of
the
marginal
damage
function
for
reductions
in
the
level
of
submerged
aquatic
vegetation
(
SAV)
in
Chesapeake
Bay.
These
reductions
in
SAV
are
believed
to
be
a
consequence
of
the
runoff
of
agricultural
chemicals,
discharges
from
waste
treatment
plants
and
soil
erosion.
The
study
examines
the
indirect
ecological
consequences
of
pollution
in
Chesapeake
Bay
fisheries
in
a
fashion
that
is
consistent
with
the
economic
theory
of
benefit
measurement.

Kahn,
James
R.
and
Mark
Rockel
(
1987).
"
Measuring
the
Economic
Effects
of
Brown
Tides."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Economics,
State
University
of
New
York
at
Binghamton.

This
paper
develops
behavioral
models
for
examining
the
reactions
of
marine
resource
users
to
reduced
resource
quality
associated
with
brown
algal
blooms.
Models
of
recreational
and
commercial
fishing
are
developed,
as
well
as
other
recreational
uses
that
emphasize
the
concept
that
the
presence
of
brown
tides
at
certain
sites
will
cause
the
substitution
of
other
sites
and
other
species.
These
substitutions
will
have
additional
implications
for
economic
welfare.
The
conceptual
models
are
applied
to
the
bay
scallop
fishery
where
annual
economic
losses
are
of
the
order
of
two
million
dollars.

Kaitala,
Veijo
and
Gordon
R.
Munro
(
1993).
"
The
Management
of
High
Seas
Fisheries."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

This
paper
discusses
the
background
to
the
high
sea
fishery
resource
issue
and
explores
some
of
the
economic
aspects
of
the
problem.
A
considerable
part
of
the
paper
points
out
the
many
areas
where
economic
research
is
still
required.
Also,
important
aspects
of
the
problem
are
in
a
state
of
flux,
since
the
surrounding
legal
framework
is
bound
to
be
influenced
by
the
forthcoming
U.
N.
conference.

Kaitala,
Veijo
and
Gordon
R.
Munro
(
1993).
"
The
Management
of
High
Seas
Fisheries."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
8(
4):
313­
329.

A
new
and
acute
management
problem,
now
the
focus
of
a
major
U.
N.
conference,
has
arisen
in
recent
years
in
international
fisheries.
The
problem
concerns
the
management
of
transboundary
fishery
resources,
in
the
form
of
resources
to
be
found
in
both
the
coastal
state
EEZ
and
the
adjacent
high
seas.
The
resources
are
commonly
referred
to
as
"
straddling"
stocks.
This
article
provides
a
preliminary
exploration
of
the
management
issue.
It
3
4
0
reviews
the
historical
and
legal
background
and
asks
how
far
the
now
well
developed
economic
analysis
of
the
management
of
transboundary
fishery
resources
in
the
form
of
resources
"
shared"
by
two
or
more
coastal
states
will
take
us
in
examining
this
second
and
more
recent
transboundary
fishery
management
problem.
The
answer
is
only
a
very
limited
distance.
The
article
concludes
by
pointing
to
questions
arising
from
this
resource
management
issue
demanding
further
research.

Kallio,
John
R.
(
1973).
"
European
Demand
Helps
Spur
New
England
Shrimp
Catches."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
35(
3/
4):
7­
8.

A
review
of
shrimp
landings
in
Massachusetts,
New
Hampshire,
and
Maine.

Kalt,
Joseph
P.
(
1989).
"
Exhaustible
Resource
Price
Policy,
International
Trade,
and
Intertemporal
Welfare."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
17:
109­
126.

This
study
examines
the
welfare
effects
of
alternative
price
policies
for
exhaustible
resource
markets.
Dynamically
optimal
plans
for
resource
producers
are
derived
under
laissez
faire,
temporary
price
controls,
and
import
tariffs.
The
associated
paths
of
consumer,
producer,
and
aggregate
social
surplus
are
compared
to
produce
rankings
of
the
policies.
In
the
presence
of
monopsonistic
power
on
the
part
of
a
net
importing
nation,
an
import
levy
can
be
optimal.
In
general,
price
controls
are
welfare­
inferior
to
laissez
faire,
unless
the
social
cost
of
imports
exceeds
the
private
cost
by
an
amount
that
rises
rapidly
over
time.

Kan,
Ting
Tien,
Joseph
B.
Aitsi,
John
E.
Kasu,
Tatsuro
Matsuoka,
and
Henry
L.
Nagaleta
(
1995).

Temporal
Changes
in
Tropical
Nekton
Assemblage
and
Performance
of
a
Prawn
Selective
Gear.

Marine
Fisheries
Review,
57(
3­
4):
21­
34.

Bycatch
problems
in
the
regional
prawn
fisheries
and
their
possible
impacts
on
fishery
planning
and
development
in
Papua
New
Guinea
as
a
developing
country
are
discussed.
The
gear
tested
may
offer
enormous
ecological
and
economic
benefits.
The
gear
is
multipurpose,
extremely
simple,
and
can
also
be
used
as
a
biological
sampler.

Kanninen,
Barbara
J.
(
1995).

Bias
in
Discrete
Response
Contingent
Valuation.

Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
28:
114­
125.

The
empirical
literature
on
discrete
response
contingent
valuation
has
found
that
seemingly
innocuous
changes
in
the
statistical
models
estimated
result
in
significantly
different
point
estimates
of
willingness
to
pay.
This
paper
hypothesizes
and
tests
several
potential
explanations
for
these
results.
First,
it
investigates
and
compares
the
biases
inherent
in
single­
bounded
and
double­
bounded
maximum
likelihood
estimation
procedures
and
examines
how
they
react
to
various
bid
designs
and
sample
sizes.
Then,
it
examines
the
presence
and
identification
of

outliers

in
binary
choice
data
and
how
these
outliers
influence
estimation.
Finally,
it
presents
an
alternative
approach
to
addressing
the
issue
of
outliers
which
explicitly
acknowledges
the
possibility
of
upwardly
biased
response
probabilities.

Kanninen,
Barbara
J.
and
M.
Sami
Khawaja
(
1995).

Measuring
goodness
of
Fit
for
the
Double­
Bounded
Logit
Model.

The
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
77(
4):
885­
890.

The
traditional
approaches
of
measuring
goodness
of
fit
are
shown
to
be
3
4
1
inappropriate
in
the
case
of
the
double­
bounded
logit
models.
An
alternative
approach
called
the

sequential
classification
procedure

is
presented
as
a
possible
alternative
to
the
standard
tests.
The
double­
bounded
logit
model
is
reviewed
along
with
the
standard
goodness­
of­
fit
measures.
The
sequential
classification
procedure
and
its
features
are
presented
in
the
context
of
an
empirical
example.

Kaoru,
Yoshiaki,
V.
Kerry
Smith,
and
Jin
Long
Liu
(
1995).

Using
Random
Utility
Models
to
Estimate
the
Recreational
Value
of
Estuarine
Resources.

American
Journal
Agricultural
Economics,
77(
1):
141­
151.

In
this
paper
we
describe
a
model
using
a
household
production
framework
to
link
measures
of
nonpoint
source
pollution
to
fishing
quality
and
a
random
utility
model
to
describe
how
that
quality
influences
sport
fishing
parties

decisions
in
North
Carolina.
The
results
provide
clear
support
for
using
a
model
that
evaluates
the
effects
of
pollution
on
the
activities
and
decisions
associated
with
the
fishing
activity
once
a
trip
is
taken.
Site
selection
decisions
are
then
conditioned
on
the
anticipated
quality
of
fishing
sites.
The
framework
also
has
the
advantage
of
linking
the
spatial,
technical,
and
economic
information
required
to
evaluate
the
management
plans
required
for
estuaries
under
the
National
Estuarine
Program.

Karas,
Nick
(
1995).
"
History
of
Giant
Tuna
in
Atlantic."
Outdoors
column,
source
unknown.

A
history
of
the
bluefin
tuna
fishery
in
the
western
North
Atlantic
as
a
game
fish
and
commercial
fishery.

Karp,
Larry,
Arye
Sadeh,
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1986).
"
Cycles
in
Agricultural
Production:
The
Case
of
Aquaculture."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
68(
3):
553­
561.

The
problem
of
determining
optimal
harvest
and
restocking
time
and
levels
is
considered.
A
continuous
time
deterministic
control
problem
is
used
to
study
the
case
where
production
occurs
in
a
controlled
environment.
A
stochastic
control
problem
is
then
used
to
determine
rules
for
the
cultivation
of
P.
stylirostris
which
occurs
in
a
stochastic
environment.
The
deterministic
analog
of
the
problem
is
also
solved.
The
two
solutions
are
used
to
develop
a
measure
for
the
value
of
a
controlled
environment
and
for
the
value
of
information
about
the
stochastic
environment.

Karpoff,
Jonathan
M.
(
1984).
"
Insights
from
the
Markets
for
Limited
Entry
Permits
in
Alaska."
Can.
J.
Fish.
Aquat.
Sci.,
41:
1160­
1166.

Under
Alaska's
entry
limitation
program,
transferable
permits
convey
fishing
rights.
Information
from
permit
markets
is
used
to
study
several
key
issues
regarding
the
behavior
of
fishermen
and
the
effects
of
fishery
management
policy.
I
conclude
that
(
1)
expectations
of
future
fishing
incomes
are
the
primary
determinants
of
permit
prices,
(
2)
Alaska
Department
of
Fish
and
Game
forecasts
of
fish
recruitment
are
capitalized
in
permit
values,
(
3)
a
state
program
that
provides
low
interest
loan
money
to
some
purchasers
of
permits
has
coincided
with
a
significant
increase
in
permit
prices,
(
4)
the
"
average
memory"
of
fishermen
in
projecting
future
incomes
is
about
2.5
years,
and
(
5)
it
is
possible
to
infer
the
rate
at
which
the
markets
discount
future
fishing
income
flows.

Karpoff,
J.
M.
(
1985).
"
Time,
Capital
Intensity,
and
the
Cost
of
Fishing
Effort."
Western
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
10(
2):
254­
3
4
2
258.

If
the
short
run
marginal
costs
of
setting
and
retrieving
a
net
one
more
time,
fishing
an
extra
day,
or
setting
an
extra
pot
or
trap
are
constant,
then
the
prediction
by
Anderson
(
1976)
that
entry
limitations
preserve
a
portion
of
the
fishery's
value
could
be
invalid.
A
vessel's
optimum
capital
intensity
depends
on
the
length
of
the
fishing
season.
The
shorter
the
fishing
season,
the
less
time
each
fisherman
has
to
utilize
his
capital
to
harvest
fish,
and
the
less
total
fishing
effort
is
applied
to
the
fishery.
Since
higher
levels
of
catching
power
are
now
utilized
over
a
shorter
fishing
season,
they
lose
some
of
their
cost
advantages,
and
less
capital
intensive
vessels
become
more
cost
effective.
Stricter
time
constraints
penalize
more
capital
intensive
vessels
relatively
heavily
and
create
wealth
transfers
among
classes
of
fishermen.
The
logical
extension
of
this
line
of
reasoning
would
be
that
less
capital
intensive
vessels
tend
to
dominate
fisheries
that
have
severely
limited
fishing
seasons.
However,
in
practice
it
would
appear
that
more
capital
intensive
vessels
appear
in
fisheries
that
are
the
most
time
restricted,
e.
g.
the
herring
fisheries
in
the
Pacific
northwest.
Perhaps
this
result
occurs
because
of
the
author's
use
of
time
in
a
static
analysis
or
because
of
the
failure
to
consider
the
common
property
externality
explicitly
in
his
analysis.

Karpoff,
Jonathan
M.
(
1987).
"
Suboptimal
Controls
in
Common
Resource
Management:
The
Case
of
the
Fishery."
Journal
of
Political
Economy,
95(
11):
179­
194.

The
discrepancy
between
elaborate
proposals
to
solve
the
common
pool
fishery
problem
and
actual
fishery
regulations
is
examined.
The
self­
interest
hypothesis
of
regulation
and
fisherman
heterogeneity
can
explain
tow
historically
popular
types
of
fishery
regulations,
season
closures
and
capital
constraints.
These
have
differential
impacts
on
fishermen
and
typically
redistribute
the
fishery's
harvest
from
more
efficient
toward
less
efficient
producers.
To
the
extent
that
fishermen
indigenous
to
a
regulatory
body's
jurisdiction
also
tend
to
be
relatively
inefficient,
it
is
predicted
that
these
regulations
will
withstand
the
theory
and
data
that
demonstrate
their
suboptimality.

Karpoff,
J.
M.
(
1989).
"
Characteristics
of
Limited
Entry
Fisheries
and
the
Option
Component
of
Entry
Licenses."
Land
Economics,
65(
4),
pp.
386­
393.

The
paper
examines
conditions
under
which
fishermen
are
likely
to
support
entry
restrictions.
Entry
restrictions
generate
positive
(
quasi­)
rents
precisely
because
they
exclude
or
have
the
potential
to
exclude
some
fishermen.
The
probability
of
exclusion
is
positive
for
most
fishermen,
so
advocacy
of
entry
restrictions
is
not
riskless.
For
many
fishermen
the
risk
of
exclusion
outweighs
the
expected
gain
from
restricted
competition.
When
fishermen
do
advocate
entry
restrictions,
they
do
so
when
the
expected
net
gain
is
positive.

Kates,
Robert
W.
(
1996).

Ending
Hunger:
Current
Status
and
Future
Prospects.

Consequences,
2(
2):
2­
11.

This
assessment
describes
what
is
now
known
about
global
hunger,
past
and
present
trends,
and
the
possibility
of
ending
hunger
in
a
world
with
at
least
twice
the
current
population.
It
begins
by
defining
what
hunger
means,
and
reviewing
current
estimates
and
trends
in
the
number
and
location
of
hungry
people
in
the
world
today.
3
4
3
Kato,
Y.
(
1996).

Expert
Consultation
on
Fishing
Capacity.

FAX
to
William
Fox,
Chief
Scientific
Advisor,
NMFS,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
from
Director
FIP,
fisheries
Department,
FAO,
Rome,
Italy.

Expert
consultation
on
management
of
fishing
capacity
prospectus.

Kaufmann,
Barry,
and
Gerry
Geen
(
1997).

Cost­
Recovery
as
a
Fisheries
Management
Tool.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
12(
1):
57­
66.

The
current
widespread
use
of
taxpayer­
funded
public
sector
institutions
to
deliver
fisheries
management
services
limits
the
likelihood
of
successfully
implementing
any
solution.
Our
opinion
is
that
full
cost­
recovery
of
fisheries
management
services,
by
motivating
fishers
to
demand
cost
effective
management
and
stronger
property
rights,
represents
a
powerful
stimulus
to
the
evolution
of
more
effective
institutional
and
operational
arrangements.
Such
arrangements
are
likely
to
feature
an
increasing
provision
of
fisheries
management
services
by
the
private
sector.

Kazmierczak,
Richard
F.,
Jr.
and
Rex
H.
Caffey
(
1995).

Management
Ability
and
the
Economics
of
Recirculating
Aquaculture
Production
Systems.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
2):
187­
209.

A
bioeconomic
model
of
fish
growth
in
recirculating
aquaculture
systems
was
constructed
by
developing
a
bioenergetic
model
comprised
of
metabolic
submodels
for
growth,
ammonia
production,
and
oxygen
consumption.
Metabolite
accumulations
are
determined
by
exogenous
control
variables
for
filtration
and
aeration
and
used
to
indirectly
represent
management
ability.
Numerical
solutions
to
model
parameters
were
obtained
using
a
two
point
boundary
shooting
algorithm
within
a
dynamic
profit
maximization
framework.
Optimal
trajectory,
isoquant,
and
bioeconomic
optimization
analyses
describe
specific
tradeoff
relationships
existing
between
nutrition,
density,
and
technology.
Results
demonstrate
the
economic
importance
of
these
relationships
changes
over
time
in
response
to
fish
weight,
and
not
always
in
ways
suggested
by
the
physical
importance
of
individual
factors.
Specifically,
economically
viable
tradeoffs
between
dietary
protein
and
stocking
density
occur
over
relatively
narrow
regions
to
management
ability.
Without
highly
experienced
and
capable
management,
the
biological
realities
of
recirculation
systems
may
preclude
profitable
system
operation.

Kazmierczak,
Richard
F.,
Jr.,
Hector
O.
Zapata,
and
Hamady
Diop
(
1997).

Noncompetitive
Pricing
and
Exchange
Rate
Pass­
Through
in
Mauritanian
Octopus
Export
Markets.

Journal
of
Agribusiness,
15(
1):
85­
102.

Octopus
exports
are
an
important
source
of
foreign
exchange
earnings
for
Mauritania.
The
export
market
has
historically
been
dominated
by
coordinated
Japanese
buyers,
a
situation
that
led
Mauritania
to
create
the
Societe
Mauritanienne
de
Commercialisation
de
Poisson
(
SMCP)
to
negotiate
with
buyers
and
manage
all
octopus
exports.
Issues
concerning
competitiveness,
price
discrimination,
and
exchange
rate
pass­
through
in
the
Mauritanian
octopus
export
market
were
empirically
examined
in
this
study
using
a
seemingly
unrelated
regression
model
corrected
for
contemporaneous
and
serial
correlation.
Results
indicate
some
degree
of
price
discrimination
across
destination
markets,
market
share
enhancement
through
local
currency
price
stabilization,
and
increases
in
marginal
costs
of
production
following
nationalization
of
the
Mauritanian
trawler
fleet.
Thus,
while
creation
of
the
SMCP
did
not
result
in
the
development
of
complete
countervailing
market
power,
Mauritania
has
managed
to
enhance
the
position
of
its
octopus
exports
in
the
lucrative
Japanese
market.
3
4
4
KCA
Research,
Inc.
(
1992).
"
Management
Summary,
Socio­
Economic
Survey
of
Reef
Anglers,
1991
Marine
Recreational
Fishery
Statistics
Survey."
Prepared
for
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Contract
No.
50­
DGNF­
0­
00062,
KCA
Research,
Inc.,
5501
Cherokee
Avenue,
Suite
111,
Alexandria,
Virginia
22312,
March.

A
contract
report
on
the
data
collection
of
socio­
economic
data
pertaining
to
reef
anglers
fishing
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
The
report
includes
quota
and
refusal
rate
tables,
respondent
comments,
respondent
logbook
review
survey,
and
results.

Kealy,
Mary
Jo
and
Richard
C.
Bishop
(
1986).
"
Theoretical
and
Empirical
Specifications
Issues
in
Travel
cost
Demand
Studies."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
69(
3):
660­
667.

A
travel
cost
demand
model
is
derived
from
a
utility
function
that
postulates
that
individuals
choose
the
optimal
total
number
of
site
recreation
days
given
by
the
product
of
the
number
of
length
of
their
recreation
trips.
By
relaxing
the
assumption
that
on­
site
time
is
constant
across
recreationists,
the
applicability
of
the
travel
cost
method
is
extended.
The
model
is
estimated
using
a
maximum
likelihood
procedure
appropriate
for
the
truncated
sample
data
that
is
characteristic
of
most
user
specific
recreation
data.
Failure
to
do
so
would
result
in
overestimating
the
value
of
Great
Lakes
fishing
by
3.5
times.

Kearney/
Centaur
(
1984).
"
Economic
Impact
of
the
Commercial
Fishing
Industry
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
Regions."
Final
report,
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Development
Foundation,
Inc.,
February,
202
pp.

This
report
describes
and
estimates
the
overall
economic
impact
of
the
commercial
fishing
industry
in
the
South
Atlantic
and
Gulf
region.

Kearney/
Centaur
(
1986).
"
Socio­
Economic
Analysis
of
Commercial
and
Recreational
Fisheries
in
Everglades
National
Park."
Final
report,
Everglades
National
Park,
National
Park
Service,
U.
S.
Department
of
Interior,
September,
146
pp.

This
report
examines
the
economic
impact
of
fishing
in
Everglades
National
Park.
The
first
section
describes
the
methods
that
were
employed
to
make
the
various
economic
impact
estimates.
The
second
section
summarizes
the
economic
impact
trends
for
the
various
Park
fisheries
and
compares
the
economic
impact
of
fishing
in
the
Park
with
the
surrounding
Florida
areas.
Section
3
presents
more
detailed
economic
impact
estimates
for
the
Park
and
the
surrounding
areas.
Section
4
briefly
summarizes
background
demographic
and
land
use
trends
for
the
Florida
areas
surrounding
the
Park.
Literature
cited
is
presented
in
section
5.
Exhibits
presenting
tabular
and
graphic
data
are
presented
in
Appendices
1,2,
3,
and
4
corresponding
to
the
material
covered
in
sections
1,
2,
3,
and
4.

Kearney/
Centaur
(
1988).
"
Development
of
Value
Added,
Margin
and
Expenditures
for
Marine
Fishery
Products."
Final
Report
prepared
for
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
Purchase
Order
No.
40AANF701801,
by
Kearney/
Centaur,
Division
of
A.
T.
Kearney,
225
Reinekers
Lane,
Alexandria,
VA
22313,
February.
3
4
5
The
objectives
of
this
study
are
to
describe
and
estimate
the
overall
economic
impact
of
the
commercial
fishing
industry
in
terms
of
their
sales
and
value
added
contribution
to
the
U.
S.
economy,
estimate
total
consumer
expenditures
for
fishery
products,
allocate
these
key
economic
measures
between
the
sectors
of
the
industry
(
fishermen,
processors,
distributors,
etc.),
standardize
the
process
so
that
the
framework
can
be
applied
in
subsequent
years,
and
provide
documentation
of
the
approach.

Kearney/
Centaur
(
1988).
"
Working
Papers
for
the
Development
of
an
Economic
Health
Index
for
the
Fishing
Industry."
Final
Report
prepared
for
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
Purchase
Order
No.
40AANF802385,
by
Kearney/
Centaur,
Division
of
A.
T.
Kearney,
225
Reinekers
Lane,
Alexandria,
VA
22313,
February.

By
relating
changes
in
revenues
to
changes
in
cost
over
the
1976
to
1986
time
period,
indicators
of
the
economic
health
of
each
major
domestic
commercial
fishery
under
federal
management
are
measured.

Kearney/
Centaur
(
1989).
"
The
First
Ten
Years:
An
Overview
of
U.
S.
Fisheries
Managed
Under
The
Magnuson
Act,
1976­
1986."
Final
Report
prepared
for
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
Purchase
Order
No.
40AANF900823,
by
Kearney/
Centaur,
Division
of
A.
T.
Kearney,
225
Reinekers
Lane,
Alexandria,
VA
22313,
July,
153
pp.

This
report
summarizes
the
key
factors
and
status
associated
with
each
of
28
Fishery
Management
Plans
initiated
between
1976
and
1986.
This
document
summarizes
the
biological
status,
management
measures,
key
economic
information,
and
the
overall
status
of
the
resources
in
each
Fishery
Management
Plans.

Kearney/
Centaur
(
1990).
"
Evaluation
and
Demonstration
of
Valuation
Methodologies
Applicable
to
Sport
and
Commercial
Fisheries."
Draft
report,
Alexandria,
VA.

The
draft
report
covers
ex­
vessel
demand
models,
recreational
benefit
valuation,
international
trade
issues
in
valuation
of
commercial
fisheries,
commercial
fisherman
behavior,
and
multiple
objectives
in
fishery
allocation
decisions.
The
report
does
not
provide
a
combined
approach
to
addressing
allocation
problems
between
sport
and
commercial
fishermen.

Keen,
E.
A.
(
1983).
"
Common
Property
in
Fisheries.
Is
Sole
Ownership
an
Option?"
Marine
Policy,
(
July):
197­
211.

Limited
entry
has
been
instituted
in
a
variety
of
fisheries
in
different
countries.
The
volume
of
literature
evaluating
its
use
and
developing
ways
to
make
it
more
effective
as
a
fisheries
management
tool
is
large
and
growing.
It
has
not
worked
well,
primarily
because
rights
have
created
a
focus
on
harvest,
not
on
husbandry.
The
efficacy
of
sole
ownership
rights
in
management
of
resources
of
the
forest
and
field
are
clear.
A
case
for
research
and
development
of
sole
ownership
as
a
rights
system
for
fishery
resources
is
made
in
this
article.

Keen,
Elmer
A.
(
1991).
"
Ownership
and
Productivity
of
Marine
Fishery
Resources?"
Fisheries,
16(
4):
18­
22.
3
4
6
The
incentives
of
the
commons
ceased
to
suffice
as
a
management
framework
for
marine
fishery
resources
during
the
1960'
s.
The
laws
of
demand
and
supply
went
awry.
Demand
rose;
supply
of
the
more
valuable
species
declined
as
fishing
effort
increased.
Measures
taken
to
solve
the
resulting
overfishing
problem
have
failed
to
remove
the
root
cause,
the
incentives
of
harvester
rights
inherent
in
a
commons.
The
resulting
management
system
creates
ill
will
and
friction
that
severely
impedes
management
of
the
resources.
The
efficacy
of
a
management
framework
based
on
ownership
of
the
ocean
pastures
is
compared
to
one
based
on
rights
to
harvest.
The
conclusion
is
reached
that
a
full
owner
framework
provides
a
well
tested
basis
for
management
of
marine
fishery
resources
that
can
result
in
a
large
increase
in
resource
benefits.

Keiser,
Richard
K.,
Jr.
(
1976).
"
Species
Composition,
Magnitude
and
Utilization
of
the
Incidental
Catch
of
the
South
Carolina
Shrimp
Fishery."
South
Carolina
Marine
Resource
Center,
Technical
Report
Number
16,
September,
1976.

The
quantity
of
fish
caught
incidental
to
shrimping
activities
in
South
Carolina
was
estimated
by
determining
fish/
whole
shrimp
ratios
from
commercial
catches.
The
overall
median
fish/
shrimp
weight
ratio
was
1.94:
1;
however,
the
median
ratio
varied
seasonally
being
smaller
from
September
to
December
(
1.24:
1)
than
from
May
to
August
(
3.58:
1).
The
confidence
interval
for
this
estimate
was
defined
by
the
25th
and
75th
percentiles.
An
estimated
fish
catch
of
between
3,358,000
and
15,197,000
kgs
was
derived
from
expansion
of
detailed
ratio
estimates
derived
from
this
study.
Sciaenids
were
the
predominant
family
during
the
study
except
for
the
months
of
January
and
April
when
clupeids
and
gadids,
respectively,
comprised
the
greatest
percentage
of
the
catch.
In
general,
fish
caught
incidental
to
shrimping
were
small;
mean
total
lengths
of
25
species
ranged
from
6.90
to
18.58
cm.
At
the
present
time,
only
a
fraction
of
the
total
incidental
catch
is
landed;
the
majority
is
discarded
at
sea.
This
apparently
reflects
a
lack
of
demand
for
most
species
captured.
It
is
estimated
that
74%
of
the
flounder
catch
is
landed
and
sold
as
food
fish
compared
to
less
than
2%
of
the
sciaenids
and
scombrids.

Keiser,
Richard
K.,
Jr.
(
1977).
"
The
Incidental
Catch
from
Commercial
Shrimp
Trawlers
of
the
South
Atlantic
States."
South
Carolina
Marine
Resources
Center,
Technical
Report
Number
26,
October,
38
pp.

Fish:
shrimp
(
heads­
on)
ratios
ranged
from
a
low
of
1.2:
1
to
a
high
of
4.0:
1.
Expansion
of
ratios
indicated
that
an
average
of
69.4
million
pounds
of
fish
were
caught
by
shrimp
trawlers
each
year
from
1973
to
1975.
This
was
more
than
24
times
the
2.9
million
pounds
reportedly
landed
each
year.
Flounders
and
edible
size
kingfish,
spot,
and
croaker
were
the
predominant
species
landed,
while
industrial
size
fish
(
primarily
small
sciaenids)
were
discarded.

Keithly,
Walter
R.
(
198?).
"
An
Analysis
of
Foreign
Competition
and
Implications
for
the
U.
S.
Shrimp
Industry."
Draft
report,
Coastal
Fisheries
Institute,
Center
for
Wetland
Resources,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
LA.

Imports
represent
a
large
and
growing
component
of
the
total
U.
S.
shrimp
supply.
Industry,
concerned
with
their
trend,
has
in
the
past
attempted
to
control
imports.
Before
national
policy
can
be
made,
policy
makers
must
have
an
understanding
of
the
role
of
imports
in
the
U.
S.
market.
The
purpose
of
this
study
was
to
provide
an
understanding
of
the
U.
S.
shrimp
industry,
the
underlying
factors
responsible
for
the
recent
rise
in
imports,
the
role
of
3
4
7
imports
in
establishing
prices,
and
the
effects
of
alternate
policy
options.
Results
indicate
that
tariffs,
at
least
within
realistic
ranges,
would
be
only
marginally
successful
in
limiting
imports
and
increasing
domestic
prices.
Quotas
would
be
more
successful
than
tariffs
at
achieving
the
aforementioned
objectives.

Keithly,
Walter
(
1991).
"
Louisiana
Seafood
Industry
Study,
A
Summary."
Report
prepared
for
the
Louisiana
Seafood
Promotion
and
Marketing
Board
New
Orleans,
Louisiana,
June,
32
pp.

A
summary
of
commercial
seafood
and
aquaculture
production,
employment,
processing
and
wholesaling
activity,
and
economic
impacts
of
commercial
fishing
industry
in
Louisiana.

Keithly,
Walter
R.
(
1994).
"
Report
to
the
Panel
and
Meeting
Participants
on
a
Test
for
Possible
Bias
Due
to
Interview
Frequency."
Draft
report,
Center
for
Coastal,
Energy,
and
Environmental
Resources,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
LA.

There
is
a
significant,
but
subtle
trend
from
a
flat
or
slightly
more
frequent
sampling
of
high
CPUE
vessels
in
the
early
1980'
s
to
a
more
frequent
sampling
of
low
CPUE
vessels
in
the
late
1980'
s
and
1990'
s.
This
trend
is
in
the
direction
that
would
be
expected
to
inflate
the
estimates
of
shrimp
fishing
effort.
The
overall
effect
may
not
be
great,
but
this
remains
as
one
potential
source
of
bias.

Keithly,
Walter
R.
(
1994).
"
Report
to
the
Gulf
Council
on
Shrimp
Effort."
Presented
at
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
Meeting
in
Corpus
Christi,
Texas,
May,
30
pp.

This
report
presents
the
results
of
a
review
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
landings
data
set.
The
panel
of
experts
found
that
a
bias
in
the
data
of
between
0
and
20
percent
exists
in
the
data
set.
A
number
of
recommendations
are
included
in
the
report
including
the
suggestion
that
another
panel
be
created
to
determine
the
exact
magnitude
of
the
bias
and
methods
that
could
correct
it.

Keithly,
Walter
R.
(
1999).

Analysis
of
a
Short
Run
Production
Function
for
Highly
Migratory
Species
(
HMS).

NMFS
contract
Number
40GANF600144,
Louisiana
State
University,
Coastal
Fisheries
Institute,
October,
34
pp.

An
economic
analysis
of
the
U.
S.
based
surface
long­
line
fishery
operating
in
the
Atlantic,
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
and
the
Caribbean
Region
is
provided.
The
analysis
is
conducted
at
the
trip
level
since
this
is
likely
to
be
the
level
at
which
short
run
decisions
are
most
relevant
to
the
individual
firm
whose
other
components
of
effort
are
fixed
during
this
period
of
time.
This
aggregate
analysis
will
help
explain
the
response
in
aggregate
catch
to
changes
in
the
short
run
inputs
under
the
control
of
the
individual
fishing
firm
at
the
trip
level
and
can
be
used
to
help
analyze
the
potential
in
aggregate
trip
catch
that
might
be
forthcoming
as
a
result
of
regulations
that
limit
activities
at
the
trip
level
but
are
not
specific
to
individual
species.
Non­
separability
in
outputs
and
jointness
in
inputs
suggests
that
attempts
to
manage
any
particular
species
in
this
multi­
product
sector
must
consider
possible
spillover
effects
into
the
other
fisheries.

Keithly,
Walter
R.
and
Assane
Diagne
(
1998).
"
An
Economic
Analysis
of
the
U.
S.
Shrimp
Market
and
Impacts
of
Management
Measures."
Final
Report,
Saltonstall­
Kennedy
Contract
#
NA57FD0070,
Louisiana
State
3
4
8
University,
Coastal
Fisheries
Institute,
May,
113
pp.

The
primary
purpose
of
this
study
was
to
analyze
world
trade
in
warmwater
shrimp,
with
emphasis
given
to
the
United
States
and
Japan.
Toward
this
end,
a
ten
equation
system
of
import
demand
and
export
supply
functions
was
developed
and
estimated
using
quarterly
time­
series
data
covering
the
1985­
95
period.
In
addition,
an
equation
depicting
the
Guff
of
Mexico
dockside
price
was
developed
and
estimated
using
quarterly
time­
series
data
for
the
1980­
95
period.
Results
from
this
exercise
were
then
used
to
forecast
expected
changes
in
certain
relevant
endogenous
variables,
particularly
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
dockside
price,
that
would
likely
be
forth
coming
as
a
result
of
specific
changes
in
the
levels
of
some

key

exogenous
variables,
such
as
regional
aquaculture
production.

Keithly,
Walter
R.,
Jr.
and
Anthony
Martin
(
1997).
"
Southeast
Finfish
Processing
Activities
of
Federally
Managed
Species,
Particularly
Reef
Fish,
and
Potential
Impacts
of
Regulation."
Final
Report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
NA47FD0290,
Coastal
Fisheries
Institute,
Louisiana
State
University,
May,
107
pp.

This
study
provided
a
detailed
analysis
of
the
Southeast
Reef
Fish
processing
industry
for
1995
(
which
includes
almost
all
processors
of
species
under
jurisdiction
of
the
South
Atlantic
and
Gulf
of
Mexico
Management
Councils)
to
help
identify
potential
impacts
related
to
management
measures
imposed
on
the
harvesting
sector.
The
primary
conclusion
reached
from
this
research
effort
is
that
the
extreme
diversity
of
the
southeast
U.
S.
processing
industry
(
in
terms
of
number
of
species
utilized
etc.)
and
the
large
supply
of
domestic
and
imported
raw
material
relative
to
current
usage
among
processors
will
tend
to
insulate
processors
somewhat
from
restrictions
imposed
on
the
harvesting
sector
that
would
limit
the
overall
supply
of
domestic
product.

Keithly,
Walter
R.,
Jr.
and
Liz
Baron­
Mounce
(
1990).
"
An
Economic
Assessment
of
the
Louisiana
Shrimp
Fishery."
Final
Report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
NA88WC­
H­
MF179,
Coastal
Fisheries
Institute,
Louisiana
State
University,
October,
129
pp.

The
goal
of
this
report
is
to
provide
a
general
economic
evaluation
of
Louisiana's
shrimp
harvesting
sector
focusing
on
the
inshore
component
since
it
is
not
well
understood
and
because
of
the
possibilities
for
management
available
to
the
state.

Keithly,
Walter
R.,
Jr.
and
Liz
Baron­
Mounce
(
1991).
"
Louisiana's
Shrimp
Fishery:
An
Economic
Perspective
with
Emphasis
on
the
1987
Inshore
Fleet."
Draft
Report,
Coastal
Fisheries
Institute,
Center
for
Wetland
Resources,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
Louisiana.

Louisiana
leads
the
nation
in
the
poundage
of
shrimp
produced.
Its
fleet,
numbering
upwards
of
20
thousand
in
total,
is
exceedingly
diverse
which
complicates
any
attempt
at
developing
an
"
optimal"
management
strategy.
For
example,
the
smaller
boats
in
the
fleet
tend
to
fish
in
and
around
the
shoreline
of
the
state
and
target
relatively
small
shrimp
as
they
migrate
offshore.
The
larger
boats
are
more
offshore
based
and
tend
to
target
a
larger
shrimp
which
has
a
higher
per
pound
price.
Actions
taken
by
the
smaller
inshore
and
near­
shore
boats
impact
the
performance
of
the
offshore
fleet
through
a
reduction
in
shrimp
availability
in
offshore
waters.
This
paper
provides
a
general
economic
evaluation
of
the
Louisiana
shrimp
fishery;
particularly
the
inshore
component.
It
was
accomplished
though
the
use
of
secondary
and
primary
data.
The
secondary
data
consisted
of
National
Marine
3
4
9
Fisheries
Service
data
on
shrimp
landings
and
related
effort
data
and
also
the
Louisiana
Department
of
Wildlife
and
Fisheries
data
on
commercial
shrimp
license
sales.
The
primary
data
were
obtained
through
a
1987
survey
of
the
Louisiana
shrimp
fleet.
Such
an
evaluation
is
necessary
before
sound
policy
and
management
can
be
implemented.

Keithly,
Walter
R.
and
Fred
J.
Prochaska
(
1985).
"
The
Demand
for
Major
Reef
Fish
Species
in
the
Gulf
&
South
Atlantic
Regions
of
the
United
States."
Draft
report.

A
price
dependent
demand
equation
for
reef
fish
species
(
grouper
and
snapper)
is
estimated
using
a
sample
of
15,000
households
in
the
U.
S.
as
a
function
of
commercial
landings,
imports,
disposable
income,
and
a
dummy
variable
representing
institutional
changes
in
market
demand.

Keithly,
W.
R.
and
K.
J.
Roberts
(
1991).
"
An
Economic
Analysis
of
U.
S.
Shrimp
Imports
and
Dockside
Prices
with
Policy
Implications."
Draft
Report,
Center
for
Weltand
Resources,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
La.

U.
S.
imports
of
shrimp
have
been
increasing
at
record
levels
during
the
1980'
s.
These
increased
imports,
and
their
potential
impact
on
the
domestic
dockside
price
structure,
have
been
of
significant
concern
to
the
U.
S.
shrimp
harvesting
sector
and
have
recently
led
to
a
Federal
investigation
conducted
under
Section
332(
g)
of
the
Tariff
Act
of
1930
which
evaluated
conditions
of
competition
affecting
the
Gulf
and
south
Atlantic
shrimp
fishery.
This
paper
presents
a
model,
developed
within
an
appropriate
statistical
and
economic
framework,
that
explains
the
growth
in
U.
S.
imports
of
shrimp
and
their
impact
on
dockside
shrimp
prices.
Significant
factors
which
were
found
to
determine
annual
levels
of
shrimp
imports
include:
(
1)
the
price
of
imports,
(
2)
southeastern
shrimp
landings,
(
3)
beginning
shrimp
inventories,
(
4)
U.
S.
real
disposable
income,
(
5)
exchange
rates,
(
6)
the
Japanese
import
price
of
shrimp,
(
7)
world
production
of
shrimp,
and
(
8)
foreign
real
income.
Increased
imports
were
found
to
have
a
significant
negative
impact
on
southeast
shrimp
dockside
prices.

Keithly,
Walter
R.
and
Kenneth
J.
Roberts
(
1994).
"
Shrimp
Closures
and
Their
Impact
on
the
Gulf
Region
Processing
and
Wholesaling
Sector
(
Expanded
to
Include
South
Atlantic).

Draft
final
report,
MARFIN
Contract
No.
NA17FF0376­
01,
Coastal
Fisheries
Institute,
Louisiana
State
University,
October,
94
pp.

The
overall
goal
of
the
report
is
to
provide
an
analysis
of
the
Southeast
shrimp
processing
sector
at
a
level
of
detail
sufficient
to
examine
the
impacts
associated
with
seasonal/
area
closures.
Specifically,
the
proposal
called
for
the
collection
of
data
from
a
representative
sample
of
Gulf
Region
processors
and
wholesalers
pertaining
to
monthly
production
activities
and
impacts
related
to
potential
closures.

Keithly,
Walter
R.
and
Kenneth
J.
Roberts
(
1994).
"
Shrimp
Closures
and
Their
Impact
on
the
Gulf
Region
Processing
and
Wholesaling
Sector
(
Expanded
to
Include
South
Atlantic).

Final
report,
MARFIN
Contract
No.
NA17FF0376­
01,
Coastal
Fisheries
Institute,
Louisiana
State
University,
October,
107
pp.

The
overall
goal
of
the
report
is
to
provide
an
analysis
of
the
Southeast
shrimp
processing
sector
at
a
level
of
detail
sufficient
to
examine
the
impacts
associated
with
seasonal/
area
closures.
Specifically,
the
proposal
called
for
the
collection
of
data
from
a
representative
sample
of
3
5
0
Gulf
Region
processors
and
wholesalers
pertaining
to
monthly
production
activities
and
impacts
related
to
potential
closures.

Keithly,
Walter
R.
and
Kenneth
J.
Roberts
(
1994).
"
The
Southeast
U.
S.
Shrimp
Processing
Sector:
An
Economic
Analysis
of
Structure
and
Impacts
Related
to
Alternative
Management
Measures.

Final
report,
Gulf
and
Caribbean
Fisheries
Institute,
Inc.,
Coastal
Fisheries
Institute,
Louisiana
State
University,
November,
21
pp.

The
southeast
U.
S.
shrimp
fishery
has
been
the
focus
of
considerable
attention
in
recent
years,
the
result
of
both
its
size
and
impacts
on
other
fisheries.
Seasonal
and/
or
area
closures
of
the
shrimp
fishery
have
been
proposed
in
the
gulf
region
as
one
means
of
protecting
juvenile
fish
as
well
as
increasing
the
shrimp
yield.
The
impacts
of
seasonal/
area
closures
on
the
shrimp
processing
sector,
while
important
to
this
$
1.0
billion
component
of
the
southeast
U.
S.
shrimp
industry,
are
largely
unknown
to
regulatory
agencies
responsible
for
imposing
any
such
restrictions.
This
paper
provides
an
analysis
of
1991
Southeast
U.
S.
shrimp
processing
activities
based
on
a
survey
of
processors
throughout
the
region.
The
results
can
be
used
to
help
assess
potential
impacts
on
the
processing
sector
resulting
form
harvesting
regulations.

Keithly,
Walter
R.
and
Kenneth
J.
Roberts
(
1997).
"
An
Economic
Analysis
of
Private
Market
Wetland
Values
in
Coastal
Louisiana
and
Relevance
in
Designing
Appropriate
Economic
Instruments
for
Restoration.

Sea
Grant
Proposal,
Coastal
Fisheries
Institute,
Louisiana
State
University,
16
pp.

A
proposal
to
conduct
a
hedonic
analysis
of
prices
for
private
sales
of
wetlands
along
the
Louisiana
Gulf
of
Mexico
coast.

Keithly,
Walter
R.
and
Kenneth
J.
Roberts
(
1998).
"
Shrimp
Closures
and
Their
Impact
on
the
Gulf
Region
Processing
and
Wholesaling
Sector
(
Expanded
to
Include
South
Atlantic).

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
Contract
Number
NA17FF0376­
01,
Coastal
Fisheries
Institute,
Louisiana
State
University,
October,
107
pp.

The
goal
of
this
report
was
to
provide
an
analysis
of
the
southeast
shrimp
processing
industry
at
a
level
of
detail
sufficient
to
assist
in
the
analysis
of
the
impacts
on
the
processing
sector
related
to
area/
seasonal
closures
at
the
harvesting
level.
Small
and
mid­
size
firms
would
be
disproportionately
impacted
from
any
management
measures
that
reduces
overall
domestic
shrimp
supply.
Management
measures
that
would
increase
the
average
size
of
shrimp
at
harvest
would
negatively
impact
the
peeled
raw
component
of
the
southeast
shrimp
industry.
The
raw
headless
component
of
the
industry
may
benefit
from
any
such
action.

Keithly,
Walter
R.,
Jr.
and
Yunsheng
Song
(
1996).

A
Review
of
World
Shrimp
Production
and
Trade:
1980­
93.

Center
for
Coastal,
Energy,
and
Environmental
Resources
and
the
Department
of
Oceanography
and
Coastal
Science,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
Louisiana.

Shrimp
is
one
of
the
world

s
largest
fisheries
when
measured
in
terms
of
the
value
of
output.
With
the
increased
success
of
farming
activities
throughout
the
world,
during
the
1980'
s,
world
shrimp
production,
i.
e.,
combined
wild
and
farm
raised
harvests,
expanded
substantially.
Trade
in
this
important
seafood
commodity
simultaneously
expanded
and
became
more
complex
in
nature.
First,
shrimp
production
by
primary
producing
areas
of
the
world
(
i.
e.,
Central
America,
South
America,
and
Asia)
are
examined
in
this
paper
3
5
1
during
the
1980­
93
period
and
changes
therein
are
related
to
farming
activities.
Then,
exports
of
shrimp
products
by
region
of
the
world
are
analyzed
with
respect
to
the
two
primary
import
markets,
the
United
States
and
Japan.
Changes
in
volume
of
trade,
export
prices
and
product
composition
are
evaluated
and
related
to
production
trends.

Keithly,
Walter
R.,
Jr.,
Assane
Diagne,
and
Ronald
J.
Dugas
(
1998).

The
Demand
for
Oyster
Relaying
Activities
in
Louisiana:
1976­
95.
Draft
Report,
Coastal
Fisheries
Institute,
Wetland
Resources
Building,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
Louisiana,
December,
28
pp.

Louisiana
leads
the
nation
in
terms
of
annual
production
of
oyster
meats.
Production
is
derived
from
both
leased
water­
bottoms
and
the
public
seed
grounds.
A
sizeable
amount
of
the
water­
bottoms
under
lease
is
under
either
conditional
or
restricted
status.
To
make
the
best
economic
use
of
leases
under
these
two
statuses,
lease
holders
will,
at
times,
relay
oysters
from
leases
in
conditional
or
restricted
areas
to
leases
in
approved
areas.
This
paper
examines
relaying
activities
in
Louisiana
during
the
1976­
95
period.
Specifically,
an
econometric
model
was
developed
and
estimated
to
examine
the
demand
for
relaying
activities
in
the
state.
Results
suggest
that
demand
depends
significantly
on
economic
as
well
as
environmental
factors.

Keithly,
Walter
R.,
Andrea
Wagner
Liebzeit,
and
Michael
Liffmann
(
1987).
"
Louisiana's
Boating
Sector:
An
Overview
of
the
Industry."
Coastal
Fisheries
Institute
and
Louisiana
Sea
Grant
College
Program,
Center
for
Wetland
Resources,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
LA,
April,
30
pp.

This
report
examines
the
Louisiana
boating
sector
through
the
use
of
secondary
data
detailing
several
facets
of
the
industry.
Aspects
covered
in
the
document
include
boat
building
and
repairing,
boat
dealing
and
retailing,
state
registered
boats
and
Coast
Guard
documented
vessels.
The
Louisiana
boating
sector
is
also
related
to
comparable
sectors
in
other
Gulf
States
and
at
the
national
level.
Finally,
while
not
discussed
in
great
detail,
statistics
pertaining
to
the
Louisiana
ship
building
and
repair
industry
are
presented
in
Appendix
A.

Keithly,
Walter
R.,
Kenneth
J.
Roberts,
and
Hope
Eyster­
Kearney
(
1993).
"
An
Analysis
of
Economic
Change
in
the
Southeastern
U.
S.
Blue
Crab
Processing
Industry,
1973­
90."
Draft
report,
Coastal
Fisheries
Institute,
Center
for
Coastal,
Energy,
and
Environmental
Resources,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
Louisiana,
submitted
to
Marine
Fisheries
Review.

Processing
is
an
often
overlooked
component
of
the
U.
S.
seafood
industry.
This
paper
presents
an
economic
analysis
of
the
southeast
U.
S.
blue
crab
processing
industry,
and
changes
therein,
during
the
1973­
90
period.
The
analysis
was
conducted
based
on
unpublished
NMFS
records
on
processing
activities
among
individual
blue
crab
processing
firms
in
the
Southeast.
The
analysis
found
that
while
blue
crab
processing
activities,
as
measured
in
pounds
processed,
increased
significantly
during
1973­
90,
the
deflated
value
of
these
activities
increased
only
marginally
due
to
a
sharp
decline
in
the
deflated
price
of
the
processed
product.

Keithly,
Walter
R.,
Kenneth
J.
Roberts,
and
Hope
Eyster­
Kearney
(
1993).
"
The
Southeastern
Seafood
Processing
Industry:
An
Economic
Assessment
for
Private
and
Public
Management
Decision
Making."
Final
Report
to
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
Contract
#
NA90AA­
H­
SK­
53,
Coastal
Fisheries
Institute,
Center
for
Coastal,
3
5
2
Energy,
and
Environmental
Resources,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
Louisiana,
December.

This
report
provides
the
results
of
an
economic
analysis
of
the
southeastern
seafood
processing
sector
and
uses
this
analysis
for
the
purpose
of
examining
historical
and
potential
processor
level
impacts
related
to
harvesting
constraints;
either
natural
or
man
induced.

Keithly,
Walter
R.,
Kenneth
J.
Roberts,
and
Hope
Eyster­
Kearney
(
1994).
"
Structural
Changes
in
the
Southeast
U.
S.
Shrimp
Processing
Industry."
Draft
report,
Coastal
Fisheries
Institute,
Center
for
Coastal,
Energy,
and
Environmental
Resources,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
Louisiana.

The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
examine
structural
changes
in
the
southeast
shrimp
processing
industry.
The
analysis,
based
on
NMFS
end­
of­
theyear
surveys
of
seafood
processing
establishments,
covers
the
1973­
90
period.
Issues
considered
in
the
analysis
included
(
1)
changes
in
numbers
of
firms
and
shrimp
products
produced,
(
2)
changes
in
productivity
measured
in
terms
of
firm
output
and
output
per
worker,
and
(
3)
changes
in
industry
concentration
and
specialization.
In
general,
results
indicate
a
decline
in
the
absolute
number
of
southeast
shrimp
processors
but
a
large
increase
in
productivity
per
firm,
measured
on
a
poundage
basis.
Because
of
a
decline
in
the
per
pound
price
of
the
processed
products,
however,
deflated
shrimp
processing
revenues
per
firm
have
remained
essentially
unchanged
since
the
late
1970'
s.

Keithly,
W.
R.,
K.
J.
Roberts,
and
J.
M.
Ward
(
1991).
"
Farm­
Raised
Shrimp
Production
and
Its
Impact
on
the
U.
S.
Market."
Draft
Report,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
Louisiana
70803.

A
simultaneous
model
including
the
U.
S.
and
Japan
shrimp
import
markets
and
U.
S.
dockside
demand
was
used
to
quantify
the
impacts
of
highly
successful
shrimp
farming
activities
in
the
1980'
s
on
U.
S.
imports
and
domestic
warm
water
dockside
shrimp
prices.
Results
of
the
modeling
effort
suggest
that
current,
i.
e.,
1988­
1989,
U.
S.
shrimp
import
levels
would
be
in
the
neighborhood
of
200
million
pounds
below
observed
levels
in
the
absence
of
farm
raised
shrimp
production
on
the
world
market
and
that
the
import
price
would
be
about
80%
higher.
The
domestic
dockside
warm
water
shrimp
price
would
also
be
significantly
higher.
Any
rise
in
domestic
warm
water
shrimp
prices,
brought
about
by
a
reduction
in
imports
of
the
farm
based
product,
was
shown
to
encourage
additional
effort
in
the
domestic
shrimp
fleet
and
a
concurrent
decline
in
industry
profit.

Keithly,
W.
R.,
K.
J.
Roberts,
and
J.
M.
Ward
(
1991).
"
Effects
of
Shrimp
Aquaculture
on
the
U.
S.
Market:
An
Econometric
Analysis."
Draft
Report,
Louisiana
State
University.

Rapid
expansion
in
the
production
of
farm­
raised
shrimp
during
the
1980'
s
concerns
the
domestic
shrimp
industry
and
is
the
basis
for
recent
attempts
at
limiting
imports.
A
simultaneous
equation
model
including
the
U.
S.
and
Japan
shrimp
import
markets
and
U.
S.
dockside
demand
was
used
to
quantify
the
impacts
of
shrimp
aquaculture
on
U.
S.
imports
and
domestic
warm
water
dockside
shrimp
prices.
Results
suggest
that
current,
i.
e.,
1988­
1989,
U.
S.
shrimp
import
levels
would
be
about
175
million
pounds
below
observed
levels
in
the
absence
of
shrimp
aquaculture
and
that
the
U.
S.
import
price
would
be
about
70%
higher.
The
domestic
dockside
warm
water
shrimp
price
would
also
be
significantly
higher.
Quotas
and
tariffs
were
also
shown
to
positively
influence
domestic
dockside
prices.
It
was
suggested,
however,
that
any
rise
in
domestic
warm
water
shrimp
prices,
brought
about
by
a
3
5
3
reduction
in
imports
would
encourage
additional
effort
in
the
domestic
shrimp
fleet
and
a
dissipation
of
initial
gains
in
profit.

Keithly,
Walter
R.,
Kenneth
J.
Roberts,
and
John
M.
Ward
(
1993).
"
Effects
of
Shrimp
Aquaculture
on
the
U.
S.
Market:
An
Econometric
Analysis."
Chapter
8
in
Upton
Hatch
and
Henry
Kinnucan
(
eds.).
Aquaculture,
Models
and
Economics.
Westview
Press,
Boulder,
Colorado.

Rapid
expansion
in
the
production
of
farm­
raised
shrimp
during
the
1980'
s
concerns
the
domestic
shrimp
industry
and
is
the
basis
for
recent
attempts
at
limiting
imports.
A
simultaneous
equation
model
including
the
U.
S.
and
Japan
shrimp
import
markets
and
U.
S.
dockside
demand
was
used
to
quantify
the
impacts
of
shrimp
aquaculture
on
U.
S.
imports
and
domestic
warm
water
dockside
shrimp
prices.
Results
suggest
that
current,
i.
e.,
1988­
1989,
U.
S.
shrimp
import
levels
would
be
about
175
million
pounds
below
observed
levels
in
the
absence
of
shrimp
aquaculture
and
that
the
U.
S.
import
price
would
be
about
70%
higher.
The
domestic
dockside
warm
water
shrimp
price
would
also
be
significantly
higher.
Quotas
and
tariffs
were
also
shown
to
positively
influence
domestic
dockside
prices.
It
was
suggested,
however,
that
any
rise
in
domestic
warm
water
shrimp
prices,
brought
about
by
a
reduction
in
imports
would
encourage
additional
effort
in
the
domestic
shrimp
fleet
and
a
dissipation
of
initial
gains
in
profit.

Kellogg,
Robert
L.,
J.
E.
Easley,
Jr.,
and
Thomas
Johnson
(
1988).
"
Optimal
Timing
of
Harvest
for
the
North
Carolina
Bay
Scallop
Fishery."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
70(
1):
50­
62.

Substantial
improvement
is
returns
for
the
North
Carolina
bay
scallop
fishery
by
delaying
the
opening
of
the
season
beyond
its
traditional
date.
A
general
bioeconomic
harvesting
model
was
developed
for
use
in
determining
the
optimal
season
opening/
closing
schedule
for
a
seasonal
fishery
with
the
control
specified
as
an
on/
off
switch.
One
hundred
and
twenty
separate
scenarios
were
created
by
setting
five
exogenous
variables
to
reasonable
alternative
values.
The
optimal
season
is
contrasted
with
the
unregulated
case
for
each
scenario.
The
optimal
opening
was
typically
two
to
three
weeks
later
than
the
model
of
past
practices.

Kelly,
Carolyn
E.
and
Anthony
W.
Harmon
(
1972).
"
Method
of
Determining
Carotenoid
Contents
of
Alaska
Pink
Shrimp
and
Representative
Values
for
Several
Shrimp
Products."
Fisheries
Bulletin,
70(
1):
111­
113.

An
extraction
method
is
described
for
estimating
the
amount
of
carotenoid
in
pink
shrimp.
The
carotenoid
index
is
useful
as
a
measure
of
quality
and
as
an
indicator
of
changes
during
storage.
Values
for
several
shrimp
products
are
reported.

Kemp,
Murray
C.
and
Ngo
Van
Long
(
1983).
"
On
the
Economics
of
Forests."
International
Economic
Review,
24(
1):
113­
131.

The
paper
describes
a
productive
process
involving
the
point
input
of
labor,
the
repeated
input
of
land
and
the
point
output
of
forest
products,
and
then
imbed
the
process
in
a
model
of
the
economy
as
a
whole.
The
optimal
duration
or
maturity
of
the
process
is
to
be
determined
in
terms
of
the
parameters
of
the
model.

Kemmerer,
Andrew
J.
(
1994).
"
Overfishing."
Texas
Shores,
Summer,
pages
3
5
4
13
and
24,
Sea
Grant
College
Program,
Texas
A&
M
University.

A
summary
of
the
fisheries
management
problem
in
the
southeastern
region.
Problems
related
to
habitat,
allocation
between
user
groups,
bycatch,
individual
transferable
quotas,
etc.
are
discussed
and
placed
in
a
broader
context.

Kemmerer,
Andrew
J.
(
1996).
Letter
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
November,
9
pp.

Comments
based
on
a
review
of
Amendment
9
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
Draft
Supplemental
Environmental
Impact
Statement,
and
Social
Impact
Analysis
(
9/
20/
96).

Kemmerer,
Andrew
J.
(
1996).

Briefing
for
Upcoming
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
Meeting
(
November
11­
14,
1996)
in
Point
Clear,
Al.

Memorandum
for
Rolland
Schmitten,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
November,
3
pp.

Briefing
memorandum
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
meeting
in
Pt.
Clear,
Alabama
covering
shrimp
amendment
9
(
bycatch
reduction),
reef
fish,
and
stone
crab.

Kenchington,
T.
J.
and
A.
T.
Charles
(
1989).

A
Definition
of
Fishing
Capacity.

Submitted
to
the
Canadian
Journal
of
Fisheries
and
Aquatic
Sciences,
46:
XXX­
XXX.

We
identify
both
the
importance
of
fishing
capacity
to
modern
fisheries
management
and
the
lack
of
a
definition
of
this
parameter.
A
review
of
the
concepts
of
capacity
in
the
fisheries
literature
is
used
to
elucidate
the
properties
that
the
missing
definition
should
have.
Fishing
capacity
is
then
defined
in
terms
of
the
fishing
mortality
that
a
boat
or
a
fleet
could
exert
under
specified
conditions.
Capacity
thus
defined
is
contrasted
with
fishing
effort,
fishing
power,
and
capital
investment
in
the
fishery.
The
remaining
problems
with
this
definition
of
capacity
are
examined
and
it
is
suggested
that
these
are
inevitable
consequences
of
attempting
to
measure
fishing
capacity,
regardless
of
the
definition
chosen.

Kennedy,
F.
S.,
J.
J.
Crane,
R.
A.
Schlieder,
and
D.
G.
Barber
(
1977).
"
Studies
of
the
Rock
Shrimp,
Sicyonia
Brevirostris,
A
New
Fishery
Resource
on
Florida's
Atlantic
Shelf."
Florida
Marine
Research
Publications,
Florida
Department
of
Natural
Resources,
Marine
Research
Laboratory,
Number
27,
June,
69
pp.

Life
history,
fishery
dynamics,
and
potential
stock
locations
of
the
Florida
east
coast
continental
shelf
population
of
rock
shrimp
were
studied
over
a
two
year
period.

Kennedy,
John
O.
S.
(
1987).
"
A
Computable
Game
Theoretic
Approach
to
Modeling
Competitive
Fishing."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
4(
1):
1­
14.

A
fishery
is
considered
in
which
the
young
are
harvested
by
one
nation
and
the
adults
by
another.
The
harvests
are
sold
on
separate
markets.
Finding
the
optimal
strategies
of
the
two
nations
is
treated
as
a
problem
in
dynamic
noncooperative
game
theory.
While
in
most
other
models
players
make
3
5
5
decisions
simultaneously
at
each
stage,
in
this
model
each
player
makes
his
decision
separately
in
time,
knowing
the
action
of
the
previous
player.
The
model
is
applied
to
the
southern
bluefin
tuna
fishery
that
is
jointly
exploited
by
Australia
and
Japan.
The
results
of
noncooperative
and
cooperative
strategies
are
compared.

Kennedy,
John
O.
S.
and
James
W.
Watkins
(
1986).
"
Time­
Dependent
Quotas
for
the
Southern
Bluefin
Tuna
Fishery."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
2(
4):
293­
313.

It
is
now
officially
recognized
by
the
governments
of
Australia
and
Japan
that
the
southern
bluefin
tuna
fishery
has
been
overexploited
and
that
harvest
must
be
controlled.
A
dynamic
programming
model
applicable
to
multicohort
fisheries
is
developed
for
finding
approximately
optimal
timedependent
quotas.
Results
from
applying
the
model
to
the
southern
bluefin
tuna
fishery
indicate
that
restricting
or
eliminating
the
Australian
catch
of
under
4
year
olds
would
benefit
both
countries.

Kent,
Samuel
B.
(
1996).
Final
Judgement.
Center
for
Marine
Conservation,
et
al.
V.
S.
Ronald
Brown,
et
al.,
Civil
Action
No.
G­
94­
660
and
Texas
Shrimp
Association,
et
al.
V.
S..
Ronald,
et
al.,
Civil
Action
No.
G­
95­
265
Consolidated,
February
21,
55
pp.

The
decision
of
the
federal
district
court
on
the
suit
filed
by
the
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
seeking
to
require
the
NMFS
to
perform
its
duties
as
required
under
the
Endangered
Species
Act
to
prevent
sea
turtle
strandings
on
the
coast
of
the
southeast
region
of
the
United
States.
The
court
rejected
their
claims
and
found
in
favor
of
the
NMFS.

Kesteven,
G.
L.
(
1997).

MSY
Revisited.

Marine
Policy,
21(
1):
73­
82.

Many
values
can
be
set
for
MSY
or
TAC
of
a
fishery
resource,
among
them
the
greatest
occurs
only
rarely.
With
poor
comprehension
of
the
statistical
character
of
MSY,
few
attempts
to
manage
fisheries
with
reference
to
it
have
been
successful.
That
outcome
has
resulted
partly
from
inadequacies
of
the
general
paradigm
of
stock
assessment,
but
more
from
failure
to
appreciate
the
significance
of
the
economic
and
social
terms
of
the
exploitation
equation.
A
plea
is
made
for
a
system
of
fishery
resources
law
which,
of
local,
national,
and
international
effect,
would
restrain
the
economic
drives
and
social
impulses
that
so
far
have
frustrated
the
efforts
of
fishery
administrators,
denied
industrial
stability,
and
threatened
resource
survival.

Khilnani,
Arvind
(
1979).
"
Evaluation
of
the
Data
Availability
and
Data
Needs
of
the
Tortugas
Shrimp
Model
(
FISYS
Version
T)."
Stanford
University,
Department
of
Engineering­
Economic
Systems,
Stanford,
California,
November,
8
pp.

In
this
report
a
qualitative
evaluation
of
the
data
availability
and
needs
of
the
Tortugas
Model
is
considered.
The
model
is
a
quantitative
tool
for
estimating
and
evaluating
the
effects
of
alternative
management
policy
options
prior
to
actual
policy
implementation.
The
combination
of
a
quantitative
methodology
and
a
policy
orientation
provide
a
natural
framework
to
evaluate
present
data
availability.
Furthermore,
the
model
indicates
areas
of
data
paucity
together
with
a
list
for
future
data
gathering
activities.

Khilnani,
Arvind
(
1980).
"
Estimation
of
Price
Elasticity
and
Flexibility
of
Demand
with
Respect
to
the
Tortugas
Shrimp
Fishery."
Memorandum
for
Edison
Tse,
John
Poffenberger,
and
Jim
Tom,
Stanford
University,
Stanford,
California.
3
5
6
The
memorandum
discusses
the
relationship
between
price
elasticity
of
demand
and
price
flexibility
estimates
using
pink
shrimp
data
from
the
Tortugas
shrimp
fishery
to
estimate
statistical
relationships.
No
preference
vis
a
vis
a
choice
of
independent
variables
was
found
in
the
data
or
theoretically.

Khilnani,
Arvind
and
Edison
T.
S.
Tse
(
1980).
"
Integrated
Approaches
to
Fishery
Policy
Analysis:
A
Case
Study
of
the
Tortugas
Shrimp
Fishery."
Executive
Summary
of
the
Final
report
prepared
for
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Virginia
Key,
Miami,
Florida,
by
Stanford
University,
Department
of
Engineering­
Economic
Systems,
Stanford,
CA,
January,
pp.
14­
20.

An
executive
summary
of
the
management
characteristics
and
adaptability
of
a
Fisheries
System
Management
Model
(
FISYS)
as
applied
to
the
Tortugas
shrimp
fishery
off
the
southwest
coast
of
Florida.

Khilnani,
Arvind
and
Edison
T.
S.
Tse
(
1980).
"
Integrated
Approaches
to
Fishery
Policy
Analysis:
A
Case
Study
of
the
Tortugas
Shrimp
Fishery."
Final
report
prepared
for
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Virginia
Key,
Miami,
Florida,
by
Stanford
University,
Department
of
Engineering­
Economic
Systems,
Stanford,
CA,
January,
281
pp.

This
report
discusses
the
application
and
implementation
of
the
FISYS
model.
The
FISYS
model
was
developed
at
Stanford
University
as
an
analytical
framework
to
address
issues
of
policy
choice
mandated
by
the
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act
of
1976.
The
model
embodied
a
methodology
to
combine
the
diverse
characteristics
of
a
fishery
into
a
single
quantitative
framework
to
best
suit
the
needs
of
fishery
analysts,
fishery
managers,
and
statistical
experts.
The
model
technology
employed
a
computer
to
assemble
and
process
the
best
available
information
as
required
by
the
law.

Khilnani,
Arvind,
Shu
Dong
He,
and
Edison
T.
S.
Tse
(
1983).
"
The
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery,
An
Integrated
Approach."
Report
prepared
for
the
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Miami,
Florida
by
the
Department
of
Engineering­
Economics
Systems,
Stanford
University,
Stanford,
California,
November,
76
pp.

This
report
discusses
an
application
and
implementation
of
the
Fisheries
System
Management
(
FISYS)
model.
Three
regional
models
for
Texas,
Florida,
and
the
northern
Gulf
of
Mexico
have
been
integrated
via
the
fleet
mobility
model
to
produce
this
integrated
Gulf
wide
model.
The
report
discusses
the
parameters
used
to
represent
the
three
regional
fisheries
and
the
integrated
model
with
special
emphasis
on
the
northern
Gulf
component
since
that
fishery
has
not
been
covered
in
earlier
reports
on
the
project.

Kildow,
Judith
(
1997).

A
Proposal
to
Establish
Economic
Baselines
to
Quantify
the
Contribution
of
the
Ocean
Sector
to
the
National
Economy.

Department
of
Ocean
Engineering,
Massachusetts
Institute
of
Technology.

A
proposal
to
develop
a
model
of
the
effect
oceans
have
on
the
U.
S.
economy.
Two
versions
of
the
proposal
are
included
with
a
summary
of
the
presentation
made
at
the
meeting.

Kim,
C.
S.,
Michael
R.
Moore,
John
J.
Hanchar,
and
Michael
Nieswiadomy
3
5
7
(
1989).
"
A
Dynamic
Model
of
Adaptation
to
Resource
Depletion:
Theory
and
an
Application
to
Groundwater
Mining."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
17:
66­
82.

This
research
develops
an
optimal
control
model
that
incorporates
the
opportunity
for
adaptation
to
resource
depletion.
In
the
context
of
groundwater
mining
for
agricultural
production,
two
traits
supplement
a
conventional
intertemporal
depletion
path:
the
relative
allocation
of
groundwater
among
irrigated
crops
and
endogenous
switch
times
describing
an
intertemporal
cropping
pattern.
Both
planning
and
common
property
equilibria
are
derived.
Results
from
an
application
to
the
Texas
High
Plains
include:
transition
away
from
irrigation
of
sorghum
occurs
twice
as
fast
when
done
optimally
and
benefit
to
groundwater
management
ranges
between
$
0.36
to
$
4.16
million
as
the
interest
rate
varies
from
five
to
two
percent.

Kim,
Dae
K.
(
1983).
"
Energy
Substitution
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
Southern
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
December:
1­
6.

The
elasticities
of
substitution
among
fuel,
capital,
and
labor
are
estimated
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
fishery
using
a
translog
cost
function
fit
to
observed
data.

Kim,
Jae­
On
and
Charles
W.
Mueller
(
1978).
Introduction
to
Factor
Analysis.
Sage
University
Papers,
Quantitative
Applications
in
Social
Sciences,
Series/
Number.
07­
013,
Sage
Publications,
Beverly
Hills.

This
is
an
elementary
introduction
that
stresses
the
fundamental
assumptions
and
logical
foundations
of
factor
analysis.

Kim,
Jae­
On
and
Charles
W.
Mueller
(
1978).
Factor
Analysis,
Statistical
Methods
and
Practical
Issues.
Sage
University
Papers,
Quantitative
Applications
in
Social
Sciences,
Series/
Number.
07­
014,
Sage
Publications,
Beverly
Hills.

The
authors
examine
in
greater
detail
the
different
types
of
factor
analysis
and
the
situations
in
which
each
is
most
useful.
The
distinction
between
confirmatory
and
exploratory
factor
analysis
is
discussed
in
greater
depth
than
in
the
Introduction
to
Factor
Analysis
as
are
the
various
criteria
for
factor
rotation.

King,
Dennis
M.
(
1989).
"
Economic
Trends
Affecting
Commercial
Billfish
Fisheries."
In
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Planning
The
Future
of
Billfish,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Savannah,
Georgia.

A
discussion
of
the
fundamental
market
factors
that
affect
billfish
demand,
supply,
and
prices
and
how
these
factors
have
changed
in
recent
years
to
create
increased
fishing
pressure
on
billfish
stocks.

King,
Dennis
M.
(
1991).
"
Costing
Out
Restoration."
Restoration
and
Management
Notes,
9(
1):
15­
21.

The
transition
of
restoration
from
a
science,
craft,
and
labor
of
love
to
a
business
raises
questions
about
ecological
values
and
economic
costs.
An
environmental
economist
summarizes
some
problems
and
offers
a
framework
for
evaluating
the
costs
and
expected
results
of
restoration
projects.
3
5
8
King,
Dennis
M.
(
1991).
"
Wetland
Creation
and
Restoration:
An
Integrated
Framework
for
Evaluating
Costs,
Expected
Results
and
Compensation
Ratios."
Report
prepared
by
Chesapeake
biological
Laboratory,
Center
for
Environmental
and
Estuarine
Studies,
University
of
Maryland
System,
Solomons,
MD
20688­
0038
for
Kenneth
Adler,
Office
of
Policy
Planning
and
Evaluation,
U.
S.
Environmental
Protection
Agency,
April,
79
pp.

The
expected
results
of
wetland
restoration
and
creation
projects,
as
characterized
in
the
proposed
analytical
framework,
can
be
based
on
the
results
of
ongoing
scientific
and
technical
research.
However,
there
has
been
very
little
directed
research
to
determine
the
availability
and
cost
of
the
resources
required
to
carry
out
specific
restoration
tasks
or
reach
certain
restoration
targets.
Since
the
proposed
framework,
and
the
evaluation
of
wetland
restoration
and
creation
alternatives
in
general,
require
information
about
both
costs
and
performance,
some
new
research
priorities
are
required
to
parallel
ongoing
scientific
and
technical
research.
These
involve
defining
the
individual
tasks
that
constitute
creation
and
restoration
projects,
determining
the
different
ways
of
completing
them,
and
estimating
costs.
Such
research,
when
combined
with
the
results
of
scientific
and
technical
research,
will
contribute
significantly
to
our
understanding
of
both
near
term
and
long
term
problems
associated
with
wetland
mitigation.

King,
Dennis
M.
(
1992).
"
Avoiding
Another
Taxpayer
Bailout."
National
Wetlands
Newsletter,
14(
1):
11­
12.

Wetland
mitigation
banking
creates
a
competitive
market
for
the
development
of
wetlands.

King,
Dennis
M.
(
1992).
"
The
Economics
of
Ecological
Restoration."
Chapter
19
in
K.
M.
Ward
and
J.
W.
Duffield
(
eds.)
Natural
Resource
Damages:
Law
and
Economics,
John
Wiley
and
Sons,
New
York.

The
analytical
framework
developed
in
this
chapter
is
designed
to
show
how
much
it
costs
to
restore
ecological
functions;
it
is
not
intended
to
show
how
much
should
be
spent
on
restoration.
Nonetheless,
the
framework
can
be
used
to
screen
out
clearly
wasteful
restoration
efforts
and
to
identify
some
important
economic
trade
offs
involving
changes
in
restoration
costs
and
resulting
changes
in
lost
ecosystem
functions
and
values.
It
will
become
apparent
that
when
the
expected
speed
and
level
of
ecosystem
recovery,
measured
using
indicators
of
structural
or
functional
health,
is
used
to
measure
the
relative
success
of
a
restoration
effort,
the
framework
provides
a
reasonable
basis
for
making
decisions
about
appropriate,
if
not
optimal,
levels
of
restoration.

King,
Dennis
M.
(
1992).
"
Justifying
Sustainability:
Some
Basics
of
Applied
Ecological
Economics."
Paper
presented
at
the
Second
Conference
of
the
International
Society
for
Ecological
Economics
(
ISEE),
Investing
in
Natural
Capital,
Sweden,
August
3­
6,
1992.
Draft
report,
Maryland
International
Institute
for
Ecological
Economics,
University
of
Maryland,
Center
for
Environmental
and
Estuarine
Studies,
Solomons,
Maryland.

The
important
challenges
facing
ecological
economics
are
becoming
less
ideological
and
more
practical.
Most
world
leaders
are
beginning
to
understand
that
investing
in
natural
capital
is
a
prerequisite
for
sustainability.
What
they
need
now
is
more
information
about
ecological
economic
linkages
so
they
can
reconcile
the
long
term
goal
of
sustainability
with
near
term
economic
needs.
3
5
9
In
some
circumstances
the
conventional
method
of
evaluating
production
and
investment
decisions­
benefit
cost
analysis
(
BCA)­
can
be
expanded
to
include
indirect
measures
of
costs
and
benefits
that
result
from
ecological
linkages;
this
may
result
in
more
sustainable
near
term
resource
management
decisions.
In
other
cases
the
use
of
benefit
cost
analysis
is
impractical,
and
sustainable
near
term
production
and
investment
decisions
need
to
be
justified
on
the
basis
of
safe
minimum
standards.
In
this
paper,
an
expanded
benefit
cost
framework
is
developed
using
six
discrete
pathways
of
potential
project
impacts.
Two
originate
with
withdrawals
from
and
emissions
to
nature
and
generate
measures
of
costs
and
benefits
that
are
based
on
an
expanded
view
of
facts
about
ecological
economic
linkages.
Two
other
pathways
develop
market
based
and
nonmarket
estimates
of
costs
and
benefits
associated
with
ecological
economic
linkages
and
are
responsible
for
assigning
values.
The
last
two
pathways
deal
with
distributional
impacts
and
other
socioeconomic
considerations
that
reflect
collective
decisions
about
equity
and
balance.
Where
there
is
too
much
uncertainty
about
facts,
or
too
much
disagreement
about
values,
equity,
or
balance,
decision
making
on
the
basis
of
benefit
cost
analysis
may
be
impractical.
In
such
cases
the
level
of
protection
granted
to
a
particular
natural
resource
and
the
amount
of
public
intervention
to
control
market
forces
that
could
otherwise
result
in
further
degradation
of
that
resource
can
be
based
on
safe
minimum
standards.
A
framework
is
developed
here
that
uses
measures
of
ecological
importance
and
reversibility
to
assign
safe
minimum
standards
and
evaluate
decisions
about
the
level
os
types
of
natural
resources.

King,
Dennis
M.
and
Harry
A.
Bateman
(
1985).
"
The
Economic
Impact
of
Recent
Changes
in
the
U.
S.
Tuna
Industry."
California
Sea
Grant
College
Program
Working
Paper
No.
P­
T­
47,
August,
30
pp.

This
report
describes
some
of
the
difficult
circumstances
facing
the
U.
S.
tuna
industry
and
summarizes
the
impacts
that
have
resulted
from
changes
in
the
industry
during
1980­
1984.
Since
the
report
focuses
on
impacts
related
to
the
domestic
U.
S.
economy,
the
offshore
operations
of
U.
S.
firms
in
American
Samoa
and
Puerto
Rico
are
not
considered
here
to
be
"
U.
S.­
based."
Although
some
distinctions
are
made
in
the
report
between
light
meat
tuna
(
caught
primarily
by
distant
water
purse­
seiners)
and
white
meat
tuna
(
caught
primarily
by
locally
based
trollers)
we
have,
for
most
purposes,
aggregated
figures
for
both
types
of
tunas.

King,
Timothy
L.,
Anne
Henderson­
Arzapalo,
and
Anthony
F.
Maciorowski
(
1988).
"
A
Comparison
of
Snook
and
Fat
Snook
Muscle
Protein
By
Isoelectric
Focusing."
Management
Data
Series
Number
141,
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department,
Coastal
Fisheries
Branch.

Sarcoplasmic
protein
extracts
of
snook
and
fat
snook
were
compared
by
thin­
layer
polyacrylamide
gel
isoelectric
focusing.
A
PH
gradient
from
3.0
(
anodally)
to
10.0
(
cathodally)
was
used
to
distinguish
protein
phenotypes
of
the
two
species.
The
selected
gradient
conditions
failed
to
differentiate
between
pond
cultured
snook
derived
from
Florida
broodstock
and
wild­
caught
snook
from
Texas.

Kinnucan,
Henry
W.,
Robert
G.
Nelson,
and
Johanis
Hiariey
(
1993).
"
U.
S.
Preferences
for
Fish
and
Seafood:
An
Evoked
Set
Analysis."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

This
study
uses
the
concept
of
an
"
evoked
set"
to
test
hypotheses
about
the
determinants
of
consumer
preferences
for
seafood,
especially
catfish.
3
6
0
Conceptually,
the
evoked
set
includes
those
specific
products
(
e.
g.,
catfish,
shrimp,
or
flounder)
that
are
evoked
by
the
consumer
in
the
context
of
a
decision
to
purchase
from
the
general
category
(
fish
and
seafood).
In
this
study
the
evoked
set
is
operationally
defined
as
consisting
of
those
seafood
items
named
in
answering
the
question:
What
are
your
three
favorite
types
of
fish
and
seafood?
Data
from
a
national
survey
are
used
to
estimate
a
four
equation
recursive
model
of
preference
formation
and
consumption
behavior.
Results
indicate
consumer
preferences
for
the
top
seven
fish
types
(
shrimp,
lobster,
catfish,
cod,
flounder,
scallops,
and
salmon)
are
mainly
a
function
of
the
consumer's
geographical
location
and
ethnicity.
Consumer
beliefs
about
fish
product
attributes
(
e.
g.,
quality,
flavor,
nutrition)
and
product
category
use
experience
(
frequency
of
fish
consumption)
in
general
are
not
significant
preference
determinants,
although
important
exceptions
are
noted.
The
composition
of
the
evoked
set
may
have
different
behavioral
implications
depending
on
whether
fish
consumption
occurs
in
the
home
or
in
a
restaurant
setting.

Kinnucan,
Henry
W.,
Robert
G.
Nelson,
and
Johanis
Hiariey
(
1993).
"
U.
S.
Preferences
for
Fish
and
Seafood:
An
Evoked
Set
Analysis."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
8(
3):
273­
291.

This
study
uses
the
concept
of
an
"
evoked
set"
to
test
hypotheses
about
the
determinants
of
consumer
preferences
for
seafood.
Results
indicate
consumer
preferences
for
seven
major
fish
species
(
shrimp,
lobster,
catfish,
cod,
flounder,
scallops,
and
salmon)
are
mainly
a
function
of
the
consumer's
geographical
location
and
ethnicity.
Consumer
beliefs
about
fish
product
attributes
(
e.
g.,
quality,
flavor,
nutrition)
and
product
category
use
experience
(
frequency
of
fish
consumption)
in
general
are
not
significant
preference
determinants,
although
important
exceptions
are
noted.
The
composition
of
the
evoked
set
may
have
different
behavioral
implications
depending
on
whether
fish
consumption
occurs
in
the
home
or
in
a
restaurant
setting.

Kinnucan,
Henry
W.,
Robert
G.
Nelson,
and
Hui
Xiao
(
1995).
"
Cooperative
Advertising
Rent
Dissipation."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
4):
373­
384.

Generic
advertising
is
used
by
fish
producers
to
accelerate
demand
growth
or
to
alleviate
temporary
surpluses.
Whether
this
cooperative
promotional
venture
is
profitable
depends
on
a
number
of
factors
including
industry
supply
response.
A
rent
dissipation
model
applied
to
the
U.
S.
catfish
industry
suggests
the
quasi­
rents
generated
by
increased
advertising
are
more
than
sufficient
to
cover
incremental
costs
over
any
reasonable
time
horizon.

Kinnucan,
Henry,
Scott
Sindelar,
David
Wineholt,
and
Upton
Hatch
(
1988).
"
Processor
Demand
and
Price­
Markup
Functions
for
Catfish:
A
Disaggregated
Analysis
with
Implications
for
the
Off­
Flavor
Problem."
Southern
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
80(
December):
81­
91.

Off­
flavor
in
catfish
restricts
farm
marketing
10
to
45%
depending
on
the
season.
The
economic
impact
on
society
of
this
imposed
supply
restriction
depends,
in
part,
on
the
elasticity
of
demand
for
catfish.
Econometric
estimates
based
on
disaggregated
processing
plant
data
indicate
an
elastic
demand
at
the
processor
level
but
an
inelastic
demand
at
the
farm
level.
Short
run
social
welfare
gains
from
the
elimination
of
off­
flavor
are
estimated
to
equal
12.0%
of
farm
revenues
($
10.0
million
in
1983).
The
3
6
1
inelastic
demand
for
catfish
at
the
farm
level,
however,
means
that
most
of
the
societal
gains
will
accrue
to
individuals
beyond
the
farm
gate.
Thus,
an
economic
justification
exists
for
public
sector
funding
of
off­
flavor
research.

Kirkley,
James
E.
(
1987).
"
Bridging
the
Gap
Between
Economic
Theory
and
Fisheries
Management:
Can
the
MFCMA
Produce
Economically
Rational
Management?
Discussion."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
3):
25­
28.

A
discussion
of
Lee
G.
Anderson
(
1987).
"
Bridging
the
Gap
Between
Economic
Theory
and
Fisheries
Management:
Can
the
MFCMA
Produce
Economically
Rational
Management?"
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
3):
13­
25.

Kirkley,
James
E.
(
1996).

Virginia

s
Net
Fisheries:
A
Preliminary
Economic
Overview.

Virginia
Institute
of
Marine
Science,
School
of
Marine
Science,
College
of
William
and
Mary,
Gloucester
Point,
VA.

Summary
tables
and
graphs
that
present
the
economic
impacts
of
Virginia

s
seafood
harvesting
industry
on
the
state

s
economy.

Kirkley,
James
E.
(
1997).

Virginia

s
Commercial
Fishing
Industry:
Its
Economic
Performance
and
Contributions.

Special
Report
in
Applied
Marine
Science
and
Ocean
Engineering
No.
337,
Virginia
Institute
of
Marine
Science,
School
of
Marine
Science,
College
of
William
and
Mary,
Gloucester
Point,
VA.

An
overview
of
Virginia

s
commercial
fishing
sector
including
wild
harvest
and
aquaculture
activities,
the
communities,
processing
and
wholesale
trade,
international
trade,
and
the
economic
importance
of
the
fishing
industry.

Kirkley,
James
E.
(
1998).

Capacity,
Capital,
and
Factor
Utilization
in
Fisheries.

Virginia
Institute
of
Marine
Science,
School
of
Marine
Science,
College
of
William
and
Mary,
Gloucester
Point,
VA.

Various
definitions
of
capacity,
capitalization,
and
capacity
utilization
which
are
consistent
with
the
prevalent
economic
theory
and
principles
are
presented.
Two
basic
frameworks
for
defining
capacity
and
capacity
utilization
are
initially
introduced:
(
1)
a
primal
or
physical
based
measure
and
(
2)
an
economic
based
measure.
Next,
more
practical
measures
of
capacity
and
capacity
utilization
are
introduced.
These
practical
measures
appear
to
be
more
consistent
with
the
views
on
capacity
held
by
resource
managers
and
public
administrators.
The
terms
capital
and
capitalization
are
also
defined
consistent
with
economic
principles,
but
later
modified
to
indicate
how
resource
managers
typically
view
the
terms.

Kirkley,
James
E.
(
1998).

Concepts
of
Capacity,
Capitalization.

Virginia
Institute
of
Marine
Science,
School
of
Marine
Science,
College
of
William
and
Mary,
Gloucester
Point,
VA.

Various
definitions
of
capacity,
capitalization,
and
capacity
utilization
which
are
consistent
with
the
prevalent
economic
theory
and
principles
are
presented.
Two
basic
frameworks
for
defining
capacity
and
capacity
utilization
are
initially
introduced:
(
1)
a
primal
or
physical
based
measure
and
(
2)
an
economic
based
measure.
Next,
more
practical
measures
of
capacity
and
capacity
utilization
are
introduced.
These
practical
measures
appear
to
be
more
consistent
with
the
views
on
capacity
held
by
resource
managers
and
public
administrators.
The
terms
capital
and
capitalization
are
also
defined
consistent
with
economic
principles,
but
later
modified
to
3
6
2
indicate
how
resource
managers
typically
view
the
terms.

Kirkley,
James
E.
and
William
D.
DuPaul
(
1994).

Technical
Efficiency,
Biological
Considerations,
and
Management
and
Regulation
of
the
Sea
Scallop,
Placopecten
Magellanicus
(
GMELIN,
1791),
Fishery.

Journal
of
Shellfish
Research,
13(
2):
571­
579.

Achieving
social
and
economic
efficiency
in
a
fishery
requires
that
production
be
technically
efficient.
Yet,
technical
efficiency
(
TE)
is
rarely
examined
for
a
fishery.
By
the
use
of
detailed
trip­
level
data
and
information
about
resource
conditions
obtained
from
routine
sampling,
a
stochastic
frontier
production
model
relating
landings
to
days
at
sea,
crew
size,
and
resource
conditions
is
specified
and
estimated
for
10
Mid­
Atlantic
sea
scallop
dredge
vessels.
TE
is
shown
to
depend
partly
on
the
mix
of
controllable
inputs
such
as
days
at
sea
and
crew
size
but
possibly
more
on
uncontrollable
factors
such
as
resource
conditions
and
biological
characteristics.
Last,
we
illustrate
that
two
regulations
recently
implemented
by
the
management
authorities
should
increase
TE
in
the
U.
S.
sea
scallop
fishery.

Kirkley,
James
E.
and
William
D.
DuPaul
(
1995).

Standardizing
Fishing
Effort
and
Individual
Transferable
Effort
Programs
in
the
Sea
Scallop,
Placopecten
Magellanicus,
Fishery.

Virginia
Sea
Grant,
Virginia
Institute
of
Marine
Science,
School
of
Marine
Science,
College
of
William
&
Mary,
Gloucester
Point,
Virginia,
6
pp.

Consolidation
and
transferability
of
days
at
sea
limits
is
explored
in
this
report.
If
an
effort
consolidation
or
transferability
effort
program
is
to
be
allowed,
there
will
be
a
need
to
standardize
days
at
sea
to
ensure
that
desired
levels
of
fishing
mortality
are
not
exceeded.
Even
though
the
optimum
number
of
standardized
days
is
unknown,
it
si
possible
to
develop
a
framework
for
standardizing
days
for
the
purposes
of
effort
consolidation
or
transferability.
It
is
only
necessary
to
consider
the
notion
of
fishing
power
or
technical
efficiency.
Fishing
power
and
technical
efficiency
both
indicate
some
maximum
level
of
potential
harvesting
or
productivity.

Kirkley,
James
and
David
Kerstetter
(
1997).

Saltwater
Angling
and
Its
Economic
Importance
To
Virginia.

Virginia
Institute
of
Marine
Science,
School
of
Marine
Science,
College
of
William
&
Mary,
Virginia
71
pp.

A
review
of
recreational
angling
in
Virginia
with
estimates
on
economic
importance
of
saltwater
angling.

Kirkley,
James
E.
and
Dale
Squires
(
1988).

A
Limited
Information
Approach
for
Determining
Capital
Stock
and
Investment
in
a
Fishery.

Fisheries
Bulletin,
88(
2):
339­
349.

There
have
been
few
empirical
studies
on
the
level
of
capitalization
and
investment
in
fisheries
because
the
necessary
data
are
often
inadequate.
Specifically,
data
on
capital
stock
and
investment
in
a
fishery
are
not
routinely
collected
and
compiled
or
are
limited
in
scope.
In
this
study,
a
method
is
provided
for
estimating
the
aggregate
capital
stock
and
investment
in
a
fishery
utilizing
the
available
information.
Data
on
acquisition
and
list
prices
and
vessel
characteristics
for
a
sample
of
New
England
vessels
are
obtained.
The
data
are
then
used
to
estimate
an
hedonic
cost
function
which
specifies
the
acquisition
price
as
a
function
of
vessel
characteristics.
The
resultant
equations
are
subsequently
used,
with
information
on
vessel
characteristics
for
all
New
England
vessels,
to
estimate
aggregate
capital
stock
and
investment.
The
results
indicate
that
substantial
investment
3
6
3
occurred
in
the
otter
trawl
and
scallop
dredge
fisheries,
particularly
since
the
Magnuson
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management
Act.
Moreover,
the
results
demonstrate
that
the
number
and
change
in
the
number
of
vessels
are
inadequate
indicators
of
the
level
of
capital
stock
and
investment
in
a
fleet
comprised
of
vessels
with
heterogeneous
characteristics.

Kirkley,
James
and
Dale
Squires
(
1997).
"
Measuring
Capacity
and
Capacity
Utilization
in
Fisheries."
Draft
report,
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations,
Rome,
Italy.

This
paper
addresses
the
issues
of
(
1)
what
is
the
maximum
amount
of
output
and
fishing
mortality
a
vessel,
operating
unit,
or
fleet
can
produce
given
available
input
stocks;
(
2)
what
is
the
technical
efficiency
and
productivity
of
the
fleet
and
vessels
over
time;
(
3)
what
portion
of
total
fishing
effort
is
redundant
or
unnecessary
relative
to
present
levels
and
biological
and
economic
total
allowable
catches;
and
(
4)
what
is
the
structure
of
industry
and
utilization
of
inputs
given
the
frontier
level
of
production
and
the
elimination
of
technological
externalities?

Kirkley,
James
and
Dale
Squires
(
1998).
"
Measuring
Capacity
and
Capacity
Utilization
in
Fisheries."
Revised
draft
report,
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations,
Rome,
Italy.

In
this
report,
the
various
concepts
of
capacity,
capacity
utilization,
capital
utilization,
overcapitalization,
fishing
and
harvesting
capacity,
and
input
utilization
are
examined.
Numerous
definitions
and
potential
measurements
are
offered.
The
definitions
and
measurements
are
explored
from
primal
or
physical­
based
and
economic
orientations.
Differences
are
articulated
and
further
examined.
In
addition,
numerous
approaches
for
assessing
capacity,
capacity
utilization,
overcapitalization,
capital
utilization,
and
factor
utilization
are
introduced.

Kirkley,
James
E.
and
Dale
Squires
(
1999).

Capacity
and
Capacity
Utilization
in
Fishing
Industries.

Discussion
Paper
99­
16,
Department
of
Economics,
University
of
California,
San
Diego,
July,
38
pp.

Excess
capacity
of
fishing
fleets
is
one
of
the
most
pressing
problems
facing
the
world

s
fisheries
and
the
sustainable
harvesting
of
resource
stocks.
Considerable
confusion
persists
over
the
definition
and
measurement
of
capacity
and
capacity
utilization
in
fishing.
Fishing
capacity
and
capacity
utilization,
rather
than
capital
(
or
effort)
utilization,
provide
the
appropriate
framework.
This
paper
provides
both
technological­
economic
and
economic
definitions
of
capacity
and
excess
capacity
in
fishing
and
illustrates
the
technological­
economic
approach
through
a
case
study
using
Data
Envelopment
Analysis.

Kirkley,
James
E.
and
Dale
Squires
(
1999).

Productivity
Indexes
in
Fisheries,
A
Critical
Review.

Presentation
at
the
Fisheries
Productivity
Workshop,
Department
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Maryland,
College
Park,
February
19­
20.

An
outline
of
a
presentation
on
production
theory
state
of
the
art
as
it
is
applied
to
fisheries
problems.

Kirkley,
J.
and
I.
Strand,
Jr.
(
1988).
"
The
Technology
and
Management
of
Multispecies
Fisheries."
Applied
Economics,
20:
1279­
1292.

This
paper
presents
a
dual
based
approach
for
determining
forms
of
stock
management
in
a
multispecies
or
multiproduct
fishery.
A
dual
revenue
function
3
6
4
is
specified
and
estimated
for
the
New
England,
Georges
Bank,
multiproduct,
trawl
fishery.
Two
forms
of
the
technology,
nonjointness
in
inputs
and
separability
among
outputs,
often
implicitly
assumed
by
managers
in
formulating
regulations
are
rejected.
Important
technical
and
economic
interactions
that
are
usually
ignored
in
fisheries
management
are
shown
to
characterize
the
fishery.
Last,
it
is
demonstrated
that
different
types
of
management
and
regulations
may
be
necessary
if
a
fleet
is
comprised
of
heterogeneous
fishing
firms.

Kirkley,
James
E.,
William
D.
DuPaul,
Michael
Oesterling
(
1995).

Regulating
the
Blue
Crab,
Callinectes
sapidus,
Fishery
of
Virginia:
Biological
and
Economic
Concerns.

VSG­
95­
14,
Virginia
Sea
Grant,
Virginia
Institute
of
Marine
Science,
School
of
Marine
Science,
College
of
William
&
Mary,
Gloucester
Point,
Virginia,
15
pp.

This
brief
paper
an
overview
of
regulatory
options
for
managing
and
regulating
the
blue
crab
fishery
is
provided.
We
initially
focus
on
open
access
strategies
and
subsequently
present
a
discussion
of
regulations
that
address
the
common
property,
open
access
fishery.
Prior
to
discussing
management
options,
we
discuss
goals
and
objectives
of
resource
management.

Kirkley,
J.,
Dale
Squires,
and
Mohammad
Ferdous
Alam
(
1998).
"
Capacity
and
Capacity
utilization
in
Fishing
Industries."
Draft
report,
Virginia
Institute
of
Marine
Sciences,
College
of
William
and
Mary,
Gloucester
Point,
Virginia,
August,
22
pp.

This
paper
addresses
the
issue
of
defining
and
measuring
capacity
in
fishing
industries.
Capacity
can
be
defined
and
measured
following
either
a
technological­
engineering
approach
or
explicitly
predicated
on
economic
optimization
from
microeconomic
theory.
The
former
definition
is
the
focus
of
this
paper
because
of
the
paucity
of
cost
data
in
most
fisheries
world­
wide
militates
against
estimation
of
cost
or
profit
functions
to
derive
economic
measures
of
capacity
and
capacity
utilization.
An
empirical
illustration
of
capacity
in
the
Malaysian
purse
seine
fishery
is
provided
as
a
case
study.

Kirkley,
J.,
Dale
Squires,
and
Ivar
E.
Strand
(
1995).
"
Assessing
Technical
Efficiency
in
Commercial
Fisheries:
The
Mid­
Atlantic
Sea
Scallop
Fishery."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
77(
2):
686­
697.

Despite
the
extensive
effort
to
research
issues
of
allocative
efficiency
in
fisheries,
little
empirical
analysis
of
technical
efficiency
(
TE)
in
fisheries
exists.
This
study
examines
vessel
efficiency
using
a
stochastic
production
frontier
based
on
a
sample
of
sea
scallop
vessels
operating
in
the
Mid­
Atlantic
between
1987
and
1990.
Estimates
of
TE
are
computed
and
compared
with
input
usage,
resource
conditions,
economic
performance,
and
recently
imposed
regulations.
The
analysis
suggests
that
owners
and
captains
only
partially
compensate
for
changes
in
resource
conditions
through
the
use
of
labor
and
fishing
effort,
and
recent
regulations
may
improve
overall
TE
in
the
short
run.

Kirkley,
J.,
Dale
Squires,
and
Ivar
E.
Strand
(
1998).
"
Characterizing
Managerial
Skill
and
Technical
Efficiency
in
a
Fishery."
Journal
of
Productivity
Analysis,
9:
145­
160.

Researchers
have
long
recognized
that
entrepreneurial
or
managerial
skill
is
a
major
determinant
of
productivity
or
reason
why
production
among
firms
varies.
Yet,
except
for
a
few
studies,
differences
in
productivity
and
output
levels
are
usually
attributed
to
plant
configuration
or
scale.
More
3
6
5
important,
there
appears
to
have
been
few
attempts
to
relate
technical
efficiency
to
managerial
skill.
Utilizing
a
stochastic
production
frontier,
we
examine
the
relationship
between
technical
efficiency
and
characteristics
of
skill
such
as
experience
and
education
in
a
fishery.
Although
we
can
not
determine
threshold
or
essential
levels
of
experience
and
education,
substitution
possibilities
are
found
to
exist
between
years
of
experience
and
education
levels.
Additional
analysis
of
efficiency
for
two
captains
of
the
same
background
and
experience
reveals
that
additional
characteristics
need
to
be
considered
in
the
examination
of
skipper
skill
or
the

good­
captain

hypothesis.

Kirkley,
James
E.,
Nancy
Bockstael,
Kenneth
E.
McConnell,
and
Ivar
E.
Strand
(
1999).

The
Economic
Value
of
Saltwater
Angling
in
Virginia.

VSG­
99­
02,
Virginia
Sea
Grant,
Virginia
Institute
of
Marine
Science,
School
of
Marine
Science,
College
of
William
&
Mary,
Gloucester
Point,
Virginia,
16
pp.

This
report
provides
results
of
an
economic
valuation
study
of
saltwater
recreational
angling
in
Virginia.
It
is
an
extension
of
the
Kirkley
and
Kerstetter
(
1997)
study
of
recreational
angling
in
Virginia.

Kirkley,
James,
Dale
Squires,
Mohammad
Ferdous
Alam,
and
Ishak
Haji
Omar
(
1999).

Capacity
and
Offshore
Fisheries
Development:
The
Malaysian
Purse
Seine
Fishery.

Draft
report,
Virginia
Institute
of
Marine
Science,
VA,
April,
36
pp.

Many
developing
countries
pursue
offshore
fisheries
development
to
increase
protein
supply,
expand
employment,
earn
foreign
exchange,
and
militate
the
conflict
between
large
and
small­
scale
fisheries
over
the
inshore
resource
stocks.
This
study
evaluates
the
economic
success
of
Peninsular
Malaysia

s
offshore
fisheries
development
policy
for
the
west
coast
purse
seine
fleet,
finding
it
has
largely
succeeded
on
economic
grounds.

Kirkley,
James
E.,
Dale
Squires,
John
Walden,
and
John
Ward
(
1999).

Efficiency
and
Capacity
in
Fisheries,
Theory,
Methodology,
and
Applications.

Report
prepared
for
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Office
of
Science
and
Technology,
Virginia
Institute
of
Marine
Science,
School
of
Marine
Science,
College
of
William
&
Mary,
Gloucester
Point,
Virginia,
November,
100
pp.

This
is
a
guide
for
estimating
and
assessing
efficiency
and
capacity
in
fisheries
using
data
envelopment
analysis,
peak
to
peak,
and
stochastic
production
frontiers
techniques.

Kirkley,
James
E.,
Rolf
Fare,
Shawna
Grosskopf,
Kenneth
McConnell,
Dale
E.
Squires,
and
Ivar
Strand
(
1999).

Assessing
Capacity
and
Capacity
Utilization
in
Fisheries
When
Data
are
Limited.

Draft
report,
College
of
William
and
Mary,
School
of
Marine
Science,
Gloucester
Point,
VA,
September,
37
pp.

Excess
capacity
is
globally
recognized
by
resource
managers
as
a
major
problem
for
fisheries.
Yet,
the
concept
of
capacity
remains
vague,
illdefined
and
often
ambiguous.
Measuring
capacity
and
capacity
utilization
in
fisheries
has
become
more
important
or
of
greater
public
concern
than
ever
because
of
various
national
and
international
agreements
or
policies
to
reduce
capacity
in
fisheries
throughout
the
world.
In
this
study,
we
offer
definitions
of
capacity
and
propose
a
method
to
calculate
capacity,
capacity
utilization,
and
optimum
input
utilization.
We
illustrate
the
method
by
estimating
and
assessing
the
capacity
of
ten
U.
S.
northwest
Atlantic
sea
3
6
6
scallop,
Placopecten
magellanicus,
vessels
operating
between
1987
and
1990.
We
conclude
that
the
ten
vessels
had
the
capability
to
harvest
considerably
more
than
they
actually
did,
and
the
fleet
could
be
reduced
by
68%
or
more
if
managers
desire
to
match
capacity
to
a
recommended
sustainable
yield
of
20
million
pounds.

Kirkley,
James
E.,
Philippe
Berry,
Amy
Buss,
Douglas
Lipton,
Ivar
E.
Strand,
Kurt
Finsterbusch,
and
Diane
Illig
(
1994).

A
Profile
of
the
Oyster
Industry.

VSG­
94­
08,
Virginia
Sea
Grant,
Virginia
Institute
of
Marine
Science,
School
of
Marine
Science,
College
of
William
&
Mary,
Gloucester
Point,
Virginia,
February,
68
pp.

This
study
describes
the
east
coast
oyster
industry
as
it
exists
today.
Oyster
demand
has
decline
substantially
resulting
in
low
prices
despite
low
production
levels.
More
oysters
will
not
revitalize
the
oyster
industry
alone.
Increased
demand
and
a
wider
variety
of
products
will
be
necessary
components
of
a
successful
industry
revitalization.

Kitner,
Kathi
R.
(
1987).
"
TEDS:
A
Study
of
the
South
Atlantic
Shrimp
Fishermen's
Beliefs,
Opinions
and
Perceptions
Regarding
the
Use
of
Turtle
Excluder
Devices."
Report
to
the
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council,
Charleston,
South
Carolina,
September,
pp.
47.

Determining
the
beliefs
and
perceptions
that
South
Atlantic
shrimpers
hold
relative
to
the
federal
regulations
mandating
TED
usage
prior
to
actual
implementation
is
the
objective
of
this
study.
It
also
addresses
the
more
generic
questions
of
how
to
successfully
implement
technology
transfer,
the
role
that
class
plays
in
structuring
different
behaviors
and
reactions
to
new
fisheries
policies,
and
why
and
how
the
goals
of
some
regulations
can
foment
conflict
and
dissent
among
and
between
various
groups.

Kitts,
Drew
(
1996).

Cost­
Earnings
Variable
Definitions.

Draft,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Woods
Hole,
MA.

A
revised
variable
definition
list
based
on
work
by
Amy
Gautum
for
use
by
economists
wishing
to
develop
cost
and
earnings
surveys
of
various
fisheries
that
retain
comparability
between
surveys.

Kitts,
Andrew
and
Eric
Thunberg
(
1996).

Economic
Considerations
in
the
Design
of
Northeast
U.
S.
Fishing
Vessel
Buyout
Programs.

Draft,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Woods
Hole,
MA,
43
pp.

Both
the
House
and
Senate
bills
re­
authorizing
the
Magnuson
Act
contain
language
allowing
for
vessel
buyout
programs.
A
$
2
million
pilot
program
was
initiated
to
test
aspects
of
a
larger
buyout
program.
Larger
programs
of
up
to
$
75
million
were
proposed.
This
study
used
data
from
the
pilot
program
to
estimate
functions
that
assess
the
probability
of
Northeast
vessels
submitting
a
bid
to
a
vessel
buyout
program,
and
the
expected
total
level
of
submitted
bids.
The
level
of
effort
removed,
groundfish
revenue
removed,
and
gear
types
and
multispecies
categories
removed
at
different
levels
of
program
cost
are
examined.
Landings
tax
rates
needed
to
fund
a
vessel
buyout
are
calculated
and
issues
such
as
the
goals
of
a
buyout
program,
consolidation
of
days
at
sea,
and
alternative
uses
of
buyout
dollars
are
discussed.

Kitts,
Andrew
and
Eric
Thunberg
(
1997).

Report
on
Northeast
Multispecies
Harvest
Capacity
and
Impact
of
New
England
Harvest
Capacity
Reduction.

Report
to
Congress,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
3
6
7
Fisheries
Service,
Woods
Hole,
MA,
14
pp.

This
report
to
Congress
responds
to
a
request
for
information
concerning
(
1)
the
total
number
of
Northeast
multispecies
permits
in
each
permit
category
and
calculates
the
maximum
potential
fishing
capacity
of
vessels
holding
such
permits
based
on
principal
gear,
gross
registered
tonnage,
engine
horsepower,
length,
age,
and
other
relevant
characteristics;
(
2)
the
total
number
of
days
at
sea
available
to
the
permitted
Northeast
multispecies
fishing
fleet
and
the
total
days
weighted
by
the
maximum
fishing
capacity
of
the
fleet;
(
3)
an
analysis
of
the
extent
to
which
the
weighted
days
at
sea
are
used
by
active
participants
in
the
fishery
and
of
the
reduction
in
such
days
as
a
result
of
the
fishing
capacity
reduction
program;
and
(
4)
an
estimate
of
conservation
benefits
directly
attributable
to
the
fishing
capacity
reduction
program.

Kitts,
Andrew,
Eric
Thunberg,
and
John
Robertson
(
1998).

Modeling
Participation
and
Bids
in
the
Northeast
U.
S.
Groundfish
Fishing
Vessel
Buyout
Program.

Paper
Presented
at
IIFET,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Woods
Hole,
MA.

An
experimental
buyout
program
was
initiated
in
1995
to
remove
fishing
vessels
from
the
Northeast
United
States
groundfish
fishery.
Implemented
as
a
reverse
auction,
the
purpose
of
the
pilot
program
was
to
determine
the
level
of
interest
in
a
vessel
buyout
and
to
gain
insight
on
the
prices
owners
would
be
willing
to
accept
to
surrender
their
vessel
and
all
associated
fishing
permits.
Of
the
296
eligible
vessels,
the
pilot
program
drew
114
applicants
with
average
bids
of
$
455
thousand.
This
paper
describes
the
pilot
buyout
program
and
the
econometric
procedures
used
to
forecast
probability
of
participation
and
bids,
and
to
estimate
the
number
and
types
of
vessels
that
could
be
purchased
at
various
levels
of
program
spending.
The
decision
of
whether
to
participate
in
the
program
and
the
magnitude
of
bids
were
modeled
in
two
stages
via
the
specification
of
a
participation
function
and
a
bid
function.
Alternative
methods
for
modeling
these
functions,
such
as
the
Tobit
model
and
the
Heckman
and
Cragg
two
stage
models,
are
discussed.
Variables
found
to
explain
participation
and
bids
include
total
and
groundfish
revenue
history,
allocated
days­
at­
sea
in
the
groundfish
fishery,
gear
type,
expected
ranking,
and
vessel
size
characteristics.
The
expanded
buyout
program,
completed
in
April
1998,
provides
a
unique
opportunity
to
evaluate
the
accuracy
of
the
forecasts.

Klecka,
William
R.
(
1980).
Discriminant
Analysis.
Sage
University
Papers,
Quantitative
Applications
in
the
Social
Sciences,
Series/
Number
07­
019,
Sage
Publications,
Beverly
Hills.

The
author
introduces
canonical
discriminant
functions,
classification
functions
and
procedures,
and
various
selection
criteria
for
the
inclusion
of
variables
in
discriminant
analysis.
Then
canonical
discriminant
function
coefficients
are
derived,
a
spatial
interpretation
of
them
is
provided,
and
an
interpretation
of
canonical
discriminant
functions
is
provided.
The
paper
concludes
with
a
discussion
of
the
violation
of
the
assumptions
that
underlie
discriminant
analysis
as
a
guide
for
the
novice.

Kleiber,
Pierre
(
1994).

Modeling
Effects
of
FADs
and
Islands
on
Movement
of
Skipjack
Tuna
(
Katsuwonus
pelamis):
Estimating
Parameters
from
Tagging
Data.

Canadian
Journal
of
Fisheries
and
Aquatic
Sciences,
51(
12):
2642­
2653.

From
an
experiment
with
ordinary
dart
tags,
we
have
found
evidence
of
the
effect
of
fish
aggregating
devices
(
FADs)
and
of
islands
on
the
movements
of
skipjack
tuna
(
Katsuwonus
pelamis)
around
the
Solomon
Islands.
By
fitting
3
6
8
a
fish
movement
model
to
the
tag
data,
we
were
able
to
estimate
mortality
and
movement
parameters
(
including
diffusivity),
parameters
of
a
function
that
models
FAD
attraction,
and
a
separate
parameter
of
island
attraction.
Diffusivity
was
high
enough
to
effectively
distribute
fish
throughout
the
island
archipelago
(
approximately
150,000
km2)
within
a
few
months.
Estimates
of
FAD
parameters
indicate
the
presence
of
up
to
four
or
five
FADs
in
an
area
approximately
50
X
50
km
can
reduce
the
propensity
for
skipjack
to
leave
that
area
by
approximately
50%,
but
that
deploying
additional
FADs
in
such
an
area
does
not
significantly
increase
their
effectiveness
in
holding
skipjack.
Estimates
of
the
island
attraction
parameter
imply
that
the
propensity
of
skipjack
for
movement
away
from
the
archipelago
is
less
than
half
the
propensity
for
movement
within
it.

Kleiber,
Pierre
(
1995).

Proposal
for
Coordinating
an
Integrated
Research
Program
for
Highly
Migratory
Species.

Draft
report,
Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
June,
4
pp.

Draft
report
outlining
a
contract
proposal
procedure
to
develop
a
research
program
for
highly
migratory
species.

Kleiber,
Pierre
(
1995).

Research
Plan
for
North
Atlantic
Bluefin
Tuna.

Draft
report,
Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
June,
9
pp.

A
proposed
research
plan
to
integrate
economics,
biology,
and
other
sciences
to
support
the
management
of
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna.

Klima,
Edward
F.
(
1976).
"
Snapper
and
Grouper
Resources
of
the
Western
Central
Atlantic
Ocean."
Pages
5­
40
in
Harvey
R.
Bullis,
Jr.
and
Albert
C.
Jones
(
eds.)
(
1976).
"
Proceedings:
Colloquium
on
Snapper­
Grouper
Fishery
Resources
of
the
Western
Central
Atlantic
Ocean.
Report
Number
17,
Gulf
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission,
New
Orleans,
Louisiana,
Texas
A&
M
University
Sea
Grant
College
and
Mississippi­
Alabama
Sea
Grant
Consortium,
November,
333
pp.

Estimates
of
the
standing
stock
and
potential
yields
of
snappers,
groupers,
and
related
species
are
provided
for
the
Caribbean
Sea
and
Campeche
Bank
area
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Handline
fishing
explorations
by
the
United
Nations
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
(
FAO)
Caribbean
Project
provided
the
basic
data
for
assessment
of
the
resources
in
the
Caribbean
Sea.
Exploratory
trawl
surveys
by
the
Pascagoula
Laboratory
of
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
NMFS),
NOAA
and
catch
and
effort
data
from
the
Cuban
and
Mexican
snapper
fisheries
provided
the
basis
for
the
Campeche
Bank
assessments.
Present
production
of
snappers
and
groupers
can
probably
be
significantly
increased
in
many
areas
of
the
Caribbean,
notably
along
the
continental
shelf
of
northeast
South
America
off
the
Guianas
and
the
Central
American
shelf.
One
problem
hampering
increased
production
in
some
island
communities
is
the
occurrence
of
ciguatera
in
fish
in
the
northern
Leeward
Islands.
Production
for
both
snappers
and
groupers
can
be
increased
in
the
Campeche
Bank
area.
Increased
red
grouper
production
can
be
realized
by
altering
the
age
at
entry
into
the
fishery
from
3
to
about
5
years
of
age
and
increasing
fishing
effort.

Klima,
Edward
F.
(
1986).
"
Review
of
Ecuadorean
Shrimp
Fisheries
and
Suggestions
for
Management
and
Research."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Galveston
3
6
9
Laboratory,
4700
Avenue
U,
Galveston,
Texas,
June,
18
pp.

At
the
request
of
the
University
of
Rhode
Island
that
is
under
contract
to
USAID,
an
evaluation
is
made
of
the
offshore
shrimp
fisheries
of
Ecuador
and
recommendations
are
made
concerning
their
management
and
research.
This
paper
reviews,
in
a
general
sense,
the
information
available
for
the
offshore
shrimp
fishery
of
Ecuador,
synthesizes
some
of
the
major
findings
and
makes
recommendations
concerning
their
management
and
research.

Klima,
Edward
F.
(
1989).
"
Approaches
to
Research
and
Management
of
U.
S.
Fisheries
for
Penaeid
Shrimp
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Chapter
4
in
John
F.
Caddy
(
ed.)
Marine
Invertebrate
Fisheries:
Their
Assessment
and
Management.
John
Wiley
&
Sons,
New
York.

This
paper
summarizes
the
results
of
current
shrimp
management
and
research
programs,
including
estuarine
research
programs
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Klima,
Edward
F.,
K.
Neal
Baxter,
and
Frank
J.
Patella
(
1982).
"
A
Review
of
the
Offshore
Shrimp
Fishery
and
the
1981
Texas
Closure."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
44(
9­
10):
16­
30.

Prohibition
of
shrimp
fishing
within
200
miles
of
the
Texas
coast
on
22
May
1981
resulted
in
large
brown
shrimp
catches
off
Texas
when
the
season
reopened
on
15
July.
Catch
per
unit
effort
off
Texas
in
late
July
and
August
1981
ranged
from
1,349
to
2,250
pounds
per
fishing
day,
compared
with
only
820
to
858
pounds
per
fishing
day
for
the
Louisiana
offshore
brown
shrimp
fishery.
The
July­
August
1981
relative
abundance
(
CPUE)
off
Texas
was
greater
than
during
similar
time
periods
for
any
other
year.
Shrimp
caught
and
landed
off
Louisiana
were
also
predominantly
smaller
than
those
caught
and
landed
off
Texas.
Recruitment
from
Texas
bays
to
the
offshore
fishery
appeared
average
to
good,
but
was
not
sufficient
to
account
for
the
outstanding
abundance
levels
found
offshore.
The
closure
of
Texas
waters
to
fishing
appears
to
have
been
a
major
reason
for
the
large
catches
and
high
catch
rates
in
July
and
August
off
Texas
in
1981.

Klima,
Edward
F.,
Terrell
W.
Roberts,
and
Albert
C.
Jones
(
1986).
"
Overview
of
the
Tortugas
Sanctuary
Studies."
North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
6(
3):
297­
300.

A
summary
of
the
Tortugas
pink
shrimp
sanctuary
studies
that
found
that
the
area
should
remain
closed
to
protect
undersized
pink
shrimp
from
being
harvested
by
shrimp
fishermen.

Klima,
Edward
F.,
Gregg
R.
Gitschlag,
and
Maurice
L.
Renaud
(
1988).
"
Impacts
of
the
Explosive
Removal
of
Offshore
Petroleum
Platforms
on
Sea
Turtles
and
Dolphins."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
50(
3):
33­
42.

Comparisons
of
turtle
strandings
during
periods
characterized
by
high
and
low
numbers
of
offshore
explosions,
March­
April
1985­
88,
suggest
a
positive
relationship
between
the
frequency
of
explosions
and
the
stranding
of
turtles.
Although
dolphins
may
be
impacted
by
explosions,
the
relationship
between
the
stranding
of
dolphins
and
offshore
explosions
was
not
as
conspicuous.

Klima,
Edward
F.,
K.
Neal
Baxter,
Frank
J.
Patella,
and
Geoffrey
A.
Matthews
(
1984).
"
Review
of
the
1983
Texas
Closure
for
the
Shrimp
3
7
0
Fishery
off
Texas
and
Louisiana."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFSSEFC
136,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Galveston,
Texas,
March,
28
pp.

The
objectives
of
whether
the
Texas
Closure
regulation
increased
shrimp
yield
and
reduced
discarding
of
undersized
shrimp
were
determined
for
1982
and
1983.
This
report
reviews
and
analyzes
the
characteristics
of
the
Texas
and
Louisiana
fisheries
west
of
the
Mississippi
River
and
describes
the
catch,
fishing
effort,
relative
abundance
and
recruitment
to
the
offshore
fishery
from
June
1982­
August
1983.

Klima,
Edward
F.,
James
M.
Nance,
Eduardo
X.
Martinez,
and
Terrance
Leary
(
1990).
"
Workshop
on
Definition
of
Shrimp
Recruitment
Overfishing."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SEFC­
264,
21
p.

This
report
summarizes
the
findings
of
a
two
day
workshop
undertaken
to
(
1)
draft
scientific
definitions
of
overfishing
for
each
of
the
shrimp
species
in
the
management
unit
of
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
and
(
2)
to
recommend
action
that
might
be
taken
if
overfishing
occurred
in
any
of
these
stocks.

Kling,
Catherine
L.
(
1987).
"
A
Simulation
Approach
to
Comparing
Multiple
Site
Recreation
Demand
Models
Using
Chesapeake
Bay
Survey
Data."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
4:
95­
109.

This
paper's
purpose
is
to
implement
a
methodology
that
can
be
used
to
suggest
a
model
(
or
models)
appropriate
for
valuing
quality
improvements
in
the
Chesapeake
Bay.
To
compare
these
approaches,
a
series
of
outdoor
recreation
user
populations
is
constructed
by
choosing
a
utility
function,
its
parameter
values
and
an
error
distribution.
This
information
is
combined
with
the
characteristics
of
individuals
and
recreation
sites
from
a
Chesapeake
Bay
recreation
demand
survey
to
solve
the
individual's
maximization
problem.
Each
of
the
models
is
estimated
using
these
data,
and
the
compensating
variation
of
a
quality
change
is
calculated.
Benefit
estimates
are
compared
with
simulated
welfare
change
to
evaluate
the
models.

Kling,
Catherine
L.
(
1988).
"
The
Reliability
of
Estimates
of
Environmental
Benefits
from
Recreation
Demand
Models."
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
70(
4):
892­
901.

Recreation
demand
models
are
commonly
employed
tools
of
economists
interested
in
valuing
improvements
in
environmental
amenities.
Despite
their
importance,
little
comparative
work
has
been
undertaken
to
examine
the
ability
of
the
models
to
accurately
estimate
welfare
changes.
A
simulation
study
designed
to
compare
the
reliability
of
estimated
welfare
measures
(
compensating
variation
and
consumer
surplus)
from
several
commonly
employed
recreation
demand
models
is
presented.
Results
of
the
study
indicate
that
choice
of
functional
forma
nd
model
specification
are
important
determinants
of
the
resulting
estimates
of
benefits.

Kling,
Catherine
L.
(
1988).
"
Comparing
Welfare
Estimates
of
Environmental
Quality
Changes
from
Recreation
Demand
Models."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
15:
331­
340.

This
paper
presents
a
procedure
for
examining
the
reliability
of
welfare
estimates
resulting
from
the
estimation
of
multiple
site
recreation
demand
models.
A
simulation
approach
is
suggested
where
a
utility
function
is
combined
with
observations
of
individual
and
site
characteristics
to
generate
simulated
data
sets.
Welfare
measures
associated
with
an
improvement
in
site
3
7
1
quality
are
calculated.
Recreation
demand
models
are
estimated
using
the
simulated
data
sets.
Estimated
welfare
measures
resulting
from
the
recreation
demand
models
are
then
compared
to
the
true
welfare
measures
calculated
from
the
simulated
data.
The
procedure
is
demonstrated
using
two
commonly
employed
recreation
demand
models.

Kling,
Catherine
L.
and
Joseph
A.
Herriges
(
1995).
"
An
Empirical
Investigation
of
the
Consistency
of
Nested
Logit
Models
with
Utility
Maximization."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
77(
4):
875­
884.

Global
conditions
under
which
nested
logit
models
are
consistent
with
utility
maximization
are
provided
by
Daly
and
Zachary
and
by
McFadden.
Recently,
Borsch­
Supan
and
Herriges
and
Kling
have
provided
conditions
under
which
a
nested
logit
model
is
locally
consistent.
However,
previous
work
has
not
discussed
implementation
of
these
conditions.
Here,
three
alternative
approachers
to
checking
and
formally
testing
for
the
consistency
conditions
using
classical
statistics
are
investigated.
In
addition,
a
Bayesian
approach
to
interpreting
and
imposing
the
local
consistency
conditions
is
provided.
The
application
is
based
on
anglers

choices
regarding
sportfishing
alternatives
in
southern
California.

Kmenta,
Jan
(
1967).
"
On
Estimation
of
the
CES
Production
Function."
International
Economic
Review,
8(
2):
180­
189.

The
original
specification
of
the
constant
elasticity
of
substitution
(
CES)
production
function
was
restricted
to
the
case
of
constant
returns
to
scale.
If
the
CES
production
function
is
generalized
to
allow
for
the
possibility
of
nonconstant
returns
to
scale
require
nonlinear
regression
techniques
or
linear
estimation
using
a
Taylor
series
expansion
around
p=
0.
The
latter
technique
is
essentially
a
Cobb­
Douglas
production
function
with
a
correction
factor.
This
technique
is
then
applied
to
U.
S.
nonfarm
data
for
1947
to
1960.

Kmenta,
Jan
(
1986).
Elements
of
Econometrics,
Second
Edition.
Macmillan
Publishing
Company,
New
York.

An
econometrics
textbook
that
starts
with
basic
statistics
and
then
develops
econometric
theory
advancements
since
1971.

Knapp,
Gunnar
(
1996).

Alaska
Halibut
Captains

Attitudes
Towards
IFQs.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
1):
43­
55.

In
1994,
prior
to
the
introduction
of
the
individual
fishing
quota
(
IFQ)
management
system,
the
University
of
Alaska
conducted
a
detailed
survey
of
vessel
captains
who
had
fished
for
halibut
between
1987
and
1993.
The
survey
included
five
questions
about
captains

expectations
for
and
attitudes
towards
the
planned
IFQ
management
system.
This
paper
reports
on
captains

responses
to
these
questions.

Knapp,
Gunnar
(
1998).

Initial
Effects
of
the
Alaska
Halibut
IFQ
Program:
Survey
Comments
of
Alaska
Fishermen.

Thalassorama,
Marine
Resource
Economics,
12(
3):
239­
248.

An
open
ended
survey
of
halibut
fishermen
in
the
Alaskan
fishery
confirm
the
positive
effects
of
ITQ
management
and
also
indicates
that
attitudes
toward
the
program
are
inversely
proportional
to
holdings
of
ITQ
shares.
These
results
remind
us
that
management
policies
that
may
increase
net
benefits
of
fisheries
do
not
necessarily
make
all
fishermen,
or
even
a
3
7
2
majority
of
fishermen,
better
off.
This
can
contribute
to
strikingly
different
perceptions
of
the
same
management
policies
among
different
fishermen.

Knapp,
Gunnar,
Jeff
Hartman,
and
Mike
Mills
(
1999).

Basic
Issues
in
Economic
Comparisons
of
Commercial
and
Sport
Fisheries:
A
Study
of
Allocation
Alternatives
for
Alaska

s
Kenai
River
Sockeye
Salmon
Fisheries.

Prepared
for
presentation
at

The
Role
of
Economics
in
Fisheries
Management

at
the
1998
Annual
Meeting
of
the
American
Fisheries
Society,
Hartford,
Connecticut,
August,
18
pp.

Allocation
between
commercial
and
sport
fisheries
is
becoming
an
increasingly
difficult
and
divisive
issue
in
fisheries
management.
As
conflicts
over
allocation
have
increased,
so
has
interest
in
the
relative
economic
contributions
of
commercial
and
sport
fisheries.
This
paper
describes
eight
basic
issues
in
economic
comparisons
of
commercial
and
sport
fisheries.
These
basic
issues
should
be
considered
in
evaluating
or
planning
any
economic
comparison
of
commercial
and
sport
fisheries

­
from
a
back­
ofthe
envelope
comparison
to
a
formal
study.
We
illustrate
these
issues
by
describing
how
they
arose
in
an
economic
caparison
of
commercial
and
sport
fisheries
for
Alaska

s
Kenai
river
sockeye
salmon.

Kneese,
Allen
V.
and
James
L.
Sweeney
(
ed.)
(
1985).
Handbook
of
Natural
Resource
and
Energy
Economics,
Vol.
II,
Elsevier
Science
Publishers
B.
V.

The
three
volumes
comprising
this
book
examine
the
current
theory
and
sample
current
application
methods
for
natural
resource
and
energy
economics.
Volume
II
deal
with
the
economics
of
renewable
resources.

Knight,
H.
Gary
and
James
P.
Lambert
(
1975).
"
Legal
Aspects
of
Limited
Entry
for
Commercial
Marine
Fisheries."
Final
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
Contract
No.
03­
4­
042­
23,
Center
for
Wetland
Resources,
Louisiana
State
University.

A
discussion
of
the
legal
aspects
of
establishing
a
limited
entry
fishery
management
program
in
domestic
fisheries.
The
report
begins
with
an
introduction
to
the
concept
of
limited
entry.
Then,
a
legal
analysis
of
the
limited
entry
concept
and
related
problems.
Problems
concerning
interstate
and
state
federal
fisheries
management
such
as
federal
preemption
are
discussed.
The
report
concludes
with
specific
recommendations
concerning
how
limited
entry
programs
should
be
instituted
since
a
single
legal
framework
to
base
legislation
on
is
not
possible
to
develop.

Knowlton,
Clifford
J.
(
1971).
"
Preliminary
Studies
of
a
Potential
finfish
Industry
from
Commercial
Shrimp
Landings."
Report
for
the
Commercial
Fisheries
Research
and
Development
Act
(
PL
88­
309),
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
October.

A
study
was
conducted
to
determine
species
composition
and
weights
of
fish
taken
during
trawling
for
shrimp
by
the
commercial
fishery
in
Georgia's
close
inshore
waters.
For
all
species
combined
and
considering
the
state
as
a
unit,
the
average
pounds
per
hour
of
trawling
had
a
large
seasonal
variation.
The
months
of
January,
March,
April,
October,
and
December
all
averaged
less
than
100
pounds
per
hour
of
trawling
with
December
the
low
month
at
about
29
pounds
followed
by
March
at
about
52
pounds.
In
all
remaining
months
the
catches
averaged
over
120
pounds
per
hour
of
trawling
with
peaks
in
May
at
245
3
7
3
pounds
and
in
November
at
192
pounds.
Four
families
of
fish
each
represented
3
percent
or
more
of
the
yearly
average
catch
over
the
state.
These
are
Sciaenidae
73.8
percent,
Clupeidae
8.5
percent,
Dasyatidae
3.6
percent,
and
Ariidae
3.3
percent
­­
a
combined
total
of
89.2
percent
of
the
yearly
average
catch.
The
Sciaenidae
contributed
95.0
pounds
per
hour
of
trawling,
Clupeidae
10.9
pounds,
Dasyatidae
4.7
pounds,
and
Ariidae
4.3
pounds
or
a
combined
total
of
114.9
pounds
of
the
yearly
average
of
128.8
pounds
per
hour
of
trawling.
Nine
species
of
fish
were
captured
in
greatest
abundance
over
the
state
and
together
contributed
111.6
of
the
128.7
pounds
per
hour
of
trawling
and
represented
86.4
percent
of
the
yearly
average
catch.

Koenig,
Evan
F.
(
1984).
"
Controlling
Stock
Externalities
in
a
Common
Property
Fishery
Subject
to
Uncertainty."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
11:
124­
138.

Two
methods
are
examined
for
regulating
stock
externalities
under
uncertainty;
quotas
and
taxes.
Dynamic
programming
is
used
to
characterize
the
externalities
precisely.
The
accuracy
with
which
the
current
size
of
the
resource
stock
can
be
monitored
is
found
to
be
of
crucial
importance
in
the
choice
between
tax
and
quota
regulation.
If
the
current
stock
is
observed
without
error,
taxes
are
capable
of
outperforming
any
quota.

Koenig,
Evan
F.
(
1984).
"
Fisheries
Regulation
Under
Uncertainty:
A
Dynamic
Analysis."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
1(
2):
193­
208.

This
paper
considers
alternative
methods
for
regulating
the
stock
externality
in
a
common
property
fishery.
The
methods
considered
are
fiat
price
controls,
a
quota
on
the
fish
catch,
and
taxes
on
the
size
or
value
of
the
fish
catch.
When
regulations
must
be
formulated
on
the
basis
of
incomplete
information,
these
methods
are
not
equivalent.
It
is
shown
that
taxes
are
the
preferred
regulatory
instrument
whenever
the
regulatory
authority
is
able
to
accurately
monitor
the
size
of
the
fish
stock.

Koenig,
Evan
F.
(
1996).

Capacity
Utilization
As
a
Real­
Time
Predictor
of
Manufacturing
Output.

Economic
Review,
Third
Quarter:
16­
23,
Federal
Reserve
Bank
of
Dallas,
P.
O.
Box
655906,
Dallas,
Texas.

The
Federal
Reserve
Board

s
initial
estimate
of
manufacturing
capacity
utilization
is
helpful
in
predicting
subsequent
growth
in
manufacturing
output.
Together
with
lagged
real­
time
output
growth
and
growth
in
composite
index
of
leading
indicators,
capacity
utilization
explains
more
than
50
percent
of
the
variation
in
output
growth
at
a
four
quarter
horizon.
Based
on
data
available
at
the
beginning
of
the
year,
the
forecasting
equation
predicts
little
or
no
growth
in
manufacturing
output
during
1996.

Korson,
Charles
S.
and
Wesley
Silverthorne
(
1987).
"
Economic
Status
of
the
Washington,
Oregon,
and
California
Groundfish
Fishery
in
1986."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS,
NOAA­
TM­
NMFS­
SWR­
018,
August,
39
pp.

This
is
the
third
in
a
series
of
annual
reports
describing
the
economic
status
of
the
Washington,
Oregon,
and
California
(
West
Coast)
groundfish
fishery.
This
fishery
consists
of
business
firms
and
recreationists
that
harvest
fish
stocks
regulated
under
the
Pacific
Coast
Groundfish
Fishery
Management
Plan.
The
focus
of
this
report
is
on
factors
affecting
the
economic
performance
of
domestic
commercial
firms
in
the
West
Coast
groundfish
fishery.

Kortbech­
Olesen,
R.
(
1984).
"
World
Shrimp
Trade
Continues
to
Expand."
3
7
4
The
Fish
Boat,
August:
22­
98
(
7
pages).

A
review
of
the
world
trade
in
shrimp,
the
effect
of
aquaculture,
and
the
International
Trade
Center
study
"
Shrimps:
A
Survey
of
the
World
Market."

Kotis,
Richard
J.
(
1984).
"
Strategies
For
A
Strengthened
Industry."
Chapter
9
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

The
author
(
1)
defines
the
fishing
tackle
industry
as
manufacturers
define
it,
(
2)
defines
the
marine
recreational
fisheries
as
the
fishing
tackle
industry
perceives
them,
and
(
3)
outlines
how
he
believes
marine
recreational
fisheries
can
be
improved,
expanded,
and
strengthened.
Hopefully,
this
will
provide
the
basis
for
a
stronger
total
industry.

Kouka,
Pierre­
Justin
(
1995).

An
Empirical
Model
of
Pricing
in
the
Catfish
Industry.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
2):
161­
169.

The
adoption
of
aquacultural
products
has
created
an
imbalance
of
market
power
between
catfish
producers
and
a
processing
sector
that
exerts
a
monopsonistic
power
in
certain
regions
of
the
U.
S.
such
as
west
Alabama.
However,
because
of
the
recent
changes
caused
by
vertical
integration
of
the
catfish
industry,
the
existence
of
an
oligopolistic
power
has
been
identified
in
the
catfish
industry.
An
empirical
model
of
pricing
in
the
catfish
industry
was
developed
using
a
theoretical
model
proposed
by
Appelbaum.
An
analysis
of
the
market
structure
was
conducted
to
provide
estimates
of
conjectural
elasticities
over
time.
Conjectural
elasticities
were
used
to
construct
the
oligopoly
power
index.
Results
show
some
evidence
of
the
existence
of
oligopolistic
power
in
the
catfish
industry
that
further
suggests
some
degree
of
price
enhancement.

Kraniotis,
Patricia
(
1993).
"
The
Fisheries
Enforcement
Agreement
Between
the
United
States
and
Canada."
Paper
presented
at
the
Workshop
on
Enforcement
Measures,
Organization
for
Economic
Co­
Operation
and
Development,
Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture,
and
Fisheries,
Committee
for
Fisheries,
Paris,
September.

This
paper
discusses
the
history
of
the
agreement
between
the
United
States
and
Canada
on
fisheries
enforcement.
It
discusses
the
Agreement
itself
and
the
implementing
domestic
laws
and
regulations.
The
paper
explores
how
the
agreement
has
functioned
in
operation,
evaluating
both
its
strengths,
weaknesses,
and
potential
applications
of
this
approach
in
other
fisheries
contexts.

Krapf,
David
(
1995).

From
TEDs
to
BRDs,
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Shrimp
fishermen
Shift
Bycatch
Focus.

In
Brad
Warren,
Win­
Win
Bycatch
Solutions.
National
Fisheries
Conservation
Center,
Seattle
WA.

The
paper
presents
a
discussion
of
the
marine
turtle
and
finfish
bycatch
problem
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
south
Atlantic
shrimp
fishery
whose
solution
is
expected
to
be
a
gear
modification
using
TED
and
BRD
devices.
Views
on
the
issue
by
both
commercial
fishermen
associations
and
conservation
groups
are
presented
and
discussed
in
the
report.

Krauthamer,
Judith
T.,
William
E.
Grant,
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1984).
"
Characteristics
of
the
Texas
Shrimp
Fleet,
1979­
82."
Marine
3
7
5
Fisheries
Review,
46(
2):
53­
59.

Sound
management
of
the
Texas
shrimp
fishery
requires
an
understanding
of
the
composition
of
the
shrimp
fleet
and
its
response
to
changing
economic
conditions
and
regulations.
This
study
utilized
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department
licensing
data
to
quantitatively
describe
and
evaluate
the
commercial
fleet
from
1979
to
1982.
Tables
representing
the
number
of
vessels
in
the
fleet,
the
license
(
bay,
bait,
Gulf)
or
license
combinations
that
they
maintain,
the
home
ports
of
vessels,
and
the
counties
of
residence
of
vessel
owners,
are
presented.
Despite
yearly
fluctuations,
the
shrimp
fleet
has
been
increasing,
as
have
been
the
purchases
of
single
and
multiple
licenses.
Decreases
in
the
number
of
vessels
in
the
fleet
for
any
given
year
resulted
primarily
from
vessels
less
than
25
feet
in
length
and
vessels
55­
70
feet
in
length
leaving
the
fishery.
The
expansion
of
the
fleet
in
1981
and
its
relationship
to
1981
fisheries
legislation
is
discussed.

Krauthamer,
Judith
T.,
William
E.
Grant,
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1987).
"
A
Sociobioeconomic
Model
:
The
Texas
Inshore
Shrimp
Fishery."
Ecological
Modelling,
35:
275­
307.

A
sociobioeconomic
model
(
SBM)
of
the
Texas
inshore
shrimp
fishery
is
developed
as
an
extension
of
a
General
Bioeconomic
Fisheries
Simulation
Model
(
GBFSM)
for
annual
crop
fisheries.
The
SBM
is
a
heuristic
model
which
redefines
the
traditional
concept
of
a
vessel
class
to
include
social
and
cultural
variables
that
describe
the
vessel
operators.
Sociocultural
variables
that
are
hypothesized
to
affect
harvesting
capability
of
fishermen,
or
relative
fishing
power
(
RFP)
of
vessels
that
they
operate,
are
identified
and
referred
to
as
Fishing
Advantage
variables.
Fishing
Advantage
variables,
age
of
operator,
years
of
experience,
and
innovativeness,
are
quantified
and
incorporated
into
the
GBFSM
through
modification
of
an
equation
that
calculates
RFP
for
different
SBM
vessel
classes.
Sociocultural
variables
hypothesized
to
affect
decisions
of
vessel
operators
to
exert
fishing
effort,
or
nominal
days
fished
(
NDF)
are
identified
and
referred
to
as
Motivational
variables.
These
include
deferred
gratification
orientation,
work
orientation,
and
vessel
ownership
status
of
the
vessel
operator.
A
method
using
decision
trees
to
direct
decision
making
based
on
Motivational
variables
and
economic
feedback
is
incorporated
into
the
GBFSM
to
adjust
NDF
for
different
vessel
classes.
Five
idealized
inshore
vessel
classes
representing
different
types
of
Texas
inshore
shrimp
vessels,
whose
operators
differ
in
Fishing
Advantage
and
Motivation,
are
included
in
the
SBM.
Examination
of
the
performance
of
individual
inshore
vessel
classes
indicated
that
policy
changes
have
different
economic
impacts
on
different
groups
of
fishermen,
with
revenue
and
rent
of
the
lowest
producers
being
most
sensitive
to
policy
changes.

Krautkraemer,
Jeffrey
A.
(
1990).
"
Taxation,
Ore
Quality
Selection,
and
the
Depletion
of
a
Heterogeneous
Deposit
of
a
Nonrenewable
Resource."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
18:
120­
135.

The
effect
of
taxation
on
depletion
is
examined
when
ore
quality
varies
within
a
deposit
and
the
firm's
selection
of
the
sequence
of
exploitation
is
constrained.
Tax
policies
in
this
setting
are
less
conserving
of
the
resource
than
if
ore
quality
is
homogeneous
and
can
be
less
conserving
of
the
resource
than
in
other
models
of
ore
quality
selection.
For
example,
a
constant
severance
tax
can
induce
faster
depletion,
decrease
the
life
of
the
mine,
reduce
total
recovery,
and
increase
metal
output
in
periods
when
extraction
is
positive.

Kronman,
Mick
(
1995).

Dolphin
Protection.

In
Brad
Warren,
Win­
Win
Bycatch
3
7
6
Solutions.
National
Fisheries
Conservation
Center,
Seattle
WA.

A
discussion
of
technical
solutions
to
the
dolphin
bycatch
problem
in
purse
seine
tuna
fishery
of
the
eastern
tropical
Pacific.
Including
back
down
techniques,
the
Medina
panel,
and
their
inventor
Harold
Medina.

Krupnick,
Alan
J.,
Wallace
E.
Oates,
and
Eric
Van
De
Verg
(
1983).
"
On
Marketable
Air­
Pollution
Permits:
The
Case
for
a
System
of
Pollution
Offsets."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
10:
233­
247.

After
examining
the
properties
of
several
alternative
forms
of
marketable
permit
systems
for
the
control
of
air
pollution,
this
paper
proposes
a
system
of
pollution
offsets
as
the
most
promising
approach.
Under
the
pollution
offset
scheme,
sources
of
emissions
are
free
to
trade
emission
permits
subject
to
the
constraint
of
no
violations
of
the
predetermined
air
quality
standard
at
any
receptor
point.
The
paper
shows
that
the
pollution
offset
system
has
the
capacity
to
achieve
the
predetermined
standards
of
air
quality
at
the
minimum
aggregate
abatement
cost,
while
making
comparatively
modest
demands
both
on
the
sources
and
on
the
administering
agency.

Krutilla,
John
V.
(
1981).
"
Reflections
of
an
Applied
Welfare
Economist."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
8:
1­
10.

Presidential
address
presented
at
the
annual
meeting
of
the
Association
of
Environmental
and
Resource
Economists.

Kumbhakar,
Subal
C.
and
Mickael
Lothgren
(
1998).

A
Monte
Carlo
Analysis
of
Technical
Inefficiency
Predictors.

Working
P)
aper
Series
in
Economics
and
Finance,
No.
229,
Stockholm
School
of
Economics.

This
paper
studies
performance
of
both
point
and
interval
predictors
of
technical
inefficiency
in
the
stochastic
production
frontier
model
using
a
Monte
Carlo
experiment.
In
point
prediction
we
use
the
Jondrow
et
al.
(
1980)
results,
while
for
interval
prediction
the
Horrace
and
Schmidt
(
1996)
and
Hjalmarsson
et
al.
(
1996)
results
are
used.
When
ML
estimators
are
used
we
find
negative
bias
in
point
predictions.
MSEs
are
found
to
decline
as
the
sample
size
increases.
The
mean
empirical
coverage
accuracy
of
the
confidence
int3rvals
are
found
to
be
significantly
below
the
corresponding
theoretical
confidence
levels
for
all
values
of
the
variance
ratio.

Kurien,
John
(
1998).

A
Few
Thoughts
From
the
Perspective
of
Small­
Scale
Fisheries
in
Asia.

Associate
Professor,
Centre
for
Development
Studies,
Trivandrum,
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity,
La
Jolla
California,
U.
S.
A.,
April
15­
18,
3
pp.

Overcapitalization
and
excess/
over
capacity
are
issues
that
engage
the
minds
of
fishery
managers
the
world
over.
In
the
artisanal,
small­
scale
fisheries
of
tropical
water
developing
countries,
overcapitalization
is
a
new
phenomenon,
overcapacity
is
not.

Kurien,
John
(
1998).

Does
International
Trade
in
Fisheries
Products
Contribute
to
Food
Security?

Discussion
note
prepared
for
the
FAO
EMail
Conference
on
Fisheries
Trade
and
Food
Security,
Associate
Professor,
Centre
for
Development
Studies,
Ulloor,
Thiruvananthapuram,
Kerala
State,
India,
8
pp.

The
new
globalization
initiatives
place
increased
faith
in
the
role
3
7
7
played
by
market
forces.
They
have
created
euphoria
about
the
ability
of
a
regime
of
vigorous
and
free
international
trade
in
food
products
to
solve
problems
of
food
security.
Achieving
food
security
depends
crucially
on
the
level
of
both
physical
and
economic
access
to
food
by
the
needy.
Trade
is
therefore
only
one
facilitating
factor,
and
fish
composes
only
a
small
part
of
the
food
basket.
Both
enhanced
trade
and
food
security
depend
substantially
on
the
content,
the
quantum
and
the
distribution
of
economic
growth
within
and
across
countries.
The
role
of
trade
and
fish
in
food
security
must
therefore
not
be
overrated,
and
when
examined
in
isolation,
done
so
with
caution.
What
contribution
can
fishery
products
make
in
moving
humanity
from
the
reality
of
widespread
food
insecurity
to
the
vision
of
a
world
free
from
hunger?
Does
international
trade
in
fishery
products,
in
the
manner
in
which
it
is
organized
today,
play
a
role
in
alleviating
food
insecurity
directly
or
indirectly?
If
not,
under
what
conditions
can
it
do
so
in
the
future?
We
need
to
ponder
over
these
issues.

Kurkul,
Patricia
A.
and
Stanley
D.
H.
Wang
(
1988).
"
Profitability
of
the
U.
S.
Northeast
Fisheries,
1976­
1986."
Draft
report,
Analytical
Services
Branch,
Northeast
Region,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Gloucester,
MA,
March,
25
pp.

The
methodology
used
to
generate
profit
data
and
a
discussion
of
profit
trends
are
presented.
Some
important
factors
are
discussed
in
relation
to
profit
trends
and
tentative
conclusions
are
drawn
about
fleet
financial
viability
over
this
time
period.

Kuronuma,
Yoshihiro
and
Clement
A.
Tisdell
(
1996).

Economics
of
Antarctic
Minke
Whale
Catches:
Sustainability
and
Welfare
Considerations.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
9(
2):
141­
158.

Clark

s
bioeconomic
model
is
applied
to
Antarctic
minke
whales
(
AMW),
the
backbone
of
the
commercial
whaling
in
1982
when
the
International
Whaling
Commission
(
IWC)
opted
for
a
ban
on
whaling
commencing
1985/
86.
The
moratorium
appears
not
to
be
justified
from
the
point
of
view
of
saving
AMW
from
extinction
or
for
maximizing
the
net
present
value
of
returns
to
whalers.
Catch
quotas
before
the
moratorium
are
found
to
be
lower
than
needed
for
survival
of
the
species
and
for
sustainability
of
the
harvests
and
returns.
It
seems
that
the
IWC
catch
quotas
and
the
moratorium
were
determined
not
by
conventional
bioeconomics,
but
by
other
factors
such
as
political
pressure
form
conservationists
who
suffered
adverse
externalities
from
whaling.
Nevertheless,
even
taking
such
externalities
into
account,
the
present
moratorium
seems
not
to
be
Kaldor­
Hicks
optimal.

Kuruc,
Michele
(
1993).
"
The
Lacey
Act."
Paper
presented
at
the
Workshop
on
Enforcement
Measures,
Organization
for
Economic
Co­
Operation
and
Development,
Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture,
and
Fisheries,
Committee
for
Fisheries,
Paris,
September
21­
22.

The
legislative
changes
made
to
the
Lacey
Act
during
the
past
93
years
are
chronicled.
A
survey
is
conducted
of
some
case
law
under
the
Act
involving
fish
and
wildlife.
The
intent
is
to
show
how
the
Act
has
protected
endangered
species
since
its
passage
in
1900.

Kusumastanto,
Tridoyo
and
Curtis
M.
Jolly
(
1997).

Demand
Analysis
for
Fish
in
Indonesian.

Applied
Economics,
29:
95­
100.

The
purpose
of
this
study
was
to
determine
an
aggregate
demand
function
and
the
factors
influencing
the
demand
for
fish
in
Indonesia
during
the
period
1967­
88.
Using
a
Box­
Cox
transformation
methodology,
the
double­
log
model
was
3
7
8
found
to
be
appropriate
for
explaining
the
demand
for
fish.
Results
of
static
analysis
showed
an
own­
price
of
­
0.102,
a
cross­
price
elasticity
for
eggs
of
0.271,
and
an
income
elasticity
of
0.506.
A
dynamic
analysis
using
a
Houthakker­
Taylor
model
indicated
that
fish
consumption
depended
on
psychological
food
buying
habits
of
consumers.
Short
run
and
long
run
elasticities,
resulting
from
a
partial
adjustment
model,
implied
that
per
capita
consumption
of
fish
is
growing
at
a
slow
rate.

Kusumastanto,
Tridoyo,
Curtis
M.
Jolly,
and
Chairul
Muluk
(
1996).

Investment
Analysis
for
Indonesian
Shrimp
Aquaculture.

Journal
of
Applied
Aquaculture,
6(
4):
1­
15.

Investment
strategies
for
Indonesian
shrimp
aquaculture
were
evaluated.
Three
strategies:
intensive,
semi­
intensive,
and
extensive
production
systems,
and
four
scales
of
operation:
small
scale
(
2
ha),
medium
scale
(
5
ha),
large
scale
(
10
ha),
and
extra
large
scale
(
30
ha)
were
examined.
Capital
budgeting
techniques
were
used
to
determine
the
system
and
scale
that
were
most
cost
effective
for
the
industry.
All
systems
showed
positive
net
present
values
and
had
acceptable
internal
rates
of
return.
The
2
ha
and
5
ha
semi­
intensive
were
the
most
cost
effective
with
or
without
financing.
The
intensive
strategy
is
less
attractive
for
10
ha
production
programs
compared
to
the
10
ha
and
30
ha
semi­
intensive.
The
results
showed
that
net
present
values
and
benefit
to
cost
ratios
increased
with
farm
sizes,
but
internal
rates
of
returns
(
IRR)
were
the
highest
for
2
ha
and
5
ha
semi­
intensive
farms.

Kutkuhn,
Joseph
H.
(
1984).
"
A
New
Fisheries
Emphasis
in
the
U.
S.
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service."
Chapter
3
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

An
explanation
of
the
U.
S.
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service's
new
fisheries
resources
emphasis.
The
objectives
are
to
rebuild
native
fisheries
resources,
mitigating
damage
to
fisheries
resources,
manage
fishery
resources
on
federal
lands,
enhance
endangered
and
threatened
fishes,
scientifically
based
fisheries
resources
management,
and
promote
public
awareness
of
the
Nation's
fisheries
resources.

Le
Cren,
E.
D.
and
M.
W.
Holdgate
(
eds.)
(
1962).
The
Exploitation
of
Natural
Animal
Populations.
John
Wiley
and
Sons,
Inc.,
New
York,
N.
Y.

This
is
the
report
of
the
Second
Symposium
of
the
British
Ecological
Society
on
the
exploitation
of
natural
animal
populations.

LaFrance,
Jeffrey
T.
and
W.
Michael
Hanemann
(
1989).
"
The
Dual
Structure
of
Incomplete
Demand
Systems."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
May:
262­
274.

Integrability
of
incomplete
demand
systems
is
discussed.
The
concepts
of
weak
integrability,
quasi­
expenditure
function,
quasi­
indirect
utility
function,
and
quasi­
utility
function
are
defined.
Their
relationships
to
the
expenditure
function,
indirect
utility
function,
and
utility
function
are
developed.
The
dual
structure
of
the
quasi­
functions
permits
exact
welfare
analysis
and
reveals
the
conditional
preference
structure
for
the
commodities
of
interest.
New
results
relating
the
uniqueness
and
exactness
of
consumer's
surplus
to
the
structure
of
the
expenditure
and
indirect
utility
functions
are
obtained.
3
7
9
Labisky,
Ronald
F.,
Douglas
R.
Gregory,
Jr.,
and
Joseph
A.
Conti
(
1980).
"
Florida's
Spiny
Lobster
Fishery:
An
Historical
Perspective."
Fisheries,
5(
4):
28­
37.

The
Florida
based
fishery
accounts
for
98
percent
of
the
spiny
lobster
landed
commercially
in
the
United
States;
this
catch
is
comprised
almost
exclusively
of
the
Florida
spiny
lobster,
Panulirus
argus.
The
commercial
lobster
industry
began
in
the
lower
Florida
Keys
during
the
early
1800'
s
principally
as
a
bait
fishery
that
supported
the
local
finfish
industry.
Subsequent
developments
in
the
lobster
fishery
have
essentially
mirrored
the
prosperity
of
Key
West.
In
1908,
landings
totaled
about
53,000
pounds
that
were
valued
at
$
3,600.
The
fishery
began
to
exhibit
progressive
expansion
in
the
1940'
s,
a
trend
that
continued
through
the
1970'
s.
A
sport
(
diver)
fishery
for
lobsters
that
began
in
the
1950'
s
has
also
gained
prominence.
Commercial
landings
in
Florida,
including
catches
from
international
waters,
peaked
in
1972
at
11.4
million
pounds.
The
peak
in
ex­
vessel
landings
value,
$
13.4
million,
was
attained
in
1974.
The
strong
international
fishery
that
developed
during
the
1960'
s
was
severely
curtailed
in
1975
by
the
closure
of
Bahamian
fishing
grounds
to
foreign
fishing.
Domestic
catches
from
Florida
waters
declined
slightly
during
the
1970'
s,
despite
a
substantial
increase
in
fishing
effort.
Retrospectively,
the
spiny
lobster
has
not
only
strongly
impacted
the
culture,
sociology,
and
economics
of
south
Florida,
but
has
also
emerged
to
rank
second
only
to
shrimp
as
Florida's
leading
fishing
industry.

Lacewell,
Ronald
D.,
Wade
L.
Griffin,
James
E.
Smith,
Wayne
A.
Hayenga
(
1974).
"
Estimated
Costs
and
Returns
for
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Vessels:
1971."
Departmental
Technical
Report
No.
74­
1,
The
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas,
January,
36
pp.

This
study
is
an
analysis
of
expected
vessel
costs,
returns,
and
economic
implications
of
alternative
shrimp
price
situations.
Costs
and
return
estimates
were
based
on
1971
data
taken
from
29
vessels
separated
into
two
classifications:
(
1)
53
to
65
foot
and
(
2)
66
to
72
foot.
Annual
landings
of
shrimp
were
41,551
and
56,933
heads­
off
pounds
for
small
and
large
vessels,
respectively.
Total
annual
variable
cost
was
$
30,031
for
small
vessels
and
$
51,632
for
large
vessels.
Based
on
an
expected
20
year
life
and
1971
vessel
costs,
annual
fixed
cost
was
$
8,144
and
$
10,421
for
small
and
large
vessels,
respectively.
Gross
revenue
was
$
46,800
for
smaller
vessels
based
on
a
price
of
$
1.13
per
pound
and
$
69,869
for
large
vessels
based
on
a
price
of
$
1.23
per
pound.
The
resulting
net
per
vessel
was
$
8,625
and
$
7,816
for
small
and
large
vessels,
respectively.
The
investment
analysis
indicated
that
the
internal
rate
of
return
for
a
small
vessel
was
24
percent
without
external
financing
and
50
percent
with
normal
financing
arrangements
of
an
80
percent
loan
at
8
percent
interest
for
6
years.
This
compares
to
an
internal
rate
of
return
for
large
vessels
of
7
percent
without
financing
and
32
percent
with
the
financing
arrangement
described
above.

Lackey,
Robert
T.
and
Wayne
A.
Hubert
(
1976).
Analysis
of
Exploited
Fish
Populations,
VPI­
SG­
76­
04,
Sea
Grant,
Extension
Division,
Virginia
Polytechnic
Institute
and
State
University,
Blacksburg,
Virginia.

The
purpose
of
this
text
is
to
provide
students
and
practicing
fisheries
scientists
with
a
basic
understanding
of
the
analysis
of
exploited
fish
populations.
Methods
for
evaluating
the
state
of
a
population
and
techniques
that
lead
to
management
options
and
decisions
are
presented.
Population
dynamics
is
approached
from
a
broad,
principle
oriented
direction.
3
8
0
Ladner,
Rosamund,
Leah
J.
Smith,
Susan
Peterson,
and
James
Wilson
(
1981).
"
Bibliography
of
Socio­
Economic
Studies:
Fisheries
of
the
Northeast
U.
S."
Woods
Hole
Oceanographic
Institution,
Technical
Report
WHOI­
81­
99,
Woods
Hole,
Massachusetts
02543.

This
bibliography
of
social
and
economic
studies
of
the
fisheries
of
the
Northeast
United
States
includes
annotated
listings
for
each
entry
and
an
index
of
key
works
for
cross
referencing.
We
have
attempted
to
include
all
studies
published
since
1970,
and
a
selected
group
of
particularly
significant
studies
done
earlier.
The
major
focus
has
been
on
commercial
fisheries,
but
recreational
fishing
studies
have
also
been
included
when
possible.
In
addition
to
studies
of
the
Northeast
United
States
fisheries,
studies
of
Canadian
fishing
subsidies,
European
and
other
markets,
have
been
included
because
of
their
relevance
to
the
regional
industry.
All
stages
of
the
fishing
industry's
operation
­
harvesting,
processing,
distribution,
marketing
­
are
included,
along
with
management
and
policy
oriented
material.

Lallemand,
Philippe,
J.
M.
Gates,
Joel
Dirlam,
and
Jung
Hee
Cho
(
1998).

The
Costs
of
Small
Trawlers.

Final
report,
Department
of
Environmental
&
Natural
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
RI,
March,
54
pp.

The
results
of
an
economic
survey
of
small
northeast
fishing
vessels
using
otter
trawl
gear
is
described.
The
population
consisted
of
572
persons
who
were
holders
of
groundfish
permits,
had
fishing
vessels
of
65
feet
or
less,
and
who
reported
catches
in
New
England
using
trawl
gear
in
1996.
A
10
percent
response
rate
was
achieved
from
a
mail
survey
of
a
questionnaire
that
generated
35
usable
responses
from
a
probable
population
of
420
fishermen.
The
results
of
our
mail
survey
of
small
trawlers
are
presented
in
eleven
sets
of
tables
and
4
sets
of
figures.
Each
table
summarizes
quantitative
data
responses
by
providing
two
or
more
measures
of
central
tendency
(
the
mean
or

average

,
the
median,
and
the
mode),
and
two
measures
of
variability
(
the
standard
deviation,
the
standard
error
of
the
mean,
the
skewness,
and
the
range).
The
Count
on
total
respondents
for
each
question
is
also
provided
as
an
indication
of
the
reliability
of
the
results.

Lam,
C.
F.,
J.
D.
Whitaker,
and
F.
S.
Lee
(
1989).
"
Model
for
White
Shrimp
Landings
for
the
Central
Coast
of
South
Carolina."
North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
9:
12­
22.

A
stock
recruitment
relationship
(
SRR)
was
developed
for
white
shrimp
Penaeus
setiferus
in
the
central
coastal
area
of
South
Carolina.
The
SRR
is
a
Beverton­
Holt
type
curve
for
which
May
and
June
commercial
fishery
landings
represent
stock
and
August­
January
landings
represent
recruitment.
A
variable,
August
salinity
in
Charleston
Harbor,
was
selected
by
the
stepwise
regression
process,
and
it
was
combined
with
the
Beverton­
Holt
equation
to
produce
a
model
that
explained
86.8%
of
the
variation
in
August­
January
landings.
The
final
model
was
used
to
develop
a
family
of
SRR
curves
in
which
each
curve
corresponded
to
a
different
salinity.
This
model
was
sufficiently
robust
to
forecast
below
average,
average,
and
above
average
fall
landings
from
readily
obtainable
data
collected
in
spring
and
summer.
These
findings
support
South
Carolina's
existing
management
strategy
of
protecting
spring
spawners
as
much
as
possible
after
severe
winter
weather
when
the
brood
stock
has
suffered
heavy
mortality.

Lambert,
David
K.
and
J.
S.
Shonkwiler
(
1995).

Factor
Bias
Under
Stochastic
Technical
Change.

American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
77(
3):
578­
590.
3
8
1
Time
series
procedures
are
employed
to
determine
the
influence
of
technological
change
in
inducing
factor
bias
in
U.
S.
agricultural
production
between
1948
and
1983.
A
dynamic
measurement
error
model
is
used
to
link
research
expenditures
to
the
unobserved
technological
change
variable.
Biasedness
in
labor
and
material
factor
shares
is
established.

Lambert,
David
K.
and
Amin
Ussif
(
1997).

A
Distance
Function
Approach
to
Multifactor
Productivity
Measurement
in
U.
S.
Agriculture.

Presentation
for
the
Western
Agricultural
Economics
Association,
Reno
Nevada,
July
13­
16,
17
pp.

A
new
procedure
is
developed
to
derive
estimates
of
productivity.
Distance
function
values
are
calculated
between
observed
netputs
and
a
reference
technology
constructed
by
augmenting
observed
netputs
for
quality
changes.
MFP
growth
rates
average
around
2%
over
the
postwar
period.
Discrepancies
occur
between
the
distance
function
estimates
and
traditional
measures.

Lambregts,
Johannes
A.
D.,
Sayra
G.
Thacker,
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1993).
"
Economic
Evaluation
of
Different
Densities
for
Various
Sized
Shrimp
Farms
in
Texas."
Journal
of
the
World
Aquaculture
Society,
24(
1):
12­
22.

There
has
been
a
trend
toward
intensification
of
shrimp
farming
in
the
U.
S.
Fifteen
simulated
farms
were
used
to
evaluate
economies
of
scale
and
to
compare
three
Penaeus
vannamei
commercial
production
strategies:
semiintensive
intensive,
and
very
intensive.
Large
economies
of
scale
were
associated
with
each
production
strategy.
Over
the
range
of
farm
sizes
considered,
investment
cost
per
hectare
decreased
approximately
50%
and
production
cost
decreased
approximately
25%.
Farms'
returns
were
measured
with
Internal
Rate
of
return
(
IRR).
When
investment
was
greater
than
$
0.75
million,
the
intensive
strategy
provided
slightly
better
returns
to
the
investor
than
semi­
intensive
or
very
intensive
strategies.
At
investment
levels
less
than
$
0.75
million,
the
semi­
intensive
strategy
provided
the
highest
IRR.

Lambregts,
J.
A.
D.,
W.
L.
Griffin,
R.
D.
Lacewell,
J.
T.
Davis,
and
G.
M.
Clary
(
1993).
"
Estimated
Costs
and
Returns
for
Catfish
Farms
With
Recirculating
Ponds
Along
the
Upper
Texas
Coast."
Journal
of
Agriculture
and
Applied
Economics,
25(
2):
1­
12.

Costs,
returns,
and
economies
of
scale
for
small,
medium,
and
large
catfish
farms
with
recirculating
ponds
are
presented
for
the
upper
Texas
coast.
Internal
rates
of
return
are
0.150,
0.183,
0.219,
respectively.
Total
investment
is
higher
than
farms
with
static
ponds
but
investment
per
unit
production
capacity
is
7
percent
to
16
percent
lower.
Average
total
cost
per
pound
is
between
$
0.565
and
$
0.541
(
11
percent
­
20
percent
lower
than
farms
using
current
technology).
These
results
have
implications
for
regional
comparative
advantage
of
catfish
production
as
well
as
incentive
for
adoption
of
new
technology
in
conventional
ponds.

Lamkin,
John
Tillman
(
1984).

A
Study
of
the
Galveston
Bay
Bait­
Shrimp
Fishery.

Thesis,
Wildlife
and
Fisheries
Sciences,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas,
December,
79
pp.

A
study
of
the
bait
fish
fishery
in
Galveston
Bay,
Texas
and
its
impact
on
finfish
bycatch.
Monthly
shrimp:
finfish
abundance
rations
ranged
from
6.4:
1
to
1.5:
1
with
bait
shrimp
catch
of
brown
and
white
shrimp.
A
total
of
348,585
kg
of
finfish
were
caught
in
the
Galveston
Bay
bait­
shrimp
fishery
3
8
2
during
this
study.
However,
bycatch
mortality
appears
to
be
negligible
and
impact
upon
juvenile
fish
stocks
minimal.

Lampe,
H.
C.,
B.
J.
Bates,
and
I.
E.
Strand
(
19??).
"
Fish,
A
Dynamic
Bio­
Economic
Simulator."
Department
of
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
Rhode
Island.

Fish
is
a
Fortran
IV
level
G
program
designed
for
simulating
the
growth,
capture
and
sale
of
any
two
species
of
fish.
It
can
be
executed
from
a
terminal
or
from
a
source
deck.
The
biological
model
follows
closely
the
models
designed
by
Beverton
and
Holt.
The
economic
behavior
is
based
on
J.
F.
Farrell
and
H.
C.
Lampe's
model.

Lane,
Daniel
E.
(
1986).
"
A
Partially
Observable
Model
of
Decision
Making
by
Fishermen."
Working
Paper
86­
46,
University
of
Ottawa.

This
paper
presents
an
application
of
a
partially
observable
Markov
decision
process
for
the
intraseasonal
decisions
of
fishing
vessel
operators.
Throughout
each
fishing
season
independent
vessel
operators
must
decide
in
which
zone
or
fishing
ground
of
the
fishery
to
fish
during
each
period
to
catch
the
most
fish
with
the
highest
return
to
fishing
effort.
Fishermen's
decisions
are
assumed
to
be
made
to
maximize
net
operating
income.
The
decision
model
incorporates
the
potential
catch
of
fish,
the
cost
of
fishing
effort,
and
the
unit
price
of
fish.
Catch
potential
is
modeled
by
considering
the
abundance
of
the
fish
stock
and
the
catchability
of
the
fishing
technique.
Abundance
dynamics
not
directly
observed
are
modeled
as
a
Markov
chain
with
a
parsimonious
state
space
representation
that
renders
the
problem
practicable.
Dynamic
decision
policies
are
computed
by
the
method
of
optimal
control
of
the
process
over
a
finite
horizon.
The
resultant
policies
are
used
to
simulate
distributions
of
fishermen's
net
operating
income,
fishing
effort
dynamics,
and
catch
statistics.
The
model
may
be
used
as
a
decision
aid
in
the
regulation
of
the
common
property
fisheries
resource.

Lane,
Daniel
E.
(
1987).
"
Investment
Decision
Making
by
Fishermen."
Working
Paper
87­
20,
University
of
Ottawa,
March.

This
paper
develops
and
applies
a
model
of
investment
decision
making
by
fishermen.
The
results
of
the
model
present
an
accurate
picture
of
actual
investment
decisions
and
provide
valuable
insights
into
the
behavioral
basis
of
investment
decision
making
by
fishermen.
Understanding
the
investment
decisions
of
fishermen
has
implications
for
planning
and
regulation
in
fisheries.
Insights
gained
into
the
key
factors
behind
fishermen's
investment
decisions
provide
the
basis
for
the
development
of
strategic
long
term
policies
that
anticipate
fishermen's
behavior.
The
consequences
will
be
a
movement
away
from
reactive,
short
term
policies
that
have
characterized
fisheries
regulation
to
date.
Individual
fishermen
make
investment
decisions
in
an
environment
that
is
competitive
and
highly
variable
from
season
to
season.
Extensive
variability
means
that
economic
survival
must
be
a
primary
consideration
in
the
investment
decision
process.
In
this
paper
fishermen's
investment
decisions
are
modeled
as
a
probabilistic
dynamic
programming
problem
in
discrete
time.
Fishermen
are
assumed
to
make
rational
decisions
based
on
income
expectations
and
subject
to
survivability
conditions
to
maximize
the
net
worth
of
fishing
enterprise
at
the
end
of
a
finite
planning
horizon.
The
formal
analysis
of
the
investment
model
is
presented
and
the
model
is
applied
to
troller
fishermen
of
the
British
Columbia
commercial
fishing
fleet.

Lane,
Daniel
E.
(
1996).
"
Report
by
Correspondence
of
the
Study
Group
on
the
Management
Performance
of
Individual
Transferable
Quota
(
ITQ)
3
8
3
Systems."
ICES
CM1996/
Assess:
19,
Advisory
Committee
on
Fishery
Management,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
Palaegade
2­
4,
DK­
1261,
Copenhagen
K
Denmark,
September,
30
pp.

A
bibliography
of
studies
on
individual
transferable
quotas.
The
purpose
of
the
Study
Group
is
to
examine
and
assess
current
work
on
ITQs
and
the
experience
compiled
from
those
systems
already
in
place.
The
purpose
of
this
report
is
to
examine
what
significant
work
has
been
done
to
date
on
ITQs,
what
work
is
currently
in
progress,
and
to
consider
initiatives
within
ICES
toward
developing
a
better
understanding
of
all
implications
of
rights
based
systems
in
fisheries
management
in
general,
and
ITQS
in
particular.
The
intention
is
to
have
ICES
use
the
information
from
this
report
and
that
provided
by
the
Study
Group
in
considering
the
need
for
future
meetings
and
an
expanded
mandate.

Lane,
Daniel
E.
(
1997).
"
ICES
Study
Group
on
the
Management
Performance
of
Individual
Transferable
Quota
(
ITQ)
Systems."
Study
Group
Meeting,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
166
Waters
Street,
Woods
Hole,
Mass.,
USA,
April,
18
pp.

An
agenda
for
a
meeting
on
individual
transferable
quotas
with
an
extensive
bibliography.

Lane,
Daniel
E.
(
1997).
"
Evaluation
of
Potential
Gains
and
Costs
of
the
Transition
to
Responsible
Fisheries:
Model
For
Analysis."
AGR/
FI(
97)
10,
Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture,
and
Fisheries,
Fisheries
Committee,
Organization
for
Economic
Co­
operation
and
Development,
Sept.,
34
pp.

A
model
framework
is
applied
to
a
Canadian
fisheries
case
study
for
tracking
the
dynamic
transition
of
the
fishery
to
a
position
of

responsible
fisheries

.
It
is
envisaged
that
the
model
will
be
used
by
the
Secretariat
to
analyze
national
case
study
submissions.

Lange,
Anne
M.,
Morgan
L.
McCosh,
Rita
Curtis,
Terry
Smith,
Rob
Hicks,
Doug
Lipton,
and
Peter
Fricke
(
1998).

Atlantic
Striped
Bass
Study:
Socio­
Economic
Benefits
of
the
Striped
Bass
Resource.

Report
to
Congress,
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
and
Department
of
the
Interior,
U.
S.
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service,
Fishery
Management
Division,
September,
65
pp.

This
report
constitutes
the
socio­
economic
analysis
of
the
benefits
of
the
Atlantic
Striped
Bass
resource
mandated
by
Congress
in
its
reauthorization
of
the
Striped
Bass
Act
in
1977.
Existing
economic
data
and
analyses
are
used
to
provide
a
characterization
of
the
fisheries
that
outlines
the
possible
benefits
to
the
nation
from
successful
fisheries
management,
but
does
not
quantify
those
benefits.
Limited
resources
and
time
preclude
an
in­
depth
examination
of
striped
bass
angling
and
commercial
harvest
and
their
resulting
social
and
economic
value
and
impacts.
Further
study
and
data
are
needed
if
Congress
wants
to
quantify
the
economic
importance
of
the
striped
bass
fishery.

Langley,
Lynne
(
1997).

Big
Haul
Forecast
for
Shrimpers.

The
Post
and
Courier,
Charleston,
SC,
May
18,
2
pp.

A
newspaper
announcement
of
the
opening
of
the
south
Atlantic
white
shrimp
fishing
season,
promising
an
above
average
fishing
season,
with
fishermen

s
comments.
3
8
4
Langmo,
R
Donald,
Christopher
N.
Carter,
and
Ronald
O.
Bailey
(
1975).
"
Marketing
Characteristics
of
Oregon's
Fresh
Frozen
Shrimp
Industry."
Oregon
State
University,
Sea
Grant
College
Program,
Publication
No.
ORESU­
T­
75­
002,
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Special
Report
No.
440,
August,
23
pp.

This
work
consolidates
from
many
sources
features
of
the
fresh
frozen
shrimp
industry
in
terms
of
its
product
volume,
growth
trends,
and
position
relative
to
other
Oregon
seafood
commodities.
Market
structure
and
functions
are
described
as
the
product
moves
from
the
fisherman
through
the
processor,
broker,
wholesaler,
and
retailer
to
the
consumer.
There
is
brief
speculation
on
needs
for
future
studies
of
marketing.

Larkin,
P.
A.
(
1963).
"
Interspecific
Competition
and
Exploitation."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
20(
3):
647­
678.

The
consequences
of
exploitation
of
either
or
both
of
a
pair
of
competing
species
are
examined
using
the
Lotka­
Volterra
equations.
The
removal
of
a
fixed
proportion
of
a
population
on
an
instantaneous
basis
shifts
the
equilibrium
population
sizes
for
both
the
exploited
species
and
its
competitor.
Similar
shifts
occur
when
both
species
are
exploited.
The
maximum
sustained
yield
of
a
species
can
be
estimated
under
various
degrees
of
exploitation
of
its
competitor.
The
maximum
combined
sustained
yield
can
be
estimated
for
various
relative
values
of
the
two
species.
From
this
analysis
it
is
observed
(
1)
harvesting
only
one
species
may
provide
a
mistaken
underestimate
of
capacity
for
sustained
yield,
(
2)
harvesting
two
species
but
relating
yield
to
the
fishing
mortality
rate
of
only
one
of
the
two
may
give
a
misleading
overestimate
of
further
capacity
for
sustained
yield.
Similar
conclusions
can
be
drawn
if
exploitation
rate
is
proportional
to
abundance.

Larkin,
P.
A.
(
1966).
"
Exploitation
in
a
Type
of
Predator­
Prey
Relationship."
Journal
Fisheries
Research
Board
of
Canada,
23(
3):
349­
356.

The
response
of
a
predator­
prey
system
to
exploitation
are
explored.
This
type
of
equation
system
is
perhaps
a
suitable
representation
of
the
type
of
natural
situation
in
which
a
predator
is
wholly
dependent
on
one
species
of
prey
for
food,
and
in
which
factors
other
than
predators
may
regulate
prey
abundance.
Yield
and
value
isopleths
are
presented
for
sample
values
of
the
above
parameters
and
for
various
rates
of
fishing.

Larkin,
P.
A.
(
1978).
"
Fisheries
Management
­
An
Essay
for
Ecologists."
Ann.
Rev.
Ecol.
Syst.,
9:
57­
73.

The
paper
attempts
to
expose
for
ecologists
who
are
not
fisheries
biologists
what
fisheries
biology
and
management
are
all
about.
The
population
dynamics
of
fish
and
fishermen
are
woven
together
in
an
attempt
to
project
the
present
state
of
our
understanding
of
the
population
ecology
of
fisheries
and
the
state
of
the
art
of
fisheries
management.
It
concludes
with
some
guesses
about
some
of
the
developments
in
the
future.

Larkin,
Peter
A.
(
1984).
"
The
Problem
with
George
or
the
Role
of
Devleopment
in
Fisheries
Management."
Chapter
13
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

A
tongue
in
cheek
discussion
of
the
role
of
development
in
fisheries
3
8
5
management
using
an
alleged
letter
from
a
former
student
as
the
vehicle.

Larkin,
Sherry
L.
and
J.
Walter
Milon
(
1997).

Florida

s
Spiny
Lobster
Fishery:
Preliminary
Analysis
Using
Catch­
Effort
Data.

Draft
Report,
P.
O.
Box
110240,
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
Florida,
August,
22
pp.

Several
surplus
production
models
are
estimated
for
Florida

s
commercial
spiny
lobster
(
Panulirus
argus)
fishery.
Results
are
used
to
derive
and
compare
selected
biological
parameters
including
the
intrinsic
growth
rate,
catchability
coefficient,
and
maximum
stock
level.
The
model
developed
by
Clarke,
Yoshimoto,
and
Pooley
best
explained
the
dynamics;
this
model
had
the
highest
explanatory
power
largest
number
of
statistically
significant
independent
variables,
and
reasonable
estimates
of
the
biological
parameters.
Using
this
model,
a
statistical
difference
was
found
during
years
of
fishing
in
international
waters.
This
result
did
not,
however,
appreciably
alter
the
biological
parameter
estimates.

Larkin,
Sherry
L.
and
Gilbert
Sylvia
(
1995).

Intrinsic
Product
Characteristics
and
Fisheries
Management:
An
Intraseason
Bioeconomic
Analysis
of
the
Pacific
Whiting
Fishery.

Draft
Report,
Department
of
Agriculture
and
Resource
Economics,
Ballard
Extension
Hall
322,
Oregon
State
University,
Corvallis,
Oregon
and
the
Coastal
Oregon
Marine
Experiment
Station,
Hatfield
Marine
Science
Center,
Oregon
State
University,
Newport,
Oregon,
August.

An
empirical
bioeconomic
model
of
the
Pacific
whiting
fishery
is
developed
to
illustrate
the
inefficiency
of

calendar
independent

policies
for
managing
stocks
that
display
physical
variation
within
seasons.
The
model
uses
the
characteristics
of
the
harvested
product
to
link
biological
information
with
the
economics
of
production.
The
socially
optimal
short
run
management
plan
jointly
regulates
the
intra
season
harvest
pattern
and
quasiproperty
rights
allocation.
The
distinct
effects
of
these
regulations
are
examined
using
sensitivity
analysis.
Results
indicate
that
society
benefits
from
harvest
plans
that
consider
intrinsic
characteristics
by
regulating
the
timing
of
harvest
within
each
season.
Moving
from
an
early
to
a
later
season
fishery
increased
3­
year
net
present
value
from
U.
S.
$
36.5
million
to
$
66.4
million
due
to
greater
biological
growth
and
higher
product
recovery
rates
associated
with
improved
intrinsic
quality
of
the
fish.
Results
also
show
a
conservation
effect
for
both
the
resource
stock
and
the
ecosystem.
In
addition,
the
magnitude
of
benefits
are
robust
to
the
allocations
held
by
onshore
and
offshore
sectors.
This
analysis
offers
insights
for
improving
fisheries
management.

Larkin,
Sherry
L.
and
Gilbert
Sylvia
(
1995).

Intrinsic
Product
Characteristics
and
Intraseason
Production
Efficiency.

Draft
Report,
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL
and
the
Coastal
Oregon
Marine
Experiment
Station,
Hatfield
Marine
Science
Center,
Oregon
State
University,
Newport,
Oregon.

Aside
from
the
determination
of
harvest
levels,
contemporary
management
of
many
species
is
dominated
by
concerns
for
the
economic
well­
being
of
the
harvesters,
especially
when
there
are
several
competing
heterogenous
harvest
groups.
Fisheries
managers,
therefore,
often
overlook
the
biological
and
economic
effects
of
seasonal
physiological
changes
in
individual
fish
cohorts.
For
many
marine
species,
these
changes
can
affect
harvest
yields,
processor
recovery
rates,
and
quality
characteristics
of
processed
products.
Ignoring
these
factors
can
lead
to
smaller
socks
and
harvests,
increased
costs,
lower
3
8
6
valued
products
and
significant
losses
in
regional
and
national
welfare.
The
Pacific
whiting
(
Merluccius
productus)
fishery
serves
as
a
case
study
to
understand
the
importance
of
pre­
harvest
fish
quality
and
fisheries
management
including
the
determination
of
annual,
seasonal,
and
user
group
quotas.
A
bioeconomic
programming
model
is
used
to
evaluate
the
relationship
between
the
various
quota
strategies
and
management
goals
of
stock
conservation,
economic
value,
and
maximum
utilization.

Larkin,
Sherry
L.,
Donna
Lee,
and
Charles
Adams
(
1997).

Atlantic
Pelagic
Fisheries:
Analysis
of
1996
Trip
Summary
Statistics.

Draft
Report,
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL,
August,
19
pp.

Logbook
trip
summary
data
was
analyzed
for
commercial
U.
S.
vessels
that
participated
in
Atlantic
pelagic
fisheries
in
1996.
The
economics
were
compared
between
alternative
vessel
and
trip
groupings.
These
comparisons
revealed
an
appropriate
means
to
disaggregate
the
industry
for
use
in
future
bioeconomic
modeling
of
the
North
Atlantic
swordfish
(
Xiphius
gladus)
fishery.

Larkin,
Sherry
L.,
Donna
Lee,
and
Charles
Adams
(
1998).

Costs,
Earnings,
and
Returns
to
the
U.
S.
Atlantic
Pelagic
Longline
Fleet
in
1996.

SP98­
9,
Staff
Paper
Series,
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL,
June,
44
pp.

Logbook
trip
and
set
summary
data
collected
by
the
NMFS
are
analyzed
for
commercial
U.
S.
pelagic
longline
vessels
that
participated
in
Atlantic
pelagic
fisheries
in
1996.
These
data
are
augmented
with
the
U.
S.
Coast
Guard
vessel
database
to
incorporate
vessel
characteristics.
Average
fish
weights
and
prices
from
NMFS
observers,
licenced
seafood
dealers,
and
the
Fisheries
Statistics
and
Economics
Division,
respectively,
are
used
to
estimate
gross
revenues.
This
revenue
is
compared
to
average
reported
cost
and
earnings
information.
Comparisons
by
vessel
and
trip
types
are
also
made.
The
Atlantic
pelagic
longline
fleet
consisted
of
259
vessels
that
landed
(
e.
g.,
offloaded
for
sale)
approximately
240,000
fish
(
more
that
30
species)
in
1996.
Each
vessel
average
12
trips
during
which
they
placed
five
sets
(
each
with,
on
average,
632
hooks
over
25
miles).
The
average
trip
lasted
10
days
and
grossed
$
10,270.
Supply
costs
averaged
$
4,708
for
fuel,
bait,
light
sticks,
ice,
and
groceries,
and
$
2,623
for
miscellaneous
expenses.
The
total
crew
payment
averaged
$
3,903
($
1,055
per
crew
member).
In
addition,
vessel
owners
and
captains
(
if
not
the
owners)
received
$
4,422
and
$
1,521,
respectively.
This
analysis
suggests
considering
the
fleet
as
heterogeneous
by
vessel
length
and
the
number
of
sets
per
trip
based
on
cost
and
revenue
calculations.
Disaggregating
the
fleet
by
vessel
size
(
e.
g.,
length)
and
fishing
behavior
(
i.
e.,
number
of
sets
per
trip)
may
be
necessary
to
account
for
significant
differences
in
reported
landings
and
estimated
financial
returns.
It
may
be
especially
important
to
incorporate
these
differences
into
management
decisions
when
considering
proposed
changes
in
fleet
and
fisheries
regulations.

Larson,
Douglas
M.
(
1993).

Joint
Recreation
Choices
and
Implied
Values
of
Time.

Land
Economics,
69(
3):
270­
286.

A
model
of
joint
recreation
quantity
choices
is
developed.
Individuals
choose
both
total
time
spent
at
distant
sites
and
the
number
of
trips
taken,
implicitly
choosing
average
on­
site
time.
The
model
permits
nonzero
marginal
utility
of
travel,
makes
on­
site
time
endogenous,
and
is
linear
in
the
constraints.
The
scarcity
value
of
time
is
analyzed
without
assuming
the
marginal
utility
of
work
time
is
zero.
A
partially
testable
assumption
about
relative
marginal
values
of
travel
and
on­
site
time
yields
nonparametric
3
8
7
calculations
of
the
scarcity
value
of
time
and
marginal
values
of
trips
and
days
on­
site
from
people

s
observed
optimal
quantity
choices.

Larson,
Douglas
M.
(
1993).

On
Measuring
Existence
Value.

Land
Economics,
69(
4):
377­
388.

The
prevailing
consensus
that
existence
value
can
only
be
measured
by
contingent
valuation
is
questioned.
The
concern
is
over

pure

existence
value,
a
change
in
welfare
when
a
public
good
changes
that
leaves
no
trace
in
behavior.
Pure
existence
value
may
well
be
more
a
consequence
of
the
simple
models
used
to
characterize
nonuse
value
than
a
reflection
of
how
people
value
public
goods.
If
so,
nonuse
value
can
in
principle
be
obtained
from
observing
behavior
as
well
as
from
asking
questions,
which
offers
a
prospect
for
crosschecks
and
corroboration
using
both
approaches.
Some
possibilities
for
empirical
measurement
are
suggested.

Larson,
Douglas
M.,
Brett
W.
House,
and
Joseph
M.
Terry
(
1996).

Towards
Efficient
Bycatch
Management
in
Multispecies
Fisheries:
A
Nonparametric
Approach.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
3):
181­
201.

Linear
programming
based
models
of
individual
multispecies
groundfish
operations
in
the
Bering
Sea/
Aleutian
Islands
area
are
developed
and
applied
to
the
question
of
determining
efficient
bycatches.
The
policy
tool
is
halibut
quotas,
which
restrict
the
bycatch
of
halibut
and
also
induce
changes
in
the
target
species
catch
composition
and
bycatch
of
other
prohibited
species.
Efficient
quotas
can
be
interpolated
from
the
locus
of
shadow
values
for
discrete
halibut
quotas
relative
to
the
opportunity
cost
of
prohibited
species
bycatch
induced
by
the
policy
set
quotas
on
halibut
bycatch.
Because
of
information
limitations
intrinsic
to
fisheries
management,
the
efficient
halibut
quotas
are
considered
in
the
context
of
ranges
of
marginal
value
and
marginal
opportunity
cost
developed
using
short
and
long
run
groundfish
fishery
models
and
standard
error
estimates
of
opportunity
cost.

Larson,
Douglas
M.,
Brett
W.
House,
and
Joseph
M.
Terry
(
1998).

Bycatch
Control
in
Multispecies
Fisheries:
A
Quasi­
Rent
Share
Approach
to
the
Bering
Sea/
Aleutian
Islands
Midwater
Trawl
Pollock
Fishery.

American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
80(
4):
778­
792.


Optimal

bycatch
rules
and
quota
share
price
estimates
are
derived
from
a
multispecies
production
technology
model
of
the
factory
trawler
fleet
targeting
on
midwater
pollock
in
the
Bering
Sea/
Aleutian
Islands
region
of
the
North
Pacific
Ocean.
Data
routinely
collected
by
federal
and
state
fisheries
officials
on
catch
and
revenue
by
species,
week,
and
operation
are
used
to
identify
the
aggregate
restricted
quasi­
rent
function
for
the
fishery
by
estimating
the
associated
system
of
inverse
demands
for
species
quotas.
The
model
is
estimated
using
data
for
the
1991
and
1992
seasons,
and
separability
and
nonjointness
of
the
technology
are
tested
for
and
rejected.

Lave,
Charles
A.
(
1970).
"
The
Demand
for
Urban
Mass
Transportation."
The
Review
of
Economics
and
Statistics,
52:
320­
324.

This
paper
explores
some
of
the
factors
which
influence
the
commuter's
choice
of
mode.
It
attempts
to
provide
quantitative
estimates
of
the
degree
of
transit
improvement
that
will
be
necessary
to
attract
commuters.

Lea,
J.
D.
and
J.
S.
Shonkwiler
(
1988).
"
Misspecification
in
Simultaneous
Systems:
An
Alternative
Test
and
Its
Application
to
a
Model
of
the
Shrimp
Market."
Southern
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
20(
2):
65­
72.
3
8
8
Concern
over
the
effects
of
public
policies
based
on
misspecified
econometric
models
motivates
interest
in
a
procedure
to
test,
diagnose,
and
improve
the
specification
of
models
that
have
been
estimated
with
three
stage
least
squares.
A
test
of
system
wide
specification
based
on
Hausman's
specification
test
is
employed
in
a
test
of
the
a
priori
restrictions
placed
on
the
parameters
of
a
structural
model
of
the
U.
S.
shrimp
market.
The
null
hypothesis
of
proper
specification
is
rejected.
After
diagnosis
via
a
comparison
of
unrestricted
and
restricted
reduced
forms
and
respecification,
the
null
hypothesis
cannot
be
rejected.

Lean,
Judith
and
David
Rind
(
1996).
"
The
Sun
and
Climate."
Consequences,
2(
1):
27­
36.

The
Sun
is
almost
certainly
implicated
in
some
of
the
climate
changes
of
the
past,
and
may
today
affect,
to
some
degree,
the
weather
from
year
to
year.
Yet,
were
it
the
only
agent
of
climatic
change,
we
would
live
in
a
world
where
the
mean
global
surface
temperature
varied,
in
any
century,
through
limits
of
at
most
about
0.5o
C.
We
are
not
yet
able
to
predict
those
changes,
beyond
what
is
now
known
of
the
Sun

s
much
smaller,
eleven
year
variation.
Over
longer
scales
of
time,
possible
changes
in
solar
radiation
could
modify
the
warming
that
has
been
projected
in
mid
range,
consensus
IPCC
models
for
the
end
of
the
next
century
by
at
most
about
25
percent.
Our
understanding
of
solar
variations
needs
to
be
extended
if
we
are
to
refine
these
estimates
to
the
level
of
most
of
the
other
climatic
variables
on
which
current
projections
are
based.

Leard,
Richard,
John
Merriner,
Vincent
Guillory,
Borden
Wallace,
and
Dalton
Berry
(
1995).
"
The
Menhaden
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
United
States:
A
Regional
Management
Plan."
Draft
Report
Number
32,
Gulf
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission,
P.
O.
Box
726,
Ocean
Springs,
Mississippi,
February.

A
fishery
management
plan
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
menhaden
fishery
that
describes
the
management
objectives,
problems
in
the
fishery,
and
the
existing
economic,
social,
and
biological
information
for
the
fishery.

Leard,
Richard,
John
Merriner,
Vincent
Guillory,
Borden
Wallace,
and
Dalton
Berry
(
1995).
"
The
Menhaden
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
United
States:
A
Regional
Management
Plan."
Report
Number
32,
Gulf
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission,
P.
O.
Box
726,
Ocean
Springs,
Mississippi,
April.

A
fishery
management
plan
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
menhaden
fishery
that
describes
the
management
objectives,
problems
in
the
fishery,
and
the
existing
economic,
social,
and
biological
information
for
the
fishery.

Leard,
Richard,
Behzad
Mahmoudi,
Harry
Blanchet,
Henry
Lazauski,
Kyle
Spiller,
Mike
Buchanan,
Christopher
Dyer,
and
Walter
Keithly
(
1995).

The
Striped
Mullet
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
United
States:
A
Regional
Management
Plan.

No.
33,
Gulf
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission,
P.
O.
Box
726,
Ocean
Springs,
Mississippi,
December.

A
fishery
management
plan
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
striped
mullet
fishery
that
describes
the
management
objectives,
problems
in
the
fishery,
and
the
existing
economic,
social,
and
biological
information
for
the
fishery.

Leard,
Richard,
Richard
Matheson,
Karen
Meador,
Walter
Keithly,
Clarence
Luquet,
Mark
Van
Hoose,
Christopher
Dyer,
Scott
Gordon,
James
Robertson,
Doug
Horn,
and
Rita
Scheffler
(
1993).

The
Black
Drum
Fishery
of
the
3
8
9
Gulf
of
Mexico,
United
States:
A
Regional
Management
Plan.

No.
28,
Gulf
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission,
P.
O.
Box
726,
Ocean
Springs,
Mississippi,
May.

The
present
stock
assessment
concludes
that
the
black
drum
population
in
the
gulf
is
healthy;
however,
states
should
continue
to
monitor
their
fisheries
to
maintain
a
conservation
standard
that
is
at
least
equivalent
to
a
20%
SSB/
R
ratio.
States
should
adopt
gear
restrictions,
size
limits,
bag
limits,
seasonal
quotas
or
other
restrictions
as
needed,
and
they
should
work
cooperatively
to
enact
regulations
that
are
consistent
among
states
to
the
maximum
extent
possible.
All
fish
should
be
landed
whole,
with
heads,
tails
and
flesh
naturally
attached,
and
only
licensed
commercial
fishermen
should
be
allowed
to
sell
drum.
State
should
also
evaluate
the
impacts
of
regulations
and
their
effects
on
solving
problems
and
accomplishing
management
objectives.
This
evaluation
should
include
effects
on
black
drum
from
restrictions
used
to
protect
other
fisheries.

Leary,
Terrance
R.
(
1983).
"
Review
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Management
Plan
for
Shrimp."
Second
Australian
National
Prawn
Seminar.

Seasonal
closures
in
the
western
gulf
are
estimated
to
have
increased
gulf
wide
yield
of
Penaeus
aztecus
by
9%
in
1981
and
6%
in
1982.
Monitoring
spring
water
temperatures
and
salinities
allows
some
degree
of
accuracy
in
predicting
annual
abundance
of
this
species.
Salinities
about
10
parts
per
hundred
and
temperatures
above
20
degrees
C
are
favorable.
Benefits
of
management
of
P.
duorarum
in
the
eastern
Gulf
are
less
clearly
defined,
and
relationships
to
environmental
factors
are
not
clearly
understood.
Restriction
on
U.
S.
vessels
access
to
former
foreign
fishing
grounds
and
increased
imports
from
mariculture
may
require
a
reassessment
of
the
management
program.

Leatherman,
Stephen
P.
and
Robert
J.
Nicholls
(
1991).
"
Difficulties
in
Measuring
and
Predicting
Sea­
Level
Rise."
Proceedings
of
the
Conference
on
Oceans,
Climate,
Man,
Turin,
Italy,
April.

Relative
sea
level
change
at
a
particular
location
is
primarily
the
sum
of
global
change
and
local
change
in
land
elevation.
Published
values
for
sea
level
rise
vary
from
0.5
to
3
mm
per
year
reflecting
active
local
uplift
or
subsidence.
Screening
these
data,
it
can
be
shown
that
long
term
tide
gauge
records
measure
the
same
underlying
trend
of
sea
level
change.
For
planning
and
engineering
purposes,
government
officials
and
decision
makers
should
utilize
the
one
meter
benchmark
because
this
estimate
is
well
within
the
probable
range
of
change.

Ledyard,
John
and
Leon
N.
Moses
(
1976).
"
Dynamics
and
Land
Use:
The
Case
of
Forestry."
In
Ronald
E.
Grieson
(
ed.)
Public
and
Urban
Economics,
Lexington
Books,
D.
C.
Heath
and
Company,
Lexington,
Massachusetts.

This
chapter
develops
a
model
that
combines
(
1)
Thunen's
conception
of
rent
as
it
varies
with
distance
and
transport
costs
from
a
center
and
(
2)
Samuelson's
capital
theory
reasoning
of
the
impact
of
the
interest
rate
and
other
costs
on
the
steady
state
solution
for
any
given
parcel
of
forest
land
without
regard
to
location
and
transport
costs.

Lee,
Dennis
(
1990).
"
Tabulation
of
Recent
Data
on
Swordfish
Sex
Ratio
at
Size
Collected
From
the
U.
S.
Fishery."
ICCAT
Working
Document,
SCRS/
90/,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
3
9
0
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida.

Recently,
more
intensive
sampling
of
swordfish
sex
ratio
at
size
has
been
implemented
in
the
U.
S.
swordfish
fleet.
The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
document
the
data
available
from
these
efforts.

Lee,
Dennis
(
1991).
"
Update
of
the
1990
and
1991
Data
Available
on
Swordfish
Sex
Ratio
at
Size
Collected
From
the
U.
S.
Fishery."
ICCAT
Working
Document,
SCRS/
91/
44,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida.

Efforts
were
continued
in
1990
and
1991
to
sample
the
U.
S.
swordfish
fleet
for
sex
ratio
at
size
data.
Morphometric
measurements,
sex
determination,
and
biological
data
were
collected
through
various
sampling
activities.
These
data
may
prove
useful
for
stratifying
swordfish
landings
by
sex.
The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
document
the
current
data
available
from
these
efforts.

Lee,
Dennis
W.
and
Gerald
P.
Scott
(
1991).
"
Development
of
Length
and
Weight
Regression
Parameters
for
Atlantic
Swordfish
(
Xiphias
gladius)."
ICCAT
Working
Document
SCRS/
91/
43,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL.

Availability
of
a
common
unit
of
measurement,
such
as
lower
jaw
fork
length
(
LJFL),
is
often
used
for
partitioning
the
catch
into
age
groups
for
age
based
stock
assessments.
In
the
U.
S.
fleet,
swordfish
(
Xiphias
gladius)
are
processed
for
the
commercial
market
at
sea.
The
processing
used
involves
the
removal
of
the
head,
viscera,
gills,
and
caudal
fin
of
the
carcasses.
In
addition,
whole
weights
cannot
be
measured
on
landed
fish.
Because
the
recent
ICCAT
agreement
for
a
minimum
size
swordfish
of
25
kg,
whole
weight,
predictive
relationships
between
the
commonly
available
measurements
for
the
U.
S.
landings
were
needed.
For
these
reasons,
length­
weight
and
length­
length
relationships
were
derived
from
data
collected
by
at
sea
observers
and
volunteer
crew
members
aboard
cooperating
swordfish
vessels
to
allow
conversion
form
carcass
length
(
CK)
to
LJFL
and
CK
to
dressed
(
DWT)
and
whole
weights.

Lee,
Dennis
W.,
Cheryl
J.
Brown,
Albert
J.
Catalano,
Justin
R.
Grubich,
Thomas
W.
Greig,
Robert
J.
Miller,
and
Michael
T.
Judge
(
1994).

SEFSC
Pelagic
Longline
Observer
Program
Data
Summary
for
1992­
1993.

NMFS­
SEFSC­
347,
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
April,
19
pp.

This
document
provides
an
overview
of
the
pelagic
longline
observer
program
and
summary
of
those
data
collected
in
the
southeast
region
from
May,
1992
through
December,
1993.

Lee,
Donna
and
Charles
Adams
(
1996).

A
Bioeconomic
Model
of
the
North
Atlantic
Swordfish
Fishery.

Proposal
to
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
September,
10
pp.

The
objectives
of
this
study
are
to
(
1)
determine
the
effectiveness
of
3
9
1
current
management
policy
in
sustaining
swordfish
stocks
and
improving
long
run
net
economic
returns
to
the
fishery,
(
2)
provide
comparisons
of
current
policy
(
i.
e.
TAC
direct
and
bycatch
quotas)
to
proposed
policies
in
terms
of
sustainability
of
the
fishery
and
long
run
economic
returns,
and
(
3)
compute
the
optimal
6
month
harvest
quota
and
bycatch
limit
under
the
following
alternate
goals:
maximize
long
run
economic
returns,
maximize
annual
yields,
and
maximize
likelihood
of
sustaining
the
fishery
beyond
a
specified
target
date.

Lee,
Donna,
Sherry
L.
Larkin,
and
Charles
Adams
(
1996).

A
Bioeconomic
Analysis
of
Proposed
Regulations
in
the
U.
S.
North
Atlantic
Swordfish
Fishery.

Staff
Paper
SP
98­
10,
Institute
of
Food
and
Agricultural
Sciences,
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
Fl,
June,
56
pp.

A
bioeconomic
programming
model
was
developed
for
the
North
Atlantic
swordfish
(
Xiphias
gladius)
fishery
to
examine
the
effect
of
alternative
management
schemes.
The
model
uses
population
dynamic
equations
obtained
from
the
International
Commission
for
the
Conservation
of
Atlantic
Tunas
(
ICCAT)
and
characteristics
of
the
domestic
fleet
as
reported
to
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
NMFS)
in
1996.
The
model
chooses
the
annual
harvest
level
and
domestic
fleet
size
that
maximize
the
net
present
value
of
returns
to
the
U.
S.
commercial
fishery
across
a
five­
year
time
horizon
(
which
corresponds
with
the
ICCAT
management
time
line).
The
model
explicitly
includes
conservation
measures.
Results
indicate
that
five­
year
economic
returns
to
the
U.
S.
Atlantic
longline
fishery
(
discounted
at
ten
percent
annually)
can
be
increased
by
reducing
fleet
size
or
by
lowering
the
mortality
of
incidentally
caught
juveniles.
Domestic
policies
aimed
at
reducing
juvenile
mortality
may
increase
biomass
in
subsequent
years
and
benefit
the
entire
industry.
Regulators
need,
however,
to
jointly
consider
such
policies
since
an
increase
in
stock
size
may
be
able
to
support
a
larger
domestic
fleet
(
which
would
contrast
with
proposed
limited
entry
policies.).

Lee,
John,
Jr.
(
1994).

Transparency,
Empowerment,
and
the
Public
Interest:
A
View
on
the
Role
of
Publicly­
Employed
Agricultural
Economists.

American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
76(
5):
1010­
1021.

What
should
publicly
supported
institutions
that
employ
agricultural
economists
expect
of
them.

Lee,
Lung
Fei
and
Robert
P.
Trost
(
1978).
"
Estimation
of
some
Limited
Dependent
Variable
Models
with
Application
to
Housing
Demand."
Journal
of
Econometrics,
8:
357­
382.

A
model
that
extends
the
switching
regression
models
and
combines
several
different
limited
dependent
variable
models
into
a
general
framework
is
introduced.
Methods
to
get
consistent
estimates
and
asymptotic
efficient
estimates
are
derived.
Our
estimation
procedures
are
then
used
to
study
a
housing
expenditure
model
that
takes
into
account
the
simultaneous
determination
of
whether
or
not
to
own
and
how
much
to
spend.

Lee,
S.
Todd
and
Daniel
Holland
(
1999).

The
Impact
of
Noisy
Catch
Data
on
Estimates
of
Fishing
Capacity
Derived
From
DEA
and
Stochastic
Frontier
Models:
A
Monte
Carlo
Comparison.

Draft
report,
Alaska
Fisheries
Science
Center,
NMFS,
7600
Sand
Point
Way
NE,
Seattle,
WA,
23
pp.

There
is
currently
much
national
and
international
interest
in
measuring
commercial
fishing
capacity.
Two
quantitative
methods
that
will
likely
be
3
9
2
used
for
this
purpose
are
data
envelopment
analysis
(
DEA)
and
stochastic
frontier
(
SF)
production
functions.
Although
both
methods
can
be
used
to
estimate
a
production
frontier,
their
underlying
assumptions
and
method
of
solving
for
the
frontier
are
quite
different.
Once
substantial
difference
is
how
each
model
handles
noisy
data.
An
understanding
of
the
implications
of
this
difference
is
important
because
random
variation
is
likely
to
exist
in
commercial
fishery
catch
data.
This
research
uses
Monte
Carlo
simulations
to
investigate
possible
finite
sample
biases
attributable
to
this
type
of
noise.
The
results
suggest
that
the
mean
bias
associated
with
noisy
data
is
often
substantially
larger
for
DEA
than
SF.
However,
the
frequency
distributions
of
the
biases
from
each
method
show
a
wide
variation
in
some
cases.

Lee,
T.
C.,
G.
G.
Judge,
and
A.
Zellner
(
1968).
"
Maximum
Likelihood
and
Bayesian
Estimation
of
Transition
Probabilities."
American
Statistical
Association
Journal,
December:
1162­
1179.

In
this
paper,
maximum
likelihood
and
bayesian
methods
are
presented
for
estimating
transition
probabilities
when
data
in
the
form
of
aggregated
proportions
are
available.
The
probability
function
for
the
observed
proportions
is
assumed
to
have
a
multinomial
distribution
under
the
Lexis
scheme.
The
multivariate
beta
distribution
is
used
as
the
prior
probability
density
function
in
formulating
the
Bayesian
estimator.
The
results
of
some
Monte
Carlo
experiments
provide
some
evidence
on
the
sampling
properties
of
several
alternative
estimators.

Lee,
T.
C.,
G.
G.
Judge,
and
A.
Zellner
(
1970).
Estimating
the
Parameters
of
the
Markov
Probability
Model
from
Aggregate
Time
Series
Data.
North­
Holland
Publishing
Company,
Amsterdam.

This
book
(
1)
summarizes
and
evaluates
the
initial
results
of
markov
chain
models
as
appropriate
probability
model
for
time
series
data
when
the
observation
at
any
point
in
time
is
the
state
or
category
into
which
the
unit
being
observed
falls,
(
2)
develops
alternative
macro
transition
probability
estimators
and
the
corresponding
computer
routines,
and
(
3)
evaluates
the
finite
sample
properties
of
these
various
estimators
by
a
limited
sampling
experiment.
Although
the
results
reported
apply
primarily
to
aggregate
data
generated
from
a
stationary
first
order
Markov
process,
the
extension
of
the
results
to
areas
concerned
with
the
estimation
of
transition
probabilities
that
are
not
time
constant
and
the
general
problem
of
estimation
when
proportion
data
are
used
are
considered
in
appendices.

Leeworthy,
Vernon
R.
(
1990).
"
An
Economic
Allocation
of
Fishery
Stocks
Between
Recreational
and
Commercial
Fishermen:
The
Case
of
King
Mackerel."
Ph.
D.
Dissertation,
Department
of
Economics,
Florida
State
University.

The
economic
value
and
the
economic
impact
were
estimated
for
Florida's
east
and
west
coast
recreational
and
commercial
king
mackerel
fisheries
using
1986
data.
In
1986,
king
mackerel
fisheries
in
Florida
were
economically
more
important
to
both
the
nation
and
to
the
state
of
Florida's
economy
than
the
commercial
king
mackerel
fisheries
in
Florida.
These
conclusions
held
even
assuming
large
errors
in
estimation.
Separate
reviews
are
included
that
contest
the
authors
conclusions
of
theoretical
and
empirical
grounds.

Leeworthy,
Vernon
R.
and
Peter
C.
Wiley
(
1996).

Importance
and
Satisfaction
Ratings
By
Recreating
Visitors
to
the
Florida
Keys/
Key
West.

Linking
the
Economy
and
Environment
of
Florida
Keys/
Florida
Bay,
Strategic
Environmental
Assessments
Division,
Office
of
Ocean
Resources
Conservation
and
Assessment,
National
Ocean
Service,
National
Oceanic
3
9
3
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
November,
23
pp.

This
report
includes
ratings
given
by
visitors
on
the
importance
of,
and
satisfaction
derived
from
25
natural
resource
attributes,
facilities
and
services
using
importance­
performance
or
importance­
satisfaction
techniques.

Leeworthy,
Vernon
R.
and
Peter
C.
Wiley
(
1996).

Visitor
Profiles:
Florida
Keys/
Key
West.

Linking
the
Economy
and
Environment
of
Florida
Keys/
Florida
Bay,
Strategic
Environmental
Assessments
Division,
Office
of
Ocean
Resources
Conservation
and
Assessment,
National
Ocean
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
November,
159
pp.

A
survey
was
conducted
of
visitors
in
Monroe
County
Florida
during
two
seasons:
July
­
August
1995
and
January
­
April
1996.
Over
8,100
visitors
were
interviewed
and
over
11,000
questionnaires
were
completed
which
gathered
information
on
visitors

characteristics,
activities,
spending
habits,
and
importance
and
satisfaction
ratings
on
25
selected
facilities,
services
and
natural
resource
attributes.
The
sample
design
also
allowed
for
the
estimation
of
total
visitation.
Estimates
are
provided
for
June
­
November
1995
and
December
1995
­
May,
1996.
Annual
totals
or
weighted
annual
averages
were
also
estimated
for
the
June
1996
­
May
1996
period.
Estimates
were
also
made
by
geographic
region
Upper
Keys,
Middle
Keys,
Lower
Keys,
and
Key
West).

Leeworthy,
Vernon
R.
(
1997).

Draft
Goals,
Objectives
and
Assessment
Efforts
Required
for
Socioeconomic
Monitoring
in
the
Florida
Keys
National
Marine
Sanctuary.

Linking
the
Economy
and
Environment
of
Florida
Keys/
Florida
Bay,
Strategic
Environmental
Assessments
Division,
Office
of
Ocean
Resources
Conservation
and
Assessment,
National
Ocean
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
October,
3
pp.

The
primary
goal
of
socioeconomic
monitoring
is
to
detect
and
document
resultant
changes
in
Sanctuary
resource
utilization
patterns
and
their
impact
on
market
and
nonmarket
economic
values
of
Sanctuary
resources.

Leeworthy,
Vernon
R.
and
J.
M.
Bowker
(
1997).

Nonmarket
Economic
User
Values
of
the
Florida
Keys/
Key
West.

Linking
the
Economy
and
Environment
of
Florida
Keys/
Florida
Bay,
Strategic
Environmental
Assessments
Division,
Office
of
Ocean
Resources
Conservation
and
Assessment,
National
Ocean
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
October,
41
pp.

This
report
presents
a
simple
conceptual
model
that
illustrates
the
link
between
the
economy
and
the
environment.
Environmental
and
natural
resource
economic
theory
is
used
to
show
how
sustainable
use
is
related
to
environmental
quality,
and
environmental
quality

s
relationship
to
market
and
nonmarket
economic
values.

Leeworthy,
Vernon
R.
and
Peter
C.
Wiley
(
1997).

A
Socioeconomic
Analysis
of
the
Recreation
Activities
of
Monroe
County
Residents
in
the
Florida
Keys/
Key
West.

Linking
the
Economy
and
Environment
of
Florida
Keys/
Florida
Bay,
Strategic
Environmental
Assessments
Division,
Office
of
Ocean
Resources
Conservation
and
Assessment,
National
Ocean
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
August,
49
pp.

The
results
of
a
study
to
establish
the
recreational
use
of
the
Florida
3
9
4
Keys/
Key
West
by
residents
of
Monroe
Country,
resident

s
ratings
on
the
importance
and
satisfaction
with
25
selected
natural
resource
attributes,
facilities,
and
services,
and
the
economic
contribution
that
resident
recreation
activity
makes
to
Monroe
County.

Leeworthy,
Vernon
R.
and
Peter
C.
Wiley
(
1997).

Technical
Appendix:
Sampling
Methodologies
and
Estimation
Methods
Applied
to
the
Survey
of
Monroe
County
Residents.

Linking
the
Economy
and
Environment
of
Florida
Keys/
Florida
Bay,
Strategic
Environmental
Assessments
Division,
Office
of
Ocean
Resources
Conservation
and
Assessment,
National
Ocean
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
October,
58
pp.

This
technical
appendix
to

A
Socioeconomic
Analysis
of
the
Recreation
Activities
of
Monroe
County
Residents
in
the
Florida
Keys/
Key
West

provides
detailed
documentation
on
how
various
measurements
were
derived.

Legault,
Christopher
and
Mauricio
Ortiz
(
1998).

Delta
Lognormal
Estimates
of
Bycatch
for
Gulf
of
Mexico
King
and
Spanish
Mackerel
and
Their
Impact
on
Stock
Assessment
and
Allowable
Biological
Catch.

MSAP/
98/
12,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Sustainable
Fisheries
Division,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
March.

An
alternative
approach
to
a
generalized
linear
model
is
used
to
estimate
bycatch
levels
for
king
and
Spanish
Mackerel
in
the
shrimp
fishery.
The
delta
method
treats
values
as
a
two
part
process,
the
probability
of
encountering
a
positive
value
and
the
expected
value
given
that
a
positive
value
is
encountered.
Estimating
each
part
separately
and
multiplying
the
results
within
each
strata
produces
an
alternative
estimate
of
CPUE
and
thus
annual
bycatch.

Leigh,
Peter
(
1997).

Benefits
and
Costs
of
the
Ruffe
Control
Program
for
the
Great
Lakes
Fishery.

Draft
report.
Habitat
Conservation
Office,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland.

Although
data
on
Great
Lake
fish
stocks
and
values
are
uncertain
estimates,
reasonable
approximations
can
be
made
concerning
economic
losses
for
the
United
states
from
various
types
of
management
practices.
Based
on
biometric
changes
that
are
projected
to
occur,
it
appears
that
early
control
of
a
nonindigenous
fish
species,
specifically
ruffe
(
Gymnocephalus
cernuus),
can
result
in
significant
investment
returns.
By
instituting
a
ruffe
control
program,
benefits
to
the
public
will
exceed
costs
by
44
to
1
over
the
next
five
decades.
Under
a
moderate
case
projection
of
benefits
this
will
yield
an
estimated
net
public
savings
of
$
513
million
for
the
United
states.
Since
sportfishing
values
are
much
greater
than
commercial
fishing
values,
anglers
will
benefit
the
most
from
this
program.

Leman,
Christopher
K.
and
Robert
H.
Nelson
(
19??).
"
Ten
Commandments
for
Policy
Economists."

The
incorporation
of
economic
approaches
into
policy
making
requires
special
skills
on
the
part
of
the
economist.
This
article
examines
the
use
of
economics
in
government
as
illustrated
by
the
experience
of
the
natural
resources
agencies.
It
presents
ten
guiding
rules
for
the
practicing
policy
economist:
(
1)
be
economical
about
the
use
of
economics;
(
2)
discount
for
political
demand;
(
3)
dare
to
be
"
quick­
and­
dirty",
(
4)
think
like
a
manager;
(
5)
analyze
equity
as
well
as
efficiency;
(
6)
know
your
market;
(
7)
pay
your
3
9
5
organizational
dues;
(
8)
profit
form
action­
forcing
events;
(
9)
do
not
oversell
economic
analysis;
and
(
10)
learn
policy
economics
by
doing
it.

Lence,
Sergio
H.,
Dermot
J.
Hayes,
and
William
H.
Meyers
(
1995).

The
Behavior
of
Forward­
Looking
Firms
in
the
Very
Short
Run.

American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
77(
4):
922­
934.

The
study
develops
a
theory
of
very
short
run
forward
looking
behavior
allowing
for
forward
trading
and
storage
of
final
good
and
material
input.
Production
and
storage
are
separable
from
hedging
decisions
and
depend
only
upon
current
forward
and
cash
prices.
Comparative
statics
are
derived
regarding
production,
purchases,
and
sales.
The
hypotheses
advanced
are
tested
with
monthly
data
pertaining
to
the
U.
S.
soybean
processing
industry.
Results
suggest
that
in
sort
run
equilibrium
futures
prices
of
the
soybean
complex
have
had
little
influence
on
crushings
or
production,
but
they
have
been
important
determinants
of
inventory
levels.

Lent,
Rebecca
(
1993).
"
Welfare
Assessment
of
Recreational
Demand
Using
Count
Data."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

Count
data
from
the
recreational
bluefin
tuna
fishery
are
used
to
estimate
a
truncated
Poisson
travel
cost
model.
Angler
consumer
surplus
(
ACS)
approximated
from
model
parameters
is
compared
to
OLS
and
previous
studies'
estimates.
ACS
helps
determine
a
rational
quota
allocation
in
the
absence
of
property
rights
based
fishery
management.

Lent,
Rebecca
(
1994).
"
Recreational
Fisheries
and
Limited
Access."
Position
Paper
presented
at
the
Limited
Access
Workshop,
Seattle,
Washington,
November
1­
3.
Highly
Migratory
Species
Divison,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Springs,
Maryland.

Limited
access
and
individual
transferable
quota
management
programs
for
recreational
fisheries
are
discussed.
The
existing
limited
literature
is
presented
and
major
points
presented
from
each
study
that
pertain
to
this
topic.
Future
research
in
the
area
is
outlined.

Lent,
Rebecca
(
1997).
"
1977
Shark
Evaluation
Workshop
Annual
Report,
1998
Atlantic
Shark
Regulations,
and
Magnuson­
Stevens
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act
Implementation."
SAFE
Report,
Memorandum
for
Shark
Operations
Teams
Members,
Highly
Migratory
Species
Division,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Springs,
Maryland,
Oct.
22,
4
pp.

The
1997
Stock
Assessment
and
Fishery
Evaluation
Report(
SAFE)
has
been
assembled
from
(
1)
the
1997
Shark
Evaluation
Workshop
(
SEW)
Annual
Report
with
attached
memo;
and
(
2)
Chapter
4
of
the
Draft
Amendment
1
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Sharks
of
the
Atlantic
Ocean
(
FMP)
entitled

Affected
Environment

,
which
describes
the
social
and
economic
aspects
of
the
fishery.
Additionally,
the
section
describing
the
functions
and
composition
of
the
Highly
Migratory
Species
(
HMS)
Advisory
Panel
(
AP);
Federal
Register
notices
announcing
NMFS

s
intent
to
prepare
two
Environmental
Impact
Statements
and
hold
Scoping
Meetings;
the
HMS
Scoping
Document;
a
memo
describing
the
NMFS

s
interpretation
of
the
precautionary
approach;
and
the
NOAA
fisheries
Strategic
Plan
are
also
attached.

Lery,
J.
M.,
J.
Prado,
and
U.
Tietze
(
1999).

Economic
Viability
of
Marine
Capture
Fisheries.

FAO
Fisheries
Technical
Paper
377,
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations,
Rome,
Italy,
130
pp.
3
9
6
Findings
of
a
global
study
and
an
interregional
workshop
on
the
economic
and
financial
viability
of
the
most
common
fishing
craft
and
gear
combinations.
In
spite
of
fully
and
sometimes
over­
exploited
fishery
resources,
marine
capture
fisheries
in
most
cases
are
an
economically
and
financially
viable
undertaking
which
generates
sufficient
revenue
to
cover
the
cost
of
deprecation
as
well
as
the
opportunity
cost
of
capital
to
generate
funds
for
reinvestment
in
addition
to
employment,
income,
and
foreign
exchange
earnings.

Levhari,
David
and
Nissan
Liviatan
(
1977).
"
Notes
on
Hotelling's
Economics
of
Exhaustible
Resources."
Canadian
Journal
of
Economics,
10(
2):
177­
192.

The
paper
provides
some
extensions
of
Hotelling's
fundamental
paper
on
the
economic
theory
of
exhaustible
resources.
One
of
the
main
modifications
introduced
in
the
paper
concerns
the
assumption
of
complete
versus
incomplete
exhaustion
of
the
resource.
Under
complete
exhaustion
the
concept
of
full
marginal
cost
must
include
a
term
that
reflects
the
alternative
cost
of
producing
an
extra
unit
at
the
terminal
time.
Under
incomplete
exhaustion
this
term
vanishes.
To
derive
these
results,
we
present
a
novel
formula
for
the
full
marginal
cost
of
extracting
exhaustible
resources.
Also,
the
principle
that
marginal
profit
has
to
increase
over
time
exponentially
at
a
rate
equal
to
the
interest
rate
(
r
percent
rule)
is
shown
to
be
valid
only
under
special
conditions.
The
modifications
to
this
rule
are
discussed.

Levhari,
David
and
Leonard
J.
Mirman
(
1980).
"
The
Great
Fish
War:
An
Example
Using
a
Dynamic
Cournot­
Nash
Solution."
The
Bell
Journal
of
Economics,
11:
649­
661.

In
recent
years
there
have
been
numerous
international
conflicts
about
fishing
rights.
These
conflicts
are
wider
in
scope
than
those
captured
by
the
model
presented
in
this
paper.
Yet
the
model
sheds
light
on
the
economic
implications
of
these
conflicts
as
well
as
on
the
implications
of
other
duopolistic
situations
in
which
the
decisions
of
the
participants
affect
the
evolution
of
an
underlying
population
of
interest.
Our
model
has
two
basic
features:
the
underlying
population
changes
as
a
result
of
the
actions
of
both
participants,
and
each
participant
takes
account
of
the
other's
actions.
This
strategic
aspect
is
studied,
for
an
example,
by
using
the
concept
of
a
Cournot­
Nash
equilibrium
in
which
each
participant's
reaction
depends
on
the
stock
of
fish
and
not
on
previous
behavior.
Thus,
the
model
is
a
discretetime
analog
of
a
differential
game.
The
paper
examines
the
dynamic
and
steady
state
properties
of
the
fish
population
that
results
from
the
interactions
of
the
participants.

Levhari,
David,
Ron
Michener,
and
Leonard
J.
Mirman
(
1981).
"
Dynamic
Programming
Models
of
Fishing:
Competition."
The
American
Economic
Review,
71(
4):
649­
661.

In
this
paper
a
simple
framework
will
be
provided
in
which
many
important
results
new
to
the
literature
can
be
derived.
One
bonus
of
this
approach
is
that
much
of
the
previous
literature
can
be
organized
and
rationalized.
The
simplicity
of
the
mathematics
has
the
effect
of
revealing
the
underlying
economic
intuition
of
the
subject.
Throughout
the
paper
the
self
renewing
resource
will
be
referred
to
as
fish.
However,
it
should
be
clear
that
the
analysis
is
perfectly
general
in
that
it
can
be
applied
to
any
self
renewing
resource.
In
fact,
by
specializing
the
production
function,
and
elementary
exposition
of
the
theory
of
exhaustible
resources
is
implicit.

Lewis,
Earl
J.,
Frederick
G.
Kern,
Aaron
Rosenfield,
Stuart
A.
Stevens,
3
9
7
Randal
L.
Walker,
and
Peter
B.
Heffernan
(
1992).
"
Lethal
Parasites
in
Oysters
from
Coastal
Georgia
with
Discussion
of
Disease
and
Management
Implications."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
54(
2):
1­
6.

Extensive
mortalities
of
oysters,
Crassostrea
virginica,
occurred
from
1985
through
1987
in
coastal
waters
of
Georgia.
Fluid
thioglycolate
cultures
of
oysters
collected
from
16
of
17
locations
revealed
infections
by
the
apicomplexan
parasite
Perkinsus
marinus.
An
ascetosporan
parasite,
Haplosporidium
nelsoni,
was
also
observed
in
histopathological
examination
of
oysters
from
4
of
the
locations.
While
the
range
of
H.
nelsoni
currently
is
recognized
as
the
east
coast
of
the
United
States
from
Maine
to
Florida,
this
is
the
first
report
of
the
parasite
in
Georgia
waters.
This
paper
documents
the
occurrence
of
these
two
lethal
parasites
in
oysters
from
coastal
waters
of
Georgia,
along
with
potential
disease
and
management
implications.
Results
of
an
earlier
independent
and
previously
unpublished
survey
are
also
discussed
which
document
the
presence
of
P.
marinus
in
Georgia
as
early
as
1966.

Lewis,
Tracy
R.
(
1977).
"
Attitudes
Toward
Risk
and
the
Optimal
Exploitation
of
an
Exhaustible
Resource."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
4:
111­
119.

The
exploitation
of
a
nonrenewable
natural
resource,
such
as
petroleum
or
mineral
ores,
is
analyzed
in
a
stochastic
framework
with
price
uncertainty.
The
market
setting
may
be
either
monopolistic
or
competitive.
We
demonstrate
that
the
rate
of
extraction
varies
directly
with
the
resource
owner's
willingness
to
accept
risk.
Risk
preferring
owners
use
the
resource
more
rapidly
than
risk
neutral
owners,
who
in
turn
deplete
the
resource
more
rapidly
than
risk
averse
owners.
It
is
also
seen
that
the
usual
practice
of
increasing
the
discount
rate
to
account
for
risk
induces
a
more
rapid
rate
of
resource
use
when
in
fact
a
slower
rate
of
depletion
is
desired.

Lewis,
Tracy
R.
and
James
Cowens
(
1982).
"
The
Great
Fish
War:
A
Cooperative
Solution."
Resources
Paper
No.
84,
University
of
British
Columbia,
Department
of
Economics,
Room
997B,
1873
East
Mall,
Vancouver,
Canada,
B6T
1Y2.

This
note
investigates
a
model
that
bases
a
firms
harvesting
decision
on
the
current
stock
as
well
as
on
the
previous
behavior
of
its
competitors
for
its
predictions
on
the
sustainability
of
cooperative
resource
use,
in
which
agreements
are
enforced
by
threat
of
retaliation.
We
use
the
Levhari­
Mirman
example
to
relate
the
prospects
for
maintaining
cooperative
arrangements
to
(
a)
the
number
of
users
and
their
ability
to
monitor
each
other,
(
b)
the
time
rate
of
discount,
and
(
c)
the
growth
potential
of
the
resource.

Lewis­
Beck,
Michael
S.
(
1980).
Applied
Regression,
An
Introduction.
Sage
University
Papers
Series
on
Quantitative
Applications
in
the
Social
Sciences,
07­
022,
Sage
Publications,
London.

An
introduction
to
applied
regression
analysis
with
examples.

Liao,
David
S.
(
1979).
"
An
Economic
Analysis
of
Mobility
of
Shrimp
Vessels
in
the
South
Atlantic
States."
South
Carolina
Marine
Resources
Center,
Technical
Report
Number
35,
May,
38
pp.

The
study
develops
economic
information
concerning
mobility
of
shrimp
trawlers
in
the
south
Atlantic
states.
The
study
examined
the
mobility
patterns
of
trawlers,
factors
associated
with
the
trawler
mobility,
and
the
economic
performance
of
various
types
of
shrimping
operations.
It
was
hoped
3
9
8
that
the
study
would
provide
benchmarks
for
decision­
making
to
improve
the
shrimping
industry
and
to
utilize
the
resources
more
efficiently.
In
addition,
the
study
analyzed
some
existing
and
alternative
management
programs
that
were
related
to
the
mobility
of
trawlers
in
the
region.
However,
the
general
objective
is
to
provide
information
and
analysis
to
policy
makers,
not
to
make
policies.

Liao,
David
S.
(
1993).
"
Economic
Analysis
of
the
1991
South
Carolina
Shrimp
Baiting
Fishery."
South
Carolina
Marine
Resources
Center,
Technical
Report
Number
81,
April,
25
pp.

This
study

s
purpose
was
to
develop
some
basic
economic
information
concerning
the
recreational
shrimp
baiting
fishery.
Specific
objectives
include
determining
the
socio­
economic
characteristics
of
licensed
recreational
shrimpers,
analyzing
factors
affecting
recreational
shrimping
trips,
and
estimating
the
economic
values
of
shrimp
baiting
trips
by
the
direct
questioning
method.
Total
gross
economic
values
of
shrimping
trips
in
1991
were
estimated
at
$
1.9
million,
while
total
net
economic
values
were
only
$
236
thousand.
The
analysis
of
commercial
and
recreational
shrimping
relationships
indicated
that
the
commercial
shrimp
landings
were
independent
of
the
level
of
recreational
shrimping
harvest.
Therefore,
commercial
and
recreational
shrimping
activities
can
coexist
even
if
the
gross
economic
value
per
pound
was
lower
from
recreational
shrimping.

Liao,
David
S.
and
Theodore
I.
J.
Smith
(
1981).
"
Test
Marketing
of
Freshwater
Shrimp,
Macrobrachium
Rosenbergii,
in
South
Carolina."
Aquaculture,
23:
373­
379.

A
market
testing
study
was
conducted
to
examine
the
consumer
and
retailer
acceptance
for
locally
produced
freshwater
shrimp
in
South
Carolina.
The
majority
of
consumers
evaluated
freshwater
shrimp
as
similar
to
saltwater
shrimp
and
about
89%
were
willing
to
purchase
these
shrimp
from
seafood
stores.
All
retailers
indicated
that
freshwater
shrimp
demonstrated
high
salability
in
their
outlets
and
that
they
would
add
this
aquafood
to
existing
product
lines.

Libby,
Lawrence
W.
(
1994).
"
Conflict
on
the
Commons:
Natural
Resource
Entitlements,
the
Public
Interest,
and
Agricultural
Economics."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
76(
5):
997­
1009.

This
paper
is
about
property
rights,
the
public
interest,
and
our
particular
piece
of
agricultural
economics
real
estate
in
the
path
of
economic
and
social
change.
I
will
examine
selected
natural
resource
institutional
issues
for
insight
about
our
discipline
and
profession.
The
parallels
lead
to
certain
recommendations
essential
to
our
professional
survival,
an
important
part
of
any
presidential
address.
My
examples
are
the
current
property
rights
debate,
two
cases
where
good
intentions
for
resource
development
produced
major
environmental
damage
(
irrigating
the
desert
and
draining
the
Everglades),
and
cases
where
changing
human
values
have
created
resource
issues
(
use
of
public
lands
and
wetland
protection).
Then
I
will
briefly
mention
farm
policy
in
this
context
of
changing
values.

Libecap,
Gary
D.
(
1989).
Contracting
for
Property
Rights.
Cambridge
University
Press,
Cambridge.

This
study
is
of
the
way
property
rights
(
the
basic
incentive
system
that
shapes
resource
allocation)
institutions
are
formed.
Property
rights
are
formed
and
enforced
by
political
entities
and
reflect
the
conflicting
interests
and
bargaining
strength
of
those
affected.
Four
common
pool
case
3
9
9
studies
are
used
to
illustrate
that
losses
occurred
even
though
in
each
case
large
aggregate
gains
could
be
achieved
from
reaching
agreement.

Libecap,
Gary
D.
and
Ronald
N.
Johnson
(
1980).
"
Legislating
Commons:
The
Navajo
Tribal
Council
and
the
Navajo
Range."
Economic
Inquiry,
18:
69­
86.

The
article
argues
that
chronic
overgrazing
on
the
Navajo
Reservation
is
the
result
of
policies
of
the
BIA
and
the
Tribal
Council.
In
support
of
that
hypothesis
the
paper
outlines
the
nature
of
property
rights
to
grazing
land
on
the
Reservation.
It
shows
that
BIA
and
Tribal
Council
actions
have
led
to
the
proliferation
of
small
herds
since
1933.
Small
herds
increase
the
resource
costs
of
establishing
and
enforcing
property
rights,
and
they
increase
the
political
costs
of
requiring
compliance
with
grazing
rules.
Statistical
tests
reveal
a
close
relationship
between
herd
size
and
overstocking
of
the
range.
The
paper
concludes
that
in
the
absence
of
the
constraints
of
a
private
property
system,
it
may
be
necessary
for
an
outside
agency
to
regulate
grazing
to
avoid
the
problem
of
the
Commons.

Libecap,
Gary
D.
and
Steven
N.
Wiggins
(
1984).
"
Contractual
Responses
to
the
Common
Pool:
Prorationing
of
Crude
Oil
Production."
American
Economic
Review,
74(
1):
87­
98.

This
paper
addresses
the
impact
of
the
number
and
heterogeneity
of
parties
on
contracting
success
by
isolating
firm
differences
that
lead
to
differing
bargaining
positions
and
by
showing
the
high
degree
of
concentration
necessary
to
complete
contracts.
We
analyze
firm
bargaining
to
mitigate
rent
dissipation
from
competitive
production
on
five
common
oil
pools
where
contracting
success
varied
sharply.
On
some
fields,
agreements
were
quickly
reached
and
effectively
enforced,
while
on
others
compliance
was
never
achieved.
We
show
the
firm
heterogeneities
that
led
to
different
bargaining
positions,
and
calculate
the
level
of
concentration
necessary
for
private
contracting
success.

Lichtenberg,
Erik
and
David
Zilberman
(
1987).
"
Regulation
of
Marine
Contamination
under
Environmental
Uncertainty:
Shellfish
Contamination
in
California."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
4:
211­
225.

We
develop
a
model
of
regulation
of
environmental
risks
in
a
heterogeneous
industry
when
policy
makers
are
sensitive
to
uncertainties
about
the
processes
generating
the
risks.
Optimal
source
reduction
capacity
is
shown
to
vary
according
to
site
suitability.
Optimal
source
reduction
capacity
and
the
implicit
value
of
risk
reduction
increase
as
risk
standards
become
more
stringent
and
as
aversion
to
uncertainty
grows.
Taxes
are
more
equitable
than
standards
whenever
the
emissions
generating
the
risks
are
allor
nothing.

Lin,
Biing­
Hwan,
Richard
S.
Johnston,
and
R.
Bruce
Rettig
(
1986).
"
U.
S.
Demand
for
Selected
Groundfish
Products,
1967­
80:
Comment."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
68(
4):
1021­
1024.

Criticism
of
the
Tsoa,
Schrank,
and
Roy
(
1982)
demand
for
groundfish
article.

Lin,
Biing­
Hwan,
Hugh
S.
Richards,
and
Joseph
M.
Terry
(
1988).
"
An
Analysis
of
the
Ex­
vessel
Demand
for
Pacific
Halibut."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
4:
305­
314.
4
0
0
Throughout
its
history
the
North
Pacific
halibut
fishery
has
experienced
dramatic
changes
in
season
length­
most
recently
a
greater
than
tenfold
decrease
during
the
last
fifteen
years.
This
analysis
estimates
the
effect
on
ex­
vessel
halibut
demand
of
season
length
by
incorporating
it
with
other
more
traditional
explanatory
variables
such
as
landings,
cold
storage
holdings,
and
prices
of
substitutes
in
a
price
dependent
demand
analysis.
Ex­
vessel
demand
is
found
to
be
price
elastic;
thus
management
programs
that
increase
catch
will
also
increase
gross
fishing
revenues.
Cold
storage
holdings
have
an
inverse
relationship
to
ex­
vessel
price.
Since
the
level
of
cold
storage
holdings
decreases
as
the
fishing
season
approaches,
the
date
of
the
first
opening
will
affect
the
ex­
vessel
price.
Finally
the
length
of
the
halibut
season
does
have
a
positive
relationship
with
ex­
vessel
price;
management
strategies,
such
as
limited
entry,
that
increase
season
length
will
increase
ex­
vessel
demand.

Lind,
Kent
(
1995).

Using
Economic
Incentives
in
Environmental
Management:
the
Case
of
Marketable
Permits
for
Pollution
Control.

Resource
Ecology
and
Fisheries
Management
Division,
Alaska
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
7600
Sand
Point
Way
NE,
BIN
C15700,
Seattle,
Washington,
May,
24
pp.

The
use
of
individual
transferable
quotas
for
bycatch
(
IBQ)
or
target
species
(
ITQ)
has
been
proposed
as
a
potential
solution
to
the
bycatch,
discard,
and
underutilization
problem
in
the
Gulf
of
Alaska
and
Bering
Sea/
Aleutian
Islands
groundfish
fisheries.
The
objective
of
this
report
is
to
provide
information
that
can
be
used
to
design
and
evaluate
such
programs
by
summarizing
the
nature
and
effectiveness
of
environmental
protection
programs
that
include
the
use
of
marketable
rights.
As
policy
makers
begin
to
examine
the
use
of
marketable
permits
as
a
solution
to
other
environmental
management
problems
such
as
fisheries
bycatch
regulation,
these
results
underscore
the
importance
of
assuring
that
unnecessary
constraints
are
not
imposed
in
future
trading
applications.

Lind,
Kent
and
Joe
Terry
(
1995).

Community
Development
Quota
(
CDQ)
and
Open
Access
Pollock
Fisheries
in
the
Eastern
Bering
Sea:
A
Comparison
of
Groundfish
Utilization
and
Prohibited
Species
Bycatch.

AFSC
Processed
Report
95­
07,
Alaska
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
7600
Sand
Point
Way
NE,
BIN
C15700,
Seattle,
Washington,
November,
59
pp.

The
different
economic
incentives
presented
in
the
open
access
and
community
development
quota
(
CDQ)
pollock
fisheries
is
examined.
Several
hypotheses
are
tested
as
to
the
expected
differences
in
vessel
performance
under
both
types
of
systems.
Among
the
measures
of
performance
were
groundfish
discard
rates,
prohibited
species
bycatch
rates,
product
value
per
unit
of
catch,
pollock
catch
per
unit
of
fishing
effort
(
CPUE),
dollars
per
metric
ton
of
pollock
catch,
and
pollock
catch
per
hour
of
fishing.
Overall,
conditions
in
a
CDQ
fishery
support
a
more
efficient
utilization
of
resources
in
the
pollock
fishery
and
could
be
effective
in
addressing
the
problems
of
discards
and
bycatch
in
the
groundfish
fisheries
off
Alaska.

Lindall,
Bill
(
1995).
"
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
Actions."
Memorandum
for
distribution,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

A
list
of
actions,
by
fishery,
approved
by
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
at
their
January
16­
19,
1995
meeting.
4
0
1
Linder,
Ernst,
G.
P.
Patil,
and
Douglas
S.
Vaughan
(
1986).
"
Application
of
Event
Tree
Risk
Analysis
to
Fisheries
Management."
Technical
Report
Number
86­
1205,
Technical
Reports
and
Reprints
Series,
Center
for
Statistical
Ecology
and
Environmental
Statistics,
Department
of
Statistics,
Pennsylvania
State
University,
University
Park,
PA,
December,
27
pp.

Risk
analysis
can
be
defined
as
the
evaluation
of
the
probability
of
end
events
interpreted
in
terms
of
sequences
of
earlier
events.
In
fisheries
science,
stock
assessment
provides
future
projections
on
which
management
decisions
can
be
based.
Uncertainties
in
estimating
input
parameters
for
such
projections
are
considerable.
For
the
assessment
problem,
we
propose
an
event
tree
analysis
that
couches
the
uncertainty
of
projections
in
terms
of
relative
risk
associated
with
various
management
options.
As
an
illustration,
we
rephrase
the
stock
assessment
advice
given
in
1980
for
the
Georges
Bank
haddock
stock
(
Melanogrammus
aiglefinus
l.)
in
the
framework
of
event
tree
analysis.
This
method
is
also
examined
for
a
second
species:
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
menhaden
(
Brevoortia
patronus).
We
also
evaluate
the
results
and
their
sensitivity
relative
to
choices
of
end
events.

Lipton,
Douglas
W.
(
198?).
"
U.
S.
Shrimp
Market
for
Domestic
Production
and
Imports."
Chapter
III
of
a
draft
report.

A
review
of
trends
in
commercial
landings,
imports,
and
aquaculture
affecting
the
domestic
market
for
shrimp.

Lipton,
Douglas
W.
(
1986).
"
The
Resurgence
of
the
U.
S.
Swordfish
Market."
National
Economics
Program,
Office
of
Data
and
Information
Management,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Washington,
D.
C.,
August,
12
pp.

This
study
is
an
attempt
to
explain
the
large
increase
in
U.
S.
swordfish
imports
in
1985
and
1986,
and
to
project
changes
in
the
swordfish
market
to
1995.
An
historical
review
of
the
swordfish
markets
shows
that
prior
to
1971,
the
swordfish
market
depended
mainly
on
imports.
In
1971,
high
concentrations
of
mercury
were
discovered
in
swordfish.
This
led
to
Food
and
Drug
Administration
(
FDA)
inspection
and
potential
seizure
of
swordfish
that
is
imported
or
transported
across
state
lines.
FDA
inspection
requirements
and
the
negative
consumer
response
resulted
in
a
almost
complete
collapse
of
the
swordfish
market.
However,
enough
swordfish
demand
remained
so
that
the
price
of
swordfish
landed
and
marketed
in
the
same
state
rose
substantially
after
1971.
The
high
ex­
vessel
price
stimulated
the
expansion
of
the
domestic
swordfish
fishery,
as
imports
remained
minimal
until
1980.
From
1981
to
present,
swordfish
demand
has
continued
to
grow
from
increased
consumer
incomes
and
also
from
the
fact
that
consumers
have
appeared
to
forget
about
the
high
mercury
concentrations
discovered
in
1971.
In
1985,
imports
surged
to
a
level
slightly
higher
than
the
level
in
1970
and
appear
to
be
even
higher
in
1986.
This
recent
increase
in
imports
and
the
continued
high
level
of
U.
S.
landings
is
being
sustained
by
a
new
surge
in
consumer
demand
for
high
value
fishery
products.
Projections
to
the
year
1995
indicate
that
the
U.
S.
swordfish
market
will
continue
to
grow
as
consumer
incomes
and
the
population
increase.
As
U.
S.
landings
level
out,
the
continued
growth
in
the
market
will
be
met
by
increased
imports.

Lipton,
Douglas
W.
(
1986).
"
The
Resurgence
of
the
U.
S.
Swordfish
Market."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
48(
3):
24­
27.

This
paper
will
attempt
to
explain
the
current
trends
in
the
U.
S.
4
0
2
swordfish
market
and
to
project
changes
to
1995.
To
understand
how
the
discovery
of
mercury
contamination
affected
the
swordfish
market,
historical
trends
are
examined
from
1965
to
1985.
Using
this
time
period,
a
regression
model
is
used
to
estimate
the
demand
for
swordfish.
The
model
incorporates
a
feature
that
allows
the
mercury
discovery
to
affect
the
demand
for
swordfish
in
the
year
that
it
was
discovered
and
subsequent
years.
However,
as
time
progresses,
the
model
allows
the
impact
of
the
mercury
discovery
to
lessen
as
consumers
forget.
Thus,
the
model
is
used
to
make
projections
in
a
period
where
mercury
levels
are
no
longer
perceived
as
a
factor
in
swordfish
demand.

Lipton,
Douglas
W.
(
1987).
"
Interdependencies
Among
Fisheries
Management,
Fisheries
Trade,
and
Fisheries
Development:
Experiences
with
Extended
Jurisdiction.
Discussion"
Marine
fisheries
Review,
49(
3):
55­
56.

A
discussion
of
Richard
S.
Johnston
and
James
R.
Wilson
(
1987).
"
Interdependencies
Among
Fisheries
Management,
Fisheries
Trade,
and
Fisheries
Development:
Experiences
with
Extended
Jurisdiction."
Marine
fisheries
Review,
49(
3):
45­
55.

Lipton,
Douglas
(
1997).

Development
of
NOAA
Coastal
Environmental
Economics
Extension
Network.

Draft
Proposal,
University
of
Maryland,
College
Park,
Maryland,
7
pp.

This
project
seeks
to
create
a
national
network
of
Sea
Grant,
NOAA,
and
other
economists
to
strengthen
and
improve
the
use
of
environmental
economics
information
in
coastal
resource
management
decisions
at
the
regional
and
local
level,
ensuring
that
management
actions
result
in
the
greatest
net
benefit
to
society
from
its
coastal
resources.

Lipton,
Douglas
W.
and
Robert
A.
Siegel
(
1989).
"
Toward
a
Rational
Seafood
Trade
Policy."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
51(
1):
11­
14.

This
paper
explores
the
practicality
and
desirability
of
the
NMFS
trade
objective
to
increase
exports
and
domestic
consumption
of
U.
S.
fishery
products
that
would
lead
to
a
reduction
in
the
$
6.3
billion
fishery
trade
deficit
that
existed
in
1986.

Lipton,
Douglas
W.
and
Ivar
E.
Strand
(
1989).
"
The
Effect
of
Common
Property
on
the
Optimal
Structure
of
the
Fishing
Industry."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
16:
45­
51.

This
paper
extends
previous
fisheries
models
by
generalizing
the
necessary
and
sufficient
conditions
under
which
coexistence
of
specialized
and
generalized
vessels
occurs
in
a
multispecies
fishery.
Economies
of
scope
and
demand
conditions
are
argued
to
dictate
coexistence.
Inefficiency
in
market
structure
is
also
shown
to
arise
with
an
inappropriate
property
rights
regime.

Lipton,
Douglas
W.
and
Ivar
E.
Strand
(
1992).
"
Effect
of
Stock
Size
and
Regulations
on
Fishing
Industry
Cost
and
Structure:
The
Surf
Clam
Industry."
American
Agricultural
Economics
Association,
(
February):
197­
208.

Fishing
costs
are
dependent
on
the
size
of
the
fish
stock
and
regulations.
Changes
in
these
factors
alter
the
equilibrium
industry
structure.
In
a
multiproduct
fishery,
it
is
not
possible
to
generalize
how
a
reduction
in
industry
catch
will
be
accomplished,
through
a
reduction
in
catch
per
vessel
or
in
the
number
of
vessels.
Multiproduct
cost
functions
are
estimated
for
the
Atlantic
clam
fishery.
Simulations
reveal
that
optimal
4
0
3
harvest
would
be
achieved
with
an
increase
in
the
number
of
vessels
and
a
decrease
in
the
catch
per
vessel
of
surf
clams
and
an
increase
in
the
catch
of
ocean
quahogs.

Lipton,
Douglas
W.,
Katherine
Wellman,
Isobel
C.
Sheifer,
and
Rodney
F.
Weiher
(
1995).
Economic
Valuation
of
Natural
Resources­­
A
Handbook
for
Coastal
Resource
Policymakers.
NOAA
Coastal
Oceans
Program
Decision
Analysis
Series
No.
5,
NOAA
Coastal
Ocean
Office,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
131
pp.

The
focus
of
this
handbook
is
to
introduce
and
illustrate
concepts
of
environmental
valuation,
among
them
travel
cost
models
and
continent
valuation
for
noneconomists.
These
concepts,
combined
with
advances
in
natural
sciences
that
allow
us
to
better
understand
how
changes
in
the
natural
environment
influence
human
behavior,
aim
to
address
some
of
the
more
serious
shortcomings
in
the
application
of
economic
analysis
to
natural
resource
and
environmental
management
and
policy
analysis.

LiPuma,
Edward
and
Sarah
Keene
Meltzoff
(
1985).
"
The
Social
Economy
of
Shrimp
Mariculture
in
Ecuador."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Anthropology
and
the
Rosenstiel
School
of
Marine
and
Atmospheric
Science,
University
of
Miami,
May,
pp.
35.

This
report
provides
an
initial
account
of
the
social
economy
of
the
Ecuadorian
shrimp
industry
and
lays
the
foundation
for
more
comprehensive
analyses
to
complement
existing
biological
studies
to
strengthen
the
management
of
the
shrimp
resources.

Lisman,
J.
H.
and
J.
Sandee
(
1964).
"
Derivation
of
Quarterly
Figures
from
Annual
Data."
Applied
Statistics,
13:
87­
90.

Quarterly
figures
may
be
required
when
only
a
series
of
annual
data
are
available.
If
no
assumption
about
the
pattern
of
the
quarterly
figures
can
be
made,
so
that
merely
a
smooth
trend
must
be
obtained,
a
very
simple
procedure
can
be
employed
to
obtain
a
fairly
good
adaptation
of
the
quarterly
figures
to
the
annual
totals.
For
each
year
t,
the
value
of
a
quarterly
figure
is
considered
as
a
weighted
average
of
the
totals
of
the
years
t­
1
and
t+
1.
After
introduction
of
some
quite
natural
conditions
a
system
of
equations
is
obtained,
from
which
the
weighting
coefficients
can
be
calculated.
To
a
certain
extent
the
solution
contains
some
arbitrary
aspects,
but
it
has
the
advantage
of
simplicity,
plausibility
and
practical
usefulness.

Liu,
Pan­
Tai
(
ed.)
(
1980).
Dynamic
Optimization
and
Mathematical
Economics.
Plenum
Press,
New
York.

The
papers
appearing
in
this
book
are
contributions
from
control
theorists
and
economists
covering
the
application
of
control
theory
to
economic
planning,
exploration,
exploitation,
and
pricing
of
extractive
natural
resources,
and
some
recent
advances
in
large
scale
systems
and
decentralized
control.

Liu,
P.
T.
and
J.
G.
Sutinen
(
1982).
"
On
the
Behavior
of
Optimal
Exploration
and
Extraction
Rates
for
Non­
Renewable
Resource
Stocks."
Resources
and
Energy,
4:
145­
162.

Models
are
developed
to
examine
the
behavior
of
optimal
exploration
and
production
policies
over
time.
The
principal
model
is
singular
in
the
exploration
control
and
possesses
four
phases
of
the
exploitation
cycle.
Explicit
sets
of
conditions
are
established
that
(
i)
give
rise
to
a
U­
shaped
price
path,
and
(
ii)
determine
when
additions
to
reserves
from
exploration
are
4
0
4
greater
than
or
less
than
extraction,
and
when
exploration
creases.
Three
alternative
specifications
of
the
principal
model
are
considered,
and
with
a
separable
benefit
function
it
is
shown
that
a
higher
discount
rate
lends
to
a
lower
level
of
cumulative
exploration.

Livingston,
P.
A.
(
1994).
"
Overview
of
Multispecies
Interactions
Involving
Walleye
Pollock
in
the
Eastern
Bering
Sea
and
Gulf
of
Alaska."
C.
M.
1994/
P:
1,
Theme
Session
on
Multispecies
Interactions
of
Importance
to
the
Groundfish
Abundance
Fluctuations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September,
7
pp.

The
walleye
pollock
(
Theragra
chalcogramma)
is
a
semi­
pelagic
gadid
species
that
dominates
the
directed
groundfish
catches
in
the
eastern
Bering
Sea
and
Gulf
of
Alaska.
Two
approaches
have
been
taken
to
evaluate
the
impact
of
other
predators
on
the
walleye
pollock
population
in
each
area;
an
integrated
catch
at
age
model
and
major
predator
food
habits
information.
Both
methods
show
the
dominance
of
groundfish
predation
as
a
source
of
mortality
for
young
walleye
pollock.
Cannibalism
is
most
important
in
the
eastern
Bering
Sea
while
predation
by
arrowtooth
flounder
is
highest
in
the
Gulf
of
Alaska.
In
both
areas,
explicitly
including
predation
mortality
in
our
assessment
of
walleye
pollock
stock
size
tends
to
increase
our
estimates
of
number
at
age
for
prefishery
juvenile
pollock.
Further
insights
into
predator
feeding
responses
and
factors
affecting
pollock
recruitment
into
the
fishery
are
gained
through
examination
of
predation
data.

Livingston,
Bob
and
Ted
Stevens
(
1995).
Letter
to
Rollie
Schmitten,
Assistant
Administrator,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
from
Chairman
House
Committee
on
Appropriations
and
the
Senate
Committee
on
Appropriations,
December
22.

No
individual
transferable
quota
programs
for
red
snapper
specifically
or
any
new
ITQ
programs
in
general
or
no
future
funding
for
NMFS.

Loch,
John
S.,
Mikio
Moriyasu,
and
James
B.
Jones
(
1994).
"
An
Improved
Link
Between
Industry,
Management
and
Science:
A
Case
History
­
The
Southern
Gulf
of
St.
Lawrence
Snow
Crab
Fishery."
C.
M.
1994/
T:
46,
Theme
Session
on
Improving
the
Link
Between
Fisheries
Science
and
Management:
Biological,
Social,
and
Economic
Considerations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
82nd
Statutory
Meeting,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September,
22
pp.

This
paper
traces
the
evolution
of
snow
crab
fisheries
science
and
its
impact
on
the
management
of
the
southern
Gulf
of
St.
Lawrence
snow
crab
(
Chionoecetes
opilio)
fishery.
This
currently
lucrative
fishery
(
estimated
landed
value
of
more
than
100
million
Canadian
dollars
in
1994)
has
experienced
the
traditional
rises
and
falls
of
most
fisheries
and
the
resulting
socioeconomic
consequences
and
sometimes
strained
relations
between
the
industry
and
the
fisheries
management
agency,
in
this
case
the
Canada
Department
of
Fisheries
and
Oceans
(
DFO).
Of
note
at
this
time
is
the
remarkable
degree
of
cooperation
that
has
developed
between
the
industry
and
DFO
since
the
stock
last
drastically
decreased
(
1987­
1989).
Since
then
the
stock
has
been
recovering
steadily
and
is
also
better
managed.
The
reasons
for
this
are
four­
fold:
1)
a
recruitment
pulse
of
small
sized
crab
occurred
in
1988­
89;
2)
substantial
advances
in
the
understanding
of
the
complex
biology
of
snow
crab
and
the
development
of
an
accurate,
reliable
stock
assessment
methodology
together
have
provided
consistent,
reliable,
and
credible
advice
for
forecasting
the
amount
and
geographic
distribution
of
exploitable
biomass
4
0
5
for
the
upcoming
fishing
season;
3)
the
industry
leaders
worked
very
hard
with
their
associations
to
convince
fishers
that
their
fishery
was
in
peril
and
that
close
cooperation
with
DFO
was
the
key
for
the
future;
4)
the
industry
and
DFO
worked
as
partners
to
develop
a
management
approach
based
upon
scientific
advice
to
climb
out
of
the
trough.
The
paper
also
outlines
the
conundrum
that
fisheries
managers
currently
face
resulting
from
a
combination
of
a
moratorium
of
the
entire
Gulf
of
St.
Lawrence
groundfishery,
the
consequent
pressure
from
displaced
groundfish
fishermen
to
enter
the
lucrative
snow
crab
fishery
and
an
optimistic
short
term
but
pessimistic
longer
term
forecast
regarding
snow
crab
abundance;
do
we
redistribute
the
wealth;
if
so
among
whom,
how,
and
for
how
long?

Logan,
Phil
(
1994).
"
Some
Issues
Concerning
Rents
and
User
Fees."
Position
Paper
presented
at
the
Limited
Access
Workshop,
Seattle,
Washington,
November
1­
3.
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Woods
Hole,
MA,
January.

Publicly
owned
natural
resources
under
certain
management
regimes
can
generate
rents
that
could
be
captured
by
taxes
or
user
fees
for
the
resource.
Under
an
ITQ
program,
those
who
are
initially
allocated
the
ITQ
receive
a
windfall
when
they
sell
their
market
shares.
Those
who
enter
the
fishery
by
buying
shares
receive
a
windfall
when
they
sell
out
equivalent
to
the
difference
between
their
purchase
price
and
their
selling
price
(
a
capital
gain
in
equity).
The
royalty
payments
under
this
example
are
based
upon
the
generation
of
rents.

Long,
Ngo
Van
(
1975).
"
Resource
Extraction
under
the
Uncertainty
about
Possible
Nationalization."
Journal
of
Economic
Theory,
10:
42­
53.

This
paper
looks
at
the
problem
of
resource
exploitations
under
anticipated
nationalization.
A
model
where
the
probability
of
nationalization
is
a
function
of
time
is
evaluated
for
(
i)
no
nationalization,
(
ii)
nationalization
at
a
known
date,
and
(
iii)
no
nationalization,
but
with
a
rising
trend
of
effective
profit
tax
rate.

Longley,
W.
L.,
(
ed.)
(
1994).

Freshwater
Inflows
to
Texas
Bays
and
Estuaries:
Ecological
Relationships
and
Methods
for
Determination
of
Needs.

Texas
Water
Development
Board
and
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department,
Austin,
TX,
386
pp.

This
document
reports
the
effects
of
freshwater
inflows
on
the
biological
productivity
of
bays
and
estuaries,
and
effects
on
the
distribution
and
abundance
of
economically
important
and
ecologically
characteristic
fish
and
shellfish
species,
and
the
estuarine
life
on
which
they
depend.
The
reports
two
main
themes
are
demonstrating
the
effects
of
freshwater
inflows
on
living
and
nonliving
components
of
estuarine
ecosystems
and
presenting
a
methodology
for
assessing
the
freshwater
inflow
needs
of
Texas
bays
and
estuaries
that
satisfies
the
requirement
of
maintaining
an
ecologically
sound
environment
and
the
productivity
of
fish,
shellfish,
and
other
estuarine
life.

Loomis,
John
B.
(
1988).
"
The
Bioeconomic
Effects
of
Timber
Harvesting
on
Recreational
and
Commercial
Salmon
and
Steelhead
Fishing:
A
Case
Study
of
the
Siuslaw
National
Forest."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5:
43­
60.

The
economic
effects
of
changes
in
timber
harvest
levels
on
recreational
and
commercial
salmon
and
steelhead
fisheries
are
estimated
by
combining
a
series
of
simple
watershed,
habitat,
population,
and
economic
models.
The
economic
loss
in
fishery
benefits
from
future
timber
harvests
on
86,700
acres
4
0
6
is
estimated
to
be
$
1.7
million
over
a
30
year
period.
The
approach
employed
in
this
paper
overcomes
previous
shortcomings
in
valuing
marginal
changes
in
recreational
fishing
by
use
of
a
regional
multi­
site
travel
cost
demand
model
that
contains
fish
catch
as
a
site
characteristic.
Site
specific
marginal
values
per
salmon
and
steelhead
caught
are
derived
using
this
technique.

Loomis,
John
B.
and
Douglas
M.
Larson
(
1994).
"
Total
Economic
Values
of
Increasing
Gray
Whale
Populations:
Results
from
a
Contingent
Valuation
Survey
of
Visitors
and
Households."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
9(
3):
275­
286.

The
consistency
of
an
individual's
willingness
to
pay
(
WTP)
responses
for
increases
in
the
quantity
of
an
environmental
public
good
(
whale
populations)
is
tested
along
three
lines.
First,
we
test
whether
WTP
for
50%
and
100%
increases
in
whale
populations
are
statistically
different
form
zero.
Second,
we
ask
whether
the
incremental
WTP
from
a
50%
increase
to
a
100%
increase
is
statistically
significant.
Finally,
we
test
whether
there
is
diminishing
marginal
valuation
of
the
second
50%
increment
in
gray
whale
populations.
The
paired
t­
tests
on
open
ended
WTP
responses
supported
all
three
sets
of
hypotheses.
Both
visitors
and
households
provided
WTP
responses
that
were
statistically
different
from
zero
and
increased
(
but
in
a
diminishing
fashion)
for
the
second
increment
in
WTP.
In
this
survey
both
visitors
and
households
provided
estimates
of
total
economic
value
(
including
nonuse
or
existence
values)
for
large
changes
in
wildlife/
fishery
resources
that
were
consistent
with
consumer
theory.

Loose,
Verne
W.
(
1979).
"
A
Bioeconomic
Commercial
Pacific
Salmon
Fishery
Model."
Resources
Paper
No.
44,
University
of
British
Columbia,
Department
of
Economics,
2075
Wesbrook
Place,
Vancouver,
Canada,
V6T
1W5,
September,
pp.
23.

A
bioeconomic
model
of
a
commercial
Pacific
salmon
fishery
is
constructed.
The
economic
sector
focuses
upon
the
seasonal
harvesting
process
in
a
gauntlet
fishery
while
the
biological
sector
deals
with
the
long
term
reproductive
and
growth
processes
of
the
fish
population.
The
sectors
are
linked
by
the
biotechnical
harvesting
process
(
unharvested
fish
escape
to
spawn)
and
by
the
specification
of
an
intertemporal
objective
function.
It
is
shown
that
a
fishery
constrained
only
by
the
economic
incentives
of
its
sole
owner
is
unlikely
to
lead
to
stock
extinction;
that
substantial
excess
capacity
exists
in
the
fishery;
and
that
successful
economic
exploitation
requires
that
attention
be
paid
to
species
makeup.

Lopes,
Rui
Junqueira­,
Philippe
Michel,
and
Gilles
Rotillon
(
1996).

Bioeconomic
Management
of
Red
Swamp
Crayfish
(
Procambarus
clarkii)
in
the
Presence
of
Environmental
Externalities.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
1):
1­
9.

Red
swamp
crayfish
(
Procambarus
clarkii)
is
a
valuable
renewable
resource
which
creates
significant
negative
externalities
to
its
environment.
Crayfish
can
cause
severe
crop
damage
by
burrowing
in
fields
and
using
irrigation
systems
to
spread.
These
crayfish
are
resistant
to
normal
dosages
of
pesticides
which
are
harmful
to
fish
and
birds,
can
endure
months
of
dryness,
and
live
in
a
low
oxygen
environment.
This
paper
presents
a
simple
bioeconomic
model
for
optimal
use
of
the
red
swamp
crayfish
accounting
for
its
value
in
consumption,
adapting
Plourde

s
(
1970)
model
to
include
the
negative
externalities.

Lord,
Gary
E.
(
1973).
"
Characterization
of
the
Optimum
Data
Acquisition
and
Management
of
a
Salmon
Fishery
as
a
Stochastic
Dynamic
4
0
7
Program."
Fishery
Bulletin,
71(
4):
1029­
1037.

The
optimum
data
acquisition
and
management
of
a
typical
Bristol
Bay
sockeye
salmon
fishery
have
been
expressed
as
a
problem
in
statistical
decision
theory.
Optimality
has
been
defined
as
that
set
of
sequential
decision
rules
that
minimizes
the
Bayes
risk
over
the
duration
of
the
run.
Economic
losses
or
costs
are
ascribed
to
acquisition
of
catch
and
escapement
data
in
such
a
manner
that
an
optimal
data
acquisition
scheme
can
be
defined
in
addition
to
defining
the
set
of
optimal
management
strategies.

Lord,
Gary
E.
(
1976).
"
Decision
Theory
Applied
to
the
Simulated
Data
Acquisition
and
Management
of
a
Salmon
Fishery."
Fishery
Bulletin,
74(
4):
837­
846.

A
salmon
fishery
management
model
utilizing
statistical
decision
theory
has
been
constructed.
The
model
provides
for
the
successive
acquisition
of
data
that
can
be
used
to
formulate
and
maintain
an
optimum
management
strategy.
The
Bayes
risk
is
defined
as
the
expected
economic
loss
resulting
from
a
set
of
fishery
management
decisions
and
the
criterion
of
optimally
is
taken
to
be
the
strategy
that
minimizes
the
Bayes
risk.
Specific
functional
forms
are
assumed
where
necessary
to
obtain
a
closed
form
expression
for
the
Bayes
risk.
The
Bayes
risk,
in
units
of
numbers
of
fish,
can
then
be
computed
for
any
particular
sequence
of
fishery
management
decisions.

Lothgren,
Mickael
(
1997).

A
Multiple
Output
Stochastic
Ray
Frontier
Production
Model.

Working
Paper
Series
in
Economics
and
Finance
No.
158,
Stockholm
School
of
Economics,
February,
15
pp.

This
paper
proposes
an
approach
to
specify
and
estimate
multiple
input,
multiple
output
production
frontiers
and
technical
efficiency
using
a
stochastic
ray
frontier
production
model.
A
possible
model
extension
is
to
incorporate
a
technical
efficiency
effects
md9oel
to
allow
estimation
of
the
effects
of
various
explanatory
variables
on
technical
efficiency.
An
empirical
application
using
Swedish
health
care
data
reveals
a
significant
positive
effect
on
technical
efficiency
of
an

internal
market

refor4m
while
the
effect
on
the
production
frontier
is
negative.
Technical
change
is
found
to
be
positive
while
technical
efficiency
has
decreased
over
time.

Lott,
John
R.,
Jr.
(
1987).
"
Licensing
and
Nontransferable
Rents."
The
American
Economic
Review,
77(
3):
453­
455.

Traditionally,
restrictive
licensing
is
assumed
to
create
monopoly
profits
by
restricting
output
and
therefore
to
produce
two
kinds
of
social
costs:
the
deadweight
loss
due
to
reduced
output
and
the
resources
devoted
to
rent
seeking.
However,
the
fact
that
nonsalvagable
resources
spent
on
rent
seeking
create
their
own
barriers
to
entry
has
not
been
recognized.
By
increasing
nontransferable
rents,
licensing
prevents
the
least
costly
producers
from
entering
and
thus
produces
a
third
kind
of
social
cost.
While
Harold
Demsetz
(
1982)
dismissal
of
the
traditional
notion
of
entry
barriers
is
correct
when
assets
are
transferable,
the
idea
of
entry
barriers
is
still
useful
when
assets
are
nontransferable
as
this
note
shows
in
the
case
of
professional
licensing.

Louisiana
Department
of
Wildlife
and
Fisheries
(
1994).
"
Enhancing
the
Benefits
Derived
from
Shrimp
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Through
Optimizing
Shrimp
Management
in
Louisiana."
A
Fisheries
Management
Plan
for
Louisiana's
Penaeid
Shrimp
Fishery,
MARFIN
Project
NA90AA­
H­
MF726
Final
Report,
December,
231
pp.
4
0
8
This
management
plan
addresses
the
problems
and
potentials
of
Louisiana's
penaeid
shrimp
fishery.
The
plan
was
developed
by
a
project
jointly
funded
by
the
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
Louisiana
State
University
(
LSU),
and
the
Louisiana
Department
of
Wildlife
and
Fisheries.
LSU
experts
including
a
biologist,
an
economist,
and
an
attorney
provided
the
scientific
information
necessary
to
evaluate
the
management
options
suggested
by
the
Department
of
Wildlife
and
Fisheries.
The
early
development
of
the
plan
was
guided
by
the
goal
of
maximizing
the
economic
benefits
of
the
fishery
to
Louisiana
and
the
region.
Subsequent
review
of
the
draft
plan
by
the
Louisiana
Wildlife
and
Fisheries
Commission's
Shrimp
Management
Committee
resulted
in
refining
the
set
of
feasible
management
actions
and
a
elaboration
of
the
management
goals.
After
review
by
the
committee,
public
comment
was
solicited.
The
final
product
of
this
process
is
a
set
of
proposed
actions
to
be
addressed
by
the
Louisiana
Wildlife
and
Fisheries
Commission
and
the
Louisiana
Legislature
in
the
future
management
of
the
fishery.

Low,
R.
A.,
D.
Theiling,
and
E.
B.
Joseph
(
1987).
"
South
Carolina
Marine
Fisheries,
1977­
1986."
South
Carolina
Marine
Resources
Center,
Technical
Report
Number
67,
November,
78
pp.

This
report
is
an
information
summary
of
important
developments
in
South
Carolina's
marine
fisheries
since
1977.
Economic
consideration
has
been
confined
to
trends
in
landed
value.

Low,
R.
A.,
W.
Waltz,
R.
Martore,
and
C.
J.
Moore
(
1986).
"
South
Carolina
Marine
Recreational
Fishery
Surveys,
1985
and
1986."
South
Carolina
Marine
Resources
Center
Technical
Report
Number
65,
December,
pp.
65.

Three
surveys
of
marine
recreational
fishermen
were
conducted
during
June
1985
­
June
1986.
These
were:
1)
a
coastal
tackle
shop
questionnaire
survey
(
June­
December
1985),
2)
a
public
launching
ramp
creel
census
(
June
1985
­
May
1986),
and
3)
a
public
launching
ramp
drop­
box
survey
(
November
1985
­
1986).
Results
from
the
tackle
shop
questionnaire
provided
information
on
fishing
modes
and
activities,
boat
and
access
site
utilization,
reactions
to
licensing
of
marine
recreational
fishermen,
and
constituency
perceptions
of
problems
associated
with
marine
sport
fishing.
Results
from
the
on­
site
surveys
furnished
data
on
species
preference,
catch,
catch
rates
(
CPUE),
length
composition
of
red
drum
and
spotted
seatrout
catches,
and
site
utilization.

Low,
R.,
R.
Rhodes,
E.
R.
Hens,
D.
Theiling,
E.
Wenner,
and
D.
Whitaker
(
1987).
"
A
Profile
of
the
Blue
Crab
and
Its
Fishery
in
South
Carolina."
South
Carolina
Marine
Resources
Center,
Technical
Report
Number
66,
November,
pp.
37.

A
review
of
the
landings,
value,
and
biology
of
the
blue
crab
in
South
Carolina
so
that
recommendations
can
be
made
to
expand
the
information
base
for
fishery
management
regulations.

Lucas,
Robert
E.
B.
(
1975).
"
Hedonic
Price
Functions."
Economic
Inquiry,
13(
June):
157­
178.

Three
feasible
interpretations
of
cross
sectional
hedonic
price
regression
equations
are
derived
from
consumer
choice,
profit
maximization
by
competitive
firms,
and
market
clearing,
each
conceptual
experiment
deploying
a
Lancastrian
"
new
approach"
to
micro
theory.
Lancaster's
theory
is
compared
with
those
consumer
theories
of
Houthakker
heritage,
and
some
limitations
of
each
are
indicated.
The
assertion
that
Adelman
and
Griliches'
quality
4
0
9
adjusted
hedonic
price
index
is
a
constant
satisfaction
index
is
shown
to
necessitate
interpersonal
comparisons
of
utility,
and
the
possibility
of
identifying
demand
and
supply
functions
for
commodities
by
exclusion
restrictions
on
characteristics
is
rejected.

Ludwig,
Donald,
Ray
Hilborn,
and
Carl
Walters
(
1993).

Uncertainty,
Resource
Exploitation,
and
Conservation:
Lessons
from
History.

Science,
260(
2):
17
and
36.

Our
lack
of
understanding
and
inability
to
predict
mandate
a
much
more
cautious
approach
to
resource
exploitation
than
is
the
norm.
Political
leaders
at
levels
ranging
from
world
summits
to
local
communities
base
their
policies
upon
a
misguided
view
of
the
dynamics
of
resource
exploitation.
Scientists
have
been
active
in
pointing
out
environmental
degradation
and
consequent
hazards
to
human
life,
and
possibly
to
life
as
we
know
it
on
Earth.
But
by
and
large
the
scientific
community
has
helped
to
perpetuate
the
illusion
of
sustainable
development
through
scientific
and
technological
progress.
Resource
problems
are
not
really
environmental
problems:
They
are
human
problems
that
we
have
created
at
many
times
and
in
many
places,
under
a
variety
of
political,
social,
and
economic
systems.

Lyles,
Charles
H.
(
1967).
"
Historical
Statistics
(
Shrimp
Fishery)."
Division
of
Economics,
Bureau
of
Commercial
Fisheries,
U.
S.
Department
of
the
Interior,
Washington,
D.
C.,
May,
63
pp.

A
compendium
of
shrimp
fishery
statistics
for
the
United
States
from
1887
to
1965
covering
domestic
landings,
foreign
trade,
prices,
processed
products,
and
frozen
trade.

Lyles,
Charles
H.
(
1969).
"
The
Spanish
Mackerel
and
King
Mackerel
Fisheries."
C.
F.
S.
No.
4936,
Division
of
Statistics,
Bureau
of
Commercial
Fisheries,
U.
S.
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service,
U.
S.
Department
of
the
Interior,
Washington,
D.
C.,
May,
21
pp.

A
description
of
the
fishery
from
the
late
1880'
s
to
1967
with
landings
and
values
for
king
and
Spanish
mackerel.

Lynne,
Gary
D.,
Patricia
Conroy,
and
Frederick
J.
Prochaska
(
1981).
"
Economic
Valuation
of
Marsh
Areas
for
Marine
Production
Processes."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
8:
175­
186.

The
relationship
of
natural
marsh­
estuarine
systems
to
the
economic
productivity
of
marine
systems
is
not
well
understood,
at
least
in
any
quantitative
sense.
An
approach
is
developed
for
relating
blue
crab
economic
productivity
on
Florida's
Gulf
Coast
to
marsh
availability
in
the
area.
Previous
efforts
have
not
always
applied
economic
concepts
appropriately
in
attempts
at
such
quantification.
The
marginal
value
productivity
of
marsh
is
shown
to
vary
with
alternative
levels
of
marsh
and
effort
in
the
fishery.
The
interaction
and
subsequent
interdependence
is
shown
to
be
statistically
significant.
Data
availability
on
marginal
response
to
marsh
changes
poses
a
severe
obstacle
to
further
progress.

Lynne,
Gary
D.
and
Phyllis
Park
Saarinen
(
1993).
"
Water
Markets:
What
Role
Can
They
Play
in
Florida."
Staff
Paper
Services,
SP93­
9,
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
Institute
of
Food
and
Agricultural
Sciences,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL,
20
pp.
4
1
0
Water
is
a
difficult
resource
to
allocate
because
of
its
common
pool
characteristics
that
lead
to
co­
interference.
As
a
result,
a
wide
variety
of
decision
forums
­
judicial,
legislative,
executive/
administrative,
special
purpose
districts,
and
markets
­
are
used
in
various
mixes
in
the
U.
S.
In
Florida,
only
the
market
forum
is
not
used.
The
reasonable
beneficial
use
standard
in
Florida
suggests
the
necessity
for
economic
and
efficient
utilization
while
still
reducing
interference
and
satisfying
the
public
interest.
Markets
facilitate
pursuit
of
mutual
gain
(
i.
e.,
economic
efficiency)
in
trades.
Markets
are
valuing
processes
that
create
incentives
to
save
water
(
e.
g.
to
reuse)
and
to
avoid
degrading
water
quality
so
that
more
can
be
sold.
Proportional
shares
in
the
safe
yield
could
be
marketed.
The
water
districts
would
specify
the
water
quantity
associated
with
each
share.
Districts
and
governing
boards
would
still
be
charged
with
defining
tolerable
interference
and
ensuring
the
public
interest
considerations
are
satisfied
by
administered
markets.
Such
markets
will
be
helpful
in
determining
what
is
a
reasonable
beneficial
use.

Lyons,
William
G.
(
1980).
"
The
Postlarval
Stage
of
Scyllaridean
Lobsters."
Fisheries,
5(
4):
47­
49.

A
biological
description
of
the
postlarval
development
of
spiny
lobsters
that
lasts
between
8
and
11
months.

MacCall,
Alec
D.
(
1990).
Dynamic
Geography
of
Marine
Fish
Populations.
Washington
Sea
Grant
Program,
University
of
Washington
Press,
Seattle.

The
author
borrows
an
established
concept
from
academic
ecology
the
theory
of
density
dependent
habitat
selection
and
applies
it
to
a
major
problem
in
fisheries;
anchovy.

MacKenzie,
W.
C.
(
1979).
"
Rational
Fishery
Management
in
a
Depressed
Region:
The
Atlantic
Groundfishery."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
36:
811­
826.

The
economic
and
social
milieu
of
the
commercial
fisheries
in
the
Atlantic
provinces
of
Canada
is
described,
followed
by
an
analysis
of
the
structure
of
the
major
sector,
the
fishery
based
on
the
demersal
stocks
of
the
region.
Existence
of
the
classic
features
of
mature
fisheries,
i.
e.
congestion
and
economic
distress,
is
established
for
this
fishery
and
the
causes
considered.
Extended
national
jurisdiction
over
the
use
of
fishery
resources,
it
is
argued,
while
it
improves
opportunity
for
development,
does
not
affect
those
causes.
Possible
approaches
to
rational
management
of
the
fishery
are
reviewed,
in
particular
the
institution
of
inducements
for
fishing
enterprises
to
minimize
production
costs.
A
discussion
in
this
respect
of
quasi
property
rights
for
resource
users
and
associated
problems
concludes
the
paper.

McAvoy,
Henry
R.
(
19??).
"
The
Potential
for
Expanding
East
and
West
Coast
Markets
for
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Swordfish."
National
Marine
Fisheries
service,
Fisheries
Service,
Fisheries
Development
Division,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

This
report
presents
the
results
of
a
informal
survey
conducted
during
April
21­
25
of
selected
seafood
wholesalers
in
Boston,
New
York,
Atlanta,
Chicago,
San
Diego,
Los
Angeles,
San
Pedro,
and
Seattle.
Our
objective
was
to
obtain
comments
on
their
present
use
of
Gulf
and
south
Atlantic
swordfish
and
ascertain
potential
for
increased
shipments
to
selected
markets.
Their
comments
are
presented
for
each
market
area.
4
1
1
McCarthy,
Maurice
(
199?).

The
Evolution
of
the
Irish
Seafood
Export
Sector
to
Continental
Europe
1985­
1995.

Draft
report,
9
pp.

This
summarizes
the
changes
that
have
occurred
in
the
Irish
Seafood
Sector
over
the
last
ten
years.
The
main
thrust
deals
with
the
changes
brought
about
by
logistical
changes
in
distribution,
communication,
and
retail
in
destination
markets.
Also
dealt
with
are
infra
structural
changes
that
have
occurred
as
part
of
EU
mandates
and
local
demand
changes
in
Ireland
over
the
same
period.

McCarty,
Gene
(
1995).
"
Biological
Benefits
of
the
200
Mile
Closure
for
Red
Snapper
and
Brown
Shrimp."
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department,
January.

For
the
years
when
the
200
mile
closure
was
in
effect
there
were
significant
increases
in
the
number
of
juvenile
red
snapper
found
in
the
Texas
Territorial
Sea
and
in
the
number
of
juvenile
brown
shrimp
found
in
the
estuaries
during
April
following
the
year
of
the
closure.
Increases
in
red
snapper
may
be
attributed
to
increased
spawning
due
to
protection
in
the
spawning
grounds
or
to
the
reduction
of
bycatch
associated
with
juvenile
red
snapper.

McCay,
Bonnie
J.
(
1991).
"
A
'
Privatized'
Ocean?"
Commentary,
Asbury
Park
Press,
Tuesday,
May
21,
page
A
13.

A
discussion
of
the
impact
of
ITQs
on
the
fishing
community
and
resource
conservation.
It
raises
the
question
of
whether
or
not
privatization
is
the
appropriate
thing
to
do.

McCay,
Bonnie
J.
(
1994).

ITQ
Case
Study:
Atlantic
Surf
Clam
and
Ocean
Quahog
Fishery.

In
Karyn
L.
Gimbel
(
ed.)
Limiting
Access
to
Marine
Fisheries:
Keeping
the
Focus
on
Conservation,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

Implemented
in
October
1990,
Amendment
#
5
of
the
Atlantic
Surf
Clam
and
Ocean
Quahog
Fishery
Management
Plan
was
the
first
in
U.
S.
jurisdiction
to
incorporate
ITQs,
or
individual
transferable
quotas.
Transaction
costs
in
this
fishery
are
low
because
(
1)
it
is
a
relatively
small
fishery,
(
2)
landings
occur
in
few
ports,
and
(
3)
very
little
bycatch
is
involved
in
the
fishery.
The
economic
and
social
outcome
was
predictable.
Fleet
size
and
crew
positions
declined
sharply
and
returns
to
the
remaining
crew
have
declined.

McCay,
Bonnie
J.
(
1995).
"
Social
and
Ecological
Implications
of
ITQs:
An
Overview."
Ocean
and
Coastal
Management,
28(
1­
3):
3­
22.

After
a
brief
review
of
some
of
the
economic
dimensions
of
ITQs,
which
indicate
the
importance
of
combining
social
and
economic
considerations,
the
three
major
issues
surrounding
privatization
of
fishing
rights
are
discussed;
social
equity,
stewardship,
and
what
this
means
for
public
ownership
or
stewardship.

McCay,
Bonnie
J.
and
Adesoji
Adelaja
(
1998).
"
Rutgers
University
Work
on
Surf
Clam/
Ocean
Quahog
Economics."
Report
to
the
Mid­
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council,
Department
of
Human
Ecology,
Cook
College,
The
State
University
of
New
Jersey,
Rutgers,
N.
J.,
March,
3
pp.

A
report
on
the
work
at
the
Ecopolicy
Center
at
Rutgers
University
on
4
1
2
the
economics
of
the
surf
clam
and
ocean
quahog
fisheries
under
ITQ

s.

McCay,
Bonnie
J.
and
Carolyn
F.
Creed
(
1987).
"
Crews
and
Labor
in
the
Surf
Clam
and
Ocean
Quahog
Fleet
of
the
Mid­
Atlantic
Region."
A
Report
to
the
Mid­
Atlantic
Fisheries
Management
Council,
Department
of
Human
Ecology,
Cook
College,
Rutgers
University,
P.
O.
Box
231,
New
Brunswick,
NJ,
October.

The
purpose
of
this
study
is
to
examine
the
recent
history
of
employment
in
the
harvesting
sector
of
the
surf
clam
and
ocean
quahog
industry
to
improve
the
basis
for
predicting
how
future
regulatory
measures
may
affect
labor.

McCay,
Bonnie
J.
and
Carolyn
F.
Creed
(
1990).
"
Social
and
Cultural
Aspects
of
Regulation
in
the
Surf
Clam
and
Ocean
Quahog
Fisheries."
New
Jersey
Sea
Grant
Technical
Report,
RSE­
1.

The
Mid­
Atlantic
surf
clam
fishery
is
the
only
example
on
the
east
coast
of
the
United
States
of
a
"
limited
entry"
marine
fishery.
Since
1977,
it
has
been
managed
with
a
moratorium
on
the
number
of
vessels
plus
quotas
and
effort
limitations.
This
study
investigated
the
socio­
economic
impacts
of
limited
entry
and
related
management
measures
(
including
restricted
fishing
time)
in
the
surf
clam
fishery
and
the
closely
related
ocean
quahog
fishery.
It
also
investigated
the
social
and
cultural
dimensions
of
the
management
process
leading,
at
the
end
of
this
study
period,
to
a
decision
to
change
from
limited
entry
to
quasi­
privatization
through
individual
transferable
quotas
(
ITQs).

McCay,
Bonnie
J.
and
Carolyn
F.
Creed
(
1990).
"
Social
Structure
and
Debates
on
Fisheries
Management
in
the
Atlantic
Surf
Clam
Fishery."
Ocean
and
Shoreline
Management,
13:
199­
229.

The
surf
clam
fishery
of
the
mid­
Atlantic
experienced
a
sharp
decline
in
resources
in
the
mid­
1970'
s
and
impressive
increase
in
clam
populations
by
the
mid­
1980'
s.
Public
response
to
the
former,
triggered
by
a
severe
anoxic
condition
and
near
disaster
in
1976,
was
to
impose
strict
regulations
on
the
fishing
fleet
and
create
limits
on
the
number
of
vessels.
Response
to
the
latter
has
been
to
impose
even
stricter
regulations
and
to
move
toward
a
privatized
limited
access
regime.
We
show
how
social
structure
within
the
fishing
industry
affects
the
management
process.

McCay,
Bonnie
J.,
and
Carolyn
F.
Creed
(
1994).
"
Individual
Transferable
Quotas
in
Clams
and
Fish:
A
Comparative
Analysis."
C.
M.
1994/
T:
20,
Theme
Session
on
Improving
the
Link
Between
Fisheries
Science
and
Management:
Biological,
Social,
and
Economic
Considerations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
82nd
Statutory
Meeting,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September,
9
pp.

Individual
transferable
quotas
(
ITQs)
are
widely
advocated
as
ways
to
rationalize
overcapitalized
and
over
exploited
fisheries.
Research
on
ITQs
in
the
U.
S.
federal
surf
clam
and
ocean
quahog
fishery
and
the
Canadian
groundfish
fishery
for
mobile
gear
under
65
feet
in
length
in
the
Scotia­
Fundy
region
suggests
a
series
of
lessons
about
the
introduction,
acceptance,
and
consequences
of
ITQs
for
fisheries
management.
Research
is
also
underway
on
the
Western
Newfoundland
mobile
gear
ITQ
fishery
and
on
the
Eastern
Newfoundland
crab
fishery,
among
the
many
that
have
not
been
converted
to
ITQs.
This
paper
reports
solely
on
the
comparison
between
the
U.
S.
clam
fishery
and
the
Scotia­
Fundy
groundfish
fishery.

McCay,
Bonnie
J.
and
Jonathan
S.
O

Neil
(
1998).

Social
and
Economic
4
1
3
Characteristics
of
the
Maine
Party
and
Charter
Boat
Industry.

The
Ecopolicy
Center
for
Agriculture,
the
Environment,
and
Resource
Issues,
New
Jersey
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Cook
College,
Rutgers,
The
State
University
of
New
Jersey.

The
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Statistics
Survey
(
MRFSS)
has
collected
information
on
angler
trip
costs.
Arguably
though,
this
cost
information
shows
only
a
portion
of
the
economic
mechanisms
at
work.
The
economic
contribution
of
charter
and
party
boat
businesses
is
an
area
which
is
little
understood
and
there
exists
something
of
an
information
gap
where
data
on
costs
and
profits
is
greatly
lacking.
For
example,
in
addition
to
the
gross
sales
from
boat
trips,
additional
revenues
and
employment
are
generated
from
repair
services,
bait
and
tackle
shops,
lodging,
restaurants,
and
other
support
industries.

McCay,
Bonnie
J.
and
Svein
Jentoft
(
1998).
"
Market
or
Community
Failure?
Critical
Perspectives
on
Common
Property
Research."
Human
Organization,
57(
1):
21­
29.

The
best
known
revisionist
perspective
on
the
so­
called

tragedy
of
the
commons

underscores
important
conceptual
and
hence
policy
errors
and
has
been
important
in
contributing
to
understanding
of
conditions
in
which
collective
action
for
common
benefits,
with
respect
to
common
pool
resources,
can
take
place.
Characterizing
this
perspective
as
a

thin

or
abstract,
generalizing
explanatory
model,
with
strengths
and
weaknesses
thereby,
we
discuss
a

thicker

or
more
ethnographic
perspective
that
emphasizes
the
importance
of
specifying
property
rights
and
their
embeddedness
within
discrete
and
changing
historical
moments,
social
and
political
relations.
We
argue
that
this
perspective
leads
to
a
focus
on

community
failure

rather
than

market
failure

as
the
presumed
cause
of
environmental
problems,
and
hence,
to
questions
about
how
markets,
states,
and
other
external
and
internal
factors
affect
the
capacities
of
communities
and
user­
groups
to
respond
adequately
to
environmental
change.

McCay,
Bonnie
J.,
John
B.
Gatewood,
and
Carolyn
F.
Creed
(
1989).
"
Labor
and
the
Labor
Process
in
a
Limited
Entry
Fishery."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
6:
311­
330.

We
examine
aspects
of
labor
in
the
harvesting
sector
of
the
surf
clam/
ocean
quahog
industry
of
the
mid­
Atlantic
region
of
the
United
States
in
the
context
of
limited
entry.
Vessel
owners
are
both
diversifying
and
cutting
back
on
labor
costs
through
crew
consolidation
in
response
to
difficulties
in
the
sea
clam
industry.
A
survey
of
crew­
members
on
job
satisfaction
reveals
more
about
the
preferences
and
experiences
of
labor.
We
make
predictions
about
the
fate
of
labor
under
a
new
management
regime
based
on
individual
transferable
quotas.
The
analysis
is
intended
to
bring
the
interests
of
crewmembers
in
to
the
decision
making
process
and
to
improve
the
basis
for
predicting
how
future
regulatory
measures
may
affect
crewing.

McCay,
Bonnie
J.,
Richard
Apostle,
Carolyn
Creed,
Alan
Finlayson,
and
Knut
Mikalsen
(
1994).
"
Privatization
in
Fisheries:
Lessons
from
Experiences
in
the
U.
S.,
Canada,
and
Norway."
Draft,
Symposium
of
the
Ocean
Governance
Study
Group;
"
Moving
Ahead
on
Ocean
Governance:
Practical
Applications
Guided
by
Long­
Range
Vision,"
April
9­
13,
Lewes,
Delaware,
March,
18
pp.

The
politics
of
conservation
is
dealt
with
in
several
ways.
The
first
concerns
the
politics
of
deciding
for
or
against
major
institutional
change.
In
the
U.
S.,
Canada,
and
Norway,
attempts
to
create
so
called
ITQs,
or
4
1
4
individual
transferable
quotas,
in
major
commercial
fisheries
have
been
fraught
with
delay
and
controversy,
largely
because
of
the
distributional
issues
raised
by
privatization
and
recourse
to
market
based
regulation.
The
second
concerns
the
structure
of
decision
making,
and
in
particular
how
user
groups
and
their
interests
and
concerns
are
and
are
not
brought
into
the
decision
making
process.
The
third
concerns
the
distributional
effects
of
changes
in
fisheries
property
rights
and
how
people
respond
to
them.
In
this
paper,
we
touch
upon
aspects
of
these
topics
with
particular
emphasis
on
the
hypothetical
intersection
of
privatization
and
comanagement.

McConnell,
Kenneth
E.
(
1979).
"
Values
of
Marine
Recreational
Fishing:
Measurement
and
Impact
of
Measurement."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
61(
5):
921­
925.

Economists
can
help
improve
resource
allocation
by
applying
their
evaluation
techniques
to
marine
recreational
fishing.
In
this
paper,
two
approaches
to
evaluation
are
reported:
the
travel
cost
method
and
the
hedonic
price
method.
The
two
approaches
are
similar
in
that
they
rely
on
observed
behavior
rather
than
responses
to
hypothetical
questions.
They
differ
in
the
extent
to
which
they
assume
an
individual
can
control
his
environment.

McConnell,
Kenneth
E.
(
1985).
"
The
Economics
of
Outdoor
Recreation."
Chapter
15
in
Handbook
of
Natural
Resource
and
Energy
Economics,
Allen
V.
Kneese
and
James
L.
Sweeney
(
eds.),
North­
Holland,
New
York.

The
survey
is
divided
into
three
parts;
(
1)
the
extent
of
and
rationale
for
government
involvement
in
the
provision
of
outdoor
recreation
services
is
explored;
(
2)
conceptual
and
empirical
issues
are
investigated
in
estimating
the
demand
for
benefits
of
outdoor
recreation;
(
3)
some
issues
relating
to
the
quality
of
outdoor
recreation
are
explored.
The
greatest
proportion
of
the
chapter
is
devoted
to
empirical
and
conceptual
demand
issues.

McConnell,
Kenneth
E.
(
1988).
"
Heterogeneous
Preferences
for
Congestion."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
15:
251­
258.

The
paper
studies
the
problem
of
congested
recreation
facilities
when
the
users
differ
with
regard
to
their
willingness
to
pay
for
access
to
the
site
and
their
aversion
to
congestion.
The
simple
model
of
the
paper
shows
that
some
user
groups
may
actually
increase
their
use
of
a
site
if
they
are
less
price
responsive
and
more
averse
to
congestion
than
the
central
tendencies
of
all
users.
These
results
help
explain
many
administrators'
reluctance
to
use
fees
to
ration
entrance
to
congested
sites.
Under
plausible
assumptions
about
the
effects
of
income
on
price
and
congestion
responsiveness,
the
use
of
a
fee
would
tend
to
ration
sites
toward
people
with
higher
incomes.

McConnell,
K.
E.
(
1997).

Does
Altruism
Undermine
Existence
Value?

Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
32(
1):
22­
37.

The
debate
over
the
use
of
contingent
valuation
for
existence
values
or
passive­
use
values
has
failed
to
explore
the
validity
of
motives
for
such
values.
One
potential
motive,
altruism,
has
conflicting
implications
for
benefit­
cost
analysis,
depending
on
whether
the
altruist
is
paternalistic.
This
paper
constructs
models
of
three
types
of
altruism
and
shows
how
benefitcost
analysis
responds
to
each
type
of
altruism,
how
damage
assessment
and
restoration
depend
on
each
type,
and
the
implications
of
heterogeneous
altruists.
4
1
5
McConnell,
Kenneth
E.
and
N.
E.
Bockstael
(
1984).
"
Aggregation
in
Recreation
Economics:
Issues
of
Estimation
and
Benefit
Measurement."
Northeastern
Journal
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
13(
2):
181­
186.

This
paper
addresses
the
aggregation
issue
for
estimating
the
demand
for
outdoor
recreation.
The
basic
theme
is
that
regardless
of
how
they
are
estimated,
individual
behavioral
parameters
should
be
used
for
welfare
measurement.
The
first
part
of
the
paper
treats
appropriate
estimation
techniques
for
data
sets
that
are
aggregated
over
individuals;
the
zonal
travel
cost
model.
The
second
part
explores
and
reviews
models
of
individual
behavior
that
incorporate
changes
in
participation
as
well
as
changes
in
the
number
of
visits
that
may
confound
welfare
estimates.
The
plausibility
of
benefit
estimates
could
be
substantially
improved
if
greater
care
were
given
to
the
extrapolation
of
benefits
calculated
from
a
sample
to
aggregate
benefit
estimates
for
the
population.

McConnell,
Kenneth
E.
and
Virginia
A.
Duff
(
1976).
"
Estimating
Net
Benefits
of
Recreation
Under
Conditions
of
Excess
Demand."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
2:
224­
230.

The
public
provision
of
outdoor
recreation
necessitates
the
development
of
nonmarket
measures
of
the
value
of
resources
in
recreational
use.
Such
values
can
be
used
as
surrogates
for
market
values
in
the
decision­
making
process.
Another
aspect
of
recreation
as
a
publicly
provided
good
is
the
absence
of
a
mechanism
to
eliminate
automatically
excess
demand.
The
absence
of
such
a
mechanism
has
resulted
in
conditions
of
excess
demand
at
many
recreation
sites.
This
paper
deduces
the
implications
of
excess
demand
for
the
travel
cost
method
of
benefit
estimation.
We
show
that
when
excess
demand
results
in
rationing
at
a
particular
site,
the
travel
cost
method
will
underestimate
the
true
benefits
of
the
site.
The
results
are
important
because
they
help
identify
the
direction
of
bias
of
one
measure
of
the
benefits
from
the
use
of
a
natural
resource.

McConnell,
Kenneth
E.
and
Virgil
J.
Norton
(
1976).
"
An
Economic
Evaluation
of
Marine
Recreational
Fishing."
In
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
Henry
Clepper
(
ed.),
Sport
Fishing
Institute,
Washington,
D.
C.

This
chapter
deals
with
conceptual
methods
of
measuring
the
economic
benefits
of
marine
and
recreational
fishing.
It
is
intended
to
serve
several
purposes:
to
present
a
review
of
the
state
of
the
art
of
economic
evaluation
of
marine
recreational
fishing:
to
expand
certain
of
the
conceptual
aspects
of
the
subject;
and
to
suggest
high
priority
steps
that
should
be
taken
to
develop
appropriate
marine
recreational
fishing
values
that
can
be
used
in
policy
decisions.
A
simple,
but
concise
demand
model
is
developed
from
utility
theory
with
theoretical
implications
of
the
mathematical
model
clearly
discussed.
The
use
and
to
a
limited
extent
abuse
of
travel
cost,
willingness
to
pay,
and
input­
output
analysis
as
measures
of
net
benefits
are
discussed.

McConnell,
Kenneth
E.
and
Ivar
Strand,
Jr.
(
1981).
"
Some
Economic
Aspects
of
Managing
Marine
Recreational
Fishing."
In
Lee
G.
Anderson
(
ed.)
Economic
Analysis
for
Fisheries
Management
Plans.
Ann
Arbor
Science,
Ann
Arbor,
Michigan.

This
chapter
elucidates
some
basic
relationships
important
to
the
long
run
management
of
sport
fisheries.
First,
the
relationships
required
by
optimal
management
are
developed.
Second,
the
economic
costs
of
various
approaches
to
regulating
sportfishing
catch
are
demonstrated.
Third,
an
4
1
6
example
of
the
costs
of
regulating
a
recreational
fishery
is
given.

McConnell,
Kenneth
E.
and
Ivar
E.
Strand
(
1989).
"
Benefits
from
Commercial
Fisheries
When
Demand
and
Supply
Depend
on
Water
Quality."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
17:
284­
292.

This
paper
investigates
the
social
returns
to
commercial
fisheries
when
water
quality
influences
the
demand
for
and
the
supply
of
commercial
fish
products
under
open
access
conditions
and
when
stocks
are
effectively
private
property.
We
use
this
model
to
show
that
an
efficient
allocation
of
property
rights
to
the
fishery
is
necessary
to
realize
potential
benefits
from
cleaner
water
and
healthier
fish
stocks.
In
fact,
we
show
that
cleaner
water
can
reduce
the
social
returns
from
the
production
of
fish
products
if
common
fish
stocks
exist.

McConnell,
Kenneth
E.
and
Ivar
E.
Strand
(
1994).
"
The
Economic
Value
of
Mid
and
South
Atlantic
Sportfishing."
Volume
2,
Cooperative
Agreement
#
CR­
811043­
01­
0,
University
of
Maryland,
Environmental
Protection
Agency,
and
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
University
of
Maryland,
College
Park,
September.

This
report
is
a
study
of
the
economic
value
of
marine
recreational
fishing
on
the
east
coast
of
the
U.
S.,
from
Long
Island,
New
York
to
Key
Biscayne,
Florida.
It
is
the
second
in
a
series
on
the
economics
of
recreational
fishing
in
this
region.
This
study
is
concerned
with
the
value
of
recreational
fishing
opportunities
to
anglers,
not
individuals
and
firms
providing
services
to
those
anglers.
It
contains
an
analysis
of
responses
to
questions
concerning
individuals

preferences,
both
stated
and
revealed,
for
sportfishing
sites.

McConnell,
Kenneth
E.
and
Jon
G.
Sutinen
(
1979).
"
Bioeconomic
Models
of
Marine
Recreational
Fishing."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
6:
127­
139.

The
theory
of
recreational
fishing
is
developed
and
conditions
are
derived
for
optimal
management
policy,
with
special
attention
given
to
functional
relationships
that
must
be
empirically
verified.
Determinants
of
the
optimal
allocation
between
commercial
and
recreational
fishing
effort
are
derived.
The
theory
is
extended
to
include
selected
peculiar
features
of
recreational
fishing:
Some
anglers
sell
their
catch;
a
small
proportion
of
the
fishing
population
accounts
for
a
large
proportion
of
the
catch;
and
anglers
throw
back
a
fraction
of
what
they
catch.
Optimal
policies
are
derived
under
these
more
realistic
conditions.

McConnell,
Kenneth
E.,
J.
N.
Daberkow,
and
I.
W.
Hardie
(
1983).
"
Planning
Timber
Production
with
Evolving
Prices
and
Costs."
Land
Economics,
59(
3):
292­
304.

This
paper
develops
a
model
for
determining
the
approximately
optional
age
at
harvest
from
a
single
site
when
prices
and
costs
vary
exogenously.
When
discounted
stumpage
price
is
constant,
the
optimal
harvest
length
increases
over
time
if
establishment
costs
increase
more
rapidly
than
the
discount
rate.
Second,
when
discounted
stumpage
prices
are
constant,
the
optimal
harvest
length
decreases
over
timber
if
establishment
costs
increases
less
than
the
discount
rate.
Third,
whether
the
optimal
harvest
length
increases
or
decreases
depends
on
the
type
of
yield
function.

McConnell,
Kenneth
E.,
Ivar
E.
Strand,
and
Lynne
Blake­
Hedges
(
1995).

Random
4
1
7
Utility
Models
of
Recreational
Fishing:
Catching
Fish
Using
A
Poisson
Process.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
3):
247­
261.

This
paper
presents
a
Poisson
model
of
expected
angler
catch
during
a
sportfishing
trip
and
employs
the
expected
catch
in
a
random
utility
model
of
site
choice.
The
approach
permits
greater
heterogeneity
in
expected
catch
and
individual
welfare
estimates
from
policies
such
as
creel
limits.

McConnell,
Kenneth
E.,
Ivar
E.
Strand,
S.
K.
Valdes,
and
Q.
R.
Weninger
(
1992).
"
The
Economic
Value
of
Mid
and
South
Atlantic
Sportfishing."
Volume
2
of
a
report
on
Cooperative
Agreement
#
CR­
811043­
01­
0
between
the
University
of
Maryland,
the
Environmental
Protection
Agency,
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
and
the
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration.

This
projects
goal
is
to
document
the
value
of
marine
resources
derived
from
recreational
fishing
from
New
York
to
Florida.
Sportfishing
has
economic
value
in
that
anglers
would
be
willing
to
pay
more
for
their
opportunities
than
they
actually
have
to
pay.
The
value
of
opportunities
for
recreational
fishing
will
depend
on
many
aspects
of
the
opportunities­
the
quality
of
fishing,
the
weather,
the
skill
of
the
angler,
and
so
forth.
There
are
two
kinds
of
economic
values
of
interest:
a)
the
access
value,
what
anglers
would
pay
rather
than
do
without
access
to
the
resource;
and
b)
the
value
of
a
change
in
the
quality
of
fishing,
what
anglers
would
pay
for
increments
in
fishing
characteristics,
such
as
the
catch
rate.

McConnell,
Virginia
D.
and
Robert
M.
Schwab
(
1988).
"
The
Impact
of
Environmental
Regulation
on
Industry
Location
Decisions:
The
Motor
Vehicle
Industry."
Draft
Report,
University
of
Maryland,
Baltimore
County.

The
paper
examines
the
impact
of
regional
variation
in
environmental
regulations
on
industry
location
decisions
for
one
industry;
automobile
production.
The
focus
is
on
location
decisions
in
the
1970'
s,
that
was
a
time
when
there
was
some
regional
variation
in
environmental
regulations
in
this
industry,
at
both
the
county
and
state
level,
and
when
the
costs
of
complying
were
sufficiently
large
that
they
might
affect
location
decisions.
Using
a
conditional
logit
model,
we
determine
the
regional
factors
important
in
firm
location
decisions
for
this
industry,
including
various
county
and
state
measures
reflecting
the
stringency
of
environmental
regulations.
We
find
no
evidence
that
environmental
regulations
deter
firm
location
in
this
industry
when
regulations
are
measured
by
a
simple
distinction
between
areas
in
attainment
of
ambient
ozone
standards
and
those
not
in
attainment.
There
is
some
indication,
though
that
the
degree
to
which
an
area
is
out
of
attainment
matters.
Urban
areas
that
are
severely
out
of
compliance
with
standards
are
less
likely
to
be
chosen.

McDonald,
A.
David,
Anthony
D.
M.
Smith,
Andre
E.
Punt,
Geoffrey
N.
Tuck,
and
Adam
J.
Davidson
(
1997).

Empirical
Evaluation
of
Expected
Returns
from
Research
on
Stock
Structure
for
Determination
of
Total
Allowable
Catch.

Natural
Resource
Modeling,
10(
1):
3­
29.

An
approach
to
incorporating
new
information
using
Bayes

theorem
is
applied
to
obtain
estimates
of
expected
returns
from
research
on
stock
structure
for
determination
of
total
allowable
catch
(
TAC).
Expected
returns
are
measured
relative
to
quantitative
performance
criteria
that
are
outlined
and
a
detailed
case
study
of
Tasmanian
orange
roughy
is
reported.

McDonald,
J.
F.
(
1980).
"
Uses
of
Tobit
Analysis."
Rev.
of
Econ.
and
4
1
8
Stat.,
62:
318­
21.

McEachron,
L.
W.
and
A.
W.
Green
(
1985).
"
Trends
in
Relative
Abundance
of
Selected
Finfishes
Along
the
Texas
Coast:
November
1975­
June
1984."
Management
Data
Series
Number
79,
Coastal
Fisheries
Branch,
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department,
4200
Smith
School
Road,
Austin,
Texas
78744.

Trends
in
relative
abundance
and
size
of
red
drum,
spotted
seatrout,
black
drum,
sheepshead,
southern
flounder,
Atlantic
croaker,
and
sand
seatrout
were
monitored
using
a
standardized
fishery
independent
gill
net
and
bag
seine
sampling
program
in
eight
Texas
bay
systems.
The
impacts
of
management
decisions
based
on
optimum
sustained
yield,
effects
of
catastrophic
events
and
stock
recruitment
relationships
can
be
measured
by
using
estimates
of
relative
abundance
based
on
the
fishery
independent
monitoring
program.
Fall
and
spring
gill
net
catch
rates
indicate
that
declines
in
red
drum
and
spotted
seatrout
populations
have
slowed
or
stopped
since
the
prohibition
of
sale
of
these
species
in
September
1981.
However,
the
full
effect
of
the
regulations
may
not
be
evident
for
3­
5
years
because
spotted
seatrout
and
red
drum
do
not
spawn
until
they
are
3­
5
years
old.
In
addition,
the
effect
of
these
regulations
has
been
hampered
by
the
coast
wide
fish
kill
documented
in
December
1983
and
January
1984.
Reduced
population
levels
of
red
drum,
spotted
seatrout
and
black
drum
due
to
this
freeze
were
observed
in
the
1984
spring
gill
net
catch
rates.

McHugh,
Richard
(
1993).

Creation
of
a
Real­
Time
and
Historical
Shark
Fishery
Data
Series.

Center
For
Economic
and
Management
Research,
College
of
Business
Administration,
University
of
South
Florida,
4202
East
Fowler
Ave,
BSN
3403,
Tampa,
Florida,
November,
33
pp.

This
report
summarizes
a
vessel
level
data
base
which
can
be
used
to
better
understand
the
economic
operations
of
those
working
in
the
shark
fisheries,
as
well
as
the
implications
of
shark
management
plans.
This
data
is
drawn
from
the
vessel
trip
tickets
.
Among
the
information
included
on
these
tickets
are
catch
by
species,
cost
by
category
(
ice,
fuel,
etc.),
price
received,
and
vessel
characteristics.
Summarized
is
the
historical
data
base,
but
an
ongoing
data
collection
effort
is
underway
to
continuously
update
the
data
base.

McFadden,
Daniel
(
1974).
"
Conditional
Logit
Analysis
of
Qualitative
Choice
Behavior."
In
Zarembka,
Paul
(
ed.)
(
1974).
Frontiers
in
Econometrics.
Academic
Press,
New
York.

This
paper
outlines
a
general
procedure
for
formulating
econometric
models
of
population
choice
behavior
from
distributions
of
individual
decision
rules.
A
concrete
case
with
useful
empirical
properties,
conditional
logit
analysis,
is
developed
in
detail.
The
relevance
of
these
methods
to
economic
analysis
can
be
indicated
by
a
list
of
the
consumer
choice
problems
to
which
conditional
logit
analysis
has
been
applied:
choice
of
college
attended,
choice
of
occupation,
labor
force
participation,
choice
of
geographical
location
and
migration,
choice
of
number
of
children,
housing
choice,
choice
of
number
and
brand
of
automobiles
owned,
choice
of
shopping
travel
model
and
destination.

McFadden,
Daniel
(
1974).
"
The
Measurement
of
Urban
Travel
Demand."
Working
Paper
No.
227,
Institute
of
Urban
&
Regional
Development,
University
of
California,
Berkeley.

This
paper
suggests
approaches
to
advancing
the
behavioral
theory
of
4
1
9
travel
demand
and
sheds
light
on
some
currently
unresolved
empirical
questions
on
the
determinants
of
travel
behavior.

McFadden,
Daniel
(
1976).
"
Quantal
Choice
Analysis:
A
Survey."
Annals
of
Economic
and
Social
Measurement,
5(
4):
363­
390.

This
article
surveys
quantal
choice
analysis,
focusing
on
derived
selection
probabilities,
revealed
choice
models,
and
the
Luce
Model.
Statistical
analysis
of
selection
probabilities
is
examined
from
the
standpoint
of
functional
forms,
methods
for
estimation
and
inference,
and
extensions
of
the
statistical
choice
problem.
Particular
attention
is
given
to
multivariate
choice,
separability,
and
independence,
and
unsolved
problems
are
discussed.
The
survey
concludes
with
some
economic
applications
of
these
choice
models.

McFadden,
D.
(
1978).
"
Modeling
the
choice
of
residential
location."
in
Spatial
interaction
theory
and
planning
models.
Edited
by
A.
Karlqvist,
et
al.
Amsterdam:
North­
Holland,
pp.
75­
96.

A
person
chooses
a
community
to
live
in
and
a
type
of
dwelling
to
live
in
creating
a
two
step
estimation
process;
i.
e.
the
probability
of
choosing
a
dwelling
type
given
the
choice
of
community.
The
independence
from
irrelevant
alternatives
problem
is
treated
by
McFadden's
standard
Generalized
Extreme
Value
model
by
setting
the
correlations
among
the
utilities
associated
with
similar
alternatives
(

Ãs)
to
a
constant.
A
fewer
number
of
parameters
can
be
estimated
more
efficiently,
but
the
true
correlation
structure
may
be
more
complex
than
is
represented
by
this
simple
solution.

McFadden,
Daniel
(
1987).
"
Regression­
Based
Specification
Tests
for
the
Multinomial
Logit
Model."
Journal
of
Econometrics,
34:
63­
82.

Diagnostic
tests
for
omitted
variables
or
functional
misspecification
in
the
multinomial
logit
(
MNL)
model
can
be
performed
conveniently
by
testing
the
significance
of
auxiliary
regressions
of
residuals
on
included
and
excluded
variables.
In
particular,
Lagrange
Multiplier
(
LM)
and
Hausman­
McFadden
(
HM)
tests
of
the
Independence
from
Irrelevant
Alternatives
(
IIA)
Property
on
the
MNL
model
can
be
carried
out
by
the
regression
method
using
suitably
defined
excluded
variables.
Using
this
method,
it
is
straightforward
to
test
jointly
against
several
sources
of
misspecification
and
to
diagnose
the
structure
of
deviations
from
the
MNL
model.

McFadden,
Daniel
(
1994).
"
Contingent
Valuation
and
Social
Choice."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
76(
4):
689­
708.

The
contingent
valuation
method
for
estimating
the
existence
value
of
natural
resources
is
examined
for
psychophysical
robustness,
statistical
reliability,
and
economic
sensibility.
Extensions
of
standard
models
for
willingness
to
pay,
and
suitable
econometric
techniques
for
analyzing
these
models,
are
developed.
The
analysis
is
applied
to
a
series
of
experiments
on
the
value
of
preserving
wilderness
areas
in
the
western
United
States.
The
results
call
into
question
the
reliability
of
the
CV
method
for
estimating
existence
values.

McFadden,
Daniel
and
Fred
Reid
(
1974).
"
Aggregate
Travel
Demand
Forecasting
From
Disaggregated
Behavioral
Models."
Working
Paper
No.
228,
Institute
of
Urban
&
Regional
Development,
University
of
California,
Berkeley.

Aggregate
and
disaggregate
travel
demand
models
have
a
common
foundation
4
2
0
and
it
amy
be
possible
to
use
a
synthesis
of
the
models
to
facilitate
calibration
and
improve
forecasting
accuracy.

McGaw,
Richard
L.
(
1981).
"
The
Supply
of
Effort
in
a
Fishery."
Applied
Economics,
13:
245­
253.

The
empirical
literature
on
fisheries
economics
has
largely
ignored
the
concept
of
supply,
concentrating
instead
on
the
specification
of
production
functions.
While
it
has
been
recognized
that
overexploitation
of
a
fishery
is
an
economic
problem,
the
supply
behavior
of
the
industry
has
not
been
seriously
examined.
It
is
intended
here
to
develop
a
model
where
effort,
the
index
of
inputs
used
in
most
production
models,
is
determined
endogenously
rather
than
assumed
to
be
exogenous.
The
consequence
of
this
is
that
landings
will
be
determined
by
economic
rather
than
purely
physical
factors.

McGillivray,
Robert
G.
(
1970).
"
Demand
and
Choice
Models
of
Modal
Split."
Journal
of
Transport
Economics
and
Policy,
May:
192­
207.

A
review
of
the
existing
literature
on
travel
by
mode
and
an
empirical
analysis
of
San
Francisco
Bay
area.
Of
interest
is
the
appendix
that
derives
both
a
utility
interpretation
of
a
binary
choice
model
of
the
decision
whether
or
not
to
take
a
trip
and
a
demand
interpretation
of
the
estimated
function.

McIlwain,
T.,
K.
Austin,
B.
Bastian,
J.
Erbacher,
R.
Fite,
F.
Kern,
R.
Orr,
T.
Siewicki,
B.
van
der
Schalie,
Z.
Zein­
Eldin
(
1997).

An
Evaluation
of
Potential
Shrimp
Virus
Impacts
on
Cultured
Shrimp
and
Wild
Shrimp
Populations
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
Southeastern
U.
S.
Atlantic
Coastal
Waters.

A
Report
to
the
Joint
Subcommittee
on
Aquaculture
prepared
by
the
JSA
Shrimp
Virus
Work
Group,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Animal
and
Plant
Health
Inspection
Service,
National
Center
for
Environmental
Assessment,
and
the
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service,
June,
65
pp.

This
report
evaluates
four
major
pathogenic
shrimp
viruses:
Infectious
Hypodermal
and
Hematopoietic
Necrosis
Virus
(
IHHNV),
Taura
Syndrome
Virus
(
TSV),
White
Spot
Syndrome
Virus
(
WSSV),
and
Yellow
head
Virus
(
YHV).
In
response
to
their
findings
the
shrimp
virus
work
group
recommends
that
an
ecological
risk
assessment
be
conducted.

McInerney,
John
(
1976).
"
The
Simple
Analytics
of
Natural
Resource
Economics."
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
27(
1):
31­
52.

An
attempt
is
made
in
this
paper
to
identify
the
prime
issues
in
natural
resource
economics
and
analyze
them
within
a
framework
of
simple
economic
principles.
A
socially
optimal
resource
utilization
policy
is
seen
as
basically
a
matter
of
the
intertemporal
allocation
of
resource
stocks,
and
the
appropriate
analytical
procedures
for
determining
this
are
explored
in
the
context
of
a
proposed
four
way
classification
of
natural
resources.
The
renewable
resource
discussion
contains
an
error
corrected
in
a
note
by
McInerney
(
1978).

McInerney,
John
(
1978).
"
On
the
Optimal
Policy
for
Exploiting
Renewable
Resource
Stocks."
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
29(
2):
183­
188.

Corrects
the
error
found
in
McInerney
(
1976).

McQuaid,
John,
Mark
Schleifstein,
and
Bob
Marshall
(
1996).

Oceans
of
Trouble.

The
Times­
Picayune,
March
24­
31.
4
2
1
The
impact
of
fisheries
exploitation,
development,
and
pollution
on
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
An
entire
section
is
devoted
to
the
shrimp
fishery
and
another
to
aquaculture.
Emphasis
is
also
placed
on
the
people
who
earn
their
living
from
harvesting
living
marine
resources
and
the
prospects
for
their
future.
A
most
insightful
assessment.

McKee,
David
A.,
Addison
L.
Lawrence,
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1989).
"
Stocking
Strategies
and
an
Investment
Analysis
for
Producing
Penaeus
setiferus
as
a
Live
Bait­
Shrimp
on
the
Texas
Coast."
Journal
of
the
World
Aquaculture
Society,
20(
2):
72­
80.

An
economic
and
investment
analysis
was
performed
to
determine
the
viability
of
bait­
shrimp
farming
in
Texas.
A
single
pond
analysis
producing
5
­
5.5
g
shrimp
always
had
higher
returns
above
selected
cost
(
RASC)
than
producing
4
­
4.5
g
shrimp.
Stocking
0.01
g
shrimp
had
a
higher
RASC
than
stocking
0.25
g,
0.50
g,
or
0.75
g
shrimp.
In
the
20
pond
analysis,
which
accounted
for
marketing
considerations,
stocking
0.25
g
shrimp
had
the
highest
RASC.
The
investment
analysis,
assuming
average
management,
was
declared
bankrupt
by
the
end
of
the
fifth
year.
Under
"
excellent"
management
the
internal
rate
of
return
was
only
11.7%.
It
is
unlikely
that
bait­
shrimp
farming
will
become
a
viable
industry
in
Texas
in
the
near
future.

McKelvey,
Richard
D.
and
William
Zavoina
(
1975).
"
A
Statistical
Model
for
the
Analysis
of
Ordinal
Level
Dependent
Variables."
Journal
of
Mathematical
Sociology,
4:
103­
120.

This
paper
develops
a
model
with
assumptions
similar
to
the
linear
model
for
use
when
the
observed
dependent
variable
is
ordinal.
This
model
is
an
extension
of
the
dichotomous
probit
model
and
assumes
that
the
ordinal
nature
of
the
observed
dependent
variable
is
due
to
methodological
limitations
in
collecting
the
data
that
force
the
researcher
to
lump
together
and
identify
various
portions
of
an
otherwise
interval
level
variable.
The
model
assumes
a
linear
effect
of
each
independent
variable
as
well
as
a
series
of
break
points
between
categories
for
the
dependent
variable.
Maximum
likelihood
estimators
are
found
for
these
parameters
along
with
their
asymptotic
sampling
distributions
and
an
analogue
of
R2
(
the
coefficient
of
determination
in
regression
analysis)
is
defined
to
measure
goodness
of
fit.
The
use
of
the
model
is
illustrated
with
an
analysis
of
Congressional
voting
on
the
1965
Medicare
Bill.

McKelvey,
Robert
(
1983).
"
The
Fishery
in
a
Fluctuating
Environment:
Coexistence
of
Specialist
and
Generalist
Fishing
Vessels
in
a
Multipurpose
Fleet."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
10:
287­
309.

The
fishery
is
a
prime
example
of
a
common
property
renewable
resource
industry.
A
second
prominent
feature
is
the
extreme
variability
of
its
environment,
both
biologic
and
economic.
Traditionally
fishing
vessels
have
harvested
a
single
species
or
aggregation,
but
now
powerful
multipurpose
vessel
have
been
introduced
that
switch
targets
as
opportunities
arise.
These
vessels
represent
an
adaptation
to
the
fluctuating
environment:
they
give
up
efficiency
of
specialized
operations
for
flexibility
under
changing
conditions.
We
analyze,
from
the
point
of
view
of
economic
efficiency,
the
common
property
operation
of
a
mixed
fleet
of
generalist
and
specialist
fishing
vessels
in
a
fluctuating
environment.

McKenna,
James
E.,
Jr.
(
1994).
"
Commercial
Landings
and
Quota
Monitoring
of
Florida's
1992­
1993
King
Mackerel
Fishery."
In
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
4
2
2
Management
Council,
and
Mid­
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1994).
"
Draft
Regulatory
Amendment
for
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Coastal
Pelagics
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic."
South
Park
Building,
1
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
January,
31
pp.

A
description
of
commercial
landings
in
the
Florida
Atlantic
mackerel
fishery
and
fishery
management
implications.

McKenzie,
George
W.
(
1979).
"
Consumer's
Surplus
Without
Apology:
Comment."
American
Economic
Review,
69(
3):
465­
468.

Two
main
problems
with
Robert
Willig's
criteria
for
determining
when
consumer
surplus
reasonably
approximates
the
equivalent
and
compensating
variations
are
examined:
(
a)
it
cannot
be
easily
generalized
to
cases
where
the
prices
of
several
commodities
vary;
(
b)
it
is
valid
only
when
price
and
income
changes
are
relatively
small.
Secondly,
numerical
examples
are
used
to
illustrate
that
the
magnitudes
of
error
involved
may
be
far
from
negligible.
Finally
this
procedure
is
contrasted
with
the
Pearce
and
McKenzie
approach
that
enables
an
exact
not
an
approximate
money
metric
welfare
indicator
to
be
constructed
on
the
basis
of
observable
information.

McKinney,
David
A.
(
1991).
"
The
Individual
Transferable
Fishing
Quota
Management
System,
A
Review
of
Recent
Programs
from
an
Enforcement
Perspective."
Report
prepared
for
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Office
of
Law
Enforcement,
Special
Agents
in
Charge,
August
1,
32
pp.

The
individual
transferable
quota
and
similar
fisheries
programs
are
relatively
new
concepts
in
resource
management.
In
an
ITQ
program
each
qualified
fisherman
is
given
the
right
to
harvest
a
select
portion
of
the
total
allowable
catch.
This
paper
provides
an
overview
of
select
ITQ
fishing
systems
and
proposed
systems
currently
underway
in
five
different
countries
including
the
United
States.
Since
there
already
exists
ample
biological
resource
data
on
the
various
systems,
this
paper
emphasizes
international
fishing
quota
programs
from
an
enforcement
perspective.

McKinney,
David
A.
(
1993).
"
Enforcement
Methodology
of
Federal
Individual
Quota
Fisheries."
Paper
presented
at
the
Workshop
on
Enforcement
Measures,
Organization
for
Economic
Co­
Operation
and
Development,
Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture,
and
Fisheries,
Committee
for
Fisheries,
Paris,
September
21­
22.

Although
conceptual
and
framework
differences
exist,
individual
quota
fisheries
are
no
more
dependent
upon
enforcement
than
their
traditional
counterparts.
The
crucial
difference
is
the
enforcement
strategy
within
each
system.
The
key
to
an
economically
feasible
enforcement
effort
is
a
properly
designed
individual
quota
fishery.
This
paper
defines
the
unique
role
of
enforcement
in
Federal
individual
quota
fisheries
and
discusses
the
strategies
and
tactics
necessary
in
achieving
acceptable
levels
of
compliance.

McLaren,
Keith
R.
(
1982).
"
Estimation
of
Translog
Demand
Systems."
Australian
Economic
Papers,
December:
392­
406.

It
is
argued
that
the
estimation
and
testing
procedure
of
the
transcendental
logarithmic
direct
and
indirect
utility
functions
should
be
further
modified
in
two
respects,
by
relating
approximations
used
to
the
sample
data
and
by
reexamining
which
variables
are
endogenous
and
which
exogenous.
4
2
3
McLemore,
B.
Michael
(
1996).

Gulf
Shrimp
Amendment
9
and
Statistical
Review
Advisory
Panel;
November
Meeting.

Memorandum
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
2
pp.

A
memorandum
stating
the
legal
position
that
the
Council
may
take
action
on
red
snapper
bycatch
reduction
in
shrimp
trawls
without
concluding
a
statistical
review
of
the
TED
induced
finfish
bycatch
reduction.

Mace,
Pamela
M.
(
1993).

The
Bioeconomic
Consequences
of
Risk
Averse
Fisheries
Management
Strategies.

Draft
report,
P.
O.
Box
7357,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
July.

This
paper
investigates
the
short
and
long
term
biological
and
economic
consequences
of
risk
averse
fisheries
management
strategies.
In
particular,
what
circumstances
are
necessary
for
conservative
strategies
to
outperform
less
conservative
and
risky
strategies
in
terms
of
stock
size,
yields,
and
revenues.
The
more
conservative
the
strategy,
the
higher
the
stock
size;
however,
the
potential
effects
on
cumulated
yields
and
discounted
revenues
are
less
obvious.

Mace,
Pamela
M.
(
1994).

An
Evaluation
of
the
Effectiveness
of
the
Current
Minimum
Size
for
Atlantic
Swordfish.

ICCAT
Working
Document,
SCRS/
94/
114,
Revised,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

The
benefits
of
the
current
ICCAT
minimum
size
regulation
for
Atlantic
swordfish
(
125
cm
LJFL
or
25
kg
round
weight,
with
15%
tolerance
by
number)
were
examined
in
terms
of
the
gains
in
yield
per
recruit
(
YPR)
and
spawning
per
recruit
(
SPR),
and
the
risks
of
recruitment
overfishing.
Sensitivity
analyses
showed
that
smaller
minimum
sizes
combined
with
zero
tolerance
could
result
in
comparable
levels
of
YPR
and
SPR.
However,
in
all
cases
the
SPR
based
on
recent
(
1991)
fishing
mortality
rates
is
small
relative
to
the
level
required
for
population
replacement.
Reduced
risk
of
recruitment
overfishing
will
require
either
a
much
larger
minimum
size,
much
improved
survival
of
undersized
returns,
or
lower
fishing
mortalities
overall.

Mace,
Pamela
M.
(
1994).

Relationships
Between
Common
Biological
Reference
Points
Used
as
Thresholds
and
Targets
of
Fisheries
Management
Strategies.

Can.
J.
Fish.
Aquat.
Sci.,
51:
110­
122.

Relationships
between
various
biological
reference
points
(
BRPs)
used
to
define
thresholds
and
targets
of
fisheries
management
strategies
were
examined
for
a
range
of
combinations
of
life
history
characteristics.
Rank
orderings
of
the
selected
BRPs
were
strongly
influenced
by
the
degree
of
density
dependence
in
the
underlying
spawning­
recruitment
(
S­
R)
relationship.
The
validity
of
F0.1,
Fmax,
and
F20%(
the
fishing
mortality
at
which
spawning
per
recruit
is
20%
of
the
maximum),
and
other
reference
fishing
mortality
rates
as
approximations
to
Fmsy
or
as
thresholds
of
over
fishing
is
highly
dependent
on
life
history
characteristics,
particularly
the
degree
of
density
dependence
in
the
S­
R
relationship.
It
is
recommended
that
F40%
be
adopted
as
a
target
fishing
mortality
rate
when
the
S­
R
relationship
is
unknown
and
that
threshold
levels
of
biomass
be
related
to
the
estimated
or
assumed
degree
of
density
dependence
in
the
S­
R
relationship.
Two
new
methods
of
calculating
threshold
biomass
levels
are
suggested
as
alternatives
to
the
familiar
20%
B0
rule.

Mace,
Pamela
M.
(
1995).

Meeting
Report
from
Workshop
#
1
on
Limited
Access
for
Atlantic
Swordfish
and
Atlantic
Shark
Fisheries.

Highly
Migratory
4
2
4
Species
Management
Division,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1315
East
West
Highway,
Silver
Springs,
MD,
January.

A
workshop
on
limited
access
for
Atlantic
swordfish
and
shark
fisheries
to
scope
out
issues
and
options
for
limited
access
management
is
summarized
in
this
report.

Mace,
Pamela
M.
(
1996).

Comparisons
Between
Maximum
Economic
Yield
and
Maximum
Sustainable
Yield.

Draft
report,
Highly
Migratory
Management
Division,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
April,
14
pp.

Classical
economic
theory
says
that
at
equilibrium
the
fishing
mortality
associated
with
maximum
economic
yield
is
less
than
fishing
mortality
at
maximum
sustainable
yield
and
that
biomass
at
maximum
economic
yield
is
greater
than
at
maximum
sustainable
yield.
But,
results
can
be
different
if
the
model
is
modified
to
include
fish
schooling
or
aggregation,
discount
rate,
and
time
horizon
effects.
Thus,
economics
will
not
necessarily

save
the
day,

even
when
fisheries
are
managed
using
economic
objectives
(
e.
g.
under
ITQs).

Mace,
Pamela
M.
(
1996).

Developing
and
Sustaining
World
Fisheries
Resources:
the
State
of
the
Science
and
Management.

Keynote
Presentation,
World
Fisheries
Congress,
Sidney,
Australia,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

A
review
of
world
fisheries
and
the
general
state
of
management
is
presented
with
predictions
for
the
future
of
fisheries
management
being
more
cooperative
between
fishermen,
biologists,
economists,
and
managers.

Mace,
Pamela
M.
(
1996).

An
Evaluation
of
the
Use
of
SPR
Levels
as
the
Basis
for
Overfishing
Definitions
in
Gulf
of
Mexico
Finfish
Fisheries
Management
Plans.

Draft
report,
Gulf
of
Mexico
SPR
Management
Strategy
Committee,
April,
44
pp.

This
report
summarizes
the
conclusions
of
the
SPR
Committee,
which
cover
the
following
broad
areas:
general
considerations
about
the
applicability
of
SPR
reference
points
(
Section
I),
topics
of
special
relevance
to
Gulf
of
Mexico
fisheries
(
Section
II),
evaluation
of
current
SPR
reference
points
for
Gulf
of
Mexico
species
(
Section
III),
and
recommendations
for
future
development
of
OY
and
overfishing
definitions
(
Section
IV).
Includes
copies
of
an
overhead
presentation
used
to
present
the
results
to
the
fishery
management
councils.

Mace,
Pamela
M.
and
Wendy
L.
Gabriel
(
1998).

Evolution,
Scope,
&
Current
Applications
of
the
Precautionary
Approach
in
Fisheries.

Presentation,
National
Stock
Assessment
Workshop,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Key
Largo,
FL.

The
evolution
of
the
precautionary
principle
and
approach
from
a
series
of
international
meetings
and
agreements
is
summarized.
How
it
is
applied
in
internationally
managed
fisheries
is
compared
to
the
U.
S.
history
of
management.
The
conclusion
is
that
it
is
just
another
attempt
to
impose
the
same
management
regime
that
has
existed
in
the
past
and
has
failed
to
prevent
stock
and
fishery
collapses.

Mace,
Pamela,
Steve
Freese,
Dominique
Greboval,
John
Ward,
Robin
Tuttle,
Kathy
Downs,
Tanya
Coleman,
and
Bill
Fox
(
1997).

FAO/
NMFS
Overcapacity
Initiative.

Draft
proposal,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1315
4
2
5
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
February,
8
pp.

Proposed
organizational
outline
for
the
FAO
expert
consultation
group
on
global
overcapacity
in
fisheries.
Outlines
for
background
papers
on
measuring
overcapacity
and
guidelines
for
controlling
overcapacity
are
included
as
well
as
a
proposed
list
of
participants.

Mace,
Pamela,
L.
Botsford,
J.
Collie,
W.
Gabriel,
P.
Goodyear,
J.
Powers,
V.
Restrepo,
A.
Rosenberg,
M.
Sissenwine,
G.
Thompson,
and
J.
Witzig
(
1996).

Scientific
Review
of
Definitions
of
Overfishing
in
U.
S.
Fishery
Management
Plans.

Supplemental
Report,
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
F/
SPO­
21,
September,
20
pp.

A
class
of
biological
reference
points,
referred
to
as
non­
equilibrium
measures
of
spawning
potential
ratio,
that
have
been
proposed
and
used
to
measure
current
stock
status
with
respect
to
overfishing
are
reviewed.
These
are
commonly
used
as
reference
points
for
fisheries
in
the
southeastern
U.
S.
(
e.
g.
red
snapper
and
mackerel)
but
were
omitted
from
the
report

Scientific
Review
of
Definition
of
Overfishing
in
U.
S.
Fishery
Management
Plans.

Example
calculations
for
simulated
and
real
fish
stocks
are
included.
The
report
recommends
the
adoption
of
static
and
transitional
SPR
as
a
measure
of
overfishing
and
in
rebuilding
plans,
respectively.

Macinko,
Seth
(
1993).
"
Investigation
of
the
Basic
Bioeconomic
Dynamics
of
Bycatch
Problems
in
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management."
Draft
final
report,
S/
K
Award
No.
NA27FD0068­
01,
November,
44
pp.

A
stylized
model
of
a
set
of
Gulf
fisheries
is
developed
to
investigate
the
bioeconomic
characteristics
of
bycatch
problems.
The
simulation
run
isolate
three
distinct
effects
attributable
to
the
introduction
of
a
bycatch
reduction
device
(
BRD)
into
the
fishery
for
stock
X;
a
bycatch
catchability
effect;
an
operating
cost
effect;
and
a
target
species
catchability
effect.
The
BRD
does
not
result
in
increases
in
stock
size
for
species
Y,
it
does
increase
recreational
and
commercial
fishing
effort
for
species
Y
substantially,
and
it
increases
fishing
pressure
in
the
fishery
for
species
X.

Macinko,
Seth
(
1993).
"
Public
or
Private?:
United
States
Commercial
Fisheries
Management
and
the
Public
Trust
Doctrine,
Reciprocal
Challenges."
Natural
Resources
Journal,
33:
919­
955.

This
article
explores
contemporary
debates
over
property
rights
in
United
States
fisheries
in
the
context
of
the
public
trust
doctrine.
The
debate
surrounding
the
privatization
of
harvesting
rights
in
the
halibut
and
sablefish
fisheries
off
Alaska
is
used
as
a
case
study.
The
public
trust
perspective
guides
a
new
reading
of
the
Alaska
debate
offering
insight
into
current
conceptualizations
of
both
property
rights
in
fisheries
and
the
public
trust
doctrine
itself.
A
contextual
analysis
of
the
early
public
trust
doctrine
reveals
a
strong
symmetry
between
the
debate
over
the
early
doctrine
and
that
over
the
Alaska
fisheries.
both
are
debates
over
fundamental
ideas
regarding
the
interrelationships
between
natural
resources,
rights,
equity,
progress,
and
nationhood.
A
public
trust­
driven
reading
of
the
Alaska
debate
reveals
how
much
our
ideas
about
rights,
and
consequently
about
the
public
trust
doctrine
itself,
have
changed.
In
our
quest
for
environmental
preservation
we
have
all
but
abandoned
earlier
public
trust
doctrine
in
exchange
for
the
malleability
of
current
articulations
of
the
doctrine.

Macinko,
Seth
(
1994).
"
Investigation
of
the
Basic
Bioeconomic
Dynamics
of
Bycatch
Problems
in
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management."
Final
report,
S/
K
Award
No.
NA27FD0068­
01,
November,
44
pp.
4
2
6
A
stylized
model
of
a
set
of
Gulf
fisheries
is
developed
to
investigate
the
bioeconomic
characteristics
of
bycatch
problems.
The
simulation
run
isolate
three
distinct
effects
attributable
to
the
introduction
of
a
bycatch
reduction
device
(
BRD)
into
the
fishery
for
stock
X;
a
bycatch
catchability
effect;
an
operating
cost
effect;
and
a
target
species
catchability
effect.
The
BRD
does
not
result
in
increases
in
stock
size
for
species
Y,
it
does
increase
recreational
and
commercial
fishing
effort
for
species
Y
substantially,
and
it
increases
fishing
pressure
in
the
fishery
for
species
X.

Mackerel
Stock
Assessment
Panel
(
1993).
"
1993
Report
of
the
Mackerel
Stock
Assessment
Panel."
Final
report
of
the
Mackerel
Stock
Assessment
Panel
held
March
29­
31,
1993,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory
Contribution
Number
MIA­
92/
93­
57.

The
stock
assessment
for
the
migratory
coastal
pelagics
(
mackerel)
stocks
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Mackerel
Stock
Assessment
Panel
(
1995).
"
1995
Report
of
the
Mackerel
Stock
Assessment
Panel."
Final
report
of
the
Mackerel
Stock
Assessment
Panel
held
March
21­
23,
1995,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory
Contribution
Number
MIA­
94/
95­
30.

The
stock
assessment
for
the
migratory
coastal
pelagics
(
mackerel)
stocks
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Mackerel
Stock
Assessment
Panel
(
1997).
"
1997
Report
of
the
Mackerel
Stock
Assessment
Panel."
Final
report
of
the
Mackerel
Stock
Assessment
Panel
held
March
31
­
April
4,
1997,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
The
Commons
at
Rivergate,
3018
U.
S.
Highway
301
North,
Suite
1000,
Tampa,
FL
and
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council,
Southpark
Building,
Suite
306,
1
Southpark
Circle,
Charleston,
South
Carolina,
April,
32
pp.

The
stock
assessment
for
the
migratory
coastal
pelagic
(
mackerel)
stocks
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Mackerel
Stock
Assessment
Panel
(
1998).
"
1998
Report
of
the
Mackerel
Stock
Assessment
Panel."
Final
report
of
the
Mackerel
Stock
Assessment
Panel
held
March
23
­
26,
1998,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
The
Commons
at
Rivergate,
3018
U.
S.
Highway
301
North,
Suite
1000,
Tampa,
FL
and
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council,
Southpark
Building,
Suite
306,
1
Southpark
Circle,
Charleston,
South
Carolina,
24
pp.

The
stock
assessment
for
the
migratory
coastal
pelagic
(
mackerel)
stocks
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Mackinson,
Steven,
Ussif
Rashid
Sumaila,
and
Tony
J.
Pitcher
(
1997).

Bioeconomics
and
Catchability:
Fish
and
Fishers
Behaviour
During
Stock
Collapse.

Fisheries
Research,
31:
11­
17.

During
periods
of
stock
collapse,
an
increase
in
the
catchability
exhibited
by
many
small
pelagic
fish
is
a
consequences
of
two
factors:
their
schooling
habit
and
the
remarkable
efficiency
of
today

s
technology
intensive
fishing
fleets.
The
net
result
is
that
a
virtually
constant
catch
per
unit
effort
may
be
achieved
regardless
of
stock
size.
Three
models
of
catchability
used
to
highlight
the
consequences
of
fish
behavior
and
fishing
technology
4
2
7
during
stock
collapse
are
extended
to
examine
the
effects
of
incorporating
profit
motivated
economic
behavior
of
fishers.
Three
scenarios
are
examined:
(
1)
cooperation
by
fishers
to
achieve
maximum
economic
yield
(
MEY);
(
2)
noncooperation
resulting
in
open
access
equilibrium;
(
3)
non­
cooperation
with
allocation
subsidies
allowing
fishers
to
increase
effort
beyond
the
open
access
equilibrium.
Incorporating
economic
behavior
in
the
density­
dependent
catchability
models
may
result
in
an
alarming
increase
in
the
rate
of
stock
depletion,
since
fishers
maintain
high
profits
even
during
low
stock
abundance.
We
discuss
the
consequences
of
using
a
model
where
catchability
is
assumed
constant
for
the
management
of
fisheries
on
small
schooling
pelagic
fish.

Mager,
Andreas,
Jr.
(
1985).
"
Five­
Year
Status
Reviews
of
Sea
Turtles
Listed
Under
the
Endangered
Species
Act
of
1973."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Protected
Species
Management
Branch,
Duval
Building,
9450
Koger
Boulevard,
St.
Petersburg,
FL
33702,
January,
90
pp.

A
five
year
review
of
listed
species
is
required
under
section
4
of
the
endangered
species
act.
Information
published
between
1978
and
1984
is
summarized
in
this
review
by
NMFS,
and
an
assessment
is
made
of
the
current
status
of
the
populations
of
sea
turtles
that
are
listed
pursuant
to
the
Endangered
Species
Act
of
1973
(
ESA).
The
leatherback
sea
turtle
(
Dermochelys
coriacea)
and
hawksbill
sea
turtle
(
Eretmochelys
imbricata)
were
listed
as
endangered
throughout
their
range
on
June
2,
1970.
The
population
of
Kemp's
ridley
(
Lepidochelys
kempi)
was
listed
as
endangered
on
December
2,
1970.
The
green
sea
turtle
(
Chelonia
mydas)
was
listed
on
July
28,
1978,
as
threatened
except
for
the
breeding
populations
of
Florida
and
the
Pacific
coast
of
Mexico
that
are
listed
as
endangered.
At
the
same
time,
the
loggerhead
sea
turtle
(
Caretta)
was
listed
as
threatened
wherever
it
occurs.
These
sea
turtles
were
listed
because,
to
varying
degrees,
their
populations
had
declined
as
the
result
of
human
activities.
Many
of
their
nesting
beaches
had
been
destroyed
by
encroachment
of
the
human
population
into
coastal
habitats.
Sea
turtle
populations
had
been
reduced
by
uncontrolled
harvesting
for
commercial
purposes
and
by
mortality
incidental
to
activities
such
as
commercial
fishing.
In
many
cases,
existing
regulatory
mechanisms
were
not
providing
sufficient
encouragement
for
conservation.

Mager,
Andreas,
Jr.
(
1988).
"
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
Habitat
Conservation
Efforts
in
the
Coastal
Southeastern
United
States
for
1987."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
50(
3):
43­
50.

Data
quantifying
the
cumulative
acreage
of
coastal
habitat
affected
by
Corps
of
Engineers
(
COE)
programs
that
regulate
development
in
wetlands
of
the
southeastern
United
States
are
provided
for
1987.
The
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
NMFS),
Southeast
Region,
made
recommendations
on
4,713
water
development
proposals
submitted
by
or
to
the
COE.
Of
these,
1,054
proposed
to
alter
21,756
acres
of
fishery
habitat
through
3,
506
acres
of
dredging,
2,899
acres
of
filling,
1,303
acres
of
draining,
and
14,048
acres
of
impounding.
The
NMFS
did
not
object
to
alteration
of
8,135
acres
and
recommended
the
conservation
of
13,
621
acres.
To
offset
habitat
losses,
7,139
acres
of
mitigation
were
recommended
by
NMFS
or
proposed
by
applicants
and/
or
the
COE.
Of
the
wetland
alterations
accepted
by
NMFS,
nearly
5,000
acres
involved
impounding
for
marsh
management
in
Louisiana.
A
follow
up
survey
of
266
permits
issued
by
the
COE
during
1987
revealed
that
only
46
percent
of
NMFS
recommendations
were
accepted
by
the
COE.
On
a
permit
by
permit
basis,
25
percent
of
NMFS
recommendations
were
partially
accepted,
21
percent
were
completely
rejected,
and
8
percent
were
withdrawn.
4
2
8
Mager,
Andreas,
Jr.
(
1990).
"
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
Habitat
Conservation
Efforts
in
the
Southeastern
United
States
for
1988."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
52(
1):
7­
13.

Data
quantifying
the
area
of
habitat
affected
by
Federal
programs
that
regulate
development
in
coastal
zones
of
the
southeastern
United
States
are
provided
for
1988.
The
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
made
recommendations
on
3,935
proposals
requiring
federal
permits
or
licenses
to
alter
wetlands.
A
survey
of
977
of
these
activities
revealed
that
359,876
acres
of
wetland
s
that
support
fishery
resources
under
NMFS
purview
were
proposed
for
some
type
of
alternation
or
manipulation.
Almost
95
percent
of
this
acreage
was
for
impounding
and
or
manipulation
of
water
levels
in
Louisiana
marshes.
The
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
did
not
object
to
alternation
of
173,284
acres
and
recommended
the
conservation
of
186,592
acres.
To
offset
habitat
losses,
1,827
acres
of
mitigation
were
recommended
by
the
NMFS
or
proposed
by
applicants
and/
or
the
Corps
of
engineers
(
COE).
From
1981
to
1988
the
NMFS
has
provided
indepth
analyses
on
8,385
projects
proposing
the
alteration
of
at
least
656,377
acres
of
wetlands.

Mager,
Andreas,
Jr.
and
Gordon
W.
Thayer
(
1986).
"
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
Habitat
Conservation
Efforts
in
the
Southeast
Region
of
the
United
States
From
1981
through
1985."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
48(
3):
1­
8.

The
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
NMFS)
is
quantifying
the
cumulative
acreage
of
habitat
involved
in
the
Corps
of
Engineers'
(
COE)
programs
relating
to
water
development
in
the
Southeast
Region
of
the
United
States.
From
January
1981
through
December
1985
the
NMFS
commented
on
23,292
proposals
to
alter
wetlands
that
had
been
submitted
to
the
COE.
Of
these,
detailed
habitat
information
was
obtained
on
5,385
projects
involving
the
potential
alteration
of
184,187
acres
of
wetlands.
Dredging
was
proposed
for
over
80,227
acres
and
45,893
for
filling,
5,846
for
draining,
and
52,222
for
impounding.
NMFS
did
not
object
to
the
alteration
of
48,500
acres
and
recommended
the
conservation
of
135,687
acres.
The
proposed
habitat
losses
were
potentially
offset
by
the
110,406
acres
recommended
for
mitigation.
The
degree
to
which
our
recommendations
were
incorporated
into
permits
by
the
COE
also
was
documented.
NMFS
recommendations
were
accepted
overall
50
percent
off
the
time,
partially
accepted
24
percent
of
the
time,
and
rejected
26
percent
of
the
time.
Applicant
compliance
with
permit
conditions
averaged
80
percent.
NMFS
recommendations
on
permit
applications
are
made
by
the
Southeast
Regional
Office
and
its
area
offices,
but
are
dependent
on
up­
todate
research
information
provided
by
research
laboratories
of
the
Southeast
Fisheries
Center.
The
close
link
between
these
facilities
in
NMFS
fisheries
habitat
conservation
efforts
is
described.

Magnuson,
John
J.
(
Chairman)
(
1994).
An
Assessment
of
Atlantic
Bluefin
Tuna.
Committee
to
Review
Atlantic
Bluefin
Tuna,
Ocean
Studies
Board,
Commission
on
Geosciences,
Environment,
and
Resources,
National
Research
Council,
National
Academy
Press,
Washington,
D.
C.

This
report
summarizes
independent
advice
requested
by
the
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration
on
the
scientific
basis
of
management
for
the
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna.
The
committee
notes
that
research
on
the
biology
of
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna
is
not
continuing
at
an
intensity
necessary
to
answer
major
biological
questions
pertaining
to
the
management
of
the
fisheries.

Maguire,
Jean­
Jacques,
Barbara
Neis,
and
Peter
R.
Sinclair
(
1994).
4
2
9
"
What
Are
We
Managing
Anyway?:
The
Need
for
an
Interdisciplinary
Approach
to
Managing
Fisheries
Ecosystems."
C.
M
1994/
T:
48,
Theme
Session
on
Improving
the
Link
Between
Fisheries
Science
and
Management:
Biological,
Social,
and
Economic
Considerations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
82nd
Statutory
Meeting,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September,
14
pp.

This
paper
proposes
an
interdisciplinary
approach
to
fisheries
management
and
fisheries
science
as
a
solution
to
the
problems
currently
facing
fisheries
managers.

Maharaj,
Vishwanie
(
1989).
"
The
By­
Catch
in
the
Artisanal
Shrimp
Trawl
Fishery,
Gulf
of
Paria,
Trinidad."
Masters
Thesis,
Department
of
Fisheries,
Aquaculture,
and
Pathology,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Narragansette,
Rhode
Island.

Annual
ratio
estimates
were
9:
1
finfish
to
shrimp
and
14.7:
1
bycatch
to
shrimp,
with
the
highest
ratios
observed
during
August
to
December
and
the
lowest
during
late
January
to
May,
the
dry
season.
Extrapolation
of
ratios,
using
shrimp
catch
statistics
indicate
that
for
1986,
974,000
kg
finfish
and
620,000
kg
crabs
(
Callinectes
spp.)
were
caught
incidentally
by
artisanal
shrimp
trawlers
fishing
in
the
Gulf
of
Paria.
Of
this
total
incidental
catch
(
1,594,000
kg),
approximately
1,500,400
kg
were
discarded
(
94%).

Maharaj,
Vishwanie
(
1995).
"
Valuation
of
Atlantic
Salmon
Sport
Fishing
in
New
England
and
an
Economic
Analysis
of
Farming
Adult
Atlantic
Salmon
for
a
Sport
Fishery."
Ph.
D.
Dissertation,
Department
of
Natural
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
Rhode
Island.

This
study
focuses
on
estimating
demand
for
Atlantic
salmon
sport
fishing
in
New
England.
Sport
fishing
demand
is
modeled
as
a
function
of
attributes
of
salmon
fishing
opportunities,
and
characteristics
of
salmon
anglers.
Models
with
level
of
interest
variables
and
motives
for
fishing
give
better
out
of
sample
predictions
than
models
with
demographics
and
models
with
site
attributes.
Providing
a
number
of
assumptions
hold,
optimization
results
indicate
that
it
would
be
economically
viable
to
rear
adult
Atlantic
salmon
for
a
sport
fishery..

Maharaj,
Vishwanie
(
1998).
"
The
Economic
Importance
of
Marine
Recreational
Fishing
in
the
United
States;
Case
Studies:
Striped
Bass
and
Bluefin
Tuna."
American
Sportfishing
Association,
1033
North
Fairfax
Street,
Suite
200,
Alexandria,
Va.

This
report
summarizes
the
economic
benefits
of
marine
recreational
fishing
in
the
United
States,
and
presents
two
case
studies
on
fisheries
that
are
important
to
both
the
commercial
and
the
recreational
fishing
sectors.
The
first
case
study
analyzes
a
success
story,
the
restoration
of
striped
bass
along
the
Atlantic
Coast.
The
second
case
study
describes
a
newly
developed
winter
bluefin
tuna
sport
fishery
in
North
Carolina
that
contributes
more
than
$
3.5
million
to
the
local
economy,
and
holds
even
greater
economic
potential
if
the
fishery
is
properly
managed.

Maharaj,
V
and
C.
Recksiek
(
1991).
"
The
Bycatch
from
the
Artisanal
Shrimp
Trawl
Fishery,
Gulf
of
Pria,
Trinidad."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
53(
2):
9­
15.

Samples
of
shrimp
trawl
catches
were
collected
from
a
commercial
4
3
0
artisanal
vessel
fishing
inside
the
6
fm
isobath
in
the
Gulf
of
Paria,
Trinidad.
Annual
ratio
estimates
were
9
finfish:
shrimp
and
14.7
bycatch:
shrimp,
with
the
highest
ratios
observed
August
through
December
and
the
lowest
from
late
January
through
May,
the
dry
season.

Mahony,
J.
(
1996).

Landings
Quota
Report.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Fisheries
Center,
Water
Street,
Woods
Hole,
MA,
April,
2
pp.

Landings
of
swordfish
for
year
to
date
and
the
first
half
of
April
by
gillnet
and
other
gear
types
in
the
mid­
Atlantic
and
New
England.

Mahood,
Robert
K.
(
1977).
"
Socioeconomic
Impact
on
the
White
Shrimp
Fishery
by
Opening
and
Closing
Sounds."
Coastal
Fisheries
Section,
Coastal
Resources
Division,
Georgia
Department
of
Natural
Resources,
45
pp.

The
study
was
divided
into
two
phases
to
accurately
assess
the
economic
and
social
benefits
derived
from
opening
and
closing
sounds
to
commercial
shrimping.
Phase
I
consisted
of
field
work,
publicity,
shrimp
tagging,
and
monitoring
environmental
factors.
Phase
II
evaluated
shrimp
movements
from
the
estuaries
and
economic
and
social
benefits
derived
from
opening
and
closing
sounds.

Major,
Philip
(
1994).

Individual
Transferable
Quotas
and
Quota
Management
Systems:
a
Perspective
from
the
New
Zealand
Experience.

In
Karyn
L.
Gimbel
(
ed.)
Limiting
Access
to
Marine
Fisheries:
Keeping
the
Focus
on
Conservation,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

This
paper
explores
the
experience
of
New
Zealand
in
implementing
a
comprehensive
quota
management
system
to
cover
a
multispecies
fishery
including
crustacea
and
shellfish.
In
particular
it
explores
the
pressures
that
have
come
to
bear
on
the
fisheries
management
process
in
terms
of
the
Government

s
goal
to
create
an
economically
efficient
and
effective
conservation
regime
for
the
New
Zealand
fisheries.
The
paper
will
explore
the
conflicts
that
arise
between
industry
and
Government
on
the
setting
of
total
allowable
catches,
bycatch
allowances,
the
allocation
of
quota,
the
establishment
of
the
system
and
the
interrelationship
between
conservation,
recreational
and
commercial
fishing
groups.
The
paper
will
also
suggest
a
range
of
mechanisms
that
might
be
suitable
to
overcome
the
difficulties
that
New
Zealand
has
experienced
in
the
implementation
of
its
quota
management
scheme.

Malvestuto,
Stephen
P.
and
Michael
D.
Hudgins
(
1996).

Optimum
Yield
for
Recreational
Fisheries
Management.

Fisheries,
21(
6):
6­
17.

Optimum
yield
(
OY)
calls
for
fishery
professionals
to
deliberately
and
meaningfully
incorporate
biological,
economic,
and
social
values
into
fishery
management
decision
making.
This
invitation
eventually
will
require
a
large,
multidisciplinary
data
base
for
a
fishery,
but
that
reality
is
in
the
distant
future.
For
now,
OY
compels
us
to
consider
a
paradigm
shift.
The
new
paradigm
would
require
decision
makers
to
choose
a
list
of
essential
variables
that
would
be
examined
and
weighed
in
concert
before
developing
management
plans.
Here,
we
present
four
OY
management
accounts
(
biological,
sociocultural,
economic,
and
human
health)
as
the
conceptual
framework
for
this
OY
data
gathering.
Depending
on
the
mix
of
user
groups,
each
management
account
would
generate
several
important
variables
that
should
be
considered
as
a
starting
point
for
OY
decision
making
for
a
fishery.
The
suggested
data
4
3
1
can
be
obtained
easily
through
routine
creel
surveys.
Our
reconceptualization
of
OY
is
intended
to
shrift
the
content
and
focus
of
recreational
fishery
management
plans
toward
evaluating
and
promoting
diverse
sociocultural
benefits
to
anglers
and
communities.

Manar,
Thomas
A.
(
ed.)
(
1973).
"
Shrimp
'
73
­
A
Billion
Dollar
Business."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
March­
April,
35(
3­
4):
1­
80.

An
issue
of
the
journal
devoted
to
a
single
topic;
shrimp.

Mangel,
Marc
and
Richard
E.
Plant
(
1985).

Regulatory
Mechanisms
and
Information
Processing
in
Uncertain
Fisheries.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
4(
1):
389­
418.

We
study
the
effects
on
fisherman
decision
processes
of
periodic
(
e.
g.,
weekly)
individual
quotas.
In
the
model,
the
fisherman
must
choose
at
the
start
of
each
week
on
which
of
two
grounds
to
fish.
The
catch
per
week
on
each
ground
is
a
random
variable
and
the
fisherman
does
not
know
with
certainty
the
parameters
of
the
distribution
of
that
variable.
He
does
have
estimates
on
each
parameter
and
can
improve
these
estimates
by
Bayesian
updating.
The
choice
of
a
fishing
ground
takes
into
account
the
expected
catch
on
that
ground
and
the
expected
improvement
in
information
from
fishing
on
that
ground.
Our
study
is
concerned
with
the
effect
of
weekly
quotas
on
the
joint
production
of
information
and
fish.
Various
policy
implications
are
discussed,
and
the
results
are
compared
with
the
policy
analysis
of
Clark
(
1980)
in
the
deterministic
case.
We
know
that
the
quota
affects
the
value
of
information
and
that
if
quotas
are
transferable,
then
the
quota
may
limit
its
own
value.

Manooch,
Charles
S.
III,
Steven
P.
Naughton,
Churchill
B.
Grimes,
and
Lee
Trent
(
1987).
"
Age
and
Growth
of
King
Mackerel,
Scomberomorus
cavalla,
From
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
102­
108.

An
age
and
growth
study
of
king
mackerel
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
from
Key
West
to
the
Yucatan
Peninsula,
Mexico
from
1980
through
1985.
Von
Bertalanffy
growth
equations
are
estimated
for
male,
female,
and
both
sexes
combined.
Age
at
recruitment
to
commercial
and
recreational
fisheries
off
various
states
is
reported.
Total
instantaneous
mortality
estimates
are
given
that
show
that
female
rates
are
lower
than
rates
for
males.

Manski,
Charles
F.
and
Daniel
McFadden
(
eds.)
(
1981).
Structural
Analysis
of
Discrete
Data
with
Econometric
Applications.
The
MIT
Press,
Cambridge,
Massachusetts.

This
volume
deals
with
parametric
statistical
inference
on
structural
conditional
probability
models
in
which
some
or
all
of
the
endogenous
variables
are
discrete
valued.
Taken
together,
these
chapters
provide
a
methodological
foundation
for
the
analysis
of
economic
problems
involving
discrete
data
and
chart
the
current
frontiers
of
this
subject.

Manski,
Charles
F.
(
1991).
"
Regression."
Journal
of
Economic
Literature,
29(
March):
34­
50.

This
article
exposits
the
achievements
and
concerns
of
the
rich
modern
literature
on
the
estimation
of
regressions.
to
keep
the
discussion
within
bounds,
I
restrict
attention
to
the
case
in
which
y
is
scaler
and
focus
on
those
regressions
that
provide
best
predictors
of
y
conditional
on
x.
This
class
of
regressions
is
easily
described
and
covers
the
majority
of
4
3
2
applications.

Manzella,
Sharon
A.,
Charles
W.
Caillouet,
Jr.,
and
Clark
T.
Fontaine
(
1988).
"
Kemp's
Ridley,
Lepidochelys
kempi,
Sea
Turtle
Head
Start
Tag
Recoveries:
Distribution,
Habitat,
and
Method
of
Recovery."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
50(
3):
24­
32.

The
Kemp's
ridley
sea
turtle
head
start
research
project
is
an
international
conservation
effort
to
increase
the
wild
population
of
Kemp's
ridleys
and
to
create
a
second
nesting
beach
on
Padre
Island,
Texas.
Turtles
are
reared
in
captivity
for
about
10
months,
tagged,
and
released
at
various
locations
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
but
primarily
off
Padre
Island.
Tag
recoveries
are
summarized
by
distribution,
method
of
recovery,
habitat,
and
season.
A
total
of
12,422
turtles
from
nine
year
classes
(
1978­
86)
of
Kemp's
ridleys
have
been
released
since
the
project
began
in
1978.
As
of
31
December
1987,
547
(
4.4
percent)
tag
recoveries
have
been
reported.
Tag
recovery
data
show
turtles
were
reported
from
Mexico,
all
of
the
Gulf
Coast
states,
and
most
of
the
states
on
the
U.
S.
east
coast
as
far
north
as
New
York.
A
few
tag
recoveries
were
reported
from
France
and
Morocco.
Primary
recovery
locations
are
Texas
(
60.9
percent),
Louisiana
(
14.0
percent),
and
Florida
(
10.3
percent),
and
primary
tag
recovery
methods
include
strandings
(
34.4
percent)
and
shrimp
trawls
(
27.6
percent).
Tag
recovery
habitat
data
show
that
occurrence
in
bay
waters
or
ocean
waters
is
about
equal
with
45.8
and
31.8
percent,
respectively.
Kemp's
ridleys
probably
move
into
bays
and
shallow
coastal
areas
to
feed.
Seasonally,
52.5
percent
of
the
tag
recoveries
occur
during
April,
May,
and
June.

Marasco,
Richard
J.
and
Joseph
M.
Terry
(
1982).
"
Controlling
Incidental
Catch,
An
Economic
Analysis
of
Six
Management
Options."
Marine
Policy,
April:
131­
139.

The
authors
identify
a
management
approach
to
the
problem
of
incidental
catch
and
utilize
that
approach
to
evaluate
six
management
options
which
are
being
considered
to
control
incidental
catch
in
the
US
fishery
conservation
zone
of
the
Bering
Sea.
The
evaluation
is
in
terms
of
the
ability
of
management
to
minimize
the
impact
and
control
costs
of
incidental
catch.
The
authors
conclude
that
the
use
of
economic
disincentives
tends
to
be
preferable
due
to
the
inefficiencies
and
extensive
information
requirements
of
the
alternative
options.

Marasco,
Richard
J.,
Rebecca
Baldwin,
Nic
Bax,
and
Tina
Landen
(
1989).
"
Bycatch:
A
Bioeconomic
Assessment
of
North
Pacific
Groundfish
Fisheries."
Draft
Report,
ICES,
MSM
Symp/
No.
31.

In
its
early
years,
the
North
Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council
spent
considerable
time
setting
catch
quotas
and
dividing
them
between
foreign,
joint
venture,
and
domestic
fisheries.
Conservation
of
stocks
and
the
development
of
a
United
States
groundfish
fishery
were
the
main
concerns
during
this
period.
Expansion
of
United
States
groundfish
fisheries
has
increased
the
contentiousness
of
allocation
decisions.
One
of
the
most
politically
volatile
allocation
issues
is
the
catch
of
nontarget
species
(
bycatch)
in
the
groundfish
fishery,
particularly
by
trawlers.
Mathematical
programming
techniques
are
use
to
explore
this
issue.
Models
constructed
contain
both
biological
and
economic
components.
Costs
and
benefits
of
controlling
bycatch
in
both
target
and
nontarget
fisheries
are
examined.

Margavio,
A.
V.
and
Shirley
Laska
(
1992).
"
The
Louisiana
Shrimp
Fishery:
A
Management
Challenge."
Draft
report,
The
Environmental
Social
4
3
3
Science
Research
Institute,
Department
of
Sociology,
University
of
New
Orleans,
New
Orleans,
LA
70148,
50
pp.

The
paper
explores
the
lessons
learned
about
the
TED
controversy
using
data
collected
under
contract.

Margavio,
A.
V.,
Shirley
Laska,
James
Mason,
and
Craig
Forsyth
(
1992).
"
A
Sociopolitical
Analysis
of
Marine
Management:
The
TEDs
Case."
Draft
report,
University
of
New
Orleans.

A
sociopolitical
model
of
marine
resource
conflicts
was
elaborated
using
the
Turtle
Excluder
Device
(
TED)
conflict
and
protest
as
an
illustrative
case.
The
model
is
grounded
in
the
theories
and
perspectives
of
four
relevant
sociopolitical
perspectives:
1)
public
policy/
public
administration,
2)
environmental
sociology,
3)
collective
behavior,
and
4)
economic
power
and
labor
organization/
labor
disputes.
The
approach
combines
the
four
perspectives
into
a
single
vision.
The
model
focuses
(
1)
both
objective
interests
and
subjective
values
in
conflict,
(
2)
conflict
history
as
the
unit
of
analysis,
(
3)
the
roles
of
government;
(
4)
the
role
of
science,
and
(
5)
the
social
impacts.

Marine
Fisheries
Commission
(
1991).
"
Coastal
Pelagics
Survey
Research."
CM­
287,
2540
Executive
Center
Circle,
West,
Suite
106,
Tallahassee,
Florida
32301,
January.

Much
of
the
information
necessary
to
make
allocation
decisions
is
either
unavailable
or
dated.
Therefore,
the
need
for
timely
social
and
economic
data
is
critical
to
Commission
decision
making.
Such
information
must
be
specifically
collected
to
determine
social
and
economic
impacts,
economic
values
placed
on
the
resource
by
different
groups,
market
demand
for
different
product
forms,
and
the
identification
of
import
and
export
channels.
This
project
will
use
survey
research
to
address
allocation
questions
for
the
coastal
pelagics,
specifically
the
king
and
spanish
mackerels.
Includes
a
data
set
on
disk.

Marine
Policy
Center
and
Environmental
Solutions
International
(
1995).

Market­
Based
Incentives
to
Reduce
Fisheries
Bycatch.

Preliminary
Draft
Report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
NOAA
Contract
No.
50­
DGNF­
5­
00172,
September,
58
pp.

This
preliminary
report
represents
a
first
step
at
considering
the
potential
for
the
use
of
market­
based
incentives
to
aid
in
the
resolution
of
fishery
bycatch
problems.
Market­
based
incentives
have
several
advantages
over
more
traditional
command
and
control
approaches,
including
cost­
effective
allocations
of
environmental
controls;
incentives
for
firms
to
seek
technological
solutions;
flexibility;
returns
to
the
public
for
the
use
of
its
resources;
and
lower
administrative
costs
in
some
cases.

Marshall,
Nelson
(
19??).
"
Fishery
Yields
of
Coral
Reefs
and
Adjacent
Shallow­
Water
Environments."
Draft
report.

A
review
of
recent
efforts
to
estimate
the
sustained
yield
of
reefs
from
the
landings
of
species
harvested
from
this
ecosystem.

Marshall,
Rose
(
1986).
"
Use
of
Minimum
Bid
Requirements
to
Achieve
Intertemporal
Allocation
Efficiency
for
Oil
and
Gas
Leases."
Presented
at
the
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Chief,
Branch
of
Economic
Studies,
Offshore
Resource
Evaluation
Division,
Department
of
the
Interior.
4
3
4
Current
policy
requires
that
a
bid
for
an
Outer
Continental
Shelf
(
OCS)
oil
and
gas
tract
equal
or
exceed
$
150
per
acre.
Otherwise,
the
bid
cannot
be
considered
for
acceptance.
This
analysis
was
conducted
to
address
the
questions
raised
concerning
the
minimum
bid
level
in
Attachment
1
of
Appendix
K
to
the
5
year
Secretarial
Issue
Document.

Martin,
Dean
F.(
1995).
"
Why
Don

t
We
Have
More
Red
Tides
in
Florida."
Local,
National,
Global
Health
News,
5(
11),
3
pp.

With
the
present
state
of
knowledge
of
red
tides,
particularly
in
Florida
coastal
waters,
the
major
challenge
may
be
to
explain
why
they
do
not
occur
more
often.
It
appears
that
at
least
five
major
factors
are
responsible
for
this
blessing.
These
are:
(
1)
environmental
stress,
(
2)
enemy
organisms,
(
3)
currents
and
other
hydrographic
factors,
(
4)
possibly
critical­
nutrient
limitation,
and
(
5)
photodynamic
action.
The
significance
of
these
factors
are
reviewed
as
a
guide
to
potential
management
strategies.

Martinez,
Eduardo
X.,
James
M.
Nance,
and
Roger
J.
Zimmerman
(
1996).

A
Model
for
Assessment
of
Ecological
Interactions
Among
Living
Marine
Resources
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico:
Implications
for
Bycatch
Management
and
Shrimp
Production.

Executive
Summary,
Report
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Galveston
Laboratory,
4700
Avenue
U,
Galveston,
TX,
March,
19
pp.

Excess
bycatch
in
shrimp
trawls
is
seen
as
an
important
cause
for
declines
in
stocks
of
some
commercially
important
finfish,
endangered
sea
turtles,
and
other
living
resources
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Measures
to
reduce
bycatch
have
been
proposed
to
alleviate
such
declines.
These
measures
may
have
the
effect
of
releasing
more
shrimp
predators
or
allowing
small
fish
to
grow
larger
and
thus
become
predators.
Shrimp
stocks
might
then
be
impacted
by
increasing
the
incidence
of
finfish
predation.
Although
the
interaction
of
shrimp
and
finfish
predators
in
a
Gulf
of
Mexico
estuary
has
been
described
in
detail,
limited
information
is
available
regarding
shrimp
predation
in
offshore
waters,
and
its
effect
on
shrimp
stocks.
Development
of
an
ecosystem
based
model
is
desirable
to
guide
research
and
management.
However,
it
is
important
to
remember
that
predictive
results
of
such
models
are
based
on
assumptions
and
the
quality
information
available.

Marullo,
Frank
(
1973).
"
An
Automatic
Pumping
Device
for
Sampling
Postlarval
Shrimp
(
Penaeus
spp.)."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
35(
3­
4):
24­
26.

Described
is
an
automatic
sampling
device
used
to
collect
and
preserve
postlarval
shrimp.
At
timed
intervals,
seawater
is
pumped
through
collecting
nets
that
retain
samples
of
organisms
including
shrimp.
A
maximum
of
12
samples
can
be
collected
in
24
hours.
Each
sample
is
preserved
immediately
in
10
percent
Formalin.
These
samples
may
be
removed
once
after
each
24
hours
of
operation,
or
they
may
be
accumulated
with
similar
samples
over
a
longer
period
of
time.
Comparisons
is
made
between
catches
with
the
automatic
device
and
those
made
with
the
Renfro
beam
trawl.

Mason,
Charles
F.,
Todd
Sandler,
and
Richard
Cornes
(
1988).
"
Expectations,
the
Commons,
and
Optimal
Group
Size."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
15:
99­
110.

This
article
derives
a
formula
for
the
optimal
number
of
exploiters
of
a
commons,
whose
output
is
sold
in
an
imperfectly
competitive
market
and
whose
exploiters
hold
nonzero
or
non­
Nash
conjectures.
We
express
the
optimal
4
3
5
number
of
exploiters
in
terms
of
the
conjecture,
the
elasticity
of
input
productivity,
and
the
price
elasticity
of
market
demand.
Consistent
conjectures­
those
that
agree
with
reality­
imply
the
full
tragedy
of
the
commons
and
zero
profits
for
the
exploiters.

Mason,
Janet
E.
(
1995).

Species
Trends
in
Sport
Fisheries,
Monterey
Bay,
Calif.,
1959­
86.

Marine
Fisheries
Review,
57(
1):
1­
16.

Three
surveys
spanning
28
years
were
examined
for
changes
in
species
caught
by
recreational
fishermen
from
small
boats
(
skiffs)
and
commercial
passenger
fishing
vessels
(
CPFV

s)
in
California

s
Monterey
Bay
region.
As
fishing
effort
increased,
the
catch
of
certain
nearshore
species
of
rockfish,
Sebastes
spp.,
declined.
CPFV
fishing
was
conducted
farther
from
port
and
in
deeper
water
to
compensate
for
declining
abundance
while
most
skiffs
remained
in
traditional
areas
close
to
port.
The
trend
toward
deeper
water
CPFV
fishing
has
been
interrupted
only
temporarily
by
increased
availability
of
nearshore
species.
Life
history
characteristics
of
rockfish
including
residential
behavior,
variable
recruitment,
and
natural
longevity
contribute
to
a
vulnerability
to
localized
overfishing
for
several
species.

Mather,
Frank
J.
III,
John
M.
Mason,
Jr.,
and
Albert
C.
Jones
(
1995).

Historical
Document:
Life
History
and
Fisheries
of
Atlantic
Bluefin
Tuna.

NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SEFSC­
370,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
June,
165
pp.

The
objective
of
this
work
is
to
review
and
summarize
available
information
on
the
fisheries,
distribution,
and
other
aspects
of
the
life
history
of
the
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna,
Thunnus
thynnus
thynnus
(
Linnaeus,
1758).

Mathews,
C.
P.
(
1992).
"
Fisheries
Management:
The
Kuwaiti
Experience."
Draft
report,
Zoology
Department,
University
of
Reading
England
and
Institute
Pertanian
Bogur,
Indonesia.

The
paper
reviews
the
history
of
fisheries
management,
biological
analysis,
and
economic
analysis
pertaining
to
the
Kuwaiti
shrimp
fishery.

Matichich
Michael
J.,
Diane
E.
Russell,
Jennifer
Steel,
and
William
B.
Zieburtz,
Jr.
(
1995).

Applications
of
Economics
in
Coastal
Management.

NOAA
Center
for
Coastal
Ecosystem
Health,
1950
South
Hobson
Street,
Charleston,
SC.

A
workshop
report
that
provides
coastal
resource
managers,
agency,
and
academic
economists
in
the
Southeast
Region
the
opportunity
to
work
together
to
understand
the
application
of
the
tools
of
environmental
economics
in
the
management
of
coastal
resources.
The
introduction
gives
readers
an
understanding
of
the
applications
and
limitations
of
the
document.
Section
2
explores
the
role
of
economics
in
issues
of
environmental
management.
The
history
of
environmental
economics
is
included,
with
brief
descriptions
of
early
theory
and
the
evolving
role
economics
plays
in
coastal
management
decisions.
Social
welfare
is
also
addressed,
with
special
emphasis
placed
on
non­
market
values.
Finally,
specific
areas
in
which
economics
can
aid
in
the
decision
making
process
are
presented.
Section
3
contains
a
summary
of
the
range
of
economic
tools
available
to
coastal
resource
managers.
In
the
fourth
section,
coastal
zone
decision
making
is
addressed.
Finally
(
section
5)
the
concerns
and
experiences
participants
shared
with
the
group
as
a
whole
and
in
break
out
group
sessions
during
the
workshop
are
described.
4
3
6
Matthews,
Dayna
(
1997).

Beyond
IFQ
Implementation:
A
Study
of
Enforcement
Issues
in
the
Alaska
Individual
Fishing
Quota
Program.

Report
for
David
McKinney,
Chief
of
Enforcement
for
the
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Office
of
Enforcement,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
April,
97
pp.

This
report
evaluates
the
enforceability,
compliance,
security,
and
integrity
of
IQ
programs
nationwide.
After
a
literature
review
of
ITQ
and
enforcement
studies,
the
Alaskan
IFQ
program
is
explained
and
evaluated.
Utilizing
an
interview
approach
with
program
participants,
the
report
concludes
that
enforcement
has
been
successful.
By
all
valid
indicators,
the
IFQ
program
appears
to
be
working,
with
voluntary
compliance
and
industry
acceptance
and
satisfaction
continuing
to
rise.

Matthews,
Dayna
(
1997).

Beyond
IFQ
Implementation:
A
Study
of
Enforcement
Issues
in
the
South
Atlantic
Wreckfish
Individual
Transferable
Quota
Program.

Report
for
David
McKinney,
Chief
of
Enforcement
for
the
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Office
of
Enforcement,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
May,
48
pp.

This
report
evaluates
the
enforceability,
compliance,
security,
and
integrity
of
IQ
programs
nationwide.
After
a
literature
review
of
ITQ
and
enforcement
studies,
the
Wreckfish
ITQ
program
is
explained
and
evaluated.
Utilizing
an
interview
approach
with
program
participants,
the
report
concludes
that
enforcement
has
been
successful.
By
all
valid
indicators,
the
ITQ
program
appears
to
be
working,
with
voluntary
compliance
and
industry
acceptance
and
satisfaction
continuing
to
rise.

Matthews,
Dayna
(
1997).

Beyond
IFQ
Implementation:
A
Study
of
Enforcement
Issues
in
the
Mid
Atlantic
Surf
Clam
and
Ocean
Quohog
Individual
Transferable
Quota
Program.

Report
for
David
McKinney,
Chief
of
Enforcement
for
the
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Office
of
Enforcement,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
June,
73
pp.

This
report
evaluates
the
enforceability,
compliance,
security,
and
integrity
of
IQ
programs
nationwide.
After
a
literature
review
of
ITQ
and
enforcement
studies,
the
surf
clam
and
ocean
quohog
ITQ
program
is
explained
and
evaluated.
Utilizing
an
interview
approach
with
program
participants,
the
report
concludes
that
enforcement
has
been
successful.
By
all
valid
indicators,
the
ITQ
program
appears
to
be
working,
with
voluntary
compliance
and
industry
acceptance
and
satisfaction
continuing
to
rise.

Matthews,
Geoffrey
A.
and
Thomas
J.
Minello
(
1994).

Technology
and
Success
in
Restoration,
Creation,
and
Enhancement
of
Spartina
Alterniflora
Marshes
in
the
United
States.

Volume
1
­­
Executive
Summary
and
Annotated
Bibliography,
Decision
Analysis
Series
No.
2,
NOAA
Coastal
Ocean
Program,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Coastal
Ocean
Office,
1315
East
West
Highway,
Sta.
15140,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
August.

This
project
was
undertaken
to
provide
resource
managers,
habitat
researchers,
coastal
planners,
and
the
general
public
with
an
assessment
of
the
technology
and
success
in
restoration,
enhancementand
creation
of
salt
marshes
in
the
United
states.
The
objective
was
to
be
accomplished
through
the
development
of
three
products:
1)
an
annotated
bibliography
of
the
pertinent
data,
2)
an
inventory
of
restored,
enhanced,
or
created
Spartina
alterniflora
marshes,
and
3)
a
directory
of
people
working
salt
marsh
creation
4
3
7
and
restoration.
This
executive
summary
describes
these
products
and
provides
an
overall
assessment
of
our
understanding
regarding
restoration,
enhancement,
and
creation
of
salt
marsh
habitats.
In
particular,
we
have
stressed
Spartina
alterniflora
marshes
and
habitat
functions
related
to
the
support
of
fishes,
crustaceans,
and
other
aquatic
life.

Matthews,
Geoffrey
A.
and
Thomas
J.
Minello
(
1994).

Technology
and
Success
in
Restoration,
Creation,
and
Enhancement
of
Spartina
Alterniflora
Marshes
in
the
United
States.

Volume
2
­­
Inventory
and
Human
Resources
Directory,
Decision
Analysis
Series
No.
2,
NOAA
Coastal
Ocean
Program,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Coastal
Ocean
Office,
1315
East
West
Highway,
Sta.
15140,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
August.

Our
objectives
in
developing
this
database
of
created
Spartina
alterniflora
marshes
were:
1)
to
form
a
register
of
the
marshes
and
estimate
the
number
and
location
of
these
marshes,
2)
to
determine
how
many
of
these
marshes
have
been
monitored
for
functional
success
and
animal
utilization,
3)
to
develop
an
inexpensive
and
easy
to
use
data
base
and
entry
system
to
track
future
restoration/
creation
activities,
4)
to
promote
via
this
database
a
greater
awareness
of
the
impacts
of
altering
coastal
wetlands
and
the
need
for
full
ecologically
functional
replacement.

Matthews,
Kathleen
R.
and
Laura
J.
Richards
(
1991).

Rockfish
(
Scorpaenidae)
Assemblages
of
Trawlable
and
Untrawlable
Habitats
off
Vancouver
Island,
British
Columbia.

North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
11:
312­
318.

We
compare
assemblages
of
demersal
rockfishes
(
Scorpaenidae)
associated
with
two
areas
of
the
continental
slope
off
northern
Vancouver
Island,
British
Columbia,
Canada.
Twenty
and
21
sets
of
sunken
gill
nets
were
completed
on
trawlable
and
untrawlable
areas,
respectively.
The
species
assemblages
on
the
two
areas
were
markedly
different,
as
demonstrated
by
their
diversity,
evenness,
and
percent
similarity
and
by
cluster
analysis.
On
the
trawlable
area,
the
catch
was
numerically
dominated
by
Pacific
ocean
perch,
Sebastes
alutus,
(
37.6%),
splitnose
rockfish,
S.
diploproa
(
23.5%),
greenstriped
rockfish,
S.
elongatus,
(
12.7%),
and
bocaccio,
S.
Paucispinis,
(
7.3%).
This
contrasted
with
the
untrawlable
area,
where
the
catch
was
numerically
dominated
by
sharpchin
rockfish,
S.
zacentrus,
(
70.8%),
and
redbanded
rockfish,
S.
Babcocki,
made
up
half
(
14.5%)
the
remaining
catch.
We
found
no
evidence
to
support
the
claim
by
some
fishermen
that
exploited
rockfishes
on
trawlable
areas,
especially
Pacific
ocean
perch,
are
maintained
and
replenished
by
immigration
from
hard
bottom
areas,
However,
rockfish
stocks
on
hard
bottom
areas
may
be
subject
to
increased
exploitation
as
fishing
techniques
improve.

Matlock,
Gary
C.
(
1992).
"
A
Model
for
Forecasting
Brown
Shrimp
Landings
in
Texas."
Draft
report,
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department,
4200
Smith
School
Road,
Austin,
Texas
78744.

The
brown
shrimp
harvest
from
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
off
Texas
is
predicted
annually
by
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
using
a
forecasting
model
that
relates
juvenile
shrimp
abundance
in
the
Galveston
Bay
system
during
each
spring
(
April­
June)
to
the
subsequent
annual
(
July­
June)
offshore
harvest.
Predictions
since
1981
when
a
closure
of
the
Exclusive
Economic
Zone
off
Texas
(
Texas
Closure)
was
implemented
to
compliment
the
closure
of
the
Texas
territorial
Sea
during
June
through
mid­
July
have
underestimated
the
actual
reported
landings.
A
revised
model
that
incorporates
the
effect
of
the
Texas
Closure
on
yield
should
improve
the
reliability
and
precision
of
forecasted
yields.
The
relationship
between
yield
and
juvenile
shrimp
abundance
changed
4
3
8
significantly
after
the
Texas
Closure
was
implemented;
the
slope
of
the
relationship
almost
doubled
from
the
pre­
Closure
years
to
the
Closure
years.

Matlock,
Gary
C.
(
1996).

Atlantic
Swordfish
Drift
Gillnet
Fishery
Closed.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
Silver
Spring
Maryland,
1
pp.

An
announcement
closing
the
drift
gillnet
fishery
for
swordfish
for
six
months
to
avoid
harm
to
the
right
and
humpback
whale
populations
that
coexist
on
the
fishing
grounds
for
the
winter
season.

Matlock,
Gary
C.
(
1997).

Final
Rule
for
Atlantic
Sharks.

Memorandum
for
Rolland
A.
Schmitten,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
3
pp.

The
Small
Business
Administration
(
SBA)
issued
a
letter
to
the
NMFS
indicating
their
disagreement
with
NMFS

s
finding
that
the
proposed
rule
for
Atlantic
sharks
would
not
have
a
significant
economic
impact
on
a
substantial
number
of
small
businesses.
NMFS
stands
by
its
original
finding
that
the
rule
will
not
have
a
significant
impact
on
a
substantial
number
of
small
businesses.

Matlock,
Gary
C.
(
1997).

Subsidies
in
Fisheries
­
A
NOAA

White
Paper

.

Memorandum
for
Steve
Pennoyer,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland.

A
policy
and
process
for
dealing
with
fishery
subsidies
in
international
organizations
is
developed.

Matlock,
Gary
C.
(
1998).

Position
of
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
on
the
role
of
Individual
Fishing
Quotas
(
IFQs)
in
Fisheries
Management.

Director,
Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
March,
14
pp.

Presentation
to
the
Individual
Fishing
Quota
Study
Committee
of
the
Ocean
Studies
Board
of
the
National
Research
Council
of
the
National
Academy
of
Sciences.

Matlock,
Gary
C.,
Gary
E.
Saul,
and
C.
E.
Bryan
(
1988).
"
Importance
of
Fish
Consumption
to
Sport
Fishermen."
Fisheries,
13(
1):
25­
26.

Retention
and
consumption
of
fish
by
sport
fishermen
are
generally
reported
in
the
scientific
literature
to
be
less
important
than
the
recreational
experience.
On
this
basis,
the
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Commission
prohibited
for
120
days
the
retention
of
red
drum
(
Sciaenops
ocellatus)
and
spotted
seatrout
(
Cynoscion
nebulosus)
in
a
small
bay
after
a
massive
coast
wide
fish
kill
in
1984.
Simultaneously,
the
bag,
possession,
and
size
limits
for
these
species
were
made
more
restrictive
in
all
other
Texas
bays
on
the
gulf
of
Mexico.
An
attempt
to
adopt
the
rule
prohibiting
retention
on
a
permanent
basis
was
adamantly
opposed
by
fishermen
for
the
affected
bay.
This
response
was
unexpected.
Either
the
generalization
that
keeping
fish
is
not
very
important
is
incorrect
or
the
fishermen's
reaction
is
a
localized
phenomenon
and
within
the
expected
variation
of
the
published
generalizations.
This
study
examines
the
five
possible
explanations
for
the
generalization
being
incorrect.
Inadequacies
in
data
gathering
and
analysis
appear
to
be
the
most
likely
explanation.
The
experience
in
Texas
indicates
that
retention
of
fish
can
be
of
paramount
importance
to
fishermen.
Ditton
and
Fedler
(
1989)
response
negatively
to
these
conclusions.
4
3
9
Matthews,
Geoffrey
A.
(
1982).
"
Relative
Abundance
and
Size
Distributions
of
Commercially
Important
Shrimp
During
the
1981
Texas
Closure."
Maine
Fisheries
Review,
44(
9­
10):
5­
15.

Relative
abundances
of
commercial
shrimp,
Penaeus
spp.,
and
lengths
of
brown
shrimp,
Penaeus
aztecus,
are
determined
for
Texas
shelf
waters
during
the
1981
Texas
closure,
22
May­
15
July.
A
total
of
274
samples
were
collected
in
water
where
bottom
depths
ranged
from
4
to
45
fathoms
in
four
statistical
subareas
covering
the
Texas
Gulf
coast.
Greatest
abundances
of
Penaeus
were
found
between
10
and
20
fathoms
in
each
subarea.
Shrimp
were
more
abundant
in
the
southern
subareas
(
20
and
21)
than
in
the
northern
ones
(
18
and
19).
Relative
abundances
during
the
1981
closure
were
usually
greater
than
those
calculated
from
the
1961­
65
Bureau
of
Commercial
Fisheries'
and
the
1975­
80
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department's
historical
shrimp
collections
for
similar
months.
Mean
total
lengths
of
brown
shrimp
in
waters
where
bottom
depths
were
from
4
to
10
fathoms
were
close
to
100
mm,
those
in
11­
20
fathoms
were
close
to
115
mm,
and
those
in
21­
30
fathoms
were
close
to
130
mm.
When
mean
total
lengths
of
brown
shrimp
were
compared
among
the
three
data
sets,
means
of
the
1981
closure
surpassed
those
of
the
two
historical
data
sets
where
bottom
depths
were
from
4
to
10
fathoms
during
June.
Closure
mean
lengths
between
11
and
20
fathoms
were
less
than
those
from
Bureau
of
Commercial
Fisheries
data
and
were
greater
than
those
from
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department
data.
Closure
mean
lengths
in
21­
30
fathoms
were
smaller
than
those
from
both
agencies'
data.

Matthews,
Geoffrey
A.
(
1992).
"
Brown
Shrimp
Harvest
Prediction
­
Western
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Abstract
in
Kenneth
N.
Baxter
and
Elizabeth
Scott­
Denton
(
eds.),
Proceedings
of
the
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center
Shrimp
Resource
Review,
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SEFSC­
299,
August,
186
pp.

The
prediction
of
brown
shrimp
harvest
is
based
on
the
Baxter
Bait
Shrimp
Index
that
has
provided
accurate
estimates
of
shrimp
catch
for
the
last
30
years,
explaining
67%
of
the
annual
variation
in
landings
off
Texas.
Other
methods
have
been
tested,
but
have
not
been
able
to
match
the
BBSI
method
in
predictive
ability.

Matthiasson,
Thorolfur
(
1996).

Why
Fishing
Fleets
Tend
to
be

Too
Big

.
Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
3):
173­
179.

The
aim
of
fisheries
management
is
to
avoid
over
investment
in
fleet
capacity
and
over
exploitation
of
economically
exploitable
fish
stocks.
In
this
paper,
a
model
is
developed
where
a
(
big)
share
of
rents
created
by
control
accrues
to
boat
owners
while
costs
are
covered
by
the
general
public,
which
also
gets
a
(
small)
share
of
the
rent.
The
distribution
of
rents
is
governed
by
administrative
rule
which
opens
the
possibility
of
profitable
rent
seeking.
Cost
of
control
is
assumed
to
increase
as
rent
per
boat
increases.
Control
outlays
are
assumed
to
be
determined
so
as
to
maximize
gains
to
the
general
public.
It
is
shown
that
the
optimal
size
of
the
fishing
fleet
exceeds
the
size
that
maximizes
fishery
rent.
It
is
also
shown
that
the
higher
the
share
that
accrues
to
the
general
pubic,
the
closer
the
optimal
fleet
size
is
to
the
rent
maximizing
fleet
size.

Matthiasson,
Thorolfur
(
1997).

Consequences
of
Local
Government
Involvement
in
the
Icelandic
ITQ
Market.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
12(
2):
107­
126.

This
paper
gives
an
account
of
the
development
of
fishery
regulation
and
management
in
Iceland,
including
the
development
of
cod
stocks,
and
the
fishing
fleet
in
Iceland
since
1945.
There
was
considerable
experimentation
4
4
0
with
fishery
management
systems
in
Iceland
beginning
in
1975.
Many
economists
and
others
predicted
that
the
fishing
fleet
would
be
reduced
as
a
result
of
the
new
regimes,
but
this
has
not
happened
to
the
extent
anticipated.
Local
governments
have
traditionally
had
a
stake
in
the
Icelandic
fisheries.
The
motives
of
local
municipalities
might
conflict
with
the
motives
pursued
by
the
fishery
managers.
A
theoretical
model
is
developed
to
understand
the
consequences
of
local
politicians

involvement
in
the
quota
market.
Furthermore,
it
is
indicated
that
the
degree
of
ease
with
which
the
less
effective
fishing
firms
find
ways
to
circumvent
the
profitability
consequences
of
the
management
regime
depends
on
the
initial
allocation
of
fishing
rights.

Matulich,
Scott
C.
(
1993).
"
Rationalizing
Comprehensive
Rationalization:
Reconsidering
Efficiency
and
Equity
Implications
of
Individual
Transferable
Quotas
(
ITQ)
in
North
Pacific
Fisheries."
Agricultural
Economics
Staff
Paper
A.
E.
93­
5,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Washington
State
University,
Pullman,
WA,
June,
30
pp.

The
allocation
of
quota
shares
to
harvesters
is
examined
when
vertically
integrated
firms
exist
in
the
fishery.
Allocation
to
processors
is
seen
as
more
efficient
that
share
allocation
solely
to
harvesters
when
a
Pareto
optimality
condition
is
imposed
on
the
management
regulation.
The
author
contends
that
independent
processors
who
expand
capacity
to
handle
landing
gluts
from
open
access
fisheries
should
also
receive
a
share
of
the
quota
allocation
if
fixed
capital
is
included
in
a
dynamic
analysis
of
the
fisheries
adjustment
path.
This
"
2­
pie"
allocation
system
reduces
transaction
costs
and
promotes
long
run
efficiency.

Matulich,
Scott
C.
(
1993).
"
Reconsidering
Equity
and
Efficiency
Implications
of
Individual
Transferable
Quotas
(
ITQ)
in
North
Pacific
Fisheries."
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Washington
State
University,
Pullman,
WA,
November,
30
pp.

The
allocation
of
quota
shares
to
harvesters
is
examined
when
vertically
integrated
firms
exist
in
the
fishery.
Allocation
to
processors
is
seen
as
more
efficient
that
share
allocation
solely
to
harvesters
when
a
Pareto
optimality
condition
is
imposed
on
the
management
regulation.
The
author
contends
that
independent
processors
who
expand
capacity
to
handle
landing
gluts
from
open
access
fisheries
should
also
receive
a
share
of
the
quota
allocation
if
fixed
capital
is
included
in
a
dynamic
analysis
of
the
fisheries
adjustment
path.
This
"
2­
pie"
allocation
system
reduces
transaction
costs
and
promotes
long
run
efficiency.

Max,
Wendy
and
Dale
E.
Lehman
(
1988).
"
A
Behavioral
Model
of
Timber
Supply."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
15:
71­
86.

A
dynamic
behavioral
model
of
timber
supply
is
developed.
The
diverse
motivation
of
forest
owners
is
recognized
and
the
implications
for
optimal
harvest
patterns
is
explored.
This
model
is
particularly
relevant
for
the
non­
industrial
private
forest
(
NIPF)
sector,
and
has
possible
uses
for
public
forest
management.
Properties
of
the
optimal
NIPF
timber
supply
curve
are
established,
and
the
effects
of
various
taxes
are
examined.
To
explore
a
more
structured
model,
simulations
are
conducted
based
upon
data
from
a
typical
redwood
region.
The
projections
provide
indicative
results
for
tax
and
other
timber
land
policies.
These
results
are
seen
to
depend
crucially
on
the
forms
of
the
landowner's
utility
function
and
upon
the
function
relating
standing
timber
to
non­
income
outputs
of
the
forest.
Directions
for
needed
empirical
research
are
then
indicated.
4
4
1
May,
Robert
M.
(
1974).
Stability
and
Complexity
in
Model
Ecosystems.
Princeton
University
Press,
Princeton,
New
Jersey.

This
book
surveys
a
variety
of
theoretical
models
bearing
on
aspects
of
population
stability
in
biological
communities
of
interacting
species.
Some
of
the
broader
themes
are
the
relation
between
stability
and
complexity
in
general
multispecies
models;
the
relation
between
stability
in
randomly
fluctuating
environments
as
opposed
to
deterministic
ones;
and
the
way
environmental
fluctuations
are
liable
to
put
a
limit
to
niche
overlap,
a
limit
to
similarity,
among
competing
species
in
the
real
world.
Minor
themes
include
the
way
nonlinearities
can
produce
stable
limit
cycle
oscillations
in
real
ecosystems;
the
role
played
by
time­
delays
in
feedback
mechanisms,
and
the
way
that
addition
of
extra
trophic
levels
can
stabilize
them;
the
relation
between
stability
within
one
trophic
level
and
total
web
stability;
and
why
strong
predator­
prey
links
may
be
more
common
in
nature
than
strong
symbiotic
links.
The
survey
is
neither
impersonal
nor
encyclopedic,
but
rather
is
an
idiosyncratic
reflection
of
the
authors
own
interests.

May,
Robert
M.
(
1980).
"
Mathematical
Models
in
Whaling
and
Fisheries
Management."
Lectures
in
Mathematics
in
the
Life
Sciences,
13:
1­
62.

This
article
aims
to
present
and
discuss
some
mathematical
problems
that
arise
in
the
management
of
fish
and
whale
populations.
Some
of
the
topics
are
chosen
for
their
intrinsic
mathematical
interest
and
have
little
direct
relation
to
real
management
problems,
but
most
of
the
work
does
indeed
relate
directly
to
management
questions
such
as
the
catch
quotas
for
baleen
and
sperm
whales.
The
basic
mathematical
model
used
by
the
International
Whaling
Commission
is
described.
Then
the
notion
of
maximum
sustainable
yield
is
introduced
and
discussed.
The
article
concludes
with
a
discussion
of
the
problems
posed
by
multispecies
fisheries,
especially
those
where
more
than
one
trophic
level
is
subject
to
harvesting.
Such
problems
ultimately
blend
biology
with
economics
and
even
politics;
more
full
review
are
given
elsewhere
(
Beddington,
J.
R.
and
R.
M.
May
(
1981).
"
Management
of
multispecies
fisheries."
Sci.
Amer.
In
preparation).

May,
R.
M.
(
ed.)
(
1984).
Exploitation
of
Marine
Communities.
Report
of
the
Dahlem
Workshop
on
Exploitation
of
Marine
Communities,
Berlin
1984,
April
1­
6.
Springer­
Verlag,
New
York.

Report
of
the
Dahlem
Workshop
on
Exploitation
of
Marine
Communities,
Berlin
1984,
April
1­
6.
This
volume
aims
to
be
a
useful
appraisal
of
the
state
of
the
art
discussion
of
four
themes;
(
1)
dynamics
of
single
populations,
(
2)
dynamics
of
systems
with
many
species,
(
3)
management
under
uncertainty,
and
(
4)
multispecies
management.

May,
Robert
M.,
John
R.
Beddington,
Colin
W.
Clark,
Sidney
J.
Holt,
and
Richard
M.
Laws
(
1979).
"
Management
of
Multispecies
Fisheries."
Science,
205(
4403):
267­
277.

With
the
overexploitation
of
many
conventional
fish
stocks,
and
growing
interest
in
harvesting
new
kinds
of
food
from
the
sea,
there
is
increasing
need
for
managers
of
fisheries
to
take
account
of
interactions
among
species.
In
particular,
as
Antarctic
krill­
fishing
industries
grow,
there
is
a
need
to
agree
upon
sound
principles
for
managing
the
Southern
Ocean
ecosystem.
Using
simple
models,
we
discuss
the
way
multispecies
food
webs
respond
to
the
harvesting
of
species
at
different
trophic
levels.
These
biological
and
economic
insights
are
applied
to
a
discussion
of
fisheries
in
the
Southern
Ocean
and
the
North
Sea
and
to
enunciate
some
general
principles
for
4
4
2
harvesting
in
multispecies
systems.

Mead,
Walter,
A.
Moseidjord,
D.
Muraoka,
and
P.
Sorensen
(
1985).
"
Introduction."
In
Offshore
Lands:
Oil
and
Gas
Leasing
and
Conservation
on
the
Outer
Continental
Shelf.
San
Francisco,
Pacific
Institute
for
Public
Policy
Research.

Using
microeconomic
principles,
it
can
be
shown
that
if
the
trustee
government
selects
resource
management
policies
that
create
incentives
counter
to
efficient
production
or
impose
wasteful
procedures
on
the
private
lease
operator,
the
cost
of
these
policies
is
paid
out
of
economic
rent
and
is
borne
by
the
public
in
the
form
of
reduced
living
standards.
The
goal
of
resource
conservation
is
not
served.

Mead,
Walter,
A.
Moseidjord,
D.
Muraoka,
and
P.
Sorensen
(
1985).
"
The
Historical
and
Legal
Framework
of
Outer
Continental
Shelf
Leasing."
Chapter
1
in
Offshore
Lands:
Oil
and
Gas
Leasing
and
Conservation
on
the
Outer
Continental
Shelf.
San
Francisco,
Pacific
Institute
for
Public
Policy
Research.

The
legal
framework
of
Outer
Continental
shelf
leasing
is
reviewed
and
the
history
of
offshore
leasing
from
the
first
state
of
Louisiana
offshore
leases
in
the
1940'
s
to
the
present
are
traced.

Mead,
Walter,
A.
Moseidjord,
D.
Muraoka,
and
P.
Sorensen
(
1985).
"
An
Analysis
of
the
Effectiveness
of
Bonus
Bidding
for
Issuing
OCS
Oil
and
Gas
Leases."
Chapter
3
in
Offshore
Lands:
Oil
and
Gas
Leasing
and
Conservation
on
the
Outer
Continental
Shelf.
San
Francisco,
Pacific
Institute
for
Public
Policy
Research.

This
chapter
contains
a
theoretical
and
empirical
investigation
of
the
traditional
method
of
issuing
federal
OCS
leases,
cash
bonus
bidding
with
a
fixed
royalty.
This
method
of
leasing
has
been
criticized
for
restricting
competition
and
failing
to
return
the
fair
market
value
of
public
lease
rights
to
the
government.
Results
of
our
empirical
analysis
of
the
traditional
bonus
bid
leasing
system
are
reported,
based
on
1,223
federal
Gulf
of
Mexico
leases
issued
from
1954
through
1969,
with
a
record
of
oil
and
gas
production
extending
through
1979.
This
empirical
research
was
designed
to
answer
the
questions
raised
by
critics
of
bonus
bid
leasing:
Are
the
results
the
outcome
of
competitive
market
process?
Did
the
government
get
fair
value
for
its
lease
rights?

Meany,
F.
(
1977).
"
License
Limitation
in
a
Multipurpose
Fishery."
Australian
Fisheries,
36(
11):
8­
19.

Because
a
given
management
strategy
has
proved
successful
in
a
single
method
fishery,
it
should
not
be
assumed
that
it
is
appropriate
for
a
multipurpose
fishery,
that
is
much
more
complex.
For
a
multi­
purpose
fishery
to
be
managed
to
its
best
advantage
its
special
characteristics
must
be
recognized
and
a
scheme
developed
that
makes
due
allowance
for
the
strengths
and
weaknesses
of
these
characteristics.

Meany,
T.
F.
(
1979).
"
Limited
Entry
in
the
Western
Australian
Rock
Lobster
and
Prawn
Fisheries:
An
Economic
Evaluation."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
36:
789­
798.

Limited
entry
was
first
introduced
into
the
rock
lobster
and
prawn
fisheries
in
1963.
Both
fisheries
have
been
characterized
by
rapidly
rising
prices
for
species
caught.
Although
some
sectors
of
the
rock
lobster
fishery
4
4
3
have
remained
moderately
profitable,
excessive
reinvestment
in
boats
and
equipment
has
greatly
reduced
potential
profitability.
No
trend
towards
company
ownership
of
boats
has
been
evident
in
this
fishery.
The
prawn
fishery
was
initially
developed
with
a
high
degree
of
company
ownership
and
the
proportion
of
company
ownership
has
increased.
Overcapitalization
has
not
occurred
to
any
great
extent
in
this
fishery
and
profitability
has
remained
high.

Mendelsohn,
Robert
(
1980).
"
The
Demand
for
Characteristics
of
Goods."
Discussion
Paper
No.
80­
12,
Department
of
Economics,
University
of
Washington,
Seattle,
Washington
98195.

This
paper
identifies
theoretical
flaws
in
past
attempts
to
estimate
the
demand
for
characteristics
of
goods
and
recommends
new
procedures
that
overcome
these
flaws.
First,
one
can
estimate
the
demand
for
characteristics
only
by
examining
the
outcomes
of
several
independent
markets.
Second,
if
characteristic
prices
are
nonlinear,
the
quantity
demanded
by
a
consumer
hinges
upon
the
entire
price
schedule
not
just
the
price
of
the
marginal
unit
purchased.

Mendelsohn,
Robert
(
1984).
"
Estimating
the
Structural
Equations
of
Implicit
Markets
and
Household
Production
Functions."
Review
of
Economics
and
Statistics,
66:
673­
677.

Whenever
marginal
prices
are
nonconstant,
as
in
most
hedonic
and
household
production
function
markets,
ordinary
least
squares
estimates
of
the
price
elasticities
of
structural
equations
will
be
biased.
A
two­
stage
least
squares
estimation
procedure
is
developed
and
applied
to
estimate
hedonic
(
and
potentially
household
production
function)
demand
functions
when
price
gradients
are
nonlinear.

Mendelssohn,
Roy
(
1978).
"
Optimal
Harvesting
Strategies
for
Stochastic
Single­
Species,
Multiage
Class
Models."
Mathematical
Biosciences,
41:
159­
174.

Qualitative
properties
of
optimal
harvesting
Policies
for
stochastic,
single­
species,
multiage
class
models
are
described.
For
many
problems
the
kdimensional
problem
(
k
is
the
number
of
age
classes)
can
be
reduced
to
k
onedimensional
problems,
that
can
be
solved
far
fore
readily.
When
such
separability
does
not
occur,
bounds
can
be
put
on
the
derivative
s
of
an
optimal
policy
function
which
can
greatly
increase
computational
efficiency.

Menzies,
Robert
A.
and
J.
Michael
Kerrigan
(
1980).
"
The
Larval
Recruitment
Problem
of
the
Spiny
Lobster."
Fisheries,
5(
4):
42­
46.

With
any
renewable
natural
resource,
if
various
parameters
such
as
mortality,
fecundity,
and
recruitment
are
known,
resource
managers
can
project
harvest
rates
so
as
to
sustain
reasonable
yields.
Assessment
of
these
parameters
is
sometimes
difficult
because
of
peculiarities
in
the
life
cycle
or
behavior
of
the
resource
species.
In
many
cases
the
most
difficult
parameter
to
determine
is
identification
of
the
management
unit.
This
is
particularly
acute
in
the
case
of
spiny
lobster
because
of
their
long
lived
pelagic,
planktonic
stage.
However,
because
of
their
worldwide
economic
importance,
considerable
effort
has
gone
into
research
on
their
life
cycle.

Mercer,
M.
C.
(
ed.)
(
1982).
"
Multispecies
Approaches
to
Fisheries
Management
Advice."
Can.
Spec.
Publ.
Fish.
Aquat.
Sci.,
59:
169
pp.
4
4
4
This
special
publication
comprises
the
proceedings
of
an
international
workshop
convened
at
the
Northwest
Atlantic
Fisheries
Centre
in
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
November
26­
29,
1979.
The
purpose
of
the
workshop
was
to
discuss
the
results
of
recent
multispecies
research,
in
applications
to
management,
and
to
consider
future
directions
for
research
in
this
field.

Merryday,
Steven
D.
(
1998).
"
Southern
Offshore
Fishing
Association,
et
al.,
vs.
William
M.
Daley.

Case
No.
97­
1134­
CIV­
T­
23C,
United
States
District
Court,
Middle
District
of
Florida,
Tampa,
Division.

The
plaintiffs,
a
coalition
of
shark
fishermen
and
shark
fishing
organizations,
challenge
the
1997
commercial
harvest
quotas
imposed
by
the
U.
S.
Secretary
of
Commerce
and
his
designees
(

Secretary

)
for
the
capture
of
Atlantic
sharks
currently
under
federal
management.
The
plaintiffs
allege
that
the
administrative
decision
is
unsupported
by
the
record
and
is
contrary
to
law.
I
conclude
that
the
Secretary
acted
within
his
regulatory
discretion
in
setting
the
quotas
but
failed
to
conduct
a
proper
analysis
to
determine
the
quotas

economic
effect
on
small
business.

Merryday,
Steven
D.
(
1998).
"
Southern
Offshore
Fishing
Association,
et
al.,
vs.
William
M.
Daley.

Case
No.
97­
1134­
CIV­
T­
23C,
United
States
District
Court,
Middle
District
of
Florida,
Tampa,
Division,
November.

The
Judge
established
a
special
master
to
oversee
the
management
of
the
shark
fishery.

Meuriot,
Eric
(
1986).
"
Fishing
Fleet
Replacement:
The
French
Policy
from
1945
­
1983."
Marine
Policy
10(
4):
294­
309.

The
author
describes
the
French
fishing
fleet
replacement
policy
from
1945
to
1983
and
ascertains
from
it
the
objectives
and
constraints
of
public
policy.
While
the
theoretical
and
practical
negative
effects
of
open
access
fisheries
were
well
assessed,
the
French
experience
provides
an
example
of
the
difficulties
of
carrying
out
a
policy
limiting
access
to
fisheries.
Domestic
conflicts
of
interest
and
open
competition
with
foreign
countries
failed
to
limit
the
overall
fishing
capacity
of
the
French
fleet.
They
have
also
led
the
government
to
focus
on
short
term
distributional
issues
rather
than
on
long
term
efficiency.
It
is
the
author's
opinion
that
similar
case
studies
could
be
useful
for
understanding
the
evolution
of
the
fishing
sector
as
well
as
for
putting
into
perspective
the
results
of
the
theoretical
literature
on
open
access
fisheries.

Mid­
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1981).
"
Amendment
#
3
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Surf
Clam
and
Ocean
Quahog
Fisheries
and
Supplemental
Environmental
Impact
Statement."
Room
2115,
Federal
Building,
North
and
New
Streets,
Dover,
Delaware.

This
amendment
creates
an
indefinite
permit
moratorium
for
the
surf
clam
fishery.

MIG,
Inc.
and
the
USDA
Economic
Research
Service
(
1998).

1998
National
IMPLAN
User

s
Conference.

Proceedings,
1940
South
Greeley
St.,
Suite
101,
Stillwater,
MN,
Oct.
15­
16,
145
pp.

A
collection
of
papers
presented
at
the
conference
that
use
IMPLAN
to
conduct
Input­
Output
analysis
of
various
natural
resource
issues.
4
4
5
Milazzo,
Matteo
(
1997).

Trip
Report:
South
East
Atlantic
Fisheries.

Memorandum
to
Gary
Matlock
through
Dean
Swanson,
December
18.

A
detailed
trip
report
of
an
international
meeting
held
in
Windhoek,
Namibia
to
lay
the
groundwork
for
the
establishment
of
a
new
regional
fisheries
management
body
­
the
South
East
Atlantic
Fisheries
Organization
(
SEAFO).
In
addition
to
a
summary
of
the
consultation
process,
a
review
of
the
Namibian
fisheries
and
protected
species
is
included.
One
of
the
most
contentious
issues
was
the
sharing
of
economic
benefits
from
the
exploitation
of
highseas
stocks
between
distant
water
fleets
and
coastal
states.

Milazzo,
Matteo
(
1998).

Managing
Capacity
in
World
Fisheries.

A
Draft
U.
S.
Position
Paper,
Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

A
draft
position
paper
prepared
for
an
informal
meeting
on
excess
capacity
in
fishing
fleets
between
the
U.
S.,
Japan,
Mexico,
and
the
European
Union
prior
to
the
October
FAO
formal
consultation
on
managing
capacity
in
Rome.

Milazzo,
Matteo
(
1998).

Managing
of
Fishing
Capacity.

U.
S.
Position
Paper,
Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
October,
7
pp.

A
position
paper
prepared
for
the
October
26­
30,
1998
FAO
Consultations
on
excess
capacity
in
global
fisheries.

Milazzo,
Matteo
(
1998).

Subsidies
in
World
Fisheries.

World
Bank
Technical
Paper
No.
406,
The
World
Bank,
1818
H
Street,
N.
W.,
Washington,
D.
C.

The
first
effort
to
estimate
the
order
of
magnitude
of
major
subsidies
to
the
fishing
sector
on
a
world
wide
basis
is
made.
The
findings
support
earlier
assumptions
that
massive
levels
of
subsidies
have
indeed
been
a
major
driving
force
behind
much
of
the
expansion
of
fishing
effort
in
many
parts
of
the
world.

Milazzo,
Matteo,
John
M.
Ward,
and
Theo
Brainerd
(
1999).

National
Capacity
Task
Force
FY
2000
Work
Plan.

Draft
report,
Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
MD.,
3
pp.

Work
plan
to
complete
the
training
in
and
estimation
of
capacity
for
selected
domestic
commercial
and
recreational
fisheries.

Miller,
David
L.
(
1994).

Learning
from
the
Mexican
Experience:
Area
Apportionment
as
a
Potential
Strategy
for
Limiting
Access
and
Promoting
Conservation
of
the
Florida
Lobster
Fishery.

In
Karyn
L.
Gimbel
(
ed.)
Limiting
Access
to
Marine
Fisheries:
Keeping
the
Focus
on
Conservation,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

In
discussing
the
organization
of
Mexico

s
lobster
fishery,
this
paper
seeks
to
illustrate
how
one
fishing
cooperative

s
common
property
resource
management
system
reduces
the
problem
of
free
ridership
by
granting
individual
property
rights.
In
so
doing,
the
paper
provides
a
preliminary
exploration
of
how
the
relative
disorder
characterizing
the
Florida
lobster
fishery
(
overcapitalization,
poaching,
trap
theft
or
destruction,
race
to
fish,
conflicts
with

recreational
harvesters,

etc.)
Might
be
reduced
further
if
the
newly
instituted
access
limiting
trap
quota
system
were
to
include
provisions
for
the
allocation
of
individual
(
sea
floor)
property
rights.
4
4
6
Miller,
George
C.
(
1971).
"
Commercial
Fishery
and
Biology
of
the
Freshwater
Shrimp,
Macrobrachium,
in
the
Lower
St.
Paul
River,
Liberia,
1952­
53."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
NOAA,
NMFS,
Special
Scientific
Report
­
Fisheries
No.
626,
February,
iii+
13
pp.,
8
Figs.,
7
Tables.

The
biological
population
parameters
and
characteristics
of
a
family
of
fresh
water
shrimp
that
is
harvested
commercially
in
Liberia.

Miller,
Morton
M.
(
1975).
"
Recovery
from
a
Crisis­­
A
Fishing
Industry
Perspective."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Economic
and
Marketing
Research
Division,
Washington,
D.
C.,
July.

The
shrimp
industry
by
virtue
of
its
being
the
most
valuable
U.
S.
fishery
is
faced
with
problems
that
typify
the
general
problems
facing
the
industry
during
this
recovery
period,
e.
g.
costs,
market
strength,
and
import
competition.
For
these
reasons,
and
for
the
practical
reason
of
data
availability,
shrimp
operations
were
selected
for
a
summary
graphic
analysis
that
would
put
the
status
of
the
U.
S.
fishing
industry
in
current
perspective.

Miller,
Morton
M.
(
1975).
"
The
Role
of
Shrimp
Imports
in
a
Declining
Sea
Foods
Market
­
A
Background
Paper."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Division
of
Economic
and
Marketing
Research,
April,
50
pp.

The
report
provides
a
summary
of
the
general
market
picture
for
fishery
products
in
the
U.
S.,
a
discussion
of
the
shrimp
situation,
and
the
impact
of
imports
on
shrimp
markets
in
the
U.
S.

Miller,
Morton
M.
(
1975).
"
Recovery
from
a
Crisis­­
A
Fishing
Industry
Perspective."
Report,
Economic
and
Marketing
Research
Division,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
Washington,
D.
C.,
July.

The
financial
predicament
in
the
shrimp
fishery
predicated
upon
the
energy
crisis
and
the
resulting
industry
wide
recovery
problem
are
summarized
in
a
series
of
charts
and
graphs.
The
fuel
cost
situation
is
worsening
and
overshadowing
uncertain
gains
in
the
market
place.
The
immediate
future
promises
continued
economic
hardship
for
the
shrimp
industry,
and
others
in
fishing.

Miller,
Morton
M.
and
John
E.
Greenfield
(
1975).
"
Prognosis
for
the
Financial
Ills
of
the
Gulf
Shrimp
Industry."
Report,
Division
of
Economics
and
Marketing
Research,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service.

The
trends
in
the
shrimp
industry
are
analyzed
within
the
context
of
the
national
economy
to
predict
when
the
impact
of
the
energy
crisis
on
vessel
operating
costs
will
subside
or
consumer
demand
will
increase
leading
to
a
reduction
in
the
cost­
price
squeeze
that
caused
vessel
owner­
operators
to
be
in
a
financial
crisis.
Trends
indicate
that
a
recovery
had
already
begun
by
the
time
the
analysis
was
completed.

Miller,
Morton
M.
and
Richard
Marasco
(
1976).
"
Statement
on
Applying
Import
Controls
on
Shrimp
Products
Entering
the
United
States."
Economics
and
Marketing
Research
Division,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Washington,
D.
C.,
April,
10
pp.

This
is
an
economic
discussion
paper
that
attempts
to
place
the
problem
4
4
7
of
shrimp
import
controls
in
perspective.
The
International
Trace
Commission
is
conducting
an
investigation
of
the
shrimp
import
situation,
under
authority
of
Section
201
(
b)
(
1)
of
the
Trade
Act
of
1974,
in
which
a
determination
will
be
made
as
to
whether
those
imports
have
caused
economic
injury
to
the
U.
S.
Shrimp
industry.
The
principal
issue
addressed
are
the
justification
for
intervention,
the
potential
effectiveness
of
intervention,
and
the
long
term
implications.

Miller,
Morton
M.
and
Darrel
A.
Nash
(
1971).
"
Regional
and
Other
Related
Aspects
of
Shellfish
Consumption
­
Some
Preliminary
Findings
From
the
1969
Consumer
Panel
Survey."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
NOAA,
NMFS,
Circular
361,
June,
iv+
18
pp.,
21
Figs.,
3
Tables,
10
apps.

A
consumer
survey
panel,
consisting
of
representative
households
throughout
the
United
State,
recorded
their
fishery
product
purchases
for
a
12
month
period
beginning
in
February
1969.
They
were
participants
in
a
study
conducted
under
the
aegis
of
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Division
of
Economic
Research.
This
paper
deals
mainly
with
study
findings
respecting
the
consumption
of
major
species
of
shellfish
at
home
and
away
from
home.
Findings
of
the
study
indicate
marked
regional
preferences
for
individual
shellfish
items.
The
study
also
indicated
an
association
between
high
income
households
and
shellfish
consumption
with
oysters
a
single
notable
exception.
Age
of
consumer
has
an
apparent
bearing
on
shellfish
consumption
as
it
was
found
that
older
consumers
are
the
more
disposed
toward
consumption
of
these
products.
It
also
appears
that
half
or
more
of
the
crabs
and
lobsters
are
consumed
in
meals
outside
the
home,
but
the
majority
consumed
of
other
products
was
at
home.

Miller,
Morton
M.
and
Richard
W.
Surdi
(
1974).
"
Shrimp­
A
New
Picture
for
1974."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
June,
42
pp.

The
shrimp
industry
was
undergoing
a
period
of
adjustment
to
altered
conditions
within
the
industry
and
the
general
economy.
This
report
summarizes
the
general
trends
in
the
economy
and
their
likely
impacts
on
the
prices,
inventories,
substitute
commodities,
and
consumer
demand
for
shrimp.

Miller,
Morton
M.
and
Richard
W.
Surdi
(
1981).
"
Productivity
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Office
of
Policy
and
Planning,
Economic
Analysis
Staff,
Washington,
D.
C.,
July,
117
pp.

Because
of
data
constraints
this
analysis
of
the
productivity
of
the
Gulf
shrimp
fishery
was
limited
to
an
analysis
of
several
partial
measures
of
productivity.
The
analysis
indicates
that
productivity
in
the
industry
has
declined
in
recent
years.

Miller,
Mort,
Samuel
Herrick,
Dale
Squires,
John
Walden,
Douglas
Lipton,
and
Ivar
Strand
(
1992).
"
A
Cost­
Benefit
Analysis
of
Pollock
and
Cod
Quota
Allocations
in
the
Bering
Sea/
Aleutian
Islands
and
Gulf
of
Alaska
Groundfish
Fisheries."
Final
Report,
The
NMFS
Economics
Special
Studies
Team,
NOAA,
NMFS,
Washington,
D.
C.

The
cost­
benefit
analysis
of
the
North
Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council's
proposal
to
reallocate
TAC
for
pollock
and
cod
demonstrates
that
the
shift
in
production
results
in
a
significant
reduction
in
the
value
of
the
pollock
stocks
and
society
loses
a
significant
number
of
dollars
that
could
4
4
8
otherwise
be
put
to
productive
alternative
uses.

Milliken,
William
J.
(
1994).
"
Individual
Transferable
Fishing
Quotas
and
Antitrust
Law."
Ocean
and
Coastal
Law
Journal,
1(
1):
35­
57.

This
article
examines
the
legal
implications
of
ITQs
with
regard
to
antitrust
law.
It
begins
by
identifying
the
benefits
of
the
ITQ
approach
and
considering
the
potential
anticompetitive
effects
of
an
ITQ
system.
It
then
discusses
the
legal
requirements
for
finding
of
monopoly,
illegal
price
restraints,
and
other
impermissible
restraints
on
competition.
The
article
concludes
that
ITQ
systems
can
be
designed
to
avert
the
possibility
of
excessive
accumulation
of
shares
in
the
hands
of
a
few,
and
that
such
ITQ
systems
are
unlikely
to
have
effects
that
will
result
in
antitrust
violations.

Milliman,
Scott
R.
(
1986).
"
Optimal
Fishery
Management
in
the
Presence
of
Illegal
Activity."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
13:
363­
381.

A
simple
fishery
model
is
developed
with
legal
and
illegal
markets
for
fish,
the
latter
market
being
combated
by
enforcement
efforts
put
forth
by
a
social
regulator.
In
response
to
enforcement,
violators
undertake
avoidance
activities
to
escape
detection.
The
possible
impacts
of
illegal
activity
on
optimal
fishery
management
are
then
explored,
and
some
policy
implications
are
suggested.
Concurrently,
optimal
regulation
is
calculated
when:
(
a)
only
legal
surplus
is
maximized
versus
(
b)
when
both
legal
and
illegal
surplus
is
maximized.
The
rationale
for
these
two
regimes
and
their
divergence
in
optimal
management
policies
is
outlined.

Milon,
J.
W.
(
1987).
"
The
Economic
Benefits
of
Artificial
Reefs:
An
Analysis
of
the
Date
County,
Florida
Reef
System."
Sea
Grant
Project
No.
R/
LR­
E­
9­
PD,
Grant
No.
NA85AA­
D­
SG059,
Report
Number
90,
Florida
Sea
Grant
College,
December,
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
Institute
of
Food
and
Agricultural
Sciences,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
Florida
32611.

This
report
presents
results
from
a
research
project
to
identify
recreational
uses
of
artificial
reefs
by
private
boat
owners
in
Dade
County,
Florida
and
to
evaluate
the
merits
of
alternative
methods
to
measure
the
economic
benefits
of
artificial
reef
development.
Results
from
a
mail
survey
of
registered
boat
owners
in
1985
showed
that
approximately
29
percent
of
respondents
who
fished
during
the
survey
period
used
at
least
one
of
the
artificial
reefs
in
Dade
County.
Catch
rates
at
artificial
reef
sites
were
generally
higher
than
at
nonreef
sites.
Approximately
13
percent
of
respondents
who
participated
in
sport
diving
during
the
survey
period
used
the
artificial
reefs.
The
percent
of
divers
who
spearfished
at
artificial
reefs
was
about
the
same
as
at
nonreef
sites.
Results
from
an
experiment
using
three
different
contingent
valuation
formats
indicated
that
both
current
users
and
nonusers
had
a
positive
willingness
to
pay
for
new
artificial
reef
development;
the
valuation
format
had
a
significant
influence
on
the
mean
valuation.
Several
different
variations
on
the
basic
travel
cost
method
were
also
used
to
assess
the
economic
benefits
of
a
new
artificial
reef;
these
modeling
alternatives
also
yielded
different
estimates
of
users'
economic
benefits.
Extensions
of
the
sample
benefit
estimation
methods
to
the
population
of
Dade
county
private
boaters
provide
a
range
of
estimated
economic
present
values
for
new
and
existing
artificial
reefs
in
Dade
County.
Recommendations
for
future
research
on
modeling
artificial
reef
participation
and
on
economic
benefit
estimation
are
provided.

Milon,
J.
W.
(
ed.)
(
1988).
"
Marine
Fishery
Allocations
and
Economic
4
4
9
Analysis."
Proceedings
of
a
Regional
Workshop
sponsored
by
the
Southern
Natural
Resource
Economics
Committee,
May,
40
pp.

Copies
of
papers
presented
at
a
symposium
on
marine
fishery
allocation
decisions
are
contained
in
this
report.

Milon,
J.
W.
(
1988).
"
Modeling
Site
and
Quality
Substitution
Effects
in
Sport
Fishing
Demand
Models."
Draft
Report,
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL.

Alternative
sport
fishing
demand
models
are
evaluated
in
terms
of
their
statistical
performance
and
the
derived
welfare
estimates
for
changes
in
recreational
catch
rates
for
king
mackerel.
This
analysis
permits
an
examination
of
the
possible
errors
that
can
occur
due
to
different
behavioral
models
of
sport
fishing
demand
and
estimation
procedures.
The
results
of
this
analysis
provide
information
to
policy
analysts
and
decision­
makers
about
the
performance
of
alternative
economic
demand
models
using
Marine
Recreational
Fishing
Statistics
Intercept
Survey
(
MRFSIS)
data
and
the
derived
measures
of
welfare
change
from
these
models
for
possible
changes
in
king
mackerel
catch
rates.

Milon,
J.
W.
(
1988).
"
A
Nested
Demand
Shares
Model
of
Artificial
Marine
Habitat
Choice
by
Sport
Anglers."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5(
3):
191­
214.

There
is
a
growing
public
interest
in
the
development
of
artificial
habitats
to
enhance
and
diversify
coastal
marine
resources
for
recreational
and
commercial
uses.
In
this
paper,
a
hierarchical
discrete
choice
model
of
recreational
demand
for
artificial
habitat
is
presented
using
a
nested
multinomial
logit
analysis
of
artificial
and
natural
habitat
site
choice
by
sport
anglers.
The
model
can
be
used
to
evaluate
the
effects
of
site
characteristics
and
socioeconomic
attributes
of
individual
sport
anglers
on
the
share
allocation
of
marine
fishing
trips
and
to
estimate
the
economic
benefits
of
new
artificial
habitat.
An
empirical
application
using
survey
data
from
sport
anglers
in
southeast
Florida
is
reported.
The
model
parameters
are
used
to
estimate
the
expected
use
benefits
and
distributional
implications
of
alternative
new
artificial
habitat
sites.
Extensions
and
limitations
of
the
model
for
artificial
habitat
planning
are
considered.

Milon,
J.
W.
(
1988).
"
Travel
Cost
Methods
for
Estimating
the
Recreational
Use
Benefits
of
Artificial
Marine
Habitat."
Draft
report,
forthcoming
in
South.
J.
Agric.
Econ..

The
growing
popularity
of
marine
recreational
fishing
has
created
considerable
interest
in
artificial
marine
habitat
development
to
maintain
and
enhance
coastal
fishery
stocks.
This
paper
provides
a
comparative
evaluation
of
travel
cost
methods
to
estimate
recreational
use
benefits
for
new
habitat
site
planning.
Theoretical
concerns
about
price
and
quality
effects
of
substitute
sites,
corner
solutions
in
site
choice,
and
econometric
estimation
are
considered.
Results
from
a
case
study
indicated
that
benefit
estimates
are
influenced
by
the
way
these
concerns
are
addressed
but
relatively
simple
single
site
models
can
provide
defensible
estimates.
Practical
limitations
on
data
collection
and
model
estimation
are
also
considered.

Milon,
J.
W.
(
1989).
"
Estimating
Recreational
Angler
Participation
and
Economic
Impact
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Mackerel
Fishery."
Marfin
Contract
No.
NA86WC­
H­
06116.

This
study
uses
the
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Statistics
Survey
to
4
5
0
estimate
travel
cost
demand
models
for
recreationally
caught
king
mackerel
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
to
evaluate
the
economic
impact
of
possible
alternative
catch
regulations
such
as
changes
in
catch
rates
or
bag
limits.

Milon,
J.
Walter
(
1989).
"
Specification
of
the
Recreational
Catch
Rate
for
Evaluating
Regulations
in
the
Gulf
Of
Mexico
Mackerel
Fishery."
Staff
Paper
#
370,
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
Institute
of
food
and
Agricultural
Sciences,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL
32611.

Regulation
of
marine
recreational
fishing
has
been
achieved
through
bag
restrictions
that
influence
the
composition
of
kept
and
released
catch.
Prior
economic
research
on
marine
recreational
fishing
has
focused
on
total
daily
catch
with
no
recognition
of
the
composition.
In
this
paper
a
formal
model
of
recreational
demand
for
the
composition
of
species
catch
is
presented.
Empirical
analysis
using
data
on
king
mackerel
anglers
from
the
1986
Marine
Recreational
Fishing
Statistics
Survey
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shows
that
distinct
kept
and
released
effects
can
be
identified.
Welfare
measures
developed
from
the
empirical
results
reveal
a
sizeable
difference
in
effects
of
changes
in
recreational
catch
when
alternative
catch
rate
measures
are
used.
Policy
evaluations
that
do
not
account
for
catch
composition
in
recreational
demand
models
may
provide
incorrect
estimates
of
the
economic
effects
of
catch
regulations.

Milon,
J.
W.
(
1990).
"
Assessment
of
Methods
to
Model
Recreational
Effort,
Participation,
and
Demand
for
Benefits
Valuation."
Draft
report
in
Kearney/
Centaur
(
1990).
"
Evaluation
and
Demonstration
of
Valuation
Methodologies
Applicable
to
Sport
and
Commercial
Fisheries."
Draft
report,
Alexandria,
VA.

Evaluate
and
assess
the
quality
of
travel
cost
valuation
models
for
recreationally
caught
king
mackerel
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
reported
in
1988
using
data
from
the
Marine
Recreational
Fishing
Statistics
Survey
(
MRFSS).
Determine
whether
the
valuation
estimates
were
useful
to
fishery
managers
responsible
for
allocation
of
king
mackerel
stocks.
Assess
the
potential
for
improved
valuation
models
of
marine
recreations
demand
based
on
recent
advances
in
the
theoretical
literature
and
possible
enhancement
s
to
the
MRFSS.
Develop
a
travel
cost
modeling
approach
to
improve
the
precision
and
usefulness
to
valuation
estimates
for
marine
fishing.

Milon,
J.
W.
(
1991).
"
Measuring
the
Economic
Value
of
Anglers'
Kept
and
Release
Catches."
North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
11:
185­
189.

Economic
measures
of
the
value
of
recreational
catch
typically
have
been
based
on
the
aggregate
number
of
fish
caught
per
unit
effort.
Fishery
management
councils,
however,
regulate
recreational
catch
through
bag
limits
and
size
restrictions
that
influence
the
composition
of
kept
and
released
fish
in
the
catch,
not
just
the
number
of
fish
caught.
Statistical
tests
for
pooled
site
travel
cost
demand
models
for
anglers
of
king
mackerel
(
Scomberomorus
cavalia)
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
region
showed
that
indicators
of
kept
and
released
catches
outperformed
an
aggregate
indicator.
Accounting
for
the
composition
of
catch
had
a
significant
effect
on
economic
measures
of
the
gains
and
losses
from
catch
regulations
and
suggested
that
aggregate
indicators
may
give
misleading
estimates
of
the
change
in
economic
value
due
to
regulations.
Economic
studies
of
the
value
of
recreational
catch
in
other
fisheries
should
give
more
consideration
to
the
effects
of
regulations
on
the
composition
of
kept
and
released
catches
and
to
the
social
factors
that
influence
the
keep
or
release
decision.
4
5
1
To
test
the
results
of
this
methodological
approach,
a
data
set
should
be
created
based
on
a
theoretical
model
of
recreational
fisherman
behavior
when
exploiting
a
common
property
resource.
Impose
management
regulations
such
as
size
and
bag
limits
for
a
fishing
trip.
Estimate
the
model
and
compare
the
estimated
parameters
to
the
known
or
true
parameters
for
management
implications
(
consumer
surplus).
Modify
the
model
with
a
catch
and
keep
constraint,
if
known
and
estimated
parameters
differ
and
compare
to
the
Milon
elasticity
results
that
seem
counter
intuitive
on
page
187.

Milon,
J.
W.
(
1993).
"
A
Study
of
Recreational
Demand
for
Gulf
of
Mexico
Group
King
Mackerel
Using
1990
and
1991
MRFSS
Data."
Final
Report
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Tampa,
FL.
Prepared
by
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL
32611­
0240,
March.

Using
1990
and
1991
MRFSS
data,
this
study
estimated
pooled
site
travel
cost
demand
models
for
anglers
targeting
king
mackerel
within
the
range
of
the
Gulf
group
king
mackerel
stock.
Econometric
results
from
the
models
indicated
that
there
was
no
statistical
support
for
a
positive
relationship
between
king
mackerel
catch
rates
and
demand.
Alternative
specifications
of
a
pooled
site
travel
cost
demand
model
yielded
inconsistent
and
mostly
statically
insignificant
results
for
the
catch
rate
variables.
Other
variables
in
the
models
performed
as
expected
and
were
consistent
with
prior
pooled
site
demand
model
results.
Because
king
mackerel
catch
rates
were
not
statistically
significant
determinants
of
recreational
demand,
it
was
not
possible
to
compute
net
economic
values
(
consumers'
surplus)
from
the
pooled
site
demand
models.
The
econometric
results
raise
serious
concerns
about
the
usefulness
of
travel
cost
demand
models
to
estimate
net
economic
values
for
recreational
catch
given
the
existing
structure
of
the
MRFSS.
The
intercept
survey
does
not
provide
sufficient
information
to
estimate
changes
in
anglers'
probability
of
targeting
different
species.
More
complete
data
and
further
research
will
be
needed
to
provide
fishery
managers
with
reliable,
defensible
measures
of
the
net
economic
value
of
king
mackerel
to
recreational
anglers.

Milon,
J.
Walter
(
1993).
"
U.
S.
Fisheries
Management
and
Economic
Analysis:
Implications
of
the
Alaskan
Groundfish
Controversy."
Invited
paper
prepared
for
the
annual
meetings
of
the
American
Agricultural
Economics
Association,
Orlando,
Fl,
August
2,
15
pp.

The
paper
discusses
the
recent
inspector
general
(
IG)
audit
of
the
North
Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council's
use
of
input­
output
analysis
to
determine
Alaskan
groundfish
allocation.
The
IG
determined
that
cost/
benefit
analysis
should
have
been
the
basis
for
the
decision.
However,
economic
efficiency
analysis
is
not
destined
to
be
used
in
allocation
decisions
in
the
future.
Given
the
MFCMA
and
the
national
standards,
future
allocation
decisions
can
be
made
regardless
of
whether
benefits
exceed
costs
or
not.

Milon,
J.
Walter
(
1993).
"
U.
S.
Fisheries
Management
and
Economic
Analysis:
Implications
of
the
Alaskan
Groundfish
Controversy."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
75(
5):
1177­
1182.

The
paper
discusses
the
recent
inspector
general
(
IG)
audit
of
the
North
Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council's
use
of
input­
output
analysis
to
determine
Alaskan
groundfish
allocation.
The
IG
determined
that
cost/
benefit
analysis
should
have
been
the
basis
for
the
decision.
However,
economic
efficiency
analysis
is
not
destined
to
be
used
in
allocation
decisions
in
the
future.
Given
the
MFCMA
and
the
national
standards,
future
allocation
decisions
can
be
made
regardless
of
whether
benefits
exceed
costs
or
not.
4
5
2
Milon,
J.
Walter
(
1998).
Title
Unknown.
Chapter
5,
Apogee
Research,
Inc.
and
Resource
Economics
Consultants,
Inc.

The
report
discusses
the
theory
of
travel
cost
models
and
explains
the
reasons
for
selecting
a
particular
type
of
model,
a
random
utility
model
(
RUM),
to
develop
and
apply
in
this
study.
The
section
also
describes
the
specification
and
data
for
the
random
utility
model
developed
for
the
Indian
River
Lagoon
and
the
regression
analysis
performed
with
the
model.
Finally,
the
section
describes
the
results
of
the
modeling
effort:
the
estimated
value
of
access
to
the
Lagoon
for
recreational
fishing
and
the
value
of
increased
catch
rates
for
all
Lagoon
species
and
for
popular
nearshore
target
species
(
redfish,
snook,
and
seatrout).

Milon,
J.
Walter
and
Eric
Thunberg
(
1991).
"
A
Regional
Analysis
of
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Participation
and
Attitudes
about
Fisheries
Management."
Proposal,
Florida
Sea
Grant.

The
project
objectives
are
to
estimate
resident
participation
in
specific
fisheries
in
different
regions
in
Florida
and
project
participation
through
the
year
2020.
Determine
whether
socioeconomic
factors
such
as
age,
household
composition,
etc.
influence
participation
rates
in
specific
Florida
fisheries.
Determine
whether
catch
rates
and/
or
catch
limitations
influence
anglers'
target
species
choices
in
different
regions.
Measure
anglers'
perceptions
of
current
fishery
management
policies
and
alternative
policies
that
could
be
used
in
the
future.

Milon,
J.
Walter,
Katharine
Wellman,
and
John
Gauvin
(
1992).
"
Consideration
of
the
Potential
Use
of
Individual
Transferable
Quotas
in
the
South
Atlantic
Mackerel
Fishery."
Volume
IV
in
Lee
G.
Anderson
(
1992).
"
Consideration
of
the
Potential
Use
of
Individual
Transferable
Quotas
in
U.
S.
Fisheries."
Vol
1­
5.
Final
Report,
NOAA
Contract
No.
40AANF101849.

This
report
discusses
the
development
of
an
individual
transferable
quota
system
for
the
recreational
south
Atlantic
mackerel
fishery.

Milon,
J.
Walter,
Eric
Thunberg,
Charles
M.
Adams,
and
C.
T.
Jordan
Lin
(
1994).
"
Recreational
Anglers'
Valuation
of
Near­
Shore
Marine
Fisheries
in
Florida."
Report
prepared
for
the
Florida
Marine
Fisheries
Commission
under
Contract
No.
C­
705
from
the
Florida
Department
of
Natural
Resources
by
the
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL,
Technical
Paper­
73,
Florida
Sea
Grant
College
Program,
University
of
Florida,
P.
O.
Box
110409,
Gainesville,
FL,
January.

This
report
describes
and
summarizes
the
results
from
a
state
wide
survey
of
Florida
resident
saltwater
anglers.
The
survey
was
designed
to
provide
estimates
of
the
economic
value
anglers
place
on
marginal
changes
in
management
of
selected
near
shore
marine
species
using
the
contingent
valuation
method.

Milon,
J.
Walter,
Sherry
L.
Larkin,
Donna
J.
Lee,
Kathryn
J.
Quigley,
and
Charles
M.
Adams
(
1998).
"
The
Performance
of
Florida

s
Spiny
Lobster
Trap
Certificate
Program."
Technical
Paper­
XX,
Florida
Sea
Grant
College
Program,
University
of
Florida,
P.
O.
Box
110409,
Gainesville,
FL,
July.

The
purpose
of
this
assessment
is
to
review
the
performance
of
the
Florida
spiny
lobster
trap
certification
program
(
TCP)
using
historical
catch
4
5
3
and
effort
data
and
changes
in
the
number
of
certificates
held
by
each
individual
since
the
program
began.
This
review
includes
administrative
costs
incurred
by
the
FDEP,
revenues
collected,
and
the
transfer
of
certificate
ownership
since
the
TCP
was
enacted.
Actual
costs
and
revenues
are
compared
to
initial
projections
to
determine
whether
the
TCP
has
fulfilled
initial
expectations
about
its
viability
as
a
self­
financing
regulatory
mechanism.
The
volume
of
certificate
transfers
and
the
reported
transfer
prices
are
evaluate
to
determine
whether
transferability
has
contributed
to
the
overall
performance
of
the
TCP.
In
addition
to
the
financial
self­
sufficiency
of
the
program
and
characteristics
of
the
transfer
market,
changes
in
certificate
concentration,
entry
and
exit
behavior,
and
geographic
distribution
of
certificates
will
also
be
evaluated.

Minerals
Management
Service
(
1986).
"
Advance
Material
for
Outer
Continental
Shelf
Policy
Committee
Incentives
for
Encouraging
Leasing
and
Exploration
in
Frontier
Areas."
Offshore
Resource
Evaluation
Division,
September.

A
package
of
material
including
the
legal
authority,
the
work
commitment
bidding
system,
etc.
that
was
provided
to
the
committee
to
assist
in
their
discussion
of
incentives
to
encourage
the
development
of
frontier
areas.

Miranda,
Marie
Lynn
(
1986).
"
United
States
Shrimp
Imports,
1980­
1986."
Draft
report,
Economics
and
Statistics
Office,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Miami,
FL,
August,
7
pp.

This
report
discusses
the
role
and
influence
of
shrimp
imports
on
the
U.
S.
shrimp
production
industry,
with
reference
to
the
January
1981
to
June
1986
period.
Most
of
the
analysis
is
done
for
count
sizes
26­
30
and
41­
50
as
well
as
total
shrimp
imports.
Also
contains
an
earlier
draft
of
the
report.

Mirman,
Leonard
J.
(
1979).
"
Dynamic
Models
of
Fishing:
A
Heuristic
Approach."
In
P.
T.
Liu
and
J.
G.
Sutinen
(
eds.)
Control
Theory
in
Mathematical
Economics,
New
York,
Marcel
Dekker.

Models
of
the
interaction
of
biological
and
economic
aspects
of
fishing
or
any
renewable
resource
are
studied.
The
underlying
attribute
of
all
the
models
is
that
the
population
is
dynamic.
The
first
two
sections
deal
with
countries
that
are
interested
in
the
welfare
of
their
citizens.
The
last
two
sections
use
profit
maximization
instead
of
utility
maximization
as
the
objective
of
the
countries.
Generally,
monopolists
under
either
system
consume
more
fish
than
do
duopolists.

Mirman,
Leonard
J.
and
Daniel
F.
Spulber
(
eds.)
(
1982).
Essays
in
the
Economics
of
Renewable
Resources.
North
Holland
Publishing
Co.,
New
York.

This
volume
presents
fifteen
essays
that
explore
and
extend
theoretical
aspects
of
the
developments
in
economics
of
renewable
resources.
The
volume
begins
with
a
selective
survey
of
these
developments
and
suggestions
for
future
research.
The
modeling
of
renewable
resource
management
within
a
capital
theoretic
framework
and
the
resulting
optimal
harvesting
policies
are
then
examined.
Resource
management
in
the
presence
of
biological
and
technical
nonconvexities
and
subject
to
environmental
uncertainty
is
considered
in
detail.
The
problems
of
free
and
restricted
access
to
renewable
resource
stocks
are
analyzed
within
the
framework
of
industry
structure,
conduct
and
performance.
Emphasis
is
also
placed
upon
the
question
strategic
interfirm
competition
for
resources
within
a
game
theoretic
framework.
The
4
5
4
volume
concludes
with
an
examination
of
alternative
regulatory
policies.

Mishan,
E.
J.
(
1948).
"
Realism
and
Relevance
in
Consumer's
Surplus."
The
Review
of
Economic
Studies,
15/
16(
3):
27­
33.

Mishan
reviews
the
literature
on
consumer
surplus
and
finds
only
two
of
the
five
definition
to
be
tenable
for
a
rise
or
a
fall
in
price.

Mishan,
E.
J.
(
1959).
"
Rent
as
a
Measure
of
Welfare
Change."
American
Economic
Review,
49(
3):
386­
394.

Little
further
reflection
is
necessary
to
recognize
that
consumer
surplus
and
economic
rent
are
both
measures
of
the
change
in
the
individual's
welfare
when
the
set
of
prices
facing
him
are
changed
or
the
constraints
imposed
upon
him
are
altered.
Any
distinction
between
them
is
one
of
convenience
only;
consumer
surpluses
have
reference
to
demand
prices,
economic
rent
to
supply
prices.
Furthermore,
no
consideration
of
logic
precludes
our
measuring
the
individual's
gain
­
in
terms
of
compensated
valuation
or
equivalent
valuation
­
from,
say,
a
simultaneous
fall
in
price
of
a
good
bought
and
a
rise
in
the
price
of
a
service
provided.

Mishan,
E.
J.
(
1966).
"
A
Survey
of
Welfare
Economics,
1939­
1959."
In
Surveys
of
Economic
Theory,
Vol.
1.
MacMillan
Press,
London.

A
survey
of
the
literature
dealing
with
the
formal
development
of
welfare
economics.

Mishan,
E.
J.
(
1971).
"
The
Postwar
Literature
on
Externalities:
An
Interpretative
Essay."
Journal
of
Economic
Literature,
9:
1­
28.

External
economies
appears
as
one
of
the
chief
causes
of
divergences
between
private
net
product
and
social
net
product.
Externalities
provide
the
standard
exception
to
the
equation
optimality
with
universal
perfect
competition.
This
interpretative
survey
is
organized
around
four
topics:
(
1)
the
problems
of
definition,
(
2)
the
traditional
doctrine
in
the
light
of
later
refinements,
(
3)
the
relation
of
external
economies
to
public
goods,
and
(
4)
the
new
concern
with
environmental
spillovers.

Mishan,
E.
J.
(
1976).
"
The
Use
of
Compensating
and
Equivalent
Variations
in
Cost­
Benefit
Analysis."
Economica,
43(
May):
185­
197.

The
author
addresses
three
issues
concerning
the
use
of
compensating
variation
in
cost­
benefit
analysis:
(
1)
equity,
(
2)
reliability
of
compensating
variation,
and
(
3)
equivalent
variation
is
as
good
as
compensating
variation
for
the
measurement
of
gains
and
losses.
Compensating
variation
is
demonstrated
to
be
the
best
available
method
for
determining
costs
and
benefits.

Missios,
Paul
C.
and
Charles
Plourde
(
1997).

Transboundary
Renewable
Resource
Management
and
Conservation
Motives.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
12(
1):
29­
36.

A
simple
two
country
theoretical
model
of
transboundary
fishing
conflicts
in
which
one
country
has
a
nonlucrative
incentive
to
conserve
the
fish
stock
is
presented
to
examine
the
effect
of
such
a
conservation
motive
on
the
steady
state
stock
level
and
to
analyze
how
this
stock
level
is
affected
by
the
division
of
the
harvest.
It
is
demonstrated
that
a
conservation
motive
for
one
or
both
countries
serves
to
increase
the
stock
level
and
that
this
level
is
dependent
on
the
harvest
share
of
the
country
with
motive.
A
brief
4
5
5
application
to
the
Canada­
European
Union
turbot
and
Canada­
United
states
salmon
disputes
suggests
consistency
between
the
principles
of
the
model
and
reality.

Mitchell,
Carlyle
L.
(
1997).

Fisheries
Management
in
the
Grand
Banks,
1980­
1992
and
the
Straddling
Stock
Issue.

Marine
Policy,
21(
1):
97­
109.

This
paper
examines
fisheries
management
problems
on
the
Grand
Banks
that
were
due
to
divided
jurisdiction
between
Canada

s
200
mile
Fisheries
Zone
and
the
Northwest
Atlantic
Fisheries
Organization

s
(
NAFO)
area
outside
this
zone,
which
brought
to
the
fore
the
predicaments
associated
with
straddling
stocks.
These
were
epitomized
by
the
northern
cod
fishery.
Because
Canadian
scientists
overestimated
the
stocks,
northern
cod
became
the
basis
of
a
growth
industry
for
Canada
and
for
considerable
fishing
activity
in
the
NAFO
zone
by
vessels
from
NAFO
member
and
non­
member
countries
during
the
1980s.
From
1985
onwards,
straddling
stocks
became
a
contentious
issue
between
Canada
and
NAFO
with
respect
to
management
measures
and
their
enforcement.
This
issue
became
particularly
acute
towards
the
end
of
the
1980s
when
the
overestimation
of
the
northern
cod
stock
became
apparent,
leading
to
a
reduction
in
the
TACs
for
this
species
and
to
Canada

s
closure
of
this
fishery
in
1992.
This
had
severe
economic
implications
for
Canada

s
Atlantic
Coast
fishing
industry
but
resulted
in
the
international
acceptance
of
a
new
UN
Convention
for
Straddling
Stocks
and
Highly
Migratory
Species
in
1995.

Mitchell,
Chris,
C.
Derning
Cowles,
Nevette
Bowen,
Rafe
Petersen,
and
Henry
Mitcheill
(
1996).

Building
A
Bycatch
Strategy
in
the
North
Pacific:
Western
Alaska
­
A
Matter
of
Cultural
and
Community
Survival.

A
report
to
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
from
the
Alaska
Fisheries
Development
Foundation,
February,
19
pp.

The
report
of
a
bycatch
workshop
held
in
Alaska
to
summarize
the
diversity
of
opinions
held
throughout
the
state.
Central
to
this
report
is
the
idea
that
Western
Alaskans
feel
that
bycatch
is
as
much
of
a
sociological
as
an
economic
problem.
Based
upon
this
knowledge,
NMFS
should
be
able
to
design
real
solutions
to
real
problems
on
a
more
localized
basis.

Mitchell,
John
F.
and
Arvind
Shah
(
1992).

Report
on
TED
Efficiency
Trials
Aboard
a
Mexican
Shrimp
Trawler,
A
U.
S./
Mexico
Cooperative
Study
November
9­
20,
1992.

Foreign
TED
Technology
Transfer
Program,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Mississippi
Laboratory,
Pascagoula
Facility,
P.
O.
Drawer
1207,
Pascagoula,
MS,
20
pp.

Gear
specialists
with
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
and
the
National
Fisheries
Institute
of
Mexico
collected
information
on
catch
rates
of
shrimp
and
bycatch
from
trawls
equipped
with
super
Shooter
and
Anthony
Weedless
style
TEDs
aboard
a
Mexican
shrimp
trawler
in
November
1992.
Trawling
operations
were
conducted
in
Mexican
waters
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
along
the
northern
coast
of
the
state
of
Tamaulipas.
Catch
data
was
collected
from
TED
versus
non­
TED
equipped
trawls
during
179
hours
of
comparative
towing.
Shrimp
catch
per
unit
effort
(
CPUE
=
lb/
h)
for
the
Super
Shooter
TED
and
corresponding
control
net
was
5.34
and
5.53
lb/
h
respectively
resulting
in
a
difference
of
3.4
percent.
Shrimp
CPUE
for
the
Anthony
Weedless
TED
and
corresponding
control
net
was
6.42
and
6.66
lb/
h
respectively
resulting
in
a
difference
of
3.6
percent.
Differences
in
the
catches
of
shrimp
and
bycatch
between
TED
equipped
nets
and
their
corresponding
control
nets
were
not
statistically
significant
over
all
phases
of
the
test.
4
5
6
Mitchell,
Laura
and
Laura
Grignano
(
1992).
"
Current
Trends
in
Ecologic­
Economic
Valuation
of
Wetlands."
Technical
Report
No.
92­
8,
College
of
William
and
Mary,
Virginia
Institute
of
Marine
Science,
School
of
Marine
Science,
Wetlands
Program,
Gloucester
Point,
Virginia
23062,
August.

This
report
outlines
some
techniques
employed
in
assigning
economic
value
to
wetlands
and
discusses
the
application
of
economic
valuation
of
natural
resources
and
some
of
the
problems
associated
with
the
process.

Mock,
C.
R.
(
1973).
"
Shrimp
Culture
in
Japan."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
35(
3­
4):
71­
76.

A
presentation
on
Japanese
shrimp
aquaculture
and
the
progress
being
made
by
researchers
to
perfect
their
techniques.

Moffett,
A.
W.
(
1970).
The
Shrimp
Fishery
in
Texas.
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department,
Austin,
Texas.

This
bulletin
is
designed
to
introduce
the
reader
to
the
biology
of
the
commercial
species
of
shrimp
and
the
fishery
in
Texas.

Moloney,
David
G.
and
Peter
H.
Pearse
(
1979).
"
Quantitative
Rights
as
an
Instrument
for
Regulating
Commercial
Fisheries."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
36:
859­
866.

A
method
of
regulating
commercial
fisheries
by
providing
fishing
enterprise
with
transferable
rights
to
harvest
specific
quantities
of
fish
is
described
and
analyzed
in
terms
of
its
incentives
for
economic
efficiency
in
harvesting,
its
administrative
practicability,
and
its
amenability
to
alternative
objectives
with
respect
to
the
division
of
resource
rents
between
fishermen
and
the
government.
The
regime
proposed
can,
under
certain
realistic
conditions,
be
expected
to
maximize
resource
rents
and
to
permit
the
gains
to
be
distributed
flexibly.
This
approach
is
found
to
have
certain
superior
characteristics
over
the
main
alternative
proposals
for
rationalizing
fishing.

Moncol,
N.
Dolores,
J.
W.
Tate,
Barbara
C.
Barbour,
N.
B.
Webb,
and
F.
B.
Thomas
(
19??).
"
Investigations
on
the
Mechanical
Processing
and
Additive
Treatment
of
Shrimp."
Draft
Chapter
III.

The
objectives
of
this
study
were
to
evaluate
the
efficiency
of
a
relatively
small,
portable,
shrimp
processing
machine
and
the
effect
of
selected
food
grade
additives
on
the
quality
of
shrimp.

Monk,
Grant
and
Grant
Hewison
(
1994).

A
Brief
Criticism
of
the
New
Zealand
Quota
Management
System.

In
Karyn
L.
Gimbel
(
ed.)
Limiting
Access
to
Marine
Fisheries:
Keeping
the
Focus
on
Conservation,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

New
Zealand

s
quota
management
system
(
QMS)
is
designed
to
limit
access
to
fisheries
through
the
establishment
of
private
property
rights
in
the
form
of
ITQs
and
also
to
conserve
fish
stocks
through
biologically
determined
TACs
that
are
set
for
each
fishery
within
defined
Quota
Management
Areas.
By
limiting
access
to
fisheries,
the
QMS
attempts
to
address
the
problem
of
open
access
to
common
property
fishery
resources,
which
have
traditionally
led
to
a
destructive
race
for
fish.
The
QMS
system
has
a
number
of
shortcomings.
The
system
focuses
primarily
on
single
species
management
and
largely
fails
to
address
broader
4
5
7
ecosystem
considerations.
Political
pressure
has
led
to
the
setting
of
TACs
at
levels
beyond
maximum
sustainable
yield.
Bycatch
and
under
reporting
continue
to
be
major
problems
in
the
fisheries,
as
the
system
is
difficult
to
enforce
and
monitor.
The
creation
of
private
property
rights
has
proven
effective
in
expanding
the
New
Zealand
fish
trade
into
international
markets,
but
many
species
remain
overfished.
In
addition,
the
system
requires
that
the
government
compensate
quota
holders
when
a
decision
to
lower
TAC
levels
is
made.
While
the
New
Zealand
QMS
is
attractive
in
theory,
in
practice
it
has
a
number
of
drawbacks,
and
is
not
a
panacea
for
long
term
conservation
of
fisheries.
Others
intending
to
embark
along
similar
lines
to
New
Zealand

s
fisheries
management
system
would
be
well
advised
to
critically
examine
its
present
deficiencies.

Montegut,
R.
S.
(
1979).
"
Planning
To
Buy
a
Shrimp
Boat."
Louisiana
Cooperative
Extension
Service
Sea
Grant
Publication
LSU­
TL­
79­
005,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
La,
11
pp.

The
shrimp
industry
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
is
dominated
by
owner
operated
shrimp
boats.
These
businessmen
are
interested
in
a
lifestyle
as
well
as
earning
a
profit.
The
lifestyle
is
one
not
faced
by
the
investor
choosing
not
to
operate
his
shrimp
boat.
Absentee
owners
generally
experience
higher
repair
and
maintenance
costs,
higher
insurance
costs
and
lower
shrimp
catches.
Understanding
the
situation
faced
by
an
absentee
owner
compared
to
the
experienced
owner
operator
will
be
helpful
in
making
your
investment
decisions.
Also,
there
are
already
a
large
number
of
shrimpers
competing
with
expensive
boats
for
a
fully
utilized
supply
of
shrimp.
Thus,
the
skills
and
number
of
your
competitors
in
shrimping
must
be
considered
before
you
invest
in
the
business.

Montgomery,
Claire
A.,
Gardner
M.
Brown,
Jr.,
and
Darius
M.
Adams
(
1994).

The
Marginal
Cost
of
Species
Preservation:
The
Northern
Spotted
Owl.

Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
26:
111­
128.

Because
species
survival
is
not
certain,
the
decision
to

save

a
species
is
not
an
all­
or­
nothing
choice
but
rather
a
marginal
one.
The
appropriate
unit
for
both
benefit
and
cost
functions
is
the
likelihood
of
survival
and
the
appropriate
question
is
how
certain
we
want
to
be
of
species
survival.
The
intensity
of
the
species
preservation
debate
is
also
fired
by
strong
equity
concerns.
We
illustrate
these
points
for
the
case
of
the
northern
spotted
owl
by
constructing
a
marginal
cost
curve
for
its
survival
and
by
disaggregating
welfare
loss
by
region
and
by
market
level.

Moore,
Charles
J.
(
1984).
"
A
Socio­
Economic
Survey
of
the
Seventh
Annual
Arthur
Smith
King
Mackerel
Tournament."
South
Carolina
Marine
Resources
Center,
Technical
Report
Number
58,
May,
13
pp.

This
report
presents
the
results
obtained
from
the
1983
socio­
economic
survey
and
provides
comparison
with
results
obtained
during
1979.

Moore,
Charles
J.
(
1984).
"
User­
Information
Needs
and
the
Role
of
Information
in
Fisheries
Development
and
Management."
Chapter
11
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

During
the
1982
marine
recreational
fisheries
symposium,
Larkin
(
1982)
presented
a
set
of
natural
laws
governing
the
management
of
sport
and
4
5
8
commercial
fisheries.
Larkin's
first
law
is
"
People
go
sport
fishing
so
that
they
can
tell
fish
stories."
This
paper
will
accept
this
"
Law"
and
examine
what
information
is
needed,
what
the
modes
of
communication
are
and,
more
importantly,
the
role
of
this
information
in
marine
recreational
fisheries
development
which
will
allow
for
the
best
fish
stories
to
be
told.

Moore,
Charles
J.
and
Charles
H.
Farmer,
III
(
1981).
"
An
Angler

s
Guide
to
South
Carolina
Sharks."
Recreational
Fisheries,
Office
of
Conservation,
Management
and
Marketing,
South
Carolina
Wildlife
and
Marine
Resources
Department,
P.
O.
Box
12559,
Charleston,
South
Carolina,
May,
65
pp.

A
guide
for
the
sportsman
and
general
reference
to
sharks
taken
in
South
Carolina
waters.

Morey,
Edward
R.
(
1981).
"
The
Demand
for
Site­
Specific
Recreational
Activities:
A
Characteristics
Approach."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
8:
345­
371.

A
model
of
constrained
utility
maximizing
behavior
is
developed
to
explain
how
a
representative
individual
allocates
his
ski
days
among
alternative
sites.
The
physical
characteristics
of
the
ski
areas
and
the
individual's
skiing
ability
are
explicit
arguments
in
the
utility
function;
the
budget
allocation
is
given
along
with
the
parametric
costs
to
ski
(
including
travel
costs,
entrance
fees,
equipment
costs,
and
the
opportunity
cost
of
his
time).
Shares
(
a
site's
share
being
the
proportion
of
ski
days
that
the
individual
spends
at
that
site)
are
derived
and
assumed
multinomially
distributed,
a
stochastic
specification
that
maintains
the
inherent
properties
of
the
shares.
Maximum
likelihood
estimation
confirms
the
basic
hypothesis
that
costs,
ability,
and
characteristics
all
are
important
determinants
of
the
sites'
shares.
The
model
explains
a
large
proportion
of
the
skier's
allocation
of
ski
days.
A
multinomial
logit
model
of
skier
behavior
is
also
developed
and
maximum
likelihood
estimates
of
its
parameters
are
obtained.
Examination
of
the
summary
statistics
from
my
model
and
the
logit
model
indicates
that
my
model
predicts
the
skier's
choice
of
sites
better
than
the
logit
model.

Morey,
Edward
R.
(
1984).
"
The
Choice
of
Ski
Areas:
Estimation
of
a
Generalized
CES
Preference
Ordering
with
Characteristics."
The
Review
of
Economics
and
Statistics,
??:
584­
590.

A
generalized
CES
(
GENCES)
preference
ordering
is
developed
and
estimated.
It
incorporates
characteristics
of
both
the
individual
and
the
activities.
The
GENCES
is
used
to
explain
the
share
of
ski
time
an
individual
allocates
to
each
ski
area
as
a
function
of
site
characteristics,
skiing
ability,
and
costs.
The
stochastic
specification
limited
the
shares
to
the
0­
1
simplex.
This
specification
was
found
to
be
more
appropriate
than
the
conventional
normality
assumption.
The
null
hypothesis
that
preferences
are
homothetic
and
additive
is
rejected.
Characteristics,
ability,
and
costs
are
important
determinants
of
demand.
The
estimated
elasticities
provide
numerous
insights
into
skier
behavior.

Morey,
Edward
R.,
Donald
Waldman,
Djeto
Assane,
and
Douglass
Shaw
(
1995).
"
Searching
for
a
Model
of
Multiple­
Site
Recreation
Demand
that
Admits
Interior
and
Boundary
Solutions."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
77(!):
129­
140.

For
most
recreation
demand
data
sets,
different
individuals
visit
different
subsets
of
the
available
sites.
Interior
solutions
(
i.
e.,
4
5
9
individuals
who
visit
all
recreational
sites)
are
not
the
norm.
Boundary
solutions
(
i.
e.,
individuals
who
do
not
participate,
or
who
visit
some,
but
not
all,
of
the
sites)
predominate.
We
critique
eight
demand
models
in
terms
of
their
ability
to
accommodate
boundary
solutions.
Three
models
are
recommended
for
consideration
when
there
are
multiple
sites
and
the
data
set
includes
a
significant
number
of
boundary
solutions:
a
repeated
nested­
logit
model,
a
multinomial
share
model,
and
a
Kuhn­
Tucker
model.

Morrison,
Catherine
J.
(
1985).

On
the
Economic
Interpretation
and
Measurement
of
Optimal
Capacity
Utilization
with
Anticipatory
Expectations.

Review
of
Economic
Studies,
52(
169):
295­
310.

This
study
builds
on
recent
research
giving
the
notion
of
capacity
utilization
clearer
economic
foundations.
In
this
research
optimal
output
Y*
is
defined
as
the
minimum
point
on
the
firm

s
short
run
average
total
cost
curve,
and
capacity
utilization
is
then
computed
as
CU
=
Y/
Y*,
where
Y
is
actual
output.
Here
I
extend
these
concepts
to
include
adjustment
costs
due
to
changes
in
the
stock
of
capital,
and
nonstatic
expectations
of
future
output
demand
and
input
prices.
The
more
general
notion
of
CU
is
shown
to
depend
on
the
shadow
values
of
the
firm

s
quasi­
fixed
inputs,
and
is
decomposed
to
isolate
the
effects
of
anticipatory
expectations.
An
empirical
comparison
is
then
made
between
traditional
indices
and
alternative
economic
CU
measures,
using
annual
U.
S.
manufacturing
data
1954
­
1980.
The
calculated
indices
exhibit
plausible
patterns,
which
can
be
interpreted
as
the
effects
of
nonstatic
expectations
and
adjustment
costs.

Morrison,
N.
A.,
D.
H.
King,
M.
L.
Quinto,
and
N.
B.
Webb
(
19??).
"
Effect
of
Various
Additives
and
Temperature
Applications
on
the
Texture
of
Shrimp."
Draft
Chapter
IV.

The
main
objective
of
this
investigation
was
to
determine
the
influence
of
cooking,
PH,
and
frozen
storage
on
the
texture
of
shrimp.

Moss,
Charles
B.,
Gretchen
Greene,
and
Eric
Thunberg
(
1994).
"
Estimation
of
Recreational
Anglers'
Value
of
Reef­
Fish
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Food
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL.

Several
public
policy
issues
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
region
involve
the
value
of
the
reef
fish
recreational
fishery.
This
study
estimates
the
economic
impact
of
this
fishery
using
a
travel
cost
procedure.
The
results
indicate
that
the
fishery
generates
$
460
million
within
the
state
of
Florida.

Motulsky,
Harvey
J.
and
Lennart
A.
Ransnas
(
1987).
"
Fitting
Curves
to
data
Using
Nonlinear
Regression:
A
Practical
and
Nonmathematical
Review."
FASEB
J.,
1:
365­
374.

Many
types
of
data
are
best
analyzed
by
fitting
a
curve
using
nonlinear
regression,
and
computer
programs
that
perform
these
calculations
are
readily
available.
Like
every
scientific
technique,
however,
a
nonlinear
regression
program
can
produce
misleading
results
when
used
inappropriately.
This
article
reviews
the
use
of
nonlinear
regression
in
a
practical
and
nonmathematical
manner.
The
review
is
designed
to
demystify
nonlinear
regression
so
that
both
its
power
and
its
limitations
will
be
appreciated.

Moussavian,
Mohammed
and
Larry
Samuelson
(
1984).
"
On
the
Extraction
of
an
Exhaustible
Resource
by
a
Monopoly."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
11(
2):
139­
146.
4
6
0
Hotelling's
r­
percent
rule
does
not
hold
for
monopoly
extractors
of
durable
exhaustible
resources.
An
example
with
a
nondurable
resource
in
which
the
rule
also
fails
to
hold
is
presented.
An
economy
with
a
fixed
average
propensity
to
save
is
modeled.
The
monopoly
extractor
recognizes
that
resource
extraction,
by
affecting
output
and
hence
capital
accumulation,
affects
future
demand.
The
firm
exploits
this
effect
by
causing
the
marginal
profitability
of
extraction
to
grow
faster
or
slower
than
the
rate
of
interest,
depending
upon
initial
conditions.
Conditions
are
developed
under
which
the
growth
rate
will
be
less
than
the
interest
rate.

Moxnes,
Erling
(
1993).
"
Mismanagement
of
Fish
Resources."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

In
the
literature
on
renewable
resources,
the
commons
problem
is
held
to
be
the
crucial
factor
explaining
experienced
mismanagement.
In
this
report
an
economic
experiment
demonstrates
that
serious
mismanagement
can
occur
even
when
property
rights
are
assigned.
Mismanagement
is
measured
both
in
terms
of
over
investment
and
over
utilization.
The
most
likely
explanation
is
a
misperception
of
time
lags,
also
found
in
studies
of
other
dynamic
systems.
For
policy
making
this
finding
adds
the
dimension
of
learning
to
the
previous
dimension
of
cooperation
and
conflict
resolution.

Moyer,
Camilla
C.
(
1994).
"
Minutes."
Memorandum,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
W.
Kennedy
Blvd.,
Tampa,
Florida,
October,
23
pp.

The
minutes
of
the
Ad
Hoc
Red
Snapper
Advisory
Panel
meeting
held
in
New
Orleans
on
August
8­
9,
1994
concerning
proposed
red
snapper
individual
transferable
quota
and
license
limitation
fishery
management
regulations.

MRAG
Americas,
Inc.
(
1999).

NMFS
Response
to
the
1997
Peer
Review
of
Red
Snapper
(
Lutjanus
Campechanus)
Research
and
Management
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Tampa,
Florida,
May.

In
response
to
a
peer
review
of
the
research
and
management
of
red
snapper,
NMFS
prepared
this
response
to
that
review
incorporating
the
expertise
of
NMFS
and
outside
economists.
The
report
contains
a
response
to
the
peer
review
and
a
research
plan
to
for
red
snapper
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Mueller,
Dennis
C.
(
1976).
"
Public
Choice:
A
Survey."
Journal
of
Economic
Literature,
14(
2):
395­
433.

Public
choice
can
be
defined
as
the
economic
study
of
nonmarket
decision
making,
or,
simply
the
application
of
economics
to
political
science.
The
basic
behavioral
postulate
of
public
choice,
as
for
economics,
is
that
man
is
an
egoistic,
rational,
utility
maximizer.

Mueller,
Dennis
C.
and
Wallace
E.
Oates
(
1986).
"
The
Management
of
the
Chesapeake
Bay:
Alternative
Structures
for
Decision­
Making."
Working
draft
report
presented
at
the
Economics
of
Managing
Chesapeake
Bay
II,
Annapolis,
MD.,
May,
27
pp.

Optimal
jurisdiction
is
explored
by
developing
a
model
of
Chesapeake
By
using
three
management
alternatives:
(
1)
the
existing
jurisdictional
structure,
(
2)
a
Chesapeake
Bay
political
jurisdiction,
and
(
3)
a
national
jurisdiction.

Muller,
Robert
G.
(
1988).
"
Spanish
Mackerel
Summary."
Department
of
4
6
1
Natural
Resources,
Bureau
of
Marine
Research,
St.
Petersburg,
Florida,
June,
7
pp.

This
summary
is
not
a
stock
assessment
but
rather
an
interim
report
addressing
the
Spanish
mackerel
fisheries
in
Florida.
The
items
addressed
in
summary
are:
(
a)
commercial
landings,
(
b)
quota
impacts
on
commercial
landings,
(
c)
recreational
landings,
(
d)
bag
limit
impacts
on
recreational
landings,
and
(
e)
need
for
additional
analyses.

Muller,
Robert
G.
(
1989).
"
Spanish
Mackerel
Summary."
Department
of
Natural
Resources,
Bureau
of
Marine
Research,
St.
Petersburg,
Florida,
May,
5
pp.

This
summary
is
not
a
stock
assessment
but
rather
an
interim
report
addressing
the
Spanish
mackerel
fisheries
in
Florida.
The
items
addressed
in
summary
are:
(
a)
commercial
landings,
(
b)
quota
impacts
on
commercial
landings,
and
©
need
for
additional
analyses.

+,
Robert
G.
and
Michael
D.
Murphy
(
1994).
"
Report
on
Inshore
Finfish
Trends."
Report
prepared
for
the
Florida
Marine
Fisheries
Commission
by
the
Department
of
Environmental
Protection,
Florida
Marine
Research
Institute,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
June,
16
pp.

This
report
summarizes
landings,
effort,
and
catch
per
unit
effort
trends
for
red
drum,
spotted
seatrout,
mullet,
and
an
additional
20
finfish
species.

Munro,
Gordon
R.
(
1979).
"
The
Optimal
Management
of
Transboundary
Renewable
Resources."
Canadian
Journal
of
Economics,
12(
3):
355­
376.

This
paper
investigates
the
question
of
the
optimal
management
of
renewable
resources
jointly
owned
by
two
states.
A
dynamic
model
of
fisheries
is
combined
with
Nash's
theory
of
two­
person
cooperative
games.
Conflicts
in
the
management
strategies
of
the
two
states
arising
from
differences
in
perceptions
of
the
social
rate
of
discount,
fishing
effort
costs,
and
consumer
preferences
are
examined.
Cases
are
considered
in
which
the
two
partners
can
and
cannot
make
side
or
transfer
payments
to
one
another.
It
is
concluded
that
side
payments
greatly
ease
the
resolution
of
resource
management
conflicts.

Munro,
Gordon
R.
(
1986).
"
The
Management
of
Shared
Fishery
Resources
under
Extended
Jurisdiction."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
3(
4):
271­
296.

The
management
of
shared
fishery
resources
is
one
of
the
prime
management
issues
to
have
arisen
as
a
consequence
of
extended
fisheries
jurisdiction.
This
paper
reviews
the
issue
from
a
bioeconomic
perspective.
A
major
conclusion
arising
from
this
review
is
that
it
should
in
principle
be
possible
for
joint
owners
of
shared
resources
to
develop
effective
joint
management
programs,
even
though
they
may
have
significantly
different
views
on
optimal
management
strategy.
Avenues
of
future
research
on
the
issue
are
also
discussed.

Munro,
Gordon
R.
(
1989).
"
Coastal
States
and
Distant­
water
Fishing
Nation
Relations:
An
Economist's
Perspective."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
51(
1):
3­
10.

This
paper
presents
an
analytical
framework
to
be
used
by
economists
in
4
6
2
studying
the
relationship
of
coastal
states
with
distant
water
fishing
nations
(
DWFN)
seeking
access
to
the
coastal
state's
200
mile
extended
fisheries
jurisdiction
zone.

Munro,
Gordon
R.
(
1998).
"
A
Theoretical
Framework
for
Examining
Interactions
Between
Subsidies,
Overcapitalization
and
Resource
Overexploitation:
Short
Term
and
Long
Term
Consequences."
PECC
Task
Force
on
Fisheries
Cooperation
and
Development
Workshop
on

The
Impact
of
Government
Financial
Transfers
on
Fisheries
Management,
Resource
Sustainability
and
International
Trade,

Manila,
August,
21
pp.

This
paper
discusses
the
interactions
between
subsidies
and
fishery
resource
overexploitation
and
overcapitalization.
Even
benign
subsidies
upon
closer
inspection
are
seen
to
have
decidedly
malign
aspects.

Munro,
Gordon
R.
and
Anthony
D.
Scott
(
1985).
"
The
Economics
of
Fisheries
Management."
Chapter
14
in
Kneese,
Allen
V.
and
James
L.
Sweeney
(
ed.).
Handbook
of
Natural
Resource
and
Energy
Economics,
Vol.
II,
Elsevier
Science
Publishers
B.
V.

The
major
development
in
fisheries
economics
that
is
stressed
in
this
chapter
is
the
shift
away
from
static
to
dynamic
or
capital­
theoretic
analysis.
Dynamic
considerations
in
turn
lead
naturally
to
a
consideration
of
problems
arising
from
uncertainty.

Murawski,
Steven
A.
(
1997).

Meeting
the
Challenges
of
Bycatch:
New
Rules
and
New
Tools.

In
Solving
Bycatch,
Considerations
for
Today
and
Tomorrow,
Alaskan
Sea
Grant
College
Program
Report
No.
96­
03,
University
of
Alaska,
Fairbanks,
Alaska,
322
pp.

Bycatch
considerations
have
become
critical
constraints
on
the
prosecution
and
development
of
marine
fisheries
in
the
nation
and
the
world.
Unless
species
and
size
selectivity
of
fishing
techniques
are
improved,
tough
new
rules
will
place
additional
requirements
on
existing
fisheries
or
fisheries
may
be
closed
all
together.
In
these
circumstances,
the
industry
will
likely
be
unable
to
develop
fisheries
for
the
nation

s
few
remaining
underutilized
resources.
This
workshop
has
two
important
objectives:
(
1)
review
recent
developments
in
bycatch
reduction,
and
(
2)
promote
dialogue
on
research
and
policy
goals
for
the
future.
Since
the
first
National
Industry
Buycatch
Workshop,
held
in
Newport
Oregon,
there
has
been
considerable
gear
based
research,
supported
by
industry,
associations,
and
government
partnerships.
Technical
standards
for
evaluating
bycatch
reduction
have
been
developed
and
applied
in
some
situations.
Bycatch
monitoring
programs
have
been
expanded
to
include
a
widening
array
of
fisheries
and
the
nature
and
extent
of
the
bycatch
problem
subjected
to
quantitative
evaluation.
This
information
has
exonerated
some
fisheries,
and
excoriated
others.
Recently
,
more
sophisticated
real
time
bycatch
monitoring
systems
have
been
developed,
with
capabilities
for
information
dissemination.
However,
much
remains
to
be
done.
Although
often
assumed,
specific
goals
for
bycatch
management
have
rarely
been
articulated.
Development
of
goals
is
a
necessary
step
if
we
are
to
measure
our
success
solving
bycatch.
New
approaches
to
information
sharing,
and
personal
accountability
to
operate

cleanly

are
challenges
which
must
be
faced.
As
well,
the
scientific
community
needs
to
define

how
clean
is
clean
enough?

and
to
evaluate
the
consequences
of
bycatch
reduction
alternatives
on
species
and
ecosystems.
Regulatory
schemes
that
encourage
innovation
and
responsibility
through
incentives
for
bycatch
reduction
and
discourage
those
who
jeopardize
personal
and
collective
fishing
opportunities
through
4
6
3
disincentives,
must
be
implemented.

Murawski,
S.
A.
and
J.
T.
Finn
(
1986).
"
Optimal
Effort
Allocation
Among
Competing
Mixed­
Species
Fisheries,
Subject
to
Fishing
Mortality
Constraints."
Can.
J.
Fish.
Aquat.
Sci.,
43:
90­
100.

A
linear
programming
(
LP)
approach
to
effort
allocation
among
two
or
more
fisheries
(
fleets)
exploiting
several
common
species/
stocks
is
described
and
applied
to
otter
trawl
fisheries
exploiting
demersal
fish
stocks
on
Georges
Bank
(
northeastern
United
States).
Total
instantaneous
fishing
mortality
on
a
particular
species
(
i)
is
computed
as
the
linear
summation
of
fishing
mortalities
generated
by
each
fishery
(
j):
Fi=

£
qijfi
i
where
fi
is
the
amount
of
standardized
fishing
effort
exerted
in
fishery
j
and
qij
is
the
catchability
coefficient
for
species
i
taken
in
fishery
j.
Mortality
on
species
i
due
to
both
directed
fishing
and
bycatch
can
thus
be
accounted
for
in
the
qij's.
Optimal
allocation
of
effort
among
the
j
fisheries
may
be
considered
a
minimization
problem
(
minimize

£
fi),
subject
to
the
constraints
that
fishing
mortality
rates
on
particular
species
are
maintained
at,
above,
or
below
certain
predefined
levels.
Fishing
mortality
goals
for
individual
species
can
be
based
on
various
biological
and/
or
economic
criteria:
fishing
mortality
rates
that
prevent
growth
or
recruitment
overfishing,
or
that
optimize
productivity
from
predator­
prey
systems.
Other
constraints
in
the
LP
model
may
be
included
to
modify
optimal
solutions
based
on
various
economic
and
social
considerations
(
e.
g.
protection
of
certain
fisheries).
Sensitivity
analyses
indicate
the
general
infeasibility
of
maintaining
relatively
high
or
low
fishing
mortality
rates
on
ubiquitously
distributed
species,
while
moderately
fishing
species
with
more
discrete
distributions,
due
to
bycatch
considerations.

Murphy,
G.
I.
(
1977).
"
Clupeoids."
In
J.
A.
Gulland
(
ed.),
Fish
Population
Dynamics,
Wiley­
Interscience,
New
York,
pp.
283­
308.

There
has
always
been
considerable
interest
in
the
population
dynamics
of
the
clupeoids,
in
part
because
of
the
size
of
the
fisheries,
but
also
because
their
landings
tend
to
fluctuate
widely,
and
because
some
populations
have
collapsed
under
exploitation.
In
some
instances
the
collapse
seems
to
be
relatively
permanent.
The
six
million
tons
of
lost
production
detailed
in
Table
35
may
not
be
the
end,
as
Peruvian
anchovy
catches
fell
to
four
million
tons
in
1972,
and
did
not
significantly
exceed
two
million
tons
in
1973.

Murphy,
Thomas
M.
and
Sally
R.
Hopkins­
Murphy
(
1989).
"
Sea
Turtle
and
Shrimp
Fishing
Interactions:
A
Summary
and
Critique
of
Relevant
Information."
Center
for
Marine
Conservation.

This
report
examines
the
interactions
between
sea
turtle
populations
and
the
shrimp
fleet,
particularly
from
North
Carolina
to
Florida,
by
analyzing
major
aspects
of
each
that
relate
to
this
interaction.
The
major
aspects
examined
are
the
density
and
distribution
of
marine
turtle
nesting,
marine
turtle
carcass
strandings,
incidental
captures
of
marine
turtles
in
shrimp
trawls,
shrimping
effort,
and
aerial
observations
of
turtles
at
sea.
Each
section
on
these
major
aspects
looks
at
historic
and
current
information,
values
and
uses
for
the
information
and
shortcomings
and
cautions
regarding
these
data.
The
report
also
summarizes
and
critiques
the
primary
source
documents
upon
which
management
and
research
decisions
are
made
by
the
two
federal
agencies
that
have
legal
jurisdiction
over
sea
turtles.

Murray,
James
D.,
James
J.
Bahen,
and
Roger
A.
Rulifson
(
1992).
4
6
4
"
Management
Considerations
for
Bycatch
in
the
North
Carolina
and
Southeast
Shrimp
Fishery."
Fisheries,
17(
1):
21­
26.

Many
observers
believe
that
commercial
shrimp
bycatch
will
be
the
most
important
issue
southeastern
U.
S
fishery
managers
must
address
during
the
next
several
years.
Although
the
biological
impact
of
bycatch
on
finish
stocks
is
uncertain
for
many
species,
there
is
evidence
that
it
may
already
be
affecting
red
snapper,
mackerel,
and
weakfish
stocks.
Available
management
measures
to
reduce
bycatch
include
area
and
season
closures
and
gear
modification
requirements.
Recent
experiences
in
the
southeast
with
turtle
excluder
devices
are
instructive
for
developing
policy
and
implementing
management
regimes.
Through
a
1990
amendment
to
the
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act,
Congress
established
a
3
year
program
to
assess
the
impact
on
fishery
resources
of
incidental
harvest
by
the
shrimp
trawl
fishery.
The
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Development
Foundation
is
forming
a
steering
committee
to
develop
a
strategic
plan
and
to
establish
criteria
for
evaluating
gear
for
the
management
of
bycatch
in
the
southeast
shrimp
fishery.
The
North
Carolina
Marine
Fisheries
Commission
(
NCMFC)
recently
required
the
Division
of
Marine
Fisheries
to
establish
the
goal
of
reducing
bycatch
to
the
absolute
minimum,
and
appointed
a
scrap­
fish
committee
to
develop
draft
recommendations
for
affected
fisheries.
To
achieve
an
acceptable
compromise
by
the
fishery
constituency,
good
coordination,
communication,
and
citizen
participation
processes
are
required.
The
committees
offer
an
important
opportunity
for
developing
bycatch
management
systems.

Murray,
James
D.,
Jeffrey
C.
Howe,
David
G.
Lindquist,
and
David
C.
Griffith
(
1987).
"
Using
FAD's
to
Attract
Fish
at
Coastal
Fishing
Piers."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
143­
154.

Eighteen
midwater
fish
aggregating
devices
(
FADs)
were
deployed
alternatively
off
the
ends
of
two
piers
(
one
acting
as
a
control)
in
Wrightsville
Beach,
N.
C.,
to
evaluate
their
ability
to
attract
coastal
fishes.
Creel
censuses
of
pier
fishermen
and
diver
surveys
of
FADs
were
conducted
to
determine
(
1)
the
aggregation
capabilities
of
FADs,
by
number,
size,
and
fish
species;
attracted
baitfish,
(
2)
the
effect
of
FADs
on
catch
per
unit
of
effort
by
species;
no
difference
in
catch
rates,
and
(
3)
the
durability
of
the
FADs
in
this
environment;
most
damaged
during
category
2
hurricane.

Murray,
James
D.,
Jeffrey
C.
Johnson,
and
David
C.
Griffith
(
1987).
"
Encouraging
the
Use
of
Underutilized
Marine
Fishes
by
Southeastern
U.
S.
Anglers,
Part
II:
Educational
Objectives
and
Strategy."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
138­
142.

This
paper,
the
second
of
a
two
part
series,
focuses
on
the
educational
program
and
the
process
of
increasing
demand
for
under
utilized
marine
fishes
by
recreational
fishermen
in
the
southeastern
United
States.
Short
and
long
term
objectives,
strategy,
development
of
educational
materials,
and
results
are
discussed.
We
point
out
how
the
species
were
selected
for
development
and
how
the
research
findings
influenced
the
information
presented
in
the
materials.
The
advantages
of
initiating
projects
that
contain
both
research
and
extension
components
are
pointed
out.
We
show
how
marketing
and
consumer
behavior
research
techniques
can
be
used
to
shape
an
educational
program.
Also
discussed
is
the
importance
of
producing
multifaceted
educational
materials
and
training
a
network
of
educators
to
conduct
educational
programs
to
achieve
widespread
distribution
and
adoption
of
information.

Murray,
James
D.,
Roger
Rulifson,
and
James
Bahen
(
1991).
"
Laboratory
and
Field
Experimentation
of
Three
Finfish
Separator
Devices
to
Reduce
Bycatch
in
the
Shrimp
Fishery."
Final
Project
Report,
4
6
5
Saltonstall­
Kennedy
Grant
#
NA90AA­
H­
SK048,
SERO,
NMFS,
NOAA,
USDOC.

Standard
shrimp
trawls
used
in
the
southeastern
USA
commercial
fishery
were
modified
in
an
attempt
to
reduce
the
amount
of
unwanted
fish
and
invertebrates
retained
during
normal
shrimp
trawling
procedures.
A
statistical
sampling
design
was
used
to
test
the
effectiveness
of
finfish
separator
devices
(
FSD)
towed
in
combination
with
unmodified
nets
in
coastal
waters
off
Brunswick,
Georgia,
in
1990.
Several
problems
hampered
statistical
analysis
of
the
data,
including
slight
differences
in
the
towing
of
port
and
starboard
nets,
onboard
modifications
of
FSDs
during
testing
to
correct
design
deficiencies,
and
seasonality
of
shrimp
catches
in
combination
with
large
masses
of
sargassum
and
jellyfish
in
trawls
during
fall
sampling.
The
modified
Parrish
TED
was
the
only
FSD
that
had
a
significant
reduction
in
the
percent
difference
in
total
biomass
compared
to
the
control
net.

Murray,
Thomas
J.
(
1996).

Creation
of
a
Real­
Time
and
Historical
Shark
Fishery
Data
Series.

Grant
Number
NA27FD0069­
01,
Center
for
Economic
and
Management
research,
University
of
South
Florida.

This
project
has
three
goals.
The
first
is
to
create
a
vessel
level
data
base
that
can
be
used
to
understand
the
economic
operations
of
the
shark
fishery
and
the
implications
of
shark
management
plans.
Second,
the
project
establishes
a
protocol
for
the
continuous
updating
of
the
database.
Third,
a
spreadsheet
was
developed
that
permits
the
establishment
of
a
baseline
assessment
of
costs
and
returns
to
shark
fishermen.

Musaiger,
Abdulrahman
O.
(
1987).
"
Marine
Fisheries
in
Bahrain."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
3):
96­
99.

Since
the
end
of
the
1970'
s,
serious
efforts
have
been
focused
on
developing
the
fishery
sector
that
has
been
in
decline
since
the
1930'
s
when
higher
incomes
in
the
oil
production
industry
began
attracting
labor
and
capital
away
from
the
fishing
industry.
Actually,
the
Bahrain
islands
are
rich
in
fishery
resources
with
many
potentially
productive
sites
on
the
inhabited
coasts.
However,
the
efforts
to
develop
fisheries
are
facing
many
difficulties.
This
paper
briefly
highlights
Bahrain's
fisheries
and
gives
some
possible
measures
to
develop
them.

Muse,
Ben
(
1991).
"
Survey
of
Individual
Quota
Programs."
Draft
report,
Alaska
Commercial
Fisheries
Entry
Commission,
June,
pp.
32.

By
1980
fishermen
had
individual
quotas
in
Iceland,
the
Bay
of
Fundy,
Ontario,
Manitoba,
Wisconsin,
and
British
Columbia.
Most
programs
were
fairly
small,
but
one
covered
over
700
gillnet
fishermen
on
Lake
Winnipeg
in
Manitoba.
Since
1980
the
number
of
programs
has
increased
greatly.
This
appendix
describes
individual
quota
programs
in
the
United
States,
Iceland,
Canada,
New
Zealand,
and
Australia.
The
survey
is
wide
rather
than
deep;
the
programs
are
not
described
in
detail.

Muse,
Ben
and
Kurt
Schelle
(
1985).
"
A
Fiscal
Model
for
the
Southeast
Alaska
Salmon
Drift
Gill
Net
Fishery
in
1981."
CFEC
Report
Number
83­
3,
Commercial
Fisheries
Entry
Commission,
Pouch
KB,
Juneau,
Alaska
99811,
January,
pp.
82.

This
paper
illustrates
a
methodology
for
using
mail
survey
data,
vessel
licensing
information,
and
catch
records
to
derive
a
model
to
estimate
operating
costs
and
net
returns
measures
in
a
fishery.
Operating
costs,
net
operating
income,
and
returns
to
labor
and
management
are
estimated
for
the
4
6
6
Southeastern
Alaska
salmon
drift
gill
net
fishery.

Muse,
Ben
and
Kurt
Schelle
(
1985).
"
Net
Return
Estimates
for
the
Southeast
Alaska
Salmon
Drift
Gill
Net
Fishery,
1980­
1982."
CFEC
Report
Number
84­
9,
commercial
Fisheries
Entry
Commission,
Pouch
KB,
Juneau,
Alaska
99811,
April,
pp.
17.

This
report
summarizes
the
results
of
CFEC
research
into
the
net
returns
of
Southeast
Alaska
salmon
drift
gill
net
fishermen
in
1980,
1981,
and
1982.
A
brief
description
of
the
CFEC
financial
model
for
this
fishery
is
provided
as
well
as
various
outputs
of
that
model.
Results
summarized
include
estimates
of
average
fleet
operating
costs
for
each
year
and
estimates
of
average
net
operating
income
and
average
returns
to
labor
for
the
fleet
and
for
various
parts
of
it.

Muse,
Ben
and
Kurt
Schelle
(
1986).
"
A
Fiscal
Model
for
the
Cook
Inlet
Salmon
Drift
Gill
Net
Fishery
in
1982."
Document
Number
CFEC
85­
4,
Commercial
Fisheries
Entry
Commission,
Pouch
KB,
Juneau,
Alaska
99811.

This
report
describes
a
model
designed
to
produce
estimates
of
Cook
Inlet
salmon
drift
gillnetters'
net
operating
incomes
and
returns
to
labor
and
management.
In
1982,
a
good
year
in
this
fishery,
mean
returns
to
labor
and
management
for
owner
operators,
assuming
a
10%
opportunity
cost
of
capital,
were
about
$
8,801.

Muse,
Ben
and
Kurt
Schelle
(
1988).
"
New
Zealand's
ITQ
Program."
CFEC
88­
3,
Alaska
Commercial
Fisheries
Entry
Commission,
Box
KB,
Juneau,
Alaska
99801,
June.

In
the
last
four
years
New
Zealand
has
started
an
ambitious
program
of
individual
fisherman's
quotas
in
its
commercial
fisheries.
This
paper
describes
the
provisions
of
the
program,
its
evolution,
and
its
impacts
on
the
New
Zealand
fisheries
through
June,
1988.

Muse,
Ben
and
Kurt
Schelle
(
1989).
"
Individual
Fisherman's
Quotas:
A
Preliminary
Review
of
Some
Recent
Programs."
CFEC
89­
1,
Alaska
Commercial
Fisheries
Entry
Commission.

Individual
fisherman's
quota
programs
are
relatively
new
approaches
to
fisheries
management
that
appear
to
offer
an
attractive
way
to
manage
some
fisheries.
In
an
individual
quota
program
each
quota
holder
is
given
the
right
to
harvest
a
portion
of
the
total
allowable
catch
in
a
fishery.
This
paper
briefly
describes
twelve
individual
quota
programs
which
have
recently
been
implemented
in
Atlantic
Canada,
Ontario,
Iceland,
New
Zealand,
Australia,
and
the
United
States.
Topics
discussed
include
the
initial
allocation
of
shares,
the
nature
of
the
bundle
of
rights
contained
in
the
shares,
enforcement,
and
the
apparent
impacts
of
each
program.

Musick,
J.
A.
(
1995).

Comments
on
Proposed
Modifications
of
the
Fisheries
Management
Plan
for
Sharks
of
the
Atlantic
Ocean.

School
of
Marine
Science,
Virginia
Institute
of
Marine
Science,
College
of
William
and
Mary,
Gloucester
Point,
Virginia,
June
7,
12
pp.

Several
problems
exist
with
the
current
Fisheries
Management
Plan
for
sharks
and
proposed
changes
in
the
FMP
for
1995.
Many
of
these
problems
were
recognized
by
the
Shark
Panel
of
Experts
that
was
convened
at
the
NMFS
Workshop
in
Miami
in
March
1994.
Unfortunately,
some
important
comments
were
omitted,
and
more
importantly,
dissenting
conclusions
and
recommendations
were
4
6
7
ignored.
The
Panel
members
have
no
way
of
telling
what
the
consensus
recommendations
were
because
such
a
consensus
was
not
reached
at
the
meeting,
but
rather
we
were
invited
to
make
comments
on
a
draft
workshop
report
prepared
by
NMFS.
Consequently
the
following
comments
are
offered.

Myers,
R.
A.,
A.
A.
Rosenberg,
P.
M.
Mace,
N.
Barrowman,
V.
R.
Restrepo
(
1994).

In
Search
of
Thresholds
for
Recruitment
Overfishing.

ICES
J.
Mar
Sci.,
51:
191­
205.

In
this
study
we
consider
the
problem
of
estimating,
for
management
purposes,
a
minimum
biomass
reference
level
at
which
recruitment
to
a
fish
stock
is
seriously
reduced.
We
take
an
empirical,
comparative
approach
to
the
problem
by
examining
observations
on
a
wide
range
of
fish
stocks.
Eight
methods
for
estimating
spawning
stock
biomass
thresholds
for
recruitment
overfishing
are
investigated.
Their
behavior
is
tested
using
stock
and
recruitment
data
for
72
finfish
populations,
each
with
at
least
20
years
of
data.
We
considered
three
classes
of
thresholds
defined
by
:
(
1)
the
stock
size
corresponding
to
50%
of
the
maximum
predicted
average
recruitment;
(
2)
the
minimum
stock
size
that
would
produce
a
good
year
class
when
environmental
conditions
are
favorable;
and
(
3)
the
stock
size
corresponding
to
20%
of
various
estimates
of
virgin
stock
size.
The
estimators
of
the
first
type
are
generally
preferable
because
they
are
easily
understood,
relatively
robust
if
only
data
at
low
stock
sizes
are
available,
and
almost
always
result
in
higher
levels
of
recruitment
above
the
threshold.

Nakamura,
Eugene
L.
(
1976).
"
Recreational
Fisheries
for
Snappers
and
Groupers
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Pages
77­
85
in
Harvey
R.
Bullis,
Jr.
and
Albert
C.
Jones
(
eds.)
(
1976).
"
Proceedings:
Colloquium
on
Snapper­
Grouper
Fishery
Resources
of
the
Western
Central
Atlantic
Ocean.
Report
Number
17,
Gulf
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission,
New
Orleans,
Louisiana,
Texas
A&
M
University
Sea
Grant
College
and
Mississippi­
Alabama
Sea
Grant
Consortium,
November,
333
pp.

Recreational
fishing
for
snappers
and
groupers
is
conducted
mainly
from
boats:
party,
charter,
and
private
boats.
Available
statistics
for
snappers
and
groupers
caught
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
indicate
that
catches
by
recreational
anglers
are
substantially
higher
than
those
by
commercial
fishermen.
In
1970,
the
number
of
recreational
anglers
fishing
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
for
snappers
was
estimated
at
437,000
and
for
groupers
at
301,000.
The
average
annual
expenditure
by
salt
water
anglers
was
estimated
at
$
178.
Thus,
the
437,000
anglers
spent
about
$
77.8
million
and
the
301,000
anglers
spent
about
$
53.6
million
in
pursuit
of
their
avocation.
These
numbers
probably
are
not
additive,
since
the
grouper
anglers
also
may
have
fished
for
snappers.
In
1973,
the
number
of
private
boats
fishing
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
was
estimated
at
348,595;
the
number
of
party
boats
and
charter
boats
was
estimated
at
437.
The
annual
gross
revenue
for
these
437
commercial
sport
boats
was
estimated
at
$
26.9
million.
Comparable
data
for
the
private
boats
were
not
available.

Nakamura,
E.
L.,
H.
A.
Brusher,
and
J.
K.
Lacey
(
1987).
"
Report
on
the
1986
Charterboat
Survey
of
15
Coastal
Areas
of
the
Southeastern
U.
S."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Panama
City
Laboratory,
Panama
City,
FL.

The
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Resources
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
the
U.
S.
south
Atlantic
as
amended
on
September
22,
1985,
requires
statistical
reporting
of
fishing
activities
on
coastal
pelagic
fishes
for
the
purpose
of
providing
information
for
management.
A
survey
of
charterboats
was
conducted
in
1986
under
this
authority
by
the
Southeast
4
6
8
Fisheries
Center.
This
report
summarizes
the
data
for
king
mackerel
and
Spanish
mackerel
caught
by
charterboats
in
the
1986
survey.

Nakamura,
E.
L.,
H.
A.
Brusher,
and
J.
K.
Lacey
(
1987).
"
Catch­
Per­
Unit­
Effort
of
Snappers,
Groupers,
and
Red
Drum
by
Southeastern
Charterboats
in
1986."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Panama
City
Laboratory,
Panama
City,
FL.

Under
the
authority
of
an
amendment
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagics
resources,
that
among
other
requirements
declared
mandatory
reporting,
a
survey
of
charterboats
in
the
southeast
was
conducted.
Only
the
reporting
of
catches
of
coastal
pelagics
was
mandatory.
However,
six
noncoastal
pelagic
fishes
were
added
to
the
list
of
fishes
in
the
charterboat
logbooks.
The
six
were
red
snapper,
(
Lutjanus
campechanus),
vermilion
snapper
(
Rhomboplites
aurorubens),
yellowtail
snapper
(
Ocyurus
chrysurus),
gag
(
Mycteroperca
microlepis),
black
sea
bass
(
Centropristis
striata),
and
red
drum
(
Sciaenops
ocellatus).
This
report
summarizes
the
catch
and
effort
for
these
six
as
reported
by
responding
charterboat
captains
in
1986.

Nance,
James
M.
(
1991).
"
Shrimp
Recruitment
Overfishing
Analysis."
Report
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
June,
5
pp.

Recruitment
and
parent
stock
estimates
are
proposed
as
measures
of
overfishing
in
the
shrimp
fishery.

Nance,
James
M.
(
1991).
"
Gulf
of
Mexico
White
Shrimp
Analysis."
Report
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
February,
9
pp.

This
report
was
prepared
to
respond
to
questions
about
the
catch
of
Gulf
of
Mexico
white
shrimp
in
the
state
managed
territorial
sea
and
the
federal
managed
exclusive
economic
zone.

Nance,
James
M.
(
1991).
"
Estimation
of
Effort
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
Report
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
December.

Description
of
the
shrimp
fishing
effort
trends
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
how
they
are
estimated.

Nance,
James
M.
(
1991).
"
Estimation
of
Effort
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
Galveston
Laboratory,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
May,
12
pp.

Description
of
the
shrimp
fishing
effort
trends
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
how
they
are
estimated.
Only
the
mathematical
models
and
the
analytical
techniques
applied
in
the
effort
estimation
will
be
explained.
Thus,
it
is
advisable
to
become
familiar
with
the
fishery
data
utilized
in
these
procedures.
Therefore,
this
effort
review
should
be
read
in
conjunction
with
a
companion
report
that
provides
a
detailed
description
of
both
the
data
and
the
procedures
employed
to
collect
these
data
from
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
(
Poffenberger,
1991)
attached.

Nance,
James
M.
(
1992).
"
Shrimp
Recruitment
Overfishing
Analysis
for
1991."
Report
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
July,
6
pp.

Recruitment
and
parent
stock
estimates
are
proposed
as
measures
of
4
6
9
overfishing
in
the
shrimp
fishery.

Nance,
James
M.
(
1992).
"
Estimation
of
Effort
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS,
SEFSC,
300,
February,
12
pp.

Description
of
the
shrimp
fishing
effort
trends
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
how
they
are
estimated.

Nance,
James
M.
(
1992).
"
Biological
Review
of
the
1992
Texas
Closure."
Report
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
December,
28
pp.

This
report
contains
an
overview
of
selected
effects
of
the
1992
Texas
closure.

Nance,
James
M.
(
1992).
"
Analysis
of
White
Shrimp
Closure
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Report
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
December,
28
pp.

The
GMFMC
requested
that
NMFS
investigate
the
feasibility
of
improving
economic
returns
from
the
white
shrimp
fishery
through
cooperative
management
measures
with
Gulf
coast
states.
The
General
Bioeconomic
Fisheries
Simulation
Model
(
GBFSM)
developed
at
Texas
A&
M
University
(
Grant
et
al.
1981)
was
used
to
simulate
various
white
shrimp
closures
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
This
report
contains
the
results
of
this
analysis.

Nance,
James
M.
(
1992).
"
Shrimp
Fishing
Effort
Estimation
Workshop."
Report
of
a
Workshop,
NMFS
Galveston
Laboratory,
Galveston,
TX,
June
17­
19.

Shrimp
fishing
effort
workshop
final
report.

Nance,
James
M.
(
1993).
"
Analysis
of
White
Shrimp
Closures
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SEFSC­
321,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Department
of
Commerce,
March,
12
pp.

In
response
to
a
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
request,
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
investigated
the
feasibility
of
improving
economic
returns
from
the
white
shrimp
fishery
through
cooperative
management
measures
with
Gulf
coast
states.
The
General
Bioeconomic
Fisheries
Simulation
Model
(
GBFSM)
developed
at
Texas
A&
M
University
(
Grant,
et
al.,
1981)
was
used
to
simulate
various
white
shrimp
closures
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Each
of
the
white
shrimp
closure
options
have
a
positive
benefit
to
the
shrimp
fishery
(
profits
to
the
vessel
owners)
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Nance,
James
M.
(
1993).
"
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery
Recruitment
Overfishing
Definition
Workshop
2."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SEFSC­
323,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Department
of
Commerce,
April,
12
pp.
4
7
0
This
report
summarizes
the
findings
of
a
two
day
workshop
required
by
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
to
review
the
current
definitions
of
overfishing;
recommend
changes,
if
needed,
to
the
current
definitions
of
overfishing;
and
recommend
action
that
might
be
taken
if
overfishing
levels
are
surpassed
in
any
of
these
stocks
for
three
of
the
four
shrimp
species
named
in
the
fishery
management
plan.

Nance,
James
M.
(
1993).
"
Review
of
the
Rock
Shrimp
Fishery
off
the
East
Coast
of
the
United
States."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFSSEFSC
324,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Department
of
Commerce,
April,
18
pp.

The
report
summarizes
the
landings
and
effort
data
for
south
Atlantic
rock
shrimp
from
1981
through
1991.
Although
several
species
of
rock
shrimp
exist
along
the
east
coast
of
the
United
States,
most
are
either
too
small
in
size
or
not
abundant
enough
for
commercial
harvest.
The
majority
of
the
rock
shrimp
landed
from
the
east
coast
are
Sicyonia
brevirostris.
The
weights
reported
are
in
pounds
of
headed
shrimp.
The
dollar
values
are
in
actual
dollars
reported
in
each
year.
No
attempt
has
been
made
to
standardize
the
dollar
values
reported
in
each
year.
No
attempt
has
been
made
to
standardize
the
dollar
values
for
comparisons
between
years.
The
effort
values
are
in
days
fished
as
reported
by
the
NMFS
and
state
port
agents.
Days
fished
represent
the
actual
time
fishing
and
not
the
length
of
a
trip
(
i.
e.,
days
out
of
port).
No
attempt
has
been
made
to
standardize
the
effort
data
by
vessel
class
or
trawl
type.

Nance,
James
M.
(
1993).
"
Biological
Review
of
the
1992
Texas
Closure."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SEFSC­
325,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Department
of
Commerce,
April,
30
pp.

This
report
contains
an
overview
of
selected
effects
of
the
1992
Texas
Closure
that
is
designed
to
increase
the
yield
of
brown
shrimp
and
eliminate
the
waste
of
the
resource
caused
by
discarding
undersized
shrimp
caught
during
a
period
in
their
life
cycle
when
they
are
growing
rapidly.
The
western
Gulf
of
Mexico
should
experience
a
combined
annual
brown
shrimp
production
level
of
between
44.9
and
55.4
million
pounds
during
the
1992­
1993
season.
This
estimate
is
below
the
55.9
million
pound
average
for
the
area.

Nance,
James
M.
(
1993).
"
Shrimp
Trawl
Bycatch
Characterization
Study."
MARFIN
Final
Report,
Grant
Number
93NMFS20,
December,
10
pp.

Sixty
seven
trips
have
been
completed
for
this
bycatch
research
project
during
the
period
from
May
1992
through
September
1993.
Trip
length
varied
from
1
to
27
days.
A
total
of
770
sea
days
were
used
to
collect
the
data
from
1027
tows
during
these
67
trips.
Thirty
nine
different
vessels
have
been
used
in
the
study.
Data
files
produced
from
all
67
trips
are
complete
and
archived
in
the
computer.
Only
data
collected
from
May
1992
through
April
1993
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
has
been
summarized
(
i.
e.
species
composition).

Nance,
James
M.
(
1993).
"
Council
Effort
Presentation."
Memorandum
for
Andy
Kemmerer,
Regional
Director,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
November.

Copies
of
the
visual
material
that
may
be
included
in
the
SEFSC
presentation
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fisheries
Management
Council
on
shrimp
fishing
effort
estimation.
4
7
1
Nance,
James
M.
(
1993).
"
Stock
Assessment
Report
1993,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Galveston,
Texas,
June.

The
need
to
better
manage
the
penaeid
shrimp
stocks
of
the
United
States,
to
insure
that
all
involved
in
the
fishery
may
benefit
from
this
common
resource,
has
prompted
this
research
effort.
This
stock
assessment
report
deals
only
with
the
1960­
1993
commercial
catch
statistics
for
brown
shrimp
(
Penaeus
aztecus),
white
shrimp
(
Penaeus
setiferus),
and
pink
shrimp
(
Penaeus
duorarum)
from
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.
This
analysis
provides
the
annual
update
of
the
status
of
the
shrimp
stocks
first
presented
at
the
Southeast
Fisheries
Center's
Second
Stock
Assessment
Workshop
(
Nichols,
1984).

Nance,
James
M.
(
1994).
"
Stock
Assessment
Report
1994,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Galveston,
Texas,
June.

The
need
to
better
manage
the
penaeid
shrimp
stocks
of
the
United
States,
to
insure
that
all
involved
in
the
fishery
may
benefit
from
this
common
resource,
has
prompted
this
research
effort.
This
stock
assessment
report
deals
only
with
the
1960­
1994
commercial
catch
statistics
for
brown
shrimp
(
Penaeus
aztecus),
white
shrimp
(
Penaeus
setiferus),
and
pink
shrimp
(
Penaeus
duorarum)
from
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.
This
analysis
provides
the
annual
update
of
the
status
of
the
shrimp
stocks
first
presented
at
the
Southeast
Fisheries
Center's
Second
Stock
Assessment
Workshop
(
Nichols,
1984).

Nance,
James
M.
(
1995).

A
Biological
Review
of
the
Tortugas
Pink
Shrimp
Fishery
Through
December
1994.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Galveston,
Texas,
July.

The
trends
in
landings
and
fishing
effort
for
the
Tortugas
pink
shrimp
fishery
are
presented.
Landings
have
been
depressed
in
recent
years,
catch
per
unit
effort
has
been
below
average,
and
while
yield
per
recruit
has
been
enhanced
since
the
Tortugas
closure,
recruitment
has
been
low.
No
cause
for
the
decrease
in
the
pink
shrimp
fishery
can
be
established
at
this
time,
although
problems
within
the
habitat
are
suspected.

Nance,
James
M.
(
1995).

Royal
Red
Landings
by
Month
as
a
Function
of
Percentage
of
the
MSY
Value
(
392,000
pounds
of
tails).

A
letter,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Galveston,
Texas,
July.

A
letter
in
response
to
an
information
request
from
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
presenting
landings
of
royal
red
shrimp
as
a
percentage
of
MSY,
monthly
from
January,
1993
to
March,
1995.

Nance,
James
M.
(
1995).

Shrimp
Recruitment
Overfishing
Analysis
for
1994.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Galveston,
Texas,
July.

Summary
of
results
from
the
recruitment
overfishing
analysis
of
landings
for
brown,
white,
pink,
and
royal
red
shrimp.
No
stocks
have
been
overfished
according
to
the
report.
4
7
2
Nance,
James
M.
(
1996).
"
Biological
Review
of
the
1995
Texas
Closure."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SEFSC­
379,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Department
of
Commerce,
April,
27
pp.

In
1981,
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery
Management
Plan
(
FMP)
was
implemented
with
a
primary
objective
being
to
increase
the
yield
of
brown
shrimp
harvested
from
Texas
offshore
waters.
Since
then,
various
aspects
of
the
Texas
Closure
management
measure
have
been
analyzed
and
reported
on
by
scientists
at
the
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
center
(
SEFSC).
This
report
contains
an
overview
of
selected
effects
of
the
1995
Texas
closure
and
will
be
presented
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
GMFMC)
in
January
1996.

Nance,
James
M.
(
1998).
"
Congressional
Bycatch
Report."
Draft
report.
Galveston
Laboratory,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Department
of
Commerce,
April,
64
pp.

A
summary
of
the
biological
and
economic
research
accomplished
to
address
the
finfish
bycatch
problem
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.
The
emphasis
is
on
the
biological
data
collected
through
the
observer
program
funded
by
NMFS
and
industry
by
MARFIN.
The
economic
data
is
summarized
in
a
qualitative
discussion
of
the
problem
using
preliminary
estimates
of
the
impact
of
proposed
BRD
regulations.
The
report
concludes
that
the
interaction
between
the
shrimp
and
finfish
fisheries
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
constitutes
a
management
and
economics
problem
that
is
controversial,
challenging,
and,
as
yet,
unresolved
in
the
case
of
most
southeast
finfish
stocks.

Nance,
James
M.
and
E.
F.
Klima
(
1990).
"
Shrimp
Recruitment
Overfishing
Definition."
Report
Prepared
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council.

The
purposes
of
this
paper
are
to
highlight
recent
fishery
trends
observed
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
stocks
and
explore
possible
critical
index
values
that
could
be
used
to
monitor
the
possibility
that
recruitment
overfishing
could
be
occurring
in
the
fishery.

Nance,
James
M.,
Nina
Garfield,
and
J.
Anthony
Paredes
(
1991).
"
A
Demographic
Profile
of
Participants
in
Two
Gulf
of
Mexico
Inshore
Shrimp
Fisheries
and
Their
Response
to
the
Texas
Closure."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
53(
1):
10­
18.

A
social
study
of
the
shrimp
fisheries
of
Galveston
Bay,
Texas,
and
Calcasieu
Lake,
La.,
was
made
during
the
summer
of
1987
to
examine
the
impacts
of
the
seasonal
closure
of
the
Federal
waters
off
Texas
and
to
understand
the
infrastructure
and
demographic
processes
of
these
two
diverse
fisheries.
Survey
instruments
were
administered
to
159
shrimp
boat
captains;
89
from
Galveston
Bay
and
70
from
Calcasieu
Lake.
Shrimp­
house
owners
were
interviewed
in
each
region
as
well.
The
results
suggest
that
the
inshore
fisheries
are
distinct
from
the
offshore
fisheries.
The
infrastructure
of
the
two
inshore
fisheries
examined
differ
in
that
the
market
distribution
of
shrimp
from
Galveston
Bay
was
more
diffuse
than
from
Calcasieu
Lake.
Much
more
of
the
shrimp
harvested
from
Galveston
Bay
was
channelled
into
the
surrounding
community
than
from
Calcasieu
Lake.
The
distribution
of
age,
years
as
a
commercial
fisherman,
and
family
involvement
in
fishing
suggest
that
participation
in
Calcasieu
Lake's
and
4
7
3
Galveston
Bay's
inshore
fisheries
have
expanded
concurrent
with
declining
economies.
While
overall
the
Texas
closure
had
little
impact
on
either
of
the
inshore
fisheries,
the
Galveston
Bay
shrimpers
experienced
more
of
a
direct
impact
on
their
livelihood
than
Calcasieu
Lake
shrimpers.

Nance,
James
M.,
E.
F.
Klima,
and
Thomas
E.
Czapla
(
1989).
"
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Stock
Assessment
Workshop."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
SEFC­
NMFS­
239,
USDOC,
NOAA,
NMFS,
SEFC,
Galveston
Laboratory,
October,
41
pp.

A
technical
review
of
the
biological
status
of
the
brown,
pink,
and
white
shrimp
fisheries
was
recommended
by
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council.
This
workshop
was
convened
to
assess
the
present
status
of
the
fisheries,
review
stock
assessment
techniques
and
make
recommendations
about
areas
of
focus
for
research.
The
workshop
panel
was
comprised
of
national
experts,
state
and
federal
officials,
and
the
scientific
support
staff
from
the
NMFS,
Galveston
Laboratory.

Nance,
James
M.,
E.
F.
Klima,
and
E.
X.
Martinez
(
1990).
"
Impacts
of
Proposed
Brown
Shrimp
Fishery
Management
Closures
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Report
for
the
GMFMC,
January
1991.
NMFS,
Galveston
Laboratory,
December,
27
pp.

In
January,
1990,
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
requested
that
the
Southeast
Fisheries
Center
investigate
the
feasibility
of
improving
the
economic
returns
from
the
brown
shrimp
fishery
through
cooperative
management
measures
with
Louisiana
and
other
Gulf
coast
states.
During
the
past
year,
a
simulation
model
was
developed
at
the
Galveston
Laboratory
to
study
the
impact
of
closure
options
on
the
brown
shrimp
fishery.
The
basic
premise
of
the
model
was
to
prohibit
fishing
on
emigrating
juvenile
brown
shrimp
and
allow
the
population
to
increase
to
a
larger
and
more
valuable
average
size.
The
complete
analysis
involved
four
phases:
1)
construction
of
the
biological
model
to
simulate
yields
in
numbers
of
shrimp
and
pounds;
2)
calculation
of
revenues
from
simulated
landings
and
regional
price
structure;
3)
determination
of
fishing
costs
based
on
published
cost
information
and
data
regarding
the
size
of
the
fishery
(
i.
e.,
number
and
type
of
fishing
vessels);
and
4)
simulation
of
four
separate
time
period
closure
options
in
the
brown
shrimp
fishery
for
different
regional
areas
within
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Nance,
James
M.,
Edward
F.
Klima,
and
Frank
J.
Patella
(
1991).
"
Biological
Review
of
the
1991
Texas
Closure."
Report
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
December.

A
review
of
the
1991
Texas
Closure
regulation
with
a
discussion
of
the
reallocation
of
shrimp
within
Texas.

Nance,
James
M.,
Edward
F.
Klima,
and
Frank
J.
Patella
(
1992).
"
Biological
Review
of
the
1991
Texas
Closure."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SEFSC­
301,
February,
18
pp.

A
review
of
the
1991
Texas
Closure
regulation
with
a
discussion
of
the
reallocation
of
shrimp
within
Texas.

Nance,
James
M.,
Eduardo
X.
Martinez,
and
Edward
F.
Klima,
(
1994).
"
Feasibility
of
Improving
the
Economic
Return
from
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Brown
Shrimp
Fishery."
North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
14:
522­
536.
4
7
4
A
bioeconomic
model
was
developed
to
investigate
the
feasibility
of
improving
the
economic
return
from
the
fishery
for
brown
shrimp
Penaeus
aztecus
through
cooperative
federal
and
state
management
closures
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
fo
Mexico.
Four
different
closure
periods
were
simulated
with
the
model.
The
closure
options
were
evaluated
for
Texas
only
(
current
condition)
and
for
the
entire
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
(
proposed
condition).
The
model
provided
an
accurate
biological
simulation
of
the
brown
shrimp
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Each
of
the
evaluated
closures
gave
positive
net
profits
to
the
fishery
as
a
whole.
However,
these
benefits
were
mainly
for
larger
vessels
(
greater
than
50
feet
in
length).
None
of
the
proposed
closures
increased
the
profits
for
boats
(
undocumented
vessels
of
unknown
lengths),
and
only
some
closures
increased
the
profits
for
smaller
vessels
(
Less
than
50
feet
in
length).

Nance,
James
M.,
Edward
F.
Klima,
Peter
F.
Sheridan,
K.
Neal
Baxter,
Frank
J.
Patella,
and
Dennis
B.
Koi
(
1988).
"
Review
of
the
1987
Texas
Closure
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
Off
Texas
and
Louisiana."
Report,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Galveston,
Texas,
January,
116
pp.

This
report
provides
information
to
determine
how
well
the
objectives
of
the
Texas
closure
regulation
were
achieved
in
1986
and
1987
and
to
determine
if
a
15
nautical
mile
closure
meets
all
the
objectives
of
the
closure
regulation
as
effectively
as
a
200
nautical
mile
closure.
Social
as
well
as
economic
impacts
are
discussed.

Nash,
Darrel
A.
and
Frederick
W.
Bell
(
1969).
"
An
Inventory
of
Demand
Equations
for
Fishery
Products."
Bureau
of
Commercial
Fisheries,
Economic
Research
Working
Paper
Series,
No.
10,
July,
31
pp.

This
paper
contains
demand
equations
that
were
selected
as
the
most
representative
of
all
those
submitted
to
the
conference
on
fishery
product
demand.
The
respective
demand
functions
were
chosen
as
the
best
function
for
each
species
so
far
developed
in
that
area.

National
Academy
of
Sciences
(
1979).
"
Basic
Productivity
Concepts:
Meaning
and
Measurement."
Chapter
3
in
Measurement
and
Interpretation
of
Productivity,
Washington,
D.
C.

This
chapter
develops
the
concept
of
productivity
within
the
framework
of
production
theory
by
means
of
empirical
production
functions.
It
explains
how
partial
productivity
and
multi­
factor
productivity
may
be
measured
within
the
framework
of
the
economic
accounts.
It
develops
further
the
concepts
of
output
and
inputs
that
underlie
the
productivity
relationship.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1974).
"
Status
of
Shrimp
Industry:
August
1974",
Southeast
Regional
Office,
St.
Petersburg,
Florida,
September,
7
pp.

The
shrimp
industry
in
the
Gulf
and
south
Atlantic
is
suffering
severe
economic
hardship.
Vessel
owners
are
caught
in
a
unprecedented
cost­
price
squeeze
and
the
average
vessel
is
not
even
covering
variable
costs
at
present.
Since
September
1973,
Gulf
shrimp
prices
have
fallen
an
average
of
41
percent,
while
variable
costs
have
risen
substantially.
Nonetheless,
most
vessels
continue
to
fish
for
reasons
that
include
the
fisherman's
eternal
hope
for
the
"
big
catch."
If
conditions
do
not
change,
many
vessel
operators
will
probably
be
forced
out
of
the
fishery
by
January
1975.
Shrimp
processors,
principally
4
7
5
breaders,
have
suffered
losses
totaling
millions
of
dollars
and
hundreds
of
employees
of
these
firms
have
lost
their
jobs.
The
total
effect
on
the
associated
local
economies
is
not
known,
but
many
counties
have
applied
or
asked
for
disaster
assistance
in
the
form
of
food
stamps,
low
cost
loans
or
other
temporary
economic
relief.
Further
up
the
marketing
chain
the
losses
are
not
quite
as
severe,
principally
because
the
restaurants
and
retailers
do
not
depend
so
heavily
on
shrimp
as
their
principal
livelihood.
Still,
loses
have
been
suffered
at
all
marketing
levels.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1976).
"
Gulf
Coast
Shrimp
Data
Annual
Summary,
1975."
Current
Fisheries
Statistics
No.
6925,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Washington,
D.
C.,
July,
26
pp.

Tabulations
in
this
bulletin
contain
data
on
the
shrimp
catch
landed
by
U.
S.
craft
at
U.
S.
ports
along
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
for
trips
completed
during
the
period
indicated.
The
figures
include
the
species,
size,
depth,
area
fished,
and
actual
fishing
time
in
number
of
days.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1978).
"
Gulf
Coast
Shrimp
Data
Annual
Summary,
1976."
Current
Fisheries
Statistics
No.
7225,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Washington,
D.
C.,
November,
13
pp.

Tabulations
in
this
bulletin
contain
data
on
the
shrimp
catch
landed
by
U.
S.
craft
at
U.
S.
ports
along
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
for
trips
completed
during
the
period
indicated.
The
figures
include
the
species,
size,
depth,
area
fished,
and
actual
fishing
time
in
number
of
days.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1979).
"
Gulf
Coast
Shrimp
Data
Annual
Summary,
1977."
Current
Fisheries
Statistics
No.
7523,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Washington,
D.
C.,
December,
13
pp.

Tabulations
in
this
bulletin
contain
data
on
the
shrimp
catch
landed
by
U.
S.
craft
at
U.
S.
ports
along
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
for
trips
completed
during
the
period
indicated.
The
figures
include
the
species,
size,
depth,
area
fished,
and
actual
fishing
time
in
number
of
days.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1984).
"
United
States
Imports
of
Fishery
Products."
Office
of
Industry
Services,
International
Trade
Staff
Report
84­
3,
May.

This
paper
reports
on
trends
in
imports
of
fishery
products
to
the
United
States
through
1983,
with
particular
attention
to
(
1)
imports'
effects
on
the
United
States
fishing
and
processing
sectors,
(
2)
tuna,
shrimp,
salmon,
and
northeast
and
northwest
groundfish
species,
and
(
3)
present
import
restricting
measures
applied
by
the
United
States
government.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1985).
"
Fishery
Management
­
Lessons
from
Other
Resource
Management
Areas."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
&
Atmospheric
Administration,
Office
of
Policy
and
Planning,
Washington,
D.
C.
20230,
July,
59
pp.

These
overall
approaches
are
not
mutually
exclusive
and
deserve
further
discussion.
In
particular,
a
tax
or
fee
system
may
support
the
other
approaches.
There
is
probably
on
singe
"
best"
approach.
Instead,
a
case­
bycase
decision
is
necessary.
The
IFQ,
for
example,
has
many
theoretical
4
7
6
advantages,
especially
compared
to
a
limit
on
input
factors,
but
implicitly
assumes
that
total
yield
from
the
fishery
can
be
reasonably
predicted
(
not
true)
and
that
an
individual
quota
can
be
enforced.
Although
areal
leases
can
be
used
for
fugitive
resources,
this
approach
might
not
gain
public
acceptance
because
of
possible
monopolistic
aspects
(
wrong).
Taxes
or
fees
return
the
greatest
revenues
to
the
general
public
and
do
not
create
a
property
or
access
right.
All
approaches,
except
the
limit
on
input
factors,
promote
efficiency
but
might
be
more
expensive
to
enforce.
Limits
on
inputs
factors
might
be
most
acceptable
to
fishermen
and
easiest
to
enforce
but
have
proven
to
be
inflexible
and
ineffective
for
managing
common
property
resource.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1986).
"
Final
Secretarial
Fishery
Management
Plan,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
and
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis
for
the
Red
Drum
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Department
of
Commerce,
December.

Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Red
Drum
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1987).
"
Status
of
the
Fishery
Resources
off
the
Northeastern
United
States
for
1987."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
F/
NEC­
50,
Northeast
Fisheries
Center,
Conservation
and
Utilization
Division,
Woods
Hole,
Massachusetts,
October,
132
pp.

This
report
describes
trends
in
recreational
and
commercial
fisheries
in
the
overview
section
and
summarizes
the
general
status
of
the
major
finfish
and
shellfish
resources
off
the
northeast
coast
of
the
United
States
from
Cape
Hatteras
to
Nova
Scotia
through
1986
in
the
species
synopses
section.
Many
of
the
assessments
are
described
in
Laboratory
Reference
Documents
at
the
Woods
Hole
Laboratory
and
may
be
obtained
upon
request.
The
most
recent
complete
assessments
for
each
stock
are
cited
in
the
appropriate
species
synopsis.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1987).
"
Final
Supplement
to
the
Final
Environmental
Impact
Statement
Listing
and
Protecting
the
Green
Sea
Turtle,
Loggerhead
Sea
Turtle,
and
Pacific
Ridley
Sea
Turtle
Under
the
Endangered
Species
Act
of
1973."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
June.

The
final
supplemental
environmental
impact
statement
(
FSEIS)
describes
final
regulations
being
promulgated
by
NOAA,
NMFS
that
require
shrimp
trawlers
25
feet
and
longer
in
offshore
waters
from
North
Carolina
through
Texas
to
use
turtle
excluder
devices
(
TEDs)
during
certain
times
of
the
year.
Shrimp
trawlers
less
than
25
feet
long
are
required
to
restrict
their
tow
times
to
90
minutes
or
less.
Shrimp
trawlers
in
inshore
waters
must
also
limit
their
tow
times
to
90
minutes
or
less.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1987).
"
Fishing
Trends
and
Conditions
in
the
Southeast
Region,
1987."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida.

This
report
contains
information
on
existing
conditions
and
developments
in
the
commercial
fishing
industry
in
the
southeastern
United
States
during
1987.
The
information
was
provided
by
Federal
and
state
fishery
reporting
specialists
located
in
major
fishing
ports
throughout
the
southeast.
The
landings
and
value
data
provided
at
the
end
of
the
report
are
preliminary
and
4
7
7
subject
to
change.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1988).
"
Aquaculture
and
Capture
Fisheries:
Impacts
in
U.
S.
Seafood
Markets."
Report
Prepared
Pursuant
To
The
National
Aquaculture
Improvement
Act
of
1985
(
P.
L.
99­
198),
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
Washington,
D.
C.,
April,
230
pp.

The
objective
of
the
National
Aquaculture
Improvement
Act
of
1985
was
to
stimulate
development
of
a
domestic
aquaculture
industry.
However,
concerns
that
marine
aquaculture
could
affect
certain
traditional
capture
fisheries
exist.
This
report
examines
U.
S.
seafood
markets
for
shrimp
and
salmon
that
are
supplied
with
products
from
commercial
capture
fisheries
and
aquaculture
enterprises
(
domestic
and
foreign).

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1989).
"
Imports
and
Exports
of
Fishery
Products,
Annual
Summary,
1989."
MF­
6,
Current
Fisheries
Statistics
No.
9802.

Annual
summary
of
fishery
trade
statistics
for
1989.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1989).
"
Report
of
the
Mackerel
Stock
Assessment
Panel."
Contribution
Number
CRD­
89/
90­
12,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
NOAA,
NMFS,
SEFC,
Miami
Laboratory,
Coastal
Resources
Division,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida
33149.

Condition
of
the
stock
of
king
mackerel
and
Spanish
mackerel
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
the
south
Atlantic
for
1989.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1989).
"
Summary
Report
from
Trawl
Tow
Time
Versus
Sea
Turtle
Mortality
Workshop."
Draft
report,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Mississippi
Laboratories,
Pascagoula,
Mississippi,
August
10­
11,
22
pp.

Except
under
certain
conditions
where
trawling
periods
are
limited
by
fishing
conditions
to
about
45
minutes
bottom
time,
synchronized
tow
times
may
not
be
a
practical
management
option
for
the
conservation
of
sea
turtles
in
offshore
shrimp
fisheries
of
the
southeast
region.
Furthermore,
there
seems
to
be
little
room
for
reasonable
compromise.
Jeopardy
of
sea
turtles
increases
rapidly
at
bottom
tow
times
above
45
minutes,
while
on
the
other
hand,
production
capabilities
of
the
shrimp
fisheries
decrease
rapidly
at
bottom
tow
times
less
than
about
105
minutes.
The
extremes
of
the
situation
seem
too
great
to
reasonably
expect
a
practical
solution
predicated
on
enforceable
maximum
tow
times.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1990).
"
Estimated
Number
of
Boats/
Vessels
and
Crew
in
the
Mackerel
Fisheries
During
1989."
Draft
report,
Statistics
and
Data
Management
Office,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida
33149,
March,
pp.
6.

A
survey
of
the
number
of
king
and
Spanish
mackerel
vessels
and
boats
operating
in
the
fishery
during
1989
by
port
agents.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1990).
"
Use
of
Marine
Mammals
in
Swim­
With­
The­
Dolphin
Programs."
Final
Environmental
Impact
Statement,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
4
7
8
Office
of
Protected
Resources,
April.

This
EIS
addresses
the
issue
of
whether
the
use
of
bottlenose
dolphins
in
swim
with
the
dolphin
programs
should
be
allowed
after
April
30,
1990.
The
preferred
alternative
is
the
continuation
of
existing
programs
on
an
experimental
basis
until
December
31,
1991
with
additional
conditions.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1990).
"
Magnuson
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act."
Public
Law
94­
265,
As
amended
through
November
28,
1990.
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Department
of
Commerce.

An
act
to
provide
for
the
conservation
and
management
of
the
fisheries
and
for
other
purposes.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1991).
"
Economic
Impact
of
ABC
Ranges
for
Gulf
Group
King
and
Spanish
Mackerel."
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
Presentation,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Department
of
Commerce,
April.

The
report
contains
some
basic
background
information
that
has
an
important
bearing
on
the
nature
and
extent
of
the
economic
implications
of
choosing
a
particular
TAC
from
within
the
ABC
range
that
is
available
to
the
council.
This
information
includes
the
number
of
commercial
and
charterboat
permits
over
time,
the
gag
limits
that
apply
in
the
EEZ
and
in
the
states,
the
allocation
formulas
used
to
compute
quotas
from
specified
levels
of
TAC,
the
ABC
ranges
for
the
1991/
92
fishing
year,
and
the
quotas
that
result
from
the
various
levels
of
TAC.
The
economic
implications
for
commercial
fishermen,
recreational
anglers
and
charterboat
operations
are
estimated
in
terms
of
exvessel
values,
changes
in
recreational
value
(
consumer
surplus),
changes
in
charterboat
profits
and
changes
in
charterboat
revenues.
Also,
month
of
closure
predictions
are
made
for
the
mackerel
group/
user
combinations.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1991).
"
Shrimp
Trawl
Bycatch
Research
Requirements."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Department
of
Commerce,
November,
66
pp.

This
paper
provides
a
scientifically
sound
basis
for
developing
and
implementing
a
comprehensive,
research
plan
for
understanding
and
reducing
shrimp
bycatch
in
the
Southeast
Region
as
required
by
the
1990
Amendments
to
the
Magnuson
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1991).
"
Strategic
Plan
of
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
Goals
and
Objectives."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
June,
21
pp.

The
strategic
plan
indicates
the
principles
that
will
guide
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
NMFS)
and
the
program
emphasis
that
is
necessary
for
NMFS
to
fulfill
its
mission
and
support
the
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration
strategic
plan.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1991).
"
Environmental
Assessment
and
Supplemental
Regulatory
Impact
Review
of
Proposed
Regulations
Expanding
Sea
Turtle
Conservation
Requirements
in
the
South
Atlantic
and
Gulf
of
Mexico."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
September,
55
pp.
4
7
9
This
assessment
examines
the
environmental
impact
of
regulations
proposed
by
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
that
require
increased
conservation
measures
year
round
by
shrimp
trawlers
in
the
south
Atlantic
and
Gulf
of
Mexico
to
reduce
the
incidental
catch
and
mortality
of
sea
turtles
in
shrimp
trawls.
This
proposed
rule
would
amend
those
requirements
currently
contained
in
the
1987
sea
turtle
conservation
regulations
(
52
FR
24244,
June
27,
1987).
This
report
recommends
that
TEDs
be
required
for
all
shrimp
trawls
at
most
places
and
most
times
of
the
year
from
Cape
Hatteras,
North
Carolina,
to
the
Texas­
Mexico
border
to
protect
sea
turtles
as
recommended
by
a
National
Academy
of
Science
study
and
required
under
the
Endangered
Species
Act
of
1973.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1991).
"
Our
Living
Oceans."
NOAA
Tech.
Memo.
NMFS­
F/
SPO­
1,
November,
123
pp.

This
report
is
a
status
review
of
U.
S.
living
marine
resources
that
have
commercial,
recreational,
and
ecological
significance.
The
report
is
broken
down
into
five
distinct
regions
reflecting
the
Northeast
Atlantic,
Southeast
Atlantic
and
Gulf
of
Mexico,
Hawaii
and
the
Pacific
Islands,
and
Alaska.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1992).
"
Abstracts
for
Fifth
Annual
MarFin
Conference."
Fifth
Annual
MarFin
Conference,
Corpus
Christi,
Texas,
October
28­
29.

Refer
to
attached
agenda
for
assistance
in
locating
a
specific
abstract.
Abstracts
for
projects
not
presented
are
also
included.
The
last
section
contains
research
recommendations
provided
by
conference
participants.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1992).
"
Analysis
of
the
Potential
Economic
Benefits
From
Rebuilding
U.
S.
Fisheries."
Office
of
the
Senior
Scientist
for
Fisheries,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Department
of
Commerce,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
April,
7
pp.

This
report
provides
two
measures
of
the
potential
magnitude
of
economic
and
social
benefits
that
may
be
realized
by
rebuilding
U.
S.
fisheries.
First,
many
U.
S.
fishery
resources
are
over
utilized
and
fishing
industries
over
capitalized.
The
report
estimates
the
potential
net
benefits
resulting
from
the
recovery
of
depleted
stocks
and
the
full
and
efficient
utilization
of
all
fishery
resources.
These
net
benefits
from
the
foundation
for
economic
investment
and
growth
of
the
industry.
Second,
public
officials
and
resource
managers
are
also
interested
in
the
immediate
and
long
term
effects
of
their
decisions
on
the
overall
economic
activity,
independent
of
economic
efficiency.
Therefore,
the
report
also
estimates
the
cumulative
direct,
indirect,
and
induced
effects
of
increased
harvesting
on
the
Nation

s
Gross
National
Product
and
on
employment.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1992).
"
Environmental
Assessment
and
Supplemental
Regulatory
Impact
Review
of
Proposed
Regulations
Expanding
Sea
Turtle
Conservation
Requirements
in
the
South
Atlantic
and
Gulf
of
Mexico."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Department
of
Commerce,
September.

A
qualitative
discussion
of
the
costs
associated
with
various
proposed
sea
turtle
conservation
regulations.
Benefits
are
defined
to
be
numbers
of
sea
turtle
deaths
prevented
relative
to
the
status
quo
in
the
fishery.
No
use
is
made
of
economic
theory
as
it
applies
to
the
fishery
in
the
report.
Alternatives
considered
are
restricted
to
the
use
of
turtle
excluder
devices
or
no
shrimp
harvesting.
Alternative
measures
to
restrict
turtle
mortality
4
8
0
such
as
property
rights
are
not
discussed.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1992).
"
Evaluation
of
Bycatch
Reduction
Devices,
Sampling
Protocol
Manual
for
Data
Collection."
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Galveston,
Texas,
September.

The
Southeast
Area
Monitoring
and
Assessment
Program
(
SEAMAP)
has
a
standard
data
collection
system
used
by
state
and
federal
research
labs
and
universities
in
the
southeast
region.
This
method
of
data
collection
is
recommended
for
the
regional
bycatch
research
program
to
standardize
data
collection
procedures,
analyses,
and
allow
data
to
be
pooled
into
a
common
data
base
using
existing
hardware
and
software.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1992).
"
Fisheries
of
the
United
States,
1991."
Current
Fishery
Statistics
No.
9100,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
May,
113
pp.

Current
landings
and
values
for
fishery
resources
harvested
by
commercial
and
recreational
fishermen
in
the
United
States.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1992).
"
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Sharks
of
the
Atlantic
Ocean."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Department
of
Commerce,
December
10.

The
fishery
management
plan
for
Atlantic
sharks.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1992).
Marine
Recreational
Fishery
Statistics
Survey,
Atlantic
and
Gulf
Coasts,
1990­
1991,
Current
Fisheries
Statistics
Number
9204,
Fisheries
Statistics
Division,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
USDOC,
NOAA,
September.

This
report
covers
the
results
of
the
MRFSS
conducted
in
1990
and
1991
on
the
Atlantic
and
Gulf
Coasts.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1992).
"
Shrimp
Trawl
Bycatch
Characterization,
Sampling
Protocol
Manual
for
Data
Collection."
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Galveston,
Texas,
September.

Onboard
data
collection
for
the
purpose
of
bycatch
characterization
will
consist
of
sampling
trawl
catches
taken
from
commercial
shrimp
fishery
vessels
operating
in
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
U.
S.
south
Atlantic
waters.
Data
relevant
to
species
composition,
abundance,
and
life
history
will
be
gathered
from
each
tow.
Sample
size
and
allocation
of
samples
by
stratum
have
been
included
in
the
sampling
design
and
are
discussed
in
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service's
"
Shrimp
Trawl
Bycatch
Research
Requirements
Document,"
(
1991).
The
procedures
outlined
below
for
sampling
trawl
catches
have
been
prepared
by
personnel
at
NMFS
and
are
consistent
with
the
Southeast
Area
Monitoring
and
Assessment
Program's
(
SEAMAP)
data
management
system.
This
protocol
or
similar
data
collection
methods
are
recommended
for
use
in
all
regional
bycatch
assessment
programs
to
facilitate
the
accessibility
and
analysis
of
integrated
data
sets.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1992).
"
Status
of
Fishery
Resources
off
the
Southeastern
United
States
for
1991."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFSC­
306,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
4
8
1
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida
33149,
April,
75
pp.

A
review
of
stock
assessment
techniques
and
fishery
trends
for
important
commercial
and
recreational
fisheries
in
the
southeastern
region.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1992).
"
Stock
Assessment
and
Fishery
Evaluation
for
Reef
Fish
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9450
Koger
Boulevard,
St.
Petersburg,
FL
33702,
March,
35
pp.

Reef
fish
SAFE
report.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1992).
"
World
Shrimp
Culture."
Vol
1
and
Vol
2,
Parts
1­
3,
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
F/
SPO­
4,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
&
Atmospheric
Administration,
Office
of
International
Affairs,
Silver
Springs,
Maryland,
November.

The
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Office
of
International
Affairs
began
monitoring
world
shrimp
culture
developments
in
1983
as
part
of
an
effort
to
both
assess
the
potential
economic
impact
on
the
important
u.
S.
commercial
trawl
fishery
and
to
provide
basic
information
to
U.
S.
companies
and
academic
researchers.
The
shrimp
trawl
fishery
is
one
of
the
most
important
U.
S.
commercial
fisheries.
Shrimp
landings
exceeded
$
0.5
billion
in
1991
and
play
a
key
role
especially
in
many
Gulf
of
Mexico
coastal
communities.
The
massive
increases
in
cultured
shrimp
harvests
during
the
1980'
s
have
had
a
major
impact
on
world
shrimp
markets.
The
increases
have
played
a
major
role
in
the
decline
of
real
(
inflation
adjusted)
prices
for
shrimp.
This
book
and
previous
assessments
are
an
effort
to
provide
the
fishing
community
sufficient
information
to
understand
past
trends
and
make
economic
projections
based
on
likely
future
prospects
for
cultured
harvests.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1993).
"
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management;
Foreign
Fishing;
Atlantic
Sharks."
50
CFR
Parts
204,
611,
and
678,
Federal
Register,
68(
78):
21931­
21949,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Department
of
Commerce,
April,
26.

NMFS
issues
this
final
rule
and
interim
final
rule
to
implement
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Sharks
of
the
Atlantic
Ocean.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1993).
"
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Sharks
of
the
Atlantic
Ocean."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Department
of
Commerce,
February
25.

The
fishery
management
plan
for
Atlantic
sharks.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1993).
"
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery
Recruitment
Overfishing
Definition
Workshop
2."
Report
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Shrimp
Stock
Assessment
Panel,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Department
of
Commerce,
March,
12
pp.

This
report
summarizes
the
findings
of
a
two
day
workshop
and
provides
recommendations
from
the
working
group
on
the
current
definitions
of
overfishing
for
the
brown,
white,
pink,
and
royal
red
shrimp
stocks,
changes
4
8
2
to
current
definitions
of
overfishing,
and
action
that
might
be
taken
if
overfishing
levels
are
surpassed
in
any
of
these
stocks.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1993).
"
Our
Living
Oceans."
NOAA
Tech.
Memo.
NMFS­
F/
SPO­
15,
December,
156
pp.

This
report
is
a
status
review
of
U.
S.
living
marine
resources
that
have
commercial,
recreational,
and
ecological
significance.
The
report
is
broken
down
into
five
distinct
regions
reflecting
the
Northeast
Atlantic,
Southeast
Atlantic
and
Gulf
of
Mexico,
Hawaii
and
the
Pacific
Islands,
and
Alaska.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1993).
"
Review
of
the
Rock
Shrimp
Fishery
1981­
1991."
Report
to
the
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
NMFS,
NOAA,
March,
4
pp.

The
report
presents
a
summary
of
landings,
value,
and
effort
data
for
south
Atlantic
rock
shrimp
during
the
eleven
year
period
from
1981
through
1991
and
suggests
possible
recruitment
overfishing
levels
that
could
be
used
for
this
species.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1993).
"
United
States
Trade
of
Edible
Fishery
Products,
1991­
1992."
Trade
services
Division,
Office
of
Trade
and
Industry
Services,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
June.

The
value
of
U.
S.
exports
of
domestic
edible
seafood
rose
to
$
3.36
billion
in
1992,
an
increase
of
$
319
million
over
1991.
The
U.
S.
imports
of
edible
seafood
were
valued
at
$
5.7
billion
in
1992.
To
calculate
the
trade
deficit,
the
U.
S.
re­
exports
of
foreign
origin
edible
fish
are
included.
The
following
table
shows
the
exports,
re­
exports,
imports,
and
the
deficit.
The
u.
S.
trade
deficit
in
the
seafood
trade
in
1992
was
$
2.2
billion,
compared
with
$
2.5
billion
in
1991.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1994).
"
Coral
and
Coral
Reefs
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic."
Federal
Register,
59(
187):
49377­
49384.

Rules
implementing
Amendment
2
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Coral
and
Coral
Reefs
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
to
control
the
harvest
of
wild
live
rock.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1994).
"
Atlantic
Sharks."
Federal
Register,
50
CFR
Part
678
as
of
Oct.
20.

NMFS
issues
this
final
rule
to
implement
certain
measures
authorized
by
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Sharks
of
the
Atlantic
Ocean
(
FMP)
that
were
part
of
an
interim
final
rule.
Final
measures
implemented
by
this
rule:
Clarify
operation
of
vessels
with
a
Federal
commercial
permit,
establish
a
fishing
year,
consolidate
the
regulations
for
drift
gillnets,
require
dealers
to
obtain
a
permit
to
purchase
sharks,
require
dealer
reports,
establish
recreational
bag
limits,
establish
quotas
for
commercial
landings,
and
provide
for
commercial
fishery
closures
when
quotas
are
reached.
The
intended
effect
of
this
rule
is
to
prevent
overfishing
of
shark
resources,
encourage
consistent
Federal
and
state
management
of
shark
stocks,
increase
the
benefits
from
shark
resources
to
the
nation
while
preventing
waste,
and
standardize
data
reporting
requirements
among
different
fisheries
to
avoid
confusion
among
fishermen
with
multiple
permits.
4
8
3
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1994).
"
Habitat
Protection
Accomplishments
of
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service."
Habitat
Conservation
Division,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

Fiscal
year
1994
report
on
the
effectiveness
of
the
southeastern
region's
habitat
protection
plan.
The
Habitat
Conservation
Division
reviewed
more
than
53,262
projects
proposing
to
alter
fishery
habitat
between
1981
and
1993.
Of
the
proposed
891,288
acres
of
wetland
to
be
altered,
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
recommended
that
426,486
acres
be
conserved
and
that
an
additional
361,278
acres
of
mitigation
be
provided.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1995).
"
Atlantic
Sharks."
Federal
Register,
50
CFR
Part
678.

This
is
an
unofficial
compilation
of
Federal
regulations
prepared
in
the
Southeast
Regional
Office
of
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
for
the
Information
and
Convenience
of
Interested
Persons.
It
does
not
include
changes
to
these
regulations
that
may
have
occurred
after
the
date
indicated.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1995).
"
Atlantic
Swordfish
Fishery."
Federal
Register,
50
CFR
Part
630.

This
is
an
unofficial
compilation
of
Federal
regulations
prepared
in
the
Southeast
Regional
Office
of
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
for
the
Information
and
Convenience
of
Interested
Persons.
It
does
not
include
changes
to
these
regulations
that
may
have
occurred
after
the
date
indicated.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1995).
"
Atlantic
Tuna
Fishery;
Quotas
and
Permit
Requirements."
Federal
Register,
50
CFR
Part
285.

Proposed
rule,
public
hearings,
and
request
for
comments
concerning
changes
in
TAC
for
Atlantic
tunas.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1995).
"
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Act
and
Draft
Regulatory
Impact
Review
for
Regulatory
Adjustments
for
the
1995
Western
Atlantic
Tuna
Fishery."
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
April.

A
description
of
the
western
Atlantic
tuna
fishery
and
a
qualitative
analysis
of
proposed
fishery
management
regulations
designed
to
extend
the
fishing
season,
allocate
quotas
by
category,
reduce
overcapitalization,
and
permitting
changes.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1995).
"
Operational
Guidelines
Fishery
Management
Plan
Process."
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
March.

This
document
clarifies
procedures
necessary
under
the
Magnuson
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act
to
simplify
the
development,
review,
and
implementation
of
fishery
management
plans.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1995).
"
Status
of
the
Fishery
Resources
off
the
Northeastern
United
States
for
19947."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
F/
NEC­
108,
Northeast
Fisheries
Center,
Conservation
and
Utilization
Division,
Woods
Hole,
Massachusetts,
October,
140
pp.

This
report
describes
trends
in
recreational
and
commercial
fisheries
in
4
8
4
the
overview
section
and
summarizes
the
general
status
of
the
major
finfish
and
shellfish
resources
off
the
northeast
coast
of
the
United
States
from
Cape
Hatteras
to
Nova
Scotia
through
1993
in
the
species
synopses
section.
Many
of
the
assessments
are
described
in
Laboratory
Reference
Documents
at
the
Woods
Hole
Laboratory
and
may
be
obtained
upon
request.
The
most
recent
complete
assessments
for
each
stock
are
cited
in
the
appropriate
species
synopsis.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1995).
"
Stock
Assessment
and
Fishery
Evaluation
For
Reef
Fishes
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
January,
41
pp.

The
SAFE
report
for
the
reef
fish
species
managed
by
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1995).
"
A
User

s
Guide
to:
SEFSC
Computing
Services.

Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive
Miami,
FL,
May.

The
intent
of
the
User

s
Guide
is
to
provide
a
document
that
can
be
used
to
explain
the
computer
services
available
at
the
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1996).
"
Atlantic
Highly
Migratory
Species
Fisheries;
Consolidation
of
Regulations."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
94
pp.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
proposes
to
consolidate
four
CFR
parts
containing
regulations
for
the
conservation
and
management
of
Atlantic
highly
migratory
species
(
HMS)
in
the
U.
S.
Exclusive
Economic
Zone
(
EEZ)
into
one
CFR
part.
Atlantic
HMS
include
Atlantic
tunas,
swordfish,
billfishes,
and
sharks.
The
consolidation
would
reorganize
the
existing
regulations
in
a
more
logical
and
cohesive
order,
eliminate
duplicative
and
outdated
provisions,
and
make
editorial
changes
to
achieve
readability,
clarity,
and
uniformity.
A
number
of
substantive
changes
are
proposed
to
achieve
consistency
among
common
elements
such
as
permits
and
reporting.
The
purpose
of
this
proposed
rule
is
to
make
the
regulations
more
concise,
better
organized
and,
therefore,
easier
for
the
public
to
use.
This
proposed
action
is
part
of
the
President

s
Regulatory
Reinvention
Initiative.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1996).
"
Atlantic
Highly
Migratory
Species
Monitoring
and
Research
Activities."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
March,
39
pp.

A
report
required
by
the
Atlantic
Tunas
Convention
Act
to
identify
current
governmental
and
nongovernmental
research
and
monitoring
activities
on
Atlantic
Bluefin
tuna
and
other
highly
migratory
species;
describing
personnel
and
budgetary
resources
allocated
to
such
activities;
and
explaining
how
each
activity
contributes
to
the
conservation
and
management
of
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna
and
other
highly
migratory
species.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1996).
"
Atlantic
Tuna
Fishery;
Annual
Quotas
and
Effort
Controls."
Federal
Register,
61(
81),
50
CFR
Part
285.

NMFS
proposes
to
amend
the
regulations
governing
the
Atlantic
tuna
fisheries
to:
set
Atlantic
tuna
(
ABT)
fishing
category
quotas
for
the
1996
fishing
year,
revise
allocations
to
monthly
quota
periods
and
establish
the
4
8
5
effort
control
schedule
in
the
ABT
General
category,
allow
the
partial
transfer
of
quotas
among
Purse
seine
category
permit
holders
and
amend
landing
requirements,
and
increase
minimum
sizes
for
Atlantic
yellowfin
and
bigeye
tunas.
The
proposed
regulatory
amendments
are
necessary
to
implement
the
1994
recommendation
of
the
International
Commission
for
the
Conservation
of
Atlantic
Tunas
(
ICCAT)
regarding
fishing
quotas
for
bluefin
tuna,
as
required
by
the
Atlantic
Tunas
Convention
Act
(
ATCA),
and
to
achieve
domestic
management
objectives.
NMFS
will
hold
public
hearings
to
receive
comments
from
fishery
participants
and
other
members
of
the
public
regarding
these
proposed
amendments.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1996).
"
High
Seas
Fishing
Compliance
Act;
Initial
Regulations;
OMB
Control
Numbers."
Federal
Register,
61(
57),
50
CFR
Part
300.

NMFS
issues
an
interim
final
rule
to
implement
the
High
Seas
Fishing
Compliance
Act
of
1995
(
HSFCA).
The
purpose
of
the
HSFCA
is
to
license
U.
S.
vessels
fishing
on
the
high
seas
and
to
implement
the
Agreement
to
Promote
Compliance
with
International
Conservation
and
Management
Measures
by
Fishing
Vessels
on
the
High
Seas.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1996).

Magnuson
Act
Provisions;
Essential
Fish
Habitat
(
EFH).

In
press,
Federal
Register,
50
CFR
Part
600.

A
call
for
public
comments
on
the
Magnuson­
Stevens
Act
requirement
to
conserve
and
enhance
essential
fish
habitat.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1996).

The
NMFS­
Specific
Plan
to
Meet
the
Goals
and
Objectives
of
the
Recreational
Fishery
Resources
Conservation
Plan.

Office
of
Interjurisdictional
and
Recreational
Fisheries,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
8
pp.

The
President

s
executive
order
on
recreational
fisheries
in
support
of
the
recreational
fishery
resources
conservation
plan
and
the
plan
to
implement
it.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1996).
"
Our
Living
Oceans."
NOAA
Tech.
Memo.
NMFS­
F/
SPO­
19,
February,
160
pp.

This
report
is
a
status
review
of
U.
S.
living
marine
resources
that
have
commercial,
recreational,
and
ecological
significance.
The
report
is
broken
down
into
a
national
overview
with
two
feature
articles
on
Pacific
Northwest
Salmon
and
the
Marine
Mammal
Protection
Act
and
a
section
on
living
marine
resources.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1996).
"
Our
Living
Oceans.
The
Economic
Status
of
U.
S.
Fisheries,
1996."
NOAA
Tech.
Memo.
NMFSF
SPO­
22,
December,
130
pp.

This
report
is
an
economic
status
review
of
U.
S.
living
marine
resources
that
have
commercial,
recreational,
and
ecological
significance.
Each
regional
report
focusing
on
the
commercial
and
recreational
harvesting
and
processing
sectors
is
presented
along
with
a
spotlight
issue.
The
spotlight
issues
for
Alaska
groundfish
and
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
concern
bycatch
issues
and
Hawaii
and
the
Northeast
regions
concentrate
on
limited
entry
issues.
A
primer
on
economic
theory
and
terms
is
presented
in
the
beginning
of
the
report.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1996).
"
U.
S.­
Chilean
Fishery
4
8
6
Cooperation
Talks."
Briefing
Book,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
March,
117
pp.

Briefing
book
for
the
U.
S.
­
Chilean
fishery
cooperation
talks.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1997).
"
Development
of
Guidelines
for
Providing
Scientific
Advice
to
Implement
Precautionary
Management."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
December,
4
pp.

A
team
(
6
to
10
individuals)
with
expertise
in
stock
assessment
and
the
development
of
management
guidelines
will
be
responsible
for
drafting
the
guidelines.
The
team
will
meet
3
to
4
times
to
discuss
areas
that
need
to
be
covered
in
the
guidelines,
to
develop
an
outline
for
the
guidelines,
and
to
review
the
draft
guidelines
and
make
revisions.
It
is
anticipated
that
a
variety
of
analyses
may
be
necessary
and
that
team
members
may
be
tasked
with
conducting
such
analyses.
The
initial
draft
will
be
written
by
2
or
3
of
the
team
members
with
input,
discussion
and
review
by
the
entire
team.
The
National
Stock
Assessment
Workshop,
to
be
held
in
February
1998,
will
provide
a
forum
for
discussion
and
collaboration
among
NMFS
assessment
scientists.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1997).

Fisheries
of
the
Caribbean,
Gulf
of
Mexico,
and
South
Atlantic;
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico;
Amendment
9.

Final
Rule,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

NMFS
issues
this
final
rule
to
implement
Amendment
9
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
(
FMP).
Amendment
9
requires,
with
limited
exceptions,
the
use
of
certified
bycatch
reduction
devices
(
BRDs)
in
shrimp
trawls
in
the
exclusive
economic
zone
(
EEZ)
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shoreward
of
the
100
fathom
(
fm)
(
183
meter)
depth
contour
west
of
85o
30'
W.
long.;
sets
the
bycatch
reduction
criterion
for
the
certification
for
BRDs;
and
establishes
an
FMP
framework
procedure
for
modifying
the
bycatch
reduction
criterion,
for
establishing
and
modifying
the
BRD
testing
protocol
and
its
specifications,
and
for
certifying
and
decertifying
BRDs.
The
intended
effects
are
to
reduce
the
unwanted
bycatch
mortality
of
juvenile
red
snapper
and,
to
the
extent
practicable,
not
adversely
affect
the
shrimp
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1997).

Magnuson­
Stevens
Act
Provisions;
National
Standard
Guidelines.

Federal
Register,
62(
149):
41907­
41920.

A
call
for
public
comments
on
NMFS
proposed
revisions
to
the
guidelines
for
national
standards
1
(
optimum
yield),
2
(
scientific
information),
4
(
allocations),
5
(
efficiency),
and
7
(
cost
and
benefits),
and
adds
guidelines
for
new
national
standards
8
(
communities),
9
(
bycatch),
and
10
(
safety
of
life
at
sea).

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1997).
"
Managing
the
Nation

s
Bycatch:
Priorities,
Programs,
and
Actions
for
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
Washington,
D.
C.,
March,
211
pp.

This
plan
is
the
result
of
a
series
of
workshops
initiated
by
the
fishing
industry
in
1992
to
clearly
articulate
the
NMFS

objectives,
priorities,
and
strategies
regarding
bycatch.
Included
are
proposed
national
bycatch
objectives,
specific
recommendations
concerning
data
collection,
evaluation
and
management
actions
necessary
to
attain
the
objectives,
and
a
4
8
7
comprehensive
assessment
of
the
state
of
bycatch
in
the
nation

s
marine
fisheries.
The
development
of
this
plan
has
brought
into
sharp
focus
the
fact
that
bycatch
is
indeed
a
multifaceted
and
complex
set
of
problems
that
affect
nearly
all
aspects
of
fishing
operations.
As
a
result,
no
single
solution
to
the
bycatch
problem
exists.
Rather,
fishermen,
managers,
scientists,
conservationists,
and
other
interest
groups
must
work
together
to
craft
a
balanced
approach
to
addressing
bycatch;
one
that
will
promote
the
sustainability
of
our
nation

s
living
marine
resources.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1997).
"
Managing
the
Nation

s
Bycatch:
Priorities,
Programs,
and
Actions
for
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
Washington,
D.
C.,
November,
225
pp.

This
plan
is
the
result
of
a
series
of
workshops
initiated
by
the
fishing
industry
in
1992
to
clearly
articulate
the
NMFS

objectives,
priorities,
and
strategies
regarding
bycatch.
Included
are
proposed
national
bycatch
objectives,
specific
recommendations
concerning
data
collection,
evaluation
and
management
actions
necessary
to
attain
the
objectives,
and
a
comprehensive
assessment
of
the
state
of
bycatch
in
the
nation

s
marine
fisheries.
The
development
of
this
plan
has
brought
into
sharp
focus
the
fact
that
bycatch
is
indeed
a
multifaceted
and
complex
set
of
problems
that
affect
nearly
all
aspects
of
fishing
operations.
As
a
result,
no
single
solution
to
the
bycatch
problem
exists.
Rather,
fishermen,
managers,
scientists,
conservationists,
and
other
interest
groups
must
work
together
to
craft
a
balanced
approach
to
addressing
bycatch;
one
that
will
promote
the
sustainability
of
our
nation

s
living
marine
resources.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1997).
"
Operational
Guidelines
Fishery
Management
Plan
Process."
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
May.

Guidance
in
developing
fishery
management
plans
(
FMP)
that
conform
with
the
Magnuson
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act
and
its
amendments
to
produce
a
clearer
understanding
of
the
laws
affecting
the
FMP
process,
and
to
simplify
and
speed
the
flow
of
work
directed
to
final
implementation
of
an
FMP.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1997).
"
Regulatory
Flexibility
Act."
Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
9
pp.

Guidance
in
developing
initial
and
final
Regulatory
Flexibility
Act
analyses
(
IRFA
and
FRFA)
that
conform
with
the
Magnuson
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act
and
the
Sustainable
Fisheries
Act
to
simplify
and
speed
the
flow
of
work
directed
to
final
implementation
of
an
FMP.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1997).
"
Status
of
Fisheries
of
the
United
States."
Draft
Report
to
Congress,
Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
September,
75
pp.

The
reauthorized
Magnuson­
Stevens
Act
requires
the
Secretary
of
Commerce
to
report
to
Congress
annually
on
the
status
of
fisheries
within
each
Council

s
geographical
area
of
authority
and
identify
those
fisheries
that
are
overfished
or
are
approaching
a
condition
of
being
overfished
based
on
the
current
overfishing
definitions
contained
in
the
fishery
management
plans.
Eighty­
six
species
are
listed
as
overfished
with
ten
species
approaching
an
overfished
condition,
193
species
as
not
overfished,
and
448
species
are
listed
as
unknown.
4
8
8
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1997).
"
Strategic
Plan
for
Fisheries
Research."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
October,
40
pp.

The
scope
of
this
document
includes
fisheries,
habitat,
protected
species,
and
utilization
research
to
address
requirements
of
the
Magnuson­
Stevens
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act
(
MSFCMA).
This
plan
covers
what
NMFS
does
now
and
how
to
improve
it.
It
relies
primarily
on
the
current
NMFS
budget
and
strives
to
maximize
benefits.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1997).
Telephone
Survey
Instrument.
Versions
A
and
B,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
Economics
and
Trade
Analysis,
January.

Telephone
survey
add­
on
for
recreational
valuation
estimation
in
the
southeastern
region
of
the
United
States.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1998).

Outline
for
Council
Member
Briefing.

Draft
for
New
Council
Member
Briefing
Book.
Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries,
1315
East
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
January.

Outline
and
copies
of
overhead
projections
for
a
briefing
on
fisheries
economics
for
new
council
members.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1998).

Southeastern
United
States
Shrimp
Trawl
Bycatch
Program.

Draft
report,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
October,
61
pp.

The
NMFS
and
others
have
determined
that
a
number
of
finfish
resources
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
south
Atlantic
are
depleted
for
several
reasons,
including
the
application
of
too
much
fishing
effort
by
commercial
and
recreational
fishermen
and
the
incidental
bycatch
of
the
shrimp
trawl
fleet.
The
ensuing
debate
about
how
best
to
restore
the
stocks
to
desirable
levels
involves
numerous
technological,
political,
biological,
and
economic
factors.
Among
them
are:
1)
technological
interaction
in
which
shrimp
gear
inadvertently
harvests
finfish;
2)
management
interaction
between
the
shrimp
and
other
FMPs
governing
the
harvest
of
finfish
species;
3)
competition
between
commercial
and
recreational
fishermen
and
among
fishermen
with
different
gear
types
within
each
group;
4)
economic
trade­
offs
over
time
among
various
harvesting
groups
and
between
different
groups
of
consumers;
5)
the
current
uncertainty
regarding
whether
or
not
the
commercial
management
structure
will
allow
for
an
ITQ
or
similar
management
system;
6)
a
lack
of
current
biological
information
to
determine
the
desirable
size
of
some
of
the
finfish
stocks
and
future
yields;
and
7)
whether
or
not
effort
controls
will
be
placed
on
the
recreational
fishery.
For
all
these
reasons,
the
interaction
between
the
shrimp
and
finfish
fisheries
of
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
constitutes
a
management
and
economics
problem
that
is
controversial,
challenging,
and,
as
yet
unresolved
in
the
case
of
most
southeast
finfish
stocks.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1998).

Southeastern
United
States
Shrimp
Trawl
Bycatch
Program.

Final
Report
to
Congress,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
October,
69
pp.

The
NMFS
and
others
have
determined
that
a
number
of
finfish
resources
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
south
Atlantic
are
depleted
for
several
reasons,
including
the
application
of
too
much
fishing
effort
by
commercial
and
recreational
fishermen
and
the
incidental
bycatch
of
the
shrimp
trawl
fleet.
4
8
9
The
ensuing
debate
about
how
best
to
restore
the
stocks
to
desirable
levels
involves
numerous
technological,
political,
biological,
and
economic
factors.
Among
them
are:
1)
technological
interaction
in
which
shrimp
gear
inadvertently
harvests
finfish;
2)
management
interaction
between
the
shrimp
and
other
FMPs
governing
the
harvest
of
finfish
species;
3)
competition
between
commercial
and
recreational
fishermen
and
among
fishermen
with
different
gear
types
within
each
group;
4)
economic
trade­
offs
over
time
among
various
harvesting
groups
and
between
different
groups
of
consumers;
5)
the
current
uncertainty
regarding
whether
or
not
the
commercial
management
structure
will
allow
for
an
ITQ
or
similar
management
system;
6)
a
lack
of
current
biological
information
to
determine
the
desirable
size
of
some
of
the
finfish
stocks
and
future
yields;
and
7)
whether
or
not
effort
controls
will
be
placed
on
the
recreational
fishery.
For
all
these
reasons,
the
interaction
between
the
shrimp
and
finfish
fisheries
of
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
constitutes
a
management
and
economics
problem
that
is
controversial,
challenging,
and,
as
yet
unresolved
in
the
case
of
most
southeast
finfish
stocks.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1998).

Strategic
Plan
for
Fisheries
Research.

National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
February,
58
pp.

This
plan
covers
what
we
do
now
and
how
we
expect
to
improve
it.
It
relies
primarily
on
the
current
NMFS
budget
and
strives
to
maximize
benefits.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1998).

Fisheries
Research
Vessels:
Planning
for
the
Future.

Draft,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
March,
12
pp.

The
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
research
vessel
fleet
plan
and
its
rationale.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1999).
"
Our
Living
Oceans."
NOAA
Tech.
Memo.
NMFS­
F/
SPO­
41,
June,
301
pp.

This
report
is
a
status
review
of
U.
S.
living
marine
resources
that
have
commercial,
recreational,
and
ecological
significance.
The
report
is
broken
down
into
a
national
overview,
a
set
of
feature
articles
on
the
precautionary
approach
to
fisheries
management,
New
England
groundfish,
and
Gulf
of
Mexico
King
mackerel,
and
a
review
of
living
marine
resources
in
the
five
distinct
regions
reflecting
the
Northeast
Atlantic,
Southeast
Atlantic
and
Gulf
of
Mexico,
Hawaii
and
the
Pacific
Islands,
and
Alaska.

National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration
(
1994).
"
Interpretation
of
the
U.
S.
National
Research
Council's
Report
on
An
Assessment
of
Atlantic
Bluefin
Tuna."
ICCAT
Working
Document,
SCRS/
94/
151,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Office
of
the
Assistant
Administrator
for
Fisheries,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

NOAA
believes
that
the
assessment
methods
used
by
the
National
Research
Council
have
merit
and
should
be
pursued
in
future
assessments.

National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration
(
1995).
"
Florida
Keys
National
Marine
Sanctuary."
Volumes
1
­
3,
Sanctuaries
and
Reserves
Division,
Office
of
Ocean
and
Coastal
Resource
Management,
National
Ocean
Service,
1305
East­
West
Highway,
SSMC4,
Silver
Spring,
MD.
4
9
0
Volume
I
describes
the
proposed
Management
Plan
and
Draft
Environmental
Impact
Statement
for
the
Florida
Keys
National
Marine
Sanctuary.
Volume
II
describes
the
process
used
to
develop
the
management
alternatives
and
includes
environmental
and
socioeconomic
impact
analyses
of
the
alternatives.
Volume
III
consists
of
the
appendices,
including
the
two
acts
that
designate
and
implement
the
sanctuary.

National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration
(
1997).
"
FOCI."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
7600
Sand
Point
Way,
N.
E.,
Seattle,
WA,
13
pp.

The
Fisheries­
Oceanography
Coordinated
Investigations
(
FOCI)
program
was
established
by
the
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration
in
1984
to
examine
the
physical
and
biological
factors
that
affect
the
walleye
pollock
fishery
in
Alaska.

National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration
(
1997).
"
NOAA
Fisheries
Strategic
Plan."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1315
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
May,
37
pp.

The
strategic
plan
of
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
to
conserve
and
protect
marine
fishery
resources.

National
Recreational
Fisheries
Coordination
Council
(
1997).

Recreational
Fishery
Resources
Conservation
Plan.

U.
S.
Government
Printing
Office,
16
pp.

This
conservation
plan
provides
the
basis
for
the
federal
contribution
to
a
strong
partnership
among
Federal,
State,
and
tribal
governments
and
the
recreational
fisheries
community.

National
Research
Council
(
1986).
Proceedings
of
the
Conference
on
Common
Property
Resource
Management.
Panel
on
Common
Property
Resource
Management,
Board
on
Science
and
Technology
for
International
Development,
Office
of
International
Affairs.
National
Academy
Press,
Washington,
D.
C.

The
Council's
conference
on
Common
Property
Resource
Management
was
undertaken
to
assess
systematically
differing
institutional
arrangements
for
the
effective
conservation
and
utilization
of
jointly
managed
resources.
The
members
of
the
Panel
on
Common
Property
Resource
Management,
recognizing
the
global
dimensions
of
the
current
environmental
emergency,
selected
case
studies
drawn
from
four
continents
and
a
broad
range
of
cultural
and
environmental
settings.
It
is
hoped
that
the
background
papers,
case
studies,
and
conclusions
of
the
conference
will
contribute
substantively
to
efforts
to
rehabilitate
and
manage
the
soils,
water
resources,
forests,
rangelands,
agricultural
lands,
and
other
jointly
held
resources
that
constitute
the
global
commons.

National
Research
Council
(
1990).
"
Decline
of
the
Sea
Turtles:
Causes
and
Prevention."
Draft
Report,
Committee
on
Sea
Turtle
Conservation,
Board
on
Environmental
Studies
and
Toxicology,
Board
on
Biology,
Commission
on
Life
Sciences,
National
Academy
Press,
Washington,
D.
C.

This
report
presents
scientific
and
technical
information
on
the
population
biology,
ecology,
and
reproductive
behavior
of
five
endangered
or
threatened
species
of
sea
turtles.
It
evaluates
population
declines,
causes
4
9
1
of
turtle
mortality,
and
the
effectiveness
of
past
and
current
mitigation
efforts,
and
recommends
conservation
measures
to
protect
or
increase
turtle
populations.
The
committee
was
not
charged
or
constituted
to
address
and
did
not
analyze
social
and
economic
issues
related
to
sea
turtle
conservation.

National
Research
Council
(
1990).
"
Decline
of
the
Sea
Turtles:
Causes
and
Prevention."
Committee
on
Sea
Turtle
Conservation,
Board
on
Environmental
Studies
and
Toxicology,
Board
on
Biology,
Commission
on
Life
Sciences,
National
Academy
Press,
Washington,
D.
C.

This
report
presents
scientific
and
technical
information
on
the
population
biology,
ecology,
and
reproductive
behavior
of
five
endangered
or
threatened
species
of
sea
turtles.
It
evaluates
population
declines,
causes
of
turtle
mortality,
and
the
effectiveness
of
past
and
current
mitigation
efforts,
and
recommends
conservation
measures
to
protect
or
increase
turtle
populations.
The
committee
was
not
charged
or
constituted
to
address
and
did
not
analyze
social
and
economic
issues
related
to
sea
turtle
conservation.

National
Research
Council
(
1994).
An
Assessment
of
Atlantic
Bluefin
Tuna.
National
Academy
Press,
Washington,
D.
C.

The
National
Research
Council's
Ocean
Studies
Board
formed
the
Committee
to
Review
Atlantic
Bluefin
Tuna.
The
committee's
charge
was
to
conduct
a
technical
review
and
evaluation
of
the
scientific
basis
of
U.
S.
management
of
fisheries
for
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna
and
address:
(
a)
are
current
Standing
Committees
on
Research
and
Statistics
(
SCRS)
assessments
of
eastern
and
western
Atlantic
bluefin
the
most
defensible
interpretation
of
the
available
data,
(
b)
are
uncertainties
in
the
assessments
dealt
with
adequately,
(
c)
what
is
the
status
of
the
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna
relative
to
the
convention's
goal
of
managing
tuna
to
achieve
maximum
sustainable
yield,
and
(
d)
does
the
available
information
support
treating
bluefin
tuna
as
separate
eastern
and
western
management
units?

National
Research
Council
(
1997).
Improving
Fish
Stock
Assessments.
Committee
on
Fish
Stock
Assessment
Methods,
Ocean
Studies
Board,
Commission
on
Geosciences,
Environment,
and
Resources,
National
Academy
Press,
Washington,
D.
C.

This
report
is
in
response
to
a
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
request
to
conduct
a
broad
review
of
the
methods
used
in
the
United
States
for
stock
assessments.
Recommendations
that
will
advance
the
state­
of­
the­
art
were
made
for
data
collection
and
assessment
methods,
models,
harvest
strategies,
and
new
approaches
that
better
account
for
incomplete
and
variable
data
and
for
environmental
fluctuations
on
fisheries.

National
Research
Council
(
1998).

Findings
and
Recommendations.

Chapter
6
in
Sharing
the
Fish:
Toward
a
National
Policy
on
IFQs.
Draft
Report
to
Congress,
Washington,
D.
C.

This
chapter
summarizes
the
findings
of
a
special
panel
assembled
to
determine
the
appropriateness
of
using
Individual
Fishery
Quotas
(
IFQs)
in
the
management
of
living
marine
resources.
The
panel
determined
that
IFQs
were
an
appropriate
management
approach
under
certain
conditions
in
the
fishery.

National
Research
Council
(
1999).
Sharing
the
Fish:
Toward
a
National
Policy
on
Individual
Fishing
Quotas.
National
Academy
Press,
Washington,
D.
C.

A
report
to
Cogress
on
the
findings
of
a
special
panel
assembled
to
4
9
2
determine
the
appropriateness
of
using
Individual
Fishery
Quotas
(
IFQs)
in
the
management
of
living
marine
resources.
The
panel
determined
that
IFQs
were
an
appropriate
management
approach
under
certain
conditions
in
the
fishery.

National
Research
Institute
of
Far
Seas
Fisheries
(
1998).

Review
of
the
Status
of
World
High
Seas
Fisheries,
particularly
for
Tuna
and
Tuna­
like
Fisheries.

Draft
report.
FAO
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity,
Japan,
March,
23
pp.

This
paper
is
intended
to
review
the
situation
of
high
seas
resources
and
fisheries
targeting
them
in
the
hope
of
contributing
to
the
discussion
at
the
Expert
Meeting
on
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity
to
be
held
in
April
this
year.
In
assessing
the
degrees
of
fishing
capacity,
the
starting
point
should
be
clarification
of
the
present
state
of
resources
and
fisheries.
The
fishery
resources
dealt
with
in
this
paper
include
tuna,
bottom
fishes,
and
salmon.
This
paper
utilizes
to
the
fullest
extent
the
present
knowledge
available
on
the
state
of
many
of
the
high
seas
resources
and
fisheries
shared
by
regional
fisheries
management
organizations.

National
Science
and
Technology
Council
(
1998).

Program
Guide
to
Federally
Funded
Environment
and
Natural
Resources
R&
D,

Committee
on
Environment
and
Natural
Resources,
Washington,
D.
C.,
February,
87
pp.

The
purpose
of
the
program
guide
is
to
provide
information
on
the
types
of
research
and
development
activities
that
are
supported
by
Federal
agencies
in
the
area
of
environment
and
natural
resources,
the
mechanisms
used
by
agencies
to
select
R&
D
recipients
of
Federal
R&
D
dollars,
and
potential
funding
opportunities.

Nauman,
Fayyaz
A.,
Conrado
M.
Gempesaw,
J.
Richard
Bacon,
and
Alberto
Manalo
(
1995).

Consumer
Choice
for
Fresh
Fish:
Factors
Affecting
Purchase
Decisions.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
2):
117­
142.

A
consumer
survey
of
the
northeastern
United
States
was
conducted
to
gather
market
information
regarding
the
decision
to
purchase
fresh
hybrid
striped
bass,
trout,
and
salmon.
Logit
techniques
were
used
to
model
the
experience,
perceptions,
preferences,
and
choices
of
consumers
for
seafood
products
based
on
a
modified
evoked
set
framework.
Factors
such
as
knowledge
that
the
products
are
farm­
raised,
having
previous
experience
with
purchasing
seafood
along
with
the
perception
that
seafood
is
healthful
with
good
taste
were
found
to
significantly
influence
the
consumer

s
decision
to
purchase
the
these
finfish
products.
The
results
of
this
study
and
the
techniques
used
allow
market
researchers
to
objectively
quantify
the
impact
of
experience,
perceptions,
and
preferences
of
products
On
the
ultimate
decision
of
the
consumer
to
purchase
fresh
hybrid
striped
bass,
trout,
and
salmon
products.

Nautiyal,
Jagdish
C.
and
Kenneth
S.
Fowler
(
1980).
"
Optimum
Forest
Rotation
in
an
Imperfect
Stumpage
Market."
Land
Economics,
56(
2):
213­
226.

This
paper
endeavors
to
show
the
effects
of
monopolistic
forest
ownership
on
the
optimal
rotation
and
demonstrates
that
the
socially
desirable
rotation
in
a
monopolistic
situation
is
longer
than
that
which
maximizes
the
monopolist's
present
worth,
but
is
shorter
than
the
atomistic
rotation
that
is
usually
seen
as
the
optimal
economic
rotation
by
foresters.

Naval
Facilities
Engineering
Command
(
1980).
"
Economic
Analysis
Handbook."
NAVFAC
P­
442,
Department
of
the
Navy,
200
Stovall
4
9
3
Street,
Alexandria,
VA,
July,
136
pp.

The
purpose
of
this
Economic
Analysis
Handbook
is
to
provide
official
NAVFAC
guidance
for
the
preparation
of
economic
analyses
for
proposed
programs,
projects,
and
activities
and
for
program
evaluation
of
ongoing
activities.

Neal,
Richard
A.
(
1973).
"
Progress
Toward
Farming
Shrimp
in
the
United
States."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
35
(
3­
4):
67­
70.

A
review
of
the
progress
and
problems
in
developing
shrimp
aquaculture
in
the
United
States.
Primarily
biological
problems
with
maturation
and
growth
of
shrimp
in
pounds
is
discussed.
Little
economic
information
is
provided
at
this
early
stage
of
development.

Needler,
A.
W.
H.
(
1979).
"
Evolution
of
Canadian
Fisheries
Management
Towards
Economic
Rationalization."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
36:
716­
724.

The
evolution
of
the
regulation
of
fisheries
in
Canada
is
outlined
as
background
for
a
discussion
of
their
economic
rationalization
through
restriction
of
entry.
The
objectives
of
fishery
regulation
are
discussed
and
questions
noted
that
must
be
answered
if
limitation
of
entry
is
to
be
beneficial
and
acceptable.

Neher,
Philip
A.
(
1974).
"
Notes
on
the
Volterra­
Quadratic
Fishery."
J.
Econ.
Theory,
8:
39­
49.

An
analysis
of
the
fishery
must
take
into
account
the
biological
nature
of
fundamental
capital,
fish;
it
must
recognize
the
common
property
feature
of
the
open
sea
fishery;
it
must
allow
that
the
fundamental
capital
is
the
subject
of
exploitation.
These
properties
can,
however,
be
captured
by
a
simple
model
outlined
in
this
paper
that
is
then
used
to
examine
some
special
cases
and
to
discuss
the
control
of
optimal
exploitation
paths.

Neher,
Philip
A.
(
1992).
"
The
Evolution
of
Property
Rights
Management
in
Marine
Fisheries."
Presented
at
The
American
Agricultural
Economics
Association
Annual
Meeting,
Baltimore,
Maryland.

This
paper
discusses
the
historical
evolution
of
rights
based
fishing
and
the
economic
and
political
influences
that
lead
to
their
development
in
various
parts
of
the
world.

Neher,
Philip
A.
and
Ragnar
Arnason
(
1988).
"
Introduction."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5(
4):
285­
287.

Introduction
to
a
series
of
articles
presented
at
the
Rights
Based
Fishing
conference
in
Reykjavik,
Iceland
in
1988.

Neher,
Philip
A.,
Ragnar
Arnason,
and
Nina
Mollet
(
eds.)
(
1989).
Rights
Based
Fishing,
Kluwer
Academic
Publishers,
Boston.

Proceedings
of
a
workshop
on
the
scientific
foundations
for
rights
based
fishing
in
Reykjavik,
June
27
­
July
1,
1988.

Nelson,
Jon
P.
(
1978).
"
Residential
Choice,
Hedonic
Prices,
and
the
Demand
for
Urban
Air
Quality."
Journal
of
Urban
Economics,
5:
357­
369.
4
9
4
This
paper
uses
a
two
step
estimation
procedure
to
estimate
structural
demand
and
supply
equations
for
urban
air
quality.
In
the
first
step,
a
hedonic
price
equation
is
estimated
for
residential
property
values
for
Washington,
D.
C.
SMSA
for
1970.
In
the
second
step,
a
set
of
marginal
hedonic
prices
is
generated.
Theses
prices
and
the
quantity
of
clean
air
(
reciprocal
of
air
pollution)
are
used
as
endogenous
variables
in
a
simultaneous
equation
model.
Empirical
results
indicate
a
price
elasticity
of
demand
between
­
1.2
and
­
1.4
and
a
unitary
income
elasticity.

Nelson,
Forrest
D.
(
1977).
"
Censored
Regression
Models
with
Unobserved,
Stochastic
Censoring
Thresholds."
Journal
of
Econometrics,
6:
309­
327.

The
Tobit
model
is
a
useful
tool
for
estimation
of
regression
models
with
truncated
or
limited
dependent
variables,
but
it
requires
a
threshold
which
is
either
a
known
constant
or
an
observable
and
independent
variable.
The
model
presented
here
extends
the
Tobit
model
to
the
censored
case
where
the
threshold
is
an
unobserved
and
not
necessarily
independent
random
variable.
Maximum
likelihood
procedures
can
be
employed
for
joint
estimation
of
both
the
primary
regression
equation
and
the
parameters
of
the
distribution
of
that
random
threshold.

Nelson,
Randy
A.
(
1989).
"
On
the
Measurement
of
Capacity
Utilization."
The
Journal
of
Industrial
Economics,
37(
3):
273­
286.

Capacity
utilization
(
CU)
is
usually
defined
as
the
ratio
of
actual
output
to
the
output
corresponding
to
(
i)
the
minimum
point
on
the
SRATC
curve,
(
ii)
the
point
of
tangency
between
the
LRATC
and
SRATC
curves.
In
practice,
however,
CU
is
often
measured
as
the
ratio
of
actual
to
the
maximum
potential
output
consistent
with
a
given
capital
stock.
This
paper
demonstrates
how
to
estimate
the
theoretical
measures
of
CU,
and
examines
the
correlation
between
the
three
measures
of
CU,
and
the
McGraw­
Hill
estimates
of
CU,
using
data
from
a
sample
of
U.
S.
privately
owned
electric
utilities
for
1961­
83.

Nerlove,
Marc
and
S.
James
Press
(
1973).
Univariate
and
Multivariate
Log­
Linear
and
Logistic
Models.
Prepared
by
the
Rand
Corporation,
Santa
Monica,
CA
90406
for
The
Economic
Development
Administration
and
the
National
Institutes
of
Health,
December,
134
pp.

This
report
sets
out
a
methodological
technique
not
now
widely
used
in
economics
for
dealing
with
qualitative
dependent
variables.
The
theory
presented
here
extends
and
integrates
the
general
linear
regression
model,
analysis
of
variance,
and
analysis
of
covariance
for
use
with
qualitative
dependent
variables
that
are
both
categorical
and
unordered.
Empirical
applications
to
several
socioeconomic
problems
are
also
presented.

Nero
and
Associates,
Inc.
(
1981).
"
Cost
and
Return
Survey
of
Reef
Fisheries,
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
Coasts."
Final
report,
Contract
No.
NA­
80­
6A­
C­
0051,
NMFS,
SEFC,
Miami,
FL.

This
report
presents
the
results
of
an
economic
survey
of
commercial
reef
fishing
in
the
South
Atlantic
and
gulf
of
Mexico
regions
of
the
U.
S.
This
contract
called
for
the
collection
of
data
with
analysis
left
to
the
SEFC,
NMFS.
This
report
summarizes
the
survey
design
and
methodology,
presents
a
discussion
of
the
survey
data
and
analytical
procedures,
and
concludes
with
some
observations
and
recommendations
for
future
consideration.

Nettles,
Cindy
I.,
Robert
E.
Bayley,
Christopher
D.
Jones,
and
Mike
T.
Judge
4
9
5
(
1994).

Cooperative
Game
Fish
Tagging
Program
Annual
Newsletter:
1992.

NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFSC­
346,
National
Marine
Fisheries
service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
April,
23
pp.

The
Cooperative
Game
Fish
Tagging
Program
is
the
focus
of
this
report.
It
summarizes
information
concerning
the
numbers
of
fish
tagged
for
sailfish,
blue
and
white
marlin,
swordfish,
bluefin
and
yellowfin
tuna,
and
other
species.

Newlin,
Kim
(
1988).
"
Mackerel
Fishery
of
the
South
Atlantic
and
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Status
of
U.
S.
Fisheries
Report,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
July,
21
pp.

A
status
report
for
the
coastal
migratory
pelagics
fishery.
It
includes
a
discussion
of
the
management
plan
objectives
and
how
well
existing
management
regulations
are
meeting
plan
goals.

Newton,
Christopher
(
1998).

Review
of
Issues
for
the
Control
and
Reduction
of
Fishing
Capacity
on
the
High
Seas.

Document
prepared
for
FAO,
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity,
La
Jolla,
CA,
USA,
April,
15­
18,
31
pp.

It
has
been
concluded
that
the
industrial
fishing
fleet
represents
the
greatest
part
of
economic
waste
in
fisheries.
The
actions
required
by
states
in
exercising
control
over
their
fleet
capacities
are
severe;
the
estimates
are
for
a
fleet
reduction
of
between
41
and
47
percent.
Although
the
1995
UN
Agreement
does
not
include
provisions
for
reducing
fleet
capacity,
regional
fishery
organizations
may
be
able
to
adjust
limit
reference
points
to
lower
catch
levels
to
include
excess
capacity
and
its
effect
in
undermining
conservation
and
management
measures.
There
is
an
urgent
need
to
improve
the
transparency
for
monitoring
fleet
size,
implementing
an
international
standard
measurement
for
fishing
vessels,
establish
reporting
of
high
seas
catches
in
the
FAO
statistics,
and
encourage
international
attention
to
the
special
problem
of
flags
of
convenience.

Niami,
Farhad,
Walter
R.
Keithly,
and
Kenneth
J.
Roberts
(
1992).
"
An
Economic
Review
of
the
Southeastern
Shrimp
Processing
Industry."
Draft
report,
Coastal
Fisheries
Institute
and
Office
of
Sea
Grant
Development,
Center
for
Wetland
Resources,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
LA.

The
southeast
shrimp
processing
industry
has
been
examined
from
an
economic
perspective.
Results
show
that
while
the
number
of
plants
decreased
during
the
1973­
88
period,
the
production
activities,
as
measured
by
total
pounds,
increased.
Most
of
this
increased
activity
was
due
to
peeled
product.
Though
processing
activities
in
terms
of
pounds
being
processed
has
been
increasing,
the
deflated
value
of
these
processing
activities
has
exhibited
no
growth
since
the
mid
1970'
s
due
to
a
sharp
decline
in
the
deflated
price
of
all
forms
of
processed
shrimp;
i.
e.,
raw
headless,
peeled,
breaded,
and
others.

Nichols,
John
P.
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1975).
"
Trends
in
Catch­
Effort
Relationships
with
Economic
Implications:
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
37(
2):
1­
4.

This
paper
reviews
the
recent
trends
relating
to
catch
and
fishing
effort
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.
The
scope
of
this
report
is
limited
to
presenting
some
of
the
basic
findings
in
a
descriptive
format
using
4
9
6
simple
time
series
and
trends
to
illustrate
the
relationships
developed.
The
analysis
was
limited
to
the
years
1962
through
1971.
However,
most
of
the
series
have
been
extended
to
reflect
conditions
in
1972
and
1973.
Detailed
discussions
of
the
basic
research
procedures
and
results
will
not
be
presented
here
as
they
are
available
elsewhere.

Nichols,
John
P.
and
Larry
Johnston
(
1979).
"
The
Influence
of
Alternative
Pricing
Methods
on
Ex­
Vessel
Shrimp
Prices."
DIR
79­
1,
SP­
7,
Departmental
Information
Report,
The
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas,
August,
12
pp.

The
relationship
between
ex­
vessel
pricing
methods
and
interport
price
differentials
for
shrimp
was
examined.
Ex­
vessel
prices
were
found
to
be
significantly
higher
in
ports
using
a
pack­
out
method
of
establishing
the
value
of
landed
shrimp.
The
size
of
differential
varied
by
season
and
with
price
level.

Nichols,
John
P.,
Mary
Gerlow,
and
A.
Nelson
Swartz
(
1980).
"
The
Economics
of
Combination
Swordfish
Longlining
and
Shrimp
Trawling
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico:
Investment
Requirements
and
Estimated
Costs
and
Returns."
DIR
80­
1,
SP­
9,
Staff
Paper
Series,
Departmental
Information
Report,
The
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Texas
A&
M
University
System,
College
Station,
Texas,
December,
33
pp.

This
report
provides
estimates
of
the
economic
aspects
of
swordfish
longlining
particularly
as
it
relates
to
investment
requirements
and
operating
costs.
These
estimates
are
developed
from
interviews
with
vessel
owners
and
captains
who
were
active
in
the
fishery
during
the
1979­
80
season.
Recent
pressure
on
the
shrimp
trawling
industry
of
Texas
have
caused
shrimpers
to
consider
alternative
fishing
opportunities.
Among
these,
swordfish
longlining
was
of
particular
interest
in
early
1980.
The
degree
of
fishing
pressure
that
swordfish
stocks
can
withstand
is
not
known.
Caution
has
been
advised
regarding
rapid
expansion
of
swordfish
longlining
even
though
the
short
run
benefits
to
shrimpers
may
be
favorable.

Nichols,
John
P.,
Wade
L.
Griffin,
and
Vito
Blomo
(
1978).
"
Economic
and
Production
Aspects
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
In
Pushkar
N.
Kaul
and
Carl
J.
Sindermann
(
eds.)
Drugs
and
Food
from
the
Sea,
Myth
or
Reality?,
The
University
of
Oklahoma
Press,
Norman,
Oklahoma.

This
paper
describes
the
important
trends
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
industry.
Trends
in
production,
imports,
fishing
effort,
cost
and
returns,
catch
per
unit
effort,
for
1962
to
1976
are
presented
and
discussed.
With
production
levels
constant
in
the
face
of
increasing
fishing
effort,
increasing
operating
costs
are
squeezing
profit
margins
even
though
prices
are
rising.

Nichols,
John
P.,
Melvin
Cross,
Vito
Blomo,
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1975).
"
Utilization
of
Finfishes
Caught
Incidental
To
Shrimp
Trawling
in
the
Western
Gulf
of
Mexico,
Part
II:
Evaluation
of
Costs."
TAMUSG
76­
203,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
TX,
January,
42
pp.

This
report
presents
estimates
of
the
cost
of
operating
several
alternative
systems
for
holding
and
landing
finfish
caught
incidental
to
4
9
7
shrimp
trawling
operations.
Freezer
units,
brine
immersion
tanks,
and
onboard
fish
meal
plants,
an
extra
crew
member,
and
a
mothership
concept
are
the
systems
evaluated.
Break­
even
prices
are
estimated
that
would
be
necessary
to
cover
operating
costs
and
a
10
percent
return
on
investment.
Additionally,
problems
in
traditional
work
patterns,
crew
incentives,
and
institutional
arrangements
are
discussed.
Comparison
of
estimated
break­
even
prices
with
recent
market
prices
indicate
that
none
of
the
proposed
systems
are
viable
except
under
very
restrictive
conditions.
The
mothership
or
tender
vessel
concept
shows
the
most
economic
potential
but
is
plagued
with
problems
of
coordinating
a
large
number
of
vessels
in
an
industry
where
independence
of
operation
is
valued
highly.
The
analytical
model
presented
may
be
used
to
evaluate
other
systems
not
considered
directly
in
this
study.

Nichols,
Scott
(
1982).
"
Impacts
on
Shrimp
Yields
of
the
1981
Fishery
Conservation
Zone
Closure
off
Texas."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
44(
9­
10):
31­
37.

A
yield
per
recruit
analysis
and
a
simulation
model
of
shrimp
fishing
show
that
an
increase
in
brown
shrimp
yield
was
realized
from
closure
of
the
Fishery
Conservation
Zone
(
FCZ)
off
Texas
during
May­
July
1981.
Yields
were
11.7
million
pounds
greater
(
29
percent)
than
would
have
been
expected
with
the
FCZ
open
during
May­
August
1981.
Some
of
the
increase
in
yield
was
made
at
the
expense
of
standing
stock.
Projections
over
the
fishable
lifespan
of
the
shrimp
indicate
that
yields
will
be
increased
4
million
pounds
(
7
percent)
due
to
the
FCZ
closure.

Nichols,
Scott
(
1986).
"
Stock
Assessments
for
Brown,
White,
and
Pink
Shrimp
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico,
1960­
1985."
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
June.

This
paper
analyzes
the
1960­
1985
commercial
catch
statistics
for
Penaeus
aztecus
(
brown
shrimp),
Penaeus
setiferus
(
white
shrimp),
and
Penaeus
duorarum
(
pink
shrimp)
from
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.
This
analysis
is
an
update
of
the
assessment
(
Nichols,
1984)
presented
at
the
Southeast
Fisheries
Center's
Second
Stock
Assessment
Workshop
(
Miami,
May,
1984).

Nichols,
Scott
(
1986).
"
Updated
Yield­
per­
Recruit
Information
on
the
Tortugas
Pink
Shrimp
Fishery."
North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
6:
339­
343.

Portions
of
a
1979
analysis
dealing
with
optimum
size
considerations
in
the
Tortugas,
Florida,
pink
shrimp
(
Penaeus
duorarum)
fishery
are
updated.
The
1979
management
advice
remains
essentially
the
same.
The
current
target
minimum
size
of
103
mm
total
length
theoretically
should
produce
a
14
to
20%
gain,
compared
to
unregulated
conditions,
in
weight
yields
from
shrimp
recruiting
through
the
closure
area
during
the
peak
fishing
season.
Gains
in
dollar
value
(
ex­
vessel
gross
revenue)
due
to
closure
would
be
from
45
to
64%
during
the
peak
season.
However,
because
of
the
natural
protection
already
provided
by
untrawlable
bottoms
in
some
areas
where
small
shrimp
are
abundant,
these
percentage
gains
probably
are
overestimates.

Nichols,
S.
(
1990).
"
The
Spatial
and
Temporal
Distribution
of
the
Bycatch
of
Red
Snapper
by
the
Shrimp
Fishery
in
the
Offshore
Waters
of
the
US
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Mississippi
Laboratories,
Pascagoula
Facility,
P.
O.
Drawer
1207,
Pascagoula,
Miss.
39568­
1207,
September,
66
pp.
4
9
8
Much
of
the
data
relevant
to
potential
seasonal
and
areal
closures
of
the
shrimp
fishery
to
reduce
bycatch
of
red
snapper
are
collected
in
this
document
including
observations
made
by
biologists
aboard
commercial
shrimp
vessels,
research
trawl
data,
and
results
derived
from
commercial
statistics
on
the
distribution
of
shrimp
effort
and
fishing
mortality
rate.
In
general,
if
a
closure
can
be
reasonably
expected
to
reduce
the
amount
of
shrimping
effort
in
the
offshore
waters
of
the
Gulf,
there
is
a
good
chance
that
the
closure
will
effect
some
reduction
in
red
snapper
bycatch.
If
a
closure
simply
causes
effort
to
move
around
in
time
or
space
without
decreasing
the
amount
of
effort,
little
bycatch
reduction
can
be
expected,
and
some
closures
might
turn
out
to
be
counter
productive.

Nichols,
Scott
(
1993).
"
The
1993
Texas
Closure
­
Results
of
SEAMAP
Sampling."
Report
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Mississippi
Laboratories.

Increases
in
yield
in
pounds
due
to
the
closure
were
indicated
for
1993
for
both
M
values.
Very
low
catch
rates
were
observed
in
1993,
as
was
the
case
in
1992.
Nevertheless,
small
shrimp
again
dominated
the
size
composition
sufficiently
for
the
closure
to
generate
an
increase
in
yield.

Nichols,
Scott
(
1993).
"
Shrimp
Fleet
Bycatch."
Report
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
July.

Hard
copies
of
the
overheads
used
in
the
presentation
at
the
Council
meeting.
The
presentation
includes
graphs
of
CPUE,
catch
rates,
offshore
shrimp
effort,
and
red
snapper
bycatch
estimates.

Nichols,
Scott
(
1994).
"
Fish:
Shrimp
Ratios
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Report
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Mississippi
Laboratories.

While
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
recommends
against
using
fish:
shrimp
ratios
whenever
possible
as
a
means
of
determining
total
bycatch
levels,
an
analysis
of
finfish
to
shrimp
catch
ratios
over
time
is
presented.

Nichols,
Scott
(
1994).
"
The
1994
Texas
Closure
­
Results
of
SEAMAP
Sampling."
Report
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Mississippi
Laboratories.

Increases
in
yield
in
pounds
due
to
closure
were
indicated
for
1994
for
M
values
of
0.15
and
0.28
per
month.
The
1994
year
class
was
strong
compared
to
the
last
2
years
with
small
shrimp
dominating
the
size
composition
sufficiently
for
the
closure
to
generate
an
increase
in
yield.

Nichols,
Scott
(
1996).
"
An
Update
on
Some
Issues
Relating
to
the
Distribution
of
Red
Snapper
Bycatch."
In
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center
(
1996).
"
Summary
Report
on
the
Status
of
Bycatch
Reduction
Device
Development."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Mississippi
Laboratories,
P.
O.
Drawer
1207,
Pascagoula,
Mississippi,
March.

This
paper
updates
the
estimates
of
red
snapper
bycatch
by
the
shrimp
fishery
in
the
offshore
waters
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
through
1994,
and
presents
spatial
distribution
information
relevant
to
several
matters
that
have
arisen
during
debate
on
the
status
of
red
snapper
stocks
by
the
Council
or
its
advisory
committees.
4
9
9
Nichols,
Scott
and
G.
J.
Pellegrin,
Jr.
(
1992).
"
Revision
and
Update
of
Estimates
of
Shrimp
Fleet
Bycatch,
1972­
1991."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Mississippi
Laboratories,
P.
O.
Drawer
1207,
Pascagoula,
Mississippi,
August.

New
estimates
of
shrimp
fleet
bycatch
are
provided,
using
the
GLM
methods
described
by
Nichols
et
al.
(
1987,
1990).
Estimates
are
updated
through
1991.
Estimates
for
1991
are
preliminary,
based
on
preliminary
estimates
of
shrimping
effort.
Estimates
for
all
previous
years
have
been
revised,
following
discovery
that
many
observer
data
stations
used
in
previous
estimations
were
not
completely
worked
up,
resulting
in
underestimates
of
finfish
catch
rates
in
previous
analyses
of
this
data
base.
New
estimates
by
number
for
24
taxa
are
included,
as
well
as
total
sharks
and
total
finfish
by
weight.

Nichols,
S.,
A.
Shah,
and
G.
Pellegrin,
Jr.
(
1987).
"
Estimates
of
Annual
Shrimp
Fleet
Bycatch
for
Thirteen
Finfish
Species
in
the
Offshore
Waters
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Draft
Report,
NOAA,
NMFS,
SEFC,
Mississippi
Laboratory,
Pascagoula,
MS.

This
paper
presents
estimates
of
annual
bycatch
levels
for
thirteen
species
for
the
offshore
waters
of
the
northern
and
western
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Nichols,
S.,
A.
Shah,
G.
Pellegrin,
Jr.,
and
K.
Mullin
(
1990).
"
Updated
Estimates
of
Shrimp
Fleet
Bycatch
in
the
Offshore
Waters
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
1972­
1989."
Report
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
NOAA,
NMFS,
SEFC,
Mississippi
Laboratory,
Pascagoula,
MS.

This
paper
presents
updated
and
corrected
estimates
of
annual
bycatch
levels
for
the
offshore
waters
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Qualitative
or
dummy
variables
are
used
to
represent
area,
depth,
season,
year,
and
the
data
set
in
which
the
data
were
contained.
The
estimated
coefficients
and
statistical
significance
of
the
model
are
not
provided
by
the
authors.

Nichols,
Scott,
James
Nance,
C.
Phillip
Goodyear,
Arvind
Shah,
and
John
Watson
(
1995).

Some
Considerations
in
Determining
Bycatch
Reduction
Requirements.

Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
April,
18
pp.

The
paper
sets
1982­
86
as
the
base
year
class
for
future
calculations
of
F
for
finfish
bycatch
levels
in
the
shrimp
fishery.
The
extended
funnel
and
the
fisheye
are
two
identified
effective
gear
options
for
bycatch
reduction.
In
spite
of
the
recognized
need
and
the
importance
of
forecasting
future
effort
levels,
the
authors
propose
using
a
constant
level
of
effort
based
on
the
1982­
86
average
days
fished
in
all
future
bycatch
estimations
for
the
shrimp
fishery.
Lastly,
TED
use
is
unlikely
to
have
reduced
red
snapper
F
below
the
baseline
value.
Also,
found
in
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center
(
1996).
"
Summary
Report
on
the
Status
of
Bycatch
Reduction
Device
Development."

Niskanen,
William
A.
(
1975).
"
Bureaucrats
and
Politicians."
Journal
of
Law
and
Economics,
(
December):
617­
643.

A
bilateral
monopoly
exists
between
an
elementary
bureau
and
its
government
review
group.
This
market
involves
the
exchange
of
some
output
for
a
budget
rather
than
at
a
per
unit
price.
In
any
such
bilateral
monopoly
condition,
output
is
indeterminate
within
a
range
without
determining
the
conditions
affecting
the
bargaining
between
the
two
parties.
My
model
of
5
0
0
bureaucratic
supply
determines
only
the
bureau's
preferred
output
based
on
an
assumption
that
the
bureau
acts
to
maximize
its
budget.
The
government's
preferred
output
is
determined
from
conventional
majority
rule
models
or
from
my
special
model
of
decisions
by
a
"
high
demand"
committee.
Two
criticisms
of
this
theory
are
(
1)
that
budget
maximization
by
bureaus
is
not
obviously
consistent
with
utility
maximizing
by
bureaucrats
and
(
2)
that
the
theory
does
not
develop
the
conditions
for
an
equilibrium
output
between
the
output
preferred
by
the
bureau
and
the
output
preferred
by
the
government.
Based
on
these
criticisms,
modifications
to
the
theory
are
outlined
in
this
paper.

Nix,
Harold
L.
and
Muncho
Kim
(
1982).
"
A
Sociological
Analysis
of
Georgia
Commercial
Shrimp
Fishermen,
1976­
77."
Institute
of
Community
and
Area
Development,
The
University
of
Georgia,
Athens,
Georgia,
March,
182
pp.

This
publication
is
both
theoretical
and
practical.
It
is
theoretical
in
that
it
provides
a
theoretical
model
for
understanding
the
social
behavior
of
an
occupation.
It
is
practical
in
that
it
describes
the
attitudes,
behavior,
and
problems
faced
by
Georgia
shrimp
fishermen
as
they
approached
an
era
of
very
rapid
change.
In
addition,
it
is
felt
that
this
document
will
serve
as
a
historical
bench
mark
for
additional
studies
and
by
which
occupational
change
may
be
analyzed.

Nixon,
Dennis
W.
(
1994).

Managing
Marine
Fisheries
Through
Individual
Transferable
Quotas.

In
Karyn
L.
Gimbel
(
ed.)
Limiting
Access
to
Marine
Fisheries:
Keeping
the
Focus
on
Conservation,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

Until
recently,
the
traditional
tools
of
the
fishery
manager
(
minimum
sizes,
closed
seasons,
etc.)
were
sufficient
to
ensure
the
health
of
our
nation

s
open
access
fishery
resources.
However,
the
tremendous
growth
in
harvesting
capacity
spurred
by
the
passage
of
the
Magnuson
Act
has
created
the
need
either
to
develop
some
new
tools
or
radically
improve
the
effectiveness
of
the
existing
methods.
This
paper
will
discuss
the
use
of
one
new
tool,
the
individual
transferable
quota
(
ITQ),
and
examine
the
advantages
and
disadvantages
associated
with
its
use
in
the
context
of
the
seven
National
Standards
for
fishery
conservation
and
management
in
the
Magnuson
Act.
Four
major
problem
areas
are
considered.
First,
the
nature
of
the
property
right
is
considered,
with
particular
attention
to
the
issue
of
initial
allocation.
Second,
the
difficulty
in
establishing
the
appropriate
management
unit
is
considered.
Third,
the
problem
of
determining
TAC
with
sufficient
specificity
for
an
ITQ
system
is
examined.
Finally,
the
issues
of
monitoring
and
enforcing
the
more
complex
ITQ
system
are
considered.
ITQs
while
having
potential
in
some
U.
S.
fisheries
are
no
silver
bullet
for
fishery
managers.

Noetzel,
Bruno
G.
(
1977).
"
Revenues,
Costs,
and
Returns
from
Vessel
Operation
in
Major
U.
S.
Fisheries."
PB
265
275,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Washington,
D.
C.,
February,
23
pp.

The
proceeds
from
operation
of
fishing
vessels
in
selected
U.
S.
fisheries
in
the
Atlantic,
Pacific,
and
Gulf
of
Mexico
are
evaluate.
The
report
covers
the
groundfish
fisheries
of
New
England
and
the
entire
Pacific
coast
(
including
halibut
fishing),
the
Pacific
salmon
fisheries,
the
tuna
fisheries
(
albacore
and
tropical
tuna),
the
shrimp
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
and
the
crab
fisheries
in
the
Northeast
Pacific
and
Bering
Sea.
These
fisheries
accounted
for
65%
by
quantity
and
68%
by
value
of
total
U.
S.
food
fish
landings
in
1974.
A
total
of
297
vessel
years
of
operation
were
analyzed.
The
purpose
of
the
analysis
is
to
provide
an
insight
into
the
5
0
1
earning
capabilities
of
vessels
operated
in
various
U.
S.
fisheries
during
a
period
of
time
characterized
by
abruptly
mounting
prices
of
fuel
and
products
made
of
oil
derivatives,
with
a
resulting
general
deterioration
of
the
economic
performance
in
fisheries
in
the
United
states
and
elsewhere.

Norse,
Elliott
A.
(
1993).
Global
Marine
Biological
Diversity,
A
Strategy
for
Building
Conservation
into
Decision
Making.
Island
Press,
Washington,
D.
C.

This
book
presents
the
most
up­
to­
date
information,
views,
and
recommendations
on
how
to
meet
the
challenge
of
conserving
the
living
sea.
The
basic
principles
of
marine
conservation
are
presented
for
decision
makers
in
governments,
industries,
and
conservation
organizations
and
for
marine
resource
managers,
students,
and
all
others
concerned
with
protecting
our
vital
ocean
resources.
Unfortunately,
the
economic
aspects
of
the
problem
are
not
well
understood
and
are
poorly
presented.
Solutions
are
not
posed
in
terms
of
changes
in
management
institutions
to
give
user
groups
incentives
to
conserve
the
marine
environment,
but
primarily
as
a
list
of
necessary
research
and
organizations
needed
to
conduct
the
research.
However,
in
its
favor,
the
authors
do
emphasize
the
need
for
economic
evaluation
of
proposed
projects
that
will
impact
the
marine
environment.

North
Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1989).
"
Longline
and
Pot
Gear
Sablefish
Management
in
the
Gulf
of
Alaska
and
the
Bering
Sea/
Aleutian
Islands."
Draft
Supplemental
Environmental
Impact
Statement
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review/
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis
to
the
Groundfish
Fishery
Management
Plans
for
the
Gulf
of
Alaska
and
the
Bering
Sea/
Aleutian
Islands,
P.
O.
Box
130136,
Anchorage,
Alaska,
November.

Four
alternative
systems
for
management
of
sablefish
longline
fisheries
off
Alaska
are
being
considered
by
the
North
Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council.
The
alternatives
are
continued
open
access
using
traditional
management
measures,
annual
fishery
allotments,
individual
fishery
quotas,
and
license
limitations.

North
Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1991).
"
Longline
and
Pot
Gear
Sablefish
Management
in
the
Gulf
of
Alaska
and
the
Bering
Sea/
Aleutian
Islands."
Revised
Supplement
to
the
Draft
Supplemental
Environmental
Impact
Statement
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review/
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis
to
the
Groundfish
Fishery
Management
Plans
for
the
Gulf
of
Alaska
and
the
Bering
Sea/
Aleutian
Islands,
P.
O.
Box
130136,
Anchorage,
Alaska,
May.

This
document
analyzes
the
status
quo
and
four
alternative
individual
fishing
quota
(
IFQ)
management
programs
for
the
longline
and
pot
sable
fish
fishery
in
the
EEZ
off
Alaska
and
presents
a
regulatory
impact
review
(
RIR).

North
Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1991).
"
Environmental
Impact
Statement,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis
for
Proposed
Individual
Fishing
Quota
Management
Alternatives
for
the
Halibut
Fisheries
in
the
Gulf
of
Alaska
and
Bering
Sea/
Aleutian
Islands."
Draft
for
public
review,
P.
O.
Box
130136,
Anchorage,
Alaska,
July.

This
EIS,
combined
with
a
RIR/
IRFA,
evaluates
the
potential
environmental,
economic,
and
social
impacts
of
a
proposed
Individual
Fishing
Quota
(
IFQ)
system
for
managing
the
halibut
fisheries
off
Alaska.
Such
a
system
would
involve
changes
to
the
regulations
governing
the
halibut
5
0
2
fisheries
(
50
CFR,
Section
301).
The
Council
has
gone
on
record
as
declaring
the
current
open
access,
derby
style
fishery
as
unacceptable
and
has
undertaken
a
lengthy
exploration
of
alternative
management
systems.
This
document
is
designed
to
provide
the
public
with
an
analysis
os
the
likely
effects
and
tradeoffs
associated
with
an
IFQ
system.
This
includes
rationale
for
consideration
and
rejection
of
other
alternative
management
systems,
such
as
license
limitation
and
annual
fishing
allotments
as
well
as
detailed
analysis
of
alternative
forms
of
an
IFQ
system.

North
Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1991).
"
Draft
Supplemental
Environmental
Impact
Statement
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review/
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis
of
Proposed
Inshore/
Offshore
Allocation
Alternatives
(
Amendment
18/
23)
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plans
for
the
Groundfish
Fishery
of
the
Bering
Sea
and
Aleutian
Islands
and
the
Gulf
of
Alaska."
Draft
report
prepared
by
the
NPFMC
Inshore/
Offshore
Analytical
Team,
September
19.

The
Council
has
defined
as
a
problem
the
risk
of
resource
preemption
by
one
industry
sector
upon
another.
Several
management
alternatives
have
been
proposed
by
the
industry
and
refined
by
the
Council
to
address
this
problem.
This
analysis
is
designed
to
provide
the
public
and
the
decision
makers
with
an
understanding
of
the
trade
offs;
the
costs
and
benefits
of
each
alternative
in
addressing
the
problem.
The
effectiveness
of
these
alternatives
in
successfully
solving
the
preemption
problem
is
presented
in
the
analysis.

North
Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1992).
"
Final
Supplemental
Environmental
Impact
Statement/
Environmental
Impact
Statement
for
the
Individual
Fishing
Quota
Management
Alternative
for
Fixed
Gear
Sablefish
and
Halibut
Fisheries,
Gulf
of
Alaska
and
Aleutian
Islands."
P.
O.
Box
130136,
Anchorage,
Alaska,
September
15.

This
package
contains
the
supplemental
environmental
impact
statement
for
the
individual
fishing
quota
(
IFQ)
management
alternative
for
the
sablefish
fisheries
off
Alaska
and
the
environmental
impact
statement
for
the
IFQ
management
alternative
for
the
halibut
fisheries
off
Alaska.
Both
of
these
documents
have
previously
undergone
NEPA
review,
prior
to
the
approval
of
an
IFQ
program
for
these
fisheries.
However,
an
additional,
supplemental
analysis
to
both
of
these
documents
is
provided
with
this
submission
to
solicit
additional
public
comment
on
the
potential
impacts
to
the
human
environment
of
the
IFQ
program
recommended
by
the
North
Pacific
Fishery
management
Council.

North
Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1992).
"
Managing
Sablefish
Off
Alaska:
What's
beyond
the
squall
line?"
P.
O.
Box
130136,
Anchorage,
Alaska.

A
special
report
to
help
engage
sablefish
fishermen
and
processors
in
a
discussion
of
limited
access,
individual
fishing
quotas,
and
future
implications
for
the
sablefish
fishery.

North
Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1998).
"
Amendment
45
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Groundfish
Fishery
of
the
Bering
Sea
and
Aleutian
Islands
Area."
P.
O.
Box
130136,
Anchorage,
Alaska.

This
amendment
would
extend
the
allocation
of
7.5
percent
of
the
pollock
total
allowable
catch
in
the
Bering
Sea
and
Aleutian
Island
to
the
Western
Alaska
Community
Development
Quota
program
on
a
permanent
basis.
5
0
3
North
Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1998).
"
Amendment
51
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Groundfish
Fishery
of
the
Bering
Sea
and
Aleutian
Islands
Area."
Draft,
P.
O.
Box
130136,
Anchorage,
Alaska.

A
39/
61
percent
inshore/
offshore
pollock
allocation
split
is
established,
set
aside
2.5
percent
of
the
pollock
total
allowable
catch
(
TAC)
for
small
catcher
vessels,
and
prohibit
catcher
vessels
delivering
to
the
offshore
component
from
fishing
inside
the
Catcher
Vessel
Operational
Area
during
the
B
season
beginning
on
September
1.
The
Gulf
of
Alaska
amendment
would
allocate
100
percent
of
the
pollock
TAC
and
90
percent
of
the
Pacific
cod
TAC
to
vessels
catching
pollock
and
Pacific
cod
for
processing
by
the
inshore
component.
An
appendix
contains
a
discussion
of
the
impact
of
the
inshore/
offshore
allocation
on
the
Alaskan
CDQ
program.

North
Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council
and
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
1998).
"
Status
Report
on
Baseline
Information
for
the
Inshore/
Offshore
3
Analysis."
P.
O.
Box
130136,
Anchorage,
Alaska,
January,
75
pp.

Inshore/
offshore
allocation
of
the
pollock
TAC
analysis
of
economic,
social,
biological,
and
regulatory
context
of
management
alternatives.

Northern
Economics
(
1997).
"
Fleet
Survey
Project"
Report
prepared
for
Aleutians
East
Borough
and
North
Pacific
Fisheries
Management
Council
in
Association
with
U.
S.
Army
Corps
of
Engineers,
May,
33
pp.

A
survey
of
the
large
commercial
fishing
vessels
in
western
Alaska
to
address
several
questions
related
to
potential
benefits
associated
with
the
expansion
of
the
harbor
at
Sand
Point,
Alaska.

Norton,
Virgil,
Terry
Smith,
and
Ivar
Strand
(
ed.)
(
1983).
"
Stripers,
The
Economic
Value
of
the
Atlantic
Coast
Commercial
and
Recreational
Striped
Bass
Fisheries."
UM­
SG­
TS­
83­
12,
Maryland
Sea
Grant
Publication,
University
of
Maryland,
College
Park.

This
is
a
snapshot
of
the
1979­
80,
commercial
and
recreational,
North
Atlantic
stripped
bass
fishery.

O

Boyle,
C.
Annand,
and
L.
Brander
(
1994).

Individual
Quotas
in
the
Scotian
Shelf
Groundfishery
off
Nova
Scotia,
Canada.

In
Karyn
L.
Gimbel
(
ed.)
Limiting
Access
to
Marine
Fisheries:
Keeping
the
Focus
on
Conservation,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

Individual
transferable
quotas
(
ITQs)
have
been
used
as
a
method
of
implementing
total
allowable
catches
(
TACs)
on
Canada

s
East
Coast
since
the
early
1980'
s.
In
the
groundfish
fishery,
their
first
use
was
in
1982
as
nontransferable
enterprise
allocations
(
EAs)
in
regulation
of
the
large
offshore
companies.
This
was
followed
by
implementation
of
EAs
in
the
midshore
fleet
in
1988
and
IQs
in
the
<
65'
mobile
fleets
off
western
Newfoundland,
again
in
1988.
The
most
recent
implementation
of
IQs
and
the
subject
of
this
paper,
is
in
the
<
65'
mobile
gear
fleet
off
Nova
Scotia,
which
targets
the
lucrative
cod,
haddock,
and
pollock
stocks
resident
in
the
region.
The
Nova
Scotia
fleet
grew
dramatically
in
capacity
during
the
late
1970'
s
to
mid­
1980'
s
to
a
level
estimated
to
be
four
times
that
necessary
to
fish
at
the
Departmental
target
of
F0.1.
This
precipitated
a
resource
crisis
in
1989
and
stimulated
a
specially
struck
Task
Force
to
examine
the
causes
and
recommend
5
0
4
solutions,
one
of
the
main
ones
being
institution
of
IQs.
An
extensive
consultative
process
with
industry
ensued
to
establish
the
quota
allocation
process,
bycatch
trading
rules,
appeal
procedures,
and
sanctions
for
violators.
In
addition,
a
new
user
paid
catch
monitoring
system
was
established
as
a
central
feature
of
enforcement.
While
it
is
too
early
to
gauge
the
success
of
the
IQ
approach,
it
has
received
support
of
participants,
but
criticism
from
other
sectors,
particularly
in
relation
to
social
consequences
and
enforcement
problems.
The
effects
of
IQs
will
have
to
be
carefully
monitored
to
understand
how
this
regulatory
tool
impacts
the
fleets
as
well
as
the
communities
that
depend
upon
them.

O

Boyle,
R.
N.,
A.
F.
Sinclair,
and
P.
C.
F.
Hurley
(
1991).

A
Bioeconomic
Model
of
an
Age­
Structured
Groundfish
Resource
Exploited
by
a
Multi­
Gear
Fishing
Fleet.

ICES
Mar.
Sci.
Symp.,
193:
264­
274.

A
bioeconomic
model
of
the
Scotian
Shelf
groundfish
fishery
involving
otter
trawler
and
longliner
fleets
was
constructed
to
examine
the
biological
economic,
and
regulatory
consequences
of
the
interaction
of
these
two
fleets.
Otter
trawlers
catch
younger
fish
than
longliners
and
the
revenue­
cost
pictures
are
very
different.
The
model
allowed
examination
of
the
long­
term
equilibrium
levels
and
short
term
transitory
paths.
The
results
of
the
simulation
indicate
that
both
yield
and
employment
were
superior
for
longliners.
However,
otter
trawlers,
although
experiencing
higher
operating
costs,
could

out
compete

longliners
owning
to
higher
sustained
catch
rates
and
thus
revenue
per
unit
cost.
From
a
regulatory
point
of
view,
it
was
determined
that,
under
the
assumptions
of
this
study,
the
fishery
could
be
managed
by
regulating
only
trawler
activity.
The
longliner
fleet
could
be
left
essentially
unregulated
since
it
is
not
economical
for
it
to
overfish
the
stock.
The
results
of
this
study
have
significant
implications
for
the
management
of
multispecies,
multi­
gear
fisheries
in
which
differential
age
effects
of
exploitation
are
present.

O'Brien,
Kevin
(
19??).
"
How
to
Save
the
Manatee."
Florida
Angler.

Manatees
are
harmful
to
the
marine
environment
by
eating
the
sea
grass
and
polluting
the
waters
with
nitrogenous
waste.
"
Waterways
are
for
boaters.
They
are
not
zoos."

O'Hop,
Joe
(
1995).
Letter
to
Nancie
Parrack,
Department
of
Environmental
Protection,
Florida
Marine
Research
Institute,
100
Eighth
Avenue,
S.
E.,
St.
Petersburg,
Florida,
March
17.

King
mackerel
landings
by
quota
group
for
1991­
92
to
1994­
95,
breakdowns
by
pound
categories
for
the
quota
groups,
and
landings
by
the
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council's
proposed
variation
on
subregional
allocations.

O'Rourke,
Desmond
(
1971).
"
Economic
Potential
of
the
California
Trawl
Fishery."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
53(
4):
583­
592.

This
paper
presents
a
technique
for
estimating
the
physical
yield
function
of
a
fishery
when
detailed
biological
and
environmental
data
are
lacking.
The
physical
yield
function
of
the
California
trawl
fishery
is
incorporated
in
an
economic
model
to
show
the
relationship
between
maximum
sustainable
physical
yield
of
the
fishery
and
maximum
economic
yield.
Maximizing
the
economic
benefit
of
the
fishery
to
society
would
involve
a
drastic
reduction
in
resource
use
at
a
catch
level
considerably
below
the
biological
maximum
sustainable
yield.
Only
through
marginal
cost
pricing
can
resources
be
allocated
efficiently
to
the
fishery.
5
0
5
Oates,
Wallace
E.
(
1983).
"
Economic
Incentives
for
Environmental
Management:
The
Recent
U.
S.
Experience."
Background
paper
for
the
Organization
for
Economic
Co­
operation
and
Development,
University
of
Maryland.

This
paper
describes
and
assesses
the
emissions
trading
and
the
regulation
of
BOD
emissions
into
waterways
in
the
state
of
Wisconsin.

Office
of
Habitat
Conservation
(
1996).
"
NOAA
Fisheries
National
Habitat
Plan
­
1997
and
Beyond
­."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
December,
20
pp.

The
mission
statement
and
implementation
plan
for
the
objectives
of
the
Office
of
Habitat
Conservation.

Office
of
Habitat
Protection
(
1994).
"
Habitat
Protection
Activity
Report:
1991­
1993."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

This
report
describes
important
marine
habitat
issues
and
gives
examples
of
the
accomplishments
and
activities
of
the
Agency's
Habitat
Protection
Program
for
1991,
1992,
and
1993.

Office
of
Intergovernmental
and
Recreational
Fisheries
(
1997).
"
Final
Supplemental
Environmental
Impact
Statement
and
Regulatory
Impact
Review
for
a
Regulatory
Amendment
for
the
Atlantic
Coast
Weakfish
Fishery
in
the
Exclusive
Economic
zone
(
EEZ)."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
8484
Georgia
Avenue,
Suite
425,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

Five
different
alternatives
are
examined
to
regulate
the
harvest
of
weakfish
in
the
EEZ.

Office
of
the
Secretary
(
1986).
"
Natural
Resource
Damage
Assessments."
Federal
Register,
51(
86),
Monday,
May
5.

The
proposed
rule
establishes
simplified
procedures
for
assessing
damages
to
natural
resources
from
a
discharge
of
oil
or
release
of
a
hazardous
substance
and
compensable
under
either
the
Comprehensive
Environmental
Response
Compensation
and
Liability
Act
of
1980
(
CERCLA),
42
U.
S.
C.
9601
et
seq.,
or
under
the
Clean
Water
Act
(
CWA),
33
U.
S.
C.
1251
et
seq.
(
also
known
as
the
Federal
Water
Pollution
Control
Act).

Office
of
Sustainable
Fisheries
(
1998).
"
Guidelines
for
Regulatory
Analysis
of
Fishery
Management
Actions."
Regulatory
Flexibility
Act
Workshop,
Long
Beach,
CA,
September
14
­
15,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
21
pp.

The
purpose
of
this
document
is
to
provide
guidance
on
when
preparation
of
a
regulatory
impact
review
(
RIR)
and
regulatory
flexibility
act
analyses
(
FRA
analysis)
are
required
and
what
these
documents
should
contain.

Olesen,
O.
B.,
and
N.
C.
Petersen
(
1996).

A
Presentation
of
GAMS
for
DEA.

Computers
Ops.
Res.,
23(
4):
323­
339.

The
paper
is
concerned
with
a
discussion
of
advantages
and
drawbacks
5
0
6
using
standard
versus
special
optimizers
for
solving
DEA
problems.
The
use
of
standard
optimizers
is
recommended.
It
is
argued
that
GAMS
provides
a
highly
appropriate
framework
for
building
and
solving
DEA
models.
The
successive
development
of
DEA
models
along
with
the
flexible
tools
for
model
building
and
the
large
number
of
standard
solvers
available
with
GAMS
are
the
basic
arguments
in
favor
of
the
use
of
GAMS
rather
than
a
specialized
optimizer
for
DEA
problems.
A
representation
of
the
CCR
model
along
with
some
of
its
extensions
is
included
as
a
selection
of
GAMS
statements;
the
GAMS
statements
provide
a
ready
for
use
framework
for
DEA
in
GAMS.

Olsen,
David
A.,
Arthur
E.
Dammann,
and
Don
Neal
(
1974).
"
A
Vertical
Longline
for
Red
Snapper
Fishing."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
36(
1):
7­
9.

Tropical
inshore
fisheries
are
confronted
with
two
basic
problems.
First,
biological
communities
within
the
tropics
tend
to
be
diverse.
Second,
they
rely
on
the
small
boat
to
harvest
the
interrelated
fish
stocks.
The
present
report
is
based
on
the
idea
that
to
be
effective,
fisheries
development
must
find
ways
of
maximizing
and
diversifying
the
catching
ability
of
the
basic
unit
of
gear,
the
small
boat.

Olsen,
James
C.
(
1973).
"
Pandalid
Shrimp
Life
History
Research
at
Kachemak
Bay,
Alaska."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
35(
3­
4):
62­
64.

The
current
shrimp
research
activity
in
Kachemak
Bay
will
provide
insight
into
the
life
history,
population
dynamics,
and
behavior
of
pandalid
shrimp
in
the
Gulf
of
Alaska.
The
general
objectives
of
the
research
on
larval
and
postlarval
shrimp
are
to
increase
knowledge
about
pandalid
shrimp
life
history
stages,
behavior,
and
population
dynamics;
determine
how
fishing
affects
shrimp
stocks;
determine
the
causes
of
annual
fluctuations
in
shrimp
stock
abundance;
describe
and
quantify
the
characteristics
and
ecology
of
environments
inhabited
by
shrimp;
and
increase
the
understanding
of
the
role
pandalid
shrimp
have
in
the
organic
production
system
of
the
North
Pacific.

Olsen,
M.,
Jr.
(
1965).
The
Logic
of
Collective
Action.
Cambridge:
Harvard
University
Press,
Chapters
1,
2,
and
6.

The
role
of
government
in
the
economy
is
discussed
in
terms
of
sources
of
market
failure,
public
ownership
of
resources,
equity
versus
efficiency,
and
the
sources
of
government
failure.

Olsen,
Trond
E.
(
1989).
"
Capital
Investments
and
Resource
Extraction
from
Non­
Identical
Deposits."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
17:
127­
139.

Taking
account
of
necessary
investments
in
physical
capital,
we
characterize
the
optimal
investment
and
extraction
program
for
exploiting
several
nonidentical
deposits
of
an
exhaustible
resource.
Under
the
given
technology
assumptions,
capital
investments
will
be
concentrated
up
front
if
deposits
are
identical.
In
the
case
of
nonidentical
deposits,
it
may
be
optimal
to
have
investments
spread
out
over
time.
Moreover,
the
smallest
deposit
is
depleted
first.

Olsen,
Trond
E.
and
Gunnar
Stensland
(
1989).
"
Optimal
Sequencing
of
Resource
Pools
under
Uncertainty."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
17:
83­
92.

This
paper
characterizes
the
optimal
scheduling
of
extraction
from
two
reserves
under
price
and
production
uncertainty.
An
essential
step
in
the
5
0
7
analysis
is
the
characterization
of
the
optimal
"
switching
date"
and
the
associated
"
flexibility
value";
i.
e.,
the
value
of
the
option
to
switch
production
from
the
first
to
the
second
reserve.

Omezzine,
Abdallah,
Lokman
Zaibet,
and
Hamad
Al­
Oufi
(
1996).

The
Marketing
System
of
Fresh
Fish
Products
on
the
Masirah
Island
in
the
Sultanate
of
Oman.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
3):
203­
210.

The
overall
objective
of
this
investigation
is
to
generate
information
needed
for
private
and
public
decisions
in
the
fish
marketing
system
on
Masirah
Island,
Oman.
The
primary
area
of
inquiry
relates
to
the
field
of
market
organization
analysis.
The
market
is
described
in
terms
of
the
number
and
nature
of
buyers
and
sellers
and
their
size
distribution.
The
methodology
draws
on
comparisons
and
contrasts
with
norms
of
effective
competition
and
efficient
pricing
systems.
These
norms
include
elements
of
market
structure,
conduct,
and
performance.

Onal,
Hayri,
Bruce
A.
McCarl,
Wade
L.
Griffin,
Gary
Matlock,
and
Jerry
Clark
(
1991).
"
A
Bioeconomic
Analysis
of
the
Texas
Shrimp
Fishery
and
Its
Optimal
Management."
American
Agricultural
Economics
Association,
73(
Nov.):
1161­
1170.

Overfishing
in
the
Texas
shrimp
fishing
industry
by
time
period
and
fishing
area
is
investigated.
An
optimal
harvesting
pattern
is
determined
using
a
multiperiod
mathematical
programming
model
where
prices,
fishing
effort,
catch,
and
resource
dynamics
are
treated
endogenously.
These
results
are
then
compared
with
actual
effort.
The
comparison
indicates
substantial
excess
effort
in
spring
and
early
summer,
especially
in
the
bays
and
shallow
offshore
areas.
The
peak
fishing
season
also
occurs
later
in
the
fall
in
optimal
harvest
pattern
than
in
practice.
The
results
indicate
both
producers
and
consumers
gain
from
reduced
fishing
effort
because
of
improved
size
composition
of
the
harvest.

Opaluch,
James
J.
(
1981).
"
A
Heuristic
Discussion
of
Optimal
Control:
The
First
Order
Conditions
and
Methods
of
Solution."
No.
81­
03,
Department
of
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
Rhode
Island
02881
Rhode
Island
Agricultural
Experiment
Station
Contribution
No.
2001.

Optimal
control
is
important
in
the
area
of
natural
resource
economics
since
the
management
of
resources
over
time
is
a
capital
theoretic
problem.
This
paper
presents
an
heuristic
discussion
of
optimal
control.
The
first
order
conditions
for
optimal
control
are
derived
at
a
heuristic
level.
The
transformation
from
a
continuous­
time
to
a
discrete­
time
framework
is
demonstrated.
The
optimal
control
conditions
are
then
derived
from
the
discrete­
time
formulation.
Numerical
control
problems
are
also
discussed
and
phase
diagrams
are
used
to
characterize
solutions
to
optimal
control
problems.

Opaluch,
James
J.
(
1984).
"
The
Use
of
Liability
Rules
in
Controlling
Hazardous
Waste
Accidents:
Theory
and
Practice."
Northeast
Journal
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
13(
2):
210­
217.

This
paper
first
reviews
strict
liability
as
provided
by
environmental
legislation,
with
particular
emphasis
on
its
role
in
hazardous
pollution
events.
The
discussion
will
be
somewhat
broader
than
hazardous
waste
management,
in
that
it
will
include
pollution
by
hazardous
substances
that
may
be
valuable
commodities
prior
to
the
pollution
incident.
Current
legislation
provides
various
forms
of
strict
liability
for
hazardous
pollution
events
that
is
shown
to
be
consistent
with
common
law
doctrine
on
strict
liability
and
may
5
0
8
be
particularly
useful
given
institutions
provided
by
other
legislation.
The
paper
then
constructs
a
brief
conceptual
framework
for
liability
for
pollution
incidents,
and
presents
some
simulation
results
concerning
perceptions
of
the
probability
of
a
hazardous
pollution
incident.

Opaluch,
James
J.
(
1987).
"
Marine
Pollution
and
Environmental
Damage
Assessment:
Introduction."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
4:
151­
154.

An
introduction
to
the
results
of
a
workshop
on
marine
pollution
and
environmental
damage
assessment
held
in
Narragansett,
R.
I.
in
June,
1986
by
the
association
of
Environmental
and
Resource
Economists
(
AERE),
U.
S.
Environmental
Protection
Agency
(
EPA),
and
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration.

Opaluch,
James
J.
and
Nancy
E.
Bockstael
(
1984).
"
Behavioral
Modeling
and
Fisheries
Management."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
1(
1):
105­
115.

Because
of
the
extreme
uncertainty
in
fisheries
biology,
efforts
to
determine
a
stock
recruitment
relationship
have
not
been
entirely
successful.
In
the
face
of
this
uncertainty,
this
paper
argues
for
a
change
in
focus
for
fisheries
economics
from
bioeconomic
optimization
toward
goals
that
are
more
modest
and
more
easily
achievable.
In
particular,
a
satisficing
approach
to
management
is
advocated,
whereby
efforts
are
made
to
reallocate
fisheries,
with
no
attempt
to
determine
the
optimum.
To
achieve
such
a
solution
efficiently,
managers
must
accurately
predict
the
response
of
fishermen
to
public
policy.
This
paper
reports
on
a
study
that
develops
a
discrete
choice
model
to
predict
fishermen's
supply
response.
Fishermen
are
shown
to
respond
to
economic
incentives
of
expected
returns
and
variability
of
returns,
but
only
after
these
incentives
surpass
a
substantial
threshold.

Opaluch,
James
J.
and
Thomas
A.
Grigalunas
(
1989).
"
OCS­
Related
Oil
Spill
Impacts
on
Natural
Resources:
An
Economic
Risk
Analysis."
Paper
Prepared
for
the
1989
Oil
Spill
Conference,
San
Antonio,
Texas,
February
13­
15,
22
pp.

Risk
analyses
of
oil
spills
are
important
in
the
development
of
OCS
leasing
policy
as
well
as
other
marine
policies
relating
to
oil.
This
paper
explores
the
use
of
the
Natural
Resource
Damage
Assessment
Model
for
Coastal
and
Marine
Resources
(
NRDAM/
CME)
to
provide
risk
analysis
of
oil
spills
related
to
OCS
oil
development.
For
the
categories
of
natural
resources
included
in
the
NRDAM/
CME,
the
expected
value
of
damages
from
large
oil
spills
appears
quite
small
relative
to
the
value
of
oil
developed.
Expected
damages
range
from
$
300
thousand
to
$
19.7
million
per
billion
barrels
of
oil
developed.
Ongoing
research
by
the
authors
will
refine
these
estimates
by
including
(
1)
additional
categories
of
damages,
that
will
increase
the
damage
estimates,
and
(
2)
oil
spill
cleanup
and
the
effect
of
OCS
production
on
reducing
imports,
that
will
reduce
the
estimated
net
costs
of
OCS
development.

Opaluch,
James
J.
and
Richard
M.
Kashmanian
(
1983).
"
Assessing
the
Viability
of
Marketable
Permit
Systems:
An
Application
in
Hazardous
Waste
Management."
Department
of
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
Rhode
Island.

Marketable
permits
are
assessed
for
control
of
hazardous
emissions
from
jewelry
manufacturers.
First,
potential
efficiency
benefits
are
calculated,
as
compared
to
the
method
proposed
by
EPA.
Secondly,
the
distribution
of
benefits
is
examined
to
assess
the
political
viability
of
marketable
permits.
Marketable
permits
are
shown
to
result
in
savings
of
60
percent.
However,
5
0
9
there
is
likely
to
be
industry
opposition
to
the
permit
system
because
of
the
distribution
of
benefits,
despite
the
fact
that
the
industry
benefits
in
the
aggregate.
This
occurs
because
the
largest
firms,
that
are
likely
the
most
influential,
are
better
off
under
EPA's
technology
forcing
proposal.

Orbach,
Michael
K.
(
1997).
"
Limited
Entry
­­
A
Brief
Overview."
South
Atlantic
Update,
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Management
Council,
One
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
SC,
March,
2
pp.

A
brief
overview
of
limited
entry
or
access
from
the
perspective
of
an
anthropologist.

Orbach,
Michael
K.
(
1992).
"
Effort
Management
and
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Red
Snapper
Fishery:
A
Discussion
of
Issues
and
Alternatives."
Department
of
Sociology
and
Anthropology,
East
Carolina
University,
Greenville,
North
Carolina,
June.

A
series
of
workshops
held
to
discuss
effort
limitation
management
measures
with
fishermen
in
the
red
snapper
fishery.

Orbach,
Michael
K.
(
1977).
Hunters,
Seamen,
and
Entrepreneurs,
The
Tuna
Seinermen
of
San
Diego.
University
of
California
Press,
Berkeley,
CA.

A
description
of
the
culture
of
a
distant
water
fishing
community.
The
book
is
about
the
men
who
sail
with
the
high
seas
tuna
fleet
out
of
San
Diego,
California,
on
the
west
coast
of
the
United
States.
It
is
about
their
occupation,
their
lifestyle,
and
the
communities
where
they
and
their
families,
friends,
and
associates
live
and
work.

Orbach,
Michael
K.
and
Valerie
R.
Harper
(
eds.)
(
1979).
"
United
states
Fisheries
Systems
and
Social
Science:
A
Bibliography
of
Work
and
Directory
of
Researchers."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Office
of
Resource
Conservation
and
Management,
Washington,
D.
C.,
August,
162
pp.

This
volume
consists
of
two
documents,
a
bibliography
of
published,
unpublished,
and
current
research
work
among
fishermen
and
in
fishing
communities
in
the
United
States,
its
territories
and
possessions,
and
a
directory
of
the
researchers
who
have
performed
this
work
or
who
are
interested
in
these
subjects.

Orbach,
M.
K.,
Jeffrey
C.
Johnson,
and
James
Waters
(
1987).
"
Limited
Entry
Alternatives
for
the
Florida
Spiny
Lobster
Fishery:
Preliminary
Analysis."
East
Carolina
University,
Greenville,
North
Carolina,
April,
1987.

A
collection
of
papers
that
look
at
the
sociology
and
economics
of
limited
entry
programs
for
the
Florida
spiny
lobster
fishery.

Orbach,
M.
K.,
J.
Ginter,
and
R.
Finch
(
1985).
"
Limited
Entry
and
Fisheries
Management
Under
the
MFCMA."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Washington,
D.
C.

This
paper
explores
the
potential
of
limited
entry
under
the
MFCMA
as
a
partial
solution
to
the
fishery
management
problem.
The
intent
is
to
discuss
limited
entry
in
general
as
it
applies
to
fisheries
management
and
to
clarify
the
concept
and
its
potential
application
under
the
MFCMA.
5
1
0
Organization
for
Economic
Cooperation
and
Development
(
1991).
"
Study
on
Economic
Assistance
to
the
Fishing
Industry,
General
Survey
and
Country
Chapters."
Committee
for
Fisheries,
Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture
and
Fisheries,
Feb.,
103
pp.

Economic
assistance
in
many
countries
takes
two
forms:
assistance
to
harvesting
and
assistance
to
processing.
Harvesting
assistance
is
for
social
reasons
and
for
the
broader
objective
of
alleviating
specific
obstacles.
Processing
assistance
includes
short
term
adjustment
measures
to
alleviate
adverse
effects
on
the
industry
of
cyclical
fluctuations.
Few
countries
in
the
survey
admit
to
having

real

subsidies.

Organization
for
Economic
Cooperation
and
Development
(
1992).
"
Workshop
on
Individual
Quota
Management."
Committee
for
Fisheries,
Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture
and
Fisheries,
August.

A
set
of
papers
presented
at
the
workshop
describing
the
existing
individual
transferable
quota
systems
in
place
around
the
world.

Organization
for
Economic
Cooperation
and
Development
(
1993).
"
Inventory
of
Assistance
to
the
Fishing
Industry
and
Management
Systems."
Committee
for
Fisheries,
Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture
and
Fisheries,
July,
16
pp.

Country
comments
on
restrictions
to
commodity
trade,
access
restriction
to
fishing
services,
their
free
flow
of
labor,
and
management
systems.

Organization
for
Economic
Cooperation
and
Development
(
1994).
"
The
Effects
of
Trade
Liberalization
on
the
Environment."
Committee
for
Fisheries,
Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture
and
Fisheries,
Feb.,
6
pp.

It
is
likely
that
trade
liberalization
will
have
a
small
environmental
impact
in
the
fisheries
sector.
Environmental
effects
are
much
more
likely
to
come
about
as
a
result
of
national
or
international
management
strategies.
However,
in
the
aftermath
of
the
Uruguay
Round

s
decision
to
incorporate
an
environmental
assessment
in
future
trade
agreements,
it
will
be
necessary
to
develop
a
methodology
which
will
permit
the
evaluation
of
trade
liberalization
on
the
environment.

Organization
for
Economic
Cooperation
and
Development
(
1995).
"
The
Quotient
of
Convenience:
Estimation
of
the
Cost
Relative
to
Responsible
Fishing."
Ad
Hoc
Expert
Group
on
Fisheries,
Committee
for
Fisheries,
Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture
and
Fisheries,
Sept.,
21
pp.

The
aim
of
this
research
project
is
to
define
the
economic
impact
of
public
regulations
protecting
living
marine
resources
in
the
fisheries
activity.

Organization
for
Economic
Cooperation
and
Development
(
1997).
"
Impact
on
Fisheries
Resource
Sustainability
of
Government
Financial
Transfers."
Committee
for
Fisheries,
Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture
and
Fisheries,
September,
13
pp.

The
information
required
from
Member
countries
to
facilitate
the
submission
of
information
on
government
financial
transfers,
levels
of
fishing
capacity
and
activity,
and
fish
stock
status
is
described.
To
ease
the
resource
implications
for
Member
countries,
a
questionnaire
approach
is
5
1
1
proposed.

Organization
for
Economic
Cooperation
and
Development
(
1997).
"
The
Implications
of
Responsible
Post­
Harvest
Practices
on
Responsible
Fishing."
Committee
for
Fisheries,
Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture
and
Fisheries,
7
pp.

OECD
member
countries

comments
on
Spain

s
proposal
on
for
future
work
on
post­
harvesting
practices.

Organization
for
Economic
Cooperation
and
Development
(
1997).
"
Spanish
Proposal
for
OECD
Fisheries
Committee

s
1997­
98
Programme
of
Work."
Committee
for
Fisheries,
Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture
and
Fisheries,
March,
6
pp.

A
proposal
to
conduct
an
analysis
of
problems
linked
to
responsible
trade.

Osborn,
Maury
(
1997).

Atlantic
Cooperative
Statistics
Program,

Technical
Source
Document
Series
III,
Draft
of
Technical
Recommendations,
Office
of
Science
and
Technology,
Division
of
Fisheries
Statistics
and
Economics,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
August,
87
pp.

This
document
is
intended
to
inform
the
public
and
other
interested
parties
about
the
recommendations
resulting
from
a
series
of
technical
workshops
and
where
these
issues
fit
into
the
overall
scope
of
the
program.
It
is
also
intended
to
provide
and
opportunity
to
submit
comments,
concerns
and
views
on
these
issues.

Osburn,
Hal
R.
and
Mike
G.
Weixelman
(
1989).
"
Increasing
Creel
Interview
Efficiency
Through
Early
Survey
Termination."
Marine
Fisheries
review,
51(
1):
39­
43.

Operational
modifications
based
on
recreational
angler
activity
patterns
can
be
successfully
formulated
to
increase
creel
survey
efficiency
without
a
significant
loss
of
information.
This
study
was
conducted
to
estimate
the
amount
of
Texas
marine
sport­
boat
angler
interview
and
retained
fish
data
(
bay
and
Gulf)
that
would
be
missed
both
coast
wide
and
within
each
bay
system
if
surveys
were
terminated
early
when
no
angler
interviews
were
conducted
by
a
specified
time.
Using
this
method,
less
than
3
percent
of
the
total
interviews
and
retained
fish
would
be
missed
coast
wide
by
terminating
surveys
at
1400
hours
on
weekends
and
1600
hours
on
weekdays
throughout
the
survey
year.
This
would
result
in
the
early
termination
of
14
percent
of
the
weekend
surveys
and
23
percent
of
the
weekday
surveys,
thus
allowing
an
annual
redirection
of
440
work
hours
and
$
6,063
in
operating
expenses.

Osburn,
Hal
R.
and
Maury
O.
Ferguson
(
1987).
"
Trends
in
Finfish
Landings
By
Sport­
Boat
Fishermen
in
Texas
Marine
Waters,
May
1974­
May
1986."
Management
Data
Series
No.
119,
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department,
Coastal
Fisheries
Branch,
4200
Smith
School
Road,
Austin,
Texas.

A
set
of
tables
on
landings
of
finfish
by
recreational
fishermen
in
the
Texas
territorial
sea.

Osburn,
Hal
R.,
Maury
O.
Ferguson,
and
Henry
R.
Maddux
(
1988).
"
Trends
in
Finfish
Landings
By
Sport­
Boat
Fishermen
in
Texas
Marine
Waters,
May
1974­
May
1987."
Management
Data
Series
No.
150,
Texas
5
1
2
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department,
Coastal
Fisheries
Branch,
4200
Smith
School
Road,
Austin,
Texas.

A
set
of
tables
on
landings
of
finfish
by
recreational
fishermen
in
the
Texas
territorial
sea.

Osterbind,
Carter
C.
and
Elise
C.
Jones
(
1955).
"
Florida's
Commercial
Fisheries,
Markets
Operations
Outlook."
Bureau
of
Economic
and
Business
Research,
College
of
Business
Administration,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville.

This
study
was
designed
to
scrutinize
the
Florida
producer's
present
operations,
his
markets,
costs,
and
other
economic
characteristics
of
the
industry.
It
is
based
on
a
field
survey
of
Florida
producers
and
data
from
the
Commercial
Fisheries
Branch
of
the
U.
S.
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service.

Osterbind,
Carter
C.
and
Robert
A.
Pantier
(
1965).
"
Economic
Study
of
the
Shrimp
Industry
in
the
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
States."
Final
report,
Contract
No.
14­
17­
008­
118,
The
Bureau
of
Commercial
Fisheries,
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service,
United
States
Department
of
the
Interior,
Washington,
D.
C.

This
reports
the
findings
of
a
study
to
discover
the
nature
of
the
economic
problems
confronting
the
shrimp
fishery
of
the
United
States
during
the
period
from
1956
to
1959.
Special
attention
is
given
to
the
problems
existing
in
1959.

Ostrom,
Charles
W.
Jr.
and
John
H.
Aldrich
(
1978).
"
The
Relationship
Between
Size
and
Stability
in
the
Major
Power
International
System."
American
Journal
of
Political
Science,
22(
4):
743­
771.

The
balance
of
power
literature
is
intermingled
with
hypotheses
relating
the
number
of
actors
to
stability
in
the
international
system.
In
addition
to
the
controversy
in
the
theoretical
literature,
there
is
an
extensive
empirical
literature
in
which
we
find
support
for
a
wide
range
of
contradictory
hypotheses.
The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
evaluate
the
leading
hypotheses
based
on
operationalizations
of
the
key
concepts
that
are
consistent
with
the
balance
of
power
literature,
a
common
data
set,
a
coherent
specification
of
the
contending
hypotheses,
and
the
use
of
appropriate
estimation
techniques.
A
major
factor
in
this
test
is
that
the
dependent
variable
of
each
model
is
not
a
measure
of
the
amount
of
war;
instead,
we
estimate
the
probability
of
war
through
the
use
of
the
probit
estimation
technique.
The
results
of
the
comparative
evaluation
indicate
that
the
existing
hypotheses
are
not
able
to
account
for
the
probability
of
war
in
the
international
system.

Otterstad,
Oddmund,
Jeremy
Phillipson,
and
David
Symes
(
1997).

A
Socio­
Economic
Data
Base
Framework
for
Fisheries
Dependent
Areas:
Baseline
Report.

FAIR
CT95
0070,
European
Social
Science
Fisheries
Network,
Universities
of
Trondheim
and
Hull,
November,
40
pp.

The
European
Social
Science
Fisheries
Network
has
undertaken
to
develop
the
framework
for
a
comparable
national
social
science
data
base.
This
would
seek
to
make
good
the
deficiencies
in
existing
data
sources
for
the
socioeconomic
analysis
of
fisheries
dependent
regions
and
fishing
based
communities.
This
report
provides
a
baseline
analysis
through:
(
a)
an
elaboration
of
key
parameters
surrounding
the
development
of
a
socio­
economic
data
base
for
fisheries
dependent
areas;
(
b)
an
initial
analysis
of
statistical
sources
as
part
of
an
ongoing
analysis
of
national
statistical
cultures;
and
(
c)
an
elaboration
of
initial
conceptions
of
and
recommendations
5
1
3
for
an
appropriate
data
base
framework
and
dependency
indices.

Otwell,
W.
Steven,
Jeffrey
Bellairs,
and
Donald
Sweat
(
1984).
"
Initial
Development
of
a
Deep­
Sea
Crab
Fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
SGR­
61,
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Development
Foundation,
Inc.,
Sea
Grant
Project
No.
R/
GSAFDF­
2,
Grant
No.
NA80AA­
D­
00038,
Sea
Grant
Report
No.
61,
Florida
Sea
Grant
College
Program,
May,
29
pp.

The
potential
for
initiating
a
deep
sea
crab
fishery
for
golden
crab
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
is
studied.
While
the
fishery
is
feasible,
recommendations
include
many
cautions
unique
to
this
deep
sea
crab
species.

Otwell,
W.
Steven,
Charles
M.
Adams,
Frank
J.
Lawlor,
III,
and
Southeastern
Fisheries
Association
(
1988).
"
Yellowfin
Tuna:
Fishing
Gear,
Production
and
Quality."
A
compilation
of
papers
by:
Florida
Sea
Grant
College,
Sea
Grant
Extension
Program
Staff
in
conjunction
with
Federal
Saltonstall­
Kennedy
Funds,
Project
No.
NA85­
SC­
H­
06174,
Grant
No.
NA86AA­
D­
SG068,
Sea
Grant
Report
No.
91,
Florida
Sea
Grant
College
Program,
June,
57
pp.

An
economic
overview
of
yellowfin
tuna
production
and
value
trends,
tuna
fishing
methods
and
gear
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
south
Atlantic,
postharvest
handling
considerations
for
fresh
yellowfin
tuna,
and
a
tuna
product
quality
code
are
presented
and
discussed
in
this
collection
of
papers
by
the
authors.

Owers,
James
(
1974).

Costs
and
Earnings
of
Alaskan
Fishing
Vessels
­
An
Economic
Survey.

Alaska
Commercial
Fisheries
Entry
Commission,
September,
40
pp.

This
is
the
first
large
scale
effort
to
examine
the
economic
health
of
Alaska

s
commercial
fisheries
during
the
last
year
of
unrestricted
entry
to
use
as
a
benchmark
for
evaluating
the
limited
entry
program
in
the
future
and
to
determine
the
gear
levels
that
can
harvest
the
fisheries
in
the
state
and
provide
a
reasonable
economic
return
to
the
fishermen
participating.
The
results
of
the
survey
are
presented
in
a
series
of
fishery
profiles.

Ozuna,
Teofilo,
Jr.,
Wade
L.
Griffin,
Antonio
B.
Lamberte,
John
M.
Ward
(
1997).

An
ITQ
System
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery.

Draft
report,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas,
17
pp.

The
prevailing
belief
in
fisheries
management
is
that
ITQ
systems
will
not
work
in
an
annual
crop
fishery
with
high
variation
in
abundance.
According
to
this
logic,
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
is
not
an
ideal
candidate
for
an
ITQ
program.
The
large
geographical
area,
large
number
of
fishermen
and
landing
sites,
stock
variability,
and
short
life
span
of
shrimp
will
make
implementation
and
management
of
a
successful
ITQ
program
difficult,
but
not
impossible.
This
study
illustrated
how
an
ITQ
program
with
proper
management
regime,
monitoring
system,
and
method
of
setting
an
adjustable
TAC,
can
make
an
ITQ
program
work
even
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.

Ozuna,
Teofilo,
Jr.,
Wade
L.
Griffin,
Antonio
B.
Lamberte,
John
M.
Ward
(
1997).

An
ITQ
System
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery.

Submitted
to
The
Journal
of
Marine
Resource
Economics,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas,
16
pp.
5
1
4
The
prevailing
belief
in
fisheries
management
is
that
ITQ
systems
will
not
work
in
an
annual
crop
fishery
with
high
variation
in
abundance.
According
to
this
logic,
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
is
not
an
ideal
candidate
for
an
ITQ
program.
The
large
geographical
area,
large
number
of
fishermen
and
landing
sites,
stock
variability,
and
short
life
span
of
shrimp
will
make
implementation
and
management
of
a
successful
ITQ
program
difficult,
but
not
impossible.
This
study
illustrated
how
an
ITQ
program
with
proper
management
regime,
monitoring
system,
and
method
of
setting
an
adjustable
TAC,
can
make
an
ITQ
program
work
even
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.

Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1998).

West
Coast
Fisheries
Economic
Data
Plan.

Draft,
2130
SW
Fifth
Avenue,
Suite
224,
Portland,
OR,
June.

Economic
data
is
needed
for
fishery
management.
Current
economic
data
falls
short
of
the
need.
This
plan
specifies
a
program
for
the
collection
and
dissemination
of
needed
data.
The
plan
covers
all
West
Coast
fisheries
and
includes
interfaces
with
other
data
systems.
The
plan
specifies
the
major
high
priority
projects
needed
and
guidelines
for
their
implementation.
The
needed
data
and
funding
are
described.

Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1998).

Draft
Amendment
14
to
the
Pacific
Coast
Salmon
Plan
(
1997).

Draft,
2130
SW
Fifth
Avenue,
Suite
224,
Portland,
OR,
January.

This
amendment
makes
the
fishery
management
plan
consistent
with
the
Sustainable
Fisheries
Act
of
1996
to
reflect
increased
listings
of
salmon
stocks
under
the
Endangered
Species
Act
and
to
include
issues
identified
in
amendment
scoping
sessions.

Padilla,
Jose
E.
And
Parzival
Copes
(
1994).

Bioeconomic
Analysis
of
Management
Options
for
Tropical
Fisheries
Using
a
Bicriteria
Programming
Model.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
9(
1):
47­
66.

A
possible
approach
to
the
management
of
multispecies
multigear
fishery
in
a
developing
country
was
explored.
The
small
pelagics
fishery
in
central
Philippines
was
analyzed
in
three
stages.
A
dynamic
pool
model
represented
the
dynamics
of
the
stocks.
The
optimal
allocation
of
catch
across
competing
fleets
was
modeled
having
regard
for
the
pursuit
of
two
conflicting
objectives,
maximizing
employment
and
fishing
profits.
Alternative
management
schemes
were
then
explored.
On
the
basis
of
this
criteria,
the
optimal
fleet
size
was
a
small
fraction
of
the
existing
fleet
size.
Calculation
of
increased
target
yields
through
regulation
of
fishing
mortality
and
selectivity
showed
that
the
increase
in
optimal
fleet
size
would
be
moderate
because
the
current
level
of
exploitation
is
close
to
that
producing
the
maximum
yield­
er­
recruit.
An
agenda
for
exploration
of
further
management
alternatives
appropriate
to
the
social
and
economic
policy
objectives
of
a
developing
country
is
discussed.

Pagano,
Amy
P.,
William
G.
Boggess,
Charles
B.
Moss,
and
John
Holt
(
1993).
"
Technology
Adoption
Decisions
Under
Irreversibility
and
Uncertainty:
An
Ex
Ante
Approach."
SP93­
28,
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
Institute
of
Food
and
Agricultural
Sciences,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL,
December,
31
pp.

Uncertainty
about
costs
and
requirements
for
environmental
compliance
is
an
important
determinant
of
dairy
producers'
investment
behavior.
Ex
ante
forecasting
of
how
uncertainty
and
irreversibility
are
likely
to
affect
producers'
responsiveness
to
agricultural
technologies
has
implications
for
the
design
of
environmental
policies.
Empirical
analysis
focused
on
Texas
5
1
5
producers'
propensity
to
adopt
free
stall
dairy
housing.
Free
stall
investments
offer
advantages
from
both
productivity
augmentation
and
pollution
abatement.
Implications
of
this
ex
ante
paradigm
for
policy
design
and
implementation
are
discussed.

Palko,
Barbara
Jayne,
Lee
Trent,
and
Harold
A.
Brusher
(
1987).
"
Abundance
of
Spanish
Mackerel,
Scomberomorus
maculatus,
in
the
Southeastern
United
States
Based
on
Charterboat
CPUE
Data,
1982­
85."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
67­
77.

Catch
per
unit
effort
(
CPUE)
data
for
Spanish
mackerel
over
a
broad
geographic
area
were
obtained
from
charterboats.
In
1982,
a
survey
was
initiated
to
obtain
daily
catch
and
effort
data
on
fishes
commonly
caught
by
charterboats
in
the
southeast
United
States.
Boat
effort
and
Spanish
mackerel
CPUE
data
obtained
from
this
survey
during
1982­
85
were
analyzed.
The
offshore
fishing
zone
(>
10
fathoms)
received
the
highest
amount
of
trolling
and
other
fishing
efforts;
the
nearshore
fishing
zone
(<=
10
fathoms)
received
the
second
highest
trolling
effort
and
lowest
other
fishing
effort;
the
estuarine
fishing
zone
received
the
lowest
trolling
effort
and
the
second
lowest
other
fishing
effort.
CPUE
of
Spanish
mackerel
by
other
fishing
was
much
lower
than
trolling
for
most
areas
and
years.
CPUE
was
highest
in
the
estuarine
zone
when
compared
with
the
nearshore
and
offshore
zones.
In
the
southeastern
United
States
from
North
Carolina
to
Texas,
the
highest
CPUE
occurred
in
areas
within
the
eastern
Gulf
of
Mexico
from
Louisiana
to
southwest
Florida
each
year.
Seasonally
CPUE
of
Spanish
mackerel
was
high
in
the
warmer
months
in
Georgia,
the
Carolinas,
and
the
northern
Gulf
of
Mexico
states
and
in
the
colder
months
in
the
southeastern
areas
of
Florida.
Significant
differences
in
CPUE
among
years
were
detected
only
in
North
Carolina
and
Louisiana.

Palmason,
S.
R.
(
1993).
"
Supervision
of
the
Utilization
of
Fishery
Resources
off
Iceland."
Paper
presented
at
the
Workshop
on
Enforcement
Measures,
Organization
for
Economic
Co­
Operation
and
Development,
Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture
and
Fisheries,
Committee
for
Fisheries,
September
21­
22.

This
report
explains
the
options
open
to
the
Icelandic
authorities
for
supervising
the
utilization
of
fishery
resources
in
Icelandic
waters.
Emphasis
is
laid
on
explaining
the
development
and
implementation
of
supervisory
activities.
In
general,
political
opinions
on
such
supervisory
activities
will
be
excluded
and
the
current
system
will
be
considered
as
the
most
important
external
factor
with
regard
to
the
formulation
and
implementation
of
such
supervisory
activities.

Palmer,
Robert
(
1997).

Background
Document
­
King
Mackerel.

Draft,
Florida
Marine
Fisheries
Commission,
9
pp.

A
description
of
the
king
mackerel
fishery
along
the
coast
of
Florida
and
a
discussion
of
some
economic
and
biological
trends.

Panayotou,
Theodore
and
Donna
Panayotou
(
1986).
"
Occupational
and
Geographical
Mobility
In
and
Out
of
Thai
Fisheries."
FAO
Fisheries
Technical
Paper
271,
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations,
Rome.

Using
the
results
of
two
surveys
taken
five
years
apart
in
a
number
of
Thai
fishing
villages
and
employing
different
methods
of
analysis,
the
present
study
estimates
the
degree
of
mobility
among
fishing
households
and
identifies
and
measures
the
relative
significance
of
impediments
to
mobility.
It
is
5
1
6
found
that
fishermen
are
responsive
to
economic
incentives
and
do
move
between
occupations
to
take
advantage
of
earning
differentials.
This
mobility,
however,
is
tempered
by
noneconomic
factors
such
as
age,
location,
religion,
isolation,
and
occupational
preference.
Labor
appears
to
be
quite
mobile
between
occupations
but
less
so
between
locations.

Panzar,
John
C.
and
Robert
D.
Willig
(
1978).
"
On
the
Comparative
Statics
of
a
Competitive
Industry
with
Inframarginal
Firms."
The
American
Economic
Review,
68(
3):
474­
478.

A
simple
analytical
model
of
a
competitive
industry
with
a
rising
supply
curve
is
developed
by
positing
that
firms
may
have
diverse
endowments
of
a
fixed
factor
in
inelastic
supply.
Thus,
in
equilibrium,
there
may
be
inframarginal
firms
earning
economic
rents
that
are
imputed
to
the
fixed
factor.
When
there
are
inframarginal
firms,
only
the
input
market
measure
of
social
benefits
is
accurate.

Paris,
Quirino
(
1988).
"
Long­
Run
Comparative
Statics
Under
Output
and
Land
Price
Uncertainty."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
70(
1):
133­
141.

Several
authors
have
noticed
that,
in
the
uncertain
short
run,
the
supply
function
may
slope
downward
and
the
input
demand
functions
may
slope
upward.
These
possibilities
prevent
the
setup
of
unambiguous
tests
of
rational
behavior.
In
this
article,
testable
hypotheses
for
the
competitive
firm
operating
in
a
price
uncertain
environment
are
derived
assuming
a
long
run
horizon.
Some
of
these
hypotheses
take
the
form
of
Slutsky
type
relations
involving
the
relative
input
demand
functions
(
the
ratios
of
input
to
output
quantities).
Homogeneity
restrictions
involving
input
and
output
mean
prices,
in
general,
are
absent
under
uncertainty.
Conditions
for
restoring
this
homogeneity
are
also
discussed.
The
main
result
is
the
rediscovery
of
the
importance
of
relative
quantities
for
the
analysis
of
a
long
run
equilibrium.

Park,
Hoanjae
(
1996).

Econometric
Welfare
Evaluation
of
Regulatory
Fishing
Restrictions:
A
Synthetic
Inverse
Demand
System
Approach.

Ph.
D.
Dissertation,
Department
of
Economics,
North
Carolina
State
University,
Raleigh,
N.
C.,
188
pp.

This
dissertation
develops
an
integrated
inverse
demand
system,
called
the
synthetic
inverse
demand
system
(
SIDS)
extending
Barten

s
(
1993)
ordinary
demand
approach
into
the
inverse
demand
approach.
It
further
extends
the
static
SIDS
system
dynamically
by
incorporating
habit
formation.
The
current
study
suggests
four
possible
SIDS
systems
and
selects
the
system
according
to
the
average
information
inaccuracy
criterion.
Then
the
study
proposes
and
applies
some
tools
of
welfare
measurement
appropriate
for
the
inverse
demand
approach.
In
addition,
this
dissertation
tackles
aggregation
problems
since,
for
fish,
one
may
hesitate
to
accept
the
species
as
the
relevant
economic
commodity.

Parker,
Jack
C.
(
ed.)
(
1972).

Key
to
the
Estuarine
and
Marine
Fishes
of
Texas.

Texas
Agricultural
Extension
Service,
Department
of
Wildlife
and
Fisheries
Science,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
station,
Texas,
May,
177
pp.

A
guide
to
the
estuarine
and
marine
fishers
of
Texas.

Parks,
Peter
J.
and
Manuel
Bonifaz
(
1994).

Nonsustainable
Use
of
Renewable
Resources:
Mangrove
Deforestation
and
Mariculture
in
Ecuador.

Marine
5
1
7
Resource
Economics,
9(
1):
1­
18.

The
paper
provides
a
conceptual
model
that
examines
(
i)
open
access
exploitation
and
(
ii)
mangrove
deforestation
as
two
potential
causes
for
the
scarcity
of
post
larval
shrimp
inputs
to
shrimp
mariculture
in
Ecuador.
Results
indicate
that
conversion
of
mangrove
ecosystems
to
shrimp
ponds
may
have
obtained
short
term
profit
at
the
expense
of
long
term
productivity.
Open
access
collection
of
post
larval
shrimp
may
also
have
contributed
to
dwindling
stock
levels.
Specific
policy
recommendations
are
presented,
and
future
empirical
studies
are
proposed.

Parks,
Wes
(
ed.)
(
1988).
Tuna
Newsletter.
Southwest
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
8604
LaJolla
Shores
Dr,
P.
O.
Box
271,
LaJolla,
California.

A
series
of
articles
on
the
U.
S.
tuna
fishery
including
imports,
South
Pacific
Tuna
Act
of
1988,
eastern
tropical
Pacific
tuna
fishery
review,
development
of
a
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
south
Atlantic
yellowfin
tuna
fishery,
and
recent
developments
in
tuna
fisheries.

Parrack,
Nancie
Cummings
(
1986).
"
A
Review
of
Gulf
of
Mexico
Red
Snapper
Age
and
Growth."
CRD­
86/
87­
2,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Coastal
Resources
Division,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
October,
69
pp.

This
study
develops
growth
information
required
to
estimate
the
age
frequency
of
length
samples
from
Gulf
of
Mexico
red
snapper
commercial
landings
and
recreational
catches.

Parrack,
Nancie
Cummings
(
1989).
"
Determining
Age
Frequency
From
Length
Frequency."
MSAP/
89/
2,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Coastal
Resources
Division,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
April,
27
pp.

This
manuscript
reviews
methods
for
classifying
length
frequencies
into
age
frequencies.
Age
length
keys
and
information
on
growth
derived
from
markrelease
and/
or
hard
part
data
are
needed.
Stochastic
procedures,
that
use
size
at
age
data
and
incorporate
information
on
the
variation
of
size
within
an
age
category,
were
identified
as
alternative
ageing
methods
appropriate
for
ageing
king
and
Spanish
mackerel.
Information
on
growth
required
for
application
of
the
stochastic
methods
(
size
and
variation
of
size
at
age)
was
reviewed
for
king
and
Spanish
mackerel
and
growth
results
not
reported
to
date
in
the
literature
summarized
and
presented.
The
methods
reviewed
here
in
addition
to
the
existing
database
of
age
and
growth
data
can
be
used
to
classify
king
and
Spanish
mackerel
catch
at
length
distributions
available
from
the
recreational
and
commercial
fisheries
into
age
densities.

Parrack,
Nancie
(
1993).
"
Updated
Fisheries
Information
for
Greater
Amberjack
Through
1992."
Contribution:
MIA
­
92/
93­
77,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
August,
32
pp.

A
preliminary
assessment
of
the
Atlantic
and
Gulf
greater
amberjack
fishery
assessment
through
1991
was
presented
in
March
1993.
Those
results
are
readdressed
in
this
report.
Three
important
concerns
of
that
study
were
the
ability
of
the
population
model
used
to
accurately
assess
the
condition
of
the
resource,
the
current
biostatistical
sampling
levels
in
place
for
the
5
1
8
Seriola
fishery,
and
future
research
needed
to
improve
the
assessment
method.
Those
concerns
are
readdressed
in
this
report.
In
addition
catch
statistics
and
reported
landings
for
the
commercial
and
recreational
fisheries,
biostatistical
length
and
weight
samples,
summary
recreational
catch
per
effort
information
and
bag
limit
analyses
from
headboat
catches
are
presented
through
1992.
For
comparison
purposes,
the
population
model,
SLM,
applied
to
the
Atlantic
and
Gulf
greater
amberjack
fisheries
previously
by
Parrack
(
1993)
is
used
to
summarize
the
trends
in
the
greater
amberjack
population
dynamics
from
the
combined
fisheries.

Parrack,
Nancie
Cummings
(
1994).
"
Mackerel
Catch
Per
Unit
of
Effort
Abundance
Indices:
Data
Sources
Available
and
Procedures
Used
in
the
1990­
1994
Analyses."
Miami
Laboratory
Contribution
No.
MIA­
93/
94­
48,
National
Maine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida.

Comprehensive
analyses
of
mackerel
stocks
during
a
12
year
period,
1983­
1994,
reveal
that
the
amount
and
the
quality
of
information
available
for
investigating
abundance
trends
varied.
The
complexity
level
of
the
analyses
performed
also
varied
during
the
period.
Stock
abundance
trend
information
available
since
1990
underwent
more
extensive
reviews
and
complex
standardization
analyses.
This
note
identifies
the
catch
per
effort
abundance
indices
used
in
analyses
of
king
and
Spanish
mackerel
stock
size
levels
since
1990
and
provides
some
background
regarding
the
recent
CPUE
abundance
estimation
procedures.

Parrack,
Nancie
Cummings
(
1994).
"
Notes
Regarding
Procedures
Used
in
the
1993
and
1994
Mackerel
and
Cobia
Bag
Limit
Analyses:
Addendum
Report
to
Miami
Laboratory
Contribution
No.
MIA­
93/
94­
43."
Miami
Laboratory
Contribution
No.
MIA­
93/
94­
45,
National
Maine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida.

This
addendum
report
comments
on
procedures
used
in
previous
bag
limit
analyses
of
mackerel
and
cobia
stocks
in
the
southeastern
United
States.
In
particular
the
analyses
conducted
for
the
1991,
1992,
1993,
and
1994
mackerel
stock
assessment
panel
meetings
are
discussed.
This
note
briefly
discusses
the
general
approach
used
in
the
1992
and
earlier
studies
and
describes
the
basic
data
available
for
analysis.

Parrack,
Nancie
C.
and
David
B.
McClellan
(
1986).
"
Trends
in
Gulf
of
Mexico
Red
Snapper
Population
Dynamics,
1979­
85."
Contribution
No.
CRD­
86/
87­
4,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
October,
116
pp.

This
report
presents
information
that
updates
reported
commercial
catches
(
in
weight)
and
estimated
recreational
catches
(
in
number)
of
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
red
snapper
resources
since
1979.
These
annual
age
specific
catches
and
abundance
indices,
independent
from
catches,
were
used
to
obtain
initial
estimates
of
stock
sizes
and
fishing
mortality
rates
of
red
snapper
assuming
an
eastern
and
a
western
Gulf
of
Mexico
stock.
The
results
of
these
investigations
indicate
that
red
snapper
stocks
have
declined
since
1979
as
predicted
from
VPA
investigations.

Parsons,
George
R.
(
1987).
"
The
Opportunity
Costs
of
Residential
Displacement
Due
to
Coastal
Land
Use
Restrictions:
A
Conceptual
Framework."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
4:
111­
122.
5
1
9
This
article
develops
practical
measures
of
the
change
in
economic
welfare
due
to
coastal
land
use
restrictions.
The
measures
are
practical
because
they
may
be
derived
from
current
market
data
at
modest
cost
and
may
be
interpreted
in
a
manner
that
is
useful
for
coastal
policy.

Pascoe,
Sean
(
1993).
"
ITQs
in
the
Australian
South
East
Fishery."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
8(
4):
395­
401.

This
paper
outlines
the
main
challenges
and
successes
that
have
occurred
in
Australia's
south
east
fishery
as
a
result
of
ITQ
management.

Pascoe,
Sean
(
1995).

Modelling
the
UK
Demersal
Trawl
Component
of
the
English
Channel.

In,
Bio­
Economic
Modelling
in
the
EU,
Concerted
Action
Coordination
of
Research
in
Fishery
Economics,
Working
Document
Nr:
7,(
AIR
CT94
1489),
Workshop,
Edinburgh,
October:
31­
43.

A
preliminary
model
of
the
demersal
trawl
component
of
the
multispecies
U.
K.
component
of
the
English
Channel
fishery
is
presented.
This
encompasses
two
metiers
(
sub­
fisheries)
­
two
otter
trawl
metiers
and
three
beam
trawl
metiers.
The
model
is
the
first
step
in
development
of
a
more
comprehensive
model
of
the
fishery
as
a
whole.
In
the
model,
the
fleet
is
segmented
by
region
of
origin,
boat
type
and
boat
size.
The
fishing
activity
of
fleet
boat
segment
is
segmented
by
area
(
metier)
and
season
fished.
Catches
and
landings
of
ten
key
species
(
plus
one
aggregated
category
of
other
species)
are
estimated
for
each
fleet
segment
in
each
fishing
activity,
based
on
the
effort
allocation
of
each
fleet
segment.
Prices
and
costs
are
endogenous
in
the
model.
The
model
is
developed
as
an
optimization
model,
with
the
objective
function
being
the
maximization
of
total
gross
margins
in
the
fishery.

Pascoe,
Sean,
Tony
Battaglene,
and
David
Campbell
(
1992).
"
A
Bioeconomic
Model
of
the
Southern
Shark
Fishery."
ABARE
Research
Report
92.1,
Project
9343.103,
Australian
Bureau
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
GPO
Box
1563,
Canberra
2601,
Australian.

The
southern
shark
fishery
has
shown
signs
of
being
overexploited
and
overcapitalized
for
a
number
of
years.
To
assess
the
relative
benefits
likely
to
accrue
from
alternative
management
options,
a
bioeconomic
model
of
the
fishery
was
developed.
In
this
research
report
the
bioeconomic
model
of
the
southern
shark
fishery
is
described.
The
results
of
the
simulations
of
alternative
management
plans
and
their
effect
on
the
profitability
of
the
fishery
are
presented
to
demonstrate
how
the
model
may
be
used.
The
sensitivity
of
the
model
to
various
biological
and
economic
parameters
is
also
evaluated.

Paterson,
D.
G.
and
J.
Wilen
(
1977).
"
Depletion
and
Diplomacy:
The
North
Pacific
Seal
Hunt,
1886­
1910."
Research
in
Economic
History,
2:
81­
139.

This
article
analyzes
the
economic
motives
for
and
the
consequences
of
the
North
Pacific
Fur
Seal
Controversy
between
Canada
and
the
United
States
in
the
late
nineteenth
century.
Both
nations
were
faced
with
a
prisoner's
dilemma
situation
in
which
it
would
have
benefited
both
to
refrain
from
harvesting
large
amounts
and
yet,
without
explicit
agreement,
neither
could
afford
to
do
so
alone.
As
a
result
the
heard
was
brought
from
a
size
of
close
to
2
million
down
to
140,000
animals.

Paulik,
G.
J.,
A.
S.
Hourston,
and
P.
A.
Larkin
(
1967).
"
Exploitation
of
Multiple
Stocks
by
a
Common
Fishery."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
24:
2527­
2537.
5
2
0
A
complete
analytical
solution
is
presented
for
the
problem
of
finding
the
common
rate
of
exploitation
that
maximizes
total
sustained
yield
from
a
mixture
of
stocks
when
each
stock
follows
a
Ricker
reproduction
cure.
A
computer
program
is
described
that
solves
this
problem
for
up
to
20
stocks
varying
in
both
reproductive
potentials
and
absolute
sizes.
Some
aspects
of
the
management
of
Pacific
salmon
and
fishing
strategies
are
discussed
in
relation
to
the
question
of
obtaining
maximum
yields
when
harvesting
mixtures
of
stocks
under
various
constraints.

Pauly,
D.
and
G.
I.
Murphy
(
eds.)
(
1982).
"
Theory
and
Management
of
Tropical
Fisheries."
Proceedings
of
the
ICLARM/
CSIRO
Workshop
on
the
Theory
and
Management
of
Tropical
Multispecies
Stocks,
12­
21
January
1981,
Cronulla,
Australia.

The
specific
objectives
of
the
workshop
were
to
review
models
that
are
presently
in
use
or
that
have
been
proposed
for
stock
assessment
in
the
tropics,
to
define
the
data
requirements
of
various
stock
assessment
and
management
methods,
to
review
current
research
on
stock
assessment
in
tropical
waters,
and
to
identify
the
major
constraints
for
stock
assessment
and
management
in
tropical
waters,
and
to
formulate
a
feasible
plan
of
action
to
overcome
these
constraints.

Pawlyk,
Perry
W.
and
Kenneth
J.
Roberts
(
19??).
"
Forecasting
U.
S.
Shrimp
Prices:
A
Comparison
of
Three
Different
Models."
Draft
Report,
Center
for
Wetland
Resources,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
Louisiana.

The
size
composition
of
shrimp
imports
has
changed
in
recent
years
with
the
development
of
pond
raised
shrimp.
The
impact
of
these
imports
on
U.
S.
shrimp
markets
is
concentrated
in
the
26
to
40
count
size
range
since
the
shrimp
are
usually
raised
to
these
sizes.
So
aquaculture
has
changed
the
quantity
ratios
between
sizes
of
shrimp
that
would
occur
if
all
shrimp
were
harvested
from
wild
stocks.
This
research
was
undertaken
to
understand
the
nature
of
these
price
fluctuations.
Two
different
techniques
for
price
forecasting
are
discussed
in
this
paper:
(
1)
time
series
models
and
(
2)
econometric
models.

Pawlyk,
Perry
W.
and
Kenneth
J.
Roberts
(
1986).
"
Products
and
Markets
for
Small
Louisiana
Shrimp."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
48(
4):
65­
70.

Louisiana
has
long
been
known
for
its
sometimes
controversial
harvest
of
small
shrimp
from
its
inshore
waters.
With
the
trend
toward
landings
of
smaller
shrimp
from
the
Gulf,
the
economics
of
the
small
shrimp
processing
and
marketing
industry
is
of
increasing
importance.
The
production
of
three
shrimp
products,
raw
head­
on,
peeled,
and
canned,
was
found
to
be
dependent
on
small
shrimp
supply.
Over
20
percent
of
the
shrimp
moving
through
Louisiana's
processing
plants
was
shipped
out
of
the
state
for
further
processing.
Most
of
these
were
small,
head­
on
shrimp.
Louisiana
is
an
important
supplier
of
small
shrimp
products
and
small
shrimp
for
processors
in
other
Gulf
states.

Peacock,
F.
G.
and
D.
A.
MacFarlane
(
1986).
"
A
Review
of
Quasi­
Property
Rights
in
the
Herring
Purse
Seine
Fishery
of
the
Scotia­
Fundy
Region
of
Canada."
In
N.
Mollett
(
ed.)
Fishery
Access
Control
Programs
Worldwide,
Proceedings
of
the
Workshop
on
Management
Options
for
the
North
Pacific
Longline
Fisheries,
p
215­
230,
Univ.
Alaska
Sea
Grant
Rep.
86­
4.

The
management
of
the
herring
purse
seine
fishery
of
Scotia­
Fundy
region
5
2
1
of
Canada
is
reviewed
by
the
authors.
The
management
history
is
presented
with
particular
emphasis
on
the
aspects
of
the
fishery
that
lead
to
the
adoption
of
individual
transferable
quotas
and
the
problems
that
developed
with
that
program.

Pearse,
Peter
H.
(
1979).
"
Introduction
to
the
Symposium
on
Managing
Fishing
Effort."
Journal
of
the
Fisheries
Research
Board
of
Canada,
36(
7):
711­
714.

The
symposium
was
designed
to
bring
together
a
small
number
of
leading
fishery
economists
and
fishery
administrators
with
experience
in
the
field
of
fisheries
management
from
Canada,
the
U.
S.,
and
elsewhere.
Our
purpose
was
to
pool
our
knowledge
about
the
current
state
of
the
art
in
economic
rationalization
of
fisheries,
to
document
and
analyze
the
available
experience,
and
to
explore
avenues
of
needed
policy
research.

Pearse,
Peter
H.
(
1982).
Turning
the
Tide,
a
New
Policy
for
Canada's
Pacific
fisheries.
Final
Report
of
the
Commission
on
Pacific
Fisheries
Policy,
Vancouver,
September,
292
pp.

This
report
identifies
opportunities
for
reorganizing
the
commercial
fisheries
to
put
an
end
to
their
chronic
instability
and
poor
economic
performance
and
start
them
on
a
healthier
course
of
development,
for
preserving
and
enhancing
sportfishing
opportunities,
and
for
securing
Indians'
traditional
access
to
fish.
These
are
not
just
theoretical
possibilities;
they
are
attainable
through
established
technologies
and
regulatory
methods
and
at
a
cost
that
is
modest
relative
to
the
benefits.

Pearse,
Peter
H.
(
1992).
"
From
Open
Access
to
Private
Property:
Recent
Innovations
in
Fishing
Rights
as
Instruments
of
Fisheries
Policy."
Ocean
Development
and
International
Law,
23:
71­
83.

As
pressures
on
ocean
fisheries
have
grown,
pervasive
evidence
of
overexploited
resources
and
economic
distress
has
revealed
fundamental
weaknesses
in
traditional
regulatory
policies.
In
their
search
for
new
management
approaches,
fishing
nations
have
recently
turned
their
attention
to
the
nature
of
fishing
rights,
and
the
trend
is
clearly
toward
more
well
defined,
exclusive
property
rights.
In
a
remarkably
short
time
the
tradition
of
open
access
to
ocean
fisheries
has
waned;
rights
to
most
of
the
world's
fish
resources
have
been
appropriated
by
coastal
states,
their
governments
have
excluded
everyone
from
access
to
the
stocks
except
those
who
hold
licenses,
and
increasingly,
the
rights
of
license
holders
are
quantitatively
specified.
Experience
so
far
suggests
that
strengthening
the
property
rights
of
fishing
enterprises
is
a
promising
means
of
improving
the
management
of
marine
resources
as
well
as
the
economic
performance
of
fishing
industries,
and
it
portends
profound
changes
in
fishing
regimes.

Pearse,
Peter
H.
and
James
E.
Wilen
(
1979).
"
Impact
of
Canada's
Pacific
Salmon
Fleet
Control
Program."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
36:
764­
769.

The
available
statistical
data
are
analyzed
to
appraise
the
success
of
Canada's
Pacific
salmon
fleet
rationalization
program,
in
terms
of
the
extent
to
which
it
has
prevented
fishing
costs
from
rising
in
pace
with
the
value
of
the
catch.
It
is
found
that
while
the
fleet's
revenues
increased
at
about
the
same
rate
before
and
after
the
scheme
was
introduced
in
1969,
the
real
capital
employed
increased
more
slowly
under
the
controls
than
earlier.
The
program
has,
nevertheless,
failed
in
its
purpose
of
preventing
further
expansion
of
redundant
capital
in
the
fleet.
The
reasons
for
this
failure,
and
for
certain
5
2
2
apparent
shifts
in
the
structure
of
the
fleet,
are
discussed.

Pedersen,
Ole­
Petter
(
1994).
"
A
Multispecies
Model
of
a
Fjord
System."
C.
M.
1994/
P:
12,
Theme
Session
on
Multispecies
Interactions
of
Importance
to
the
Groundfish
Abundance
Fluctuations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September.

A
multispecies
model
is
introduced,
applying
techniques
previously
described
by
T.
Laevastu.
A
stable
solution
for
a
typical
Norwegian
fjord
is
obtained.
A
stabilizing
technique
assuring
convergence
is
used.
After
equilibrium
is
obtained,
the
ecosystem
is
released,
and
this
'
out
of
control'
scenario
is
simulated.
A
fleet
regime
is
used,
modelled
through
Cobb­
Douglas
equations.
In
addition
a
seabird
dynamical
regime
was
allowed
to
interact
with
the
aquatic
system.
We
found,
despite
release
of
previous
constraints,
the
biomass
solution
tends
to
exhibit
stable
behavior,
though
transients
occurs
in
a
narrow
time
period
after
disturbance
is
applied.
The
solution
is
then
moved
to
another
equilibrium.
Disturbance
is
in
the
form
of
excessive
fishery,
temperature
oscillations,
and
removal
of
biomass
due
to
airborne
predators.
The
biomass
dynamics
during
the
year
oscillates
in
a
stable
way,
expressing
good
annual
dynamics.

Pedersen,
S/
oren
Anker
(
1994).
"
Multispecies
Interactions
on
the
Offshore
West
Greenland
Shrimp
Grounds."
C.
M.
1994/
P:
2,
Theme
Session
on
Multispecies
Interactions
of
Importance
to
the
Groundfish
Abundance
Fluctuations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September.
26
pp.

The
paper
gives
a
description
of
the
exploited
fishery
system
on
the
offshore
West
Greenland
shrimp
grounds,
including
recent
findings
of
fish
community
structure
and
trophic
relationships.
Based
on
the
analysis
of
fish
stomachs
from
the
key
fish
species
and
estimates
of
fish
abundance
obtained
from
assessment
surveys
the
total
annual
consumption
of
northern
shrimp
(
Pandalus
borealis)
and
juvenile
redfish
by
predatory
fish
in
1991­
1992
has
been
calculated.
A
preliminary
attempt
to
integrate
the
interrelationships
between
the
main
species
and
the
fishery
is
made
using
a
balanced,
steady
state
model.

Pellegrin,
Gilmore
J.,
Jr.
(
1982).
"
Fish
Discards
from
the
Southeastern
United
States
Shrimp
Fishery."
In
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations
and
International
Development
Research
Centre
(
1982).
Fish
ByCatch:
Bonus
from
the
Sea,
Report
of
a
Technical
Consultation
on
Shrimp
Bycatch
Utilization
held
in
Georgetown,
Guyana,
October
27­
30,
1981.
Ottawa,
Ont.,
IDRC,
163
pp.

Magnitude
and
species
composition
of
fish
bycatch
are
described
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
south
Atlantic
shrimp
fleets.
Bycatch
estimates
for
the
Gulf
were
15
times
those
for
the
south
Atlantic.
Highest
estimates
occurred
in
the
north­
central
and
northwestern
Gulf
and
in
the
south
Atlantic
off
the
North
Carolina
and
Georgia
coasts.
Catch
compositions
varied
at
the
species
level;
however,
Sciaenidae
was
the
dominant
family
for
both
the
Gulf
and
the
south
Atlantic.
Gulf
fauna
included
estuarine
dependent
species
in
subtropical
environs
and
estuarine
independent
species
in
tropical
environs.

Pellegrin,
Gilmore
J.,
Jr.,
Shelby
B.
Drummond,
and
Robert
S.
Ford,
Jr.
(
1985).
"
The
Incidental
Catch
of
Fish
By
the
Northern
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fleet."
Draft
report,
Mississippi
Laboratories,
5
2
3
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
NOAA,
Pascagoula,
MS
39568­
1207.

The
northern
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fleet
was
monitored
from
1972
to
1980
to
estimate
the
magnitude
and
species
composition
of
fish
bycatch.
The
highest
bycatch
estimate
occurred
in
the
north
central
Gulf
during
the
warm
season
inside
of
18
m.
The
lowest
estimate
(
3,944
mt)
occurred
in
the
eastern
Gulf
in
the
same
depth
zone
and
season.
An
estimated
576,028
mt
of
fish
are
caught
incidentally
by
the
northern
Gulf
shrimp
fleet
annually.
The
north
central
Gulf
influenced
the
bycatch
heavily;
contributing
50.3%
of
the
total.
Sciaenids
dominated,
comprising
52.47%
with
Atlantic
croaker,
Micropogonias
undulatus
(
33.6%);
spot,
Leiostomus
xanthurus
(
7.64%);
sand
seatrout,
Cynoscion
arenarius
(
5.85%);
and
silver
seatrout,
Cynoscion
nothus
(
2.99%)
being
the
major
species.

Penn,
Erwin
S.
(
1973).
"
Price
Spreads
of
Fish
Products
Among
Producers
and
Distributors."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
marine
Fisheries
Service,
Economic
Research
Division,
File
Manuscript
No.
151,
May,
29
pp.

The
rapid
increase
of
fish
prices
has
recently
caused
public
concern.
To
find
the
cause
of
the
difference
between
the
price
the
fisherman
receives
for
his
product
and
the
ultimate
price
paid
by
the
consumer,
this
report
provides
an
analysis
of
how
the
consumer's
dollar
is
distributed
to
four
marketing
levels:
fisherman,
processor,
wholesaler,
and
retailer.
The
difference
or
margin
between
selling
and
purchasing
prices
of
each
level
and
the
share
of
the
consumer's
dollar
by
each
level
and
each
cost
component
are
calculated
for
14
fish
products.
The
report
also
analyzes
the
costs
and
profits
incurred
by
each
marketing
function
and
describes
the
major
influences
on
margin
differences.
The
purpose
of
the
study
is
to
provide
a
systematic
guide
that
individual
firms
in
the
fishery
can
use
to
examine
their
margins,
costs,
and
profits
for
each
fish
product,
and
compare
them
with
the
figures
presented
in
this
study
as
national
averages
for
the
same
product.

Penn,
Erwin
S.
(
1978).
"
Marketing
Bill
of
U.
S.
Fish­
Food
Products
and
Its
Components."
Draft
report,
Office
of
Scientific
and
technical
Services,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Department
of
Commerce,
Washington,
D.
C.,
49
pp.

Based
on
the
cost
analyses
of
price
margins
of
18
fish
products
at
four
functional
levels
(
harvesting,
processing,
wholesale,
and
retail),
cost
bills
are
estimated
and
expanded
to
include
all
edible
fish
products
harvested,
imported,
distributed,
and
consumed
in
the
United
States
during
1972­
77.
Distribution
of
fish
products
takes
two
other
important
channels
(
functional
levels)
­­
eating
places
and
other
food
service
institutions
­­
besides
retail
stores
to
reach
consumers.
Detailed
estimates
for
1972­
77
are
made
for
the
following:
a
cost
bill
at
each
functional
level
of
every
fishery,
an
outlay
for
each
cost
item
at
six
functional
levels
of
each
fishery,
annual
consumer
expenditure
on
each
fish
product,
and
per
capita
consumption
of
all
edible
fish
in
dollar
value.

Penn,
Erwin
S.
(
1979).
"
Cost
Analyses
of
Fish
Price
Margins,
1972­
77,
at
Different
Production
and
Distribution
Levels."
Draft
report,
Economic
Analysis
Group,
Office
of
Policy
and
Planning,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Department
of
Commerce,
Washington,
D.
C.,
38
pp.

Each
price
margin
of
a
fish
product
is
composed
of
costs
and
profits
5
2
4
that
are
analyzed
to
estimate
value
added
for
the
purpose
of
comparing
economic
contributions
and
productivities
between
sectors
of
each
fishery
and
among
fisheries.
Costs
are
also
regrouped
to
distinguish
fixed
from
variable
so
as
to
enable
the
demonstration
of
how
the
alteration
of
costs
structures
will
affect
differently
profit,
price,
and
production.

Penn,
Erwin
S.
and
Wenona
J.
Crews
(
1979).
"
Value
Added,
Margins,
and
Consumer
Expenditures
for
Edible
Fishery
Products
in
the
United
States,
1976­
78.

The
presentation
in
value
terms
of
the
basic
estimates
in
this
study
makes
it
possible
to
produce
analogous
figures
that
can
be
compared
with
gross
national
product
value
of
other
industries,
and
total
and
per
capita
expenditures
for
other
food
products.

Penn,
J.
W.
and
N.
Caputi
(
1986).
"
Spawning
Stock­
Recruitment
Relationships
and
Environmental
Influences
on
the
Tiger
Prawn
(
Penaeus
esculentus)
Fishery
in
Exmouth
Gulf,
Western
Australia."
Aust.
J.
Mar.
Freshw.
Res.,
37:
491­
505.

A
stock­
recruitment
relationship
(
SRR)
between
the
spring
spawning
stock
levels
and
the
following
autumn
recruitment
has
been
established
for
P.
esculentus
in
Exmouth
Gulf.
The
basic
SRR
fits
the
data
well
with
the
exception
of
2
out
of
the
14
years
when
particularly
severe
cyclones
occurred.
This
has
been
taken
into
account
by
using
multiple
regression
techniques
to
incorporate
the
amount
of
rainfall
in
January
and
February
as
variables
representing
indices
of
cyclone
activity
(
multiple
correlation
of
0.97).
A
hypothesis
for
the
observed
positive
and
negative
effects
of
cyclones
on
recruit
survival
has
been
presented.
The
relationship
between
autumn
recruitment
and
resultant
spring
spawning
stock
(
RSR)
later
that
year
and
the
effects
of
fishing,
measured
in
effective
effort
units,
has
also
been
established
(
multiple
correlation
of
0.94).
An
examination
of
the
interaction
between
the
SRR
and
RSR
relationships
has
been
reported
which
suggests
that,
under
average
environmental
conditions
and
high
levels
of
effort,
recruitment
will
move
towards
a
new
lower
equilibrium
level.
The
robustness
of
the
relationships
with
respect
to
assumptions
involved
and
potential
sources
of
bias
in
the
variables
used
have
been
evaluated
and
discussed.

Pennoyer,
Steven
(
1998).

NMFS
Bycatch
Plan.

Memorandum
for
Rolland
A.
Schmitten,
Assistant
Administrator
for
Fisheries
from
Administrator,
Alaska
Region.

A
request
to
include
retained
incidental
catch
in
the
NMFS
definition
of
bycatch.
This
would
prevent
the
elimination
of
the
bycatch
problem
by
regulating
the
retention
of
incidentally
caught
fish
by
Management
Councils.

Penson,
John
B.,
Jr.,
Ernest
O.
Tettey,
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1987).
"
An
Econometric
Analysis
of
Net
Investment
in
Gulf
Shrimp
Fishing
Vessels."
Technical
Article
No.
TA­
20803
of
the
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Texas
A&
M
University
System.

This
study
evaluated
aggregate
investment
behavior
by
fishermen
for
steel,
wooden,
and
fiberglass
fishing
vessels
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
and
examined
the
implications
of
changes
in
the
cost
of
acquiring
debt
and
equity
capital
on
the
industry's
investment
response.
Macroeconomic
policies
that
lead
to
high
real
interest
rates
depress
real
net
investment
in
this
fishery.
While
low
real
interest
rates
are
desirable
for
stimulating
investment
activities
in
the
general
economy,
they
add
to
the
5
2
5
overcapitalization
problem
that
currently
exists
in
the
Gulf
shrimp
fishing
industry.
The
theoretical
model
of
aggregate
investment
behavior
is
justified
statistically
in
this
study.

Penson,
John
B.,
Jr.,
Ernest
O.
Tettey,
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1988).
"
An
Econometric
Analysis
of
Net
Investment
in
Gulf
Shrimp
Fishing
Vessels."
Fisheries
Bulletin,
86(
1)
151­
156.

The
purpose
of
this
study
is
to
estimate
an
econometric
model
of
annual
real
net
investment
in
fishing
vessels
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
to
determine
the
sensitivity
of
investment
decisions
in
the
industry
to
fluctuations
in
the
cost
of
equity
and
debt
capital.
This
study
begins
by
examining
the
individual
factors
that
affect
the
expansion
of
the
stock
of
steel,
wood,
and
fiberglass
vessels
in
the
Gulf
fleet.
The
effects
of
alternative
macroeconomic
policies
on
investment
expenditure
trends
in
the
Gulf
shrimp
fishery
are
then
studied.
The
final
section
of
the
paper
presents
some
concluding
remarks.

Perez
Farfante,
Isabel
(
19??).
"
A
Key
to
the
American
Pacific
Shrimps
of
the
Genus
Trachypenaeus
(
Decapoda,
Penaeidae),
With
the
Description
of
a
New
Species."
Fishery
Bulletin,
69(
3):
635­
646.

Study
of
American
Pacific
members
of
the
genus
Trachypenaeus
reveals
that
variation
in
armature
of
the
telson
includes
not
only
movable
spines,
but
also
fixed
spines
and
even
no
spines
at
all.
It
also
confirms
that
the
eighth
somite
bears
two
arthrobranchiae
instead
of
one
arthobranchia
and
one
pleurobranchia.
A
new
species,
Trachypenaeus
fuscina,
is
described,
the
specific
features
of
T.
faoea
Loesch
and
Avila
are
presented,
and
a
key
to
the
five
members
of
the
genus
occurring
in
the
region,
together
with
their
ranges
is
included.

Perez
Farfante,
Isabel
(
1970).
"
Diagnostic
Characters
of
Juveniles
of
the
Shrimps
Penaeus
aztecus,
P.
duorarum,
and
P.
brasiliensis
(
Crustacea,
Decapoda,
Penaeidae)."
U.
S.
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service,
Special
Scientific
Report­
Fisheries
No.
599,
February,
iii+
26
pp.,
25
Figs.

Illustrated
tables
are
presented
for
the
identification
and
sex
determination
of
juveniles
(
with
carapace
lengths
of
8
mm
or
more)
of
three
grooved
shrimps
of
the
genus
Penaeus
occurring
in
various
areas
along
the
North
American
Atlantic
coast,
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
and
in
Bermuda.
Included
is
an
account
of
the
development
of
the
petasmata,
thelyca,
and
appendices
masculinae.

Perez,
Lisandro
and
Philip
G.
Groth
(
19??).
"
Socio­
Demographic
Study
of
the
Shrimp
Fishery
in
A
Tri­
Parish
Area
of
Louisiana."
Cooperative
Agreement
No.
03­
7­
042­
35132,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration
and
Center
for
Wetland
Resources,
Louisiana
State
University.

This
report
presents
the
findings
of
a
study
of
the
social
and
demographic
aspects
of
the
shrimp
fishery
in
a
tri­
parish
area
of
Terrebonne,
Lafourche,
and
St.
May,
Louisiana.
These
three
parishes
were
selected
so
as
to
coordinate
this
sociological
study
with
the
studies
being
carried
out
by
economists
and
biologists
in
the
same
region.
The
basis
for
the
multidisciplinary
project
is
a
mark­
recapture
experiment
conducted
by
a
team
of
biologists
from
the
Center
for
Wetland
Resources
at
Louisiana
State
University
in
cooperation
with
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service.
The
socio­
demographic
aspect
of
the
study,
presented
here
is
intended
to
provide
5
2
6
information
on
the
social
and
demographic
setting
of
the
mark­
recapture
experiment.
Specifically,
our
goal
was
to
analyze
the
existing
body
of
data
concerning
three
aspects
of
the
fishery:
(
1)
the
demographic
structure
of
the
population
residing
in
the
tri­
parish
area;
(
2)
the
characteristics
of
"
shrimping
communities"
and
persons
engaged
in
the
fishery;
(
3)
the
social
organization
of
the
fishery
­
the
norms
and
values
that
govern
the
patterns
of
interaction
within
the
fishery.
In
addition,
we
were
to
identify
areas
in
which
additional
data
and
research
are
needed
to
more
fully
understand
the
fishery.

Perkins,
Garey
B.
(
1984).
"
Value
Added
to
Shrimp
Processed
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
1982."
Food
and
Fiber
Center,
Cooperative
Extension
Service,
Mississippi
State
University,
November,
24
pp.

This
study
assessed
the
value
added
through
processing
and
consequently
the
economic
contribution
of
shrimp
harvested
and
processed
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Pernetta,
John
C.
and
Danny
L.
Elder
(
19??).
"
Climate,
Seal
Level
Rise
and
the
Coastal
Zone:
Management
and
Planning
for
Global
Changes."
Paper
prepared
for
the
General
Assembly
of
the
International
Union
for
the
conservation
of
Nature
and
Natural
Resources.

The
current
use
and
importance
of
coastal
zones
to
human
populations
is
outlined
against
a
background
of
the
present
environmental
problems
that
include
habitat
loss
and
degradation,
resource
depletion
and
increasing
densities
of
population
in
coastal
areas.
The
potential
impacts
of
climatic
change
and
sea
level
rise
on
coastal
environments,
resources
and
their
use
are
discussed
and
the
implications
of
the
inadequacy
of
our
present
predictive
capabilities
for
future
planning
are
outlined.
The
current
unsustainable
patterns
of
coastal
development
and
mismanagement
of
the
use
of
coastal
areas
will
accentuate
the
potential
impacts
of
climate
change
and
sea
level
rise.
An
urgent
international
need
is
for
the
development
of
a
coordinated
system
for
vulnerability
assessment
of
coastal
areas
in
order
that
priority
areas
for
action
can
be
identified
in
relation
to
their
physical,
biological,
and
human
vulnerability
to
predicted
changes.

Perra,
Paul
(
1992).
By­
catch
Reduction
Devices
as
a
Conservation
Measure."
Fisheries,
17(
1):
28­
29.

A
draft
policy
statement
by
the
Executive
Committee
of
the
American
Fisheries
Society
that
states
(
1)
Encourage
state
and
federal
agencies
to
promote
the
development,
use,
and
implementation
of
bycatch
reduction
devices
to
conserve
fish
and
wildlife;
(
2)
Support
the
continuation
and
expansion
of
conservation
engineering
programs
to
reduce
bycatch
of
undersize
or
nontarget
species;
(
3)
Request
states
and
other
entities
conducting
research
on
turtle
and
other
excluder
devices
to
develop
and
support
programs
to
extensively
field
test
all
BRD
designs
that
allow
for
juvenile
finfish
escapement;
(
4)
encourage
programs,
though
its
membership,
publications,
and
by
other
means,
that
demonstrate
the
usefulness
of
bycatch
reduction
devices
to
the
commercial
fishing
industry;
and
(
5)
Support
efforts
to
hold
national
and
international
conferences
on
conservation
engineering
to
improve
technology
transfer
between
researchers
and
other
groups
developing
bycatch
reduction
and
other
fish
separator
devices.

Perret,
William
S.
(
1987).
"
The
U.
S.
Shrimp
Fishery
­
Production
and
Management."
Presented
at
Shrimp
World
III,
Cancun,
Mexico,
November,
15
pp.
5
2
7
This
paper
presents
a
general
overview
of
the
shrimp
fishery
in
the
United
States
from
a
regional
and
state
basis,
by
species
composition,
and
by
management
regimes
utilized
to
regulate
this
industry.

Perret,
William
S.,
James
E.
Weaver,
Roy
O.
Williams,
Patricia
L.
Johansen,
Thomas
D.
McIlwain,
Richard
C.
Raulerson,
and
Walter
M.
Tatum
(
1980).
"
Fishery
Profiles
of
Red
Drum
and
Spotted
Seatrout."
Fishery
Profile
No.
6,
Gulf
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission,
April,
60
pp.

This
profile
of
red
drum
and
spotted
sea
trout
includes
a
description
of
the
resource
and
fishery,
the
present
management
system,
and
associated
problems.

Peterson,
George
L.
and
Alan
Randall
(
eds.)
(
1984).
Valuation
of
Wildland
Resource
Benefits,
Westview
Press,
Boulder
CO.

This
book
is
a
collection
of
papers
that
applies
economic
theory
and
cost
benefit
analysis
to
the
wildlands
of
North
America.
Wildlands
provide
a
wide
variety
of
services
to
people
as
well
as
serving
as
special
kinds
of
places
for
recreational
use
and
existence
value.
Legislation
and
administrative
practice
require
that
these
public
wildlands
be
managed
and
conserved
in
the
public
interest.

Phillips,
Robert
E.
(
1976).
"
A
Study
of
Procedures
for
Development
of
Bio­
Socio­
Economic
Models
of
the
U.
S.
Gulf
Coast
Shrimping
Industry
for
Use
in
Resource
Management."
Purchase
Order
No.
01­
6­
042­
11202,
U.
S.
Army
Engineer
District,
Galveston,
TX,
funded
by
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Galveston,
TX,
November,
284
pp.

This
report
gives
recommended
procedures
for
the
construction
of
biosocio
economic
models
of
the
U.
S.
shrimping
industry,
with
emphasis
on
the
Gulf
Coast
shrimp
fisheries.
The
kinds
of
models
described
are
designed
to
aid
in
the
formulation
of
optimal
policies
in
public
regulation
of
the
shrimp
resource.
The
focus
in
this
report
is
on
economic
principles
of
the
modeling
problem,
with
biological
and
sociological
aspects
included
as
they
relate
to
the
economic
analysis.

Picou,
J.
Steven,
Christopher
L.
Dyer,
and
Mark
A.
Moberg
(
1992).
"
Bayou
La
Batre,
Alabama:
Socioeconomic
Profile
and
the
Social
Impacts
of
Turtle
Excluder
Device
Regulations."
A
final
report
prepared
for
the
Bayou
La
Batre
Chamber
of
Commerce
by
the
Department
of
Sociology
and
Anthropology,
University
of
South
Alabama,
Mobile,
Alabama,
January,
115
pp.

The
primary
objective
of
this
research
is
an
assessment
of
the
social
impacts
of
turtle
excluder
device
regulations
on
the
fishing
community
of
Bayou
La
Batre,
Alabama.
Data
for
this
research
were
collected
from
a
stratified,
random
sample
of
households
in
the
community
and
from
all
high
school
sophomores
and
juniors.
The
social
impact
model
evaluated
perceptions
of
patterns
of
stress,
disruption,
social
change,
and
projected
behavior
changes.
Career
goals
and
social
alienation
were
investigated
for
local
high
school
students.

Picou,
J.
Steven,
Duane
A.
Gill,
Christopher
L.
Dyer,
and
Evans
W.
Curry
(
1992).
"
Disruption
and
Stress
in
an
Alaskan
Fishing
Community:
Initial
and
Continuing
Impacts
of
the
Valdez
Oil
Spill."
Forthcoming:
Industrial
Crisis
Quarterly.
5
2
8
Within
the
framework
of
the
disaster
research
literature,
this
study
analyses
the
initial
(
5
month)
and
continuing
(
18
month)
community
disruption
and
stress
resulting
from
the
Valdez
oil
spill.
The
research
design
includes
data
collected
from
both
"
impact"
and
"
control"
communities.
A
comparative
analysis
provides
the
basis
for
evaluating
the
social
impacts
of
the
spill
in
1989
and
1990,
while
patterns
of
disruption
and
stress
are
also
identified
within
the
control
community.

Pile,
Anthony
(
1981).
"
Shrimp
Industry;
An
Analysis
and
Account
of
the
Shrimp
Market
in
the
United
Kingdom."
London
Business
School,
Sussex
Place,
Regent's
Park,
London
N.
W.,
June,
37
pp.

The
question
of
growth
in
the
shrimp
industry
is
addressed
using
the
markets
in
the
U.
K.
as
examples.
The
shrimp
industry
is
described
in
part
I
and
the
U.
K.
market
is
described
in
part
II
with
projects
for
the
future
provided.

Pindyck,
Robert
S.
(
1982).
"
Jointly
Produced
Exhaustible
Resources."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
9:
291­
303.

Natural
resources
are
often
produced
jointly
from
composite
ores
that
in
turn
are
extracted
from
fixed
reserve
endowments.
In
this
paper
market
behavior
is
examined
for
such
resources
and
it
is
shown
how
the
price
of
each
resource
will
depend
on
its
demand,
and
the
demands
and
storage
costs
for
the
other
resources
present
in
the
ore.
The
measurement
of
resource
scarcity
is
discussed
and
the
effects
of
uncertainty
over
future
resource
demands
are
examined.
It
is
shown
that
the
competitive
market
will
still
extract,
produce,
and
store
at
socially
optimal
rates
if
firms
are
risk
neutral
and
the
average
cost
of
storage
is
constant.
Policy
implications
are
noted,
particularly
with
reference
to
government
stockpiling
programs.

Pindyck,
Robert
S.
(
1984).
"
On
Monopoly
Power
in
Extractive
Resource
Markets."
Energy
Laboratory
Working
Paper
No.
MIT­
EL
84­
008WP,
Center
for
Energy
Policy
Research,
MIT
Energy
Laboratory,
May.

Potential
monopoly
power
in
extractive
resource
markets
is
reduced
by
the
depletability
of
reserves.
This
paper
examines
the
dependence
of
monopoly
power
on
resource
rent,
and
on
uncertainty
over
future
reserve
levels.
A
model
is
developed
that
treats
reserves
as
inventories
that
fluctuate
stochastically
over
time
as
a
result
of
exploration,
development,
and
production
activities.
Solutions
of
the
model
illustrate
how
output
and
monopoly
power
vary
with
the
elasticity
of
demand,
rent
as
a
fraction
of
price,
and
the
variance
of
reserve
fluctuations.
It
is
shown
that
uncertainty
over
future
reserves
can
speed
up
production,
and
by
reducing
resource
rent,
restore
part
of
the
monopoly
power
otherwise
lost
because
of
depletion.
Antitrust
implications
are
also
discussed.

Pindyck,
Robert
S.
(
1984).
"
The
Measurement
of
Monopoly
Power
in
Dynamic
Markets."
Sloan
School
of
Management
Working
Paper
No.
1540­
84.

In
markets
where
price
and
output
are
determined
intertemporally,
the
standard
Lerner
index
is
a
biased
and
sometimes
misleading
measure
of
actual
or
potential
monopoly
power.
This
paper
shows
how
the
Lerner
index
can
be
modified
to
provide
a
meaningful
instantaneous
measure
of
monopoly
power
applicable
to
dynamic
markets,
and
discusses
the
aggregation
of
that
instantaneous
measure
across
time.
The
importance
of
accounting
for
intertemporal
constraints
in
antitrust
and
related
applications
is
illustrated
by
the
analysis
of
four
examples:
an
exhaustible
resource,
the
"
learning
5
2
9
curve,"
costs
of
adjustment,
and
dynamic
adjustment
of
demand.
An
analogous
index
of
monopsony
power
applicable
to
dynamic
markets
is
also
suggested.

Pindyck,
Robert
S.
(
1984).
"
Uncertainty
in
the
Theory
of
Renewable
Resource
Markets."
Review
of
Economic
Studies,
51:
289­
303.

The
natural
growth
rate
of
most
renewable
resource
stocks
is
in
part
stochastic.
This
paper
examines
the
implications
of
such
ecological
uncertainty
for
competitive
equilibrium
in
a
market
with
property
rights.
We
show
that
stochastic
fluctuations
add
a
risk
premium
to
the
rate
of
return
required
to
keep
a
unit
of
stock
in
situ,
and
we
examine
the
effects
of
fluctuations
on
resource
rent.
Examples
are
used
to
show
that
extraction
can
increase,
decrease,
or
be
left
unchanged
as
the
variance
of
the
fluctuations
increases,
depending
of
the
extent
of
market
"
self­
correction".
Regulatory
implications
are
also
discussed.

Placenti,
Vincenzo,
Gianfranco
Rizzo,
and
Massimo
Spagnolo
(
1995).

Bio­
Economic
Fishing
Effort
Optimization
in
Mediterranean
Fisheries.

In,
Bio­
Economic
Modelling
in
the
EU,
Concerted
Action
Coordination
of
Research
in
Fishery
Economics,
Working
Document
Nr:
7,(
AIR
CT94
1489),
Workshop,
Edinburgh,
October:
68­
91.

The
objective
is
the
development
of
a
bioeconomic
model
for
optimal
management
of
fishing
effort
in
some
regions
of
the
Mediterranean
area.
A
catch­
effort
model,
specifically
built
for
multispecies
and
multi­
gear
fisheries,
has
been
developed
using
time
series
data
of
catch
and
fishing
effort.
The
three
catch­
effort
models
have
been
tested
on
three
homogeneous
sets
of
data
for
Italian,
Spanish,
and
French
fisheries
using
logistic
and
biological
models.
In
the
Italian
and
Spanish
cases,
both
logistic
dynamic
exponential
models
and
biological
Schnute
model
exhibit
satisfactory
capabilities
in
describing
catch
and
effort
data,
while
Schaefer
model
represents
larger
errors
with
respect
to
the
previous
applications
to
the
Italian
fishery.
In
the
French
case,
the
best
results
have
been
obtained
by
the
exponential
model,
while
the
Schaefer
model
failed
in
some
species­
areas
combinations.
Cost
and
revenues
are
evaluated
by
an
economic
submodel.
The
proposed
optimal
distributions
of
fishing
effort,
obtained
by
solving
a
nonlinear
constrained
optimization
problem
by
numerical
techniques,
show
that
it
is
possible
to
achieve
relevant
benefits
on
both
economic
and
biological
sites
adopting
articulate
but
realistic
strategies
for
fishing
effort
reduction
and
redistribution.

Plan
Development
Team
(
1990).
"
The
Potential
of
Marine
Fishery
Reserves
for
Reef
Fish
Management
in
the
U.
S.
Southern
Atlantic."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFC­
261,
40
pp.

Marine
fishery
reserves
(
MFRs),
areas
with
no
consumptive
usage,
are
recommended
as
a
viable
option
for
management
of
reef
fisheries
in
the
U.
S.
southern
Atlantic
region.
MFRs
are
designed
to
protect
reef
fish
stocks
and
habitat
from
all
consumptive
exploitation
within
specified
geographical
areas
for
the
primary
purpose
of
ensuring
the
persistence
of
reef
fish
stocks
and
fisheries.
Fishery
reserves
are
intended
to
protect
older
and
larger
fishes.
This
will
benefit
reef
fisheries
by
protecting
critical
spawning
stock
biomass,
intra­
specific
genetic
diversity,
population
age
structure,
recruitment
supply,
and
ecosystem
balance
while
maintaining
reef
fish
fisheries.
The
MFR
concept
is
easily
understandable
by
the
general
public
and
possibly
more
easily
accepted
than
some
other
management
strategies.
Fishery
reserves
provide
some
insurance
against
management
and
recruitment
failures,
simplify
enforcement,
and
have
equitable
impact
among
fishery
users.
Data
collection
needs
solely
for
management
are
reduced
and
management
occurs
5
3
0
without
complete
information
and
understanding
about
every
species
and
interaction.
Use
of
fishery
reserves
will
establish
U.
S.
leadership
in
producing
model
strategies
for
cooperative
international
reef
resource
management
in
the
Caribbean.
Large
resident
fishes
that
wander
out
of
reserves
can
help
maintain
certain
trophy
fisheries.
MFR
sites
with
natural
species
equilibrium
will
allow
measurement
of
age,
growth,
and
natural
mortality
for
fisheries
purposes
and
will
provide
a
basis
for
other
educational,
economic,
and
scientific
benefits.
Because
there
is
no
fishing
within
MFRs,
impacts
of
hook
and
release
mortality
are
eliminated
and
the
temptation
for
incidental
poaching
is
reduced.
A
mixed
management
strategy
is
recommended
where
20%
of
the
shelf
is
MFR
while
the
remaining
80%
is
managed
for
optimal
yield
by
any
of
several
traditional
options.
Coordinated
fishery
reserve
efforts
in
state
waters
would
enhance
the
benefits
of
MFRs.
The
short
term
impacts
on
total
harvest
caused
by
placing
fishing
habitat
into
fishing
reserves
should
be
compensated
by
long
term
fishery
benefits.

Platt,
Jonathan
L.
(
1988).
"
Estimating
the
Impact
of
Bag
Limits
on
Charterboat
Anglers;
Theory,
Purpose,
and
Variable
Definition."
Draft
Report,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Miami,
Florida.

This
paper
deals
with
the
analysis
of
proposed
regulatory
actions
direct
at
Gulf
of
Mexico
reef
fish.
It
develops
a
theoretical
framework
for
estimating
costs
and
benefits
of
proposed
regulations
to
control
the
harvest
in
recreational
reef
fish
fisheries.

Platt,
Jonathan
L.
(
1988).
"
Visitation
Modeling
­
Travel
Cost
Method
Model
Aggregation
Theory
and
Variable
Development."
Draft
Report,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Miami,
Florida.

A
review
of
travel
cost
methodology.

Platt,
Jonathan
L.
(
1989).
"
Estimating
the
Economic
Impacts
of
Hypothetical
Grouper
Bag
Limits
in
the
Destin/
Panama
City,
Florida
Charterboat
Fishery."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SEFC­
227,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
May,
72
pp.

This
study
measures
the
short
run
economic
impacts
of
hypothetical
reef
fish
bag
limits
upon
the
charterboat
industry
in
the
Panama
City
and
Destin
Ports
of
northwestern
Florida
using
a
1985
survey
of
charterboat
anglers
conducted
by
Arndorfer
and
Bockstael
(
1986)
using
a
travel
cost
demand
model.
Estimates
of
both
recreational
demand
(
annual
number
of
trips)
and
recreational
value
(
annual
consumer
surplus)
are
developed.

Platt,
Jonathan
L.
(
1991).
"
The
Marine
Recreational
Fishery
Statistics
Survey,
A
Comparative
Analysis
of
Effort
and
Participation
Estimates
in
the
Southeastern
U.
S.;
1979­
1988."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SEFC­
269,
March,
41
pp.

Although
the
Marine
Recreational
Fishery
Statistics
Survey
measures
catch,
effort,
and
participation,
the
focus
of
this
report
is
on
effort
and
participation
estimation.
While
estimates
of
effort
and
participation
are
used
in
many
disciplines,
they
are
critical
for
aggregation
purposes
in
the
field
of
recreational
economics.
Recreational
economic
models
often
focus
upon
the
average
angler
or
trip.
To
calculate
total
economic
impacts
from
these
models
for
a
state
or
subregion,
the
impacts
from
the
average
angler
or
trip
must
be
expanded
by
the
appropriate
estimate
of
subregional
anglers
or
5
3
1
trips.
State
or
subregional
estimates
of
anglers
or
trips
are
therefore
a
necessary
component
of
the
overall
equation.
The
economic
impacts
for
the
average
angler
or
trip
are
often
relatively
small
when
compared
to
the
aggregated
estimates
of
effort
or
participation,
therefore
trip
and
angler
estimates
often
drive
the
total
impact
estimate.
As
a
result,
it
is
very
important
to
obtain
accurate
estimates
of
trips
and
anglers.

Platt,
Jonathan
L.
(
1991).
"
Utilizing
the
Marine
Recreational
Fishery
Statistics
Survey
for
Recreational
Economic
Modeling:
Problems
and
Suggestions."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SEFC­
276,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
March,
51
pp.

This
paper
reviews
the
data
collected
by
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
Marine
Recreational
Fishery
Statistics
Survey
in
terms
of
its
applicability
to
recreational
economic
modeling
and
suggests
modifications
to
the
survey
to
specifically
address
recreational
economic
needs.

Platt,
Jonathan
L.
(
1991).
"
Recreational
Databases
in
the
Southeast:
Applicable
to
Economic
Modeling."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SEFC­
282,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
April,
61
pp.

A
list
of
saltwater
fisheries
related
recreational
economic
data
bases
for
the
southeastern
region
of
the
U.
S.
is
presented.
The
data
bases
are
divided
into
groups
reflecting
the
categories
corresponding
to
(
1)
estimation
of
angler
recreational
values
and
(
2)
analysis
of
the
profitability
of
marketed
components
of
the
marine
recreational
fishing
sector;
e.
g.
charter
and
party/
head
boat
industries.

Platt,
Jonathan
L.
(
1991).
"
Qualitative
Analyses
of
Red
Snapper
Management
Alternatives:
Recreation
Sector."
Draft
Report,
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9450
Koger
Blvd.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

The
recreational
sector
has
been
broken
down
into
three
primary
red
snapper
oriented
fishing
modes:
private
boat,
head/
party
boat,
and
charter
boat
(
shoreline
mode
is
not
a
significant
mode
for
this
species
due
to
the
need
to
access
reefs).
The
private
boat
sector
represents
self
captained
boat
based
fishing
activity
by
anglers
owning
or
renting
boats.
Head/
party
and
charter
boats
reflect
the
"
for
hire"
recreational
fishing
sector
where
anglers
hire
the
services
of
a
captain
and
boat.
Heat
boats
represent
those
crafts
(
regardless
of
size)
where
price
is
figured
on
a
per
head
basis.
Charter
boat
prices
are
figured
on
a
per
trip
basis
regardless
of
the
size
of
the
fishing
party.
For
each
red
snapper
management
alternative,
a
qualitative
discussion
shall
be
presented
for
each
of
these
subsectors
of
the
overall
recreational
sector.

Plourde,
Charles
(
1970).
"
Optimal
Exploitation
of
a
Replenishable
Natural
Resource."
Thesis,
University
of
Minnesota,
August,
81
pp.

This
dissertation
deals
with
the
economic
problem
of
managing
stocks
of
replenishable
natural
resources
in
situations
where
the
product
that
is
derived
from
the
resource
is
of
commercial
value
and
where
use
of
the
resource
is
not
privately
owned.
Two
basic
models
are
developed
to
describe
the
economy
and
to
identify
the
problems
of
resource
utilization;
costless
5
3
2
production
and
then
a
two
good
market
with
labor
costs.
Quotas
and
taxes
are
studied
as
two
possible
management
measures
to
achieve
social
welfare
optimality.
Lastly,
maximum
sustained
yield
conservation
measures
are
found
to
have
little
economic
merit.

Plourde,
Charles
(
1970).
"
A
Simple
Model
of
Replenishable
Natural
Resource
Exploitation."
American
Economic
Review,
6:
518­
23.

This
paper's
purpose
is
to
consider
maximum
sustained
yield
programs
of
replenishable
natural
resource
exploitation
and
to
question
the
validity
of
these
programs
in
satisfying
social
goals.

Plourde,
Charles
(
1979).
"
Diagrammatic
Representations
of
the
Exploitation
of
Replenishable
Natural
Resources:
Dynamic
Iterations."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
6:
119­
126.

Geometric
representations
of
two
dynamic
models
of
replenishable
natural
resource
harvesting
are
provided.
A
well­
known
simple
model
is
presented
where
the
only
cost
of
production
is
the
opportunity
foregone.
That
is,
present
consumption
implies
a
reduction
in
future
consumption
possibilities.
Diagrams
show
the
iterations
of
an
optimal
program.
A
four­
quadrant
diagram
is
used
to
illustrate
a
short
run
equilibrium
and
the
dynamics
that
will
lead
to
a
long
run
solution
on
the
bionomic
transformation
curve.

Plourde,
Charles
and
Richard
Bodell
(
1984).
"
Uncertainty
in
Fisheries
Economics:
The
Role
of
the
Discount
Rate."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
1(
2):
155­
170.

Standard
models
of
management
of
a
single
species
fishery
generally
assume
that
the
biomass
is
of
known
size
and
that
it
is
generated
by
a
well
specified
deterministic
growth
law.
In
reality
the
biomass
is
of
uncertain
size
and
usually
subject
to
random
growth.
Several
authors
have
addressed
the
problem
of
random
growth
assuming
a
known
initial
biomass
and
have
shown
that
lowering
the
planning
discount
rate
proportional
to
the
variance
is
an
optimal
planning
procedure
assuming
small
perturbations.
In
this
paper,
we
assume
that
the
growth
function
is
nonrandom
but
dependent
upon
a
biomass
stock
of
unknown
size.
We
shall
show
that
a
planner
should
raise
the
discount
rate
relative
to
the
certainty
equivalent
case
by
an
amount
related
to
society's
distaste
for
risk
to
manage
the
biomass
optimally
over
time.
As
is
to
be
expected,
the
optimal
steady
state
biomass
will
be
less
than
would
occur
in
a
situation
of
certainty.

Plourde,
Charles
and
J.
Barry
Smith
(
1989).
"
Crop
Sharing
in
the
Fishery
and
Industry
Equilibrium."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
6(
3):
179­
193.

This
article
presents
a
model
of
commercial
fishing
in
a
stochastic
environment
that
focuses
on
the
labor­
employment
contract.
In
a
partial
equilibrium
context,
the
authors
show
that
when
boat
owners
and
crew
members
are
risk
averse,
crop
sharing
is
the
optimal
contract,
and
the
resultant
labor
employment
level
will
be
greater
than
with
a
suboptimal
wage
contract.
Industry
effects
and
steady
state
resource
growth
limitations
are
introduced
into
a
market
equilibrium
model.
In
this
extended
model,
market
equilibria
will
also
involve
sharing
contracts.
These
will
result
in
greater
employment,
which
comes
at
the
expense
of
reduced
resource
stocks
and
higher
than
necessary
harvesting
costs.
The
article
also
examines
how
industry
regulation
such
as
licensing,
quotas,
and
subsidies
will
differ
if
the
prevailing
contract
is
corp
sharing
as
compared
with
a
wage.
Despite
the
fact
that
crop
5
3
3
sharing
contracts
are
privately
optimal
in
a
regulated
setting,
they
may
not
be
socially
optimal.

Plourde,
Charles
and
David
Yeung
(
1989).
"
Harvesting
of
a
Transboundary
Replenishable
Fish
Stock:
A
Noncooperative
Game
Solution."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
6(
1):
57­
70.

In
this
study
we
use
a
N­
person
differential
game
structure
to
represent
a
renewable
resource
industry
in
which
the
decision
agents
are
few
in
number
and
noncooperative
(
as
would
be
the
case,
for
example,
in
international
fishing
wars).
As
an
illustration
we
assume
an
environment
similar
to
that
presented
by
Levhari
and
Mirman
(
1980)
to
derive
a
set
of
tractable
strategies.
Although
there
is
no
guarantee
that
the
stock
size
would
always
be
positive
with
human
harvesting
in
the
Levhari
and
Mirman
case,
our
model
provides
growth
dynamics
that
rule
out
negative
stocks.
Explicit
solutions
of
equilibrium
game
strategies
and
a
steady
state
level
of
stock
are
derived.
Finally,
we
demonstrate
that
in
situations
when
stock
size
enters
the
production
function,
combined
maximization
such
as
an
international
treaty
is
more
"
conservative"
than
individual
maximization.

Podesta,
Guillermo
P.,
Joan
A.
Browder,
and
John
J.
Hoey
(
1991).
"
Exploring
the
Association
Between
Swordfish
Catch
Rates
and
Thermal
Fronts
on
a
Portion
of
the
U.
S.
Longline
Grounds
in
the
Western
North
Atlantic."
ICCAT
Working
Document,
SCRS/
91/­
45,
University
of
Miami,
Rosenstiel
School
of
Marine
and
Atmospheric
Science,
4600
Rickenbacker
Cswy.,
Miami,
FL,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
National
Fisheries
Institute,
1525
Wilson
Blvd.,
Suite
500,
Arlington,
VA.

Associations
between
ocean
surface
thermal
fronts
and
the
swordfish
catch
rates
of
U.
S.
longline
vessels
were
explored.
The
study
area
was
the
western
North
Atlantic
off
the
United
States,
extending
from
32o
N
to
45o
N
and
from
76o
W
to
63o
W.
To
locate
and
describe
fronts,
we
used
three
variables
computed
from
satellite
derived
sea
surface
temperature
(
SST):
horizontal
gradient,
distance
to
nearest
thermal
surface
front,
and
frontal
density.
Most
of
the
fishing
effort
analyzed
occurred
along
the
edge
of
the
continental
shelf,
where
there
was
a
high
frequency
of
frontal
presence.
Very
high
catch
per
unit
effort
(
CPUE)
occurred
more
frequently
in
the
vicinity
of
fronts
than
would
be
expected
by
chance.
The
high
CPUE
variability
that
could
not
be
explained
by
our
frontal
parameters
suggested
other,
unmeasured
factors
also
influenced
catch
rates.

Poffenberger,
John
R.
(
1981).
"
Economic
Feasibility
of
the
Marine
Turtle
Excluder
Device."
A
report
submitted
in
fulfillment
of
a
project
statement
for
the
Marine
Mammals
and
Endangered
Species
Program,
NMFS,
SEFC,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
August,
8
pp.

This
report
evaluates
the
economic
feasibility
of
the
Turtle
Excluder
Device
developed
during
1980.

Poffenberger,
John
R.
(
1982).
"
An
Analysis
of
Fishery
Economic
Data
Relating
to
Commercial
Mackerel
Fisheries."
NMFS­
SEFC­
101,
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
March,
35
pp.
5
3
4
Production
functions
and
cost
functions
are
integrated
into
a
model
of
the
coastal
migratory
pelagics
fishery.
However,
the
lack
of
adequate
data
and
the
need
for
biological
parameters
severely
restricts
the
development
of
the
model.

Poffenberger,
John
R.
(
1982).
"
Economic
Status
of
the
Offshore
Shrimp
Fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFSSEFC
99,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
March,
18
pp.

The
purpose
of
this
report
is
to
present
some
basic
indicators
of
the
offshore
shrimp
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
on
prices,
production,
and
vessel
costs
and
revenue
that
may
provide
some
insight
into
the
economic
status
of
the
fleet
during
1991.
A
secondary
purpose
of
the
report
is
to
present
a
general
prognosis
for
the
economic
viability
of
the
fishery
during
1982.

Poffenberger,
John
R.
(
1982).
"
Estimated
Impacts
of
Texas
Closure
Regulation
on
Ex­
Vessel
Prices
and
Value,
1981
and
1982."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SEFC­
111,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
December,
34
pp.

This
report
presents
analytical
findings
regarding
the
Texas
closure's
effects
on
ex­
vessel
price
and
value.
The
primary
purpose
of
this
research
is
to
empirically
estimate
the
magnitude
of
the
price
change
resulting
from
the
estimated
change
in
landings
due
to
the
closure
regulation.
The
estimated
change
in
price
is
used
to
provide
empirical
estimates
of
the
amount
that
the
ex­
vessel
value
has
changed
as
a
result
of
the
regulation.
The
report
also
provides
the
estimated
effects
of
the
1981
closure
regulation
for
the
twelve
month
period
beginning
in
May
and
ending
in
April,
1982.

Poffenberger,
John
R.
(
198?).
"
Estimated
Impacts
on
Ex­
Vessel
Brown
Shrimp
Prices
and
Value
as
a
Result
of
the
Texas
Closure
Regulation."
Draft
report,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida.

Estimates
of
the
effect
on
shrimp
prices
as
a
result
of
changes
in
offshore
landings
due
to
the
Texas
Closure
regulation
are
presented.
Also,
the
change
in
ex­
vessel
value
(
or
gross
revenue)
to
the
brown
shrimp
fishery
resulting
from
the
closure
regulation
is
calculated.

Poffenberger,
John
R.
(
1982).
"
Estimated
Impacts
on
Ex­
Vessel
Brown
Shrimp
Prices
and
Value
as
a
Result
of
the
Texas
Closure
Regulation."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
44(
9­
10):
38­
43.

Estimates
of
the
effect
on
shrimp
prices
as
a
result
of
changes
in
offshore
landings
due
to
the
Texas
Closure
regulation
are
presented.
Also,
the
change
in
ex­
vessel
value
(
or
gross
revenue)
to
the
brown
shrimp
fishery
resulting
from
the
closure
regulation
is
calculated.

Poffenberger,
John
R.
(
1983).
"
Review
of
the
1982
Shrimp
Fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Draft
report,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Miami,
Florida,
May,
7
pp.
5
3
5
The
penaeid
shrimp
resources
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
provided
423
million
dollars
in
gross
income
to
shrimp
fishermen
that
represented
about
70
percent
of
the
ex­
vessel
value
reported
for
all
fisheries
in
the
Gulf
in
1982.
In
addition
to
the
ex­
vessel
value
generated
by
the
shrimp
resources,
this
report
summarizes
four
other
aspects
of
the
fishery;
landings,
prices,
productivity
and
harvesting
costs.
Although
landings
were
down
substantially
from
1981,
the
economic
condition
of
the
harvesting
sector
was
good
during
1982.
The
outlook
for
1983
suggests
a
similar
situation,
albeit
significant
variations
in
domestic
landings
could
alter
that
outlook.

Poffenberger,
John
R.
(
1984).
"
Estimating
the
Effects
of
King
Mackerel
Bag
Limits
on
Charter
Boat
Captains
and
Anglers:
A
Project
Outline."
Draft
report,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Miami,
Florida,
October,
19
pp.

A
project
proposal
to
obtain
recreational
fishing
values
for
king
mackerel
from
charterboat
survey
data.
The
proposal
outlines
travel
cost
and
contingent
valuation
methods
in
relation
to
the
king
mackerel
recreational
fishery
in
northern
Florida.
The
objectives
of
the
proposed
study
are
to
determine
if
the
demand
for
charter
boat
operations
is
affected
by
changes
in
the
number
of
fish
an
angler
can
keep,
to
measure
this
relationship
empirically,
to
determine
which
survey
method
is
best
suited
for
estimating
a
demand
curve
for
charter
boat
operations,
and
the
effects
of
bag
limit
restrictions
on
these
curves.

Poffenberger,
John
R.
(
1985).
"
Operational
and
Financial
Characteristics
of
Reef­
Fish
Vessels
in
the
South
Atlantic
and
Gulf
of
Mexico
Areas."
North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
5:
379­
388.

Cost
and
revenue
data
collected
from
reef
fish
fishermen
in
the
southeastern
United
States
provided
a
comprehensive
financial
and
operational
profile
of
commercial
fishing
vessels
during
1980­
1981.
Analysis
of
variance
test
showed
that
significant
differences
existed
between
vessels
operated
in
the
south
Atlantic
areas
versus
vessels
operated
in
the
eastern
Gulf
of
Mexico,
although
the
financial
characteristics
of
these
vessels
were
not
significantly
different.
On
the
contrary,
the
financial
characteristics
of
vessels
using
bottom
longlines
were
significantly
different
than
vessels
equipped
with
the
traditional
handline
fishing
gear.
Owner
operated
vessels
also
had
significantly
better
financial
performance
than
firm
operated
vessels.
Returns
to
labor,
management,
and
owner's
equity
showed
considerably
larger
returns
for
longline
equipped
and
owner
operated
vessels
compared
to
handline
equipped
and
firm
operated
vessels.
The
former
two
groups
of
vessels
also
were
comparatively
more
efficient
based
on
three
measures
of
vessel
efficiency.
Lastly,
risk
analyses
were
performed
for
several
operational
and
financial
characteristics
of
these
vessels,
and
they
showed
little
or
no
difference
in
risk
between
vessels
equipped
with
longlines
compared
to
vessels
using
handlines.
Comparisons
of
risk,
however,
did
indicate
that
owner
operated
vessels
were
operated
less
conservatively
than
vessels
operated
by
nonowners.
Errors
in
data
collection,
inappropriate
use
of
statistical
procedures,
and
understanding
the
concept
of
risk
abound
in
this
analysis.

Poffenberger,
John
R.
(
1986).
"
Economic
Impacts
of
the
Texas
Closure,
1981­
1985."
A
report
prepared
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Economics
and
Statistics
Office,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
December,
63
pp.
5
3
6
The
impact
of
the
Texas
Closure
on
the
western
Gulf
of
Mexico
in
terms
of
trips,
catches,
revenues,
domestic
supplies
at
Texas
ports,
and
employment
in
coastal
counties
of
Texas
is
analyzed.
No
discernable
effects
are
found
in
a
descriptive
analysis
of
the
shrimp
landings
files.

Poffenberger,
John
R.
(
1986).
"
Estimated
Impacts
of
Texas
Closure
Regulation
on
Ex­
Vessel
Prices
and
Value,
1984­
1985."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFC­
184,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Economics
and
Statistics
Office,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
October,
12
pp.

A
federal
regulation
closes
the
fishery
conservation
zone
(
FCZ)
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
off
the
coast
of
Texas
to
fishing
for
brown
shrimp
beginning
in
late
May
until
the
middle
of
July
when
the
area
is
reopened
to
commercial
fishing.
The
objective
of
this
regulation
is
to
essentially
eliminate
fishing
mortality
on
brown
shrimp
during
a
period
of
rapid
growth
in
their
life
cycles.
Analyses
are
preformed
to
estimate
the
effects
of
these
regulations
on
the
amount
of
shrimp
caught
and
landed
and
the
value
of
the
catch.
The
effects
on
catch
are
estimated
in
Nichols
(
1986)
and
his
estimates
are
used
to
estimate
the
effects
of
the
closure
on
ex­
vessel
prices
and
value.
According
to
Nichols,
the
closure
during
May
through
mid
July,
1984
resulted
in
an
increase
of
1.4
million
pounds
of
brown
shrimp.
This
increase
in
landings
is
estimated
to
have
resulted
in
an
increase
in
total
revenue
to
the
fishery
of
about
$
18.7
million.
Preliminary
estimates
for
the
May
to
mid
July,
1985
closure
are
also
provided
that
indicate
a
range
of
impacts
from
a
loss
of
$
5.2
million
to
a
gain
of
$
756
thousand.

Poffenberger,
John
R.
(
1987).
"
An
Economic
Assessment
of
the
Fisheries
for
King
and
Spanish
Mackerel."
Economics
and
Statistics
Office,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL.

This
economic
assessment
provides
(
1)
a
description
of
the
economic
conditions
in
the
king
and
Spanish
mackerel
fisheries
in
the
southeastern
United
States
and
(
2)
estimates
of
the
effects
of
existing
regulations
on
these
fisheries.
These
two
species
are
important
to
both
recreational
and
commercial
fishermen
and
it
is
important
to
describe
the
conditions
in
both
of
these
fisheries.

Poffenberger,
John
R.
(
1987).
"
Economic
Impacts
of
the
Texas
Closure,
1985­
1986."
A
report
prepared
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Economics
and
Statistics
Office,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL.

The
impact
of
the
Texas
Closure
on
the
shrimp
fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
is
discussed
in
this
report.
The
net
effect
of
the
modified
area
closure
in
1986
is
estimated
to
be
an
increase
of
$
190
thousand
compared
to
the
net
effect
if
the
FCZ
had
been
closed
out
to
200
nautical
miles.
The
1985
closure
resulted
in
a
loss
of
$
170
thousand.

Poffenberger,
John
R.
(
1987).
"
Shrimp
Management
in
the
Southeastern
United
States."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami,
FL.

The
impacts
of
the
shrimp
fishery
management
plan
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
the
proposed
plan
for
the
south
Atlantic
are
reviewed
for
1981
to
1985.
5
3
7
The
management
strategies
in
these
two
areas
are
the
same.
Area
closures
have
been
implemented
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
are
being
considered
in
the
south
Atlantic
region.
The
motivation
for
these
closures
is,
however,
different
for
the
Gulf
and
south
Atlantic
regions.
The
purpose
of
the
closure
in
the
Gulf
is
to
increase
total
revenue
to
the
fishery
on
an
annual
basis.
The
closure
in
the
south
Atlantic
is
being
developed
to
provide
better
recruitment
to
the
fishery
in
years
when
environmental
conditions
are
expected
to
severely
reduce
recruitment
the
following
year.

Poffenberger,
John
R.
(
1996).
Comments
on
Shrimp
Amendment
9
Regulatory
Impact
Review.
Letter
to
Brad
Brown,
Director,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami,
FL.

Comments
on
the
regulatory
impact
review
of
proposed
bycatch
reduction
management
regulations
contain
in
shrimp
amendment
9.

Poggie,
John
J.,
Jr.,
Robert
B.
Pollnac,
and
C.
Van
Dusen
(
1996).
"
Intracultural
Variability
in
the
Cognition
of
Danger
Among
Southern
New
England
Fishers."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
1):
23­
30.

The
costs
of
the
dangers
of
commercial
fishing
are
very
high,
yet
fishing
vessel
safety
regulations
are
frequently
met
with
lack
of
enthusiasm
or
even
rejection
by
fisheries.
Why
would
fishers
reject
regulations
designed
to
increase
their
safety?
There
is
a
strong
possibility
that
some
of
the
rejection
is
the
result
of
lack
of
cognitive
sharing
and
communication
between
originators
of
the
regulations
and
the
fishers
for
whom
the
regulations
are
designed.
This
paper
examines
the
pattern
of
cognition
about
danger
of
the
occupation
among
fishers
and
relates
these
patterns
to
sociocultural
differences
in
two
southern
New
England
ports.
The
intent
of
the
study
is
to
help
bridge
the
gap
between
regulators
and
users
by
providing
culturally
appropriate
information
that
can
be
used
to
design
more
effective
policy,
training
,
and
enforcement
programs.

Poggie,
John
J.,
Jr.,
Robert
B.
Pollnac,
and
Miguel
Fierro
(
1988).
"
Factors
Influencing
the
Success
of
Fishermen's
Cooperatives
in
Ecuador."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5(
3):
231­
242.

The
fishermen's
cooperative
is
viewed
by
many
as
the
ideal
type
of
organization
for
use
in
improving
the
welfare
of
fishermen
in
development
projects
(
cf.
Meynell,
1984;
Jentoft,
1986).
Major
development
agencies
such
as
the
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations
and
the
World
Bank
also
advocate
their
use.
For
example,
a
review
of
World
Bank
fishery
projects
between
1976
and
1981
indicated
that
53%
involved
fishermen's
cooperatives
(
Pollnac,
1985).
Judging
from
the
relatively
high
failure
rate
that
appears
to
exist
for
this
type
of
organization,
however,
it
is
clear
that
their
development
is
a
difficult
matter.
The
success
of
fishermen's
cooperatives
depends
on
a
large
number
of
factors
as
evidenced
by
the
numerous
variables
identified
in
the
literature
for
local
organizations
in
general
(
Esman
and
Uphoff,
1984)
and
fishermen's
organizations
in
particular
(
Poggie,
1980a;
Meynell,
1984;
Pollnac,
1988).
Pollnac
(
1985)
identified
no
fewer
than
21
important
determinants
of
success
for
fishermen's
organizations,
some
of
which
are
clusters
of
variables.
It
appears,
however,
that
there
may
be
several
important
dimensions
that
underlie
the
reported
concomitants
of
the
success
and
failure
of
fishermen's
organizations.
As
a
means
of
furthering
our
understanding
of
these
basic
dimensions,
this
study
analyzes
a
number
of
items
reported
in
the
literature
to
be
associated
with
the
success
and
failure
of
this
type
of
organization.
5
3
8
Polinsky,
A.
Mitchell
and
Steven
Shavell
(
1975).
"
The
Air
Pollution
and
Property
Value
Debate."
The
Review
of
Economics
and
Statistics,
57(
1):
100­
104.

After
summarizing
the
debate
over
what
constitutes
a
correct
interpretation
of
econometric
studies
of
the
relationship
between
air
pollution
and
property
values
(
Anderson
and
Crocker,
Freeman),
a
model
of
residential
location
and
land
rent
determination
that
accounts
for
the
influence
of
air
pollution
is
developed
as
a
point
of
departure
for
a
critical
discussion
the
debate.
The
regression
studies
cannot
be
used
for
predictive
purposes
except
to
the
extent
that
the
city
is
small
and
there
is
mobility
among
cities
and
that
the
assignment
model
cannot
be
used
for
prediction
in
the
way
that
has
been
suggested.

Polinsky,
A.
Mitchell
and
Steven
Shavell
(
1976).
"
Amenities
and
Property
Values
in
a
Model
of
an
Urban
Area."
Journal
of
Public
Economics,
5:
119­
129.

The
dependence
of
property
values
on
a
schedule
of
amenities
is
examined
in
the
case
of
a
small
and
open
city
and
in
the
case
of
a
closed
city.
Questions
concerned
with
the
predictability
and
interpretation
of
changes
in
equilibrium
property
values
following
an
improvement
in
amenities
are
considered
in
these
cases.
The
problem
of
identifying
the
implicit
demand
for
amenities
from
a
single
equilibrium
rent
schedule
is
also
addressed.

Pollack,
Susan
(
1988).
"
Swordfish
Management:
The
Ineffective
Debate
Over
Regulation
of
this
Valuable
Species
is
as
Wide­
Ranging
and
Stormy
as
the
Waters
in
Which
It
Swims."
National
Fisherman,
January,
4
pp.

A
discussion
of
swordfish
regulations
and
the
management
process.

Pollack,
Susan
(
1995).

A
Bycatch
Success
Story.

In
Brad
Warren,
Win­
Win
Bycatch
Solutions.
National
Fisheries
Conservation
Center,
Seattle
WA.

The
Nordmore
grate
used
in
New
England
shrimp
(
Pandalus
borealis)
trawls
greatly
reduces
finfish
bycatch
and
without
any
loss
in
shrimp
harvest
rates
according
to
an
NMFS
study.

Pollack,
Susan
(
1995).

New
England
Groundfish
Discards.

In
Brad
Warren,
Win­
Win
Bycatch
Solutions.
National
Fisheries
Conservation
Center,
Seattle
WA.

New
England
groundfish
fishermen
who
face
dwindling
stocks
from
over
fishing
are
also
discarding
juvenile
fish
from
their
nets.
Proposed
solutions
to
this
problem
are
to
increase
the
minimum
mesh
size,
reduced
minimum
fish
size,
and
the
use
of
diamond
mesh
nets
that
allow
for
increased
fish
escapement.

Pollack,
Susan
(
1995).

A
Promising
Collaboration.

In
Brad
Warren,
Win­
Win
Bycatch
Solutions.
National
Fisheries
Conservation
Center,
Seattle
WA.

A
discussion
of
harbor
porpoise
bycatch
in
the
Maine
gillnet
fishery
and
possible
solutions
is
presented.
An
experiment
using
pingers
attached
to
the
net
to
drive
off
or
warn
porpoises
is
being
developed
to
test
its
ability
to
reduce
bycatch
levels.

Pollak,
Robert
A.
(
1969).
"
Conditional
Demand
Functions
and
Consumption
Theory."
Quarterly
Journal
of
Economics,
10:
60­
78.
5
3
9
A
conditional
demand
function
that
expresses
demand
for
a
food
as
a
function
of
its
own
price,
the
prices
of
some
(
but
not
all)
other
goods,
total
expenditure
on
these
goods,
and
the
quantities
of
the
remaining
goods
is
introduced
in
this
paper.
Conditional
demand
functions
while
related
to
ordinary
demand
functions
are
directly
relevant
to
the
analysis
of
consumer
behavior
in
the
short
run,
when
fixed
commitments
prevent
instantaneous
adjustment
to
the
long
run
equilibrium
and
to
the
study
of
consumer
behavior
under
rationing.

Pollak,
Robert
A.
(
1995).
"
Regulating
Risks."
Journal
of
Economic
Literature,
33(
1):
179­
191.

A
review
of
two
books
on
risk
and
its
regulation.
The
results
of
the
two
books
are
discussed
in
terms
of
risk
assessment,
the
scientific
component
of
risk
regulation.
The
article
concludes
by
discussing
whether
the
proposals
for
practical
reform
are
likely
to
create
institutions
that
engender
enough
trust
to
succeed.

Pollak,
Robert
A.
and
Michael
L.
Wachter
(
1975).
"
The
Relevance
of
the
Household
Production
Function
and
Its
Implications
for
the
Allocation
of
Time."
Journal
of
Political
Economy,
83(
2):
255­
277.

This
paper
provides
a
critique
of
the
household
production
function
approach
and
its
application
to
the
allocation
of
time.
It
is
argued
that
many
applications
of
the
model,
especially
those
making
use
of
implicit
"
commodity
prices,"
require
that
the
households's
technology
exhibit
constant
returns
and
no
joint
production;
otherwise,
implicit
commodity
prices
depend
on
the
household's
preferences
as
well
as
on
its
technology
and
the
prices
of
market
goods.
Furthermore,
joint
production
is
pervasive
in
situations
involving
the
allocation
of
time.
In
situations
where
household
production
theory
does
not
provide
a
satisfactory
framework
for
analysis,
the
paper
suggests
alternative
approaches.

Pollard,
Jon
(
1994).
"
Limited
Entry
Fishing
Rights:
Property
Implications."
Position
Paper
presented
at
the
Limited
Access
Workshop,
Seattle,
Washington,
November
1­
3.
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
General
Council,
Alaska
Region.

This
paper
discusses
the
concept
of
property
in
relation
to
individual
transferable
quotas
(
ITQs).
While
considered
intangible
property,
limited
entry
fishing
rights
are
not
considered
private
property
by
the
courts.
Therefore,
compensation
is
not
necessarily
required
if
the
government
revokes
or
takes
these
rights.
The
courts
note
that
the
licensing
agencies
ordinarily
retain
the
statutory
authority
to
regulate
uses
of
public
lands
and
waterways
in
the
public
interest.

Pollock,
David
E.
(
1986).

Review
of
the
Fishery
for
and
Biology
of
the
Cape
Rock
Lobster
Jasus
lalandii
with
Notes
on
Larval
Recruitment.

Can.
J.
Fish.
Aquat.
Sci.,
43:
2107­
2117.

The
South
African
fishery
for
the
rock
lobster
Jasus
lalandii
currently
yields
about
3800
metric
tons
(
8.4
million
animals)
of
which
more
than
90%
are
males.
Males
grow
much
faster
than
females,
and
a
size
limit
which
is
fairly
large
in
relation
to
the
size
and
age
at
maturity
protects
females
from
exploitation
for
most
of
their
life
spans,
thereby
ensuring
a
high
level
of
larval
production
from
the
population.
Exploitation
rates
in
the
fishery
are
controlled
by
means
of
quotas
on
fishing
companies,
as
well
as
catch
limits
on
individual
fishing
grounds.
Quotas
are
reassessed
annually
to
maintain
instantaneous
fishing
mortality
rates
of
approximately
0.3
on
all
grounds.
5
4
0
Catch
rates
on
most
grounds
have
been
increasing
since
area
catch
limits
were
introduced
in
1980,
and
seasonal
averages
now
vary
between
3
and
12
kg
per
trap­
day.
Although
annual
indices
of
puerulus
larval
recruitment
are
not
available,
and
the
stock­
recruitment
relationship
is
unknown,
it
appears
that
relatively
stable
yields
can
be
maintained
despite
fluctuations
in
puerulus
recruitment.
Density
dependent
regulatory
mechanisms
operative
in
juvenile
and
young
adult
stages
tend
to
dampen
large
variations
in
the
numbers
of
adults
entering
the
fishable
size
range
each
year.
Variations
in
puerulus
recruitment
are
likely
to
result
from
changes
in
the
paths
and
velocities
of
extensive
offshore
currents
which
eventually
return
larvae
toward
the
coast
of
South
Africa
after
many
months
of
pelagic
existence.

Pompe,
Jeffrey
and
Charles
E.
Rockwood
(
1993).
"
A
Cooperative
Management
Solution
to
a
Fishery
Commons."
Marine
fisheries
Review,
55(
4):
14­
18.

A
common
property
resource
with
open
access,
such
as
a
fishery,
will
be
used
to
excess
when
faced
with
sufficient
demand.
This
will
lead
to
an
excessive
amount
of
effort
on
the
part
of
the
fishery,
resulting
in
a
depletion
of
the
stock.
This
paper
discusses
the
development
of
a
property
rights
regime
for
the
Atlantic
calico
scallop,
Argopecten
gibbus,
fishery
of
Florida.
The
management
solution
of
the
Calico
Scallop
Conservation
Association
(
CSCA)
provides
an
example
of
the
assignment
of
property
rights
to
a
common
property
resource
without
resorting
to
governmental
intervention.
In
this
particular
fishery,
self
regulation
limited
early
harvesting
is
uneconomic;
there
may
be
other
fisheries
in
which
self
regulation
could
be
economically
efficient
and
biologically
appropriate.
While
this
solution
may
not
be
applicable
to
all
common
property
resources,
for
those
cases
that
may
be
similar,
the
example
of
the
CSCA
provides
valuable
information
that
may
be
helpful
in
establishing
a
more
efficient
use
of
the
resource.
Some
types
of
government
facilitation
may
also
be
useful.

Pontecorvo,
Giulio
(
1988).
"
The
State
of
Worldwide
Fishery
Statistics:
A
Modest
Proposal."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5(
2):
79­
81.

Pontecorvo
laments
the
lack
of
economics
input
in
the
management
of
marine
fishery
resources
and
proposes
a
data
collection
scheme
that
will
met
minimum
management
requirements
and
needs.

Pontecorvo,
Giulio
(
1989).
"
Reply
to
Comments
by
Francis
T.
Christy,
Jr.
and
Michael
Robinson
and
John
Gulland
on
"
The
State
of
Worldwide
Fishery
Statistics:
A
Modest
Proposal"."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
6(
1):
87­
88.

Pontecorvo
takes
issue
with
the
comments
of
the
authors
on
data
collection
needs
versus
management
of
fisheries.

Pontecorvo,
Giulio
(
1989).
"
Canadian,
Mexican,
and
U.
S.
Fisheries:
Recent
Develops."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
51(
1):
18­
22.

The
paper
reviews
the
landings
and
value
of
fishery
landings
for
the
Canadian,
Mexican,
and
U.
S.
fisheries
after
the
adoption
of
200
mile
limit
legislation
in
those
countries.
The
available
information
on
technological
change
and
productivity
in
fisheries
is
presented
and
discussed.

Pooley,
Samuel
G.
(
1993).

Economics
and
Hawaii

s
Marine
Fisheries.

Marine
Fisheries
Review,
55(
2):
93­
101.

This
paper
reviews
economic
research
conducted
on
Hawaii

s
marine
5
4
1
fisheries
over
the
past
ten
years.
The
fisheries
development
and
fisheries
management
context
for
this
research
is
also
considered.
The
paper
finds
that
new
approaches
are
required
for
marine
fisheries
research
in
Hawaii:
A
wider
scope
to
include
other
marine
resource
and
coastal
zone
issues,
and
increased
and
closer
collaboration
between
research
and
the
fishing
community.

Pooley,
Sam
(
ed.)
(
1996).

NMFS
Guidelines
on
Limited
Access
Programs.

Draft
report,
Limited
Access
Working
Group,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Limited
Access
Planning
Branch,
Juneau,
Alaska,
May.

Advice
and
recommendations
to
NMFS
fishery
managers
and
the
regional
fishery
management
councils
on
the
development
and
implementation
of
limited
access
programs
is
provided.
Important
touchstones
are
identified
that
fishery
managers
should
consider
in
developing
or
revising
limited
access
programs.

Pooley,
Sam
(
ed.)
(
1997).

Issues
and
Options
in
Designing
and
Implementing
Limited
Access
Programs
in
Marine
Fisheries.

Draft
report,
NMFS
Limited
Access
Working
Group,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southwest
Fisheries
Science
Center
Honolulu
Laboratory,
2570
Dole
St.,
Honolulu,
Hawaii,
August,
94
pp.

Advice
and
recommendations
to
NMFS
fishery
managers
and
the
regional
fishery
management
councils
on
the
development
and
implementation
of
limited
access
programs
is
provided.
Important
principles
are
identified
that
fishery
managers
should
consider
in
developing
or
revising
limited
access
programs.

Pooley,
Sam
(
1998).

Issues
and
Options
in
Designing
and
Implementing
Limited
Access
Programs
in
Marine
Fisheries.

NOAA­
TM­
NMFS­
SWFSC­
252,
NMFS
Limited
Access
Working
Group,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southwest
Fisheries
Science
Center
Honolulu
Laboratory,
2570
Dole
St.,
Honolulu,
Hawaii,
May,
73
pp.

Advice
and
recommendations
to
NMFS
fishery
managers
and
the
regional
fishery
management
councils
on
the
development
and
implementation
of
limited
access
programs
is
provided.
Important
principles
are
identified
that
fishery
managers
should
consider
in
developing
or
revising
limited
access
programs.

Pooley,
Samuel
G.,
Samuel
F.
Herrick,
Jr.,
Dale
E.
Squires,
Cynthia
J.
Thomson,
and
G.
W.
Silverthorne
(
1991).

Southwest
Fisheries
Science
Center
and
Southwest
Region
Economics
Research
Plan,
1990­
95.

Administrative
Report
H­
91­
07,
Southwest
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
May,
12
pp.

This
report
identifies
priorities
for
the
1990­
95
period
in
the
collaborative
economics
research
efforts
of
the
Southwest
Fisheries
Science
Center
and
Southwest
Region
economists
under
the
jointly
administered
socioeconomic
research
fund.
The
plan
first
identifies
the
major
research
priorities
and
topics
and
then
sketches
out
proposed
economics
research
activities
for
the
next
five
years.

Pope,
Rulon
D.
and
Arne
Hallam
(
1988).
"
Separability
Testing
in
Production
Economics."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
70(
1):
142­
152.

The
implications
of
separability
in
production
are
examined
using
duality.
Restrictions
on
the
profit
function
implied
by
separability
of
the
production
function,
and
vice
versa,
are
derived
in
a
simple
way.
These
restrictions
are
then
calculated
for
commonly
used
classes
of
functional
5
4
2
forms.
Then
the
method
is
used
to
test
separability
of
the
profit
function
using
experimental
production
data.
The
hypothesis
that
the
profit
function
was
separable
(
plant
nutrients
from
spacing
unit
costs)
could
not
be
rejected.
This
implies
that
an
aggregate
price
index
for
nutrients
is
appropriate.

Pope,
Rulon
D.
and
Rod
F.
Ziemer
(
1984).
"
Stochastic
Efficiency,
Normality,
and
Sampling
Errors
in
Agricultural
Risk
Analysis."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
66(
1):
31­
40.

This
paper
examines
the
power
of
tests
for
efficiency.
The
relationship
between
sample
size,
parameter
values,
and
the
family
of
probability
distributions
is
stressed.
Some
findings
are
that
the
probability
of
correctly
ranking
distributions
is
frequently
very
low
regardless
of
sample
size.
It
is
generally
lowest
as
distributional
parameters
(
such
as
the
means)
of
the
two
distributions
being
compared
are
of
similar
magnitudes.
Further,
the
empirical
distribution
function
performs
extremely
well
as
compared
to
maximum
likelihood
estimators.

Porter,
Gareth
(
1997).
"
The
Euro­
African
Fishing
Agreements:
Subsidizing
Overfishing
in
African
Waters."
Visiting
Scholar,
Center
for
International
Environmental
Law,
Washington,
D.
C.,
March.

The
fishing
agreements
between
the
European
Union
(
EU)
and
African
countries
are
striking
examples
of
subsidized
access
to
foreign
fishing
grounds.
These
agreements
have
permitted
the
EU
to
redeploy
large
numbers
of
fishing
vessels
from
EU
fishing
grounds
to
those
of
African
countries.
The
Euro­
African
fishing
agreements
show
how
the
subsidization
of
fishing
access
can
be
devastating
to
fishery
resources.

Porter,
Gareth
(
1997).
"
The
Euro­
African
Fishing
Agreements:
Subsidizing
Overfishing
in
African
Waters."
In
World
Wildlife
Fund

s
Subsidies
and
Depletion
of
World
Fisheries,
WWF

s
Endangered
Seas
Campaign,
1250
Twenty­
Fourth
St.,
NW,
Washington,
D.
C.,
136
pp.

The
fishing
agreements
between
the
European
Union
(
EU)
and
African
countries
are
striking
examples
of
subsidized
access
to
foreign
fishing
grounds.
These
agreements
have
permitted
the
EU
to
redeploy
large
numbers
of
fishing
vessels
from
EU
fishing
grounds
to
those
of
African
countries.
The
Euro­
African
fishing
agreements
show
how
the
subsidization
of
fishing
access
can
be
devastating
to
fishery
resources.

Porter,
Gareth
(
1997).
"
Fisheries
Subsidies,
Overfishing
and
Trade."
Visiting
Scholar,
Center
for
International
Environmental
Law,
Washington,
D.
C.,
88
pp.

Although
subsidies
have
been
a
major
issue
in
international
trade
negotiations
for
decades
because
of
their
trade
distorting
effects,
only
in
the
past
decade
have
their
negative
impacts
on
the
environment
been
widely
recognized.
Reducing
subsidies
is
one
of
the
few
trade
and
environment
issues
where
the
objectives
of
trade
liberalization
and
environmental
protection
are
clearly
complementary
rather
than
being
in
tension
with
one
another.
Fishery
subsidies
specifically
may
be
the
most
environmentally
destructive
natural
resource
subsidies
of
all.
This
paper
provides
an
analytical
framework
for
international
consideration
of
the
issue
of
fisheries
subsidies,
trade,
and
the
environment.
The
first
section
views
nature
resource
subsidies
in
economic
theory
and
examines
the
mechanisms
by
which
these
subsidies
contribute
to
environmental
degradation.
The
second
section
shows
how
5
4
3
fisheries
subsidies
affect
fish
stocks
from
a
theoretical
perspective,
analyzes
the
different
types
of
subsidies
to
the
fish
harvesting
sector
and
discusses
the
problem
of
estimating
global
fisheries
subsidies.
Case
studies
of
fisheries
subsidies,
their
impacts
on
overcapacity
and
overfishing,
and
an
examination
of
the
impact
of
fisheries
subsidies
on
global
trade
in
fish
products
and
the
treatment
of
such
subsidies
in
the
existing
trade
regime
are
provided.
Finally,
three
possible
approaches
to
creating
new
international
norms
governing
subsidies
that
support
fishing
overcapacity
are
discussed.

Porter,
Gareth
(
1997).
"
The
Role
of
Trade
Policies
in
the
Fishing
Sector,
Fisheries
Subsidies,
Overfishing
and
Trade."
Visiting
Scholar,
Center
for
International
Environmental
Law,
Washington,
D.
C.,
55
pp.

Although
subsidies
have
been
a
major
issue
in
international
trade
negotiations
for
decades
because
of
their
trade
distorting
effects,
only
in
the
past
decade
have
their
negative
impacts
on
the
environment
been
widely
recognized.
Reducing
subsidies
is
one
of
the
few
trade
and
environment
issues
where
the
objectives
of
trade
liberalization
and
environmental
protection
are
clearly
complementary
rather
than
being
in
tension
with
one
another.
Fishery
subsidies
specifically
may
be
the
most
environmentally
destructive
natural
resource
subsidies
of
all.
This
paper
provides
an
analytical
framework
for
international
consideration
of
the
issue
of
fisheries
subsidies,
trade,
and
the
environment.
The
first
section
views
nature
resource
subsidies
in
economic
theory
and
examines
the
mechanisms
by
which
these
subsidies
contribute
to
environmental
degradation.
The
second
section
shows
how
fisheries
subsidies
affect
fish
stocks
from
a
theoretical
perspective,
analyzes
the
different
types
of
subsidies
to
the
fish
harvesting
sector
and
discusses
the
problem
of
estimating
global
fisheries
subsidies.
Three
case
studies
of
fishery
subsidies
and
their
impacts
on
overcapacity
and
overfishing
are
provided.
Finally,
three
possible
approaches
to
creating
new
international
norms
governing
subsidies
that
support
fishing
overcapacity
are
discussed.

Porter,
Gareth
(
1998).
"
Estimating
Overcapacity
in
the
Global
Fishing
Fleet."
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.,
20
pp.

It
is
useful
to
have
a
general
view
of
how
serious
the
overcapacity
problem
is
on
average
worldwide.
This
paper
suggests
that
the
evidence
indicates
a
much
higher
level
of
overcapacity
than
has
been
previously
recognized.
The
Garcia
and
Newton
estimate
of
30%
excess
capacity
in
world
fisheries
is
approximately
1/
5
the
actual
level
of
of
total
excess
capacity
in
the
world
fisheries
of
150%.

Porter,
Gareth
(
1999).
"
Op."
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

The
role
of
subsidies
in
international
trade
and
on
domestic
and
global
fisheries
and
fishing
capacity.

Portney,
Paul
R.
(
1994).
"
The
Contingent
Valuation
Debate:
Why
Economists
Should
Care."
Journal
of
Economic
Perspectives,
8(
4):
3­
17.

The
authors
aim
is
to
provide
an
overview
of
the
contingent
value
method
and
the
debate
surrounding
it.
He
also
suggests
why
this
debate
should
matter
to
economists,
both
professionally
and
in
their
roles
as
citizens
and
consumers.
Whether
the
economics
profession
likes
it
or
not,
it
seems
inevitable
that
contingent
valuation
methods
are
going
to
play
a
role
in
public
policy
formulation.
5
4
4
Powers,
Joseph
E.
(
1982).
"
The
Relationship
Between
Average
Size
and
Fishing
Effort
for
Blue
and
White
Marlin
in
the
Atlantic
Ocean."
SEFC/
SAW/
BSS/
7,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL
33149,
August.

Assessments
of
the
status
of
stocks
of
blue
marlin
(
Makaira
nigricans)
and
white
marlin
(
Tetrapterus
albidus)
have
been
performed
by
Farber
and
Conser
(
1982)
for
the
Atlantic
Ocean
using
the
data
base
collated
by
the
International
Commission
for
the
Conservation
of
Atlantic
Tunas
(
ICCAT).
These
analyses
used
production
models
relating
yield
to
effort.
Average
size
data
are
available
from
both
the
Japanese
longline
fishery
and
from
the
recreational
fishery.
Trends
of
average
size
are
analyzed
in
this
study
and
related
to
fishing
effort.
The
results
of
these
analyses
are
compared
to
the
production
model
results
assuming
single
Atlantic
wide
stocks
of
blue
and
white
marlin.

Powers,
Joseph
E.
(
Chairman)
(
1994).
"
Report
of
the
Shark
Evaluation
Workshop."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL
33149,
March,
47
pp.

In
conducting
this
evaluation
of
large
coastal
shark
groups,
the
committee
found
that
for
many
species
considered,
shark
abundance
in
waters
off
the
U.
S.
Atlantic
and
Gulf
of
Mexico
coasts
is
depressed
due
to
fishing
removals.
Catch
rate
information
indicates
that
the
abundance
of
many
of
the
species
and
species
groups
could
have
declined
by
about
50
to
75%
from
the
early
1970'
s
to
the
mid
1980'
s.
The
downward
trend
in
available
CPUE
observations
probably
accurately
reflects
further
shark
abundance
decreases
since
1986
when
shark
catches
dramatically
increased
until
the
1993
quota
was
adopted.
Recovery
of
this
resource
to
levels
of
the
1970'
s
will
be
slow
(
perhaps
30
years
or
more
in
some
cases),
due
to
the
relatively
low
intrinsic
rates
of
increase
exhibited
by
most
shark
species.
Measuring
recovery
or
decline
under
a
TAC
implemented
in
1993,
even
with
precise
abundance
indices,
may
not
be
possible
for
a
decade
or
more.
Given
the
information
available,
increases
in
the
TAC
for
sharks
were
considered
risk
prone
with
respect
to
promoting
stock
recovery.
In
fact,
considering
the
reproductive
profiles
of
sharks
and
the
general
insufficiency
of
fishery
data
upon
which
to
base
analyses,
any
TAC
might
be
considered
risk
prone
relative
to
stock
recovery
of
large
coastals.
To
increase
the
probability
of
recovery,
the
single
most
important
measure,
supplemental
to
controlling
the
annual
harvest
level,
that
might
be
implemented
is
a
closure
of
nursery
grounds
to
directed
fishing
during
the
pupping
season.
The
greatest
impediments
to
improving
shark
stock
assessments
continue
to
be
the
general
lack
of
species
and
size
specific
catch
(
landed
and
discarded)
and
effort
data,
as
well
as
only
limited
fishery
independent
measures
of
shark
abundance
and
productivity.

Powers,
Joe
(
1995).
"
Untitled."
Draft
memorandum
to
Tony
Lamberte,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL.

Projections
of
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
king
mackerel
yield,
stock
size,
number
of
eggs
(
spawning
production)
and
Spawning
potential
ratio
(
SPR)
for
the
1993/
94
through
2012/
13
fishing
years.

Powers,
Joseph
E.,
C.
Phillip
Goodyear,
and
Gerald
P.
Scott
(
1987).
"
The
Potential
Effect
of
Shrimp
Fleet
Bycatch
on
Fisheries
Production
of
Selected
Fish
Stocks
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Coastal
Resources
Division,
Contribution
Number
5
4
5
CRD­
87/
88­
06,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL
33149,
November.

Despite
the
uncertainties
in
the
data,
the
analysis
of
Nichols
et
al.
(
1987)
attached,
and
herein
indicate
there
is
potential
for
increased
fishery
production
of
red
snappers
and
mackerels
by
reduction
of
bycatch.
It
appears
that
the
potential
is
largest
for
red
snapper,
where
reduction
in
bycatch
might
increase
yield
by
as
much
as
90
percent.
The
potential
for
percentage
increase
in
Spanish
mackerel
yield
in
reducing
bycatch
is
less
than
that
for
red
snapper;
the
potential
is
even
less
for
king
mackerel.

Pritchard,
David
L.,
Ellie
R.
Roche,
and
Frederick
C.
Sutter
(
1995).
"
Marine
Fisheries
Initiative
Program."
1994
Annual
Report,
Cooperative
Programs
Division,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
January,
40
pp.

The
annual
report
presents
major
findings
from
studies
conducted
with
MARFIN
funds
and
presents
a
summary
of
the
analyses
presented
at
the
annual
conference.
Bycatch,
reef
fish,
and
coastal
and
oceanic
pelagic
fish
research
is
highlighted.
The
report
also
contains
a
summary
of
fiscal
year
1994
projects
and
an
annotated
bibliography
of
completed
research.

Prochaska,
F.
J.
(
1978).
"
Prices,
Marketing
Margins,
and
Structural
Change
in
the
King
Mackerel
Marketing
System."
Southern
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
July,
pp.
105­
109.

This
article
determines
the
functional
relationship
between
the
marketing
margin
and
market
prices,
volume
marketed,
change
in
market
structure,
and
the
cost
of
marketing
services
for
King
mackerel
in
Florida.
A
price
dependent,
single
equation
demand
model
based
on
monthly
data
is
estimated
and
used
to
derive
a
marketing
margin
equation.
All
the
usual
problems
of
simultaneity
are
evident
in
the
analysis
of
mackerel
price.

Prochaska,
F.
J.
(
1978).
"
Theoretical
and
Empirical
Considerations
for
Estimating
Capacity
and
Capacity
Utilization
in
Commercial
Fisheries."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
60(
5):
1020­
1025.

The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
address
the
question
of
capacity
with
particular
reference
to
the
development
of
fishery
management
plans.
The
discussion
is
divided
into
three
parts.
First,
the
theoretical
construct
of
capacity
will
be
examined.
The
second
part
is
a
discussion
of
methodological
problems
in
empirical
measurement.
The
final
section
contains
a
review
of
measures
of
capacity
used
in
a
sample
of
fishery
management
plans.

Prochaska,
F.
J.
(
1984).
"
Principle
Types
of
Uncertainty
in
Seafood
Processing
and
Marketing."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
1(
1):
51­
66.

Uncertainty
in
the
processing
and
marketing
sector
arise
in
the
sales
of
final
products,
the
procurement
of
seafood
supplies,
and
the
operation
of
the
marketing
firm
or
processing
plant.
Major
uncertainties
in
marketing
and
processing
seafoods
are
associate
with
inferior
market
price
and
quantity
data,
time
delays
between
procurement
of
raw
product
and
sales
of
final
products,
breakdown
in
market
signals
between
market
levels,
product
image
changes,
and
export
sales.
Major
supply
related
uncertainties
are
associated
with
variations
in
environmental
and
biological
factors,
factors
determining
type
and
quantity
of
fishing
effort,
government
regulations,
and
foreign
supply
factors.
Uncertainties
internal
to
the
operation
of
processing
and
marketing
firms
are
encountered
through
storage­
related
activities,
new
5
4
6
technology,
government
regulations,
and
new
product
and
market
development
activities.
Uncertainties
associated
with
foreign
trade
appear
to
be
of
extreme
importance
because
of
the
relative
growth
and
size
of
foreign
markets.

Prochaska,
F.
J.
(
198?).
"
Shrimp
Imports...
Impact
On
The
Domestic
Industry."
Marine
Log,
Florida
Sea
Grant.

Impacts
of
shrimp
imports
on
the
domestic
shrimp
fishery.
The
report
cites
that
a
10
cent
per
pound
increase
in
ex­
vessel
prices
results
in
the
entry
of
171
new
boats
and
vessels
into
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
fishery.
With
new
entrants
offsetting
income
gains
to
existing
fishing
craft
in
the
fleet.

Prochaska,
F.
J.
(
1985).
"
Shrimp
Mariculture
and
Imports:
Effects
on
U.
S.
Markets
and
Research
Needs."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Food
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL.

A
discussion
of
the
impacts
of
maricultured
shrimp
on
shrimp
import
levels
and
the
shrimp
industry.
Much
work
remains
to
be
done
to
quantify
the
impacts
of
shrimp
mariculture
on
the
domestic
price
for
shrimp
products.

Prochaska,
Fred
J.
and
Charles
M.
Adams
(
1984).
"
Analysis
of
U.
S.
Shrimp
Prices
at
Ex­
Vessel,
Wholesale,
and
Retail
Market
Levels."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Food
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL.

Previously
no
research
has
been
conducted
to
determine
price
relationships
between
market
levels.
Thus,
differential
market
impacts
of
various
price
determinants
and
restrictive
policy
measures
such
as
tariffs
and
quotas
could
not
be
analyzed
at
various
market
levels
and
for
other
market
dimensions,
such
as
markets
defined
by
product
size
classes.
The
goal
of
the
research
reported
in
this
paper
was
to
provide
information
on
which
differential
impacts
can
be
estimated.
The
format
of
the
present
paper
is
to
(
1)
review
trends
in
prices,
margins,
and
market
shares
for
21­
25
and
31­
40
count
raw,
headless
shrimp,
(
2)
determine
direction
of
price
flows
and
existence
of
asymmetric
price
response
between
ex­
vessel,
wholesale,
and
retail
market
levels,
and
(
3)
determine
factors
affecting
prices
for
the
two
size
classes
at
the
three
market
levels.

Prochaska,
Fred
J.
and
Chris
O.
Andrew
(
1974).
"
Shrimp
Processing
in
the
Southeast:
Supply
Problems
and
Structural
Change."
Southern
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
July:
247­
252.

A
growing
deficit
in
shrimp
landings
relative
to
processing
needs
in
the
southeast
region
of
the
United
States
concerns
both
industry
and
government
officials.
Structural
changes
in
the
shrimp
industry
are
encouraged
by
the
growing
supply
deficit.
The
shrimp
supply
situation
and
resulting
industry
organization
changes
are
the
primary
concerns
of
this
paper.

Prochaska,
Fred
J.
and
James
C.
Cato
(
1975).
"
Cost
and
Returns
for
Northern
Gulf
of
Mexico
Commercial
Red
Snapper
­
Grouper
Vessels
by
Vessel
Size,
1974."
SUSF­
SG­
75­
006,
Marine
Advisory
Bulletin,
Department
of
Food
and
Resource
Economics,
Florida
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Florida
Sea
Grant
Program,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL,
December,
8
pp.

Cost
and
returns
data
provide
a
basis
to
which
individual
fishing
firms
can
compare
their
own
operations
to
determine
any
needed
change
in
their
business
management
or
fishing
practices.
This
data
set
is
collected
from
5
4
7
interviews
with
boat
owners
and
captains
representing
ten
commercial
vessels
operating
from
Florida
ports.
The
budget
analysis
reported
is
the
average
for
two
vessel
size
groups:
42­
47
feet
in
length
(
small)
and
57­
69
feet
in
length
(
large).

Prochaska,
Fred
J.
and
James
C.
Cato
(
1975).
"
Northwest
Florida
Gulf
Coast
Red
Snapper
­
Grouper
Party
Boat
Operations,
An
Economic
Analysis,
1974."
SUSF­
SG­
75­
007,
Marine
Advisory
Bulletin,
Department
of
Food
and
Resource
Economics,
Florida
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Florida
Sea
Grant
Program,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL,
December,
9
pp.

The
purposes
of
this
Bulletin
are
to
present
estimates
of
(
1)
the
average
number
of
fishermen
per
boat
on
a
yearly
basis,
(
2)
expenditures
by
fishermen
(
or
revenues
to
boat
owners),
and
(
3)
costs
of
operating
party
boats.
The
analysis
is
based
on
data
collected
through
personal
interviews
with
the
owners
of
seven
boats.
Boats
included
in
the
survey
ranged
from
65
to
85
feet
and
have
a
carrying
capacity
ranging
up
to
over
50
fishermen
per
boat.
These
boats
are
also
often
referred
to
as
"
Day
Boats,"
Head
Boats,"
or
"
Drift
Boats."
the
data
do
not
include
smaller
charter
boats
which
usually
carry
6
to
10
fishermen
and
are
chartered
by
individuals
or
on
a
small
group
basis.
The
boats
included
in
the
study
have
their
home
ports
along
the
north
Florida
Gulf
Coast.

Prochaska,
Fred
J.
and
James
C.
Cato
(
1980).
"
Economic
Considerations
in
the
Management
of
the
Florida
Spiny
Lobster
Fishery."
Fisheries,
5(
4):
53­
37.

This
paper
discusses
how
conceptual
economic
ideas
pertaining
to
the
management
of
the
fishery
may
be
applied
and
to
relay
empirical
results
from
economic
models
that
have
been
estimated
for
the
Florida
spiny
lobster
industry.

Prochaska,
Fred
J.
and
James
C.
Cato
(
1981).
"
Economic
Conditions
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Industry:
1960­
1981."
Staff
Paper
180,
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
Institute
of
Food
and
Agricultural
Sciences,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
Florida
32611.

This
paper
is
designed
to
review
the
historical
economic
conditions
contributing
to
the
sever
1980­
1981
financial
situation.
Historical
movements
in
landings,
values
and
prices
are
reviewed.
The
number
of
boats
and
vessels
that
have
entered
the
fishery
are
noted
and
the
relationship
of
this
entry
pattern
to
price
movements
is
analyzed.
Prices
are
discussed
with
respect
to
consumer
demand
and
imports.
In
addition,
the
possible
actions
that
can
be
taken
to
prevent
a
long
term
reoccurring
situation
are
presented.

Prochaska,
Fred
J.
and
Walter
R.
Keithly
(
1984).
"
Market
Impacts
of
U.
S.
Shrimp
Imports."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Food
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL.

Imported
shrimp
accounted
for
over
one
half
of
the
annual
shrimp
consumption
in
the
U.
S.
through
1981.
This
relatively
large
proportion
of
the
total
market
is
alleged
to
cause
serious
financial
problems
for
the
domestic
shrimp
fishing
sector
by
lowering
prices,
especially
during
periods
of
declining
U.
S.
demand
for
shrimp.
Tariffs
and
quotas
have
repeatedly
been
suggested
by
shrimp
fishermen
and
their
representatives
as
a
solution
to
the
fishermen's
problems
with
the
latest
organized
effort
in
the
early
1980'
s.
Since
that
time
increased
world
shrimp
supplies,
principally
from
mariculture,
5
4
8
have
caused
new
concerns
for
the
U.
S.
shrimp
fishing
industry.
Imports
increased
dramatically
since
1981
reaching
a
high
of
421
million
pounds
(
heads
off)
in
1983
that
accounts
for
over
70
percent
of
the
supply
of
shrimp
in
the
U.
S.
Opposition
to
tariffs
and
quotas
comes
from
three
sources.
Consumers
feel
shrimp
available
for
consumption
would
be
reduced
and
would
be
available
only
at
considerably
higher
prices.
Marketing
and
processing
firms
contend
that
the
cost
of
operations
would
be
increased
due
to
a
reduction
in
volume
of
shrimp
for
processing
and
marketing.
Finally,
industry
analysis
hypothesize
that
increased
ex­
vessel
prices
due
to
reduced
imports
will
be
at
best
a
short
run
solution
to
the
low
or
negative
economic
returns
due
to
the
expected
increased
entry
into
the
fishery
associated
with
the
increased
prices.

Prochaska,
Fred
J.
and
Walter
R.
Keithly
(
1984).
"
Market
Impacts
of
U.
S.
Shrimp
Imports."
In
Proceedings
of
the
Workshop
on
Shrimp
and
Prawn
Markets.
International
Institute
of
Fisheries
Economics
and
Trade
and
the
South
Carolina
Wildlife
and
Marine
Resources
Department,
Charleston,
South
Carolina,
July
26­
27.

The
domestic
import
demand
for
shrimp
and
world
supply
of
shrimp
to
U.
S.
buyers
is
analyzed
via
a
simultaneous
model
to
determine
principal
factors
affecting
the
import
market.
Import
price,
quantity,
and
tax
revenue
effects
of
proposed
tariffs
and/
or
quotas
will
then
be
analyzed.
Finally
an
ex­
vessel
domestic
shrimp
price
equation
is
developed
to
determine
the
effect
of
a
set
of
economic
factors
on
ex­
vessel
shrimp
prices.
Estimated
changes
in
import
quantities
demanded
under
the
second
objective
are
incorporated
in
the
exvessel
model
to
estimate
the
effects
of
the
proposed
tariffs
and
quotas
on
exvessel
prices.

Prochaska,
Fred
J.
and
Walter
R.
Keithly
(
1984).
"
Market
Impacts
of
U.
S.
Shrimp
Imports."
In
Proceedings
of
the
Workshop
on
Shrimp
and
Prawn
Markets,
International
Institute
of
Fisheries
Economics
and
Trade,
Oregon
State
University,
International
Institute
of
Fisheries
Economics,
Corvallis,
OR.

The
domestic
import
demand
for
shrimp
and
world
supply
of
shrimp
to
U.
S.
buyers
is
analyzed
via
a
simultaneous
model
to
determine
principal
factors
affecting
the
import
market.
Import
price,
quantity,
and
tax
revenue
effects
of
proposed
tariffs
and/
or
quotas
will
then
be
analyzed.
Finally
an
ex­
vessel
domestic
shrimp
price
equation
is
developed
to
determine
the
effect
of
a
set
of
economic
factors
on
ex­
vessel
shrimp
prices.
Estimated
changes
in
import
quantities
demanded
under
the
second
objective
are
incorporated
in
the
exvessel
model
to
estimate
the
effects
of
the
proposed
tariffs
and
quotas
on
exvessel
prices.

Prochaska,
Fred
J.
and
Walter
R.
Keithly,
Jr.
(
1986).
"
Production
Costs
and
Revenues
in
the
Florida
Oyster
Industry."
Sea
Grant
Project
No.
R/
LR­
E­
8,
Grant
Number
NA80AA­
D­
00038,
Report
Number
87,
Florida
Sea
Grant
College,
Sea
Grant
Extension
Program,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL,
July,
16
pp.

The
purpose
of
this
study
was
to
collect
information
concerning
the
production
practices
and
associated
costs
and
revenues
of
the
oystermen
in
Franklin
County
for
the
year
starting
September,
1982
and
ending
in
August,
1983.
A
total
of
twenty­
five
questionnaires
were
completed
through
personal
interviews.

Prochaska,
Fred
J.
and
Paul
D.
Landrum
(
1981).
"
Spiny
Lobster,
Stone
Crab
and
Secondary
Fishery
Costs
and
Revenues
in
the
Florida
Keys,
1978­
79
Season."
Florida
Sea
Grant
College,
Report
Number
42,
5
4
9
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL,
May,
35
pp.

The
objective
of
study
was
to
analyze
production,
costs
and
revenues
for
the
multiple
species
fisheries
in
which
spiny
lobster
fishermen
in
the
Florida
Keys
participate.
Results
of
the
analyses
provide
(
1)
individual
fishermen
a
base
with
which
they
can
compare
their
own
lobster
operations
to
determine
if
any
changes
in
their
fishing
practices
were
warranted,
(
2)
analysis
of
the
profitability
of
fishery
alternatives
to
lobster
fishing,
(
3)
an
economic
base
on
which
alternative
fishery
management
programs
can
be
analyzed,
and
(
4)
economic
information
to
support
industries
such
as
credit
institutions,
boat
builders,
etc.

Prochaska,
Fred
J.
and
Joel
S.
Williams
(
1976).
"
Economic
Analysis
of
Cost
and
Returns
in
the
Spiny
Lobster
Fishery
by
Boat
and
Vessel
Size."
Florida
Sea
Grant
Publication,
SUSF­
SG­
76­
004,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
Fl,
July,
18
pp.

An
economic
survey
of
25
Florida
Keys
lobster
boat
and
vessel
captains
was
conducted
during
the
fall
of
1974
to
obtain
cost,
production,
and
returns
data
for
the
1973­
74
season.
This
study
provides
(
1)
individual
fishing
firms
a
base
with
which
they
can
compare
their
own
operations
to
determine
if
any
change
in
their
fishing
practices
is
warranted,
(
2)
economic
information
on
sales
and
purchases
that
may
be
used
as
an
indication
of
the
economic
contribution
made
by
the
lobster
fishery
to
the
area
economy,
and
(
3)
and
economic
basis
for
determining
the
economic
consequences
of
alternative
management
programs
that
might
be
considered
by
the
industry
and
regulatory
agencies.
To
accomplish
these
objectives,
production
practices
and
costs
and
returns
are
analyzed
on
an
industry
average
basis
and
by
four
boat
and
vessel
size
classes.
This
bulletin
reports
on
information
pertaining
to
the
first
objective
of
the
overall
study.

Prochaska,
Fred
J.
and
Joel
S.
Williams
(
1978).
"
An
Economic
Analysis
of
Spiny
Lobster
Production
by
Individual
Firms
at
Optimum
Stock
Levels."
Southern
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
December:
93­
100.

This
analysis
provides
information
for
decision
making
for
individual
lobster
firms
and
to
provide
estimates
of
production
relationships
for
use
in
the
analysis
of
aggregate
industry
level
management
programs
that
might
be
imposed
at
current
or
optimum
stock
levels
using
an
estimated
production
relationship
for
the
1973­
1974
stock
level.

Prochaska,
Fred
J.,
R.
Allen
Morris,
and
James
C.
Cato
(
1977).
"
An
Economic
Analysis
of
King
Mackerel
Production
by
Hook­
and­
Line
on
the
Florida
Atlantic
Coast."
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL.

The
objectives
of
this
bulletin
are
to
(
1)
provide
individual
fishing
firms
basic
economic
information
with
which
they
can
compare
their
own
operations
and
(
2)
provide
economic
information
to
support
industries
such
as
credit
institutions
for
the
king
mackerel
fishery.
To
accomplish
these
objectives,
production
practices
and
cost
and
returns
were
analyzed
on
an
industry
average
basis.
Ranges
in
individual
estimates
are
presented
in
addition
to
the
industry
averages.
Individual
fishermen
can
compare
their
operations
to
the
average
and
range
for
specific
cost
and
returns
items
to
determine
where
changes
in
their
own
practices
may
be
profitable.

Prochaska,
Fred
J.,
Mauro
Suazo,
and
Walter
R.
Keithly
(
1983).
"
World
Shrimp
Production
Trends
and
the
U.
S.
Import
Market."
Draft
5
5
0
report,
Tropical
and
Subtropical
Fisheries
Tech.
Conf.
Proceedings.

This
paper
(
1)
reviews
world
shrimp
production
trends
in
total
and
by
major
producers,
(
2)
investigates
U.
S.
shrimp
supply
sources
and
trends,
(
3)
analyzes
the
U.
S.
market
for
imported
shrimp,
and
(
4)
draws
implications
with
respect
to
future
conditions
in
the
U.
S.
shrimp
market.

Protected
Species
Management
Branch
(
1995).
"
Shrimp
Fishery
Biological
Opinion
Emergency
Response
Plan."
Weekly
Report,
Week
17
though
29
April,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive
N.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
May,
6
pp.

Because
of
continued
elevated
levels
of
sea
turtle
strandings
in
NMFS
statistical
Zones
20
and
18,
emergency
restrictions
were
filed
with
the
Federal
Register
on
April
27,
1995,
which
became
effective
at
12:
01
a.
m.,
April
30,
1995.
The
restrictions
apply
to
shrimp
trawling
in
Gulf
of
Mexico
offshore
waters
out
to
10
nautical
miles,
along
two
sections
of
the
Texas
and
Louisiana
coasts.
While
TED
requirements
remain
in
effect,
the
use
of
soft
TEDs,
bottom
opening
TEDs,
try
nets
without
top
opening
hard
TEDs,
and
flaps
that
completely
cover
the
escape
opening
on
top
opening
hard
TEDs
are
prohibited.
In
essence,
the
only
type
of
TED
that
can
be
used
in
the
restricted
areas
is
a
top
opening
hard
TED
with
a
flap
that
does
not
cover
the
escape
opening.
The
restrictions
will
remain
in
effect
for
30
days.

Protected
Species
Management
Branch
(
1996).
"
Kemp

s
ridley
Sea
Turtle
(
Lepidochelys
kempii)
Status
Report."
Final
Report
of
the
Marine
Turtle
Expert
Working
Group,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive
N.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
June,
49
pp.

A
stock
assessment
report
that
makes
recommendations
for
future
research
of
this
marine
turtle
species
and
concludes
that
the
stock
is
recovering
under
present
management
regulations.

Protected
Species
Management
Branch
(
1996).
"
Status
of
the
Loggerhead
Turtle
Population
(
Caretta
caretta)
in
the
Western
North
Atlantic."
Final
Report
of
the
Marine
Turtle
Expert
Working
Group,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive
N.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
July,
50
pp.

A
stock
assessment
report
that
makes
recommendations
for
future
research
of
this
marine
turtle
species
and
concludes
that
the
stock
is
recovering
under
present
management
regulations.

Prytherch,
Herbert
F.
(
1978).
"
A
Survey
Designed
for
the
Collection
and
Analysis
of
Data
for
the
Reef
Fish
Program."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Technical
Information
Management
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
October,
30
pp.

The
purpose
of
this
survey
is
to
collect
data
on
the
reef
fish
fishery
(
primarily
snapper
and
grouper)
throughout
the
South
Atlantic
and
Gulf
area
so
that
a
catch­
effort
data
system
would
emerge,
which
would
provide
information
concerning
species
and
number
of
individual
fish,
effort
expended,
gear
type
and
quantity,
area
and
depth
of
capture,
and
prices
received
by
fishermen.
5
5
1
Purvis,
Amy,
William
G.
Boggess,
Charles
B.
Moss,
and
John
Holt
(
1995).

Technology
Adoption
Decisions
Under
Irreversibility
and
Uncertainty:
An
Ex
Ante
Approach.

American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
77(
3):
541­
551.

Empirical
results
demonstrate
that
uncertainty
about
costs
and
requirements
for
environmental
compliance
is
an
important
determinant
of
dairy
producers

investment
behavior.
Ex
ante
forecasting
of
how
uncertainty
and
irreversibility
are
likely
to
affect
producers

responsiveness
to
agricultural
technologies
has
implications
for
the
design
of
environmental
policies.
Simulation
modeling
methods
are
described.
The
empirical
analysis
focuses
on
Texas
producers

propensity
to
adopt
free
stall
dairy
housing.
Free
stall
investments
offer
advantages
for
both
productivity
augmentation
and
pollution
abatement,
yet
uncertainty
and
irreversibility
are
obstacles
to
adoption.
Implications
of
this
ex
ante
paradigm
for
policy
design
and
implementation
are
discussed.

Queirolo,
Lewis,
E.
(
1988).

Measuring
the
Economic
Implications
of
Prohibited
Species
By­
Catch
Mortality,
Including
Loss
of
Reproductive
Potential,
in
Nonselective
Multispecies
Commercial
Fisheries.

NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS
F/
NWC­
131,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northwest
and
Alaska
Fisheries
Center,
7600
Sand
Point
Way,
N.
E.,
Seattle,
WA,
March,
97
pp.

The
objective
of
this
analysis
is
the
development
of
a
methodological
approach
that
would
permit
a
more
complete
evaluation
of
the
physical
and
economic
consequences
of
prohibited
species
by­
catch
(
PSC)
losses,
such
as
occur
in
the
harvest
of
groundfish.
The
empirical
results
demonstrate
the
presence
of
substantial
latent
losses
associated
with
salmon
PSC
reproductive
potential
foregone
and
confirm
the
presence
of
the
hypothesized
long
run
adverse
economic
impacts
on
directed
salmon
fisheries
associated
with
a
single
season

s
PSC
interception.
Similar
impacts
are
expected
for
Pacific
halibut,
king
crab,
and
Tanner
crab,
although
substantial
research
on
the
biological
impacts
of
PSC
losses
on
these
species
remains
to
be
done.

Queirolo,
Lewis
E.
and
Richard
S.
Johnston
(
1989).
"
Research
in
Global
Groundfish
Markets:
An
Exercise
in
International
Cooperation."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
51(
1):
28­
32.

This
paper
explores
the
idea
that
extended
fisheries
jurisdiction
has
spawned
new
international
relationships
in
the
commercial
and
public
sectors.
In
addition,
it
has
also
provided
incentives
to
cooperate
internationally
in
research
activity.
Fear
of
the
cost
of
disclosing
information
to
potential
foreign
competitors
appears
to
be
overshadowed
by
the
recognition
of
potential
benefits
from
new
insights
to
be
gained
through
shared
research
experience.

Queirolo,
Lewis
E.,
L.
W.
Fritz,
P.
A.
Livingston,
M.
R.
Loefflad,
D.
A.
Colpo,
and
Y.
L.
deReynier
(
1995).
"
Bycatch,
Utilization,
and
Discards
in
the
Commercial
Groundfish
Fisheries
of
the
Gulf
of
Alaska,
Eastern
Bering
Sea,
and
Aleutian
Islands."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
NOAA
Tech.
Memo.,
NMFS­
AFSC­
58,
148
pp.

This
report
documents
reported
catch,
bycatch,
utilization,
and
discard
data
and
attempts
to
identify
patterns
and
trends
in
the
commercial
groundfish
fisheries
of
the
Gulf
of
Alaska
(
GOA),
eastern
Bering
Sea,
and
Aleutian
Islands
(
BSAI)
(
areas
which
currently
make
up
the
United
States

Exclusive
Economic
Zone
off
Alaska).
The
report
identifies
existing
data
sources
and
examines
the
historical
catch
record,
as
well
as
current
domestic
groundfish
5
5
2
fisheries
in
these
areas.

Quirk,
James
P.
and
Vernon
L.
Smith
(
1970).
"
Dynamic
Economic
Models
of
Fishing."
In
A.
Scott
(
ed.)
Economics
of
Fisheries
Management,
A
Symposium,
A
symposium
held
at
the
University
of
British
Columbia,
March
24
to
25,
1969.

Our
principle
objective
is
to
incorporate
the
externality
and
growth
characteristics
of
a
fishery
into
a
dynamic
model
of
general
equilibrium
and
to
compare
such
a
competitive
model
with
a
model
of
optimal
fishing
over
time.
For
the
latter
we
employ
in
a
straightforward
manner
the
Pontryagin
Maximum
Principle.

Rafferty,
James
and
Leo
Gaudin
(
1994).
"
Fresh
Prices
at
Fulton
Fish
Market,
January
­
April
1994."
United
States
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
201
Varick
Street,
Room
731,
New
York,
New
York.

Monthly,
wholesale,
spot
fish
prices
at
the
Fulton
Fish
Market
by
size
category.

Ragozin,
David
L.
and
Gardner
Brown,
Jr.
(
1985).
"
Harvest
Policies
and
Nonmarket
Valuation
in
a
Predator­
Prey
System."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
12:
155­
168.

Although
prey
may
not
have
commercial
value,
their
economic
value
can
be
ascertained
in
a
predator­
prey
model
if
the
predator
has
a
harvest
value.
The
economic
optimal
(
recovery)
path
of
the
predator
and
prey
are
carefully
described
when
growth
is
quadratic
in
the
predator
(
prey)
and
linear
in
prey
(
predator).
Parameter
values,
in
part,
resembling
Pacific
halibut
are
used
to
provide
numerical
illustrations.

Rainer,
David
(
1997).
"
Snapper
Ban
Has
Industry
Reeling."
Mobil
Press,
Alabama,
November
13.

Closure
of
snapper
fisher
disaster
to
charter
boat
industry
in
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Andy
Kemmerer
said

Did
I
want
to
do
it?
Absolutely
not.

Raizin,
Myles
(
1989).
"
Available
Data
from
the
1986
King
Mackerel
Economic
Costs
and
Returns
Survey."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFC­
228,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
June,
11
pp.

Cost
and
revenue
data
for
vessels
operating
in
the
1986
king
mackerel
fishery
was
assembled
in
response
to
a
request
from
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council.
The
data
set
is
described
and
summarized
profiles
are
presented.

Raizin,
Myles
(
1994).
"
Control
Date
Discussion."
Position
Paper
presented
at
the
Limited
Access
Workshop,
Seattle,
Washington,
November
1­
3.
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Regional
Office,
Gloucester,
MA.

The
discussion
paper
deals
with
the
intent,
content,
and
impact
of
control
dates
in
fisheries.

Raizin,
Myles
(
1994).
"
Summary."
Position
Paper
presented
at
the
5
5
3
Limited
Access
Workshop,
Seattle,
Washington,
November
1­
3.
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Regional
Office,
Gloucester,
MA.

Summary
of
northeastern
region
limited
access
programs
including
groundfish,
American
lobsters,
and
surf
clams.

Raizin,
Myles
and
Lloyd
Regier
(
1986).
"
Impact
of
U.
S.
Wholesale
Demand
for
Canned
Sardines
on
Market
Accessibility
of
Potential
Gulf
of
Mexico
Products."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
48(
1):
32­
36.

Significant
resources
of
small
fish
that
are
potentially
marketable
in
the
form
of
canned
sardines
are
available
from
Gulf
of
Mexico
waters.
To
determine
the
potential
for
entry
into
the
established
U.
S.
canned
sardine
market,
three
product
groups
that
comprise
the
market
are
analyzed
at
the
wholesale
level
to
determine
their
demand
characteristics.
Results
indicate
that
opportunities
for
entry
exist,
especially
for
products
that
are
similar
to
imports
in
terms
of
package
and
quality.

Raizin,
Myles
and
Lloyd
Regier
(
1986).
"
Economic
Aspects
of
the
Japanese
Kamaboko
Industry."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
48(
4):
60­
64.

The
newest
and
most
promising
seafood
technology
impacting
U.
S.
markets
in
recent
years
is
an
ancient
Japanese
fish
paste
process
that
yields
a
final
product
called
kamaboko,
a
fish
protein
gel
that
is
flavored
and
formed
to
suit
the
tastes
and
preferences
of
consumers.
Many
varieties
of
kamaboko
have
been
developed
for
the
Japanese
market
and
since
1976
several
forms
of
kamaboko
have
been
exported
from
Japan
to
the
United
States
including:
A
lobster
tail
analog,
scallop
analog,
shrimp
analog,
and
crab
analog.
In
this
paper
we
discuss
various
economic
aspects
of
trade,
marketing,
and
production
that
affect
the
kamaboko
industry
of
Japan
and
impact
the
U.
S.
market
for
Japanese
kamaboko.

Randall,
Alan
(
1993).
"
Passive­
Use
Values
and
Contingent
Valuation­
Valid
for
Damage
Assessment."
Choices,
2nd
Quarter:
12­
15.

The
pro
argument
for
the
use
of
contingent
valuation
to
determine
passive
use
values.

Randall,
Alan
(
1994).
"
A
Difficulty
with
the
Travel
Cost
Method."
Land
Economics,
70(
1):
88­
96.

Instead
of
observable
prices
of
recreational
visits,
travel
cost
method
(
TCM)
researchers
are
obliged
to
substitute
researcher
assigned
visitation
cost
estimates.
I
argue
that
visitation
costs
are
inherently
subjective,
but
are
ordinally
measurable
so
long
as
the
cost
increases
with
distance
traveled.
It
follows
that
traditional
TCM
yields
only
ordinally
measurable
welfare
estimates.
The
household
production
function
formulation
of
TCM

resolves

this
problem
only
by
imposing
severe
and
untestable
analytical
restrictions.
TCM
cannot
serve
as
a
stand­
alone
technique
for
estimating
recreation
benefits;
rather
it
must
be
calibrated
using
information
generated
with
fundamentally
different
methods.

Randall,
Alan
and
Emery
N.
Castle
(
1985).
"
Land
Resources
and
Land
Markets."
Chapter
13
in
Kneese,
Allen
V.
and
James
L.
Sweeney
(
ed.).
Handbook
of
Natural
Resource
and
Energy
Economics,
Vol.
II,
Elsevier
Science
Publishers
B.
V.
5
5
4
This
chapter
is
concerned
with
the
economics
of
land
as
a
multiple
use
factor
input
in
the
production
process.

Rao,
Potluri
and
Roger
LeRoy
Miller
(
1971).
Applied
Econometrics.
Footnote
2,
page
17.
Wadsworth
Publishing
Company,
Belmont,
California.

The
calculation
of
percentage
change
when
y
is
decreasing
at
the
point
yt­
1
is
presented.

Raulerson,
Richard
(
1998).
"
Supplement
to
the
Economic
Analysis
of
Amendment
9
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
U.
S.
Waters."
Final
report,
Southeast
Regional
Office
and
the
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
9450
Koger
Blvd.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

Supplemental
analysis
of
proposed
regulations
to
reduce
bycatch
of
red
snapper
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.
Badly
flawed
and
misleading
summary
of
excellent
economic
analyses
concerning
shrimp
and
red
snapper
fisheries.
Corrections
provided
by
OMB
included
at
end
of
report.

Raulerson,
Richard,
John
Ward,
and
Jon
Platt
(
1990).
"
Stock
Assessment
and
Fishery
Evaluation
Report
for
the
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagics
Fishery."
Draft
report,
Southeast
Regional
Office
and
the
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
9450
Koger
Blvd.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

A
review
of
the
best
available
data
for
the
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Fishery
Management
Plan.

Rausser,
Gordon
C.
(
1982).
"
Political
Economic
Markets:
PERTS
and
PESTs
in
Food
and
Agriculture."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
65(
2):
821­
833.

Political
economic
seeking
transfers
and
political
economic
resource
transactions
are
discussed
in
a
rent
seeking
versus
rent
generating
context.
The
authors
conclude
that
policies
resulting
from
PEST
activities
in
a
second
best
world
can
increase,
leave
unchanged,
or
decrease
the
size
of
the
pie.

Read,
Andrew
G.
and
Eugene
H.
Buck
(
1997).

Commercial
Fishing:
Economic
Aid
and
Capacity
Reduction.

Environmental
and
Natural
Resources
Policy
Division,
Congressional
Research
Service,
The
Library
of
Congress,
April,
31
pp.

Both
experience
and
economic
models
show
that,
in
the
absence
of
enforceable
access
or
catch
restrictions,
competition
among
commercial
fishermen
results
in
an
expansion
of
fishing
capacity
and
effort
beyond
the
sustainable
limits
of
the
fish
population
being
pursued.
Although
sometimes
conceived
as
a
means
for
easing
financial
hardship
caused
by
reduced
landings
of
fish,
capacity
reduction
is
more
often
viewed
as
a
measure
to
realign
effort
and
eventually
increase
sustainable
catch
levels.
Unlike
economic
aid,
however,
capacity
reduction
aims
to
provide
long­
term
benefits
to
those
choosing,
or
able,
to
remain
within
the
industry
and
may
thus
indirectly
confer
benefits
to
some
of
the
communities
that
these
fisheries
support.

Ready,
Richard
C.
(
1990).
"
Ex­
Vessel
Demand
Models."
Draft
report
in
Kearney/
Centaur
(
1990).
"
Evaluation
and
Demonstration
of
Valuation
Methodologies
Applicable
to
Sport
and
Commercial
Fisheries."
Draft
report,
Alexandria,
VA.
5
5
5
Commercial/
Recreational
allocation
decisions
should
be
made
with
full
knowledge
of
the
benefits
and
costs
to
all
affected
user
groups.
The
user
groups
that
have
received
most
of
the
attention
in
debates
over
allocation
are
the
sport
fishers
and
the
commercial
fishers.
One
user
group
that
has
not
received
much
attention
is
the
consumers
of
commercially
caught
fish.
Americans
are
eating
more
fish
each
year.
Changes
in
commercial
allocations
have
impacts
on
consumers
that
should
be
accounted
for.
This
section
explores
some
of
the
issues
that
arise
when
attempting
to
estimate
the
benefits
that
accrue
to
the
consumers
of
commercially
caught
fish.
Specifically,
techniques
are
described
that
allow
estimation
of
the
consumer
surplus
associated
with
changes
in
harvest,
using
data
on
ex­
vessel
landings
and
prices
that
is
already
available
for
many
fisheries.

Redfield,
Michael
L.
(
1971).

Costs
and
Profitability
in
the
Commercial
Fishing
Industry:
The
Insurance
Dilemma.

WSG­
MP
71­
4,
Washington
Sea
Grant
Program,
Division
of
Marine
Resources,
University
of
Washington,
November,
59
pp.

Any
solution
to
the
problems
of
high
insurance
costs
must
include
limited
entry.
Any
decline
in
fixed
costs
would
increase
entry
into
the
fishery
and
further
exacerbate
the
dissipation
of
rent
that
exists
in
any
open
access
or
common
property
resource.

Reed,
William
J.
(
1984).
"
The
Effects
of
the
Risk
of
Fire
on
the
Optimal
Rotation
of
a
Forest."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
11:
180­
190.

The
effects
of
the
risk
of
fire
or
other
unpredictable
catastrophe
on
the
optimal
rotation
period
of
a
forest
stand
are
investigated.
It
is
demonstrated
that
when
fires
occur
in
a
time
independent
Poisson
process,
and
cause
total
destruction,
the
policy
effect
of
the
fire
risk
is
equivalent
to
adding
a
premium
to
the
discount
rate
that
would
be
operative
in
a
risk
free
environment.
Other
cases
are
also
investigated
and
in
each
a
modified
form
of
the
Faustmann
formula
is
derived
and
a
"
marginal"
economic
interpretation
given.

Reef
fish
Stock
Assessment
Panel
(
1997).

October
1997
Report
of
the
Reef
Fish
Stock
Assessment
Panel.

Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
3018
U.
S.
Highway
301
North,
Suite
1000,
Tampa,
Florida,
October,
38
pp.

A
review
of
the
stock
assessments
prepared
by
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center
on
Gag
and
red
snapper
and
a
review
of
summary
biological
data
on
gray
triggerfish.
A
recommended
range
of
allowable
biological
catch
(
ABC)
and
framework
measures
required
to
attain
management
goals
is
also
made.

Reese,
Gladys
B.
(
ed.)
(
1992).
"
1991
MARFIN
Annual
Report:
Small
Pelagics
(
Butterfish,
Coastal
Herrings
and
Associated
Species),
Shrimp
Trawl
Bycatch
Reduction,
TED
Technology
Transfer."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Mississippi
Laboratories,
Pascagoula,
MS,
March,
258
pp.

This
report
encompasses
the
1991
Annual
Reports
for
the
Small
Pelagics,
Shrimp
Trawl
Bycatch
Reduction,
and
TED
Technology
Transfer
projects.
These
projects
are
funded
in
part
by
MARFIN,
and
the
1991
Annual
Reports
have
been
combined
and
presented
as
the
1991
MARFIN
Annual
Report.
5
5
6
Regev,
U.,
and
A.
P.
Gutierrez,
S.
J.
Schreiber,
and
D.
Zilberman
(
1998).

Biological
and
Economic
Foundations
of
Renewable
Resource
Exploitation.

Ecological
Economics,
26:
227­
242.

A
physiologically
based
population
dynamics
model
of
a
renewable
resource
is
used
as
the
basis
to
develop
a
model
of
human
harvesting.
The
model
incorporates
developing
technology
and
the
effects
of
market
forces
on
the
sustainability
of
common
property
resources.
The
bases
of
the
model
are
analogies
between
the
economics
of
resource
harvesting
and
allocation
by
firms
and
adapted
organisms
in
nature.
Specifically,
the
paper
makes
the
following
points:
(
1)
it
shows
how
economic
and
ecological
theories
may
be
unified;
(
2)
it
punctuates
the
importance
of
time
frame
in
the
two
systems
(
evolutionary
versus
market);
(
3)
it
shows,
contrary
to
prevailing
economic
wisdom,
how
discount
rates
on
resource
use
can
be
catastrophic
when
synergized
by
progress
in
harvesting
technology;
(
5)
it
suggests
that
increases
in
efficiency
of
utilization
of
the
harvest
encourages
higher
levels
of
resource
exploitation;
and
(
6)
it
shows
the
effects
of
environmental
degradation
on
consumer
and
resource
dynamics.
The
model
leads
to
global
implications
on
the
relationship
between
economic
growth
and
the
ability
of
modern
societies
to
maintain
the
environment
at
a
sustainable
level.

Reggio,
Villere
C.
Jr.
(
1989).
"
Petroleum
Structures
as
Artificial
Reefs:
a
Compendium."
Fourth
International
Conference
on
Artificial
Habitats
for
Fisheries
Rigs­
to­
Reefs
Special
Session,
Miami,
Florida,
November
4,
1987.
Published
by
U.
S.
Department
of
the
Interior,
Minerals
Management
Service,
gulf
of
Mexico
OCS
Regional
Office,
New
Orleans,
August,
176
pp.

These
proceedings
are
published
to
share
information
with
anyone
interested
in
the
potential,
limitations,
and
concerns
of
making
permitted
reefs
from
petroleum
structures.
The
presented
papers
address
some
of
the
physical,
biological,
socioeconomic,
technological,
and
legal
aspects
of
capturing
the
fisheries
potential
of
producing
petroleum
platforms
and
of
converting
obsolete
oil
and
gas
structures
to
reefs.
The
range
of
views
and
experiences
presented
at
the
conference
is
hereby
recorded
as
submitted
by
the
authors
or
panel
moderators
and
prepared
for
publication
by
MMS.

Reid,
Walter
V.
and
Mark
C.
Trexler
(
1991).
Drowning
the
National
Heritage:
Climate
Change
and
U.
S.
Coastal
Biodiversity.
World
resources
Institute,
June,
48
pp.

The
authors
point
out
that
curbing
the
rate
and
magnitude
of
global
warming
would
do
more
to
conserve
coastal
biodiversity
than
any
after
the
fact
measure
could.
But
they
also
identify
policy
shifts
that
would
help
coastal
ecosystems
and
species
survive
the
warming
that
is
already
in
store.

Reinhard,
Stijn
and
Geert
Thijssen
(
1998).

Resource
Use
Efficiency
of
Dutch
Dairy
Farms:
A
Parametric
Distance
Function
Approach.

Paper
presented
at
the
American
Agricultural
Economics
Association
Annual
Meeting
in
Salt
Lake
City,
Agricultural
Economics
Research
Institute,
P.
O.
Box
29703,
2502LS
The
Hague,
The
Netherlands,
May,
14
pp.

The
objective
of
this
paper
is
to
define
and
to
estimate
a
resource
use
efficiency
measure
using
a
panel
of
Dutch
dairy
farms.
Resource
use
efficiency
reflects
observed
to
maximum
revenue,
including
the
non­
positive
revenue
of
bad
outputs.
It
can
be
decomposed
into
technical
and
environmental
efficiency.
Our
parametric
output
distance
function
allows
the
characteristics
of
non­
point
source
pollution.
Shadow
prices
of
the
undesirable
output
(
nitrogen
surplus
per
hectare)
are
found
to
be
positive
for
5
5
7
all
observations,
due
to
the
materials
balance
definition
of
nitrogen
surplus.
Intensive
farms
are
found
to
be
slightly
more
resource
use
efficient
than
extensive
farms.

Reise,
Elizabeth
M.
(
1989).
"
Income
Dependency
of
Married
Women:
1972
and
1982."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
RI.

The
hypothesis
is
tested
that
women's
dependency
on
their
husbands
income
has
decreased
as
labor
force
participation
has
increased
between
1972
and
1982.
The
remaining
dependency
is
solely
a
function
unequal
wage
paid
to
men
and
women.

Reisenweber,
John
W.
(
1997).

Individual
Transferable
Quotas
in
the
Pacific
Halibut
Fishery,
Applications
to
the
Magnuson
Act.

Thesis,
Oregon
State
University,
Corvallis,
OR,
April,
107
pp.

ITQ
regulations
in
the
Pacific
halibut
fishery
will
provide
some
benefit
to
the
severely
overcapitalized
halibut
fishery.
However,
the
ITQ
program
may
threaten
resource
sustainability
by
providing
fishermen
with
an
incentive
to
exceed
their
quota
and
high­
grade
their
catch.
In
addition,
the
quota
consolidation,
job
loss,
and
costs
that
will
result
from
the
new
system
will
raise
several
ethical
concerns
regarding
the
ideas
of
social
equity,
efficiency,
and
stewardship.
Based
on
traditional
conservation
ethics
as
well
as
more
modern
ideas,
the
envirocentric
ethical
approach
to
quota
management
can
be
used
to
address
some
of
these
environmental
and
ethical
problems.

Renaud,
Maurice,
Gregg
Gitschlag,
Edward
Klima,
Arvind
Shah,
Dennis
Koi,
and
James
Nance
(
1992).
"
Loss
of
Shrimp
by
Turtle
Excluder
Devices
(
TEDs)
in
Coastal
Waters
of
the
United
States
from
North
Carolina
through
Texas:
March
1988
through
August
1990."
Draft
report,
NMFS,
SEFC,
Galveston
Laboratory,
Galveston,
TX,
71
pp.

Fishing
areas,
time
of
day
and
duration
of
tows
were
controlled
by
the
captain
of
each
vessel
to
simulate
commercial
conditions.
A
statistically
significant
mean
loss
in
shrimp
catch
per
unit
effort
of
0.39
­
0.17
lb/
hr
(
5.1%)
was
experienced
by
all
TED
equipped
nets
combined,
compared
to
standard
nets.
Analyzed
separately,
nets
equipped
with
Georgia
TEDs
(
with
and
without
funnels)
exhibited
a
reduction
in
shrimp
CPUE
of
3.6%
and
13.6%
respectively,
compared
to
standard
nets.
There
was
no
significant
difference
in
shrimp
CPUE
between
standard
nets
and
nets
equipped
with
Super
Shooter
TEDS
with
a
funnel.

Renaud,
Maurice,
Gregg
Gitschlag,
Edward
Klima,
Arvind
Shah,
Dennis
Koi,
and
James
Nance
(
1993).
"
Loss
of
Shrimp
by
Turtle
Excluder
Devices
(
TEDs)
in
Coastal
Waters
of
the
United
States
from
North
Carolina
through
Texas:
March
1988
through
August
1990."
Fishery
Bulletin,
91:
129­
137.

Observers
from
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
collected
information
on
catch
rates
of
shrimp
aboard
commercial
shrimp
vessels
during
March
1988
to
August
1990.
Comparisons
were
made
between
nets
equipped
with
Turtle
Excluder
Devices
(
TEDs)
and
standard
shrimp
nets.
Three
types
of
TEDs
were
tested:
Georgia
TEDs
with
and
without
accelerator
funnels
and
Super
Shooter
TEDs
with
funnels.
Fishing
area,
time
of
day,
and
duration
of
tows
were
controlled
by
the
captain
of
each
vessel
to
simulate
commercial
conditions.
A
statistically
significant
(
P
<
0.05)
mean
loss
in
shrimp
catch
per
unit
effort
(
CPUE)
of
0.24
lb/
h
(
3.6%)
and
0.93
lb/
h
(
13.6%)
was
exhibited
by
nets
equipped
with
Georgia
TEDs
(
with
and
without
funnels,
respectively)
compared
with
standard
5
5
8
nets.
There
was
no
significant
difference
in
shrimp
CPUE
between
standard
nets
and
nets
equipped
with
Super
Shooter
TEDs
with
a
funnel.

Renaud,
Maurice,
Gregg
Gitschlag,
Edward
Klima,
Arvind
Shah,
Dennis
Koi,
and
James
Nance
(
1991).
"
Evaluation
of
the
Impacts
of
Turtle
Excluder
Devices
(
TEDs)
on
Shrimp
Catch
Rates
in
Coastal
Waters
of
the
United
States
Along
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
Atlantic,
September
1989
through
August
1990."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Galveston
Laboratory,
4700
Ave.
U,
Galveston,
TX
77551.

Trained
NMFS
observers
collected
information
from
September
1989
to
August
1990
on
catch
rates
of
shrimp
and
finfish
from
commercial
shrimp
vessels
voluntarily
participating
in
this
study.
Data
were
compared
between
TED
equipped
nets
and
standard
shrimp
nets
using
multivariate
paired
t­
tests.
Yield
was
modeled
to
determine
what
impact
various
levels
of
shrimp
loss
would
have
on
the
overall
population.

Renaud,
Maurice,
Gregg
Gitschlag,
Edward
Klima,
Arvind
Shah,
James
Nance,
Charles
Caillouet,
Zoula
Zein­
Eldin,
Dennis
Koi,
and
Frank
Patella
(
1990).
"
Evaluation
of
the
Impacts
of
Turtle
Excluder
Devices
(
TEDs)
on
Shrimp
Catch
Rates
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic,
March
1988
through
July
1989."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SEFC­
254,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Galveston
Laboratory,
4700
Ave.
U,
Galveston,
TX
77551.

Trained
NMFS
observers
collected
information
from
March
1988
to
July
1989
on
catch
rates
of
shrimp
and
finfish
from
commercial
shrimp
vessels
voluntarily
participating
in
this
study.
Data
were
compared
between
TED
equipped
nets
and
standard
shrimp
nets
using
multivariate
paired
t­
tests.
Yield
was
modeled
to
determine
what
impact
various
levels
of
shrimp
loss
would
have
on
the
overall
population.

Research
Support
&
Training
Branch
(
1995).

Modelling
with
Explanatory
Variables.

SAS/
ETS
Applications
Seminar,
Information
Services
Division,
Economics
Research
Service,
United
States
Department
of
Agriculture,
30
pp.

Notes
for
a
seminar
on
ARIMA
and
transfer
function
models.

Resosudarmo,
Budy
P.
(
1995).

The
Construction
of
a
Bioeconomic
Model
of
the
Indonesian
Flying
Fish
Fishery.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
4):
357­
372.

The
high
price
of
flying
fish
eggs
in
Japan
encourages
South
Sulawesi
fishermen
in
Indonesia
to
harvest
increasing
quantities
of
eggs
every
year.
Similarly,
the
increasing
local
demand
for
flying
fish
encourages
Indonesian
fishermen
to
use
gill
nets
to
catch
more
fish.
As
a
consequence
of
this
increasing
quantity
of
eggs
harvested
and
fish
caught,
Indonesia
has
become
concerned
about
the
over
exploitation
of
the
flying
fish
population.
Thus
far
policy
suggestions
concerning
the
management
of
the
flying
fish
fishery
have
been
based
on
a
static
biological
model,
since
the
data
needed
to
construct
a
dynamic
bioeconomic
model
are
very
limited.
This
paper
presents
a
method
for
constructing
a
dynamic
bioeconomic
model
of
the
Indonesian
flying
fish
fishery
with
very
limited
data
on
the
fish
population.
A
calibration
technique
is
developed
to
build
the
dynamic
biological
model.

Resource
Economics
Consultants
(
1994).
"
Estimation
of
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishing
Costs
and
Returns."
Final
report
prepared
for
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
NOAA,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
5
5
9
9450
Koger
Boulevard,
St.
Petersburg,
FL
by
Resource
Economics
Consultants,
108
Mile
Drive,
College
Station,
TX,
May.

The
overall
objective
of
the
project
was
to
estimate
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishing
craft
costs
and
returns
for
use
in
assessing
the
impacts
of
fishery
management
regulations.
The
final
contract
report
is
attached
to
Ward,
J.
M.
(
1994)
"
Economic
Analysis
of
Finfish
Bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."

Restrepo,
Victor
R.
(
1990).
"
Some
Possible
Biases
in
Swordfish
VPAs
due
to
Sexually
Dimorphic
Growth."
ICCAT
Working
Document,
SCRS/
90/,
Cooperative
Institute
for
Marine
and
Atmospheric
Studies,
Rosenstiel
School
of
Marine
and
Atmospheric
Science,
University
of
Miami,
4600
Rickenbacker
Causeway,
Miami,
Florida
and
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida.

The
purpose
of
this
study
is
to
identify
possible
biases
in
the
UPA
methodology
applied
to
swordfish
that
can
result
from
using
the
Gompertz
curve
(
both
sexes
combined)
to
age
the
catch
of
a
swordfish
population
hypothesized
to
exhibit
sexually
dimorphic
growth.
For
analysis,
hypothetical
populations
of
swordfish
were
simulated
using
trends
in
recruitment
and
mortality
loosely
based
on
the
1989
ICCAT
assessment.
The
range
of
dimorphic
growth
hypotheses
defined
was
based
on
the
analysis
of
Berkeley
and
Houde
and
that
of
Erhardt.

Restrepo,
Victor
R.
and
Christopher
M.
Legault
(
1997).
"
A
Stochastic
Implementation
of
an
Age­
Structured
Production
Model."
ICCAT
Working
Document,
SCRS/
97/
59,
Cooperative
Institute
for
Marine
and
Atmospheric
Studies,
Rosenstiel
School
of
Marine
and
Atmospheric
Science,
University
of
Miami,
4600
Rickenbacker
Causeway,
Miami,
Florida
and
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida.

An
aged
structured
production
model
(
ASPM)
has
been
used
in
past
assessments
of
the
International
Commission
for
the
Conservation
of
Atlantic
Tunas,
particularly
for
albacore
tuna
in
the
southern
Atlantic,
and
for
bluefin
tuna
in
the
western
Atlantic.
That
model
is
sometimes
preferable
to
traditional
biomass­
based
surplus
production
models
because
it
can
accommodate
age­
structured
indices
of
relative
abundance.
The
ASPM
estimates
a
deterministic
stock­
recruitment
relationship,
a
property
that
may
result
in
inconsistencies
between
the
estimated
level
of
recruitment
and
the
observed
level
of
catches
for
recent
cohorts.
In
this
work,
we
relax
the
deterministic
assumption
by
incorporating
stochasticity
in
recruitment
around
the
deterministic
predictions
as
a
first­
order,
autoregressive
time­
series
process.
We
use
data
for
western
Atlantic
bluefin
tuna
to
contrast
the
deterministic
and
stochastic
model
fits,
and
examine
the
differences
that
would
result
in
management
advice
based
on
projections
with
either
model.
Includes
an
application
to
Gulf
of
Mexico
Spanish
Mackerel
as
a
case
study.

Restrepo,
Victor
R.
and
Joseph
E.
Powers
(
1990).
"
A
Comparison
of
Three
Methods
for
Handling
the
"
Plus"
Group
in
Virtual
Population
Analysis
in
the
Presence
of
Ageing
Errors."
ICCAT
Working
Document,
SCRS/
90/,
Cooperative
Institute
for
Marine
and
Atmospheric
Studies,
Rosenstiel
School
of
Marine
and
Atmospheric
Science,
University
of
Miami,
4600
Rickenbacker
Causeway,
Miami,
Florida
and
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
5
6
0
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida.

The
usefulness
of
virtual
population
analysis
(
VPA)
for
estimating
mortality
and
population
size
independently
of
fishing
effort
data
has
led
to
detailed
analyses
of
the
quality
of
the
estimates
given
various
sources
of
error
in
the
inputs.
For
the
most
part,
these
studies
have
dealt
with
the
possible
consequences
of
using
erroneous
inputs
or
inputs
characterized
by
some
degree
of
uncertainty.
Largely
ignored
in
the
literature
is
the
problem
of
biases
due
specifically
to
systematic
errors
in
ageing.
In
this
study,
we
use
simulation
analysis
to
examine
the
performance
of
three
methods
to
handle
the
plus
group.
The
analyses
that
follow
are
focused
on
the
effects
that
systematic
ageing
errors
may
have
on
the
conclusions
drawn
from
the
VPAs.
The
simulations
are
loosely
based
on
swordfish
(
Xiphias
gladius)
data
from
the
North
Atlantic.

Restrepo,
Victor
R.,
Joseph
E.
Powers,
and
Steven
C.
Turner
(
1990).
"
Incorporating
Uncertainty
in
VPA
Results
Via
Simulation."
ICCAT
Working
Document,
SCRS/
90/,
Cooperative
Institute
for
Marine
and
Atmospheric
Studies,
Rosenstiel
School
of
Marine
and
Atmospheric
Science,
University
of
Miami,
4600
Rickenbacker
Causeway,
Miami,
Florida
and
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida.

Simulation
methods
are
employed
to
allow
incorporation
of
uncertainty
in
input
parameters
to
the
ADAPT
VPA
methodology.
Empirical
probability
distributions
describing
the
VPA
results
are
developed
using
Monte
Carlo
techniques.
The
methodology
described
allows
for
incorporation
of
uncertainty
parameters
that
are
either
internal
or
external
to
the
ADAPT
methodology.

Restrepo,
V.
R.,
G.
P.
Scott,
and
J.
E.
Powers
(
1991).
"
Analysis
of
North
Atlantic
Swordfish
Catch­
At­
Age
Data
Under
Alternative
Hypotheses
About
Growth
and
Sex
Ratio."
ICCAT
Working
Document,
SCRS/
91/
47,
CIMAS,
University
of
Miami,
4600
Rickenbacker
Causeway,
Miami,
FL,
and
NMFS,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Dr.,
Miami,
FL.

Information
about
differences
in
sex
ratio
at
size
and
possible
sexual
dimorphism
in
growth
have
raised
questions
regarding
likely
biases
that
may
be
incurred
during
swordfish
stock
assessments.
In
this
study,
the
1978­
89
catch
at
length
data
is
separated
into
sexes
and
converted
into
catch
at
age
using
three
growth
curves
(
two
sex
specific
ones
and
the
one
used
in
the
1990
assessment).
The
U.
S.
and
Spain
CPUE
data
were
treated
similarly
to
derive
age
specific
indices
of
abundance
for
each
sex­
growth
curve
combination.
Virtual
population
analyses
(
VPAs)
were
carried
out
on
the
resulting
data
sets
to
better
understand
how
trends
in
population
size
and
fishing
mortality
may
differ
depending
on
the
growth
hypothesis
used.

Rettig,
R.
Bruce
(
1984).
"
License
Limitation
in
the
United
States
and
Canada:
An
Assessment."
North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
4(
3):
231­
248.

License
limitation
is
finding
increasing
acceptance.
Reasons
for
growth
in
license
control
include
its
relationship
to
other
management
measures
and
its
similarity
to
other
forms
of
public
regulation
in
North
American.
Experiences
with
license
control
in
several
areas
of
the
United
States
and
5
6
1
Canada
are
reviewed
and
evaluated
in
terms
of
the
conservation
objectives,
economic
efficiency,
equity,
and
administrative/
political
feasibility.
These
programs
are
seen
as
diverse
both
in
their
design
and
the
success
achieved.
Further
use
of
license
control
is
expected,
requiring
better
information
on
consequences
for
multipurpose
and
multispecies
fisheries.
Although
fishermen
are
extensively
involved
in
the
design
of
license
limitation
programs,
new
techniques
for
obtaining
the
views
of
fishermen
are
needed.

Rettig,
R.
Bruce
(
1990).
"
Multiple
Objectives
in
Fishery
Allocation
Decisions."
Draft
report
in
Kearney/
Centaur
(
1990).
"
Evaluation
and
Demonstration
of
Valuation
Methodologies
Applicable
to
Sport
and
Commercial
Fisheries."
Draft
report,
Alexandria,
VA.

What
are
the
economic
consequences
of
policies
that
allocate
fishing
opportunities
between
recreational
and
commercial
fishing
fleets?
Too
many
answers
to
this
complex
and
difficult
question
are
simple,
understandable,
and
wrong.
The
debate
over
the
appropriate
use
of
input­
output
analysis
and
its
relationship
with
the
calculation
of
net
economic
benefits
was
a
central
part
of
national
debates
about
public
investments
that
took
place
in
the
1960'
s
and
1970'
s.
The
conclusion
of
this
paper
is
that
this
is
an
unsettled
question,
but
one
worth
serious
investigation.

Rettig,
R.
Bruce
and
Jay
J.
C.
Ginter
(
eds.)
(
1978).
Limited
Entry
as
a
Fishery
Management
Tool.
University
of
Washington
Press,
Seattle.

This
book
is
the
report
of
the
workshop
and
conference
whose
objective
was
to
consider
whether
limited
entry
programs
might
contribute
to
better
management
of
the
commercial
fisheries
of
the
United
States
and,
if
so,
where,
when,
and
how
they
could
be
employed.

Rettig,
R.
Bruce
and
Walter
Keithly
(
1998).
"
Draft
Chapter
on
the
Concept
of
Subsidies."
Draft,
Congressional
report
on
the
Role
of
Subsidies
in
Developing
Excess
Capacity,
June,
30
pp.

An
explanation
of
the
definition
used
to
describe
subsidies
that
increase
capacity
in
U.
S.
domestic
fisheries.
A
subsidy
is
essentially
a
government
action
(
inaction)
that
modifies
(
by
increasing
or
decreasing)
the
potential
profits
earned
by
the
firm
in
either
the
short
or
long
run.
A
classification
scheme
for
American
subsidies
is
developed
and
compared
to
the
definition
adopted
by
the
World
Trade
Organization.

Reyer,
Anthony
J.,
Donald
W.
Field,
Jennifer
E.
Cassells,
Charles
E.
Alexander,
and
Cynthia
L.
Holland
(
1988).
"
The
Distribution
and
Areal
Extent
of
Coastal
Wetlands
in
Estuaries
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Rockville,
MD
20852,
November,
19
pp.

This
paper
is
a
preliminary
report
describing
the
areal
extent
and
distribution
of
coastal
wetlands
in
the
six
states,
157
counties,
23
estuarine
drainage
areas
(
EDA)
of
the
U.
S.
portion
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
The
wetlands
data
are
based
entirely
on
an
evaluation
of
National
Wetland
Inventory
(
NWI)
maps
produced
by
the
U.
S.
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service.
Currently,
data
have
been
completed
for
the
wetlands
of
the
New
England
region
and
an
atlas
has
been
published
entitled,
National
Estuarine
Inventory
Data
Atlas;
Vol.
3:
Coastal
Wetlands
of
the
New
England
Region.

Rhodes,
Ray
(
1980).
"
Preliminary
Economic
Analysis
of
the
South
Atlantic
States'
Shrimp
Fishery:
Current
Trends
and
Outlook."
Report
prepared
at
the
request
of
the
South
Atlantic
Fishery
5
6
2
Management
Council
by
Marine
Resources
Division,
S.
C.
Wildlife
and
Marine
Resources
Department,
Charleston,
S.
C.,
May,
12
pp.

The
paper
is
a
review
of
the
1979
shrimp
season
for
the
south
Atlantic
fishery
with
a
prediction
that
a
long
term
decline
in
the
economic
productivity
of
commercial
shrimp
harvesting
in
the
south
Atlantic
states
could
be
expected.

Rhodes,
Raymond
J.
and
Valvy
N.
Grant
(
1992).
"
Mail
Survey
of
the
U.
S.
Seafood
Wholesale
Market
Channel
with
an
Emphasis
on
Whole
Farmed
Marine
Shrimp."
Marine
Resources
Division,
Office
of
Fisheries
Management,
Technical
Report
Number
79,
November,
68
pp.

The
objectives
of
this
research
were
to
describe
existing
marine
shrimp
preferences
in
the
wholesale
market
channel
and
to
identify
critical
product
attributes
in
the
wholesale
market
when
selling
heads­
on
marine
shrimp.
Use
and
preference
data
were
collected
on
U.
S.
seafood
wholesalers,
distributors,
and
others
based
on
a
1989
mail
survey.

Rhodes,
Raymond,
Kenneth
Backman,
and
Greg
Hawkins
(
1997).

Socio­
Demographic
Assessment
of
Commercial
Reef
Fishermen
in
the
South
Atlantic
Region.

MARFIN
No.
NA57FF0059,
Office
of
Fisheries
Management,
Marine
Resources
Division,
SC
Department
of
Natural
Resources,
P.
O.
Box
12559,
Charleston,
SC
29422­
2559,
and
the
Strom
Thurmond
Institute,
Clemson
University,
Box
345130,
Clemson,
SC
29634­
5130,
February,
176
pp.

The
south
Atlantic
snapper
grouper
fishery
exhibits
economic
characteristics
and
problems
common
to
other
commercial
marine
fisheries.
Fishermen
involved
in
this
fishery
also
have
socio­
demographic
characteristics
as
well
as
cultural
and
social
problems
that
need
investigation.
Because
there
was
a
lack
of
up
to
date
relevant
social
and
cultural
data,
this
project
sought
to
provide
selected
socio­
demographic
data
on
commercial
reef
fishermen
needed
in
supporting
and
evaluating
management
actions,
especially
by
the
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council.
The
research
was
comprised
of
two
components,
qualitative
and
quantitative.
Primary
data
were
collected
via
focus
groups,
ethnographic
interviews,
and
a
self­
administered
survey
mailed
to
inactive
and
active
commercial
reef
fishermen
in
the
south
Atlantic.
In
general,
the
qualitative
findings
suggest
that
frustration
among
snapper
grouper
fishermen
is
mounting.
However,
most
are
likely
to
continue
their
way
of
life.

Rhodes,
Raymond
J.,
K.
McGovern­
Hopkins,
and
C.
L.
Browdy
(
1992).
"
Preliminary
Financial
Feasibility
Analysis
of
an
Independent
Marine
Shrimp
Hatchery
Located
in
South
Carolina."
Technical
Report
Number
80,
Marine
Resources
Division,
South
Carolina
Wildlife
and
Marine
Resources
Department,
December,
11
pp.

Prospective
aquaculturists,
investors,
and
perhaps
lending
institutions
will
desire
information
on
financial
feasibility
of
a
commercial
post
larval
production
facility
located
in
South
Carolina.
Although
several
economic
studies
have
analyzed
maturation
and/
or
hatchery
systems
for
penaeid
shrimp
(
e.
g.
Johns
et
al.,
1981),
no
studies
have
analyzed
the
financial
feasibility
of
penaeid
larviculture
in
South
Carolina.
The
objective
of
this
report
is
to
present
a
preliminary
projection
to
costs
and
income
generated
by
an
independent
commercial
hatchery
operating
in
coastal
South
Carolina
with
enough
capacity
of
produce
some
of
the
postlarvae
needed
by
South
Carolina
farmers;
about
45
million
postlarvae
during
a
8­
10
week
period
in
1992
(
Rhodes,
1992).
Annual
income
statements
and
cash
flows
have
been
projected
to
estimate
accounting
profitability,
return
on
equity
capital,
and
net
5
6
3
present
value.

Rhodes,
Raymond
J.,
Wayne
Waltz,
and
Robert
Wiggers
(
1996).

Economic
Assessment
of
Commercial
Reef
Fishermen
in
the
South
Atlantic
Region.

Office
of
Fisheries
Management,
Division
of
Marine
Resources,
S.
C.
Department
of
Natural
Resources,
Post
Office
Box
12559,
Charleston,
SC
29422­
2559,
January,
49
pp.

The
goal
of
this
project
was
to
collect
primary
economic
data
on
federally
permitted
commercial
reef
(
snapper­
grouper)
fishermen
in
the
south
Atlantic
region.
The
lack
of
economic
data
has
been
a
significant
problem
in
the
evaluation
of
current
and
proposed
fishery
management
plans
developed
by
the
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Management
Council.
Researchers
surveyed
federal
snapper­
grouper
permit
holders
with
home
ports
in
Georgia,
South
Carolina,
North
Carolina,
and
the
east
coast
of
Florida.
Data
collected
through
personal
interviews
during
1994
included
vessel
characteristics,
annual
fixed
expenses,
typical
trip
revenues
and
expenses,
and
incremental
costs
associated
with
switching
to
and
from
commercial
reef
fishing.
Economic
data
collected
in
this
survey
will
be
useful
in
developing
economic
models
to
simulate
incremental
private
sector
benefits,
costs,
and
distributional
effects
on
commercial
snapper­
grouper
fishermen
associated
with
proposed
regulatory
actions
in
this
Region
by
the
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Management
Council
and
other
regulatory
agencies.

Rice,
Jake
and
Laura
Richards
(
1994).
"
Partnerships
and
Roles
­
The
Pacific
Canadian
Rockfish
Fishery."
C.
M.
1994/
T:
42,
Theme
Session
on
Improving
the
Link
Between
Fisheries
Science
and
Management:
Biological,
Social,
and
Economic
Considerations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
82nd
Statutory
Meeting,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September.

The
rockfish
(
Sebastes)
fishery
in
the
Canadian
Pacific
is
used
to
explore
the
reasons
why
traditional
fisheries
management
fails
to
maintain
sustainable
fisheries.
Alternatively,
a
close
partnership
with
fishermen
approach
to
fisheries
management
has
improved
the
fishery,
but
lead
to
unforeseen
problems.

Rice,
Kenneth
(
1979).

An
Investigation
of
the
Spanish
Mackerel,
Scomberomorus
Maculatus
(
Mitchill),
Along
the
Texas
Coast.

Management
Data
Series
Number
3,
Coastal
Fisheries
Branch,
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department,
11
pp.

During
June­
September
1978,
the
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department
in
cooperation
with
the
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Development
Foundation
attempted
to
determine
the
commercial
harvest
potential
of
Spanish
mackerel
along
the
Texas
coast
using
a
modified
purse
seine,
gill
net,
and
troll
lines.
Spanish
mackerel
life
history
data
were
also
obtained.
Few
fish
were
located;
rough
seas
and
turbid
water
prevented
extensive
sampling
with
either
the
net
or
the
purse
seine.
Most
Spanish
mackerel
were
observed
in
or
near
passes.
The
incidental
catch
of
other
game
species
in
the
modified
purse
seine
was
minor;
the
incidental
catch
was
composed
mainly
of
bait
fish
on
which
the
mackerel
were
feeding.
A
total
of
208
fish
were
tagged
for
growth
and
migration
studies.
Stomach
analyses
indicated
that
bumper
(
Chloroscombrus
chrysurus)
was
the
most
common
food
item
eaten
by
Spanish
mackerel.
During
August
and
September,
72%
of
the
58
fish
examined
had
developing
or
ripe
gonads.

Richards,
Laura
J.
and
Jeff
Fargo
(
1994).
"
Comparing
Data
Collected
By
Observers
and
Skippers
in
the
British
Columbia
Trawl
Fishery."
5
6
4
C.
M.
1994/
T:
8,
Theme
Session
on
Improving
the
Link
Between
Fisheries
Science
and
Management:
Biological,
Social,
and
Economic
Considerations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
82nd
Statutory
Meeting,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September,
7
pp.

Groundfish
catch
and
effort
data
for
the
west
coast
of
Canada
have
been
based
primarily
on
unverified
skipper
logbooks.
In
1992,
a
voluntary
observer
program
was
conducted
for
the
multispecies
trawl
fishery
operating
in
one
area.
In
this
paper,
we
relate
observer
records
to
skipper
logbooks
for
comparable
tows
and
for
tows
on
unobserved
vessels
fishing
simultaneously
over
three
time
periods.
One
hypothesis
we
considered
is
that
skippers
would
behave
differently
when
observers
were
present.
In
particular,
vessels
without
observers
would
target
a
different
species
mix
than
vessels
with
observers.
There
are
strong
economic
incentives
to
land
preferred
species
in
excess
of
trip
quotas.
Furthermore,
trips
with
observers
accounted
for
only
5­
12%
of
the
total
number
of
tows.
We
found
reasonable
agreement
in
species
composition
between
observer
records
and
logbooks
from
observed
and
unobserved
tows
in
most
cases.
Thus,
we
could
not
support
the
hypothesis.
However,
observers
recorded
consistently
lower
values
for
total
catch
and
higher
values
for
effort
than
were
reported
in
logbooks.
As
much
as
9%
of
the
effort
from
observed
tows
was
not
reported
on
logbooks.
More
stringent
regulations
apply
to
fishing
areas
where
fewer
observed
trips
have
been
conducted.
The
reliability
of
logbooks
from
these
areas
remains
unknown.

Richards,
R.
Anne
and
David
G.
Deuel
(
1987).
"
Atlantic
Striped
Bass:
Stock
Status
and
the
Recreational
Fishery."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
58­
66.

The
striped
bass,
Morone
saxatilis,
has
long
been
a
prized
sport
fish
for
anglers
along
the
U.
S.
Atlantic
coast.
Between
1960
and
1970,
the
estimated
recreational
harvest
of
striped
bass
nearly
doubled
while
the
number
of
striped
bass
anglers
increased
by
almost
tow
thirds.
However,
since
the
mid
to
late
1970'
s,
commercial
and
recreational
harvests
of
striped
bass
have
decreased
to
their
lowest
levels
on
record.
These
declines
are
due
primarily
to
poor
production
of
juveniles
by
the
Chesapeake
stock.
Although
stringent
management
measures
have
been
implemented
to
rebuild
the
stock,
juvenile
production
is
unlikely
to
improve
until
the
protected
year
classes
mature
and
spawn
over
the
next
several
years.
The
future
of
striped
bass
fishing
depends
on
successful
reproduction
by
these
protected
year
classes
and
on
management
measures
that
maintain
an
adequate
spawning
stock.

Richards,
William
J.
(
ed.)
(
1988).
"
Research
Accomplishments
of
the
NMFS
Southeast
Fisheries
Center."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
50(
4):
77­
94.

This
overview
outlines
the
broad
research
operations
carried
out
by
the
SEFC.

Richardson,
Edward
J.
(
1994).
"
Wreckfish
Economic
and
Resource
Information
Collection
with
Analysis
for
Management."
E.
J.
Richardson
Associates,
Economic
and
Market
Research
for
the
Fishing,
Aquaculture,
and
Natural
Resource
Industries,
P.
O.
Box
236,
Sandown,
New
Hampshire,
March,
84
pp.

A
study
was
made
of
the
economics
of
wreckfish
harvesting
during
the
transition
to
a
transferable
harvesting
rights
based
(
ITQ)
fishery
management
program.
The
goal
of
the
study
was
to
establish
a
data
baseline
that
could
serve
as
a
foundation
for
subsequent
monitoring
and
assessment
efforts.
5
6
5
Vessel
costs
and
returns
data
was
assembled
for
thirty
seven
vessels,
seventeen
of
which
provided
99.9
percent
of
wreckfish
landings
during
the
initial
year
of
rights
based
management.
The
data
collection
allowed
for
the
measurement
of
the
economic
values
generated
by
the
harvesting
sector
during
the
transition
to
ITQ
management,
and
an
evaluation
of
the
initial
functioning
of
the
markets
for
harvesting
rights.

Richardson,
Edward
J.
and
John
M.
Gates
(
1982).
"
A
Bioeconomic
Analysis
of
Carapace
Length
Regulation
for
the
American
Lobster
Fishery."
Staff
Paper
Series
No.
82­
09,
Department
of
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
RI.

A
bioeconomic
fishery
simulator
is
used
to
determine
the
impacts
of
an
increase
in
the
minimum
size
carapace
length
regulation
for
American
lobster.
While
suboptimal
from
both
economic
and
biological
perspectives,
the
results
show
that
the
proposal
would
be
more
efficient
than
the
status
quo.

Richardson,
Edward
J.
and
John
M.
Gates
(
1986).
"
Economic
Benefits
of
American
Lobster
Fishery
Management
Regulations."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
2(
4):
353­
382.

A
simulation
model
is
used
to
compare
measures
for
future
management
identified
in
the
American
Lobster
fishery
management
plan;
specifically,
increases
in
the
minimum
legal
size
and
a
modest
reduction
in
aggregate
fishing
mortality
are
evaluated.
The
analysis
differs
from
previous
work
in
that
the
distributional
aspects
of
the
alternative
management
regulations
are
quantified.
The
results
indicate
that
(
1)
both
an
increase
minimum
size
and
a
reduction
in
fishing
mortality
are
economically
justified
in
the
sense
that
net
benefits
are
positive;
(
2)
increasing
the
minimum
size
without
an
adjunct
regulation
to
prohibit
entry
will
cause
present
fishermen
to
suffer
an
initial
short
term
reduction
in
revenues
for
which
there
will
be
no
long
term
gain;
(
3)
because
increased
minimum
size
can
be
justified
on
the
basis
of
consumer
benefits
alone,
arguments
favoring
its
increase
to
prevent
recruitment
failure
are
moot
as
far
as
a
test
of
national
economic
efficiency
is
concerned;
and
(
4)
a
program
of
effort
reduction
that
reduces
by
20%
the
fraction
of
available
lobsters
captured
annually
is
projected
to
generate
$
1
of
producer
benefits
for
every
pound
of
lobster
landed.
Reducing
the
annual
harvest
fraction
by
20%
results
in
a
level
of
fishery
benefits
greater
than
increasing
the
minimum
size
to
89
mm
(
3.5
inches),
and
increases
the
coincidence
of
short
run
costs
and
long
term
benefits
among
those
impacted
by
fishery
management.

Rickards,
Lesley
J.
(
1994).
"
BODC
Quality
Assurance
Procedures
for
Physical
Oceanographic
Data."
C.
M.
1994/(
C+
E+
L):
1,
Joint
Session
on
Quality
Assurance
of
Marine
Measurements,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
82nd
Statutory
Meeting,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September,
10
pp.

The
British
Oceanographic
Data
Centre
(
BODC)
is
responsible
for
the
UK's
National
Oceanographic
Data
Bank.
This
was
established
both
to
protect
the
long
term
value
of
oceanographic
data
and
to
make
high
quality
data
readily
available
to
a
wide
user
community.
Inevitable
in
order
to
meet
these
requirements,
quality
assurance
of
the
data
is
a
prime
consideration.
Quality
control
procedures
have
been
developed
and
implemented
and
these
are
discussed
with
particular
reference
to
moored
current
meter,
sea
surface
elevation,
and
CTD
profile
data.
Some
quality
assurance
procedures
are
common
to
all
the
data
types,
whereas
others
are
data
type
specific.
Reference
is
also
made
to
the
qualifying
documentation
or
'
metadata'
that
must
accompany
the
data
for
their
full
value
to
be
maintained.
5
6
6
Ridker,
Ronald
G.
and
John
A.
Henning
(
1967).
"
The
Determinants
of
Residential
Property
Values
with
Special
Reference
to
Air
Pollution."
The
Review
of
Economics
and
Statistics,
49(
2):
246­
257.

This
appears
to
be
one
of
the
first
papers
to
provide
statistical
evidence
of
the
effect
of
variations
in
air
pollution
levels
on
property
values
for
single
family
dwelling
units
in
an
urban
area.

Riechers,
Robin
K.
(
Chairman)
(
1992).
"
Report
of
the
First
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagics
Socioeconomic
Panel
Meeting."
April
21­
23,
Miami,
Florida.
Prepared
by
the
Socioeconomic
Panel,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council.

This
report
deals
with
the
socioeconomic
Panel's
decisions
on
king
mackerel
and
the
members'
serious
concern
about
the
adequacy
of
social
and
economic
information
to
give
informed
advice
to
the
Council.

Riechers,
Robin
K.
and
Gary
C.
Matlock
(
1990).
"
A
Simple
Method
for
Estimating
the
Benefits
of
the
"
Texas
Closure"."
Draft
Report,
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department,
4200
Smith
School
Road,
Austin,
Texas
78744.

Our
paper
will
estimate
change
in
landings
attributable
to
the
Texas
closure
using
linear
regression
on
recruitment
data,
and
will
present
a
model
for
predicting
the
annual
changes
in
weight
of
brown
shrimp
and
pink
shrimp
landed
after
each
future
closure.

Riely,
Patricia
Lavin
(
1988).
"
Economic
Valuation
of
Marine
Recreational
Fishing."
Volume
IV
in
Future
Participation
in
Marine
Recreational
Fishing.
The
Sport
Fishing
Institute,
1010
Massachusetts
Avenue,
N.
W.,
Washington,
D.
C.

This
volume
presents
the
economic
values
related
to
marine
recreational
fishing
and
offers
a
guide
to
the
magnitudes
of
these
values.
Both
freshwater
and
saltwater
fishery
values
are
included
since
freshwater
fishery
values
can
provide
guidelines
as
to
the
magnitude
of
the
marine
values
that
are
of
greatest
interest
to
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service.

Riley,
John
G.
(
1980).
"
The
Just
Rate
of
Depletion
of
a
Natural
Resource."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
7:
291­
307.

The
optimal
pricing
and
use
of
a
natural
resource
is
reconsidered
with
respect
to
intergenerational
equity
considerations.
It
is
assumed
that
in
a
just
economy,
each
generation
chooses
the
plan
that
maximizes
its
won
utility,
subject
to
the
constraint
that
the
plan
should
not
be
exploitative
in
the
sense
that
each
generation
does
not
take
advantage
of
its
earlier
point
in
time
with
respect
to
future
generations.
It
is
shown
that
if
the
cost
of
production
of
an
alternative
energy
source
(
e.
g.
solar)
is
sufficiently
high
relative
to
the
stock
of
naturally
stored
energy,
the
constraints
of
justice
result
in
a
lower
rate
of
energy
use
initially,
but
a
higher
rate
later.

Rinehart,
James
R.
and
Jeffrey
J.
Pompe
(
1996).
State
Reaction
to
Lucas:
Planning
and
Policy
Implications.

The
Southern
Business
and
Economics
Journal,
19(
4):
261­
272.

As
urban
areas
have
grown
so
have
concerns
about
overdevelopment
and
the
resultant
problems
that
come
with
it.
Although
controls
instituted
by
government
attempt
to
control
the
negative
effects
of
growth,
challenges
by
5
6
7
property
owners,
such
as
David
Lucas,
may
curtail
some
of
these
regulatory
activities.
A
survey
of
state
environmental
agencies
was
conducted
to
determine
if
the
recent
U.
S.
Supreme
Court
decision
in
Lucas
v.
South
Carolina
Coastal
Council
has
had
any
effect
on
environmental
regulation.
Although
most
states
feel
the
Lucas
ruling
will
have
narrow
effects,
a
great
deal
of
concern
on
the
part
of
state
agencies
with
regard
to
the
possible
implications
of
the
1992
ruling
was
found.
Numerous
states
have
planned
new
legislation,
implemented
new
legislation,
or
issued
new
directives
for
state
planners
to
avoid
or
mitigate
problems
that
may
result
form
similar

takings

cases.
Additionally,
states
are
exhibiting
greater
caution
due
to
increased
concern
over
future
litigation
and
enhanced
sensitivity
to
the
possible
harmful
effects
of
land
use
regulation.

Risenhoover,
Alan
(
1995).

Senate
Draft
Magnuson
Act
Bill.

Memorandum,
Legislative
Affairs,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Springs,
MD,
March.

A
staff
redraft
of
the
Senate
Magnuson
Act
reauthorization
bill
released
by
the
Senate
Commerce
Committee.

Ritter,
Joseph
A.
(
1995).
"
The
Transition
from
Barter
to
Fiat
Money."
The
American
Economic
Review,
85(
1):
134­
149.

How
did
it
become
possible
to
exchange
apparently
valueless
pieces
of
paper
for
goods?
This
paper
provides
an
equilibrium
account
of
the
transition
between
barter
and
fiat
money
regimes.
The
explanation
relies
on
the
intervention
of
a
self­
interested
government
which
must
be
able
to
promise
credibly
to
limit
the
issue
of
money.
To
achieve
credibility,
the
government
must
offset
the
benefits
of
seigniorage
by
internalizing
some
of
the
macroeconomic
externalities
generated
by
the
issue
of
fiat
money.
The
government's
patience
and
the
extent
of
its
involvement
in
the
economy
are
key
determinants
of
whether
the
transition
can
be
accomplished.

Rizzo,
Gianfranco
and
Massimo
Spagnolo
(
1996).

A
Model
for
the
Optimal
Management
of
Sea
Bass
Dicentrarchus
Labrax
Aquaculture.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
4):
267­
286.

A
bioeconomic
model
for
the
simulation
and
the
optimal
management
of
a
fish
farm
for
sea
bass
Dicentrarchus
labrax
is
presented.
Growth
and
mortality,
considered
as
a
Markovian
process,
are
described
by
a
biological
submodel,
taking
into
account
the
effects
of
water
temperature,
feeding
level,
oxygen
content,
and
water
supply.
Stochastic
effects
in
growth
and
mortality,
relating
to
the
effects
of
genetic
differences,
can
be
also
considered
in
the
model.
An
economic
submodel
evaluates
costs
and
revenues
relating
to
plant
management
.
The
model
exhibits
good
capabilities
in
predicting
the
effects
of
operating
variables
on
fish
growth
and
on
economic
outcomes
and
in
determining
the
optimal
strategies
for
plant
management
in
different
scenarios,
considering
the
complex
interactions
of
technical,
biological,
and
economic
aspects.

Roberts,
Callum
M.
and
Nicholas
V.
C.
Polunin
(
1993).
"
Marine
Reserves:
Simple
Solutions
to
Managing
Complex
Fisheries."
Ambio,
22(
6):
363­
368.

Fisheries
on
coral
reefs
are
highly
complex,
can
be
very
productive,
but
typically
have
little
or
no
management.
Widespread
overfishing
and
declining
yields
reveal
an
acute
need
for
proper
management.
However,
conventional
management
methods
are
inappropriate
for
two
main
reasons:
they
require
much
information
on
the
biology
of
stocks
and
are
expensive
and
difficult
to
5
6
8
enforce.
Use
of
marine
reserves
has
been
suggested
as
an
alternative.
Protective
management
potentially
has
several
important
benefits
including
(
i)
protection
os
spawning
stocks;
(
ii)
provision
of
recruits
to
replenish
fishing
grounds;
(
iii)
enhancement
of
catches
in
adjacent
unprotected
areas
through
emigration;
(
iv)
minimal
requirement
for
information
on
biology
of
stocks;
and
(
v)
ease
of
enforcement.
However,
the
effectiveness
of
the
reserve
approach
has
not
been
properly
tested.
We
evaluate
the
evidence
available
to
test
whether
reserves
function
as
predicted
on
theoretical
grounds.
In
general,
field
studies
from
widespread
sites
around
the
globe
support
predictions
of
increases
in
abundance
and
average
size
of
fishes
in
protected
areas.
However,
evidence
for
enhanced
catches
in
adjacent
areas
is
more
limited,
and
evidence
to
show
that
reserves
can
restock
fishing
grounds
is
lacking.
Nevertheless,
protective
management
appears
to
hold
much
promise
for
low
cost
management
of
reef
fisheries.
Research
programs
in
several
areas
of
the
Caribbean
and
Indo­
Pacific
have
now
been
launched
to
refine
the
approach.

Roberts,
Kenneth
J.
(
1995).
"
Decision
Guide
to
Individual
Transferable
Quota
(
ITQ)
Management
of
Fisheries."
Draft
guide,
Louisiana
Cooperative
Extension
Service,
Louisiana
Sea
Grant
College
Program.

A
guide
to
fishermen
explaining
individual
transferable
quotas
and
an
annotated
bibliography
of
selected
articles
and
reports
that
is
designed
to
answer
specific
questions
poised
by
individuals
interested
in
limited
access.

Roberts,
Kenneth
J.
(
1995).
"
Decision
Guide
to
Individual
Quota
(
IQ)
Management
of
Fisheries."
Final
Report,
Louisiana
Cooperative
Extension
Service,
Louisiana
Sea
Grant
College
Program,
April,
24
pp.

A
guide
to
fishermen
explaining
individual
quotas
and
an
annotated
bibliography
of
selected
articles
and
reports
that
is
designed
to
answer
specific
questions
poised
by
individuals
interested
in
limited
access.

Roberts,
Kenneth
J.
and
M.
E.
Sass
(
1979).
"
Financial
Aspects
of
Louisiana
Shrimp
Vessels,
1978."
Sea
Grant
Publication
No.
LSUTL
79­
007,
Center
for
Wetland
Resources,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
LA,
December,
9
pp.

The
excellent
shrimp
harvests
of
1977
and
1978
have
brought
increased
interest
in
shrimp
vessels
as
investment
opportunities.
Adding
to
investor
interest
in
1978
were
the
favorable
price
and
record
dockside
value
of
shrimp
(
the
previous
record
value
was
exceeded
by
16
percent).
Shrimpers
and
other
investors
will
respond
to
the
record
earnings
by
constructing
new
vessels.
Financial
incentives
such
as
the
Capital
Construction
Fund
(
CCF)
and
the
sheltering
of
capital
gains
from
vessel
appreciation
also
attract
investment.
The
CCF
and
capital
gains
incentives
are
long
term,
but
the
shrimp
harvests
vary
from
year
to
year.
The
result
is
that
investment
in
the
form
of
vessels
drawn
into
the
fishery
due
to
tax
incentives
will
negatively
impact
earnings
per
vessel
when
catches
and
prices
return
to
normal.
This
may
result
in
stress
on
the
credit
system
and
shrimp
management
alternatives,
as
well
as
bring
about
public
assistance
to
help
an
ailing
industry.
Based
on
a
survey
of
129
operators,
shrimp
vessels
harvested
the
same
quantity
of
shrimp
in
1978
as
they
did
in
the
record
year
of
1977
with
1978
prices
higher
than
1977,
resulting
in
an
above
average
financial
condition
for
shrimp
vessels.
The
financial
condition
of
shrimp
vessels
in
1978
may
be
hard
to
improve
on
as
shrimp
catches
retreat
from
record
levels,
more
vessels
begin
shrimping,
and
costs
continue
to
increase.
5
6
9
Roberts,
Kenneth
J.
and
Mark
E.
Thompson
(
1983).
"
Petroleum
Production
Structures:
Economic
Resources
for
Louisiana
Sport
Divers."
Louisiana
Seafood
Production
Economics,
(
August):
1­
39.

Petroleum
production
structures
have
a
high
recreational
value
for
sport
divers
when
left
in
place
as
artificial
reefs.
There
remains
the
need
to
initiate
research
on
other
users
in
depicting
the
sport
and
commercial
value
of
structures.

Roberts,
Kenneth
J.,
Walter
R.
Keithly,
and
Charles
M.
Adams
(
1992).
"
The
Impact
of
Imports,
Including
Farm­
Raised
Shrimp,
on
the
Southeast
Shrimp
Processing
Sector."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFC­
305,
USDOC,
NOAA,
NMFS,
January.

Processing
activities
of
southeastern
shrimp
processors
increased
in
recent
years.
This
activity
was
linked
to
an
increase
in
shrimp
imports.
An
initial
source
of
the
new
supply
was
Ecuador.
Farming
of
shrimp
in
pond
systems
there
rapidly
increased
United
States
purchases
to
a
record
101
million
pounds
by
1987.
Shrimp
from
China
and
Taiwan
added
another
80
million
pounds
to
US
supplies
by
1987.
Imports
primarily
from
shrimp
farming
nations
were
thereby
recognized
by
some
processors
as
a
new
source
of
raw
material.
Twelve
of
the
surveyed
processors
in
the
southeast
began
use
of
imported
shrimp
after
1984.
New
sources
of
supply
introduced
an
element
of
stability
to
the
southeastern
industry
for
those
processors
using
the
shrimp.
Stability
in
terms
of
entry
and
exit
among
the
region's
establishments
utilizing
imports
was
found
to
be
higher
than
non­
users.
Hence,
as
more
establishments
adopt
the
use
of
imports,
especially
farm­
raised
imports,
in
their
processing
activities,
total
industry
stability
in
the
southeast
may
be
expected
to
rise.
The
analysis
indicated
a
possible
decline
in
industry
concentration
in
1987.
This
decline
to
the
extent
that
it
might
be
related
to
increasing
raw
material
availability
and
hence,
less
ability
among
the
larger
firms
to
exhibit
some
control
over
input
usage,
suggests
that
an
additional
decline
in
concentration
might
be
forthcoming
as
aquaculture
supplies
expand.
Exporting
countries
with
farmed
shrimp
supplies
could
at
some
point
lessen
these
influences
on
southeastern
processors
if
they
increase
their
value
added
processing.

Roberts,
Kenneth
J.,
Mark
E.
Thompson,
and
Perry
W.
Pawlyk
(
19??).
"
Structure
Changes
in
U.
S.
Shrimp
Markets."
Draft
report,
Center
for
Wetland
Resources,
Louisiana
State
University,
Baton
Rouge,
La.

This
paper
presents
the
results
of
a
seven
equation
monthly
model
of
the
domestic
shrimp
market.
More
emphasis
was
placed
on
sources
of
supply
than
evident
in
previous
simultaneous
models.

Roberts,
Kenneth
J.,
Mark
E.
Thompson,
William
D.
Chauvin,
and
Vito
J.
Blomo
(
1983).
"
Assessment
of
User
Conflicts
Between
Various
Harvester
Groups
and
with
Other
Fishing
Industries."
Report
III
in
Assessment
of
Shrimp
Industry
Potentials
and
Conflicts,
Shrimp
Notes
Incorporated,
417
Eliza
Street,
New
Orleans,
Louisiana,
August,
90
pp.

This
report
addresses
the
conflicts
between
inshore
and
offshore
shrimp
fishermen
and
between
shrimp
fishermen
and
fishermen
who
use
other
gear
types
on
shrimp
fishing
grounds,
for
example
stone
crab
pots.

Roberts,
Kenneth
J.,
Mark
E.
Thompson,
Fred
J.
Prochaska,
and
William
D.
Chauvin
(
1983).
"
Potential
Actions
of
Tariff
and
Quota
Legislation."
Report
V
in
Assessment
of
Shrimp
Industry
5
7
0
Potentials
and
Conflicts,
Volume
II,
Shrimp
Notes
Incorporated,
417
Eliza
Street,
New
Orleans,
Louisiana,
August,
143
pp.

The
impact
of
shrimp
imports
on
ex­
vessel
prices
is
discussed
using
the
results
of
five
different
econometric
studies.
The
paper
reviews
domestic
production
of
all
shrimp
species
from
U.
S.
waters.
It
presents
trends
in
shrimp
imports
by
product
type
from
1970
to
1981
including
marketing
channels
and
retailing
activities,
and
impacts
on
employment
and
capital
invested
in
the
harvesting
sector
of
the
shrimp
fishery.

Roberts,
Terrell
W.
(
1986).
"
Abundance
and
Distribution
of
Pink
Shrimp
in
and
around
the
Tortugas
Sanctuary,
1981­
1983."
North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
6:
311­
327.

Size
and
abundance
of
pink
shrimp
(
Penaeus
duorarum)
in
and
around
the
Tortugas
sanctuary
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
were
surveyed
monthly
from
September
1981
through
July
1983.
Samples
were
not
taken
in
April
and
June
1983.
Shrimp
size
varied
widely
at
most
stations
and
abundance
varied
between
stations,
but
the
average
size
increased
with
increasing
depth
and
abundance
decreased
with
increasing
depth.
A
large
proportion
of
small
shrimp
(<
103
mm
total
length)
in
all
samples
combined
monthly
were
caught
inside
the
sanctuary,
but
their
abundance
varied
monthly
and
annually.
Small
pink
shrimp
dominated
the
catch
from
fewer
than
half
the
stations
inside
the
sanctuary
in
September­
December
1981
but
increased
in
abundance
and
dominated
half
or
more
of
the
stations
inside
the
sanctuary
in
January­
December
1982
and
February­
May
1983.
January
and
July
were
the
only
months
in
which
catches
from
at
least
half
the
stations
inside
the
sanctuary
were
composed
mostly
of
shrimp
at
least
103
mm
long
in
1983.
Recruitment
was
continuous
but
uneven
throughout
the
survey.
Peak
months
of
recruitment
varied
annually,
occurring
in
January
and
July­
September
1982
and
in
January
and
March
1983.
Small
shrimp
were
less
abundant
outside
the
sanctuary
but
peaks
in
abundance
at
some
stations
outside
the
sanctuary,
indicating
strong
recruitment,
occurred
in
January
and
July­
August
1982
and
in
March
1983.
Conservative
population
estimates
for
the
Tortugas
fishing
ground
for
September
1982­
July
1983
varied
from
11.8
x
106
pink
shrimp
in
July
to
52.7
x
106
pink
shrimp
in
March.
Although
the
trawlable
area
inside
the
southwestern
sanctuary
accounted
for
only
6%
of
the
total
trawlable
area
covered
by
the
survey,
the
sanctuary
contained
an
average
of
36%
of
the
total
estimated
pink
shrimp
population.

Robinson,
Michael
A.
and
Francis
T.
Christy,
Jr.
(
1989).
"
Comment
on
Professor
Pontecorvo's
"
The
State
of
Worldwide
Fishery
Statistics:
A
Modest
Proposal"."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
6(
1):
83­
84.

The
authors
oppose
Professor
Pontecorvo's
statement
that
better
world
wide
fishery
economics
data
needs
to
be
collected.

Robinson,
Sherman,
Maureen
Kilkenny,
and
Kenneth
Hanson
(
1990).

The
USDA/
ERS
Computable
General
Equilibrium
(
CGE)
Model
of
the
United
States.

Staff
Report
No.
AGES
9049,
Agriculture
and
Rural
Economy
Division,
Economic
Research
Service,
U.
S.
Department
of
Agriculture.

This
paper
documents
the
basic
Computable
General
Equilibrium
(
CGE)
model
of
the
U.
S.
economy
developed
at
the
Economic
Research
Service
(
ERS),
USDA.
The
paper
both
describes
the
model
equations
in
detail
and
how
the
model
is

benchmarked

to
a
base
data
set.
The
paper
also
lists
the
computer
program
used
to
implement
the
model.
The
objective
of
the
CGE
work
program
at
ERS
is
to
provide
a
multi
sectoral
framework
for
analyzing
the
effect
of
changes
in
agricultural
policies
and
exogenous
stocks
on
the
farm
sector,
on
the
rural
economy,
on
related
nonagricultural
sectors,
and
on
the
rest
of
the
5
7
1
economy.
The
basic
model
has
provided
a
starting
point
for
a
variety
of
extensions
and
applications
exploring
a
number
of
policy
issues.
To
date,
work
has
largely
focused
on
issues
of
agricultural
trade
policy
and
the
effect
of
alternative
domestic
policies.

Robinson,
William
L.
(
1985).
"
Effort
Management
in
Australian
Fisheries."
A
Presentation
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
July
10,
34
pp.

A
presentation
of
the
effort
limitation
programs
in
eight
fisheries
in
Australia.

Robson,
Arthur
J.
(
1986).
"
The
Existence
of
Nash
Equilibria
in
Reaction
Functions
for
Dynamic
Models
of
Oligopoly."
International
Economic
Review,
27(
3):
539­
544.

It
is
not
in
general
possible
to
satisfy
the
conditions
proposed
by
Friedman
(
1968,
1973,
1976,
and
1977)
for
a
Nash
equilibrium
in
reaction
functions.

Roche,
Ellie
F.
and
Frederick
C.
Sutter
(
1996).

Marine
Fisheries
Initiative
Program
(
MARFIN).

Ninth
Annual
MARFIN
Conference,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Cooperative
Programs
Division,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive
North,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
St.
Petersburg,
Florida,
November
6­
7.

Abstracts
of
cooperative
agreement
reports
presented
at
the
ninth
annual
MARFIN
conference
covering
shrimp
bycatch,
highly
migratory
pelagic
species,
reef
fish,
and
coastal
herrings.

Rockett,
Andrew
M.
and
John
C.
Stevenson
(
1987).
"
Karmarkar's
Algorithm."
Byte,
September:
146­
160.

A
description
of
Karmarkar's
algorithm
for
solving
linear
programming
problems
and
an
explanation
of
how
it
differs
from
the
simplex
method.

Rockland,
David
Ben
(
1983).
"
An
Economic
Analysis
of
Delaware's
Recreational/
Commercial
Fisheries
Conflict."
Dissertation,
Department
of
Marine
Studies,
University
of
Delaware,
Newark,
Delaware.

This
dissertation
analyses
the
economic
impact
of
recreational
and
commercial
gray
seatrout
fishermen
on
the
state
of
Delaware.
Consumer
surplus
from
recreational
fishing
is
estimated
to
be
between
$
13
and
$
25
million
while
producer
and
consumer
surplus
from
the
commercial
gillnet
fishery
is
over
$
875,000.
The
economic
impact
of
the
recreational
fishery
is
almost
$
13
million
and
$
3.3
million
for
the
commercial
fishery.
Since
the
biological
and
technical
relationships
between
the
catches
of
the
two
sectors
cannot
be
determined,
it
is
not
possible
to
derive
an
optimal
allocation
of
fish
between
them.

Rodgers,
Philip
(
1995).

The
Bio­
Economic
Simulation
Model
of
the
Catching
Sector
of
the
Irish
Sea
Fishery.

In,
Bio­
Economic
Modelling
in
the
EU,
Concerted
Action
Coordination
of
Research
in
Fishery
Economics,
Working
Document
Nr:
7,(
AIR
CT94
1489),
Workshop,
Edinburgh,
October:
44­
51.

This
model
describes
the
conceptual
structure
of
a
thorough
going
bioeconomic
model
of
the
Irish
Sea
multispecies
multi­
method
fishery
that
5
7
2
accommodates
the
variety
of
interactions
between
economic
behavior
and
biological
factors
and
the
data
needed
for
that
model.
The
schematics
show
the
true
position
of
the
stocks
as
constraints
on
economic
activity
and
are
not
an
end
in
themselves.
Capacity
is
also
shown
to
be
a
constraint
on
effort
and
not
causal.

Rodrick,
Jeff
(
1994).
"
Effort
Responsiveness
to
Changing
Relative
Prices
in
the
North
Atlantic
Swordfish
Fishery."
Thesis
proposal,
Department
of
Food
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL,
July,
21
pp.

A
thesis
proposal
to
develop
a
model
of
the
swordfish
fishery
in
the
southeastern
region.
A
hypothesis
of
nonjointness
in
production
will
be
tested
using
the
model.

Roedel,
Philip
M.
(
1973).
"
Shrimp
'
73
­
A
Billion
Dollar
Business."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
35(
3/
4):
1­
6.

A
presentation
to
the
Louisiana
Shrimp
Association
that
discusses
shrimp
landings,
imports,
and
cold
storage
holdings
for
1972.
The
presentation
also
discusses
other
shrimp
fisheries
in
New
England
and
off
the
Pacific
coast.
A
summary
of
a
report
by
Miller
and
Nash
(
1971)
on
shrimp
consumption
and
a
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce
News
article
on
shellfish
shell
salvaged
for
commercial
uses
are
included.

Roedel,
Philip
M.
(
1975).
Optimum
Sustainable
Yield
as
a
Concept
in
Fisheries
Management.
Proceedings
of
a
Symposium
Held
During
the
104th
annual
Meeting
of
the
American
Fisheries
Society,
Honolulu,
Hawaii,
September
9,
1974.
Special
Publication
No.
9,
American
Fisheries
Society,
Washington,
D.
C.,
89
pp.

The
traditional
view
of
maximum
sustainable
yield
as
the
philosophic
base
for
fisheries
management
programs
has
come
under
increasing
attack
over
the
last
decade.
The
opportunity
arose
to
debate
the
issues
at
the
104th
Annual
Meeting
of
the
American
Fisheries
Society
with
a
multidisciplinary
group
of
experts.

Rogers,
Donna
R.,
Barton
D.
Rogers,
and
Vernon
L.
Wright
(
1993).

Evaluation
of
Shrimp
Trawls
Designed
to
Reduce
Bycatch
in
Inshore
Waters
of
Louisiana.

MARFIN
Report
NA17FF0375­
01,
School
of
Forestry,
Wildlife,
and
Fisheries,
Louisiana
State
University
Agricultural
Center,
Baton
Rouge,
Louisiana,
January,
142
pp.

To
evaluate
the
effectiveness
of
the
Authement­
Ledet
Excluder,
Cameron
Shooter,
Lake
Arthur
Excluder,
and
the
Eymard
Accelerator
Bycatch
Reduction
Devices
(
BRDs)
in
inshore
waters,
tests
were
conducted
in
three
areas
of
coastal
Louisiana
during
the
spring
and
fall
shrimp
seasons
using
a
twin
trawl,
with
a
BRD
on
one
side
and
a
control
net
on
the
other.
Shrimp
and
finfish
loss
varied
between
the
different
BRDs
and
depended
upon
the
species
and
size
of
organisms
within
each
test
area.
Estimates
of
the
value
of
shrimp
loss
or
gain
using
each
BRD
prototype
are
also
provided.
BRD
designs
with
increased
finfish
reduction
and
minimal
shrimp
loss
appear
achievable.
However,
the
high
variability
of
bycatch
species
and
length­
frequency
distributions
suggests
that
devices
may
have
to
be
designed
for
specific
areas
and
possibly
different
seasons
to
release
a
particular
or
abundant
species.

Rogers,
George
W.
(
1979).
"
Alaska's
Limited
Entry
Program:
Another
View."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
36:
783­
788.
5
7
3
Viewed
in
an
historical
perspective,
the
1973
Alaska
limited
entry
law
evolved
from
fisheries
policies
motivated
by
distributive
(
Alaska
first)
and
social
(
maintenance
of
rural
fishing
communities)
criteria
more
than
the
traditional
economic
criteria
of
efficiency.
Fisheries
economics
research
has
been
primarily
concerned
with
such
matters
as
dissipation
of
economic
rent
through
excessive
units
of
harvesting.
There
is
a
need
to
expand
this
research
into
employment,
labor
mobility,
and
the
evaluation
of
opportunity
costs
as
well
as
economic
efficiency.

Roitmann,
Michael
(
1998).

Note
on
Multi­
Annual
Guidance
Programmes
Under
the
Common
Fisheries
Policy.

European
Commission,
Brussels,
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity,
FAO,
La
Jolla
CA,
April
15­
18,
3
pp.

History
of
the
European
Communities
effort
to
legislate
reductions
in
fishing
fleet
capacity
among
its
member
states
under
the
multi­
annual
guidance
program
(
MAGP).
Although
capacity
has
been
reduced,
the
economic
or
sociocultural
impacts
on
member
states
or
the
biological
impacts
on
stocks
were
not
presented.

Rompa,
William
J.
(
1980).
"
Factors
in
Establishing
an
Albacore
Tuna
Processing
Facility
in
Clatsop
County,
Oregon."
Draft,
Sea
Grant
College
Program,
Oregon
State
University.

The
possibilities
of
establishing
an
albacore
tuna
processing
facility
in
Clatsop
County,
Oregon
are
explored
in
this
report.

Rose­
Ackerman,
Susan
(
1977).
"
Market
Models
for
Water
Pollution
Control:
Their
Strengths
and
Weaknesses."
Public
Policy,
25(
3):
383­
406.

Two
market
schemes
for
controlling
water
pollution,
effluent
charges,
and
pollution
rights,
are
contrasted.
Rights
are,
in
general,
found
to
be
superior
to
charges,
but
market
mechanisms
must
also
be
supplemented
by
nonmarket
regulatory
devices.
Rights
are
preferred
to
charges
because
they
(
1)
assure
the
attainment
of
water
quality
thresholds;
(
2)
minimize
inequities;
(
3)
provide
a
means
of
subsidizing
municipalities
without
sacrificing
efficiency;
(
4)
permit
growth
without
burdening
existing
dischargers;
and
(
5)
provide
a
way
to
handle
emergencies.
In
addition,
they
can
be
incorporated
into
the
existing
legislation
without
a
drastic
revision
of
the
Water
Pollution
Control
Act
of
1972.

Rose,
Debra
A.
(
1996).

An
Overview
of
World
Trade
in
Sharks.

A
Traffic
Network
Report,
Cambridge,
United
Kingdom.

This
report
offers
a
brief
description
and
analysis
of
available
data
and
information
reviewed
during
the
course
of
this
study.
These
sources
include
national
fisheries
statistics;
data
collated
by
the
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
UN
(
FAO)
and
other
international
and
intergovernmental
bodies;
and
biological
and
status
assessments.
Thereafter,
those
shark
fisheries
covered
by
this
study
are
described
briefly,
followed
by
a
summary
of
the
various
shark
products
in
trade,
their
processing
and
preparation,
their
use
in
domestic
and
international
markets,
and
of
the
species
from
which
they
are
derived.
The
final
sections
of
the
report
discuss
the
management
and
conservation
implications
of
these
chondrichthian
fisheries
and
resultant
trade,
and
subsequent
conclusions
and
recommendations
for
the
future
management
of
chondrichthian
stocks.

Rose,
Marshall
(
1986).
"
Assessment
of
Resources."
In
T.
Grigalunas
and
5
7
4
L.
C.
Hanson
(
eds.)
The
Continental
Shelf:
Resource
Boundaries.
Proceedings
from
the
9th
Annual
Conference,
Center
for
Ocean
Management
Studies,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
June
16­
19.

This
paper
discusses
the
concepts,
methods,
and
results
of
an
economic
analysis
of
the
nonrenewable
resources
of
the
outer
continental
shelf
as
part
of
a
five
year
leasing
program.

Rosen,
Sherwin
(
1974).
"
Hedonic
Prices
and
Implicit
Markets:
Product
Differentiation
in
Pure
Competition."
Journal
of
Political
Economy,
:
34­
54.

A
class
of
differentiated
products
is
completely
described
by
a
vector
of
objectively
measured
characteristics.
Observed
product
prices
and
the
specific
amounts
of
characteristics
associated
with
each
good
define
a
set
of
implicit
or
"
hedonic"
prices.
A
theory
of
hedonic
prices
is
formulated
as
a
problem
in
the
economics
of
spatial
equilibrium
in
which
the
entire
set
of
implicit
prices
guides
both
consumer
and
producer
locational
decisions
in
characteristics
space,
buyer
and
seller
choices,
as
well
as
the
meaning
and
nature
of
market
equilibrium,
are
analyzed.
Empirical
implications
for
hedonic
price
regressions
and
index
number
construction
are
pointed
out.

Rosenberg,
Andrew
A.
(
1994).

Background
on
U.
S.
Fisheries
Management:
Status
and
New
Directions.

In
Karyn
L.
Gimbel
(
ed.)
Limiting
Access
to
Marine
Fisheries:
Keeping
the
Focus
on
Conservation,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

Most
U.
S.
fisheries
are
open
access.
There
are
currently
only
5
fishery
management
plans
(
out
of
43)
that
control
access
to
the
resources
they
cover.
However,
some
form
of
limited
access
has
been
approved
by
Fishery
Management
Councils
for
another
15
fisheries
and
limited
access
is
being
considered
in
12
more
cases.
In
most
of
the
plans,
a
moratorium
on
new
entrants
has
closed
access.
In
a
number
of
others,
individual
transferable
quota
systems
are
being
developed.

Rosenberg,
Andrew
A.,
and
Victor
R.
Restrepo
(
1995).

Precautionary
Management
Reference
Points
and
Management
Strategies.

TCPA/
BP4,
Technical
Consultation
on
the
Precautionary
Approach
to
Capture
Fisheries
(
TCPA),
FAO
Scientific
Meeting,
Lysekil,
Sweden,
May,
13
pp.

The
precautionary
approach
to
fishery
management
seeks
to
protect
fishery
resources
from
fishing
practices
that
may
put
their
long
term
viability
in
jeopardy.
To
take
appropriate
precautions,
fishing
activities
may
need
to
be
controlled
even
before
there
is
clear
scientific
evidence
that
current
practices
can
not
be
sustained
by
the
resource.
To
develop
fishery
control
policies,
biological
reference
points
are
needed
for
measuring
current
resource
status
and
the
projected
effects
of
fishing.

Rosenberg,
A.,
P.
Mace,
G.
Thompson,
G.
Darcy,
W.
Clark,
J.
Collie,
W.
Gabriel,
A.
MacCall,
R.
Methot,
J.
Powers,
V.
Restrepo,
T.
Wainwright,
L.
Botsford,
J.
Hoenig,
and
K.
Stokes
(
1994).

Scientific
Review
of
Definitions
of
Overfishing
in
U.
S.
Fishery
Management
Plans.

NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
F/
SPO­
17,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
August,
205
pp.

A
panel
of
biologists
reviewed
all
of
the
current
definitions
of
overfishing
from
a
technical
standpoint
and
reported
on
their
strengths
and
weaknesses
for
conserving
fishery
resources.
5
7
5
Rosenman,
Robert
E.
(
1986).

The
Optimal
Tax
for
Maximum
Economic
Yield:
Fishery
Regulation
Under
Rational
Expectations.

Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
13:
348­
362.

This
paper
examines
the
optimal
tax
to
achieve
maximum
economic
yield
(
MEY)
exploitation
in
a
rational
expectations
model
of
a
competitive
open
access
fishery.
To
analyze
the
dynamic
evolution
of
resource
use
a
structural
model
that
explains
the
relationship
between
the
firm
and
the
industry
is
presented.
The
unregulated
equilibrium
is
contrasted
with
the
potential
MEY.
Conditions
under
which
the
unregulated
equilibrium
will
be
MEY
are
explored.
In
addition,
a
tax
is
devised
that
will
cause
non­
MEY
competitive
exploitation
to
become
MEY
when
the
tax
is
implemented.

Rosenthal,
Donald
H.
(
1985).
"
Representing
Substitution
Effects
in
Models
of
Recreation
Demand."
PH.
D.
Dissertation,
Department
of
Agricultural
and
Natural
Resource
Economics,
Colorado
State
University,
Fort
Collins,
Colorado.

This
study
determines
how
sensitive
economic
estimates
of
the
value
of
recreation
sites
are
to
the
manner
in
which
the
influence
of
substitute
recreation
sites
is
modeled.
the
average
consumer
surplus
per
person,
per
trip
at
eleven
different
reservoirs
operated
by
the
U.
S.
Army
Corps
of
Engineers
was
estimated
using
three
different
zonal
travel
cost
models
(
TCMs).
Each
TCM
differed
with
respect
to
its
treatment
of
substitute
recreation
sites.

Rosenthal,
Donald
H.
(
1987).
"
The
Necessity
for
Substitute
Prices
in
Recreation
Demand
Analyses."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
69(
4):
828­
837.

Omitting
substitute
prices
from
a
travel
cost
model
is
shown
to
cause
a
significant
bias
in
consumer
surplus
estimates.
Three
sets
of
travel
cost
models
are
developed
from
a
common
data
base
representing
60,000
day
users
of
U.
S.
Army
Corps
of
Engineer
reservoirs
in
Kansas
and
Missouri.
The
first
set
of
models
omitted
substitute
prices;
the
latter
two
sets
included
them.
An
analysis
of
variance
test
showed
that
consumer
surplus
estimates
from
the
first
set
of
models
were
significantly
higher
than
the
other
two
(
F=
26.2
with
2,20
degrees
of
freedom).
The
theoretical
and
practical
implications
of
these
findings
are
discussed.

Rosenthal,
Donald
H.,
Marshall
B.
Rose,
and
Lawrence
J.
Slaski
(
1988).
"
Economic
Value
of
the
Oil
and
Gas
Resources
on
the
Outer
Continental
Shelf."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5(
3):
171­
189.

A
theoretical
framework
for
estimating
the
economic
value
of
the
federal
government's
offshore
oil
and
gas
resources
is
developed.
This
framework
is
then
applied
to
geological
and
economic
data
generated
by
the
Minerals
Management
Service
in
support
of
their
five­
year
leasing
plan.
With
an
8
percent
real
discount
rate
and
a
1
percent
real
price
growth
rate,
the
remaining
economic
rent
as
of
1987
on
the
reserves
plus
the
undiscovered
offshore
oil
and
gas
resources
is
estimated
at
$
118.6
billion
(
1987
dollars).
The
present
value
of
the
government's
receipts
from
cash
bonus
and
royalty
payments
on
these
deposits
is
estimated
at
$
37.2
billion.
Over
80
percent
of
the
remaining
economic
rent
is
derived
from
developed
reserve
deposits
located
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
The
private
sector
has
previously
paid
cash
bonuses
for
the
leases
located
on
those
deposits
and
financed
the
installation
of
the
development
platforms.
Because
of
this,
the
government
will
collect
only
a
small
portion,
approximately
22
percent,
of
the
rent
remaining
on
those
reserves.
5
7
6
Rothschild,
Brian
J.
(
1972).
"
An
Exposition
on
the
Definition
of
Fishing
Effort."
Fishery
Bulletin,
70(
3):
671­
679.

The
term
"
fishing
effort"
is
well
defined
in
population
dynamics
literature.
The
term
as
defined
in
the
population
dynamics
literature
is,
however,
difficult
to
reconcile
with
broader
definitions
of
fishing
effort,
particularly
those
having
economic
implications.
The
present
paper
discusses
the
distinction
between
the
definitions
and
gives
some
examples
in
the
context
of
allocating
inputs,
the
capacities
of
fishing
boats,
and
several
stocks
to
the
catch
in
a
manner
that
maximizes
profits.
Managerial
behavior
is
also
an
important
input
to
the
fishing
process;
this
is
discussed
in
a
decision
theory
format
where
decision
quality
can
be
measured
relative
to
entropy
in
the
decision
environment
affording
a
comparison
among
decision
environments
in
terms
of
information
and
an
imputed
valuation
of
a
bit
of
information
under
various
circumstances.
The
conventional
measures
of
the
quality
of
the
decision
environment
are
often
based
upon
expected
catch.
Alternate
measures
are
discussed
which
include
the
expected
loss
or
the
risk
involved
in
the
decision
process.

Rothschild,
Brian
J.
(
1977).
"
Fishing
Effort."
Chapter
5
in
J.
A.
Gulland
(
ed.)
Fish
Population
Dynamics.
John
Wiley
and
Sons,
New
York,
New
York.

A
discussion
of
fishing
effort
and
fishing
mortality
as
applied
to
problems
involving
population
dynamics.

Rothschild,
Brian
J.
(
1996).
"
How
Bountiful
are
Ocean
Fisheries."
Consequences,
2(
1):
15­
24.

In
the
last
seven
years,
while
the
world
population
was
climbing
by
about
10
percent,
the
total
landings
of
fish
from
the
ocean
declined
by
almost
as
much,
signaling,
perhaps,
the
end
of
the
long
summer
of
human
history
when
the
waters
beneath
the
ocean
surface
seemed
to
hold
an
unending
supply
of
fish
for
food.
There
is
hope
that
improved
knowledge
of
fish
and
ocean
ecosystems,
more
enlightened
management,
and
more
prudent
allocations
can
once
again
increase
the
yield
.
It
is
certainly
true
that
the
science
of
fisheries
has
much
to
learn,
and
that
fisheries
management,
as
practiced
in
most
seafaring
nations,
has
more
often
focused
on
immediate
interests
than
on
what
is
sustainable
in
the
long
haul.
The
need
to
know
more
and
manage
better
is
heightened
by
the
environmental
changes
that
have
altered
today

s
rivers
and
coastlines,
and
by
tomorrow

s
prospects
of
possible
climate
change.
Technological
and
economic
advances
in
aquaculture,
worldwide
a
growing
industry,
could
also
help,
where
these
efforts
directed
more
toward
fish
as
a
dietary
staple,
as
opposed
to
a
luxury.

Rothschild,
Brian
J.,
A.
F.
Sharov,
and
A.
Y.
Bobyrev
(
1997).
"
Red
Snapper
Stock
Assessment
and
Management
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Draft
report
submitted
to
the
Office
of
Science
and
Technology,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
by
the
Center
for
Marine
Science
and
Technology,
University
of
Massachusetts,
North
Dartmouth,
Massachusetts,
August,
52
pp.

This
is
an
independent
scientific
stock
assessment
of
the
status
of
the
red
snapper
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
as
mandated
by
Congress
to
determine
the
status
of
the
stock,
appropriateness
of
the
current
assessment
models,
soundness
of
results
and
conclusions
from
the
existing
stock
assessment,
level
of
uncertainty,
stock
restoration
management
measures,
and
their
consistency
with
the
precautionary
approach
to
fisheries.
A
second
paper
contains
a
set
of
comments
from
three
independent
peer
reviewers.
5
7
7
Rothschild,
Brian
J.,
A.
F.
Sharov,
and
A.
Y.
Bobyrev
(
1997).
"
Red
Snapper
Stock
Assessment
and
Management
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Final
report
submitted
to
the
Office
of
Science
and
Technology,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
by
the
Center
for
Marine
Science
and
Technology,
University
of
Massachusetts,
North
Dartmouth,
Massachusetts,
December,
173
pp.

This
is
an
independent
scientific
stock
assessment
of
the
status
of
the
red
snapper
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
as
mandated
by
Congress
to
determine
the
status
of
the
stock,
appropriateness
of
the
current
assessment
models,
soundness
of
results
and
conclusions
from
the
existing
stock
assessment,
level
of
uncertainty,
stock
restoration
management
measures,
and
their
consistency
with
the
precautionary
approach
to
fisheries.

Rottmann,
R.
W.
and
J.
V.
Shireman
(
1988).
"
Management
of
Water
Quality
for
Fish."
Circular
715,
Cooperative
Extension
Service,
University
of
Florida,
Institute
of
Food
and
Agricultural
Sciences,
18
pp.

The
purpose
of
this
publication
is
to
assist
the
Florida
fish
farmer
or
pond
owner
in
pond
management.
The
text
Water
Quality
Management
for
Pond
Fish
Culture
by
Claude
E.
Boyd
is
an
excellent
source
of
more
detailed
information
on
the
subject
and
is
recommended
reading.
This
circular
provides
a
simpler
approach
and
addresses
certain
aspects
of
water
quality
specific
to
Florida
not
covered
in
Boyd's
book.

Roy,
Noel
(
1998).

Fishing
Behavior
and
the
Length
of
the
Fishing
Season.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
13(
3):
193­
213.

The
basic
hypothesis
of
this
paper
is
that
the
amount
of
fishing
that
a
fish
harvester
undertakes
during
a
year
is
not
determined
entirely
by
circumstances
that
are
exogenous
to
the
fisher,
such
as
weather
conditions
and
resource
availability,
but
is
also
partially
a
matter
of
individual
choice.
The
paper
develops
a
behavioral
model
of
fishing
from
the
perspective
that
the
decision
to
modify
the
period
of
time
over
which
fishing
takes
place
is
governed
by
a
comparison
of
the
marginal
benefits
and
costs
of
doing
so.
The
model
is
tested
econometrically
as
an
error­
components
model
using
a
10%
longitudinal
sample
of
recipients
of
seasonal
fishermen

s
unemployment
insurance
benefits
in
Newfoundland
over
the
period
1971­
93.
The
result
suggest
that
the
Canadian
unemployment
insurance
program
has
reduced
the
length
of
the
fishing
season
in
Newfoundland
by
about
8­
10
weeks.

Ruddle,
Kenneth
(
1988).
"
Social
Principles
Under
Traditional
Inshore
Fishery
Management
Systems
in
the
Pacific
Basin."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5:
351­
363.

Among
fisheries
management
schemes,
those
based
on
sole
ownership
concepts
have
been
relatively
little
studied.
This
concept
has
been
most
widely
applied
in
the
traditional
fisheries
management
or
sea
tenure
systems
of
the
Pacific
Basin,
where
unlike
the
West,
sole
ownership
resides
in
the
community
or
other
small
social
group.
Information
on
Pacific
Basin
sea
tenure
systems
remains
largely
anecdotal
and
unsynthesized.
In
a
partial
attempt
to
overcome
that,
this
article
defines
and
exemplifies
six
social
principles
common
to
many
traditional
systems
of
sea
tenure
in
inshore
fisheries
management
in
the
Pacific
Basin,
with
reference
to
Oceanian
islands,
and
based
on
an
examination
of
the
literature
and
supplementary
field
research.
These
principles
are
that:
(
1)
sea
rights
depend
on
social
status,
(
2)
resource
exploitation
is
governed
by
sue
rights,
93)
resource
territories
are
defined,
(
4)
marine
resources
are
controlled
by
traditional
authorities,
5
7
8
(
5)
conservation
was
traditionally
widely
practiced,
and
(
6)
sanctions
and
punishments
are
meted
out
for
infringement
of
regulations.
Most
remaining
systems
are
hybrids
of
traditional
and
modern
components,
with
the
latter
becoming
dominant.
Interpretation
of
the
literature
without
supplementary
field
verification
is
severely
constrained
by
the
use
of
the
"
anthropological
present"
tense.

Ruffin,
Roy
J.
and
M.
D.
Anderson
(
1996).

Externalities,
Markets,
and
Government
Policy.

Economic
Review,
Third
Quarter:
24­
29,
Federal
Reserve
Bank
of
Dallas,
P.
O.
Box
655906,
Dallas,
Texas.

Coase

s
contribution
to
understanding
the
role
of
government
in
the
economy
is
explained.
Coase
showed
that
externalities
may
or
may
not
require
a
government
solution,
depending
on
the
institutional
setting
of
the
problems
and
the
size
of
the
transaction
costs.
Moreover,
even
in
the
absence
of
externalities,
market
transactions
require
low
transaction
costs.
Firms
exit
to
economize
on
those
costs.
In
shifting
the
terms
of
the
debate,
Coase
single­
handedly
moved
economics
from
presuming
specific
roles
for
government
action
to
a
more
neutral
position
requiring
detailed
analysis
to
justify
government
intervention.

Rulifson,
Roger
A.,
James
D.
Murray,
and
James
J.
Bahen
(
1991).
"
Bycatch
Reduction
in
South
Atlantic
Shrimp
Trawls
Using
Three
Designs
of
"
Finfish
Separator
Devices"."
Final
report
prepared
for
NOAA,
NMFS.

Standard
shrimp
trawls
used
in
the
southeastern
USA
commercial
fishery
were
modified
in
an
attempt
to
reduce
the
amount
of
unwanted
fish
and
invertebrates
(
bycatch)
retained
during
normal
shrimp
trawling
procedures
using
the
Parrish
TED,
square
mesh
FSD,
and
the
diamond
mesh
FSD
with
and
without
hoops.
No
significant
loss
in
marketable­
sized
fish
was
observed
among
the
FSD
designs
compared
to
control
catches.
The
objective
of
a
50%
bycatch
reduction
with
a
shrimp
loss
of
less
than
5%
was
not
consistently
obtained.

Rulifson,
Roger
A.,
James
D.
Murray,
and
James
J.
Bahen
(
1992).
"
Finfish
Catch
Reduction
in
South
Atlantic
Shrimp
Trawls
Using
Three
Designs
of
By­
Catch
Reduction
Devices."
Fisheries,
17(
1):
9­
20.

Standard
shrimp
trawls
used
in
the
southeastern
U.
S.
commercial
fishery
were
modified
in
an
attempt
to
reduce
the
amount
of
unwanted
fish
(
bycatch)
retained
during
normal
shrimp
trawling
procedures.
A
sampling
design
was
used
to
test
the
effectiveness
of
bycatch
reduction
devices
(
BRDs)
towed
in
combination
with
unmodified
nets
in
coastal
waters
off
Brunswick,
Georgia,
in
1990.
Several
problems
hampered
statistical
analysis
of
the
data,
including
slight
differences
in
the
towing
of
port
and
starboard
nets,
onboard
modifications
of
BRDs
during
testing
to
correct
design
deficiencies,
and
seasonality
of
shrimp
catches
in
combination
with
large
masses
of
sargassum
and
jellyfish
in
trawls
during
fall
sampling.
The
modified
Parrish
turtle
excluder
device
(
TED)
was
the
only
BRD
that
had
a
significant
reduction
(
alpha
=
0.05)
in
the
percent
difference
in
total
biomass
compared
to
the
control
net.
Bycatch
reduction
was
not
consistent
for
other
designs.
No
significant
loss
of
marketable
sized
fish
was
observed
among
the
BRD
designs
compared
to
control
catches.
The
ability
of
smallest
juvenile
fish
to
escape
from
BRDs,
thus
shifting
(
increasing)
the
length­
frequency
distribution,
was
species
specific.
The
normal
Parrish
TED
was
best
suited
for
escapement
of
smallest
menhaden,
while
the
diamond­
mesh
BRD
with
hoops
best
minimized
capture
of
the
smallest
Atlantic
bumper,
grey
trout,
and
Atlantic
croaker.
The
square­
mesh
5
7
9
net
was
most
effective
in
reducing
retention
of
smallest­
sized
thread
herring,
and
the
modified
Parrish
TED
retained
less
of
the
smallest­
sized
spot.
The
objective
of
50%
bycatch
reduction
with
a
shrimp
loss
of
less
than
5%
was
not
consistently
reached;
however,
BRDs
show
promise
for
bycatch
reduction
in
South
Atlantic
coastal
waters.

Runge,
Carlisle
Ford
(
1981).
"
Common
Property
Externalities:
Isolation,
Assurance,
and
Resource
Depletion
in
a
Traditional
Grazing
Context."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
63(
4):
595­
606.

Institutional
alternatives
to
common
property
externalities
are
wider
than
argued
by
private
exclusive
property
rights
advocates.
The
"
tragedy
of
the
commons"
is
not
a
prisoners'
dilemma,
characterized
by
the
strict
dominance
of
individual
strategies.
The
nonseparable
common
property
externality
is
an
"
assurance
problem."
The
assurance
problem
provides
striking
perspectives
in
analytical
and
policy
terms.
It
redefines
the
problem
of
the
commons
as
one
of
decision
making
under
uncertainty.
Institutional
rules
innovated
by
the
group
to
reduce
uncertainty
and
coordinate
expectations
can
solve
the
problem
of
overexploitation.
Rules
come
in
many
forms,
and
private
property
is
only
one.

Runge,
Carlisle
Ford
(
1984).
"
Institutions
and
the
Free
Rider:
The
Assurance
Problem
in
Collective
Action."
The
Journal
of
Politics,
46:
154­
181.

Political
and
economic
theory
make
extensive
use
of
the
one
period
Prisoners'
Dilemma
(
PD)
to
model
public
goods
problems
and
collective
action
generally.
While
the
PD
provides
important
insights
into
the
breakdowns
of
social
institutions,
it
gives
no
explanation
of
how
or
why
institutions
are
developed
in
the
first
place.
This
paper
presents
a
related
approach:
the
Assurance
Problem
(
AP).
The
AP
suggests
that
interdependent
choice
creates
incentives
to
establish
and
maintain
institutions
that
coordinate
expectations
based
on
rules
of
fairmindedness.
With
such
coordinated
expectations,
voluntary
contributions
to
public
goods
may
be
utility
maximizing
strategies.

Runge,
Carlisle
Ford
(
1984).
"
Strategic
Interdependence
in
Models
of
Property
Rights."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
66(
5):
807­
813.

This
essay
explores
the
implications
of
strategic
interdependence
for
the
theory
of
property
rights
and
the
"
new
institutional
economics"
(
Schotter).
It
attempts
to
clarify
some
of
the
linkages
from
institutional
economics
to
micro­
and
macroeconomic
theory
by
considering
how
property
institutions
result
from
strategic
interdependence,
confer
payoffs
to
individual
agents,
and
reflect
collective
choices
based
on
individual
preferences.

Russell,
Clifford
(
1979).
"
Applications
of
Public
Choice
Theory:
An
Introduction."
Introduction
from
Clifford
Russell
(
ed.)
Collective
Decision
Making.
Johns
Hopkins
Press
for
Resources
for
the
Future.

Public
choice
is
concerned
with
the
mechanisms
by
which
human
societies
make
decisions
about
their
collective
lives.

Sadeh,
Arye,
Hovav
Talpaz,
David
A.
Bessler,
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1989).
"
Optimization
of
Management
Plans
with
Short
and
Long
Run
Problems:
The
Case
of
Shrimp
Production."
European
Journal
of
5
8
0
Operational
Research,
40:
22­
31.

A
management
plan
of
continuous
production
is
specified
and
optimized.
An
optimal
control
framework
is
used
to
solve
for
the
decision
variables.
An
economic
interpretation
of
the
optimality
conditions
is
provided.
The
model
is
applied
to
the
management
of
a
shrimp
pond.
Results
for
different
runs
of
the
model
are
given
and
discussed.

Sage
Associates,
Inc.
(
1981).
Economic
Assessment
of
the
U.
S.
Shrimp
Industry
with
Associated
Public
Policy
Recommendations.
Washington,
D.
C.

This
report
contests
the
overcapitalization
argument
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
south
Atlantic
shrimp
fishing
fleet.
It
argues
that
a
tariff
and
quota
on
shrimp
imports
would
be
economically
efficient
and
have
little
impact
on
retail
shrimp
prices.

Saila,
S.
B.
(
1983).
"
Importance
and
Assessment
of
Discards
in
Commercial
Fisheries."
Fisheries
Circular
765,
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations,
Rome,
October.

A
review
is
made
of
the
magnitude
of
the
discarded
catches
from
the
major
fisheries.
Wide
seasonal,
geographic
and
gear­
related
variations
were
found
in
the
discarded
catch.
Some
simple
field
survey
procedures
for
discard
estimation
are
suggested.
The
probable
biological
consequences
of
discards
are
assessed
on
the
basis
of
available
information
and
suggestions
for
further
studies
are
made.
Some
specific
sampling
and
estimation
methods
applicable
to
the
discard
problem
are
suggested
and
some
examples
are
provided.

Saila,
S.
B.,
Robert
Francis,
and
Terrance
Quinn
(
1990).
"
Report
of
the
1990
Swordfish
Review
Panel."
Swordfish
Review
Panel
Report,
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Management
Council,
Charleston,
South
Carolina,
June,
17
pp.

The
panel
reviewed
the
biological
basis
for
proposed
management
measures
by
three
Councils.
The
panel
recommends
that
the
Atlantic
swordfish
population
should
be
managed
under
a
risk­
averse
constant
harvest
rate
policy
that
sets
acceptable
biological
catch
to
the
product
of
the
constant
harvest
rate,
based
on
F0.1
and
the
current
exploitable
biomass.
The
Atlantic
swordfish
population
should
be
rebuilt
to
the
1978
level
as
soon
as
practically
possible.

Saila,
S.
B.,
E.
Lorda,
and
H.
A.
Walker
(
1985).
"
The
Analysis
of
Parameter
Error
Propagation
in
Simple
Fishery
Models."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
1(
3):
235­
246.

Methodology
to
analyze
the
propagation
of
errors
in
fishery
model
parameters
is
described
and
demonstrated
through
its
application
to
stock
size
estimates
obtained
using
Pope's
cohort
analysis.
The
method
requires
that
independent
standard
errors
for
model
parameters
be
available
and
its
is
based
upon
a
formal
analysis
of
how
uncertainties
propagate
through
model
calculations.
In
certain
cases
the
methodology
described
can
be
used
instead
of
a
numerical
sensitivity
analysis
to
investigate
the
model
responses
to
error
or
uncertainty
in
its
parameters.
The
ability
to
assess
the
relative
merits
of
increased
precision
in
various
parameter
estimates
is
considered
especially
useful.

Saila,
S.
B.,
H.
A.
Walker,
E.
Lorda,
J.
Kelly,
and
M.
Prager
(
1982).
5
8
1
"
Analysis
of
Data
on
Shrimping
Success,
Shrimp
Recruitment
and
Associated
Environmental
Variables,
Shrimp
and
Redfish
Studies:
West
Hackberry
and
Big
Hill
Brine
Disposal
Sites."
Contract
No.
NA80­
GA­
00045,
NMFS,
SEFC,
Galveston
Laboratory,
4700
Avenue
U,
Galveston,
Texas
77550,
May,
238
pp.

This
study
attempts
to
identify
plausible
empirical
relationships
that
may
be
used
to
build
predictive
models
of
how
climatic
variability
can
cause
changes
in
certain
population
parameters,
such
as
growth
and
mortality,
fecundity,
post
larval
recruitment,
age
at
maturity,
etc.
Although
statistical
tests
for
the
effects
of
various
interventions
that
take
climatic
fluctuations
into
account
are
suggested,
it
is
still
not
possible
to
distinguish
between
efects
due
to
brine
disposal
and
those
due
to
the
Texas
closure
since
both
were
initiated
in
1981.
The
suggested
test
procedure
can
be
used
to
determine
if
the
combined
effects
of
the
Texas
closure
and
brine
disposal
are
statistically
significant
once
variations
in
landings
due
to
climatic
fluctuations
have
been
taken
into
account.

Salchenberger,
Linda
M.
(
1989).
"
Sole
Owner
Harvesting
Policies
under
the
Threat
of
Entry:
A
Two­
Stage
Linear
Game."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
16:
121­
133.

In
this
paper,
we
analyze
harvesting
policies
for
a
producer
who
is
guaranteed
exclusive
harvesting
rights
to
a
renewable
resource
for
a
specified
period
of
time.
A
second
producer
may
enter
the
market
after
these
rights
have
expired
and
if
entry
occurs,
the
duopoly
stage
is
modeled
as
a
noncooperative
differential
game.
We
assume
that
the
price
and
average
costs
are
constant
and
that
the
harvest
rate
is
linearly
dependent
upon
the
stock
level
and
the
effort
expanded.
After
the
solution
to
the
duopoly
game
is
presented,
we
give
the
solution
to
the
two
stage
profit
maximization
problem
of
the
incumbent.
A
modified
most
rapid
approach
path
solution
is
shown
to
be
optimal
under
certain
conditions.

Salim,
Kamaruzaman
H.
(
1998).

A
Note
for
Technical
Working
Group
on
Fishing
Capacity.

Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity,
FAO,
La
Jolla
CA,
April
15­
18,
4
pp.

Comments
on
a
list
of
issues
dealing
with
the
management,
control,
or
reduction
of
fishing
capacity.
Examples
of
how
these
issues
directly
relate
to
the
management
of
capacity
that
have
been
resolved
in
the
context
of
a
country
or
a
fishery
and
a
list
of
selected
issues
that
should
receive
attention
at
the
regional
or
international
level.

Salvanes,
Kjell
G.
and
Don
J.
DeVoretz
(
1993).
"
Household
Demand
for
Fish
and
Meat
Products:
Separability
and
Demographic
Effects."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

This
paper
focuses
on
the
specification
of
the
canadian
household's
demand
for
fish
and
meat
products.
In
contrast
to
the
demand
literature,
this
paper
directly
tests
for
separability
and
relevant
substitutes
by
estimating
different
demand
systems
over
different
aggregation
levels
for
fish
and
meat
with
an
identical
retail
level
household
data
set.
Knowledge
of
substitute
products
obtained
from
separability
tests
will
reveal
the
potential
for
product
differentiation.
The
results
indicate
that
all
Canadian
fish
products
and
species
as
categorized
in
this
study
cannot
be
modeled
separately.
In
sum,
analyzing
the
structure
of
meat
or
fish
consumption
at
a
relatively
aggregate
level
is
correct
based
on
these
results.
However,
different
species
of
fish
and
other
seafood
or
different
product
forms
of
fish
cannot
be
5
8
2
analyzed
separately.

Salvanes,
Kjell
G.
and
Don
J.
DeVoretz
(
1997).
"
Household
Demand
for
Fish
and
Meat
Products:
Separability
and
Demographic
Effects."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
12(
1):
37­
55.

By
reviewing
the
current
demand
literature
for
fish
and
meats,
it
is
apparent
that
several
inadequacies
arise
from
the
problems
of
market
delineation
or
aggregation
errors.
Inappropriate
aggregation
may
lead
to
biases
in
price
elasticities
and
associated
specification
problems
with
respect
to
identifying
substitutes.
Formal
separability
tests
allow
for
identification
of
appropriate
aggregation
levels
and
the
relevant
products
or
market
boundaries
in
a
systematic
manner.
A
formal
demand
system
for
fish
and
meat
can
thus
be
estimated
with
one
data
set
over
various
aggregations
with
the
appropriate
demographic
arguments.
The
present
article
tests
for
separability
(
and
thus
relevant
substitutes/
complements)
by
estimating
different
demand
systems
over
different
aggregation
levels
for
fish
and
meat
with
an
identical
retail
level
household
data
set
for
the
Canadian
market.

Samonte­
Tan,
Giselle
P.
B.
(
2000).

Economic
Status
and
Policies
Affecting
the
Shrimp
Industry
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Dissertation,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas,
May,
180
pp.

The
economic
status
of
the
Texas
shrimp
harvesting
sector
is
analyzed
based
on
cost
and
revenue
data
for
the
period
1987­
1992.
Texas
ex­
vessel
shrimp
prices
have
remained
low
and
stable
while
shrimp
operating
costs
have
been
increasing
resulting
in
an
annual
loss
averaging
$
3,875
per
vessel.
Second
the
bioeconomic
impacts
of
sea
turtle
conservation
policies
on
the
shrimp
industry
are
analyzed
using
the
General
Bioeconomic
Fisheries
Simulation
Model
(
GBFSM)
extended
to
include
a
Kemp

s
ridley
sea
turtle
biological
submodel.
Results
show
that
the
sea
turtle
population
will
rebuild
without
the
use
of
TEDs
at
a
lower
cost
to
the
nation.
Better
nest
protection
would
be
more
effective
in
the
long
run
than
the
TED
regulations
in
restoring
the
Kemp

s
ridley
population.
Bycatch
reduction
devices
(
BRDs)
were
evaluated
and
showed
that
costs
to
the
nation
increased
as
survival
rates
from
shrimp
escapement
declined.
If
50%
survived,
the
total
economic
loss
to
society
is
$
44.9
million
and
if
the
survival
is
0%,
the
loss
is
$
65.7
million.

Samonte­
Tan,
Giselle
P.
B.,
Wade
L.
Griffin,
Teofilo
Ozuna,
Jr.,
and
John
M.
Ward
(
1997).

The
Economic
Status
of
the
Texas
Shrimp­
Harvesting
Sector.

Draft
report,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas,
August,
14
pp.

An
analysis
of
the
economic
status
of
the
Texas
shrimp­
harvesting
sector
is
provided.
The
study
begins
by
discussing
how
shrimp
imports
have
affected
domestic
shrimp
supply
and
how
this,
in
turn,
has
affected
Texas
ex­
vessel
shrimp
prices.
The
impact
of
fishery
conservation
and
management
policies
on
shrimp
landings
and
returns
is
also.
Finally,
an
in­
depth
analysis
of
the
costs
and
returns
of
Texas
shrimp
fishermen
is
provided
examined
for
the
period
1987
through
1992.
The
results
indicate
that
the
Texas
shrimp
harvesting
sector
was
economically
viable
up
to
1979
but
that
this
viability
abruptly
ended
due
to
increased
imports
which
have
kept
shrimp
prices
low
and
stable
and
to
increased
costs
resulting
from
the
imposition
of
shrimp
regulatory
policies.
In
essence,
the
Texas
shrimp­
harvesting
sector
has
been
experiencing
a
price­
cost
squeeze
since
the
early
1980s.

Sample,
Rebecca
S.
(
1990).
"
Transition
to
Chaos
in
Multidimensional
Constrained
Systems."
Master
of
Science
thesis,
Department
of
5
8
3
Physics,
University
of
Maine,
Orono,
Me,
May,
96
pp.

Chaotic
behavior
occurs
in
a
variety
of
physical,
chemical
and
biological
systems
when
a
constraint
is
imposed
on
the
total
energy
or
mass
of
the
system.
In
population
models,
for
example,
this
constraint
can
reflect
an
ecosystem's
limited
carrying
capacity.
The
focus
of
this
research
is
the
onset
of
chaos
in
such
systems,
probed
by
simulating
simple
constrained
dynamical
models.
The
simulations
track
the
time
evolution
of
systems
with
characteristic
input,
amplification
and
dissipation
terms,
analogous
to
population
models
with
birth,
growth
and
mortality.
These
model
features
are
chosen
so
that
the
system
exhibits
a
stable
steady­
state
solution
in
the
absence
of
the
constraint.
When
the
constraint
is
implemented,
we
find
that
the
qualitative
features
of
the
transition
from
regular
to
the
qualitative
features
of
the
transition
from
regular
to
chaotic
dynamics
are
extremely
sensitive
to
the
model
dimensionality,
and
differ
greatly
from
the
widely
studied
period­
doubling
route
to
chaos
exhibited
by
a
large
group
of
one
dimensional
nonlinear
systems.
In
low
dimensional
cases,
long
periodic
cycles
are
prevalent,
whereas
higher
dimensional
systems
show
intermittency
preceding
chaos.
Fourier
transforms
of
time
series
have
been
used
to
identify
intermittent,
quasiperiodic
and
chaotic
regimes.
Eigenvalue
analysis
in
the
vicinity
of
fixed
solutions
indicates
that
a
wide
range
of
biological
inputs
that
do
not
yield
chaos
in
conventional
population
models
do
generate
chaotic
dynamics
once
the
carrying
capacity
is
incorporated
into
the
model.
Characteristics
of
the
onset
of
chaos
observed
in
these
models
could
be
relevant
to
other
problems
with
similar
types
of
constraints,
such
as
turbulence
and
multistep
chemical
reactions.

Samples,
Karl
C.
and
Richard
C.
Bishop
(
1985).
"
Estimating
the
Value
of
Variations
in
Anglers'
Success
Rates:
An
Application
of
the
Multiple­
Site
Travel
Cost
Method."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
2(
1):
55­
74.

An
estimation
method
is
presented
to
measure
sport
fishermen's
valuation
of
exogenous
changes
in
fishing
quality
(
catch
rates).
A
theoretical
model
is
initially
presented
to
show
how
variations
in
prevailing
catch
rates
influence
an
angler's
valuation
of
recreational
fishing.
A
two­
stage
estimation
approach
is
suggested
that
capitalizes
on
the
notion
that
angler
consumer
surplus
is
sensitive
to
changes
in
success
rates.
The
procedure
entails
first
estimating
sportfishing
values
at
qualitatively
different
fishing
sites
using
a
multiple­
site
travel
cost
approach.
Afterward,
the
sensitivity
of
estimated
values
to
different
success
rate
levels
is
measured
using
a
separate
regression
procedure.
An
empirical
application
of
this
two­
stage
method
to
Lake
Michigan
sportfishing
is
given.
It
is
estimated
that
for
Lake
Michigan
anglers
who
fish
for
trout
and
salmon,
a
10%
increase
in
success
rates
will
increase
average
trip
values
by
$
0.30.

Samples,
Karl
C.
and
John
T.
Sproul
(
1985).
"
Fish
Aggregating
Devices
and
Open­
Access
Commercial
Fisheries:
A
Theoretical
Inquiry."
Bulletin
of
Marine
Science,
37(
1):
305­
317.

This
paper
explores
the
economic
consequences
of
deploying
fish
aggregating
devices
(
FADs)
in
developed
open
access
or
common
property
commercial
fisheries.
The
objective
is
to
understand
how
FAD
installation
can
be
expected
to
influence
sustained
gross
revenues
(
sustained
harvests),
employment
and
fishermen's
profits
over
the
long
run.
A
Mathematical
bioeconomic
model
is
presented
that
illuminates
the
biological
interdependence
between
fishing
that
occurs
at
FAD
locations
and
fishing
that
is
directed
at
a
background
fish
stock.
Two
models
of
biological
interaction
are
considered.
Model
A
assumes
that
high
levels
of
FAD
fishing
effort
will
not
reduce
the
5
8
4
biological
productivity
of
the
underlying
fish
stock.
In
Model
B,
this
assumption
is
relaxed.
Results
of
both
models
suggest
that
if
harvesting
effort
in
the
FAD
fishery
is
unregulated,
installation
of
FAD
networks
will
not
generally
increase
fishermen';
s
aggregate
profit
position.
Furthermore,
depending
on
relative
productivity
and
cost
of
effort
in
FAD
and
non­
FAD
fishery,
deployment
of
FADs
may
generate
unintended
results;
decreases
in
employment,
harvest
levels,
and
sustained
gross
revenues.
Potential
problems
are
especially
acute
when
FAD
fishing
effort
is
low
cost
and
efficient,
and
FADs
are
effective
at
aggregating
fish.
These
findings
point
to
the
need
for
managing
levels
of
commercial
fishing
effort
at
FAD
locations.
Limited
entry
schemes,
licensing
and
user
fees
are
discussed
as
possible
management
options.

Sampson,
David
B.
(
1991).
"
Fishing
Tactics
and
Fish
Abundance,
and
Their
Influence
on
Catch
Rates."
ICES
J.
Mar.
Sci.,
48:
291­
301.

Choosing
a
location
for
fishing
is
the
major
short
run
decision
made
by
the
skipper
of
a
fishing
vessel.
Because
the
spatial
density
of
fish
is
not
uniform
everywhere,
where
a
skipper
decides
to
fish
largely
determines
the
size
and
value
of
his
catch.
For
that
to
be
a
rational
decision,
the
skipper
must
consider
not
only
the
catches
he
is
likely
to
make
at
different
locations
but
also
the
costs
incurred
in
fishing
at
those
locations.
As
a
consequence
the
catch
rates
and
the
catch
per
unit
effort
observed
in
a
fishery
depend
not
just
on
fish
stock
abundance
but
also
on
economic
factors
such
as
wage
rates
and
fish
and
fuel
prices.
This
paper
develops
some
simple
theoretical
models
for
examining
a
fisherman's
selection
of
fishing
location.
The
spatial
distribution
of
the
fish
stock
is
reduced
to
a
single
dimension,
distance
from
port,
and
it
is
assume
d
that
fish
density
increases
linearly
with
distance
from
port
and
that
the
relative
densities
remain
constant
regardless
of
the
absolute
level
of
fish
stock
abundance.
If
a
skipper
operates
his
vessel
further
from
port,
he
gains
access
to
greater
densities
of
fish
and
higher
instantaneous
catch
rates
but
uses
more
fuel
and
time
for
travel.
A
skipper
can
maximize
his
share
of
the
fishing
profits
by
operating
his
vessel
at
a
particular
distance
from
port.
The
skipper
operates
within
constraints
that
determine
the
form
of
the
revenue
and
cost
functions.
Two
models
are
considered.
In
the
first,
the
duration
of
a
fishing
trip
is
considered
by
the
size
of
the
fish
hold
or
by
some
other
limit
to
the
amount
of
fish
that
can
be
landed;
each
fishing
trip
continues
until
the
hold
is
filled.
In
this
case
catch
and
revenue
per
trip
are
constant
but
the
fishing
costs
vary
nonlinearly
with
distance
from
port.
Here
the
catch
per
unit
effort
is
a
nonlinear
function
of
the
total
biomass
of
the
fish
stock
but
the
cpue
is
independent
of
the
price
of
fish.
In
the
second
model,
there
is
a
time
constraint:
to
fill
the
hold
would
take
too
much
time.
In
this
case
each
trip
is
of
a
fixed
duration
and
catch
and
revenue
per
trip
are
quadratic
functions
of
distance
from
port
and
operating
costs
vary
linearly.
Here
cpue
is
a
linear
function
of
fish
stock
biomass
and
a
nonlinear
function
of
fish
price.

Sampson,
David
B.
(
1992).
"
Fishing
Technology
and
Fleet
Dynamics:
Predictions
from
a
Bioeconomic
Model."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
7(
1):
37­
58.

Bioeconomic
models
of
fisheries
usually
do
not
provide
details
of
fishermen's
short­
run
behavior.
This
paper
develops
a
model
for
the
short­
run
selection
of
fishing
location
by
profit
maximizing
fisherman
in
an
open
access
fishery
given
that
fish
density
increases
further
from
port
and
given
that
fishing
trips
have
a
fixed
duration.
For
any
particular
level
of
fish
price
and
fish
stock
abundance,
a
fishing
vessel's
technical
characteristics
(
fuel
consumption,
catch
rate,
vessel
speed)
and
economic
characteristics
(
wage
rates,
fuel
price)
determine
the
optimum
location
for
fishing.
A
long
run
model
is
derived;
the
cost
flows
for
the
fishing
vessel
and
the
biological
5
8
5
dynamics
are
added
to
the
system.
The
modes
are
applied
to
the
evolution
of
a
hypothetical
fishery
in
which
fishermen
utilize
either
an
active
fishing
technology
trawlers)
or
a
passive
one
(
long­
liners).

Sampson,
David
B.
(
1994).
"
Fishing
Tactics
in
a
Two­
Species
Fisheries
Model:
The
Bioeconomics
of
Bycatch
and
Discarding."
Canadian
Journal
of
Fisheries
and
Aquatic
Science,
51(
12):
2688­
2694.

The
selections
for
fishing
location
largely
determine
the
species
mix
and
value
of
a
fisher

s
catch.
Because
of
travel
costs,
these
choices
also
determine
the
profitability
of
a
fishing
trip.
This
paper
develops
a
simple
theoretical
model
for
the
selection
of
fishing
locations
by
a
fisher
faced
with
two
co­
occurring
species
whose
densities
vary
with
distance
from
port.
For
each
species
there
can
be
different
catchability
coefficients,
handling
times,
and
prices.
The
duration
of
each
fishing
trip
is
assumed
to
be
fixed.
The
model
is
used
to
determine
the
profit
maximizing
fishing
tactics
(
the
fishing
locations
and
time
spent
at
each
location)
and
to
explore
the
conditions
that
generate
deliberate
bycatch
and
discarding
when
one
of
the
species
cannot
be
sold
because
it
is
unmarketable
or
because
of
trip
limits.

Samuelson,
Paul
A.
(
1954).
"
The
Pure
Theory
of
Public
Expenditure."
Review
of
Economics
and
Statistics,
36:
387­
389.

The
theory
of
optimal
public
expenditure
based
on
private
consumption
goods
and
collective
consumption
goods
is
presented.

Samuelson,
Paul
A.
(
1958).
"
Aspects
of
Public
expenditure
Theories."
Review
of
Economics
and
Statistics,
40:
332­
338.

Some
difficulties
with
expenditure
theory
and
with
political
decision
making
are
discussed.

Samuelson,
Paul
A.
(
1976).
"
Economics
of
Forestry
in
an
Evolving
Society."
Economic
Inquiry,
14(
4):
466­
492.

A
lecture
on
the
debate
over
maximum
sustained
yield
as
a
management
tool
in
forestry.

Sandal,
Leif
K.
and
Stein
Ivar
Steinshamn
(
1997).

Efficient
Allocation
in
Fisheries:
Domestic
Issues.

Natural
Resource
Modeling,
10(
1):
1­
2.

Introduction
to
the
volume
dedicated
to
the
international
workshop
on

Assessment
and
Distribution
of
Harvest
Quotas
in
Fisheries.

Sandal,
Leif
K.
and
Stein
Ivar
Steinshamn
(
1997).

Optimal
Steady
States
and
the
Effects
of
Discounting.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
12(
2):
95­
105.

A
simple
expression
for
finding
and
characterizing
the
optimal
steady
state
of
a
general
dynamic
optimization
problem
is
derived.
This
expression
is
easy
to
interpret
and
easy
to
apply
for
various
purposes
as,
for
example,
to
analytically
investigate
the
effect
of
the
discount
rate
upon
optimal
steady
state
stock
levels.
It
is
shown
that
an
increase
in
the
discount
rate
may
result
in
higher
optimal
stock
levels
even
in
the
one­
dimensional
(
single
species)
case
in
nonlinear
models.
An
important
result
is
that
if
demand
is
inelastic
at
the
optimal
steady
state,
a
higher
discount
rate
will
unequivocally
imply
higher
standing
stock(
s).
Increasing
marginal
cost
of
harvest
will
further
strengthen
this
result.
In
the
multidimensional
case
it
is
demonstrated
that
an
increased
discount
rate
may
result
in
higher
optimal
stock
levels
for
all
stocks
included
in
the
model.
5
8
6
Sandal,
Leif
K.
and
Stein
Ivar
Steinshamn
(
1997).

A
Stochastic
Feedback
Model
for
Optimal
Management
of
Renewable
Resources.

Natural
Resource
Modeling,
10(
1):
31­
51.

Analytical
expressions
for
optimal
harvest
of
a
renewable
resource
stock
which
is
subject
to
a
stochastic
process
are
found.
These
expressions
give
the
optimal
harvest
as
an
explicit
feedback
control
law.
All
relations
in
the
model,
including
the
stochastic
process,
may
be
arbitrary
functions
of
the
state
variable
(
stock).
The
objective
function,
however,
is
at
most
a
quadratic
function
in
the
control
variable
(
yield).
A
quadratic
objective
function
includes
the
cases
of
downward
sloping
demand
and
increasing
marginal
costs
which
are
the
most
common
sources
for
nonlinearities
in
the
economic
part
of
the
model.
When
it
is
assumed
that
there
is
a
moratorium
on
harvest
for
stock
sizes
below
a
certain
level
(
biological
barrier),
it
is
shown
that
the
barrier
requirements
influence
the
optimal
harvest
paths
throughout.

Sanders,
Nathaniel,
Jr.,
David
M.
Donaldson,
and
Perry
A.
Thompson
(
eds.)
(
1990).
"
SEAMAP
Environmental
and
Biological
Atlas
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
1987."
Number
22,
Gulf
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission,
November,
337
pp.

The
Southeast
Area
Monitoring
and
Assessment
Program
(
SEAMAP)
is
a
State/
Federal/
University
program
for
the
collection,
management,
and
dissemination
of
fishery
independent
data
in
the
United
States
waters
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
A
major
SEAMAP
objective
is
to
provide
the
large,
standardized
data
base
needed
by
management
agencies,
industry,
and
scientists
to
wisely
manage
and
develop
fishery
resources
for
the
least
possible
cost.
This
report
is
the
sixth
in
a
series
of
SEAMAP
environmental
and
biological
atlases
that
presents
such
data
in
a
summarized
form
collected
during
the
1987
SEAMAP
surveys.

Sandler,
Todd
and
Frederic
P.
Sterbenz
(
1990).
"
Harvest
Uncertainty
and
the
Tragedy
of
the
Commons."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
18:
155­
167.

This
paper
demonstrates
that
a
fixed
number
of
risk
averse
firms
faced
with
harvest
uncertainty
owing
to
resource
stock
uncertainty
will
typically
reduce
their
exploitation
of
a
commons.
In
addition,
the
total
exploitation
of
the
industry
will
decrease
when
entry
is
permitted
and
uncertainty
is
compared
with
certainty.
This
result
holds
for
perfectly
competitive
output
markets
and
also
characterizes
imperfectly
competitive
output
markets
with
linear
market
demand
and
risk
neutral
firms.
In
the
latter
case,
the
socially
optimum
number
of
firms
is
determined
based
upon
the
degree
of
uncertainty,
the
price
elasticity
of
market
demand,
and
the
elasticity
of
input
productivity.

Sarthou,
Cynthia
M.
(
1996).
Letter
to
Wayne
Swingle,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
September,
20th,
2
pp.

Letter
expressing
the
concern
of
the
Gulf
Restoration
Network
about
the
decline
in
large
coastal
shark
populations
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Sather,
J.
Henry
and
Patricia
J.
Ruta
Stuber
(
tech.
Coordinators)
(
1984).
"
Proceedings
of
the
National
Wetland
Values
Assessment
Workshop."
May
23­
26,
1983,
Alexandria,
Virginia.
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service,
U.
S.
Department
of
the
Interior.

This
is
a
summary
of
the
information
emanating
from
the
Wetland
Values
Assessment
Workshop.
5
8
7
Sathiendrakumar,
R.
and
C.
A.
Tisdell
(
1987).
"
Optimal
Economic
Fishery
Effort
in
the
Maldivian
Tuna
Fishery:
An
Appropriate
Model."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
4:
15­
44.

The
estimation
of
a
production
function
for
Maldivian
tuna
fishery
is
a
two
step
process.
First,
it
is
necessary
to
find
the
relationship
between
catch
and
effort
and
second,
to
find
the
most
efficient
combination
of
inputs
to
produce
the
various
levels
of
effort
and
hence
output.
The
paper
discusses
the
selection
of
an
appropriate
model
to
explain
the
relationship
between
tuna
catch
and
effort
and
presents
a
technique
for
estimating
the
effort
level
required
for
an
optimal
allocation
of
resources
that
maximize
the
economic
benefit
of
the
fishery
to
the
society.
It
also
considers
the
extent
to
which
the
present
pricing
policy
of
the
State
Trading
Organization
for
tuna
has
prevented
the
fishery
reaching
the
open
access
equilibrium
yield
level
of
effort
and
dissipating
resource
rent.

Schabram,
Dennis
(
1995).

Texas
Shrimpers
Ready
or
Not
for

Limited
Entry
and
Bycatch

.

The
Herald,
6(
4),
February
16,
2
pp.

Will
recreational
fishermen
do
to
the
shrimp
fishery
what
they
did
to
the
finfish
fishery
in
Texas?
Ultimately
the
consumer
will
share
the
price.
Will
free
enterprise
forces
regulate
the
shrimp
industry?

Schaefer,
H.
Charles,
Lyman
E.
Barger,
and
Herman
E.
Kumpf
(
1988).
"
The
Driftnet
Fishery
in
the
Fort
Pierce­
Port
Salerno
Area
off
Southeast
Florida."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisehries
Center,
Economics
and
Statistics
Office,
727
Belvedere
Road,
West
Palm
Beach,
Flroida.

From
May
through
September
1987,
observations
were
made
on
38
trips
in
the
driftnet
fishery
off
the
Fort
Pierce­
Port
Salerno
area
off
southeast
Florida.
Of
the
number
and
weight
of
fish
landed
on
observed
trips,
91.6
percent
consisted
of
king
mackerel,
Scomberomorus
cavalla,
the
targeted
species.
Over
33
species
of
fish
were
observed
among
the
discarded
bycatch.
The
most
frequently
occurring
species
in
the
discards
was
little
tunny,
Euthynnus
alletteratus,
that
made
up
67
percent
by
number
of
the
discarded
bycatch.
Total
landings
for
all
commercial
gear
from
Saint
Lucie
and
Martin
counties
(
the
counties
of
the
study
area)
increased
516,741
pounds
from
1986
to
1987.
In
1986,
55
percent
of
the
catch
was
from
handline
and
45
percent
from
driftnet
landings.
In
1987,
78
percent
was
from
driftnet
and
22
percent
from
handline
landings.
A
comparison
of
lengths
from
recreational
and
commercial
landings
showed
recreationally
caught
fish
to
be,
on
the
average,
smaller.
No
marine
mammals,
birds,
or
turtles
were
entangled
in
the
net
on
observed
trips.
Data
on
cost
of
nets,
fuel,
and
supplies
plus
the
distribution
of
earnings
among
the
crew
were
obtained
for
five
driftnet
boats.

Schaefer,
H.
Charles,
Lyman
E.
Barger,
and
Herman
E.
Kumpf
(
1989).
"
The
Driftnet
Fishery
in
the
Fort
Pierce­
Port
Salerno
Area
off
Southeast
Florida."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
51(
1):
44­
49.

From
May
through
September
1987,
observations
were
made
on
38
trips
in
the
driftnet
fishery
off
the
Fort
Pierce­
Port
Salerno
area
off
southeast
Florida.
Of
the
number
and
weight
of
fish
landed
on
observed
trips,
91.6
percent
consisted
of
king
mackerel,
Scomberomorus
cavalla,
the
targeted
species.
Over
33
species
of
fish
were
observed
among
the
discarded
bycatch.
The
most
frequently
occurring
species
in
the
discards
was
little
tunny,
Euthynnus
alletteratus,
that
made
up
67
percent
by
number
of
the
discarded
bycatch.
Total
landings
for
all
commercial
gear
from
Saint
Lucie
and
Martin
counties
(
the
counties
of
the
study
area)
increased
516,741
pounds
from
1986
5
8
8
to
1987.
In
1986,
55
percent
of
the
catch
was
from
handline
and
45
percent
from
driftnet
landings.
In
1987,
78
percent
was
from
driftnet
and
22
percent
from
handline
landings.
A
comparison
of
lengths
from
recreational
and
commercial
landings
showed
recreationally
caught
fish
to
be,
on
the
average,
smaller.
No
marine
mammals,
birds,
or
turtles
were
entangled
in
the
net
on
observed
trips.
Data
on
cost
of
nets,
fuel,
and
supplies
plus
the
distribution
of
earnings
among
the
crew
were
obtained
for
five
driftnet
boats.

Schaefer,
Milner
B.
(
1954).
"
Some
Aspects
of
the
Dynamics
of
Populations
Important
to
the
Management
of
the
Commercial
Marine
Fisheries."
Inter­
American
Tropical
Tuna
Commission
Bulletin,
1(
2):
27­
56.

In
this
investigation
it
will
be
attempted
to
indicate
the
manner
in
which
the
fundamental
laws
of
population
growth
operate
in
the
case
of
a
commercial
fishery,
and
so,
perhaps,
clarify
some
of
the
important
considerations
basic
to
the
management
of
the
oceanic
fisheries.
These
will
be
shown
by
means
of
mathematical
models
parts
of
which
are
similar
to
ones
used
in
predator­
prey
investigations
of
other
organisms
and
in
other
attempts
to
apply
them
to
fisheries.

Schaefer,
Milner
B.
(
1957).
"
Some
Considerations
of
Population
Dynamics
and
Economics
in
Relation
to
the
Management
of
the
Commercial
Marine
Fisheries."
Journal
of
the
Fisheries
Research
Board
of
Canada,
14(
5):
669­
681.

This
paper
considers
some
significant
aspects
of
the
population
dynamics
of
commercial
fish
stocks
and
of
the
economics
of
commercial
fishing
to
arrive
at
a
rational
basis
of
considering
the
social
problem
of
fisheries
management.

Schaefer,
M.
B.
(
1959).
"
Biological
and
Economic
Aspects
of
the
Management
of
Commercial
Marine
Fisheries."
Trans.
Am.
Fish.
Soc.,
88:
100­
104.

Conservation
management
of
the
commercial
marine
fisheries
has
the
general
objective
of
maximizing
man's
long
term
benefits
from
the
exploitation
of
the
fish
resources.
The
question
of
what
is
most
beneficial
to
man
involves
both
biological
and
economic
considerations.
In
this
paper
some
of
the
effects
of
fishing
on
the
fish
stocks,
and
on
the
sustainable
yields
from
them,
are
considered,
together
with
important
economic
factors.
It
is
indicated
that
the
maximum
sustainable
average
catch
and
the
maximum
net
economic
yield
are
mutually
exclusive.
It
is
possible,
however,
to
obtain
some
net
economic
yield
at
the
level
of
maximum
sustainable
harvest,
but
this
requires
some
modification
of
the
common
property
nature
of
fish
stocks.

Schaefer,
Richard
(
1995).
"
Biological
Assessment
for
Regulatory
Changes
for
the
Atlantic
Swordfish
Fishery."
Memorandum
for
William
Fox,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland.

The
purpose
of
this
memorandum
is
to:
(
1)
provide
a
biological
assessment
for
a
proposed
rule
that
would
implement
regulatory
changes
for
the
Atlantic
swordfish
fishery
and
(
2)
request
initiation
of
an
informal
Section
7
consultation
as
required
by
the
Endangered
Species
Act.

Scheibling,
Robert
E.
and
Philip
V.
Mladenov
(
1987).
"
The
Decline
of
the
Sea
Urchin,
Tripneustes
ventricosus,
Fishery
of
Barbados:
A
Survey
of
Fishermen
and
Consumers."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
3):
62­
69.
5
8
9
For
over
a
century,
Barbadians
have
fished
the
sea
urchin
for
its
roe
that
they
consider
a
traditional
delicacy.
However,
the
abundance
of
these
sea
urchins
has
declined
drastically
in
recent
years
resulting
in
the
collapse
of
this
fishery.
Interviews
with
sea
urchin
fishermen
and
consumers
document
this
decline
and
its
socioeconomic
impact.

Schelling,
T.
C.
(
1973).
"
Hockey
Helmets,
Concealed
Weapons,
and
Daylight
Saving."
Journal
of
Conflict
Resolution,
17(
3):
381­
428.

This
paper
discusses
binary
choice
with
externalities.

Schelling,
T.
C.
(
1992).
"
Some
Economics
of
Global
Warming."
The
American
Economic
Review,
82(
1):
1­
14.

The
author
presents
a
qualitative
discussion
of
the
impacts
of
global
warming
due
to
the
emissions
of
green
house
gases
from
industrialized
and
developing
countries.
After
a
review
of
various
estimates
concerning
warming
levels,
he
concludes
that
it
is
not
in
the
interest
of
developed
nations
to
reduce
their
emissions
nor
is
it
in
the
interest
of
developing
nations
to
forego
industrialization
that
leads
to
increased
emissions
of
green
house
gases.
A
transfer
of
wealth
from
the
industrialized
countries
to
the
less
developed
countries
is
required
to
reduce
future
emissions.

Scheurer,
Paul
G.
(
1994).
"
Why
Won't
It
Work?"
My
View
in
the
Gloucester
Daily
Times,
October
13th.

Marine
reserves
in
New
Zealand
for
crawfish
offer
hope
for
the
American
Lobster
in
New
England
as
a
management
measure.
In
addition,
the
creation
of
a
marine
reserve
on
Georges
Banks
could
increase
the
speed
in
which
those
fishery
resources
recover.

Schirrips,
Michael
J.(
1998).
"
Status
of
the
Red
Snapper
in
U.
S.
Waters
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico:
Updated
through
1997."
Sustainable
Fisheries
Division
contribution:
SFD­
97/
98­
30,
Sustainable
Fisheries
Division,
Miami
Laboratory,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
September,
73
pp.

This
document
updates
certain
aspects
of
the
red
snapper
stock
assessment
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Schirrips,
Michael
J.
and
C.
Phillip
Goodyear
(
1994).
"
Status
of
the
Gag
Stocks
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico:
Assessment
1.0."
Miami
Laboratory
Contribution
No.
MIA­
93/
94­
61,
Coastal
Resources
Division,
Miami
Laboratory,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
August,
156
pp.

This
document
represents
an
attempt
to
fully
integrate
all
available
knowledge
on
gag
and
to
incorporate
it
into
an
assessment
of
the
current
status
of
the
stock.
Many,
if
not
most,
of
the
life
history
aspects
estimated
here
will
require
further
refinement
in
the
future.
Nonetheless,
a
considerable
body
of
information
does
exist
and
it
is
felt
that
this
work
is
a
good
starting
point
for
management
of
the
gag
stock.

Schirripa,
Michael
J.
and
Christopher
M.
Legault
(
1997).
"
Status
of
the
Gag
Stocks
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico:
Assessment
2.0."
Sustainable
Fisheries
Division,
Miami
Laboratory,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
75
Virginia
Beach
5
9
0
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
October,
114
pp.

This
report
updates
the
original
assessment
of
Schirripa
and
Goodyear
(
1994)
which
was
based
on
landings
and
catch
per
unit
effort
trends
from
1986­
92.
In
this
report
additional
data
and
analyses
are
being
considered.
First,
the
catches
and
CPUE

s
have
been
updated
through
1996
and
reanalyzed.
Secondly,
preliminary
estimates
of
discard
mortality
were
included
in
the
virtual
population
analyses,
whereas
they
were
not
in
the
previous
assessment.
And
third,
the
implications
of
several
different
scenarios
about
the
protogynous
reproductive
behavior
of
gag
on
the
measurement
of
SPR
were
evaluated.

Schmalensee,
Richard
(
1976).
"
Resource
Exploitation
Theory
and
the
Behavior
of
the
Oil
Cartel."
European
Economic
Review,
7:
257­
279.

This
paper
examines
the
implications
of
the
partial
equilibrium
theory
of
optimal
exploitation
of
a
nonrenewable
resource
for
the
behavior
of
the
OPEC
cartel.
A
relatively
general
extraction
cost
structure
is
assumed,
and
several
new
theoretical
results
are
derived.
The
influence
of
oil
exporting
countries'
ultimate
objectives
on
cartel
behavior
is
examined
under
alternative
assumptions
about
trading
and
investment
opportunities.
Some
implications
for
the
policies
of
oil
importing
nations
are
discussed.

Schmidt,
Peter
and
Robert
P.
Strauss
(
1975).
"
The
Prediction
of
Occupation
Using
Multiple
Logit
Models."
International
Economic
Review,
16(
2):
471­
486.

The
paper
analyzes
patterns
of
employment
by
estimating
a
multiple
logit
model
of
occupational
attainment,
using
race,
sex,
educational
attainment
and
labor
market
experience
as
explanatory
variables.
The
advantages
of
this
direct
approach
are
that
it
makes
it
unnecessary
to
make
assumptions
about
an
appropriate
reference
point
(
such
as
average
educational
attainment
in
the
occupation),
and
that
the
analysis
may
be
based
on
individual
observations
rather
than
percentages.

Schmied,
Ronald
L.
(
1984).
"
Tools
and
Methods
for
Fisheries
Development."
Chapter
16
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

This
paper
presents
several
tools
and
methods
which
should
lend
direction
to
the
challenging
process
of
developing
marine
recreational
fishing.
Effective
use
of
these
tools
and
methods
requires
that
several
precepts
regarding
marine
recreational
fisheries
be
understood.

Schmied,
Ronald
L.
(
1994).
"
Report
to
Congress
on
the
Cooperative
Research
Program
Addressing
Finfish
Bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
Shrimp
Fisheries."
Draft
report,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
November,
27
pp.

This
report
updates
members
of
Congress
and
other
interested
parties
on
progress
made
by
the
Secretary
of
Commerce
in
developing
and
implementing
a
cooperative
shrimp
trawl
bycatch
research
program
for
the
southeastern
United
States.
5
9
1
Schmied,
Ronald
L.
(
1995).
"
Report
to
Congress
on
the
Cooperative
Research
Program
Addressing
Finfish
Bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
Shrimp
Fisheries."
Second
draft
report,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
January,
47
pp.

Revised
Schmied
(
1994)
report
that
updates
members
of
Congress
and
other
interested
parties
on
progress
made
by
the
Secretary
of
Commerce
in
developing
and
implementing
a
cooperative
shrimp
trawl
bycatch
research
program
for
the
southeastern
United
States.

Schmied,
Ronald
L.
(
1995).
"
Report
to
Congress
on
the
Cooperative
Research
Program
Addressing
Finfish
Bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
Shrimp
Fisheries."
Final
draft
report,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
February,
52
pp.

Revised
Schmied
(
1995)
report
that
updates
members
of
Congress
and
other
interested
parties
on
progress
made
by
the
Secretary
of
Commerce
in
developing
and
implementing
a
cooperative
shrimp
trawl
bycatch
research
program
for
the
southeastern
United
States.

Schmied,
Ronald
L.
and
Edward
E.
Burgess
(
1987).
"
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
in
the
Southeastern
United
States:
An
Overview."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
2­
7.

Marine
recreational
fishing
in
the
southeastern
United
States
is
an
outdoor
recreational
activity
of
increasing
popularity,
economic
significance,
and
consequence
to
the
region's
fishery
resources.
In
1985,
over
11
million
anglers
made
44
million
fishing
trips
in
the
south
Atlantic
and
gulf
and
caught
222
million
fish.
Thirty­
five
percent
were
landed
weighing
over
131
million
pounds,
representing
40
percent
of
total
edible
finfish
landings
in
the
region.
In
1985,
the
region
accounted
for
40
percent
of
all
U.
S.
saltwater
anglers,
62
percent
of
all
trips,
and
50
percent
of
the
total
number
of
recreationally
caught
fish.
Direct
expenditures
by
south
Atlantic
and
Gulf
anglers
in
1985
were
estimated
to
be
nearly
$
3.4
billion.
These
expenditures
are
estimated
to
have
generated
an
additional
$
1.5
billion
in
value
added
and
supported
over
42,000
person­
years
of
employment
in
marine
recreational
fisheries
related
support
and
service
industries.
Additional
detailed
discussion
of
the
nature
and
extent
of
marine
recreational
fishing
in
the
south
Atlantic,
Gulf
of
Mexico,
Puerto
Rico,
and
U.
S.
Virgin
Islands
is
presented.

Schmitten,
Rolland
A.
(
1994).
"
Reinitiation
of
Endangered
Species
Act
Section
7
Consultation
on
the
Impacts
of
Shrimp
Trawling
in
the
Southeastern
United
States."
Memorandum,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

Based
on
the
attached
biological
opinion,
we
conclude
that
the
continued
long
term
operation
of
the
shrimp
fishery
in
the
nearshore
waters
of
the
southeastern
United
States
is
likely
to
jeopardize
the
continued
existence
of
the
highly
endangered
Kemp's
ridley
sea
turtle.
5
9
2
Schmitten,
Rolland
A.
(
1995).
"
United
Nations
UN
Conference
on
Fisheries."
Memorandum,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

The
attached
Agreement
for
the
Implementation
of
the
Provisions
of
the
UN
Convention
of
the
Law
of
the
Sea
of
10
December
1982
Relating
to
the
Conservation
and
Management
of
Straddling
Fish
Stocks
and
Highly
Migratory
Fish
Stocks
aims
to
reverse
the
global
trend
of
declining
fish
stocks.

Schmitten,
Rolland
A.
(
1996).

Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
Expert
Consultation
on
Fishing
Capacity.

Letter,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

Letter
agreeing
to
the
joint
sponsorship
of
a
expert
consultation
on
fishing
capacity
and
a
tentative
budget.
Also
included
is
a
list
of
the
initial
organizers
of
the
workshop.

Schmitten,
Rolland
A.
(
1997).

Approval
of
Amendment
9
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Informational
Memorandum
to
Terry
D.
Garcia,
Acting
Assistant
Secretary
for
Oceans
and
Atmosphere,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Spring,
MD,
July.

Pre­
decision
memorandum
for
shrimp
amendment
9
imposing
bycatch
reduction
devices
on
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.

Schmitten,
Rolland
A.
(
1997).

Win­
Win
bycatch
Solutions
Phase
II:
The
Federal
Role.

In
Solving
Bycatch,
Considerations
for
Today
and
Tomorrow,
Alaskan
Sea
Grant
College
Program
Report
No.
96­
03,
University
of
Alaska,
Fairbanks,
Alaska,
322
pp.

Solutions
to
bycatch
problems
will
come
from
a
strong
industrygovernment
partnership
that
makes
good
use
of
the
energies
and
skills
of
the
conservation
and
academic
communities.
The
proper
role
of
government
is
not
to
force
bycatch
regulations
and
systems
on
an
already
heavily
burdened
industry.
Instead,
it
should
be
to
provide
planning
support,
sponsor
and
coordinate
research,
disseminate
bycatch
data
and
other
information,
educate
the
public
on
the
real
issues
and
progress
being
made,
and
perhaps
most
important,
listen
to
what
the
industry
is
saying.
Examples
of
what
government
is
doing
are
described.
The
paper
ends
by
describing,
in
general
terms,
what
has
been
learned
so
far
about
resolving
bycatch
problems.

Schmitten,
Rolland
A.
(
1997).

Testimony
of
Rolland
A.
Schmitten.

Assistant
Administrator
for
Fisheries
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
Before
the
Committee
on
Resources,
U.
S.
House
of
Representatives,
September
14
pp.

A
review
of
work
being
performed
by
the
NMFS
presented
to
Congress.

Schmitz,
Andrew
(
1995).

Boom/
Bust
Cycles
and
Ricardian
Rent.

American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
77(
5):
1110­
1125.

North
American
agriculture
has
been
characterized
by
many
as
a
boom/
bust
industry.
This
paper
focuses
on
a
particular
agricultural
boom/
bust
cycle,
which
began
in
the
early
1970'
s
in
Saskatchewan
Canada,
a
major
wheat
5
9
3
producing
region.
It
is
important
to
understand
cycles
because
often
the
wealth
that
they
generate
bears
little
or
no
relationship
to
Ricardian
rent
which,
in
turn,
makes
the
design
of
economic
policy
difficult.
Specifically,
the
factors
that
give
rise
to
boom/
bust
cycles
and
how
they
are
related
to
Ricardian
rent
are
explored.
Wealth
is
distinguished
from
net
farm
income
and/
or
Ricardian
rent.
Wealth
multiplier
effects
are
likely
to
far
exceed
income
effect
multipliers
during
certain
phases
of
the
boom/
bust
cycle.
Other
effects
of
the
boom/
bust
cycle
phenomenon
are
discussed,
including
farm
diversification,
farm
size,
rural
communities,
and
farm
debt.

Schnare,
Ann
B.
(
1976).
"
Racial
and
Ethnic
Price
Differentials
in
an
Urban
Housing
Market."
Urban
Studies,
13:
107­
120.

This
study
examines
the
role
of
racial
and
ethnic
preferences
in
an
urban
housing
market.
The
theoretical
section
develops
a
simple,
long
run
equilibrium
model
of
household
location
that
examines
the
relationship
between
demographic
externalities,
housing
market
segregation,
and
housing
prices.
Under
assumption
of
perfectly
mobile
households
and
complete
supply
adjustment,
externalities
will
normally
produce
highly
segregated
neighborhoods
with
rent
differentials
that
reflect
the
demographic
preferences
of
their
residents.

Schnare,
David
W.
(
1998).
"
Protecting
Fish
and
Fisherman
­
Economic
Analysis
Under
the
Regulatory
Flexibility
Act."
Draft
report
presented
at
the
American
Fisheries
Society
Annual
Meeting,
Hartford
Conn,
August,
31
pp.

A
discussion
of
the
economic
analysis
necessary
to
meet
the
requirements
under
the
Regulatory
Flexibility
Act
with
a
detailed
discussion
of
the
shortcomings
in
the
IRFA
for
the
proposed
shark
quota
regulations.

Schrank,
William
E.
(
1997).

The
Newfoundland
Fishery:
Past,
Present
and
Future.

Department
of
Economics,
Memorial
University,
St.
Johns,
Newfoundland,
March,
47
pp.

A
discussion
of
the
collapse
of
the
cod
fishery
in
Newfoundland
and
the
governments
response
to
it.
The
fundamental
problems
of
the
Newfoundland
fishery
are
considered
and
suggested
long
term
solutions
are
discussed.

Schrank,
William
E.
(
1997).

The
Newfoundland
Fishery:
Past,
Present
and
Future.

In
World
Wildlife
Fund

s
Subsidies
and
Depletion
of
World
Fisheries,
WWF

s
Endangered
Seas
Campaign,
1250
Twenty­
Fourth
St.,
NW,
Washington,
D.
C.,
136
pp.

A
discussion
of
the
collapse
of
the
cod
fishery
in
Newfoundland
and
the
governments
response
to
it.
The
fundamental
problems
of
the
Newfoundland
fishery
are
considered
and
suggested
long
term
solutions
are
discussed.

Schrank,
William
E.
and
R.
L.
Mazany
(
1994).

Econometric
Modeling
of
World
Trade
in
Groundfish:
Progress
Report.

North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
14:
291­
296.

This
paper
describes
the
process
that
led
to
the
world
groundfish
trade
model
project
that
originated
at
the
1988
conference
of
the
International
Institute
for
Fisheries
Economics
and
Trade,
held
in
Esbjerg,
Denmark,
and
was
organized
at
an
international
conference
held
in
St
John

s,
Newfoundland,
in
1989.
The
motivation
for
the
project
is
discussed,
as
are
the
proceedings
of
the
Newfoundland
conference,
with
its
emphasis
on
the
interactions
among
demand,
supply,
and
institutional
factors
in
the
development
of
such
a
model,
5
9
4
and
on
the
extensive
data
requirements
of
such
a
project.

Schrank,
William
E.,
Noel
Roy,
and
Eugene
Tsoa
(
1986).

Employment
Prospects
in
a
Commercially
Viable
Newfoundland
Fishery:
An
Application
of

An
Econometric
Model
of
the
Newfoundland
Groundfishery.


Marine
Resource
Economics,
3(
3):
237­
263.

An
econometric
model
is
utilized
to
simulate
the
effects
of
a
policy
change
in
which
government
financial
assistance
to
a
major
Canadian
marine
fishery
is
withdrawn
and
the
industry
is
place
on
a
commercially
viable
basis.
Under
near
ideal
conditions
of
marketing
and
harvesting,
harvesting
employment
would
fall
drastically,
from
approximately
thirty
thousand
fishermen
under
the
current
regime
to
approximately
six
thousand.
There
would
be
a
concomitant
fall
in
seasonal
fish
plant
employment,
and
severe
fall
in
those
federal
transfer
payments
(
e.
g.,
unemployment
insurance)
that
are
currently
generated
by
extensive
seasonal
employment
in
both
harvesting
and
processing
sectors
of
the
fishery.
The
policy
analysis
consists
of
simulations
with
a
prototype
econometric
model
which
integrates
the
demand,
processing,
and
harvesting
sectors
of
the
fishery.
The
essential
components
of
the
1,000­
equation
model
are
described.

Schuhmann,
Peter
William
(
1996).

A
Welfare
Analysis
of
Commercial
Fishery
Harvest
Restrictions:
A
Bioeconomic
Model
of
Red
Drum
Stock
Dynamics
and
Recreational
Demand.

Dissertation,
North
Carolina
State
University.

The
purpose
of
this
work
is
to
develop
a
methodology
that
allows
for
an
a
priori
examination
of
the
biological
and
economic
effects
of
a
specific
fisheries
policy
measure:
the
restriction
of
commercial
harvests
in
the
North
Carolina
red
drum
(
Scianops
ocellatus)
fishery.
The
models
that
make
up
this
methodology
account
for
the
natural
characteristics
of
the
red
drum
fish
population,
as
well
as
the
characteristics
of
the
user
groups
that
utilize
the
stock.
Proposed
regulations
to
reallocate
red
drum
stocks
to
the
recreational
sector
are
evaluated
using
the
simulation
model.

Schulze,
Margo
(
1996).

1997
Management
Measure
Options
Pros
and
Cons.

Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Springs,
MD.

Some
arguments
and
issues
to
be
develop
in
the
environmental
assessment
for
amendment
2
to
the
shark
fishery
management
plan
concerning
quota
reductions,
minimum
size
limits,
and
recreational
bag
limits.

Schultze,
Charles
(
1977).
The
Public
Use
of
the
Private
Interest.
Brookings
Institution,
Washington,
D.
C.,
pp.
16­
90.

The
role
of
government
in
the
economy
is
discussed
in
terms
of
sources
of
market
failure,
public
ownership
of
resources,
equity
versus
efficiency,
and
the
sources
of
government
failure.

Schultze,
Donald
L.
and
Robert
C.
Fletcher
(
1984).
"
Integrating
Multiple
Interests."
Chapter
19
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

This
discussion
deals
with
the
need
to
integrate
and
coordinate
numerous
interests
and
disciplines
to
effect
marine
recreational
fisheries
(
MRF)
development
from
the
perspective
of
a
fisheries
manager.
5
9
5
Schworm,
William
E.
(
1983).
"
Monopsonistic
Control
of
a
Common
Property
Renewable
Resource."
Canadian
Journal
of
Economics,
8:
275­
287.

In
this
paper
the
Crutchfield
and
Pontecorvo
conjecture
that
a
monopsonistic
processing
sector
would
induce
efficient
use
of
a
common
property
resource
is
analyzed.
It
is
shown
that
if
the
harvesting
sector
consists
of
a
large
number
of
firms
with
identical
convex
technologies,
then
the
conjecture
is
correct.
In
addition,
sufficient
conditions
are
found
under
which
the
stationary
resource
stock
with
a
monopsonistic
processing
sector
is
greater
than
the
efficient
size.

Scott,
Anthony
(
1955).
"
The
Fishery:
The
Objectives
of
Sole
Ownership."
Journal
of
Political
Economy,
63:
116­
124.

This
paper
compares
the
use
of
a
fishery
by
competing
fishermen
with
the
mode
of
management
that
would
be
most
profitable
to
a
sole
owner
of
the
same
fishery.
The
long
run
considerations
of
efficiency
suggest
that
sole
ownership
is
a
much
superior
regime
to
competition
but
that
in
the
short
run
in
the
ordinary
case
there
is
little
difference
between
the
efficiency
of
common
and
of
private
property.

Scott,
Anthony
(
1967).
"
The
Theory
of
the
Mine
Under
Conditions
of
Certainty."
In
M.
Gaffney
(
ed.),
Extractive
Resources
and
Taxation,
University
of
Wisconsin
Press.

The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
examine
decisions
about
rates
of
production,
investment
in
capacity,
and
the
life
of
a
mine.
The
same
considerations
would
apply
to
the
extraction
of
trees
from
a
forest,
oil
from
a
well,
or
fish
from
a
fishery.

Scott,
Anthony
(
ed.)
(
1970).
Economics
of
Fisheries
Management:
A
Symposium.
Institute
of
Animal
Resource
Ecology,
University
of
British
Columbia,
University
of
British
Columbia
Press,
Vancouver,
Canada.

A
set
of
papers
from
a
conference
on
fisheries
management.
Topics
include
dynamic
models
of
fishing,
seasonality
models,
efficient
regulation,
management,
prices
and
allocation
over
space,
and
the
economics
of
international
fishing
conventions.

Scott,
Anthony
(
1973).
Natural
Resources:
The
Economics
of
Conservation.
The
Carleton
Library
No.
68,
McClelland
and
Stewart
Limited,
University
of
Toronto
Press,
Toronto.

This
book
is
designed
to
throw
some
theoretical
light
on
the
implications
of
conservation.
Economics
has
at
hand
a
body
of
theory
that
may
be
used
to
analyze
the
exploitation
and
restoration
of
natural
resources
as
a
special
case
of
using
up
any
productive
asset.
In
addition
to
accounting
for
individual
profits
and
expenses,
the
student
of
natural
resource
use
must
also
observe
the
extra
social
costs
and
benefits
accruing
to
other
persons
and
groups.

Scott,
Anthony
(
1979).
"
Development
of
Economic
Theory
on
Fisheries
Regulation."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
36:
725­
741.

A
survey
of
the
economic
literature
of
fisheries
regulation
shows
that
little
of
analytical
value
for
the
comparison
of
alternative
regulatory
techniques
has
emerged.
The
suggestion
that
the
general
literature
on
regulation,
and
on
pubic
choice,
has
something
to
contribute
to
the
5
9
6
understanding
of
alternative
regimes
produces
eight
criteria.
These
are
applied
to
the
choice
between
two
systems
of
restricting
entry:
a
tax
and
quotas.
The
transactions
costs
of
the
two
systems
are
also
investigated.
The
hypothesis
is
formed
that
the
eight
criteria,
plus
expected
transactions
costs,
give
the
edge
to
a
quota
system;
but
this
is
only
illustrative
of
the
approach.

Scott,
Anthony
(
ed.)
(
1985).
Progress
in
Natural
Resource
Economics.
Clarendon
Press,
Oxford.

This
volume
attempts
to
meet
the
obvious
need
for
intensive
research
on
resource
topics
based
on
a
Canadian
Council
program
grant.
It
surveys
the
fields
of
renewable
and
nonrenewable
resources,
institutions,
and
ideologies.

Scott,
Anthony
(
1988).
"
Development
of
Property
in
the
Fishery."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5:
289­
311.

To
what
extent
is
the
recently
invented
individual
catch
quota
a
form
of
real
property
right?
This
article
introduces
six
quantitative
characteristics
of
all
personal
interests
in
land
and
natural
resources.
It
is
shown
that
medieval
fishing
rights
had
some
of
these
characteristics,
but
these
rights
were
not
developed
in
the
common
law
of
property.
The
article
then
turns
to
modern
regulatory
licenses
and
catch
quotas
and
examines
the
extent
to
which
they
embody
property
characteristics.
In
a
digression,
the
obstacles
to
political
acceptance
of
the
individual
fishery
property
concept
are
surveyed.
The
paper
concludes
by
suggesting
that
catch
quotas
may
develop
into
shares
in
the
fish
stock
or
biomass
itself.

Scott,
Anthony
(
1989).
"
Conceptual
Origins
of
Rights
Based
Fishing."
Pages
11­
38
in
P.
A.
Neher,
R.
Arnason,
and
N.
Mollett
(
eds.)
Rights
Based
Fishing.
Dordrecht:
Academic
Publishers.

Recent
innovations
in
quota
rights
are
only
a
stage
in
the
progression
to
private
ownership
of
fisheries.

Scott,
Anthony
(
1993).
"
Obstacles
to
Fishery
Self­
Government."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
8(
3):
187­
199.

This
paper
uses
some
aspects
of
modern
organization
and
management
theory
to
suggest
what
difficulties
arise
with
the
introduction
of
self
government
in
fisheries.
Recent
studies
are
used
to
shed
light
on
the
characteristics
of
fisheries
that
already
have
apparently
successful
schemes
of
self
government.
A
simple
question
is
asked:
if
for
a
fishery
under
regulation
it
had
already
been
decided,
in
principle,
that
self
government
should
be
tried,
which
obstacles
would
be
most
serious?
Among
the
suggested
answers
are
deficient
information,
excessive
numbers
of
fishermen
and
fishermen
heterogeneity.
The
least
serious
of
these
are
the
distributional
problems.

Scott,
Frank
A.
(
1983).
"
A
Note
on
Uncertain
Input
Prices,
Profit
Risk,
and
the
Rate­
Of­
Return
Regulated
Firm."
Land
Economics,
59(
2):
247­
254.

The
themes
of
lagged
regulation
and
uncertainty
are
brought
together
in
this
paper
because
existing
studies
of
rate
of
return
regulation
and
uncertainty
have
focused
predominately
on
demand
or
revenue
uncertainty,
while
input
price
uncertainty
has
been
virtually
ignored.
Rapid
changes
in
input
prices
have
brought
the
issue
of
regulatory
lag
to
the
forefront.
This
and
the
regulatory
commissions
response
of
moving
toward
continuous
regulation
5
9
7
raises
the
issue
of
how
will
the
combination
of
input
price
uncertainty
and
continuous
rate
of
return
regulation
affect
the
firms's
section
of
inputs.
Using
a
capital
asset
pricing
model,
the
authors
find
that
the
continuously
regulated
firm
has
the
incentive
to
use
relatively
less
capital
than
when
input
prices
are
known
with
certainty.

Scott,
Gerald
P.
(
1991).

Some
Options
for
Estimating
1992
U.
S.
TAC
for
Swordfish.

MIA­
91/
92­
21,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Fl,
December,
28
pp.

Several
options
for
projecting
swordfish
stock
size
and
yield
for
estimating
1992
U.
S.
total
allowable
catch
(
TAC)
are
provided.
The
projection
options
considered
utilize
several
hypothetical
1991
fishing
mortality
reduction
scenarios
based
on
regulatory
measures
imposed
in
1991.
The
estimation
and
projection
methods
described
in
Scott
and
Powers
(
1991)
are
used
herein,
except
where
noted.
In
contrast
to
Scott
and
Powers,
who
used
a
deterministic
projection,
stochastic
projections
are
applied
in
this
document.
The
basis
for
these
projections
are
the
Monte
Carlo
simulation
outcomes
resulting
from
analyses
conducted
by
the
1991
ICCAT
SCRS
swordfish
species
group
at
its
September,
1991,
meeting
in
St.
Andrews,
Nova
Scotia,
Canada.

Scott,
Gerald
P.
(
1995).


Bycatch

Report
for
ICCAT.

Memorandum,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
August
7,
8
pp.

Preliminary
estimates
of
bycatch
by
species
from
1993
observer
data
collected
for
the
longline,
pair
trawl,
and
gillnet
fishery.

Scott,
Gerald
P.
(
1996).

On
a
Swordfish
Cleithrum
to
Keel
Measure
Corresponding
to
119
cm
LJFL.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Fl,
April
2
pp.

The
paper
re­
estimates
the
statistical
conversion
factor
(
Lee
and
Scott,
1992)
for
measurements
taken
from
cleithrum
to
keel
for
the
minimum
size
corresponding
to
119
cm
lower
jaw
fork
length
(
LJFL)
based
on
a
larger
data
base
with
greater
depth
in
length
measurements.
A
recommendation
for
a
minimum
CK
size
with
zero
probability
of
exceeding
the
minimum
LJFL
size
is
presented.

Scott,
Gerald
P.
and
Angelo
Bertolino
(
1990).
"
Standardized
Catch
Rates
for
Swordfish
(
Xiphias
gladius)
from
the
U.
S.
Longline
Fleet
Through
1989."
ICCAT
Working
Document
SCRS/
90/,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida.

Swordfish
catch,
size,
and
effort
data
collected
from
the
U.
S.
longline
fleet
operating
over
a
wide
geographical
range
of
the
western
North
Atlantic
Ocean
were
used
to
develop
age­
specific
indices
of
abundance
of
North
Atlantic
swordfish.
Standardized
catch
rates
were
estimated
using
the
General
Linear
Modeling
approach.

Scott,
Gerald
P.,
Victor
R.
Restrepo,
and
Angelo
Bertolino
(
1991).
"
Standardized
Catch
Rates
for
Swordfish
(
Xiphias
gladius)
from
the
U.
S.
Longline
Fleet
Through
1990."
ICCAT
Working
Document
SCRS/
91/
41,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
5
9
8
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida
and
Cooperative
Institute
for
Marine
and
Atmospheric
Studies,
Rosenstiel
School
of
Marine
and
Atmospheric
Science,
University
of
Miami,
4600
Rickenbacker
Causeway,
Miami,
Florida.

Swordfish
catch,
size,
and
effort
data
collected
from
the
U.
S.
longline
fleet
operating
over
a
wide
geographical
range
of
the
western
North
Atlantic
Ocean
were
used
to
develop
age­
specific
indices
of
abundance
of
north
Atlantic
swordfish.
Standardized
catch
rates
were
estimated
using
the
General
Linear
Modeling
approach.

Scott,
Gerald
P.,
Douglas
M.
Burn,
Larry
J.
Hansen,
and
Ralph
E.
Owen
(
1989).
"
Estimates
of
Bottlenose
Dolphin
Abundance
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
from
Regional
Aerial
Surveys."
Draft
report,
NMFS,
SEFC,
Miami
Laboratory,
Coastal
Resources
Division,
Contribution
Number
CRD­
88/
89­
07,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL
33149,
February,
pp.
24.

Aerial
sampling
surveys
of
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
were
conducted
between
September
1983
and
February
1986.
Seasonal
sampling
of
the
359,000
square
kilometer
study
area
was
completed
to
allow
estimation
of
the
regional
abundance
of
bottlenose
dolphins
(
Tursiops
truncatus).
Under
the
assumption
of
no
net
movement
between
sampling
regions
and
sampling
periods
it
was
estimated
on
average
between
35,000
and
45,000
bottlenose
dolphins
may
live
in
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
waters
of
depths
183
m
or
less.
The
dominant
proportion
of
these
animals
appear
to
inhabit
waters
of
greater
than
18.3
m.
The
data
were
stratified
to
allow
estimates
sufficient
for
quota
recommendations
for
managing
the
live
capture
fishery
for
bottlenose
dolphins
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Searle,
S.
R.
(
1971).
Linear
Models.
John
Wiley
&
Sons,
New
York.

This
book
describes
general
procedures
of
estimation
and
hypothesis
testing
for
linear
statistical
models
and
shows
their
application
for
unbalanced
data
(
i.
e.,
unequal
subclass
numbers
data)
to
certain
specific
models
that
often
arise
in
research
and
survey
work.
In
addition,
three
chapters
are
devoted
to
methods
and
results
for
estimating
variance
components,
particularly
from
unbalanced
data.
Balanced
data
for
the
kind
usually
arising
from
designed
experiments
are
treated
very
briefly,
as
just
special
cases
of
unbalanced
data.
Emphasis
on
unbalanced
data
is
the
backbone
of
the
book,
designed
to
assist
those
whose
data
cannot
satisfy
the
strictures
of
carefully
managed
and
well
designed
experiments.

Seber,
G.
A.
F.
and
C.
J.
Wild
(
1989).
"
Prediction
and
Transformation
Bias."
Section
2.8.7
in
Nonlinear
Regression,
John
Wiley
&
Sons,
New
York.

Correcting
for
transformation
bias
when
predicting
the
value
of
the
dependent
variable
using
inherently
linear
models.

Sedjo,
Roger
A.
(
1995).

Ecosystem
Management:
An
Uncharted
Path
for
Public
Forests.

Resources,
Fall,
4
pp.

Ecosystem
management
ignores
the
social
consensus
implicit
in
a
legislated
objective
of
producing
multiple
forest
outputs
and,
instead,
attempts
to
achieve
some
arbitrary
forest
condition
about
which
society
has
little
say.

Segerson,
Kathleen
(
1987).
"
Risk­
Sharing
and
Liability
in
the
Control
5
9
9
of
Stochastic
Externalities."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
4:
175­
192.

This
paper
analyzes
alternative
policies
for
controlling
stochastic
externalities,
considering
both
the
incentive
and
the
risk
sharing
effects
of
each.
When
polluter
actions
are
unobservable
so
that
regulation
is
not
possible,
alternative
liability
rules
including
zero,
partial,
and
full
liability
are
compared.
When
actions
are
observable,
then
regulation
is
possible,
and
the
use
of
regulation
is
compared
to
the
use
of
liability.
The
principle
agent
paradigm
provides
the
analytical
approach
used
to
determine
the
efficient
policy
choice.
The
effect
of
the
availability
of
insurance
is
also
addressed.
This
paper
concludes
with
a
discussion
of
the
implications
of
the
analysis
for
the
control
of
stochastic
marine
pollution.

Segerson,
Kathleen
and
Dale
Squires
(
1990).
"
On
the
Measurement
of
Economic
Capacity
Utilization
for
Multi­
Product
Industries."
Journal
of
Econometrics,
44:
347­
361.

This
paper
considers
capacity
utilization
measures
for
the
multiproduct
firm.
The
single
product
dual
measure
of
capacity
utilization
easily
extends
to
the
multiproduct
case.
Three
possible
extensions
of
the
single
product
primal
measure
are
considered.
Although
each
has
its
limitations
because
of
the
restrictions
embodied
in
it,
each
provides
different,
yet
potentially
useful
information
about
capacity
utilization
in
a
multiproduct
industry.
The
dual
and
primal
measures
of
multiproduct
capacity
utilization
are
applied
to
the
multispecies
New
England
fishing
industry
to
evaluate
the
potential
for
capacity
expansion
under
a
regulatory
program
of
license
limitation.

Sen,
Sevaly
(
1994).

The
Environmental
Effects
of
Trade
in
the
Fisheries
Sector.

AGR/
FI(
94)
8/
ADD1,
Committee
for
Fisheries,
Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture
and
Fisheries,
Organization
for
Economic
Co­
Operation
and
Development,
Feb.,
21
pp.

This
paper
discusses
current
trade
flows
and
the
potential
environmental
effects
of
international
trade
flows
in
fish
and
fishery
products.
It
discusses
how
trade
policies
can
temper
or
exacerbate
these
effects.
Finally,
the
paper
assesses
the
effectiveness
of
trade
instruments
to
assist
in
the
achievement
of
environmental
goals
in
the
fisheries
sector
and
discusses
other
possible
measures
which
could
be
implemented.

Sethi,
Rajiv
and
E.
Somanathan
(
1996).

The
Evolution
of
Social
Norms
in
Common
Property
Resource
Use.

American
Economic
Review,
86(
4):
766­
788.

The
problem
of
extracting
commonly
owned
renewable
resources
is
examined
within
an
evolutionary­
game­
theoretic
framework.
It
is
shown
that
cooperative
behavior
guided
by
norms
of
restraint
and
punishment
may
be
stable
in
a
well
defined
sense
against
invasion
by
narrowly
self
interested
behavior.
The
resource
stock
dynamics
are
integrated
with
the
evolutionary­
game
dynamics.
Effects
of
changes
in
prices,
technology,
and
social
cohesion
on
extraction
behavior
and
the
long
run
stock
are
analyzed.
When
threshold
values
of
the
parameters
are
crossed,
social
norms
can
break
down
leading
generally
to
the
lowering
of
the
long
run
stock,
and
possibly
to
its
extinction.

Shabman,
Leonard
A.
and
Sandra
S.
Batie
(
1986).
"
Mitigating
Damages
From
Coastal
Wetlands
Development:
Policy,
Economics
and
Financing."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Virginia
Polytechnic
Institute
and
State
University,
Blacksburg,
VA.
6
0
0
Public
programs
to
reduce
the
rate
of
coastal
wetlands
losses
are
based
upon
an
ambiguous
policy
framework.
Also,
scientific
uncertainty
about
the
services
of
wetlands
make
credible
economic
valuation
difficult,
thus
reducing
the
utility
of
benefit
cost
analysis
within
the
wetlands
regulation
process.
Reform
of
national
wetlands
programs
can
result
in
enhanced
maintenance
of
wetlands
stocks
and
accommodation
of
development
pressures.
The
policy
reforms
proposed
in
this
paper
will
result
in
achievement
of
these
objectives
in
an
economically
efficient
manner.

Shabman,
Leonard
A.
and
Sandra
S.
Batie
(
1987).
"
Mitigating
Damages
From
Coastal
Wetlands
Development:
Policy,
Economics
and
Financing."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
4:
227­
248.

Public
programs
to
reduce
the
rate
of
coastal
wetlands
losses
are
based
upon
an
ambiguous
policy
framework.
Also,
scientific
uncertainty
about
the
services
of
wetlands
make
credible
economic
valuation
difficult,
thus
reducing
the
utility
of
benefit
cost
analysis
within
the
wetlands
regulation
process.
Reform
of
national
wetlands
programs
can
result
in
enhanced
maintenance
of
wetlands
stocks
and
accommodation
of
development
pressures.
The
policy
reforms
proposed
in
this
paper
will
result
in
achievement
of
these
objectives
in
an
economically
efficient
manner.

Shabman,
Leonard
A.
and
Oral
Capps,
Jr.
(
1985).
"
Benefit
Taxation
for
Environmental
Improvement:
A
Case
Example
from
Virginia's
Soft
Crab
Fishery."
land
Economics,
61(
4):
398­
408.

The
objective
of
this
paper
is
to
use
the
restoration
of
submerged
aquatic
vegetation
(
SAV)
levels
to
support
the
Virginia
soft
crab
fishery
as
an
illustration
of
the
necessary
analysis
to
support
an
environmental
improvement
plus
beneficiary
tax
program.
Toward
that
end
the
relationship
between
SAV
abundance
and
soft
crab
harvest
will
be
demonstrated.
Then
a
conceptual
model
is
developed
discussing
principles
for
setting
benefit
taxes
on
an
open
access
fishery.
Empirical
estimation
of
the
model
components
illustrates
the
application
of
the
approach.

Shaik,
Saleem
and
Glenn
Helmers
(
1999).

Shadow
Price
of
Environmental
Bads:
Weak
vs.
Strong
Disposability.

Selected
Paper,
American
Agricultural
Economics
Association
Meetings,
Nashville,
Tennessee,
August
8­
11,
15
pp.

This
paper
addresses
the
issue
of
the
shadow
price
of
environmental
bads
treated
as
an
undesirable
output
(
normal
input)
with
weak
(
strong)
disposability
in
a
two­
stage
estimation.
Nebraska
agriculture
sector
time
series
data
is
spread
over
1936­
94.
Results
indicate
the
difference
in
the
price
due
to
the
disposability
property.

Shark
Specialist
Group
(
1996).

The
Implications
of
Biology
for
the
Conservation
and
Management
of
Sharks.

Report
prepared
for
the
thirteenth
Meeting
of
the
CITES
Animals
Committee,
23­
27
September,
Pruhonice,
Czech
Republic,
September,
37
pp.

A
summary
of
the
biological
knowledge
of
sharks
including
life
history
characteristics,
conservation
status,
shark
fishery
trends
and
implications
for
the
future,
management
history
and
implications,
and
finally
a
call
for
more
biological
data
collection
and
the
immediate
management
of
sharks
around
the
world
even
if
the
necessary
data
supporting
it
does
not
exist.

Sharples,
Jerry
A.
and
Forrest
D.
Holland
(
1981).
"
Impact
of
the
Farmer­
Owned
Reserve
on
Privately
Owned
Wheat
Stocks."
American
6
0
1
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
63(
3):
538­
543.

The
paper
estimates
the
impact
of
the
farmer
owned
reserve
on
the
demand
for
year
ending
wheat
stocks
and
demonstrates
the
potential
of
a
little
used
functional
form
for
estimating
the
demand
for
stocks.

Shaw,
Daigee
(
1988).
"
On­
Site
Samples
Regression:
Problems
of
Nonnegative
Integers,
Truncation,
and
Endogenous
Stratification."
Journal
of
Econometrics,
37:
211­
223.

This
paper
corrects
an
estimation
problem
that
has
not
yet
been
recognized
in
previous
estimates
of
demand
functions
using
on
site
samples.
There
are
three
kinds
of
problems
that
one
faces
in
on
site
samples,
namely,
non­
negative
integers,
truncation,
and
endogenous
stratification.
Two
theoretically
correct
maximum
likelihood
methods
are
developed
based
on
two
different
assumptions
about
the
variable
distribution:
the
normal
distribution
and
the
Poisson
distribution.
A
simulation
is
performed
to
compare
the
two
methods
using
generated
data
sets
of
known
models.
We
should
not
use
OLS
and
instead
should
use
the
maximum
likelihood
methods
developed
here
to
estimate
demand
functions
that
use
on
site
samples.
If
forecasting
is
the
purpose
of
estimation,
then
the
simulation
indicates
that
the
Poisson
ML
method
may
be
better.

Shepherd,
J.
G.
and
D.
J.
Garrod
(
19??).
"
Modeling
the
Response
of
a
Fishing
Fleet
to
Changing
Circumstances,
Using
Cautious
Non­
Linear
Optimization."
J.
Cons.
Int.
Explor.
Mer.,
39:
231­
238.

The
cautious
non­
linear
optimization
model
ascribes
non­
linear
penalties
to
deviations
from
a
reference
solution
and
any
constraints
that
fail
to
be
observed
and
minimizes
the
resulting
compound
objective
function
using
the
conjugate
gradient
method
to
achieve
excellent
results
in
modeling
fleet
changes
as
a
result
of
changes
in
the
availability
of
fish
resources.

Shelden,
Kim
E.
W.
and
David
J.
Rugh
(
1995).

The
Bowhead
Whale,
Balaena
mysticetus:
Its
Historic
and
Current
Status.

Marine
Fisheries
Review,
57(
3­
4):
1­
20.

The
bowhead
whale,
Balaena
mysticetus,
is
currently
listed
as
endangered
under
the
Endangered
Species
Act
of
1973
and
as
depleted
under
the
Marine
Mammal
Protection
Act
of
1972.
Literature
on
the
species
is
updated
since
1984,
and
elements
are
reviewed
that
may
contribute
to
the
evaluation
of
the
status
of
bowhead
whale
stocks.

Sheridan,
Peter
F.,
Frank
J.
Patella,
Jr.,
Neal
Baxter,
and
Dennis
A
Emiliani
(
1987).
"
Movements
of
Brown
Shrimp,
Penaeus
aztecus,
and
Pink
Shrimp,
P.
duorarum,
Relative
to
the
U.
S.­
Mexico
Border
in
the
Western
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
1):
14­
19.

Seasonal
movement
patterns
of
marked
brown
shrimp
and
pink
shrimp
relative
to
the
U.
S.­
Mexico
boarder
in
the
western
Gulf
of
Mexico
are
described
from
recaptures
of
shrimp
tagged
during
1978­
1980.
The
intent
was
to
determine
the
degree
to
which
coastal
shrimp
movements
would
affect
commercial
catches
after
implementation
of
new
fishing
regulations
off
Texas
and
Mexico.
Shrimp
were
collected
by
trawl,
marked
with
polyethylene
streamer
tags,
and
released
during
March­
November
at
sites
between
Galveston,
Texas,
and
Tampico,
Tamaulipas,
Mexico.
Movements
were
examined
by
vector
analysis
and
by
recaptures
per
unit
commercial
landings.
Over
121,500
shrimp
were
marked
during
seven
releases
in
estuaries
of
which
1,827
(
1.5
percent)
were
recaptured.
Only
72
brown
shrimp
and
126
pink
shrimp
were
recaptured
6
0
2
offshore,
but
southerly
movement
patterns
were
indicated
after
five
of
those
seven
releases.
Offshore
releases
of
71,485
brown
shrimp
and
19,185
pink
shrimp
resulted
in
12.4
percent
and
19.7
percent
recapture
proportions,
respectively.
Tagged
brown
shrimp
moved
up
to
620
km
from
release
sites
and
remained
free
up
to
430
days.
Tagged
pink
shrimp
moved
a
maximum
428
km
and
were
free
up
to
446
days.
Recaptures
were
higher
south
of
release
sites
after
20
of
30
releases
of
brown
shrimp
off
Texas
and
Tamaulipas.
In
contrast,
recaptures
of
pink
shrimp
were
higher
south
of
release
sites
after
only
7
of
13
releases.
The
effectiveness
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
management
plan,
enacted
in
1981
to
increase
brown
shrimp
yield
by
seasonal
prohibition
of
fishing
could
be
diminished
by
the
tendency
for
brown
shrimp
to
migrate
south.

Sherwin,
Rosen
(
1987).
"
Dynamic
Animal
Economics."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
69(
3):
547­
557.

Market
equilibrium
dynamics
of
herd
inventory
management
are
derived
for
homogenous
female
populations.
Short
run
supply
is
backward
bending
in
response
to
permanent
changes
in
demand
and
is
rising
in
response
to
transitory
changes
in
demand.
Increasing
inventories
are
associated
with
high
and
falling
prices
and
decreasing
inventories
with
low
and
rising
prices,
but
there
is
no
market
instability
in
this.
These
unusual
intertemporal
substitution
effects
follow
from
both
rational
expectations
and
appropriately
formulated
cobweb
models
and
go
part
of
the
way
toward
explaining
hog
and
cattle
inventory
cycles.

Shortle,
James
S.
(
1984).
"
The
Use
of
Estimated
Pollution
Flows
in
Agricultural
Pollution
Control
Policy:
Implications
for
Abatement
and
Policy
Instruments."
Northeast
Journal
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
October:
277­
285.

Flows
of
water
pollution
from
agricultural
sources
are,
for
all
practical
purposes,
unobservable
by
direct
monitoring.
These
flows
can,
however,
be
estimated
using
hydrological
models.
The
analysis
presented
in
this
paper
demonstrates
that
uncertainty
on
estimated
flows
is
not
neutral
with
respect
to
the
optimal
level
and
allocation
of
estimated
abatement
or
with
respect
to
the
expected
net
benefits
of
alternative
pollution
control
policy
instruments.
Policy
implications
are
noted.

Shrimp
Notes
Incorporated
(
1983).
Assessment
of
Shrimp
Industry
Potentials
and
Conflicts.
Volumes
I,
II,
and
III.
Shrimp
Notes
Incorporated,
417
Eliza
Street,
New
Orleans,
Louisiana,
August.

This
report
is
intended
to
provide
an
update
on
the
potentials
and
conflicts
faced
by
the
domestic
shrimp
industry
with
special
attention
directed
at
future
actions
that
may
significantly
impact
respective
segments
of
the
industry.

Shriver,
Ann
L.
(
1994).

U.
S.
Groundfish
Demand.

OSU­
94­
108,
International
Institute
of
Fisheries
Economics
and
Trade,
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
Oregon
State
University,
April,
27
pp.

This
report
describes
recent
developments
in
the
demand
for
groundfish
in
the
U.
S.
It
begins
with
a
review
of
general
trends
in
U.
S.
food
consumption
and
their
implications
for
groundfish.
Groundfish
consumption
data
is
presented,
along
with
a
discussion
of
its
determining
factors.
U.
S.
market
channels
for
cod
in
particular
are
described,
and
supply
factors
are
assessed
for
their
impact
on
consumption.
Efforts
to
date
to
model
groundfish
markets
are
described,
and
their
conclusions
and
limitations
discussed.
Among
6
0
3
the
report

s
conclusions
are
that
seafood
demand
continues
to
rise
in
the
face
of
rising
prices,
and
that
the
highly
concentrated
U.
S.
cod
market
is
shifting
over
to
the
more
available
and
cheaper
pollock.
While
existing
models
need
some
revisions
to
accurately
reflect
developments
since
1988,
they
provide
useful
guidance
about
the
responsiveness
of
the
U.
S.
market
to
changes
in
prices
and
supply
levels
of
some
species
and
product
forms.

Shumway,
C.
Richard,
Rulon
D.
Pope,
and
Elizabeth
K.
Nash
(
1984).
"
Allocatable
Fixed
Inputs
and
Jointness
in
Agricultural
Production:
Implications
for
Economic
Modeling."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
66(
1):
72­
78.

Allocatable
fixed
inputs,
such
as
land,
are
a
potentially
important
source
of
jointness
in
agriculture.
As
with
other
causes
of
jointness,
they
necessitate
multiple
product
systems
for
modeling
product
supply
and
input
demand.
In
other
important
ways,
however,
their
analytical
implications
are
very
different
from
other
causes
of
jointness.
Model
specification
differs.
Demand
functions
for
the
quantities
of
each
input
used
in
the
production
of
individual
commodities
can
be
derived
if
a
primal
approach
is
used,
but
such
allocation
equations
cannot
in
general
be
identified
from
a
dual
specification.
Available
allocation
data
are
not
even
useful
in
such
dual
estimations.

Sick,
Lowell
V.,
James
W.
Andrews,
and
David
B.
White
(
19??).
"
Preliminary
Studies
of
Selected
Environmental
and
Nutritional
Requirements
for
the
Culture
of
Penaeid
Shrimp."
Fisheries
Bulletin,
70(
1):
101­
109.

Establishing
selected
preliminary
environmental
and
nutritional
requirements
for
penaeid
shrimp
resulted
in
the
successful
and
reproducible
production
of
major
biomass
increases
with
relatively
high
survival
rates
and
low
food
conversion
ratios.

Siegel,
Robert
A.
and
Richard
S.
Johnston
(
eds.)
(
1989).
"
Economic
and
Trade
Strategies
in
World
Fisheries."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
51(
1):
1­
2.

Introduces
the
special
section
of
the
Marine
Fisheries
Review
that
presents
papers
dealing
with
world
trade
issues.
The
aim
of
the
section
was
to
provide
an
overview
of
several
international
trade
issues
that
affect
the
development
of
fisheries
economic
policy.
The
general
areas
of
discussion
include
the
role
of
fisheries
in
the
U.
S.
balance
of
trade,
current
negotiations
on
fisheries
trade
and
tariffs,
and
U.
S.
and
foreign
economic
trade
strategies
and
policies.

Sil,
Jayashree
and
Steven
Buccola
(
1995).

Efficiency
of
the
Multiplant,
Multiproduct
Firm.

American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
77(
4):
1001­
1011.

A
general
framework
is
provided
for
assessing
the
technology,
cost,
and
efficient
scale
of
a
multiplant,
multiproduct
firm.
We
show
sufficient
conditions
for
the
existence
of
a
plant
cost
function,
and
necessary
and
sufficient
conditions
for
using
plant­
level
data
to
draw
exact
firm­
level
cost
inferences.
We
also
distinguish
between
plant
and
input
nonjointness
and
show
the
optimal
relation
between
plant­
level
and
firm­
level
cost
elasticity
in
a
multiproduct
setting.
The
framework
is
applied
to
a
vegetable
processing
cooperative,
which
is
found
to
operate
below
its
efficient
scale.

Silberberg,
Eugene
(
1972).
"
Duality
and
the
Many
Consumer's
Surpluses."
6
0
4
American
Economic
Review,
(
Dec.):
942­
952.

This
paper
presents
a
unifying
treatment
of
the
many
consumer's
surpluses.
All
consumer
surpluses
are
variations
on
the
compensating
variations
and
equivalent
variations
themes
and
differences
among
them
may
be
directly
traced
to
what
variables
are
being
held
fixed.

Silberberg,
Eugene
(
1978).
The
Structure
of
Economics.
McGraw­
Hill
Book
Co.,
New
York.

Microeconomic
theory
using
calculus
to
explain
the
theory
of
the
firm
and
utility
theory
using
duality
concepts.

Simberloff,
Daniel
(
1996).

Impacts
of
Introduced
Species
in
the
United
States.

Consequences,
2(
2):
12­
22.

Many
examples
of
introduced
plants,
animals,
and
pathogens
often
pose
an
initially
hidden
but
eventually
monumental
problem
in
the
U.
S.
or
any
other
country
whose
doors
are
opened
to
traffic
from
other
lands.
Some
costly
invaders
remain
inconspicuous
in
this
country
for
decades
and
then
spread
swiftly.
Their
harmful
effects
are
often
subtle
and
surreptitious,
but
the
eventual
impacts
on
the
economy
or
natural
environment
are
no
less
real,
and
often
disastrous
and
even
irreversible,
as
when
native
species
disappear.

Simmons,
David
C.
(
1980).
"
Review
of
the
Florida
Spiny
Lobster
Resource."
Fisheries,
5(
4):
37­
42.

The
spiny
lobster
resource
in
Florida
has
developed
into
an
important
commercial
and
recreational
fishery
resource.
Fishing
pressure
on
this
resource
has
increased
dramatically
over
the
last
fifteen
years
without
a
corresponding
increase
in
landings.
Some
important
research
has
been
completed
on
this
resource,
but
before
a
sound
management
plan
can
be
developed
some
critical
information
gaps
need
to
be
filled.

Sinclair,
M.,
D.
L.
Burke,
J.
R.
Angel,
R.
N.
O'Boyle,
F.
G.
Peacock,
and
K.
C.
T.
Zwanenburg
(
1994).
"
A
Report
Card
on
Quota
Management:
The
Scotia­
Fundy
Groundfish
Experience."
C.
M.
1994/
T:
58,
Theme
Session
on
Improving
the
Link
Between
Fisheries
Science
and
Management:
Biological,
Social,
and
Economic
Considerations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September,
39
pp.

The
findings
of
a
workshop
that
described
the
groundfish
management
activities
in
the
Scotia­
Fundy
Region
from
1977
to
1993
are
presented.
The
workshop
objectives
were
to
(
1)
identify
the
degree
to
which
the
management
objectives
for
this
part
of
the
Atlantic
Canada
fishery
were
met
since
the
extension
of
jurisdiction
in
1977
and
(
2)
to
the
degree
that
they
have
not
been
met,
identify
the
causes
that
prevented
successful
attainment
of
the
objectives.
The
primary
objective
of
stock
conservation
was
to
be
obtained
using
F0.1
single
species
quota
management.
The
inability
to
meet
the
conservation
objectives,
in
part
due
to
short
term
trade
offs
in
support
of
economic
and
social
objectives,
has
in
the
longer
term
undermined
the
sustainability
of
the
commercial
fishery
and
the
fishing
community.

Sinclair,
William
F.
(
1978).
"
Management
Alternatives
and
Strategic
Planning
for
Canada's
Fisheries."
J.
Fish.
Res.
board
Can.,
35:
1017­
1030.

The
evils
of
operating
Canada's
commercial
and
recreational
fisheries
6
0
5
under
open
access
conditions
were
known
before
Confederation.
Early
recognition
of
these
ills
did
not
lead
to
an
understanding
of
the
basic
problems
nor
to
long­
term
solutions.
In
the
early
1950'
s
the
first
economic
model
was
developed
that
articulated
the
underlying
causes
of
excess
capacity
and
the
tendency
of
overexploitation
in
open
access
fisheries.
This
was
followed
by
a
number
of
studies
that
explored
the
relationship
between
the
biological
reproductive
capacity
of
a
fishery
and
the
economic
consequences
of
managing
publicly
owned
resources
under
open
access
conditions.
This
early
work
provides
a
general
framework
from
which
a
number
of
fisheries
management
alternatives
emerge.
Each
of
six
management
alternatives,
that
are
implicit
in
policy
for
Canada's
commercial
fisheries,
are
assessed
in
terms
of
political
acceptability,
administrative
feasibility,
and
effectiveness.
It
is
emphasized
that
the
responsibility
of
a
government
fisheries
agency
is
to
manage
fisheries
resources
in
the
best
interest
of
the
owners
of
the
resource
­
the
nation's
taxpayers.
A
properly
implemented
license
control
system
would
dissipate,
rather
than
perpetuate,
social
and
economic
hardship
among
fishermen.
This
misplaced
concern
for
unproven
social
problems
often
leads
fisheries
managers
to
support
programs
that
sacrifice
all
the
benefits
that
could
be
generated
from
the
resource
and
the
resource
itself.
A
management
scheme
is
recommended
that
encompasses
a
simple
licensing
system,
a
tax
or
a
royalty
on
catch,
and
a
limited
variation
of
the
"
Grandfather
System."
The
combination
of
these
three
incorporates
the
main
advantages
of
most
management
alternatives
while
avoiding
most
of
their
main
shortcomings.
A
carefully
implemented
program
that
accounts
for
economic
and
biological
considerations
would
improve
the
efficiency
of
the
industry,
improve
fishermen's
incomes,
minimize
social
disruptions,
help
to
instill
an
environmental
conscience,
protect
the
resource,
and
induce
less,
rather
than
more,
government
intervention
into
the
free
operation
of
the
fishing
industry.
Probably
more
important,
the
program
would
generate
an
economic
return
for
the
people
of
Canada.

Sindermann,
Carl
J.
(
1979).
"
Status
of
Northwest
Atlantic
Herring
Stocks
of
Concern
to
the
United
States."
Technical
Series
Report
No.
23,
USDOC,
NOAA,
NMFS,
Northeast
Fisheries
Center,
Sandy
Hook
Laboratory,
Highlands,
New
Jersey
07732.

This
report
reviews
the
status
of
knowledge
about
herring
stocks
of
the
western
North
Atlantic
of
concern
to
the
United
States,
to
review
the
status
of
herring
stock
assessments,
to
identify
critical
problem
areas
and
hypotheses
to
be
tested,
to
identify
critical
research
needs,
and
proposes
activities
needed
to
increase
our
knowledge
in
areas
relevant
to
long
term
productivity
of
stocks
under
exploitation.

Sinha,
Sujata
Bose
(
1988).
"
A
Graphical
Presentation
of
Economic
Data
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
January
1981
to
December
1986."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFC­??,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
August.

The
data
is
presented
here
on
an
essentially
macro
scale
aggregating
over
all
species
and
sizes
of
shrimp
found
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
The
first
part
of
the
presentation
presents
information
extracted
on
an
aggregated
Gulf
wide
basis.
The
second
part
presents
data
on
a
state
wide
basis
for
the
five
individual
states,
i.
e.
Florida
west
coast,
Alabama,
Mississippi,
Louisiana,
and
Texas.
The
third
section
presents
the
data
on
the
basis
of
the
number
of
trips
taken
by
individual
vessels
in
any
year.

Sissenwine,
Michael
(
1984).
"
The
Uncertain
Environment
of
Fishery
6
0
6
Scientists
and
Managers."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
1(
1):
1­
30.

Traditionally,
single
species
deterministic
models
have
been
used
to
describe
the
interaction
between
fish
populations
and
fish
harvesters.
Management
theory
and
practice
often
assume
that
decisions
are
made
based
on
exact
knowledge
of
the
fishery
system
(
i.
e.,
population
size,
fishing
effort,
recruitment,
and
so
on,
predicted
or
measured
without
error).
Unfortunately,
traditional
approaches
of
fishery
science
and
management
ignore
a
major
aspect
of
fishery
systems­
uncertainty.
Biological
productivity
of
most
fishery
resources
is
primarily
dependent
on
recruitment.
Recruitment
varies
by
an
order
of
magnitude
or
more,
with
little
apparent
relationship
to
spawning
stock
size
except
at
extremely
reduced
levels.
For
practical
purposes,
production
of
fish
populations
is
stochastic,
not
deterministic.
Furthermore,
growth
and
natural
mortality
parameters,
that
are
usually
assumed
constant
when
analyzing
individual
populations,
actually
vary
as
a
result
of
population
interactions.
In
addition,
the
contagious
and
dynamic
spatial
distribution
of
most
fish
populations
contributes
still
more
uncertainty.
Some
of
the
variability
in
recruitment
can
be
accounted
for
by
prerecruit
surveys
and
correlations
with
environmental
factors.
Multispecies
models
that
attempt
to
account
for
the
predation
effect
on
natural
mortality
are
now
available.
There
are
robust
fishery
management
methods
that
are
less
dependent
on
precise
and
real
time
estimation
of
population
size.

Sissenwine,
Michael
(
1992).
"
Analysis
of
the
Potential
Economic
Benefits
from
Rebuilding
U.
S.
Fisheries."
Draft
Report,
Office
of
the
Senior
Scientist
for
Fisheries,
NMFS,
USDOC,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
April.

The
potential
value
of
rationally
managed
U.
S.
domestic
fisheries
based
on
a
naive
economic
analysis
concludes
that
substantial
benefits
can
be
generated
for
the
nation
including
increased
jobs.

Sissenwine,
Michael
and
Pamela
M.
Mace
(
1992).
"
ITQs
in
New
Zealand:
The
Era
of
Fixed
Quota
in
Perpetuity."
Fishery
Bulletin,
90(
1):
147­
60.

ITQ
management
was
implemented
in
New
Zealand
to
address
overfishing,
overcapitalization,
and
excess
government
regulation.
Quotas
were
based
on
catch
histories,
with
a
quota
"
buyback"
and
prorated
cuts
to
achieve
total
allowable
catch
(
TAC)
levels
indicated
by
preliminary
stock
assessments.
Fixed
amounts
of
quota
were
issued
in
perpetuity.
Annual
stock
assessments
are
conducted.
Government
stated
that
it
would
buy
or
sell
quota
at
market
determined
prices
to
adjust
TACs.
On
1
April
1990,
ITQs
were
redefined
as
proportions
of
annual
TACs.
Government
extracts
resource
rent.
To
data,
there
is
little
evidence
of
improvement
in
the
biological
or
economic
condition
of
the
fisheries
resources.
Although
there
is
general
support
for
ITQ
management
in
New
Zealand,
many
problems
have
been
encountered:
quota
overruns
resulting
from
bycatch;
inadequate
stock
assessment
capability;
disagreement
over
the
level
of
resource
rentals;
and
failure
of
government
to
enter
the
marketplace
to
reduce
TACs
when
necessary.

Six,
Larry
and
Pam
Buzan
(
1993).

The
Status
of
Marine
Fish
Stocks
and
Conservation
Efforts
by
Regional
Fishery
Management
Councils.

Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council,
July,
33
pp.

This
report
summarizes
the
status
of
marine
fish
stocks,
species,
or
species
groups
harvested
in
the
federal
Exclusive
Economic
Zone
(
EEZ).

Skaperdas,
Stergios
(
1992).
"
Cooperation,
Conflict,
and
Power
in
the
6
0
7
Absence
of
Property
Rights."
American
Economic
Review,
82(
4):
720­
739.

This
paper
examines
interaction
in
the
absence
of
property
rights
when
agents
face
a
trade­
off
between
productive
and
coercive
activities.
In
this
setting,
conflict
is
not
the
necessary
outcome
of
one­
time
interaction,
and
cooperation
is
consistent
with
domination
of
one
agent
over
another.
Other
things
being
equal,
an
agent's
power,
a
well­
define
concept
in
this
paper,
is
inversely
related
to
an
agent's
resources
when
resources
are
valued
according
to
marginal
productivity
theory.
Some
implications
for
the
evolution
of
property
rights
are
drawn.
The
model
is
applicable
to
a
variety
of
situations
in
which
directly
unproductive
activities
are
prevalent.

Slade,
Margaret
E.
(
1982).
"
Trends
in
Natural­
Resource
Commodity
Prices:
An
Analysis
of
the
Time
Domain."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
9:
122­
137.

This
paper
attempts
to
reconcile
the
theoretical
predictions
of
increasing
real
prices
for
nonrenewable
natural
resource
commodities
obtained
from
Hotelling
style
models
with
the
empirical
findings
of
falling
prices
for
these
commodities.
A
theoretical
model
for
relative
price
movements
is
derived
for
the
case
of
exogenous
technical
change
and
endogenous
change
in
the
grade
of
ores
mined.
The
model
suggests
a
U­
shaped
time
path
for
relative
prices.
The
implied
price
movements
are
tested
for
all
the
major
metals
and
fuels
and
the
model
parameters
are
found
to
be
statistically
significant
for
11
out
of
the
12
commodities
tested.

Slade,
Margaret
E.
(
1982).
"
Taxation
of
Nonrenewable
Resources:
A
Production­
Function
Approach."
Resources
Paper
No.
81.

The
paper
finds
that
constant
royalty
rates
can
be
neutral
or
can
lead
unambiguously
to
conservation
or
to
rapid
exploitation
only
when
the
processing
technology
is
particularly
simple
(
a
modified
Cobb­
Douglas
production
function).
In
addition,
except
for
very
simple
processing
technologies,
time
varying
royalty
rates
cannot
be
monotonic
if
they
are
to
achieve
neutrality;
they
must
sometimes
rise
and
sometimes
fall.

Slade,
Margaret
E.
(
1984).
"
Tax
Policy
and
the
Supply
of
Exhaustible
Resources:
Theory
and
Practice."
Land
Economics,
60(
2):
133­
147.

Unregulated
extraction
patterns
may
not
be
optimal
if
social
and
private
discount
rates
differ
or
if
extraction
creates
an
externality.
The
difficulty
of
designing
tax
policy
that
achieves
a
particular
objective
is
illustrated
by
the
fact
that
a
tax
levied
in
any
time
period
can
have
repercussions
in
all
future
time
periods
and,
if
it
is
anticipated,
it
can
affect
past
extraction.
A
general
model
for
assessing
the
effects
of
taxation
on
resource
extraction
is
developed.
The
undistorted
(
no­
tax)
and
distorted
paths
are
compared
to
determine
the
direction
and
magnitude
of
tax
effects.
It
is
found
that
the
change
in
extraction
paths
resulting
from
a
particular
tax
depends
on
where
it
falls,
on
how
it
affects
input
and
output
prices,
and
on
the
ease
of
substituting
between
the
resource
and
other
inputs
in
processing.

Sluczanowski,
Philip
R.
(
1984).
"
Modeling
and
Optimal
Control:
A
Case
Study
Based
on
the
Spencer
Gulf
Prawn
Fishery
for
Penaeus
latisulcatus
Kishinouye."
J.
Cons.
Int.
Explor.
Mer,
41:
211­
225.

Techniques
of
fish
population
dynamics,
model
building,
and
optimal
control
theory
are
applied
to
the
problem
of
managing
the
Spencer
Gulf
prawn
fishery
in
South
Australia
that
involves
the
annual
exploitation
of
a
single
6
0
8
year
class
of
prawns.
A
model
of
the
fishery
is
constructed
that
is
then
subjected
to
optimization
techniques
to
derive
optimal
management
strategies.
Dynamic
programming
is
used
to
derive
optimal
fishery
closures
for
a
given
number
of
vessels.
The
derived
controls
take
into
account
the
major
source
of
variation
(
variable
recruitment).
Their
sensitivity
to
the
uncertain
parameters
and
to
possible
changes
in
costs
is
also
considered,
and
the
best
number
of
vessels
is
determined
taking
into
account
parameter
uncertainty,
expected
total
profits,
returns
to
capital,
and
the
statistical
distribution
of
returns.

Sminkey,
Thomas
R.
and
John
A.
Musick
(
1995).

Demographic
Analysis
of
the
Sandbar
Shark,
Carcharhinus
plumbeus,
in
the
Western
North
Atlantic.

Virginia
Institute
of
Marine
Science,
College
of
William
and
Mary,
Gloucester
Point,
Virginia,
16
pp.

Sandbar
shark
demographic
analyses,
using
known
and
estimated
life
history
parameters,
including
fishing
mortality
(
F)
at
ages
and
levels
estimated
in
a
recent
stock
assessment,
were
used
to
estimate
potential
population
growth
and
exploitation.

Smit,
Wil
(
1996).

An
Economic
Approach
to
Measuring
Fishing
Effort:
Application
to
a
Dutch
Cutter
Fleet.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
4):
305­
311.

This
paper
reports
on
the
on­
going
attempt
to
assess
fishing
capacity
and
fishing
effort
for
a
range
of
years
on
the
basis
of
common
definitions.
An
aggregate
effort
measurement
for
a
specific
fleet
is
developed,
taking
into
account
capacity
of
the
fleet
and
the
number
of
days
at
sea.
In
this
measurement,
the
changes
in
the
size
and
composition
of
the
fleet
over
time
is
measured
using
engine
power,
by
weighting
the
engine
power
of
vessels
of
different
sizes
according
to
their
economic
productivity.
Then,
to
find
a
relationship
between
fishing
effort
and
productive
output,
using
landings
by
species
is
not
enough
because
catchability
of
the
species
varies
over
a
wide
range.
Instead
quantities
of
landings
are
weighted
by
using
average
prices.
Thus,
output
is
then
a
function
of
fishing
effort
and
the
availability
of
fish
stocks.

Smith,
Baron
A.
(
1978).
"
Measuring
the
Value
of
Urban
Amenities."
Journal
of
Urban
Economics,
5:
370­
387.

This
paper
develops
a
model
for
estimating
price
gradients
for
several
urban
amenities
that
departs
from
traditional
techniques.
The
approach
used
is
both
intuitively
appealing
and
fully
consistent
with
basic
urban
location
theory
developed
over
the
past
decade.
Multidimensional
price
gradients
are
estimated
for
such
amenities
as
low
crime,
clean
air,
accessibility
to
work,
the
local
quality
of
education
and
local
taxes.
In
addition
subgroup
analysis
allows
the
comparison
of
the
estimated
shadow
prices
for
two
different
income
groups.

Smith,
Courtland
L.
(
1977).
"
The
Failure
of
Success
in
Fisheries
Management."
Environmental
Management,
1(
3):
239­
247.

Law
of
the
Sea
negotiations
and
The
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act
of
1976
create
new
options
for
fisheries
management.
Historical
analysis
of
two
major
management
programs
in
the
United
States
of
America,
columbia
River
chinook
salmon
and
Pacific
halibut,
shows
two
unresolved
management
problems.
One
is
the
innovativeness
of
fishermen
in
seeking
ways
to
improve
their
harvests.
The
other
is
changing
social
priorities
that
are
largely
unpredictable
and
outside
the
control
of
fisheries
managers.
A
method
for
6
0
9
analysis
of
patterning
associated
with
management
goals
is
illustrated.
Since
the
general
management
goals
are
harvest
improvement
and
more
predictability,
measures
are
used
that
show
the
adequacy
of
fit
and
reduction
in
variability
between
actual
and
predicted
management
outcomes.

Smith,
Courtland
L.
(
1985).
"
The
Life
Cycle
of
Fisheries."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Anthropology,
Oregon
State
University,
National
Sea
Grant
college
Program,
6010
Executive
Blvd.,
R/
SE1,
Rockville,
MD
20852,
Feb.

Fishermen
are
viewed
as
organisms
that
have
an
evolutionary
pattern
and
life
cycle.
The
typical
evolutionary
pattern
is
development
of
technologies
to
substitute
cultured
stocks
for
natural
ones.
The
life
cycle
process
is
one
of
declining
commercial
opportunities
as
productivity
increases
require
more
stringent
management
measures.
Angling
and
aesthetic
uses
increase
during
this
process.
To
adjust
to
life
cycle
and
evolutionary
patterns
separate
conservation
from
management
decisions,
adopt
an
ecosystem
focus
for
conservation
measures,
promote
nonfishing
opportunities,
and
keep
expectations
reasonable.

Smith,
Courtland
L.
and
Susan
S.
Hanna
(
1990).
"
Measuring
Fleet
Capacity
and
Capacity
Utilization."
Can.
J.
Fish.
Aquat.
Sci.,
47:
2085­
2091.

Fishing
capacity
measures
the
capability
to
catch
fish.
Capacity
utilization
is
the
actual
effectiveness
in
catching
fish;
the
ratio
of
catch
to
capacity.
The
factors
comprising
a
fleet

s
capacity
are
the
number
and
size
of
vessels,
the
technical
efficiency
of
those
vessels,
and
the
time
commitment
of
fishermen.
Knowing
the
capacity
utilization
of
a
fleet
is
critical
for
evaluating
management
alternatives.
This
is
true
regardless
of
whether
fisheries
are
managed
with
fleet
controls
or
with
with
individual
controls.
We
illustrate
the
measurement
of
capacity
utilization
with
the
Oregon
bottom
trawl
fishery,
in
which
fleet
capacity
quadrupled
between
1976
and
1982.
From
1982
to
1985,
capacity
declined
30
percent
due
to
economic
problems
in
the
industry
and
vessels
finding
better
opportunities
elsewhere.
Capacity
measurement
is
necessary
to
assess
management
induced
changes
in
controlled
fisheries.
Controlling
capacity
requires
addressing
all
the
elements
associated
with
capacity
growth.
Examination
of
the
components
of
fleet
capacity
reveals
an
array
of
management
options.

Smith,
Courtland
L.
and
Robert
McKelvey
(
1986).
"
Specialist
and
Generalist:
Roles
for
Coping
with
Variability."
North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
6:
88­
99.

Two
behavior
patterns
of
fishermen,
specialist
and
generalist,
are
evaluated
as
ways
of
coping
with
market
and
natural
variability.
Changes
in
these
behaviors
predicted
by
an
analytical
model
are
evaluated
against
data
from
several
fisheries.
The
predictions
and
the
data
suggest
that
a
mix
of
specialist
and
generalist
fishing
behavior
is
a
way
of
coping
with
unpredictability.
Management
usually
regards
fishing
behavior
as
homogeneous;
as
a
result,
many
management
rules
discriminate
against
one
type
of
behavior
or
the
other.

Smith,
E.
Moret
(
1980).
"
Japan
­
A
Market
for
Blackfin
Tuna
(
Thunnus
Atlanticus)?"
Commercial
Development
Services,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Pascagoula,
MS,
May,
9
pp.

A
potential
marketing
potential
in
Japan
for
blackfin
tuna
from
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
was
discovered.
Since
there
are
no
known
procedures
used
by
the
6
1
0
Japanese
for
blackfin,
procedures
used
by
Japanese
fishermen
for
other
tunas
are
discussed
in
this
report.
If
followed,
acceptable
results
will
occur.

Smith,
J.
Barry
(
1985).
"
A
Discrete
Model
of
Replenishable
Resource
Management
Under
Uncertainty."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
1(
3):
283­
308.

This
paper
examines
issues
in
the
management
of
replenishable
resources
under
uncertainty.
The
stochastic
resource
dynamics
are
given
by
the
discrete
time
counterpart
of
the
classic
logistic
growth
model.
The
use
of
discrete
time
stochastic
dynamics
allows
for
a
more
general
characterization
of
growth
uncertainty
than
is
possible
with
continuous
time
models.
Given
a
general
specification
of
the
resource
management
problem,
necessary
and
sufficient
conditions
for
the
optimal
management
policy
are
derived.
Many
important
properties
of
the
management
policy
are
derived
and
comparisons
are
made
with
the
deterministic
counterpart
policy.
An
example
serves
to
illustrate
many
of
the
results
of
the
analysis.

Smith,
J.
Barry
(
1986).
"
Stochastic
Steady­
State
Replenishable
Resource
Management
Policies."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
3(
2):
155­
168.

The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
investigate
the
generalization
of
deterministic
golden
rule
results
to
the
case
of
resource
uncertainty.
It
is
shown
that
within
a
diffusion
framework,
the
optimal
steady
state
management
policy
is
equivalent
to
a
management
policy
that
is
optimal
outside
the
stochastic
steady
state.
The
results
contained
in
this
paper
provide
a
useful
link
between
steady
state
optimal
management
policies
in
the
deterministic
resource
economics
and
biology
literatures
and
the
quickly
developing
stochastic
resource
literature.

Smith,
J.
Barry
and
Shlomo
Weber
(
1989).
"
Contemporaneous
Externalities,
Rational
Expectations,
and
Equilibrium
Production
Functions
in
Natural
Resource
Models."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
17:
155­
170.

This
paper
examines
traditional
approaches
to
modeling
production
processes
in
resource
industries
and
finds
that
they
are
often
incomplete
with
respect
to
desired
properties
and
restrictions.
A
new
notion
of
equilibrium
production
functions
is
introduced
in
which
explicit
account
is
taken
of
the
recognized
interdependence
of
firms
involved
in
extraction.
The
results
are
quite
encouraging.
In
particular,
the
resultant
model
of
production
has
the
ex
ante
desired
technical,
externality,
mass
balance
aggregation,
and
heterogeneity
properties.
As
well,
it
provides
useful
insights
for
empirical
research.
Finally,
this
new
approach
with
its
explicit
recognition
of
the
interdependence
of
firms
has
the
potential
for
providing
new
directions
into
the
analysis
of
industry
equilibrium
and
regulation
of
resource
industries.

Smith,
Joseph
W.
(
1994).

Biology
and
Fishery
for
Atlantic
Thread
Herring,
Opisthonema
oglinum,
along
the
North
Carolina
Coast.

Marine
Fisheries
Review,
56(
4):
1­
7.

The
Atlantic
thread
herring
resource,
especially
the
stock
in
the
eastern
Gulf
of
Mexico,
has
been
extolled
as
a
latent
resource
and
an
alterative
to
menhaden
for
a
reduction
fishery.
Objectives
of
this
study
are
to
1)
describe
the
purse
seine
reduction
fishery
for
Atlantic
thread
herring
in
North
Carolina
and
2)
determine
the
size,
age
composition,
and
reproductive
conditions
of
the
catch.

Smith,
Philip
J.
(
1997).

Report
to
the
Fleet.

National
Marine
Fisheries
6
1
1
Service,
Restricted
Access
Management
Division,
P.
O.
Box
21668,
Juneau,
Alaska,
March,
25
pp.

This
report
contains
general
information
about
the
IFQ
program

s
history
and
main
elements,
a
review
of
the
performance
of
the
program
and
the
fleet
during
the
1996
season,
a
discussion
of
the
numbers,
rules,
and
regulations
that
will
govern
the
1997
season,
a
discussion
of
ideas
for
program
changes,
and
a
variety
of
charts
and
tables
in
the
appendix.

Smith,
Philip
J.
(
1998).

1998
Report
to
the
Fleet.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Restricted
Access
Management
Division,
P.
O.
Box
21668,
Juneau,
Alaska,
February,
25
pp.

This
report
contains
general
information
about
the
IFQ
program

s
history
and
main
elements,
a
review
of
the
performance
of
the
program
and
the
fleet
during
the
1997
and
1998
seasons,
a
discussion
of
the
IFQ
program,
such
as
issuance
of
quota
shares,
transfer
activity,
and
consolidation.
Information
on
Magnuson/
Stevens
Act
Amendments,
IRS
tax
tips,
and
the
IFQ
program
on
the
Internet
is
also
provided.

Smith,
Suzanna
and
Michael
Jepson
(
1993).
"
Big
Fish,
Little
Fish:
Politics
and
Power
in
the
Regulation
of
Florida's
Marine
Resources."
Social
Problems,
40
(
1):?­?.

This
paper
draws
on
interviews
with
70
couples
in
commercial
fishing
families
to
examine
the
relative
influence
of
objective
scientific
information
as
opposed
to
political
and
social
considerations
on
the
management
and
allocation
of
marine
resources.
Decisions
about
the
regulation
of
commercial
fishing
are
influenced
by
Florida's
economic
dependence
on
tourism
and
related
development
and
competition
for
control
of
the
state's
coastal
resources.
Class,
power,
and
bureaucratic
knowledge
all
have
a
part
in
the
decisions
that
shape
the
regulation
of
Florida's
inshore
net
fishing
industry.

Smith,
Terrance
(
1997).

Solving
the
Bycatch
Problem:
An
Economic
Perspective.

In
Solving
Bycatch,
Considerations
for
Today
and
Tomorrow,
Alaskan
Sea
Grant
College
Program
Report
No.
96­
03,
University
of
Alaska,
Fairbanks,
Alaska,
322
pp.

Because
most
fishing
gear
is
completely
selective,
fishing
operations
result
in
the
incidental
catch
of
species
not
targeted.
This
incidental
catch,
or
bycatch,
can
occur
in
two
contexts:
(
1)
in
a
mix
species
or
multispecies
fishery
where
the
species
caught
are
managed
as
a
unit
or
by
a
single
management
agency,
or
(
2)
in
fisheries
where
the
bycatch
of
species
regulated
by
a
different
management
entity
must
be
minimized.
From
an
economic
perspective,
the
first
kind
of
bycatch
can
be
dealt
with
using
traditional
management
tools.
Regulating
the
second
kind
of
bycatch,
however,
creates
additional
costs.
The

bycatch

fishery
experiences
control
costs
­
foregone
revenue
from
the
loss
of
target
species
that
might
have
been
taken,
and
in
addition,
the
increased
operational
cost
associated
with
avoiding
bycatch.
The

other

fishery
experiences
impact
cost
­
foregone
revenue
because
the
bycatch
fishery
reduced
the
potential
yield
form
the
fishery.
This
second
class
of
bycatch
control
problem
is
common
and
exists,
for
example,
in
the
groundfish
fisheries
off
Alaska,
where
the
bycatch
of
halibut,
red
king
crab,
Tanner
crab,
herring,
and
salmon
is
limited.
It
also
exists
in
the
gillnet
fisheries
for
groundfish
off
New
England,
where
time/
area
closures
limit
target
catch
to
reduce
harbor
porpoise
bycatch
mortality.
Controlling
bycatch
is
thus
another
allocation
issue
and
amenable
to
cost/
benefit
analysis.
An
examination
of
current
bycatch
management
systems
in
the
Alaskan
groundfish
fisheries
and
the
northeast
groundfish
gillnet
fisheries
illustrate
6
1
2
considerable
differences
between
control
and
impact
costs.

Smith,
Terry
and
Ron
Miller
(
1987).
"
Limited
Access
in
Alaskan
Fisheries:
some
Options."
Discussion
Paper
87­
1,
North
Pacific
Fishery
management
Council,
September,
17
pp.

This
paper
describes
limited
access
management
for
the
Alaskan
groundfish
fisheries.

Smith,
V.
Kerry
(
1975).
"
Travel
Cost
Demand
Models
for
Wilderness
Recreation:
A
Problem
of
Non­
Nested
Hypotheses."
Land
Economics,
51(
2):
103­
111.

The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
examine
the
extent
to
which
the
traditional
specifications
of
the
travel
cost
demand
equations
would
be
acceptable
models
for
wilderness
recreation
for
one
case
study
­
the
Desolation
Wilderness
Area
in
Northern
California.
Several
specifications
of
travel
cost
models
are
examined
and
a
recent
test
for
non­
nested
hypotheses
is
used
to
discriminate
between
them.
Overall
the
findings
suggest
that
while
travel
cost
equations
can
readily
be
estimated
and
by
conventional
criteria
they
might
be
considered
fully
acceptable,
it
is
not
clear
that
they
should
be
accepted
as
reflecting
adequately
the
character
of
the
demand
for
wilderness
recreation.

Smith,
V.
Kerry
(
1977).
"
Control
Theory
Applied
to
Natural
and
Environmental
Resources,
An
Exposition."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
4:
1­
24.

Four
control
theory
models
of
natural
and
environmental
resource
use,
drawn
from
the
existing
literature,
are
developed
in
a
manner
to
emphasize
their
technical
and
decentralized
interpretive
similarity.
Renewable,
nonrenewable,
and
amenity
resource
use
are
treated
as
closely
related
problems
of
optimal
(
biological,
earth
material,
ecological,
or
environmental)
capital
allocation
over
time.
Thus
nonrenewable
resources,
and
the
problem
of
exhaustion,
are
just
limiting
(
zero
growth)
cases
of
renewable
resources,
and
the
problem
of
species
extinction.
Just
as
exhaustion
can
be
optimal,
extinction
can
be
optimal.
Waste
recycling
is
treated
as
part
of
the
problem
of
optimal
regeneration
of
"
clean"
environmental
capital;
wilderness
use
as
a
problem
of
managing
the
regeneration
of
ecological
capital.

Smith,
V.
Kerry
(
1979).
"
Natural
Resource
Scarcity:
A
Statistical
Analysis."
The
Review
of
Economics
and
Statistics,
61:
423­
427.

This
paper
evaluates
the
tends
in
relative
prices
of
natural
resource
commodity
aggregates
using
statistical
methods
that
permit
the
analysis
of
the
stability
and
the
direction
of
movement
in
these
series
over
time
to
determine
resource
scarcity.

Smith,
V.
Kerry
(
1979).
Scarcity
and
Growth
Reconsidered.
Resources
for
the
Future,
The
Johns
Hopkins
University
Press,
Baltimore.

This
volume
is
based
on
a
conference
that
investigated
resource
scarcity.
The
objective
is
to
report
on
an
effort
to
reconsider
the
long
run
importance
and
availability
of
natural
resources
for
economic
growth
and
material
well
being.
The
forum
was
organized
around
three
broad
aspects
of
scarcity
and
growth:
(
1)
the
role
of
natural
resources
in
economic
modeling;
(
2)
the
nature
of
the
physical
constraints
on
the
availability
of
natural
resources;
and
(
3)
the
ability
of
empirical
methods
to
gauge
the
potential
for
stringencies
in
our
natural
resource
endowments.
6
1
3
Smith,
V.
Kerry
(
1980).
"
The
Evaluation
of
Natural
Resource
Adequacy:
Elusive
Quest
or
Frontier
of
Economic
Analysis."
Land
Economics,
56(
3):
257­
298.

This
paper
addresses
how
well
analysts
have
dealt
with
evaluating
the
adequacy
of
our
natural
resources.
To
do
so,
we
consider
the
most
influential
analyses
of
resource
scarcity,
developing
their
intellectual
roots
and
detailing
the
methods
they
used.
With
this
background,
together
with
some
perspective
on
the
current
empirical
analyses
of
the
extent
to
which
the
United
States
has
experienced
increased
scarcity
of
natural
resources,
we
examine
the
theory
underlying
the
measurement
of
scarcity
indexes
and
the
mechanisms
through
which
natural
resource
constraints
might
be
relaxed.
Our
appraisal
of
this
work
is
closed
with
direct
consideration
of
the
relationship
between
meeting
environmental
quality
goals
and
natural
resource
needs,
as
well
as
with
a
review
of
the
implications
of
this
evaluation
for
further
research.

Smith,
V.
Kerry
(
1988).
"
Selection
and
Recreational
Demand."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
70(
1):
29­
36.

This
article
compares
five
methods
for
estimating
travel
cost
recreation
demand
models
with
micro
data.
The
models
are
distinguished
by
their
treatment
of
selection
effects
that
arise
with
on­
site
surveys.
The
comparison
considers
adjusting
for
selection
effects
in
a
variety
of
ways,
including
single
and
double
selection
rule
models.
Both
parameter
and
consumer
surplus
estimates
were
evaluated.
The
findings
indicate
that
the
treatment
of
selection
effects
alone
was
not
important
for
this
case.
However,
the
choice
of
an
estimator
did
lead
to
large
variations
in
per
trip
consumer
surplus
estimates.

Smith,
V.
Kerry
(
1990).
"
Estimating
Recreation
Demand
Using
the
Properties
of
the
Implied
Consumer
Surplus."
Land
Economics,
66(
2):
111­
120.

Bockstael
and
Strand
(
1987)
judged
the
methods
for
estimating
demand
or
random
utility
models
based
on
the
properties
of
their
respective
consumer
surplus
estimates.
This
paper
proposes
to
define
estimators
based
on
the
properties
of
their
implied
consumer
surplus
estimates.
This
type
of
argument
is
not
new
and
usually
is
associated
with
the
rationale
offered
for
Bayesian
estimators.
However,
the
motivation
for
the
estimator
proposed
here
can
be
based
on
minimizing
the
mean
squared
error
of
the
consumer
surplus
estimates.
Moreover,
it
can
be
constructed
from
the
statistics
usually
reported
with
ordinary
least
squares
estimates.

Smith,
V.
Kerry
(
1993).
"
Parallels
in
Fishery
Management
and
Natural
Resource
Damage
Assessment:
Discussion."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
75(
5):
1196­
1197.

The
papers
by
Milon
"
U.
S.
Fisheries
Management
and
Economic
Analysis:
Implications
of
the
Alaskan
Groundfish
Controversy,"
Hanemann
and
Strand
"
Natural
Resource
Damage
Assessment:
Economic
Implications
for
Fisheries
Management,"
and
Sutinen
"
Recreational
and
Commercial
Fisheries
Allocation
with
Costly
Enforcement"
provide
practical
and
conceptual
insights
by
identifying
the
relevance
of
marginal
and
boundary
conditions
for
both
the
economic
measures
of
efficiency
and
of
asset
values
used
to
address
fishery
policies.

Smith,
V.
Kerry
(
1993).
"
Nonmarket
Valuation
of
Environmental
Resources:
An
Interpretive
Appraisal."
Land
Economics,
69(
1):
1­
6
1
4
26.

This
paper
reviews
research
on
nonmarket
valuation.
It
seeks
to
gauge
whether
the
methods
are
up
to
the
tasks
demanded
of
them
and
to
identify
new
research
priorities.
The
evaluation
suggests
that
we
can
outline
a
protocol
for
implementing
and
using
the
methods
with
some
resources,
while
for
other
resources
our
experience
is
still
developing.
Because
the
demands
for
valuation
information
are
increasing
as
fast
as
our
understanding
of
measurement
methods
is
advancing,
the
next
step
in
development
requires
defining
a
systematic

commodity
structure

for
environmental
services
with
the
needs
for
valuation
measures
providing
conceptual
underpinnings.

Smith,
V.
Kerry
(
1993).
"
Welfare
Effects,
Omitted
Variables,
and
the
Extent
of
the
Market."
Land
Economics,
69(
2):
121­
131.

This
paper
offers
an
economic
interpretation
of
Kling

s
(
1989)
finding
that
single
price
change
measures
of
consumer
surplus
will
provide
an
unbiased
measure
for
a
multiple
price
change,
provided
the
prices
are
perfectly
correlated.
The
explanation
lies
in
recognizing
that
correlation
in
this
case
serves
to
define
the
commodity
extent­
of­
the­
market.
Using
this
link,
the
paper
demonstrates
how
the
insights
involved
in
defining
general
equilibrium
demand
functions
or
equivalently
residual
demand
models
can
be
adapted
to
fit
the
issues
raised
with
travel
cost
models
in
accounting
for
the
effects
of
substitutes.

Smith,
V.
Kerry
and
William
H.
Desvousges
(
1986).
Measuring
Water
Quality
Benefits.
Kluwer­
Nijhoff
Publishing,
Boston.

This
book
reviews
alternative
approaches
for
estimating
recreation
and
related
benefits
of
water
quality.

Smith,
V.
Kerry
and
Yoshiaki
Kaoru
(
1987).
"
The
Hedonic
Travel
Cost
Model:
A
View
from
the
Trenches."
Land
Economics,
63(
2):
179­
192.

The
hedonic
travel
cost
framework
recognizes
that
individuals'
decisions
to
visit
recreation
sites
can
be
used
to
estimate
implicit
prices
for
the
characteristics
of
these
sites.
Moreover,
with
these
prices
and
individuals'
consumption
choices,
the
demands
for
characteristics
can
also
be
recovered.
However,
the
actual
process
of
implementing
the
model
requires
a
substantial
amount
of
information
on
households'
recreation
decisions
as
well
as
some
detailed
models.

Smith,
V.
Kerry
and
Raymond
J.
Kopp
(
1980).
"
The
Spatial
Limits
of
the
Travel
Cost
Recreational
Demand
Model."
Land
Economics,
56(
1):
64­
72.

This
article
describes
a
method
for
judging
the
spatial
limits
of
travel
cost
recreational
demand
models
as
they
are
conventionally
applied
to
secondary
data
sets.
The
spatial
limits
result
from
the
assumptions
necessary
to
use
the
available
secondary
data
to
estimate
the
representative
individual's
demand
for
a
given
recreational
site's
services
including
(
a)
the
objective
of
the
trip
to
the
recreational
site;
(
b)
the
amount
of
time
spent
on
the
site
during
each
trip,
and
(
c)
the
mode
of
travel
and
corresponding
travel
costs
required
to
reach
the
site.
A
statistical
test
for
the
stability
of
the
estimated
demand
functions'
parameters
provides
an
empirical
basis
for
determining
the
extent
to
which
the
required
assumptions
are
consistent
with
given
samples.
Further
it
is
possible
to
adjust
the
composition
of
the
sample
of
origin
zones
used
in
deriving
final
demand
estimates
to
reflect
these
bounds.
6
1
5
Smith,
V.
Kerry,
William
H.
Desvousges,
and
Matthew
P.
McGivney
(
1983).
"
The
Opportunity
Cost
of
Travel
Time
in
Recreation
Demand
Models."
Land
Economics,
59(
3):
259­
278.

The
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
evaluate
current
proposals
for
valuing
travel
time
in
the
specification
of
recreation
demand
models.
Based
on
a
household
production
framework,
our
analysis
examines
the
implications
of
the
treatment
of
travel
and
on­
site
times
in
recreation
models.
The
empirical
results
are
based
on
demand
functions
estimated
for
43
water
based
recreation
sites
with
the
Federal
Estate
component
of
the
1977
National
Recreation
Survey.

Smith,
V.
L.
(
1968).
"
Economics
of
Production
from
Natural
Resources."
American
Economic
Review
58:
409­
431.

This
paper
attempts
to
provide
a
unified
theory
of
production
from
natural
resources.
A
single
model
of
an
industry
is
used
to
describe
a
dynamic
process
of
recovery
from
such
technologically
diverse
resources
as
fish,
timber,
petroleum,
and
minerals.
Recovery
for
each
of
these
resources
is
seen
as
a
special
case
of
a
general
model
depending
upon
whether
the
resource
is
replenishable,
and
on
whether
production
exhibits
significant
externalities.
A
model
of
centralized
management,
with
particular
reference
to
common
property
resources,
such
as
fisheries
under
stationary
conditions
is
also
discussed
and
compared
with
competitive
recovery
in
the
stationary
state.

Smith,
V.
L.
(
1969).
"
On
Models
of
Commercial
Fishing."
Journal
of
Political
Economy
77:
181­
198.

The
model
provides
one
example
of
a
descriptive
theory
that
transforms
any
specific
pattern
of
assumptions
about
cost
conditions,
demand
externalities,
and
biomass
growth
technology
into
a
pattern
(
conceivably
observable)
of
exploitation.
The
model
or
variations
on
it
would
appear
to
have
much
wider
possible
applications,
such
as
(
1)
a
theory
of
bionomic
equilibrium
in
primitive
hunter
cultures
and
(
2)
possibly
the
rudiments
of
an
economic
theory
of
species
extinction,
both
historical
and
modern.

Smith,
V.
L.
(
1977).
Economics
of
Natural
and
Environmental
Resources.
Gordon
and
Breach,
New
York.

This
book
contains
a
selection
of
papers
in
economic
theory
of
natural
resources
including
basic
and
production
theory
and
petroleum,
biological
(
fisheries),
water,
and
environmental
resource
applications.

Snead,
Larry
L.
(
1989).
"
A
U.
S.
Perspective
on
Access
to
Fisheries
Resources."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
51(
1):
15­
17.

The
result
of
the
passage
of
the
Magnuson
Act
and
the
adoption
of
200
mile
exclusive
economic
zones
(
EEZ)
has
been
that
a
new
international
framework
for
fisheries
is
emerging
and
is
continuing
to
evolve.
U.
S.
international
fisheries
policies
have
paralleled
this
change
in
the
pattern
of
access
to
fisheries
resources,
shifting
from
the
promotion
of
domestic
fishing
fleets
to
emphasizing
issues
relating
to
fisheries
activities
beyond
the
EEZ.

Snyder,
Donald
L.
and
Rabindra
N.
Bhattacharyya
(
1990).
"
A
More
General
Dynamic
Economic
Model
of
the
Optimal
Rotation
of
Multiple­
Use
Forests."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
18:
168­
175.

a
deterministic
optimal
control
model
is
presented
for
a
multiple
use
6
1
6
forest,
with
specific
consideration
given
to
provision
and
maintenance
costs
associated
with
a
flow
of
nontimber
values.
A
relatively
simple
relationship
is
found
that
determines
the
optimal
rotation
length
for
such
a
forest.

Socioeconomic
Panel
(
1993).
"
Report
of
the
Socioeconomic
Panel
Meeting
on
Reef
Fish."
Briefing
Book
Addition,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
FL.

The
social
and
economic
implications
of
the
1993
Stock
Assessments
for
reef
fish
are
discussed
and
recommendations
made
for
their
management.

Socioeconomic
Panel
(
1994).
"
Report
of
the
Socioeconomic
Panel
Meeting
on
Reef
Fish."
Final
report,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
FL.

The
socioeconomic
panel
recommendations
for
the
management
of
the
reef
fish
fishery
are
presented
in
the
paper
based
on
a
review
of
the
stock
assessment
panel
recommendations
and
the
available
economic
and
sociological
data
and
analysis.

Socioeconomic
Panel
(
1994).
"
Report
of
the
Socioeconomic
Panel
Meeting
on
Reef
Fish."
Draft
report,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
FL.

The
socioeconomic
panel
recommendations
for
the
management
of
the
reef
fish
fishery
are
presented
in
the
paper
based
on
a
review
of
the
stock
assessment
panel
recommendations
and
the
available
economic
and
sociological
data
and
analysis.

Socioeconomic
Panel
(
1995).
"
Report
of
the
Socioeconomic
Panel
Meeting
on
Reef
Fish."
Final
report,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
FL,
November,
17
pp.

The
socioeconomic
panel
recommendations
for
the
management
of
the
reef
fish
fishery
are
presented
in
the
paper
based
on
a
review
of
the
stock
assessment
panel
recommendations
and
the
available
economic
and
sociological
data
and
analysis.

Socioeconomic
Panel
(
1995).
"
Report
of
the
Third
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagics
Socioeconomic
Panel
Meeting."
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
April
18­
20,
9
pp.

The
socioeconomic
panel
recommendations
for
the
management
of
the
coastal
migratory
pelatic
fishery
are
presented
based
on
a
review
of
the
stock
assessment
panel
recommendations
and
the
available
economic
and
sociological
data
and
analysis.

Socioeconomic
Panel
(
1995).
"
Report
of
the
Fourth
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagics
Socioeconomic
Panel
Meeting."
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
Florida,
April
13­
14,
10
pp.

The
socioeconomic
panel
recommendations
for
the
management
of
the
coastal
migratory
pelatic
fishery
are
presented
based
on
a
review
of
the
stock
6
1
7
assessment
panel
recommendations
and
the
available
economic
and
sociological
data
and
analysis.

Socioeconomic
Panel
(
1995).
"
Report
of
the
Socioeconomic
Panel
Meeting
on
Evaluation
of
Existing
Data
on
the
Mackerel
Fishery."
Draft
report,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Tampa,
FL.

The
Socioeconomic
Assessment
Panel
(
SEP)
met
to
evaluate
existing
social
and
economic
data
on
the
Gulf
mackerel
fishery.

Socioeconomic
Panel
(
1996).
"
Report
of
the
Socioeconomic
Panel
Meeting
on
Amendment
14
to
the
Reef
Fish
Fishery
Management
Plan."
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
FL,
April,
6
pp.

The
socioeconomic
panel
recommendations
for
the
management
of
the
reef
fish
fishery
are
presented
in
the
paper
based
on
a
review
of
the
stock
assessment
panel
recommendations
and
the
available
economic
and
sociological
data
and
analysis.

Socioeconomic
Panel
(
1996).
"
Report
of
the
Socioeconomic
Panel
Meeting
on
Amendment
9
to
the
Shrimp
Fishery
Management
Plan."
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
331,
5401
West
Kennedy
Boulevard,
Tampa,
FL,
June,
7
pp.

The
report
contains
comments
provided
by
the
Socioeconomic
Panel
(
SEP)
on
shrimp
amendment
9
implementing
bycatch
reduction
devices
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.
While
endorsing
the
modeling
framework
used
in
the
regulatory
impact
review,
a
number
of
comments
are
provided
to
improve
the
amendment.
The
panel
also
endorsed
the
conclusion
that
without
ITQ

s
in
the
managed
finfish
fisheries,
any
potential
benefits
from
bycatch
reduction
would
be
lost.

Socioeconomic
Panel
(
1997).
"
Report
of
the
Sixth
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagics
Socioeconomic
Panel
Meeting."
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
The
Commons
at
Rivergate,
3018
U.
S.
Highway
301
North,
Suite
1000,
Tampa,
FL,
April,
9
pp.

Review
of
the
social
and
economic
implications
of
the
1997
estimates
of
acceptable
biological
catch
(
ABC)
for
Gulf
king
and
Spanish
mackerel.

Socioeconomic
Panel
(
1997).
"
Report
of
the
Socioeconomic
Panel
Meeting
on
Reef
Fish."
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
The
Commons
at
Rivergate,
3018
U.
S.
Highway
301
North,
Suite
1000,
Tampa,
FL,
October,
34
pp.

The
socioeconomic
panel
recommendations
for
the
management
of
the
red
snapper,
gag,
and
updated
information
on
gray
triggerfish
are
presented
in
the
paper
based
on
a
review
of
the
stock
assessment
panel
recommendations
and
the
available
economic
and
sociological
data
and
analysis.

Socioeconomic
Panel
(
1998).
"
Oct.
22­
23
Reef
Fish
Stock
Assessment
Socioeconomic
Panel
Meeting."
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
The
Commons
at
Rivergate,
3018
U.
S.
Highway
301
North,
Suite
1000,
Tampa,
FL,
Oct.

A
collection
of
biological
and
economic
analyses
used
as
background
material
for
the
socioeconomic
panel
meeting
on
reef
fish
including
the
stock
assessment
report,
a
summary
of
recreational
landings
data,
economic
review
of
6
1
8
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
commercial
fishery,
and
peer
review
report
on
red
snapper
management.

Socioeconomic
Panel
(
1998).
"
Report
of
the
Seventh
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagics
Socioeconomic
Panel
Meeting."
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
The
Commons
at
Rivergate,
3018
U.
S.
Highway
301
North,
Suite
1000,
Tampa,
FL,
March,
36
pp.

The
social
and
economic
implications
of
the
1993
stock
assessments
for
king
and
Spanish
mackerel
were
discussed
and
recommendations
made
for
their
management.

Socioeconomic
Panel
(
1998).
"
Report
of
the
Socioeconomic
Panel
Meeting
on
Reef
Fish."
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
The
Commons
at
Rivergate,
3018
U.
S.
Highway
301
North,
Suite
1000,
Tampa,
FL,
August,
28
pp.

The
social
and
economic
implications
of
the
1998
stock
assessments
for
vermilion
snapper
and
gag
were
discussed
and
recommendations
made
for
their
management.

Socioeconomic
Panel
(
1998).
"
Report
of
the
Socioeconomic
Panel
Meeting
on
Reef
Fish."
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
The
Commons
at
Rivergate,
3018
U.
S.
Highway
301
North,
Suite
1000,
Tampa,
FL,
October,
32
pp.

The
social
and
economic
implications
of
the
1998
stock
assessments
for
vermilion
snapper
and
gag
were
discussed
and
recommendations
made
for
their
management.

Socioeconomic
Panel
(
1999).
"
Report
of
the
Socioeconomic
Panel
Meeting
on
Draft
Amendment
for
a
Charter
Vessel/
Headboat
Permit
Moratorium."
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
The
Commons
at
Rivergate,
3018
U.
S.
Highway
301
North,
Suite
1000,
Tampa,
FL,
October,
19
pp.

The
panel
generally
endorses
the
adoption
of
regulations
to
limit
charterboat
participation
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
to
control
the
transfer
of
permits
between
fishermen.
The
discussion
focuses
on
the
different
types
of
charter
boat
limited
entry
programs
that
could
be
implemented.

Solow,
Robert
M.
(
1974).
"
Intergenerational
Equity
and
Exhaustible
Resources."
Review
of
Economic
Studies,
3:
29­
45.

The
max­
min
principle
is
applied
to
intergenerational
equity
using
optimal
capital
accumulation
as
a
guide
beginning
with
a
constant
population,
no
technical
progress,
and
no
scarce
natural
resource
case
and
adding
complications
one
at
a
time.

Solow,
Robert
M.
(
1976).
"
Optimal
Fishing
with
a
Natural
Predator."
In
Ronald
E.
Grieson
(
ed.)
Public
and
Urban
Economics,
Chapter
13,
Lexington
Books,
D.
C.
Heath
and
Company,
Lexington,
Massachusetts.

The
author
extends
the
standard
fisheries
economics
problem
to
include
the
influence
of
a
natural
predator
on
the
commercially
harvested
species.
While
some
of
the
analysis
appears
to
be
missing,
it
should
be
easily
replicated.
Modifications
of
the
model
to
reflect
competitive
and
commensal
situations
are
suggested,
but
not
pursued.
6
1
9
Somers,
Ian
and
You­
Gan
Wang
(
1995).

A
Bioeconomic
Analysis
of
Seasonal
Closures
in
Australia

s
Multispecies
Northern
Prawn
Fishery.

Draft
report
submitted
to
the
North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management.

In
Australia

s
northern
prawn
fishery,
seasonal
closures
are
used
to
manage
the
size
composition
of
the
commercial
catch.
While
primarily
aimed
at
short
term
economic
benefits
of
improved
yield
per
recruit,
they
are
also
used
to
help
reduce
the
risk
of
recruitment
over
fishing.
Until
recent
years,
seasonal
closures
took
the
form
of
a
single
closed
season
in
late
summer
to
protect
juvenile
banana
prawns
(
Penaeus
merguiensis)
during
months
of
peak
recruitment.
However,
with
the
growing
commercial
importance
of
tiger
prawns,
(
P.
esculentus
and
P.
semisulcatus)
and
concern
for
their
recruitment
over
fishing,
a
second
mid
year
closure
was
introduced
to
protect
subadult
tiger
prawns
until
their
main
spawning
season,
which
begins
in
August.
In
this
paper,
we
use
a
simulation
model
of
the
northern
prawn
fishery
to
assess
the
biological
and
economic
effectiveness
of
seasonal
closures,
specifically
in
yield,
income,
net
operating
income,
and
spawning
stock
indices.
Because
there
is
no
reliable
spawning
stock
recruitment
relationship,
recruitment
was
assumed
to
be
constant;
thus
analysis
was
effectively
per
recruit.
Our
base
model,
with
closures
between
1
December
and
1
April
and
between
25
June
and
1
August,
closely
resembles
the
current
seasonal
closure
regime
in
the
fishery.
Using
this
model,
net
operating
income
was
found
to
increase
by
3.7%
with
a
single
closed
season
between
28
November
and
14
April,
but
tiger
prawn
spawning
indices
reduced
by
an
average
of
5.6%.
A
single
closed
season
between
13
December
and
8
May
retained
the
same
protection
on
subadult
tiger
prawns
as
the
base
model,
but
increased
the
net
income
by
2.3%.
Net
operating
income
was
relatively
insensitive
to
closure
dates;
any
opening
date
between
17
March
and
2
June
would
result
in
net
operating
income
within
5%
of
the
maximum.

Song,
Yann­
huei
(
1998).

Comments
Made
In
Relation
to
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity.

Associate
Research
Fellow,
Institute
of
European
and
American
Studies,
Academia
Sinica,
Nankang,
Taipei,
Taiwan,
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity,
La
Jolla
California,
U.
S.
A.,
April
15­
18,
4
pp.

A
list
of
important
issues
in
relation
to
management
of
fishing
capacity
which
need
to
be
carefully
addressed
in
the
guidelines
on
fishing
capacity.

Sonu,
Sunee
C.
(
1994).
"
The
Japanese
Market
for
U.
S.
Tuna
Products."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS,
NOAA­
TM­
NMFS­
SWR­
029,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southwest
Region,
Long
Beach,
California,
September,
64
pp.

An
assessment
of
the
Japanese
tuna
market
and
the
role
that
U.
S.
firms
could
play
in
meeting
demand
for
fresh
tuna
products.
Five
strategies
are
suggested:
(
1)
farming
of
bluefin
tuna;
(
2)
value
added
products;
(
3)
direct
sale
of
fresh
tuna
to
the
Tokyo
central
wholesale
market;
(
4)
sale
to
other
wholesale
markets;
and
(
5)
direct
sales
to
supermarket
chains.

Sonu,
Sunee
C.
(
1995).
"
The
Japanese
Sea
Urchin
Market."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS,
NOAA­
TM­
NMFS­
SWR­
030,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southwest
Region,
Long
Beach,
California,
September,
33
pp.

Japan
is
by
far
the
world

s
largest
importer
and
consumer
of
sea
urchin
roe.
The
United
States
has
become
the
largest
supplier
of
sea
urchins
and
sea
6
2
0
urchin
roe
to
Japan.
Most
fresh
sea
urchin
roe
are
sold
through
auction
at
the
Tokyo
Central
Wholesale
Market.
The
tariff
for
sea
urchin
roe
is
higher
than
rates
for
most
other
seafood
products
imported
into
Japan
and
the
tariff
for
U.
S.
exports
is
higher
than
the
rate
imposed
on
other
major
suppliers.
The
future
market
of
U.
S.
sea
urchins
in
Japan
depends
to
a
large
extent
on
Japanese
sea
urchin
harvests.
Because
sea
urchin
stocks
appear
to
be
declining,
and
domestic
harvest
is
not
likely
to
increase
in
the
short
term,
increased
export
of
U.
S.
sea
urchins
and
their
roe
has
significant
potential
especially
if
tariff
rates
can
be
reduced.

Sonu,
Sunee
C.
(
1996).
"
The
Japanese
Sablefish
Market."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS,
NOAA­
TM­
NMFS­
SWR­
031,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southwest
Region,
Long
Beach,
California,
November,
52
pp.

This
report
provides
a
detailed
examination
of
the
Japanese
sablefish
fishery,
imports,
and
market,
to
identify
potential
opportunities
for
export
of
U.
S.
products,
and
to
identify
strategies
which
may
help
increase
such
efforts.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1981).
"
Profile
of
the
Penaeid
Shrimp
Fishery
in
the
South
Atlantic."
Final
Report,
Southpark
Building,
Suite
306,
One
Southpark
Circle,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407,
November.

Review
of
the
available
data
and
a
description
of
the
shrimp
fishery
in
the
southern
Atlantic
states.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1982).
"
Source
Document
for
the
Swordfish
Fishery
Management
Plan."
One
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina,
May.

This
source
document
contains
the
detailed
scientific,
technical
and
other
supportive
documentation
on
which
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Swordfish
is
based.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1983).
"
Source
Document
for
the
Snapper­
Grouper
Fishery
of
the
South
Atlantic
Region."
One
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina,
February.

This
source
document
is
the
background
material
for
the
Snapper­
Grouper
Fishery
Management
Plan
of
the
South
Atlantic
Region,
containing
detailed
supportive
documentation
on
which
the
management
regime
for
the
snappergrouper
fishery
is
based.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1983).
"
Fishery
Management
Plan,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
and
Final
Environmental
Impact
Statement
for
the
Snapper­
Grouper
Fishery
of
the
South
Atlantic
Region."
One
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina,
March.

This
document
presents
a
combined
fishery
management
plan
(
FMP)
for
the
snapper­
grouper
fishery
of
the
South
Atlantic
Region,
regulatory
impact
review
(
RIR)
of
the
economic
consequences
of
the
proposed
management
measures,
and
final
environmental
impact
statement
(
FEIS)
describing
the
possible
effects
on
the
environment
of
implementing
the
plan.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1985).
"
Fishery
Management
6
2
1
Plan,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis,
and
Final
Environmental
Impact
Statement
for
Atlantic
Swordfish."
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina,
February.

The
fishery
management
plan
for
swordfish
in
the
south
Atlantic
region.
The
fishery
is
in
or
near
a
state
of
growth
overfishing.
Domestic
landings
are
controlled
by
a
variable
season
closure
(
VSC).
Foreign
fishing
is
prohibited
and
a
bycatch
in
the
foreign
tuna
fishery
is
restricted.
Permits
to
fish
are
required
and
observer
coverage
of
a
sample
of
boats
is
made
mandatory.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1988).
"
Fishery
Management
Plan,
Final
Environmental
Impact
Statement,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
and
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis
for
the
Atlantic
Billfishes."
1
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina,
March.

The
proposed
action
will
result
in
management
of
the
billfish
fishery
in
the
Exclusive
Economic
Zone
(
EEZ)
of
the
South
Atlantic,
Gulf
of
Mexico,
Caribbean,
Mid­
Atlantic,
and
New
England
Councils.
The
species
regulated
are
the
sailfish,
Istiophorus
platypterus;
the
white
marlin,
Tetrapturus
albidus;
the
blue
marlin,
Makaira
nigricans,
and
the
longbill
spearfish,
Tetrapturus
pfluegeri.
The
objectives
are
to
:
1)
maintain
the
highest
availability
of
billfishes
to
the
U.
S.
recreational
fishery;
2)
optimize
the
social
and
economic
benefits
to
the
nation
by
reserving
the
billfish
resource
for
its
traditional
use
which
on
the
continental
U.
S.
is
almost
entirely
a
recreational
fishery.
In
the
Caribbean,
the
fishery
is
both
a
recreational
and
small
scale
handline
fishery
where
billfishes
are
used
as
food;
3)
increase
understanding
of
the
condition
of
the
billfish
stocks
and
the
bill
fish
fishery.
Optimum
yield
for
billfishes
is
the
greatest
number
of
billfish
that
can
be
caught
by
the
recreational
fishery
in
the
EEZ,
consistent
with
the
provisions
of
this
fishery
management
plan,
considering
the
biological
limitations
of
the
stock
and
the
unavoidable
incidental
catches
in
other
fisheries.
Management
measures
proposed
include
a
prohibition
on
the
sale
of
billfish;
a
prohibition
on
possession
by
commercial
longline
and
drift
net
vessels;
minimum
size
limits;
reporting
requirements;
permits
for
foreign
vessels;
and
time
and
area
restrictions
on
foreigners
with
a
bycatch
of
billfish.
The
management
actions
will
be
implemented
under
the
Magnuson
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act
of
1976
(
16
U.
S.
C.
1901,
et
seq.).

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1989).
"
Amendment
#
1
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Swordfish."
Draft,
1
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina,
December.

The
fishery
management
plan
(
FMP)
for
Atlantic
swordfish
was
approved
on
August
22,
1985.
The
FMP
contained
measures
designed
to
cap
the
harvest
of
fish
less
than
50
pounds
dressed
weight
at
the
1980
level
by
implementing
time/
area
closures
(
Variable
Season
Closures
[
VSC]).
The
closures
were
never
implemented
and
on
December
31,
1987
the
VSC
provision
expired.
Currently,
the
FMP
contains
only
data
collection
provisions.
This
amendment
will
implement
management
measures
designed
to
rebuild
the
spawning
stock
to
a
level
that
will
reduce
the
likelihood
of
recruitment
failure.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1990).
"
Amendment
1
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Swordfish."
1
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina,
October,
101
pp.

The
objectives
of
this
amendment
are
to
manage
the
western
North
6
2
2
Atlantic
swordfish
population
under
a
constant
harvest
rate
policy
based
on
F0.1
(
Phase
1).
To
initiate
measures
to
stabilize
or
reduce
the
number
of
participants
in
the
fishery
(
Phase
1).
to
encourage
an
international
management
regime
that
complements
management
measures
adopted
for
the
U.
S.
fishery
(
Phase
1).
To
increase
yield
per
recruit
by
shifting
fishing
mortality
to
larger
size
fish
(
Phase
2).

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1990).
"
Wreckfish."
Amendment
Number
3,
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Analysis
and
Environmental
Assessment
for
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Snapper
Grouper
Fishery
of
the
South
Atlantic
Region,
1
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
August,
34
pp.

An
amendment
to
the
fishery
management
plan
for
wreckfish
that
includes
wreckfish
in
the
management
unit.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1991).
"
Final
Amendment
5
(
Wreckfish),
Regulatory
Impact
Review,
Initial
Regulatory
Flexibility
Determination,
and
Environmental
Assessment
for
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Snapper­
Grouper
Fishery
of
the
South
Atlantic
Region."
1
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
September,
pp.
89.

Fishery
management
plan
for
wreckfish
that
institutes
individual
transferable
quotas.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1993).
"
Draft
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
South
Atlantic
Region."
1
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
268
pp.

Draft
fishery
management
plan
for
the
south
Atlantic
shrimp
fishery.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1993).
"
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
South
Atlantic
Region."
1
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
320
pp.

Final
fishery
management
plan
for
the
south
Atlantic
shrimp
fishery.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1994).
"
Draft
Decision
Document
for
Amendment
1
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
South
Atlantic
Region
(
Rock
Shrimp)."
1
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
27
pp.

A
discussion
of
management
options
for
the
rock
shrimp
fishery
resource
on
the
south
Atlantic
coast
of
the
United
States.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1994).
"
Public
Hearing
Draft
Amendment
1
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Shrimp
Fishery
of
the
South
Atlantic
Region
(
Rock
Shrimp)."
1
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
September,
96
pp.

This
amendment
considers
(
1)
adding
rock
shrimp
to
the
management
unit
of
the
shrimp
FMP,
(
2)
limiting
harvest
area
in
EEZ
from
Duval
through
St.
Lucie
(
Stuart)
counties,
(
3)
implementing
minimum
mesh
size
regulations
for
6
2
3
rock
shrimp,
(
4)
establishing
a
license
limitation
program
for
the
rock
shrimp
fishery,
and
(
5)
establishing
a
co­
management
program
for
the
rock
shrimp
fishery.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1994).
"
Public
Hearing
Draft
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Coral,
Coral
Reefs,
and
Live/
Hard
Bottom
Habitats
of
the
South
Atlantic
Region."
1
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
88
pp.

The
proposed
management
measures
for
coral,
coral
reefs,
and
live/
hard
bottom
habitats
in
the
south
Atlantic
region
involves
the
following
actions:
(
1)
Establish
a
live
rock
aquaculture
permit
system
for
the
South
Atlantic
Exclusive
Economic
Zone;
(
2)
Prohibit
octocoral
harvest
(
North
of
Florida,
North
of
Date
County,
or
throughout
the
South
Atlantic
area
of
jurisdiction);
and
(
3)
Prohibit
anchoring
in
the
Oculina
Bank
Habitat
Area
of
Particular
Concern.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1994).
"
Spanish
Mackerel
Controlled
Access."
1
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
August.

This
paper
discusses
possible
options
for
managing
the
Spanish
mackerel
fishery
under
a
controlled
access
regime.
A
brief
description
of
the
fishery
is
presented,
followed
by
a
discussion
of
the
problems
in
the
fishery
that
could
be
solved
by
a
controlled
access
regime.
A
number
of
instruments
that
could
be
utilized
under
controlled
access
are
discussed.
These
range
from
a
no
action
situation,
to
instruments
that
could
impose
certain
restrictions,
and
finally
to
what
could
be
considered
as
the
most
free
market
situation.
Some
comments
are
provided
on
deciding
the
process
of
how
to
decide
on
initial
eligibility
and
how
to
set
the
initial
TAC
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1994).
"
Spanish
Mackerel
Controlled
Access
Scoping."
1
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
September,
18
pp.

This
paper
discusses
possible
options
for
managing
the
Spanish
mackerel
fishery
under
a
controlled
access
regime.
A
brief
description
of
the
fishery
is
presented,
followed
by
a
discussion
of
the
problems
in
the
fishery
that
could
be
solved
by
a
controlled
access
regime.
A
number
of
instruments
that
could
be
utilized
under
controlled
access
are
discussed.
These
range
from
a
no
action
situation
to
instruments
that
could
impose
certain
restrictions,
and
finally
to
what
could
be
considered
as
the
most
free
market
situation.
Some
comments
are
provided
on
determining
the
process
of
how
to
decide
on
initial
eligibility,
and
how
to
set
the
initial
TAC.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1995).
"
Rock
Shrimp
Public
Hearing
Summary."
Southpark
Building,
Suite
306,
1
Southpark
Circle,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
May,
49
pp.

Adds
rock
shrimp
to
the
fishery
management
plan
for
shrimp,
minimizes
impacts
of
the
rock
shrimp
fishery
on
coral,
coral
reefs,
and
live/
hard
bottom
habitat,
and
implements
permit
and
reporting
requirements
for
the
fishery.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1995).
"
Snapper
Grouper
Assessment
Group
Wreckfish
Report."
Southpark
Building,
Suite
306,
1
Southpark
Circle,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
February,
16
pp.

This
report
presents
the
findings
and
recommendations
of
the
Snapper
6
2
4
Grouper
Assessment
Group
that
reviewed
the
biological
and
fishery
data
on
the
condition
of
the
wreckfish
(
Polyprion
americanus)
resource
in
the
management
unit.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1996).
"
Snapper
Grouper
Assessment
Group
Wreckfish
Report."
Southpark
Building,
Suite
306,
1
Southpark
Circle,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
February,
16
pp.

This
report
presents
the
findings
and
recommendations
of
the
Snapper
Grouper
Assessment
Group
that
reviewed
the
biological
and
fishery
data
on
the
condition
of
the
wreckfish
(
Polyprion
americanus)
resource
in
the
management
unit.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1996).
"
1996
Wreckfish
Assessment
Report."
Southpark
Building,
Suite
306,
1
Southpark
Circle,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
February,
5
pp.

The
final
wreckfish
assessment
report
with
attachments
that
discusses
various
options
for
continuing
the
management
of
the
resource.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1996).
"
Supplement
to
the
Framework
Seasonal
Adjustment
of
Harvest
Levels
and
Procedures
Under
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Resources
(
Mackerels)
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
Region."
Southpark
Building,
Suite
306,
1
Southpark
Circle,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
February,
5
pp.

Regulatory
Impact
Review,
Social
Impact
Assessment,
and
Environmental
Assessment
of
trip
limits
proposed
for
the
king
mackerel
fishery.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1998).
"
Final
Amendment
9
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Snapper
Grouper
Fishery
of
the
South
Atlantic
Region."
Southpark
Building,
Suite
306,
1
Southpark
Circle,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
February,
246
pp.

Size
limits
and
bag
limits
are
established
for
red
porgy,
black
sea
bass,
greater
amberjack,
vermillion
snapper,
gag,
black
grouper,
etc.
and
set
quotas
and
require
escape
vents
and
panels
with
degradable
fasteners
in
black
sea
bass
pots.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1998).
"
Draft
Comprehensive
Habitat
Amendment
and
Related
Habitat
Plan
and
Draft
Comprehensive
Sustainable
Fisheries
Act
Amendment
for
Fishery
Management
Plans
of
the
South
Atlantic
Region."
Southpark
Building,
Suite
306,
1
Southpark
Circle,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
February,
5
pp.

This
draft
amendment
addresses
essential
fish
habitat
requirements
for
FMPs
approved
for
shrimp,
red
drum,
snapper­
grouper,
coastal
migratory
pelagics,
coral,
coral
reefs,
live/
hard
bottom
habitat,
spiny
lobster,
and
golden
crab.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
and
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1994).
"
Amendment
2
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Coral
and
Coral
Reefs,
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic."
South
Park
Building,
1
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
July,
140
pp.
6
2
5
The
proposed
management
program
for
live
rock
in
the
South
Atlantic
region
involves
the
following
actions:
(
1)
Define
live
rock
and
add
it
to
the
Coral
FMP
management
unit;
(
2)
Redefine
allowable
octocorals
to
mean
erect,
nonencrusting
species
of
the
subclass
Octocorallia,
except
the
prohibited
sea
fans
Gorgonia
flabellum
and
G.
ventalina,
including
only
the
substrate
covered
by
and
within
one
inch
of
the
holdfast;
(
3)
Provide
for
different
management
in
the
jurisdictional
areas
of
the
two
Councils
by
promulgating
a
separate
set
of
management
measures
and
regulations
for
the
South
Atlantic;
(
4)
Prohibit
all
wild
live
rock
harvest
north
of
Dade
County
Florida,
and
prohibit
chipping
throughout
the
jurisdiction
of
the
South
Atlantic
Council
immediately.
Cap
wild
harvest
at
485,000
pounds
annually
until
January
1,
1996
when
all
wild
harvest
will
end;
(
5)
Allow
and
facilitate
aquaculture
in
the
Exclusive
Economic
Zone;
(
6)
Require
harvest
permits.
Permits
shall
be
limited
to
persons
who
have
commercially
landed
and,
where
required,
reported
wild
live
rock
landings
prior
to
the
control
date
of
February
3,
1994;
(
7)
Require
a
permit
for
the
possession
or
harvest
from
aquaculture
operations
in
the
Exclusive
Economic
Zone.
Harvest
from
the
area
may
only
be
done
by
the
permittee
or
his
written
designee
and
an
administrative
fee
will
be
authorized
for
the
permit;
(
8)
Require
a
federal
permit
for
harvest
and
possession
of
prohibited
corals
and
prohibited
live
rock
from
the
Exclusive
Economic
Zone
for
scientific,
educational,
and
restoration
purposes;
and
(
9)
Establish
a
optimum
yield
(
OY)
for
wild
live
rock
which
is
to
be
485,000
pounds
annually
for
the
South
Atlantic
region
where
harvest
is
allowed
during
1994
and
1995,
after
which
it
is
to
be
zero
except
for
that
which
may
be
allowed
by
permit.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
and
Mid­
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1995).
"
Draft
Regulatory
Amendment
for
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Coastal
Pelagics
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic."
South
Park
Building,
1
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
January,
31
pp.

This
regulatory
amendment
to
the
coastal
pelagics
fishery
management
plan
was
developed
to
spread
out
the
harvest
of
Atlantic
migratory
group
king
mackerel
among
the
largest
number
of
fishermen
and
to
provide
additional
biological
protection
by
implementing
commercial
trip
limits.

South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
and
Mid­
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1995).
"
Revised
Final
Regulatory
Amendment
for
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Resources
(
Mackerels)
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
Region."
South
Park
Building,
1
Southpark
Circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
February,
46
pp.

This
regulatory
amendment
to
the
coastal
pelagics
fishery
management
plan
was
developed
to
spread
out
the
harvest
of
Atlantic
migratory
group
king
mackerel
among
the
largest
number
of
fishermen
and
to
provide
additional
biological
protection
by
implementing
commercial
trip
limits.

Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center
(
1992).
"
Status
of
Fishery
Resources
off
the
Southeastern
United
States
for
1991."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFSC­
306,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
November,
75
pp.

This
report
summarizes
the
general
status
of
fishery
resources
through
1991.
The
report
is
divided
into
three
major
sections:
Fishery
Trends,
Resource
Surveys,
and
Species
Synopses.
6
2
6
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center
(
1993).
"
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery
Effort
Report."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
November,
37
pp.

This
report
provides
a
description
of
the
data
and
data
collection
procedures
used
to
collect
statistics
from
the
shrimp
fisheries
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
discusses
recent
trends
in
fishing
effort.

Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center
(
199?).
"
Endangered
Species
Act,
Section
7
Consultation,
Biological
Opinion."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
Florida,
28
pp.

Consultation
in
accordance
with
Section
7(
a)
of
the
Endangered
Species
Act
on
the
drift
gillnet
component
of
the
directed
swordfish
fishery
in
the
Atlantic
Ocean,
Gulf
of
Mexico,
and
the
Caribbean
and
the
drift
gillnet
component
of
the
shark
fishery
identified
in
the
secretarial
Shark
Fishery
management
Plan
for
the
Atlantic
Ocean
(
includes
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
Caribbean
Sea).

Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center
(
1995).
"
Endangered
Species
Act,
Section
7
Consultation,
Biological
Opinion."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
Florida,
28
pp.

Consultation
in
accordance
with
Section
7(
a)
of
the
Endangered
Species
Act
regarding
the
management
activities
under
the
final
rule
to
establish
the
1995
catch
limits
for
the
Atlantic
swordfish
fishery
and
continued
operation
of
the
longline
and
harpoon
components
of
the
directed
swordfish
fishery
in
the
Atlantic
Ocean,
Gulf
of
Mexico,
and
the
Caribbean.

Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center
(
1995).
"
1995
Shark
Evaluation
Annual
Report."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
April,
23
pp.

This
report
was
prepared
in
support
of
the
Atlantic
Shark
Fishery
Management
Plan.
The
information
presented
herein
represents
an
update
to
the
information
presented
in
the
Report
of
the
Shark
Evaluation
Workshop
held
at
the
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
15­
18
March
1994.
The
1994
Workshop
Committee,
which
focused
on
the
large
coastal
shark
grouping,
found
that
for
many
species
considered,
shark
abundance
in
waters
off
the
U.
S.
Atlantic
and
Gulf
of
Mexico
coasts
is
depressed
due
to
fishing
removals.
The
available
catch
rate
information
indicated
that
the
abundance
of
many
of
the
species
and
species
groups
could
have
declined
by
about
50
to
75%
from
the
early
1970'
s
to
the
mid
1980'
s.
Results
of
the
current
analysis
using
updated
and
new
information
are
similar.
The
Workshop
Committee
concluded
that
recovery
of
this
resource
to
levels
of
the
1970'
s
will
be
slow
(
perhaps
30
years
or
more
in
some
cases),
due
to
the
relatively
low
intrinsic
rates
of
increase
exhibited
by
most
shark
species.
The
Workshop
Committee
also
concluded
that
measuring
recovery
or
decline
under
a
TAC
implemented
in
1993,
even
with
precise
abundance
indices,
may
not
be
possible
for
a
decade
or
more.
The
additional
information
available
for
the
1995
evaluation
is
consistent
with
this
conclusion.
The
present
report
provides
updated
catch
and
catch
rate
information.
The
report
also
provides
a
summary
of
management
actions
undertaken
during
the
intervening
year
since
the
Workshop
Committee
met.
The
1994
Workshop
committee
concluded
that
the
greatest
impediments
to
improving
shark
stock
assessments
continue
to
be
the
general
lack
of
species
and
size
specific
catch
(
landed
and
discarded)
and
effort
data,
as
well
as
6
2
7
only
limited
fishery
independent
measures
of
shark
abundance
and
productivity.
While
notable
improvements
in
species
specific
catch
information
has
been
made
for
a
portion
of
the
recent
catches
through
observer
data
collections,
improved
assessment
advise
will
only
result
if
these
efforts
are
increased
and
maintained
for
a
reasonably
long
time
period.
In
addition,
improvements
in
fishery
independent
measures
of
species
specific
abundance
are
still
required.

Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center
(
1996).
"
1996
Report
of
the
Shark
Evaluation
Workshop."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
June,
80
pp.

The
available
data
indicate
that
the
catch
rates
of
many
of
the
species
and
species
groups
have
declined
by
50
to
75%
from
the
early
1970'
s
to
the
mid
1980'
s.
The
most
recent
data
indicate
that
the
rapid
rate
of
decline
that
characterized
the
stocks
in
the
mid
1980'
s
has
slowed
significantly.
Abundance
estimates
from
the
more
recent
years
are
variable
and
a
significant
statistical
trend,
either
up
or
down,
cannot
be
detected.
The
fishery
has
been
regulated
for
just
three
years
and
since
the
expected
rates
of
change
in
shark
abundance
are
low,
and
our
measures
of
stock
abundance
are
uncertain,
sufficient
observational
data
are
not
yet
available
to
detect
significant
changes
in
stock
size
after
management
measures
were
implemented.
Nevertheless,
additional
reductions
in
fishing
mortality
would
improve
the
probability
of
stock
increases
for
Large
Coastal
sharks.
Analyses
indicate
that
recovery
is
morel
likely
to
occur
with
reductions
in
effective
fishing
mortality
rate
of
50%
or
more.
Reductions
in
effective
fishing
mortality
can
be
achieved
by
a
change
in
the
basic
quota,
minimum
sizes,
strategies
to
differentially
reduce
fishing
mortality
on
females,
and
seasonal
closures
to
protect
reproductive
females
and
young
of
the
year.
Insufficient
data
is
still
the
main
impediment
to
improving
shark
stock
assessments.

Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center
(
1996).
"
Summary
Report
on
the
Status
of
Bycatch
Reduction
Device
Development."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
January.

A
compendium
of
reports
made
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
on
bycatch
reduction
device
development.
The
goal
of
the
gear
development
project
is
to
develop
shrimp
trawl
gear
modifications
and/
or
fishing
tactics
that
are
capable
of
reducing
the
bycatch
of
finfish
with
minimum
loss
of
shrimp
production.
Specific
objectives
of
the
program
were
to
evaluate
existing
bycatch
reduction
techniques,
collect
data
on
behavior
of
fish
and
shrimp
in
trawls,
and
to
develop
and
evaluate
new
bycatch
reduction
techniques.
The
key
species
targeted
for
reduction
are
red
snapper,
weakfish,
king
and
Spanish
mackerel.
Includes
copies
of
overheads
used
in
the
Council
presentation.

Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center
(
1996).
"
Technical
Specifications
and
Minimum
Requirements
for
the
Extended
Funnel,
Expanded
Mesh,
and
Fisheye
BRDS.

In

Summary
Report
on
the
Status
of
Bycatch
Reduction
Device
Development."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
January.

A
technical
explanation
of
the
bycatch
reduction
devices
proposed
to
reduce
finfish
bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.

Southeast
Regional
Office
(
1994).
"
Wreckfish
Report,
1993­
1994
Season
with
Comparisons."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.
6
2
8
The
report
consists
of
twelve
charts
which
depict
the
activities
associated
with
the
wreckfish
ITQ
program
for
the
1993­
1994
season
with
comparisons
with
other
years.

Southeast
Regional
Office
(
1995).
"
Cooperative
Research
Program
Addressing
Finfish
Bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
Shrimp
Fisheries:
A
Report
to
Congress."
National
marine
Fisheries
Service,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
April
67
pp.

This
report
updates
members
of
Congress
and
other
interested
parties
on
progress
made
in
developing
and
implementing
a
cooperative
shrimp
trawl
bycatch
research
program
for
the
southeastern
United
States.

Southeast
Regional
Office
(
1995).
"
Migratory
Coastal
Pelagics
Data."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

Summarized
data
on
the
commercial
and
recreational
fisheries
for
the
migratory
coastal
pelagics
fishery
(
mackerel).

Southeast
Regional
Office
(
1995).
"
Marine
Fisheries
Initiative
(
MARFIN)."
Eighth
Annual
MARFIN
Conference,
November
28­
29,
Tampa
Airport
Marriott,
Tampa,
FL,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

A
list
of
abstracts
of
each
MARFIN
project
presented
to
the
Board
by
the
principle
investigators.

Southeastern
Fisheries
Association
(
1993).
International
Conference
on
Shrimp
Bycatch,
May
24­
27,
1992,
Lake
Buena
Vista,
Florida.
Final
Report,
NOAA
Grant
No.
NA­
90AA­
H­
MF745.

The
primary
objectives
of
the
conference
are
to
(
1)
summarize
information
on
the
status
of
the
bycatch
problem
and
alternative
shrimp
harvesting
techniques
for
bycatch
reduction;
(
2)
identify
future
research
needs
for
addressing
bycatch;
(
3)
obtain
input
from
scientists,
fishermen,
fishery
managers,
and
environmentalists
on
future
management
strategies;
and
(
4)
provide
for
the
dissemination
of
research
and
conference
recommendations
for
evaluation
by
representatives
of
the
scientific,
commercial,
recreational,
and
environmental
communities.

Southey,
Clive
(
1972).
"
Policy
Prescriptions
in
Bionomic
Models:
The
Case
of
the
Fishery."
J.
Polit.
Econ.,
80:
769­
775.

Efficiency
in
an
open
access
fishery
may
involve
a
permanent
increase
in
the
total
expenditure
of
factors
employed
in
the
fishery
as
opposed
to
a
reduction
in
total
fishing
effort
as
proposed
by
Smith
(
1969).
This
result
is
obtained
without
modification
of
the
basic
ingredients
of
the
fishery
model.
Using
a
somewhat
different
biological
mechanism,
a
decrease
in
population
under
regulation
is
possible.
Throughout
the
analysis,
problems
of
mesh
size
and
crowding
are
abstracted
from,
concentrating
exclusively
on
the
effect
of
effort
on
population
using
steady
state
solutions.

Southwick,
Robert
I.
and
David
B.
Rockland
(
1990).

How
To
Conduct
An
Economic
Impact
Analysis.

U.
S.
Fish
and
Wildlife
Service,
Federal
Aid
Division,
Grant
No.:
14­
16­
009­
89­
1210,
The
Sport
Fishing
Institute,
January,
64
pp.
6
2
9
This
manual
is
intended
to
provide
state
fish
and
game
agencies
with
the
ability
to
conduct
economic
impact
analyses.
However,
the
integration
of
economics
and
social
science
into
fisheries
management
should
not
be
accomplished
by
making
biologists
into
economists,
but
should
be
accomplished
through
multi­
disciplinary
management
teams,
each
member
having
an
understanding
of
the
other
members

science.

Spanos,
Aris
(
1986).
"
Econometric
Modelling,
A
Preliminary
View."
Chapter
1
in
Statistical
Foundations
of
Econometric
Modelling.
Cambridge
University
Press,
Cambridge,
U.
K.

This
text
questions
the
existing
approach
of
econometric
modelling
and
suggests
an
alternative
methodology
for
performing
empirical
analysis.

Spector,
L.
and
M.
Mazzeo
(
1980).
"
Probit
Analysis
and
Economic
Education."
Journal
of
Economic
Education,
11:
37­
44.

This
paper
introduces
probit
analysis
to
economic
education
for
the
study
of
teaching
technique,
student
characteristics,
and
use
of
textbooks.
An
analysis
using
probit
and
OLS
techniques
is
used
to
compare
and
contrast
both
sets
of
results.
Probit
is
found
to
be
the
better
approach
for
this
type
of
analysis.

Sport
Fishing
Institute
(
1986).
"
A
Research
Agenda
for
the
Economics
of
the
King
Mackerel
Fishery."
Report
resulting
from
the
Mackerels
Economic
Workshop,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
prepared
by
the
Sport
Fishing
Institute,
1010
Massachusetts
Avenue,
Suite
100,
Washington,
D.
C.,
June.

This
paper
presents
the
proposed
research
strategies
to
overcome
informational
deficiencies
that
make
decisions
pertaining
to
the
use
of
the
king
mackerel
stock
less
certain.

Sport
Fishing
Institute
(
1980).
"
Economic
Activity
Associated
with
Marine
Recreational
Fishing
in
1980."
SFI,
608
13th
Street,
N.
W.,
Washington,
D.
C.
20005.

The
purpose
of
this
report
was
to
undertake
a
complete
economic
analysis
of
the
marine
recreational
fishing
industry
and
marine
recreational
fishing.
Economic
impact
analysis
was
used
to
estimate
value
added,
capital
expenditures,
employment,
and
wages
and
salaries
as
a
function
of
sales.
Total
economic
impact
of
the
$
3.9
billion
of
recreational
fishing
retail
sales
was
estimated
at
$
7.5
billion.

Sport
Fishing
Institute
(
1988).
"
Economic
Activity
Associated
with
Marine
Recreational
Fishing
in
1985."
Volume
I
­
National
and
Regional
Estimates.
SFI,
Suite
100,
1010
Massachusetts
Avenue,
N.
W.,
Washington,
D.
C.
20001,
December,
pp.
103.

The
purpose
of
this
report
was
to
undertake
a
complete
economic
analysis
of
the
marine
recreational
fishing
industry
and
marine
recreational
fishing.
Volume
I
describes
the
national
economic
activity
of
the
marine
recreational
fishing
industry
in
the
United
States
in
1985.
In
addition,
the
impacts
are
presented
for
each
region
under
the
jurisdiction
of
the
regional
fishery
management
councils.
The
multiplier
effects
of
the
marine
recreational
fishing
industry
are
included.
Changes
in
the
industry
from
1972
to
1985
are
described
and
analyzed.

Sport
Fishing
Institute
(
1988).
"
Economic
Activity
Associated
with
6
3
0
Marine
Recreational
Fishing
in
1985."
Volume
II
­
State­
Level
and
Species
Level
Estimates.
Sport
Fishing
Institute,
Suite
100,
1010
Massachusetts
Avenue,
N.
W.,
Washington,
D.
C.
20001,
December,
122
pp.

This
volume
presents
disaggregations
of
the
economic
activity
associated
with
marine
recreational
fishing
to
the
coastal
states
and
to
individual
species
of
fish.
These
disaggregations
were
derived
from
the
breakdowns
of
the
national
impacts
to
the
jurisdictions
of
the
regional
fishery
management
councils
as
presented
in
Volume
I,
Section
5.0.

Sport
Fishing
Institute
(
1988).
"
Economic
Activity
Associated
with
Marine
Recreational
Fishing
in
1985."
Volume
III
in
Future
Participation
in
Marine
Recreational
Fishing.
SFI,
Suite
100,
1010
Massachusetts
Avenue,
N.
W.,
Washington,
D.
C.
20001,
December,
pp.
103.

This
volume
of
the
report
on
the
economic
activity
associated
with
marine
recreational
fishing
in
1985
provides
forecasts
of
marine
recreational
fishing
participation
to
the
year
2025.
These
forecasts
are
intended
to
serve
as
useful
guides
for
future
industry
development
and
fisheries
management
by
providing
guidelines
as
to
the
levels
of
future
demand
for
marine
recreational
fishing.
However,
like
all
forecasts,
the
estimates
should
be
treated
with
caution.
In
particular,
the
more
distant
in
the
future,
the
greater
the
variability
in
the
estimate,
or
the
less
confidence
one
can
have
in
the
number.

Sport
Fishing
Institute
(
1988).
"
The
Economic
Impact
of
Sport
Fishing
in
the
State
of
Alabama."
SFI,
Suite
100,
1010
Massachusetts
Avenue,
N.
W.,
Washington,
D.
C.
20001,
December,
pp.
30.

The
economic
impact
of
sport
fishing
in
Alabama.

Sport
Fishing
Institute
(
1988).
"
The
Economic
Impact
of
Sport
Fishing
in
the
State
of
Florida."
SFI,
Suite
100,
1010
Massachusetts
Avenue,
N.
W.,
Washington,
D.
C.
20001,
December,
pp.
30.

The
economic
impact
of
sport
fishing
in
Florida.

Sport
Fishing
Institute
(
1988).
"
The
Economic
Impact
of
Sport
Fishing
in
the
State
of
Georgia."
SFI,
Suite
100,
1010
Massachusetts
Avenue,
N.
W.,
Washington,
D.
C.
20001,
December,
pp.
30.

The
economic
impact
of
sport
fishing
in
Georgia.

Sport
Fishing
Institute
(
1988).
"
The
Economic
Impact
of
Sport
Fishing
in
the
State
of
Louisiana."
SFI,
Suite
100,
1010
Massachusetts
Avenue,
N.
W.,
Washington,
D.
C.
20001,
December,
pp.
30.

The
economic
impact
of
sport
fishing
in
Louisiana.

Sport
Fishing
Institute
(
1988).
"
The
Economic
Impact
of
Sport
Fishing
in
the
State
of
Mississippi."
SFI,
Suite
100,
1010
Massachusetts
Avenue,
N.
W.,
Washington,
D.
C.
20001,
December,
pp.
30.

The
economic
impact
of
sport
fishing
in
Mississippi.

Sport
Fishing
Institute
(
1988).
"
The
Economic
Impact
of
Sport
Fishing
in
the
State
of
North
Carolina."
SFI,
Suite
100,
1010
6
3
1
Massachusetts
Avenue,
N.
W.,
Washington,
D.
C.
20001,
December,
pp.
30.

The
economic
impact
of
sport
fishing
in
North
Carolina.

Sport
Fishing
Institute
(
1988).
"
The
Economic
Impact
of
Sport
Fishing
in
the
State
of
South
Carolina."
SFI,
Suite
100,
1010
Massachusetts
Avenue,
N.
W.,
Washington,
D.
C.
20001,
December,
pp.
30.

The
economic
impact
of
sport
fishing
in
South
Carolina.

Sport
Fishing
Institute
(
1988).
"
The
Economic
Impact
of
Sport
Fishing
in
the
State
of
Texas."
SFI,
Suite
100,
1010
Massachusetts
Avenue,
N.
W.,
Washington,
D.
C.
20001,
December,
pp.
30.

The
economic
impact
of
sport
fishing
in
Texas.

Sport
Fishing
Institute
(
1991).
"
Workshop
on
Wetland
Valuation."
May
24,
1991,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Silver
Springs,
Maryland.

See
Crookshank,
Steven
L.
(
1991).
"
The
Economics
of
Wetland
Valuation"
report
prepared
for
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service.

Springer,
Steven
C.
(
1993).
"
Monitoring
High­
Seas
Fishing
Vessel
Operations
By
Satellite.
Paper
presented
at
the
Workshop
on
Enforcement
Measures,
Organization
for
Economic
Co­
Operation
and
Development,
Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture,
and
Fisheries,
Committee
for
Fisheries,
Paris,
September
21­
22.

This
paper
describes
the
implementation
of
the
satellite
system
to
monitor
vessel
locations
and
transmit
catch,
weather,
and
other
data
on
a
real
time
basis
using
that
was
agreed
to
by
the
U.
S.,
Japan,
Canada,
Korea,
and
Taiwan.

Spulber,
Daniel
F.
(
1985).
"
The
Multicohort
Fishery
Under
Uncertainty."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
1(
3):
265­
282.

The
multicohort
fishery
subject
to
random
environmental
disturbances
is
examined
within
a
market
framework.
The
free
access
problem
is
considered
and
optimal
selective
and
proportional
harvesting
policies
are
discussed.

Squire,
James
L.
(
1987).
"
Pacific
Billfish
Angler
Catch
Rates
for
Key
Area
Stock
Assessments."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
15­
25.

The
Pacific
billfish
Angler
Survey
was
initiated
in
1969
to
measure
the
trend
of
angler
CPUE
annually.
Survey
respondents
(
1969­
84)
have
reported
145,661
angler
days
catching
59,460
billfish,
resulting
in
an
average
CPUE
of
0.41
fish/
day
or
2.45
days
of
fishing
per
billfish.
Annual
totals
of
catch,
effort,
and
resulting
CPUE
are
given
for
many
of
the
important
recreational
billfish
fishing
areas.
A
comparison
of
CPUE
trends
between
the
commercial
longline
and
the
recreational
angler
is
made
for
the
area
about
the
southern
tip
of
Baja
California
where
high
CPUE
rates
are
common
to
both
fisheries.
The
correlation
between
recreational
and
commercial
CPUE
is
reasonable
(
Y2=
0.82),
and
the
recreational
angler
CPUE
is
negatively
affected
by
the
nearby
commercial
longline
fishery.

Squire,
James
L.
(
1987).
"
Striped
Marlin,
Tetrapturus
audax,
Migration
6
3
2
Patterns
and
Rates
in
the
Northeast
Pacific
Ocean
as
Determined
by
a
Cooperative
Tagging
Program:
Its
Relation
to
resource
Management."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
26­
43.

Migration
patterns
and
rates
for
striped
marlin
tagged
and
recaptured
in
the
northeast
Pacific
Ocean
during
1957­
81
are
reported
by
time
period
and
analyzed.
Few
long
range
migrations
and
no
trans­
Pacific
migrations
were
observed.
Comparisons
are
made
with
other
types
of
physical
and
biological
data
that
might
indicate
seasonal
movement
(
i.
e.
longline
catch
rates,
areas
of
striped
marlin
spawning,
movement
of
thermocline
depth
relative
to
fishing
success).
A
tentative
hypothesis
describing
the
seasonal
movement
of
striped
marlin
in
the
northeast
Pacific
and
the
total
eastern
Pacific
is
also
proposed
and
presented
in
graphic
form.

Squire,
James
L.
(
1987).
"
Relation
of
Sea
Surface
Temperature
Changes
During
the
1983
El
Nino
to
the
Geographical
Distribution
of
Some
Important
Recreational
Pelagic
Species
and
Their
Catch
Temperature
Parameters."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
44­
57.

Most
literature
on
the
effects
of
the
warm
period
on
fish
catch
involves
descriptions
of
the
geographical
extent
of
distribution.
Some
west
coast
researchers
have
reviewed
the
catch
of
fish
off
California
in
relation
to
variable
sea
surface
temperature,
and
others
the
effects
of
temperature
changes
in
northern
waters
to
catch.
Here,
I
present
information
on
mean
sea
surface
temperature
at
the
point
of
capture
("
catch
temperatures")
that
have
been
observed
for
several
species
common
to
southern
California
recreational
fisheries,
and
on
the
geographical
extension
of
these
optimal
catch
temperature
into
the
northern
latitudes
off
the
west
coast
during
the
1983
period
of
intense
warming.

Squires,
Dale
(
1984).
"
Production
Technology,
Costs,
and
Multiproduct
Industry
Structure:
An
Application
of
the
Long­
Run
Profit
Function
to
the
New
England
Fishing
Industry."
Draft,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
La
Jolla,
California.

The
long
run
multiproduct
profit
function
is
developed
to
provide
a
more
general
procedure
than
the
static
minimum
cost
function
to
examine
the
technological
and
cost
determinants
of
multiproduct
industry
structure
and
the
likely
form
of
any
market
equilibrium.
In
this
approach,
outputs
are
endogenous
and
the
long
run
equilibrium
levels
of
quasi­
fixed
factors
are
endogenously
determined.
The
multiproduct
structure
of
the
multispecies
New
England
fishing
industry
and
the
likely
multiproduct
form
of
any
open
access
equilibrium
are
examined.

Squires,
Dale
(
1987).
"
Fishing
Effort:
Its
Testing,
Specification,
and
Internal
Structure
in
Fisheries
Economics
and
Management."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management
14(
3):
268­
282.

The
concept
of
fishing
effort
is
central
to
fisheries
economics
and
management.
However,
effort
is
an
aggregate
index
of
inputs
which
can
be
consistently
formed
only
under
the
condition
of
production
technology
of
homothetic
separability
of
inputs.
This
paper
develops
the
conditions
under
which
effort
can
be
consistently
formed.
It
then
provides
the
first
empirical
test
for
effort
and
jointness
in
inputs
in
a
fishery
by
estimating
a
multiproduct
function
for
the
New
England
otter
trawl
fleet.
After
not
rejecting
input­
output
separability
and
rejecting
nonjointness
in
inputs,
the
construction
of
a
superlative
index
for
effort
is
demonstrated
through
estimating
a
translog
production
function.,
The
implications
of
effort's
internal
structure
for
fisheries
management
are
then
considered.
6
3
3
Squires,
Dale
(
1987).
"
Long­
Run
Profit
Functions
for
Multiproduct
Firms."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
69(
3):
558­
569.

A
long
run
specification
of
the
multiproduct
profit
function
is
developed
from
the
restricted
profit
function.
The
multiproduct
restricted
profit
function
and
the
envelope
condition
are
used
to
estimate
the
optimal,
long
run
levels
of
the
quasi­
fixed
factor.
Formulas
for
long
run
Marshallian
elasticities
of
substitution
and
transformation,
economics
of
scope,
product
specific
and
overall
economies
of
scale,
and
economic
measures
of
capacity
utilization
are
developed
for
the
translog
functional
form.
The
methodology
is
illustrated
by
a
case
study
of
the
New
England
otter
trawl
industry.

Squires,
Dale
(
1987).
"
Public
Regulation
and
the
Structure
of
Production
in
Multiproduct
Industries:
An
Application
to
the
New
England
Otter
Trawl
Industry."
Rand
Journal
of
Economics,
Vol.
18,
No.
2,
Summer.

This
article
considers
the
problem
of
managing
multispecies
fishing
industries
as
one
of
regulating
the
production
of
individual
multiproduct
firms.
The
multispecies
New
England
otter
trawl
industry
is
examined
within
this
framework.
Empirical
results
derived
from
estimating
a
multiproduct
profit
function
indicate
that
management
consistent
with
the
structures
of
multiproduct
production
and
costs
would
directly
regulate
inputs.
Little
support
is
provided
for
applying
the
traditional
bioeconomic
model
to
the
fishery
studied.

Squires,
Dale
(
1988).
"
Index
Numbers
and
Productivity
Measurement
in
Multispecies
Fisheries:
An
Application
to
the
Pacific
Coast
Trawl
Fleet."
NOAA
Technical
Report
NMFS
67,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
July,
pp.
34.

This
study
is
concerned
with
the
measurement
of
total
factor
productivity
in
the
marine
fishing
industries
in
general
and
in
the
Pacific
coast
trawl
fishery
in
particular.
The
study
is
divided
into
two
parts.
Part
I
contains
suitable
empirical
and
introductory
theoretical
material
for
the
examination
of
productivity
in
the
Pacific
coast
trawl
fleet.
It
is
selfcontained
and
contains
the
basic
formulae,
empirical
results,
and
discussion.
Because
the
economic
theory
of
index
numbers
and
productivity
is
constantly
evolving
and
is
widely
scattered
throughout
the
economics
literature,
Part
II
draws
together
the
theoretical
literature
into
one
place
to
allow
ready
access
for
readers
interested
in
more
details.
This
study
recommends
that
the
following
types
of
economic
index
numbers
be
used:
chain
rather
than
fixed
base;
bilateral
rather
than
multilateral;
one
of
the
class
of
superlative
indices,
such
as
the
Tornqvist
or
Fisher
Ideal.

Squires,
D.
(
1991).
"
The
Potential
Effects
of
Individual
Transferable
Quotas
in
Multiproduct
Pacific
Fisheries."
Draft
report,
NMFS,
SWFC,
La
Jolla,
California.

This
paper
ex
ante
analyzes
a
potential
program
of
individual
transferable
quotas
for
one
output
in
a
multiproduct
common
property
fishery
with
two
size
classes
of
vessels
assuming
that
firms
are
revenue
maximizers.
The
paper
finds
only
moderate
potential
for
resource
rents
and
efficiency
gains
from
quota
trade
and
explicitly
valuing
the
marginal
user
cost
of
the
resource.
The
justification
of
an
ITQ
program
as
a
system
for
generating
resource
rents
net
of
regulatory
costs
is
questionable.
Limiting
the
number
of
vessels
when
production
is
joint
is
considered
as
an
alternative.
6
3
4
Evaluating
the
incentives
for
disinvestment
and
industry
exit
after
quota
exchange
indicated
potential
for
a
concentrated
industry
structure
with
the
larger
size
class.
Their
quota
market
would
potentially
be
thin,
noisy,
and
noncompetitive,
requiring
restrictions
on
their
quota
transferability
and
concentration.

Squires,
D.
(
1991).
"
Individual
Transferable
Quotas:
Theory
and
an
Application."
NMFS,
SWFC,
Administrative
Report
LJ­
90­
16,
La
Jolla,
CA.

A
system
of
tradeable
quotas
can
regulate
production
flows
or
reorganize
an
industry
suffering
from
chronic
overproduction,
excessive
numbers
of
firms,
or
overcapitalization.
An
overall
production
target
is
established
and
firms
are
allocated
divisible
rights
to
a
quantity
of
the
overall
production.
Firms
maximize
profits
by
adjusting
production
levels
through
trade
of
these
quantitative
restrictions
while
the
overall
quantity
objective
is
satisfied.
Firms
with
advantages
in
costs
or
capacity
utilization
can
bid
quota
away
from
other
firms.
Through
competition,
equilibrium
market
prices
for
the
quota
develop,
where
these
quota
prices
reflect
the
net
discounted
present
value
of
the
expected
stream
of
future
benefits.
The
initial
recipients
of
tradeable
quota
who
sell
or
lease
to
more
efficient
firms
will
enjoy
this
stream
of
future
benefits,
while
the
purchaser
must
pay
full
value.
Both
parties
gain
from
exchange
and
arbitrage
efficiency
is
realized.

Squires,
Dale
(
1992).
"
Productivity
Measurement
in
Common
Property
Resource
Industries:
An
Application
to
the
Pacific
Coast
Trawl
Fishery."
Rand
Journal
of
Economics,
23(
2):
221­
236.

This
article
measures
total
factor
productivity
in
industries
that
exploit
resources
held
in
common.
Particular
attention
is
paid
to
the
valuation
and
specification
of
in
situ
common
property
resources
in
a
neoclassical
production
technology,
catchability
of
the
resource,
and
variations
in
economic
capacity
utilization.
An
empirical
analysis
of
the
open
access
Pacific
coast
trawl
fishing
industry
demonstrates
that
disentangling
the
productivity
residual
from
changes
in
resource
abundance,
its
catchability,
and
variations
in
capacity
utilization
hones
the
productivity
residual
to
finer
precision,
lowering
mean
productivity
growth
by
about
half.
Removing
biological
noise
from
highly
variable
resources
is
also
important.
The
results
are
related
to
a
program
limiting
the
number
of
vessels
and
can
contribute
to
sustainable
resource
management
whenever
resources
are
held
in
common.

Squires,
Dale
(
1992).
"
Individual
Transferable
Quotas."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southwest
Fisheries
Science
Center,
P.
O.
Box
271,
La
Jolla,
CA
92038,
August,
pp.
31.

This
paper
extends
the
virtual
price
framework
of
Neary
and
Roberts
to
allow
trade
of
individual
quotas
and
other
quantitative
restrictions
on
firms.
The
approach
gives
the
expected
equilibrium
market
price
of
the
individual
transferable
quota,
rents,
and
grains
in
arbitrage
efficiency
from
quota
trade.
Information
on
costs
and
technology
known
best
by
firms
is
combined
with
overall
quantity
information
known
best
by
regulators
to
give
a
uniform
price
signal
­­
the
quota
price
after
exchange
­­
equivalent
to
a
tax
uniform
across
firms.
The
framework
is
also
matched
with
recent
advances
in
multiproduct
capacity
utilization
to
evaluate
prospective
changes
in
multiproduct
industry
structure
following
quota
trade
and
implications
for
the
quota
market.
The
approach
is
applied
to
ex
ante
analyze
a
potential
program
of
individual
transferable
quotas
in
a
common
property
fishery.
6
3
5
Squires,
Dale
(
1994).
"
Sources
of
Growth
in
Marine
Fishing
Industries."
Marine
Policy,
18(
1):
5­
18.

Policy
makers
and
fishery
managers
require
accurate
overviews
of
the
performance
of
their
harvesting
sectors;
trends
in
effective,
as
opposed
to
nominal,
effort;
and
productivity
creep
due
to
unmeasurable
factors.
Traditional
measures
of
nominal
effort
can
lead
to
biased
performance
measures
sine
fishing
effort
is
a
multidimensional
concept
not
readily
captured
by
nominal
measures.
This
paper
evaluates
the
sources
of
growth
in
catch
over
time
according
to
its
constituent
components
­
the
growth
accounting
framework
­
to
measure
trends
in
catch,
nominal,
and
effective
effort,
and
productivity
or
fishing
power.
An
empirical
study
of
the
U.
S.
Pacific
coast
groundfish
trawl
fishery
indicates
that
traditional
measures
of
effort
and
fishing
power
can
be
biased
and
highlights
the
relative
importance
of
growth
in
productivity
or
fishing
power
as
an
often
overlooked
and
perhaps
the
most
important
source
of
growth.

Squires,
Dale
(
1998).
"
Proposal
for
Continuation
of
Technical
Working
Group
on
Defining
and
Measuring
Capacity
in
Fisheries."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southwest
Fisheries
Science
Center,
P.
O.
Box
271,
La
Jolla,
CA
92038,
August,
pp.
31.

Proposal
calling
fro
the
continuation
of
a
joint
FAO,
U.
S.,
and
Japanese
technical
working
group
meeting
to
define
and
measure
excess
capacity
in
world
fisheries.

Squires,
Dale
and
James
Kirkley
(
1991).
"
Production
Quota
in
Multiproduct
Pacific
Fisheries."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
21:
109­
126.

Assessing
the
individual
firm's
technology
and
costs
in
a
multispecies
fishery
allows
design
of
a
more
effective
output
quota
prior
to
regulation
by
anticipating
and
controlling
for
the
firm's
regulation­
induced
responses.
An
empirical
study
of
a
Pacific
coast
trawl
fishery
indicates
that
the
firm's
flexibility
of
product
decision
is
tightly
constrained
by
its
technology
and
cost
structure.
Hence,
as
the
resource
stock
for
the
regulated
species,
sable
fish,
deteriorates
and
the
trip
quota
progressively
tightens,
the
firm
cannot
sufficiently
reorganize
its
product
bundle
to
preclude
increasingly
large
sablefish
disposal.
This
defeats
the
purpose
of
the
production
quota.

Squires,
Dale
and
James
Kirkley
(
1992).
"
Resource
Rents
from
Single
and
Multispecies
Individual
Transferable
Quota
Programs."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southwest
Fisheries
Science
Center,
P.
O.
Box
271,
La
Jolla,
California.

This
paper
ex
ante
analyses
potential
individual
transferable
quota
(
ITQ)
programs
for
three
fish
species,
two
species
of
thornyheads
and
sablefish,
in
a
common
property
bottom
trawl
fishery
on
the
Pacific
coast
of
the
United
States.
Using
a
dual
revenue
function,
the
concept
of
virtual
prices,
and
price
endogenous,
nonlinear
mathematical
programming,
economic
rents
and
gains
in
economic
efficiency
from
trade
associated
with
an
ITQ
program
are
evaluated.
The
paper
finds
only
moderate
potential
for
increased
resource
rents
from
an
ITQ
program
for
either
single
species.
In
addition,
the
potential
benefits
due
to
and
ITQ
program
for
both
species
are
diminished
by
limitations
in
reorganizing
joint
production
of
fish
under
additional
quota
constraints.
Justification
of
an
ITQ
program
as
a
system
for
generating
resource
rents
over
and
above
regulatory
costs
is
questionable.

Squires,
Dale,
Mohammad
Alauddin,
and
James
Kirkley
(
1992).
"
The
6
3
6
Potential
Effects
of
Individual
Transferable
Quotas
in
the
Fixed
Gear
Sablefish
Fishery."
Administrative
Report
LJ­
92­
08,
NMFS,
Southwest
Fisheries
Science
Center,
P.
O.
Box
271,
La
Jolla,
CA
92038.

This
paper
ex
ante
analyzes
a
potential
program
of
individual
transferable
quotas
(
ITQs)
in
a
fishery
to
assess
the
prospective
gains
in
economic
rent
from
explicitly
valuing
the
user
cost
of
the
resource
and
to
evaluate
the
arbitrage
efficiency
from
quota
exchange.
Incentives
for
disinvestment
and
industry
exit
after
quota
exchange,
implications
for
structure
of
the
industry
and
ITQ
market,
and
policy
implications
are
discussed.
The
simulation
model
of
the
ITQ
market
is
based
on
pseudo
data
from
linear
programming
models
for
each
vessel
in
the
pot
and
longline
sablefish
fleet
off
the
Pacific
coast
of
the
United
States.

Squires,
Dale,
Mohammad
Alauddin,
and
James
Kirkley
(
1994).
"
Individual
Transferable
Quota
Markets
and
Investment
Decisions
in
the
Fixed
Gear
Sablefish
Fishery."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
27:
185­
204.

This
paper
presents
an
ex
ante
analysis
of
an
individual
transferable
quota
(
ITQ)
program
imposed
on
one
species
in
a
multispecies
fishery.
Utilizing
mathematical
programming,
pseudo
data,
and
Tobit
regression,
market
demand
for
quota
and
prospective
gains
in
economic
rent
and
efficiency
gains
from
quota
trade
are
assessed
for
the
pot
and
longline
sablefish
fleet
off
the
Pacific
coast
of
the
United
States.
Incentives
for
disinvestment
and
industry
exit
after
quota
exchange,
implications
for
structure
of
the
industry
and
ITQ
market,
and
policy
implications
are
examined.

Squires,
Dale,
James
Kirkley,
and
Clement
A.
Tisdell
(
1994).
"
Individual
Transferable
Quotas
as
a
Fisheries
Management
Tool."
Draft
report
presented
at
the
Limited
Access
Workshop,
Seattle,
Washington,
November
1­
3.
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southwest
Fisheries
Science
Center,
P.
O.
Box
271,
La
Jolla,
California,
January.

Fisheries
management
faces
a
new
era.
Markets,
in
the
form
of
individual
transferable
quotas
(
ITQs)
and
growing
global
integration
of
fish
markets,
will
increasingly
provide
the
organizing
and
regulatory
principle
for
many
fisheries.
Whether
ITQs
and
global
markets
are
a
panacea
or
Pandora's
box
for
organizing
and
managing
fisheries
is,
as
yet,
unclear,
and
requires
additional
experience
to
fully
evaluate.
This
paper
reviews
the
workings
and
expected
benefits
of
ITQs,
the
origin
and
concept
of
ITQs,
the
problems
they
were
designed
to
address,
worldwide
experience
and
literature
on
ITQs,
and
the
problems
and
prospects
for
ITQ
management.
Particular
attention
will
be
given
to
the
growing
importance
of
markets
as
the
primary
organizing
principle
for
many
fisheries,
including
the
roles
of
ITQs
and
increased
global
integration
of
fisheries
markets.

Squires,
Dale,
James
Kirkley,
and
Clement
A.
Tisdell
(
1995).
"
Individual
Transferable
Quotas
as
a
Fisheries
Management
Tool."
Reviews
in
Fisheries
Science,
3(
2):
141­
169.

Fisheries
management
faces
a
new
era.
Markets,
in
the
form
of
individual
transferable
quotas
(
ITQs)
and
growing
global
integration
of
fish
markets,
will
increasingly
provide
the
organizing
and
regulatory
principle
for
many
fisheries.
Whether
ITQs
and
global
markets
are
a
panacea
or
Pandora's
box
for
organizing
and
managing
fisheries
is,
as
yet,
unclear,
and
requires
additional
experience
to
fully
evaluate.
6
3
7
This
paper
reviews
the
workings
and
expected
benefits
of
ITQs,
the
origin
and
concept
of
ITQs,
the
problems
they
were
designed
to
address,
worldwide
experience
and
literature
on
ITQs,
and
the
problems
and
prospects
for
ITQ
management.
Particular
attention
will
be
given
to
the
growing
importance
of
markets
as
the
primary
organizing
principle
for
many
fisheries,
including
the
roles
of
ITQs
and
increased
global
integration
of
fisheries
markets.

Squires,
Dale,
Steven
Freese,
James
Herkelrath,
and
Samuel
F.
Herrick,
Jr.
(
1997).
"
Cost­
Benefit
Analysis
of
Pacific
Whiting
Allocation."
Administrative
Report
LJ­
97­
05,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southwest
Fisheries
Science
Center,
P.
O.
Box
271,
La
Jolla,
California,
April.

Cost­
benefit
analysis
evaluated
three
alternatives
to
measure
the
net
economic
benefits
to
the
nation
of
allocating
Pacific
whiting
among
three
user
groups.
These
groups
were
the
offshore
catcher­
processors,
catcher
vessels
delivering
to
motherships,
and
to
catcher
vessels
delivering
to
onshore
producers
of
surimi,
headed
and
gutted,
and
fillets.
Net
economic
benefits
were
measured
as
the
present
value
of
producer
surplus
and
were
evaluated
over
a
twenty
year
time
horizon
starting
in
1997.
For
the
first
time
in
fishery
economics,
an
attempt
was
made
to
include
fixed
costs.
However,
data
on
fixed
costs
proved
inadequate
for
a
detailed
analysis,
and
the
analysis
confined
itself
to
net
benefits
measured
using
total
revenues
and
variable
(
operating)
economic
costs.

Squires,
Dale,
Harry
Campbell,
Stephen
Cunningham,
Christopher
Dewees,
R.
Quentin
Grafton,
Samuel
F.
Herrick,
Jr.,
James
Kirkley,
Sean
Pascoe,
Kjell
Salvanes,
Bruce
Shallard,
Bruce
Turris,
and
Niels
Vestergaard
(
1998).

Individual
Transferable
Quotas
in
Multispecies
Fisheries.

Marine
Policy,
22(
2):
135­
159.

This
paper
examines
the
multispecies
harvesting
technology;
addresses
discards,
highgrading,
and
overages
under
ITQs
and
lists
the
possible
solutions
to
the
problems;
details
possible
impacts
of
ITQs
on
other
fisheries;
discusses
the
effects
of
ITQs
on
the
harvesting
flexibility
of
fishers;
examines
how
the
prices
of
ITQ
shares
are
formed
in
multispecies
fisheries
and
the
effect
of
the
harvesting
technology
and
transaction
costs
on
quota
share
prices;
evaluates
how
ITQs
may
affect
economic
efficiency
and
over­
capitalization;
describes
the
nature
of
the
resource
rents
that
may
arise
with
ITQs;
reviews
problems
with
monitoring
and
enforcement;
present
options
for
setting
ITQs;
and
provides
concluding
remarks.

Staniford,
Andrew
(
1988).
"
The
Effects
of
the
Pot
Reduction
in
the
South
Australian
Southern
Zone
Rock
Lobster
Fishery."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
4:
271­
288.

Previous
research
has
shown
that
the
South
Australian
Southern
Zone
rock
lobster
fishery
is
economically
overexploited,
implying
that
a
reduction
in
fishing
effort
will
improve
economic
efficiency
in
the
fishery.
A
scheme,
consisting
of
a
mandatory
pot
reduction
of
15%
and
the
replacement
of
the
pot/
vessel
allocation
formula
with
minimum
and
maximum
pot
entitlements
of
25
and
80,
respectively,
was
introduced
in
the
fishery
in
September
1984
for
this
purpose.
Analyses
of
the
effect
of
the
scheme
on
fishing
effort
and
the
number
of
fishermen
and
some
observations
on
the
response
of
fishermen
to
the
scheme
are
provided.
While
the
pot
reduction
has
had
a
small
effect
on
fishing
effort,
it
has
failed
to
induce
significant
rationalization
within
the
fishery.
Remaining
fishermen
have
responded
by
working
a
smaller
number
of
pots
more
intensively
than
they
had
prior
to
the
introduction
of
the
scheme.
6
3
8
Stansby,
Maurice
E.
(
1987).
"
Nutritional
Properties
of
Recreationally
Caught
Marine
Fishes."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
118­
121.

This
paper
discusses
the
nutritional
properties
of
various
species
of
fish
caught
by
marine
anglers.
Most
of
the
species
mentioned
are
strictly
marine,
although
a
few
are
anadromous.

Statistical
Surveys
Branch
(
1985).
"
End­
of­
Year
Reports:
Annual
Landings
by
Distance
Caught
from
Shore
­
Southeast
Region
for
1984
(
preliminary)."
Miami
Laboratory,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
June,
28
pp.

This
publication
is
a
preliminary
report
for
1984
on
the
commercial
fisheries
of
the
Southeast
Region
of
the
United
States.
These
figures
represent
the
best
available
data
as
of
February
1985
that
were
submitted
as
input
into
"
Fisheries
of
the
United
States,
1984"
and
are
subject
to
revision.

Stavins,
Robert
N.
(
Project
Director)
(
1991).
"
Project
88
Harnessing
Market
Forces
to
Protect
Our
Environment:
Initiatives
for
the
New
President."
A
public
policy
study
sponsored
by
Senators
Timothy
E.
Wirth
and
John
Heinz,
Washington,
D.
C.

A
study
of
the
uses
of
market
forces
to
correct
environmental
problems.

Stavins,
Robert
N.
(
Project
Director)
(
1991).
"
Project
88
­­
Round
II
Incentives
for
Action:
Designing
Market
Based
Environmental
Strategies."
A
public
policy
study
sponsored
by
Senators
Timothy
E.
Wirth
and
John
Heinz,
Washington,
D.
C.

A
study
of
the
uses
of
market
forces
to
correct
environmental
problems.

Stedman,
Susan­
Marine
and
Jeanne
Hanson
(
1997).

Wetlands,
Fisheries
&
Economics
in
the
South
Atlantic
Coastal
States.

Habitat
Connections,
1(
2):
1­
4.

The
summaries
for
the
south
Atlantic
coastal
states
provide
information
about
the
contribution
of
commercial
and
recreational
fisheries
to
local
and
state
economies,
the
relationships
between
the
important
fish
species
and
wetlands,
and
the
status
of
wetland
habitats.

Steenblik,
Ronald
P.
(
1998).

Previous
Multilateral
Efforts
to
Discipline
Subsidies
to
Natural
Resource
Based
Industries.

Draft
report,
Principle
Administrator,
Fishery
Policies
Division,
Directorate
for
Food,
agriculture
and
Fisheries,
OECD
2
rue
Andre

­
Pascal,
75775
Paris
Cedex
16,
France.

The
main
aim
of
this
paper
is
to
compare
past
attempts
to
discipline
subsidies
to
primary
industries
and
to
search
for
lessons
that
might
be
able
to
inform
current
and
future
dialogues
on
subsidy
issues.

Steenblik,
Ronald
P.
and
Gordon
R.
Munro
(
1998).

Current
International
Work
on
Subsidies
in
Fisheries:
A
Survey.

To
be
published
in
Overcapitalization
and
Subsidies
in
European
Fisheries,
Proceedings
of
the
Concerted
Action
Workshop,
Portsmouth,
U.
K.,
28­
30
October
(
A.
Hatcher
and
K.
Robinson,
eds.)
Forthcoming
1999.

This
paper
surveys
current
international
work
in
the
area
of
subsidies
to
the
fisheries
sector,
with
particular
reference
to
ongoing
activities
in
6
3
9
the
OECD,
the
FAO,
APEC,
and
the
WTO.
Looked
at
broadly,
it
is
clear
that
there
is
a
considerable
international
interest
in
the
topic.
Significantly,
many
of
the
studies
describe
herein
will
be
substantially
completed
by
the
end
of
1999,
and
can
be
expected
to
inform
the
various
multilateral
discussions
on
fisheries
capacity
and
trade
expected
to
take
place
over
the
coming
years.

Steele,
John
H.
(
1974).
The
Structure
of
Marine
Ecosystems,
Harvard
University
Press,
Cambridge,
Massachusetts.

The
main
aim
of
this
analysis
of
marine
ecosystems
is
to
show
how
theory,
observation,
and
experiment
may
be
combined,
and
how
closely
each
depends
on
the
other.
It
also
provides
a
basis
for
speculation
about
the
effects
of
man's
intervention
in
marine
ecosystems
and
the
way
in
which
these
differ
from
the
consequences
of
his
action
on
land.
Our
excessive
fishing
activities
can
greatly
alter
or
destroy
certain
fisheries
without
any
catastrophic
changes
in
the
rest
of
the
system.
On
the
other
hand,
eutrophication
in
fresh
water,
by
altering
the
plant
populations,
appears
to
induce
changes
in
the
whole
of
the
system.
These
examples
can
be
fitted
into
the
theoretical
framework,
and
this
framework
can
be
used
to
approach
recent
or
future
problems
of
man's
impact
in
the
open
sea.

Steimle,
Frank
W.,
Jay
M.
Burnett,
and
Roger
B.
Theroux
(
1995).

A
History
of
Benthic
Research
in
the
NMFS
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center.

Marine
Fisheries
Review,
57(
2):
1­
13.

The
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center
of
NOAA

s
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
has
a
long
history
of
research
on
benthic
invertebrates
and
habitats
in
support
of
the
management
of
living
marine
resources.
These
studies
began
in
the
1870'
s
under
Spencer
F.
Baird

s
guidance
as
part
of
an
effort
to
characterize
the
Nation

s
fisheries
and
living
marine
resources
and
their
ecological
interactions.
This
century
and
a
quarter
of
research
has
included
many
benthic
invertebrate
studies,
including
community
characterizations,
shellfish
biology
and
culture,
pathology,
ecosystem
energy
budget
modeling,
habitat
evaluations,
assessments
of
human
impacts,
toxic
chemical
bioaccumulation
in
demersal
food
webs,
habitat
or
endangered
species
management,
benthic
autecology
systematics,
and
other
benthic
studies.
Here
we
review
the
scope
of
past
and
current
studies
as
a
background
for
strategic
research
planning
and
suggest
areas
for
further
research
to
support
NOAA

s
goals
of
sustainable
fisheries
management
,
healthy
coastal
ecosystems,
and
protected
species
populations.

Steinback,
Scott
(
1994).
"
Marine
Recreational
Economics
Data
Needs."
Draft
report
presented
at
the
Atlantic
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission
Workshop
on
Socio­
Economic
Data
and
Analysis
for
Recreational
Fisheries
Management
in
Annapolis,
Maryland,
July,
15
pp.

This
document
identifies
and
describes
economic
data
items
that
are
necessary
for
estimating
marine
recreational
fishing
benefits
derived
from
the
Nation's
ocean
resources
and
for
measuring
the
impacts
of
fishery
management
decisions.

Steinback,
Scott
(
1998).
"
Economic
Impact
of
Maine

s
Party
and
Charter
Service
Industry."
Draft
report,
Social
Sciences
Branch,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Woods
Hole,
Massachusetts,
22
pp.

Party
and
charter
angler
expenditure
and
for­
hire
vessel
cost
data,
collected
through
add­
ons
to
NMFS
recreational
fishing
surveys
in
Maine
in
6
4
0
1996,
were
incorporated
into
a
regional
input/
output
model
using
the
IMPLAN
modeling
system.
Trip
related
expenditures
were
analyzed
separately
for
Maine
residents
and
nonresidents
and
a
linear
production
function
representing
average
for­
hire
operating
expenditures
was
estimated
and
integrated
into
the
IMPLAN
system.
Results
illustrate
the
direct,
indirect,
and
induced
economic
contributions
of
total
sales,
income,
and
employment
generated
by
the
for­
hire
sector
in
Maine
in
1996.
In
total,
the
$
1.07
million
estimated
to
have
been
spent
by
nonresident
party
and
charter
anglers
in
1996
resulted
in
$
1.41
million
in
sales,
$
0.45
million
in
income
and
provided
for
approximately
43
jobs
in
Maine.
The
$
0.27
million
in
total
expenditures
by
residents
in
1996
was
estimated
to
generate
$
0.29
million
in
sales
in
Maine,
$
0.09
million
in
income
and
resulted
in
approximately
12
jobs.
The
procedures
and
data
sets
applied
here,
if
used
in
conjunction
with
future
versions
of
the
IMPLAN
modeling
system
can
serve
as
a
foundation
for
updating
the
input/
output
model
provided
in
this
study
and
for
developing
economic
impact
assessments
of
recreational
fisheries
in
other
states.

Steinback,
Scott
and
Jon
O

Neil
(
1996).

Summary
Report
of
Methods
and
Descriptive
Statistics
for
the
1994
Northeast
Region
Marine
Recreational
Economics
Survey.

Social
Sciences
Branch,
NOAA,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Woods
Hole,
MA
and
Department
of
Marine
Affairs,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
RI.

Two
sportfishing
surveys
were
conducted
during
1994
in
the
Northeast
Region
(
Maine
to
Virginia).
Data
from
the
surveys
provided
demographic
and
economic
information
on
marine
recreational
fishing
participants
from
Maine
to
Virginia.
The
purpose
of
this
report
is
to
document
the
socio­
economic
characteristics
of
these
participants
and
to
identify
their
marine
recreational
fishing
preferences
and
their
perceptions
of
current
and
prospective
fishery
management
regulations.
This
information
will
be
used
to
estimate
statistical
models
of
the
demand
for
marine
recreational
fishing
for
eight
important
recreational
species
in
a
subsequent
phase
of
the
research.

Stelle,
William
(
1997).

Pacific
Salmon.

Issue
paper.
Presented
at
the
Marine
Fishery
Advisor
(
MAFAC)
Meeting,
July
7­
10,
Seattle,
Washington.

Major
issues,
background,
discussion,
and
recommendations
are
presented
briefly.

Stephenson,
Robert
L.,
Stratis
Gavaris,
and
Daniel
E.
Lane
(
1994).
"
The
Scale
of
Management:
An
impediment
to
linking
biological,
social,
and
economic
considerations
in
management."
C.
M.
1994/
T:
40,
Theme
Session
on
Improving
the
Link
Between
Fisheries
Science
and
Management:
Biological,
Social,
and
Economic
Considerations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
82nd
Statutory
Meeting,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September,
6
pp.

An
examination
of
the
biological,
social,
and
economic
aspects
of
fisheries
suggests
that
differences
in
temporal
and
spatial
scale
may
pose
a
major
challenge
to
their
successful
integration
in
management.
Management
actions
to
date
have
been
dominated
by
biological
matters.
Resulting
fisheries
management
decisions
have
not
always
been
successful
and
have
led
to
questions
of
the
appropriateness
of
the
management
scale.
Interestingly,
proposed
solutions
have
resulted
in
the
apparently
inconsistent
direction
towards
both
smaller
scale
(
e.
g.
consideration
of
separate
spawning
groups
within
stock
complexes)
and
towards
increased
scale
(
e.
g.
multispecies
or
ecosystem
approaches).
Enhanced
integration
of
economic
and
social
6
4
1
considerations
compounds
the
complications
of
scale.
The
challenge
for
management
will
be
to
overcome
the
complication
of
scale
by
recognition
of
the
implications
of
a
mixture
of
scales.

Stevens,
Robert
E.
(
1984).
"
Recommendations
for
Action:
Panel
5
Development
and
the
Management
Process."
Chapter
24
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

A
summary
of
the
discussion
on
development
and
the
management
process.
Recommendations
are
made
that
will
improve
the
chances
for
marine
recreational
fisheries
development.

Stollery,
Kenneth
(
1986).
"
A
Short­
Run
Model
of
Capital
Stuffing
in
the
Pacific
Halibut
Fishery."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
3(
2):
137­
153.

One
of
the
predicted
effects
of
regulation
to
curtail
overfishing
is
"
capital
stuffing"
where
boats
are
overcapitalized
to
take
maximum
advantage
of
limited
entry
licensing
or
restrictions
of
the
fishing
season.
The
present
paper
utilizes
a
short
run
competitive
fishery
model
to
assess
the
effects
of
quotas
and
season
restrictions
in
the
Pacific
halibut
fishery.
The
results
in
this
case
show
labor
productivity
(
a
proxy
for
capital
intensity)
to
be
less
strongly
related
to
the
length
of
the
fishing
season
than
to
the
halibut
price,
implying
that
the
main
effect
of
the
quota
may
be
an
indirect
one,
through
restricting
supply
and
raising
the
price.

Stollery,
Kenneth
(
1986).
"
Monopsony
Processing
in
an
Open­
Access
Fishery."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
3(
4):
331­
351.

In
a
recent
paper,
Clark
and
Munro
(
1980)
showed
that
monopsony
processing
more
than
offsets
the
effects
of
open
access
in
the
harvesting
sector
of
a
commercial
fishery,
and
leads
to
over
conservation
of
the
resource.
We
show
here
that
this
conclusion
depends
critically
on
the
cost
of
capacity
and
consequent
ease
of
entry
and
exit
from
the
harvesting
sector.
In
particular,
for
low
entry
and
exit
speeds
the
monopsonist
has
a
high
degree
of
monopoly
power
and
by
depressing
the
price
over
conserves
the
natural
resource
relative
to
the
social
optimum,
while
as
the
adjustment
speed
approaches
infinity
a
monopsonist
employing
a
discount
rate
equal
to
the
social
rate
of
discount
will
be
induced
to
behave
optimally
from
the
viewpoint
of
society.
By
means
of
a
simulation
employing
parameters
from
the
Pacific
halibut
fishery,
we
also
show
that
a
monopsonist
subject
to
relatively
sluggish
entry
or
exit
may
reap
profits
considerably
less
than
the
resource
rents
accruing
if
the
resource
were
optimally
managed.

Stollery,
Kenneth
(
1988).
"
Cooperatives
as
an
Alternative
to
Regulation
in
Commercial
Fisheries."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
4:
289­
304.

the
problem
of
fisheries
regulation
is
essentially
one
of
assigning
property
rights
to
a
scarce
resource.
This
paper
investigates
the
effects
of
the
establishment
of
a
fishery
cooperative
as
an
alternative
to
limited
entry
licensing
of
a
fishery,
in
effect
transferring
the
property
rights
to
the
managers
of
the
cooperative.
The
consequences
of
this
for
resource
conservation
are
found
to
depend
on
the
cooperative
management
policy.
While
a
cooperative
that
is
passive
with
respect
to
entry
will
behave
in
a
manner
identical
to
that
of
a
competitive
fishery,
a
cooperative
that
limits
entry
to
maximize
the
existing
members'
share
tends
to
over
conserve
the
resource
6
4
2
relative
to
optimum
fishing
and
processing
and
produce
at
excess
cost
in
both
sectors.
The
intermediate
case
of
a
cooperative
that
charges
an
entry
fee
may
either
over
conserve
or
under
conserve
the
stock.
The
results
are
illustrated
by
means
of
a
simulation
employing
parameters
from
the
Pacific
halibut
fishery.

Stone,
Christopher
D.
(
1997).

The
Maladies
in
Global
Fisheries:
Are
Trade
Laws
Part
of
the
Treatment?

Working
Paper
No.
97­
12,
University
of
Southern
California
Law
School,
Los
Angeles,
CA.

The
world
capture
fisheries
are
being
over
exploited.
Across
vast
areas,
a
reduction
in
pressure,
by
providing
stocks
an
opportunity
to
rebuild,
would
increase
productivity
and
maximize
revenues
in
the
long
run.
Fisheries
managers
are
utilizing
an
array
of
techniques,
including
restraints
on
time,
place,
gear,
and
catch,
to
dampen
the
level
of
harvest.
But
their
efforts
are
resisted
and
undermined,
even
rendered
counter
productive,
by
excess
sector
specific
capital
and
labor.
There
is
no
single
remedy.
But
subsidies
are
a
crucial
culprit.
Fishing
subsidies,
estimated
at
tens
of
billions
of
dollars
annually
world
wide,
lure
and
shelter
the
excessive
catch
capacity.
As
a
consequence,
fishery
subsidies
(
and

overcapacity

)
are
being
called
into
question
in
a
variety
of
fora.
This
paper
proposes
that
trade
disciplines
should
be
more
aggressively
deployed
in
this
campaign.
Fish
products
constitute
one
of
the
major
components
in
world
trade.
Many
government
programs
designed
to
support
fisheries
appear
to
be
in
clear
violation
of
the
GATT.
Hence,
anti­
subsidy
disciplines
and
other
trade
related
measures
are
response
mechanisms
already
in
place.
There
are,
of
course,
major
barriers
to
any
assault
on
practices
as
widespread
and
entrenched
as
fishing
subsidies.
But
inroads
have
been
made,
or
are
in
the
offing,
even
in
the
farm
sector.
In
fishing,
prospects
for
reform
under
the
trade
law
are
brightened
by
potential
support
of
resource
and
environmental
constituencies.

Stone,
Christopher
D.
(
1998).

Can
the
Oceans
be
Harbored?
A
Four
Step
Plan
for
the
21st
Century.

Draft
report
prepared
for
presentation
at
the
Conference,

Towards
the
International
Protection
of
the
Oceans:
From
Rules
to
Compliance,

Lisbon,
17th
­
19th
September,
University
of
Southern
California
Law
School,
Los
Angeles,
CA.

A
four
step
program
to
improve
the
exploitation
of
the
oceans
includes
first,
the
removal
of
subsidies
that
underwrite
and
thereby
accelerate
ransacking
of
the
ocean
environment
and
its
resources.
Second,
the
imposition
of
charges
for
rivalrous
uses
of
the
oceans.
Third,
establishment
of
an
oceans
trust
fund,
financed
through
the
use­
charges,
designed
to
maintain
and
repair
the
ocean

s
health.
Fourth,
the
establishment
of
an
Oceans
Guardian
to
give
voice
to
the
ocean
in
legislative
and
judicial
fora.

Stone,
Christopher
D.
(
1998).

Fisheries
Subsidies,
Trade
Law,
and
the
WTO
Subsidies
Agreement.

Presented
at
the
Workshop
on
the
Impact
of
Government
Financial
Transactions
on
Fisheries
Management,
Resources,
and
International
Trade
Sponsored
by
Pacific
Economic
Cooperation
Council,
fisheries
Development
and
Cooperation
Task
Force,
Manila,
Philippines,
17th
­
19th
August,
University
of
Southern
California
Law
School,
Los
Angeles,
CA.

A
criticism
of
subsidies
in
fishing.

Stone,
Richard
B.
(
1985).
"
National
Artificial
Reef
Plan."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS
OF­
6,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Washington,
D.
C.,
November,
39
pp.
6
4
3
The
National
Fishing
Enhancement
Act
of
1984
directs
the
Secretary
of
Commerce
to
develop
and
publish
a
long
term
National
Artificial
Reef
Plan
to
promote
and
facilitate
responsible
and
effective
artificial
reef
use
based
on
the
best
scientific
information
available.
This
plan
has
been
developed
to
provide
guidance
or
criteria
on
planning,
siting,
designing,
types
of
materials,
constructing,
and
managing
artificial
reefs.
It
includes
reviews
of
existing
information
sources
and
discusses
research
needs.
Other
issues,
such
as
liability
and
mitigation,
are
introduced;
these
issues
should
be
addressed
in
more
detail
by
groups
of
knowledgeable
individuals
from
the
Federal,
State,
university,
and
private
sectors.

Stone,
Richard
and
Rebecca
Lent
(
1995).
"
NMFS
Highly
Migratory
Species
Integrated
Science
and
Management
Program:
Science
in
Support
of
Management."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Highly
Migratory
Species
Management
Division,
Silver
Spring,
MD.

Highly
migratory
species
management
issues
are
complex,
multidisciplinary
and
highly
sensitive.
An
integrated
research
program
ensures
that
the
critical
information
for
managing
these
fisheries
will
be
available
for
decision
makers
as
well
as
constituents
to
evaluate
the
socioeconomic
and
biological
consequences
of
the
various
management
options
available.
This
integrated
HMS
research
program
unites
researchers
in
several
disciplines
in
the
various
NMFS
offices,
ensuring
that
the
high
priority
management
questions
are
addressed.
This
expanded,
integrated
research
program
not
only
fits
in
well
with
the
NMFS
reorganization,
but
also
ensures
that
research
responds
to
all
basic
management
needs
and
that
management
decisions
are
based
on
the
best
possible
science.

Stopher,
Peter
R.
(
1969).
"
A
Probability
Model
of
Travel
Mode
Choice
for
the
Work
Journey."
Highway
Research
Record,
283:
57­
65.

This
paper
describes
the
derivation
of
a
probability
model
of
travel
mode
choice
for
the
work
journey
in
terms
of
the
differences
in
costs
and
times
between
the
modes
available
for
each
individual's
journey.
The
work
is
based
on
surveys
carried
out
at
two
offices
in
central
London,
with
some
test
data
from
a
survey
of
workers
in
central
Leeds.
Regression
techniques
were
used
to
establish
simple
linear
relationships
between
the
probability
of
using
a
car
and
the
cost
and
time
differences
between
a
car
and
the
best
available
public
transport
route.
Reasonable
correlation
coefficients
were
obtained.
Limited
tests
of
the
models
have
reproduced
existing
mode
choices
to
a
high
degree
of
accuracy.
Relationships
were
also
established
between
the
regression
coefficients
and
income.
A
generalized
model
is
derived
from
these
relationships.
The
basic
model
has
a
serious
fault
in
that
because
it
is
linear,
it
permits
values
of
probability
to
be
obtained
that
exceed
unity,
or
are
less
than
zero.
A
logistic
transformation
is
put
forward
to
correct
this
and
is
used
on
the
generalized
model.
The
resulting
model
still
appears
to
reproduce
existing
conditions
to
a
similarly
high
degree
of
accuracy.
The
model
appears
to
be
reasonably
behavioral,
and
could
form
the
basis
of
a
new
and
more
accurate
mode
choice
procedure.

Strand,
Ivar
E.
(
1987).
"
The
Magnuson
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management
Act:
An
Economic
Assessment
of
the
First
10
Years.
Discussion."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
3):
12.

A
critical
discussion
of
Jon
M.
Conrad
(
1987).
"
The
Magnuson
Fisheries
Conservation
and
Management
Act:
An
Economic
Assessment
of
the
First
10
Years."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
3):
3­
12.
6
4
4
Strand,
Ivar
E.,
K.
E.
McConnell,
and
Nancy
E.
Bockstael
(
1991).

Marine
Recreational
Fishing
in
the
Middle
and
South
Atlantic:
A
Descriptive
Study."
Cooperative
Agreement
#
CR­
811043­
01­
0,
University
of
Maryland,
Environmental
Protection
Agency,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
and
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
University
of
Maryland,
College
Park,
August.

This
report
is
the
descriptive
phase
of
a
research
project
on
the
economics
of
marine
recreational
fishing
along
the
middle
and
south
Atlantic
coast
of
the
U.
S.
It
describes
the
data
from
three
large
surveys
on
sportfishing,
surveys
that
will
form
the
basis
of
a
subsequent
phase
of
the
research
project.
This
first
phase
provides
a
broad
brushed
picture
of
saltwater
fishing
during
the
1980'
s
and
serves
as
a
foundation
for
a
more
comprehensive
economic
study
yet
to
come.

Strand,
Ivar
E.,
K.
E.
McConnell,
and
Nancy
E.
Bockstael
(
1994).
Commercial
Fisheries
Harvesting,
Conservation
and
Pollution:
Preferences
and
Conflicts,
NMFS
Contract
NA­
26FD­
0135­
01,
National
Saltonstall­
Kennedy
Program,
Department
of
Agricultural
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Maryland,
College
Park,
Maryland.

This
report
contains
information
regarding
both
the
costs
and
benefits
of
protecting
marine
mammals
and
threatened
marine
species.
The
report
is
organized
according
to
the
explicit
and
implicit
costs
of
restricting
marine
fishing
and
the
economic
value
of
marine
mammals.
The
conflict
between
free
trade
and
global
marine
resources
is
examined
in
light
of
two
conflicts
­
the
dolphin
bycatch
by
tuna
vessels
in
the
Eastern
Tropical
Pacific
and
sea
turtle
bycatch
by
shrimpers
in
the
Caribbean.
The
implicit
costs
to
U.
S.
consumers
from
various
policies
restricting
trade
in
tuna
and
explicit
costs
to
U.
S.
tuna
fishermen
from
avoiding
dolphins
in
the
ETP
are
presented.
Substitution
among
animal
protein
sources
in
Japan
is
examined
and
adds
to
our
understanding
of
how
sanctions
against
food
from
the
sea
effect
the
terrestrial
environment.
Finally,
a
survey
of
Massachusetts
citizens
and
scientists
regarding
their
willingness
to
pay
for
the
elimination
of
the
bycatch
of
harbor
porpoises
in
New
England
waters
is
presented.
We
provide
estimates
indicating
that
the
costs
of
marine
mammal
protection,
both
to
fishermen
and
consumers,
are
large,
that
the
stated
willingness
to
pay
of
Massachusetts
citizens
for
the
marine
mammal
protection
is
large,
and
that
the
preferences
for
the
protection
of
harbor
porpoises
by
scientists
are
not
distinct
from
preferences
of
the
general
public.

Strickland,
Dan
(
1994).
"
The
IFQ
Program,
Insights
and
Updates."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Alaska
Region,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Restricted
Access
Management
Division,
P.
O.
Box
21668,
Juneau,
Alaska,
February,
15
pp.

This
publication
is
intended
to
provide
a
simplified
explanation
of
the
individual
fishing
quota
(
IFQ)
program
as
adopted
by
the
Secretary
of
Commerce.

Stroud,
Richard
H.
(
ed.)
(
1984).
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries.
Volume
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

The
symposium
objectives
are
to
achieve
recognition
of
marine
recreational
fisheries
as
an
important
element
of
national
policy;
to
identify
6
4
5
major
marine
recreational
fisheries
problems
and
develop
fresh
solutions
thereto;
and
to
foster
effective
management
regimes
for
the
conservation
of
living
marine
resources.

Stroud,
Richard
H.
(
ed.)
(
1989).
Planning
The
Future
of
Billfish,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Savannah,
Georgia.

Proceedings
of
the
Second
International
Billfish
Symposium,
Kailua­
Kona,
Hawaii.
Without
a
better
understanding
of
billfishes
and
of
the
impact
of
fishing
activities
on
billfishes
the
world
over,
these
magnificent
and
enormously
valuable
fishes
have
uncertain
futures.
We
recognize,
lacking
more
effective
conservation
and
management,
that
the
future
for
billfishes
could
be
one
of
depleted
fisheries
and
lost
opportunities.

Sullivan,
Carl
R.
(
1984).
"
Recommendations
for
Action:
Panel
2
The
Marine
Recreational
Fishing
Industry."
Chapter
21
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

Summary
of
presentations
and
recommendations
for
strengthening
the
marine
recreational
fishing
industry
and
suggested
actions
by
government
agencies,
private
institutions,
and
individuals.

Sullivan,
Kathryn
(
1995).

Results
of
the
Review
of
the
NOAA
Science
Enterprise
by
the
NOAA
Chief
Scientist.

Office
of
the
Chief
Scientist,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Room
5128,
14th
and
Constitution
Avenue,
NW,
Washington,
D.
C.

The
document
is
the
culmination
of
a
broad
scale
review
of
NOAA

s
entire
science
enterprise,
conducted
by
NOAA

s
Office
of
the
Chief
Scientist
over
a
period
of
nearly
two
years.

Sullivan,
Mary
Margaret
(
1993).
"
Texas
Closure
Revisited."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
January.

A
draft
report
that
analyzes
the
economic
impacts
of
the
Texas
Closure
regulation
using
the
General
Bioeconomic
Simulation
Model
developed
by
Grant
and
Griffin.

Sumaila,
Ussif
Rashid
(
1995).

Irreversible
Capital
Investment
in
a
Two­
stage
Bimatrix
Fishery
Game
Model.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
3):
263­
283.

A
two­
stage,
two­
player
noncooperative
game
model
is
developed
(
under
an
irreversible
capital
investment
assumption)
with
the
main
aim
of
predicting
the
number
of
vessels
that
each
player
in
such
a
game
will
find
in
his
best
interest
to
employ
in
the
exploitation
of
the
Arcto­
Norwegian
cod
stock,
given
a
noncooperative
environment
and
the
fact
that
all
players
are
jointly
constrained
by
the
population
dynamics
of
the
resource.
The
predictions
so
obtained
are
then
compared
with
(
i)
the
sole
owner

s
optimal
capacity
investments
for
the
two
players;
(
ii)
the
results
in
Sumaila
(
1994),
where
perfect
malleability
of
capacity
is
assumed
implicitly;
and
(
iii)
available
data
on
the
Arcto­
Norwegian
cod
fishery.

Sumaila,
Ussif
Rashid
(
1997).

Strategic
Dynamic
Interaction:
The
Case
of
Barents
Sea
Fisheries.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
12(
2):
77­
94.
6
4
6
This
paper
develops
a
bioeconomic
model
for
two
Barents
Sea
fisheries
that
attempts
to
capture
the
predator­
prey
relationships
between
cod
and
capelin,
the
two
main
species
in
the
habitat.
The
aim
is
to
analyze
joint
cooperative
(
versus
separate
noncooperative)
management
of
this
predator­
prey
system
with
a
view
to
isolating
the
efficiency
loss
due
to
separate
management.
Using
a
game
theoretic
framework
and
a
multicohort
age­
structured
bioeconomic
model,
we
compute
joint
and
separate
management
equilibrium
outcomes
for
the
model
and
investigate
the
effects
of
changes
in
economic
parameters
on
the
computed
results.
In
this
way,
we
explore
the
economic
consequences
of
the
predator­
prey
relationships
between
cod
and
capelin
and
the
externalities
due
to
noncooperation.
Results
of
the
study
tend
to
suggest
that
(
i)
under
current
market
conditions,
it
is
economically
optimal
to
exploit
both
species
(
rather
than
just
one
of
them)
under
joint
management;
(
ii)
in
comparison
with
the
separate
management
outcome,
a
severe
reduction
of
the
capelin
fishery
is
called
for
under
joint
management;
and
(
iii)
the
loss
in
discounted
economic
rent
resulting
from
the
externalities
due
to
the
natural
interactions
between
the
species
is
significant,
reaching
up
to
almost
a
quarter
of
what
is
achievable
under
separate
management.

Summers,
Charles
(
1995).

Learning
From
Other
Fleets.

In
Brad
Warren,
Win­
Win
Bycatch
Solutions.
National
Fisheries
Conservation
Center,
Seattle
WA.

A
discussion
of
the
bycatch
and
discard
problem
in
Oregon

s
shrimp
fishery.
Various
designs
of
finfish
excluder
devices
are
being
tested
to
reduce
bycatch
in
what
is
already
considered
to
be
a
very
clean
fishery.

Surdi,
Richard
and
Mort
Miller
(
1981).
"
Productivity
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
Draft
report,
NMFS,
Office
of
Policy
and
Planning,
Economic
Analysis
Staff,
Washington,
D.
C.

This
report
examines
productivity
in
the
Gulf
shrimp
fishery,
which
has
undergone
considerable
expansion
in
recent
years.
The
general
concepts
and
measures
of
productivity
are
discussed
first.
Then,
the
trend
in
shrimp
production
is
reviewed.
Third,
trends
in
major
inputs
to
the
shrimp
fishery
are
reviewed.
This
is
followed
by
a
review
of
several
partial
productivity
measures
that
indicate
a
significant
decline
in
productivity
in
the
shrimp
fishery.
The
report
concludes
that
the
increased
investment
in
fleet
capacity
has
resulted
in
lower
productivity
over
time.

Sutherland,
Donald
(
2000).
"
U.
S.
Fish
harvesters
Up
on
Financial
Rocks."
Lycos
Environment
News
Service,
April
26,
7
pp.

Commercial
fishermen
in
the
U.
S.
are
in
desperate
financial
straits
as
a
result
of
poor
fisheries
management
by
NMFS
aimed
only
at
rebuilding
depleted
stocks.

Sutherland,
Ronald
J.
(
1982).
"
A
Regional
Approach
to
Estimating
Recreation
Benefits
of
Improved
Water
Quality."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
9:
229­
247.

Recreation
demand
and
value
are
estimated
with
the
travel
cost
method
for
fishing,
camping,
boating,
and
swimming
on
a
site
specific
regional
basis.
The
model
is
regional
in
that
179
sites
are
defined
for
the
Pacific
Northwest.
A
gravity
model
is
employed
to
estimate
the
number
of
trips
from
each
origin
to
each
destination
in
the
region,
and
these
data
are
the
basic
input
in
the
travel
cost
demand
curves.
The
model
is
illustrated
by
estimating
the
recreation
benefits
that
would
result
from
meeting
the
national
environmental
goal
of
fishable
and
swimmable
rivers.
The
main
finding
is
that
potential
6
4
7
recreation
benefits
are
concentrated
in
a
few
select
areas,
that
are
accessible
to
large
population
centers.

Sutinen,
J.
G.
(
1979).
"
Fishermen's
Remuneration
Systems
and
Implications
for
Fisheries
Development."
Scottish
Journal
of
Political
Economy,
20(
2):
147­
162.

This
paper
derives
the
conditions
under
which
the
share
system
of
remuneration
would
be
preferred
by
the
relevant
parties
in
the
fishing
industry.
It
also
examines
the
implications
for
fisheries
development
under
these
derived
conditions.
The
result
is
that
the
above
arguments
against
the
share
system
disappear.
Instead,
the
share
system
of
remuneration
is
viewed
as
making
a
significant
positive
contribution
to
the
development
of
a
fishing
industry.

Sutinen,
J.
G.
(
1980).
"
Economic
Principles
of
Allocation
in
Recreational
and
Commercial
Fisheries."
In
Allocation
of
Fishery
Resources,
Proceedings
of
the
Technical
Consultation
on
Allocation
of
Fishery
Resources
held
in
Vichy,
France,
20­
23
April
1980
J.
H.
Grover
(
ed.)
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations,
pages
432­
436.

Basic
economic
concepts
are
introduced
and
applied
to
problems
of
managing
recreational
fisheries.
Recreational
users
of
a
fishery
resource
are
induced
by
economic
factors
to
overexploit
the
resource
under
open
access.
Management
policies
for
rational
use
of
the
resource
are
developed
and
explained.
When
commercial
and
recreational
users
compete
under
open
access
for
the
same
fishery
resource
the
paper
shows
how
economic
factors
determine
the
levels
of
commercial
and
recreational
effort.
The
economic
principles
are
explained
in
nontechnical
terms
for
determining
the
optimal
allocation
between
commercial
and
recreational
users
when
the
fishery
is
rationally
managed.

Sutinen,
J.
G.
(
1986).
"
Seasonality
in
Renewable
Resource
Models."
Presented
at
the
Annual
Meeting
of
the
Allied
Social
Science
Associations,
New
Orleans,
LA,
December
28­
31,
30
pp.

This
paper
is
an
extension
of
the
work
by
Huppert
(
1979)
and
Anderson
(
1982)
to
incorporate
exogenous
seasonal
variation
in
the
bioeconomic
model
of
a
fishery.

Sutinen,
Jon
G.
(
1987).
"
Enforcement
of
the
MFCMA:
An
Economist's
Perspective."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
4):
36­
43.

This
paper
describes
an
applied
benefit­
cost
framework
for
evaluating
fisheries
law
enforcement
and
uses
available
data
to
illustrate
its
application
to
evaluation
of
MFCMA
enforcement.
The
paper
contains
an
overview
of
the
regulations
and
enforcement
programs
under
the
Act,
a
basic
paradigm
for
explaining
the
incidence
of
violations
in
a
fishery,
a
model
for
measuring
the
effects
of
regulatory
and
enforcement
policies
on
compliance
and
benefits,
and
the
nature
and
magnitude
of
enforcement
costs
with
some
conclusions
drawn
in
the
final
section.

Sutinen,
Jon
G.
(
1993).
"
Recreational
and
Commercial
Fisheries
Allocation
with
Costly
Enforcement."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

This
paper
develops
a
model
to
determine
the
optimal
allocation
between
recreational
and
commercial
sectors
in
a
fishery
when
enforcement
is
costly
6
4
8
and
compliance
is
imperfect.
The
optimal
allocation
is
shown
to
depend
on,
inter
alia,
the
marginal
enforcement
cost
of
controlling
catches
in
each
sector.
Optimal
policies
for
total
allowable
catches,
bag
and
trip
limits,
and
the
penalty
schedule
are
also
derived.
The
analysis
is
set
in
the
context
of
the
mackerel
fishery
in
the
Southeastern
United
States.

Sutinen,
Jon
G.
(
1993).
"
Recreational
and
Commercial
Fisheries
Allocation
with
Costly
Enforcement."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
75(
5):
1183­
1187.

This
paper
addresses
the
problem
of
allocating
total
catch
between
recreational
and
commercial
fishing
sectors
when
enforcement
is
costly
and
compliance
imperfect
and
variable
between
the
two
sectors.

Sutinen,
Jon
G.
(
1995).
"
Draft
Synthesis
Report
for
the
OECD
Study
of
Fishery
Management."
Department
of
Natural
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
Rhode
Island.

A
draft
of
a
synthesis
report
for
the
study
of
fishery
management
in
OECD
countries.

Sutinen,
Jon
G.
(
1996).
"
Synthesis
Report
for
the
Study
on
the
Economic
Aspects
of
Management
of
Marine
Living
Resources."
Organization
for
Economic
Co­
operation
and
Development,
Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture
and
Fisheries,
Fisheries
Committee,
February,
201
pp.

The
aims
of
the
study
are
to
review
the
management
practices
and
experiences
in
member
countries
with
a
view
to
identifying
common
problems
and
considering
how
economic
instruments
can
be
applied
to
improve
the
efficiency
of
the
management
of
living
marine
resources;
to
consider
the
economic
aspects
of
managing
living
marine
resources,
including
aspects
of
structural
adjustment,
the
management
of
fisheries
with
multiple
species,
highly
migratory
species,
and
straddling
stocks;
and
to
identify
areas
where
international
coordination
and
collaboration
may
prove
useful.

Sutinen,
Jon
G.
(
1998).
"
Comments
on
the
Economic
Effects
of
Quota
Reductions
on
the
Atlantic
Large
Coastal
Shark
Fishery."
Letter
to
Gary
Matlock,
Department
of
Environmental
and
Natural
Resource
Economics,
319
Lippitt
Hall,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
RI,
April,
5
pp.

Comments
on
the
draft
document
entitled

Consideration
of
the
Economic
Effects
and
Potential
Alternatives
to
the
1997
Quotas
on
the
Atlantic
Large
Coastal
Shark
Fishery.

Given
that
existing
data
to
adequately
analyze
the
impacts
of
the
proposed
quota
reduction
is
nonexistent,
the
proposed
approach
is
a
reasonable
alternative.

Sutinen,
Jon
G.
and
James
Anderson
(
1996).

The
Use
of
Closed
Areas
as
a
Fisheries
Management
Tool
for
the
New
England
Groundfish
Fishery:
A
Bioeconomic
Analysis.

Sea
Grant
Proposal,
Department
of
Environmental
and
Natural
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
R.
I.

A
proposal
to
analyze
the
economic
impacts
of
closed
areas
in
a
stylized
theoretical
fishery
model
using
state
of
the
art
economic
modeling
techniques
and
existing
empirical
data.

Sutinen,
Jon
G.
and
Peder
Andersen
(
1985).
"
The
Economics
of
Fisheries
Law
Enforcement."
Land
Economics,
61(
4):
1­
14.
6
4
9
Cheung
(
1970)
shows
that
externalities
arise
when
exclusive
property
rights
are
absent.
Cheung
and
others
argue
that
the
presence
or
absence
of
exclusive
rights
depends
on
the
costs
of
defining
and
enforcing
exclusivity.
This
paper
explores
this
issue
in
greater
depth
with
a
formal
model
of
fisheries
law
enforcement
to
show
how
fishing
firms
behave
and
fishery
policies
are
affected
by
costly,
imperfect
enforcement
of
fisheries
law.
This
is
achieved
by
combining
standard
bioeconomic
theory
and
the
economic
theory
of
crime
and
punishment
(
Becker,
1968).

Sutinen,
Jon
G.
and
John
R.
Gauvin
(
1988).
"
An
Econometric
Study
of
Regulatory
Enforcement
and
Deterrence
in
the
Commercial
Inshore
Lobster
Fishery
of
Massachusetts."
Prepared
for
presentation
at
the
NATO
Advanced
Research
Workshop
on
the
Scientific
Foundations
of
Rights
Based
Fishing,
Reykjavik,
Iceland,
June
27
to
July
1,
pp.
36.

The
inshore
commercial
lobster
fishery
of
Massachusetts
is
used
to
determine
the
deterrence
effect
of
enforcement
in
a
rights
based
fishery.
As
predicted
by
theory,
a
lobstermen's
perceived
probability
of
detection
and
conviction
affects
their
violation
rate.

Sutinen,
J.
G.,
A.
Rieser,
and
J.
R.
Gauvin
(
1989).
"
Compliance
and
Enforcement
in
Northeast
Fisheries."
A
report
for
the
New
England
Fishery
Management
Council,
May,
pp.
73.

This
study
seeks
to
identify
practical
ways
to
improve
compliance
with
federal
multispecies
and
scallop
management
regulations
in
the
Northeast.

Sutinen,
J.
G.,
A.
Rieser,
and
J.
R.
Gauvin
(
1990).
"
Measuring
and
Explaining
Noncompliance
in
Federally
Managed
Fisheries."
Ocean
Development
and
International
Law,
21:
335­
372.

This
article
focuses
on
measuring
and
explaining
noncompliance
in
federally
managed
U.
S.
fisheries.
Novel
measurement
techniques
are
used
to
characterize
the
extent
and
patterns
of
noncompliance
in
the
northeast
groundfish
fishery.
According
to
the
authors's
estimates,
noncompliance
increased
substantially
in
1986
and
remained
high
through
1988
in
the
groundfish
fishery.
On
Georges
Bank
during
1987,
a
quarter
to
half
of
all
groundfish
vessels
were
identified
as
frequent
violators,
committing
closed
area
violations
on
about
one­
third
of
their
trips
and
using
illegal
mesh
on
nearly
all
trips.
Illegal
earnings
by
a
typical
frequent
violator
operating
in
the
groundfish
fishery
on
Georges
Bank
amounted
to
$
225,000
per
year
in
1987.
A
theory
of
compliance
in
fisheries
is
developed
and
applied
to
explain
the
trends
and
patterns
of
noncompliance
in
the
northeast
groundfish
fishery.
Biological
and
economic
forces
are
shown
to
be
dominant
causes
of
the
recent
deterioration
in
compliance.
Other
contributing
factors
include
weak
sanctions
and
insufficient
enforcement
resources.
The
article
concludes
with
a
prognosis
for
the
fishery
and
recommendations
for
improving
compliance.

Swallow,
Stephen
K.
(
1990).
"
Depletion
of
the
Environmental
Basis
for
Renewable
Resources:
The
Economics
of
Interdependent
Renewable
and
Nonrenewable
Resources."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
19:
281­
296.

This
paper
synthesizes
familiar
theories
of
nonrenewable
and
renewable
resource
economics
in
a
two
sector,
partial
equilibrium
analysis
of
efficient
trade
offs
between
renewable
resource
production
and
environmental
development.
The
irreversible
impacts
of
coastal
zone
development
provide
a
6
5
0
motivating
example.
While
development
proceeds,
the
efficient
harvest
of
renewable
resources
may
exceed
the
sustainable
rate.
While
development
may
involve
several
periods
of
growth
and
decline,
once
development
begins
it
proceeds
without
significant
interruptions.
If
a
profitable
renewable
sector
survives,
development
ceases
before
exhausting
all
profitable
opportunities.
Interdependent
stocks
reduce
distinctions
between
resource
types
because
each
sector
exhibits
features
of
the
other.

Swallow,
Stephen
K.
(
1994).
"
Intraseason
Harvest
Regulation
for
Fish
and
Wildlife
Recreation:
An
Application
to
Fishery
Policy."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
76(
4):
924­
935.

Resource
managers
often
ignore
economic
information
in
decisions
about
recreational
use
of
fish
and
wildlife
resources.
By
evaluating
within
season
harvest
regulations,
economists
can
identify
strategies
to
improve
recreational
benefits
without
compromising
management
objectives
represented
in
an
annual
harvest
quota.
Theoretical
analysis
raises
a
potential
for
bias
in
applied
welfare
analysis
if
regulations
inefficiently
trade
off
fishing
quality
and
exogenous
seasonality
in
anglers'
demand.
Simulations
demonstrate
that
efficient
regulations
may
limit
daily
harvests
during
the
best
fishing
season
or
during
the
peak
season
of
demand.
Inadequate
knowledge
of
recreationists'
behavioral
responses
to
quality
and
regulations
currently
limits
policy
assessments.

Swallow,
Stephen
(
1994).
Renewable
and
Nonrenewable
Resource
Theory
Applied
to
Coastal
Agriculture,
Forest,
Wetland,
and
Fishery
Linkages."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
9(
4):
291­
310.

This
paper
addresses
tradeoffs
in
wetland
development
using
a
framework
that
integrates
economic
theory
of
renewable
and
nonrenewable
resources.
The
theory
treats
wetland
development
as
use
of
a
nonrenewable
resource,
while
wetland
preservation
protects
critical
fishery
habitat.
The
framework
recognizes
that
wetland
quality
may
vary
for
either
development
or
fisheries.
An
illustrative
application
assesses
tradeoffs
in
converting
pocosin
wetlands
to
agriculture
rather
than
maintaining
wetlands
to
protect
salinity
in
estuarine
nursery
areas.
Results
reveal
the
marginal
value
of
salinity
protection
may
be
substantial,
while
location
may
affect
a
wetland's
value
to
an
estuarine
shrimp
fishery.
Comparisons
between
agricultural
and
forestry
land
uses
show
that
ecological
links
may
cause
wetland
values
to
depend
upon
the
land
use
chosen
for
the
developed
state.
Future
assessments
of
other
development
may
reveal
additional
impacts
through
impacts
on
salinity.

Swallow,
Stephen
K.,
Peter
J.
Parks,
and
David
N.
Wear
(
1990).
"
Policy­
Relevant
Nonconvexities
in
the
Production
of
Multiple
Forest
Benefits."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
19:
264­
280.

This
paper
challenges
common
assumptions
about
convexity
in
forest
rotation
models
that
optimize
timber
plus
nontimber
benefits.
If
a
local
optimum
occurs
earlier
than
the
globally
optimal
age,
policy
based
on
marginal
incentives
may
achieve
suboptimal
results.
Policy
relevant
nonconvexities
are
more
likely
if
(
i)
nontimber
benefits
dominate
for
young
stands
while
the
optimal
age
depends
primarily
on
timber
benefits
or
(
ii)
nontimber
benefits
dominate
for
mature
stands
and
also
determine
the
optimal
age.
Nonconvexities
may
create
either
temporary
or
persistent
difficulties.
Policy
makers
may
improve
efficiency
by
exploiting
the
relationship
between
the
timber
only
optimum
and
the
global
optimum.

Swallow,
Stephen
K.,
Thomas
Weaver,
James
J.
Opaluch,
and
Thomas
S.
6
5
1
Michelman
(
1994).
"
Heterogeneous
Preferences
and
Aggregation
in
Environmental
Policy
Analysis:
A
Landfill
Siting
Case."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
76(
3):
431­
443.

In
many
studies
of
nonmarket
resources,
economists
have
data
to
disaggregate
results
according
to
subpopulations
within
the
full
study
population.
Disaggregated
results
can
increase
the
usefulness
of
economic
analyses,
improve
public
confidence
in
the
results,
and
permit
public
officials
to
assess
equity
concerns.
We
outline
an
approach
to
obtain
disaggregated
results
when
characteristics
of
individuals
may
identify
distinct
preferences.
The
approach
is
applied
to
public
preferences
regarding
landfill
siting
decisions.
The
discussion
explores
the
implications
of
disaggregated
results
for
policy
decisions,
for
bias
in
aggregate
willingness
to
pay
estimates,
and
for
nonmarket
research
methodologies.

Swartz,
A.
Nelson
and
Charles
M.
Adams
(
1979).
"
The
Economics
of
Rockport
Bay
Texas
Shrimping
Vessels."
Report,
DIR
79­
1,
SP­
6
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
August,
10
pp.

A
cost
and
returns
survey
of
Rockport,
Texas
shrimp
fishermen
that
takes
into
account
seasonal
variation
in
abundance.
The
fall
season
is
much
more
valuable
to
the
shrimp
fisherman
than
the
spring
season.
However,
a
bay
vessel
operator
could
not
economically
survive
in
the
long
run
without
the
spring
season.

Sweeney,
James
L.
(
1977).
"
Economics
of
Depletable
Resources:
Market
Forces
and
Intertemporal
Bias."
Review
of
Economic
Studies,
44:
125­
142.

This
paper
theoretically
models
the
extraction
patterns
of
a
finite
depletable
resource
and
systematically
examines
the
effects
of
intertemporal
bias
stemming
from
various
market
forces
on
depletion
patterns.

Swierzbinski,
Joseph
(
1985).
"
Statistical
Methods
Applicable
to
Selected
Problems
in
Fisheries
Biology
and
Economics."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
1(
3):
209­
233.

The
methods
by
which
fishery
scientists
estimate
fish
populations
size
are
reviewed.
These
include
tagging,
cohort
analysis,
random
sampling
and
catch
per
unit
of
effort
indexes.
Elementary
statistical
considerations
are
introduced
to
discuss
some
of
the
properties
of
the
methods.
For
example,
we
model
the
effect
of
spatial
patchiness
on
random
sampling
and
the
effect
of
sample
size
on
tagging
estimates.
Next,
the
Poisson,
negative
binomial,
and
gamma
distributions
and
their
interrelations
are
discussed.
In
particular,
these
three
distribution
form
a
do­
it­
yourself
kit
for
making
models
of
the
fisherman's
catch
per
trip.
One
policy
tool
suggested
for
fishery
regulation
is
the
auction
of
licenses.
Smiley
has
extended
the
bidding
models
of
Wilson
and
Rothkopf
and
applied
them
to
empirical
data
on
offshore
oil
lease
bids.
We
discuss
Smiley's
model,
which
could
provide
information
about
fishermen's
expectations
and
learning
about
abundance,
if
and
when
auction
schemes
are
implemented
for
fisheries.
Finally,
we
review
the
application
of
logit
estimation
as
a
tool
for
studying
the
discrete
choice
behavior
of
fishermen.

Swierzbinski,
Joseph
and
Robert
Mendelsohn
(
1989).
"
Exploration
and
Exhaustible
Resources:
The
Microfoundations
of
Aggregate
Models."
International
Economic
Review,
30(
1):
175­
186.
6
5
2
Starting
from
a
disaggregate
model
of
the
search
for
low
cost
deposits
of
an
exhaustible
resource,
we
derive
the
appropriate
specifications
for
aggregate
extraction
and
exploration
cost
functions
and
analyze
the
behavior
of
a
competitive
industry.
The
proper
specification
of
the
aggregate
extraction
cost
function
depends
on
the
exploration
technology
and
is
generally
different
from
the
usual
no
discovery
specification.
The
common
practice
of
combining
the
no
discovery
cost
function
with
exploration
results
in
a
misspecified
model
for
which
the
total
cost
of
extracting
the
resource
is
not
well
defined.
The
widely
accepted
prediction
that
the
anticipated
discovery
of
low
cost
deposits
can
result
in
a
U­
shaped
price
path
appears
to
be
an
artifact
of
this
misspecification.
For
our
properly
specified
cost
functions,
the
predicted
resource
price
is
always
rising,
in
spite
of
the
continued
discovery
of
low
cost
deposits.

Swingle,
Hugh
A.,
Donald
G.
Bland,
and
Walter
M.
Tatum
(
1976).
"
Survey
of
the
16­
foot
Trawl
Fishery
of
Alabama."
Alabama
Marine
Resources
Bulletin,
11(
June):
51­
57.

Of
the
19,120
owners
of
Class
I
and
II
boats
registered
in
Mobile
and
Baldwin
counties
in
1972,
5,727
or
30%
owned
a
16­
foot
shrimp
trawl.
From
1972
to
1974,
the
estimated
shrimp
catch
by
these
16­
foot
trawls
ranged
from
204
to
291
thousand
pounds
(
heads­
on)
or
15
to
25
percent
of
the
total
catch
from
the
inside
waters
of
Alabama.

Swingle,
Wayne
E.
(
1972).
"
Survey
of
the
Live
Bait
Shrimp
Industry
of
Alabama."
Alabama
Marine
Resources
Bulletin,
No.
8,
Alabama
Marine
Resources
Laboratory,
Dauphin
Island,
Alabama,
June,
33
pp.

During
1968,
there
were
24
bona
fide
live
bait
shrimp
dealers
operating
in
Alabama
who
sold
1,544,000
live
shrimp
and
22,200
pounds
of
dead
shrimp
having
a
retail
value
of
$
76,540.
The
capital
investment
per
dealer
was
$
3,303
for
facilities
and
equipment.
No
shrimp
were
exported
from
Alabama,
and
only
a
negligible
amount
was
imported.
Brown
shrimp
(
Penaeus
aztecus)
and
white
shrimp
(
Penaeus
setiferus)
were
the
major
species
taken.
Brown
shrimp
entered
the
estuaries
first
and
were
gradually
replaced
by
white
shrimp.
The
fishery
normally
operates
from
June
through
November.
Length­
weight
relationships
were
determined
for
brown
shrimp,
white
shrimp,
and
pink
shrimp
(
Penaeus
duorarum).

Swingle,
Wayne
E.
(
1991).
"
Shrimp
Limited
Entry
Options
Paper."
Draft
report,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
881,
5401
W.
Kennedy
Blvd.,
Tampa,
Florida,
133
pp.,
Appendix.

A
draft
of
the
options
paper
for
a
limited
access
system
for
the
shrimp
fishery.

Swingle,
Wayne
E.
(
1996).
"
Issues
the
Shrimp
AP
Requested
be
Addressed
in
Bycatch
Amendment."
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Lincoln
Center,
Suite
881,
5401
W.
Kennedy
Blvd.,
Tampa,
Florida,
6
pp.

Summary
of
problems
that
need
to
be
addressed
in
an
analysis
of
the
proposed
regulations
to
reduce
finfish
bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
including
incorporating
ecological
models
in
the
economic­
cost
benefit
analysis.

Sylvia,
Gilbert
(
1989).
"
An
Economic
Policy
Model
for
Net­
Pen
Salmon
Aquaculture
Development:
A
Dynamic
Multilevel
Approach."
6
5
3
Dissertation,
Department
of
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island.

The
primary
objectives
of
this
research
are
(
1)
a
global
analysis
of
the
codevelopment
of
the
net­
pen
salmon
aquaculture
industry
and
related
public
institutions,
(
2)
development
of
a
conceptual,
intertemporal,
multilevel
economic
poly
model,
and
(
3)
formulation
and
application
of
a
numerical
model
capable
of
generating
economic
policy
information
for
salmon
aquaculture
policy
development.

Sylvia,
Gilbert
(
1990).
"
Market
Information
and
Fisheries
Management:
A
Multiobjective
Analysis."
Draft
report,
Oregon
State
University,
Coastal
Oregon
Marine
Experiment
Station,
Hatfield
Marine
Science
Center,
Newport,
Oregon.

Market
related
issues
are
often
implicitly
or
explicitly
treated
as
exogenous
to
the
fisheries
policy
problem.
Examples
illustrate
the
relationship
of
market
demand,
variation
in
intrinsic
and
extrinsic
seafood
qualities,
and
regulatory
policy.
A
dynamic
multiobjective
model
is
used
to
demonstrate
how
policy
factors
including
market
information,
regulatory
instruments,
and
fishery
stock
dynamics
can
impact
the
levels
and
distribution
of
social
benefits.
Socioeconomic
policy
information
is
summarized
in
the
form
of
dynamic
and
capitalized
policy
frontiers.

Sylvia,
Gilbert
and
Deqin
Cai
(
1995).
"
Generating
Policy
Information
for
Fisheries
Management:
A
Comparison
of
Alternative
Approaches."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
1):
77­
91.

The
potential
for
economic
policy
modeling
approaches
under
alternative
theories
of
fisheries
management
are
reviewed.
Conceptual
dynamic
models
are
developed
to
illustrate
the
discussion.
Results
suggest
that
the
class
of
multi
objective
models
known
as
multi
attribute
utility
theory
are
consistent
with
a
fisheries
policy
process
characterized
primarily
by
principles
of
scientific
management.
Conversely,
multi
objective
policy
models
based
on
generating
techniques
may
be
more
appropriate
when
the
policy
process
is
driven
by
a
pluralistic
process.
Conceptual
and
numerical
models
are
used
to
demonstrate
the
potential
for
these
approaches
in
incorporating
environmental
externalities.
Dynamic
and
capitalized
policy
frontiers
are
generated
for
purposes
of
comparative
analysis.
The
paper
concludes
by
emphasizing
the
role
that
multi
objective
methods
can
play
in
improving
the
efficiency
of
the
fisheries
policy
process.

Sylvia,
Gilbert
and
Roberto
R.
Enriquez
(
1994).
"
Multiobjective
Bioeconomic
Analysis:
An
Application
to
the
Pacific
Whiting
Fishery."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
9(
4):
311­
328.

A
multiobjective
bioeconomic
policy
model
was
developed
for
the
United
States
Pacific
whiting
fishery.
Pareto
optimal
solutions
for
three
policy
objectives­
rents,
production,
and
female
spawning
biomass­
were
developed
and
analyzed
using
"
hybrid"
generating
technique.
Three
policy
instruments
were
considered:
harvest
quotas,
fleet
capacity
limits,
and
allocation
between
shore
based
and
offshore
fisheries.
Results
indicate
that
Pareto
optimal
allocations
to
shore
based
and
at
sea
industries
will
depend
on
the
spatial
and
temporal
characteristics
of
the
stock
and
the
assumptions
regarding
the
harvesting
and
processing
characteristics
of
each
fleet.
The
analysis
also
suggests
approaches
for
measuring
opportunity
costs
associated
with
misidentifying
"
biological
risk"
and
operationalizing
the
concept
known
as
"
optimum
yield".
6
5
4
Sylvia,
Gilbert
and
Sherry
L.
Larkin
(
1995).
"
Firm­
Level
Intermediate
Demand
for
Pacific
Whiting
Products:
a
Multi­
Attribute,
Multisector
Analysis."
Canadian
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
43(
3):
501­
518.

Variation
in
seafood
prices
resulting
from
differences
in
product
characteristics
are
often
obscured
by
highly
aggregated
data
or
data
representing
only
upstream
sectors.
This
can
lead
to
myopic
commodity­
based
analysis
that
fails
to
identify
how
changes
in
public
and
private
fisheries
management
may
impact
product
characteristics,
market
development,
and
long
run
social
benefits.
Given
these
problems,
alternative
methods
are
needed
to
complement
traditional
demand,
supply,
and
cost­
benefit
analysis.
Mail
and
personal
surveys
of
seafood
wholesalers
were
conducted
to
determine
preferences
for
Pacific
whiting
products.
The
relative
importance
of
fillet
and
headed
and
gutted
product
characteristics
were
determined
using
conjoint
analyses
and
factorial
based
market
experiments.
Estimation
of
relative
profitability,
probability
of
purchase,
and
sort
run

conditional

demand
models
revealed
the
importance
of
wholesaler
characteristics,
physical
product
characteristics,
and
contractual
arrangements.
Marketing
margins
and
demands
for
improved
products
were
also
estimated.
Implications
for
private
and
public
resource
management
are
discussed.

Sylvia,
Gilbert,
Robert
Hannah,
and
Michael
Morrissey
(
1997).

Bioeconomic
Analysis
of
the
Pink
Shrimp
Fishery.

Proposal,
Coastal
Oregon
Marine
Experiment
Station,
University
of
Oregon,
Newport,
Oregon.

The
objective
of
the
proposed
analysis
is
to
integrate
the
harvesting
and
processing
sectors
of
the
Oregon
pink
shrimp
industry
and
evaluate
economic
impacts
of
altering
the
mix
of
product
sizes,
product
recoveries,
and
product
quality;
to
evaluate
the
impacts
of
growth
overfishing
and
economic
yield
per
recruit
within
an
integrated
bioeconomic
model;
to
evaluate
the
economic
benefits
of
using
finfish
excluder
devices;
to
develop
a
model
that
incorporates
these
objectives
and
evaluate
alternative
management
policies
of
the
pink
shrimp
fishery;
and
to
disseminate
research
results
through
publications
and
presentations
to
industry,
managers,
and
scientists.

Takeuchi,
Kunio
and
Tadashi
Yamamoto
(
1993).
"
Change
in
Demand
Pattern
of
Salmons
in
Japan
with
the
Advent
of
Farmed
Salmon."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

In
the
present
study
an
attempt
is
made
to
clarify
how
an
increase
in
the
farmed
salmon
production
affects
the
demand
pattern
of
salmon
in
Japan.

Talvitie,
Antti
(
1972).
"
Comparison
of
Probabilistic
Modal­
Choice
Models:
Estimation
Methods
and
System
Inputs."
Highway
Research
Record,
392:
111­
120.

Twelve
models
were
formulated
by
segmenting
the
total
travel
time
and
total
travel
cost
by
rapid
transit
and
by
automobile
in
different
ways
or
by
leaving
them
out
completely
and
including
only
socioeconomic
variables
in
the
model.
These
models
were
then
estimated
by
using
logit,
probit,
and
discriminant
analyses.
The
results
were
evaluated
in
two
respects:
(
1)
are
there
differences
in
performance
among
the
methods
of
estimation
and
(
2)
are
there
differences
in
performance
among
the
twelve
model
specifications?
The
results
indicate
that
there
are
no
statistically
significant
differences
either
among
the
methods
of
estimation
or
among
the
model
specifications
themselves.
A
model
that
uses
only
two
user
characteristics,
income
and
the
number
of
working
household
members,
and
one
system
related
variable,
a
dummy
6
5
5
variable
for
walk
access
to
the
transit
station,
performs
no
worse
than
a
model
that
uses
a
whole
set
of
system
characteristics
in
addition
to
those
three
variables.
Values
of
time
significantly
lower
than
those
previously
reported
were
found;
the
best
estimate
in
this
study
is
only
twelve
percent
of
the
wage
rate.

Tamm,
George
R.
(
1980).
"
Spiny
Lobster
Culture:
An
Alternative
to
Natural
Stock
Assessment."
Fisheries,
5(
4):
59­
62.

Routine
culture
of
larvae
has
not
yet
been
achieved,
whereas
it
has
for
juveniles
and
adults.
A
long
and
complex
larval
fife,
inadequate
knowledge
of
nutritional
needs,
and
the
maintenance
of
high
water
quality
standards
are
major
constraints
in
larval
culture.
Growth
in
older
animals,
although
naturally
slow,
can
be
enhanced
by
environmental
manipulation.
Several
species
appear
well
suited
for
advanced
culture
efforts
including
poly
culture.
Coordinated
programs
of
aquaculture
and
fisheries
management
appear
feasible.

Tang,
Qisheng
(
1985).
"
Modification
of
the
Ricker
Stock
Recruitment
Model
to
Account
for
Environmentally
Induced
Variation
in
Recruitment
with
Particular
Reference
to
the
Blue
Crab
Fishery
in
Chesapeake
Bay."
Fisheries
Research,
3:
13­
21.

A
modification
has
been
made
to
the
simple
Ricker
stock
recruitment
model
to
account
for
density­
independent
mortality
through
fluctuating
environmental
conditions
as
well
as
density­
dependent
mortality.
The
modified
model
is
applied
to
the
blue
crab
fishery
data
from
Chesapeake
Bay,
Maryland.
The
model
results
in
a
family
of
stock
recruitment
curves
that
assist
in
the
understanding
of
a
complex
relationship
between
spawning
stock
and
recruitment,
thereby
providing
a
better
basis
for
recruitment
prediction
and
fishery
management.
A
management
strategy
for
a
fishery
subject
to
fluctuating
levels
of
recruitment
is
also
discussed.

Taniguchi,
A.
Keith
(
1987).
"
A
Survey
of
the
Domestic
Tuna
Longline
Fishery
Along
the
U.
S.
East
Coast,
Gulf
of
Mexico,
and
Caribbean
Sea."
Prepared
for
the
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council,
1
Southpark
circle,
Suite
306,
Charleston,
South
Carolina
29407­
4699,
November,
50
pp.

This
survey
assesses
the
status
of
the
rapidly
developing
domestic
longline
fishery
for
yellowfin
and
bigeye
tuna.

Tashiro,
Joseph
E.
(
1979).
"
Annotated
Bibliography
and
Subject
Indices
for
Western
Atlantic
Snappers
(
Lutjanidae)."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFC­
8,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
October.

This
annotated
bibliography
contains
references
to
literature
published
from
1896
to
1977
pertaining
to
fishes
of
the
family
Lutjanidae
and
the
snapper
fisheries.
Seventeen
common
species
in
the
genera
Apsilus,
Etelis,
Lutjanus,
Ocyurus,
Pristipomoides,
and
Rhomboplites
are
covered.
The
geographic
area
concerned
is
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
Caribbean
Sea,
and
other
areas
of
the
western
Atlantic
Ocean
from
35o
to
8o
S
lat.
Subject
indices
of
snapper
fisheries
and
biology,
and
snapper
species
are
included.

Taylor,
Barbara
L.
(
1993).
"
Monitoring
Conservation
Actions:
A
Case
Study
of
Sea
Turtles."
Draft
report
submitted
to
the
Journal
of
6
5
6
Wildlife
Management.

Due
to
world
wide
declines
in
sea
turtle
populations,
efforts
are
being
made
to
mitigate
effects
on
humans
on
turtle
mortality.
This
paper
shows
conservation
efforts
can
be
interpreted
only
with
population
monitoring
and
an
understanding
of
population
dynamics.
The
example
used
investigates
whether
we
can
detect
changes
in
nesting
turtle
numbers
from
reduced
turtle
mortality
through
use
of
Turtle
Excluder
Devices
(
TEDs)
on
shrimp
trawls.
An
age
specific
model
of
the
Little
Cumberland
Island,
Georgia
population
of
loggerhead
sea
turtles
(
Caretta),
concludes
that
the
two
largest
sources
of
uncertainty,
unknown
age
of
first
reproduction
(
AFR)
and
unknown
history
of
survival
rate
changes,
have
large
effects
on
future
population
trajectories.
Unless
estimates
of
AFR
are
improved,
it
will
be
impossible
to
interpret
the
effect
of
TED
use
in
the
next
decade.
Models
must
account
for
population
history.
Use
of
time
invariant
survival
rates
leads
to
overestimation
of
our
ability
to
detect
the
effect
of
TED
use.
Caution
is
advised
when
interpreting
results
obtained
form
equations
that
use
only
population
size,
particularly
when
data
represent
a
portion
of
the
population.

Taylor,
David
L.
(
1979).
"
Preliminary
Stock
Assessment,
North
Carolina:
Rock
Shrimp
(
Sicyonia
brevirostris)."
North
Carolina
Department
of
Natural
Resources
and
Community
Development,
Division
of
Marine
Fisheries,
Morehead
City,
NC,
December,
19
pp.

During
October,
1979,
the
R/
V
Dan
Moore
utilized
a
conventional
shrimp
trawl
at
22
locations
offshore
North
Carolina
from
south
of
Cape
Hatteras
to
southwest
of
Cape
Fear
in
search
of
rock
shrimp.
Data
were
compiled
on
distribution,
relative
abundance,
size
and
sex
composition,
and
cull
rates.
Rock
shrimp
were
found
to
be
more
abundant
in
Long
Bay
than
in
Onslow
and
Raleigh
Bays,
and
it
was
evident
that
catches
decreased
in
numbers
as
latitude
increased.
Although
the
vast
majority
(
94.8%)
of
rock
shrimp
captured
were
of
commercial
size,
nowhere
were
they
located
in
commercially
significant
concentrations.
Males
averaged
slightly
smaller
in
total
length
than
females
and
females
became
more
numerous
than
males
in
the
larger
size
categories.
Sex
ratio
did
not
vary
significantly
from
1:
1.

Taylor,
Keri
H.,
Fred
J.
Prochaska,
and
James
C.
Cato
(
1982).
"
Economic
Returns
in
Operating
Florida
Atlantic
Coast
Charter
and
Party
Boats,
1980­
81."
Sea
Grant
Project
No.
R/
L­
1,
Grant
No.
NA80AA­
D­
00038,
Marine
Advisory
Bulletin
MAP­
28,
Florida
Sea
Grant
College
Program,
August,
15
pp.

This
bulletin
attempts
to
provide
individual
charter
boat
and
party
boat
owners/
captains
with
basic
economic
information
with
which
they
can
compare
their
own
operations
and
compare
the
economic
characteristics
of
the
charter
boat
industry
on
the
north
and
south
Florida
Atlantic
coasts.
This
has
been
accomplished
by
providing
a
description
of
the
general
characteristics
of
charter
boats
and
party
boats
in
the
fleet,
an
analysis
of
fishing
activity
and
costs
and
returns,
and
a
comparison
of
the
differences
in
charter
boat
operations
between
north
and
south
Florida.

Taylor,
C.
Robert
(
1984).
"
Stochastic
Dynamic
Duality:
Theory
and
Empirical
Applicability."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
66(
3):
351­
357.

This
paper
explores
duality
relationships
for
a
broad
class
of
stochastic
dynamic
production
problems.
Assuming
that
the
decision
maker
maximizes
the
expected
present
value
of
profit,
it
is
shown
that
product
supply,
negative
factor
demand,
and
negative
quasifixed
factor
acquisition
6
5
7
equations
cannot
be
directly
obtained
by
partial
differentiation
of
the
indirect
profit
function
if
price
expectations
have
a
Markovian
structure.
Consequently,
empirical
application
of
duality
to
many
stochastic
dynamic
problems
is
quite
complex
and
may
be
more
difficult
than
a
primal
approach
to
the
problem.

Taylor,
Timothy
G.
and
Michael
J.
Monson
(
1985).
"
Dynamic
Factor
Demands
for
Aggregate
Southeastern
United
States
Agriculture."
Southern
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
(
December):
1­
9.

A
four
equation
input
demand
system
for
aggregate
Southeastern
United
States
agriculture
consistent
with
dynamic
optimizing
behavior
is
specified
and
estimated.
Labor
and
materials
are
considered
as
variable
inputs
while
land
and
capital
are
treated
as
quasi­
fixed
inputs.
It
is
found
that
the
adjustment
rates
for
capital
and
land
differ
considerably
and
are
interdependent.
Further,
the
data
appear
consistent
with
the
existence
of
an
aggregate
production
technology
and
the
hypothesized
optimizing
behavior.

Taylor,
Timothy
G.
and
Fred
J.
Prochaska
(
1985).
"
Fishing
Power
Functions
in
Aggregate
Bioeconomic
Models."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
2(
1):
87­
107.

A
method
of
estimating
fishing
power
in
the
Beverton­
Holt
tradition
in
the
absence
of
firm
level
data
is
developed.
This
enables
the
construction
of
a
standardized
measure
of
fishing
effort
that
can
facilitate
the
analysis
and
implementation
of
various
management
alternatives.
The
methodology
is
applied
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Reef
Fish
Fishery.

Taylor,
Tim,
Chuck
Adams,
and
Jeffrey
Rodrick
(
1995).
"
Economic
Effects
of
Swordfish
Management
Policy
on
Swordfish
and
Tuna
Fisheries
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Draft
Final
MARFIN
Project
Report,
MARFIN
Project
Number
NA­
37FF0055,
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
P.
O.
Box
110240,
Institute
of
Food
and
Agricultural
Sciences,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL.

In
June
1991,
domestic
and
international
fishery
management
agencies
imposed
quotas
and
minimum
size
requirements
on
participants
in
the
North
Atlantic
swordfish
fishery
in
an
attempt
to
reduce
the
high
rate
of
fishing
mortality
that
threatens
the
future
commercial
viability
of
the
swordfish
fishery.
However,
findings
from
a
91­
92
MARFIN
report
(
Thunberg,
et.
al.,
1992)
indicate
that
management
objectives
designed
to
limit
swordfish
harvest
may
initiate
a
redirection
of
effort
toward
the
many
commercially
valuable
tuna
species.
Tuna
may
be
landed
with
essentially
the
same
gear
and
vessels
that
are
used
in
the
pursuit
of
swordfish.
Therefore,
the
management
initiatives
imposed
in
1991
have
implications
for
both
swordfish
and
tuna
stocks.
The
objectives
of
this
study
were
1)
to
analyze
the
economic
interrelationships
between
swordfish
and
tuna
in
the
south
Atlantic
and
Gulf
of
Mexico
region,
in
particular
to
attempt
to
determine
the
importance
of
exvessel
prices
in
conditioning
the
direction
of
effort
between
these
two
potential
target
species,
and
2)
to
estimate
the
effect
of
swordfish
management
policy
on
longline
fishing
effort
and
landings
in
this
region.
To
accomplish
these
goals,
a
dual
based
revenue
function
was
specified,
from
which
effort
supply
functions
were
derived
and
estimated.
These
functions
related
directed
effort
with
exvessel
prices
and
a
composite
input,
and
were
used
to
test
for
non­
jointness
in
inputs,
i.
e.
the
output
of
one
species
is
determined
independently
of
the
price
of
the
other
species
in
a
multi­
product
fishery.
Results
indicate
that
nonjointness
is
rejected
for
swordfish
and
tuna,
implying
an
economic
interrelationship
does
exist.
This
finding
calls
into
question
the
ability
to
manage
swordfish
as
a
single
species.
Further,
6
5
8
the
models
detected
a
statistically
significant
redirection
of
effort
from
swordfish
to
tuna
since
the
imposition
of
management
measures.
This
evidence
suggests
that
the
problems
of
recruitment
failure
and
declining
average
size
per
harvested
fish
due
to
overfishing
which
now
characterize
the
swordfish
fishery
should
be
anticipated
with
respect
to
tuna
stocks
and
addressed
in
future
management
measures.

Taylor,
Tim,
Chuck
Adams,
and
Jeffrey
Rodrick
(
1995).
"
An
Economic
Analysis
of
Effort
Supply
Relationships
Between
the
Swordfish
and
Tuna
Fisheries
in
the
South
Atlantic
and
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Final
MARFIN
Project
Report,
MARFIN
Project
Number
NA­
37FF0055,
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
P.
O.
Box
110240,
Institute
of
Food
and
Agricultural
Sciences,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL.

In
June
1991,
domestic
and
international
fishery
management
agencies
imposed
quotas
and
minimum
size
requirements
on
participants
in
the
North
Atlantic
swordfish
fishery
in
an
attempt
to
reduce
the
high
rate
of
fishing
mortality
that
threatens
the
future
commercial
viability
of
the
swordfish
fishery.
However,
findings
from
a
91­
92
MARFIN
report
(
Thunberg,
et.
al.,
1992)
indicate
that
management
objectives
designed
to
limit
swordfish
harvest
may
initiate
a
redirection
of
effort
toward
the
many
commercially
valuable
tuna
species.
Tuna
may
be
landed
with
essentially
the
same
gear
and
vessels
that
are
used
in
the
pursuit
of
swordfish.
Therefore,
the
management
initiatives
imposed
in
1991
have
implications
for
both
swordfish
and
tuna
stocks.
The
objectives
of
this
study
were
1)
to
analyze
the
economic
interrelationships
between
swordfish
and
tuna
in
the
south
Atlantic
and
Gulf
of
Mexico
region,
in
particular
to
attempt
to
determine
the
importance
of
exvessel
prices
in
conditioning
the
direction
of
effort
between
these
two
potential
target
species,
and
2)
to
estimate
the
effect
of
swordfish
management
policy
on
longline
fishing
effort
and
landings
in
this
region.
To
accomplish
these
goals,
a
dual
based
revenue
function
was
specified,
from
which
effort
supply
functions
were
derived
and
estimated.
These
functions
related
directed
effort
with
exvessel
prices
and
a
composite
input,
and
were
used
to
test
for
non­
jointness
in
inputs,
i.
e.
the
output
of
one
species
is
determined
independently
of
the
price
of
the
other
species
in
a
multi­
product
fishery.
Results
indicate
that
nonjointness
is
rejected
for
swordfish
and
tuna,
implying
an
economic
interrelationship
does
exist.
This
finding
calls
into
question
the
ability
to
manage
swordfish
as
a
single
species.
Further,
the
models
detected
a
statistically
significant
redirection
of
effort
from
swordfish
to
tuna
since
the
imposition
of
management
measures.
This
evidence
suggests
that
the
problems
of
recruitment
failure
and
declining
average
size
per
harvested
fish
due
to
overfishing
which
now
characterize
the
swordfish
fishery
should
be
anticipated
with
respect
to
tuna
stocks
and
addressed
in
future
management
measures.

Teisl,
Mario
F.,
and
Kevin
J.
Boyle
(
1997).

Needles
in
a
Haystack:
Cost­
Effective
Sampling
of
Marine
Sport
Anglers.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
12(
1):
1­
10.

An
obstacle
to
conducting
economic
studies
of
marine
sport
anglers
is
the
difficulty
and
expense
in
drawing
a
representative
sample.
Unlike
inland
fishing,
where
licenses
are
required
in
all
states,
only
selected
states
require
a
marine
sport
fishing
license
and
these
license
usually
only
cover
selected
marine
fishing
activities.
Currently,
there
are
no
low
cost
methods
of
obtaining
a
representative
sample
of
marine
anglers
because
they
are
generally
not
licensed,
use
multiple
access
points,
and
represent
a
small
proportion
of
the
general
population.
The
difficulty
and
expense
of
drawing
a
representative
sample
may
have
stifled
attempts
to
study
marine
anglers.
We
test
alternative
sampling
strategies
by
comparing
the
characteristics
of
a
6
5
9
representative
sample
of
experienced
marine
anglers
with
the
characteristics
of
two
other
samples
using
multivariate
and
univariate
analysis
techniques.
We
conclude
a
sample
of
marine
anglers
drawn
from
the
population
of
licensed
inland
anglers
is
not
significantly
different
from
the
representative
sample
of
experienced
marine
anglers.

Teisl,
Mario
F.,
Brian
Roe,
and
Robert
L.
Hicks
(
1997).

Can
Eco­
Labels
Tune
a
Market?
Evidence
form
Dolphin­
Safe
Labeling.

Draft,
U.
S.
Food
and
Drug
Administration,
200
C
Street
SW,
Washington,
DC,
May,
18
pp.

In
this
paper,
the
impact
on
consumers
from
the
dolphin­
safe
labeling
program
are
measured
in
two
ways.
First,
a
demand
system
for
the
canned
protein
market
is
estimated
by
using
retail
level
data
to
identify
whether
dolphin­
safe
labels
alter
consumer
purchases
of
tuna.
Second,
the
estimated
demand
system
is
used
to
provide
a
lower
bound
on
the
welfare
effects
of
the
dolphin­
safe
labeling
policy
using
the
assumption
that
any
shifts
in
demand
resulting
from
the
dolphin­
safe
labels
would
reflect
a
type
of
non­
use
value.
Hypothetical
approaches
(
e.
g.,
contingent
valuation)
are
commonly
considered
the
only
means
of
eliciting
non­
use
values.
However,
dolphin­
safe
labeling
policies
would
seem
a
case
in
which
public
non­
use
values
for
a
resource
could
be
deduced
from
observable
behavior.

Teisl,
Mario
F.,
Kevin
J.
Boyle,
Daniel
W.
McCollum,
and
Stephen
D.
Reiling
(
1995).

Test­
Retest
Reliability
of
Contingent
Valuation
with
Independent
Sample
Pretest
and
Posttest
Control
Groups.

American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
77(
3):
613­
619.

Test­
retest,
the
standard
method
used
to
investigate
reliability
of
contingent
valuation,
is
limited
because
when
the
time
period
between
the
two
surveys
is
relatively
short
the
study
may
exhibit
testing
recall.
Conversely,
when
the
time
between
the
two
surveys
increases
there
is
an
increased
chance
the
true
value
will
change.
The
test­
retest
design
cannot
isolate
these
effects.
Independent
pretest
and
posttest
control
groups
allow
testing
of
reliability
even
when
recall
occurs
or
the
true
value
changes.
Using
this
design,
we
found
ex
post
estimates
of
Hicksian
surplus
are
reliable
regardless
of
whether
respondents
have
direct
experience
with
an
activity.

Temple,
Robert
F.
(
1973).
"
Shrimp
Research
at
the
Galveston
Laboratory
of
the
Gulf
Coastal
Fisheries
Center."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
35(
3­
4):
16­
20.

A
review
of
the
history
and
present
research
responsibilities
of
the
Galveston
Laboratory.

Terkla,
David
G.,
Peter
B.
Doeringer,
and
Philip
I.
Moss
(
1988).

Widespread
Labor
Stickiness
in
the
New
England
Offshore
Fishing
Industry:
Implications
for
Adjustment
and
Regulation.

Land
Economics,
64(
1):
73­
82.

Sticky
labor
and
diverse
labor
adjustment
processes
are
characteristic
of
the
New
England
offshore
fishing
industry
that
arose
because
of
kinship
institutions
that
now
dominate
both
ports.
They
are
further
reinforced
by
more
traditional
sources
of
labor
immobility
­
fishermen

s
ties
to
their
local
communities,
the
fragile
economic
structure
of
port
economies,
and
the
strong
attachment
of
fishermen
to
their
occupation.
This
argument
is
documented
with
a
case
study
of
two
large
and
economically
diversified
ports,
Gloucester
and
New
Bedford,
that
account
for
around
two­
thirds
of
the
total
New
England
fishing
industry
catch
and
are
home
to
the
bulk
of
the
offshore
fleet.
6
6
0
Terry,
Joseph
M.
(
1994).
"
Characteristics
of
Fisheries
Appropriate
for
ITQ
and
Other
Controlled
Access
Management."
Position
Paper
presented
at
the
Limited
Access
Workshop,
Seattle,
Washington,
November
1­
3.
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Alaska
Region.

Copies
of
overheads
used
in
a
presentation
on
the
characteristics
of
fisheries
that
tend
to
result
in
the
success
or
failure
of
ITQ,
license
limitation,
and
other
types
of
controlled
access
programs.
Good
outline
of
the
limited
access
concerns
for
fishery
managers.

Terry,
Joseph
M.
(
1994).
"
Consolidation
Limits."
Position
Paper
presented
at
the
Limited
Access
Workshop,
Seattle,
Washington,
November
1­
3.
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Alaska
Region.

Copies
of
overheads
used
in
a
presentation
on
the
limits
to
consolidation
under
individual
transferable
quotas
and
other
limited
entry
programs.
The
objectives
of
such
limits
is
to
ensure
economic
efficiency,
the
distribution
of
benefits,
and
maintain
the
level
of
participation
by
existing
fishermen
and
new
entrants.

Terry,
Joseph
M.
(
1997).

Comments
on
the
Draft
Guidelines
for
National
Standard
9
(
Bycatch).

Alaskan
Regional
Office,
Seattle,
Washington.

Comments
on
National
Standard
9
concerning
NMFS
policy
on
bycatch
reduction
where
the
concern
is
expressed
that
the
underlying
economic
principles
are
not
being
address.

Terry,
Joseph
M.
(
1997).

A
Plan
to
Improve
the
Data
and
Models
Available
to
Support
Economic
Analyses
of
the
Alaska
Groundfish
and
Halibut
Fisheries.

Draft,
Alaskan
Regional
Office,
Seattle,
Washington,
July,
7
pp.

This
plan
identifies
three
projects
that
would
result
in
substantial
progress
in
implementing
the
cost,
earnings,
and
employment
program,
improve
usefulness
of
existing
data
collection
programs,
and
the
model
and
technique
development
program
for
fisheries
off
Alaska
for
with
the
North
Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council
and
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
have
the
principal
management
responsibilities.

Terry,
Joseph
M.
(
1997).

Research
Plan
for
the
Socioeconomic
Assessments
Task.

Draft,
Alaskan
Regional
Office,
Seattle,
Washington,
July,
4
pp.

The
primary
mission
of
the
Socioeconomic
Assessments
Task
is
to
provide
economic
information
that
will
assist,
NMFS,
the
North
Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council
(
NPFMC)
and
the
Pacific
Fishery
Management
Council
(
PFMC)
in
meeting
their
responsibilities;(
1)
measure
the
annual
economic
performance
of
the
fisheries
under
their
jurisdiction;
(
2)
track
changes
in
economic
performance
over
time;
(
3)
estimate
the
economic
performance
effects
of
existing
fishery
management
measures;
(
4)
project
the
economic
effects
of
alternative
management
measures;
and
(
5)
develop
fishery
management
policies
and
measures
which
will
increase
the
long­
term
economic
and
social
benefits
to
the
nation
from
sustainable
fisheries.
The
secondary
missions
are
(
1)
to
provide
related
economic
information
to
other
Federal
and
state
agencies,
foreign
and
international
agencies,
the
fishing
industry,
other
interest
groups,
and
the
general
public;
and
(
2)
to
respond
to
NMFS
requests
for
other
types
of
economic
information.

Terry,
Joseph
M.
and
Lewis
E.
Queirolo
(
1989).
"
U.
S.
Fisheries
Management
and
Foreign
Trade
Linkages:
Policy
Implications
for
6
6
1
Groundfish
Fisheries
in
the
North
Pacific
EEZ."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
51(
1):
23­
27.

A
review
of
the
Alaskan
fisheries,
market
characteristics,
and
profitability
given
the
reduced
presents
of
foreign
fishing
fleets
in
the
EEZ
and
the
development
of
joint
fishing
ventures
off
U.
S.
shores.

Terry,
Joseph
M.,
Gilbert
Sylvia,
Dale
Squires,
Wes
Silverthorne,
James
Seger,
Gordon
Munro,
Richard
Marasco,
Douglas
Larson,
James
Kirkley,
Larry
Jacobson,
Samuel
Herrick,
John
Gauvin,
Amy
Buss
Gautam,
Steven
Freese,
and
Rebecca
Baldwin
(
1996).
"
Fixed
Costs
and
Joint
Cost
Allocation
in
the
Management
of
Pacific
Whiting
­
A
Workshop
Report
­.

NOAA­
TM­
NMFS­
SWFSC­
234,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southwest
Fisheries
Science
Center,
September,
29
pp.

The
workshop

s
purpose
was
to
decide
how
to
treat
fixed
costs
and
how
to
allocate
fixed
and
variable
costs
in
benefit­
cost
analyses
of
options
for
allocating
the
harvest
of
Pacific
whiting
(
Merluccius
productus)
in
the
Pacific
coast
groundfish
fishery.

Tettey,
E.
O.
(
1983).
"
The
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery:
An
Econometric
Analysis
of
Real
Net
Investment
in
Fishing
Vessels."
Dissertation,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
140
pp.

The
real
net
investment
in
fishing
vessels
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
is
analyzed
employing
an
econometric
model.
The
model
is
simulated
over
a
17
year
period
to
examine
the
short
and
intermediate
run
impacts
of
changes
in
such
policy
variables
as
the
real
rate
of
interest,
cost
of
equity
capital,
investment
tax
credit
and
income
tax
on
investment
behavior
in
fishing
vessels.
A
forecast
over
a
5
year
period
(
1978
­
1982)
for
real
net
investment
in
fishing
vessels
is
also
developed.
Investment
tax
credit
stimulates
investment
expenditure
in
the
Gulf
shrimp
fishery.
However,
income
tax
exerts
the
greatest
influence
on
investment
decisions
in
the
fishing
industry.
While
both
steel
and
wooden
vessels
are
expected
to
show
continuous
growth
from
1978
to
1982,
the
stock
of
steel
vessels
should
grow
about
three
times
as
fast
as
wooden
ones
over
this
period.

Tettey,
E.
O.,
and
W.
L.
Griffin
(
1984).
"
Investment
in
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Vessels,
1965­
77."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
46(
2):
49­
52.

This
study
examines
implications
of
investment
patterns
in
the
Gulf
shrimp
fishery.
Historical
trends
in
capital
stock
of
different
vessel
types
are
estimated
for
1965­
77
for
use
with
landings
and
sales
data.
Specifically,
annual
trends
in
total
and
per
vessel
shrimp
landings
and
sales
are
examined.
Shrimp
landings
and
sales
per
dollar
of
investment
in
fishing
vessels
are
evaluated.
Apparently,
the
perceived
value
of
landings
per
vessel
increased
on
average
at
a
faster
rate
than
production
costs
per
vessel
causing
excess
profit
to
exist.
This
created
an
incentive
for
investments,
although
there
may
be
other
reasons
for
stimulating
investment.
This
expansion
was
interrupted
only
by
poor
economic
conditions,
such
as
in
1970
and
1973­
75.
Although
data
were
not
available
to
estimate
real
capital
stock
beyond
1977,
other
information
suggests
that
substantial
declines
(
large
negative
real
investment)
occurred
in
1979­
80.

Tettey,
E.
O.,
W.
L.
Griffin,
and
J.
B.
Penson
(
19??).
"
Real
Net
6
6
2
Investment
in
Gulf
Shrimp
Fishing
Vessels."
Technical
Article
No.
TA­
20803,
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
18
pp.

An
econometric
model
of
annual
real
net
investment
in
fishing
vessels
in
the
Gulf
is
developed
to
determine
how
the
cost
of
equity
and
debt
capital
as
well
as
other
factors
affect
investment
decisions
in
this
industry.
The
cost
of
capital
plays
an
important
role
in
influencing
investment
decisions
in
the
Gulf
shrimp
fishing
industry.
High
real
interest
rates
were
found
to
depress
real
net
investment
in
this
fishery.
Investment
responses
to
changes
in
macroeconomic
policy
are
greatest
for
steel
vessels
because
steel
vessels
contribute
the
most
to
the
productivity
of
the
Gulf
shrimp
fishery.
Finally,
while
low
real
interest
rates
are
desirable
for
stimulating
investment
activities
in
the
general
economy,
they
would
add
to
the
overcapitalization
problem
that
currently
exists
in
the
Gulf
shrimp
fishing
industry.
This
suggests
that
expansionary
policies
designed
to
boost
the
growth
of
the
general
economy
may
actually
lead
to
undesirable
results
for
the
Gulf
shrimp
fishing
industry.

Tettey,
Ernest,
Christopher
Pardy,
and
Wade
Griffin
(
1982).
"
Economic
Analysis
of
Investment
Alternatives
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimping
Vessels."
Draft
Report,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas
77843.

The
effects
of
inflation
on
the
returns
to
investment
and
profitability
in
the
shrimp
industry
is
observed
by
analyzing
investments
in
1971,
1977,
and
1979.
Steel
vessels
generally
did
better
in
terms
of
financial
performance
than
wooden
ones
and
medium
sized
vessels
were
the
most
efficient
vessels
to
operate
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
This
draft
report
also
includes
summarized
raw
data
as
a
handwritten
appendix.

Tettey,
E.
O.,
W.
L.
Griffin,
J.
B.
Penson,
and
J.
R.
Stoll
(
1986).
"
Implications
of
Tax
Policy
on
Investment
in
a
Common
Property
Resource."
North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
6:
100­
104.

This
study
employs
a
financial
model
to
examine
the
aggregate
investment
expenditures
for
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
vessels.
Specifically,
the
impacts
of
tax
policies
­
investment
tax
credits
and
income
taxes
­
on
investment
decisions
in
the
Gulf
shrimp
fishery
are
evaluated.
Contractionary
tax
policy
is
an
effective
tool
in
limiting
entry
to
the
shrimp
fishery
and,
thereby,
controlling
the
problem
of
overcapitalization.
Decreases
in
the
investment
tax
credit
rate,
increases
in
the
income
tax
rate,
or
a
combination
of
both
policies
will
curtail
investment
activities
in
the
fishing
industry.
Implementation
of
such
tax
schemes
should
raise
total
revenues
of
vessel
owners,
in
the
long
run,
from
what
they
otherwise
would
have
been.

Tettey,
Ernest,
Christopher
Pardy,
Wade
Griffin,
and
A.
Nelson
Swartz
(
1984).
"
Implications
of
Investing
Under
Different
Economic
Conditions
on
the
Profitability
of
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Vessels
Operating
Out
of
Texas."
Fishery
Bulletin,
82(
2):
365­
373.

Due
to
the
inflationary
trend
in
recent
years
coupled
with
fluctuating
shrimp
prices,
the
shrimp
business
has
become
a
highly
uncertain
undertaking.
The
financial
performance
of
a
sample
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimping
fleet,
operating
out
of
the
Texas
coast,
was
examined
over
a
10
year
period
(
1971­
80).
the
results
indicate
that
investments
made
in
the
early
part
of
the
1970'
s
performed
better
than
those
made
in
the
latter
part.
Periods
of
low
6
6
3
inflationary
levels
appeared
to
be
more
favorable
to
investments
in
the
shrimp
fishery
than
periods
of
high
inflationary
levels.
In
terms
of
economic
profits,
steel
vessels
generally
did
better
than
wooden
ones.
Medium
sized
vessels
(
18.6
­
20.0
m
in
overall
length)
were
the
most
efficient
vessels
to
operate
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
(
1991).
"
The
Texas
Shrimp
Fishery,
A
Report
to
the
Governor
and
the
72nd
Legislature."
Texas
Parks
and
Wildlife
Department,
4200
Smith
School
Road,
Austin,
Texas
78744.

This
report
reviews
the
current
status
and
recent
developments
that
affect
the
Texas
shrimp
fishery.

Thabault,
Michael
G.
(
1990).
"
Southwest
Region
Seafood
Dealers
Guide,
1990
Edition."
Administrative
Report
SWR­
90­
02,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southwest
Region,
300
S.
Ferry
Street,
Terminal
Island,
CA,
January,
93
pp.

This
directory
contains
information
concerning
companies
dealing
in
fisheries
products
in
Arizona,
California,
Nevada,
Hawaii,
Guam,
and
American
Samoa.
This
directory
also
contains
information
on
Federal,
State,
and
private
organizations
that
may
be
of
service
to
people
in
the
seafood
industry.

Thacker,
Sayra
G.
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1994).
"
Indoor
Intensive
Red
Drum
Aquaculture:
A
Stochastic
Sensitivity
Analysis."
Journal
of
the
World
Aquaculture
Society,
25(
1):
86­
100.

This
research
uses
stochastic
sensitivity
analysis
to
examine
an
indoor
intensive
red
drum
aquaculture
facility.
Important
biological
and
economic
factors
are
varied
one
at
a
time
to
determine
the
chances
of
survival
and
success.
Results
indicate
that
this
type
facility
is
very
stable
since
all
but
one
scenario
had
a
100%
chance
of
surviving.
This
stability
occurs
because
harvesting
is
spread
uniformly
through
the
year.
Chances
of
being
an
economic
success
range
from
0
to
100%
depending
on
the
investor's
required
rate
of
return
and
the
assumed
level
of
biological
and
economic
factors
considered
in
this
analysis.
An
investor's
interest
in
red
drum
farming
will
depend
on
his
individual
required
rate
of
return,
his
management
capabilities,
the
market
conditions,
and
his
willingness
to
take
a
risk.
It
is
certain,
however,
that
a
0%
chance
of
economic
success
will
occur
for
a
red
drum
farm
under
poor
management.

Theberge,
Bartlett
and
Carol
Furman
(
1984).
"
Recommendations
for
Action:
Panel
3
Angler
Needs
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries:
A
Potential
Political
Colossus
in
Search
of
Itself?"
Chapter
22
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

Commercial
and
recreational
fishermen
share
the
same
resources
and
must
cooperate
to
derive
the
greatest
benefits
for
both
groups.
The
protection
and
preservation
of
the
habitat
necessary
to
ensure
continued
commercial
and
recreational
fishing
should
be
a
common
goal.
Each
industry's
contribution
to
the
nation's
economy
is
substantial,
and
federal
and
state
governments
and
the
industries
must
recognize
the
wisdom
of
working
together
to
establish
and
maintain
an
equitable
balance
between
recreational
and
commercial
fisheries.

Theil,
Henri
(
1967).
"
Economic
Relations
Involving
Conditional
6
6
4
Probabilities."
Chapter
3
in
Theil,
Henri
(
1967).
Economics
and
Information
Theory.
North­
Holland
Publishing
Company,
Amsterdam.

This
chapter
is
devoted
to
various
uses
of
conditional
probabilities
in
economic
problems.

Theil,
Henri
(
1970).
"
On
the
Estimation
of
Relationships
Involving
Qualitative
Variables."
The
American
Journal
of
Sociology,
76:
103­
154.

This
article
is
concerned
with
the
specification
and
estimation
of
relationships
whose
dependent
variable
is
qualitative
in
nature
(
such
as
"
yes"
or
"
no").
It
discusses
logit
equations
with
and
without
interaction,
and
the
estimation
procedure
is
generalized
least
squares.
Part
I
deals
with
dependent
variables
that
take
only
two
values,
part
II
with
variables
taking
more
than
two
values,
and
part
III
describes
informational
measures
for
the
explanatory
power
of
the
determining
factors.
The
discussion
of
more
advanced
technical
matters
is
contained
in
various
appendixes.

Theiling,
Dale
L.
(
1977).
"
South
Carolina's
1976
Shrimp
Trawler
Season."
South
Carolina
Marine
Resources
Center,
Technical
Report
Number
24,
December,
31
pp.

Data
concerning
the
shrimp
trawler
fishery
of
South
Carolina
were
collected
during
the
1976
season
by
the
Marine
Resources
Division.
Of
62
shrimp
buyer
and
shipper
license
holders,
37
were
considered
full
time
shrimp
packers
and
were
located
on
charts.
Six
hundred
thirty
two
single
rig
and
497
double
rig
trawlers
were
registered.
Length,
horsepower,
and
other
data
on
trawlers
were
compiled
by
home
port
and
county
along
with
age,
race,
and
location
information
on
captains.
Owners'
motivation
(
i.
e.
commercial
or
recreational)
and
locations
were
evaluated.
Catch,
effort,
value,
and
location
data
on
shrimp
landings
were
summarized
for
use
by
shrimpers,
dealers,
and
researchers.
The
1976
season
was
reviewed
on
a
monthly
basis.

Theiling,
Dale
(
1988).
"
Assessment
of
Participation
and
Resource
Impact
of
Shrimp
Baiting
in
Coastal
South
Carolina
During
1987."
South
Carolina
Marine
Resources
Center,
Technical
Report
Number
69,
September,
41
pp.

An
estimated
21,735
South
Carolinians
utilized
6,406
boats
to
catch
1.8
million
pounds
of
shrimp
during
the
1987
season
of
mid­
August
through
mid­
December.
The
typical
shrimp
baiting
trip
saw
two
people
shrimping
for
4
hours
from
a
14
foot
boat
using
12
to
15
bait
marking
poles
and
catching
30
to
35
quarts
of
shrimp
(
heads­
on
measure).

Thomas,
J.
Stephen,
G.
David
Johnson,
and
Catherine
Riordan
(
1994).
"
Executive
Summary
of
Year
One."
In
"
Decision­
Making
by
Shrimp
Fishermen
as
Reasoned
Action:
Behavioral
Determinants
of
Bycatch
Characteristics
and
Projected
Effects
of
Bycatch
Regulations
on
Labor
Decisions."
Presentation,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Shrimp
Trawl
Bycatch
Session,
Corpus
Christi,
May,
5
pp.

This
material
represents
initial
efforts
to
understand
the
potential
effects
of
bycatch
regulations
on
shrimp
fishermen
and
are
derived
solely
from
Alabama.
This
research
has
two
primary
objectives,
the
first
of
which
is
to
project
fishermen's
labor
market
decisions
in
light
of
proposed
regulatory
actions
to
reduce
bycatch.
To
assess
this,
questions
were
constructed
premised
on
the
theory
of
reasoned
action.
The
theory
of
reasoned
action
seeks
to
explain
behavior
on
the
basis
of
individual
intentions
to
carry
out
6
6
5
the
behavior
in
the
future.
In
the
case
of
shrimp
fishermen,
we
test
their
intentions
to
remain
or
leave
shrimp
fishing
given
the
possibility
of
future
bycatch
regulations.
Secondly,
with
this
research
we
are
able
to
establish
baseline
data
characterizing
the
economic,
social,
and
psychological
well
being
of
shrimp
fishermen
first
from
Bayou
La
Batre,
Alabama,
and
eventually
for
shrimp
fishermen
Gulf
wide.
Finally,
we
are
able
to
compare
data
from
this
first
year
with
data
collected
in
a
similar
survey
from
1987.
Thus,
we
are
able
to
discuss
in
this
summary
three
major
sets
of
findings:
demographic
comparisons
for
1987
and
1993­
94;
well
being
comparisons
for
1987
and
1993­
94;
and
perceived
effects
of
regulations
on
fishermen's
intent
concerning
their
future
as
fishermen.

Thomas,
J.
Stephen,
Cecelia
M.
Formichella,
G.
David
Johnson,
and
Catherine
Riordan
(
1995).
"
Shrimp
Fishermen
on
the
Eve
of
Bycatch
Regulations:
A
Report
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council."
Draft
report,
College
of
Arts
&
Sciences,
University
of
South
Alabama,
Mobile,
AL.

The
data
presented
here
describes
the
current
social
conditions
among
shrimp
fishermen,
the
perceptions
fishermen
have
about
how
bycatch
regulations
may
effect
them,
and
provides
an
opportunity
to
suggest
the
potential
consequences
for
fishermen
should
the
current
social
conditions
persist
or
worsen
as
a
result
of
new
regulations.
To
do
this
the
following
will
be
presented:
1.
Background
of
the
research
and
the
methods
used;
2.
Basic
demographic
characteristics
of
fishermen;
3.
Economic
characteristics;
4.
Occupational
features;
5.
Physiological
and
psychological
indicators
of
health;
6.
Perceptions
fishermen
have
of
the
future;
and
7.
Conclusions,
consequences
and
recommendations.

Thomas,
J.
Stephen,
G.
David
Johnson,
Cecelia
M.
Formichella,
and
Catherine
Riordan
(
1993).
"
Perceived
Social
and
Economic
Effects
of
Current
Management
Policies
on
Red
Snapper
Fishermen
Operating
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico:
A
Report
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council."
Draft
report,
College
of
Arts
&
Sciences,
University
of
South
Alabama,
Mobile,
AL.

This
report
presents
findings
from
a
study
of
red
snapper
fishermen
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
who
own
and
operate
their
own
boats
and
have
received
2,000
pound
trip
endorsements.
Focus
group
interviews
with
fishermen
volunteers
were
held
in
Alabama,
Florida,
and
Louisiana
during
March
and
April,
1993.
A
telephone
survey
of
endorsed
owner
operators
was
conducted
from
May
to
July,
1993.
Interviews
were
completed
with
79
percent
of
the
population
(
n­
75).

Thomas,
J.
Stephen,
G.
David
Johnson,
Cecelia
M.
Formichella,
and
Catherine
Riordan
(
1995).
"
Shrimp
Fishermen
on
the
Eve
of
Bycatch
Regulations:
A
Final
Report."
MARFIN
Report
#
NA37FF0049,
College
of
Arts
&
Sciences,
University
of
South
Alabama,
Mobile,
AL.

The
purposes
of
the
study
are
(
1)
To
describe
the
current
social,
economic,
and
health
status
of
boat
captains
operating
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery;
(
2)
To
describe
their
perceptions
concerning
the
likely
effects
of
new
regulations;
(
3)
To
solicit
shrimp
boat
captains
opinions
regarding
bycatch
regulations;
and
(
4)
To
anticipate
potential
consequences
for
fishermen
of
additional
regulatory
actions.
Comparisons
among
three
samples
of
shrimp
fishermen
are
made:
Alabama
1987,
Alabama
1994,
and
Gulfwide
1994.
Changes
observed
for
the
Alabama
fishermen
are
described
and
generalizations
across
the
entire
Gulf
of
Mexico
are
suggested.

Thompson,
Grant
G.
(
1994).
"
A
General
Diffusion
Model
of
Stock­
6
6
6
Recruitment
Systems
with
Stochastic
Mortality."
C.
M.
1994/
T:
18,
Theme
Session
on
Improving
the
Link
Between
Fisheries
Science
and
Management:
Biological,
Social,
and
Economic
Considerations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
82nd
Statutory
Meeting,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September,
29
pp.

Diffusion
models
provide
a
rigorous
yet
highly
tractable
means
of
representing
the
behavior
of
stochastic
systems.
In
this
paper,
attention
is
focused
on
developing
functional
forms
for
the
stationary
(
long­
term)
probability
density
functions
of
stock
size
and
other
quantities
of
interest
in
systems
governed
in
part
by
a
stock
recruitment
relationship
(
SRR).
First,
a
general
classification
of
SRRs
is
developed
and
a
number
of
well
known
stock
recruitment
relationships
are
rescaled
so
as
to
exhibit
two
parameters
in
common,
namely
their
resilience
and
their
recruitment
carrying
capacity.
Second,
a
general
diffusion
model
is
presented
in
which
the
stationary
distribution
of
stock
size
can
be
written
explicitly
as
a
function
of
four
parameters
(
usually
rescaled
linearly
as
a
function
of
one
or
both
of
the
basic
stock
recruitment
parameters):
1)
the
total
mortality
rate,
2)
the
net
rate
of
density
independent
migration
(
if
any),
3)
the
magnitude
of
stochastic
perturbations
in
the
system,
and
4)
the
degree
to
which
the
influence
of
those
perturbations
is
a
function
of
stock
size.
Third,
the
fishing
mortality
rates
that
maximize
expected
stationary
yield
are
compared
across
SRRs
and
parameter
values
and
their
potential
impacts
on
expected
recruitment
are
explored.
Finally,
the
implications
of
alternative
forms
of
the
stock
recruitment
relationship
and
alternative
approaches
to
risk
analysis
("
frequentist"
versus
"
decision­
theoretic")
are
examined.
The
possibility
of
stock
collapse
is
incorporated
through
use
of
a
depensatory
SRR
as
one
of
the
examples.

Thompson,
John
R.
(
1967).
"
Development
of
a
Commercial
Fishery
for
the
Penaeid
Shrimp
Hymenopenaeus
Robustus
Smith
on
the
Continental
Slope
of
the
South­
Eastern
United
States."
Proceedings
of
the
Symposium
on
Crustacea,
Part
IV:
1454­
1459.

In
the
early
1950'
s,
the
U.
S.
Bureau
of
Commercial
Fisheries
vessel
Oregon
found
large
concentrations
of
royal
red
shrimp,
Hymenopenaeus
Robustus,
in
the
northern
Gulf
of
Mexico
on
the
continental
slope
off
the
Mississippi
River
Delta.
This
finding
was
one
result
of
a
long
term
series
of
explorations
for
resources
of
commercial
worth
that
began
on
the
continental
shelf
of
the
northern
Gulf
and
has
since
encompassed
the
shelf
and
slope
from
Cape
Hatteras,
North
Carolina
to
Brazil
in
the
Gulf,
Caribbean,
and
Western
Atlantic
proper.
Potentially
commercial
quantities
of
the
royal
red
shrimp
have
been
found
on
Florida's
east
coast,
off
the
Dry
Tortugas,
and
in
the
northern
Gulf.
Lesser
quantities
of
the
shrimp
have
been
found
throughout
the
area
explored
with
some
potential
off
Venezuela
and
Colombia
in
the
Caribbean
and
off
the
Guianas
in
the
Atlantic.
By
trawling
the
grounds
where
large
concentrations
occurred
off
the
U.
S.,
and
making
demonstration
landings
as
well
as
publishing
the
results
of
the
findings,
the
U.
S.
fishing
industry
has
been
encouraged
to
make
use
of
the
new
resource.
Vessels
of
the
Bureau
have
fished
alongside
the
commercial
fleet
on
the
new
grounds
to
encourage
them,
and
at
present
a
growing
interest
and
a
small
scale
continuous
utilization
is
being
seen.

Thompson,
Mark,
Kenneth
J.
Roberts,
and
Perry
W.
Pawlyk
(
1984).
"
Structural
Changes
in
U.
S.
Shrimp
Markets."
In
Proceedings
of
the
Workshop
on
Shrimp
and
Prawn
Markets.
International
Institute
of
Fisheries
Economics
and
Trade
and
the
South
Carolina
Wildlife
and
Marine
Resources
Department,
Charleston,
South
Carolina,
July
26­
27.
6
6
7
The
research
outlined
in
this
paper
is
a
more
complete
specification
of
the
shrimp
market
interactions
that
incorporate
recent
data.
A
monthly
sevenequation
model
was
formulated
as
a
closer
approximation
of
the
relationships
that
are
endogenous
to
the
shrimp
market.
More
emphasis
in
this
respect
was
placed
on
sources
of
supply
than
evident
in
previous
simultaneous
models
(
Doll,
1972;
Batie,
1974).

Thompson,
Nancy
(
1988).
"
The
Status
of
Loggerhead,
Caretta;
Kemp's
Ridley,
Lepidochelys
kempi;
and
Green,
Chelonia
mydas,
Sea
Turtles
in
U.
S.
Waters."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
50(
3):
16­
23.

Available
information
on
the
ecology
and
status
of
stocks
is
summarized
for
the
loggerhead,
green,
and
Kemp's
ridley
sea
turtles
found
in
U.
S.
waters.
These
species
are
listed
as
threatened,
endangered
in
Florida
waters,
and
endangered
respectively.
The
most
conspicuous
and
abundant
species
is
the
loggerhead
turtle
that
appears
to
have
been
relatively
stable
in
numbers
since
1982.
The
green
turtle,
that
once
supported
a
significant
U.
S.
fishery,
appears
to
be
increasing
in
Florida.
It
is
not
known
if
this
increase
in
the
number
is
from
an
expansion
of
range
of
Caribbean
stocks
or
if
there
is
a
real
increase
in
the
number
of
turtles
in
the
U.
S.
stock.
The
Kemp's
ridley
that
once
nested
in
Mexico
in
the
tens
of
thousands
has
been
reduced
to
a
nesting
population
of
less
than
600
females.
If
the
status
quo
remains,
this
species
will
be
reduced
to
100
nesting
females
within
60
years.

Thompson,
Nancy
(
1998).

Characterization
of
the
Dolphin
Fish
(
Coryphaenidae,
Pices)
of
the
United
States
Western
North
Atlantic
Ocean.

Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
February,
21
pp.

Fishery
dependent
data
from
various
commercial
and
recreational
sampling
programs
in
the
U.
S.
form
the
basis
for
characterizing
the
fishery
for
dolphin
fishes
(
Coryphaenus
hippurus)
in
the
waters
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
off
the
southeastern
U.
S.
coast.
Many
states
in
the
region
have
implemented
size
and
bag
limits
for
dolphin
fishes,
however,
there
are
no
federal
regulations
in
place
at
this
time.
Commercial
landings
in
metric
tons
have
been
relatively
small
in
comparison
to
recreational
landings
for
the
time
series
of
data
available
from
1984
through
1996.
In
1995,
however,
commercial
landings
in
the
Atlantic
Ocean
of
the
southeastern
U.
S.
were
almost
twice
in
weight
of
the
previous
years.
The
average
weight
per
fish
was
calculated
for
each
water
body
and
fishing
sector
and
there
appear
to
have
been
large
increases
in
the
average
weight
of
fish
landed
both
in
the
commercial
and
recreational
sectors
in
the
Atlantic
and
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Catch
per
unit
of
effort
is
measured
as
numbers
of
fish
caught
per
angler
per
hour
in
the
recreational
fishery.
In
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
recreational
CPUE
appears
to
fluctuate
and
appears
to
be
decreasing
since
1985.
CPUE
appears
to
have
been
increasing
in
the
Atlantic
particularly
from
1984
to
1991
and
appears
to
have
been
decreasing
since
1991.

Thompson,
Peter
C.
(
1974).
"
Institutional
Constraints
in
Fisheries
Management."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
31(
12):
1965­
1981.

The
management
of
the
Canadian
Fisheries
is
under
the
authority
of
both
federal
and
provincial
governments.
While
it
is
common
to
the
Canadian
confederation
that
both
levels
of
government
have
dual
roles
in
many
areas
of
Canadian
life,
the
situation
with
respect
to
the
fisheries
tends
to
be
more
complicated
in
the
intricacies
of
federal­
provincial
jurisdiction.
The
result
has
led
at
times
to
genuine
confusion
as
to
the
management
prerogatives
over
the
Canadian
fisheries.
To
manage
the
resource
it
is
considered
requisite
to
have
an
understanding
of
the
legislative
prerogatives
of
the
federal
and
provincial
6
6
8
agencies
responsible
for
Canadian
fisheries.
Such
as
understanding
will
serve
to
outline
institutional
constraints
imposed
upon
fisheries
management.
This
paper
examines
a
unique
aspect
of
the
fisheries
resource
that
being
the
nature
of
the
governmental
responsibilities
in
the
management
of
the
fisheries.
This
is
achieved
through
the
examination
of
the
evolution
of
the
Canadian
federation,
the
constitution,
the
legal
aspects
of
the
fisheries,
and
the
leading
judicial
decisions
on
Canadian
fisheries.

Thompson,
Richard
B.
(
1984).
"
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
­
Update
1984."
Chapter
4
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

In
1974,
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
NMFS)
began
specific
surveys
of
marine
anglers;
these
surveys
did
not
cover
all
U.
S.
contiguous
coastal
areas
until
the
latter
half
of
1979.
Alaska,
Hawaii,
and
the
U.
S.
Caribbean
areas
have
not
been
covered
consistently
by
the
NMFS
surveys.
Thus,
some
of
the
information
presented
here
are
the
"
best
adjustments"
of
published
data.

Thompson,
Russell
G.,
Richard
W.
Callen,
and
Lawrence
C.
Wolken
(
1970).
"
Optimal
Investment
and
Financial
Decisions
for
a
Model
Shrimp
Fishing
Firm."
TAMU­
SG­
70­
205,
Texas
A&
M
University
Sea
Grant
Program,
April,
49
pp.

In
this
study,
the
shrimp
industry
is
briefly
reviewed
historically,
and
some
of
the
factors
influencing
the
demand
for
shrimp
as
well
as
some
of
the
factors
affecting
the
supply
are
discussed.
The
need
for
better
aids
for
investment
planning
is
pointed
out.
This
is
followed
by
the
development
of
a
mathematical
investment
financial
model
for
the
shrimp
fishing
firm.
Each
facet
of
the
model
is
discussed
with
a
rigorous
statement
of
the
complete
decision
making
model.
It
is
then
shown
how
this
first
model
may
be
transformed
into
a
form
for
computational
purposes:
a
sequential
linear
programming
model.
An
economic
interpretation
is
provided
for
the
possible
corner
solutions
to
this
problem.

Thompson,
R.
G.,
M.
D.
George,
R.
J.
Callen,
and
L.
C.
Wolken
(
1970).
"
A
Stochastic
Investment
Model
for
a
Survival
Conscious
Fishing
Firm."
TAMU­
SG­
70­
218,
Institute
of
Statistics
Texas
A&
M
University,
Texas
A&
M
University
Sea
Grant
Program,
July,
22
pp.

This
study
develops
mathematical
aids
for
investment­
financial
decision
making
in
shrimp
fishing.
The
model
developed
allows
for
random
prices
and
catches
per
vessel
and
takes
into
account
all
of
the
information
known
to
the
decision
maker
at
each
time
of
decision.
Vagrancies
in
landings
per
vessel
seem
to
be
much
more
important
to
the
survival
of
the
firm
than
unexpected
variations
in
price.

Thompson,
R.
G.,
M.
D.
George,
R.
J.
Callen,
and
L.
C.
Wolken
(
1973).
"
A
Stochastic
Investment
Model
for
a
Survival
Conscious
Firm
Applied
to
Shrimp
Fishing."
Applied
Economics,
5:
75­
87.

An
operational
stochastic
capacity
expansion
model
for
a
survival
conscious
firm
is
developed
and
applied
to
shrimp
fishing
in
which
the
entrepreneur
evaluates
all
the
information
known
to
him
at
the
time
of
the
decision.
The
results
show
the
effect
of
survival
on
the
growth
in
net
worth
of
a
firm
making
sequential
and
irreversible
purchases
of
physical
capital
6
6
9
with
uncertain
future
yields.
The
survival
model
is
applied
to
shrimp
fishing
on
the
Texas
Gulf
coast
and
the
results
are
compared
to
those
of
a
simple
model
in
which
survival
is
not
considered.
Bankruptcy
could
clearly
result
from
the
use
of
the
simple
model;
survival
of
the
firm
is
guaranteed
by
use
of
the
survival
model.
Exit
from
the
fishery
may
be
restricted
(
sticky
downward)
because
fishermen's
attitudes
toward
risk
are
not
symmetric
with
regard
to
favorable
and
unfavorable
yields
and
prices.
Low
prices
and
small
catches
in
fishing
may
be
dreaded
much
more
than
high
prices
and
large
catches
are
desired.
In
the
model,
the
firm
maximizes
expected
net
worth
at
the
end
of
a
finite
planning
period
subject
to
the
restriction
that
the
only
allowable
purchases
of
capacity
are
those
for
which
there
is
no
chance
of
incurring
bankruptcy.
It
is
assumed
that
the
firm
is
unwilling
to
assume
any
risk
of
failure.
Thus,
the
survival
restriction
prohibits
purchases
of
capacity
which
would
lead
to
bankruptcy
during
the
planning
period
if
the
worse
possible
yields
or
output
prices
occur
in
the
future.
Survival
considerations
may
result
in
modest
growth
of
capacity
of
a
fishing
firm,
even
if
the
expected
profit
of
additional
capacity
is
relatively
large.

Thomson,
Cynthia
J.
and
Daniel
D.
Huppert
(
1987).
"
Results
of
the
Bay
Area
Sportfish
Economic
Study
(
BASES)."
NOAA­
TM­
NMFS­
SWFC­
78,
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southwest
Fisheries
Center,
La
Jolla,
CA,
August,
70
pp.

This
report
contains
the
results
of
a
descriptive
analysis
of
saltwater
anglers
residing
in
selected
Central
and
Northern
California
counties.
The
report
provides
estimates
of
economic
value
associated
with
hypothetical
changes
in
salmon/
striped
bass
catch
rates.
These
values
were
obtained
by
a
direct
elicitation
technique
known
as
the
contingent
valuation
method
(
CVM).

Thorvik,
Thorbjorn
(
1993).
"
Control
and
Enforcement
in
the
Norwegian
Fisheries."
Paper
presented
at
the
Workshop
on
Enforcement
Measures,
Organization
for
Economic
Co­
Operation
and
Development,
Directorate
for
Food,
Agriculture,
and
Fisheries,
Committee
for
Fisheries,
Paris,
September
21­
22.

The
Norwegian
system
of
data
collection
from
the
commercial
fisheries
is
presented.
The
regulations
concerning
control
and
enforcement
at
sea
as
well
as
on
shore
are
discussed.

Thunberg,
Eric
M.
(
1994).
"
The
Consumer's
Interest
in
Limited
Access
Fishery
Management."
Position
Paper
presented
at
the
Limited
Access
Workshop,
Seattle,
Washington,
November
1­
3.
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Woods
Hole,
MA,
October.

Limited
access
fisheries
management
does
not
address
the
problems
of
product
quality
that
are
important
to
the
final
consumer
of
fishery
products.
ITQs
implicitly
address
the
quality
of
fish
by
reducing
fishing
effort
levels,
increasing
the
fishing
season,
and,
therefore,
causing
a
better
quality
(
fresh)
product
to
be
delivered
to
the
marketplace.

Thunberg,
Eric
(
1995).

Bio­
Economic
Analysis
of
Alternative
Selection
Patterns
in
the
United
States
Atlantic
Silver
Hake
Fishery.

In,
Bio­
Economic
Modelling
in
the
EU,
Concerted
Action
Coordination
of
Research
in
Fishery
Economics,
Working
Document
Nr:
7,(
AIR
CT94
1489),
Workshop,
Edinburgh,
October:
100­
128.
6
7
0
In
this
paper
a
bioeconomic
simulation
of
the
U.
S.
fisheries
for
silver
hake,
Merluccius
bilinearis,
is
presented.
The
model
design
combines
elements
of
age
structured
population
and
harvest
yield
models
with
the
economics
of
the
silver
hake
fishery.
The
analysis
evaluates
both
biological
and
economic
effects
of
interest
to
managers,
such
as
future
yields
or
rebuilding
of
parental
stock
as
well
as
future
revenues
and
net
returns
to
vessels.
The
bioeconomic
model
is
used
to
evaluate
the
economic
implications
of
tradeoffs
between
alternative
selection
patterns
in
the
U.
S.
Atlantic
silver
hake
fishery.
Throughout
the
study,
a
selection
pattern
is
defined
as
the
suite
of
age
specific
selection
coefficients
that
are
applied
to
a
fish
population
over
time.
Of
particular
interest
is
exploration
of
whether
trade
offs
among
segments
of
a
fish
population
can
result
in
increased
resource
value.
This
question
is
explored
within
the
context
of
whether
a
limited
juvenile
fishery
can
co­
exist
with
traditional
fisheries
without
jeopardizing
silver
hake
stocks
and
if
so,
under
what
conditions
might
such
a
fishery
operates.

Thunberg,
Eric
and
James
L.
Seale
(
1992).
"
Economic
Analysis
of
United
States
Demand
for
Swordfish
and
the
Economic
Effects
of
Effort
Reduction
on
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Swordfish
Fishery."
Final
Project
Report,
MARFIN,
Department
of
Food
and
Resource
Economics,
P.
O.
Box
110240,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL
32611­
0240.

In
an
attempted
to
reduce
fishing
mortality
on
the
North
Atlantic
swordfish
fishery,
domestic
and
international
management
agencies
have
cooperated
in
a
multilateral
effort
to
establish
quotas
and
minimum
size
requirements.
These
restrictions
can
have
significant
economic
consequences
on
the
participants
in
the
fishery.
However,
little
information
on
the
economic
relationships
of
the
swordfish
fishery
is
available.
The
objectives
of
this
study
were
to
develop
an
economic
model
of
the
U.
S.
swordfish
markets
including
swordfish
demand
and
supply
functions
from
each
of
four
different
sources
of
supply,
estimate
changes
in
consumer
and
producer
surplus
associated
with
harvest
reduction
measures
in
the
North
Atlantic,
examine
the
indirect
effects
of
North
Atlantic
swordfish
on
tunas,
and
nonmanagement
unit
swordfish
stocks.
A
general
equilibrium
modeling
approach
was
adopted
to
construct
an
economic
model
of
swordfish
supply
and
demand.
Predicted
consumer
surplus
losses
are
$
3.4
million
annually,
while
producer
surplus
losses
to
domestic
North
Atlantic
swordfish
fishermen
are
$
5.98
million.
These
results
are
based
on
an
analysis
in
which
supplies
of
swordfish
from
nonmanagement
unit
stocks
were
allowed
to
respond
to
predicted
price
changes
following
the
imposition
of
quotas
in
the
North
Atlantic.
Consumer
surplus
losses
were
estimated
to
be
slightly
higher
if
this
supply
response
was
not
taken
into
account.
The
results
showed
that
changes
in
swordfish
prices
do
affect
tuna
markets,
hence,
North
Atlantic
swordfish
management
may
have
unintended
effects
on
effort
directed
toward
tuna
as
a
substitute
species.
Further,
supply
responses
from
nonmanagement
unit
were
found
to
be
greater
than
that
for
management
unit
stocks
suggesting
that
North
Atlantic
swordfish
management
could
have
implications
for
harvest
effort
and
management
concern
toward
other
stocks.

Thunberg,
Eric
and
Scott
Steinback
(
1996).

A
Simulation
Model
to
Evaluate
the
Impacts
of
Recreational
Fishery
Bag
and
Size
Limits.

Draft
report,
Social
Sciences
Branch,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
166
Water
Street,
Woods
Hole,
MA.

A
stochastic
simulation
approach
is
presented
to
assess
the
recreational
fishing
impacts
of
Amendment
7
to
the
Northeast
Multispecies
Fishery
Management
Plan.
Impacts
are
presented
by
mode
(
party/
charter
and
private/
rental
boat)
and
area
(
North:
Maine,
New
Hampshire,
and
Massachusetts,
and
South:
Connecticut,
Rhode
Island,
and
New
York).
To
account
for
6
7
1
uncertainties
due
to
a
lack
of
empirical
data
and
inherent
variability
in
number
of
trips,
keep
rates,
release
mortality,
compliance
rates,
and
behavioral
changes,
probability
distributions
were
assigned
and
a
Monte
Carlo
simulation
with
1,000
iterations
run.
The
simulation
results
indicate
that
the
combined
impact
of
the
bag
and
size
limit
management
measures
will
result
in
an
expected
25%
reduction
in
cod
and
haddock
recreational
fishing
mortality.
However,
due
to
differences
in
size
and
catch
distribution,
the
management
measures
have
a
greater
impact
on
anglers
in
the
North.
Nearly
two­
thirds
of
the
reduction
in
landings
may
be
attributable
to
reductions
in
the
Northern
area
party/
charter
and
private/
rental
boat
modes.

Thunberg,
Eric
and
Scott
Steinback
(
1996).

CCF
SAS
Program.

SAS
Program,
Social
Sciences
Branch,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
166
Water
Street,
Woods
Hole,
MA.

A
SAS
program
written
to
combine
the
Capital
Construction
Fund
data
set
with
other
information
to
create
a
combined
data
set
from
which
cost
data
could
be
inferred
for
vessels
operating
in
the
northeast
region.

Thunberg,
Eric,
Edward
Bresnyan,
and
Charles
Adams
(
1993).
"
Economic
Analysis
of
Technical
Interdependencies
and
the
Value
of
Effort
in
a
Multi­
Species
Fishery."
Draft
report,
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville.

The
paper
reports
on
the
results
of
an
analysis
of
the
economic
interrelationships
in
Florida's
commercial
near
shore
fishery.
A
dual
based
revenue
function
is
specified
to
estimate
own
price
and
cross
price
elasticities
of
supply
for
selected
key
species
and
to
estimate
the
marginal
value
of
effort.
Empirical
findings
indicate
the
fishery
is
characterized
by
joint
production
among
all
species
pairs
and
that
the
complementarity
of
production
is
strongest
for
mullet
as
compared
to
any
other
species.
This
finding
implies
that
effective
management
of
the
near
shore
species
complement
may
be
possible
through
management
measures
designed
to
reduce
the
harvest
of
mullet.
The
paper
concludes
by
demonstrating
the
potential
effect
that
restricting
harvest
on
mullet
might
have
on
landings
of
other
near
shore
species.
The
amount
of
compensation
payments
required
to
leave
commercial
harvesters
as
well
off
with
the
management
change
as
without
it
are
also
presented.

Thunberg,
Eric,
Edward
Bresnyan,
and
Charles
Adams
(
1995).
"
Economic
Analysis
of
Technical
Interdependencies
and
the
Value
of
Effort
in
a
Multi­
Species
Fishery."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
1):
59­
76.

The
paper
reports
on
the
results
of
an
analysis
of
the
economic
interrelationships
in
Florida's
commercial
near
shore
fishery.
A
dual
based
revenue
function
is
specified
to
estimate
own
price
and
cross
price
elasticities
of
supply
for
selected
key
species
and
to
estimate
the
marginal
value
of
effort.
Empirical
findings
indicate
the
fishery
is
characterized
by
joint
production
among
all
species
pairs
and
that
the
complementarity
of
production
is
strongest
for
mullet
as
compared
to
any
other
species.
This
finding
implies
that
effective
management
of
the
near
shore
species
complement
may
be
possible
through
management
measures
designed
to
reduce
the
harvest
of
mullet.
The
paper
concludes
by
demonstrating
the
potential
effect
that
restricting
harvest
on
mullet
might
have
on
landings
of
other
near
shore
species.
The
amount
of
compensation
payments
required
to
leave
commercial
harvesters
as
well
off
with
the
management
change
as
without
it
are
also
presented.

Thunberg,
E.
M.,
T.
E.
Helser,
and
R.
K.
Mayo
(
1994).
"
An
Age­
Structured
6
7
2
Bioeconomic
Model
to
Evaluate
Changes
in
Fishing
Mortality
in
the
United
States
Atlantic
Silver
Hake
Fisheries."
Economics
Investigation
and
Population
Dynamics
Branch,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
166
Water
Street,
Woods
Hole,
MA,
21
pp.

In
this
paper,
a
bioeconomic
model
of
the
USA
whiting
fishery
is
developed.
The
biological
component
incorporates
age­
structured
models
of
whiting
stocks
while
an
economic
component
accounts
for
size
based
pricing.
A
revenue
response
surface
is
derived
that
gives
the
maximum
revenue
obtainable
from
systematically
varying
fishing
mortality
and
age
specific
selection
patterns.
A
stochastic
recruitment
function
is
used
that
permits
assessment
of
revenue
and
yield
trajectories
over
time,
as
well
as
their
associated
probability
distributions.

Thunberg,
E.
M.,
T.
E.
Helser,
and
R.
K.
Mayo
(
1994).
"
An
Age­
Structured
Bioeconomic
Model
to
Evaluate
Changes
in
Fishing
Mortality
in
the
United
States
Atlantic
Silver
Hake
Fisheries."
C.
M.
1994/
T:
7,
Theme
Session
on
Improving
the
Link
Between
Fisheries
Science
and
Management:
Biological,
Social,
and
Economic
Considerations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September,
21
pp.

Silver
hake
or
whiting
(
Merluccius
bilinearis)
range
from
Newfoundland
to
South
Carolina.
The
resource
has
traditionally
supported
a
U.
S.
A.
fishery
on
the
adult
component
of
the
stock.
However,
with
developing
markets
for
juveniles
and
the
possibility
of
increased
effort,
managers
and
industry
have
expressed
concern
over
the
health
of
whiting
stocks
that
are
already
considered
to
be
fully
exploited.
Market
prices
for
whiting
are
based
upon
its
size
and
therefore,
managers
are
concerned
not
only
with
the
overall
fishing
mortality
rate
but
with
how
a
directed
fishery
on
juveniles
may
affect
the
age
structure
of
the
population.
Age
structured
models
can
be
used
to
evaluate
changes
in
population
structure.
However,
without
an
understanding
of
the
economic
value
of
different
size
components,
biological
models
alone
provide
incomplete
management
guidance.
In
this
paper,
a
bioeconomic
model
of
the
USA
whiting
fishery
is
developed.
The
biological
component
incorporates
age­
structured
models
of
whiting
stocks
while
an
economic
component
accounts
for
size
based
pricing.
A
revenue
response
surface
is
derived
that
gives
the
maximum
revenue
obtainable
from
systematically
varying
fishing
mortality
and
age
specific
selection
patterns.
A
stochastic
recruitment
function
is
used
that
permits
assessment
of
revenue
and
yield
trajectories
over
time,
as
well
as
their
associated
probability
distributions.

Thunberg,
E.
M.,
T.
E.
Helser,
and
R.
K.
Mayo
(
1996).
"
Bioeconomic
Analysis
of
Alternative
Selection
Patterns
in
the
United
States
Atlantic
Silver
Hake
Fishery."
Social
Science
Branch
and
Population
Dynamics
Branch,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
166
Water
Street,
Woods
Hole,
MA.

In
this
paper,
a
bioeconomic
simulation
of
the
U.
S.
fisheries
for
silver
hake,
Merluccius
bilinearis,
is
presented.
The
model
design
combines
elements
of
age­
structured
population
and
harvest
yield
models
with
economics
of
the
silver
hake
fishery.
The
analysis
evaluates
both
biological
and
economic
effects
of
interest
to
managers,
such
as
future
yields
or
rebuilding
of
parental
stock
as
well
as
future
revenues
and
net
returns
to
vessels.
The
bioeconomic
model
is
used
to
evaluate
the
economic
implications
of
tradeoffs
between
alternative
selection
patterns
in
the
U.
S.
Atlantic
silver
hake
6
7
3
fishery.
Throughout
the
study,
a
selection
pattern
is
defined
as
the
suite
of
age­
specific
selection
coefficients
that
are
applied
to
a
fish
population
over
time.
Of
particular
interest
is
exploration
of
whether
tradeoffs
among
segments
of
a
fish
population
can
result
in
increased
resource
value.
This
question
is
explored
within
the
context
of
whether
a
limited
juvenile
fishery
can
co­
exist
with
traditional
fisheries
without
jeopardizing
silver
hake
stocks
and
if
so,
under
what
conditions
might
such
a
fishery
operate.

Thunberg,
Eric,
T.
E.
Helser,
and
R.
K.
Mayo
(
1998).

Bio­
Economic
Analysis
of
Alternative
Selection
Patterns
in
the
United
States
Atlantic
Silver
Hake
Fishery.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
13:
51­
74.

In
this
paper
a
bioeconomic
simulation
of
the
U.
S.
fisheries
for
silver
hake,
Merluccius
bilinearis,
is
presented.
The
model
design
combines
elements
of
age
structured
population
and
harvest
yield
models
with
the
economics
of
the
silver
hake
fishery.
The
analysis
evaluates
both
biological
and
economic
effects
of
interest
to
managers,
such
as
future
yields
or
rebuilding
of
parental
stock
as
well
as
future
revenues
and
net
returns
to
vessels.
The
bioeconomic
model
is
used
to
evaluate
the
economic
implications
of
tradeoffs
between
alternative
selection
patterns
in
the
U.
S.
Atlantic
silver
hake
fishery.
Throughout
the
study,
a
selection
pattern
is
defined
as
the
suite
of
age
specific
selection
coefficients
that
are
applied
to
a
fish
population
over
time.
The
results
indicate
that
shifting
fishing
pressure
to
younger
age
classes
could
result
in
short
run
gains
in
economic
value
that
may
not
be
sustainable
due
to
longer
run
declines
in
biomass,
hence
lowered
fishery
yield
and
value.
By
contrast,
strategies
to
delay
age
at
first
capture
may
improve
economic
value
over
current
levels
with
only
modest
reductions
in
short
run
fishery
yield.

Thunberg,
Eric,
Charles
Adams,
Darrell
Brannan,
and
Timothy
Taylor
(
1991).
"
Commercial
Fishing
Revenue
Losses
Under
Harvest
Restrictions:
The
Case
of
the
Florida
Red
Drum."
Staff
Papers
Series,
SP
91­
4,
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
Institute
of
Food
and
Agricultural
Sciences,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL
32611.

The
red
drum
(
Sciaenops
ocellatus)
was
effectively
removed
from
Florida's
nearshore
commercial
fishery
in
January,
1989.
Fishing
revenue
losses
may
be
mitigated
through
redirection
of
effort
from
the
restricted
species
to
other
unrestricted
species.
A
revenue
function
is
specified
for
two
time
periods
over
which
two
different
harvest
regulations
for
red
drum
were
effective.
The
empirical
results
indicate
that
fishermen
were
able
to
compensate
for
lost
revenue
due
to
the
harvest
restrictions
although
the
ability
to
do
so
differed
by
gear
and
regional
considerations.

Thunberg,
Eric,
Charles
Adams,
Darrell
Brannan,
and
Timothy
Taylor
(
1993).
"
Commercial
Fishing
Revenue
Losses
Under
Harvest
Restrictions:
The
Case
of
the
Florida
Red
Drum."
Society
and
Natural
Resources,
6:
181­
194.

The
red
drum
(
Sciaenops
ocellatus)
was
effectively
removed
from
Florida's
nearshore
commercial
fishery
in
January,
1989.
Fishing
revenue
losses
may
be
mitigated
through
redirection
of
effort
from
the
restricted
species
to
other
unrestricted
species.
A
revenue
function
is
specified
for
two
time
periods
over
which
two
different
harvest
regulations
for
red
drum
were
effective.
The
empirical
results
indicate
that
fishermen
were
able
to
compensate
for
lost
revenue
due
to
the
harvest
restrictions
although
the
ability
to
do
so
differed
by
gear
and
regional
considerations.
6
7
4
Thunberg,
Eric,
James
L.
Seale,
Jr.,
Charles
M.
Adams,
and
E.
Lee
Bouchelle
III
(
1993).
"
Effect
of
North
Atlantic
Swordfish
Management
On
Swordfish
and
Tuna
Markets."
RI­
93­
106,
URI/
OSU
Research
Paper
Series,
A
USDA
Cooperative
State
Research
Service
Joint
Research
Project
Between
The
University
of
Rhode
Island
and
Oregon
State
University,
September,
15
pp.

In
1991,
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
and
the
participating
nations
of
the
International
Commission
for
the
Conservation
of
Atlantic
Tunas
(
ICCAT),
placed
multilateral
restrictions
on
the
harvest
of
swordfish
from
North
Atlantic
stocks.
These
restrictions
were
necessary
to
reduce
fishing
mortality
on
what
were
deemed
to
be
overfished
stocks.
A
multi­
market
approach
is
used
to
estimate
consumer
welfare
changes
in
swordfish
and
tuna
markets
as
both
markets
adjust
to
changes
in
swordfish
management.
The
results
of
this
analysis
are
compared
and
contrasted
with
that
of
a
partial
equilibrium
approach
in
which
market
price
of
substitute
species
are
held
constant.
The
study
findings
indicate
that
the
partial
equilibrium
approach
ignores
the
price
effects
of
market
interactions
and
results
in
incomplete
analysis
of
fishery
management
policy.

Thunberg,
Eric,
Scott
Steinback,
Gerry
Gray,
Amy
Gautam,
and
Maury
Osborne
(
1998).

Summary
Report
of
Methods
and
Descriptive
Statistics
for
the
1994
Northeast
Region
Marine
Recreational
Fishing
Participation
Survey.

Draft
report,
Social
Sciences
Branch,
NOAA,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Woods
Hole,
MA,
39
pp.

Two
marine
sportfishing
surveys
were
conducted
during
1994
in
the
Northeast
Region
(
Maine
to
Virginia).
Data
from
the
surveys
provided
demographic
and
economic
information
on
marine
recreational
fishing
participants
and
nonparticipants.
In
an
earlier
report
(
Steinback
and
O

Neil)
the
socioeconomic
characteristics,
recreational
fishing
preference
and
perceptions
of
current
and
prospective
fishery
management
regulations
were
documented
for
a
sample
of
saltwater
recreational
anglers
that
were
on
intercepted
fishing
trips.
This
report
serves
as
a
companion
to
the
Steinback
and
O

Neil
report.
The
purpose
of
this
report
is
to
document
the
socioeconomic
characteristic
or
recreational
fishing
participants
and
nonparticipants
from
a
sample
of
households
in
the
Northeast
Region.
Additionally,
the
results
of
a
statistical
model
to
project
recreational
fishing
participation
rates
are
reported
and
forecasts
of
recreational
fishing
participation
to
the
year
2010
are
developed
for
each
of
the
10
states
in
the
study.

Thurman,
Walter
N.
(
1991).
"
Applied
General
Equilibrium
Welfare
Analysis."
Paper
presented
at
the
1991
meetings
of
the
American
Agricultural
Economics
Association
in
Manhattan,
Kansas.

With
the
current
and
increasing
interest
in
applying
general
equilibrium
welfare
measurements,
it
seems
useful
to
review
what
is
known
and
to
discuss
some
of
the
issues
applied
researchers
must
face.
The
first
half
of
my
paper
demonstrates,
through
example,
the
variety
of
circumstances
in
which
general
equilibrium
welfare
analysis
works.
The
second
half
explores
the
limits
of
its
generality.

Thurman,
Walter
N.
and
J.
E.
Easley,
Jr.
(
1990).
"
Economic
Models
for
Fishery
Resource
Allocations:
Valuing
Changes
in
Commercial
Harvests."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Economics
and
Business,
North
Carolina
State
University.

This
paper
reviews
a
conceptual
model
for
estimating
consumer
and
6
7
5
producer
surplus
in
markets
other
than
the
harvesting
sector
and
presents
some
preliminary
empirical
results
for
the
Gulf
red
drum
fishery.
The
conceptual
model
and
empirical
results
are
based
on
the
idea
of
general
equilibrium
welfare
measurement.

Thurman,
Walter
N.
and
J.
E.
Easley,
Jr.
(
1991).
"
Valuing
Changes
in
Commercial
Fishery
Harvests:
A
General
Equilibrium
Derived
Demand
Analysis."
Draft
report.

This
paper
presents
a
conceptual
model
for
estimating
surpluses
from
these
related
markets
and
present
empirical
estimates
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
red
drum
fishery.
The
conceptual
model
and
empirical
results
employ
general
equilibrium
derived
demand
functions.
The
general
equilibrium
derived
demand
for
an
input
conceptually
accounts
(
in
a
single
market)
for
surpluses
in
related
markets
and
economizes
on
data
requirements
in
estimation.

Thurman,
Walter
N.
and
J.
E.
Easley,
Jr.
(
1992).
"
Valuing
Changes
in
Commercial
Fishery
Harvests:
A
General
Equilibrium
Derived
Demand
Analysis."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
22(
3):
226­
240.

This
paper
presents
a
conceptual
model
for
estimating
surpluses
from
these
related
markets
and
present
empirical
estimates
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
red
drum
fishery.
The
conceptual
model
and
empirical
results
employ
general
equilibrium
derived
demand
functions.
The
general
equilibrium
derived
demand
for
an
input
conceptually
accounts
(
in
a
single
market)
for
surpluses
in
related
markets
and
economizes
on
data
requirements
in
estimation.

Thurman,
Walter
N.
and
Michael
K.
Wohlgenant
(
1989).
"
Consistent
Estimation
of
General
Equilibrium
Welfare
Effects."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
71(
4):
1041­
1045.

A
general
equilibrium
demand
curve
is
appropriate
for
measuring
the
surplus
changes
in
several
markets
induced
by
a
policy
intervention
in
one
market.
Guidelines
for
the
identification
and
consistent
estimation
of
such
a
demand
curve
are
discussed.
Specifically,
conditions
are
stated
under
which
the
dropping
of
prices
of
related
goods
yields
a
consistent
estimate
of
the
slope
of
the
general
equilibrium
demand
curve.
Also,
a
method
similar
to
Leamer's
is
proposed
to
provide
consistent
bounds
for
the
general
equilibrium
demand
slope
when
the
slope
is
underidentified.

Thurow,
Lester
C.
(
1971).
"
The
Income
Distribution
as
a
Pure
Public
Good."
Quarterly
Journal
of
Economics,
(
May):
327­
336.

This
paper
concentrates
on
the
income
redistribution
that
occurs
because
the
distribution
of
income
itself
appears
in
individual
utility
functions.
In
short,
the
income
distribution
meets
all
of
the
tests
of
a
pure
public
good.
Exclusion
is
impossible,
consumption
is
nonrival;
each
individual
must
consume
the
same
quantity.
The
same
problems
also
occur.
Each
individual
has
a
vested
interest
in
disguising
his
preferences
concerning
his
desired
income
distribution
to
avoid
paying
his
optimal
share
of
the
necessary
transfer
payments.

Tillman,
Michael
F.
(
199?).

Bycatch

The
Issue
of
the

90s.

Presentation,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
1335
East­
West
Highway,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland.

Presentation
made
at
the
Southeast
Fisheries
Association
conference
on
bycatch
in
Orlando
Florida.
6
7
6
Timmerman,
James
A.,
Jr.
(
1984).
"
Institutional
Constraints
On
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Development."
Chapter
18
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

A
presentation
promoting
the
use
of
state
and
federal
funds
to
expand
recreational
fishing
structures
and
programs.

Tisdell,
Clem
(
1986).
"
Conflicts
about
Living
Marine
Resources
in
Southeast
Asian
and
Australian
Waters:
Turtles
and
Dugong
as
Cases."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
3(
1):
89­
109.

This
paper
considers
conflicts
that
arise
and
socioeconomic
problems
involved
in
managing
fugitive
resources,
especially
transborder
or
transfrontier
ones
when
economic
development
occurs.
To
do
this
it
concentrates
on
the
situation
of
turtles
and
of
dugong
in
Southeast
Asian
and
Australian
waters.
Particular
attention
is
given
to
turtle
farming
and
to
zone
as
conservation
strategies
and
the
use
of
marine
parks
for
resource
management.
Questions
are
raised
about
the
responsibilities
of
developed
countries
such
as
Australia
for
conserving
species
that
migrate
to
less
developed
countries.

Tisdell,
Clem
and
James
M.
Broadus
(
1989).
"
Policy
Issues
Related
to
the
Establishment
and
Management
of
Marine
Reserves."
Coastal
Management,
17(
1):
37­
54.

Several
hundred
marine
reserves
now
exist
and
their
number
is
growing.
The
demand
for
additional
marine
reserves
can
also
be
expected
to
grow,
especially
since
they
seem
to
be
relatively
undersupplied
compared
to
terrestrial
biosphere
reserves.
Basic
socioeconomic
reasons
are
given
to
why
governments
should
establish
marine
reserves.
Management
problems
are
illustrated
by
reference
to
the
Great
Barrier
Reef
Marine
Park
and
to
the
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration's
(
NOAA)
governing
of
Title
III
of
the
Marine
Protection,
Research
and
Sanctuaries
Act.
The
nature,
clarity,
and
precision
of
objectives
as
set
out
in
legislation
are
discussed,
and
the
importance
for
management
of
public
and
political
support
is
considered.
Using
economic
analysis,
an
approach
different
to
that
used
by
some
ecologists
for
determining
the
optimal
size
of
reserves
is
outlined
and
the
view
of
Soule'
and
Wilcox
favoring
many
large
reserves
is
modified.
The
natural
difficulties
involved
in
mandating
marine
reserves
are
highlighted
by
comparison
with
land
based
parks.
Zoning
and
multiple
use
are
common
features
of
marine
reserves
and
require
important
management
and
policy
decisions
to
be
made
about
optimal
(
or
at
least
satisfactory)
zoning
and
multiple
use
arrangements.
Issues
that
ought
to
be
taken
into
account
and
techniques
for
making
such
decisions
are
discussed,
and
it
is
suggested
that
there
should
be
greater
input
from
the
social
sciences
in
the
management
of
marine
reserves.

Tkacz,
Bob
(
1995).

Bycatch
Guidance,
Practical
Book
Written
for
Alaska
Longline
Fishermen.

In
Brad
Warren,
Win­
Win
Bycatch
Solutions.
National
Fisheries
Conservation
Center,
Seattle
WA.

A
review
of
Janet
smoker

s
Fishermen

s
Guide
to
Catch
and
Bycatch
that
shows
longliners
where
and
how
to
avoid
bycatch
in
the
longline
fisheries
for
sablefish
(
black
cod),
halibut,
and
turbot
for
the
Gulf
of
Alaska
and
Bering
Sea.

Tkacz,
Bob
(
1995).

Proof,
allocation
are
Hurdles
for
Bycatch
Innovators,
6
7
7
three
Gear­
Based
Approaches
in
Alaska.

In
Brad
Warren,
Win­
Win
Bycatch
Solutions.
National
Fisheries
Conservation
Center,
Seattle
WA.

A
low
bycatch
scallop
harvester,
pot
traps
for
cod
that
reduce
halibut
bycatch,
and,
trawl
mesh
panels
to
exclude
juvenile
pollock
from
groundfish
trawls
are
discussed
as
means
to
make
fishing
gear
more
selective
in
harvesting
fish
in
directed
fisheries.

Tobin,
James
(
1958).
"
Estimation
of
Relationships
for
Limited
Dependent
Variables."
Econometrica,
26:
24­
36.

A
model
of
a
hybrid
of
probit
analysis
and
multiple
regression
is
developed
in
this
paper.

Tomasi,
Theodore
D.,
Carol
A.
Jones,
and
Stephanie
W.
Fluke
(
1995).

Public
and
Private
Claims
in
Natural
Resource
Damage
Assessments.

Draft,
Resource
Valuation
Branch,
damage
Assessment
Center,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
Silver
Spring
MD,
July
13,
40
pp.

In
this
paper,
we
consider
the
distinctions
between
public
and
private
claims
for
injuries
to
public
resources
and
analyze
areas
of
potential
overlap.

Toussaint,
W.
D.
(
1992).
"
The
Flue­
Cured
Tobacco
Program."
AG­
476,
North
Carolina
Cooperative
Extension
Service,
College
of
Agriculture
&
Live
Sciences,
North
Carolina
State
University.

The
tobacco
program
began
in
the
1930'
s
but
has
changed
over
time
to
adapt
to
changes
in
the
industry.
The
program
now
operates
at
no
cost
to
the
government
except
for
some
general
administrative
costs
and
provides
foreign
and
domestic
buyers
with
a
dependable
quantity
of
tobacco.
Quota
owners
receive
higher
net
incomes
because
of
the
program
and
the
year
to
year
variability
of
prices
received
by
growers
is
reduced.

Townsend,
Ralph
E.
(
1985).
"
On
"
Capital
Stuffing"
in
Regulated
Fisheries."
Land
Economics,
61(
2):
195­
197.

As
almost
uniform
experience
in
fisheries
managed
by
limited
entry
has
been
the
increased
use
of
capital
by
each
firm.
This
is
widely
regarded
as
an
undesirable
loophole
in
programs
to
limit
fishing
effort.
Closer
examination
indicates
that
the
increased
use
of
capital
by
firms
is
produced
by
at
least
six
different
incentives.
Moreover,
not
all
of
these
incentives
are
economically
undesirable.
The
net
effect
of
"
capital
stuffing"
is
ambiguous
and
can
only
be
evaluated
empirically.

Townsend,
Ralph
E.
(
1986).
"
A
Critique
of
Models
of
the
American
Lobster
Fishery."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
13:
277­
291.

A
number
of
studies
have
used
the
American
lobster
fishery
to
raise
theoretical
and
empirical
issues
in
the
economic
application
of
Schaefer
yield­
effort
models.
The
present
research
shows
that
both
published
variants
of
the
Schaefer
yield­
effort
model
are
poor
predictors
of
landings
in
the
lobster
fishery.
The
analysis
suggests
that
minimum
size
rules
in
the
lobster
fishery
make
the
Beverton­
Holt
dynamic
pool
model
more
appropriate
to
the
lobster
fishery
than
the
Schaefer
yield­
effort
model.

Townsend,
R.
E.
(
1990).
"
Entry
Restrictions
in
the
Fishery:
A
Survey
of
the
Evidence."
Land
Economics,
Vol.
66,
No.
4,
Nov.,
pp.
359­
378.
6
7
8
A
survey
of
existing
limited
entry
programs
found
that
(
1)
the
restrictiveness
of
the
program
is
correlated
to
its
economic
success,
(
2)
an
inverse
relationship
exists
between
the
complexity
of
a
fishery
and
the
success
of
management,
ceteris
paribus,
(
3)
the
social
and
political
environment
affects
the
success
of
limited
entry
plans,
(
4)
limited
entry
has
generated
economic
benefits
more
often
by
reducing
short
run
externalities
than
by
eliminating
long
run
stock
externalities,
(
5)
no
evidence
exists
that
weak
limited
entry
plans
evolve
into
strong,
successful
plans,
(
6)
the
rents
created
by
limited
entry
are
often
politically
problematic,
and
(
7)
the
rights
under
restricted
access
have
proven
to
be
quite
different
from
the
terrestrial
property
rights.
Also,
management
costs
are
an
important
component
of
the
social
costs
of
managing
a
fishery.

Townsend,
Ralph
E.
(
1995).

Transferable
Dynamic
Stock
Rights.

Marine
Policy,
19(
2)
153­
158.

Individual
transferable
quotas
(
ITQs),
while
solving
many
short
run
externalities,
provide
limited
incentives
for
individual
fishers
to
conserve
the
resource.
All
decisions
that
determine
harvests
are
made
by
the
government,
and
the
shares
of
future
harvests
that
are
allocated
to
any
particular
fisher
are
not
affected
by
that
fisher

s
actions.
For
example,
there
is
no
incentive
for
the
individual
fisher
to
avoid
catches
of
smaller
fish.
In
fact,
the
incentives
for
discarding
and
high
grading
may
be
worse
under
ITQs
than
under
other
forms
of
management.
This
analysis
proposes
a

transferable
dynamic
stock
right

(
TDSR),
under
which
rights
are
allocated
to
fishers
as
life
cycle
shares
of
each
year
class
that
can
be
harvested.
Year
class
allocations
would
change
each
year
to
reflect
catches,
growth
and
natural
mortality.
Allocations
of
newly
recruited
fish
would
be
in
proportion
to
the
share
of
the
rights
to
the
breeding
stock
held
by
each
fisher.
Under
TDSRs,
the
fisher
would
internalize
the
economic
decision
about
whether
to
catch
a
given
year
class
as
small
fish
or
as
a
larger
tonnage
of
large
fish.
TDSRs
provide
the
fisher
with
incentives
to
harvest
in
ways
that
maximize
the
value
of
the
catch
from
a
given
year
class.

Townsend,
Ralph
E.
(
1997).

Peer
Review
of
the
Economics
of
the
Management
Strategies
for
Red
Snapper
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Draft
report
for
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Department
of
Economics,
University
of
Maine,
Orono,
ME,
September,
28
pp.

This
paper
is
a
peer
review
of
the
appropriateness
of
management
measures
in
the
fishery
management
plan
for
red
snapper
in
the
gulf
of
Mexico
for
conserving
and
managing
the
resource
and
a
consideration
of
the
cost
and
benefits
of
all
reasonable
alternatives
to
an
individual
fishing
quota
program
for
the
red
snpapper
resource.

Townsend,
Ralph
E.
and
Samuel
G.
Pooley
(
1994).
"
Comprehensive
Property
Rights:
Fishery
Trusts."
C.
M.
1994/
T:
6,
Theme
Session
on
Improving
the
Link
Between
Fisheries
Science
and
Management:
Biological,
Social,
and
Economic
Considerations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
82nd
Statutory
Meeting,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September,
9
pp.

A
true
property
rights
scheme,
a
fishery
trust,
is
proposed.
A
fishery
trust
is
a
corporation
that
has
comprehensive
management
authority.
The
fishery
trust
is
owned
through
corporate
ownership
rules.
Owner
shares
in
the
trust
are
distributed
initially
to
some
group,
who
then
vote
those
shares
to
determine
the
fishery
governance
structure.
Shares
are
freely
transferable.
The
responsibility
of
the
trust
would
be
comprehensive,
including
6
7
9
responsibility
for
the
cost
of
administration
and
enforcement
as
well
as
management
decisions.
Because
the
ownership
rights
in
the
trust
are
permanent
and
transferable,
owners
have
every
incentive
to
husband
the
resource.
Although
comanagement
has
been
suggested
as
a
vehicle
for
greater
fisher
involvement
in
management,
a
corporate
ownership
structure
has
long
term
incentives
that
are
clearly
superior
to
those
under
collective
or
cooperative
management
rules.

Transportation
Research
Board
(
1974).
"
Travel
Demand
Forecasting."
Seven
reports
prepared
for
the
53rd
Annual
Meeting
of
the
Highway
Research
Board,
National
Research
Council,
Washington,
D.
C.

This
RECORD
presents
findings
from
leading
researchers
in
the
field
on
interactions
between
travel
behavior
assumptions
and
the
resulting
travel
models
and
forecasts
made
with
these
assumptions.

Trent,
Lee,
Anna
Avrigian,
and
Rosalie
Shaffer
(
1997).

Recreational
Fishery
Surveys
Conducted
by
Personnel
of
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
Panama
City
Laboratory,
1970­
1996.

Panama
City
Laboratory
Contribution
No.
97­
4,
February,
25
pp.

This
paper
provides
information
about
studies
that
have
been
proposed,
started,
completed,
or
continued
by
Panama
City
Laboratory
(
PCL)
personnel
that
involve
the
collection
of
recreational
fisheries
data.
Specific
objectives
are
to
provide
brief
descriptions,
details
for
some
survey
methods
and
how
well
the
methods
worked,
and
a
pre­
evaluation
of
the
proposed
pilot
surveys
(
log
book
and
telephone)
that
are
to
begin
in
1997.

Trent,
Lee,
William
A.
Fable,
Jr.,
Sandra
J.
Russell,
Gilbert
W.
Bane,
and
Barbara
Jayne
Palko
(
1987).
"
Variations
in
Size
and
Sex
Ratio
of
King
Mackerel,
Scomberomorus
cavalla,
off
Louisiana,
1977­
85.
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
91­
97.

Data
from
over
27,000
king
mackerel
collected
from
Grand
Isle,
Louisiana
during
1977­
85
were
analyzed
to
evaluate
temporal
variations
in
size
and
sex
compositions.
The
fish
were
caught
by
recreational
and
commercial
hook
and
line
fishermen.
Groups
of
king
mackerel
from
Louisiana
were
composed
of
a
greater
portion
of
large
fish
than
were
populations
from
other
areas
in
the
southeastern
United
States
with
the
possible
exception
of
south
Carolina
and
Georgia.
Large
(
greater
than
120
cm
fork
length)
king
mackerel
were
caught
off
Louisiana
throughout
the
year.
For
both
males
and
females,
catches
were
composed
of
the
smallest
fish
in
April
through
October
and
the
largest
fish
between
November
and
March.
Females
dominated
catches
in
most
months
and
comprised
a
greater
portion
of
the
recreational
than
the
commercial
landings.
Female
percentage
was
usually
lower
in
the
warmer
than
in
the
colder
months.
In
general,
female
percentage
increased
with
an
increase
in
fish
size.

Trent,
Lee,
Barbara
Jayne
Palko,
Mark
L.
Williams,
and
Harold
A.
Brusher
(
1987).
"
Abundance
of
King
Mackerel,
Scomberomorus
cavalla,
in
the
Southeastern
United
States
Based
on
CPUE
Data
from
Charterboats,
1982­
85."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
2):
78­
90.

In
1982,
a
survey
was
initiated
to
obtain
daily
catch
and
effort
data
on
fishes
commonly
caught
by
charterboats
in
the
southeastern
United
States.
Boat
effort
and
king
mackerel
CPUE
data
obtained
from
1982
through
1985
were
analyzed.
The
offshore
fishing
zone
(>
10
fathoms)
received
the
highest
amount
of
trolling
and
other
fishing
(
nontrolling)
efforts;
the
nearshore
fishing
zone
(<=
10
fathoms)
received
the
second
highest
trolling
effort
and
lowest
other
fishing
effort;
the
estuarine
fishing
zone
received
the
lowest
trolling
6
8
0
effort
and
the
second
lowest
other
fishing
effort.
Data
to
evaluate
seasonal
fluctuations
in
fishing
effort
were
provided
for
15
areas
of
the
southeastern
United
States
and
for
the
U.
S.
Caribbean.
Annual
CPUE
of
king
mackerel
by
other
fishing
was
much
lower
than
trolling
for
most
areas
and
years.
CPUE
was
higher
in
the
nearshore
or
offshore
zone
than
in
the
estuarine
zone
for
all
area
year
combinations
except
North
Carolina
in
1983.
CPUE
values
were
highest
in
the
nearshore
zone
about
as
often
as
in
the
offshore
zone.
Highest
catch
rates
occurred
in
areas
in
both
the
U.
S.
south
Atlantic
and
gulf
of
Mexico
when
all
years
were
evaluated;
high
catch
rates
occurred
in
North
Carolina,
Georgia,
northwest
Florida,
Louisiana,
and
Texas.
Seasonal
patterns
of
CPUE
along
the
U.
S.
south
Atlantic
coast
varied
among
areas
in
such
a
way
as
to
show
that
a
temperature
dependent
migration
(
north
in
the
warm
months
and
south
in
the
cold
months)
was
not
indicated;
king
mackerel
were
high
in
abundance
off
North
Carolina
and
the
southern
areas
of
Florida
in
late
fall
and
early
winter.
In
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
it
appeared
that
in
the
spring
and
early
summer
some
groups
of
king
mackerel
simultaneously
migrated
northward
along
the
east
and
west
Gulf
of
Mexico
coasts.
Highest
CPUE
for
king
mackerel
occurred
in
1983
or
1985
when
all
areas
were
considered.
Evaluation
of
the
historical
data
bases
in
northwest
Florida
indicated
cyclical
patterns
of
abundance
over
a
20
year
period.

Tse,
E.
and
A.
Khilnani
(
1989).
"
An
Integrated
System
Model
for
a
Fishery
Management
Process
­
I."
Computers
Math.
Applic.,
17(
8/
9):
1329­
1343.

This
paper
describes
the
use
of
a
system
model
in
the
support
of
a
fishery
management
process.
The
system
provides
an
integrated
framework
for
describing
the
dynamic
interactions
among
fish
resources,
fishermen,
processors,
and
consumers
through
the
notion
of
market
equilibrium.
In
addition
to
giving
a
complete
detail
on
the
system
components
and
the
integration
mechanism,
the
paper
also
describes
how
the
integrated
system
can
be
used
in
supporting
fishery
management
processing
required
by
the
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act
of
1976.

Tse,
E.
and
A.
Khilnani
(
1989).
"
An
Integrated
System
Model
for
a
Fishery
Management
Process
­
II.
A
Case
Study."
Computers
Math.
Applic.,
18(
6/
7):
675­
690.

This
paper
describes
the
use
of
a
fishery
management
system
in
policy
analysis
studies
to
support
the
shrimp
fishery
management
process
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
The
studies
were
performed
during
the
period
1979­
1983
by
a
joint
effort
between
a
research
team
at
Stanford
and
staff
analysts
at
the
Southeast
Fisheries
Center.
The
paper
gives
a
brief
account
of
the
results
for
the
5
year
period,
as
well
as
the
insights
derived
through
the
process
of
using
a
mathematical
economic
model
in
support
of
the
policy
process.

Tse,
Edison
T.
S.,
Arvind
Khilnani,
and
Jim
S.
C.
Tom
(
1980).
"
Integrated
Approaches
to
Fishery
Policy
Analysis:
A
Case
Study
of
the
Tortugas
Shrimp
Fishery."
Executive
Summary
from
the
Final
Report
on
Implementation
of
the
Fisheries
System
Management
Model
for
the
Southeast
Shrimp
Fishery,
Contract
No.
NA79­
GA­
C­
00006,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami,
Florida,
Stanford
University,
Department
of
Engineering­
Economic
Systems,
Stanford,
CA,
January,
pp.
14­
20.

The
executive
summary
summarizes
the
management
characteristics
and
adaptability
of
a
Fisheries
System
Management
Model
(
FISYS)
as
applied
to
the
Tortugas
shrimp
fishery
off
the
southwest
coast
of
Florida.
6
8
1
Tsoa,
Eugene,
William
E.
Schrank,
and
Noel
Roy
(
1982).
"
U.
S.
Demand
for
Selected
Groundfish
Products,
1967­
80."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
64(
3):
483­
489.

The
expansion
of
national
fisheries
jurisdiction
to
the
two
hundred
mile
limit
enabled
maritime
nations
to
allocate
increased
shares
of
the
fish
catch
off
their
shores
to
their
own
fishermen.
The
Atlantic
groundfish
catches
of
Canada
and
the
United
States
are
sold
primarily
on
the
American
market.
A
Nerlovian
inventory
adjustment
price
expectations
model
is
estimated
for
the
American
demand
for
groundfish.
Income
and
price
elasticities
are
perverse.
The
ability
of
the
American
market
to
absorb
the
increased
anticipated
catches
are
therefore
limited,
and
benefits
of
extended
fisheries
jurisdiction
will
be
lost
unless
marketing
arrangements
are
substantially
changed.

Tsoa,
Eugene,
William
E.
Schrank,
and
Noel
Roy
(
1986).
"
U.
S.
Demand
for
Selected
Groundfish
Products,
1967­
80:
Reply."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
68(
4):
1025­
1027.

A
reply
to
criticisms
raised
by
Crutchfield
(
1986)
and
Lin,
Johnston,
and
Rettig
(
1986)
about
their
paper
on
U.
S.
demand
for
groundfish
(
1982).

Tuininga,
Chris
(
199?).

The
Groundfish
Industry
in
the
Denmark.

Draft
report,
Department
of
Agricultural
and
resource
Economics,
Oregon
State
University,
Ballard
Extension
Hall
#
205,
Corvallis,
Oregon,
20
pp.

A
review
of
the
groundfish
industry
in
Denmark
including
landings,
production,
trade,
fleet
characteristics,
the
domestic
market,
fishery
policy,
and
its
economy.

Tuininga,
Chris
and
Richard
Johnston
(
199?).

The
Groundfish
Industry
in
the
Netherlands.

Draft
report,
Department
of
Agricultural
and
resource
Economics,
Oregon
State
University,
Ballard
Extension
Hall
#
205,
Corvallis,
Oregon,
21
pp.

A
review
of
the
groundfish
industry
in
the
Netherlands
including
landings,
production,
trade,
fleet
characteristics,
the
domestic
market,
fishery
policy,
and
its
economy.

Turnbull,
Deborah
(
1980).
"
Provisional
Bibliography:
Fish
By­
Catch
From
Shrimp
Trawling."
Prepared
for
Round
Table
on
Non­
Traditional
Fishery
Products
for
Mass
Human
Consumption,
September
15­
19,
Washington,
D.
C.
Compiled
by
I.
D.
R.
C.
5990
Iona
Drive,
U.
B.
C.,
Vancouver,
B.
C.
V6T1L4,
Canada.

Many
of
the
listed
papers
are
part
of
the
holdings
of
the
IDRC
fisheries
library
in
Vancouver,
B.
C.,
Canada.
The
citations
are
listed
alphabetically
according
to
the
author's
name.
The
citations
are
numbered
to
facilitate
the
use
of
the
subject
and
geographical
indices.

Turner,
Matthew
A.
(
1996).

Value­
based
ITQ

s.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
2):
59­
69.

There
is
empirical
and
theoretical
evidence
indicating
that
quota
induced
high
grading
is
a
problem
in
weight
based
ITQ
programs.
This
paper
examines
value
based
ITQ
programs
as
a
possible
solution
to
this
problem.
It
is
shown
that
value
based
ITQ
programs
do
not
provide
an
incentive
to
high
grade
and
may
achieve
a
target
harvest
with
greater
accuracy
than
weight
based
ITQ
programs.
Two
ways
of
administering
value
based
ITQ
programs
are
suggested.
Though
both
are
arguably
more
difficult
to
administer
than
a
6
8
2
weight
based
ITQ
program,
a
value
based
ITQ
program
may
be
less
complicated
that
a
weight
based
ITQ
program
coupled
with
the
sorts
of
taxes,
landings
restrictions,
or
multiple
quotas,
that
have
been
proposed
as
remedies
for
quota
induced
high
grading.

Turris,
Bruce
R.
(
1994).

Canada

s
Pacific
Halibut
Fishery:
A
Case
Study
of
an
Individual
Quota
Fishery.

In
Karyn
L.
Gimbel
(
ed.)
Limiting
Access
to
Marine
Fisheries:
Keeping
the
Focus
on
Conservation,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

The
halibut
fishery
is
one
of
the
oldest
commercial
fisheries
in
the
North
Pacific,
dating
back
to
the
1890'
s.
In
Canada,
as
in
most
competitive
fisheries
around
the
globe,
by
the
late
1980'
s
the
halibut
fishery
was
becoming
increasingly
unsafe,
overcapitalized,
wasteful,
and
difficult
to
manage.
As
the
number
of
fishing
days
diminished
annually,
product
quality
worsened,
and
landed
price
fell,
fishermen
started
wondering
if
there
was
not
a
better
way
to
manage
the
halibut
fishery.
Their
quest
for
an
alternative
management
approach
for
the
halibut
fishery
resulted
in
the
implementation
of
individual
quotas
in
1991.
This
presentation
will
discuss
the
Canadian
Pacific
halibut
fishery
before
and
after
the
introduction
of
individual
quotas.
The
presentation
addresses
the
problems
and
concerns
in
the
fishery
that
led
to
a
change
in
management,
provides
details
of
how
the
program
was
implemented,
and
describes
the
benefits
of
the
system
to
date.

Turvey,
Ralph
(
1964).
"
Optimization
and
Suboptimization
in
Fishery
Regulation."
American
Economic
Review,
56:
207­
218.

The
purpose
of
this
article
is
to
show
that
fishery
regulation
is
one
of
those
spheres
of
economic
policy
where
what
is
the
best
thing
to
do
depends
on
what
can
be
done.
What
follows
is
a
static
analysis
of
a
single
trawl
fishery
where
there
is
only
one
fish
stock,
fished
from
ports
that
supply
a
common
competitive
market
and
that
are
equidistant
from
the
fishing
ground
with
free
and
easy
entry
by
new
firms.
The
purpose
is
to
provide
an
interesting
and
important
example
of
the
notions
of
optimization
and
suboptimization
and
of
the
proposition
that
coping
with
external
diseconomies
will
sometimes
involve
interfering
with
the
nature
as
well
as
the
scale
of
private
productive
activities.

Twomley,
Bruce
(
1994).
"
License
Limitation
in
Alaskan
Salmon
Fisheries."
In
Karyn
L.
Gimbel
(
ed.)
Limiting
Access
to
Marine
Fisheries:
Keeping
the
Focus
on
Conservation,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

Information
from
Alaska

s
license
limitation
program
in
its
salmon
fisheries
may
help
participants
address
the
two
questions
posed
at
the
conference:
(
1)
is
limited
access
appropriate
and
effective
and
(
2)
if
so,
what
form
limited
access
works
best
for
a
particular
fishery?

Upton,
Graham
J.
G.
and
Bernard
Fingleton
(
1985).
"
Regression
and
Autoregression."
Chapter
5
in
Spatial
Data
Analysis
by
Example,
john
Wiley
&
Sons,
New
York.

This
chapter
focuses
attention
on
certain
aspects
of
regression
analysis
that
come
to
the
fore
with
spatial
data.

Upton,
Harry
(
1992).
"
Problems
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
Chapters
4
and
5
of
a
draft
report,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation,
1725
DeSales
St,
NW,
STE
500,
Washington,
D.
C.
6
8
3
Problems
associated
with
the
Gulf
shrimp
fishery
can
be
divided
into
two
general
categories.
Those
relating
directly
to
the
Gulf
shrimp
harvesting
sector
and
those
relating
to
other
natural
and
human­
induced
changes
occurring
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
coastal
zone.
The
seven
basic
problems
are:
overcapitalization
and
overcapacity,
incidental
bycatch,
overfishing,
habitat
loss,
management/
enforcement
problems
and
gaps
in
research,
increasing
imports
that
are
competing
with
domestic
production,
and
introduction
of
alien
species
of
shrimp
or
viruses.
Problems
in
research
and
management
may
be
tied
to
both
of
these
categories.

Upton,
Harry,
Peter
Hoar,
and
Melissa
Upton
(
1992).
The
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery:
Profile
of
a
Valuable
National
Resource.
Center
for
Marine
Conservation,
1725
DeSales
Street,
NW,
Washington,
DC
20036.

This
report
provides
an
overview
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
­
its
biology,
habitat,
economics,
and
management
­
and
to
show
how
these
elements
interact.
After
the
overview,
the
primary
problems
of
the
fishery
are
defined
and
summarized.
The
final
chapter
provides
some
management
alternatives
and
recommendations
for
solving
some
of
the
problems
facing
the
fishery.

United
Nations
(
1995).

Draft
Agreement
for
the
Implementation
of
the
Provisions
of
the
United
Nations
Convention
on
the
Law
of
the
Sea
of
10
December
1982
Relating
to
the
Conservation
and
Management
of
Straddling
Fish
Stocks
and
Highly
Migratory
Fish
Stocks.

United
Nations
Conference
on
Straddling
Fish
Stocks
and
Highly
Migratory
Fish
Stocks,
Sixth
Session,
New
York,
24
July
­
4
August
1995.

The
objective
of
this
agreement
is
to
ensure
the
long
term
conservation
and
sustainable
use
of
straddling
fish
stocks
and
highly
migratory
fish
stocks
through
effective
implementation
of
the
relevant
provisions
of
the
Convention.

United
States
Department
of
Commerce
(
1989).

Style
Guide,
Regional
Fishery
Management
Councils,
Other
Applicable
Law,
Guidelines
for
Council
Operations
and
Administration.

Federal
Register,
January
17,
54(
10):
1700­
1720.

NOAA
issues
this
rule
to
revise
regulations
and
guidelines
concerning
the
operation
of
Regional
Fishery
Management
Councils
under
the
Magnuson
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act.
This
action
implements
parts
of
Title
1
of
Pub.
1,
99­
659,
which
amends
the
Magnuson
Act,
clarifies
instructions
of
the
Secretary
of
Commerce
on
other
statutory
and
regulatory
requirements
affecting
the
Councils
and
adjusts
the
fishery
management
planning
and
development
procedures
in
line
with
recommendations
of
two
fishery
management
studies
commissioned
by
NOAA
in
1986.
This
action
includes
the
uniform
standards
for
the
operation
of
the
Councils
required
by
the
Magnuson
Act.

United
States
Department
of
Commerce
(
1989).

Guidelines
for
Fishery
Management
Plans.

Federal
Register,
July
24,
54(
140):
30826­
30844.

NOAA
issues
this
rule
to
revise
the
advisory
guidelines
for
two
of
the
seven
national
standards
for
fishery
conservation
and
management
set
forth
in
section
301(
a)
of
the
Magnuson
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act.
Standards
1
requires
conservation
and
management
measures
to
prevent

overfishing

on
a
continuing
basis.
Standard
2
requires
conservation
and
management
measures
to
be
based
on
the
best
scientific
information
available.
The
revised
guidelines
stipulate
that
:
(
1)
Each
existing
and
future
FMP
6
8
4
specify,
to
the
maximum
extent
possible,
an
objective
and
measurable
definition
of
overfishing
for
each
managed
stock
or
stock
complex,
with
an
analysis
of
how
the
definition
was
determined
and
how
it
relates
to
biological
potential;
and
(
2)
the
Secretary
is
responsible
for
assuring
that
a
Stock
Assessment
and
Fishery
Evaluation
(
SAFE)
report
is
prepared
and
updated
as
necessary,
for
each
fishery.

United
States
Department
of
Commerce
(
1995).

Atlantic
Swordfish
Fishery.

50
CFR
Part
630,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
September,
20
pp.

An
unofficial
compilation
of
federal
regulations
for
the
swordfish
fishery,
proposed
rules,
public
hearing
announcements,
and
updates.

United
States
Department
of
Commerce
(
1995).

Atlantic
Tuna
Fishery.

50
CFR
Part
285,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
September,
60
pp.

An
unofficial
compilation
of
federal
regulations
for
the
Atlantic
tuna
fishery,
proposed
rules,
public
hearing
announcements,
and
updates.

United
States
Department
of
Commerce
(
1995).

Atlantic
Sharks.

50
CFR
Part
678,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
October,
15
pp.

An
unofficial
compilation
of
federal
regulations
for
the
Atlantic
shark
fishery,
proposed
rules,
public
hearing
announcements,
and
updates.

United
States
Department
of
Commerce
(
1996).

Atlantic
Swordfish
Fisheries:
Limited
Access
Program.

50
CFR
Parts
600
and
678,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
31
pp.

The
National
Marine
Fisheries
Services
proposes
to
implement
a
limited
access
system
contained
in
Amendment
1
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Swordfish
that
would
redefine
permits
as
directed
or
incidental,
develop
eligibility
criteria
for
these
permits
based
on
historical
participation,
and
specify
rules
for
transferability
of
permits.

United
States
Department
of
Commerce
(
1996).

Atlantic
Swordfish
and
Shark
Fisheries:
Establishing
an
Interim
Rule.

50
CFR
Parts
630
and
678,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
July,
9
pp.

NMFS
proposes
to
amend
those
regulations
governing
the
Atlantic
swordfish
and
Atlantic
shark
fisheries
by
establishing
a
limited
access
system
and
defining
criteria
for
participation
in
both
fisheries.
Amendment
1
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Swordfish
and
Amendment
1
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Sharks
describe
the
proposed
action
in
detail.
NMFS
proposes
to
institute
a
limited
access
system
for
the
fisheries,
develop
eligibility
criteria
for
participating
in
the
fisheries
based
on
historical
participation,
specify
rules
for
transferability
of
permits,
and
prohibit
the
possession
or
sale
of
swordfish
or
sharks
caught
incidentally
as
bycatch
in
fisheries
targeting
other
species
(
e.
g.,
tuna).
The
intent
of
this
regulation
is
to
cap
commercial
harvesting
capacity
at
recent
historic
levels
to
prevent
additional
vessels
from
entering
these
fisheries
thus
leading
to
additional
overcapitalization.

United
States
Department
of
Commerce
(
1996).

Fisheries
of
the
Caribbean,
Gulf,
and
South
Atlantic.

50
CFR
Part
622,
National
Oceanic
and
6
8
5
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
November,
85
pp.

An
unofficial
compilation
of
federal
regulations
for
the
southeast
region
fisheries,
proposed
rules,
public
hearing
announcements,
and
updates.

United
States
Department
of
Commerce
(
1996).
Magnuson­
Stevens
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act.
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
F/
SPO­
23,
December,
121
pp.

An
act
to
provide
for
the
conservation
and
management
of
the
fisheries
and
for
other
purposes.

United
States
International
Trade
Commission
(
1976).
Shrimp.
USITC
Publication
773,
Washington,
D.
C.,
May,
111
pp.

This
study
analyses
the
impact
of
shrimp
aquaculture
imports
on
the
domestic,
open
access
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
the
south
Atlantic.
The
commission
determined
that
shrimp,
fresh,
chilled,
frozen,
prepared,
or
preserved
is
being
imported
into
the
United
States
in
such
increased
quantities
as
to
be
a
substantial
cause
of
serious
injury
to
the
domestic
industry
catching
and
landing
shrimp.

United
States
International
Trade
Commission
(
1985).
Conditions
of
Competition
Affecting
the
U.
S.
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Shrimp
Industry.
USITC
Publication
1738,
August,
277
pp.

This
study
analyses
the
impact
of
shrimp
aquaculture
imports
on
the
domestic,
open
access
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
the
south
Atlantic.

Urner
Barry
(
1995).
"
U.
S.
Imports
of
Shrimp
(
All
Types)
by
Country."
Fishery
Market
News
Report,
5:
10,
Wednesday,
January
25.

Table
of
imports
of
shrimp
by
country
comparing
November
1993
to
November
1994
with
cumulative
totals.

Valatin,
Gregory
(
1992).

The
Relationship
Between
Fleet
Capacity
and
Fishing
Effort.

Fifth
IIFET
Conference,
Paris,
Sea
Fish
Industry
Authority,
10
Young
Street,
Edinburgh
EH2
4JQ,
United
Kingdom,
July,
12
pp.

It
appears
by
no
means
a
simple
task
to
quantify
how
fleet
capacity
is
translated
into
effort
and
catches
of
the
particular
stocks
of
interest.
Some
of
the
important
considerations
entailed
in
the
use
of
structural
policies
to
reduce
fleet
capacity
and
effort
are
highlighted.

Valencia,
Mark
J.
And
James
Barney
Marsh
(
1986).

Southeast
Asia:
Marine
Resources,
Extended
Jurisdiction,
and
Development.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
3(
1):
3­
27.

This
paper
is
an
analytical
survey
of
the
supply
and
demand
for
marine
resources
in
Southeast
Asia
region.
Of
particular
interest
are
the
net
resource
gains
or
losses
to
specific
countries
resulting
from
extended
maritime
jurisdiction
and
the
impact
these
changes
may
have
on
development.
First
approximation
estimates
are
presented
as
to
the
growth
rates
of
demand
for
specific
resources
(
hydrocarbons,
living
resources,
etc.)
and
the
net
value
of
the
resources
to
the
various
countries.

van
Kooten,
G.
Cornelis
(
1995).

Climatic
Change
and
Canada

s
Boreal
Forest:
6
8
6
Socio­
economic
Issues
and
Implications
for
Land
Use.

Canadian
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
43(
1):
133­
148.

This
paper
reviews
the
effect
of
climate
change
and
policies
to
sequester
carbon
on
forest
land
use.
Efficient
mitigation
strategies
often
require
the
conversion
of
agricultural
land
to
forestry
in
order
to
sequester
carbon,
but
such
strategies
could
be
wrong
for
Canada

s
boreal
forest
region
if
global
warming
is
inevitable.
It
is
argued
that,
from
both
an
economic
and
a
social
perspective,
conversion
of
the
southern
boreal
forest
to
grassland
or
agriculture
might
be
a
better
policy.

Van
Meter,
Victoria
Brook
(
1987).
Florida's
Sea
Turtles.
Florida
Power
and
Light
Company.

An
overview
of
the
marine
turtle
for
the
general
public.

Vannuccini,
Stefania
(
1995).
World
Production
and
Trade
in
Small
Pelagics
(
1988­
95)
Statistical
Survey.
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations,
GLOBEFISH,
Fishery
Industries
Division,
Viale
delle
Terme
di
Caracalla,
00100
Rome,
Italy,
June.

The
world
market
for
small
pelagic
species
is
reviewed
in
tabular
and
graphic
form.
The
major
species
groups
covered
are
mackerel,
jack
and
horse
mackerel,
herring,
sprat,
pilchard,
sardine
and
sardinella.
Landings
are
reported
by
species
and
by
major
countries,
by
production
and
major
producing
countries
and
by
product
type;
exports
and
imports
are
broken
down
by
product
type
and
by
country
of
origin
and
destination.

Varaiya,
P.
P.
(
1972).
Notes
on
Optimization.
Van
Nostrand
Reinhold
Company,
New
York.

The
objective
of
these
notes
is
to
present
the
main
concepts
and
techniques
of
mathematical
programming
and
optimal
control
to
students
having
diverse
technical
backgrounds.
An
understanding
of
this
material
should
enable
the
reader
to
follow
much
of
the
recent
technical
literature
on
nonlinear
programming,
deterministic
optimal
control,
and
mathematical
economics.

Varian,
Hal
R.
(
1984).
Microeconomic
Analysis.
2nd
edition,
Chapters
0,
1,
2,
3,
and
8.
W.
W.
Norton
&
Company,
New
York.

A
description
of
economics,
the
theory
of
the
firm,
the
theory
of
the
market,
the
theory
of
the
consumer,
and
topics
in
the
economics
of
information
are
included.

Vaughan,
Douglas
S.
and
James
M.
Nance
(
1998).
"
Estimates
of
Bycatch
of
Mackerel
and
Cobia
in
U.
S.
South
Atlantic
Shrimp
Trawls."
Report
for
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Councils,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
101
Pivers
Island
Road,
Beaufort,
North
Carolina,
February,
25
pp.

Estimates
of
bycatch
of
king
and
Spanish
mackerel
and
cobia
were
requested
to
be
made
for
inclusion
in
the
1998
stock
assessments
of
these
species
by
the
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Councils
using
two
approaches
to
expand
bycatch
finfish
samples
with
shrimp
trawl
catch
and
effort
information
to
obtain
estimates
of
total
finfish
bycatch
withing
larger
temporal/
geographic
strata.
First,
expansion
by
trip
and
the
second,
finfish
to
shrimp
catches
withing
strata.
6
8
7
Vaughan,
Douglas
S.
and
James
R.
Waters
(
1994).
"
Comparison
of
Weighted
Nonlinear
Regressions
on
the
Von
Bertalanffy
Growth
Curve
Using
Data
with
Unequal
Numbers
at
Age."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
101
Pivers
Island
Road,
Beaufort,
North
Carolina.

When
estimating
parameters
of
the
von
Bertalanffy
growth
curve
from
length­
at­
age
data
for
marine
fishes,
often
most
length
measurements
are
from
younger
fish,
with
fewer
measurements
of
older
fish.
Plots
of
observed
and
predicted
lengths
or
comparisons
of
the
estimated
parameter
L"

with
maximum
lengths
observed
may
suggest
that
poor
estimates
of
L"

were
obtained.
In
this
study,
growth
in
length
of
individual
fish
was
simulated
from
a
von
Bertalanffy
growth
curve
with
known
parameters,
with
the
number
of
fish
sampled
at
each
age
depending
on
the
instantaneous
mortality
rate,
Z.
Methods
of
weighted
nonlinear
regression,
applied
to
simulated
growth
data,
included:
(
1)
unweighted;
or
weighted
by
the
inverse
of
(
2)
the
numbers
of
fish
measured
at
each
age
(
1/
Ni),
(
3)
the
standard
error
of
the
mean
length
at
each
age
(
1/
SEi),
and
(
4)
the
estimated
standard
deviation
in
length
at
each
age
(
1/

Ã

)
.
Less
accurate
and
precise
estimates
of
L"

and
K
were
obtained
with
increasing
Z
for
all
weighting
methods;
except
for
large
K,
when
more
accurate
parameter
estimates
were
obtained
with
increasing
Z.
Weighting
by
1/
Ni
yielded
more
precise
estimates
of
the
growth
parameter
than
the
other
weighting
methods.
In
practice,
the
advice
of
looking
for
patterns
in
the
residuals
should
be
followed
before
making
the
final
choice
among
estimation
methods.

Vaughan,
Douglas
S.,
Joseph
E.
Powers,
and
Gerald
P.
Scott
(
1990).
"
Preliminary
Production
Model
Analysis
of
the
North
Atlantic
Swordfish
Resource."
ICCAT
Working
Document,
SCRS/
90/,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
Beaufort,
North
Carolina.

The
status
of
the
North
Atlantic
swordfish
resource
is
considered
using
production
model
analysis.
Sensitivity
of
the
production
model
fits
to
stock
hypotheses,
model
parameters,
and
equilibrium
assumptions
as
well
as
error
in
measures
of
effective
effort
are
considered
in
the
analysis.
When
the
catch
and
effort
time
series
is
of
short
duration
compared
to
the
life
span
of
the
fish
species
(
as
with
swordfish),
simulation
results
suggest
that
traditional
production
model
fits
to
data
representing
non­
equilibrium
(
transitional)
conditions
in
a
fishery
may
give
spurious
results
and
can
form
a
poor
basis
for
management
decisions.

Vaughan,
Douglas
S.,
John
V.
Merriner,
Charles
S.
Manooch
III,
and
Jennifer
Potts
(
1995).
"
Assessment
of
Southeastern
U.
S.
Atlantic
Wreckfish
Stock
for
Fishing
Years
1988­
1994."
Report
for
Snapper
Grouper
Assessment
Group,
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
101
Pivers
Island
Road,
Beaufort,
North
Carolina,
January,
32
pp.

The
material
included
in
this
report
updates
that
provided
in
the
February
1994
report
(
Vaughan
it
al.,
1994)
to
the
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council's
(
SAFMC)
Snapper
Grouper
Assessment
Group.
Included
are
the
latest
analysis
of
length
at
age
data,
a
summary
of
landings
and
length
frequency
data
from
the
fishery
for
1988
through
1994
fishing
years,
application
of
separable
virtual
population
analysis
to
two
catch
at
age
matrices,
and
analysis
of
yield
and
spawning
stock
biomass
per
recruit.
Appendix
A
presents
a
sensitivity
analysis
of
the
VPA
by
including
limited
data
recently
obtained
from
the
eastern
North
Atlantic.
Complete
landings
for
6
8
8
January
of
the
1994
fishing
year
(
January,
1995)
were
not
available
at
the
time
this
analysis
was
undertaken.

Vaughan,
Douglas
S.,
John
V.
Merriner,
Charles
S.
Manooch
III,
and
Jennifer
Potts
(
1996).
"
Assessment
of
Southeastern
U.
S.
Atlantic
Wreckfish
Stock
for
Fishing
Years
1988­
1995."
Report
for
Snapper
Grouper
Assessment
Group,
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
101
Pivers
Island
Road,
Beaufort,
North
Carolina,
January,
35
pp.

The
material
included
in
this
report
updates
that
provided
in
the
February
1995
report
(
Vaughan
it
al.,
1995)
to
the
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council's
(
SAFMC)
Snapper
Grouper
Assessment
Group.
Included
are
the
latest
analysis
of
length
at
age
data,
a
summary
of
landings
and
length
frequency
data
from
the
fishery
for
1988
through
1995
fishing
years,
application
of
separable
virtual
population
analysis
to
two
catch
at
age
matrices,
and
analysis
of
yield
and
spawning
stock
biomass
per
recruit.
Complete
landings
for
January
of
the
1995
fishing
year
(
January,
1996)
were
not
available
at
the
time
this
analysis
was
undertaken.
hood
methods
(
Kmenta,
1971).

Vaughan,
William
J.
and
Clifford
S.
Russell
(
1982).
"
Valuing
a
Fishing
Day:
An
Application
of
a
Systematic
Varying
Parameter
Model."
Land
Economics,
58(
4):
450­
463.

The
objective
of
this
study
is
to
estimate
the
value
in
average
willingness
to
pay
terms
of
a
day
of
freshwater
recreational
fishing
differentiated
by
fish
species
sought.
The
approach
employed
involves
the
estimation
of
a
varying
parameter
travel
cost
model
from
cross
sectional
data
on
fee
fishing
sites.
This
refinement
of
the
traditional
travel
cost
model
attempts
to
account
for
the
influence
of
site
characteristics
­
especially
the
fish
species
available
for
capture
­
on
the
demand
function
for
fishing
days.

Vaughan,
William
J.,
Clifford
S.
Russell,
and
Michael
Hazilla
(
1982).
"
A
Note
on
the
Use
of
Travel
Cost
Models
with
Unequal
Zonal
Populations:
Comment."
Land
Economics,
58(
3):
400­
407.

In
this
comment,
we
show,
using
data
from
Bowes
and
Loomis
(
1980),
that
misspecification
of
functional
form
can
produce
distorted
estimates
of
consumers'
surplus
and
commensurate
errors
in
estimates
of
site
value.
Further,
we
suggest
that
estimating
a
linear
visitation­
travel
cost
relationship
when
the
true
relationship
is
nonlinear
can
produce
variance
in
the
residuals
that
could
be
erroneously
diagnosed
as
heteroskedasticity
if
either
a
constructive
(
Park,
1966)
test
is
applied
to
the
OLS
residuals
or
if
the
heteroskedasticity
parameter
is
estimated
directly
using
maximum
likeli(
1981).
"
Research
Priorities
in
the
Gulf
Shrimp
Industry."
Mississippi
State
University,
Mississippi
Cooperative
Extension
Service,
Sea
Grant
Advisory
Services,
4646
W.
Beach
Blvd.,
Suite
1­
E,
Biloxi,
MS
39531.

Nominal
grouping
is
used
to
arrive
at
a
list
of
priorities
and
a
consensus
of
their
importance.
The
ten
items
that
were
considered
to
be
most
important
are
(
1)
high
cost
of
fuel,
(
2)
market
research
to
increase
per
capita
consumption,
(
3)
research
on
the
impact
of
foreign
shrimp
imports
and
alternative
solutions
to
minimize
this
impact,
(
4)
excessive
governmental
regulation,
(
5)
research
on
the
impact
of
uniform
conservation
laws
for
all
national
and
international
fisheries,
(
6)
pollution
of
estuaries,
(
7)
increased
utilization
of
bycatch,
(
8)
loss
of
the
fishing
area
(
Texas
closure),
(
9)
the
impact
of
high
interest
rates
on
vessels
and
inventory,
and
6
8
9
(
10)
possible
overcapitalization
of
the
shrimp
fleet.
A
brief
description
of
each
problem
by
a
technical
specialist
is
provided.

Veal,
C.
David
and
John
R.
Kelly
(
1983).
"
Fuel
Conservation
in
the
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Shrimp
Fishing
Fleet."
Report
VIII
in
Assessment
of
Shrimp
Industry
Potentials
and
Conflicts,
Shrimp
Notes
Incorporated,
417
Eliza
Street,
New
Orleans,
Louisiana,
August,
62
pp.

The
problems
associated
with
improving
fuel
efficiency
in
the
Gulf
and
south
Atlantic
shrimp
fishing
fleet
are
complex.
While
the
technology
exists,
the
data
necessary
to
do
an
adequate
job
of
designing
fuel
efficient
technologies
for
each
vessel
do
not
exist
since
they
were
not
constructed
in
shipyards
using
marine
engineers
or
naval
architects.
The
authors
propose
the
formation
of
a
number
of
task
forces
and
delivery
mechanism
that
should
provide
adequate
information
to
allow
each
individual
vessel
owner
to
make
appropriate
decision
on
fuel
saving
technologies
that
affect
him.

Veal,
David,
Ron
Lukens,
and
Dave
Burrange
(
1984).
"
Structure,
Strategy
and
Fuel
Consumption
in
the
Mississippi
Alabama
Shrimp
Fleet."
Final
report,
NMFS
Award
No.
NA82­
GA­
H­
00007,
GASAFDFI
Project
No.
21­
04­
15000,
January,
27
pp.

This
study
develops
a
base
of
information
on
present
fuel
use
patterns
and
gear
characteristics
in
the
Mississippi
and
Alabama
shrimp
fleets
as
examples
of
operations
that
demand
high
mobility
and
are
fuel
intensive.
The
information
can
be
used
in
planning
fuel
use
patterns
that
may
be
more
efficient
and
in
the
evaluation
of
potential
needs
for
research
and
fuel
conservation
technology.

Veal,
David,
Mac
V.
Rawson,
Jr.,
and
William
Hosking
(
1981).
"
Structure,
Strategy
and
Fuel
Consumption
in
the
Gulf
Shrimp
Fleet."
The
Society
of
Naval
Architects
and
Marine
Engineers,
No.
3.
Papers
to
be
presented
at
Fishing
Industry
Energy
Conservation
Conference,
Seattle,
WA,
October
26­
27,
1981.

For
the
Gulf
fleet,
fuel
and
oil
account
for
40­
54
percent
of
total
operating
cost
for
vessels
over
15
m
(
50
ft.).
The
Gulf
shrimp
fleet
consumes
33
percent
of
the
diesel
fuel
used
by
the
U.
S.
fishing
industry;
the
shrimp
industry
is
second
only
to
the
Maine
lobster
industry
in
energy
inefficiency
per
unit
of
protein
produced.

Veal,
C.
David,
Gary
Graham,
J.
E.
Easley,
and
J.
R.
Kelly
(
1983).
"
Gear
Development,
Harvesting
Strategies
and
Fleet
Capacity
of
the
Gulf
and
South
Atlantic
Shrimp
Industry."
Report
II
in
Assessment
of
Shrimp
Industry
Potentials
and
Conflicts,
Shrimp
Notes
Incorporated,
417
Eliza
Street,
New
Orleans,
Louisiana,
August,
74
pp.

A
discussion
of
limited
entry
options
for
the
south
Atlantic
and
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fisheries.

Veim,
Anne
Kjos,
Knut
Sunnana,
Per
Sandberg,
and
Peter
Gullestad
(
1994).
"
Bycatch
of
Juvenile
Fish
in
the
Shrimp
Fishery
­
Management
Based
on
Bioeconomic
Criteria."
C.
M.
1994/
T:
14,
Theme
Session
on
Improving
the
Link
Between
Fisheries
Science
and
Management:
Biological,
Social,
and
Economic
Considerations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September,
14
pp.
6
9
0
The
bycatch
of
juvenile
fish
can
be
a
major
problem
in
fisheries
with
small
meshed
trawls,
such
as
fisheries
for
shrimp,
(
Pandalus
borealis).
A
sorting
grid
that
effectively
removes
most
of
the
undersized
fish
has
been
developed
for
shrimp
trawls
and
it
is
not
legal
to
fish
for
shrimp
in
the
Barents
Sea
without
the
use
of
this
sorting
grid.
Apart
from
this,
the
existing
catch
regulation
of
the
shrimp
fishery
in
the
Barents
Sea
is
the
closing
of
shrimp
fisheries
on
fishing
grounds
when
the
bycatch
of
juvenile
fish
exceeds
the
criteria
for
allowable
bycatch
in
numbers
per
ton
of
shrimp
set
by
the
Norwegian
­
Russian
Fishery
Commission.
In
this
paper,
a
new
method
for
the
calculation
of
a
criteria
for
closing
shrimp
fisheries
based
on
both
biological
and
economic
considerations
is
established.
This
bioeconomic
approach
is
an
alternative
to
the
existing
biological
approach.
The
main
concept
in
the
bioeconomic
approach
is
that
if
the
expected
future
value
of
the
bycatch
exceeds
the
value
of
the
shrimp
catches,
the
shrimp
fishery
should
be
closed.
In
this
paper,
a
joint
criteria
for
allowable
bycatch
is
developed
and
calculated,
including
all
the
commercially
interesting
species
whose
juveniles
are
caught
as
bycatch
in
the
shrimp
fisheries
in
the
Barents
Sea.

Vestergaard,
Niels
(
1996).

Discard
Behavior,
Highgrading,
and
Regulation:
The
Case
of
the
Greenland
Shrimp
Fishery.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
4):
247­
266.

A
formal
economic
analysis
of
the
discarding
problem
is
presented,
focusing
on
the
individual
fisherman
and
the
effect
of
different
regulations
on
the
fisherman

s
incentives
to
discard.
If
the
marginal
trip
profit
of
an
extra
fishing
day
is
greater
than
the
average
trip
profit
in
a
nonregulated
multispecies
or
single
species/
multisize
fishery
constrainted
only
by
the
hold
capacity
and
the
length
of
the
season,
the
fisherman
may
have
rational
incentives
to
discard/
highgrade.
Regulation
by
TAC
does
not
change
the
incentives
to
discard.
However,
under
individual
nontransferable
quotas
(
INTQs)
and
individual
transferable
quotas
(
ITQs),
the
incentives
to
discard
increase.
The
incentives
to
discard
decrease
under
ITQs
compared
to
INTQs,
if
the
unit
quota
price
is
smaller
than
the
shadow
price
of
the
quota.
The
model
is
applied
to
the
Greenland
shrimp
fishery,
where
it
demonstrates
the
reported
discard
behavior
in
the
fishery.
Finally,
different
regulations
of
discard
are
applied
and
discussed
in
the
model.
The
analysis
suggests
that
regulation
of
fishing
days
could
be
a
promising
alternative
to
usual
suggested
measures
like
tax/
subsidies
and
landings
obligations.

Vestergaard,
Niels
(
1998).

Property
Rights
Based
Regulation
of
Fishery:
Applications
and
Theory.

Ph.
D.
Dissertation,
ROD
Serie,
nr.
50,
Okonomisk
Institut,
Kobenhavns
Universitet,
December,
92
pp.

A
collection
of
papers
on
the
application
of
ITQs
in
the
cod,
shrimp,
multispecies,
and
Danish
fisheries
as
well
as
sunk
costs
and
entry­
exit
decisions.

Vieira,
Luis
Fernando
(
1987).
"
Forecasting
with
Multivariate
Time
Series
Models:
An
Application
to
the
Sea
Scallop
Fishery."
Dissertation,
Department
of
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
RI.

The
objective
of
this
research
is
to
develop
time
series
forecasting
models
for
economic
variables
characterizing
the
U.
S.
Atlantic
sea
scallop
fishery,
namely,
ex­
vessel
prices,
effort,
and
landings.
The
proposal
is
included
with
the
dissertation.

Voiland,
Michael
P.,
Jr.
(
1984).
"
Coastal
Fishing
Access:
Needs
And
New
6
9
1
Initiatives."
Chapter
12
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

The
need
to
develop
coastal
fishing
activities
is
examined
in
terms
of
its
capacity
to
satisfy
myriad
human
needs.
The
Lake
Ontario
experience
suggests
a
scenario
of
processes
and
initiatives
that
bring
about
improvements
to
access
in
coastal
settings
in
the
future.

Vondruska,
John
(
1981).
"
Drop
in
Shrimp
Prices
and
Shrimp
Business
Survival."
Memorandum,
United
States
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Washington,
D.
C.,
August,
4
pp.

A
market
situation
and
outlook
report
for
1981
covering
1973
to
1981
with
special
emphasis
on
July
to
August,
1981.

Vondruska,
John
(
1983).
"
Fishery
Commodity
Report:
Sea
Scallops
and
American
Lobster."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Office
of
Utilization
Research,
August,
pp.
8.

Report
of
the
landings
and
imports
trends
of
sea
scallops
and
American
lobsters
for
1983.

Vondruska,
John
(
1983).
"
Fishery
Commodity
Report:
Shrimp."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Office
of
Utilization
Research,
August,
9
pp.

Report
of
the
landings
and
imports
of
shrimp
for
1983.

Vondruska,
John
(
1985).
"
Market
Trends
and
Outlook
for
Surimi­
Based
Foods."
Report
for
the
International
Symposium
on
Engineered
Seafoods,
Seattle,
Washington,
November
19­
21,
pp.
59.

The
U.
S.
market
for
surimi­
based
foods
reached
70
million
pounds
in
1984,
mostly
imitation
crab
products
containing
0
to
35
percent
crab
meat.
This
report
presents
the
market
trends
and
outlook
for
surimi­
based
foods
in
the
U.
S.

Vondruska,
John
(
1986).
"
Shrimp
Situation
and
Outlook."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
9450
Koger
Blvd.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
August,
2
pp.

Situation
and
outlook
for
the
shrimp
processing
and
harvesting
industries
including
landings,
imports,
inventories,
consumption,
prices,
Japan's
imports,
and
the
outlook
for
the
near
future.

Vondruska,
John
(
1986).
"
Investment
in
the
Fishing
Industry."
Draft
report,
NMFS,
SERO,
9450
Koger
Blvd.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL
33702.

Estimated
investment
in
U.
S.
commercial
fishing
increased
sharply
in
the
late
1970'
s,
but
has
subsided
in
the
1980'
s.
The
smaller
growth
in
number
of
vessels
than
in
investment
in
vessels
indicates
that
larger,
more
expensive
vessels
were
being
added
to
the
fleet.

Vondruska,
John
(
1987).
"
An
Assessment
of
Gulf
Shrimp
Landings
Data
Published
in
New
Orleans
Market
News
Report."
Report,
National
6
9
2
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9450
Koger
Blvd.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
November,
5
pp.

An
assessment
of
market
news
data
for
1987
that
seemed
to
indicate
some
errors
in
data
collection.

Vondruska,
John
(
1987).
"
The
Gulf
Shrimp
Industry."
Report
presented
at
the
Gulf
States
Marine
Fishery
Commission's
Industry
Advisory
Committee
Meeting,
NOAA,
NMFS,
SERO,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

A
review
of
harvesting
and
processing
sector
employment,
production,
and
investment
trends
for
1986.

Vondruska,
John
(
1989).
"
Shrimp
Situation
and
Outlook
­­
1988."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9450
Koger
Blvd.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL
33702.

A
review
of
harvesting
and
processing
sector
employment,
production,
and
investment
trends
for
1988.

Vondruska,
John
(
1990).
"
Swordfish
Market
Issues."
Draft
report,
NMFS,
SERO,
9450
Koger
Blvd.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL
33702.

Respecting
draft
Amendment
1
to
the
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
Atlantic
Swordfish
of
December
1989,
several
hypothetical
situations
are
assessed.
This
is
followed
by
some
background
information
dealing
with
some
aspects
of
the
assessment.

Vondruska,
John
(
1990).
"
Shrimp
Situation
and
Outlook
­
1990."
Draft
report,
NMFS,
SERO,
9450
Koger
Blvd.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL
33702.

A
review
of
harvesting
and
processing
sector
employment,
production,
and
investment
trends
for
1990.

Vondruska,
John
(
1991).
"
Data
for
Shark
Plan
Update."
Memorandum
for
Paul
Leach,
NMFS,
SERO,
9450
Koger
Blvd.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL
33702.

Landings
data
for
1989
and
1990
and
an
analysis
of
trends
in
the
shark
fishery
is
provided.

Vondruska,
John
(
1991).
"
International
Swordfish
Market
and
Fishery
Issues
Revisited."
Draft
report,
NMFS,
SERO,
9450
Koger
Blvd.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL
33702.

The
international
market
and
fishery
effects
of
the
drastic
Council
proposed
U.
S.
catch
and
import
quotas
for
swordfish
are
assessed.

Vondruska,
John
(
1991).
"
Trends
in
World
Production
and
Major
Markets
for
Shrimp."
Draft
report,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
St.
Petersburg,
Fl.

Trends
in
production,
trade,
and
consumption
are
described
for
the
world's
three
major
shrimp
markets;
the
U.
S.,
Japan,
and
European
Economic
Community.
Trends
in
world
production
are
also
described,
including
breakdowns
for
farmed
shrimp
and
cold
water
shrimp.

Vondruska,
John
(
1991).
"
World
Shrimp
Situation
1990:
Effects
on
Southeast
Harvesting."
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
6
9
3
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SERO­
294,
October,
22
pp.

U.
S.
shrimp
landings
and
use
fell
slightly
in
1990.
Use
was
up
slightly
for
Japan,
Europe,
and
the
world.
Prices
and
production
problems
continued
to
plague
shrimp
farms
that
accounted
for
most
of
the
growth
in
world
supplies
over
the
past
decade.
Shrimp
fishermen
faced
problems
too.
Whether
the
price
strength
of
larger
shrimp
will
be
overcome
by
supplies
of
farmed
black
tiger
shrimp
over
the
long
haul
as
in
1988­
89
is
unclear,
but
along
with
the
longterm
downward
trend
in
real
prices
this
could
affect
decisions
by
fishery
and
business
managers.

Vondruska,
John
(
1992).
"
Economic
Assessment,
Florida
Spiny
Lobster
Fishery."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9450
Koger
Blvd.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

This
report
updates
previous
economic
assessments
of
the
spiny
lobster
fishery
of
the
southeastern
continental
United
States,
that
now
occurs
mostly
on
the
southern
tip
of
Florida.
The
assessment
is
for
the
commercial
fishery.
Data
on
the
sport
fishery
is
scant,
but
a
1991
survey
suggests
that
its
catch
is
more
significant
than
once
thought.

Vondruska,
John
(
1992).
"
Economic
Assessment
for
Red
Drum."
Report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

Economic
assessment
of
the
red
drum
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
south
Atlantic.
This
report
updates
previous
analysis
of
trends
in
Atlantic
and
Gulf
coast
Commercial
and
recreational
landings,
ex­
vessel
prices
and
supplies,
using
data
mostly
for
1962­
90.

Vondruska,
John
(
1992).
"
Southeast
Shrimp
Fishery
Market
Conditions,
1991­
1992."
Preliminary
draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
December,
16
pp.

Prices,
market
supplies,
and
aquaculture
trends
facing
the
shrimp
wholesale
market
and
harvesting
industry
for
1991
and
1992.

Vondruska,
John
(
1993).
"
Economic
Assessment
for
Coastal
Pelagic
Fish."
Draft
report
presented
at
the
Socio­
economic
Panel
Meeting,
April
13­
14,
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Tampa
FL,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

Economic
assessment
of
the
coastal
migratory
pelagic
stocks
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
south
Atlantic.

Vondruska,
John
(
1994).
"
Southeast
Shrimp
Fishery
Market
Conditions,
1993."
Preliminary
draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
December,
9
pp.

Prices,
market
supplies,
and
aquaculture
trends
facing
the
shrimp
wholesale
market
and
harvesting
industry
for
1993.

Vondruska,
John
(
1997).
"
List
of
Tables
on
Commercial
Fishing
Activity,
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Species."
Socioeconomic
Panel
Report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
April,
10
tbs.
6
9
4
Landings,
real
exvessel
value,
prices,
by
region,
species,
month,
and
gear
for
the
migratory
coastal
pelagic
fishery
management
plan
socioeconomic
panel
meeting.

Vondruska,
John
(
1997).
"
Some
Discussion
of
Data
on
Commercial
Landings
of
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Species
and
Federal
Fishing
Permits."
Socioeconomic
Panel
Report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
April.

Summaries
of
commercial
landings
and
value
of
coastal
migratory
pelagic
species
and
their
value.
Attributes
of
vessels
and
boats
and
a
cross
tabulation
of
permit
records
is
also
provided.

Vondruska,
John
(
1998).
"
Some
Discussion
of
the
Methods
and
Potential
Use
of
Federal
Fishing
Permits
Data
in
Descriptive
Fishery
Analysis,
with
Emphasis
on
Commercial
Fishing
for
Mackerels."
SERO­
ECON­
98­
11,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
Fisheries
Economics
Office,
December,
48
pp.

Permit
data,
while
imperfect,
is
the
only
means
to
describe
boats
in
the
commercial
mackerel
and
some
other
managed
fisheries.
Among
the
6,177
boats
with
federal
fishing
permits
in
1996,
net
income
could
be
computed
for
3,045
boats.
Using
medians,
the
average
boat
was
31
feet,
240
horsepower,
grossed
$
19,000
from
fishing,
incurred
$
13,000
in
fishing
expense,
and
had
about
$
4,000
in
net
income
from
fishing.
In
1996,
3,432
boats
had
permits
for
commercial
fishing
for
mackerel.
For
the
most
part,
they
engaged
in
more
than
one
fishing
activity,
three
or
four
on
average,
according
to
cross­
tabulations
of
boats
by
permit,
fish
sold,
or
gear
used.
Using
data
on
fish
sold
and
gear
used
as
a
qualitative
indicator
of
participation
in
commercial
fishing
for
king
mackerel,
Spanish
mackerel,
or
both,
an
estimate
of
40
to
2900
boats
is
obtains,
compared
with
3,432
boats
that
had
permits.

Vondruska,
John
(
1998).
"
Description
of
Boats
with
Federal
Fishing
Permits
in
1997."
SERO­
ECON­
98­
14,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
March,
50
pp.

This
report
provides
descriptive
statistics
for
some
6000
boats
with
federal
fishing
permits
administered
in
the
NMFS
Southeast
Regional
Office,
excepting
golden
crab,
wreckfish
and
coral
permits.

Vondruska,
John
(
1998).
"
Commercial
Landings
of
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Fish,
East
and
Gulf
Coasts,
1962­
1997."
SERO­
ECON­
98­
16,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
Fisheries
Economics
Office,
March,
42
pp.

This
report
summarizes
data
on
commercial
landings
of
coastal
migratory
pelagic
fish
for
the
east
and
Gulf
coasts
(
Maine
to
Texas)
in
calender
years
1962
to
1997.

Vondruska,
John
and
Jeffrey
Cunningham
(
1985).
"
Southeast
Finfish
Situation
and
Outlook
­
1984."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9450
Koger
Boulevard,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
May.

This
report
describes
market
trends
for
selected
finfish
landed
in
southeastern
U.
S.
ports
from
North
Carolina
to
Texas.
Including
these
and
other
finfish,
landings
of
all
finfish
in
southeastern
ports
totaled
2.58
billion
pounds
(
live
weight)
in
1984,
valued
at
$
207
million,
according
to
preliminary
data.
This
represents
an
increase
from
the
1983
landings
of
2.44
6
9
5
billion
pounds,
valued
at
$
173
million.
Much
of
the
increase
in
the
overall
total
was
for
menhaden,
which
reached
2.33
billion
pounds,
compared
with
2.24
billion
pounds
in
1983
and
a
1979­
83
average
of
1.93
billion
pounds.
Landings
of
other
selected
finfish
declined
in
1984.
They
were
off
7
percent
to
105
million
pounds,
and
down
6
percent
in
value
to
$
79
million,
compared
with
a
1979­
83
average
of
132
million
pounds.

Vondruska,
John
and
Mark
Godcharles
(
1995).
"
Use
of
Social
and
Economic
Data
in
the
Development
and
Implementation
of
Federal
Regulations
for
the
Spanish
Mackerel
Fishery
­­
a
Case
Study."
Draft
report
for
the
Atlantic
States
Marine
Fisheries
Commission
Workshop
on
Socio­
Economic
Data
and
Analysis
for
Recreational
Fisheries
Management,
July
11­
12,
1994,
Annapolis
Ramada
Inn,
173
Jennifer
Road,
Annapolis,
MD.
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

Social
and
economic
data
is
used
at
several
points
of
decision
in
the
development
and
implementation
of
Federal
fisheries
management
regulations.
This
case
study
is
concerned
primarily
with
the
economic
data
contained
in
official
fishery
management
plan
documents
for
Spanish
mackerel.
The
efficacy
of
arguments
developed
from
this
data
and
their
impact
on
the
decision
making
process,
however,
is
indeterminable.

Vondruska,
John
and
Steve
Holiman
(
1995).
"
Availability
of
Information
for
Commercial
Fisheries
For
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Species."
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive
N.,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
February,
5
pp.

A
description
of
ongoing
federal
and
state
statistical
and
administrative
data
collection
activities
for
use
in
economic
analysis
of
commercial
fisheries.
Includes
a
discussion
of
recreational
data
as
well.

Voss,
Gilbert
L.
(
1955).
"
A
Key
to
the
Commercial
&
Potentially
Commercial
Shrimp
of
the
Family
Penaeidae
of
the
Western
North
Atlantic
&
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
M.
L.
10017,
The
Marine
Laboratory,
University
of
Miami,
Coral
Gables,
Florida,
May,
23
pp.

This
paper
provides
a
key
for
nineteen
of
the
20
commercially
valuable
shrimp
in
the
hopes
that
it
may
be
of
use
to
the
field
worker
or
fisherman
in
the
identification
of
shrimp
in
their
catches.

Wade,
Robert
(
1988).
Village
Republics.
Cambridge
University
Press,
New
York.

In
what
circumstances
will
those
who
face
a
potential
'
tragedy
of
the
commons'
be
able
to
organize
a
system
of
rules
by
which
the
tragedy
is
averted?
This
book
is
about
villages
in
south
India.
Some
villages
in
this
area
have
organized
the
public
aspects
of
resource
use
to
a
more
sophisticated
degree
than
has
been
reported
previously
in
the
literature
on
Indian
villages,
while
others
have
not
organized
at
all.
An
explanation
of
the
variation
and
an
account
of
how
the
collective
action
problems
are
overcome
in
those
villages
with
a
large
amount
of
organization
is
offered.

Wahyuhadi,
Joe
(
198?).
"
Factors
Influencing
Used
Fishing
Vessel's
Prices."
REN
591
Special
Project,
Department
of
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
Rhode
Island.
6
9
6
This
paper
determined
that
vessel
age,
hull
type,
and
length
affect
the
minimum
price
set
by
the
owner
using
regression
analysis
of
data
collected
from
boats­
for­
sale
advertisements.

Walker,
Henry
A.
and
Saul
B.
Saila
(
1986).
"
Incorporating
Climatic
and
Hydrographic
Information
into
Shrimp
Yield
Forecasts
Using
Seasonal
Climatic
Component
Models."
In
Landry,
Andre
M.,
Jr.
and
Edward
F.
Klima
(
eds.)
Proceedings
of
the
Shrimp
Yield
Prediction
Workshop,
TAMU­
SG­
86­
110,
April,
Texas
A&
M
University
at
Galveston,
Mitchell
Campus,
Galveston,
Texas.

Conditions
were
favorable
for
offshore
brown
shrimp
production
in
the
vicinity
of
the
Texas
and
Louisiana
boundary
when
there
were
strong
northward
winds
and
eastward
Ekman
transport
during
the
winter,
followed
by
a
dry
spring.
These
conditions
may
have
resulted
in
higher
survival
rates
for
postlarvae
and
juvenile
stages
in
the
estuaries.
High
springtime
river
discharges
and
resulting
low
salinity
in
nursery
areas
reduced
offshore
brown
shrimp
yields
regardless
of
wind
direction.
White
shrimp
landings
were
positively
correlated
with
summer
river
discharges
in
the
region.
Strong
winds
toward
the
northwest
and
northeast
Ekman
transport
in
the
spring
and
summer
during
periods
of
spawning
and
larval
transport
into
nursery
areas
correlated
with
decreased
offshore
yields
of
white
shrimp.
In
the
fall,
strong
easterly
winds,
low
river
discharge
and
relatively
cold
water
temperatures
correlated
with
increased
offshore
white
shrimp
landings.

Walker,
James
M.,
Roy
Gardner,
and
Elinor
Ostrom
(
1990).
"
Rent
Dissipation
in
a
Limited­
Access
Common­
Pool
Resource:
Experimental
Evidence."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
19:
203­
211.

This
paper
examines
group
behavior
in
an
experimental
environment
designed
to
parallel
the
conditions
specified
in
noncooperative
models
of
limited
access
common
pool
resources.
Using
experimental
methods,
we
investigate
the
strength
of
theoretical
models
that
predict
that
users
of
such
resources
will
appropriate
units
at
a
rate
at
which
the
marginal
returns
from
appropriation
are
greater
than
the
marginal
appropriation
costs.
Our
results
confirm
the
prediction
of
suboptimal
accrual
of
rents
and
offer
evidence
on
the
effects
of
increasing
investment
capital
available
to
appropriators.

Wallace,
Richard
K.
and
C.
Lance
Robinson
(
1994).
"
Bycatch
and
Bycatch
Reduction
in
Recreational
Shrimping."
Northeast
Gulf
Science,
13(
2):
139­
144.

Bycatch
from
recreational
shrimping
is
estimated
by
quantifying
the
catch
from
fishery
independent
trawling
and
through
a
survey
of
licensed
recreational
shrimpers
in
Alabama
during
1990.
Paired
trawls
are
used
to
test
tow
net
modifications
(
fish
shooter
and
Florida
fisheye)
for
bycatch
reduction.
The
mean
fish
bycatch
was
5.4
kilograms
per
20
minutes
tow
and
contained
426
fish
primarily
from
three
families
(
Sciaenidae,
Engraulidae,
and
Clupeidae).
The
total
recreational
shrimping
effort
for
Alabama
was
an
estimated
37,244
hours
resulting
in
a
potential
fish
bycatch
of
603,000
kg
or
47.6
million
fish.
The
fish
shooter
did
not
significantly
reduce
the
bycatch
in
either
weight
or
numbers
while
the
Florida
fisheye
significantly
reduced
bycatch
in
Both
weight
(
26
percent)
and
number
(
46
percent).
Further
testing
of
the
Florida
fisheye
with
the
position
of
the
nets
reversed
revealed
no
significant
reduction
in
weight
but
a
significant
reduction
in
bycatch
number
(
36
percent).
6
9
7
Wallace,
Richard
K.,
William
Hosking,
and
Stephen
T.
Szedlmayer
(
1994).

Fisheries
Management
for
Fishermen:
A
manual
for
helping
fishermen
understand
the
federal
management
process.

MASGP­
94­
012,
Auburn
University
Marine
Extension
and
Research
Center,
4170
Commanders
Drive,
Mobile,
Alabama,
56
pp.

The
purpose
of
the
manual
is
to
unlock
the
mysteries
of
fisheries
jargon
and
to
explain
how
regulations
are
made
in
the
hope
that
fishermen
will
get
more
involved.

Wallace,
Stein
W.
and
Karl
Brekke
(
1986).
"
Optimal
Fleet
Size
When
National
Quotas
Can
Be
Traded."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
2(
4):
315­
329.

Assuming
stochastic
quotas
for
a
fish
stock
that
is
shared
between
two
nations,
we
find
the
optimal
fleet
size
for
one
of
them
by
maximizing
expected
profit
under
the
assumption
that
national
quotas
can
be
traded
and
that
stable
national
quotas
is
a
political
goal.
As
an
example
we
use
the
Norwegian
purse
seiner
fleet
and
the
summer
capelin
fishery
in
the
Barents
Sea.

Walters,
A.
A.
(
1963).
"
Production
and
Cost
Functions:
An
Econometric
Survey."
Econometrica,
31(
1­
2):
1­
66.

A
survey
article
of
econometric
studies
of
cost
and
production
functions.

Walters,
Carl
J.
(
1981).
"
Optimum
Escapements
in
the
Face
of
Alternative
Recruitment
Hypotheses."
Can.
J.
fish.
Aquat.
Sci.,
38:
678­
689.

Available
data
are
often
inadequate
to
discriminate
among
alternative
models
that
make
different
predictions
about
the
consequences
of
allowing
escapement
outside
the
range
of
recent
historical
experience.
Dynamic
programming
is
used
to
show
that
the
optimum
policy
in
such
situations
can
involve
active
probing
or
experimentation
with
escapements.
The
optimum
adaptive
policy
is
usually
difficult
to
compute,
but
generally
may
be
closely
approximated
by
a
"
Bayes
equivalent"
policy
that
is
simpler
to
estimate
but
does
not
account
explicitly
for
the
value
of
information
associated
with
allowing
more
extreme
escapements.
While
there
are
various
practical
difficulties
in
estimating
and
implementing
an
optimum
policy,
it
is
concluded
that
regular
probing
experiments
should
be
included
in
every
fishery
management
plan.

Walters,
Carl
J.
and
Ray
Hilborn
(
1976).
"
Adaptive
Control
of
Fishing
Systems."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
33:
145­
159.

This
paper
discusses
some
formal
techniques
for
deciding
how
harvesting
policies
should
be
modified
in
the
face
of
uncertainty.
Parameter
estimation
and
dynamic
optimization
methods
are
combined
for
the
Ricker
stock­
recruitment
model
to
show
how
exploitation
rates
should
be
manipulated
to
give
more
information
about
the
model
parameters;
in
general,
harvesting
rates
should
be
lower
than
would
be
predicted
by
the
best
fitting
recruitment
curve
unless
this
curve
predicts
that
the
stock
is
very
productive.
A
decision
procedure
is
developed
for
comparing
alternative
stock­
recruitment
models;
when
applied
to
the
Fraser
River
sockeye
salmon
(
Oncorhynchus
nerka),
the
procedure
indicates
that
an
experimental
increase
in
escapements
would
be
quite
worthwhile.
It
appears
that
there
is
considerable
promise
for
extending
these
methods
and
procedures
to
cases
where
the
stock
size
is
unknown
and
where
fishing
effort
is
poorly
controlled.
6
9
8
Wang,
Der
Hsiung,
Louis
J.
Goodreau,
and
Joseph
J.
Mueller
(
1986).
"
Economics
of
Atlantic
Sea
Scallop
Management."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
3(
2):
111­
135.

We
present
a
brief
discussion
of
the
Atlantic
sea
scallop
fisheries,
a
12
equation
model,
and
an
evaluation
using
the
model
of
management
strategies
proposed
by
the
New
England
Fishery
Management
Council.
The
demand
for
sea
scallops
at
all
market
levels
is
price
inflexible.
Income
price
flexibility
is
positive
but
less
than
1
for
demand
at
all
market
levels.
Cross
price
flexibility
is
positive
but
also
less
than
1
and
is
approximately
the
same
for
demand
at
all
market
levels
(
between
0.36
and
.037).
In
general
fishing
effort
elasticities
for
each
fishing
area
with
respect
to
scallop
abundance
for
that
area
are
larger
than
1.
Effort
elasticities
with
respect
to
exvessel
price
are
0.42
and
0.32
for
the
New
England
fleet's
effort
to
the
South
Channel
and
eastern
Georges
Bank
fishing
areas,
respectively.
The
partial
elasticity
of
production
with
respect
to
inputs
is
higher
for
scallop
abundance
than
for
fishing
effort
in
all
Georges
Bank
resource
areas.
Reduction
in
fishing
effort
or
in
meat
count
would
accrue
positive
benefits
to
the
sea
scallop
industries
and
consumers,
and
the
greater
the
reduction
in
effort
and/
or
in
meat
count,
the
larger
the
benefits
under
long
term
equilibrium
conditions.
However,
the
short
term
economic
impacts
of
the
various
management
strategy
scenarios
are
generally
the
reverse
of
the
long
term
benefits.

Wang,
Stanley
(
1988).
"
Chart
and
Statistical
Book
of
the
U.
S.
Northeast
Fisheries."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Regional
Office,
Services
Division,
Analytical
Services
Branch,
Gloucester,
MA,
February,
52
pp.

Trends
in
investment,
landings,
biological
abundance,
productivity,
and
costs
and
earnings
are
emphasized
for
northeastern
region
fisheries
of
the
U.
S.

Wang,
Stanley
D.
and
Christopher
B.
Kellogg
(
1988).
"
An
Econometric
Model
for
American
Lobster."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5(
1):
61­
70.

An
econometric
model
for
the
wholesale
and
ex­
vessel
markets
of
American
lobster,
Homarus
americanus,
was
developed
to
determine
the
market
impact
of
proposed
increases
in
the
minimum
size
for
American
lobster.
Prices
were
found
to
be
inflexible
with
respect
to
landing,
imports,
and
income
(
i.
e.,
the
price
flexibilities
were
less
than
one)
in
both
wholesale
and
ex­
vessel
markets.
The
size
of
lobster
has
a
statistically
significant
effect
on
wholesale
and
ex­
vessel
prices
and
revenues.
On
average,
wholesalers
pass
along
52%
of
any
price
changes
to
lobstermen.
The
ex­
vessel
price
impact
of
a
given
change
in
supply
is
about
the
same
as
for
changes
in
either
landings
or
imports.
Any
changes
in
public
policies
leading
to
increases
in
total
landings
of
American
lobster
and/
or
decreases
in
the
proportion
of
small
lobsters
in
the
landings
would
result
in
increases
in
gross
revenues
to
fishermen
and
wholesalers.
While
the
long
term
impact
would
be
favorable,
the
short
term
market
impact
of
increases
in
the
minimum
size
for
lobster
would
be
uncertain.

Wang,
Stanley
D.
and
Vuong
H.
Tang
(
1993).
"
The
Performance
of
US
Atlantic
Surf
Clam
and
Ocean
Quahog
Fisheries
under
Limited
Entry
and
Individual
Transferable
Quota
Systems."
Fishery
Analysis
Division,
Northeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Gloucester,
MA,
May,
26
pp.
6
9
9
U.
S.
Atlantic
surf
clam
and
quahog
fisheries
are
the
first
fisheries
managed
under
a
limited
entry
program
and
an
individual
transferable
quota
(
ITQ)
system
under
the
Magnuson
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act.
Relative
to
the
limited
entry
program,
the
ITQ
system
shrank
the
offshore
surf
clam
fleet
by
about
40%
in
1991.
Savings
in
fishing
capital
and
labor
under
the
ITQ
system
have
occurred
at
no
expense
to
the
fleet's
expansion
of
ocean
quahog
harvesting.
The
ITQ
system
has
created
some
economic
and
social
dislocation.
Vessel
capacity
utilization
increased
by
roughly
90%,
and
vessel
productivity
increased
by
46%
to
a
record
level
in
1991
as
the
fleet
reduced
its
excess
capital
and
capacity.
Under
the
ITQ
system,
in
1992,
the
off­
shore
surf
clam
and
quahog
resources
were
worth
$
84
million
and
generated
resource
rents
to
the
original
ITQ
owners
of
$
14
million.
Seasonal
supply
patterns
showed
market
distortion
under
the
limited
entry
system.
The
surf
clam
exvessel
price
in
constant
dollars
has
moved
downward
and
the
1991
price
under
the
ITQ
system
was
the
lowest
since
1980.
The
clam
ex­
vessel
markets
have
become
highly
concentrated
with
a
small
number
of
buyers.
Under
the
ITQ
system,
the
largest
buyers
continued
to
gain
market
shares
in
the
surf
clamquahog
market
in
1991.
Other
behaviors
of
these
highly
concentrated
markets
include;
vertical
integration,
unbalanced
entry­
exit
conditions
and
price
stability.
From
the
inception
of
the
ITQ
system
through
March
1992,
the
number
of
ITQ
owners
declined
by
a
third
and
the
ITQ
ownership
concentration
increased
slightly.

Wang,
Stanley
D.
and
Vuong
H.
Tang
(
1995).
"
The
Surf
Clam
ITQ
Management:
An
Evaluation."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
1):
93­
98.

U.
S.
Atlantic
surf
clam
and
quahog
fisheries
are
the
first
fisheries
managed
under
a
limited
entry
program
and
an
individual
transferable
quota
(
ITQ)
system
under
the
Magnuson
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act.
Relative
to
the
limited
entry
program,
the
ITQ
system
shrank
the
offshore
surf
clam
fleet
by
about
40%
in
1991.
Savings
in
fishing
capital
and
labor
under
the
ITQ
system
have
occurred
at
no
expense
to
the
fleet's
expansion
of
ocean
quahog
harvesting.
The
ITQ
system
has
created
some
economic
and
social
dislocation.
Vessel
capacity
utilization
increased
by
roughly
90%,
and
vessel
productivity
increased
by
46%
to
a
record
level
in
1991
as
the
fleet
reduced
its
excess
capital
and
capacity.
Under
the
ITQ
system,
in
1992,
the
off­
shore
surf
clam
and
quahog
resources
were
worth
$
84
million
and
generated
resource
rents
to
the
original
ITQ
owners
of
$
14
million.
Seasonal
supply
patterns
showed
market
distortion
under
the
limited
entry
system.
The
surf
clam
exvessel
price
in
constant
dollars
has
moved
downward
and
the
1991
price
under
the
ITQ
system
was
the
lowest
since
1980.
The
clam
ex­
vessel
markets
have
become
highly
concentrated
with
a
small
number
of
buyers.
Under
the
ITQ
system,
the
largest
buyers
continued
to
gain
market
shares
in
the
surf
clamquahog
market
in
1991.
Other
behaviors
of
these
highly
concentrated
markets
include;
vertical
integration,
unbalanced
entry­
exit
conditions
and
price
stability.
From
the
inception
of
the
ITQ
system
through
March
1992,
the
number
of
ITQ
owners
declined
by
a
third
and
the
ITQ
ownership
concentration
increased
slightly.

Ward,
Frank
A.
(
1983).
"
On
the
Necessity
of
Simultaneous
Recreation
Demand
Equation
Estimation:
Comment."
Land
Economics,
59(
4):
455­
458.

Hof
and
King
(
1982)
develop
an
improved
and
simplified
method
for
estimating
the
recreational
benefits
of
a
single
new
site
given
the
existence
of
a
system
of
substitute
and
complement
sites.
The
authors
essentially
conclude
that
when
only
one
new
site
is
involved,
its
benefits
can
be
evaluated
without
bias
by
merely
estimating
the
demand
function
for
that
7
0
0
single
site,
while
accounting
for
the
presence
of
substitutes
(
other
site
prices).
This
is
as
opposed
to
estimating
the
entire
system
of
demand
equations,
such
as
was
done
by
Burt
and
Brewer
(
1971)
and
Cicchetti,
Fisher,
and
Smith
(
1976).
The
conclusion
of
Hof
and
King
(
1982)
is
important
for
empirical
work,
for
by
use
of
their
procedure,
unbiasedness
in
benefit
estimates
can
be
maintained
while
data
requirements
and
associated
costs
are
greatly
reduced
since
use
data
are
required
for
only
the
site
in
question
rather
than
the
system
of
sites.
The
author
agrees
with
the
approach
and
adds
additional
theoretical
evidence
to
support
it.
See
Hof
and
King
(
1983)
for
a
reply.

Ward,
John
(
1982).
"
Bureau
of
Commercial
Fisheries
Economic
Working
Papers
Series:
Annotated
Bibliography."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFC­
86,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami,
FL,
February,
37
pp.

The
economic
staff
of
the
Bureau
of
Commercial
Fisheries
and
later
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
compiled
a
series
of
approximately
177
economic
working
papers
between
1969
and
1973.
The
papers
deal
with
various
subjects
in
the
area
of
fisheries
economics.
Abstracts
from
122
of
these
papers
have
been
collected
here
for
the
purpose
of
indicating
those
studies
that
may
be
utilized
for
further
research
or
as
reference
by
the
Southeast
Fisheries
Center
economic
staff.
This
list
will
be
expanded
as
more
of
the
working
papers
become
available.

Ward,
John
M.
(
1984).
"
A
Synthesis
of
Cost
and
Revenue
Surveys
for
Vessels
Operating
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
Draft
Report,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
FL,
May,
22
pp.

Hedonic
cost
and
revenue
functions
are
estimated
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
using
data
published
in
annual
surveys
of
the
fleet
from
1971
to
1980.
Comparable
costs,
revenues,
and
profits
are
estimated
for
three
vessel
size
classes
for
the
Texas,
Louisiana,
and
Florida
inshore
and
offshore
fleets.
The
cost
and
revenue
estimates
indicate
that
fishing
firms
have
generally
been
profitable
over
the
time
period
of
the
analysis,
exclusive
of
opportunity
costs.

Ward,
John
M.
(
1988).
"
A
Synthesis
of
Cost
and
Revenue
Surveys
for
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Vessels."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
50(
1):
47­
52.

Since
detailed
cost
data
are
not
routinely
collected
and
the
published
survey
data
from
various
sources
are
not
easily
compared,
trends
in
costs
and
revenues
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishing
fleet
cannot
be
readily
determined.
A
consistent
data
set
for
comparing
vessel
operating
costs
and
revenues
between
states,
vessel
sizes,
and
years
was
estimated
using
weighted
least
squares
regression
analysis.
Differences
in
the
sample
variance
between
the
published
cost
and
revenue
data
caused
by
time,
type
of
survey,
region
surveyed,
vessel
size,
sample
size,
or
area
of
operation
are
accounted
for
in
the
econometric
model.
The
coefficient
of
determination
adjusted
for
the
degrees
of
freedom
and
the
F
statistic
indicate
that
the
model
specification
provides
a
good
statistical
fit
to
the
survey
data.

Ward,
J.
M.
(
1988).
"
Vessel
Operating
Behavior
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery:
Annotated
Bibliography."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFC­
212,
7
0
1
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

An
annotated
bibliography
of
literature
pertaining
to
an
analysis
of
fleet
size
change
over
time
that
is
divided
into
sections
on
economic
theory,
fisheries
biology,
statistical
methodologies,
and
examples
of
their
application.

Ward,
J.
M.
(
1989).
"
Modeling
Fleet
Size
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery,
1966
­
1979."
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFC­
229,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

The
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishing
fleet
is
modeled
extending
the
approach
developed
by
Prochaska
and
Cato
(
1981)
by
including
economic
and
biological
variables.
Changes
in
fleet
size
are
found
to
be
responsive
to
economic
and
biological
conditions
in
the
fishery.
The
model
indicates
that
the
fleet
size
is
approximately
three
times
that
necessary
to
efficiently
harvest
the
resource.
While
the
model
is
handicapped
by
insufficient
degrees
of
freedom,
results
suggest
that
alternative
modeling
approaches
could
be
used
to
develop
a
model
that
successfully
predicts
changes
in
fleet
size.

Ward,
J.
M.
(
1990).
"
Reduction
in
Shrimp
Bycatch:
Effort/
Stock
Responses
Based
on
the
Elasticity
of
Demand,"
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFC­
274,
October,
1990.

The
economic
implications
of
adopting
a
bycatch
reduction
device
in
a
fishery
that
discards
a
fish
species
that
is
the
focus
of
a
directed
commercial
fishery
when
demand
is
relative
elastic
and
inelastic
are
discussed.
The
stock
of
the
bycatch
species
collapses
when
the
bycatch
reduction
device
increases
the
supply
of
fish
in
the
directed
fishery
when
demand
is
relatively
elastic.
This
outcome
is
dependent
on
the
assumptions
of
the
model
that
link
fishing
effort
levels
in
the
two
directed
commercial
fisheries.

Ward,
John
M.
(
1992).
"
Bycatch."
Draft
reports,
NMFS,
SERO,
9450
Koger
Blvd.,
St.
Petersburg,
Fl.

Contains
mathematical
notes
and
draft
reports
concerning
the
bycatch
problem
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Ward,
John
M.
(
1992).
"
Conservation
and
Economic
Benefits
of
Limiting
Access
in
Marine
Fisheries."
Presented
at
the
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
World
Wildlife
Fund
Workshop
Managing
Marine
Fisheries
By
Limiting
Access
at
Annapolis,
Maryland,
September
20­
22,
1992.

Often
when
economics
is
discussed,
it
is
in
terms
of
gross
national
product,
personal
disposable
income,
number
of
jobs,
and
unemployment
rates.
While
these
are
important
outcomes
of
an
economic
analysis,
they
are
not
in
and
of
themselves
economics.
Economics
is
the
study
of
how
scarce
resources
are
allocated
amongst
unlimited
wants.
The
scarce
resources
are
the
capital
stocks,
the
stocks
of
fish,
and
labor.
The
unlimited
wants
include
those
of
commercial
and
recreational
fishermen
as
well
as
final
consumers
of
fish
products.
Allocation
concerns
the
best
use
of
all
resources
(
capital,
labor,
and
fish)
in
the
production
of
fishery
products
so
that
the
return
to
society
is
maximized.
Economics
provides
the
methodology
by
which
the
optimal
levels
of
the
various
inputs
in
the
production
process,
such
as
labor,
can
be
determined.
For
example,
increasing
the
level
of
employment
in
a
fishery
7
0
2
eventually
leads
to
a
decline
in
the
productivity
of
labor
and
in
the
size
of
the
fish
stock.
More
importantly,
the
excessive
use
of
labor
in
the
fishery
deprives
the
marketplace
of
not
only
fish
but
the
productive
use
of
that
labor
in
another
industry;
leading
to
a
reduced
total
level
of
production.
Therefore,
more
jobs
in
a
fishery
are
not
necessarily
better
for
the
nation
since
diverting
labor
to
other
industries
could
result
in
more
products
being
produced
at
lower
cost.
Markets
are
considered
to
be
economically
efficient
when
they
produce
the
highest
level
of
output
at
the
lowest
possible
cost.
Efficient
markets
are
defined
by
clearly
defined,
transferable,
and
enforceable
property
rights.
Markets
tend
to
be
inefficient
where
these
property
rights
are
not
clearly
defined
such
as
in
open
access
fisheries.
By
applying
the
economic
modeling
framework
to
the
fishery
problem
in
cases
where
property
rights
are
nonexistent,
management
regulations
can
be
evaluated
to
determine
if
they
improve
or
exacerbate
market
efficiency.

Ward,
John
M.
(
1993).
"
The
Bioeconomic
Implications
of
A
Bycatch
Reduction
Device
as
a
Stock
Conservation
Management
Measure."
Draft
report
submitted
to
the
Journal
of
Marine
Resource
Economics.

The
proposed
regulation
to
reduce
bycatch
and
discarding
of
finfish
in
the
southeastern
region
is
a
gear
modification
that
excludes
finfish
from
shrimp
trawls.
This
regulation
is
analyzed
using
a
simple
theoretical
model
of
a
multispecies
fishery
whose
bycatch
is
harvested
in
a
directed
fishery
consisting
of
commercial
and
recreational
fishermen.
The
costless
reduction
in
bycatch
fishing
mortality
imposed
on
the
multispecies
fishery
does
not
result
in
an
increased
stock
size
for
the
bycatch
fish
species
or
a
substantial
increase
in
its
level
of
harvest.
Instead,
the
fish
stock
is
reallocated
from
the
multispecies
fishery
to
the
fishery
directed
at
the
bycatch
species
causing
fishing
effort
to
expand
in
the
bycatch
species
fishery
that
drives
the
stock
size
down
to
the
previously
existing
equilibrium
level.
Recreational
harvest
and
effort
levels
remain
unchanged
since
the
model
is
linear
in
effort
and
the
commercial
fishery
is
given
access
to
the
fishery
first.

Ward,
John
M.
(
1993).

1996
Pelagic
Logbook
Trip
Summary
Form.

Cost
and
earnings
data
collection
questionnaire
and
proposed
model,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
2
pp.

An
indirect
cost
model
is
proposed
based
on
a
modification
to
data
collected
via
logbook.

Ward,
John
M.
(
1993).

1996
Pelagic
Logbook
Trip
Summary
Form.

Cost
and
earnings
data
collection
questionnaire
and
proposed
model,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
2
pp.

An
indirect
cost
model
is
proposed
based
on
a
modification
to
data
collected
via
logbook.

Ward,
John
M.
(
1994).
"
An
Annotated
Bibliography
of
Economic
and
Biological
Research
Related
to
the
Fishery
Resources
of
the
United
States."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFSC­
342,
454
pp.

An
annotated
bibliography
of
approximately
1500
articles,
reports,
memorandas,
and
text
books
concerning
renewable
and
nonrenewable
resources.
7
0
3
Ward,
John
M.
(
1994).
"
The
Bioeconomic
Implications
of
A
Bycatch
Reduction
Device
as
a
Stock
Conservation
Management
Measure."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
9(
3):
227­
240.

The
proposed
regulation
to
reduce
bycatch
and
discarding
of
finfish
in
the
southeastern
region
is
a
gear
modification
that
excludes
finfish
from
shrimp
trawls.
This
regulation
is
analyzed
using
a
simple
theoretical
model
of
a
multispecies
fishery
whose
bycatch
is
harvested
in
a
directed
fishery
consisting
of
commercial
and
recreational
fishermen.
The
costless
reduction
in
bycatch
fishing
mortality
imposed
on
the
multispecies
fishery
does
not
result
in
an
increased
stock
size
for
the
bycatch
fish
species
or
a
substantial
increase
in
its
level
of
harvest.
Instead,
the
fish
stock
is
reallocated
from
the
multispecies
fishery
to
the
fishery
directed
at
the
bycatch
species
causing
fishing
effort
to
expand
in
the
bycatch
species
fishery
that
drives
the
stock
size
down
to
the
previously
existing
equilibrium
level.
Recreational
harvest
and
effort
levels
remain
unchanged
since
the
model
is
linear
in
effort
and
the
commercial
fishery
is
given
access
to
the
fishery
first.

Ward,
John
M.
(
1994).
"
Conservation
and
Economic
Benefits
of
Limiting
Access
in
Marine
Fisheries."
In
Karyn
L.
Gimbel
(
ed.)
Limiting
Access
to
Marine
Fisheries:
Keeping
the
Focus
on
Conservation,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

Often
when
economics
is
discussed,
it
is
in
terms
of
gross
national
product,
personal
disposable
income,
number
of
jobs,
and
unemployment
rates.
While
these
are
important
outcomes
of
an
economic
analysis,
they
are
not
in
and
of
themselves
economics.
Economics
is
the
study
of
how
scarce
resources
are
allocated
amongst
unlimited
wants.
The
scarce
resources
are
the
capital
stocks,
the
stocks
of
fish,
and
labor.
The
unlimited
wants
include
those
of
commercial
and
recreational
fishermen
as
well
as
final
consumers
of
fish
products.
Allocation
concerns
the
best
use
of
all
resources
(
capital,
labor,
and
fish)
in
the
production
of
fishery
products
so
that
the
return
to
society
is
maximized.
Economics
provides
the
methodology
by
which
the
optimal
levels
of
the
various
inputs
in
the
production
process,
such
as
labor,
can
be
determined.
For
example,
increasing
the
level
of
employment
in
a
fishery
eventually
leads
to
a
decline
in
the
productivity
of
labor
and
in
the
size
of
the
fish
stock.
More
importantly,
the
excessive
use
of
labor
in
the
fishery
deprives
the
marketplace
of
not
only
fish
but
the
productive
use
of
that
labor
in
another
industry;
leading
to
a
reduced
total
level
of
production.
Therefore,
more
jobs
in
a
fishery
are
not
necessarily
better
for
the
nation
since
diverting
labor
to
other
industries
could
result
in
more
products
being
produced
at
lower
cost.
Markets
are
considered
to
be
economically
efficient
when
they
produce
the
highest
level
of
output
at
the
lowest
possible
cost.
Efficient
markets
are
defined
by
clearly
defined,
transferable,
and
enforceable
property
rights.
Markets
tend
to
be
inefficient
where
these
property
rights
are
not
clearly
defined
such
as
in
open
access
fisheries.
By
applying
the
economic
modeling
framework
to
the
fishery
problem
in
cases
where
property
rights
are
nonexistent,
management
regulations
can
be
evaluated
to
determine
if
they
improve
or
exacerbate
market
efficiency.

Ward,
John
M.
(
1994).
"
The
South
Atlantic
Shrimp
Stock
Assessment
and
Fisheries
Evaluation
Report;
1994
Update."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9450
Koger
Boulevard,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
February.

An
update
of
the
south
Atlantic
shrimp
SAFE
report
that
includes
an
exvessel
price
analysis
to
determine
if
seasonal
closures
would
enhance
the
7
0
4
economic
return
to
the
fishery
and
an
annotated
bibliography
of
biological,
economic,
and
sociological
research
related
to
the
shrimp
fishery.

Ward,
John
M.
(
1994).
"
Economic
Analysis
of
Finfish
Bycatch
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
MARFIN
Cooperative
Agreement
Number
92NMFS11,
Division
of
Economics
and
Trade
Analysis,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
July.

A
primary
data
collection
effort
was
contracted
for
using
MARFIN
funds.
A
request
for
proposals
was
prepared
and
Resource
Economics
Consultants
were
selected
to
interview
and
collect
costs,
returns,
and
bycatch
information
from
a
sample
of
shrimp
fishermen
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Data
was
collected
for
the
three
most
current
years
of
vessel
operation
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
and
combined
with
historic
data
from
other
sources.
Preliminary
data
was
analyzed
to
ensure
that
accurate
information
was
collected
and
data
entry
errors
were
minimized.
This
information
was
then
used
to
estimate
a
vessel
operating
cost
model.
This
approach
permits
the
estimation
of
costs
and
returns
for
individual
vessels
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.
Estimates
of
costs,
revenues,
and
net
revenues
have
been
prepared
and
are
presented
in
the
Stock
Assessment
and
Fishery
Evaluation
Report
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery,
1994
Update
(
SAFE).
The
SAFE
report
also
provides
a
discussion
of
the
impacts
of
proposed
fishery
management
regulations
to
reduce
finfish
bycatch
in
the
shrimp
fishery.
The
final
contract
report
by
Resource
Economics
Consultants
is
attached.

Ward,
John
M.
(
1994).
"
Factor
Rents
and
Windfall
Profits."
Position
Paper
presented
at
the
Limited
Access
Workshop,
Seattle,
Washington,
November
1­
3.
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

Individual
transferable
quota
programs
that
have
been
adopted
in
the
U.
S.
have
allocated
the
fishing
rights
at
no
charge
to
the
historical
fishermen.
As
a
result
of
subsequent
trading
in
an
ITQ
market,
the
initially
free
ITQ
market
shares
and
poundage
coupons
become
valuable.
It
is
the
contention
of
this
paper,
however,
that
this
increase
in
ITQ
value
reflects
a
reallocation
of
resource
rents
from
the
quasi­
fixed
factor
inputs
of
capital
and
labor
to
a
relatively
more
fixed
factor
input;
the
ITQ.
As
a
result,
the
initial
sale
does
not
represent
a
windfall
profit
to
the
fisherman
who
was
initially
allocated
the
ITQ,
at
least
in
fully
developed
or
over
developed
common
property
fisheries.

Ward,
John
M.
(
1994).
"
Trawl
Bycatch
Presentation."
Division
of
Economics
and
Trade
Analysis,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

A
presentation
of
the
static
and
dynamic
impacts
of
a
gear
modification
to
reduce
finfish
bycatch
in
another
directed
fishery.
The
effects
of
a
bycatch
reduction
device
on
a
fishery
that
generates
a
bycatch
of
finfish
in
its
directed
fishery
operations
on
the
commercial
and
recreational
sectors
of
a
fishery
directed
at
the
bycatch
species
is
determined.
The
implications
are
that
the
costs
to
society
exceed
the
benefits
for
this
management
approach,
commercial
and
recreational
fishing
effort
levels
for
the
bycatch
species
fishery
increase,
and
alternative
management
measures
such
as
individual
transferable
quotas
would
be
more
successful
in
reaching
management
objectives.

Ward,
John
M.
(
1995).
"
Cost
and
Revenues
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
7
0
5
Southeast
Regional
Office,
Economics
and
Trade
Analysis
Division,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL
While
cost
and
revenue
data
is
not
routinely
collected
in
the
southeastern
region
of
the
United
States,
many
specialized
data
collection
efforts
have
been
funded
by
Sea
Grant,
Salstonstall/
Kennedy
grants,
and
Marine
Fisheries
Initiative
cooperative
agreements
to
collect
data
concerning
the
financial
viability
of
the
shrimp
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
This
study
describes
new
data
collection
efforts
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
presents
a
statistical
analysis
of
a
data
set
that
combines
the
newly
collected
data
with
historical
data
sets
provided
by
the
authors
of
existing
studies.
The
statistical
analysis
suggests
that
home
port
and
hull
construction
material
do
not
directly
affect
the
total
costs
of
operating
in
the
shrimp
fishery.
The
resulting
statistical
model
allows
the
estimation
of
total
operating
costs
for
vessels
operating
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
so
that
the
impacts
of
proposed
fishery
management
regulations
can
be
determined
for
cost­
benefit
analysis.

Ward,
John
M.
(
1995).
"
Present
Value
of
Total
Revenue
from
Predicted
Yield
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
King
Mackerel
Fishery."
Report
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council,
Tampa,
FL.
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
Economics
and
Trade
Analysis
Division,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

Development
of
discounted
present
value
of
total
revenue
generated
by
the
king
mackerel
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Analysis
is
based
on
a
general
equilibrium
demand
model
(
Easley,
et
al.,
1993)
and
yield
estimates
(
Powers,
1995).

Ward,
John
M.
(
1996).

Annotated
Bibliography
of
Biological
and
Economic
Literature
Related
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery.

NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFSC­
388,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
July,
122
pp.

An
annotated
bibliography
of
articles
concerning
the
biology,
economics,
sociology,
and
anthropology
of
the
shrimp
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
The
articles
are
not
strictly
related
to
the
Gulf
fishery
and
are
primarily
economic
studies
from
peer
review
journals,
in­
house
analyses,
gray
literature,
and
from
MARFIN,
S/
K,
and
Sea
Grant
funded
projects.

Ward,
John
M.
(
1996).

Bioeconomic
Model
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery.

SAS
program,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
6
pp.

A
SAS
computer
model
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
used
to
determine
the
costs
and
benefits
of
adopting
proposed
bycatch
reduction
fishery
management
regulations
in
amendment
9
to
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
management
plan
regulatory
impact
review.
This
program
is
set
up
to
investigate
the
impacts
of
an
embargo
of
shrimp
imported
into
the
U.
S.
required
by
Congress
to
ensure
that
TED
regulations
are
enforced
world
wide.

Ward,
John
M.
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1994).
"
Transferable
Limited
License
Market
Model."
Notes,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

Simple
model
of
a
market
for
transferable
licenses
to
determine
license
7
0
6
prices
and
their
impact
on
fishing
effort
levels.
Capital
stuffing
in
a
fishery
with
transferable
licenses
can
be
determined.

Ward,
John
M.
and
Walter
R.
Keithly,
Jr.
(
1998).

Practical
Implications
of
Property
Rights
Based
Management
Using
Empirical
Models
of
a
Common
Property
Fishery:
The
Case
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery.

Fisheries
Management
and
Development
presentation,
Ninth
IIFET
Conference,
Norway.

Individual
transferable
quota
(
ITQ)
prices
are
theoretically
assumed
to
affect
prices
and
harvesting
costs
symmetrically.
In
this
analysis,
the
incidence
of
two
different
ITQ
programs
on
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
are
investigated.
First,
the
impact
of
the
ITQ
prices
are
assumed
to
affect
only
the
ex­
vessel
price
of
shrimp.
Second,
the
impact
of
ITQ
prices
is
assumed
to
affect
only
the
harvesting
cost
per
pound.
This
empirically
based
simulation
model
demonstrates
that
if
the
annual
ITQ
prices
affect
the
harvesting
costs,
net
benefits
to
the
vessel
owners
are
reduced
and
crew
share
increases
substantially;
suggesting
that
owners
and
crews
would
negotiate
to
achieve
a
more
equitable
distribution
of
wealth
generated
by
the
adoption
of
ITQ
programs.
If
the
incidence
of
the
ITQ
regulations
impact
is
on
price,
on
the
other
hand,
then
crew
receives
only
a
small
increase
in
income
and
vessel
owner
captures
most
of
the
increase
in
net
benefits.
In
both
cases,
fleet
size
declines
causing
a
reduction
in
capacity.

Ward,
John
M.
and
Walter
R.
Keithly,
Jr.
(
1999).

Determining
the
Impacts
of
Adopting
Property
Rights
as
a
Fisheries
Management
Tool
in
Regulated
Open
Access
Fisheries.

FAO
Fish
Rights
99
Conference,
14­
17
November,
Fremantle,
Australia.

In
"
A
Critical
Review
of
the
Individual
Quota
as
a
Device
in
Fisheries
Management,"
Parzival
Copes(
1986)
presents
many
sound
arguments
against
the
use
of
individual
quotas
as
a
fishery
management
instrument
citing
the
results
of
actual
applications.
While
individual
quotas
are
not
useful
in
the
fisheries
"
rationalization"
process
without
transferability,
transferability
has
unsightly
equity
and
income
reallocation
effects.
The
question
that
remains
unanswered
is
whether
ITQ's
are
preferable
to
the
common
property
or
open
access
fishery
scenario.
This
question
can
be
addressed
by
analyzing
the
effect
of
adopting
ITQ

s
in
a
computer
simulation
of
a
dynamic
bioeconomic
model
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.
The
computer
simulation
model
is
based
on
empirical
research
conducted
on
the
shrimp
fishery,
which
developed
models
of
market
supply
and
demand,
fleet
dynamics,
and
operating
costs.
This
dynamic
simulation
model
will
also
address
the
question
of
whether
fisheries
with
highly
variable
recruitment
are
appropriate
subjects
for
ITQ
management.
Although
a
simulation
model,
the
advantages
of
this
approach
are
that
the
actual
behavior
of
a
group
of
individual
fishermen
is
the
basis
for
the
model,
various
scenarios
can
be
compared
based
on
the
same
set
of
initial
assumptions,
transition
paths
can
be
compared
to
long­
run
equilibrium
conditions,
and
an
index
based
on
the
present
value
of
net
benefits
can
be
generated
for
open
access,
common
property,
and
rights­
based
fishery
resource
management.

Ward,
John
M.
and
Seth
Macinko
(
1993).
"
Using
Theory:
Rethinking
Fisheries
Bycatch
Problems."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

A
dynamic
bioeconomic
model
that
incorporates
a
commercial
and
recreational
fishery
for
a
species
of
fish
that
is
discarded
in
another
directed
commercial
fishery
is
developed
and
used
to
determine
the
economic
implications
of
a
bycatch
reduction
device
in
a
common
property
fishery.
7
0
7
Ward,
John
M.
and
Seth
Macinko
(
1996).
"
Static
and
Dynamic
Implications
of
a
Gear
Modification
Designed
to
Reduce
Bycatch
in
a
Stylized
Fishery.

Submitted
to
The
Southern
Business
Journal.

The
harvesting
of
finfish
in
shrimp
fishing
operations,
known
as
incidental
take
or
bycatch,
is
a
complex
multi
disciplinary
and
international
fisheries
management
problem.
The
discarded
bycatch
problem
in
commercial
shrimp
fisheries
has
been
addressed
internationally
with
annual
estimates
of
finfish
bycatch
ranging
from
64
thousand
tons
to
1
million
tons
with
potential
benefits
ranging
from
$
28
million
to
$
1.273
billion.
Finfish
bycatch
is
also
a
significant
domestic
fishery
management
problem
with
annual
estimates
varying
from
700
million
to
1.7
billion
pounds.
National
concern
has
been
expressed
by
an
amendment
to
the
Magnuson
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act
(
MFCMA),
the
need
expressed
by
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
NMFS)
to
determine
the
economic
impacts
on
the
domestic
fishery,
the
recognition
of
non­
target
species
bycatch
in
three
fishery
management
plans,
and
the
bycatch
policy
of
the
American
Fisheries
Society.
To
this
end,
the
bioeconomic
implications
of
bycatch
reduction
regulations
are
addressed
employing
both
static
and
dynamic
simulation
models
of
a
stylized
fishery.
The
intent
is
to
present
an
overview
of
the
fishery
management
problem
and
the
bioeconomic
implications
of
the
proposed
management
scenario.

Ward,
John
M.
and
Seth
Macinko
(
1996).
"
Static
and
Dynamic
Implications
of
a
Gear
Modification
Designed
to
Reduce
Bycatch
in
a
Stylized
Fishery.

The
Southern
Business
and
Economic
Journal,
19(
4):
273­
292.

The
harvesting
of
finfish
in
shrimp
fishing
operations,
known
as
incidental
take
or
bycatch,
is
a
complex
multidisciplinary
and
international
fisheries
management
problem.
The
discarded
bycatch
problem
in
commercial
shrimp
fisheries
has
been
addressed
internationally
with
annual
estimates
of
finfish
bycatch
ranging
from
64
thousand
tons
to
1
million
tons
with
potential
benefits
ranging
from
$
28
million
to
$
1.273
billion.
Finfish
bycatch
is
also
a
significant
domestic
fishery
management
problem
with
annual
estimates
varying
from
700
million
to
1.7
billion
pounds.
National
concern
has
been
expressed
by
an
amendment
to
the
Magnuson
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act
(
MFCMA),
the
need
expressed
by
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
NMFS)
to
determine
the
economic
impacts
on
the
domestic
fishery,
the
recognition
of
non­
target
species
bycatch
in
three
fishery
management
plans,
and
the
bycatch
policy
of
the
American
Fisheries
Society.
To
this
end,
the
bioeconomic
implications
of
bycatch
reduction
regulations
are
addressed
employing
both
static
and
dynamic
simulation
models
of
a
stylized
fishery.
The
intent
is
to
present
an
overview
of
the
fishery
management
problem
and
the
bioeconomic
implications
of
the
proposed
management
scenario.

Ward,
John
M.
and
James
M.
Nance
(
1994).
"
1994
Update
to
the
Stock
Assessment
and
Fishery
Evaluation
(
SAFE)
Report
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9721
Executive
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL.

A
comprehensive
review
of
the
available
economic
and
biological
data
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.
Trends
in
vessel
level
operating
costs,
total
revenue,
landings,
and
net
revenue
are
provided
over
time.
Net
revenue
per
vessel
is
declining
with
the
increase
in
operating
costs
and
the
decline
in
ex­
vessel
prices.

Ward,
John
M.
and
John
R.
Poffenberger
(
1981).
"
A
Report
on
the
Economic
Data
Bases
for
the
Coastal
Migratory
Pelagic
Resource
7
0
8
(
Mackerel)
Management
Unit."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFSSEFC
84,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami,
FL,
March,
42
pp.

This
report
presents
an
inventory
of
existing
economic
data
useful
in
the
analysis
of
the
coastal
migratory
pelagic
resources
(
mackerel)
within
the
southeast
region.
The
actual
list
providing
an
inventory
of
the
existing
data
describes
the
available
data
and
provides
representative
examples.
The
second
section
of
this
report
discusses
this
data
inventory
and
describes
near
term
plans
to
supplement
the
existing
data
bases.
A
fairly
complete
list
of
the
bibliographic
influences
applicable
to
the
economic
analysis
of
the
coastal
pelagic
fishery
is
also
presented.

Ward,
John
M.
and
John
R.
Poffenberger
(
1982).
"
Survey
of
Ice
Plants
in
Louisiana,
Mississippi,
and
Alabama,
1980­
81."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
44(
9­
10):
55­
57.

This
report
presents
the
findings
of
the
1980­
81
survey
of
ice
plants
in
the
coastal
areas
of
Louisiana,
Mississippi,
and
Alabama.
The
survey
was
undertaken
by
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service's
Southeast
Fisheries
Center
to
determine
the
impact
of
the
Texas
Closure
regulation
on
the
level
of
ice
sales
in
this
region.
The
1980
survey
was
limited
to
Louisiana
ice
plants
during
the
13
week
period
of
the
spring
brown
shrimp
season.
The
1981
survey
of
Louisiana,
Mississippi,
and
Alabama
ice
plants
covered
an
18
week
period.
The
two
surveys
were
compared
using
the
13
week
period
of
the
1980
Louisiana
survey.
Results
of
the
analysis
indicate
that
weekly
ice
sales
did
not
exceed
productive
and
storage
capacity
in
either
year
despite
both
the
increased
shrimp
landings
and
the
Texas
closure
regulation
in
1981.

Ward,
John
M.
and
Jon
G.
Sutinen
(
1992).
"
Modeling
Vessel
Mobility:
The
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fleet."
NOAA
Technical
Report,
National
Marine
Laboratory,
F/
AKC3,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
NOAA,
7600
Sand
Point
Way,
N.
E.,
Seattle,
WA
98115­
0070.

Given
the
heterogeneous
nature
of
the
fishing
fleet
and
the
complex
behavior
of
vessels,
the
traditional
marginalist
supply
models
are
not
well
suited
for
modeling
vessel
mobility.
A
discrete
choice
model
is
utilized
in
this
analysis
to
predict
the
probability
that
a
vessel
will
enter,
exit,
or
remain
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
based
on
a
myopic
profit
maximization
criteria.
The
multinomial
logit
model
indicates
that
stock
variability
does
not
influence
fisherman
behavior
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.
The
crowding
externality,
represented
by
the
size
of
the
fishing
fleet,
exhibits
a
strong
negative
impact
on
the
probability
of
entry
by
fishing
vessels
independent
of
changes
in
abundance,
ex­
vessel
prices,
or
harvesting
costs.
Lastly,
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
is
not
the
autonomous
system
of
fishing
vessels
as
was
initially
believed.

Ward,
John
M.
and
Jon
G.
Sutinen
(
1992).
"
Modeling
Vessel
Entry­
Exit
Behavior
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
Draft
report
submitted
to
the
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics.

Given
the
heterogeneous
nature
of
the
fishing
fleet
and
the
complex
behavior
of
vessels,
the
traditional
marginalist
supply
models
are
not
well
suited
for
modeling
vessel
mobility.
A
discrete
choice
model
is
utilized
in
this
analysis
to
predict
the
probability
that
a
vessel
will
enter,
exit,
or
remain
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
based
on
a
myopic
profit
maximization
criteria.
The
multinomial
logit
model
indicates
that
stock
variability
does
not
influence
fisherman
behavior
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
7
0
9
fishery.
The
crowding
externality,
represented
by
the
size
of
the
fishing
fleet,
exhibits
a
strong
negative
impact
on
the
probability
of
entry
by
fishing
vessels
independent
of
changes
in
abundance,
ex­
vessel
prices,
or
harvesting
costs.
Lastly,
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
is
not
the
autonomous
system
of
fishing
vessels
as
was
initially
believed.

Ward,
John
M.
and
Jon
G.
Sutinen
(
1994).
"
Vessel
Entry­
Exit
Behavior
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
76(
4):
916­
923.

Given
the
heterogeneous
nature
of
the
fishing
fleet
and
the
complex
behavior
of
vessels,
the
traditional
marginalist
supply
models
are
not
well
suited
for
modeling
vessel
mobility.
A
discrete
choice
model
is
utilized
in
this
analysis
to
predict
the
probability
that
a
vessel
will
enter,
exit,
or
remain
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
based
on
a
myopic
profit
maximization
criteria.
The
multinomial
logit
model
indicates
that
stock
variability
does
not
influence
fisherman
behavior
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.
The
crowding
externality,
represented
by
the
size
of
the
fishing
fleet,
exhibits
a
strong
negative
impact
on
the
probability
of
entry
by
fishing
vessels
independent
of
changes
in
abundance,
ex­
vessel
prices,
or
harvesting
costs.
The
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
is
not
the
autonomous
system
of
fishing
vessels
as
was
initially
believed.

Ward,
John
M.,
Theophilus
R.
Brainerd,
and
John
R.
Gauvin
(
1994).
"
A
Description
and
Evaluation
of
the
Individual
Transferable
Quota
(
ITQ)
Fishery
Management
Program
for
the
south
Atlantic
Wreckfish
(
Polyprion
Americanus)
Fishery."
C.
M.
1994/
T:
22,
Theme
Session
on
Improving
the
Link
Between
Fisheries
Science
and
Management:
Biological,
Social,
and
Economic
Considerations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
82nd
Statutory
Meeting,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September.

The
individual
transferable
quota
(
ITQ)
program
for
wreckfish
in
the
south
Atlantic
was
first
implemented
during
the
1992­
1993
season.
The
program
has
now
entered
its
third
year
and
so
far
no
changes
have
been
made
to
the
initial
actions
that
established
the
ITQ
program.
A
monitoring
program
has
been
tracking
landings,
shares
and
coupons
transactions,
among
others
and
has
provided
information
to
the
stock
assessment
group
that
meets
annually
to
evaluate
the
status
of
the
fishery.
This
paper
presents
a
brief
background
of
the
fishery,
the
conception,
development,
and
implementation
of
the
ITQ
program.
Monitoring
the
progress
of
the
program
is
vital
to
evaluating
whether
it
is
fulfilling
its
objectives.
The
use
of
socioeconomic
data
is
important
not
only
for
this
process,
but
also
in
developing
the
ITQ
program.
A
close
look
is
given
to
the
role
socioeconomic
data
has
played
in
this
process.
Some
thoughts
are
provided
on
the
lessons
learned
from
this
process
and
to
what
types
of
socioeconomic
data
could
improve
future
implementation
of
ITQ
programs.

Ward,
John,
Wade
Griffin,
and
James
Nance
(
1996).

A
Bioeconomic
Analysis
of
Existing
and
Proposed
Fishery
Management
Alternatives
to
Control
Sea
Turtle
Mortality
In
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery.

Draft
report
prepared
for
Congress,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
July,
58
pp.

The
General
Bioeconomic
Fishery
Simulation
Model
was
used
to
determine
the
effects
on
net
benefits
and
real
days
fished
of
four
proposed
fishery
management
alternatives
to
reduce
marine
turtle
bycatch
and
strandings
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.
The
analysis
greatly
exceeded
the
capabilities
7
1
0
of
the
model
and
the
results
should
not
be
considered
to
accurately
reflect
the
conditions
in
the
shrimp
fishery.

Ward,
John,
Wade
Griffin,
and
James
Nance
(
1996).

A
Bioeconomic
Analysis
of
Existing
and
Proposed
Fishery
Management
Alternatives
to
Control
Sea
Turtle
Mortality
In
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery.

Final
report
prepared
for
Congress,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
July,
44
pp.

The
General
Bioeconomic
Fishery
Simulation
Model
was
used
to
determine
the
effects
on
net
benefits
and
real
days
fished
of
four
proposed
fishery
management
alternatives
to
reduce
marine
turtle
bycatch
and
strandings
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.
The
analysis
greatly
exceeded
the
capabilities
of
the
model
and
the
results
should
not
be
considered
to
accurately
reflect
the
conditions
in
the
shrimp
fishery.

Ward,
John
M.,
Wade
L.
Griffin,
and
Teofilo
Ozuna
(
1995).
"
Cost
and
Revenues
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
Economics
and
Trade
Analysis
Division,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL
While
cost
and
revenue
data
is
not
routinely
collected
in
the
southeastern
region
of
the
United
States,
many
specialized
data
collection
efforts
have
been
funded
by
Sea
Grant,
Salstonstall/
Kennedy
grants,
and
Marine
Fisheries
Initiative
cooperative
agreements
to
collect
data
concerning
the
financial
viability
of
the
shrimp
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
This
study
describes
new
data
collection
efforts
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
presents
a
statistical
analysis
of
a
data
set
that
combines
the
newly
collected
data
with
historical
data
sets
provided
by
the
authors
of
existing
studies.
The
statistical
analysis
suggests
that
home
port
and
hull
construction
material
do
not
directly
affect
the
total
costs
of
operating
in
the
shrimp
fishery.
The
resulting
statistical
model
allows
the
estimation
of
total
operating
costs
for
vessels
operating
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
so
that
the
impacts
of
proposed
fishery
management
regulations
can
be
determined
for
cost­
benefit
analysis.

Ward,
John
M.,
Teofilo
Ozuna,
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1995).
"
Cost
and
Revenues
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Fishery."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFSC­
371,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
Economics
and
Trade
Analysis
Division,
9721
Executive
Center
Drive,
North,
St.
Petersburg,
FL,
May,
76
pp.

While
cost
and
revenue
data
is
not
routinely
collected
in
the
southeastern
region
of
the
United
States,
many
specialized
data
collection
efforts
have
been
funded
by
Sea
Grant,
Salstonstall/
Kennedy
grants,
and
Marine
Fisheries
Initiative
cooperative
agreements
to
collect
data
concerning
the
financial
viability
of
the
shrimp
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
This
study
describes
new
data
collection
efforts
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
presents
a
statistical
analysis
of
a
data
set
that
combines
the
newly
collected
data
with
historical
data
sets
provided
by
the
authors
of
existing
studies.
The
statistical
analysis
suggests
that
home
port
and
hull
construction
material
do
not
directly
affect
the
total
costs
of
operating
in
the
shrimp
fishery.
The
resulting
statistical
model
allows
the
estimation
of
total
operating
costs
for
vessels
operating
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery
so
that
the
impacts
of
proposed
fishery
management
regulations
can
be
determined
by
cost­
benefit
analysis.
7
1
1
Ward
,
John
M.,
Theo
Brainerd,
Steve
Freese,
Pamela
Mace,
Matteo
Milazzo,
Dale
Squires,
Joe
Terry,
Eric
Thunberg,
Mike
Travis,
and
John
Walden
(
1999).

Report
of
the
National
Task
Force
for
Defining
and
Measuring
Fishing
Capacity.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Office
of
Science
and
Technology,
Silver
Spring,
Maryland,
June.

Report
on
the
definition
of
capacity,
its
measurement
using
DEA,
Peak
to
Peak,
and
SPF
techniques,
and
potential
management
regulations
to
control
and
reduce
excess
capacity
in
domestic
fisheries.

Wardlaw,
N.
J.
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1974).
"
Economic
Analysis
of
Costs
and
Returns
for
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Vessels:
1973."
Departmental
Technical
Report
No.
74­
3,
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas,
December,
43
pp.

A
budget
generating
computer
program
was
established
to
assimilate
and
report
the
data
according
to
the
desired
vessel
classifications,
interest
rate,
percent
financed,
number
of
years
financed,
number
of
loan
payments
per
year,
depreciation
method,
crew
share
agreement,
rate
of
packing
charges,
payroll
tax
rate,
discount
rate,
planning
horizon,
and
object
year
under
consideration.
The
program
reported
results
in
the
form
of
total
costs
and
returns
budgets,
unit
costs
and
returns
budgets,
and
projected
cash
flow
budgets.

Warren,
Brad
(
1994).

The

Bycatch
Zone,

Alaska
Longliners
Hope
for
a
Way
Out.

In
Brad
Warren,
Win­
Win
Bycatch
Solutions.
National
Fisheries
Conservation
Center,
Seattle
WA.

A
brief
discussion
of
the
halibut,
blackcod,
and
sablefish
fisheries
in
Alaska
and
the
effect
the
individual
fishermen

s
quota
will
have
on
bycatch
of
these
species
in
each
fishery.

Warren,
Brad
(
ed.)
(
1994).
Win­
Win
Bycatch
Solutions.
National
Fisheries
Conservation
Center,
Seattle
WA.

The
unintentional
capture
of
nontarget
organisms
has
become
a
critical
issue
in
world
fisheries.
Our
aim
is
to
provide
models,
strategies,
and
information
to
help
stakeholders
in
the
fisheries
join
forces
to
fashion
their
own
bycatch
solutions.
The
problems
faced
are
complex
enough
to
require
a
broadly
inclusive
approach.

Warren,
John
P.
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1978).
"
Costs
and
Returns
Trends
for
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Vessels."
DIR
78­
1,
SP­
4,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
College
Station,
Texas,
September,
20
pp.

The
profitability
of
Gulf
shrimp
vessels
in
recent
years
has
been
highly
variable,
due
largely
to
changes
in
input
costs,
shrimp
prices,
landings,
and
the
cost,
financing
terms,
and
configuration
of
vessels.
Ownership
of
a
Gulf
shrimp
vessel
can
be
a
satisfactory
investment
given
the
variation
in
landings
over
an
extended
period
of
time.

Warren,
John
P.
and
Wade
L.
Griffin
(
1980).
"
Costs
and
Returns
Trends
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Industry,
1971­
78."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
(
February):
1­
7.

This
report
describes
the
magnitude
and
past
performance
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
industry,
the
recent
performance
of
an
"
average"
Gulf
shrimp
vessel
in
terms
of
costs,
returns,
and
basic
investment
analysis,
summarizes
7
1
2
data
and
analyses
and,
finally,
discusses
implications.

Warren,
John
P.,
Wade
L.
Griffin,
and
William
E.
Grant
(
1982).
"
Regional
Fish
Stock
Management:
A
Model
for
Northwest
Africa."
Marine
Policy,
6:
121­
130.

Development
of
a
bioeconomic
model
for
applications
in
managing
an
important
north
African
fishery
is
reported
in
this
article.
The
model
is
applied
through
identification
of
baseline
conditions
and
analysis
of
two
alternative
fishery
management
plans;
limiting
the
number
of
vessels
and
instituting
a
closed
season.
Several
key
assumptions
relative
to
biological
and
fleet
variables
are
necessarily
made,
since
in
some
areas
historical
data
are
limited.
However,
results
strongly
suggest
that
rents
to
resource
owners
(
African
coastal
countries)
can
be
substantially
increased
by
either
method
of
limiting
access
to
the
fishery
and
by
licensing
vessels
and
fishermen.

Warren,
John
P.,
Wade
L.
Griffin,
and
Ronald
D.
Lacewell
(
1974).
"
Applying
An
Index
of
Fishing
Effort
to
Estimate
1971
Costs
and
Returns
for
Gulf
of
Mexico
Shrimp
Vessels."
TAMU­
SG­
74­
217,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
Texas
Agricultural
Experiment
Station,
Texas
A&
M
University,
February,
11
pp.

Shrimp
vessels
operating
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
are
heterogeneous
with
respect
to
physical
characteristics.
In
this
study,
the
investigators
developed
a
more
effective
and
useful
method
of
classifying
vessels
for
costs
and
returns
analysis
by
the
introduction
of
an
index
of
fishing
effort.
This
effort
index
is
defined
as
the
fishing
power
of
any
given
vessel
relative
to
the
fishing
power
of
a
base
or
standard
vessel.
The
results
indicate
that
the
use
of
an
effort
index
to
establish
relatively
homogeneous
groups
of
vessels
for
costs
and
returns
studies,
that
are
needed
by
the
industry
and
by
agencies
responsible
for
management
of
the
resource,
constitutes
an
improvement
over
use
of
a
classification
based
on
a
single
criterion
such
as
length
only.

Washington,
Percy
M.
and
Ann
M.
Koziol
(
1993).

Overview
of
the
Interactions
and
Environmental
Impacts
of
Hatchery
Practices
on
Natural
and
Artificial
Stocks
of
Salmonids.

Fisheries
Research,
18:
105­
122.

Artificial
propagation
of
Pacific
salmon
has
been
carried
out
for
over
a
century.
Salmonid
stocks
used
in
hatcheries
were
made
homogeneous
to
be
more
easily
manipulated.
The
stocks
that
form
the
basis
for
most
coastal
net
and
troll
fisheries
are
currently
of
hatchery
origin,
and
a
3­
5%
escapement
of
hatchery
stocks
is
considered
adequate
for
reproduction.
During
the
period
1960­
1980,
although
numbers
and
average
sizes
of
coho
released
from
Columbia
River
hatcheries
increased,
returning
adults
declined
between
1970
and
1980.
Massive
efforts
were
made
to
improve
the
efficiency
of
production
in
salmon
hatcheries.
Adult
biomass
potential
decreased
where
there
was
a
proportional
increase
in
precociousness,
resulting
in
decrease
in
older
mature
individuals.
Fisheries
based
upon
enhancement
have
consistently
fostered
the
over­
fishing
of
naturally
reproduced
stock.
For
reasons
never
satisfactorily
explained,
salmonids
have
been
released
for
decades
in
upstream
areas
without
a
basic
understanding
of
instream
ecological
requirements
of
the
salmonids,
a
knowledge
of
what
resources
these
released
salmonids
are
being
superimposed
upon,
or
a
concern
for
the
ecological
devastation
caused
by
these
practices.
A
policy
based
on
artificial
propagation
served
as
an
accomplice
in
reducing
wild
salmonid
stock
genetic
diversity
among
wild
salmonid
stocks
and
average
size
and
age
of
returning
adults.
Fishery
policy
makers
were
provided
a
convenient
excuse
for
the
worst
possible
resource
use
practices,
and
used
hatcheries
to
affect
wild
salmonid
stocks
profoundly.
7
1
3
Waters,
James
(
1982).
"
Review
of
the
1982
Shrimp
Fishery
Along
the
South
Atlantic
Coast."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Miami,
FL
33149,
March,
21
pp.

This
report
summarizes
available
information
about
the
1982
shrimp
fishery
along
the
south
Atlantic
coast.
Four
aspects
of
the
fishery
are
discussed
in
relation
to
historical
trends:
(
1)
ex­
vessel
value
received
by
commercial
shrimpers,
(
2)
landings,
(
3)
productivity
of
commercial
vessels
and
(
4)
profitability.
Overall,
1982
was
a
good
year
for
commercial
shrimpers
in
the
south
Atlantic,
and
the
relatively
mild
winter
of
1982­
83
suggests
that
1983
will
be
a
good
year
as
well.

Waters,
James
(
1983).
"
Dynamics
of
Establishing
Minimum
Size
Limits
in
the
South
Atlantic
Snapper­
Grouper
Fishery."
A
Summary
of
Work
Performed
for
the
South
Atlantic
Fishery
Management
Council,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
Beaufort,
NC,
January,
25
pp.

An
objective
of
minimum
size
limits
is
to
increase
biomass
landed
by
harvesting
fewer
but
heavier
fish.
Biological
yield
per
recruit
models
adequately
predict
equilibrium
yield
per
recruit
with
and
without
the
size
limit,
but
they
do
not
quantify
the
trade
offs
between
short
run
losses
and
long
run
gains
in
yield
per
recruit
during
the
transition
between
equilibria.
This
study
quantifies
the
transition
between
equilibria
and
suggests
the
internal
rate
of
return
as
a
suitable
criterion
for
evaluating
the
effectiveness
of
a
proposed
minimum
size
limit.
In
addition,
two
new
variables
are
introduced
into
the
yield
per
recruit
framework,
one
representing
the
probability
that
undersized
fish
are
caught
and
released
and
the
other
defining
the
probability
that
a
released
fish
will
survive.
Minimum
size
limits
for
ten
species
in
the
south
Atlantic
snapper­
grouper
fishery
are
evaluated.

Waters,
James
(
1983).
"
Review
of
the
Snapper­
Grouper
Fisheries
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico,
1982."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Miami,
FL,
August.

In
1982,
commercial
landings
of
snappers
and
groupers
exceeded
21
million
pounds
worth
approximately
$
25.8
million.
Grouper
landings
increased
from
less
than
5
million
pounds
in
1978
to
a
record
12.4
million
pounds
worth
a
record
$
12.3
million
in
1982,
primarily
due
to
the
increased
use
of
bottom
longlines.
In
1982,
groupers
represented
nearly
59
percent
of
the
commercial
snapper­
grouper
catch.
Red
snapper
landings
increased
from
4.5
to
nearly
6
million
pounds
from
1978
to
1982,
which
reverses
a
long
run
decline
that
began
in
1966.
Red
snapper
landings
were
worth
a
record
$
10.2
million
in
1982.
Recreational
fishermen
harvest
significant
numbers
of
snappers,
groupers,
and
sea
basses,
but
recreational
catch
data
have
not
been
available
since
1979
when
approximately
9
million
fish
were
caught.

Waters,
James
(
1984).
"
Review
of
the
Reef
Fish
Fisheries
in
the
South
Atlantic,
1982."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Miami,
FL,
April.

A
review
of
the
commercial
and
recreational
landings
and
value
of
reef
fish
species
in
the
southeastern
Atlantic
region
of
the
United
States
from
1977
to
1982.

Waters,
James
(
1984).
"
Review
of
the
Commercial
Reef
Fish
Fisheries
along
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
South
Atlantic
Coasts,
1983."
7
1
4
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Miami,
FL,
August.

A
review
of
the
commercial
landings
and
value
of
reef
fish
species
in
the
southeastern
region
of
the
United
States.

Waters,
James
(
1986).
"
Aggregate
Models
of
Limited
Entry."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami
Laboratory,
Miami,
FL
33149,
April,
pp.
9.

Models
for
analysis
of
limited
entry
regulations.

Waters,
James
(
1986).
"
Estimation
of
Production
Functions
for
Shrimping
Trips
in
Inshore
Waters."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
Beaufort,
North
Carolina.

A
production
function
describes
the
relationship
between
inputs
and
outputs.
The
concept
of
a
production
function
could
be
used
to
describe
the
technology
of
the
fishing
firm
or
the
technology
of
the
entire
industry.
Empirical
applications
of
fishery
production
functions
usually
have
estimated
either
an
industry
wide
production
function
or
an
annual
production
function
for
a
representative
vessel.
For
example,
Griffin
et
al.
(
1976)
estimated
an
annual
industry
production
function
for
the
shrimp
fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
This
study
uses
data
from
the
inshore
shrimp
fisheries
in
Galveston
Bay
and
Calcasieu
Lake
to
estimate
catch
per
trip
as
a
function
of
fishing
effort
and
some
measure
of
population
abundance
or
biomass
as
inputs.
Doll
(
1988)
discusses
the
fishery
production
function
and
its
underlying
assumptions.

Waters,
James
R.
(
1991).
"
Restricted
Access
vs.
Open
Access
Methods
of
Management:
Toward
More
Effective
Regulation
of
Fishing
Effort."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
53(
3):
1­
10.

This
paper
gives
an
overview
of
the
economic
rationale
for
limited
entry
as
a
method
of
fishery
management
and
discusses
general
advantages
and
disadvantages
of
license
limitation
and
catch
rights
as
the
two
primary
methods
of
restricting
access
to
marine
fisheries.
Traditional
open
access
methods
of
regulation
can
be
temporarily
effective
in
protecting
fish
populations,
but
they
generally
fail
to
provide
lasting
biological
or
economic
benefits
to
fishermen
because
they
do
not
restrict
access
to
the
fishery.
The
general
result
of
regulation
with
unrestricted
access
to
a
fishery
is
additional,
ore
costly
and
complex
regulations
as
competition
increases
for
dwindling
fishery
resources.
Regulation
that
restricts
access
to
a
fishery
in
conjunction
with
selected
traditional
methods
of
regulation
would
encourage
efficient
resource
usage
and
minimize
the
need
for
future
regulatory
adjustments,
provided
that
enforcement
and
monitoring
costs
are
not
too
great.
In
theory,
catch
rights
are
superior
to
license
limitation
as
a
means
of
restricting
access
to
a
fishery.

Waters,
James
R.
(
1991).
"
Restricted
Access
vs.
Open
Access
Methods
of
Management:
Toward
More
Effective
Regulation
of
Fishing
Effort."
Draft
report,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
NOAA,
9450
Koger
Boulevard,
St.
Petersburg,
FL
33702.

This
paper
gives
an
overview
of
the
economic
rationale
for
limited
entry
as
a
method
of
fishery
management
and
discusses
general
advantages
and
disadvantages
of
license
limitation
and
catch
rights
as
the
two
primary
methods
of
restricting
access
to
marine
fisheries.
Traditional
open
access
7
1
5
methods
of
regulation
can
be
temporarily
effective
in
protecting
fish
populations,
but
they
generally
fail
to
provide
lasting
biological
or
economic
benefits
to
fishermen
because
they
do
not
restrict
access
to
the
fishery.
The
general
result
of
regulation
with
unrestricted
access
to
a
fishery
is
additional,
ore
costly
and
complex
regulations
as
competition
increases
for
dwindling
fishery
resources.
Regulation
that
restricts
access
to
a
fishery
in
conjunction
with
selected
traditional
methods
of
regulation
would
encourage
efficient
resource
usage
and
minimize
the
need
for
future
regulatory
adjustments,
provided
that
enforcement
and
monitoring
costs
are
not
too
great.
In
theory,
catch
rights
are
superior
to
license
limitation
as
a
means
of
restricting
access
to
a
fishery.
Includes
a
limited
entry
presentation
outline.

Waters,
James
R.
(
1993).
"
Economic
Analyses
of
Minimum
Size
Limits
for
Selected
Reef
Fishes
Along
the
U.
S.
South
Atlantic
Coast."
Report
for
the
South
Atlantic
Fisheries
Management
Council,
June,
22
pp.

This
paper
investigates
the
economic
effects
of
alternative
minimum
size
limits
for
white
grunt,
gray
triggerfish,
mutton
snapper,
and
greater
amberjack.
A
bioeconomic
simulation
model
was
used
to
predict
changes
in
commercial
and
recreational
landings
over
time.
The
economic
concept
of
net
present
value
was
used
as
the
criterion
for
evaluation
of
the
tradeoffs
between
short­
term
losses
and
long
term
gains
in
commercial
revenues.
The
utility
that
fishermen
receive
from
recreational
fishing
could
not
be
evaluated
due
to
a
lack
of
data.

Waters,
James
R.
(
1993).
"
Ideas
for
Analysis
of
ITQs
in
the
Gulf
Red
Snapper
Fishery."
Memorandum
to
John
Ward,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
101
Piver's
Island
Road,
Beaufort,
NC,
May.

An
outline
of
ideas
for
analyzing
ITQs
in
the
Gulf
red
snapper
fishery.

Waters,
James
R.
(
1994).
"
Economic
Implications
of
Potential
Changes
in
Management
for
the
Reef
Fisheries
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
101
Piver's
Island
Road,
Beaufort,
NC,
August.

This
report
describes
the
economic
implications
of
potential
changes
in
management
that
were
recommended
by
the
Reef
Fish
Stock
Assessment
Panel
for
the
reef
fisheries
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Waters,
James
R.
(
1994).
"
Recent
Trends
in
the
Commercial
Reef
Fisheries
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
101
Piver's
Island
Road,
Beaufort,
NC,
August.

Trends
in
landings
and
value
for
the
northern,
western,
and
eastern
Gulf
of
Mexico
reef
fish
fishery
are
presented
along
with
a
management
history.
A
descriptive
analysis
of
the
impacts
of
management
regulations
is
presented
for
each
managed
area.

Waters,
James
R.
(
1995).
Reef
Fish
Cost
and
Earnings
Data.
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
101
Piver's
Island
Road,
Beaufort,
NC,
August.

A
copy
of
a
data
set
for
the
cost
and
returns
per
trip
made
by
Gulf
of
Mexico
(
Florida
West
Coast)
and
south
Atlantic
reef
fish
fishermen
with
a
set
of
memorandums
that
indicate
corrections
to
the
data
that
have
been
made
over
7
1
6
time,
documentation
of
the
file
contents,
and
a
copy
of
the
questionnaires.

Waters,
James
R.
(
1995).
"
Management
with
Individual
Transferable
Quotas
in
a
Multispecies
Fishery."
Draft,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
101
Piver's
Island
Road,
Beaufort,
North
Carolina,
January.

This
paper
examines
the
conditions
under
which
management
with
individual
transferable
quotas
might
be
successfully
implemented
in
a
multispecies
fishery.
The
first
section
briefly
describes
the
concept
of
individual
transferable
quotas,
while
the
second
and
third
sections
identify
its
advantages
and
disadvantages
as
a
method
of
fishery
management.
More
detailed
discussions
are
available
in
the
papers
by
Waters
(
1991)
and
Copes
(
1986).
The
fourth
section
examines
the
complications
of
applying
individual
transferable
quotas
in
a
multispecies
fishery
and
identifies
conditions
under
which
the
method
might
be
successfully
implemented.
The
fifth
section
discusses
several
characteristics
of
the
snowy
grouper
and
tilefish
fisheries
along
the
U.
S.
south
Atlantic
coast
to
see
if
individual
transferable
quotas
are
likely
to
be
successful
if
implemented
there.

Waters,
James
R.
(
1995).

A
Model
of
Commercial
Fishing
Behavior.

National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
101
Piver's
Island
Road,
Beaufort,
NC,
August.

A
discreet
trip
level
model
of
commercial
fishing
firm
behavior
in
a
multi­
species
fishery
using
individual
transferable
quotas.

Waters,
James
R.
(
1996).
"
Economic
Aspects
of
a
14
vs.
15
Inch
Minimum
Size
Limit
for
Red
Snapper
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
101
Piver's
Island
Road,
Beaufort,
NC,
August.

An
economic
analysis
of
a
recent
proposal
to
reduce
the
minimum
size
limit
for
red
snapper
from
15
to
14
inches
determines
a
net
benefit
of
$
23,650
change
in
revenue
for
one
year
in
the
fishery.

Waters,
James
R.
(
1996).
"
An
Economic
Survey
of
Commercial
Reef
Fish
Vessels
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
101
Piver's
Island
Road,
Beaufort,
NC,
July.

This
report
summarizes
the
results
of
a
survey
of
reef
fish
fishermen
in
the
southeastern
U.
S.
waters.
The
primary
objective
of
the
survey
was
to
collect
information
needed
to
describe
the
financial
performance
of
commercial
reef
fish
vessels
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Results
are
presented
in
terms
of
group
averages,
frequency
distributions,
and
other
methods
of
summarization
as
needed
to
maintain
the
confidentiality
of
individual
respondents.
The
ultimate
aim
of
the
study
is
to
determine
the
economic
effects
of
regulation
in
the
commercial
reef
fish
fishery.
Regulation
affects
fishermen
through
constraints
on
how
and
when
they
may
fish
and
what
they
may
catch
and
keep.
The
economic
effects
of
a
particular
rule
would
be
calculated
as
the
difference
between
net
revenues
with
and
without
that
rule.

Waters,
James
R.
(
1997).
"
Graphical
Summary
of
Economic
Trends
in
the
Commercial
Red
Snapper
Fishery
of
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
101
Piver's
Island
Road,
Beaufort,
NC,
October.
7
1
7
Landings,
value,
ex­
vessel
prices,
linear
and
log­
linear
demand
equations,
imports,
reef
fish
boats
household
income,
number
of
boats,
and
net
return
per
day
for
owners,
captain,
and
crew
for
red
snapper
and
related
reef
fish
species
presented
in
graphical
form.

Waters,
James
R.
(
1997).
"
Tabular
Summary:
Commercial
Landings
and
Ex­
Vessel
Value
of
Reef
Fishes
in
the
U.
S.
Gulf
of
Mexico
(
Texas
to
Monroe
County,
FL)."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
101
Piver's
Island
Road,
Beaufort,
NC,
October.

A
set
of
tables
listing
landings
and
value
from
1962
to
1996
for
reef
fish
species
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Waters,
James
R.
(
1998).
"
Economic
Review
of
the
Commercial
Fisheries
for
Vermilion
Snapper
and
Gag
in
U.
S.
Waters
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
101
Piver's
Island
Road,
Beaufort,
NC,
August,
52
pp.

This
report
reviews
available
data
pertaining
to
the
economic
status
of
the
commercial
reef
fish
fisheries
for
vermilion
snapper
(
Rhomboplites
aurorubens)
and
gag
(
Mycteroperca
microlepis)
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.
Aggregated
data
about
landings
and
ex­
vessel
value
received
by
fishermen
provided
information
about
general
trends
in
the
fisheries
between
1986
(
the
first
year
for
which
reasonably
accurate
species
identifications
were
available)
and
1997.
Information
about
the
activities
of
individual
participants
were
obtained
from
trip
reports
submitted
to
the
reef
fish
logbook
program.

Waters,
James
R.
and
Bill
Antozzi
(
1997).
"
Likely
Economic
Effects
of
Mini­
Derbies."
Report,
NOAA,
NMFS,
SERO,
Beaufort
Laboratory,
Beaufort,
NC
28516,
April,
4
pp.

A
discussion
of
the
likely
economic
effects
of
a
proposed
regulation
to
limit
the
fishing
season
for
red
snapper
to
the
first
15
days
of
each
month
using
the
change
in
total
revenue
as
a
measure
of
net
benefits.
The
authors
conclude
that
the
total
revenue
received
by
fishermen
will
be
reduced
because
of
the
impact
the
proposed
regulations
will
have
on
exvessel
prices.

Waters,
James
R.
and
James
M.
Nance
(
1989).
"
Production
Functions
for
Shrimping
Trips
in
Inshore
Waters."
Draft
report,
NOAA,
NMFS,
SEFC
Beaufort
Laboratory,
Beaufort,
NC
28516
and
Galveston
Laboratory,
Galveston
TX
77551,
May,
34
pp.

Personnel
at
the
NMFS
Laboratory
at
Galveston,
Texas,
interviewed
fishermen
at
dockside
to
collect
economic
information
about
fishing
activities
in
two
major
estuaries
of
the
Gulf
of
Mexico:
Galveston
Bay,
Texas,
and
Calcasieu
Lake,
Louisiana.
Interviews
were
conducted
between
May
20
and
October
30,
1987.
This
study
estimated
production
functions
for
trips
with
bay
licenses
in
Galveston
Bay
and
for
trips
with
shrimp
trawls
in
Calcasieu
Lake.
In
one
specification,
catch
per
trip
was
estimated
as
a
function
of
hours
fished,
trawl
width,
vessel
length
and
time
as
a
proxy
for
the
unknown
shrimp
biomass.
Another
specification
estimated
catch
per
trip
as
a
function
of
the
number
of
tows
per
trip,
average
duration
of
each
tow,
trawl
width,
vessel
length
and
time.
These
functions
could
be
used
in
future
analyses
of
the
proposal
to
require
fishermen
to
limit
their
tow
times
to
90
minutes
or
less.
Data
collection
techniques
(
data
collected
exclusively
between
the
hours
of
8:
00
am
and
5:
00
pm)
allegedly
biased
the
data
set
and
may
have
led
7
1
8
to
erroneous
results.

Waters,
James
R.
and
James
M.
Nance
(
1990).
"
A
Description
of
Trip
Data
Collected
from
the
1987
Inshore
Shrimp
Fishery
of
Galveston
Bay,
Texas."
NOAA,
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFC­
257,
63
pp.

Economic
information
about
inshore
shrimping
trips
in
Galveston
Bay,
Texas
was
collected
from
fishermen
at
dockside
between
May
20
and
October
30,
1987.
This
study
presents
information
about
fishing
effort,
operating
costs,
landings
and
revenues
per
trip
for
trips
with
bay
and
bait
licenses
in
Galveston
Bay.

Waters,
Jim
and
Jon
Platt
(
1990).
"
Economic
Analyses
of
Alternative
Management
Options
for
the
Red
Snapper
Fishery
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Report
prepared
for
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
Fishery
Management
Council
by
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Regional
Office,
9450
Koger
Boulevard,
St.
Petersburg,
FL
33702.

Biological
investigations
have
determined
that
the
red
snapper
(
Lutianus
campechanus)
resource
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
has
been
significantly
overfished
and
that
regulations
implemented
in
1990
and
earlier
years
will
not
restore
the
red
snapper
population
to
desired
levels
(
Goodyear
and
Phares,
1990).
This
report
describes
economic
implications
of
management
alternatives
to
govern
the
directed
commercial
and
recreational
reef
fish
fisheries
and
to
reduce
the
incidental
catch
and
discard
of
juvenile
red
snappers
and
other
species
by
the
shrimp
trawl
fishery.
Economic
effects
of
various
management
alternatives
on
the
commercial
and
recreational
red
snapper
fisheries
were
based
on
projections
of
future
landings
made
with
a
simulation
model
developed
by
Goodyear
(
1989).
Economic
effects
of
management
alternatives
on
the
commercial
shrimp
fishery
were
based
on
the
results
of
a
simulation
model
described
by
Griffin
et
al.
(
1990).
This
report
was
reviewed
by
a
panel
of
economists
that
met
at
council
headquarters
on
June
5­
6,
1990,
whose
recommendations
were
subsequently
ignored
by
the
authors.

Waters,
James
R.,
Leon
E.
Danielson,
and
J.
E.
Easley,
Jr.
(
1978).
"
Economic
Evaluation
of
the
Shrimp
Discard
Problem
in
Pamlico
Sound,
North
Carolina."
Contribution
Paper,
AAEA
Annual
Meeting,
VPI
and
SU,
August,
12
pp.

In
North
Carolina,
commercially
undersized
pink
shrimp
are
incidentally
landed,
killed,
and
discarded
during
harvest
of
brown
shrimp.
This
study
analyzed
the
incidental
catch
(
discard)
problem
and
management
policies
to
protect
pink
shrimp.
Results
showed
incidental
catch
does
not
generally
reduce
fishermen's
income
sufficiently
to
adopt
a
discard
abatement
policy.

Waters,
James
R.,
Leon
E.
Danielson,
and
J.
E.
Easley,
Jr.
(
1979).
"
An
Economic
Analysis
of
the
Shrimp
Discard
Problem
in
Pamlico
Sound."
Economics
Research
Report
No.
40,
Department
of
Economics
and
Business,
North
Carolina
State
University,
Raleigh,
North
Carolina,
February,
47
pp.

The
North
Carolina
shrimp
catch
is
composed
of
three
different
species,
brown
(
Penaeus
aztecus),
pink
(
P.
duorarum),
and
white
(
P.
setiferus).
Brown
shrimp
mature
and
are
harvested
in
the
fall.
During
this
same
period
the
pink
shrimp
are
primarily
in
juvenile
stages
and
are
below
commercial
size.
However,
because
they
utilize
the
same
areas,
pink
shrimp
are
caught
incidentally
while
harvesting
brown
shrimp
and
are
killed.
Hence
they
are
lost
to
the
fishery
and
represent
foregone
future
earnings
to
the
fishery
since
they
would
otherwise
have
reached
commercial
size
in
late
fall
and
7
1
9
spring.
This
incidental
(
or
discard)
catch
problem
is
analyzed
to
ascertain
whether
alternative
shrimp
management
policies
should
be
instituted
that
would
reduce
the
extent
of
the
discard
problem.
The
basis
for
evaluating
the
policies
was
whether
or
not
net
income
to
the
fishery
increased.
Because
of
the
lack
of
required
data,
the
analysis
was
primarily
a
sensitivity
analysis
on
the
parameters
involved.
Results
showed
that
the
potential
for
increasing
income
to
the
fishery
through
reduced
discard
exists
only
at
high
discard
rates.
This
is
primarily
due
to
high
natural
mortality
and
the
low
probability
of
catching
those
pink
shrimp
that
are
save
from
being
discarded.

Waters,
James
R.,
J.
E.
Easley,
Jr.,
and
Leon
E.
Danielson
(
1980).
"
Economic
Trade­
Offs
and
the
North
Carolina
Shrimp
Fishery."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
62(
1):
124­
129.

The
purpose
of
this
study
is
to
analyze
the
incidental
catch
(
or
discard)
problem
to
ascertain
whether
discard
abatement
policies
should
be
instituted
during
August
and
September
to
protect
juvenile
pink
shrimp.
Interest
is
focused
on
whether
or
not
the
range
of
observed
discard
rates
is
sufficiently
large
to
warrant
protection.
Because
of
the
lack
of
required
data,
the
study
is
primarily
a
simulation
analysis.

Waters,
James
R.,
Raymond
J.
Rhodes,
and
Robert
Wiggers
(
1997).

Description
of
Economic
Data
Collected
With
a
Random
Sample
of
Commercial
Reef
Fish
Boats
in
the
Florida
Keys.

U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
101
Piver's
Island
Road,
Beaufort,
NC
28516
and
South
Carolina
Department
of
Natural
Resources,
Marine
Resources
Division,
Office
of
Fisheries
Management,
P.
O.
Box
12559,
Charleston,
SC,
October,
117
pp.

This
survey
provides
basic
economic
information
about
the
financial
performance
of
boats
in
the
commercial
reef
fish
fishery
in
the
Florida
Keys.
Respondents
were
characterized
with
regard
to
their
dependence
on
the
commercial
reef
fish
fishery
as
a
source
of
household
income.
Boats
were
described
in
terms
of
their
physical
and
financial
characteristics.
Some
boats
fished
in
one
kind
of
activity
year­
round
whereas
others
rotated
among
several
kinds
of
fishing
trips
according
to
seasonal
availability
of
fish,
seasonal
variation
in
prices,
fishery
regulations
and
so
forth.
An
important
objective
of
the
survey
was
to
estimate
average
net
operating
revenues
per
boat
per
trip
and
per
boat
per
year
that
were
earned
on
the
most
important
kinds
of
fishing
trips
taken
by
reef
fish
boats.
Yellowtail
snapper
was
the
most
commonly
sought
species
by
commercial
reef
fish
boats
in
the
Florida
Keys.
Spiny
lobster
was
the
second
most
frequently
cited
species
as
being
most
important
in
terms
of
annual
revenues,
and
generated
the
highest
net
returns
among
the
activities
examined
in
this
study.
Black
grouper
and
mutton
snapper
were
commonly
mentioned
as
the
second,
third,
fourth
or
lower
ranked
species
in
terms
of
the
generation
of
annual
revenues,
principally
in
the
Upper
and
Lower
Keys.
Fishing
for
greater
amberjack
was
the
highest
volume
activity
examined
in
this
study.
Overall
financial
performance
was
measured
as
the
boat's
gross
revenues
and
net
income
before
taxes
for
all
fishing
activities
combined.
Net
incomes
per
boat
averaged
$
11,129
based
on
revenues
of
$
49,581
in
the
Upper
Keys,
$
3,301
based
on
revenues
of
$
13,714
in
the
Middle
Keys,
and
$
6,653
based
on
revenues
of
$
28,027
in
the
Lower
Keys.
The
estimated
total
revenues
for
the
sampled
population
of
reef
fish
boats
in
the
Keys
were
$
18.4
million,
with
aggregate
net
incomes
of
$
4.3
million.

Waters,
James
R.,
Raymond
J.
Rhodes,
Wayne
Waltz,
and
Robert
Wiggers
(
1997).

An
Economic
Survey
of
Commercial
Reef
Fish
Boats
Along
the
U.
S.
South
Atlantic
Coast.

U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
101
7
2
0
Piver's
Island
Road,
Beaufort,
NC
28516
and
South
Carolina
Department
of
Natural
Resources,
Marine
Resources
Division,
Office
of
Fisheries
Management,
P.
O.
Box
12559,
Charleston,
SC,
November,
117
pp.

This
study
summarizes
the
results
of
a
survey
designed
to
provide
economic
information
about
the
financial
status
of
commercial
snapper­
grouper
boats
with
home
ports
between
Dare
County,
North
Carolina
and
Dade
County,
Florida.
A
survey
questionnaire
was
administered
in
the
summer
and
fall
of
1994
by
interviewers
in
face­
to­
face
meetings
with
owners
or
operators
of
randomly
selected
boats.
Fishermen
were
asked
for
background
information
about
themselves
and
their
boats,
their
capital
investments
in
boat
and
equipment,
and
about
their
average
catches,
revenues
and
costs
per
trip
for
their
two
most
important
kinds
of
fishing
trips
for
species
in
the
snapper­
grouper
complex
during
1993.
Respondents
were
characterized
with
regard
to
their
dependence
on
the
commercial
snapper­
grouper
fishery
as
a
source
of
household
income.
Boats
were
described
in
terms
of
their
physical
and
financial
characteristics.
The
different
kinds
of
fishing
trips
were
identified
by
the
species
that
generated
the
greatest
revenue
and
grouped
into
six
general
categories:
trips
for
temperate,
mid­
shelf
species;
trips
for
tropical
snappers;
trips
for
deep
water
groupers
and
tilefish;
trips
with
pots
for
black
sea
bass;
trips
for
greater
amberjack;
and
trips
for
king
mackerel.
Average
catches,
revenues,
routine
trip
costs
and
net
operating
revenues
per
boat
per
trip
and
per
boat
per
year
were
estimated
for
each
category
of
fishing
trips.
This
survey
constitutes
the
first,
comprehensive
source
of
baseline
information
about
the
financial
status
of
snapper­
grouper
boats
along
the
Atlantic
seaboard.
In
addition
to
its
descriptive
value,
data
collected
during
this
study
will
aid
in
future
examinations
of
the
economic
effects
of
various
regulations
on
commercial
snapper­
grouper
fishermen.

Watson,
John
W.
(
1983).
"
FY
1982
Project
Report,
Sea
Turtle
Excluder
Trawl."
Draft
report,
Division
of
Harvesting
Systems
and
Surveys,
Mississippi
Laboratories,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service.

The
turtle
excluder
trawl
project
goal
for
FY
1982
was
to
encourage
and
accelerate
voluntary
use
of
the
TED
technology
in
the
southeastern
shrimp
fishery
by
documenting
and
demonstrating
potential
benefits
to
the
shrimping
industry.
Potential
benefits
of
TED
technology
include
reduction
of
unwanted
and
troublesome
bycatch
organisms
including
finfish,
decreases
in
trawl
drag
due
to
improved
water
flow
resulting
in
fuel
savings,
and
increases
in
shrimp
catch
rates
and
quality
of
shrimp
catch.

Watson,
John
W.
(
1983).
"
FY
1983
Project
Report,
Sea
Turtle
Excluder
Trawl."
Draft
report,
Division
of
Harvesting
Systems
and
Surveys,
Mississippi
Laboratories,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service.

Research
was
completed
on
the
energy
aspects
of
the
TED
and
a
model
study
and
field
testing
aboard
a
chartered
shrimp
vessel
completed
in
November,
1982.
Lighter
designs
for
TEDs
were
researched.
Modifications
to
the
TED
resulted
in
finfish
separation
rates
of
as
much
as
53%
during
the
day
but
only
10%
or
less
at
night.

Watson,
John
W.
(
1981).
"
Sea
Turtle
Excluder
Trawl
Project."
Milestone
Report,
Division
of
Harvesting
Systems
and
Surveys,
Mississippi
Laboratories,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service.
7
2
1
This
report
presents
the
progress
and
status
of
the
sea
turtle
excluder
trawl
development
projects
and
describes
the
research
objectives
planned
for
FY81.
Data
are
presented
on
comparative
catch
rates
between
two
turtle
excluder
designs
and
standard
shrimp
trawls.
Data
are
also
presented
on
the
effect
of
reduced
tow
time
and
resuscitation
of
comatose
turtles
on
sea
turtle
mortality
in
shrimp
trawls.

Watson,
John
W.
(
1984).
"
Sea
Turtle
Excluder
Trawl,
FY
1984
Project
Report."
Draft
report,
Division
of
Harvesting
Systems
and
Surveys,
Mississippi
Laboratories,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service.

The
TED
project
goal
for
FY
1984
was
to
encourage
and
accelerate
voluntary
use
of
the
TED
technology
in
the
southeastern
shrimp
fishery
by
improving
the
handling
and
operational
characteristics
of
the
TED
and
improve
and
demonstrate
the
finfish
reduction
potential
of
the
TED
during
both
nocturnal
and
diurnal
periods.

Watson,
John
W.,
John
F.
Mitchell,
and
Arvind
K.
Shah
(
1985).
"
Trawling
Efficiency
Device:
A
New
Concept
for
Selective
Shrimp
Trawling
Gear."
Draft
report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Mississippi
Laboratories,
Pascagoula,
MS.

The
Trawl
Efficiency
Device
(
TED)
is
inserted
between
the
body
and
cod
end
of
a
shrimp
trawl.
A
steel
grid
and
trap
door
ejects
unwanted
shrimp
bycatch
such
as
turtles,
sharks,
rays,
jellyfish,
crabs,
sponge,
etc.
The
TED
also
can
be
used
to
reduce
finfish
bycatch
by
employing
a
finfish
deflector
grid,
leading
panels,
and
exit
openings.
The
device
eliminates
finfish
by
taking
advantage
of
the
difference
in
swimming
ability
and
behavior
between
finfish
and
shrimp.
Shrimp
are
carried
into
the
cod
end
by
accelerating
water
flow
through
the
device
with
a
webbing
funnel.
Finfish
are
stimulated
into
an
escape
reaction
by
a
finfish
deflector
grid
and
are
guided
to
exit
openings
by
leading
panels.
Finfish
separation
rates
averaging
78
percent
and
53
percent
were
achieved
during
day
trawling
and
night
trawling,
respectively,
with
no
significant
difference
in
shrimp
catch
rates.
Finfish
separation
rates
varied
by
species
and
total
separation
varied
as
a
function
of
catch
composition.
The
TED
is
being
introduced
into
the
shrimp
fishery
in
the
southeastern
United
States
to
reduce
incidental
turtle
captures,
conserve
finfish
resources
discarded
by
the
shrimp
fleet,
and
increase
trawling
efficiency.

Watson,
John
W.,
John
F.
Mitchell,
and
Arvind
K.
Shah
(
1986).
"
Trawling
Efficiency
Device:
A
New
Concept
for
Selective
Shrimp
Trawling
Gear."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
48(
1):
1­
9.

The
Trawling
Efficiency
Device
(
TED)
is
inserted
between
the
body
and
cod
end
of
a
shrimp
trawl.
A
steel
grid
and
trap
door
ejects
unwanted
shrimp
bycatch
such
as
turtles,
sharks,
rays,
jellyfish,
crabs,
sponge,
etc.
The
TED
also
can
be
used
to
reduce
finfish
bycatch
by
employing
a
finfish
deflector
grid,
leading
panels,
and
exit
openings.
The
device
eliminates
finfish
by
taking
advantage
of
the
difference
in
swimming
ability
and
behavior
between
finfish
and
shrimp.
Shrimp
are
carried
into
the
cod
end
by
accelerating
water
flow
through
the
device
with
a
webbing
funnel.
Finfish
are
stimulated
into
an
escape
reaction
by
a
finfish
deflector
grid
and
are
guided
to
exit
openings
by
leading
panels.
Finfish
separation
rates
averaging
78
percent
and
53
percent
were
achieved
during
day
trawling
and
night
trawling,
respectively,
with
no
significant
difference
in
shrimp
catch
rates.
Finfish
separation
rates
varied
by
species
and
total
separation
varied
as
a
function
of
catch
composition.
The
TED
is
being
introduced
into
the
shrimp
fishery
in
the
southeastern
United
States
to
reduce
incidental
turtle
captures,
conserve
finfish
resources
7
2
2
discarded
by
the
shrimp
fleet,
and
increase
trawling
efficiency.

Watson,
John
W.,
Ian
Workman,
Dan
Foster,
Charles
Taylor,
Arvind
K.
Shah,
James
Barbour,
and
Dominy
Hataway
(
1993).
"
Status
Report
on
the
Potential
of
Gear
Modifications
to
Reduce
Finfish
Bycatch
in
Shrimp
Trawls
in
the
Southeastern
United
States,
1990­
1992."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFSC­
327,
March,
131
pp.

This
status
report
presents
data
from
scuba
diver
evaluations
and
bycatch
reduction/
shrimp
retention
test
results
for
prototype
bycatch
reduction
device
(
BRD)
designs.
Fish
bycatch
and
shrimp
retention
data
are
presented
for
30
prototype
BRD
designs.
Of
these,
12
have
demonstrated
overall
fish
bycatch
reduction
rates
between
43%
and
67%
and
7
had
shrimp
retention
rates
between
90%
and
100%.
Prototype
designs
that
show
the
best
potential
for
achieving
a
50%
reduction
in
total
fish
bycatch
with
better
than
90%
shrimp
retention
are
the
large
mesh
funnel
design,
the
extended
funnel
design,
the
HSB
design,
and
the
fisheye
design.

Watts,
Noel
H.
and
Gilmore
J.
Pellegrin,
Jr.
(
1982).
"
Comparison
of
Shrimp
and
Finfish
Catch
Rates
and
Ratios
for
Texas
and
Louisiana."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
44(
9­
10):
44­
49.

A
comparison
was
made
between
1980
and
1981
commercial
fishing
to
judge
effects
of
the
Texas
closure
on
shrimp
and
finfish
catches
off
Texas
and
Louisiana.
Historical
data
(
1973­
78)
for
the
two
areas
was
used
as
baseline,
and
comparisons
were
made
of
finfish/
shrimp
catch
ratios
and
species
composition.
Mean
shrimp
catch
rates
(
heads­
on)
standardized
to
100­
foot
trawls
for
Texas
and
Louisiana
in
1980
were
42.56
pounds/
hour
and
42.53
pounds/
hour,
respectively,
and
in
1981
were
89.03
pounds/
hour
and
62.20
pounds/
hour.
Mean
finfish
catch
rates
for
Texas
and
Louisiana
in
1980
were
333.90
pounds/
hour
and
242.84
pounds/
hour,
respectively,
and
in
1981
were
156.19
pounds/
hour
and
408.88
pounds/
hour.
Average
finfish/
shrimp
ratios
for
Texas
were
12.94
in
1980
and
2.55
in
1981.
For
Louisiana,
the
average
finfish/
shrimp
ratios
were
22.15
in
1980
and
37.23
in
1981.
Differences
between
1980
and
1981
shrimp
catch
rates
off
Texas
and
Louisiana,
and
between
Texas
and
Louisiana
in
1981,
were
significant
at
the
95
percent
confidence
level.
Finfish
catch
rates
off
both
states
were
significantly
influenced
by
depth,
with
no
significant
differences
found
between
years
for
either
state
when
the
effect
of
depth
was
removed.
Species
composition
of
the
bycatch
was
removed.
Species
composition
of
the
bycatch
in
waters
10
fathoms
or
less
was
relatively
consistent
regardless
of
state
or
year.
The
composition
of
bycatch
from
deeper
waters
was
much
more
variable
and
significantly
different
from
catches
made
in
the
shallower
waters.
Overall,
the
analyses
supported
a
hypothesis
of
increased
shrimp
catch
rates
due
to
the
Texas
closure.
Finfish
catch
rates
and
compositions,
however,
were
not
shown
to
change
as
a
result
of
the
closure.
This
latter
conclusion
assumes
the
distribution
of
fishing
effort
by
depth
zone
was
unaffected
by
the
closure.

Webb,
Michael
G.
and
Martin
J.
Ricketts
(
1980).
The
Economics
of
Energy.
John
Wiley
&
Sons,
New
York.

The
objective
of
this
book
is
to
provide
an
integrated
and
reasonably
comprehensive
introduction
to
the
economics
of
energy.
The
analytical
framework
of
the
book
is
that
of
Paretian
welfare
economics.
An
extensive
reference
section
is
included
in
the
book.

Weber,
Karen
L.
(
1994).
"
Analysis
of
Decisionmaking
Processes
in
the
Ivoirian
Maritime
Fisheries
Sector."
C.
M.
1994/
T:
24,
Theme
Session
7
2
3
on
Improving
the
Link
Between
Fisheries
Science
and
Management:
Biological,
Social,
and
Economic
Considerations,
International
Council
for
the
Exploration
of
the
Sea,
82nd
Statutory
Meeting,
St.
John's,
Newfoundland,
Canada,
September,
4
pp.

This
paper
addresses
the
interface
of
the
artisanal
fishing
community,
the
industrial
fishermen,
and
the
government
in
the
decision
making
processes
that
so
intricately
operate
in
the
Ivoirian
maritime
fisheries
sector.

Weber,
Michael
(
1989).
"
Presentation
to
the
National
Academy
of
Sciences'
Committee
on
Sea
Turtle
Conservation."
Center
for
Marine
Conservation,
Jekyll
Island,
Georgia,
June
28,
14
pp.

A
presentation
to
the
National
Academy
of
Science
concerning
sea
turtle
conservation
efforts
by
the
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
National
Academy
of
Science's
study
of
marine
turtle
mortality
in
shrimp
otter
trawls.

Weber,
Michael
(
1997).
"
Effects
of
Japanese
Government
Subsidies
of
Distant
Water
Tuna
Fleets:
A
Case
Study."
World
Wildlife
Fund,
1250
Twenty­
Fourth
Street,
NW,
Washington,
D.
C.,
January,
18
pp.

This
paper
describes
subsidy
programs
of
Japan
that
have
built
and
maintained
the
distant
water
tuna
fleet.
The
paper
then
outlines
the
principal
features
of
access
agreements
in
the
South
Pacific
region,
focusing
upon
access
agreements
between
Japan
and
the
Solomon
Islands.
A
general
description
of
Japanese
development
assistance
to
Pacific
Island
countries
leads
to
a
specific
description
of
some
aid
projects
with
the
Solomon
Islands
specifically.
Economic
returns
on
the
subsidies
provided
by
the
government
of
Japan
are
analyzed,
and
the
role
of
Japanese
trading
companies
in
the
expansion
of
tuna
fishing
in
the
South
Pacific
is
described.
The
paper
ends
with
a
discussion
of
likely
future
developments
in
tuna
fishing
in
the
South
Pacific
region.

Weber,
Michael
(
1997).
"
Effects
of
Japanese
Government
Subsidies
of
Distant
Water
Tuna
Fleets."
In
World
Wildlife
Fund

s
Subsidies
and
Depletion
of
World
Fisheries,
WWF

s
Endangered
Seas
Campaign,
1250
Twenty­
Fourth
St.,
NW,
Washington,
D.
C.,
136
pp.

This
paper
describes
subsidy
programs
of
Japan
that
have
built
and
maintained
the
distant
water
tuna
fleet.
The
paper
then
outlines
the
principal
features
of
access
agreements
in
the
South
Pacific
region,
focusing
upon
access
agreements
between
Japan
and
the
Solomon
Islands.
A
general
description
of
Japanese
development
assistance
to
Pacific
Island
countries
leads
to
a
specific
description
of
some
aid
projects
with
the
Solomon
Islands
specifically.
Economic
returns
on
the
subsidies
provided
by
the
government
of
Japan
are
analyzed,
and
the
role
of
Japanese
trading
companies
in
the
expansion
of
tuna
fishing
in
the
South
Pacific
is
described.
The
paper
ends
with
a
discussion
of
likely
future
developments
in
tuna
fishing
in
the
South
Pacific
region.

Weber,
Michael,
Deborah
Crouse,
Robert
Irvin,
and
Suzanne
Ludicello
(
1995).
"
Delay
and
Denial:
A
Political
History
of
Sea
Turtles
and
Shrimp
Fishing."
Center
for
Marine
Conservation.

A
management
history
of
the
turtle
excluder
device
(
TED)
fishery
management
regulation.
While
accurately
portraying
events,
causation
is
often
confused
and
misguided.
For
example,
the
authors
attempt
to
argue
that
fishery
managers
used
short
run
economic
criteria
to
justify
not
protecting
7
2
4
sea
turtle
stocks
which
is
in
fact
a
ludicrous
argument.

Weil,
Ernesto
M.
and
Roger
G.
Laughlin
(
1984).

Biology,
Population
Dynamics,
and
Reproduction
of
the
Queen
Conch
Strombus
Gigas
Linne

in
the
Archipelago
De
Los
Roques
National
Park.

Journal
of
Shellfish
Research,
4(
1):
45­
62.

Data
relating
to
the
distribution,
population
dynamics,
and
reproduction
of
the
queen
conch
Strombus
gigas
Linne

at
the
Archipielago
Los
Roques
National
Park,
Venezuela
are
presented.

Weisbrod,
Burton
A.
(
1968).
"
Income
Redistribution
Effects
and
Benefit­
Cost
Analysis."
In
S.
C.
(
ed.)
Problems
in
Public
Expenditure
Analysis,
The
Brookings
Institution,
Washington,
D.
C.

This
paper
considers
the
conceptual
case
for
integrating
income
distributional
effects
and
allocative
efficiency
effects
in
the
evaluation
of
public
expenditure
projects.

Weintraub,
E.
Roy
(
1982).
Mathematics
for
Economists.
Cambridge
University
Press,
New
York.

This
book
is
written
out
of
the
belief
that
a
student's
intuition
should
be
involved
in
the
study
of
mathematical
techniques
in
economics.
The
book
is
designed
to
develop
an
understanding
of
the
optimization
problem
and
concludes
with
chapters
on
classical
programming
and
linear
and
nonlinear
programming.

Weisberg,
Herbert
F.
(
1978).
"
Evaluating
Theories
of
Congressional
Roll­
Call
Voting."
American
Journal
of
Political
Science,
22(
3):
554­
577.

Criteria
are
developed
to
evaluate
recent
theories
of
roll­
call
voting
in
the
House
of
Representatives.
Since
tests
of
these
very
different
theories
find
high
levels
of
predictive
success,
we
must
decide
how
to
choose
among
them.
Baseline
models
are
developed
to
show
the
extent
to
which
the
votes
could
be
predicted
with
minimal
information.
The
80­
90
percent
of
the
individual
votes
correctly
predicted
by
the
theories
is
found
to
be
little
improvement
over
the
baseline
models
predicting
voting
along
with
the
House
or
party
majority.
Since
the
statistical
criterion
is
found
to
be
indeterminate,
the
importance
of
verisimilitude
to
the
process
being
studied
is
stressed.
Simulation
studies
have
done
a
good
job
of
portraying
the
process
aspects,
and
they
could
be
usefully
combined
with
statistical
studies
of
long
term
forces
and
interviewing
studies
of
short
term
forces
affecting
the
voting.
Theory
development
in
the
field
should
move
to
a
more
longitudinal
perspective,
as
well
as
combining
the
long
term
and
short
term
elements
into
a
single
overarching
theory.

Weiskel,
T.
C.
(
1991).
"
Muddles
in
the
Models:
Ecosystemic
Process,
Cultural
Understandings
and
the
Limits
of
Human
Metaphor
in
Devising
Public
Policy
for
Global
Environmental
Change."
Presented
at
the
GSA
Meetings,
San
Diego,
California,
October.

Scientific
understanding
of
the
earth's
ecosystem
has
developed
through
a
series
of
successive
metaphors
or
models,
each
of
which
has
proved
to
be
more
inclusive
than
its
predecessors
in
explaining
natural
phenomena.
While
these
metaphors
or
models
help
to
extend
our
ecological
understanding,
it
is
important
to
realize
that
a
substantially
different
set
of
metaphors
inform
the
cultural
beliefs
and
guide
the
collective
behavior
of
human
communities.
In
short,
the
gap
between
what
people
know
and
how
they
act
can
be
quite
7
2
5
pronounced,
and
it
can
vary
considerably
from
culture
to
culture
depending
upon
the
institutional
matrix
and
the
vision
of
public
leadership
in
any
given
society.
The
time­
lag
involved
in
the
cultural
appropriation
of
new
scientific
knowledge
becomes
a
critical
issue
in
trying
to
devise
appropriate
public
policy
for
the
global
environment.
Human
communities
perceive
problems
and
devise
public
policies
largely
on
the
basis
of
metaphors
derived
from
their
historical
experience.
When
confronted
with
new
circumstances,
the
culturally
dominant
metaphors
available
to
guide
and
motivate
action
may
prove
to
be
inappropriate
or
dysfunctional,
engendering
collective
behavior
that
hastens
ecosystemic
collapse
rather
than
that
which
might
preserve
system­
wide
integrity
and
continuity.
This
paper
examines
some
of
the
disparities
between
emerging
scientific
models
and
the
dominant
cultural
metaphors
which
continue
to
condition
the
development
of
public
policy
on
environmental
issues.

Weitzman,
Martin
L.
(
1974).
"
Free
Access
vs.
Private
Ownership
as
Alternative
Systems
for
Managing
Common
Property."
Journal
of
Economic
Theory,
8:
225­
234.

This
paper
develops
a
formal
model
to
characterize
and
compare
the
alternative
static
allocations
of
resources
that
occur
under
conditions
of
free
access
and
of
private
property
ownership.
There
turns
out
to
be
a
definite
limitation
on
the
amount
of
inefficiency
that
can
be
introduced
into
a
competitive
situation
when
property
is
freely
accessible.
That
bound
has
an
interesting
welfare
interpretation.
The
variable
factor
will
always
be
better
off
with
(
inefficient)
free
access
rights
to
the
fixed
factor
than
under
(
efficient)
private
ownership
of
property.

Weitzman,
Martin
L.
(
1974).
"
Prices
vs.
Quantities."
Review
of
Economic
Studies,
41(
128):
477­
491.

For
one
particular
economic
variable
that
needs
to
be
regulated,
what
is
the
best
way
to
implement
control
for
the
benefit
of
the
organization
as
a
whole?
Is
it
better
to
directly
administer
the
activity
under
scrutiny
(
quantities)
or
to
fix
transfer
prices
and
rely
on
self­
interested
profit
or
utility
maximization
to
achieve
the
same
ends
in
decentralized
fashion.

Wellman,
Katharine
F.
(
1990).
"
Chicken
of
the
Sea?:
The
U.
S.
Consumer
Retail
Demand
for
Fish
Products."
Ph.
D.
Dissertation,
Department
of
Economics,
University
of
Washington.

The
principle
objectives
of
this
study
are
(
1)
to
address
the
limitations
of
past
U.
S.
fish
demand
research
at
the
retail
level
through
the
development
of
a
variation
of
the
almost
ideal
demand
system
model
of
disaggregate
fish
products;
(
2)
to
address
relevant
model
specification
and
estimation
issues
including
the
choice
of
an
appropriate
functional
form,
the
incorporation
of
non­
economic
variables
and
household
quality
choice,
and
the
determination
of
an
estimation
procedure
for
a
system
of
demand
equations
given
a
sample
with
censored
dependent
variables;
and
(
3)
to
address
the
importance
of
this
economic
analysis
in
the
context
of
fisheries
management
and
market
development
and
promotion.

Weninger,
Quinn
R.(
1998).

Assessing
Efficiency
Gains
from
Individual
Transferable
Quotas:
An
Application
to
the
Mid­
Atlantic
Surf
Clam
and
Ocean
Quahog
Fishery.

American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
80(
4):
750­
764.

Delayed
fishing
fleet
restructuring
complicates
the
assessment
of
efficiency
gains
from
individual
transferable
quota
(
ITQ)
fisheries
management
7
2
6
programs.
This
article
presents
a
methodology
to
estimate
harvest
sector
efficiency
gains
in
lieu
of
incomplete
fleet
restructuring.
The
methodology
is
applied
to
assess
the
efficiency
gains
in
the
Mid­
Atlantic
surf
clam
and
ocean
quahog
fishery
ITQ
program.
While
roughly
128
vessels
harvested
clams
under
the
previous
management
regime,
the
analysis
suggests
that
21­
25
vessels
will
remain
under
ITQs.
The
efficiency
gains
are
estimated
to
be
between
$
11.1
million
and
$
12.8
million
annually
(
1990
dollars).

Weninger,
Quinn
R.
and
Richard
E.
Just
(
1997).

An
Analysis
of
Transition
From
Limited
Entry
to
Transferable
Quota:
Non­
Marshallian
Principles
for
Fisheries
Management.

Natural
Resource
Modeling,
10(
1):
53­
83.

Static
analysis
shows
that
individual
transferable
quotas
(
ITQs)
can
dramatically
increase
economic
efficiency
comparable
to
a
limited
entry
(
LE)
management
by
releasing
excess
capital.
However,
the
transition
from
LE
to
ITQ
management
presents
further
efficiency
questions.
This
paper
shows
that
the
rate
of
retirement
of
excess
capital
is
determined
by
the
opportunity
cost
of
holding
ITQ
harvest
rights
on
cost
inefficient
vessels.
While
restructuring
is
immediate
with
perfect
foresight
delayed
exit
occurs
with
uncertainty
and
low
opportunity
costs
of
holding
ITQ.
Nearly
cost­
efficient
fishers
anticipate
increasing
their
payoff
by
waiting
for
higher
ITQ
prices,
e.
g.,
game
theoretic
principles
rather
than
static
Marshallian
principles
apply.
The
results
raise
policy
questions
about
allocating
ITQ
to
incumbent
fishers
at
no
charge.
The
Mid­
Atlantic
surf
clam
and
ocean
quahog
fishery
which
switch
from
LE
to
ITQ
management
in
1990
is
analyzed
as
a
case
study.
Results
show
that
a
large
surplus
was
possible
but
unattained
under
LE
management
but
also
that
adjustment
has
been
slow
and
costly,
consistent
with
the
results
of
this
paper.

Wesney,
David
(
1989).
"
Applied
Fisheries
Management
Plans:
Individual
Transferable
Quotas
and
Input
Controls."
In
Neher,
Philip
A.,
Ragnar
Arnason,
and
Nina
Mollett
(
eds.).
Rights
Based
Fishing,
Kluwer
Academic
Publishers,
Boston.

This
paper
examines
two
different
management
systems
which
have
been
applied
in
recent
years
to
two
of
Australia's
major
fisheries,
the
southern
bluefin
tuna
(
SBT)
fishery
and
the
northern
prawn
fishery
(
NPF).
These
Australian
fisheries
have
been
closely
managed
from
the
onset
of
commercial
exploitation
and
have
produced
good
results
from
both
biological
and
economic
perspectives.

Wespestad,
Vidar
G.
and
Joseph
M.
Terry
(
1984).
"
Biological
and
Economic
Yields
for
Eastern
Bering
Sea
Walleye
Pollock
under
Differing
Fishing
Regimes."
North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
4:
204­
215.

A
bioeconomic
simulation
was
conducted
to
evaluate
the
alternative
management
strategies.
The
simulation
model
was
an
age
structured
population
model
to
which
economic
functions
were
added.
Four
alternative
fishing
regimes
were
evaluated
in
the
analysis:
the
current
fishery,
a
fishery
directed
toward
small
fillet
pollock,
a
fishery
directed
toward
large
fillet
pollock,
and
a
fishery
directed
primarily
toward
small
pollock
for
fish
paste
(
surimi).
Each
fishing
regime
was
simulated
over
a
20
year
period.
To
account
for
stochastic
variation
in
the
recruitment
function,
each
fishing
regime
was
repeated
five
times.

Wessells,
Cathy
R
(
1998).

Barriers
to
International
Trade
in
Fisheries.

Discussion
paper
prepared
for
the
FAO
E­
Mail
Conference
on
Fisheries
Trade
and
Food
Security,
Department
of
Environmental
and
Natural
7
2
7
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
RI
02881,
May,
10
pp.

This
paper
presents
a
brief
background
on
the
Hazard
Analysis
of
Critical
Control
Points
(
HACCP)
Programmes,
which
have
been
adopted
by
many
developed
nations
to
ensure
a
safe
seafood
supply,
and
on
the
recent
trend
toward
use
of
eco­
labels
to
indicate
which
fisheries
products
have
environmentally
desirable
properties.
The
final
section
focuses
on
the
potential
of
each
of
these
programmes
to
create
either
inadvertent
or
blatant
seafood
trade
barriers,
and
compare
and
contrast
the
effects
of
the
programmes
of
developed
versus
developing
nations.

Wessells,
Cathy
Roheim
and
James
L.
Anderson
(
1991).
"
Innovations
and
Progress
in
Seafood
Demand
and
Market
Analysis."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Kingston,
RI
02881,
May,
pp.
21.

This
paper
reviews
several
economic
studies
that
present
a
spectrum
of
interesting
and
creative
approaches
to
analyzing
the
demand
for
and
markets
of
fish
and
seafood.
We
do
so
in
an
effort
to
illustrate
the
potential
of
this
area
of
research
in
the
decisions
that
promote
efficient
use
of
the
worlds'
fisheries
resources.
Each
approach
has
its
merits
and
limitations,
depending
on
the
issue
at
hand,
quality
of
the
data
and
skills
of
the
researcher.
The
approaches
are
delineated
by
categorizing
them
either
as
demand
analysis
studies
following
more
traditional
commodity
analysis
methods,
or
as
market
research
studies,
following
approaches
used
by
the
business
marketing
profession.

Wessells,
Cathy
R.,
Holger
Donath,
and
Robert
J.
Johnston
(
1999).

U.
S.
Consumer
Preferences
for
Ecolabeled
Seafood,
Results
of
a
Consumer
Study.

Sea
Grant
No.
NA86RG0076,
University
of
Rhode
Island,
Department
of
Environmental
and
Natural
Resource
Economics,
Kingston,
RI,
September,
68
pp.

The
potential
acceptance
of
consumers
for
a
seafood
products
ecolabeling
program
was
evaluated.
A
telephone
survey
of
1,640
seafood
consumers
across
the
contiguous
U.
S.
was
administered
between
September
and
October
1998.
A
contingent
choice
survey
was
used
to
elicit
choice
of
ecolabeled
versus
nonecolabeled
seafood
products.
The
results
of
the
survey
indicate
that
with
sufficient
market
research
and
consumer
education,
certifying
and
ecolabeling
some
seafood
products
may
be
a
feasible
long
run
approach
to
promoting
sustainable
fisheries.

Wessells,
Cathy
Roheim,
Christopher
J.
Miller,
and
Priscilla
M.
Brooks
(
1995).

Toxic
Algae
Contamination
and
Demand
for
Shellfish:
A
Case
Study
of
Demand
for
Mussels
in
Montreal.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
2):
143­
159.

Toxic
algae
blooms
are
a
worldwide
phenomena,
which
appear
to
be
increasing
in
frequency
and
severity.
These
natural
events
cause
product
contaminations
that
often
have
significant
economic
consequences,
including
supply
interruptions
due
to
closed
fishing
grounds,
losses
from
human
illness,
and
losses
due
to
a
decline
in
demand
for
the
affected
products.
This
paper
evaluates
the
impacts
of
a
toxic
algae
bloom
contamination
event
on
demand
for
unaffected
shellfish.
As
an
empirical
example
of
the
economic
losses
the
shellfish
industry
experiences
for
these
events,
demand
for
mussels
in
Montreal
is
estimated
using
firm
level
data
and
proxies
for
consumer
information,
during
and
after
domoic
acid
contamination
of
Prince
Edward
Island
mussels.
Sales
losses
due
to
decreased
demand
are
calculated.
7
2
8
Implications
of
this
issue
for
seafood
safety
and
management
policies
are
discussed.

Western
Pacific
Regional
Fishery
Management
Council
(
1998).

Amendment
5,
Northwestern
Hawaiian
Islands
Mau
Zone
Limited
Access
System,
Fishery
Management
Plan
for
the
Bottomfish
and
Seamount
Groundfish
Fisheries
of
the
Western
Pacific
Region.

Western
Pacific
Regional
Fishery
Management
Council,
1164
Bishop
Street,
Suite
1400,
Honolulu,
Hawaii,
August,
75
pp.

Yhis
amendment
will
establish
limited
access
system
for
the
Mau
Zone.

Weymark,
John
A.
(
1980).
"
Duality
Results
in
Demand
Theory."
European
Economic
Review,
14:
377­
395.

Four
results
in
demand
theory
are
considered:
the
Ville­
Roy
Identity,
the
Hotelling­
Wold
Identity,
the
Shephard
Lemma,
and
the
Shephard­
Hanoch
Lemma.
It
is
shown
how
all
four
theorems
can
be
stated
using
the
same
functional
form
and
can
be
illustrated
using
the
same
graphical
technique.
Consideration
is
also
given
to
the
nature
of
the
compensations
employed
in
movements
along
compensated
and
inverse
compensated
demand
functions.

White,
David
R.
M.
(
1990).
"
Sea
Turtles
and
Resistance
to
TEDs
Among
Shrimp
Fishermen
of
the
U.
S.
Gulf
Coast."
Report,
Environmental
Affairs
Division,
Southern
California
Edison
Company.

The
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
has
issued
regulations
requiring
southeast
Atlantic
and
Gulf
Coast
shrimp
fishermen
to
use
Turtle
Excluder
Devices
(
TEDs)
on
their
nets.
Significant
opposition
has
developed
among
Gulf
Coast
shrimpers.
Ethnographic
data,
including
observations
of
turtle
capture
and
mortality,
suggest
reasons
for
resistance
to
the
regulations.

Whitehead,
John
C.
(
1992).

Ex
Ante
Willingness
to
Pay
with
Supply
and
Demand
Uncertainty:
Implications
for
Valuing
a
Sea
Turtle
Protection
Programme.

Applied
Economics,
24:
981­
988.

It
is
argued
that
ex
ante
willingness
to
pay
is
appropriately
measured
as
a
function
of
subjective
supply
and
demand
probabilities.
An
exploratory
case
study
of
a
loggerhead
sea
turtle
protection
programme
is
used
to
show
how
estimates
of
these
probabilities
can
be
obtained
from
a
sample
survey
and
how
a
change
in
probabilities
determines
contingent
choice.
Empirical
results
confirm
that
subjective
probabilities
are
important
when
explaining
ex
ante
willingness
to
pay.
Attempts
to
estimate
the
determinants
of
ex
ante
willingness
to
pay
without
controlling
for
subjective
probabilities
will
result
in
specification
bias.
It
is
important
that
subjective
probability
information
is
gleaned
from
contingent
valuation
survey
respondents
and
included
in
empirical
models
of
contingent
choice.

Whitmarsh,
David
J.
and
James
A.
Young
(
1985).
"
Management
of
the
UK
Mackerel
Fisheries,
An
Economic
Perspective."
Marine
Policy,
July:
220­
236.

The
mackerel
fisheries
in
the
Northeast
Atlantic
have
undergone
radical
development
in
recent
years.
The
largest
EEC
participant,
the
UK,
has
introduced
a
number
of
control
measures
designed
to
regulate
these
fisheries.
The
article
highlights
the
practical
difficulties
of
fisheries
management,
drawing
attention
particularly
to
the
objectives
pursued,
how
closely
they
have
been
attained
and
the
adverse
effects
of
regulation.
In
the
final
section
the
proposition
is
made
that
economically
oriented
techniques
offer
a
7
2
9
new
direction
that
management
can
take
in
the
future.

Whittle,
Peter
(
1982).
Optimization
Over
Time,
Volumes
I
and
II.
John
Wiley
and
Sons,
New
York.

An
introduction
to
optimization
over
time
(
dynamic
programming
or
stochastic
control)
that
gives
a
unified
account
of
the
method
of
dynamic
programming
as
an
analytic
tool
for
the
solution
of
temporal
optimization
problems,
considers
applications
of
this
and
related
methods
to
major
areas
such
as
control
and
inference,
and
investigates
a
number
of
interesting
cases
in
detail.

Whittlesey,
Norman
K.
and
Philip
R.
Wandschneider
(
1992).
"
Salmon
Recovery:
As
Viewed
by
Two
Economists."
Choices,
Second
Quarter:
3­
5.

The
value
society
places
on
salmon
has
changed
over
time.
Values
of
salmon
were
quite
low
relative
to
other
uses
during
the
period
of
irrigation,
hydropower,
and
navigation
development.
This
short
sighted
view
of
resource
values
leaves
a
dwindling
number
of
salmon
and
a
legacy
of
property
rights
which
are
difficult
to
change
even
though
they
may
be
viewed
as
inappropriate
for
the
future.
Recently,
the
Endangered
Species
Act
(
ESA)
has
been
involved
to
halt
the
population
decline.
However,
the
ESA
is
a
narrow
and
inflexible
tool
to
apply
to
complicated
biological
and
environmental
problems.

Wieland,
Robert
(
1992).
"
Why
People
Catch
Too
Many
Fish:
A
Discussion
of
Fishing
and
Economic
Incentives."
Draft
report
for
The
Center
for
Marine
Conservation,
January.

The
report
explains
the
causes
of
overfishing
and
lays
out
some
management
alternatives
for
commercial
and
recreational
fishermen,
policy
makers,
and
environmentalists;
needs
work.

Wieland,
Robert
(
1992).
Why
People
Catch
Too
Many
Fish:
A
Discussion
of
Fishing
and
Economic
Incentives.
The
Center
for
Marine
Conservation,
Washington,
D.
C.

The
book
explains
the
causes
of
overfishing
and
lays
out
some
management
alternatives
for
commercial
and
recreational
fishermen,
policy
makers,
and
environmentalists.
The
text
contains
an
error
in
its
discussion
of
sole
owner
fishery
models
and
does
not
seem
to
understand
individual
transferable
quota
management
measures
very
well
or
the
implications
for
effort
limitation
programs,
total
quotas,
or
seasonal
closures
when
the
common
property
externality
exists
in
the
fishery.

Weise,
Craig
(
1990).

Borrowing,
A
Guide
for
Alaska
Commercial
Fishermen.

Marine
Advisory
Bulletin
No.
30,
Alaska
Sea
Grant
College
Program,
University
of
Alaska
Fairbanks,
138
Irving
II,
Fairbanks,
Alaska.

A
guide
for
borrowing
money
for
use
in
financing
a
commercial
fishing
venture
in
Alaska.
A
list
of
lenders
and
guidance
in
filing
out
loan
application
forms
is
provided
along
with
loan
payment
tables.
Information
on
how
to
conduct
a
break
even
analysis
and
an
example
of
how
to
conduct
one
is
presented.

Wigley,
Roland
L.
(
1973).
"
Fishery
for
Northern
Shrimp,
Pandalus
borealis,
in
the
Gulf
of
Maine."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
35(
3­
4):
9­
15.
7
3
0
A
fishery
for
northern
shrimp
in
the
Gulf
of
Maine
has
grown
rapidly
during
the
last
decade
to
become
one
of
the
most
valuable
fisheries
in
New
England.
American
landings
of
this
shrimp
in
the
period
1962
to
1972
increased
from
388,000
pounds
to
24,295,000
pounds;
correspondingly,
value
increased
from
$
57,000
to
$
4,577,000.
Trends
in
the
total
catch
of
northern
shrimp
in
the
past
few
years,
plus
decreased
catch
per
unit
effort
during
the
past
year,
indicate
the
maximum
utilization
of
this
stock
was
attained
in
1969.
This
paper
briefly
reviews
the
history
and
development
of
the
fishery,
landings,
vessel
types
and
gear,
processing,
and
recent
development
in
the
fishery.

Wigley,
Susan
E.
and
Wendy
L.
Gabriel
(
1991).

Distribution
of
Sexually
Immature
Components
of
10
Northwest
Atlantic
Groundfish
Species
Based
on
Northeast
Fisheries
Center
Bottom
Trawl
Surveys,
1968­
86.

NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
F/
NEC­
80,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Northeast
Fisheries
Center,
Woods
Hole,
Massachusetts,
January,
17
pp.

Analysis
of
data
obtained
from
research
vessel
survey
cruises
over
a
19
year
period
reveal
distinctive
patterns
in
the
geographic
occurrence
of
immature
fish.
These
occurrences
provide
qualitative
evidence
for
potentially
significant
fishing
mortality
of
the
sexually
immature
components
of
10
species
in
the
Gulf
of
Maine­
Georges
Bank­
Southern
New
England
region,
where
substantial
overlap
exists
between
unregulated
mesh/
exempted
fishing
areas
and
the
distributions
of
these
immature
fish.

Wigner,
Martha
F.
(
1973).
"
Disaggregated
Mode
Choice
Models
of
Downtown
Trips
in
the
Chicago
Region."
Chicago
Area
Transportation
Study,
230
North
Michigan
Avenue,
Chicago,
Illinois
60601,
January,
38
pp.

Mode
choice
models
that
combine
both
regional
and
behavioral
aspects
were
successfully
developed
and
calibrated
for
the
Chicago
area.
The
regional
aspects
include
the
coverage
of
trip
origins
over
the
entire
Chicago
area
and
the
zonal
nature
of
the
data.
The
form
of
the
dependent
variable,
a
dummy
indicating
the
mode
chosen,
and
the
analytic
functions
(
logit
and
probit),
both
yielding
"
S"
shaped
curves
are
the
aspects
of
the
models
typical
of
disaggregated
and
behavioral
mode
choice
models.
Using
a
dummy
for
the
dependent
variable
solves
the
problem
of
errors
in
the
dependent
variable
and
of
aggregation
over
values
of
the
independent
variables.
Probit
and
logit
analysis
restrict
the
value
of
the
dependent
variable
suitably,
and
are
consistent
with
expected
behavioral
patterns.
The
independent
variables
chosen
reflect
characteristics
of
travelers,
and
of
the
modal
options
available
for
a
particular
trip.

Wilen,
J.
E.
(
1979).
"
Fisherman
Behavior
and
the
Design
of
Efficient
Fisheries
Regulation
Programs."
J.
Fish.
Res.
Board
Can.,
36:
855­
858.

This
paper
examines
the
importance
of
hypotheses
about
fisherman
behavior
for
predicting,
understanding,
and
designing
efficient
fisheries
regulation
programs.
Particular
attention
is
paid
to
flexible
technology
fisheries
where
individuals
are
free
to
alter
several
dimensions
of
effort.
It
is
suggested
that
the
appropriate
hypothesis
of
share­
focused
behavior
ensures
that
there
will
always
be
an
incentive
to
combine
inputs
inefficiently
although
technical
conditions
may
limit
or
block
the
actual
ability
to
do
so.
Some
observations
on
the
success
of
existing
programs
are
also
offered.

Wilen,
J.
E.
(
1985).
"
Towards
a
Theory
of
the
Regulated
Fishery."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
1(
4):
369­
388.
7
3
1
This
paper
develops
a
model
of
a
modern
regulated
fishery
in
which
direct
biological
controls
such
as
gear
restrictions
and
shortened
seasons
are
used
to
control
allowable
harvest.
Individual
fishermen
are
assumed
to
make
decisions
regarding
potential
fishing
and
capacity
in
light
of
how
they
anticipate
fellow
fishermen
and
regulators
to
act.
An
equilibrium
occurs
in
which
there
is
excess
capacity
that
is
controlled
at
the
fishery
level
to
ensure
aggregate
harvest
targets
are
not
exceeded.
Some
discussion
of
alternative
mechanisms
such
as
direct
limitations
or
taxes
on
potential
effort
and
on
individual
fishermen
is
also
presented.

Wilen,
J.
E.
(
1988).
"
Limited
Entry
Licensing:
A
Retrospective
Assessment."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5(
4):
313­
324.

This
article
takes
a
retrospective
look
at
experience
with
limited
entry
licensing
with
particular
attention
to
events
of
the
past
decade
since
the
Powell
River
Conference
of
1978.
The
perspective
is
set
by
reviewing
some
of
the
issues
raised
early
on
in
these
programs'
histories.
This
is
followed
with
a
synthesis
of
some
of
the
important
trends
and
characteristics
of
limited
entry
license
programs.
Finally,
some
speculative
thought
is
offered
regarding
future
directions
for
limited
entry
license
programs
and
their
roles
in
fisheries
management.
Limited
area
license
programs
are
proposed
as
a
means
to
reduce
the
fisherman
pool
to
a
size
where
cooperative
agreements
to
harvest
can
be
reached.

Wilen,
J.
E.
(
1993).
"
Enhancing
Economic
Analysis
for
Fishery
Management:
Discussion."
American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
75(
5):
1198­
1199.

The
papers
by
Milon
"
U.
S.
Fisheries
Management
and
Economic
Analysis:
Implications
of
the
Alaskan
Groundfish
Controversy,"
Hanemann
and
Strand
"
Natural
Resource
Damage
Assessment:
Economic
Implications
for
Fisheries
Management,"
and
Sutinen
"
Recreational
and
Commercial
Fisheries
Allocation
with
Costly
Enforcement"
are
discussed.

Wilen,
James
E.,
Tqy­
Ning
Chen,
and
Frances
Homans
(
1991).
"
Fishermen
and
Labor
Markets:
Participation,
Earnings,
and
Alternatives
in
Pacific
Coast
Fisheries."
Final
Report,
Contract
No.
50­
ABNF­
6­
0016,
Southwest
Fisheries
Center,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
August,
55
pp.

This
report
summarizes
an
investigation
of
labor
participation
and
choices
by
fishermen
involved
in
commercial
fishing
in
California.
The
project
arose
out
of
both
practical
and
basic
questions
about
fishermen,
their
labor
markets,
and
their
opportunities
outside
of
fishing.
Little
concrete
knowledge
exists
about
fishing
as
an
occupation
and
as
an
alternative
or
complement
to
other
nonfishing
jobs.
Thus
a
primary
objective
of
the
study
has
been
to
describe
the
fundamental
nature
of
fishing
as
an
employment
alternative
on
the
Pacific
coast.
A
secondary
objective
has
been
to
attempt
to
measure
alternative
wages
of
fishermen
who
participate
in
Pacific
coast
commercial
fisheries.

Williams,
Joel
Sylvan
(
1976).
"
An
Economic
Analysis
of
Alternative
Management
Strategies
for
the
Spiny
Lobster
Industry."
Ph.
D.
Dissertation,
Food
and
Resource
Economics
Department,
University
of
Florida,
Gainesville,
FL,
164
pp.

This
dissertation
was
designed
to
evaluate
the
current
level
of
resource
use,
determine
the
maximum
sustainable
and
economic
yield
levels,
and
analyze
alternative
lobster
management
programs.
Bioeconomic
and
firm
harvest
7
3
2
analytical
models
were
developed
and
estimated.
Maximum
sustainable
yield
was
estimated
to
be
approximately
seven
million
pounds
while
maximum
economic
yield
was
estimated
to
be
5.8
million
pounds
annually,
slightly
above
current
levels.
Optimum
levels
of
input
use
are
215
lobster
firms
each
fishing
795
traps.
These
levels
require
a
47
percent
reduction
in
the
number
of
firms
in
the
industry
with
no
reduction
in
number
of
traps
fished.
Specific
management
programs
considered
in
the
analysis
include
licensing,
quotas,
and
a
harvest
rebate
program.
For
each
program,
maximum
yield
levels,
costs,
revenues
and
profits
were
determined.
For
the
harvest
rebate
program
alternative
levels
of
administrative
costs
and
related
sources
of
revenue
were
analyzed.

Williams,
Joel
Sylvan
and
Fred
J.
Prochaska
(
1976).
"
The
Florida
Spiny
Lobster
Fishery:
Landings,
Prices,
and
Resource
Productivity."
Florida
Sea
Grant
Program,
Report
Number
12,
Department
of
Food
and
Resource
Economics,
University
of
Florida,
February,
50
pp.

The
report
analyses
the
trends
in
the
quality
and
value
of
spiny
lobster
landings
in
Florida,
trends
in
resource
inputs
(
fishermen,
fishing
craft,
and
gear)
employed,
and
presents
productivity
trends.

Williams,
Joel
Sylvan
and
Fred
J.
Prochaska
(
1977).
"
Maximum
Economic
Yield
and
Resource
Allocation
in
the
Spiny
Lobster
Industry."
Southern
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
July:
145­
149.

A
maximum
economic
yield
model
is
developed
for
the
spiny
lobster
industry
and
is
used
to
determine
the
level
of
economic
resources
required
for
the
most
efficient
level
of
fishing
effort
with
a
discussion
of
management
implications.

Williams,
Mark
L.,
Harold
A.
Brusher,
Barbara
J.
Palko,
and
Lee
Trent
(
1984).
"
Catch
and
Effort
Data
from
a
Sample
Survey
of
Charterboat
Captains
in
the
Southeastern
United
States,
1983."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum,
NMFS­
SEFC­
139,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
May.

A
sample
survey
of
recreational
fishing
catch
and
effort
by
charterboats
in
the
southeastern
United
States
was
conducted
by
personnel
of
the
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service
(
NMFS),
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Panama
City
Laboratory
during
1983.
The
1983
survey
followed
a
pilot
study
in
1982
in
which
nine
captains,
who
conducted
chartered
fishing
trips
off
the
southeastern
United
States
coast,
were
contracted
to
provide
daily
records
of
their
catch
and
effort
(
Williams,
Brusher,
and
Trent,
1984.
NOAA
TECh.
Mem.
NMFS­
SEFC­
129).
Since
the
pilot
study
was
successful,
coverage
was
expanded
in
1983.
The
purpose
of
this
report
is
to
make
the
detailed
1983
data
available.

Williams,
Ted
(
1996).

Attack
on
the
Sharks.

Audubon,
July­
August,
pp:
30­
40.

Shark
populations
in
U.
S.
waters
are
perilously
low.

Williams,
Ted
(
1997).

Murder
in
the
Nursery.

Fly
Rod
&
Reel,
Nov.­
Dec.,
4
pp.

The
slaughter
of
juvenile
fish
by
commercial
trawl
fishermen
in
inshore
North
Carolina
waters
must
be
stopped
to
protect
fishery
resources
on
the
entire
eastern
coast
of
the
United
States.
7
3
3
Willig,
Robert
D.
(
1976).
"
Consumer's
Surplus
Without
Apology."
The
American
Economic
Review,
66(
4):
589­
597.

Precise
upper
and
lower
bounds
on
the
percentage
errors
of
approximating
the
compensating
and
equivalent
variations
with
consumer
surplus
are
derived.
These
bounds
can
be
explicitly
calculated
from
observable
demand
data
and
it
is
clear
that
in
most
applications
the
error
of
approximation
will
often
be
less
than
the
errors
involved
in
estimating
the
demand
curve.
The
results
in
no
way
depend
upon
arguments
about
the
constancy
of
the
marginal
utility
of
income.

Willig,
Robert
D.
(
1979).
"
Consumer's
Surplus
Without
Apology:
Reply."
The
American
Economic
Review,
69(
3):
469­
474.

A
reply
to
McKenzie
(
1979)
criticism
of
Willig's
(
1976)
article
on
calculating
consumer
surplus
measures.

Willmann,
R.
and
S.
Garcia
(
1985).
"
Bioeconomic
Model
for
the
Analysis
of
Net
Economic
Benefits
of
Artisanal
and
Industrial
Sequential
Fisheries
for
Tropical
Shrimp
(
Example
of
the
Fisheries
of
Suriname).
Draft
report,
31
pp.

The
paper
presents
the
design
and
parameterization
of
a
bioeconomic
model
for
the
analysis
of
net
economic
benefits
of
artisanal
and
industrial
sequential
fisheries
for
tropical
shrimp.
The
model
has
been
applied
to
the
analysis
of
the
artisanal
and
industrial
shrimp
fishery
of
Suriname.
The
main
conclusions
to
be
drawn
from
the
simulation
results
are
that
an
expansion
of
the
artisanal
dragnet
fishery
for
juvenile
penaeid
shrimp
in
coastal
swamps
can
have
a
strong
negative
impact
on
the
industrial
shrimp
fishery
and
that
Suriname's
shrimp
industry
is
overcapitalized.

Willmann,
R.
and
S.
Garcia
(
1985).
"
Bioeconomic
Model
for
the
Analysis
of
Net
Economic
Benefits
of
Artisanal
and
Industrial
Sequential
Fisheries
for
Tropical
Shrimp
(
With
a
Case
Study
of
the
Suriname
Shrimp
Fisheries).
FIPP/
FIRM/
T270,
FAO
Fisheries
Technical
Paper
270,
Food
and
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations,
Rome,
49
pp.

The
paper
presents
the
design
and
parameters
of
a
bioeconomic
model
for
the
analysis
of
net
economic
benefits
of
artisanal
and
industrial
sequential
fisheries
for
tropical
shrimp.
The
model
has
been
applied
to
the
analysis
of
the
artisanal
and
industrial
shrimp
fishery
of
Suriname.
The
main
conclusions
to
be
drawn
from
the
simulation
results
are
that
an
expansion
of
the
artisanal
dragnet
fishery
for
juvenile
penaeid
shrimp
in
coastal
swamps
can
have
a
strong
negative
impact
on
the
industrial
shrimp
fishery
and
that
Suriname's
shrimp
industry
is
overcapitalized.

Wilmot,
David
(
1996).

Statement
of
the
Ocean
Wildlife
Campaign
Prepared
for
the
Atlantic
Shark
operations
Team
Meeting,
August
27­
28,
1996.

Ocean
Wildlife
Campaign,
666
Pennsylvania
Avenue,
SE
Washington,
DC,
August,
2
pp.

Comments
call
for
a
50%
reduction
in
the
commercial
large
coastal
shark
quota
to
be
taken
immediately,
reduced
bag
limit
for
recreational
fishermen,
protected
species
status
for
basking
and
whale
sharks,
multinational
management,
data
collection,
and
scheduling
of
a
new
assessment
workshop
for
small
coastal
and
pelagic
shark
species.

Wilson,
Charles
A.
(
19??).
"
Surface
Longlining
for
Yellowfin
Tuna
in
7
3
4
the
Gulf
of
Mexico."
Draft
report.

This
report
briefly
summarizes
available
yellowfin
tuna
landings
data
from
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
and
then
describes
the
basic
components
of
a
longlining
operation.

Wilson,
Charles
A.
and
Virginia
Van
Sickle
(
19??).
"
The
Louisiana
Artificial
Reef
Plan."
Draft
report
prepared
for
the
Louisiana
Artificial
Reef
Council.

The
emplacement
of
oil
and
gas
platforms
off
the
Louisiana
coast
has
resulted
in
the
creation
of
this
country's
most
extensive
artificial
reef
system.
By
the
year
2000,
it
has
been
estimated
that
over
40%
of
the
remaining
oil
and
gas
structures
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
will
have
been
removed
at
a
major
loss
to
Louisiana
fishermen.
It
was,
therefore,
imperative
that
the
state
of
Louisiana
recognize
this
potential
loss
of
habitat
and
plan
to
offset
it
either
by
creating
new
artificial
reefs
or
by
preserving
those
that
already
existed.
In
this
report,
sites
were
selected,
permitting
procedures
established,
and
a
list
of
acceptable
materials
generated.

Wilson,
C.
D.
and
M.
A.
Guttormsen
(
1997).

Echo
Integration­
Trawl
Survey
of
Pacific
Whiting,
Merluccius
productus,
off
the
West
Coasts
of
the
United
States
and
Canada
During
July­
September
1995.

NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
AFSC­
74,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Alaska
Fisheries
Science
Center,
June,
70
pp.

Results
of
the
seventh
triennial
echo
integration­
trawl
survey
of
Pacific
whiting
along
the
west
coasts
of
the
United
States
and
Canada
are
presented.
The
coast
wide
biomass
for
Pacific
whiting
was
estimated
at
1.39
million
ton
using
a
new
model
of
target
strength
to
length.
Justification
for
the
use
of
the
new
model
is
discussed
and
estimates
based
on
both
models
are
compared.

Wilson,
James
A.
(
1982).
"
The
Economical
Management
of
Multispecies
Fisheries."
Land
Economics,
58(
4):
417­
434.

This
paper
develops
an
economic
analysis
appropriate
to
the
biological
and
social
characteristics
of
highly
variable,
multiple
species
systems
with
biological
and
social
dynamics
that
are
imperfectly
understood
and
parameters
that
are
difficult
to
measure.
The
argument
(
alien
to
traditional
treatment
of
fisheries
economics)
is
that
(
1)
the
imperfections
of
our
knowledge
and
the
uncontrollable
variations
in
fisheries
systems
severely
constrain
the
range
of
economically
feasible
management
options;
(
2)
the
social
cost
of
rule
making
and
enforcement
are
high
when
a
complex,
uncertain,
and
highly
variable
environment
is
the
target
of
management;
and
(
3)
efficiency
in
this
kind
of
environment
is
much
more
closely
related
to
the
adaptive,
learning
behavior
of
individual
economic
actors
than
to
the
traditional
notion
of
input
cost
minimization.

Wilson,
James
A.
(
1992).
"
Self­
Governance
in
the
Maine
Lobster
Fishery."
Draft
report,
Department
of
Agricultural
Economics,
University
of
Maine,
Orono,
Maine.

The
Maine
lobster
fishery
has
long
been
described
as
a
classic
case
of
over
fishing;
both
biologically
and
economically.
To
the
discomfort
of
standard
management
theory
the
fishery
continues
to
produce
high
sustained
yields;
in
terms
of
biological
performance
it
may
be
one
of
the
best
managed
fisheries
in
the
world.
This
result
occurs
without
resort
to
limited
entry
7
3
5
or
individual
transferable
quotas
(
ITQs).
This
paper
argues
there
are
strong
biological,
social,
and
economic
reasons
to
be
skeptical
that
limited
entry
will
ever
solve
the
fisheries
conservation
problem.
It
suggests
that
the
reasons
for
the
lobster
fishery's
continued
success
can
be
found
in
the
institutions
of
virtual
user
self­
governance
that
have
evolved
over
the
years.
Self­
governance
forces
a
consensus
with
regard
to
the
kinds
of
rules
used
in
the
fishery,
assures
wide­
spread
perception
of
their
fairness
and
efficacy,
and
leads
to
a
situation
where
social
sanctions
are
widely
used
for
their
enforcement.
Self­
governance
in
this
fishery
has
led
to
mutual
coercion,
mutually
agreed
upon
and
mutually
enforced.

Wilson,
James(
(
1994).

Self­
Governance
in
the
Maine
Lobster
Fishery.

In
Karyn
L.
Gimbel
(
ed.)
Limiting
Access
to
Marine
Fisheries:
Keeping
the
Focus
on
Conservation,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
and
the
World
Wildlife
Fund,
Washington,
D.
C.

The
Maine
lobster
fishery
has
long
been
described
as
a
classic
case
of
over
fishing
­
both
biologically
and
economically.
To
the
discomfort
of
standard
management
theory
the
fishery
continues
to
produce
high
sustained
yields;
as
for
biological
performance
it
may
be
one
of
the
best
managed
fisheries
in
the
world.
This
paper
suggests
that
the
reasons
for
the
fishery

s
continued
success
can
be
found
in
the
institutions
of
virtual
user
self­
governance
that
have
evolved
over
the
years.
Self­
governance
forces
a
consensus
about
the
kinds
of
rules
used
in
the
fishery,
assures
widespread
perception
of
their
fairness
and
efficacy,
and
leads
to
a
situation
where
social
sanctions
are
widely
used
for
their
enforcement.
Self­
governance
in
this
fishery
has
led
to
mutual
coercion,
mutually
agreed
upon
and
mutually
enforced.

Wilson,
James
A.
and
Ralph
Townsend
(
19??).
"
Simulation
Model
of
a
Stochastic
Multiple
Species
Fishery
System
with
High
Search
Costs."
Proposal,
Departments
of
Economics
and
Physics,
University
of
Maine,
Orono,
Maine.

The
proposed
research
uses
simulation
modeling
of
multispecies
fisheries
systems
to
reevaluate
the
desirability
of
certain
management
regimes.

Wilson,
James
A.,
James
M.
Acheson,
Mark
Metcalfe,
and
Peter
Kleban
(
1994).
"
Chaos,
Complexity
and
Community
Management
of
Fisheries."
Marine
Policy,
18(
4):
291­
305.

For
several
decades,
fisheries
management
has
been
based
on
stock
recruitment
models,
leading
to
policies
designed
to
control
the
amount
of
effort
and
the
quantity
of
fish
caught.
This
approach
has
not
been
notably
successful.
In
this
paper
we
take
the
view
that
this
problem
arises
from
the
complex
and
likely
chaotic
nature
of
fisheries.
This
attribute
of
fisheries
creates
a
very
difficult
and
costly
information
problem,
which
renders
attempts
to
control
the
long
term
numerical
abundance
of
individual
species
virtually
impossible.
We
argue
that
feasible
management
must
address
the
relatively
stable
parameters
of
fisheries
systems
­
habitat
and
basic
biological
processes,
and
that
this
demands
management
attention
to
the
fine
as
well
as
the
broad
scale
attributes
of
the
system.
Attention
to
detail
at
these
differing
scales
implies
the
need
for
a
layered
or
hierarchical
management
structure.
The
need
to
minimize
information
costs
also
suggests
an
emphasis
on
decentralized,
community
based
approaches
to
management.
A
review
of
the
anthropological
literature
shows
that
such
approaches
are
common
in
many
societies.

Wilson,
James
A.,
R.
Townsend,
P.
Kelban,
S.
McKay,
and
J.
French
7
3
6
(
1990).
"
Managing
unpredictable
resources:
traditional
policies
applied
to
chaotic
populations."
Ocean
and
Shoreline
Management,
13,
pp.
179­
197.

Conventional
theory
for
the
management
of
living
ocean
resources
assumes
a
predictable
link
between
current
management
actions
and
the
future
state
of
managed
populations.
As
a
practical
matter,
however,
it
is
very
hard
to
establish
this
kind
of
predictable
relationship.
It
is
possible
that
the
dynamics
of
these
populations
exhibit
chaotic
variation.
This
paper
addresses
the
question
of
appropriate
management
policies
in
a
regime
characterized
by
chaotic
population
dynamics.
The
problem
is
approached
through
a
bioeconomic
simulator
that
has
chaotic
properties.
With
light
fishing,
policies
that
alter
the
conditions
of
fishing
perform
better
than
policies
dependent
upon
population
predictions.
A
lightweight
paper
that
discusses
the
project
in
general
terms.
It
does
not
present
the
model
or
any
explanation
of
how
the
results
were
derived.
The
dissertation
by
Susan
McKay
(?)
may
be
a
better
source
for
the
actual
model
used
in
this
paper.

Wilson,
James
R.
(
1997).

Peer
Review
of
the
Economics
of
Management
Strategies
for
Red
Snapper
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico.

Draft
report
for
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
63
du
Sommet
est,
Rimouski,
Quebec
G5L
7B5,
Canada,
September,
62
pp.

A
review
of
the
social
science
analyses
relating
to
red
snapper
management
of
the
directed
fishery,
the
recreational
fishery,
and
the
incidental
catch
issue
associated
with
the
shrimp
fishery.

Wilson,
James
R.
and
Rebecca
Lent
(
1993).
"
Economic
Perspective
and
the
Evolution
of
Fisheries
Management
Methods:
Towards
Subjectivist
Methodology."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

This
paper
attempts
to
explain,
using
neo­
institutional
economics,
why
some
of
the
most
vaulted
and
comprehensive
management
programs
have
been
failures
while
others
have
been
qualified
successes.
It
is
argued
that
the
failures
often
occur
with
programs
that
take
a
more
constructivist
approach
to
public
management,
proposing
integrated
solutions
to
common
pool
problems
that
surpass
the
ability
of
managers
and
managed
to
foresee
and
predict
outcomes.

Wilson,
James
R.
and
Rebecca
Lent
(
1994).
"
Economic
Perspective
and
the
Evolution
of
Fisheries
Management
Methods:
Towards
Subjectivist
Methodology."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
9(
4):
353­
373.

Some
perspectives
of
neo­
institutional
economics
are
used
to
reexamine
the
common
pool
fishery.
Applications
of
property
rights
theory
in
models
simulating
the
evolution
of
fisheries
management
suggest
that
even
in
the
presence
of
positive
information
and
transactions
costs
(
ITCs),
resource
users
may
have
incentives
to
sequentially
negotiate
rules
of
common
pool
use.
Such
a
result
might
imply
that
fisheries
managers
should
be
more
concerned
with
ITCs
than
inefficiencies
due
to
overcapitalization.
This
impression
is
further
reinforced
in
collective
choice
examples
taken
from
U.
S.
fisheries
management.
These
comparative
cases
of
public
decision
making
in
New
England
and
Alaska
suggest
that
variations
in
the
style
of
public
management
as
well
as
other
aspects
such
as
fleet
heterogeneity
might
cause
variations
in
management
effectiveness.
These
variations
in
effectiveness
may
be
related
to
the
ITC
environment
internal
to
the
public
agencies,
as
well
as
to
the
external
ITC
environment
they
face.
7
3
7
Wilson,
Robert
R.,
Russell
G.
Thompson,
and
Richard
W.
Callen
(
1970).
"
Optimal
Investment
and
Financial
Strategies
in
Shrimp
Fishing."
TAMU­
SG­
71­
701,
Institute
of
Statistics,
Texas
A&
M
University,
Dec.

In
this
study
a
deterministic
optimal
control
model
of
a
shrimp
fishing
firm
(
Thompson,
Callen,
and
Wolken)
is
extended
by
requiring
the
purchase
of
integer
(
positive)
numbers
of
vessels
and
is
used
in
developing
optimal
investment
strategies
for
shrimp
fishermen.

Wise,
John
P.
(
1991).
Federal
Conservation
&
Management
of
Marine
Fisheries
in
the
United
States,
Center
for
Marine
Conservation,
1725
DeSales
St.,
NW,
Washington,
DC
20036.

The
elimination
of
gross
foreign
overfishing,
and
increased
production
and
consumption
of
marine
fisheries
products
in
the
U.
S.
mask
serious
institutional
failures.
Application
the
Magnuson
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act
has
in
fact
exacerbated
U.
S.
fisheries
problems
with
the
result
of
replacement
of
foreign
overfishing
by
domestic
overfishing.

Witzig,
John
F.
(
1988).
"
Estimation
of
Recreational
Fishing
Trips,
Catch,
and
Participation."
Report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Washington,
D.
C.
20235,
May,
13
pp.

This
report
describes
the
methods
and
calculations
used
in
the
current
MRFSS
programs
to
estimate
the
total
number
of
fishing
trips
and
catch
from
the
telephone
and
intercept
surveys.
The
variable
names
used
throughout
this
report
are
keyed
to
similarly
named
variables
in
the
SAS
program.
Explanations
of
the
variables
are
given
where
they
are
first
encountered.

Witzell,
Wayne
N.
(
1994).

The
Origin,
Evolution,
and
Demise
of
the
U.
S.
Sea
Turtle
Fisheries.

Marine
Fisheries
Review,
56(
4):
8­
23.

Fishing
methods,
landings
and
value
by
area
fished,
and
reasons
for
the
demise
of
the
U.
S.
Sea
Turtle
fishery
are
reviewed
in
this
insightful
article.

Wohlgenant,
Michael
K.
and
Richard
C.
Haidacher
(
1991).
"
Retail
to
Farm
Linkage
of
System
of
Food
Commodities."
Commodity
Economics
Division,
Economic
Research
Service,
U.
S.
Department
of
Agriculture,
Technical
Bulletin
No.
1775.

A
new
conceptual
model
is
needed
to
estimate
the
impact
of
demand,
supply,
and
marketing
margins
on
retail
food
prices
and
farm
prices.
This
model
should
be
theoretically
consistent
with
group
behavior.
The
present
study
critiques
past
approaches
to
modeling
farm
to
retail
price
spread
behavior,
to
emphasize
the
need
for
a
larger
framework
for
the
analysis
of
retail
to
farm
linkages.
This
enlarged
model
consists
of
reduced
form
retail
and
farm
price
equations
derived
from
the
behavior
relationships
that
characterize
aggregate
output
supply
and
input
demand
responses
of
the
marketing
sector.
The
model
is
then
applied
empirically
to
a
set
of
eight
food
commodities.
The
results
are
generally
consistent
with
theory
that
indicates
compatibility
with
competitive
behavior
and
an
aggregate
constant
returns
to
scale
technology
of
food
processing.
The
results
also
show
the
need
to
allow
for
variable
factor
proportions
between
farm
and
marketing
inputs.
Farm
level
derived
demand
elasticities
are
more
than
40
percent
larger
than
those
obtained
by
assuming
fixed
proportions.

Wohlgenant,
Michael
K.
and
Richard
C.
Haidacher
(
1991).
"
Approaches
to
Modeling
Retail­
Farm
Price
Spreads
and
Derived
Demand
Relationships
for
Food
Commodities:
A
Selected,
Annotated
Bibliography."
7
3
8
Commodity
Economics
Division,
Economic
Research
Service,
U.
S.
Department
of
Agriculture,
Staff
Report
No.
AGES
9136.

Eighty­
eight
theoretical
and
empirical
studies
that
focus
on
various
aspects
related
to
modeling
the
economic
linkage
between
retail
demand
and
farm
level
demand
for
food
commodities
and
related
inputs
are
reviewed.
The
focus
of
each
study
and
its
more
salient
features
and
conclusions
related
to
the
retail
to
farm
demand
linkage
are
summarized.

Wolfe,
Philip
(
1959).
"
The
Simplex
Method
for
Quadratic
Programming."
Econometrica,
27(
3):
381­
398.

A
computational
procedure
is
given
for
finding
the
minimum
of
a
quadratic
function
of
variables
subject
to
linear
inequality
constraints.
The
procedure
is
analogous
to
the
Simplex
Method
for
linear
programming
being
based
on
the
Barankin­
Dorfman
procedure
for
this
problem.

Wolff,
Maury
(
1972).
"
A
Study
of
North
Carolina
Scrap
Fishery."
Special
Scientific
Report
No.
20,
Division
of
Commercial
and
Sports
Fisheries,
North
Carolina
Department
of
Natural
and
Economic
Resources,
March,
29
pp.

A
total
of
18,955
fish
were
tagged
in
an
effort
to
obtain
movement,
growth,
and
mortality
characteristics
of
young
Atlantic
croaker
(
Micropogon
undulatus),
Spot
(
Leiostomus
xanthurus),
and
Weakfish
(
Cynoscion
regalis).
Samples
were
taken
from
trawler
landed
scrapfish.
Sixty­
three
species
of
fish
were
identified.
Spot,
croaker,
and
weakfish
comprised
48.2%
by
weight
of
the
total
scrap.
Seventeen
edible
species
totaled
71.0%
of
the
trawler
discard.
Comparison
of
landings
and
discard
samples
indicated
that
nearly
100%,
65%,
and
43%
of
landed
spot,
croaker,
and
weakfish,
respectively,
are
discarded
as
scrap.
Samples
were
collected
to
determine
the
ratio
of
discarded
fish
to
shrimp
and
the
species
composition
of
the
fish
discard.
Fifty­
one
species
of
fish
were
identified
in
the
samples.
Spot,
croaker,
and
weakfish
totaled
66.8%
by
weight
of
the
discard.
Fifteen
edible
species
accounted
for
84.2%
of
the
discard.
The
overall
fish/
shrimp
discard
ratio
expressed
in
pounds
was
determined
to
be
5.4:
1.
The
ratio
for
night
samples
was
46:
1,
while
that
for
day
samples
was
6.3:
1.
Samples
of
spot,
croaker,
and
weakfish
were
retained
during
tagging
operations
for
age
analyses.
Forty­
one
percent
of
all
spot,
49%
of
all
croaker,
and
81%
of
all
weakfish
discarded
as
scrap
were
0
age.

Woodland,
A.
D.
(
1979).
"
Stochastic
Specification
and
the
Estimation
of
Share
Equations."
Journal
of
Econometrics,
10:
361­
383.

The
standard
stochastic
specification
for
a
system
of
share
equations
is
obtained
by
assuming
that
the
shares
have
a
joint
normal
distribution
with
means
depending
upon
exogenous
variables
and
a
constant
covariance
matrix.
This
specification
ignores
the
requirement
that
shares
be
between
zero
and
unity
by
giving
positive
probability
to
shares
outside
this
range.
An
alternative
stochastic
specification
involving
the
Dirichlet
distribution,
that
automatically
limits
shares
to
the
unit
simplex,
is
suggested.
A
comparison
of
results
obtained
from
the
two
specifications
is
made
using
sampling
experiments
and
data
from
three
different
empirical
studies.
The
sampling
experiments
and
empirical
applications
show
that
the
results
are
generally
quite
close,
thus
providing
some
justification
for
the
continued
use
of
the
normal
distribution
specification
in
the
estimation
of
share
equations.

The
World
Bank
(
1991).
"
Staff
Appraisal
Report,
Republic
of
Maldives,
Third
Fisheries
Project."
Report
No.
9880­
MAL,
Agricultural
Operations
Division,
Country
Department
V,
Asia
Regional
Office.
7
3
9
The
six
year
project
will
assist
the
government
of
the
Maldives
(
GOM)
to:
increase
fish
production,
government
revenues,
and
foreign
exchange
earnings,
at
a
lower
processing
cost;
increase
incomes
of
fishing
households
to
alleviate
relative
poverty;
reduce
migration
to
the
capital,
Male,
through
balanced
regional
growth;
and
create
the
environment
for
increased
private
sector
participation
in
the
fisheries
sector.
The
project
is
intended
to
reinforce
the
existing
system
of
artisanal
fisheries
and
small
scale
fish
collection.

Working,
Holbrook
A.
(
1948).
"
Theory
of
the
Inverse
Carrying
Charge
in
Futures
Markets."
Journal
of
Farm
Economics,
30:
1­
28.

The
paper
presents
four
alternative
explanations
for
inverse
carrying
charges
in
futures
markets
and
the
other
market
conditions
that
accompany
them.

Workman,
Ian
and
J.
Watson
(
1991).
"
Shrimp
Trawl
Bycatch
Reduction
Annual
Report."
In
1991
Marfin
Annual
Report:
Small
Pelagics
(
Butterfish,
Coastal
Herrings
and
Associated
Species),
Shrimp
Trawl
Bycatch
Reduction,
Ted
Technology
Transfer,
USDOC,
NOAA,
NMFS,
SEFC,
Mississippi
Laboratories.

Report
on
the
effectiveness
of
bycatch
reduction
devices
in
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
shrimp
fishery.

Workman,
Ian,
John
Watson,
Dan
Foster,
Arvind
Shah,
Charles
Taylor,
and
James
Barbour
(
1994).
"
Status
of
Gear
Modifications
to
Reduce
Shrimp
Trawl
Finfish
Bycatch
in
the
Southeastern
United
States."
1993
Annual
Report,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Mississippi
Laboratories,
Pascagoula
Facility,
P.
O.
Drawer
1207,
Pascagoula,
MS,
March.

A
report
on
the
fourth
year
of
research
into
methods
of
reducing
bycatch
in
the
southeastern
shrimp
trawl
fishery.
Proof
of
concept
bycatch
reduction
devices
were
found
to
reduce
finfish
bycatch
rates
between
43%
and
67%
with
shrimp
retention
rates
between
90%
and
100%.

World
Wildlife
Fund
(
1997).
Subsidies
and
Depletion
of
World
Fisheries,
WWF

s
Endangered
Seas
Campaign,
1250
Twenty­
Fourth
St.,
NW,
Washington,
D.
C.,
136
pp.

Because
a
careful
accounting
of
the
costs
and
benefits
of
fisheries
subsidy
programs
is
a
prerequisite
for
an
informed
discussion
of
future
policy
options,
World
Wide
fund
for
Nature
commissioned
four
case
studies
on
Euro­
African
fishing
agreements,
the
Newfoundland
fishery,
vessel
buyback
programs,
and
Japanese
subsidies
of
distant
water
tuna
fleets.
They
examine
the
connection
between
government
aid
to
the
fisheries
and
the
array
of
problems
confronting
world
fisheries,
in
the
context
of
selected
subsidy
programs.
They
demonstrate
both
the

disconnect

between
the
rhetoric
of
fisheries
reform
and
the
reality
of
government
economic
policy,
as
well
as
the
complexity
inherent
in
reshaping
these
programs
in
a
way
that
will
promote
a
transition
to
more
sustainable
fishing.

World
Wildlife
Fund
and
the
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
(
1992).
Managing
Marine
Fisheries
by
Limiting
Access,
Workshop,
Annapolis,
Maryland,
September
20­
22,
1992.

Briefing
book
for
the
conference
that
contains
abstracts
of
the
presentations
and
a
list
of
reprinted
references.
7
4
0
World
Wildlife
Fund
and
the
Center
for
Marine
Conservation
(
1993).
Limited
Access
Management:
A
Guidebook
To
Conservation,
Draft
Report
for
the
Workshop
held
in
Annapolis,
Maryland,
September
20­
22,
1992.

A
draft
report
of
the
workshop
on
limiting
access
to
the
fisheries.

Wright,
Gavin
(
1990).
"
The
Origins
of
American
Industrial
Success,
1879­
1940."
American
Economic
Review,
80(
4):
651­
668.

The
United
States
became
the
world's
preeminent
manufacturing
nation
at
the
turn
of
the
twentieth
century.
This
study
considers
the
bases
for
this
success
by
examining
the
factor
content
of
trade
in
manufactured
goods.
Surprisingly,
the
most
distinctive
characteristic
of
U.
S.
manufacturing
exports
was
intensity
in
nonreproducible
natural
resource;
furthermore,
this
relative
intensity
was
increasing
between
1880
and
1920.
The
study
then
asks
whether
resource
abundance
reflected
geological
endowment
or
greater
exploitation
of
geological
potential.
It
was
mainly
the
latter.

Wright,
Sam
(
1981).
"
Contemporary
Pacific
Salmon
Fisheries
Management."
North
American
Journal
of
Fisheries
Management,
1:
29­
40.

Successful
salmon
fisheries
management
requires
effective
data
systems,
advance
planning,
well­
supported
spawning
escapement
objectives,
dependable
population­
size
determinations
and
recognition
of
practical
differences
between
recreational
and
commercial
fisheries.
Ocean
fisheries
must
be
managed
to
ensure
an
escapement
from
the
ocean
that
will
support
viable
"
inside"
fisheries
as
well
as
meet
spawning
requirements,
while
the
key
to
commercial
net
fisheries
management
inside
is
the
ability
to
make
accurate,
in­
season
assessments
of
the
runs.
A
manager's
primary
client
must
be
the
resource,
not
user
groups.
In
this
context,
an
adequate
surplus
of
fish
is
required
before
a
fishery
is
permitted
rather
than
proof
of
overfishing
before
a
fishery
is
closed.
Management
should
normally
attempt
to
maximize
sustained
yields,
but
this
can
be
legitimately
modified
by
economic
considerations
in
both
recreational
and
commercial
fisheries
management.
Management
of
mixed
stocks
of
hatchery
and
wild
fish
is
a
major
challenge
for
today's
manager
who
needs
to
be
directly
involved
in
salmon­
enhancement
planning.

Yahaya,
Jahara
(
1988).
"
Fishery
Management
and
Regulation
in
Peninsular
Malaysia:
Issues
and
Constraints."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
5(
2):
83­
98.

In
Malaysia,
the
official
view
held
by
fishery
managers
is
that
fishery
resources
in
the
inshore
waters
(
0­
12
miles)
have
been
biologically
overfished.
This
has
prompted
the
introduction
of
new
management
policies
such
as
license
limitation,
allocation
of
fishing
grounds,
and
mesh
size
regulation.
The
paper
examines
a
number
of
issues
and
constraints
confronting
the
implementation
of
these
policies.
In
most
tropical
fisheries
countries
like
Malaysia,
these
issues
and
constraints
are
more
complicated
than
mere
operational
difficulties
(
enforcement
problems,
bureaucratic
inefficiencies,
etc.)
commonly
associated
with
fishery
management
in
the
developed
countries.
This
stems
from
not
only
the
dualistic
nature
of
the
Malaysian
fisheries
sector
­
that
is,
large
scale
commercialized
fisheries
on
the
one
hand,
and
traditional
small
scale
artisal
fisheries
on
the
other
­
but
also
the
glaring
socioeconomic
inequalities
between
the
two.
Worse
still,
while
the
majority
of
the
commercialized
fishermen
are
Chinese,
the
artisanal
fishermen
are
predominantly
malays
­
and
the
New
Economic
Policy
(
NEP)
seeks
to
reduce
the
economic
imbalance
between
races
in
the
country.
The
paper
also
examines
the
potential
effects
of
the
license
limitation,
allocation
of
fishing
grounds
and
7
4
1
mesh
size
regulation
policies
on
productivity
of
the
individual
fishermen,
employment,
cost
of
fishing,
and
pressure
on
fish
stock.

Yamamoto,
Tadashi
(
1993).
"
A
Fishing
Right
to
Coop
as
a
Basis
for
Community
Based
Fisheries
Management."
Presented
at
the
International
Conference
on
Fisheries
Economics,
Os,
Norway,
May
26­
28.

In
Japan,
a
fishing
right
is
granted
to
a
group
of
coastal
fishermen
who
are
organized
at
the
community
level.
Such
a
fishing
right
system
has
been
developed
over
the
past
250
years.
During
this
period
there
were
three
fishery
laws
in
effect.
Under
the
first
two
fishery
laws
(
Ura
and
the
old
fishery
law),
the
fishing
right
was
granted
in
an
attitude
that
the
government
was
the
resource
manager.
Conversely,
under
the
current
fishery
law,
fishermen
are
allowed
to
participate
in
the
formulation
of
a
coastal
fisheries
management
plan
within
a
legal
framework
set
out
by
the
law.
This
has
given
a
great
motive
to
fishermen
to
create
their
own
community
based
coastal
fisheries
management
systems.

Yamamoto,
Tadashi
(
1995).
"
Development
of
a
Community­
Based
Fishery
Management
System
in
Japan."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
10(
1):
21­
34.

The
development
of
Japan

s
community­
based
fishery
management
system
is
described.
Over
the
past
250
years,
three
fishery
laws
were
in
effect.
These
fishery
laws
commonly
adopted
a
fishing
rights
system
as
a
tool
for
coastal
fisheries
management.
During
the
feudal
era
until
1867,
the
fishing
right
system
was
used
mainly
to
collect
a
fishery
tax.
The
fishing
right
system
established
by
the
Old
Fishery
Law
(
1901­
1947)
helped
to
reduce
conflicts
between
fishermen
exploiting
the
same
resources
with
different
gears.
The
Current
Fishery
Law,
enacted
in
1949,
has
led
to

Territorial
Use
Rights
in
Fisheries

by
limiting
its
coverage
to
sedentary
resources
and
non­
mobile
gear.
At
the
same
time,
the
Current
Fishery
Law
created
a
system
to
establish
coastal
fishery
management
plans
through
fishing
rights
and
licenses.
These
innovations
have
motivated
fishermen
to
create
the
community­
based
coastal
fisheries
management
system.
Since
the
inception
of
the
Current
Fishery
Law
in
1949,
the
number
of
fishery
management
organizations
created
increased
annually
to
a
total
of
1524
in
1993.

Ye,
Yimin
and
John
R.
Beddington
(
1996).
"
Bioeconomic
Interactions
Between
the
Capture
Fishery
and
Aquaculture.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
2):
105­
123.

This
paper
builds
on
the
work
of
Anderson
(
1985a).
Interactions
between
the
capture
fishery
and
aquaculture
are
modeled
in
two
different
cases:
(
1)
cultured
fish
has
the
same
market
value
as
wild
fish,
and
(
2)
cultured
fish
has
only
a
substitute
value
for
wild
fish.
In
agreement
with
Anderson

s
conclusions,
it
is
found
that
the
entry
of
aquaculture
lowers
market
price,
increases
total
supply,
reduces
fishing
effort,
and
raises
natural
fish
stocks.
When
culture
cost
is
reduced
in
some
way,
the
fish
price
will
decrease
and
fishing
effort
will
decline.
This
may
represent
another
way
to
reduce
pressure
on
capture
fisheries,
with
the
advantage
that
the
market
equilibrium
has
a
higher
supply
and
lower
price
than
other
effort
control
measures.
The
interactions
in
both
cases
are
similar,
but
impacts
of
aquaculture
on
price,
supply,
and
effort
in
the
second
case
are
weaker
than
the
first.
Dynamic
simulations
are
carried
out
and
show
more
clearly
the
process
of
dynamic
iterations
between
the
capture
fishery
and
aquaculture.

Yeto,
Susan
Cabrera,
Rosario
Gomez
Garcia,
and
Gumersindo
Ruiz
Bravo
(
1997).
7
4
2

Potential
Gains
from
Cooperation
for
Vessels
and
Countries.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
12(
2):
145­
158.

In
this
paper,
we
consider
a
model
in
which
fishing
boats
or
firms
share
the
stock
of
fish
in
a
fishing
ground.
The
catches
made
by
each
firm
reduce
the
stock
available
for
the
rest
of
the
firms,
which
directly
affects
their
profits.
We
aim
to
quantify
in
a
static
framework
the
gain
in
welfare
obtained
by
the
firms
if
they
decide
to
cooperate
to
attain
an
individually
rational
efficient
outcome.
One
of
the
main
results
is
that
both
the
incentives
for
the
firms
to
cooperate
and
the
minimum
level
of
catches
which
permits
any
gain
in
welfare
decrease
as
real
wage
increases.
On
the
other
hand,
the
greater
the
asymmetry
among
boats
or
firms,
the
more
difficult
it
will
be
to
reach
any
cooperative
agreement.

Yew,
Tai
Shzee
and
Terry
Heaps
(
1996).
"
Effort
Dynamics
and
Alternative
Management
Policies
for
the
Small
Pelagic
Fisheries
of
Northwest
Peninsular
Malaysia.

Marine
Resource
Economics,
11(
2):
85­
103.

The
dynamics
of
fish
stocks
are
an
important
consideration
in
determining
appropriate
fishery
management
policy.
Equally
crucial
are
the
dynamics
of
fishing
effort.
Both
these
dynamics
have
been
incorporated
in
a
simulation
model
to
analyze
the
bio­
socioeconomic
impacts
of
four
alternative
limited
entry
management
policies
for
the
multispecies,
multigear
small
pelagic
fishery
of
northwest
Peninsular
Malaysia.
Fishing
effort
dynamics
are
determined
by
the
difference
in
profits
and
opportunity
costs.
Several
management
alternatives
are
evaluated
at
equilibrium.
Performance
variables
such
as
equilibrium
catch,
social
profits,
consumer
surplus,
social
benefits,
direct
fishery
employment
and
income
of
individual
crew
are
used
in
the
evaluation.
The
implications
for
policy
makers
are
discussed.

Yohe,
Gary
W.
(
1984).
"
Regulation
Under
Uncertainty:
An
Intuitive
Survey
and
Application
to
Fisheries."
Marine
Resource
Economics,
1(
2):
171­
192.

This
paper
surveys
the
issues
involved
in
setting
or
improving
regulatory
activity
in
the
presence
of
uncertainty.
It
is
conducted
in
a
way
that
will
bring
forth
the
underlying
intuitions
of
the
existing
literature
so
that
the
various
policy
options
can
easily
be
distinguished
on
grounds
of
efficiency,
as
well
as
distributional
and
international
considerations.
This
approach
not
only
fits
well
into
a
section
outlining
the
need
for
regulatory
review,
but
also
provides
a
basis
for
suggesting
the
issues
involved
in
regulation
fisheries.
Intuition
more
than
modeling
aids
in
initially
applying
general
analysis
to
specific
areas,
and
the
fisheries
example
illustrates
how
that
application
can
be
scientifically
accomplished.

Yohe,
Gary
W.
(
1991).
"
The
Cost
of
Not
Holding
Back
the
Sea­
Economic
Vulnerability."
Ocean
&
Shoreline
Management,
15:
233­
255.

A
method
for
quantifying
the
economic
vulnerability
of
developed
shoreline
to
the
threat
of
greenhouse
induced
sea
level
rise
is
described
and
applied
to
Long
Beach
Island,
New
Jersey,
USA.
While
the
method
carefully
accounts
for
structure,
land
and
beach
vulnerability
along
arbitrary
sea
level
rise
scenarios
from
tax
maps
and
careful
geographical
accounting,
it
does
not
produce
opportunity
cost
estimates
for
abandonment.
The
data
generated
here
are,
nonetheless,
the
foundation
from
which
such
cost
estimates
can
be
constructed
given
market
and
individual
reactions
to
subjective
perceptions
of
the
threat
and
its
timing.

Young,
Richard
H.
(
1982).
"
Strategy
for
Shrimp
By­
Catch
Utilization."
7
4
3
FAO
Fisheries
Circular
No.
745,
Food
and
Agricultural
Organization
of
the
United
Nations,
Rome,
March,
19
pp.

This
paper
summarizes
conclusions
based
on
field
experience
gained
in
various
regions
of
the
world
on
problems
of
bycatch
utilization
and
on
the
recommendations
emanating
from
the
Technical
Consultation
on
Shrimp
Bycatch
Utilization
held
in
Georgetown,
Guyana,
27­
30
October
1981.
In
view
of
the
considerable
experience
already
gained,
the
paper
proposes
a
strategy
to
promote
a
fuller
use
of
shrimp
bycatch
and
outlines
the
objectives
and
the
structure
of
an
initial
two
year
coordinating
project
to
achieve
it.

Young,
Robert
A.
and
Robert
H.
Haveman
(
1985).
"
Economics
of
Water
Resources:
A
Survey."
Chapter
11
in
Kneese,
Allen
V.
and
James
L.
Sweeney
(
ed.).
Handbook
of
Natural
Resource
and
Energy
Economics,
Vol.
II,
Elsevier
Science
Publishers
B.
V.

This
chapter
reviews
the
application
of
economic
concepts
to
the
study
of
the
consumption,
supply,
and
allocation
water
resources.
The
authors
aim
is
to
direct
attention
to
the
more
significant
of
the
economic
aspects
of
water
resource
management.

Young,
Ron
(
1984).
"
The
Rising
Tide."
Chapter
7
in
Richard
H.
Stroud
(
ed.)
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries,
9,
Proceedings
of
the
Ninth
Annual
Marine
Recreational
Fisheries
Symposium,
Virginia
Beach,
Virginia,
April
24
and
25,
National
Coalition
for
Marine
Conservation,
Inc.,
Savannah,
Georgia.

A
recreational
fisherman
imparts
what
he
perceives
to
be
the
principal
impediments
to
gaining
his
objectives.

Yucel,
Mine
Kuban
(
1989).
"
Severance
Taxes
and
Market
Structure
in
an
Exhaustible
Resource
Industry."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
16:
134­
148.

This
paper
compares
the
effects
of
a
severance
tax
on
profit
maximizing
competitive
and
monopolistic
firms
that
explore
and
produce
an
exhaustible
resource.
The
producers'
response
to
the
tax
are
studied
and
the
deadweight
losses
from
the
tax
are
calculated.
Time
paths
of
exploratory
effort,
extraction,
and
price
are
computed.
Severance
taxes
lead
both
producers
to
reduce
production
and
exploration
and
cause
a
shift
in
the
time
path
for
prices.
The
deadweight
losses
from
the
tax
are
low,
especially
in
competition.
The
losses
in
the
monopoly
case
are
relatively
higher,
with
the
tax
burden
falling
mainly
on
the
monopolistic
producer.

Zarembka,
Paul
(
ed.)
(
1974).
Frontiers
in
Econometrics.
Academic
Press,
New
York.

The
contributions
is
this
volume
define
a
number
of
frontiers
in
econometric
theory.
Most
of
them
illustrate
with
empirical
applications.
It
is
often
through
econometrics
that
theoretical
hypotheses
are
confronted
with
data,
and
it
is
often
through
econometrics
that
economists
attempt
to
use
theory
for
purposes
of
quantitative
policy.
While
applied
research
cannot
be
better
than
the
underlying
economic
theory
and
available
data,
it
also
cannot
be
better
than
statistical
procedures
utilized.

Zeckhauser,
Richard
(
1981).
"
Preferred
Policies
When
There
is
a
Concern
for
Probability
of
Adoption."
Journal
of
Environmental
Economics
and
Management,
8:
215­
237.
7
4
4
A
theory
of
effective
policy
choice
is
developed
that
recognizes
that
the
probability
that
a
policy
is
adopted
depends
on
who
gains
from
it,
who
loses,
and
by
how
much.
Ten
pieces
of
recent
environmental
legislation
are
assessed
to
see
how
mechanisms
such
as
coupling
with
other
legislation,
phased
implementation,
and
the
manipulation
of
uncertainty
can
spread
benefits
and
costs.
Several
optimizing
models
are
presented
that
explicitly
incorporate
the
probability
of
adoption.

Zeeman,
E.
C.
(
1974).
"
Levels
of
Structure
in
Catastrophe
Theory
Illustrated
by
Applications
in
the
Social
and
Biological
Sciences."
Proceedings
of
the
International
Congress
of
Mathematicians,
2:
533­
546.

Catastrophe
theory
offers
two
attractions:
on
the
one
had
it
sometimes
provides
the
deepest
level
of
insight
and
lends
a
simplicity
of
understanding.
On
the
other
hand,
in
very
complex
systems
such
as
occur
in
biology
and
the
social
sciences,
it
can
sometimes
provide
a
model
where
none
was
previously
thought
possible.
This
paper
discusses
various
levels
of
structure
that
can
be
superimposed
upon
an
underlying
catastrophe
and
illustrate
them
with
an
assortment
of
examples.

Zein­
Eldin,
Zoula
P.
and
Maurice
L.
Renaud
(
1986).
"
Inshore
Environmental
Effects
on
Brown
Shrimp,
Penaeus
aztecus,
and
White
Shrimp,
P.
setiferus,
Populations
in
Coastal
Waters,
Particularly
of
Texas."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
48(
3):
9­
19.

Our
discussion
compares
and
contrasts
responses
of
the
two
species
to
single
factors
and
their
interactions,
giving
only
limited
literature
citations.
Implications
for
the
two
species
are
then
explored.
The
purposes
of
this
paper
are
to
1)
provide,
in
an
easily
accessed
tabular
format,
representative
information
and
literature
sources
relating
environmental
factors
to
several
inshore
life
stages
of
brown
and
white
shrimp
and
2)
bring
attention
to
those
factors,
their
interactions,
and
life
stages
for
which
information
is
lacking.

Zellner,
Arnold
and
Tong
Hun
Lee
(
1965).
"
Joint
Estimation
of
Relationships
Involving
Discrete
Random
Variables."
Econometrica,
33(
2):
382­
394.

In
this
paper
we
present
several
models
that
have
been
utilized
to
explain
the
variation
of
proportions.
For
these
models,
we
review
single
equation
estimation
techniques
that
yield
asymptotically
efficient
estimators.
We
then
go
on
to
consider
the
analysis
of
a
set
of
correlated
sample
proportions
and
develop
a
joint
estimation
procedure
that
yields
asymptotically
efficient
estimators.
The
joint
estimation
procedure,
by
taking
account
of
heteroscedasticity
as
well
as
the
correlations
existing
between
proportions,
produces
estimators
with
smaller
asymptotic
variances
than
do
single
equation
techniques
that
take
account
only
of
heteroscedasticity.
Data
on
consumer
decisions
with
respect
to
durable
purchases
and
use
of
instalment
credit
are
analyzed
to
illustrate
one
use
of
these
techniques
in
economics.

Zhang,
Zhengkun
and
Richard
S.
Johnston
(
199?).

An
Analysis
of
Pricing
Strategies
for
a
Multiproduct
Monopolist
in
a
Discrete
Choice
Model.

Draft
Report,
Oregon
State
University.

Supermarkets
are
multi­
product
sellers.
Under
combined
influences
of
shopping
complementarity,
consumption
complementarity
and
consumption
substitution,
their
pricing
strategy
could
generate
perfectly
price­
inelastic
7
4
5
input
demands
and
cause
a
product

s
output
and
input
prices
to
move
in
opposite
directions.
This
may
explain
some
observed
behavior
of
seafood
processors.

Zhou,
Ying
Qi
(
1998).

Some
Consideration
on
Fisheries
management
and
Fishing
Capacity
Control.

Draft
Report,
Technical
Working
Group
on
the
Management
of
Fishing
Capacity,
FAO,
La
Jolla
CA,
April
15­
18,
2
pp.

A
set
of
observations
on
market
conditions,
fisheries
management,
and
the
control
of
fishing
capacity
from
an
international
perspective.
Lack
of
property
rights
are
recognized
as
the
underlying
cause
of
excess
capacity.
Correcting
this
market
failure
is
cited
as
the
only
approach
that
will
reduce
capacity.

Ziemer,
Rod
F.,
Wesley
N.
Musser,
and
R.
Carter
Hill
(
1980).

Recreation
Demand
Equations:
Functional
Form
and
Consumer
Surplus.

American
Journal
of
Agricultural
Economics,
62(
1):
136­
141.

A
set
of
decision
criteria
for
the
choice
between
three
popular
functional
forms
that
have
been
employed
previously
in
recreation
demand
equations
is
presented.
The
choice
between
linear
and
quadratic
forms
can
be
made
via
conventional
hypothesis
testing
procedures.
The
Box
and
Cox
transformation
procedure
often
allows
choice
between
linear,
semilog,
and
other
power
transformations
of
the
dependent
variable.
The
consequences
of
the
choice
of
a
particular
functional
form
on
consumer
surplus
also
are
investigated.

Zimmerman,
Roger
(
1993).
"
A
Forecast
for
the
1993
Brown
Shrimping
Season
in
the
Western
Gulf
of
Mexico,
from
the
Mississippi
River
to
the
U.
S.­
Mexico
Border."
Southeast
Fisheries
Science
Center,
Galveston
Laboratory,
4700
Avenue
U,
Galveston,
Texas,
June,
2
pp.,
7
tables.

The
1993
indices
of
postlarval
and
juvenile
shrimp
abundance
indicate
a
below
average
brown
shrimp
harvest
off
both
Texas
and
Louisiana
for
the
July
1993­
June
1994
season.

Zimmerman,
Steven
and
Mariamna
D.
Melovidov
(
1987).
"
The
1986
Subsistence
Harvest
of
Northern
Fur
Seals,
Callorhinus
ursinus,
on
St.
Paul
Island,
Alaska."
Marine
Fisheries
Review,
49(
3):
70­
72.

There
has
been
no
commercial
harvesting
of
northern
fur
seals
on
the
Pribilof
Islands,
Alaska
since
the
Interim
Convention
on
Conservation
of
North
Pacific
Fur
Seals
expired
in
1948.
During
1985
and
1986,
northern
fur
seals
were
harvested
on
St.
Paul
and
St.
George
Islands
to
meet
only
the
dietary
(
subsistence)
needs
of
Aleut
residents.
A
summary
of
the
1985
subsistence
harvest
on
St.
Paul
Island
is
found
in
Zimmerman
and
Leacher
(
1986).
This
paper
summarizes
the
1986
harvest
on
St.
Paul
Island
and
contrasts
the
two
years.

Zuboy,
J.
R.,
A.
C.
Jones,
and
T.
J.
Costello
(
1980).
"
Lobster
Fishery
Management
Under
the
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act."
Fisheries,
5(
4):
50­
52.

The
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act
of
1976
(
PL
94­
265)
created
a
new
era
in
fishery
management,
featuring
development
of
comprehensive
fishery
management
plans
by
regional
fishery
management
councils
and
management
for
"
optimum
yield."
In
this
paper
we
discuss
the
main
features
of
the
Act,
consider
the
development
of
fishery
management
plans
in
general,
and
7
4
6
briefly
describe
management
plans
for
lobsters.

Zuboy,
J.
R.
and
A.
C.
Jones
(
1980).
"
Everything
You
Always
Wanted
to
Know
About
MSY
and
OY
(
But
Were
Afraid
to
Ask)."
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum
NMFS­
SEFC­
17,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
National
Oceanic
and
Atmospheric
Administration,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida,
June,
19
pp.

The
eight
fishery
management
councils
established
by
the
Fishery
Conservation
and
Management
Act
of
1976
are
mandated
to
manage
U.
S.
marine
fisheries
resources
occurring
in
the
fishery
conservation
zone
based
on
the
concepts
of
maximum
sustainable
yield
and
optimum
yield.
Fulfilling
the
mandate
requires
a
thorough
understanding
of
these
concepts.
It
is
the
purpose
of
this
paper
to
present
a
nontechnical
discussion
of
maximum
sustainable
yield
and
optimum
yield
to
facilitate
understanding
by
the
councils,
that
are
composed
largely
of
laypersons,
so
that
they
may
carry
out
their
duties
under
the
Act.

Zweifel,
James
R.
(
1984).
"
Description
of
Procedures
for
Collecting
Effort,
CPUE
and
Biological
Data
in
the
Creel
Survey
and
Biological
Sampling
Plan
(
CSBSP)."
Memorandum,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
Miami,
Florida,
May,
90
pp.

This
manual
describes
the
CSBSP
data
base.

Zweifel,
James
R.
and
Beany
Slater
(
19??).
"
Some
Comments
on
the
Estimation
of
Swordfish
Growth
and
Mortality
Rates
and
a
Proposed
Sample
Design
for
the
Collection
of
Catch
Data
from
the
Commercial
Fishery."
SEFC/
SAW/
BSS/
8,
U.
S.
Department
of
Commerce,
NOAA,
National
Marine
Fisheries
Service,
Southeast
Fisheries
Center,
75
Virginia
Beach
Drive,
Miami,
Florida.

There
is
no
obvious
method
for
relating
sample
size
in
terms
of
numbers
of
fishing
trips
to
be
sampled
to
any
quantitative
measure
or
index
of
efficiency
which
encompasses
the
totality
of
information
on
size,
age,
sex
composition,
and
distribution
by
time
and
area
or
to
the
estimate
of
yield
per
recruit
(
YPR).
Estimation
of
the
growth
parameters
and
variances
as
well
as
the
YPR
require
nonlinear
iterative
solutions.
Further,
given
the
greater
precision
in
estimation
of
the
Gompertz
growth
parameters,
considerable
improvement
in
estimating
natural
mortality
would
also
be
expected
using
the
same
model.
The
same
is
true
of
natural
mortality.
Pauly
(
1980)
used
the
parameters
of
the
von
Bertalanffy
equation
to
determine
his
empirical
relationship.
Similar
methods
using
the
Gompertz
equation
would
likely
result
in
both
improved
accuracy
and
precision.
More
importantly,
variability
in
the
parameter
estimates
is
a
function
of
the
unknown
size
(
and
age)
distribution
in
the
population
and
the
sample.
When
so
little
is
known,
it
is
too
early
to
ask
and
impossible
to
answer
how
much
better
a
20%
sample
would
be
than
a
10%,
etc.
The
primary
goal
of
the
sampling
design
proposed
here
is
to
obtain
a
representative
sample
of
size,
sex
and
age
over
the
study
area.